diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 13354-0.txt | 9772 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 13354-h/13354-h.htm | 11057 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13354-8.txt | 10160 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13354-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 206620 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13354-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 213556 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13354-h/13354-h.htm | 11459 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13354.txt | 10160 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13354.zip | bin | 0 -> 206568 bytes |
11 files changed, 52624 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/13354-0.txt b/13354-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35b19ff --- /dev/null +++ b/13354-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9772 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13354 *** + +THE BOY KNIGHT. + +A TALE OF THE CRUSADES. + + +BY G.A. HENTY, + +_Author of "The Young Buglers," "Through the Fray," "The Cornet of +Horse," "The Young Colonists," "In Times of Peril," etc., etc._ + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +CHAPTER I. +The Outlaws. + +CHAPTER II. +A Rescue. + +CHAPTER III. +The Capture of Wortham Hold. + +CHAPTER IV. +The Crusades. + +CHAPTER V. +Preparations. + +CHAPTER VI. +The Lists. + +CHAPTER VII. +Revenge. + +CHAPTER VIII. +The Attack. + +CHAPTER IX. +The Princess Berengaria. + +CHAPTER X. +Pirates. + +CHAPTER XI. +In the Holy Land. + +CHAPTER XII. +The Accolade. + +CHAPTER XIII. +In the Hands of the Saracens. + +CHAPTER XIV. +An Effort for Freedom. + +CHAPTER XV. +A Hermit's Tale. + +CHAPTER XVI. +A Fight of Heroes. + +CHAPTER XVII. +An Alpine Storm. + +CHAPTER XVIII. +Sentenced to Death. + +CHAPTER XIX. +Dresden. + +CHAPTER XX. +Under the Greenwood. + +CHAPTER XXI. +The Attempt on the Convent. + +CHAPTER XXII. +A Dastardly Stratagem. + +CHAPTER XXIII. +The False and Perjured Knight. + +CHAPTER XXIV. +The Siege of Evesham Castle. + +CHAPTER XXV. +In Search of the King. + +CHAPTER XXVI. +King Richard's Return to England. + + + + + +THE BOY KNIGHT. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE OUTLAWS. + + +It was a bright morning in the month of August, when a lad of some +fifteen years of age, sitting on a low wall, watched party after party +of armed men riding up to the castle of the Earl of Evesham. A casual +observer glancing at his curling hair and bright open face, as also at +the fashion of his dress, would at once have assigned to him a purely +Saxon origin; but a keener eye would have detected signs that Norman +blood ran also in his veins, for his figure was lither and lighter, his +features more straightly and shapely cut, than was common among Saxons. +His dress consisted of a tight-fitting jerkin, descending nearly to his +knees. The material was a light-blue cloth, while over his shoulder hung +a short cloak of a darker hue. His cap was of Saxon fashion, and he wore +on one side a little plume of a heron. In a somewhat costly belt hung a +light short sword, while across his knees lay a crossbow, in itself +almost a sure sign of its bearer being of other than Saxon blood. The +boy looked anxiously as party after party rode past toward the castle. + +"I would give something," he said, "to know what wind blows these knaves +here. From every petty castle in the Earl's feu the retainers seem +hurrying here. Is he bent, I wonder, on settling once and for all his +quarrels with the Baron of Wortham? or can he be intending to make a +clear sweep of the woods? Ah! here comes my gossip Hubert; he may tell +me the meaning of this gathering." + +Leaping to his feet, the speaker started at a brisk walk to meet a +jovial-looking personage coming down from the direction of the castle. +The newcomer was dressed in the attire of a falconer, and two dogs +followed at his heels. + +"Ah, Master Cuthbert," he said, "what brings you so near to the castle? +It is not often that you favor us with your presence." + +"I am happier in the woods, as you well know, and was on my way thither +but now, when I paused at the sight of all these troopers flocking in to +Evesham. What enterprise has Sir Walter on hand now, think you?" + +"The earl keeps his own counsel," said the falconer, "but methinks a +shrewd guess might be made at the purport of the gathering. It was but +three days since that his foresters were beaten back by the landless +men, whom they caught in the very act of cutting up a fat buck. As thou +knowest, my lord though easy and well-disposed to all, and not fond of +harassing and driving the people as are many of his neighbors, is yet to +the full as fanatical anent his forest privileges as the worst of them. +They tell me that when the news came in of the poor figure that his +foresters cut with broken bows and draggled plumes--for the varlets had +soused them in a pond of not over savory water--he swore a great oath +that he would clear the forest of the bands. It may be, indeed, that +this gathering is for the purpose of falling in force upon that +evil-disposed and most treacherous baron, Sir John of Wortham, who has +already begun to harry some of the outlying lands, and has driven off, I +hear, many heads of cattle. It is a quarrel which will have to be fought +out sooner or later, and the sooner the better, say I. Although I am no +man of war, and love looking after my falcons or giving food to my dogs +far more than exchanging hard blows, yet would I gladly don the buff and +steel coat to aid in leveling the keep of that robber and tyrant, Sir +John of Wortham." + +"Thanks, good Hubert," said the lad. "I must not stand gossiping here. +The news you have told me, as you know, touches me closely, for I would +not that harm should come to the forest men." + +"Let it not out, I beseech thee, Cuthbert, that the news came from me, +for temperate as Sir Walter is at most times, he would, methinks, give +me short shift did he know that the wagging of my tongue might have +given warning through which the outlaws of the Chase should slip through +his fingers." + +"Fear not, Hubert; I can be mum when the occasion needs. Can you tell +me further, when the bands now gathering are likely to set forth?" + +"In brief breathing space," the falconer replied. "Those who first +arrived I left swilling beer, and devouring pies and other provisions +cooked for them last night, and from what I hear, they will set forth as +soon as the last comer has arrived. Whichever be their quarry, they will +try to fall upon it before the news of their arrival is bruited abroad." + +With a wave of his hand to the falconer the boy started. Leaving the +road, and striking across the slightly undulated country dotted here and +there by groups of trees, the lad ran at a brisk trot, without stopping +to halt or breathe, until after half an hour's run he arrived at the +entrance of a building, whose aspect proclaimed it to be the abode of a +Saxon franklin of some importance. It would not be called a castle, but +was rather a fortified house, with a few windows looking without, and +surrounded by a moat crossed by a drawbridge, and capable of sustaining +anything short of a real attack. Erstwood had but lately passed into +Norman hands, and was indeed at present owned by a Saxon. Sir William de +Lance, the father of the lad who is now entering its portals, was a +friend and follower of the Earl of Evesham; and soon after his lord had +married Gweneth, the heiress of all these fair lands--given to him by +the will of the king, to whom by the death of her father she became a +ward--Sir William had married Editha, the daughter and heiress of the +franklin of Erstwood, a cousin and dear friend of the new Countess of +Evesham. + +In neither couple could the marriage at first have been called one of +inclination on the part of the ladies, but love came after marriage. +Although the knights and barons of the Norman invasion would, no doubt, +be considered rude and rough in these days of broadcloth and +civilization, yet their manners were gentle and polished by the side of +those of the rough though kindly Saxon franklins; and although the Saxon +maids were doubtless as patriotic as their fathers and mothers, yet the +female mind is greatly led by gentle manners and courteous address. +Thus, then, when bidden or forced to give their hands to the Norman +knights, they speedily accepted their lot, and for the most part grew +contented and happy enough. In their changed circumstances it was +pleasanter to ride by the side of their Norman husbands, surrounded by a +gay cavalcade, to hawk and to hunt, than to discharge the quiet duties +of mistress of a Saxon farmhouse. In many cases, of course, their lot +was rendered wretched by the violence and brutality of their lords; but +in the majority they were well satisfied with their lot, and these mixed +marriages did more to bring the peoples together and weld them in one +than all the laws and decrees of the Norman sovereigns. + +This had certainly been the case with Editha, whose marriage with Sir +William had been one of the greatest happiness. She had lost him three +years before the story begins, fighting in Normandy, in one of the +innumerable wars in which our first Norman kings were constantly +involved. On entering the gates of Erstwood Cuthbert had rushed hastily +to the room where his mother was sitting, with three or four of her +maidens, engaged in work. + +"I want to speak to you at once, mother," he said. + +"What is it now, my son?" said his mother, who was still young and very +comely. Waving her hand to the girls they left her. + +"Mother," he said, when they were alone, "I fear me that Sir Walter is +about to make a great raid upon the outlaws. Armed men have been coming +in all the morning from the castles round, and if it be not against the +Baron de Wortham that these preparations are intended, and methinks it +is not, it must needs be against the landless men." + +"What would you do, Cuthbert?" his mother asked anxiously. "It will not +do for you to be found meddling in these matters. At present you stand +well in the favor of the earl, who loves you for the sake of his wife, +to whom you are kin, and of your father, who did him good liegeman's +service." + +"But, mother, I have many friends in the wood. There is Cnut, their +chief, your own first cousin, and many others of our friends, all good +men and true, though forced by the cruel Norman laws to refuge in the +woods." + +"What would you do?" again his mother asked. + +"I would take Ronald my pony and ride to warn them of the danger that +threatens." + +"You had best go on foot, my son. Doubtless men have been set to see +that none from the Saxon homesteads carry the warning to the woods. The +distance is not beyond your reach, for you have often wandered there, +and on foot you can evade the eye of the watchers; but one thing, my +son, you must promise, and that is, that in no case, should the earl and +his bands meet with the outlaws, will you take part in any fray or +struggle." + +"That will I willingly, mother," he said. "I have no cause for offense +against the castle or the forest, and my blood and my kin are with both. +I would fain save shedding of blood in a quarrel like this. I hope that +the time may come when Saxon and Norman may fight side by side, and I +may be there to see." + +A few minutes later, having changed his blue doublet for one of more +sober and less noticeable color, Cuthbert started for the great forest, +which then stretched to within a mile of Erstwood. In those days a large +part of the country was covered with forest, and the policy of the +Normans in preserving these woods for the chase tended to prevent the +increase of cultivation. + +The farms and cultivated lands were all held by Saxons, who although +nominally handed over to the nobles to whom William and his successors +had given the fiefs, saw but little of their Norman masters. These +stood, indeed, much in the position in which landlords stand to their +tenants, payment being made, for the most part, in produce. At the edge +of the wood the trees grew comparatively far apart, but as Cuthbert +proceeded further into its recesses, the trees in the virgin forest +stood thick and close together. Here and there open glades ran across +each other, and in these his sharp eye, accustomed to the forest, could +often see the stags starting away at the sound of his footsteps. + +It was a full hour's journey before Cuthbert reached the point for which +he was bound. Here, in an open space, probably cleared by a storm ages +before, and overshadowed by giant trees, was a group of men of all ages +and appearances. Some were occupied in stripping the skin off a buck +which hung from the bough of one of the trees. Others were roasting +portions of the carcass of another deer. A few sat apart, some talking, +others busy in making arrows, while a few lay asleep on the greensward. +As Cuthbert entered the clearing several of the party rose to their +feet. + +"Ah, Cuthbert," shouted a man of almost gigantic stature, who appeared +to be one of the leaders of the party, "what brings you here, lad, so +early? You are not wont to visit us till even, when you can lay your +crossbow at a stag by moonlight." + +"No, no, Cousin Cnut," Cuthbert said, "thou canst not say that I have +ever broken the forest laws, though I have looked on often and often, +while you have done so." + +"The abettor is as bad as the thief," laughed Cnut, "and if the +foresters caught us in the act, I wot they would make but little +difference whether it was the shaft of my longbow or the quarrel from +thy crossbow which brought down the quarry. But again, lad, why comest +thou here? for I see by the sweat on your face and by the heaving of +your sides that you have run fast and far." + +"I have, Cnut; I have not once stopped for breathing since I left +Erstwood. I have come to warn you of danger. The earl is preparing for a +raid." + +Cnut laughed somewhat disdainfully. + +"He has raided here before, and I trow has carried off no game. The +landless men of the forest can hold their own against a handful of +Norman knights and retainers in their own home." + +"Ay," said Cuthbert, "but this will be no common raid. This morning +bands from all the holds within miles round are riding in, and at least +five hundred men-at-arms are likely to do chase to-day." + +"Is it so?" said Cnut, while exclamations of surprise, but not of +apprehension, broke from those standing round. "If that be so, lad, you +have done us good service indeed. With fair warning we can slip through +the fingers of ten times five hundred men, but if they came upon us +unawares, and hemmed us in, it would fare but badly with us, though we +should, I doubt not, give a good account of them before their +battle-axes and maces ended the strife. Have you any idea by which road +they will enter the forest, or what are their intentions?" + +"I know not," Cuthbert said; "all that I gathered was that the earl +intended to sweep the forest, and to put an end to the breaches of the +laws, not to say of the rough treatment that his foresters have met with +at your hands. You had best, methinks, be off before Sir Walter and his +heavily-armed men are here. The forest, large as it is, will scarce hold +you both, and methinks you had best shift your quarters to Langholm +Chase until the storm has passed." + +"To Langholm be it, then," said Cnut, "though I love not the place. Sir +John of Wortham is a worse neighbor by far than the earl. Against the +latter we bear no malice, he is a good knight and a fair lord; and could +he free himself of the Norman notions that the birds of the air, and the +beasts of the field, and the fishes of the water, all belong to Normans, +and that we Saxons have no share in them, I should have no quarrel with +him. He grinds not his neighbors, he is content with a fair tithe of the +produce, and as between man and man is a fair judge without favor. The +baron is a fiend incarnate; did he not fear that he would lose by so +doing, he would gladly cut the throats, or burn, or drown, or hang every +Saxon within twenty miles of his hold. He is a disgrace to his order, +and some day, when our band gathers a little stronger, we will burn his +nest about his ears." + +"It will be a hard nut to crack," Cuthbert said, laughing. "With such +arms as you have in the forest the enterprise would be something akin to +scaling the skies." + +"Ladders and axes will go far, lad, and the Norman men-at-arms have +learned to dread our shafts. But enough of the baron; if we must be his +neighbors for a time, so be it." + +"You have heard, my mates," he said, turning to his comrades gathered +around him, "what Cuthbert tells us. Are you of my opinion, that it is +better to move away till the storm is past than to fight against heavy +odds, without much chance of either booty or victory?" + +A general chorus proclaimed that the outlaws approved of the proposal +for a move to Langholm Chase. The preparations were simple. Bows were +taken down from the boughs on which they were hanging, quivers slung +across the backs, short cloaks thrown over the shoulders. The deer was +hurriedly dismembered, and the joints fastened to a pole slung on the +shoulders of two of the men. The drinking-cups, some of which were of +silver, looking strangely out of place among the rough horn implements +and platters, were bundled together, carried a short distance and +dropped among some thick bushes for safety; and then the band started +for Wortham. + +With a cordial farewell and many thanks to Cuthbert, who declined their +invitations to accompany them, the retreat to Langholm commenced. + +Cuthbert, not knowing in which direction the bands were likely to +approach, remained for awhile motionless, intently listening. + +In a quarter of an hour he heard the distant note of a bugle. + +It was answered in three different directions, and Cuthbert, who knew +every path and glade of the forest, was able pretty accurately to +surmise those by which the various bands were commencing to enter the +wood. + +Knowing that they were still a long way off, he advanced as rapidly as +he could in the direction in which they were coming. When by the sound +of distant voices and the breaking of branches he knew that one, at +least, of the parties was near at hand, he rapidly climbed a thick tree +and ensconced himself in the branches, and there watched, secure and +hidden from the sharpest eye, the passage of a body of men-at-arms fully +a hundred strong, led by Sir Walter himself, accompanied by some half +dozen of his knights. + +When they had passed Cuthbert again slipped down the tree and made at +all speed for home. He reached it, so far as he knew, without having +been observed by a single passer-by. + +After a brief talk with his mother he started for the castle, as his +appearance there would divert any suspicion that might arise; and it +would also appear natural that seeing the movements of so large a body +of men, he should go up to gossip with his acquaintances there. + +When distant a mile from Evesham he came upon a small party. + +On a white palfrey rode Margaret, the little daughter of the earl. She +was accompanied by her nurse and two retainers on foot. + +Cuthbert--who was a great favorite with the earl's daughter, for whom he +frequently brought pets, such as nests of young owlets, falcons, and +other creatures--was about to join the party when from a clump of trees +near burst a body of ten mounted men. + +Without a word they rode straight at the astonished group. The retainers +were cut to the ground before they had thought of drawing a sword in +defense. + +The nurse was slain by a blow with a battle-ax, and Margaret, snatched +from her palfrey, was thrown across the saddlebow of one of the mounted +men, who then with his comrades dashed off at full speed. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +A RESCUE. + + +The whole of the startling scene of the abduction of the Earl of +Evesham's daughter occupied but a few seconds. Cuthbert was so astounded +at the sudden calamity that he remained rooted to the ground at the spot +where, fortunately for himself, unnoticed by the assailants, he had +stood when they first burst from their concealment. + +For a short time he hesitated as to the course he should take. + +The men-at-arms who remained in the castle were scarce strong enough to +rescue the child, whose captors would no doubt be reinforced by a far +stronger party lurking near. + +The main body of Sir Walter's followers were deep in the recesses of the +forest, and this lay altogether out of the line for Wortham, and there +would be no chance whatever of bringing them up in time to cut off the +marauders on their way back. + +There remained only the outlaws, who by this time would be in Langholm +Forest, perhaps within a mile or two of the castle itself. + +The road by which the horsemen would travel would be far longer than +the direct line across country, and he resolved at once to strain every +nerve to reach his friends in time to get them to interpose between the +captors of the Lady Margaret and their stronghold. + +For an instant he hesitated whether to run back to Erstwood to get a +horse; but he decided that it would be as quick to go on foot, and far +easier so to find the outlaws. + +These thoughts occupied but a few moments, and he at once started at the +top of his speed for his long run across the country. + +Had Cuthbert been running in a race of hare and hound, he would +assuredly have borne away the prize from most boys of his age. At +headlong pace he made across the country, every foot of which, as far as +the edge of Langholm Chase, he knew by heart. + +The distance to the woods was some twelve miles, and in an hour and a +half from the moment of his starting Cuthbert was deep within its +shades. Where he would be likely to find the outlaws he knew not; and, +putting a whistle to his lips, he shrilly blew the signal, which would, +he knew, be recognized by any of the band within hearing. + +He thought that he heard an answer, but was not certain, and again +dashed forward, almost as speedily as if he had but just started. + +Five minutes later a man stood in the glade up which he was running. He +recognized him at once as one of Cnut's party. + +"Where are the band?" he gasped. + +"Half a mile or so to the right," replied the man. + +Guided by the man, Cuthbert ran at full speed, till, panting and scarce +able to speak, he arrived at the spot where Cnut's band were gathered. + +In a few words he told them what had happened, and although they had +just been chased by the father of the captured child, there was not a +moment of hesitation in promising their aid to rescue her from a man +whom they regarded as a far more bitter enemy, both of themselves and +their race. + +"I fear we shall be too late to cut them off," Cnut said, "they have so +long a start; but at least we will waste no time in gossiping." + +Winding a horn to call together some of the members of the band who had +scattered, and leaving one at the meeting-place to give instructions to +the rest, Cnut, followed by those assembled there, went off at a +swinging trot through the glades toward Wortham Castle. + +After a rapid calculation of distances, and allowing for the fact that +the baron's men--knowing that Sir Walter's retainers and friends were +all deep in the forest, and even if they heard of the outrage could not +be on their traces for hours--would take matters quietly, Cnut concluded +that they had arrived in time. + +Turning off, they made their way along the edge of the wood, to the +point where the road from Evesham ran through the forest. + +Scarcely had the party reached this point when they heard a faint +clatter of steel. + +"Here they come!" exclaimed Cuthbert. + +Cnut gave rapid directions, and the band took up their posts behind the +trees, on either side of the path. + +"Remember," Cnut said, "above all things be careful not to hit the +child, but pierce the horse on which she is riding. The instant he +falls, rush forward. We must trust to surprise to give us the victory." + +Three minutes later the head of a band of horsemen was seen through the +trees. They were some thirty in number, and, closely grouped as they +were together, the watchers behind the trees could not see the form of +the child carried in their midst. + +When they came abreast of the concealed outlaws Cnut gave a sharp +whistle, and fifty arrows flew from tree and bush into the closely +gathered party of horsemen. More than half their number fell at once; +some, drawing their swords, endeavored to rush at their concealed foes, +while others dashed forward in the hope of riding through the snare into +which they had fallen. Cuthbert had leveled his crossbow, but had not +fired; he was watching with intense anxiety for a glimpse of the +bright-colored dress of the child. Soon he saw a horseman separate +himself from the rest and dash forward at full speed. Several arrows +flew by him, and one or two struck the horse on which he rode. + +The animal, however, kept on its way. + +Cuthbert leveled his crossbow on the low arm of a tree, and as the rider +came abreast of him touched the trigger, and the steel-pointed quarrel +flew true and strong against the temple of the passing horseman. He fell +from his horse like a stone, and the well-trained animal at once stood +still by the side of his rider. + +Cuthbert leaped forward, and to his delight the child at once opened her +arms and cried in a joyous tone: + +"Cuthbert!" + +The fight was still raging fiercely, and Cuthbert, raising her from the +ground, ran with her into the wood, where they remained hidden until the +combat ceased, and the last survivors of the baron's band had ridden +past toward the castle. + +Then Cuthbert went forward with his charge and joined the band of +outlaws, who, absorbed in the fight, had not witnessed the incident of +her rescue, and now received them with loud shouts of joy and triumph. + +"This is a good day's work indeed for all," Cuthbert said; "it will make +of the earl a firm friend instead of a bitter enemy; and I doubt not +that better days are dawning for Evesham Forest." + +A litter was speedily made with boughs; on this Margaret was placed, and +on the shoulders of two stout foresters started for home, Cnut and +Cuthbert walking beside, and a few of the band keeping at a short +distance behind, as a sort of rearguard, should the baron attempt to +regain his prey. + +There was now no cause for speed, and Cuthbert in truth could scarce +drag one foot before another, for he had already traversed over twenty +miles, the greater portion of the distance at his highest rate of speed. + +Cnut offered to have a litter made for him also, but this Cuthbert +indignantly refused; however, in the forest they came upon the hut of a +small cultivator, who had a rough forest pony, which was borrowed for +Cuthbert's use. + +It was late in the afternoon before they came in sight of Evesham +Castle. From the distance could be seen bodies of armed men galloping +toward it, and it was clear that only now the party were returning from +the wood, and had learned the news of the disappearance of the earl's +daughter, and of the finding of the bodies of her attendants. + +Presently they met one of the mounted retainers riding at headlong +speed. + +"Have you heard or seen anything," he shouted, as he approached, "of the +Lady Margaret? She is missing, and foul play has taken place." + +"Here I am, Rudolph," cried the child, sitting up on the rude litter. + +The horseman gave a cry of astonishment and pleasure, and without a word +wheeled his horse and galloped past back at headlong speed toward the +castle. + +As Cuthbert and the party approached the gate the earl himself, +surrounded by his knights and followers, rode out hastily from the gate +and halted in front of the little party. The litter was lowered, and as +he dismounted from his horse his daughter sprang out and leaped into his +arms. + +For a few minutes the confusion and babble of tongues were too great for +anything to be heard, but Cuthbert, as soon as order was somewhat +restored, stated what had happened, and the earl was moved to fury at +the news of the outrage which had been perpetrated by the Baron of +Wortham upon his daughter and at the very gates of his castle, and also +at the thought that she should have been saved by the bravery and +devotion of the very men against whom he had so lately been vowing +vengeance in the depths of the forest. + +"This is not a time," he said to Cnut, "for talk or making promises, but +be assured that henceforth the deer of Evesham Chase are as free to you +and your men as to me. Forest laws or no forest laws, I will no more +lift a hand against men to whom I owe so much. Come when you will to the +castle, my friends, and let us talk over what can be done to raise your +outlawry and restore you to an honest career again." + +Cuthbert returned home tired, but delighted with his day's work, and +Dame Editha was surprised indeed with the tale of adventure he had to +tell. The next morning he went over to the castle, and heard that a +grand council had been held the evening before, and that it had been +determined to attack Wortham Castle and to raze it to the ground. + +Immediately on hearing of his arrival, the earl, after again expressing +his gratitude for the rescue of his daughter, asked him if he would go +into the forest and invite the outlaws to join their forces with those +of the castle to attack the baron. + +Cuthbert willingly undertook the mission, as he felt that this alliance +would further strengthen the position of the forest men. + +When he arrived there was some considerable consultation and discussion +between the outlaws as to the expediency of mixing themselves in the +quarrels between the Norman barons. However, Cnut persuaded them that as +the Baron of Wortham was an enemy and oppressor of all Saxons, it was in +fact their own quarrel that they were fighting rather than that of the +earl, and they therefore agreed to give their aid, and promised to be at +the rendezvous outside the castle to be attacked soon after dawn next +morning. Cuthbert returned with the news which gave great satisfaction +to the earl. + +The castle was now a scene of bustle and business; armorers were at work +repairing headpieces and breastplates, sharpening swords and +battle-axes, while the fletchers prepared sheaves of arrows. In the +courtyard a number of men were engaged oiling the catapults, ballistas, +and other machines for hurling stones. All were discussing the chances +of the assault, for it was no easy matter which they had set themselves +to do. Wortham Hold was an extremely strong one, and it needed all and +more than all the machines at their disposal to undertake so formidable +an operation as a siege. + +The garrison, too, were strong and desperate; and the baron, knowing +what must follow his outrage of the day before, would have been sure to +send off messengers round the country begging his friends to come to +his assistance. Cuthbert had begged permission of his mother to ask the +earl to allow him to join as a volunteer, but she would not hear of it. +Neither would she suffer him to mingle with the foresters. The utmost +that he could obtain was that he might go as a spectator, with strict +injunctions to keep himself out of the fray, and as far as possible +beyond bow-shot of the castle wall. + +It was a force of some four hundred strong that issued from the wood +early next morning to attack the stronghold at Wortham. The force +consisted of some ten or twelve knights and barons, some one hundred and +fifty or one hundred and sixty Norman men-at-arms, a miscellaneous +gathering of other retainers, two hundred strong, and some eighty of the +forest men. These last were not to fight under the earl's banner, but +were to act on their own account. There were among them outlaws, escaped +serfs, and some men guilty of bloodshed. The earl then could not have +suffered these men to fight under his flag until purged in some way of +their offenses. + +This arrangement suited the foresters well. + +Their strong point was shooting; and by taking up their own position, +and following their own tactics, under the leadership of Cnut, they +would be able to do far more execution, and that with less risk to +themselves, than if compelled to fight according to the fashion of the +Normans. + +As they approached the castle a trumpet was blown, and the herald +advancing, demanded its surrender, stigmatized the Baron of Wortham as a +false knight and a disgrace to his class and warned all those within +the castle to abstain from giving him aid or countenance, but to submit +themselves to the earl, Sir Walter of Evesham, the representative of +King Richard. + +The reply to the summons was a burst of taunting laughter from the +walls; and scarcely had the herald withdrawn than a flight of arrows +showed that the besieged were perfectly ready for the fray. + +Indeed the baron had not been idle. Already the dispute between himself +and the earl had come to such a point that it was certain that sooner or +later open hostilities would break out. + +He had therefore been for some time quietly accumulating a large store +of provisions and munitions of war, and strengthening the castle in +every way. + +The moat had been cleaned out, and filled to the brim with water. Great +quantities of heavy stones had been accumulated on the most exposed +points of the walls, in readiness to hurl upon any who might try to +climb. Huge sheaves of arrows and piles of crossbow bolts were in +readiness, and in all, save the number of men, Wortham had for weeks +been prepared for the siege. + +On the day when the attempt to carry off the earl's daughter had failed, +the baron, seeing that his bold stroke to obtain a hostage which would +have enabled him to make his own terms with the earl had been thwarted, +knew that the struggle was inevitable. + +Fleet messengers had been sent in all directions. To Gloucester and +Hereford, Stafford, and even Oxford, men had ridden, with letters to the +baron's friends, beseeching them to march to his assistance. + +"I can," he said, "defend my hold for weeks. But it is only by aid from +without that I can finally hope to break the power of this baggart +[Transcriber's note: sic] earl." + +Many of those to whom he addressed his call had speedily complied with +his demand, while those at a distance might be expected to reply later +to the appeal. + +There were many among the barons who considered the mildness of the Earl +of Evesham toward the Saxons in his district to be a mistake, and who, +although not actually approving of the tyranny and brutality of the +Baron of Wortham, yet looked upon his cause to some extent as their own. + +The Castle of Wortham stood upon ground but very slightly elevated above +the surrounding country. A deep and wide moat ran round it, and this +could, by diverting a rivulet, be filled at will. + +From the edge of the moat the walls rose high, and with strong flanking +towers and battlements. + +There were strong works also beyond the moat opposite to the drawbridge; +while in the center of the castle rose the keep, from whose summit the +archers, and the machines for casting stones and darts, could command +the whole circuit of defense. + +As Cuthbert, accompanied by one of the hinds of the farm, took his post +high up in a lofty tree, where at his ease he could command a view of +the proceedings, he marveled much in what manner an attack upon so fair +a fortress would be commenced. + +"It will be straightforward work to attack the outwork," he said, "but +that once won, I see not how we are to proceed against the castle +itself. The machines that the earl has will scarcely hurl stones strong +enough even to knock the mortar from the walls. Ladders are useless +where they cannot be planted; and if the garrison are as brave as the +castle is strong, methinks that the earl has embarked upon a business +that will keep him here till next spring." + +There was little time lost in commencing the conflict. + +The foresters, skirmishing up near to the castle, and taking advantage +of every inequality in the ground, of every bush and tuft of high grass, +worked up close to the moat, and then opened a heavy fire with their +bows against the men-at-arms on the battlements, and prevented their +using the machines against the main force now advancing to the attack +upon the outwork. + +This was stoutly defended. But the impetuosity of the earl, backed as it +was by the gallantry of the knights serving under him, carried all +obstacles. + +The narrow moat which encircled this work was speedily filled with great +bundles of brushwood, which had been prepared the previous night. Across +these the assailants rushed. + +Some thundered at the gate with their battle-axes, while others placed +ladders by which, although several times hurled backward by the +defenders, they finally succeeded in getting a footing on the wall. + +Once there, the combat was virtually over. + +The defenders were either cut down or taken prisoners, and in two hours +after the assault began the outwork of Wortham Castle was taken. + +This, however, was but the commencement of the undertaking, and it had +cost more than twenty lives to the assailants. + +They were now, indeed, little nearer to capturing the castle than they +had been before. + +The moat was wide and deep. The drawbridge had been lifted at the +instant that the first of the assailants gained a footing upon the wall. +And now that the outwork was captured, a storm of arrows, stones, and +other missiles was poured into it from the castle walls, and rendered it +impossible for any of its new masters to show themselves above it. + +Seeing that any sudden attack was impossible, the earl now directed a +strong body to cut down trees, and prepare a moveable bridge to throw +across the moat. + +This would be a work of fully two days; and in the meantime Cuthbert +returned to the farm. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +THE CAPTURE OF WORTHAM HOLD. + + +Upon his return home, after relating to his mother the events of the +morning's conflict, Cuthbert took his way to the cottage inhabited by an +old man who had in his youth been a mason. + +"Have I not heard, Gurth," he said, "that you helped to build the Castle +of Wortham?" + +"No, no, young sir," he said; "old as I am, I was a child when the +castle was built. My father worked at it, and it cost him, and many +others, his life." + +"And how was that, prithee?" asked Cuthbert. + +"He was, with several others, killed by the baron, the grandfather of +the present man, when the work was finished." + +"But why was that, Gurth?" + +"We were but Saxon swine," said Gurth bitterly, "and a few of us more or +less mattered not. We were then serfs of the baron. But my mother fled +with me on the news of my father's death. For years we remained far away +with some friends in a forest near Oxford. Then she pined for her native +air, and came back and entered the service of the franklin." + +"But why should your mother have taken you away?" Cuthbert asked. + +"She always believed, Master Cuthbert, that my father was killed by the +baron to prevent him giving any news of the secrets of the castle. He +and some others had been kept in the walls for many months, and were +engaged in the making of secret passages." + +"That is just what I came to ask you, Gurth. I have heard something of +this story before, and now that we are attacking Wortham Castle, and the +earl has sworn to level it to the ground, it is of importance if +possible to find out whether any of the secret passages lead beyond the +castle, and if so, where. Almost all the castles have, I have been told, +an exit by which the garrison can at will make sorties or escape; and I +thought that maybe you might have heard enough to give us some clue as +to the existence of such a passage at Wortham." + +The old man thought for some time in silence and then said: + +"I may be mistaken, but methinks a diligent search in the copse near the +stream might find the mouth of the outlet." + +"What makes you think that this is so, Gurth?" + +"I had been with my mother to carry some clothes to my father on the +last occasion on which I saw him. As we neared the castle I saw my +father and three other of the workmen, together with the baron, coming +down from the castle toward the spot. As my mother did not wish to +approach while the baron was at hand, we stood within the trees at the +edge of the wood and watched what was being done. The baron came with +them down to the bushes, and then they again came out, crossed the +river, and one of them cut some willows, peeled them, and erected the +white staves in a line toward the castle. They walked for a bit on each +side, and seemed to be making calculations. Then they went back into the +castle, and I never saw my father again." + +"Why did you not go in at once according to your intention?" + +"Because my mother said that she thought some important work was on +hand, and that maybe the baron would not like that women should know +aught of it, for he was of suspicious and evil mind. More than this I +know not. The castle had already been finished and most of the masons +discharged. There were, however, a party of serfs kept at work, and also +some masons, and rumor had it that they were engaged in making the +secret passages. Whether it was so or not I cannot say, but I know that +none of that party ever left the castle alive. It was given out that a +bad fever had raged there, but none believed it; and the report went +about, and was I doubt not true, that all had been killed, to preserve +the secret of the passage." + +Cuthbert lost no time in making use of the information that he had +gained. + +Early next morning, at daybreak, he started on his pony to Wortham. + +As he did not wish the earl or his followers to know the facts that he +had learned until they were proved, he made his way round the camp of +the besiegers, and by means of his whistle called one of the foresters +to him. + +"Where is Cnut?" he asked. + +"He is with a party occupied in making ladders." + +"Go to him," Cuthbert said, "and tell him to withdraw quietly and make +his way here. I have an important matter on which I wish to speak to +him." + +Cnut arrived in a few minutes, somewhat wondering at the message. He +brightened greatly when Cuthbert told him what he had learned. + +"This is indeed important," he said. "We will lose no time in searching +the copse you speak of. You and I, together with two of my most trusty +men, with axes to clear away the brush, will do. At present a thing of +this sort had best be kept between as few as may be." + +They started at once and soon came down upon the stream. + +It ran at this point in a little valley, some twenty or thirty feet +deep. On the bank not far from the castle grew a small wood, and it was +in this that Cuthbert hoped to find the passage spoken of by Gurth. + +The trees and brushwood were so thick that it was apparent at once that +if the passage had ever existed it had been unused for some years. + +The woodmen were obliged to chop down dozens of young saplings to make +their way up from the water toward the steeper part of the bank. + +The wood was some fifty yards in length, and as it was uncertain at +which point the passage had come out, a very minute search had to be +made. + +"What do you think it would be like, Cnut?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Like enough to a rabbit-hole, or more likely still there would be no +hole whatever. We must look for moss and greenery, for it is likely that +such would have been planted, so as to conceal the door from any +passer-by, while yet allowing a party from inside to cut their way +through it without difficulty." + +After a search of two hours, Cnut decided that the only place in the +copse in which it was likely that the entrance to a passage could be +hidden was a spot where the ground was covered thickly with ivy and +trailing plants. + +"It looks level enough with the rest," Cuthbert said. + +"Ay, lad, but we know not what lies behind this thick screen of ivy. +Thrust in that staff." + +One of the woodmen began to probe with the end of a staff among the ivy. +For some time he was met by the solid ground, but presently the butt of +the staff went through suddenly, pitching him on his head, amid a +suppressed laugh from his comrades. + +"Here it is, if anywhere," said Cnut, and with their billhooks they at +once began to clear away the thickly grown creepers. + +Five minutes' work was sufficient to show a narrow cut, some two feet +wide, in the hillside, at the end of which stood a low door. + +"Here it is," said Cnut, with triumph, "and the castle is ours. Thanks, +Cuthbert, for your thought and intelligence. It has not been used +lately, that is clear," he went on. "These creepers have not been moved +for years. Shall we go and tell the earl of our discovery? What think +you, Cuthbert?" + +"I think we had better not," Cuthbert said. + +"We might not succeed in getting in, as the passage may have fallen +further along; but I will speak to him and tell him that we have +something on hand which may alter his dispositions for fighting +to-morrow." + +Cuthbert made his way to the earl, who had taken possession of a small +cottage a short distance from the castle. + +"What can I do for you?" Sir Walter said. + +"I want to ask you, sir, not to attack the castle to-morrow until you +see a white flag waved from the keep." + +"But how on earth is a white flag to be raised from the keep?" + +"It may be," Cuthbert said, "that I have some friends inside who will be +able to make a diversion in our favor. However, sir, it can do no harm +if you will wait till then, and may save many lives. At what hour do you +mean to attack ?" + +"The bridges and all other preparations to assist us across the moat +will be ready to-night. We will advance then under cover of darkness, +and as soon after dawn as may be attack in earnest." + +"Very well, sir," Cuthbert said. "I trust that within five minutes after +your bugle has sounded the white flag will make its appearance on the +keep, but it cannot do so until after you have commenced an attack, or +at least a pretense of an attack." + +Two or three hours before daylight Cuthbert accompanied Cnut and +twenty-five picked men of the foresters to the copse. They were provided +with crowbars, and all carried heavy axes. The door was soon pried open. +It opened silently and without a creak. + +"It may be," Cnut said, "that the door has not been opened as you say +for years, but it is certain," and he placed his torch to the hinges, +"that it has been well oiled within the last two or three days. No doubt +the baron intended to make his escape this way, should the worst arrive. +Now that we have the door open we had better wait quiet until the dawn +commences. The earl will blow his bugle as a signal for the advance; it +will be another ten minutes before they are fairly engaged, and that +will be enough for us to break open any doors that there may be between +this and the castle, and to force our way inside." + +It seemed a long time waiting before the dawn fairly broke--still longer +before the earl's bugle was heard to sound the attack. Then the band, +headed by Cnut and two or three of the strongest of the party entered +the passage. + +Cuthbert had had some misgivings as to his mother's injunctions to take +no part in the fray, and it cannot be said that in accompanying the +foresters he obeyed the letter of her instructions. At the same time as +he felt sure that the effect of a surprise would be complete and +crushing, and that the party would gain the top of the keep without any +serious resistance, he considered the risk was so small as to justify +him in accompanying the foresters. + +The passage was some five feet high, and little more than two feet wide. +It was dry and dusty, and save the marks on the ground of a human foot +going and returning, doubtless that of the man who had oiled the lock +the day before, the passage appeared to have been unused from the time +that it left the hands of its builders. + +Passing along for some distance they came to another strong oaken door. +This, like the last, yielded to the efforts of the crowbars of the +foresters, and they again advanced. Presently they came to a flight of +steps. + +"We must now be near the castle," Cnut said. "In fact, methinks I can +hear confused noises ahead." + +Mounting the steps, they came to a third door; this was thickly studded +with iron, and appeared of very great strength. Fortunately the lock was +upon their side, and they were enabled to shoot the bolt; but upon the +other side the door was firmly secured by large bolts, and it was fully +five minutes before the foresters could succeed in opening it. It was +not without a good deal of noise that they at last did so; and several +times they paused, fearing that the alarm must have been given in the +castle. As, however, the door remained closed, they supposed that the +occupants were fully engaged in defending themselves from the attacks of +the earl's party. + +When the door gave way they found hanging across in front of them a very +thick arras, and pressing this aside they entered a small room in the +thickness of the wall of the keep. It contained the merest slit for +light, and was clearly unused. Another door, this time unfastened, led +into a larger apartment, which was also at present unoccupied. They +could hear now the shouts of the combatants without, the loud orders +given by the leaders on the walls, the crack, as the stones hurled by +the mangonels struck the walls, and the ring of steel as the arrows +struck against steel cap and cuirass. + +"It is fortunate that all were so well engaged, or they would certainly +have heard the noise of our forcing the door, which would have brought +all of them upon us. As it is, we are in the heart of the keep. We have +now but to make a rush up these winding steps, and methinks we shall +find ourselves on the battlements. They will be so surprised that no +real resistance can be offered to us. Now let us advance." + +So saying Cnut led the way upstairs, followed by the foresters, +Cuthbert, as before, allowing five or six of them to intervene between +him and the leader. He carried his short sword and a quarterstaff, a +weapon by no means to be despised in the hands of an active and +experienced player. + +Presently, after mounting some fifty or sixty steps, they issued on the +platform of the keep. Here were gathered some thirty or forty men, who +were so busied in shooting with crossbows, and in working machines +casting javelins, stones, and other missiles upon the besiegers, that +they were unaware of the addition to their numbers until the whole of +the foresters had gathered on the summit, and at the order of Cnut +suddenly fell upon them with a loud shout. + +Taken wholly by surprise by the foe, who seemed to have risen from the +bowels of the earth by magic, the soldiers of the Baron of Wortham +offered but a feeble resistance. Some were cast over the battlement of +the keep, some driven down staircases, others cut down, and then, +Cuthbert fastening a small white flag he had prepared to his +quarterstaff, waved it above the battlements. + +Even now the combatants on the outer wall were in ignorance of what had +happened in the keep; so great was the din that the struggle which had +there taken place had passed unnoticed; and it was not until the +fugitives, rushing out into the courtyard, shouted that the keep had +been captured, that the besieged became aware of the imminence of the +danger. + +[Illustration: CUTHBERT FASTENED A SMALL WHITE FLAG TO HIS QUARTER-STAFF +AND WAVED IT ABOVE THE BATTLEMENTS.] + +Hitherto the battle had been going well for the defenders of the +castle. The Baron of Wortham was indeed surprised at the feebleness of +the assault. The arrows which had fallen in clouds upon the first day's +attack upon the castle among his soldiers were now comparatively few and +ineffective. The besiegers scarcely appeared to push forward their +bridges with any vigor, and it seemed to him that a coldness had fallen +upon them, and that some disagreement must have arisen between the +foresters and the earl, completely crippling the energy of the attack. + +When he heard the words shouted from the courtyard below he could not +believe his ears. That the keep behind should have been carried by the +enemy appeared to him impossible. With a roar he called upon the bravest +of his men to follow, and rushing across the courtyard, rapidly ascended +the staircase. The movement was observed from the keep, and Cnut and a +few of his men stationed themselves with their battle-axes at the top of +various stairs leading below. + +The signal shown by Cuthbert had not passed unobserved. The earl, who +had given instructions to his followers to make a mere feint of +attacking, now blew the signal for the real onslaught. The bridges were +rapidly run across the moat, ladders were planted, and the garrison +being paralyzed and confused by the attack in their rear, as well as +hindered by the arrows which now flew down upon them from the keep +above, offered but a feeble resistance, and the assailants, led by Sir +Walter himself, poured over the walls. + +Now there was a scene of confusion and desperate strife. The baron had +just gained the top of the stairs, and was engaged in a fierce conflict +with Cnut and his men, when the news reached him that the wall was +carried from without. With an execration he again turned and rushed down +the stairs, hoping by a vigorous effort to cast back the foe. + +It was, however, all too late; his followers, disheartened and alarmed, +fought without method or order in scattered groups of threes and fours. +They made their last stand in corners and passages. They knew there was +but little hope of mercy from the Saxon foresters, and against these +they fought to the last. To the Norman retainers, however, of the earl +they offered a less determined resistance, throwing down their arms and +surrendering at discretion. + +The baron, when fiercely fighting, was slain by an arrow from the keep +above, and with his fall the last resistance ceased. A short time was +spent in searching the castle, binding the prisoners, and carrying off +the valuables that the baron had collected in his raids. Then a light +was set to the timbers, the granaries were fired, and in a few minutes +the smoke wreathing out of the various loopholes and openings told the +country round that the stronghold had fallen, and that they were free +from the oppressor at last. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +THE CRUSADES. + + +Warm thanks and much praise were bestowed upon Cuthbert for his share in +the capture of the castle, and the earl, calling the foresters round +him, then and there bestowed freedom upon any of them who might have +been serfs of his, and called upon all his knights and neighbors to do +the same, in return for the good service which they had rendered. + +This was willingly done, and a number of Cnut's party, who had before +borne the stigma of escaped serfs, were now free men. + +We are too apt to forget, in our sympathy with the Saxons, that, fond as +they were of freedom for themselves, they were yet severe masters, and +kept the mass of the people in a state of serfage. Although their laws +provided ample justice as between Saxon man and man, there was no +justice for the unhappy serfs, who were either the original inhabitants +or captives taken in war, and who were distinguished by a collar of +brass or iron round their neck. + +Cnut's party had indeed long got rid of these badges, the first act of a +serf when he took to the woods being always to file off his collar; but +they were liable when caught to be punished, even by death, and were +delighted at having achieved their freedom. + +"And what can I do for you, Cuthbert?" Sir Walter said, as they rode +homeward. "It is to you that I am indebted: in the first place for the +rescue of my daughter, in the second for the capture of that castle, +which I doubt me much whether we should ever have taken in fair fight +had it not been for your aid." + +"Thanks, Sir Walter," the lad replied. "At present I need nothing, but +should the time come when you may go to the wars I would fain ride with +you as your page, in the hope of some day winning my spurs also in the +field." + +"So shall it be," the earl said, "and right willingly. But who have we +here?" + +As he spoke a horseman rode up and presented a paper to the earl. + +"This is a notice," the earl said, after perusing it, "that King Richard +has determined to take up the cross, and that he calls upon his nobles +and barons to join him in the effort to free the holy sepulcher from the +infidels. I doubt whether the minds of the people are quite prepared, +but I hear that there has been much preaching by friars and monks in +some parts, and that many are eager to join in the war." + +"Think you that you will go to the war, Sir Walter?" Cuthbert asked. + +"I know not as yet; it must much depend upon the king's mood. For myself +I care not so greatly as some do about this question of the Holy Land. +There has been blood enough shed already to drown it, and we are no +nearer than when the first swarms of pilgrims made their way thither." + +On Cuthbert's returning home and telling his mother all that had passed, +she shook her head, but said that she could not oppose his wishes to go +with the earl when the time should come, and that it was only right he +should follow in the footsteps of the good knight his father. + +"I have heard much of these Crusades," he said; "canst tell me about +them?" + +"In truth I know not much, my son; but Father Francis, I doubt not, can +tell you all the particulars anent the affair." + +The next time that Father Francis, who was the special adviser of Dame +Editha, rode over from the convent on his ambling nag, Cuthbert eagerly +asked him if he would tell him what he knew of the Crusades. + +"Hitherto, my son," he said, "the Crusades have, it must be owned, +brought many woes upon Europe. From the early times great swarms of +pilgrims were accustomed to go from all parts of Europe to the holy +shrines. + +"When the followers of the evil prophet took possession of the land, +they laid grievous burdens upon the pilgrims, heavily they fined them, +persecuted them in every way, and treated them as if indeed they were +but the scum of the earth under their feet. + +"So terrible were the tales that reached Europe that men came to think +that it would be a good deed truly to wrest the sepulcher of the Lord +from the hands of these heathens. Pope Urban was the first to give +authority and strength to the movement, and at a vast meeting at +Claremont of thirty thousand clergy and four thousand barons, it was +decided that war must be made against the infidel. From all parts of +France men flocked to hear Pope Urban preach there; and when he had +finished his oration the vast multitude, carried away by enthusiasm, +swore to win the holy sepulcher or to die. + +"Mighty was the throng that gathered for the First Crusade. Monks threw +aside their gowns and took to the sword and cuirass; even women and +children joined in the throng. What, my son, could be expected from a +great army so formed? Without leaders, without discipline, without +tactics, without means of getting food, they soon became a scourge of +the country through which they passed. + +"Passing through Hungary, where they greatly ravaged the fields, they +came to Bulgaria. Here the people, struck with astonishment and dismay +at this great horde of hungry people who arrived among them like +locusts, fell upon them with the sword, and great numbers fell. The +first band that passed into that country perished miserably, and of all +that huge assembly, it may be said that, numbering at the start not less +than two hundred and fifty thousand persons, only about one hundred +thousand crossed into Asia Minor. The fate of these was no better than +that of those who had perished in Hungary and Bulgaria. After grievous +suffering and loss they at last reached Nicaea. There they fell into an +ambuscade; and out of the whole of the undisciplined masses who had +followed Peter the Hermit, it is doubtful whether ten thousand ever +returned home. + +"This first attempt to rescue the holy sepulcher was followed by others +equally wild, misguided, and unfortunate. Some of them indeed began +their evil deeds as soon as they had left their home. The last of these +bodies fell upon the Jews, who are indeed enemies of the Christian +faith, but who have now, at least, nothing to do with the question of +the holy sepulcher. As soon as they entered into Germany the Crusaders +put them to death with horrible torture. Plunder and rapine indeed +appeared to be the object of the Crusaders. On this as well as on most +other preceding bands, their misdeeds drew down the vengeance of the +people. At an early period of their march, and as soon as they reached +Hungary, the people fell upon them, and put the greater portion to the +sword. + +"Thus, in these irregular expeditions no less than five hundred thousand +people are supposed to have perished. Godfrey de Bouillon was the first +who undertook to lead a Crusade according to the military knowledge of +the day. With him were his brothers Eustace and Baldwin, the Counts of +Anault and St. Paul, and many other nobles and gentlemen, with their +retainers, well armed and under good order; and so firm was the +discipline of Duke Godfrey that they were allowed to pass freely by the +people of the countries who had opposed the previous bands. + +"Through Hungary, Bulgaria, and Thrace he made his way; and though he +met with many difficulties from Alexius, the crafty and treacherous +Emperor of the Greeks, he at last succeeded in crossing into Asia. There +he was joined by many from England, as well as from France and other +countries. Duke Robert, the son of our first William, led a strong band +of Normans to the war, as did the other great princes of France and +Spain. + +"The army which crossed the narrow passage of the Hellespont is +estimated at no less than seven hundred thousand fighting men. Of these +one hundred thousand were knights clad in complete armor, the remainder +were men-at-arms and bowmen. + +"Nicaea, the place which had been the scene of the massacre of Peter the +Hermit's hosts, was taken after a desperate conflict, lasting for many +weeks, and the Crusaders afterward defeated the Turks in a great battle +near the town of Doryleum. After these successes disputes arose among +the leaders, and Count Baldwin, brother of Duke Godfrey, left the main +body with about fifteen hundred men, and founded a kingdom for himself +in Mesopotamia. + +"The main body, slowly and painfully, and suffering from disease, +famine, and the heat, made its way south. Antioch, a city of great +strength and importance, was besieged, but it proved so strong that it +resisted for many months, and was at last only taken by treachery. + +"After the capture of this place the sufferings of the Crusaders so far +from being diminished were redoubled. They themselves during the siege +had bought up all the food that could be brought from the surrounding +country, while the magazines of the town were found, when an entry was +effected, to be entirely deserted. The enemy, aided by a great Persian +host, came down, and those who had been the besiegers were now besieged. +However, when in the last strait the Christian army sallied out, and +inspired with supernatural strength, defeated the Turks and Persians, +with a slaughter of one hundred thousand men. Another slow movement to +the south brought them into the Holy Land, and pressing forward, they +came at last within sight of Jerusalem itself. + +"So fearful had been the losses of the Crusaders that of seven hundred +thousand who crossed the Hellespont, not more than forty thousand +reached the end of the pilgrimage. This fragment of an army, which had +appeared before a very strongly fortified town, possessed no means of +capturing the place--none of the machines of war necessary for the +purpose, no provisions or munitions of any kind. Water was scarce also; +and it appeared as if the remnant of the great army of Godfrey de +Bouillon had arrived before Jerusalem only to perish there. + +"Happily just at this time a further band of Crusaders from Genoa, who +had reached Jaffa, made their appearance. They were provided with +stores, and had skilled workmen capable of making the machines for the +siege. On July 14, 1099, the attack was made, and after resistance +gallant and desperate as the assault, the Crusaders burst into the city, +massacred the whole of the defenders and inhabitants, calculated at +seventy thousand in number, and so became masters of the holy sepulcher. + +"The Sultan of Egypt was meanwhile advancing to the assistance of the +Mohammedans of Syria; but Godfrey, with twenty thousand of his best men, +advanced to meet the vast host, and scattered them as if they had been +sheep. Godfrey was now chosen King of Jerusalem, and the rest of his +army--save three hundred knights and two hundred soldiers, who agreed to +remain with him--returned to their home. The news of the victory led +other armies of Crusaders to follow the example of that of Godfrey; but +as these were almost as completely without organization or leadership as +those of Peter the Hermit, they suffered miserably on their way, and few +indeed ever reached the Holy Land. Godfrey died in 1100, and his brother +Baldwin succeeded him. + +"The history of the last hundred years has been full of fresh efforts to +crush the Moslem power, but hitherto it cannot be said that fortune has +attended the efforts of the Christians. Had it not been indeed for the +devotion of the Knights of St. John and of the Templars, two great +companies formed of men who devoted their lives to the holding of the +sepulcher against the infidel, our hold of the Holy Land would have been +lost. + +"Gradually the Saracens have wrested post after post from our hands. +Edessa was taken in 1144, and the news of this event created an intense +excitement. The holy St. Bernard stirred up all France, and Louis VII. +himself took the vow and headed a noble army. The ways of God are not +our ways, and although the army of Germany joined that of France, but +little results came of this great effort. + +"The Emperor Conrad, with the Germans, was attacked by the Turk Saladin +of Iconium, and was defeated with a loss of sixty thousand men. The King +of France, with his army, was also attacked with fury, and a large +portion of his force were slaughtered. Nothing more came of this great +effort, and while the first Crusade seemed to show that the men-at-arms +of Europe were irresistible, the second on the contrary gave proof that +the Turks were equal to the Christian knights. Gradually the Christian +hold of the Holy Land was shaken. In 1187, although fighting with +extraordinary bravery, the small army of Christian Knights of the Temple +and of St. John were annihilated, the King of Jerusalem was made +prisoner, and the Christian power was crushed. Then Saladin, who +commanded the Turks, advanced against Jerusalem, and forced it to +capitulate. + +"Such, my boy, is the last sad news which has reached us; and no wonder +that it has stirred the hearts of the monarchs of Europe, and that every +effort will be again made to recapture the holy sepulcher, and to avenge +our brethren who have been murdered by the infidels." + +"But, Father Francis, from your story it would seem that Europe has +already sacrificed an enormous number of lives to take the holy +sepulcher, and that after all the fighting, when she has taken it, it is +only to lose it again." + +"That is so, my son; but we will trust that in future things will be +better managed. The Templars and Hospitalers now number so vast a number +of the best lances in Europe, and are grown to be such great powers, +that we may believe that when we have again wrested the holy sepulcher +from the hands of the infidels they will be able to maintain it against +all assaults. Doubtless the great misfortunes which have fallen upon the +Christian armies have been a punishment from heaven, because they have +not gone to work in the right spirit. It is not enough to take up lance +and shield, and to place a red cross upon the shoulder. Those who desire +to fight the battle of the Lord must cleanse their hearts, and go forth +in the spirit of pilgrims rather than knights. I mean not that they +should trust wholly to spiritual weapons--for in truth the infidel is a +foe not to be despised--but I mean that they should lay aside all +thoughts of worldly glory and rivalry one against another." + +"And think you, Father, that such is the spirit with which King Richard +and the other kings and nobles now preparing to go to the Holy Land are +animated?" + +Father Francis hesitated. + +"It is not for me, my son, to judge motives, or to speak well or ill of +the instruments who have been chosen for this great work. It is of all +works the most praiseworthy, most holy. It is horrible to think that the +holy shrines of Jerusalem should be in the hands of men who believe not +in our Redeemer; and I hold it to be the duty of every man who can bear +arms, no matter what his rank or his station, to don his armor and to go +forth to battle in the cause. Whether success will crown the effort, or +whether God wills it otherwise, it is not for man to discuss; it is +enough that the work is there, and it is our duty to do it." + +"And think you, Father, that it will do good to England?" + +"That do I, my son, whether we gain the Holy Land or no. Methinks that +it will do good service to the nation that Saxon and Norman should fight +together under the holy cross. Hitherto the races have stood far too +much apart. They have seen each other's bad qualities rather than good; +but methinks that when the Saxon and the Norman stand side by side on +the soil of the Holy Land, and shout together for England, it must needs +bind them together, and lead them to feel that they are no longer +Normans and Saxons, but Englishmen. I intend to preach on the village +green at Evesham next Sunday morning on this subject, and as I know you +are in communication with the forest men, I would, Cuthbert, that you +would persuade them to come in to hear me. You were wondering what could +be found for these vagrants. They have many of them long since lost the +habits of honest labor. Many of them are still serfs, although most have +been freed by the good earl and the knights his followers. Some of those +who would fain leave the life in the woods still cling to it because +they think that it would be mean to desert their comrades, who being +serfs are still bound to lurk there; but methinks that this is a great +opportunity for them. They are valiant men, and the fact that they are +fond of drawing an arrow at a buck does not make them one whit the worse +Christians. I will do my best to move their hearts, and if they will but +agree together to take the cross, they would make a goodly band of +footmen to accompany the earl." + +"Is the earl going?" Cuthbert asked eagerly. + +"I know not for certain," said Father Francis; "but I think from what I +hear from his chaplain, Father Eustace, that his mind turns in that +direction." + +"Then, Father, if he goes, I will go too," Cuthbert exclaimed. "He +promised to take me as his page the first time he went to war." + +Father Francis shook his head. + +"I fear me, Cuthbert, this is far from the spirit in which we awhile ago +agreed that men should go to the holy war." + +Cuthbert hung his head a little. + +"Ay, Father Francis, men; but I am a boy," he said, "and after all, boys +are fond of adventure for adventure's sake. However, Father," he said, +with a smile, "no doubt your eloquence on the green will turn me +mightily to the project, for you must allow that the story you have told +me this morning is not such as to create any very strong yearning in +one's mind to follow the millions of men who have perished in the Holy +Land." + +"Go to," said Father Francis, smiling, "thou art a pert varlet. I will +do my best on Sunday to turn you to a better frame of mind." + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +PREPARATIONS. + + +Next Sunday a large number of people from some miles round were gathered +on the green at Evesham, to hear Father Francis preach on the holy +sepulcher. The forest men in their green jerkins mingled with the crowd, +and a look of attention and seriousness was on the faces of all, for the +news of the loss of the holy sepulcher had really exercised a great +effect upon the minds of the people in England as elsewhere. + +Those were the days of pilgrimage to holy places, when the belief in the +sanctity of places and things was overwhelming, and when men believed +that a journey to the holy shrines was sufficient to procure for them a +pardon for all their misdeeds. The very word "infidel" in those days was +full of horror, and the thought that the holy places of the Christians +were in the hands of Moslems affected all Christians throughout Europe +with a feeling of shame as well as of grief. + +Among the crowd were many of the Norman retainers from the castle and +from many of the holds around, and several knights with the ladies of +their family stood a little apart from the edge of the gathering; for +it was known that Father Francis would not be alone, but that he would +be accompanied by a holy friar who had returned from the East, and who +could tell of the cruelties which the Christians had suffered at the +hands of the Saracens. + +Father Francis, at ordinary times a tranquil preacher, was moved beyond +himself by the theme on which he was holding forth. He did not attempt +to hide from those who stood around that the task to be undertaken was +one of grievous peril and trial; that disease and heat, hunger and +thirst, must be dared, as well as the sword of the infidel. But he spoke +of the grand nature of the work, of the humiliation to Christians, of +the desecration of the shrines, and of the glory which awaited those who +joined the Crusade, whether they lived or whether they died in the Holy +Land. + +His words had a strong effect upon the simple people who listened to +him, but the feelings so aroused were as naught to the enthusiasm which +greeted the address of the friar. + +Meager and pale, with a worn, anxious face as one who had suffered much, +the friar, holding aloft two pieces of wood from the Mount of Olives +tied together in the form of a cross, harangued the crowd. His words +poured forth in a fiery stream, kindling the hearts, and stirring at +once the devotion and the anger of his listeners. + +He told of the holy places, he spoke of the scenes of Holy Writ, which +had there been enacted; and then he depicted the men who had died for +them. He told of the knights and men-at-arms, each of whom proved +himself again and again a match for a score of infidels. He spoke of the +holy women, who, fearlessly and bravely, as the knights themselves, had +borne their share in the horrors of the siege and in the terrible times +which had preceded it. + +He told them that this misfortune had befallen Christianity because of +the lukewarmness which had come upon them. + +"What profited it," he asked, "if a few knights who remained to defend +the holy sepulcher were heroes? A few heroes cannot withstand an army. +If Christendom after making a mighty effort to capture the holy +sepulcher had not fallen away, the conquest which had been made with so +vast an expenditure of blood would not have been lost. This is a work in +which no mere passing fervor will avail; bravery at first, endurance +afterward, are needed. Many men must determine not only to assist to +wrest the holy sepulcher from the hands of the infidels, but to give +their lives, so long as they might last, to retaining it. It is scarce +to be expected that men with wives and families will take a view like +this, indeed it is not to be desired. But there are single men, men of +no ties, who can devote their whole lives, as did the Knights of the +Orders of the Cross, to this great object. When their life has come to +an end doubtless others will take up the banner that their hands can no +longer hold. But for life it is, indeed, that many of humble as well as +of princely class must bind themselves to take and defend to death the +holy sepulcher." + +So, gradually raising the tone of his speech, the friar proceeded; until +at length by his intense earnestness, his wild gesticulations, his +impassioned words, he drew the whole of his listeners along with him; +and when he ceased, a mighty shout of "To the Holy Land!" burst from his +hearers. + +Falling upon their knees the crowd begged of him to give them the sign +of the cross, and to bestow his blessing upon their swords, and upon +their efforts. + +Father Francis had prepared, in contemplation of such a movement, a +large number of small white crosses of cloth. These he and the friar now +fastened to the shoulders of the men as they crowded up to receive it, +holding their hands aloft, kissing the cross that the friar extended to +them, and swearing to give their lives, if need be, to rescue the holy +shrines from the infidel. + +When all had received the holy symbol, Father Francis again ascended the +bank from which they had addressed the crowd: + +"Now go to your homes, my sons," he said. "Think of the oath that you +have taken, and of the course that lies open to you when the time comes. +When King Richard is prepared to start, then will you be called upon to +fulfill your vows. It may be that all who have sworn may not be called +upon to go. It needs that the land here should be tilled, it needs that +there should be protectors for the women and children, it needs that +this England of ours should flourish, and we cannot give all her sons, +however willing they might be to take the cross. But the willingness +which you will, I am sure, show to go if needs be, and to redeem your +vows, will be sufficient. Some must go and some must stay; these are +matters to be decided hereafter; for the time let us separate; you will +hear when the hour for action arrives." + +A fortnight later the Earl of Evesham, who had been on a long journey to +London, returned with full authority to raise and organize a force as +his contingent to the holy wars. + +All was now bustle and activity in the castle. Father Francis informed +him of the willingness of such of the forest men as he deemed fit to +enlist under his banner; and the earl was much gratified at finding that +the ranks of heavily-armed retainers whom he would take with him were to +be swollen by the addition of so useful a contingent as that of one +hundred skillful archers. + +Cuthbert was not long in asking for an interview with the earl. + +He had indeed great difficulty in persuading Dame Editha that he was old +enough to share in the fatigues of so great an expedition, but he had +Father Francis on his side; and between the influence of her confessor, +and the importunities of her son, the opposition of the good lady fell +to the ground. + +Cuthbert was already, for his age, well trained to arms. Many of the old +soldiers at the castle who had known and loved his father had been ever +ready to give lessons in the use of arms to Cuthbert, who was +enthusiastic in his desire to prove as good a knight as his father had +been. His friends, the outlaws, had taught him the use of the bow and of +the quarterstaff; and Cuthbert, strong and well-built for his age, and +having little to do save to wield the sword and the bow, had attained a +very considerable amount of skill with each. + +He had too, which was unusual, a certain amount of book learning, +although this, true to say, had not been acquired so cheerfully or +willingly as the skill at arms. Father Francis had, however, taught him +to read and to write--accomplishments which were at that time rare, +except in the cloister. In those days if a knight had a firm seat in his +saddle, a strong arm, a keen eye, and high courage, it was thought to be +of little matter whether he could or could not do more than make his +mark on the parchment. The whole life of the young was given to +acquiring skill in arms; and unless intended for the convent, any idea +of education would in the great majority of cases have been considered +as preposterous. + +To do Cuthbert justice, he had protested with all his might against the +proposition of Father Francis to his mother to teach him some clerkly +knowledge. He had yielded most unwillingly at last to her entreaties, +backed as they were by the sound arguments and good sense of Father +Francis. + +The Earl of Evesham received Cuthbert's application very graciously. + +"Certainly, Cuthbert," he said, "you shall accompany me; first, on +account of my promise to you; secondly, because from the readiness you +displayed both in the matter of my daughter and of the attack on +Wortham, you will be a notable aid and addition to my party; thirdly, +from my friendship for your father and Dame Editha." + +This point being settled, Cuthbert at once assumed his new duties. There +was plenty for him to do--to see that the orders of the earl were +properly carried out; to bear messages to the knights who followed the +earl's fortunes, at their various holds; to stand by and watch the +armorers at work, and the preparation of the stores of arms and missiles +which would be necessary for the expedition. + +Sometimes he would go round to summon the tenants of the various farms +and lands, who held from the earl, to come to the castle; and here Sir +Walter would, as far as might be without oppression, beg of them to +contribute largely to the expedition. + +In these appeals he was in no slight way assisted by Father Francis, who +pointed out loudly to the people that those who stayed behind were bound +to make as much sacrifice of their worldly goods as those who went to +the war might make of their lives. Life and land are alike at the +service of God. Could the land be sold, it would be a good deed to sell +it; but as this could not be, they should at least sell all that they +could, and pledge their property if they could find lenders, in order to +contribute to the needs of their lord, and the fitting out of this great +enterprise. + +The preparations were at last complete, and a gallant band gathered at +the castle ready for starting. It consisted of some two hundred +men-at-arms led by six knights, and of one hundred bowmen dressed in +Lincoln green, with quilted jerkins to keep out the arrows of the enemy. +All the country from around gathered to see the start. Dame Editha was +there, and by her side stood the earl's little daughter. The earl +himself was in armor, and beside him rode Cuthbert in the gay attire of +a page. + +Just at that moment, however, his face did not agree with his costume, +for although he strove his best to look bright and smiling, it was a +hard task to prevent the tears from filling his eyes at his departure +from his mother. The good lady cried unrestrainedly, and Margaret joined +in her tears. The people who had gathered round cheered lustily; the +trumpets blew a gay fanfaronade, and the squire threw to the wind the +earl's colors. + +It was no mere pleasure trip on which they were starting, for all knew +that, of the preceding Crusades, not one in ten of those who had gone so +gladly forth had ever returned. + +It must not be supposed that the whole of those present were animated by +any strong religious feeling. No doubt there existed a desire, which was +carefully fanned by the preaching of the priests and monks, to rescue +the holy sepulcher from the hands of the Saracens; but a far stronger +feeling was to be found in the warlike nature of the people in those +days. Knights, men-at-arms, and indeed men of all ranks were full of a +combative spirit. Life in the castle and hut was alike dull and +monotonous, and the excitement of war and adventure was greatly looked +for, both as a means of obtaining glory and booty, and for the change +they afforded to the dreary monotony of life. + +There is little to tell of the journey of the Earl of Evesham's band +through England to Southampton, at which place they took ship and +crossed to France--or rather to Normandy, for in those days Normandy was +regarded, as indeed it formed, a part of England. + +Cuthbert, as was natural to his age, was full of delight at all the +varying scenes through which they passed. The towns were to him an +especial source of wonder, for he had never visited any other than that +of Worcester, to which he had once or twice been taken on occasions of +high festival. Havre was in those days an important place, and being the +landing-place of a great portion of the English bands, it was full of +bustle and excitement. Every day ships brought in nobles and their +followings. + +The King of England was already in Normandy hastening the preparations, +and each band, as it landed, marched down to the meeting-place on the +plains of Vezelay. Already they began to experience a taste of the +hardships which they were to endure. + +In those days there was no regular supply train for an army, but each +division or band supported itself by purchase or pillage, as the case +might be, from the surrounding country. + +As the English troops were marching through a friendly country, pillage +was of course strictly forbidden; but while many of the leaders paid for +all they had, it must be owned that among the smaller leaders were many +who took anything that they required with or without payment. + +The country was eaten up. + +The population in those days was sparse, and the movement of so large a +number of men along a certain route completely exhausted all the +resources of the inhabitants; and although willing to pay for all that +his men required, the Earl of Evesham had frequently to lie down on the +turf supperless himself. + +"If this is the case now," he said to Cuthbert, "what will it be after +we have joined the French army? Methinks whatever we may do if we reach +the Holy Land, that we have a fair chance of being starved before we +sail." + +After a long succession of marches they arrived in sight of the great +camp at Vezelay. It was indeed rather a canvas town than a camp. Here +were gathered nearly one hundred thousand men, a vast host at any time, +but in those days far greater in proportion to the strength of the +countries than at present. The tents of the leaders, nobles, and other +knights and gentlemen rose in regular lines, forming streets and +squares. + +The great mass of troops, however, were contented to sleep in the open +air; indeed the difficulties of carriage were so great that it was only +the leaders who could carry with them their canvas abodes. Before each +tent stood the lance and colors of its owner, and side by side in the +center of the camp stood the royal pavilions of Philip of France and +Richard of England, round which could be seen the gonfalons of all the +nobles of Western Europe. + +Nothing could be gayer than the aspect of this camp as the party rode +into it. They were rather late, and the great body of the host were +already assembled. + +Cuthbert gazed with delight at the varied colors, the gay dresses, the +martial knights, and the air of discipline and order which reigned +everywhere. + +This was indeed war in its most picturesque form, a form which, as far +as beauty is concerned, has been altogether altered, and indeed +destroyed, by modern arms. + +In those days individual prowess and bravery went for everything. A +handful of armored knights were a match for thousands of footmen, and +battles were decided as much by the prowess and bravery of the leader +and his immediate following as by that of the great mass of the army. + +The earl had the day before sent on a messenger to state that he was +coming, and as the party entered the camp they were met by a squire of +the camp-marshal, who conducted them to the position allotted to them. + +The earl's tent was soon erected, with four or five grouped around it +for his knights, one being set aside for his squires and pages. + +When this was done Cuthbert strolled away to look at the varied sights +of the camp. A military officer in these days would be scandalized at +the scenes which were going on, but the strict, hard military discipline +of modern times was then absolutely unknown. + +A camp was a moving town, and to it flocked the country people with +their goods; smiths and armorers erected their forges; minstrels and +troubadours flocked in to sing of former battles, and to raise the +spirits of the soldiers by merry lays of love and war; simple countrymen +and women came in to bring their presents of fowls or cakes to their +friends in camp; knights rode to and fro on their gayly caparisoned +horses through the crowd; the newly-raised levies, in many cases +composed of woodmen and peasants who had not in the course of their +lives wandered a league from their birthplaces, gaped in unaffected +wonder at the sights around them; while last, but by no means least, the +maidens and good wives of the neighborhood, fond then as now of brave +men and gay dresses, thronged the streets of the camp, and joined in, +and were the cause of, merry laughter and jest. + +Here and there, a little apart from the main stream of traffic, the +minstrels would take up their position, and playing a gay air, the +soldier lads and lasses would fall to and foot it merrily to the +strains. Sometimes there would be a break in the gayety, and loud +shouts, and perhaps fierce oaths, would rise. Then the maidens would fly +like startled fawns, and men hasten to the spot; though the quarrel +might be purely a private one, yet should it happen between the +retainers of two nobles, the friends of each would be sure to strike in, +and serious frays would arise before the marshal of the camp with his +posse could arrive to interfere. Sometimes, indeed, these quarrels +became so serious and desperate that alliances were broken up and great +intentions frustrated by the quarrels of the soldiery. + +Here and there, on elevated platforms, or even on the top of a pile of +tubs, were friars occupied in haranguing the soldiers, and in inspiring +them with enthusiasm for the cause upon which they were embarked. The +conduct of their listeners showed easily enough the motives which had +brought them to war. Some stood with clasped hands and eager eyes, +listening to the exhortations of the priests, and ready, as might be +seen from their earnest gaze, to suffer martyrdom in the cause. More, +however, stood indifferently round, or, after listening to a few words, +walked on with a laugh or a scoff; indeed, preaching had already done +all that lay in its power. All those who could be moved by exhortations +of this kind were there, and upon the rest the discourses and sermons +were thrown away. + +Several times in the course of his stroll round the camp Cuthbert +observed the beginnings of quarrels, which were in each case only +checked by the intervention of some knight or other person in authority +coming past, and he observed that these in every instance occurred +between men of the English and those of the French army. + +Between the Saxon contingent of King Richard's army and the French +soldiers there could indeed be no quarrel, for the Saxons understood no +word of their language; but with the Normans the case was different, for +the Norman-French, which was spoken by all the nobles and their +retainers in Britain, was as nearly as possible the same as that in use +in France. + +It seemed, however, to Cuthbert, watching narrowly what was going on, +that there existed by no means a good feeling between the men of the +different armies; and he thought that this divergence so early in the +campaign boded but little good for the final success of the expedition. + +When he returned to the tent the earl questioned him as to what he had +seen, and Cuthbert frankly acknowledged that it appeared to him that the +feeling between the men of the two armies was not good. + +"I have been," the earl said, "to the royal camp, and from what I hear, +Cuthbert, methinks that there is reason for what you say. King Richard +is the most loyal and gallant of kings, but he is haughty and hasty in +speech. The Normans, too, have been somewhat accustomed to conquer our +neighbors, and it may well be that the chivalry of France love us not. +However, it must be hoped that this feeling will die away, and that we +shall emulate each other only in our deeds on the battlefield." + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +THE LISTS. + + +The third day after the arrival of the Earl of Evesham there was a great +banquet given by the King of France to King Richard and his principal +nobles. + +Among those present was the Earl of Evesham, and Cuthbert as his page +followed him to the great tent where the banquet was prepared. + +Here, at the top of the tent, on a raised daïs, sat the King of France, +surrounded by his courtiers. The Earl of Evesham, having been conducted +by the herald to the daïs, paid his compliments to the king, and was +saluted by him with many flattering words. + +The sound of a trumpet was heard, and Richard of England, accompanied by +his principal nobles, entered. + +It was the first time that Cuthbert had seen the king. + +Richard was a man of splendid stature and of enormous strength. His +appearance was in some respects rather Saxon than Norman, for his hair +was light and his complexion clear and bright. He wore the mustache and +pointed beard at that time in fashion; and although his expression was +generally that of frankness and good humor, there might be observed in +his quick motions and piercing glances signs of the hasty temper and +unbridled passion which went far to wreck the success of the enterprise +upon which he was embarked. + +Richard possessed most of the qualities which make a man a great king +and render him the idol of his subjects, especially in a time of +semi-civilization, when personal prowess is placed at the summit of all +human virtues. In all his dominions there was not one man who in +personal conflict was a match for his king. + +Except during his fits of passion, King Richard was generous, forgiving, +and royal in his moods. He was incapable of bearing malice. Although +haughty of his dignity, he was entirely free from any personal pride, +and while he would maintain to the death every right and privilege +against another monarch, he could laugh and joke with the humblest of +his subjects on terms of hearty good fellowship. He was impatient of +contradiction, eager to carry out whatever he had determined upon; and +nothing enraged him so much as hesitation or procrastination. The delays +which were experienced in the course of the Crusade angered him more +than all the opposition offered by the Saracens, or than the hardships +through which the Christian host had to pass. + +At a flourish of trumpets all took their seats at dinner, their places +being marked for them by a herald, whose duty it was to regulate nicely +the various ranks and dignities. + +The Earl of Evesham was placed next to a noble of Brabant. Cuthbert took +his place behind his lord and served him with wines and meats, the +Brabant being attended by a tall youth, who was indeed on the verge of +manhood. + +As the dinner went on the buzz of conversation became fast and furious. +In those days men drank deep, and quarrels often arose over the cups. +From the time that the dinner began Cuthbert noticed that the manner of +Sir de Jacquelin Barras, Count of Brabant, was rude and offensive. + +It might be that he was accustomed to live alone with his retainers, and +that his manners were rude and coarse to all. It might be that he had a +special hostility to the English. At any rate, his remarks were +calculated to fire the anger of the earl. + +He began the conversation by wondering how a Norman baron could live in +a country like England, inhabited by a race but little above pigs. + +The earl at once fired up at this, for the Normans were now beginning to +feel themselves English, and to resent attacks upon a people for whom +their grandfathers had entertained contempt. + +He angrily repelled the attack upon them by the Brabant knight, and +asserted at once that the Saxons were every bit as civilized, and in +some respects superior to the Normans or French. + +The ill-feeling thus began at starting clearly waxed stronger as dinner +went on. The Brabant knight drank deeply, and although his talk was not +clearly directed against the English, yet he continued to throw out +innuendos and side attacks, and to talk with a vague boastfulness, which +greatly irritated Sir Walter. + +Presently, as Cuthbert was about to serve his master with a cup of wine, +the tall page pushed suddenly against him, spilling a portion of the +wine over his dress. + +"What a clumsy child!" he said scoffingly. + +"You are a rough and ill-mannered loon," Cuthbert said angrily. "Were +you in any other presence I would chastise you as you deserve." + +The tall page burst into a mocking laugh. + +"Chastise me!" he said. "Why, I could put you in my pocket for a little +hop-of-my-thumb as you are." + +"I think," said Sir Jacquelin--for the boys' voices both rose loud--to +the earl, "you had better send that brat home and order him to be +whipped." + +"Sir count," said the earl, "your manners are insolent, and were we not +engaged upon a Crusade, it would please me much to give you a lesson on +that score." + +Higher and higher the dispute rose, until some angry word caught the ear +of the king. + +Amid the general buzz of voices King Philip rose, and speaking a word +to King Richard, moved from the table, thus giving the sign for the +breaking up of the feast. + +Immediately afterward a page touched the earl and Sir Jacquelin upon the +shoulder, and told them that the kings desired to speak with them in the +tent of the King of France. + +The two nobles strode through the crowd, regarding each other with eyes +much like those of two dogs eager to fly at each other's throat. + +"My lords, my lords," said King Philip when they entered, "this is +against all law and reason. For shame, to be brawling at my table. I +would not say aught openly, but methinks it is early indeed for the +knights and nobles engaged in a common work to fall to words." + +"Your majesty," said the Earl of Evesham, "I regret deeply what has +happened. But it seemed from the time we sat down to the meal that this +lord sought to pass a quarrel upon me, and I now beseech your majesty +that you will permit us to settle our differences in the lists." + +King Richard gave a sound of assent, but the King of France shook his +head gravely. + +"Do you forget," he said, "the mission upon which you are assembled +here? Has not every knight and noble in these armies taken a solemn oath +to put aside private quarrels and feuds until the holy sepulcher is +taken? Shall we at this very going off show that the oath is a mere form +of words? Shall we show before the face of Christendom that the knights +of the cross are unable to avoid flying at each other's throats, even +while on their way to wrest the holy sepulcher from the infidel? No, +sirs, you must lay aside your feuds, and must promise me and my good +brother here that you will keep the peace between you until this war is +over. Whose fault it was that the quarrel began I know not. It may be +that my Lord of Brabant was discourteous. It may be that the earl here +was too hot. But whichever it be, it matters not." + +"The quarrel, sire," said Sir Jacquelin, "arose from a dispute between +our pages, who were nigh coming to blows in your majesty's presence. I +desired the earl to chide the insolence of his varlet, and instead of so +doing he met my remarks with scorn." + +"Pooh, pooh," said King Richard, "there are plenty of grounds for +quarrel without two nobles interfering in the squabbles of boys. Let +them fight; it will harm no one. By the bye, your Majesty," he said, +turning to the King of France with a laugh, "if the masters may not +fight, there is no reason in the world why the varlets should not. We +are sorely dull for want of amusement. Let us have a list to-morrow, and +let the pages fight it out for the honor of their masters and their +nations." + +"It were scarce worth while to have the lists set for two boys to +fight," said the King of France. + +"Oh, we need not have regular lists," said King Richard. "Leave that +matter in my hands. I warrant you that if the cockerels are well +plucked, they will make us sport. What say you, gentlemen?" + +The Brabant noble at once assented, answering that he was sure that his +page would be glad to enter the lists; and the earl gave a similar +assent, for he had not noticed how great was the discrepancy between the +size of the future combatants. + +"That is agreed, then," said King Richard joyously. "I will have a piece +of ground marked out on the edge of the camp to-morrow morning. It shall +be kept by my men-at-arms, and there shall be a raised place for King +Philip and myself, who will be the judges of the conflict. Will they +fight on foot or on horse?" + +"On foot, on foot," said the King of France. "It would be a pity that +knightly exercises should be brought to scorn by any failure on their +part on horseback. On foot at least it will be a fair struggle." + +"What arms shall they use?" the Brabant knight asked. + +"Oh, swords and battle-axes, of course," said King Richard with a laugh. + +"Before you go," King Philip said, "you must shake hands, and swear to +let the quarrel between you drop, at least until after our return. If +you still wish to shed each other's blood, I shall offer no hindrance +thereto." + +The earl and Count Jacquelin touched each other's hands in obedience to +the order, went out of the tent together, and strode off without a word +in different directions. + +"My dear lad," the Earl of Evesham said on entering his tent where his +page was waiting him, "this is a serious business. The kings have +ordered this little count and myself to put aside our differences till +after the Crusade, in accordance with our oath. But as you have in no +wise pledged yourself in the same fashion, and as their majesties feel +somewhat dull while waiting here, it is determined that the quarrel +between the count and me, and between you and the count's page, shall be +settled by a fight between you two in the presence of the kings." + +"Well, sir," Cuthbert said, "I am glad that it should be, seeing the +varlet insulted me without any cause, and purposely upset the cup over +me." + +"What is he like?" the earl asked. "Dost think that you are a fair +match?" + +"I doubt not that we are fair match enough," Cuthbert said. "As you +know, sir, I have been well trained to arms of all kinds, both by my +father and by the men-at-arms at the castle, and could hold my own +against any of your men with light weapons, and have then no fear that +this gawky loon, twenty years old though he seems to be, will bring +disgrace upon me or discredit upon my nation." + +"If thou thinkest so," the earl said, "the matter can go on. But had it +been otherwise I would have gone to the king and protested that the +advantage of age was so great that it would be murder to place you in +the lists together." + +"There is," Cuthbert said, "at most no greater difference between us +than between a strong man and a weak one, and these, in the ordeal of +battle, have to meet in the lists. Indeed I doubt if the difference is +so great, for if he be a foot taller than I, methinks that round the +shoulders I should have the advantage of him." + +"Send hither my armorer," the earl said; "we must choose a proper suit +for you. I fear that mine would be of little use; but doubtless there +are some smaller suits among my friends." + +"The simpler and lighter the better," Cuthbert said. "I'd rather have a +light coat of mail and a steel cap than heavy armor and a helmet which +would press me down, and a visor through which I could scarce see. The +lighter the better, for after all if my sword cannot keep my head, +sooner or later the armor would fail to do so too." + +The armorer speedily arrived, and the knights and followers of the earl +being called in and the case stated, there was soon found a coat of fine +linked mail, which fitted Cuthbert well. As to the steel cap there was +no difficulty whatever. + +"You must have a plume at least," the earl said, and took some feathers +from his own casque and fastened them in. "Will you want a light sword +and battle-ax?" + +"No," Cuthbert said, "my arms are pretty well used to those of the +men-at-arms. I could wield my father's sword, and that was a heavy +one." + +The lightest of the earl's weapons were chosen, and it was agreed that +all was now ready for the conflict to-morrow. + +In the morning there was a slight bustle in the camp. + +The news that a fight was to take place between an English and a Brabant +page, by the permission of the kings of England and France, that their +majesties were to be present, and that all was to be conducted on +regular rules, caused a stir of excitement and novelty in the camp. + +Nowhere is life duller than among a large body of men kept together for +any time under canvas, and the thought of a combat of this novel kind +excited general interest. + +In a meadow at a short distance from the camp a body of King Richard's +men-at-arms marked off an oval space of about an acre. Upon one side of +this a tent was pitched for the kings, and a small tent was placed at +each end for the combatants. Round the inclosure the men-at-arms formed +the ring, and behind them a dense body of spectators gathered, a place +being set aside for nobles, and others of gentle blood. + +At the hour fixed the kings of England and France arrived together. King +Richard was evidently in a state of high good humor, for he preferred +the clash of arms and the sight of combat to any other pleasure. + +The King of France, on the other hand, looked grave. He was a far wiser +and more politic king than Richard; and although he had consented to +the sudden proposal, yet he felt in his heart that the contest was a +foolish one, and that it might create bad feeling among the men of the +two nationalities whichever way it went. He had reserved to himself the +right of throwing down the baton when the combat was to cease, and he +determined to avail himself of this right to put a stop to the conflict +before either party was likely to sustain any deadly injury. + +When the monarchs had taken their places the trumpeters sounded their +trumpets, and the two combatants advanced on foot from their ends of the +lists. A murmur of surprise and dissatisfaction broke from the crowd. +"My Lord of Evesham," the king said angrily to the earl, who with Count +Jacquelin was standing by the royal party, "thou shouldst have said that +the difference between the two was too great to allow the combat to be +possible. The Frenchman appears to be big enough to take your page under +his arm and walk off with him." + +The difference was indeed very striking. The French champion was arrayed +in a full suit of knightly armor--of course without the gold spurs which +were the distinguishing mark of that rank--and with his helmet and lofty +plume of feathers he appeared to tower above Cuthbert, who, in his +close-fitting steel cap and link armor seemed a very dwarf by the side +of a giant. + +"It is not size, sire, but muscle and pluck will win in a combat like +this. Your majesty need not be afraid that my page will disgrace me. He +is of my blood, though the kinship is not close. He is of mixed Saxon +and Norman strain, and will, believe me, do no discredit to either." + +The king's brow cleared, for in truth he was very proud of his English +nationality, and would have been sorely vexed to see the discomfiture of +an English champion, even though that champion were a boy. + +"Brother Philip," he said, turning to the king, "I will wager my gold +chain against yours on yonder stripling." + +"Methinks that it were robbery to take your wager," the King of France +said. "The difference between their bulk is disproportionate. However, I +will not balk your wish. My chain against yours." + +The rule of the fight was that they were to commence with swords, but +that either could, if he chose, use his battle-ax. + +The fight need scarcely be described at length, for the advantage was +all one way. Cuthbert was fully a match in strength for his antagonist, +although standing nigh a foot shorter. Constant exercise, however, had +hardened his muscles into something like steel, while the teaching that +he had received had embraced all what was then known of the use of arms. + +Science in those days there was but little of; it was a case rather of +hard, heavy hitting, than of what we now call swordsmanship. + +With the sword Cuthbert gained but slight advantage over his adversary, +whose superior height enabled him to rain blows down upon the lad, which +he was with difficulty enabled to guard; but when the first paroxysm of +his adversary's attack had passed he took to the offensive, and drove +his opponent back step by step. With his sword, however, he was unable +to cut through the armor of the Frenchman, but in the course of the +encounter, guarding a severe blow aimed at him, his sword was struck +from his hand, and he then, seizing his ax, made such play with it that +his foe dropped his own sword and took to the same weapon. + +In this the superior height and weight of his opponent gave him even a +greater advantage than with the sword, and Cuthbert knowing this, used +his utmost dexterity and speed to avoid the sweeping blows showered upon +him. He himself had been enabled to strike one or two sweeping strokes, +always aiming at the same place, the juncture of the visor with the +helmet. At last the Frenchman struck him so heavy a blow that it beat +down his guard and struck his steel cap from his head, bringing him to +the knee. In an instant he was up, and before his foe could be again on +guard, he whirled his ax round with all its force, and bringing it just +at the point of the visor which he had already weakened with repeated +blows, the edge of the ax stove clean through the armor, and the page +was struck senseless to the ground. + +A great shout broke from the English portion of the soldiery as +Cuthbert leaned over his prostrate foe, and receiving no answer to the +question "Do you yield?" rose to his feet, and signified to the squire +who had kept near that his opponent was insensible. + +King Richard ordered the pursuivant to lead Cuthbert to the royal +inclosure. + +"Thou art a brave lad and a lusty," the king said, "and hast borne thee +in the fight as well as many a knight would have done. Wert thou older, +I would myself dub thee knight; and I doubt not that the occasion will +yet come when thou wilt do as good deeds upon the bodies of the Saracens +as thou hast upon that long-shanked opponent of thine. Here is a gold +chain; take it as a proof that the King of England holds that you have +sustained well the honor of his country; and mark me, if at any time you +require a boon, bring or send me that chain, and thou shalt have it +freely. Sir Walter," he said, turning to the earl, "in this lad thou +hast a worthy champion, and I trust me that thou wilt give him every +chance of distinguishing himself. So soon as thou thinkest him fit for +the knightly rank I myself will administer the accolade." + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +REVENGE. + + +After his interview with the king Cuthbert was led to his tent amid the +hearty plaudits of the English troops. + +His own comrades flocked round him; the men of the greenwood, headed by +Cnut, were especially jubilant over his victory. + +"Who would have thought," said the tall forester, "that the lad who but +a short time ago was a child should now have sustained the honor of the +country? We feel proud of you, Cuthbert; and trust us some day or other +to follow wherever you may lead, and to do some deed which will attain +for you honor and glory, and show that the men of Evesham are as doughty +as any under King Richard's rule." + +"You must be wary, Cuthbert," the earl said to him that evening. +"Believe me that you and I have made a foe, who, although he may not +have the power, has certainly the will to injure us to the death. I +marked the eye of Count Jacquelin during the fight, and again when you +were led up to the king. There was hatred and fury in his eye. The page +too, I hear, is his own nephew, and he will be the laughing-stock of the +French camp at having been conquered by one so much younger than +himself. It will be well to keep upon your guard, and not to go out at +night unattended. Keep Cnut near you; he is faithful as a watch-dog, and +would give his life, I am sure, for you. I will myself be also upon my +guard, for it was after all my quarrel, and the fury of this fierce +knight will vent itself upon both of us if the opportunity should come. +I hear but a poor account of him among his confréres. They say he is one +of those disgraces to the name of knight who are but a mixture of robber +and soldier; that he harries all the lands in his neighborhood; and that +he has now only joined the Crusade to avoid the vengeance which the +cries of the oppressed people had invoked from his liege lord. I am told +indeed that the choice was given him to be outlawed, or to join the +Crusades with all the strength he could raise. Naturally he adopted the +latter alternative; but he has the instincts of the robber still, and +will do us an evil turn, if he have the chance." + +Two days later the great army broke up its camp and marched south. After +a week's journeying they encamped near a town, and halted there two or +three days in order to collect provisions for the next advance; for the +supplies which they could obtain in the country districts were wholly +insufficient for so great a host of men. Here the armies were to +separate, the French marching to Genoa, the English to Marseilles, the +town at which they were to take ship. + +One evening the earl sent Cuthbert with a message to another English +lord, staying in the town at the palace of the bishop, who was a friend +of his. + +Cnut accompanied Cuthbert, for he now made a point of seldom letting him +out of his sight. It was light when they reached the bishop's palace, +but here they were delayed for some time, and night had fallen when they +sallied out. + +The town was already quiet, for the inhabitants cared not to show +themselves in the streets now that such a large army of fierce men were +in the neighborhood. + +The orders indeed of the monarchs were stringent, but discipline there +was but little of, and the soldiery in those days regarded peaceful +citizens as fair game; hence, when they came from the palace the streets +of the city were already hushed and quiet, for the orders of the king +had been peremptory that no men-at-arms, or others except those on duty, +were to be away from their camp after nightfall. This order had been +absolutely necessary, so many were the complaints brought in by country +peasants and farmers of the doings of bands of soldiers. + +Cnut and Cuthbert proceeded along the streets unmolested for some +distance. Occasionally a solitary passer-by, with hooded cape, hurried +past. The moon was half full, and her light was welcome indeed, for in +those days the streets were unlighted, and the pavement so bad that +passage through the streets after dark was a matter of difficulty, and +even of danger. + +Here and there before some roadside shrine a lamp dimly burned; before +these they paused, and, as good Catholics, Cnut and Cuthbert crossed +themselves. Just as they had passed one of these wayside shrines, a +sudden shout was heard, and a party of eight or ten men sprang out from +a side street and fell upon them. + +Cnut and Cuthbert drew their swords and laid about them heartily, but +their assailants were too strong. Cnut was stricken to the ground, and +Cuthbert, seeing that defense was hopeless, took to his heels and ran +for his life. He was already wounded, but happily not so severely as in +any way to disable him. + +Seeing that it was speed, and speed alone, which now could save him, he +flung aside his belt and scabbard as he ran, and with rapid steps flew +along the streets, not knowing whither he went, and striving only to +keep ahead of his pursuers. They, more incumbered by arms and armor, +were unable to keep up with the flying footsteps of a lad clothed in the +light attire of a page; but Cuthbert felt that the blood running from +his wound was weakening him fast, and that unless he could gain some +refuge his course must speedily come to an end. Happily he saw at some +little distance ahead of him a man standing by a door. Just as he +arrived the door opened, and a glow of light from within fell on the +road, showing that the person entering was a monk. + +Without a moment's hesitation Cuthbert rushed through the door, shouting +"Sanctuary!" and sank almost fainting on the ground. + +The monks, accustomed to wild pursuits and scenes of outrage in those +warlike days, hastily closed the door, barring it securely. In a moment +there was a rush of men against it from without. + +One of the monks opened a lattice above the door. + +"What mean you," he said, "by this outrage? Know ye not that this is the +Monastery of St. John, and that it is sacrilege to lay a hand of +violence even against its postern? Begone," he said, "or we'll lodge a +complaint before the king." + +The assailants, nothing daunted, continued to batter at the door; but at +this moment the monks, aroused from their beds, hastened to the spot, +and seizing bill and sword--for in those days even monks were obliged at +times to depend upon carnal weapons--they opened the door, and flung +themselves upon the assailants with such force that the latter, +surprised and discomfited, were forced to make a hasty retreat. + +The doors were then again barred, and Cuthbert was carried up to a cell +in the building, where the leech of the monastery speedily examined his +wound, and pronounced that although his life was not in danger by it, he +was greatly weakened by the loss of blood, that the wound was a serious +one and that it would be some time before the patient would recover. + +[Illustration: THE DOORS WERE AGAIN BARRED, AND CUTHBERT WAS CARRIED TO +A CELL.] + +It was two days before Cuthbert was sufficiently restored to be able to +speak. His first question to the monk was as to his whereabouts, and how +long he had been there. Upon being answered, he entreated that a +messenger might be dispatched to the camp of the Earl of Evesham, to beg +that a litter might be sent for him, and to inquire what had become of +Cnut, whom he had last seen stricken down. + +The monk replied, "My son, I grieve to tell you that your request cannot +be complied with. The army moved away yesternoon, and is now some +twenty-five miles distant. There is nothing for you but patience, and +when restored you can follow the army, and rejoin your master before he +embarks at Marseilles. But how is it that a lad so young as you can have +incurred the enmity of those who sought your life? For it is clear from +the pertinacity with which they urged their attack that their object was +not plunder, of which indeed they would get but little from you, but to +take your life." + +Cuthbert recounted the circumstances which had led to the feud of the +Count of Brabant against him, for he doubted not that this truculent +knight was at the bottom of the attack. + +"After what has happened," the monk said, "you will need have caution +when you leave here. The place where you have taken refuge is known to +them, and should this wild noble persist in his desire for vengeance +against you, he will doubtless leave some of his ruffians to watch the +monastery. We will keep a lookout, and note if any strangers are to be +seen near the gates; if we find that it is so, we shall consider what is +best to be done. We could of course appeal to the mayor for protection +against them, and could even have the strangers ejected from the town or +cast into prison; but it is not likely that we should succeed in +capturing more than the fellow who may be placed on the lookout, and the +danger would be in no wise lessened to yourself. But there is time to +talk over this matter before you leave. It will be another fortnight at +least before you will be able to pursue your journey." + +Cuthbert gained strength more rapidly than the monk had expected. He was +generously fed, and this and his good constitution soon enabled him to +recover from the loss of blood; and at the end of five days he expressed +his hope that he could on the following day pursue his journey. The monk +who attended him shook his head. + +"Thou mightst, under ordinary circumstances, quit us to-morrow, for thou +art well enough to take part in the ordinary pursuits of a page; but to +journey is a different thing. You may have all sorts of hardships to +endure; you may have even to trust for your life to your speed and +endurance; and it would be madness for you to go until your strength is +fully established. I regret to tell you that we have ascertained beyond +a doubt that the monastery is closely watched. We have sent some of the +acolytes out, dressed in the garbs of monks, and attended by one of our +elder brethren; and in, each case, a monk who followed at a distance of +fifty yards was able to perceive that they were watched. The town is +full of rough men, the hangers-on of the army; some, indeed, are +followers of laggard knights, but the greater portion are men who merely +pursue the army with a view to gain by its necessities, to buy plunder +from the soldiers, and to rob, and, if necessary, to murder should there +be a hope of obtaining gold. Among these men your enemies would have +little difficulty in recruiting any number, and no appeal that we could +make to the mayor would protect you from them when you have left the +walls. We must trust to our ingenuity in smuggling you out. After that, +it is upon your own strength and shrewdness that you must rely for an +escape from any snares that may be laid for you. You will see, then, +that at least another three or four days are needed before you can set +forth. Your countrymen are so far away that a matter of a few days will +make but little difference. They will in any case be delayed for a long +time at Marseilles before they embark; and whether you leave now or a +month hence, you would be equally in time to join them before their +embarkation--that is, supposing that you make your way through the +snares which beset you." + +Cuthbert saw the justice of the reasoning, and it was another week +before he announced himself as feeling absolutely restored to strength +again, and capable of bearing as much exertion as he could have done +before his attack. + +A long consultation was held with the prior and a monk who had acted as +his leech, as to the best plan of getting Cuthbert beyond the walls of +the city. Many schemes were proposed and rejected. Every monk who +ventured beyond the walls had been closely scrutinized, and one or two +of short stature had even been jostled in the streets, so as to throw +back their hoods and expose a sight of their faces. It was clear, then, +that it would be dangerous to trust to a disguise. Cuthbert proposed +that he should leave at night, trusting solely to their directions as to +the turnings he should take to bring him to the city walls, and that, +taking a rope, he should there let himself down, and make the best of +his way forward. This, however, the monks would not consent to, assuring +him that the watch was so strictly kept round the monastery that he +would inevitably be seen. + +"No," the prior said, "the method, whatever it is, must be as open as +possible; and though I cannot at this moment hit upon a plan, I will +think it over to-night, and putting my ideas with those of Father Jerome +here, and the sacristan, who has a shrewd head, it will be hard if we +cannot between us contrive some plan to evade the watch of those robber +villains who beset the convent." + +The next morning, when the prior came in to see Cuthbert, the latter +said: "Good father, I have determined not to endeavor to make off in +disguise. I doubt not that your wit could contrive some means by which I +should get clear of the walls without observation from the scouts of +this villain noble. But once in the country, I should have neither horse +nor armor, and should have hard work indeed to make my way down through +France, even though none of my enemies were on my track. I will +therefore, if it please you, go down boldly to the mayor and claim a +protection and escort. If he will but grant me a few men-at-arms for one +day's ride from the town, I can choose my own route, and riding out in +mail, can then take my chance of finding my way down to Marseilles." + +"I will go down with you, my son," the prior said, "to the mayor. Two of +my monks shall accompany us; and assuredly no insult will be offered to +you in the street thus accompanied." Shortly afterward Cuthbert started +as arranged, and soon arrived at the house of the mayor, Sir John de +Cahors. + +Upon the prior making known to this knight whom he had brought with him +the mayor exclaimed: + +"_Peste!_ young gentleman; you have caused us no small trouble and +concern. We have had ridings to and fro concerning you, and furious +messages from your fiery king. When in the morning a tall, stalwart +knave dressed in green was found, slashed about in various places, lying +on the pavement, the townsmen, not knowing who he was, but finding that +he still breathed, carried him to the English camp, and he was claimed +as a follower of the Earl of Evesham. There was great wrath and anger +over this; and an hour later the earl himself came down and stated that +his page was missing, and that there was reason to believe that he had +been foully murdered, as he had accompanied the man found wounded. +Fortunately the bulk of the armies had marched away at early dawn, and +the earl had only remained behind in consequence of the absence of his +followers. I assured the angry Englishman that I would have a thorough +search made in the town; and although in no way satisfied, he rode off +after his king with all his force, carrying with him the long-limbed man +whom we had picked up. Two days after a message came back from King +Richard himself, saying that unless this missing page were discovered, +or if, he being killed, his murderers were not brought to justice and +punished, he would assuredly on his return from the Holy Land burn the +town over our ears. Your king is not a man who minces matters. However, +threatened men live long, especially when the person who threatens is +starting for a journey, from which, as like as not, he may never return. +However, I have had diligent search made for you. All the houses of bad +repute have been examined and their inhabitants questioned. But there +are so many camp-followers and other rabble at present in the town that +a hundred men might disappear without our being able to obtain a clew. I +doubted not indeed that your body had been thrown in the river, and +that we should never hear more of you. I am right glad that you have +been restored; not indeed from any fear of the threats of the king your +master, but because, from what the Earl of Evesham said, you were a lad +likely to come to great fame and honor. The earl left in my charge your +horse, and the armor which he said you wore at a tournament lately, in +case we should hear aught of you." + +Cuthbert gave an exclamation of pleasure. His purse contained but a few +pieces of silver, and being without arms except for his short dagger, or +means of locomotion, the difficulties of the journey down to Marseilles +had sorely puzzled him. But with his good horse between his knees, and +his suit of Milan armor on his back, he thought that he might make his +way through any dangers which threatened him. + +The prior now told the knight that circumstances had occurred which +showed that it was known to the assailants of Cuthbert that he had taken +refuge in the convent, over which a strict watch had been kept by +Cuthbert's enemies. + +"If I could find the varlets I would hang them over the gates of the +town," the knight said wrathfully. "But as at the present moment there +are nearly as many rogues as honest men in the place it would be a +wholesale hanging indeed to insure getting hold of the right people. +Moreover, it is not probable that another attempt upon his life will be +made inside our walls; and doubtless the main body of this gang are +somewhere without, intending to assault him when he continues his +journey, and they have left but a spy or two here to inform them as to +his movements. I will give you any aid in my power, young sir. The army +is by this time nigh Marseilles, and, sooth to say, I have no body of +men-at-arms whom I could send as your escort for so long a distance. I +have but a small body here, and they are needed, and sorely, too, to +keep order within the walls." + +"I thought, sir," Cuthbert said, "that if you could lend me a party of +say four men-at-arms to ride with me for the first day I could then +trust to myself, especially if you could procure me one honest man to +act as guide and companion. Doubtless they suppose that I should travel +by the main road south; but by going the first day's journey either east +or west, and then striking some southward road, I should get a fair +start of them, throw all their plans out, and perchance reach Marseilles +without interruption." + +The knight willingly agreed to furnish four men-at-arms, and a +trustworthy guide who would at least take him as far south as Avignon. + +"I will," he said, "tell the men-at-arms off to-night. They shall be at +the western gate at daybreak, with the pass permitting them to ride +through. The guide shall be at the convent door half an hour earlier. I +will send up to-night your armor and horse. Here is a purse which the +Earl of Evesham also left for your use. Is there aught else I can do for +you?" + +"Nothing, sir," Cuthbert said; "and if I regain the army in safety I +shall have pleasure in reporting to King Richard how kindly and +courteously you have treated me." + +The arrangements were carried out. + +An hour before daybreak Cuthbert was aroused, donned his armor and steel +casque, drank a flask of wine, and ate a manchet of bread which the +prior himself brought him, and then, with a cordial adieu to the kind +monks, issued forth. + +The guide had just reached the gate, and together they trotted down the +narrow streets to the west gate of the city, where four men-at-arms were +awaiting them. + +The gates were at once opened, and Cuthbert and his little troop sallied +forth. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +THE ATTACK. + + +All day they rode with their faces west, and before nightfall had made a +journey of over forty miles. Then bestowing a largess upon the +men-at-arms, Cuthbert dismissed them, and took up his abode at a +hostelry, his guide looking to the two horses. + +Cuthbert was pleased with the appearance of the man who had been placed +at his disposal. He was a young fellow of twenty-two or twenty-three, +with an honest face. He was, he told Cuthbert, the son of a small farmer +near Avignon; but having a fancy for trade, he had been apprenticed to a +master smith. Having served his apprenticeship, he found that he had +mistaken his vocation, and intended to return to the paternal vineyards. + +Cuthbert calculated that he would make at least four days' journey to +the south before he could meet with any dangers. Doubtless his exit from +the convent had been discovered, and the moment the gates of the city +were opened the spy would have proceeded south to warn his comrades, and +these would doubtless have taken a road which at a distance would again +take them on to that by which Cuthbert would be now traveling. As, +however, he rode fast, and made long marches each day, he hoped that he +might succeed in distancing them. Unfortunately, upon the third day his +horse cast his shoe, and no smith could be met with until the end of the +day's journey. Consequently, but a short distance could be done and this +at a slow pace. Upon the fifth day after their first start they arrived +at a small town. + +The next morning Cuthbert on rising found that his guide did not present +himself as usual. Making inquiries he found that the young man had gone +out the evening before, and had not returned. Extremely uneasy at the +circumstance, Cuthbert went to the city guard, thinking that perhaps his +guide might have got drunk, and been shut up in the cells. No news, +however, was to be obtained there, and after waiting some hours, feeling +sure that some harm had befallen him, he gave notice to the authorities +of his loss, and then mounting his horse, and leaving some money with +the landlord of the hostelry to give to his guide in case the latter +should return, he started at midday by the southern road. + +He felt sure now that he was overtaken, and determined to keep his eyes +and faculties thoroughly on watch. + +The roads in those days were mere tracks. Here and there a little +village was to be met with; but the country was sparsely cultivated, and +traveling lonely work. Cuthbert rode fast, carefully avoiding all +copses and small woods through which the road ran, by making a circuit +round them and coming on to it again on the other side. + +His horse was an excellent one, the gift of the earl, and he had little +fear, with his light weight, of being overtaken if he could once leave +his enemies behind him. + +At length he approached an extensive forest, which stretched for miles +on either side. + +Half a mile before he reached it the track divided. + +He had for some little time eased his horse down to a walk, as he felt +that the wood would be the spot where he would in all probability be +attacked, and he needed that his steed should be possessed of its utmost +vigor. + +At the spot where the track branched a man in the guise of a mendicant +was sitting. He begged for alms, and Cuthbert threw him a small coin. + +A sudden thought struck him as he heard a rustling in the bushes near. + +"Which is the nearest and best road to Avignon?" he said. + +"The right-hand road is the best and shortest," the beggar said. "The +other makes a long circuit and leads through several marshes, which your +honor will find it hard to pass." + +Cuthbert thanked him and moved forward, still at a walk, along the +right-hand road. + +When he had gone about two hundred yards, and was hidden from the sight +of the man he had left--the country being rough, and scattered with +clumps of bushes--he halted, and, as he expected, heard the sound of +horses' hoofs coming on at full gallop along the other road. + +"Your master must have thought me young indeed," he said, "to try and +catch me with such a transparent trick as that. I do not suppose that +accursed page has more than ten men with him, and doubtless has placed +five on each road. This fellow was placed here to see which track I +would follow, and has now gone to give the party on the left hand the +news that I have taken this way. Had it not been for him I should have +had to run the gantlet with four or five of my enemies. As it is, the +path will doubtless be clear." + +So saying, he turned his horse, galloped back to the spot where the +tracks separated, and then followed the left-hand route. + +As he had hoped, he passed through the wood without incident or +interruption, and arrived safely that night at a small town, having seen +no signs of his enemies. + +The next day he started again early, and rode on until midday, when he +halted at a large village, at which was the only inn between the place +from which he started and his destination. He declined the offer of the +servant of the inn to take his horse round to the stable, telling the +man to hold him outside the door and give him from a sieve a few +handfuls of grain. + +Then he entered the inn and ate a hearty meal. As he appeared at the +door he saw several men gathered near. With a single spring he threw +himself into the saddle, just as a rush forward was made by those +standing round. The man next to him sprang upon him, and endeavored to +drag him from the saddle. Cuthbert drew the little dagger called a +_miséricorde_ from his belt, and plunged it into his throat. Then +seizing the short mace which hung at the saddlebow, he hurled it with +all his force full in the face of his enemy, the page of Sir Philip, who +was rushing upon him sword in hand. The heavy weapon struck him fairly +between the eyes, and with a cry he fell back, his face completely +smashed in by the blow, the sword which he held uplifted to strike +flying far through the air. + +Cuthbert struck his spurs into his horse, and the animal dashed forward +with a bound, Cuthbert striking with his long sword at one or two men +who made a snatch at the reins. In another minute he was cantering out +of the village, convinced that he had killed the leader of his foes, and +that he was safe now to pursue the rest of his journey on to Marseilles. + +So it turned out. + +Without further incident he traveled through the south of France, and +arrived at the great seaport. He speedily discovered the quarters in +which the Earl of Evesham's contingent were encamped, and made toward +this without delay. As he entered a wild shout of joy was heard, and +Cnut ran forward with many gestures of delight. + +"My dear Cuthbert, my dear Cuthbert!" he exclaimed. "Can it be true that +you have escaped? We all gave you up; and although I did my best, yet +had you not survived it I should never have forgiven myself, believing +that I might have somehow done better, and have saved you from the +cutthroats who attacked us." + +"Thanks, thanks, my good Cnut," Cuthbert cried. "I have been through a +time of peril, no doubt; but as you see, I am hale and well--better, +methinks, than you are, for you look pale and ill; and I doubt not that +the wound which I received was a mere scratch to that which bore you +down. It sounded indeed like the blow of a smith's hammer upon an +anvil." + +"Fortunately, my steel cap saved my head somewhat," Cnut said, "and the +head itself is none of the thinnest; but it tried it sorely, I confess. +However, now that you are back I shall, doubt not, soon be as strong as +ever I was. I think that fretting for your absence has kept me back more +than the inflammation from the wound itself--but there is the earl at +the door of his tent." + +Through the foresters and retainers who had at Cnut's shout of joy +crowded up, Cuthbert made his way, shaking hands right and left with the +men, among whom he was greatly loved, for they regarded him as being in +a great degree the cause of their having been freed from outlawry, and +restored to civil life again. The earl was really affected. As Cuthbert +rode up he held out both arms, and as his page alighted he embraced him +as a father. + +"My dear Cuthbert!" he exclaimed. "What anxiety have we not suffered. +Had you been my own son, I could not have felt more your loss. We did +not doubt for an instant that you had fallen into the hands of some of +the retainers of that villain count; and from all we could learn, and +from the absence of any dead body by the side of that of Cnut, I +imagined that you must have been carried off. It was clear that your +chance of life, if you fell into the hands of that evil page, or his +equally vile master, was small indeed. The very day that Cnut was +brought in I visited the French camp, and accused him of having been the +cause of your disappearance and Cnut's wounds. He affected the greatest +astonishment at the charge. He had not, as he said, been out of the camp +for two days. My accusation was unfounded and malicious, and I should +answer this as well as the previous outrage, when the vow of the +Crusaders to keep peace among themselves was at an end. Of course I had +no means of proving what I said, or I would have gone direct to the king +and charged him with the outrage. As it was I gained nothing by my +pains. He has accompanied the French division to Genoa; but when we meet +at Sicily, where the two armies are to rendezvous, I will bring the +matter before the king, as the fact that his page was certainly +concerned in it must be taken as showing that he was the instigator." + +"It would, my lord earl, be perhaps better," Cuthbert said, "if I might +venture to advise, to leave the matter alone. No doubt the count would +say that he had discharged his page after the tournament, and that the +latter was only carrying out his private feud with me. We should not be +able to disprove the story, and should gain no satisfaction by the +matter." + +The earl admitted the justice of Cuthbert's reasoning, but reserved to +himself the task of punishing the author of the outrage upon the first +fitting opportunity. + +There was a weary delay at Marseilles before the expedition set sail. +This was caused by the fact of the English fleet, which had been ordered +to be there upon their arrival, failing to keep the agreement. + +The words English fleet badly describe the vessels which were to carry +the English contingent to their destination. They were ships belonging +to the maritime nations of Italy--the Venetians, Genoese, Pisans, etc.; +for England at that time had but few of her own, and these scarcely +fitted for the stormy navigation of the Bay of Biscay. + +King Richard, impatient as ever of delay, at last lost his temper, and +embarked on board a ship with a few of his chosen knights, and set sail +by himself for Sicily, the point at which the two armies of the +expedition were to reunite. A few days after his departure the +long-looked-for fleet arrived, and a portion of the English host +embarked at once, and set sail for Sicily, where they were to be +landed, and the ships were to return to fetch the remaining contingent. + +A sea voyage of this kind in those days was a serious matter. Long +voyages were rare, and troops were carried very much upon the principle +of herrings; that is, were packed as close as they could be, without any +reference to their comfort. As the voyages seldom lasted more than +twenty-four hours, this did not much matter, but during long voyages the +discomforts, or as may be said sufferings, of the troops were +considerable. So tightly packed were the galleys in which the English +set sail from Marseilles that there was no walking about. Every man +slept where he sat, and considered himself lucky indeed if he could +obtain room sufficient to stretch himself at full length. Most slept +sitting against bulwarks or other supports. In the cabins, where the +knights, their pages and squires were placed, the crowding was of course +less excessive, but even here the amount of space, which a subaltern +traveling to India for the first time nowadays would grumble at, was +considered amply sufficient for half a dozen knights of distinction. It +was a week after sailing, when Cnut touched Cuthbert's arm as he came on +deck one morning, and said: + +"Look, look, Cuthbert! that mountain standing up in the water has caught +fire on the top. Did you ever see such a thing?" + +The soldiers crowded to the side of the vessel in intense astonishment +and no little awe. From the top of a lofty and rugged hill, rising +almost straight from the sea, flames were roaring up, smoke hung over +the island, and stones were thrown into the air and rattled down the +side of the hill, or fell into the sea with a splash. + +"That is a fearsome sight," Cnut said, crossing himself. + +"It looks as if it was the mouth of purgatory," exclaimed another, +standing by. + +Cuthbert himself was amazed, for the instruction he had received from +Father Francis was of too slight a nature to include the story of +volcanoes. A priest, however, who accompanied the ship in the character +of leech and confessor, explained the nature of the phenomenon to his +astonished listeners, and told them that over on the mainland was a +mountain which at times vomited forth such masses of stones and of +liquid rock that it had swallowed up and covered many great cities. +There was also, he told them, another mountain of the same sort, even +more vast, on the island of Sicily itself; but that this had seldom, as +far back as man could remember, done any great harm. + +Sailing on, in another day they arrived off the coast of Sicily itself, +and sailing up the straits between it and the mainland they landed at +Messina. Here a considerable portion of the French army had already +arrived, having been brought down from Genoa. + +There was no news of the King of England; and, as often happens, the +saying "The more haste the less speed," had been verified here. + +It was some days later before King Richard arrived, having been driven +from his course by tempests, well-nigh cast ashore, and having besides +gone through many adventures. Three weeks later the whole of the army of +the Crusaders were gathered around Messina, where it was intended to +remain some little time before starting. It was a gay time; and the +kings vied with each other in entertainments, joustings, and +tournaments. The Italian knights also made a brave show, and it might +have been thought that this huge army of men were gathered there simply +for amusement and feasting. In the tournaments every effort was made to +prevent any feeling of national rivalry, and although parties of knights +held their own against all comers, these were most carefully selected to +represent several nationalities, and therefore victory, on whichsoever +side it fell, excited no feelings of bitterness. + +Alone, King Richard was undoubtedly the strongest cavalier of the two +armies. Against his ponderous strength no knight could keep his seat; +and this was so palpable that after many victories King Richard was +forced to retire from the lists from want of competitors, and to take +his place on the daïs with the more peace-loving King of France. + +The gayety of the camp was heightened by the arrival of many nobles and +dames from Italy. Here, too, came the Queen of Navarre, bringing with +her the beautiful Princess Berengaria. + +"Methinks," the Earl of Evesham said to Cuthbert a fortnight after the +arrival of the queen "that unless my eyes deceive me the princess is +likely to be a cause of trouble." + +"In what way?" asked Cuthbert with surprise, for he had been struck with +her marvelous beauty, and wondered greatly what mischief so fair a being +could do. + +"By the way in which our good lord, the king, gazes upon her, methinks +that it were like enough that he broke off his engagement with the +Prince of France for the sake of the fair eyes of this damsel." + +"That were indeed a misfortune," Cuthbert said gravely, for he saw at +once the anger which such a course would excite in the minds of the +French king and his knights, who would naturally be indignant in the +extreme at the slight put upon their princess. As day after day passed +it became evident to all that the King of England was infatuated by the +princess. Again he entered the lists himself, and as some fresh Italian +knights and others had arrived, he found fresh opponents, and +conspicuously laid the spoils of victory at the feet of the princess, +whom he selected as the Queen of Beauty. + +All sorts of rumors now became current in camp; violent quarrels between +the kings, and bad feelings between the French and English knights broke +out again in consequence, and this more violently than before. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +THE PRINCESS BERENGARIA. + + +One night it chanced that Cuthbert was late in his return to camp, and +his road took him through a portion of the French encampment; the night +was dark, and Cuthbert presently completely lost all idea as to his +bearings. Presently he nearly ran against a tent; he made his way to the +entrance in order to crave directions as to his way--for it was a wet +night; the rain was pouring in torrents, and few were about of whom he +could demand the way--and, as he was about to draw aside the hangings, +he heard words said in a passionate voice which caused him to withdraw +his hand suddenly. + +"I tell you," said a voice, "I would rather drive a dagger myself into +her heart than allow our own princess to be insulted by this hot-headed +island dog." + +"It is sad indeed," said another, but in a calmer smoother tone, "that +the success of a great expedition like this, which has for its object +the recovery of the holy sepulcher from the infidels, should be wrecked +by the headstrong fancies of one man. It is even, as is told by the old +Grecian poet, as when Helen caused a great war between people of that +nation." + +"I know nothing," another voice said, "either of Helen or the Greeks, or +of their poets. They are a shifty race, and I can believe aught that is +bad of them. But touching this princess of Navarre, I agree with our +friend, it would be a righteous deed to poniard her, and so to remove +the cause of dispute between the two kings, and, indeed, the two +nations. This insult laid upon our princess is more than we, as French +knights and gentlemen, can brook; and if the king says the word there is +not a gentleman in the army but will be ready to turn his sword against +the islanders." + +Then the smooth voice spoke again. + +"It would, my brethren, be wrong and useless to shed blood; but methinks +that if this apple of discord could be removed a good work would be done +not, as our friend the count has suggested, by a stab of the dagger; +that indeed would be worse than useless. But surely there are scores of +religious houses, where this bird might be placed in a cage without a +soul knowing where she was, and where she might pass her life in prayer +that she may be pardoned for having caused grave hazards of the failure +of an enterprise in which all the Christian world is concerned." + +The voices of the speakers now fell, and Cuthbert was straining his ear +to listen, when he heard footsteps approaching the tent, and he glided +away into the darkness. + +With great difficulty be recovered the road to the camp, and when he +reached his tent he confided to the Earl of Evesham what he had heard. + +"This is serious indeed," the earl said, "and bodes no little trouble +and danger. It is true that the passion which King Richard has conceived +for Berengaria bids fair to wreck the Crusade, by the anger which it has +excited in the French king and his nobles; but the disappearance of the +princess would no less fatally interfere with it, for the king would be +like a raging lion deprived of his whelps, and would certainly move no +foot eastward until he had exhausted all the means in his power of +tracing his lost lady love. You could not, I suppose, Cuthbert, point +out the tent where this conversation took place?" + +"I could not," Cuthbert answered; "in the darkness one tent is like +another. I think I should recognize the voices of the speakers did I +hear them again; indeed, one voice I did recognize; it was that of the +Count of Brabant, with whom we had trouble before." + +"That is good," the earl said, "because we have at least an object to +watch. It would never do to tell the king what you have heard. In the +first place, his anger would be so great that it would burst all bounds, +and would cause, likely enough, a battle at once between the two armies; +nor would it have any good effect, for he of Brabant would of course +deny the truth of your assertions, and would declare it was merely a +got-up story to discredit him with the king, and so to wipe out the old +score now standing between us. No, if we are to succeed, alike in +preventing harm happening to the princess, and an open break between the +two monarchs, it must be done by keeping a guard over the princess, +unsuspected by all, and ourselves frustrating any attempt which may be +made." + +Cuthbert expressed his willingness to carry out the instructions which +the earl might give him; and, much disturbed by the events of the day, +both earl and page retired to rest, to think over what plan had best be +adopted. + +The princess was staying at the palace of the bishop of the town; this +he, having another residence a short distance outside the walls, had +placed at the disposal of the Queen of Navarre and her suite; and the +first step of Cuthbert in the morning was to go into the town, to +reconnoiter the position and appearance of the building. It was a large +and irregular pile, and communicated with the two monasteries lying +alongside of it. It would therefore clearly be a most difficult thing to +keep up a complete watch on the exterior of so large a building. There +were so many ways in which the princess might be captured and carried +off by unscrupulous men that Cuthbert in vain thought over every plan by +which it could be possible to safeguard her. She might be seized upon +returning from a tournament or entertainment; but this was improbable, +as the queen would always have an escort of knights with her, and no +attempt could be successful except at the cost of a public fracas and +much loss of blood. Cuthbert regarded as out of the question that an +outrage of this kind would be attempted. + +The fact that one of the speakers in the tent had used the words "my +sons," showed that one priest or monk, at least, was connected with the +plot. It was possible that this man might have power in one of the +monasteries, or he might be an agent of the bishop himself; and Cuthbert +saw that it would be easy enough in the night for a party from one or +other of the monasteries to enter by the door of communication with the +palace, and carry off the princess without the slightest alarm being +given. Once within the walls of the convent she could be either hidden +in the dungeons or secret places, which buildings of that kind were sure +to possess, or could be at once carried out by some quiet entrance, and +taken into the country, or transferred to some other building in the +town. + +When Cuthbert joined the earl he told him the observations that he had +made, and Sir Walter praised the judgment which he had shown in his +conclusions. The earl was of opinion that it would be absolutely +necessary to get some clew as to the course which the abductors purposed +to take; indeed it was possible that on after-consideration they might +drop their plan altogether, for the words which Cuthbert had overheard +scarcely betokened a plan completely formed and finally decided upon. + +The great point he considered, therefore, was that the tent of his old +enemy should be carefully watched, and that an endeavor should be made +to hear something of what passed within, which might give a clew to the +plan fixed upon. They did not, of course, know whether the tent in which +the conversation had been heard by Cuthbert was that of Sir de Jacquelin +Barras, or of one of the other persons who had spoken; and Cuthbert +suggested that the first thing would be to find out whether the count, +after nightfall, was in the habit of going to some other tent, or +whether, on the other hand, he remained within and was visited by +others. + +It was easy, of course, to discover which was his tent; and Cuthbert +soon got its position, and then took Cnut into his counsels. + +"The matter is difficult," Cnut said, "and I see no way by which a watch +can be kept up by day; but after dark--I have several men in my band who +can track a deer, and surely could manage to follow the steps of this +baron without being observed. There is little Jack, who is no bigger +than a boy of twelve, although he can shoot, and run, and play with the +quarterstaff, or, if need be, with the bill, against the best man in the +troop. I warrant me that if you show him the tent he will keep such +sharp watch that no one shall enter or depart without his knowing where +they go to. On a dark night he will be able to slip among the tents, and +to move here and there without being seen. He can creep on his stomach +without moving a leaf, and trust me the eyes of these French +men-at-arms will look in vain for a glimpse of him." + +"You understand, Cnut, all that I want to know is whether the other +conspirators in this matter visit his tent, or whether he goes to +theirs." + +"I understand," Cnut said. "That is the first point to be arrived at." + +Three days later Cnut brought news that each night after dark a party of +five men met in the tent that was watched; that one of the five always +came out when all had assembled, and took his station before the +entrance of the tent, so as to be sure that no eavesdropper was near. + +Cuthbert smiled. + +"It is a case of locking the door after the horse has gone." + +"What is to be done now?" Cnut asked. + +"I will talk with the earl before I tell you, Cnut. This matter is too +serious for me to take a step without consulting Sir Walter." + +That night there was a long talk between the earl and his page as to the +best course to be pursued. It was clear that their old enemy was the +leading person in the plot, and that the only plan to baffle it with any +fair chances of success was to keep a constant eye upon his movements, +and also to have three or four of the sturdiest men of the band told off +to watch, without being perceived, each time that the princess was in +her palace. + +The Earl of Evesham left the arrangements entirely in the hands of his +page, of whose good sense and sagacity he had a very high opinion. + +His own first impulse had been to go before the king and denounce the +Count of Brabant. But the ill-will between them was already well known; +for not only was there the original dispute at the banquet, but when the +two armies had joined at Sicily, King Richard, who had heard from the +earl of the attempt at the assassination of Cuthbert, had laid a +complaint before King Philip of the conduct of his subject. + +Sir de Jacquelin Barras, however, had denied that he had any finger in +the matter. + +"He had," he said, "discharged his page after the encounter with +Cuthbert, and knew nothing further whatever of his movements." + +Although it was morally certain that the page could not have purchased +the services of the men who assisted him, from his own purse, or gain +them by any means of persuasion, but that they were either the followers +of the Count of Brabant, or ruffians hired with his money, as no proof +could be obtained the matter was allowed to drop. + +The earl felt, however, that an accusation against the count by him of +an intention to commit a high crime, and this merely on the evidence of +his page, would appear like an attempt to injure the fame of his rival. + +Feeling, therefore, that nothing could be done save to watch, he left +the matter entirely in the hands of his page, telling him that he could +take as many men-at-arms or archers as he might choose and use them in +his name. + +Cnut entered warmly into Cuthbert's plans; and finally it was arranged +between them that six of the archers should nightly keep watch opposite +the various entrances of the bishop's palace and of the two monasteries +joining. Of course, they could not patrol up and down without attracting +attention, but they were to take up posts where they could closely +observe the entrances, and were either to lie down and feign drunken +sleep, or to conceal themselves within the shadow of an arch or other +hiding-place. + +Down on the seashore Cuthbert made an arrangement with one of the owners +of small craft lying there that ten of his men should sleep on board +every night, together with some fishermen accustomed to the use of the +oar. + +Cuthbert himself determined to be always with this party. + +Night after night passed, and so long a time went by that Cuthbert began +to think the design must have been given up. + +However, he resolved to relax none of his watchfulness during the +remaining time that the expedition might stop in Sicily. + +It was in January, three weeks after the first watch had been set, when +one of the men who had been placed to watch the entrance to one of the +monasteries leaped on board the craft and shook Cuthbert by the +shoulder. + +"A party of some five men," he said, "have just issued out from the +monastery. They are bearing a burden--what, I cannot see. They were +making in the direction of the water. I whistled to Dion who was next to +me in the lane. He is following them, and I came on to tell you to +prepare." + +The night was pitch-dark, and it was difficult in the extreme to see any +one moving at a short distance off. + +There were two or three streets that led from the monastery, which stood +at the top of the town, toward the sea; and a party coming down might +take any of these, according to the position in which the boat they were +seeking was placed. + +Cuthbert now instantly sent five or six of his men with instructions to +avoid all noise, along the line of the port, with orders to bring in +word should anyone come down and take boat, or should they hear any +noise in the town. He himself with the sailors loosed the ropes which +fastened the boat to shore, got out the oars, and prepared to put off at +a moment's notice. + +He was of course ignorant whether the abductor would try to carry the +princess off by water, or would hide her in one of the convents of the +town; but he was inclined to think that the former would be the course +adopted; for the king in his wrath would be ready to lay the town in +flames, and to search every convent from top to bottom for the princess. +Besides, there would be too many aware of the secret. + +Cuthbert was not wrong in his supposition. + +Soon the man he had sent to the extreme right came running up with the +news that a boat had embarked at the further end with a party of some +ten men on board. As he came along he had warned the others, and in five +minutes the whole party were collected in the craft, numbering in all +twelve of Cuthbert's men and six sailors. They instantly put out, and +rowed in the direction in which the boat would have gone, the boatmen +expressing their opinion that probably the party would make for a vessel +which was lying anchored at some little distance from shore. The +bearings of the position of this ship was known to the boatmen, but the +night was so dark that they were quite unable to find it. Orders had +been given that no sound or whisper was to be heard on board the boat; +and after rowing as far as they could the boatmen said they were in the +direction of the ship. + +The boatmen all lay on their oars, and all listened intently. Presently +the creaking of a pulley was heard in the still night, at a distance of +a few hundred yards. This was enough. It was clear that the vessel was +getting up sail. The boat's head was turned in that direction; the crew +rowed steadily but noiselessly, and in a few minutes the tall mast of a +vessel could be seen faintly against the sky. Just as they perceived the +situation, a hail from on board showed that their approach was now +observed. + +"Stretch to your oars," Cuthbert said, "we must make a dash for it now." + +The rowers bent to their work and in a minute the boat ran alongside the +craft. + +As Cuthbert and his followers scrambled upon the deck they were attacked +by those of the crew and passengers who were standing near; but it was +evident at once that the chiefs of the expedition had not heard the +hail, and that there was no general plan of defense against them. + +It was not until the last of them had gained a footing and were +beginning to fight their way along the vessel that from below three or +four men-at-arms ran up, and one in a tone of authority demanded what +was the matter. When he heard the clash of swords and the shouts of the +combatants he put himself at once at the head of the party and a fierce +and obstinate fight now took place. + +The assailants had, however, the advantage. + +Cuthbert and his men were all lightly clad, and this on the deck of a +ship lumbered with ropes and gear, and in the dark, was a great +advantage, for the mailed men-at-arms frequently stumbled and fell. The +fight lasted for several minutes. Cnut, who was armed with a heavy mace, +did great service, for with each of his sweeping blows he broke down the +guard of an opponent, and generally leveled him to the deck. + +The numbers at the beginning of the fight were not unequal, but the men +to whom the vessel belonged made but a faint resistance when they +perceived that the day was going against them. The men-at-arms, however, +consisting of three, who appeared to be the leaders, and of eight +pikemen fought stubbornly and well. + +Cuthbert was not long in detecting in the tones of the man who was +clearly at the head of affairs the voice of Sir de Jacquelin Barras. To +do him justice he fought with extreme bravery, and when almost all his +followers were cut down or beaten overboard, he resisted stanchly and +well. With a heavy two-handed sword he cleaved a space at the end of the +boat, and kept the whole of Cuthbert's party at bay. + +At last Cnut, who had been engaged elsewhere, came to the front, and a +tough fight ensued between them. + +It might have ended badly for the brave forester, for his lack of armor +gave an enormous advantage to his opponent. Soon, however, the count's +foot slipped on the boards of the deck, and before he could recover +himself the mace of Cnut descended with tremendous force upon his head, +which was unprotected, as he had taken off his casque on arriving at the +ship. Without a word or a cry the count fell forward on the deck, killed +as a bullock by a blow of a poleax. + +While this conflict had been going on, occasionally the loud screams of +a woman had been heard below. + +Cuthbert, attended by Cnut and two of his followers, now descended. + +At the bottom of the steps they found a man-at-arms placed at the door +of a cabin. He challenged as they approached, but being speedily +convinced that the vessel was in their hands, and that his employer and +party were all conquered, he made a virtue of necessity, and laid down +his arms. + +"You had better go in alone," Cnut said, "Master Cuthbert. The lady is +less likely to be frightened by your appearance than by us, for she must +wonder indeed what is going on." + +On entering the cabin, which had evidently been fitted up for the use of +a lady, Cuthbert saw standing at the other end the princess, whom of +course he knew well by sight. A lamp was burning in the cabin, and by +its light he could see that her face was deadly pale. Her robes were +torn and disarranged, and she wore a look at once of grave alarm and +surprise upon seeing a handsomely dressed page enter with a deep +reverence. + +"What means this outrage, young sir? Whoever you be, I warn you that the +King of England will revenge this indignity." + +"Your highness," Cuthbert said, "you have no further reason for alarm; +the knaves who carried you off from the bishop's palace and conveyed you +to this ship are all either killed or in our power. I am the page of the +Earl of Evesham, a devoted follower of King Richard. Some of the designs +of the bold men came to the ears of my lord, and he ordered me and a +band of his followers to keep good guard over the palace and buildings +adjoining. We were unable to gather our strength in time to prevent your +being taken on board, but we lost no time in putting forth when we found +that your abductors had taken boat, and by good fortune arrived here in +time; a few minutes later, and the knaves would have succeeded in their +object, for the sails were already being hoisted, and the vessel making +way, when we arrived. Your abductors are all either killed or thrown +overboard, and the vessel's head is now turned toward the shore, and I +hope in a few minutes to have the honor of escorting you to the palace." + +The princess, with a sigh of much satisfaction and relief, sank on to a +couch. + +"I am indeed indebted to you, young sir," she said. "Believe me, the +Princess Berengaria is not ungrateful, and should it be ever in her +power to do aught for your lord, or for yourself, or for those who have +accompanied you to rescue her, believe me that she will do it." + +"May I be so bold as to ask a boon?" Cuthbert said, dropping on one knee +before her. + +"It is granted at once, whatever it be, if in my power." + +"My boon is, lady," he said, "that you will do your best to assuage the +natural anger which the King of England will feel at this bold and most +violent attempt. That he should be told, is of course necessary; but, +lady, much depends upon the telling, and I am sure that at your request +the king would restrain his anger. Were it not for that, I fear that +such quarrels and disputes might arise as would bring the two armies to +blows, and destroy forever all hope of the successful termination of +our joint enterprise." + +"You are a wise and good youth," the princess said, holding out her hand +to Cuthbert, which, as duty bound, he placed to his lips. "Your request +is wise and most thoughtful. I will use any poor influence which I may +possess"--and Cuthbert could see that the blood came back now to the +white face--"to induce King Richard to allow the matter to pass over. +There is no reason why he should take up the case. I am no more under +his protection than under that of the King of France, and it is to the +latter I should appeal, for as I believe the men who abducted me were +his subjects." + +"The leader of them, madam, was a certain Sir de Jacquelin Barras, a +Count of Brabant, with whom my master has had an old feud, and who has +been just killed by the leader of our men-at-arms. The others, who have +had the most active hand in the matter, have also perished; and it +would, I think be doubtful whether any clew could be obtained of those +who were in league with them. The only man in the party who is alive was +placed as a sentry at your door, and as he is but a man-at-arms we may +be sure that he knows naught of the enterprise, but has merely carried +out the orders of his master." + +The vessel had by this time brought up close to the port. The princess +determined to wait on board until the first dawn was seen in the skies, +and then under the escort of her deliverers to go back to the palace, +before the town was moving. This plan was carried out, and soon after +dawn the princess was safe in the palace from which she had been carried +a few hours previously. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +PIRATES. + + +It was not possible that a matter of this sort could be entirely hushed +up. Not many hours passed before rumors were current of events which had +taken place, though none knew what those events were. + +There were reports that the tire-woman of the Princess Berengaria had in +the night discovered that her mistress' couch was unoccupied, that she +had found signs of a struggle, and had picked up a dagger on the floor, +where it had evidently fallen from the sheath; also it was said that the +princess had returned at daylight escorted by an armed party, and that +she was unable to obtain entrance to the palace until one of the ladies +of the queen had been fetched down to order the sentries at the gate to +allow her to enter. + +This was the news which rumor carried through the camp. Few, however, +believed it, and none who could have enlightened them opened their lips +upon the subject. + +It was known, however, that a messenger had come to King Richard early, +and that he had at once mounted and ridden off to the bishop's palace. +What had happened there none could say, but there were rumors that his +voice had been heard in furious outbursts of passion. He remained there +until the afternoon, when he sent for a number of his principal nobles. + +When these arrived they found him standing on a daïs in the principal +hall of the palace, and he there formally introduced to them the +Princess Berengaria as his affianced wife. The ceremony of the marriage, +he told them, would shortly take place. + +This announcement caused a tremendous stir in both armies. The English, +who had never been favorable to the alliance with the French princess, +were glad to hear that this was broken off, and were well content that +the Princess Berengaria should be their future queen, for her beauty, +high spirit, and kindness had won all hearts. + +On the part of the French, on the other hand, there was great +indignation, and for some time it was feared that the armies would come +to open blows. + +King Philip, however, although much angered, was politic enough to +deprecate any open outbreak. He knew that a dispute now began would not +only at once put a stop to the Crusade, but that it might lead to more +serious consequences at home. The fiery bravery of the English king, +backed as it would be by the whole strength of his subjects, might +render him a very formidable opponent; and the king felt that private +grievances must be laid aside where the good of France was concerned. + +Still the coldness between the armies increased, their camps were moved +further apart, and during the time that they remained in Sicily there +was but little commerce between the two forces. + +As soon as the winter had broken the French monarch broke up his camp, +and in March sailed for the Holy Land. + +The English had expected that the marriage ceremony of the king and +Princess Berengaria would be celebrated before they left Sicily, but +this was not the case. There were high joustings and _fêtes_ in honor of +the princess, but the marriage was delayed. A fortnight after the French +had sailed the English embarked in the two hundred ships which had been +prepared, and sailed also on their way to Acre. + +It must not be supposed that the attempted abduction of the Princess +Berengaria was unimportant in its results to Cuthbert. + +After returning from the palace the king, who had heard from her the +details of what had taken place, and the names of her rescuers, sent for +the Earl of Evesham. The latter had of course learned from Cuthbert all +that had happened, and had expressed his high approval of his conduct, +and his gratification at the result. + +"I learn, Sir Earl," said King Richard, "that it is to you that I am +indebted for the rescue of the princess. She tells me that suspecting +some plot you placed a guard around the bishop's palace, with a strong +body on the shore ready to rescue her from the hands of any who might +attempt to take her to sea." + +"It is as you say, sire," replied the earl; "but the whole merit of the +affair rests upon my page, the lad whom you may remember as having +fought with and conquered the French page, and of whose conduct you then +approved highly. You may also remember that he escaped by some display +of bravery and shrewdness the further attempts to assassinate him, and +your majesty was good enough to make a complaint to King Philip of the +conduct of one of his nobles on that head. It seems that some two months +since the lad in coming through the French camp at night missed his way, +and accidentally overheard a few words spoken in a voice which he +recognized as that of his enemy. The name of your majesty being +mentioned, he deemed it his duty to listen, and thus discovered that a +plot was on foot for carrying off the princess. After consultation with +me, we agreed upon the course to be adopted, namely, to place sentries +round the bishop's place and the buildings adjoining, who should follow +and bring word should she be taken to another place in town, while a +band was placed on the shore in readiness to interfere at once to +prevent her being carried away by sea. He undertook the management of +all details, having with him a trusty squire who commands my Saxon +bowmen." + +"For your own part I thank you, my lord," the king said, "and, believe +me, you shall not find Richard ungrateful. As to your page, he appears +brave and wise beyond his years. Were it not that I think that it would +not be good for him, and might attract some envy upon the part of +others, I would at once make him a knight. He already has my promise +that I will do so on the first occasion when he can show his prowess +upon the infidels. Bring him to me to-morrow, when the princess will be +here with the Queen of Navarre at a banquet. I would fain thank him +before her; and, although I have agreed--at the princess' earnest +solicitation--to take no further notice of the matter, and to allow it +to pass as if it had not been, yet I cannot forgive the treachery which +has been used, and without letting all know exactly what has occurred +would fain by my reception of your page let men see that something of +great import has happened, of the nature of which I doubt not that rumor +will give some notion." + +Upon the following day, therefore, Cuthbert to his confusion found +himself the center of the royal circle. The king expressed himself to +him in the most gracious manner, patting him on the shoulder, and said +that he would be one day one of the best and bravest of his knights. The +princess and the Queen of Navarre gave him their hands to kiss, and +somewhat overwhelmed, he withdrew from the royal presence, the center of +attention, and, in some minds, of envy. + +Cnut too did not pass unrewarded. + +His majesty, finding that Cnut was of gentle Saxon blood, gave him a +gold chain in token of his favor, and distributed a heavy purse among +the men who had followed him. + +When the British fleet, numbering two hundred ships, set sail from +Sicily, it was a grand and martial sight. From the masts were the colors +of England and those of the nobles who commanded; while the pennons of +the knights, the bright plumes and mantles, the flash of armor and arms +made the decks alive with light and color. + +The king's ship advanced in the van, and round him were the vessels +containing his principal followers. The Queen of Navarre and the +Princess Berengaria were with the fleet. Strains of music rose from the +waters, and never were the circumstances of war exhibited in a more +picturesque form. + +For two days the expedition sailed on, and then a change of a sudden and +disastrous kind took place. + +"What is all this bustle about?" Cuthbert said to Cnut. "The sailors are +running up the ladders, all seems confusion." + +"Methinks," said Cnut, "that we are about to have a storm. A few minutes +ago scarce a cloud was to be seen; now that bank over there has risen +halfway up the sky. The sailors are accustomed to these treacherous +seas, and the warnings which we have not noticed have no doubt been +clear enough to them." + +With great rapidity the sails of the fleet came down, and in five +minutes its whole aspect was changed; but quickly as the sailors had +done their work, the storm was even more rapid in its progress. Some of +the ships whose crews were slower or less skillful than the others were +caught by the gale before they could get their sails snug, and the great +sheets of white canvas were blown from the bolt-ropes as if made of +paper, and a blackness which could almost be felt covered the sea, the +only light being that given by the frothing waters. There was no longer +any thought of order. Each ship had to shift for herself; and each +captain to do his best to save those under his charge, without thought +of what might befall the others. + +In the ship which carried the Earl of Evesham's contingent, order and +discipline prevailed. The earl's voice had been heard at the first puff +of wind, shouting to the men to go below, save a few who might be of use +to haul at ropes. His standard was lowered, the bright flags removed +from the sides of the ship, the shields which were hanging over the +bulwarks were hurriedly taken below, and when the gale smote them the +ship was trim, and in readiness to receive it. A few square yards of +sail alone were all that the captain had thought it prudent to keep +spread, and in a minute from the time she was struck the lofty hulk was +tearing along through the waters at a tremendous speed. Four of the best +hands were placed at the helm; and here the captain took his post. + +The danger was now that in the darkness they might run against one of +their consorts. Even in the war of the elements they could hear from +time to time crashes as of vessels striking against each other, with +shouts and cries. Once or twice from the darkness ships emerged, close +on one hand or the other; but the steadiness of the captain in each case +saved the ship from collision. + +As the storm continued these glimpses of other vessels became more and +more rare, and the ship being a very fast sailer, the captain indulged +the hope that he was now clear of the rest of the fleet. + +He now attempted to lie-to to the storm, but the wind was too strong. +The ships in those days, too, were so high out of the water, and offered +in themselves such a target to the wind, that it was useless to adopt +any other maneuver than to run before it. + +For two days and nights the tempest raged. + +"What think you," the earl said to the captain, "of our position? Where +are we, and where will the course upon which we are running take us?" + +"I cannot say with certainty," the captain said, "for the wind has +shifted several times. I had hoped to gain the shelter of Rhodes, but a +shift of wind bore us away from there, and I much fear that from the +direction in which we have been running we must be very nigh on the +coast of Africa." + +"_Peste!_" the earl said. "That would indeed be a speedy end to our +Crusade. These Moors are pirates and cutthroats to a man; and even +should we avoid the risk of being dashed to pieces, we should end our +lives as slaves to one of these black infidels." + +Three hours later the captain's prophecies turned out right. Breakers +were seen in various points in front, and with the greatest difficulty +the vessel was steered through an opening between them; but in another +few minutes she struck heavily, one of her masts went over the side, and +she lay fast and immovable. Fortunately, the outside bank of sand acted +as a sort of breakwater; had she struck upon this the good ship would +have gone to pieces instantly; but although the waves still struck her +with considerable force, the captain had good hope that she would not +break up. Darkness came on; the tempest seemed to lull. As there was no +immediate danger, and all were exhausted by the tossing which they had +received during the last forty-eight hours, the crew of the Rose slept +soundly. + +In the morning the sun rose brilliantly, and there was no sign of the +great storm which had scattered the fleet of England. The shore was to +be seen at a distance of some four miles. It was low and sandy, with +lofty mountains in the distance. Far inland a white town with minaret +and dome could be seen. + +"Know you where we are?" the earl asked. + +"As far as I can tell," the captain said, "we have been driven up the +bay called the Little Syrtis--a place full of shoals and shallows, and +abounding with pirates of the worst kind." + +"Think you that the ship has suffered injury?" + +"Whether she has done so or not," the captain said, "I fear greatly +that she is fast in the sand, and even the lightening of all her cargo +will scarce get her off; but we must try at least." + +"It is little time that we shall have to try, Master Captain," Cuthbert, +who was standing close, said. "Me thinks those two long ships which are +putting out from that town will have something to say to that." + +"It is too true," the captain said. "Those are the galleys of the +Moorish corsairs. They are thirty or forty oars, draw but little water, +and will be here like the wind." + +"What do you advise?" asked the earl. "The falconets which you have upon +the poop can make but a poor resistance to boats that can row around us, +and are no doubt furnished with heavy metal. They will quickly perceive +that we are aground and defenseless, and will be able to plump their +shot into us until they have knocked the good ship to pieces. However, +we will fight to the last. It shall not be said that the Earl of Evesham +was taken by infidel dogs and sold as a slave, without striking a blow +in his defense." + +Cuthbert stood watching the corsairs, which were now rowing toward them +at all speed. + +"Methinks, my lord," he said presently, "if I might venture to give an +opinion, that we might yet trick the infidel." + +"As how, Cuthbert?" the earl said. "Speak out; you know that I have +great faith in your sagacity." + +"I think, sir," the page said, "that did we send all your men below, +leaving only the crew of the vessel on deck, they would take us for a +merchant ship which has been wrecked here, and exercise but little care +how they approach us. The men on deck might make a show of firing once +or twice with the falconets. The pirates, disdaining such a foe, would +row alongside. Once there, we might fasten one or both to our side with +grapnels, and then, methinks, that English bill and bow will render us +more than a match for Moorish pirates, and one of these craft can +scarcely carry more men than we have. I should propose to take one of +them by force, and drive the pirates overboard; take possession of, if +possible, or beat off her consort; and then take the most valuable +stores from the ship and make our way as best we can to the north." + +"Well thought of!" exclaimed the earl cordially. "You have indeed +imagined a plan which promises well. What think you, captain?" + +"I think, my lord," the Genoese said, "that the plan is an excellent +one, and promises every success. If your men will all go below, holding +their arms in readiness for the signal, mine shall prepare grapnels and +ropes, and the first of these craft which comes alongside they will lash +so securely to the Rose that I warrant me she gets not away." + +These preparations were soon made. + +The soldiers, who at first had been filled with apprehension at the +thought of slavery among the infidels, were now delighted at the +prospect of a struggle ending in escape. + +The archers prepared their bows and arrows, and stood behind the +portholes in readiness to pour a volley into the enemy; the men-at-arms +grasped their pikes and swords; while above, the sailors moved hither +and thither as if making preparations for defense, but in reality +preparing the grapnels and ropes. + +One of the pirates was faster than the other, and soon coming within +reach, opened fire upon the Rose with a heavy cannon, which she carried +in her bow. + +The crew of the Rose replied with their falconets and sakers from the +poop. + +The corsair at first did not keep her course direct for the ship, but +rowed once or twice round her, firing as she did so. Then, apparently +satisfied that no great precaution need be observed with a feebly-manned +ship in so great a strait as the Rose, they set up a wild cry of +"Allah!" and rowed toward her. + +In two minutes the corsair was alongside of the Rose, and the fierce +crew were climbing up her sides. As she came alongside the sailors cast +grapnels into her rigging, and fastened her to the Rose; and then a loud +shout of "Hurrah for England!" was heard; the ports opened, and a volley +of arrows was poured upon the astonished corsair; and from the deck +above the assailants were thrown back into the galley, and a swarm of +heavily armed men leaped down from the ship upon them. + +Taken by surprise, and indeed outnumbered, the resistance of the +corsairs was but slight. In a close fierce _mêlée_ like this the +light-armed Moors had but little chance with the mail-clad English, +whose heavy swords and axes clove their defenses at a blow. The fight +lasted but three minutes, and then the last of the corsairs was +overboard. + +The men who rowed the galley had uttered the most piercing cries while +this conflict had been raging. They were unable to take any part in it, +had they been disposed to do so, for they were all slaves chained to the +oars. + +Scarcely had the conflict ended when the other galley arrived upon the +scene; but seeing what had happened, and that her consort had fallen +into the hands of the English, she at once turned her head, and rowed +back rapidly to the town from which she had come. + +Among the slaves who rowed the galley were many white men, and their +cries of joy at their liberation greatly affected those who had thus +unexpectedly rescued them. Hammers were soon brought into requisition, +the shackles struck off them, and a scene of affecting joy took place. +The slaves were of all nationalities, but Italians and Spaniards, French +and Greeks formed the principal part. There was no time, however, to be +lost; the arms and munitions of war were hastily removed from the Rose, +together with the most valuable of the stores. + +The galley-slaves again took their places, and this time willingly, at +the oars, the places of the weakest being supplied by the English, +whose want of skill was made up by the alacrity with which they threw +their strength into the work; and in an hour from the time that the +galley had arrived alongside of the Rose, her head was turned north, and +with sixty oars she was rowing at all speed for the mouth of the bay. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +IN THE HOLY LAND. + + +As soon as the galley which had escaped reached the town from which it +had started, it with three others at once set out in pursuit; while from +a narrow creek two other galleys made their appearance. + +There were a few words of question among the English whether to stop and +give battle to these opponents, or to make their way with all speed. The +latter counsel prevailed; the earl pointing out that their lives were +now scarcely their own, and that they had no right on their way to the +holy sepulcher to risk them unnecessarily. + +Fortunately they had it in their hands to fight or escape, as they +chose; for doubly banked as the oars now were there was little chance of +the enemy's galleys overtaking them. Gradually as they rowed to sea the +pursuing vessels became smaller and smaller to view, until at last they +were seen to turn about and make again for land. + +After some consultation between the earl and the captain of the lost +ship it was determined to make for Rhodes. This had been settled as a +halting point for the fleet, and the earl thought it probable that the +greater portion of those scattered by the storm would rendezvous there. + +So it proved; after a voyage, which although not very long was tedious, +owing to the number of men cramped up in so small a craft, they came +within sight of the port of Rhodes, and were greatly pleased at seeing a +perfect forest of masts there, showing that at least the greater portion +of the fleet had survived the storm. + +This was indeed the fact, and a number of other single ships dropped in +during the next day or two. + +There was great astonishment on the part of the fleet when the long, +swift galley was seen approaching, and numerous conjectures were offered +as to what message the pirates could be bringing--for there was no +mistaking the appearance of the long, dangerous-looking craft. + +When, upon her approach, the standard of the Earl of Evesham was seen +flying on the bow, a great shout of welcome arose from the fleet; and +King Richard himself, who happened to be on the deck of the royal ship, +shouted to the earl to come on board and tell him what masquerading he +was doing there. The earl of course obeyed the order, anchoring near the +royal vessel, and going on board in a small boat, taking with him his +page and squire. + +The king heard with great interest the tale of the adventures of the +Rose; and when the Earl of Evesham said that it was to Cuthbert that was +due the thought of the stratagem by which the galley was captured, and +its crew saved from being carried away into hopeless slavery, the king +patted the boy on the shoulder with such hearty force as nearly to throw +Cuthbert off his feet. + +"By St. George!" said the monarch, "you are fated to be a very pink of +knights. You seem as thoughtful as you are brave; and whatever your age +may be, I declare that the next time your name is brought before me I +will call a chapter of knights, and they shall agree that exception +shall be made in your favor, and that you shall at once be admitted to +the honorable post. You will miss your page, Sir Walter; but I am sure +you will not grudge him that." + +"No, no, sire," said the earl. "The lad, as I have told your majesty, is +a connection of mine--distant it is true, but one of the nearest I +have--and it will give me the greatest pleasure to see him rising so +rapidly, and on a fair way to distinguish himself so highly. I feel +already as proud of him as if he were my own son." + +The fleet remained some two or three weeks at Rhodes, for many of the +vessels were sorely buffeted and injured, masts were carried away as +well as bulwarks battered in, and the efforts of the crews and of those +of the whole of the artificers of Rhodes were called into requisition. +Light sailing craft were sent off in all directions, for the king was in +a fever of anxiety. Among the vessels still missing was that which bore +the Queen of Navarre and the fair Berengaria. + +One day a solitary vessel was seen approaching. "Another of our lost +sheep," the earl said, looking out over the poop. + +She proved, however, to be a merchant ship of Greece, and newly come +from Cyprus. + +Her captain went on board the royal ship, and delivered a message to the +king, to the effect that two of the vessels had been cast upon the coast +of Cyprus, that they had been plundered by the people, the crews +ill-treated and made prisoners by the king, and that the Queen of +Navarre and the princess were in their hands. + +This roused King Richard into one of his furies. "Before I move a step +toward the Holy Land," he said, "I will avenge these injuries upon this +faithless and insolent king. I swear that I will make him pay dearly for +having laid a hand upon these ladies." + +At once the signal was hoisted for all the vessels in a condition to +sail to take on board water and provisions, and to prepare to sail for +Cyprus; and the next morning at daybreak the fleet sailed out, and made +their way toward that island, casting anchor off the harbor of +Famagosta. + +King Richard sent a messenger on shore to the king, ordering him at once +to release the prisoners; to make the most ample compensation to them; +to place ships at their service equal to those which had been destroyed; +and to pay a handsome sum of money as indemnity. + +The King of Cyprus, however, an insolent and haughty despot, sent back +a message of defiance. King Richard at once ordered the anchors to be +raised, and all to follow the royal ship. + +The fleet entered the harbor of Famagosta; the English archers began the +fight by sending a flight of arrows into the town. This was answered +from the walls by a shower of stones and darts from the machines. + +There was no time wasted. The vessels were headed toward the shore, and +as the water was deep, many of them were able to run close alongside the +rocky wharves. In an instant, regardless of the storm of weapons poured +down by the defenders, the English leaped ashore. + +The archers kept up so terrible a rain of missiles against the +battlements that the defenders could scarcely show themselves for an +instant there, and the men-at-arms, placing ladders against them, +speedily mounted, and putting aside all opposition, poured into the +town. The effeminate Greek soldiers of the monarch could offer no +effectual resistance whatever, and he himself fled from the palace and +gained the open country, followed by a few adherents. The English gained +a considerable booty, for in those days a town taken by assault was +always looked upon as the property of the captors. The Queen of Navarre +and the princess were rescued. + +King Richard, however, was not satisfied with the success he had gained, +and was determined to punish this insolent little king. Accordingly the +English were set in motion into the interior, and town after town +speedily fell, or opened their gate to him. The king, deserted by his +troops, and detested by his people for having brought so terrible a +scourge upon them by his reckless conduct, now sued for peace; but King +Richard would give him no terms except dethronement, and this he was +forced to accept. He was deprived of his crown, and banished from the +island. + +The king now, to the surprise of his barons, announced his intention of +at once marrying the Princess Berengaria. + +Popular as he was, there was yet some quiet grumbling among his troops; +as they said, with justice, they had been waiting nearly six months in +the island of Sicily, and the king might well have married there, +instead of a fresh delay being caused when so near their place of +destination. + +However, the king as usual had his own way, and the marriage was +solemnized amid great rejoicing and solemnity. + +It was a brilliant scene indeed in the cathedral of Limasol. There were +assembled all the principal barons of England, together with a great +number of the nobles of Cyprus. + +Certainly no better matched pair ever stood at the altar together, for +as King Richard was one of the strongest and bravest men of his own or +any other time, so Berengaria is admitted to have been one of the +loveliest maidens. + +The air was rent with the acclamations of the assembled English host +and of the numerous inhabitants of Limasol as they emerged from the +cathedral. For a fortnight the town was given up to festivity; +tournaments, joustings, banquets succeeded each other day after day, and +the islanders, who were fond of pleasure, and indeed very wealthy, vied +with the English in the entertainments which they gave in honor of the +occasion. + +The festivities over, the king gave the welcome order to proceed on +their voyage. They had now been joined by all the vessels left behind at +Rhodes, and it was found that only a few were missing, and that the +great storm, terrible as it had been, had inflicted less damage upon the +fleet than was at first feared. + +Two days' sail brought them within sight of the white walls of Acre, and +it was on June 8, 1191, that the fleet sailed into the port of that +town. Tremendous acclamations greeted the arrival of the English army by +the host assembled on the shores. + +Acre had been besieged for two years, but in vain; and even the arrival +of the French army under Philip Augustus had failed to turn the scale. +The inhabitants defended themselves with desperate bravery; every +assault upon the walls had been repulsed with immense slaughter; and at +no great distance off the Sultan Saladin, with a large army, was +watching the progress of the siege. + +The fame of King Richard and the English was so great, however, that the +besiegers had little doubt that his arrival would change the position of +things; and even the French, in spite of the bad feeling which had +existed in Sicily, joined with the knights and army of the King of +Jerusalem in acclaiming the arrival of the English. + +Philip Augustus, the French king, was of a somewhat weak and wavering +disposition. It would have been thought that after his dispute with King +Richard he would have gladly done all in his power to carry Acre before +the arrival of his great rival. To the great disappointment of the +French, however, he declared that he would take no step in the general +assault until the arrival of Richard; and although the French had given +some assistance to the besiegers, the army had really remained passive +for many weeks. + +Now, however, that the English had arrived, little time was lost; for +the moment the dissensions and jealousies between the monarchs were +patched up, the two hosts naturally imitated the example of their +sovereigns, and French and English worked side by side in throwing up +trenches against the walls, in building movable towers for the attack, +and in preparing for the great onslaught. + +The French were the first to finish their preparations, and they +delivered a tremendous assault upon the walls. The besieged, however, +did not lose heart, and with the greatest bravery repulsed every +attempt. The scaling ladders were hurled backward, the towers were +destroyed by Greek fire; boiling oil was hurled down upon the men who +advanced under the shelter of machines to undermine the walls; and +after desperate fighting the French fell back, baffled and beaten. + +There was some quiet exultation in the English lines at the defeat of +the French, for they believed that a better fortune would crown their +own efforts. Such, however, to their surprise and mortification, was not +the case. When their preparations were completed they attacked with +splendid bravery. They were fighting under the eyes of their king and in +sight of the French army, who had a few days before been baffled; and if +bravery and devotion could have carried the walls of Acre, assuredly +King Richard's army would have accomplished the task. + +It was, however, too great for them, and with vast loss the army fell +back to its camp, King Richard raging like a wounded lion. Many of his +barons had been killed in the assault, and the pikemen and men-at-arms +had suffered heavily. The Earl of Evesham had been wounded; Cuthbert had +taken no part in the assault, for the earl, knowing his bravery, had +forbidden his doing so, as he foresaw the struggle would be of the most +desperate character; and as it was not usual for pages to accompany +their lords on the battlefield, Cuthbert could not complain of his being +forbidden to take part in the fight. + +The earl, however, permitted him to accompany Cnut and the bowmen, who +did great service by the accuracy of their aim, preventing by their +storm of arrows the men on the battlements from taking steady aim and +working their machines, and so saved the Earl of Evesham's troop and +those fighting near him from suffering nearly as heavy loss as some of +those engaged in other quarters. + +But while successful in beating off all assaults, the defenders of Acre +were now nearly at the end of their resources. The Emperor Saladin, +although he had collected an army of two hundred thousand men, yet +feared to advance and give battle to the Crusaders in their own +lines--for they had thrown up round their camp strong intrenchments to +prevent the progress of the siege being disturbed by forces from +without. + +The people of Acre seeing the time pass and no sign of a rescuing force, +their provisions being utterly exhausted, and pestilence and fever +making frightful ravages in the city, at last determined to surrender. + +For over two years they had made a resistance of the most valiant +description, and now, despairing of success or rescue, and seeing the +hosts of their besiegers increasing day by day, they hoisted a flag upon +the walls and sent a deputation to the kings, asking for terms if they +submitted. They would have done well had they submitted upon the arrival +of the French and English reinforcements. For the monarchs, annoyed by +the defeat of their forces and by the heavy losses they had sustained, +and knowing that the besieged were now at their last crust, were not +disposed to be merciful. + +However, the horrors which then attended the capture of cities in a war +in which so little quarter was given on either side were avoided. The +city was to be surrendered; the much-prized relic contained within its +walls--said to be a piece of the true cross which had been captured by +the Saracens at the battle of Tiberias, in which they had almost +annihilated the Christian armies a few years before--was to be +surrendered; the Christian prisoners in their hands were to be given up +unharmed; and the inhabitants undertook to pay two hundred thousand +pieces of gold to the kings within forty days, under the condition that +the fighting men now taken prisoners were to be put to death should this +ransom not be paid. + +The conquest of Acre was hailed throughout Christendom as a triumph of +the highest importance. It opened again the gates of the Holy Land; and +so tremendous was the strength of the fortress that it was deemed that +if this stronghold were unable to resist effectually the arms of the +Crusaders, and that if Saladin with so great an army did not dare to +advance to its rescue, then the rest of the Holy Land would speedily +fall under the hands of the invading army. + +With the fall of Acre, however, the dissensions between the two kings, +which had for awhile been allowed to rest while the common work was to +be done, broke out again with renewed intensity. The jealousy of Philip +Augustus was raised to the highest point by the general enthusiasm of +the combined armies for the valiant King of England, and by the +authority which that monarch exercised in the councils. He therefore +suddenly announced his intention of returning to France. + +This decision at first occasioned the greatest consternation in the +ranks of the Crusaders; but this feeling was lessened when the king +announced that he should leave a large portion of the French army +behind, under the command of the Duke of Burgundy. The wiser councilors +were satisfied with the change. Although there was a reduction of the +total fighting force, yet the fact that it was now centered under one +head, and that King Richard would now be in supreme command, was deemed +to more than counterbalance the loss of a portion of the French army. + +Before starting on the march for Jerusalem King Richard sullied his +reputation by causing all the defenders of Acre to be put to death, +their ransom not having arrived at the stipulated time. + +Then the allied army set out upon their journey. The fleet cruised along +near them, and from it they obtained all that was requisite for their +wants, and yet, notwithstanding these advantages, the toil and fatigue +were terrible. Roads scarcely existed, and the army marched across the +rough and broken country. There was no straggling, but each kept his +place; and if unable to do so, fell and died. The blazing sun poured +down upon them with an appalling force; the dust which rose when they +left the rocks and came upon flat, sandy ground almost smothered them. +Water was only obtainable at the halts, and then was frequently +altogether insufficient for the wants of the army; while in front, on +flank, and in rear hovered clouds of the cavalry of Saladin. + +At times King Richard would allow parties of his knights to detach +themselves from the force to drive off these enemies. But it was the +chase of a lion after a hare. The knights in their heavy armor and +powerful steeds were left behind as if standing still, by the fleet +Bedouins on their desert coursers; and the pursuers, exhausted and worn +out, were always glad to regain the ranks of the army. + +These clouds of cavalry belonging to the enemy did not content +themselves with merely menacing and cutting off stragglers. At times, +when they thought they saw an opening, they would dash in and attack the +column desperately, sometimes gaining temporary advantages, killing and +wounding many, then fleeing away again into the desert. + +Finding that it was impossible to catch these wary horsemen, King +Richard ordered his bowmen to march outside his cavalry, so that when +the enemy's horse approached within bowshot they should open upon them +with arrows; then, should the horsemen persist in charging, the archers +were at once to take refuge behind the lines of the knights. + +Day after day passed in harassing conflicts. The distance passed over +each day was very small, and the sufferings of the men from thirst, +heat, and fatigue enormous. Cuthbert could well understand now what he +had heard of great armies melting away, for already men began to succumb +in large numbers to the terrible heat, and the path traversed by the +army was scattered with corpses of those who had fallen victims to +sunstroke. Not even at night did the attacks of the enemy cease, and a +portion of the harassed force was obliged to keep under arms to repel +assaults. + +So passed the time until the army arrived at Azotus, and there, to the +delight of the Crusaders, who only longed to get at their foes, they +beheld the whole force of Saladin, two hundred thousand strong, barring +their way. Had it not been for the stern discipline enforced by King +Richard the knights of England and France would have repeated the +mistake which had caused the extermination of the Christian force at +Tiberias, and would have leveled their lances and charged recklessly +into the mass of their enemies. But the king, riding round the flanks +and front of the force, gave his orders in the sternest way, with the +threat that any man who moved from the ranks should die by his hand. + +The army was halted, the leaders gathered round the king, and a hasty +consultation was held. Richard insisted upon the fight being conducted +upon the same principles as the march--that the line of archers should +stand outside the knights, and should gall the advancing force with +arrows till the last moment, and then retire among the cavalry, only to +sally out again as the Bedouins fell back from the steel wall of +horsemen. + +Cuthbert had now for the first time donned full armor, and rode behind +the Earl of Evesham as his esquire, for the former esquire had been left +behind, ill with fever at Acre. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +THE ACCOLADE. + + +It was now a year since they had left England, and Cuthbert had much +grown and widened out in the interval, and had never neglected an +opportunity of practicing with arms; and the earl was well aware that he +should obtain as efficient assistance from him in time of need as he +could desire. + +This was the first time that Cuthbert, and indeed the great proportion +of those present in the Christian host, had seen the enemy in force, and +they eagerly watched the vast array. It was picturesque in the extreme, +with a variety and brightness of color rivaling that of the Christian +host. In banners and pennons the latter made a braver show; but the +floating robes of the infidel showed a far brighter mass of color than +the steel armor of the Christians. + +Here were people drawn from widely separated parts of Saladin's +dominions. Here were Nubians from the Nile, tall and powerful men, jet +black in skin, with lines of red and white paint on their faces, giving +a ghastly and wild appearance to them. On their shoulders were skins of +lions and other wild animals. They carried short bows, and heavy clubs +studded with iron. By them were the Bedouin cavalry, light, sinewy men, +brown as berries, with white turbans and garments. Near these were the +cavalry from Syria and the plains of Assyria--wild horsemen with +semi-barbarous armor and scarlet trappings. Here were the solid lines of +the Egyptian infantry, steady troops, upon whom Saladin much relied. +Here were other tribes, gathered from afar, each distinguished by its +own particular marks. In silence did this vast array view awhile the +solid mass of the Christians. Suddenly a strange din of discordant music +from thousands of musical instruments--conches and horns, cymbals and +drums, arose in wild confusion. Shouts of defiance in a dozen tongues +and from two hundred thousand throats rose wild and shrill upon the air, +while clear above all the din were heard the strange vibratory cries of +the warriors from the Egyptian highlands. + +"One would think," said Cnut grimly to Cuthbert, "that the infidels +imagine we are a flock of antelopes to be frightened by an outcry. They +would do far better to save their wind for future use. They will want +it, methinks, when we get fairly among them. Who would have thought that +a number of men, heathen and infidel though they be, could have made so +foul an outcry?" + +Cuthbert laughed. + +"Every one fights according to his own method, Cnut; and I am not sure +that there is not some thing to be said for this outcry, for it is +really so wild and fearful that it makes my blood almost curdle in my +veins; and were it not that I know the proved valor of our knights and +footmen, I should feel shaken by this terrible introduction to the +fight." + +"I heed it no more," said Cnut, "than the outcry of wild fowl, when one +comes upon them suddenly on a lake in winter. It means no more than +that; and I reckon that they are trying to encourage themselves fully as +much as to frighten us. However, we shall soon see. If they can fight as +well as they can scream, they certainly will get no answering shouts +from us. The English bulldog fights silently, and bite as hard as he +will, you will hear little beyond a low growl. Now, my men," he said, +turning to his archers, "methinks the heathen are about to begin in +earnest. Keep steady; do not fire until you are sure that they are +within range. Draw your bows well to your ears, and straightly and +steadily let fly. Never heed the outcry or the rush, keep steady to the +last moment. There is shelter behind you, and fierce as the attack may +be, you can find a sure refuge behind the line of the knights." + +Cnut with his archers formed part of the line outside the array of +English knights, and the arrows of the English bowmen fell fast as bands +of the Bedouin horse circled round them in the endeavor to draw the +Christians on to the attack. For some time Saladin persisted in these +tactics. With his immense superiority of force he reckoned that if the +Christian chivalry would but charge him, the victory of Tiberias would +be repeated. Hemmed in by numbers, borne down by the weight of armor and +the effects of the blazing sun, the knights would succumb as much to +fatigue as to the force of their foes. King Richard's orders, however, +were well obeyed, and at last the Moslem chief, urged by the entreaties +of his leading emirs, who felt ashamed that so large a force should +hesitate to attack one so vastly inferior in numbers, determined upon +taking the initiative, and forming his troops in a semicircle round the +Christian army, launched his horsemen to the attack. The instant they +came within range a cloud of arrows from the English archers fell among +them, but the speed at which the desert horses covered the ground +rendered it impossible for the archers to discharge more than one or two +shafts before the enemy were upon them. Quickly as they now slipped back +and sought refuge under the lances of the knights, many of them were +unable to get back in time, and were cut down by the Saracens. The rest +crept between the horses or under their bellies into the rear, and there +prepared to sally out again as soon as the enemy retired. The Christian +knights sat like a wall of steel upon their horses, their lances were +leveled, and brave as the Bedouin horsemen were, they felt to break this +massive line was impossible. The front line, however, charged well up to +the points of the lances, against which they hewed with their sharp +scimiters, frequently severing the steel top from the ashpole, and then +breaking through and engaging in hand-to-hand conflict with the knights. +Behind the latter sat their squires, with extra spears and arms ready to +hand to their masters; and in close combat, the heavy maces with their +spike ends were weapons before which the light-clad horsemen went down +like reeds before a storm. + +Hour after hour the Arab horsemen persisted in their attack, suffering +heavily, but determined to conquer if possible. Then Saladin suddenly +ordered a retreat, and at seeing their enemy fly, the impetuosity of the +Crusaders at last broke out. With a shout they dashed after the foe. +King Richard, knowing that his followers had already shown a patience +far beyond what he could have expected, now headed the onslaught, +performing prodigies of valor with his single arm, and riding from point +to point to see that all was well. + +The early resistance of the infidel host was comparatively slight. The +heavy mass of the Christian cavalry, with their leveled lances, swept +through the ranks of the light horsemen, and trampled them down like +grass beneath their feet; but every moment the resistance became more +stubborn. + +Saladin, knowing the Christians would sooner or later assume the +offensive, had gathered his troops line in line behind the front ranks, +and as the force of the Crusaders' charge abated, so did the number of +foes in their front multiply. Not only this, but upon either side chosen +bands swept down, and ere long the Christians were brought to a stand, +and all were fighting hand to hand with their enemies. The lances were +thrown away now, and with ax and mace each fought for himself. + +The Earl of Evesham was one of a group of knights whom King Richard had +that day ordered to keep close to his person, and around this group the +fight raged most furiously. + +Saladin, aware of the extreme personal valor and warlike qualities of +King Richard, set the greatest value upon his death or capture, and had +ordered a large number of his best troops to devote their whole +attention to attacking the King of England. + +The royal standard carried behind the king was a guide to their +onslaught, and great as was the strength and valor of King Richard, he +with difficulty was able to keep at bay the hosts that swept around him. + +Now that the lance had been abandoned for battle-ax, Cuthbert was able +to take an active part in the struggle, his duties consisting mainly in +guarding the rear of his master, and preventing his being overthrown by +any sudden attack on the flank or from behind. + +King Richard was bent not only on defending himself from the attacks of +his foes, but on directing the general course of the battle; and from +time to time he burst, with his own trusty knights, through the ring of +foes, and rode from point to point of the field, calling the knights +together, exhorting them to steadiness, and restoring the fight where +its fortunes seemed doubtful. At one time the impetuosity of the king +led him into extreme danger. He had burst through the enemy surrounding +him, and these, by order of their captain, allowed him to pass through +their ranks, and then threw themselves together in his rear, to cut him +off from the knights who rode behind. The maneuver was successful. The +rush of horsemen fairly carried away the Christian knights, and one or +two alone were able to make their way through. + +Amid the wild confusion that raged, where each man was fighting for his +own life, and but little view of what was passing could be obtained +through the barred visor, the fact that the king was separated from them +was known to but few. Sir Walter himself was engaged fiercely in a +hand-to-hand fight with four Bedouins who surrounded him, when Cuthbert +shouted: + +"The king, Sir Walter! the king! He is cut off and surrounded! For +heaven's sake ride to him. See! the royal standard is down." + +With a shout the earl turned, brained one of his foes with a sweep of +his heavy ax, and, followed by Cuthbert, dashed to the assistance of the +king. The weight of his horse and armor cleft through the crowd, and in +a brief space he penetrated to the side of King Richard, who was borne +upon by a host of foes. Just as they reached them a Bedouin who had been +struck from his horse crawled beneath the noble charger of King Richard, +and drove his scimiter deep into its bowels. The animal reared high in +its sudden pain, and then fell on the ground, carrying the king, who was +unable to disengage himself quickly enough. + +[Illustration: WITH A SHOUT THE EARL TURNED, FOLLOWED BY CUTHBERT, AND +DASHED TO THE ASSISTANCE OF THE KING.] + +In an instant the Earl of Evesham had leaped from his horse and with his +broad triangular shield extended, sought to cover him from the press of +enemies. Cuthbert imitated his lord, and strove to defend the latter +from attacks from the rear. For a moment or two the sweep of the earl's +heavy ax and Cuthbert's circling sword kept back the foe, but this could +not last. King Richard in vain strove to extricate his leg from beneath +his fallen steed. Cuthbert saw at a glance that the horse still lived, +and with a sudden slash of his sword he struck it on the hind quarter. +Goaded by the pain the noble animal made a last effort to rise, but only +to fall back dead. The momentary action was, however, sufficient for +King Richard, who drew his leg from under it, and with his heavy +battle-ax in hand, rose with a shout, and stood by the side of the earl. + +In vain did the Bedouins strive to cut down and overpower the two +champions; in vain did they urge their horses to ride over them. With +each sweep of his ax the king either dismounted a foe or clove in the +head of his steed, and a wall of slain around them testified to the +tremendous power of their arms. Still, even such warriors as these could +not long sustain the conflict. The earl had already received several +desperate wounds, and the king himself was bleeding from some severe +gashes with the keen-edged scimiters. Cuthbert was already down, when a +shout of "St. George!" was heard, and a body of English knights clove +through the throng of Saracens and reached the side of King Richard. +Close behind these in a mass pressed the British footmen with bill and +pike, the enemy giving way foot by foot before their steady discipline. + +The king was soon on horseback again, and rallying his troops on, led +them for one more great and final charge upon the enemy. + +The effect was irresistible. Appalled by the slaughter which they had +suffered, and by the tremendous strength and energy of the Christian +knights, the Saracens broke and fled; and the last reserves of Saladin +gave way as the king, shouting his war-cry of "God help the holy +sepulcher!" fell upon them. Once, indeed, the battle still seemed +doubtful, for a fresh band of the enemy at that moment arrived and +joined in the fray. The Crusaders were now, however, inspired with such +courage and confidence that they readily obeyed the king's war-cry, +gathered in a firm body, and hurled themselves upon this new foe. Then +the Saracens finally turned and fled, and the Christian victory was +complete. + +It was one of the features of this war that however thorough the +victories of the Christians, the Saracens very speedily recovered from +their effects. A Christian defeat was crushing and entire; the knights +died as they stood, and defeat meant annihilation. Upon the other hand, +the Saracens and Bedouins, when they felt that their efforts to win the +battle were unsuccessful, felt no shame or humiliation in scattering +like sheep. On their fleet horses and in their light attire they could +easily distance the Christians, who never, indeed, dreamed of pursuing +them. The day after the fight the enemy would collect again under their +chiefs, and be as ready as before to renew their harassing warfare. + +On his return from the field the king assembled many of his principal +knights and leaders, and summoned the Earl of Evesham, with the message +that he was to bring his esquire with him. When they reached the tent +the king said: + +"My lords, as some of you may be aware, I have this day had a narrow +escape from death. Separated from you in the battle, and attended only +by my standard-bearer, I was surrounded by the Saracens. I should +doubtless have cleft my way through the infidel dogs, but a foul peasant +stabbed my charger from below, and the poor brute fell with me. My +standard-bearer was killed, and in another moment my nephew Arthur would +have been your king, had it not been that my good lord here, attended by +this brave lad, appeared. I have seen a good deal of fighting, but never +did I see a braver stand than they made above my body. The Earl of +Evesham, as you all know, is one of my bravest knights, and to him I can +simply say, 'Thanks; King Richard does not forget a benefit like this.' +But such aid as I might well look for from so stout a knight as the Earl +of Evesham I could hardly have expected on the part of a mere boy like +this. It is not the first time that I have been under a debt of +gratitude to him; for it was his watchfulness and bravery which saved +Queen Berengaria from being carried off by the French in Sicily. I +deemed him too young then for the order of knighthood--although, indeed, +bravery has no age; still for a private benefit, and that performed +against allies, in name at least, I did not wish so far to fly in the +face of usage as to make him a knight. I promised him then, however, +that the first time he distinguished himself against the infidel he +should win his spurs. I think that you will agree with me, my lords, +that he has done so. Not only did he stand over me, and with great +bravery defend Sir Walter from attacks from behind, but his ready wit +saved me when even his sword and that of Sir Walter would have failed to +do so. Penned down under poor Robin I was powerless to move until our +young esquire, in an interval of slashing at his assailants, found time +to give a sharp blow together with a shout to Robin. The poor beast +tried to rise, and the movement, short as it was, enabled me to draw my +leg from under him, and then with my mace I was enabled to make a stand +until you arrived at my side. I think, my lords, that you will agree +with me that Cuthbert, the son of Sir William de Lance, is fit for the +honor of knighthood." + +A general chorus of approval arose from the assembly, and the king, +bidding Cuthbert kneel before him, drew his sword and laid it across his +shoulders, dubbing him Sir Cuthbert de Lance. When he had risen the +great barons of England pressed round to shake his hand, and Cuthbert, +who was a modest young fellow, felt almost ashamed at the honors which +were bestowed upon him. The usual ceremonies and penances which young +knights had to undergo before admission into the body--and which in +those days were extremely punctilious, and indeed severe, consisting, +among other things, in fasting, in watching the armor at night, in +seclusion and religious services--were omitted when the accolade was +bestowed for bravery in the field. + +The king ordered his armorer at once to make for Cuthbert a suit of the +finest armor, and authorized him to carry on his shield a sword raising +a royal crown from the ground, in token of the deed for which the honor +of knighthood had been bestowed upon him. + +Upon his return to the earl's camp the news of his new dignity spread at +once among the followers of Sir Walter, and many and hearty were the +cheers that went up from the throats of the Saxon foresters, led by +Cnut. These humble friends were indeed delighted at his success, for +they felt that to him they owed very much; and his kindness of manner +and the gayety of heart which he had shown during the hardships they had +undergone since their start had greatly endeared him to them. + +Cuthbert was now to take rank among the knights who followed the banner +of the earl. A tent was erected for him, an esquire assigned to him, and +the lad as he entered his new abode felt almost bewildered at the +change which had taken place in one short day--that he, at the age of +sixteen, should have earned the honor of knighthood, and the approval of +the King of England, expressed before all the great barons of the realm, +was indeed an honor such as he could never have hoped for; and the +thought of what his mother would say should the news reach her in her +quiet Saxon home brought the tears into his eyes. He had not gone +through the usual religious ceremonies, but he knelt in his tent alone, +and prayed that he might be made worthy of the honors bestowed upon him; +that he might fulfill the duties of a Christian knight fearlessly and +honorably; that his sword might never be raised but for the right; that +he might devote himself to the protection of the oppressed, and the +honor of God; that his heart might be kept from evil; and that he might +carry through life unstained his new escutcheon. + +If the English had thought that their victory would have gained them +immunity from the Saracen attacks they were speedily undeceived. The +host, indeed, which had barred their way had broken up; but its +fragments were around them, and the harassing attacks began again with a +violence and persistency even greater than before. The Crusaders, +indeed, occupied only the ground upon which they stood. It was death to +venture one hundred yards from the camp unless in a strong body; and the +smallest efforts to bring in food from the country round were instantly +met and repelled. Only in very strong bodies could the knights venture +from camp even to forage for their horses, and the fatigues and +sufferings of all were in no way relieved by the great victory of +Azotus. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +IN THE HANDS OF THE SARACENS. + + +The English had hoped that after one pitched battle they should be able +to advance upon Jerusalem, but they had reckoned without the climate and +illness. + +Although unconquered in the fray, the Christian army was weakened by its +sufferings to such an extent that it was virtually brought to a +standstill. Even King Richard, with all his impetuosity, dared not +venture to cut adrift from the seashore and to march direct upon +Jerusalem; that city was certainly not to be taken without a long siege, +and this could only be undertaken by an army strong enough, not only to +carry out so great a task, but to meet and defeat the armies which +Saladin would bring up to the rescue, and to keep open the line down to +Joppa, by which alone provisions and the engines necessary for the siege +could be brought up. Hence the war resolved itself into a series of +expeditions and detached fights. + +The British camp was thoroughly fortified, and thence parties of the +knights sallied out and engaged in conflicts with the Saracens, with +varying success. On several of these expeditions Cuthbert attended the +earl, and behaved with a bravery which showed him well worthy of the +honors which he had received. + +Upon one occasion the news reached camp that a party of knights, who had +gone out to guard a number of footmen cutting forage and bringing it +into camp, had been surrounded and had taken refuge in a small town, +whose gates they had battered in when they saw the approach of an +overwhelming host of the enemy. King Richard himself headed a strong +force and advanced to their assistance. Their approach was not seen +until within a short distance of the enemy, upon whom the Crusaders fell +with the force of a thunderbolt, and cleft their way through their +lines. After a short pause in the little town they prepared to again cut +their way through, joined by the party who had there been besieged. The +task was now, however, far more difficult; for the footmen would be +unable to keep up with the rapid charge of the knights, and it was +necessary not only to clear the way, but to keep it open for their exit. +King Richard himself and the greater portion of his knights were to lead +the charge; another party were to follow behind the footmen, who were +ordered to advance at the greatest speed of which they were capable, +while their rearguard by charges upon the enemy kept them at bay. To +this latter party Cuthbert was attached. + +The Saracens followed their usual tactics, and this time with great +success. Dividing as the king with his knights charged them, they +suffered these to pass through with but slight resistance, and then +closed in upon their track, while another and still more numerous body +fell upon the footmen and their guard. Again and again did the knights +charge through the ranks of the Moslems, while the billmen stoutly kept +together and resisted the onslaughts of the enemy's cavalry. In spite of +their bravery, however, the storm of arrows shot by the desert horsemen +thinned their ranks with terrible rapidity. Charging up to the very +point of the spears, these wild horsemen fired their arrows into the +faces of their foe, and although numbers of them fell beneath the more +formidable missiles sent by the English archers, their numbers were so +overwhelming that the little band melted away. The small party of +knights, too, were rapidly thinned, although performing prodigious deeds +of valor. The Saracens when dismounted or wounded still fought on foot, +their object being always to stab or hough the horses, and so dismount +the riders. King Richard and his force, though making the most desperate +efforts to return to the assistance of the rearguard, were baffled by +the sturdy resistance of the Saracens, and the position of those in the +rear was fast becoming hopeless. + +One by one the gallant little band of knights fell, and a sea of turbans +closed over the fluttering plumes. Cuthbert, after defending himself +with extreme bravery for a long time, was at last separated from the +small remainder of his comrades by a rush of the enemy's horse, and when +fighting desperately he received a heavy blow at the back of the head +from the mace of a huge Nubian soldier, and fell senseless to the +ground. + +When he recovered his consciousness the first impression upon his mind +was the stillness which had succeeded to the din of battle; the shouts +and war-cries of the Crusaders, the wild yells of the Moslems were +hushed, and in their place was a quiet chatter in many unknown tongues, +and the sound of laughter and feasting. Raising his head and looking +round, Cuthbert saw that he and some ten of his comrades were lying +together in the midst of a Saracen camp, and that he was a prisoner to +the infidels. The sun streamed down with tremendous force upon them; +there was no shelter; and though all were wounded and parched with +thirst, the Saracens of whom they besought water, pointing to their +mouths and making signs of their extreme thirst, laughed in their faces, +and signified by a gesture that it was scarcely worth the trouble to +drink when they were likely so soon to be put to death. + +It was late in the afternoon before any change was manifest. Then +Cuthbert observed a stir in the camp; the men ran to their horses, +leaped on their backs, and with wild cries of "Welcome!" started off at +full speed. Evidently some personage was about to arrive, and the fate +of the prisoners would be solved. A few words were from time to time +exchanged between these, each urging the other to keep up his heart and +defy the infidel. One or two had succumbed to their wounds during the +afternoon, and only six were able to stand erect when summoned to do so +by some of their guard, who made signs to them that a great personage +was coming. Soon the shouts of the horsemen and other sounds announced +that the great chief was near at hand, and the captives gathered from +the swelling shouts of the Arabs that the new arrival was Sultan +Suleiman--or Saladin, for he was called by both names--surrounded by a +bodyguard of splendidly-dressed attendants. The emir, who was himself +plainly attired, reined up his horse in front of the captives. + +"You are English," he said, in the _lingua-franca_, which was the medium +of communication between the Eastern and Western peoples in those days. +"You are brave warriors, and I hear that before you were taken you +slaughtered numbers of my people. They did wrong to capture you and +bring you here to be killed. Your cruel king gives no mercy to those who +fall into his hands. You must not expect it here, you who without a +pretense of right invade my country, slaughter my people, and defeat my +armies. The murder of the prisoners of Acre has closed my heart to all +mercy. There, your king put ten thousand prisoners to death in cold +blood, a month after the capture of the place, because the money at +which he had placed their ransom had not arrived. We Arabs do not carry +huge masses of gold about with us; and although I could have had it +brought from Egypt, I did not think that so brave a monarch as Richard +of England could have committed so cruel an action in cold blood. When +we are fresh from battle, and our wounds are warm, and our hearts are +full of rage and fury, we kill our prisoners; but to do so weeks after a +battle is contrary to the laws alike of your religion and of ours. +However, it is King Richard who has sealed your doom, not I. You are +knights, and I do not insult you with the offer of turning from your +religion and joining me. Should one of you wish to save his life on +these conditions, I will, however, promise him a place of position and +authority among us." + +None of the knights moved to accept the offer, but each, as the eye of +the emir ran along the line, answered with an imprecation of contempt +and hatred. Saladin waved his hand, and one by one the captives were led +aside, walking as proudly to their doom as if they had been going to a +feast. Each wrung the hand of the one next to him as he turned, and then +without a word followed his captors. There was a dull sound heard, and +one by one the heads of the knights rolled in the sand. + +Cuthbert happened to be last in the line, and as the executioners laid +hands upon him and removed his helmet, the eye of the sultan fell upon +him, and he almost started at perceiving the extreme youth of his +captive. He held his hand aloft to arrest the movements of the +executioners, and signaled for Cuthbert to be brought before him again. + +"You are but a boy," he said. "All the knights who have hitherto fallen +into my hands have been men of strength and power; how is it that I see +a mere youth among their ranks, and wearing the golden spurs of +knighthood?" + +"King Richard himself made me a knight," Cuthbert said proudly, "after +having stood across him when his steed had been foully stabbed at the +battle of Azotus, and the whole Moslem host were around him." + +"Ah!" said the emir, "were you one of the two who, as I have heard, +defended the king for some time against all assaults? It were hard +indeed to kill so brave a youth. I doubt me not that at present you are +as firmly determined to die a Christian knight as those who have gone +before you? But time may change you. At any rate for the present your +doom is postponed." + +He turned to a gorgeously dressed noble next to him, and said: + +"Your brother, Ben Abin, is Governor of Jerusalem, and the gardens of +the palace are fair. Take this youth to him as a present, and set him to +work in his gardens. His life I have spared, in all else Ben Abin will +be his master." + +Cuthbert heard without emotion the words which changed his fate from +death to slavery. Many, he knew, who were captured in these wars were +carried away as slaves to different parts of Asia, and it did not seem +to him that the change was in any way a boon. However, life is dear, and +it was but natural that a thought should leap into his heart that soon +either the Crusaders might force a way into Jerusalem and there rescue +him, or that he himself might in some way escape. + +The sultan having thus concluded the subject, turned away, and galloped +off surrounded by his bodyguard. + +Those who had captured the Christians now stripped off the armor of +Cuthbert; then he was mounted on a barebacked steed, and with four +Bedouins, with their long lances, riding beside him, started for +Jerusalem. After a day of long and rapid riding the Arabs stopped +suddenly on the crest of a hill, with a shout of joy, and throwing +themselves from their horses bent with their foreheads to the earth at +the sight of their holy city. + +Cuthbert, as he gazed at the stately walls of Jerusalem, and the noble +buildings within, felt bitterly that it was not thus that he had hoped +to see the holy city. He had dreamed of arriving before it with his +comrades, proud and delighted at their success so far, and confident in +their power soon to wrest the town before them from the hands of the +Moslems. Instead of this he was a slave--a slave to the infidel, perhaps +never more to see a white face, save that of some other unfortunate like +himself. + +Even now in its fallen state no city is so impressive at first sight as +Jerusalem; the walls, magnificent in height and strength, and +picturesque in their deep embattlements, rising on the edge of a deep +valley. Every building has its name and history. Here is the church +built by the first Crusaders; there the mighty mosque of Suleiman on the +site of the Temple; far away on a projecting ridge the great building +known as the Tomb of Moses; on the right beyond the houses rise the +towers on the Roman walls; the Pool of Bethsaida lies in the hollow; in +the center are the cupolas of the Church of the Holy Sepulcher. Among +all the fairest cities of the world, there are none which can compare in +stately beauty with Jerusalem. Doubtless it was a fairer city in those +days, for long centuries of Turkish possession have reduced many of the +former stately palaces to ruins. Then, as now, the banner of the Prophet +floated over the high places; but whereas at present the population is +poor and squalid, the city in those days contained a far larger number +of inhabitants, irrespective of the great garrison collected for its +defense. + +The place from which Cuthbert had his first sight of Jerusalem is that +from which the best view is to be obtained--the crest of the Mount of +Olives. After a minute or two spent in looking at the city the Arabs +with a shout continued their way down into the valley. Crossing this +they ascended the steep road to the walls, brandishing their lances and +giving yells of triumph; then riding two upon each side of their +prisoner, to protect him from any fanatic who might lay a hand upon him, +they passed under the gate known as the Gate of Suleiman into the city. + +The populace thronged the streets; and the news brought by the horsemen +that a considerable portion of the Christian host had been defeated and +slain passed from mouth to mouth, and was received with yells of +exultation. Execrations were heaped upon Cuthbert, who rode along with +an air as quiet and composed as if he were the center of an ovation +instead of that of an outburst of hatred. + +He would, indeed, speedily have been torn from his guards, had not these +shouted that he was placed in their hands by Saladin himself for conduct +to the governor. As the emir was as sharp and as ruthless with his own +people as with the prisoners who fell into his hands, the name acted as +a talisman, and Cuthbert and his escort rode forward without molestation +until they reached the entrance to the palace. + +Dismounting, Cuthbert was now led before the governor himself, a stern +and grave-looking man, sitting cross-legged on a divan surrounded by +officers and attendants. He heard in silence the account given him by +the escort, bowed his head at the commands of Suleiman, and, without +addressing a word to Cuthbert, indicated to two attendants that he was +to be removed into the interior of the house. Here the young knight was +led to a small dungeon-like room; bread and dates with a cruse of water, +were placed before him; the door was then closed and locked without, and +he found himself alone with his thoughts. + +No one came near him that night, and he slept as soundly as he would +have done in his tent in the midst of the Christian host. He was +resolved to give no cause for ill-treatment or complaint to his captors, +to work as willingly, as cheerfully, as was in his power, and to seize +the first opportunity to make his escape, regardless of any risk of his +life which he might incur in doing so. + +In the morning the door opened, and a black slave led him into the +garden, which was surrounded by a very high and lofty wall. It was +large, and full of trees and flowers, and far more beautiful than any +garden that Cuthbert had seen in his native land. There were various +other slaves at work; and an Arab, who appeared to be the head of the +gardeners, at once appointed to Cuthbert the work assigned to him. A +guard of Arabs with bow and spear watched the doings of the slaves. + +With one glance round, Cuthbert was assured that escape from this +garden, at least, was not to be thought of, and that for the present +patience alone was possible. Dismissing all ideas of that kind from his +mind, he set to work with a steady attention to his task. He was very +fond of flowers, and soon he became so absorbed in his work as almost to +forget that he was a slave. It was not laborious--digging, planting, +pruning and training the flowers, and giving them copious draughts of +water from a large fountain in the center of the garden. + +The slaves were not permitted to exchange a word with each other. At the +end of the day's work they were marched off to separate chambers, or, +as they might be called, dungeons. Their food consisted of water, dried +dates, and bread, and they had little to complain of in this respect; +indeed, the slaves in the gardens of the governor's house at Jerusalem +enjoyed an exceptionally favored existence. The governor himself was +absorbed in the cares of the city. The head gardener happened to be a +man of unusual humanity, and it was really in his hands that the comfort +of the prisoners was placed. + +Sometimes in the course of the day veiled ladies would issue in groups +from the palace, attended by black slaves with drawn scimiters. They +passed without unveiling across the point where the slaves were at work, +and all were forbidden on pain of death to look up, or even to approach +the konak or pavilion, where the ladies threw aside their veils, and +enjoyed the scent and sight of the flowers, the splash of murmuring +waters, and the strains of music touched by skillful hands. + +Although Cuthbert wondered in his heart what these strange wrapped-up +figures might look like when the veils were thrown back, he certainly +did not care enough about the matter to run any risk of drawing the +anger of his guards upon himself by raising his eyes toward them; nor +did he ever glance up at the palace, which was also interdicted to the +slaves. From the lattice casements during the day the strains of music +and merry laughter often came down to the captives; but this, if +anything, only added to the bitterness of their position, by reminding +them that they were shut off for life from ever hearing the laughter of +the loved ones they had left behind. + +For upward of a month Cuthbert remained steadily at work, and during +that time no possible plan of escape had occurred to him, and he had +indeed resigned himself to wait, either until, as he hoped, the city +would be taken by the Christians, or until he himself might be removed +from his present post and sent into the country, where, although his lot +would doubtless be far harder, some chance of escape might open before +him. + +One night, long after slumber had fallen upon the city, Cuthbert was +startled by hearing his door open. Rising to his feet, he saw a black +slave, and an old woman beside him. The latter spoke first in the +_lingua-franca_: + +"My mistress, the wife of the governor, has sent me to ask your story. +How is it that, although but a youth, you are already a knight? How is +it that you come to be a slave to our people? The sultan himself sent +you to her lord. She would fain hear through me how it has happened. She +is the kindest of ladies, and the sight of your youth has touched her +heart." + +With thanks to the unknown lady who had felt an interest in him, +Cuthbert briefly related the events which had led to his captivity. The +old woman placed on the ground a basket containing some choice fruit and +white bread, and then departed with the negro as quietly as she had +come, leaving Cuthbert greatly pleased at what had taken place. + +"Doubtless," he said to himself, "I shall hear again; and it may be that +through the pity of this lady some means of escape may open to me." + +Although for some little time no such prospect appeared, yet the visits +of the old woman, which were frequently repeated, were of interest to +him, and seemed to form a link between him and the world. + +After coming regularly every night for a week she bade the young knight +follow her, holding her finger to her lips in sign that caution must be +observed. Passing through several passages, he was at length led into a +room where a lady of some forty years of age, surrounded by several +slaves and younger women, was sitting. Cuthbert felt no scruple in +making a deep obeisance to her; the respect shown to women in the days +of chivalry was very great, and Cuthbert, in bowing almost to the ground +before the lady who was really his mistress, did not feel that he was +humiliating himself. + +"Young slave," she said, "your story has interested us. We have +frequently watched from the windows, and have seen how willingly and +patiently you have worked; and it seems strange indeed that one so young +should have performed such feats of bravery as to win the honor of +knighthood from the hand of that greatest of warriors, Richard of +England. What is it, we would fain learn from your lips, that stirs up +the heart of the Christian world that they should launch their armies +against us, who wish but to be left alone, and who have no grudge +against them? This city is as holy to us as it is to you; and as we +live around it, and all the country for thousands of miles is ours, is +it likely that we should allow it to be wrested from us by strangers +from a distance?" + +This was spoken in some Eastern language of which Cuthbert understood no +word, but its purport was translated to him by the old woman who had +hitherto acted as his mistress' messenger. + +Cuthbert reported the circumstances of the fight at Azotus, and +endeavored to explain the feelings which had given rise to the Crusade. +He then, at the orders of the lady, related the incidents of his voyage +out, and something of his life at home, which was more interesting even +than the tale of his adventures to his hearers, as to them the home-life +of these fierce Christian warriors was entirely unknown. + +After an audience of two hours Cuthbert was conducted back to his cell, +his mistress assuring him of her good-will, and promising to do all in +her power to make his captivity as light as possible. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +AN EFFORT FOR FREEDOM. + + +Two or three nights afterward the old woman again came to Cuthbert, and +asked him, in her mistress' name, if in any way he could suggest a +method of lightening his captivity, as his extreme youth and bravery of +demeanor had greatly pleased her. + +Cuthbert replied that nothing but freedom could satisfy his longings; +that he was comfortable and not over-worked, but that he pined to be +back again with his friends. + +The old woman brought him on the following night a message to the effect +that his mistress would willingly grant him his liberty, but as he was +sent to her husband by the sultan, it would be impossible to free him +openly. + +"From what she said," the old woman continued, "if you could see some +plan of making your escape, she would in no way throw difficulties in +your path; but it must not be known that the harem in any way connived +at your escape, for my lord's wrath would be terrible, and he is not a +man to be trifled with." + +Looking round at the high walls that surrounded the garden, Cuthbert +said that he could think of no plan whatever for escaping from such a +place; that he had often thought it over, but that it appeared to him to +be hopeless. Even should he manage to scale these walls, he would only +find himself in the town beyond, and his escape from that would be +altogether hopeless. "Only," he said, "if I were transported to some +country palace of the governor could I ever hope to make my escape." The +next night the messenger brought him the news that his mistress was +disposed to favor his escape in the way he had pointed out, and that she +would in two or three days ask the governor for permission to pay a +visit to their palace beyond the walls, and that with her she would take +a number of gardeners--among them Cuthbert--to beautify the place. +Cuthbert returned the most lively and hearty thanks to his patroness for +her kind intentions, and hope began to rise rapidly in his heart. + +It is probable, however, that the black guards of the harem heard +something of the intentions of their mistress, and that they feared the +anger of the governor should Cuthbert make his escape, and should it be +discovered that this was the result of her connivance. Either through +this or through some other source the governor obtained an inkling that +the white slave sent by the sultan was receiving unusual kindness from +the ladies of the harem. + +Two nights after Cuthbert had begun to entertain bright hopes of his +liberty, the door of the cell was softly opened. He was seized by four +slaves, gagged, tied hand and foot, covered with a thick burnous, and +carried out from his cell. By the sound of their feet he heard that they +were passing into the open air, and guessed that he was being carried +through the garden; then a door opened and was closed after them; he was +flung across a horse like a bale of goods, a rope or two were placed +around him to keep him in that position, and then he felt the animal put +in motion, and heard by the trampling of feet that a considerable number +of horsemen were around him. For some time they passed over the rough, +uneven streets of the city; then there was a pause and exchange of +watchword and countersign, a creaking of doors, and a lowering of a +drawbridge, and the party issued out into the open country. Not for very +long did they continue their way; a halt was called, and Cuthbert was +taken off his horse. + +On looking round, he found that he was in the middle of a considerable +group of men. Those who had brought him were a party of the governor's +guards; but he was now delivered over to a large band of Arabs, all of +whom were mounted on camels. One of these creatures he was ordered to +mount, the bonds being loosed from his arms and feet. An Arab driver, +with lance, bows, and arrows, and other weapons, took his seat on the +neck of the animal, and then with scarcely a word the caravan marched +off with noiseless step, and with their faces turned southward. + +It seemed to Cuthbert almost as a dream. A few hours before he had been +exalted with the hope of freedom; now he was being taken away to a +slavery which would probably end but with his life. Although he could +not understand any of his captors, the repetition of a name led him to +believe that he was being sent to Egypt as a present to some man in high +authority there; and he doubted not that the Governor of Jerusalem, +fearing that he might escape, and dreading the wrath of the sultan +should he do so, had determined to transfer the troublesome captive to a +more secure position and to safer hands. + +For three days the journey continued; they had now left the fertile +lowlands of Palestine, and their faces were turned west. They were +entering upon that sandy waste which stretches between the southern +corner of Palestine and the land of Egypt, a distance which can be +traveled by camels in three days, but which occupied the children of +Israel forty years. + +At first the watch had been very sharply kept over the captive; but now +that they had entered the desert the Arabs appeared to consider that +there was no chance of an attempt to escape. Cuthbert had in every way +endeavored to ingratiate himself with his guard. He had most willingly +obeyed their smallest orders, had shown himself pleased and grateful for +the dates which formed the staple of their repasts. He had assumed so +innocent and quiet an appearance that the Arabs had marveled much among +themselves, and had concluded that there must have been some mistake in +the assertion of the governor's guard who had handed the prisoner over +to them, that he was one of the terrible knights of King Richard's army. + +Cuthbert's heart had not fallen for a moment. He knew well that if he +once reached Cairo all hope of escape was at an end; and it was before +reaching that point that he determined if possible to make an effort for +freedom. He had noticed particularly the camel which appeared to be the +fleetest of the band; it was of lighter build than the rest, and it was +with difficulty that its rider had compelled it to accommodate itself to +the pace of the others. It was clear from the pains he took with it, by +the constant patting and the care bestowed upon its watering and +feeding, that its rider was extremely proud of it; and Cuthbert +concluded that if an escape was to be made, this was the animal on which +he must accomplish it. + +Upon arriving at the end of each day's journey the camels were allowed +to browse at will, a short cord being tied between one of their hind and +one of their fore-feet. The Arabs then set to work to collect sticks and +to make a fire--not for cooking, for their only food was dried dates and +some black bread, which they brought with them--but for warmth, as the +nights were damp and somewhat chilly, as they sat round the fire, +talked, and told stories. Before finally going off to rest each went out +into the bushes and brought in his camel; these were then arranged in a +circle around the Arabs, one of the latter being mounted as sentry to +prevent any sudden surprise--not indeed that they had the smallest fear +of the Christians, who were far distant; but then, as now, the Arabs of +the desert were a plundering race, and were ever ready to drive off each +other's camels or horses. Cuthbert determined that if flight was +possible, it must be undertaken during the interval after the arrival at +the halting-place and before the bringing in of the camels. Therefore, +each day upon the halt he had pretended great fatigue from the rough +motion of the camel, and had, after hastily eating the dates handed to +him, thrown himself down, covered himself with his Arab robe, and +feigned instant sleep. Thus they had in the three days from starting +come to look upon his presence sleeping close to them as a matter of +course. + +The second day after entering the desert, however, Cuthbert threw +himself down by the side of an uprooted shrub of small size and about +his own length. He covered himself as usual with his long, dark-blue +robe, and pretended to go to sleep. He kept his eyes, however, on the +alert through an aperture beneath his cloth, and observed particularly +the direction in which the camel upon which he had set his mind wandered +into the bushes. The darkness came on a very few minutes after they had +halted, and when the Arabs had once settled round their fire Cuthbert +very quietly shifted the robe from himself to the long low bush near +him, and then crawled stealthily off into the darkness. + +He had no fear of his footfall being heard upon the soft sand, and was +soon on his feet, looking for the camels. He was not long in finding +them, or in picking out the one which he had selected. The bushes were +succulent, and close to the camping-ground; indeed, it was for this that +the halting-places were always chosen. It was not so easy, however, to +climb into the high wooden saddle, and Cuthbert tried several times in +vain. Then he repeated in a sharp tone the words which he had heard the +Arabs use to order their camels to kneel, striking the animal at the +same moment behind the fore-legs with a small switch. The camel +immediately obeyed the order to which he was accustomed, and knelt down, +making, however, as he did so, the angry grumble which those creatures +appear to consider it indispensable to raise when ordered to do +anything. Fortunately this noise is so frequently made, and the camels +are so given to quarrel among themselves that although in the still air +it might have been heard by the Arabs sitting a short hundred yards +away, it attracted no notice, and Cuthbert, climbing into the seat, +shook the cord that served as a rein, and the animal, rising, set off at +a smooth, steady swing in the direction in which his head was +turned--that from which they had that day arrived. + +Once fairly away from the camping-ground, Cuthbert, with blows of his +stick, increased the speed of the camel to a long shuffling trot, and +the fire in the distance soon faded out into the darkness. + +Cuthbert trusted to the stars as guides. He was not unarmed, for as he +crawled away from his resting-place he had picked up one of the Arabs' +spears and bow and arrows, and a large bag of dates from the spot where +they had been placed when their owner dismounted. He was already clad in +Eastern garb, and was so sunburnt and tanned that he had no fear +whatever of any one at a distance detecting that he was a white man. + +Steering his course by the stars, he rode all night without stopping. He +doubted not that he would have at least three hours' start, for the +Arabs were sure to have sat that time round the fires before going out +to bring in their camels. Even then they would suppose for some time +that the animal upon which he was seated had strayed, and no pursuit +would be attempted until it was discovered that he himself had made his +escape, which might not be for a long time, as the Arabs would not think +of looking under the cloth to see if he were there. He hoped, therefore, +that he would reach the cultivated land long before he was overtaken. He +had little fear but that he should then be able to journey onward +without attracting attention. + +A solitary Arab when traveling rides straight, and his communications to +those whom he meets are confined to the set form of two or three words, +"May Allah protect you!" the regular greeting of Moslems when they meet. + +When morning broke Cuthbert, even when ascending to the top of a +somewhat lofty mound, could see no signs of pursuers in the vast stretch +of desert behind him. In front the ground was already becoming dotted +here and there with vegetation, and he doubted not that after a few +hours' ride he should be fairly in the confines of cultivated country. +He gave his camel a meal of dates, and having eaten some himself, again +set the creature in motion. These camels, especially those of good +breed, will go on for three or four days with scarcely a halt; and there +was no fear of that on which he rode breaking down from fatigue, for the +journeys hitherto had been comparatively short. + +By midday Cuthbert had reached the cultivated lands of Palestine. Here +and there over the plain villages were dotted, and parties of men and +camels were to be seen. Cuthbert now arranged his robes carefully in +Arab fashion, slung the long spear across his shoulders, and went boldly +forward at a slinging trot, having little fear that a passer-by would +have any suspicion whatever as to his being other than an Arab bent upon +some rapid journey. He soon found that his hopes were justified. Several +times he came upon parties of men whom he passed with the salute, and +who scarcely raised their eyes as he trotted by them. The plain was an +open one, and though cultivated here and there, there were large tracts +lying unworked. There was no occasion therefore to keep to the road; so +riding across country, and avoiding the villages as far as possible, +stopping only at a stream to give his camel water, Cuthbert rode without +ceasing until nightfall. Then he halted his camel near a wood, turned it +in to feed on the young foliage, and wrapping himself in his burnous was +soon asleep, for he ached from head to foot with the jolting motion +which had now been continued for so many hours without an interval. He +had little fear of being overtaken by the party he had left behind; they +would, he was convinced, be many hours behind, and it was extremely +improbable that they would hit upon the exact line which he had +followed, so that even if they succeeded in coming up to him, they would +probably pass him a few miles either to the right or left. + +So fatigued was he with his long journey that the next day he slept +until after the sun had risen. He was awakened suddenly by being seized +by a party of Arabs, who, roughly shaking him, questioned him as to +where he came from, and what he was doing there. He saw at a glance that +they were not with the party from which he had escaped, and he pointed +to his lips to make signs that he was dumb. The Arabs evidently +suspected that something was wrong. They examined the camel, and then +the person of their captive. The whiteness of his skin at once showed +them that he was a Frank in disguise, and without more ado or +questioning, they tied him hand and foot, flung him across the camel, +and, mounting their own animals, rode rapidly away. + +From the position of the sun Cuthbert saw that they were making their +course nearly due east, and therefore that it could not be their +intention to take him to Jerusalem, which was to the north of the line +they were following. A long day's journey, which to Cuthbert seemed +interminable, found them on the low spit of sand which runs along by the +side of the Dead Sea. Behind, lofty rocks rose almost precipitously, but +through a cleft in these the Arabs had made their way. Cuthbert saw at +once that they belonged to some desert tribe over whom the authority of +Suleiman was but nominal. When summoned for any great effort, these +children of the desert would rally to his armies and fight for a short +time; but at the first disaster, or whenever they became tired of the +discipline and regularity of the army, they would mount their camels and +return to the desert, generally managing on the way to abstract from the +farms of those on their route either a horse, cattle, or some other +objects which would pay them for the labors they had undergone. + +They were now near the confines of their own country, and apparently had +no fear whatever of pursuit. They soon gathered some of the dead wood +cast on the shores of the sea, and with these a fire was speedily +lighted, and an earthenware pot was taken down from among their baggage: +it was filled with water from a skin, and then grain having been placed +in it, it was put among the wood ashes. Cuthbert, who was weary and +aching in every limb from the position in which he had been placed on +the camel, asked them by signs for permission to bathe in the lake. This +was given principally apparently from curiosity, for but very few Arabs +were able to swim; indeed, as a people they object so utterly to water +that the idea of any one bathing for his amusement was to them a matter +of ridicule. + +Cuthbert, who had never heard of the properties of the Dead Sea, was +perfectly astonished upon entering the water to find that instead of +wading in it up to the neck before starting to swim, as he was +accustomed to do at home, the water soon after he got waist-deep took +him off his feet, and a cry of astonishment burst from him as he found +himself on rather than in the fluid. The position was so strange and +unnatural that with a cry of alarm he scrambled over on to his feet, and +made the best of his way to shore, the Arabs indulging in shouts of +laughter at his astonishment and alarm. Cuthbert was utterly unable to +account for the strange sensations he had experienced; he perceived that +the water was horribly salt, and that which had got into his mouth +almost choked him. He was, however, unaware that saltness adds to the +weight of water, and so to the buoyancy of objects cast into it. The +saltness of the fluid he was moreover painfully conscious of by the +smarting of the places on his wrists and ankles where the cords had been +bound that fastened him to the camel. Goaded, however, by the laughter +of the Arabs, he determined once more to try the experiment of entering +this strange sheet of water, which from some unaccountable cause +appeared to him to refuse to allow anybody to sink in it. This time he +swam about for some time, and felt a little refreshed. When he returned +to the shore he soon re-attired himself in his Bedouin dress, and seated +himself a little distance from his captors, who were now engaged in +discussing the materials prepared by themselves. They made signs to +Cuthbert that he might partake of their leavings, for which he was not a +little grateful, for he felt utterly exhausted and worn out with his +cruel ride and prolonged fasting. + +The Arabs soon wrapped themselves in their burnouses, and feeling +confident that their captive would not attempt to escape from them in a +place where subsistence would be impossible, paid no further attention +to him beyond motioning to him to lie down at their side. + +Cuthbert, however, determined to make another effort to escape; for +although he was utterly ignorant of the place in which he found himself, +or of the way back, he thought that anything would be better than to be +carried into helpless slavery into the savage country beyond the Jordan. +An hour, therefore, after his captors were asleep he stole to his feet, +and fearing to arouse them by exciting the wrath of one of the camels by +attempting to mount him, he struck up into the hills on foot. All night +he wandered, and in the morning found himself at the edge of a strange +precipice falling abruptly down to a river, which, some fifty feet wide, +ran at its foot. Upon the opposite side the bank rose with equal +rapidity, and to Cuthbert's astonishment he saw that the cliffs were +honeycombed by caves. + +Keeping along the edge for a considerable distance, he came to a spot +where it was passable, and made his way down to the river bank. Here he +indulged in a long drink of fresh water, and then began to examine the +caves which perforated the rocks. These caves Cuthbert knew had formerly +been the abode of hermits. It was supposed to be an essentially sacred +locality, and between the third and fourth centuries of Christianity +some twenty thousand monks had lived solitary lives on the banks of that +river. Far away he saw the ruins of a great monastery, called Mar Saba, +which had for a long time been the abode of a religious community, and +which at the present day is still tenanted by a body of monks. Cuthbert +made up his mind at once to take refuge in these caves. He speedily +picked out one some fifty feet up the face of the rock, and +approachable only with the greatest difficulty and by a sure foot. First +he made the ascent to discover the size of the grotto, and found that +although the entrance was but four feet high and two feet wide, it +opened into an area of considerable dimensions. Far in the corner, when +his eyes became accustomed to the light, he discovered a circle of +ashes, and his conjectures that these caves had been the abode of men +were therefore verified. He again descended, and collected a large +bundle of grass and rushes for his bed. He discovered growing among the +rocks many edible plants, whose seeds were probably sown there centuries +before, and gathering some of these he made his way back to the cavern. +The grass furnished him with an excellent bed, and he was soon asleep. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +A HERMIT'S TALE. + + +The next day he discovered on his excursions plenty of eatable berries +on the bushes; and now that he had no longer fear of hunger he resolved +to stay for some little time, until his wounds, which had festered +badly, had recovered, before making an attempt to rejoin the Christian +army. + +One day when employed in gathering berries he was surprised by meeting a +wild-looking figure, who appeared suddenly from one of the caves. It was +that of a very old man, with an extremely long white beard flowing to +his waist; his hair, which was utterly unkempt, fell to the same point. +He was thin to an extraordinary extent, and Cuthbert wondered how a man +could have been reduced to such a state of starvation, with so plentiful +a supply of fruit and berries at hand. + +The old man looked at Cuthbert attentively, and then made the sign of +the cross. Cuthbert gave a cry of joy, and repeated the sign. The old +man at once came down from his cavern, and looked at him with surprise +and astonishment, and then addressed him in the French language. + +"Are you a Christian truly; and if so, whence do you come?" + +Cuthbert at once explained that he had been taken prisoner when with +King Richard's army, and had effected his escape. He also told the old +man that he had been remaining for the last four days in a cave higher +up the stream. The hermit--for he was one--beckoned him to follow him, +and Cuthbert found himself in a cave precisely similar to that which he +himself inhabited. There were no signs of comfort of any kind; a +bed-place made of great stones stood in one corner, and Cuthbert, +remembering the comforts of his own grassy couch, shuddered at the +thought of the intense discomfort of such a sleeping-place. In another +corner was an altar, upon which stood a rough crucifix, before which the +hermit knelt at once in prayer, Cuthbert following his example. Rising +again, the hermit motioned to him to sit down, and then began a +conversation with him. + +It was so long since the hermit had spoken to any living being that he +had almost lost the use of his tongue, and his sentences were slow and +ill-formed. However, Cuthbert was able to understand him, and he to +gather the drift of what Cuthbert told him. The old man then showed him +that by touching a stone in the corner of his cave the apparently solid +rock opened, and revealed an entrance into an inner cave, which was lit +by a ray of light which penetrated from above. + +"This," he said, "was made centuries ago, and was intended as a refuge +from the persecutors of that day. The caves were then almost all +inhabited by hermits, and although many recked not of their lives, and +were quite ready to meet death through the knife of the infidel, others +clung to existence, and preferred to pass many years of penance on earth +for the sake of atoning for their sins before called upon to appear +before their Maker. If you are pursued it will be safer for you to take +up your abode here. I am known to all the inhabitants of this country, +who look upon me as mad, and respect me accordingly. None ever interfere +with me, or with the two or three other hermits, the remains of what was +once almost an army, who now alone survive. I can offer you no +hospitality beyond that of a refuge; but there is water in the river +below, fruits and berries in abundance on the shrubs. What would you +have more?" + +Cuthbert accepted the invitation with thanks; for he thought that even +at the worst the presence of this holy man would be a protection to him +from any Arabs who might discover him. + +For three or four days he resided with the hermit, who, although he +stretched his long lean body upon the hard stones of his bed, and passed +many hours of the night kneeling on the stone floor in front of his +altar, yet had no objection to Cuthbert making himself as comfortable as +he could under the circumstances. + +At the end of the fourth day Cuthbert asked him how long he had been +there, and how he came to take up his abode in so desolate and fearsome +a place. The hermit was silent for a time, and then said: + +"It is long indeed since my thoughts have gone back to the day when I +was of the world. I know not whether it would not be a sin to recall +them; but I will think the matter over to-night, and if it appears to me +that you may derive good from my narrative, I will relate it to you +to-morrow." + +The next day Cuthbert did not renew the request, leaving it to the +hermit to speak should he think fit. It was not until the evening that +he alluded to the subject; and then taking his seat on a bank near the +edge of the river, he motioned to Cuthbert to sit beside him, and began: + +"My father was a peer of France, and I was brought up at the court. +Although it may seem strange to you, looking upon this withered frame, +sixty-five years back I was as bold and comely a knight as rode in the +train of the king, for I am now past ninety, and for sixty years I have +resided here. I was a favorite of the king's, and he loaded me with +wealth and honor. He, too, was young, and I joined with him in the mad +carousals and feastings of the court. My father resided for the most +part at one of his castles in the country, and I, an only son, was left +much to myself. I need not tell you that I was as wild and as wicked as +all those around me; that I thought little of God, and feared neither +Him nor man. + +"It chanced that one of the nobles--I need not mention his name--whose +castle lay in the same province as that of my father, had a lovely +daughter, who, being an only child, would be his heiress. She was +considered one of the best matches in France, and reports of her +exceeding beauty had reached the court. Although my allowance from my +father, and from the estates which the king had given me personally, +should have been more than enough for my utmost wants, gambling and +riotous living swallowed up my revenue faster than it came in, and I was +constantly harassed by debt. + +"Talking one night at supper with a number of bold companions as to the +means we should take for restoring our wasted fortunes, some said in +jest that the best plan would be for one of us to marry the beauty of +Dauphiny. I at once said that I would be the man to do it; the idea was +a wild one, and a roar of laughter greeted my words. Her father was +known to be a stern and rigid man, and it was certain that he would not +consent to give his daughter to a spendthrift young noble like myself. +When the laughter had subsided I repeated my intention gravely, and +offered to wager large sums with all around the table that I would +succeed. + +"On the morrow I packed up a few of my belongings, put in my valise the +dress of a wandering troubadour, and taking with me only a trusty +servant, started for Dauphiny. It would be tedious to tell you the +means I resorted to to obtain the affections of the heiress. I had been +well instructed in music and could play on the lute, and knew by heart +large numbers of ballads, and could myself, in case of necessity, string +verses together with tolerable ease. As a troubadour I arrived at the +castle gate, and craved permission to enter to amuse its occupants. +Troubadours then, as now, were in high esteem in the south, and I was at +once made a welcome guest. + +"Days passed, and weeks; still I lingered at the castle, my heart being +now as much interested as my pride in the wager which I had undertaken. +Suffice it to say that my songs, and perhaps my appearance--for I cannot +be accused of vanity now in saying nature had been bountiful to me--won +my way to her heart. Troubadours were licensed folk, and even in her +father's presence there was naught unseemly in my singing songs of love. +While he took them as the mere compliments of a troubadour, the lady, I +saw, read them as serious effusions of my heart. + +"It was only occasionally that we met alone; but ere long she confessed +that she loved me. Without telling her my real name, I disclosed to her +that I was of her own rank and that I had entered upon the disguise I +wore in order to win her love. She was romantic, and was flattered by my +devotion. I owned to her that hitherto I had been wild and reckless; and +she told me at once that her father destined her for the son of an old +friend of his, to whom it appeared she had been affianced while still a +baby. She was positive that nothing would move her father. For the man +she was to marry she entertained no kind of affection, and indeed had +never seen him, as she had been brought up in a convent to the age of +fifteen; and just before she had returned thence he had gone to finish +his education at Padua. + +"She trembled when I proposed flight; but I assured her that I was +certain of the protection of the king, and that he would, I was sure, +when the marriage was once celebrated, use his influence with her father +to obtain his forgiveness. + +"The preparations for her flight were not long in making. I purchased a +fleet horse in addition to my own, and ordered my servant to bring it to +a point a short distance from the castle gate. I had procured a long +rope with which to lower her down from her lattice to the moat below, +which was at present dry, intending myself to slide after her. The night +chosen was one when I knew that the count was to have guests, and I +thought that they would probably, as is the custom, drink heavily, and +that there would be less fear of any watch being kept. + +"The guests arrived just at nightfall. I had feigned illness, and kept +my room. From time to time I heard through the windows of the banqueting +hall bursts of laughter. These gradually ceased; and at last when all +was still I, after waiting some time, stole from my room with a rope in +my hand to the apartment occupied by her. A slight tap at the door, as +arranged, was at once answered, and I found her ready cloaked and +prepared for the enterprise. She trembled from head to foot, but I +cheered her to the best of my power, and at last she was in readiness to +be lowered. The window was at a considerable height from the ground; but +the rope was a long one, and I had no fear of its reaching the bottom. +Fastening it round her waist, I began to lower her from the window. + +"The night was a windy one, and she swung backward and forward as she +went down. By what chance it was I know not--for I had examined the rope +and found it secure--but methinks in swaying backward and forward it +may have caught a sharp stone, maybe it was a punishment from Heaven +upon me for robbing a father of his child--but suddenly I felt there was +no longer a weight on my arms. A fearful shriek rang through the air, +and, looking out, I saw far below a white figure stretched senseless in +the mud! + +"For a minute I stood paralyzed. But the cry had aroused others, and, +turning round, I saw a man at the door with a drawn sword. Wild with +grief and despair, and thinking, not of making my escape, or of +concealing my part in what had happened, but rushing without an +instant's delay to the body of her I loved so well, I drew my sword, and +like a madman rushed upon him who barred the door. The combat was brief +but furious, and nerved by the madness of despair I broke down his guard +and ran him through the body. As he fell back, his face came in the full +light of the moon, which streamed through the open door of the passage, +and to my utter horror and bewilderment I saw that I had slain my +father. + +"What happened after that night I know not. I believe that I made my +escape from the castle and rushed round to the body of her whose life I +had destroyed, and that there finding her dead, I ran wildly across the +country. When I came to my senses months had passed, and I was the +inmate of an asylum for men bereaved of their senses, kept by noble +monks. Here for two years I remained, the world believing that I was +dead. None knew that the troubadour whose love had cost the lady her +life, who had slain the guest of her father, and had then disappeared, +was the unhappy son of that guest. My friends in Paris when they heard +of the tragedy of course associated it with me, but they all kept +silent. The monks, to whom I confessed the whole story, were shocked +indeed, but consoled me in my grief and despair by the assurance that +however greatly I had sinned, the death of the lady had been accidental, +and that if I were a parricide it was at least unintentionally. + +"My repentance was deep and sincere; and after awhile, under another +name, I joined the army of the Crusaders, to expiate my sin by warring +for the holy sepulcher. I fought as men fight who have no wish to live; +but while all around me fell by sword and disease, death kept aloof from +me. When the Crusade had failed I determined to turn forever from the +world, and to devote my life to prayer and penance; and so casting aside +my armor I made my way here, and took up my abode in a cave in this +valley, where at that time were many thousands of other hermits--for the +Saracens, while they gained much money from fines and exactions from +pilgrims who came to Jerusalem, and fought stoutly against those who +sought to capture that city, were in the main tolerant, and offered no +hindrance to the community of men whom they looked upon as mad. + +"Here, my son, for more than sixty years have I prayed, with much +fasting and penance. I trust now that the end is nearly at hand, and +that my long life of mortification may be deemed to have obliterated the +evil deeds which I did in my youth. Let my fate be a warning to you. +Walk steadily in the right way; indulge not in feasting and evil +companionship; and above all, do not enter upon evil deeds, the end of +which no man can see." + +The hermit was silent, and Cuthbert, seeing that his thoughts had again +referred to the past, wandered away, and left him sitting by the river +side. Some hours later he returned and found the hermit kneeling before +the altar; and the next morning the latter said: + +"I presume, my son, you do not wish to remain here as a hermit, as I +have done? Methinks it were well that we made our arrangements for your +return to the Christian host, who will, I hope, ere long be at the gates +of Jerusalem." + +"I should like nothing better," Cuthbert said. "But ignorant as I am of +the nature of the country, it seems to be nigh impossible to penetrate +through the hosts of the Saracens to reach the camp of King Richard." + +"The matter is difficult and not without danger," the hermit said. "As +to the nature of the country, I myself know but little, for my dealings +with the natives have been few and simple. There are, however, several +Christian communities dwelling among the heathen. They are poor, and are +forced to live in little-frequented localities. Their Christianity may +be suspected by their neighbors, but as they do no man harm, and carry +on their worship in secret, they are little interfered with. There is +one community among the hills between this and Jerusalem, and I can give +you instructions for reaching this, together with a token which will +secure you hospitality there, and they will no doubt do their best to +forward you to another station. When you approach the flat country where +the armies are maneuvering you must doubtless trust to yourself; but as +far as the slopes extend, methinks that our friends will be able to pass +you without great difficulty." + +Cuthbert's heart rose greatly at the prospect of once again entering +upon an active life, and the next evening, with many thanks for his +kindness, he knelt before the aged hermit to receive his blessing. + +With the instructions given him he had no difficulty in making his way +through the mountains, until after some five hours' walk he found +himself at a little village situated in a narrow valley. + +Going to the door of the principal hut he knocked, and upon entering +showed the owner--who opened the door--a rosette of peculiar beads and +repeated the name of Father Anselm. The peasant at once recognized it +and bade Cuthbert welcome. He knew but a few words of French, although +doubtless his ancestors had been of European extraction. In the morning +he furnished Cuthbert with the sheepskin and short tunic which formed +the dress of a shepherd, and dyeing his limbs and face a deep brown he +himself started with Cuthbert on his journey to the next Christian +community. + +This was a small one consisting of two huts only, built almost on the +summit of a mountain, the inhabitants living partly on the milk and +cheese of their goats and partly upon the scanty vegetables which grew +around the huts. + +His welcome was as cordial as that of the night before; and the next +morning, his former guide taking leave of him, the peasant in whose +house he had slept again conducted him forward to another community. +This was the last station and stood in a narrow gorge on the face of the +hills looking down over the plain, beyond which in the far distance a +faint line of blue sea was visible. + +This community was far more prosperous and well-to-do than those at +which the previous nights had been passed. The head of the village +appeared to be a personage of some importance; and although clinging in +secret to his Christian faith, he and his belongings had so far adopted +the usages of the Mussulmen that apparently no thought of their +Christianity entered into the minds of the authorities. He was the owner +of two or three horses and of some extensive vineyards and olive +grounds. He was also able to speak French with some degree of fluency. + +At considerable length he explained to Cuthbert the exact position of +the Christian army, which had moved some distance along the coast since +Cuthbert had left it. It was, he said, exposed to constant attacks by +the Saracens, who harassed it in every way, and permitted it no repose. +He said that the high hopes which had been raised by the defeat of the +Saracens at Azotus had now fallen, and that it was feared the Christians +would not be able to force their way forward to Jerusalem. The great +portion of their animals had died, and the country was so eaten up by +the Saracen hosts that an advance upon Jerusalem without a large baggage +train was next to impossible; and indeed if the Christians were to +arrive before that city, they could effect nothing without the aid of +the heavy machines necessary for battering the walls or effecting an +escalade. + +Cuthbert was vastly grieved when he heard of the probable failure of the +expedition, and he burned with eagerness to take his part again in the +dangers and difficulties which beset the Christian army. His host +pointed out to him the extreme difficulty and danger of his crossing the +enemy's lines, but at the same time offered to do all in his power to +assist him. After two days' stay at the village, and discussing the pros +and cons of all possible plans, it was decided that the best chance lay +in a bold effort. The host placed at his disposal one of his horses, +together with such clothes as would enable him to ride as an Arab chief +of rank and station; a long lance was furnished him, a short and heavy +mace, and scimitar; a bag of dates was hung at the saddlebow; and with +the sincerest thanks to his protector, and with a promise that should +the Christian host win their way to Jerusalem the steed should be +returned with ample payment, Cuthbert started on his journey. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +A FIGHT OF HEROES. + + +The horse was a good and spirited one, and when he had once descended to +the plains, Cuthbert rode gayly along, exulting in his freedom, and in +once again possessing arms to defend himself should it be needed. His +appearance was so exactly that of the horsemen who were continually +passing and repassing that no observation whatever was attracted by it. +Through villages, and even through camps, Cuthbert rode fearlessly, and +arrived, without having once been accosted, near the main camp of the +Saracens, which extended for miles parallel to the sea. But at a +distance of some three leagues beyond could be seen the white tents of +the Christian host, and Cuthbert felt that the time of trial was now at +hand. + +He dismounted for an hour to allow his steed to rest itself, fed it with +dates from his wallet, and gave it a drink of water at the stream. Then, +when he felt that it had thoroughly recovered its strength and +freshness, he remounted, and rode briskly on as before. He passed +unchallenged, attracting no more notice than a person nowadays would do +in walking along a crowded street. Without hesitation he passed through +the tents and started across the open country. Bands of horsemen were +seen here and there, some going, and some coming from the direction of +the Christian camp. As it was doubtless supposed that he was on his way +to join some band that had gone on in advance, the passage of the +solitary horseman excited no comment until he approached within about +two miles of the Christian camp. There were now, so far as he could see, +no enemies between him and the point he so longed to gain. But at this +minute a group of Arab horsemen, gathered, apparently on the lookout +against any movement of the Christians, shouted to him "Halt!" demanding +whither he was going. + +Up to this point Cuthbert had ridden at a gentle canter; but at the +challenge he put spurs into his steed and made across the plain at full +speed. With a wild yell the Arabs started in pursuit. They lay at first +some two hundred yards on his right, and he had therefore a considerable +start of them. His horse was fairly fresh, for the journey that he had +made had only been about fifteen miles--an inconsiderable distance to an +Arab steed. For half a mile he did not think that his pursuers gained +much upon him, riding as they had done sideways. They had now gathered +in his rear, and the nearest was some one hundred and fifty yards behind +him. A quarter of a mile further he again looked around, and found that +two of the Arabs, far better mounted than the others, had come within +half the distance which separated them from him when he last glanced +back. His horse was straining to the utmost, and he felt that it could +do no more; he therefore prepared himself for a desperate fight should +his pursuers overtake him. In another quarter of a mile they were but a +short distance behind, and an arrow whizzing by Cuthbert's ear told him +they had betaken themselves to their bows. + +Half a mile ahead he saw riding toward him a group of Christian knights; +but he felt that it was too late for him to hope to reach them, and that +his only chance now was to boldly encounter his pursuers. The main body +of the Arabs was fully two hundred yards behind--a short distance when +going at a gallop--which left him but little time to shake off the +pursuit of the two immediately behind him. + +A sharp stinging pain in his leg told him that it was time to make his +effort; and checking his horse, he wheeled suddenly round. The two Arabs +with a yell rode at him with pointed lance. With his right hand Cuthbert +grasped the short heavy mace which hung at his saddlebow, and being well +practiced in the hurling of this weapon--which formed part of the +education of a good knight--he cast it with all his force at the chest +of the Arab approaching on that side. The point of the spear was within +a few yards of his breast as he flung the mace; but his aim was true, +for it smote the Saracen full on the chest, and hurled him from his +horse as if struck with a thunderbolt. At the same instant Cuthbert +threw himself flat on the neck of his steed and the lance of the Arab +who came up on the other side passed harmlessly between his shoulders, +tearing his clothes as it went. In an instant Cuthbert had wheeled his +horse, and before the Arab could turn his steed Cuthbert, coming up from +behind, had run him through the body. + +Short as the delay had been, the main body of the pursuers were scarcely +fifty yards away; but Cuthbert now continued his flight toward the +knights, who were galloping forward at full speed; and a moment +afterward glancing back, he saw that his pursuers had turned and were in +full flight. + +With a shout of joy he rode forward to the party who had viewed with +astonishment this conflict between what appeared to be three of the +infidels. Even louder than his first shout of exultation was the cry of +joy which he raised at seeing among the party to whom he rode up the +Earl of Evesham, who reined in his horse in astonishment, and drew his +sword as the supposed enemy galloped toward him. + +"My lord, my lord!" Cuthbert said. "Thank Heaven I am safe with you +again." + +The earl lowered his sword in astonishment. + +"Am I mad," he said, "or dreaming, or is this really Sir Cuthbert?" + +"It is I, sure enough," Cuthbert exclaimed, "although truly I look more +like a Bedouin soldier than a Christian knight." + +"My dear boy!" exclaimed the earl, galloping forward and throwing his +arms around Cuthbert's neck, "we thought you were dead. But by what +wonderful fortune have you succeeded in escaping?" + +In a few words Cuthbert related the principal incidents of his +adventures, and he was heartily congratulated by the assembled knights. + +There was, however, no time for long explanations. Large bodies of the +Saracen horse were already sweeping down to capture, if possible, this +small band of knights who had ventured so far from the camp; and as King +Richard's orders were that none should venture upon conflicts except by +his orders, the party reluctantly turned their horses and galloped back +to the camp. + +Great as had been the earl's joy, it was, if possible, exceeded by that +of Cnut on discovering in the Arab chief who rode up alongside the earl +the lad he loved so well. Loud and hearty were the cheers which rang out +from the earl's camp as the news spread, and Cuthbert was compelled to +shake hands with the whole party before entering the earl's tent, to +refresh himself and give the narrative of what had happened. + +Cuthbert, retiring to his tent with the Earl of Evesham, inquired of him +what had taken place during his absence. + +"For," he said, "although but a short three days' march from here, I +have been as one of the dead, and have heard nothing whatever of what +has taken place." + +"Nothing could have gone worse," the earl said. "We have had nothing but +dissensions and quarrels. First, the king fell out with the Archduke of +Austria." + +"On what ground did this happen?" Cuthbert asked. + +"For once," the earl said, "the king our master was wholly in the wrong, +which is not generally the case. We had just taken Ascalon, and were +hard at work fortifying the place. King Richard with his usual zeal, in +order to encourage the army, seized heavy stones and himself bore them +into their place. The archduke stood near with some of his knights: and +it may be that the haughty Austrian looked somewhat superciliously at +our king thus laboring. + +"'Why do you not make a show of helping?' King Richard said, going up to +him. 'It would encourage the men, and show that the labor upon which we +are engaged can be undertaken by all without derogation.' + +"To this the archduke replied: + +"'I am not the son of a mason!' + +"Whereupon Richard, whose blood no doubt had been excited by the air of +the Austrian, struck him with his hand a fierce blow across the face. We +nearly betook ourselves to our swords on both sides; but King Richard +himself could have scattered half the Austrians, and these, knowing that +against his impetuous valor they could do nothing, simply withdrew from +our camp, and sailed the next day for home. Then the king, in order to +conciliate some at least of his allies, conferred the crown of Jerusalem +upon Conrad of Montferat. No sooner had he done this than Conrad was +mysteriously wounded. By whom it was done none knew. Some say that it +was by emissaries of the Old Man of the Mountain. Others affirm that it +was the jealousy of some of the knights of the holy orders. But be that +as it may, he died. Some of the French, ever jealous of the valor of our +king, ascribed it to his orders. This monstrous accusation coming to the +ears of King Richard, he had hot words with the Duke of Burgundy. In +this I blame him not, for it is beyond all reason that a man like the +king, whose faults, such as they are, arise from too much openness, and +from the want of concealment of such dislikes as he may have, should +resort to poison to free himself of a man whom he himself had but a day +or two before appointed King of Jerusalem. However it be, the +consequences were most unfortunate, for the result of the quarrel was +that the Duke of Burgundy and his Frenchmen followed the example of the +Austrians, and we were left alone. Before this we had marched upon +Jerusalem. But the weather had been so bad, and our train was so +insufficient to carry the engines of war, that we had been forced to +fall back again. King Richard again advanced, and with much toil we went +as far as the village of Bethany." + +"Why," Cuthbert exclaimed, "I passed through that village, and it is but +three miles from the holy city." + +"That is so," the earl said; "and many of us, ascending the hill in +front, saw Jerusalem. But even then it was certain that we must again +retrace our steps; and when we asked King Richard to come to the crest +of the hill to see the holy city, he refused to do so, saying, 'No; +those who are not worthy of conquering Jerusalem should not look at it!' +This was but a short time since, and we are now retracing our steps to +Acre, and are treating with Saladin for a peace." + +"Then," Cuthbert said sadly, "all our hopes and efforts are thrown away; +all this blood has been shed for nothing; and after the three great +powers of Europe have engaged themselves solemnly in the war, we are +baffled, and have to fall back before the hordes of the infidels." + +"Partly before them," the earl said, "partly as the result of our own +jealousies and passions. Had King Richard been a lesser man than he is, +we might have conquered Jerusalem. But he is so extraordinary a warrior +that his glory throws all others into the shade. He is a good general, +perhaps the best in Europe; and had he done nothing but lead, assuredly +we should have carried out our purpose. See how ably he maneuvered the +army at the fight of Azotus. Never was a more complete defeat than that +which he inflicted there upon the Saracens; and although the fact that +his generalship achieved this, might have caused some jealousy to the +other commanders, this might have died away could he between the battles +have been a general, and nothing more. But, alas! he is in addition a +knight-errant--and such a knight-errant as Europe has never seen before. +Wherever there is danger, Richard will plunge into the midst. There are +brave men in all the three armies; but the strongest and bravest are as +children to King Richard. Alone he can dart into ranks of the infidels, +and cut a lane for himself by the strength of his right arm. More than +this, when danger has threatened he has snatched up his battle-ax and +dashed into the fray without helm or cuirass, performing such prodigies +of valor and strength that it has been to his prowess alone that victory +was to be ascribed. Hence he is the idol of all the soldiers, whatever +their nationality; for he is as ready to rush to the rescue of a French +or Austrian knight when pressed as to that of his own men. But the +devotion which the whole army felt for him was as gall and wormwood to +the haughty Austrian and the indolent Frenchman; and the retirement of +the King of France, which left Richard in supreme command, was in every +way unfortunate." + +Upon the following day the army again marched, and Cuthbert could not +but notice the difference, not only in number but in demeanor, from the +splendid array which had left Acre a few months before. There was little +now of the glory of pennon and banner; the bright helms and cuirasses +were rusted and dinted, and none seemed to care aught for bravery of +show. The knights and men-at-arms were sunburnt and thin, and seemed but +half the weight that they had been when they landed. Fatigue, hardship, +and the heat had done their work; disease had swept off vast numbers. +But the remains of the army were so formidable in their fighting powers +that the Saracens, although following them at a distance in vast +numbers, did not venture an attack upon them. + +A few days after their arrival at Acre, the king gave orders for the +embarkation of the troops. Just as they were preparing to enter the +ships a small vessel was seen entering the harbor. It drew up to the +shore, and a knight leaped from it, and, inquiring where King Richard +was to be found, made his way to the king, who was standing +superintending the embarkation of some of the horses. + +"The Saracens, sire!" he exclaimed. "The Saracens are besieging Jaffa, +and the place must be lost unless assistance arrives in a day or two." + +The king leaped on board the nearest ship, shouted to his leading +officers to follow him, and gave orders to others to bring down the +troops with all possible speed, to waste not a moment, and to see that +all was done, and then, in five minutes after the receipt of the news he +started for Jaffa. The Earl of Evesham and Cuthbert had been standing +near the king when the order was given, and followed him at once on +board the bark which he had chosen. + +"Ah, my gallant young knight," the king exclaimed, "I am right glad to +see you with me. We shall have more fighting before we have done, and I +know that that suits your mood as well as my own." + +The king's vessel was far in advance of any of the others, when early +the following morning it arrived at Jaffa. + +"Your eyes are better than mine," the king said to Cuthbert. "Tell me +what is that flag flying on the top of the town." + +Cuthbert looked at it earnestly. + +"I fear, sire, that it is the crescent. We have arrived too late." + +"By the holy cross," said King Richard, "that shall not be so; for if +the place be taken, we will retake it." + +As the vessel neared the shore a monk ran out into the water up to his +shoulders, and said to the king that the citadel still held out, and +that even now the Saracens might be driven back. Without delay the king +leaped into the water, followed by the knights and men-at-arms, and +entering the gate, threw himself upon the infidels within, who, busy +plundering, had not noticed the arrival of the ship. + +The war cry of "St. George! St. George!" which the king always shouted +in battle, struck panic among the infidels; and although the king was +followed but by five knights and a few men-at-arms, the Saracens, to the +number of three thousand, fled before him, and all who tarried were +smitten down. The king followed them out upon the plain, driving them +before him as a lion would drive a flock of sheep, and then returned +triumphant into the city. + +The next day, some more ships having arrived, King Richard found that in +all, including the garrison, he could muster two thousand combatants. +The enemy renewed the attack in great numbers, and the assaults upon +the walls were continuous and desperate. King Richard, who loved +fighting in the plain rather than behind walls, was impatient at this, +and at one time so fierce was the attack that he resolved to sally out. +Only ten horses remained in the town, and King Richard, mounting one, +called upon nine of the knights to mount and sally out with him. The +little band of ten warriors charged down upon the host of the Saracens +and swept them before them. It was a marvelous sight indeed to see so +small a group of horsemen dashing through a crowd of Saracen warriors. +These, although at first beaten back, yet rallied, and the ten knights +had great difficulty in fighting their way back to the town. When near +the walls the Christians again made a stand, and a few knights sallied +out from the town on foot and joined them. Among these was Cuthbert, the +Earl of Evesham having accompanied King Richard in his charge. In all, +seventeen knights were now rallied round the king. So fierce was the +charge of the Saracens that the king ordered those on horseback to +dismount, and with their horses in the center, the little body knelt +with their lances opposed to the Saracens. Again and again the wild +cavalry swept down upon this little force, but in vain did they attempt +to break their ranks. The scene was indeed an extraordinary one. At last +the king, seeing that the enemy were losing heart, again ordered the +knights to mount, and these dashing among the enemy, completed their +defeat. + +While this had been going on news came to the king that the Saracens +from another side had made their way into Jaffa, and were massacring the +Christians. Without, an instant's delay he flew to their succor, +followed only by two knights and a few archers, the rest being so worn +by their exertions as to be unable to move. The Mamelukes, the chosen +guard of Saladin, had headed the attack; but even these were driven out +from the town, and Richard dashed out from the city in their pursuit. +One Saracen emir, distinguished for his stature and strength, ventured +to match himself against the king, and rode boldly at him. But with one +blow Richard severed his head, and his right shoulder and arm, from his +body. Then having, by his single arm, put to rout the Saracens at this +point, he dashed through them to the aid of the little band of knights +who had remained on the defensive when he left them at the alarm of the +city being entered. These were almost sinking with fatigue and wounds; +but King Richard opened a way around them by slaying numbers of the +enemy, and then charged again alone into the midst of the Mussulman +host, and was lost to the sight of his companions. All thought that they +would never see him again. But he soon reappeared, his horse covered +with blood, but himself unwounded; and the attack of the enemy ceased. + +From the hour of daybreak, it is said, Richard had not ceased for a +moment to deal out his blows, and the skin of his hand adhered to the +handle of his battle-ax. This narration would appear almost fabulous, +were it not that it is attested in the chronicles of several +eye-witnesses, and for centuries afterward the Saracen women hushed +their babes when fractious by threatening them with Malek-Rik, the name +which they gave to King Richard. + +Glorious as was the success, it was a sad one, for several of the most +devoted of the followers of King Richard were wounded badly, some few to +death. Among these last, to the terrible grief of Cuthbert, was his +friend and patron, the Earl of Evesham. The king, on taking off his +armor, hurried to his tent. + +"The glory of this day is marred indeed," he said to the wounded knight, +"if I am to lose you, Sir Walter." + +"I fear that it must even be so, my lord," the dying earl said. "I am +glad that I have seen this day, for never did I think to witness such +feats as those which your majesty has performed; and though the Crusade +has failed, and the holy city remains in the hands of the infidel, yet +assuredly no shadow of disgrace has fallen upon the English arms, and, +indeed, great glory has accrued to us. Whatever may be said of the Great +Crusade, it will at least be allowed by all men, and for all time, that +had the princes and soldiers of other nations done as your majesty and +your followers have done, the holy city would have fallen into our hands +within a month of our putting foot upon the soil. Your majesty, I have a +boon to ask." + +"You have but to name it, Sir Walter, and it is yours." + +"Sir Cuthbert, here," he said, pointing to the young knight, who was +sorrowfully kneeling by his bedside, "is as a son to me. The +relationship by blood is but slight, but by affection it is as close as +though he were mine own. I have, as your majesty knows, no male heirs, +and my daughter is but young, and will now be a royal ward. I beseech +your majesty to bestow her in marriage, when the time comes, upon Sir +Cuthbert. They have known each other as children, and the union will +bring happiness, methinks, to both, as well as strength and protection +to her; and further, if it might be, I would fain that you should bestow +upon him my title and dignity." + +"It shall be so," the king said. "When your eyes are closed, Sir Walter, +Sir Cuthbert shall be Earl of Evesham, and, when the time comes, the +husband of your daughter." + +Cuthbert was too overwhelmed with grief to feel a shadow of exaltation +at the gracious intimation of the king; although, even then, a thought +of future happiness in the care of the fair young lady Marguerite passed +before his mind. For the last time the king gave his hand to his +faithful servant, who pressed it to his lips, and a few minutes +afterward breathed his last. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +AN ALPINE STORM. + + +The tremendous exertions which King Richard had made told upon him, and +attacks of fever succeeded each other at short intervals. This, however, +mattered the less, since negotiations were now proceeding between him +and Saladin. It was impossible, with the slight means at his disposal, +for Richard further to carry on the Crusade alone. Moreover, pressing +news had arrived from his mother in England, urging him to return, as +his brother John was intriguing against him, and had already assumed all +but the kingly title. Saladin was equally desirous of peace. His wild +troops were, for the most part, eager to return to their homes, and the +defeats which they had suffered, and the, to them, miraculous power of +King Richard's arm, had lowered their spirit and made them eager to be +away. Therefore he consented without difficulty to the terms proposed. +By these, the Christians were to surrender Ascalon, but were to keep +Jaffa, Tyre, and the fortresses along the coast. All hostilities were to +be suspended on both sides for the space of three years, three months, +three weeks, three days, and three hours, when Richard hoped to return +again and to recommence the struggle. + +Between the sultan and King Richard a feeling approaching that of +friendship had sprung up during the campaign. Saladin was himself brave +in the extreme, and exposed his life as fearlessly as did his Christian +rival, and the two valiant leaders recognized the great qualities of +each other. Several times during the campaign when Richard had been ill, +the emir had sent him presents of fruit and other matters, to which +Richard had responded in the same spirit. An interview had taken place +between them which further cemented their friendship; and when Richard +promised to return again at the end of the truce with a far larger army, +and to accomplish the rescue of the holy city, the sultan smiled, and +said that it appeared that valor alone was not sufficient to conquer in +the Holy Land, but that if Jerusalem were to fall into the hands of the +Christians, it could fall into no worthier hands than those of +Malek-Rik. + +So, with many mutual courtesies, the great rivals separated, and soon +after King Richard and the little remnant of his army embarked on board +ship, and set sail for England. + +It was on October 11, 1192, that Richard Coeur de Lion left Palestine. +Soon after they started a storm suddenly burst upon them, and dispersed +them in various directions. The ship in which Queen Berengaria was +carried arrived safely in Sicily; but that in which King Richard was +borne was missing, and none of his fellow-voyagers knew what had become +of him. Sir Cuthbert was in the same vessel as the king, and the bark +was driven upon the Island of Corfu. All reached shore in safety, and +King Richard then hired three small vessels, in which he sailed to the +port of Zara, whence he hoped to reach the domains of his nephew, Otho +of Saxony, the son of his sister Matilda. The king had with him now but +two of his knights, Baldwin of Béthune, and Cuthbert of Evesham. Cnut +was with his feudal chief--for such Cuthbert had now, by his accession +to the rank of Earl of Evesham, become--and three or four English +archers. + +"I fear, my lords," the king said to his knights as he sat in a little +room in an inn at Zara, "that my plight is a bad one. I am surrounded by +enemies, and, alas! I can no longer mount my steed and ride out as at +Jaffa to do battle with them. My brother, John Lackland, is scheming to +take my place upon the throne of England. Philip of France, whose mind +is far better at such matters than at setting armies in the field, is in +league with him. The Emperor Henry has laid claim to the throne of +Sicily. Leopold of Austria has not forgiven me the blow I struck him in +the face at Ascalon, and the friends of Conrad of Montferat are +spreading far and wide the lie that I was the instigator of his murder. +Sure never had a poor king so many enemies, and few have ever had so +small a following as I have now. What think you, my lords? What course +would you advise that I should adopt? If I can reach Saxony doubtless +Otho will aid me. But hence to Dresden is a long journey indeed. I have +neither credit nor funds to hire a ship to take us by sea. Nor would +such a voyage be a safe one, when so many of my enemies' ships are on +the main. I must needs, I think, go in disguise, for my way lies wholly +through the country of my enemies." + +"Surely," Cuthbert said, "no potentate could for very shame venture to +detain your majesty on your way from the Holy Land, where you have +wrought such great deeds. Were I in your place, I would at once proclaim +myself, mount my horse, have my banner carried before me, and ride +openly on. You have, too, another claim, namely, that of being +shipwrecked, and even in war-time nations respect those whom the force +of God has thrown upon their shores." + +"I fear me, Sir Cuthbert," Sir Baldwin said, "that you overrate the +chivalry of our master's enemies. Had we been thrown on the shores of +France, Philip perhaps would hesitate to lay hands upon the king; but +these petty German princelings have no idea of the observances of true +chivalry. They are coarse and brutal in their ways; and though in +outward form following the usage of knighthood, they have never been +penetrated with its spirit. If the friends of Conrad of Montferat lay +hands upon King Richard I fear that no scruples will prevent them from +using their advantage to the utmost. Even their emperor I would not +trust. The course which you advise would no doubt be in accordance with +the spirit of King Richard; but it would be madness for him to judge +other people's spirit by his own, and it would be rushing into the +lion's den to proclaim himself here. I should recommend, if I might +venture to do so, that his majesty should assume a false name, and that +we should travel in small parties so as to attract no attention, each +making his way to Saxony as best he may." + +There was silence for a minute or two, and then the king with a sigh +said: + +"I fear that you are right, Sir Baldwin, and that there is no chivalry +among these swinish German lords. You shall accompany me. Not, Sir +Cuthbert," he observed kindly, noticing a look of disappointment upon +the face of the young knight, "that I estimate your fidelity one whit +lower than that of my brave friend; but he is the elder and the more +versed in European travel, and may manage to bring matters through +better than you would do. You will have dangers enough to encounter +yourself, more even than I shall, for your brave follower, Cnut, can +speak no language but his own, and your archers will be hard to pass as +any other than what they are. You must be my messenger to England, +should you arrive there without me. Tell my mother and wife where you +left me, and that, if I do not come home I have fallen into the hands +of one or other of my bitter foes. Bid them bestir themselves to hold +England for me against my brother John, and, if needs be, to move the +sovereigns of Europe to free me from the hands of my enemies. Should a +ransom be needed, I think that my people of England will not grudge +their goods for their king." + +The following day the king bade farewell to his faithful followers, +giving his hand to kiss, not only to Sir Cuthbert, but to Cnut and his +archers. + +"You have done me brave service," he said, "and I trust may yet have +occasion to do it again. These are bad times when Richard of England has +naught wherewith to reward his friends. But," he said, taking a gold +chain from his neck and breaking it with his strong fingers into five +fragments, "that is for you, Cnut, and for your four archers, in +remembrance of King Richard." + +The men, albeit hardened by many scenes of warfare, yet shed tears +plenteously at parting with the king. + +"We had better," Cuthbert said to them when they were alone, "delay here +for a few days. If we are taken, the news that some Englishmen have been +captured making their way north from Zara will spread rapidly, and may +cause the enemies of Richard to be on the lookout for him, suspecting +that the ship which bore us may also have carried him; for the news that +he is missing will spread rapidly through Europe, and will set all his +enemies on the alert." + +In accordance with this plan they delayed for another ten days at Zara, +and then, hiring a small boat, were landed some thirty miles further +along the coast. Cuthbert had obtained for Cnut the dress of a palmer, +as in this he would pass almost unquestioned, and his silence might be +accounted for on the ground that he had taken a vow of silence. He +himself had placed on his coat armor a red cross, instead of the white +cross borne by the English knights, and would now pass as a French +knight. Similar changes were made in the dress of his followers, and he +determined to pass as a French noble who had been wrecked on his way +home, and who was returning through Germany to France. The difficulties +in his own case would not be serious, as his French would pass muster +anywhere in Germany. The greatest difficulty would be with his +attendants; but he saw no way of avoiding this. + +Cuthbert's object, when with his little party he separated from King +Richard, was to make his way to Verona, thence cross by Trent into +Bavaria, and so to journey to Saxony. Fortunately he had at the storming +of Acre become possessed of a valuable jewel, and this he now sold, and +purchased a charger for himself. He had little fear of any trouble in +passing through the north of Italy, for this was neutral ground, where +knights of all nations met, and where, neither as an English nor a +French Crusader, would he attract either comment or attention. + +It was a slow journey across the northern plains, as of course he had to +accommodate his pace to that of his men. Cnut and the archers had +grumbled much at the change of the color of the cross upon their +jerkins; and, as Cnut said, would have been willing to run greater +perils under their true colors than to affect to belong to any other +nationality. On their way they passed through Padua, and there stopped a +few days. Cuthbert could but feel, in looking at the splendor of this +Italian city, the courteous manner of its people, and the university, +which was even then famous, how far in advance were those stately cities +of Italy to Western Europe. His followers were as much surprised as +himself at the splendors of the city. Here they experienced no trouble +or annoyance whatever, for to the cities of Italy knights of all +nations resorted, learned men came to study, philosophers to dispute, +and as these brought their attendants with them, you might in the +streets of Padua and its sister cities hear every language in Europe +spoken. + +From Padua they journeyed to Verona, marveling greatly at the richness +of the country. The footmen, however, grumbled at the flatness of the +plain, and said that it was as bad as marching in the Holy Land. On +their right, however, the slopes of the Alps, thickly clad with forests, +reached down nearly to the road, and Cuthbert assured them that they +would have plenty of climbing before they had done. At Verona they +tarried again, and wondered much at the great amphitheater, then almost +perfect. Cuthbert related to Cnut and the archers how men had there been +set to fight while the great stone benches round were thronged with men +and women looking on at their death struggles, and said that not +unfrequently British captives were brought hither and made to contend in +the arena. The honest fellows were full of indignation and horror at the +thought of men killing themselves to give sport to others. They were +used to hard knocks, and thought but little of their life, and would +have betaken themselves to their bows and bills without hesitation in +case of a quarrel. But to fight in cold blood for amusement seemed to +them very terrible. + +Cuthbert would then have traveled on to Milan, at that time next to Rome +the richest city in Europe, but he longed to be back in England, and was +the more anxious as he knew that King Richard would be passing through +great dangers, and he hoped to meet him at the court of Saxony. His +money, too, was fast running out, and he found that it would be beyond +his slender means to extend his journey so far. At Verona, then, they +turned their back on the broad plains of Lombardy, and entered the +valley of the Trent. + +So far no observation whatever had been excited by the passage of the +English knight. So many Crusaders were upon their way home, many in +grievous plight, that the somewhat shabby retinue passed unnoticed. But +they were now leaving Italy, and entering a country where German was +spoken. Trent, in those days an important city, was then, and is still, +the meeting place of Italy and Germany. Both tongues are here spoken; +but while the Italian perhaps preponderates, the customs, manners, and +mode of thought of the people belong to those of the mountaineers of the +Tyrol rather than of the dwellers on the plains. + +"You are choosing a stormy time," the landlord of the hostelry where +they put up said to Cuthbert. "The winter is now at hand, and storms +sweep across the passes with terrible violence. You had better, at the +last village you come to in the valley, obtain the services of a guide, +for should a snowstorm come on when you are crossing, the path will be +lost, and nothing will remain but a miserable death. By daylight the +road is good. It has been cut with much trouble, and loaded mules can +pass over without difficulty. Poles have been erected at short distances +to mark the way when the snow covers it. But when the snowstorms sweep +across the mountains it is impossible to see ten paces before you, and +if the traveler leaves the path he is lost." + +"But I suppose," Cuthbert said, "that even in winter travelers pass +over?" + +"They do," the host said. "The road is as open in winter as in summer, +although, of course, the dangers are greater. Still, there is nothing to +prevent vigorous men from crossing over when the storms come on. Now, +too, with the snow already lying in the upper forests, the wolves are +abroad, and should you be attacked by one of those herds, you will find +it hard work to defend your lives. Much has been done to render the +road safe. At the distance of every league stone houses have been +erected, where travelers can find shelter either from the storm or from +the attacks of wolves or bears, for these, too, abound in the forests, +and in summer there is fine hunting among them. You are, as I see, +returning from the Holy Land, an are therefore used to heat rather than +cold, so I should advise you before you leave this city to buy some +rough cloaks to shield you from the cold. You can obtain them for your +followers very cheaply, made of the mountain goat or of sheepskins, and +even those of bearskin well dressed are by no means dear." + +Obtaining the address of a merchant who kept these things, Cuthbert +proceeded thither; and purchased five cloaks of goatskin with hoods to +pull over their heads for his followers while for himself he obtained +one of rather finer material. + +Another two days' journey brought them to the foot of the steep ascent, +and here they hired the services of a guide. The ascent was long and +difficult, and in spite of the praises which the host had bestowed upon +the road, it was so steep that Cuthbert was, for the most part, obliged +to walk, leading his steed, whose feet slipped on the smooth rock, and +as in many places a false step would have thrown them down many hundreds +of feet into the valley below, Cuthbert judged it safer to trust himself +to his own feet. He disincumbered himself of his helmet and gorget, and +placed these upon the horse's back. At nightfall they had attained a +very considerable height, and stopped at one of the small refuges of +which the landlord had spoken. + +"I like not the look of the weather," the guide said in the morning--at +least that was what Cuthbert judged him to say, for he could speak no +word of the man's language. His actions, however, as he looked toward +the sky, and shook his head, spoke for themselves, and Cuthbert, feeling +his own powerlessness in a situation so novel to him, felt serious +misgivings at the prospect. + +The scenery was now very wild. On all sides crags and mountain tops +covered with snow glistened in the sun. The woods near the path were +free of snow; but higher up they rose black above the white ground. The +wind blew keenly, and all rejoiced in the warm cloaks which they had +obtained; for even with the protection of these they had found the cold +bitter during the night. + +"I like not this country," Cnut said. "We grumbled at the heat of +Palestine, but I had rather march across the sand there than in this +inhospitable frozen region. The woods look as if they might contain +specters. There is a silence which seems to be unnatural, and my +courage, like the warmth of my body, is methinks oozing out from my +fingers." + +Cuthbert laughed. + +"I have no doubt that your courage would come again much quicker than +the warmth, Cnut, if there were any occasion for it. A brisk walk will +set you all right again, and banish these uneasy fancies. To-night we +shall be at the highest point, and to-morrow begin to descend toward +Germany." + +All day the men kept steadily on. The guide from time to time looked +apprehensively at the sky; and although in the earlier part of the day +Cuthbert's inexperienced eye saw nothing to cause the slightest +uneasiness, toward the afternoon the scene changed. Light clouds began +to gather on the top of all the hills and to shut the mountain peaks +entirely from view. The wind moaned between the gorges and occasionally +swept along in such sudden gusts that they could with difficulty retain +their feet. The sky became gradually overcast, and frequently light +specks of snow, so small as to be scarcely perceptible, were driven +along on the blast, making their faces smart by the force with which +they struck them. + +"It scarcely needs our guide's face," Cuthbert said, "to tell us that a +storm is at hand, and that our position is a dangerous one. As for me, I +own that I feel better pleased now that the wind is blowing, and the +silence is broken, than at the dead stillness which prevailed this +morning. After all, methinks that a snowstorm cannot be more dreaded +than a sandstorm, and we have faced those before now." + +Faster and faster the snow came down, until at last the whole air seemed +full of it, and it was with difficulty that they could stagger forward. +Where the path led across open places the wind swept away the snow as +fast as it fell, but in the hollows the track was already covered; and +feeling the difficulty of facing the blinding gale, Cuthbert now +understood the urgency with which his host had insisted upon the danger +of losing the track. Not a word was spoken among the party as they +plodded along. The guide kept ahead, using the greatest caution wherever +the path was obliterated by the snow, sometimes even sounding with his +iron-shod staff to be sure that they were upon the level rock. In spite +of his warm cloak Cuthbert felt that he was becoming chilled to the +bone. His horse could with difficulty keep his feet; and Cnut and the +archers lagged behind. + +"You must keep together, lads," he shouted. "I have heard that in these +mountains when sleepiness overpowers the traveler, death is at hand. +Therefore, come what may, we must struggle on." + +Many times the gale was so violent that they were obliged to pause and +take shelter under the side of a rock or precipice until the fury of the +blast had passed; and Cuthbert eagerly looked out for the next refuge. +At last they reached it, and the guide at once entered. It was not that +in which he had intended to pass the night, for this lay still higher; +but it would have been madness to attempt to go further in the face of +such a gale. He signed to Cuthbert that it was necessary at once to +collect firewood, and he himself proceeded to light some brands which +had been left by previous travelers. Cuthbert gave directions to Cnut +and the archers; and these, feeling that life depended upon a good fire +being kept up, set to with a will, cutting down shrubs and branches +growing in the vicinity of the hut. In half an hour a huge fire blazed +in the refuge; and as the warmth thawed their limbs, their tongues were +unloosened, and a feeling of comfort again prevailed. + +"If this be mountaineering, my lord," Cnut said, "I trust that never +again may it be my fortune to venture among the hills. How long, I +wonder, do the storms last here? I was grumbling all the way up the hill +at the load of provisions which the guide insisted that each of us +should bring with him. As it was to be but a three days' journey before +we reached a village on the other side, I wondered why he insisted upon +our taking food enough to last us at least for a week. But I understand +now, and thank him for his foresight; for if this storm goes on we are +assuredly prisoners here for so long as it may continue." + +The horse had to be brought into the hut, for it would have been death +for it to have remained outside. + +"What is that?" Cnut said presently, as a distant howl was heard between +the lulls of the storm. The guide muttered some word which Cuthbert did +not understand. But he said to Cnut, "I doubt not that it is wolves. +Thank God that we are safe within this refuge, for here not even the +most ravenous beasts could make their way." + +"Pooh!" Cnut said contemptuously. "Wolves are no bigger than dogs. I +have heard my grandfather say that he shot one in the forest, and that +it was no bigger than a hound. We should make short work of them." + +"I know not," Cuthbert said. "I have heard tales of these animals which +show that they must be formidable opponents. They hunt in great packs, +and are so furious that they will attack parties of travelers; many of +these have perished miserably, horses and men, and nothing but their +swords and portions of their saddles have remained to tell where the +battle was fought." + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +SENTENCED TO DEATH. + + +Just before arriving at the refuge they had passed along a very steep +and dangerous path. On one side the rock rose precipitously, ten feet +above their heads. On the other was a fall into the valley below. The +road at this point was far wider than usual. + +Presently the howl of a wolf was heard near, and soon the solitary call +was succeeded by the howling of great numbers of animals. These speedily +surrounded the hut, and so fierce were their cries that Cnut changed his +opinion as to the ease with which they could be defeated, and allowed +that he would rather face an army of Saracens than a troop of these +ill-conditioned animals. The horse trembled in every limb at the sound +of the howling of the wolves; and cold as was the night, in spite of the +great fire that blazed on the hearth, his coat became covered with the +lather of fear. Even upon the roof above the trampling of the animals +could be heard; and through the open slits of the windows which some +travelers before them had stuffed with straw, they could hear the fierce +breathing and snorting of the savage beasts, who scratched and tore to +make an entrance. + +"Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that we might launch a few arrows through +these loopholes. The roof appears not to be over strong; and should some +of them force an entrance, the whole pack might follow." + +Dark as was the night, the black bodies were visible against the white +snow, and the archers shot several arrows forth, each stretching a wolf +dead on the ground. Those killed were at once pounced upon by their +comrades and torn to pieces; and this mark of savageness added to the +horror which those within felt of the ferocious animals. Suddenly there +was a pause in the howling around the hut, and then Cnut, looking forth +from the loophole, declared that the whole body had gone off at full +speed along the path by which they had reached the refuge. Almost +immediately afterward a loud shout for help was heard, followed by the +renewed howling and yelping of the wolves. + +"Good heavens!" Cuthbert exclaimed. "Some traveler coming after us is +attacked by these horrible beasts. Let us sally out, Cnut. We cannot +hear a Christian torn to pieces by these beasts, without lending him a +hand." + +In spite of the angry shouts and entreaties of the guide, the door was +thrust open, and the party, armed with their axes and bows, at once +rushed out into the night. The storm had for the moment abated and they +had no difficulty in making their way along the track. In fifty yards +they came to a bend of the path, and saw, a little distance before them, +a black mass of animals covering the road, and congregated round a +figure who stood with his back to the rock. With a shout of +encouragement they sprang forward, and in a few moments were in the +midst of the savage animals, who turned their rage against them at once. +They had fired two or three arrows apiece, as they approached, into +them; and now throwing down their bows, the archers betook themselves to +their swords, while Cuthbert with his heavy battle-axe hewed and cut at +the wolves as they sprang toward him. In a minute they had cleared their +way to the figure, which was that of a knight in complete armor. He +leaned against the rock completely exhausted, could only mutter a word +of thanks through his closed visor. At a short distance off a number of +the wolves were gathered, rending and tearing the horse of the knight; +but the rest, soon recovering from their surprise, attacked with fury +the little party. The thick cloaks of the archers stood them in good +stead against the animal's teeth, and standing in a group with their +backs to the rock, they hewed and cut vigorously at their assailants. +The numbers of these, however, appeared almost innumerable, and fresh +stragglers continued to come along the road, and swell their body. As +fast as those in front fell, their heads cleft with the axes of the +party, fresh ones sprang forward; and Cuthbert saw that in spite of the +valor and strength of his men, the situation was well-nigh desperate. He +himself had been saved from injury by his harness, for he still had on +his greaves and leg pieces. + +"Keep together," he shouted to his men, "and each lend aid to the other +if he sees him pulled down. Strike lustily for life, and hurry not your +blows, but let each toll." This latter order he gave perceiving that +some of the archers, terrified by this furious army of assailants with +gaping mouths and glistening teeth, were striking wildly, and losing +their presence of mind. + +The combat, although it might have been prolonged, could yet have had +but one termination, and the whole party would have fallen. At this +moment, however, a gust of wind, more furious than any which they had +before experienced, swept along the gorge, and the very wolves had to +crouch on their stomachs to prevent themselves being hurled by its fury +into the ravine below. Then even above the storm a deep roar was heard. +It grew louder and louder. The wolves, as if struck with terror, leaped +to their feet, and scattered on either way along the path at full +speed. + +"What sound can this be?" Cnut exclaimed in an awe-struck voice. "It +sounds like thunder; but it is regular and unbroken; and, my lord, +surely the earth quakes under our feet!" + +Louder and louder grew the roar. + +"Throw yourselves down against the wall of rock," Cuthbert shouted, +himself setting the example. + +A moment afterward, from above a mighty mass of rock and snow poured +over like a cascade, with a roar and sound which nigh stunned them. For +minutes--it seemed for hours to them--the deluge of snow and rock +continued. Then, as suddenly as it had begun, it ceased, and a silence +as of death reigned over the place. + +"Arise," Cuthbert said; "the danger, methinks, is past. It was what men +call an avalanche--a torrent of snow slipping down from the higher +peaks. We have had a narrow escape indeed." + +By this time the knight whom they had rescued was able to speak, and +raising his visor, he returned his deepest thanks to those who had come +so opportunely to his aid. + +"I was well-nigh exhausted," he said, "and it was only my armor which +saved me from being torn to pieces. A score of them had hold of me; but +fortunately my mail was of Milan proof, and even the jaws and teeth of +these enormous beasts were unable to pierce it." + +"The refuge is near at hand," Cuthbert said. "It is but a few yards +round yonder point. It is well that we heard your voice. I fear that +your horse has fallen a victim." + +Assisting the knight, who in spite of his armor was sorely bruised and +exhausted, they made their way back to the refuge. Cnut and the archers +were all bleeding freely from various wounds inflicted upon them in the +struggle, breathless and exhausted from their exertions, and thoroughly +awe-struck by the tremendous phenomenon of which they had been +witnesses, and which they had only escaped from their good fortune in +happening to be in a place so formed that the force of the avalanche had +swept over their heads. The whole of the road, with the exception of a +narrow piece four feet in width, had been carried away. Looking upward, +they saw that the forest had been swept clear, not a tree remaining in a +wide track as far as they could see up the hill. The great bowlders +which had strewn the hillside, and many of which were as large as +houses, had been swept away like straws before the rush of snow, and for +a moment they feared that the refuge had also been carried away. Turning +the corner, however, they saw to their delight that the limits of the +avalanche had not extended so far, the refuges, as they afterward +learned, being so placed as to be sheltered by overhanging cliffs from +any catastrophe of this kind. + +They found the guide upon his knees, muttering his prayers before a +cross, which he had formed of two sticks laid crosswise on the ground +before him; and he could scarce believe his eyes when they entered, so +certain had he considered it that they were lost. There were no longer +any signs of the wolves. The greater portion, indeed, of the pack had +been overwhelmed by the avalanche, and the rest, frightened and scared, +had fled to their fastnesses in the woods. + +The knight now removed his helmet, and discovered a handsome young man +of some twenty-four or twenty-five years old. + +"I am," he said, "Baron Ernest of Kornstein. To whom do I owe my life?" + +"In spite of my red cross," Cuthbert said, "I am English. My name is Sir +Cuthbert, and I am Earl of Evesham. I am on my return from the Holy Land +with my followers; and as we are passing through countries where many +of the people are hostile to England, we have thought it as well for a +time to drop our nationality. But to you I do not hesitate to tell the +truth." + +"You do well," the young knight said, "for, truth to say, the people of +these parts bear but little love to your countrymen. You have saved my +life when I was in the sorest danger. I had given myself up for lost, +for even my armor could not have saved me long from these wretches; and +my sword and life are at your disposal. You are young indeed," he said, +looking with surprise at Cuthbert, who had now thrown back the hood of +his cloak, "to have gained the honor of knighthood. You scarce look +eighteen years of age, although, doubtless, you are older." + +"I am scarce seventeen," Cuthbert said; "but I have had the good fortune +to attract the notice of King Richard, and to have received the +knighthood from his sword." + +"None more worthy," said the young knight, "for although King Richard +may be fierce and proud, he is the worthiest knight in Christendom, and +resembles the heroes of romance rather than a Christian king." + +"He is my lord and master," Cuthbert said, "and I love him beyond all +men, and would give my life for his. He is the kindest and best of +masters; and although it be true that he brooks no opposition, yet is it +only because his own bravery and eagerness render hateful to him the +indolence and cowardice of others." + +They now took their seats round the fire. The archers, by the advice of +the guide, rubbed their wounds with snow, and then applied bandages to +them. The wallets were opened, and a hearty supper eaten; and all, +wrapping themselves in their fur cloaks, were soon asleep. + +For four days the gale continued, keeping the party prisoners in the +hut. On the fifth the force of the wind abated, and the snow ceased to +fall. They were forced to take the door off its hinges to open it, for +the snow had piled up so high that the chimney alone of the hut remained +above its surface. With great difficulty and labor they cleared a way +out, and then the guide again placing himself at their head, they +proceeded on their way. The air was still and cold, and the sky of a +deep, dark blue, which seemed even darker in contrast with the whiteness +of the snow. At times they had great difficulty in struggling through +the deep drifts; but for the most part the wind had swept the path +clear. Where it was deepest, the tops of the posts still showed above +the snow, and enabled the guide to direct their footsteps. They were, +however, obliged to travel slowly, and it was three days before they +gained the village on the northern slope of the mountains, having slept +at refuges by the road. + +"What are your plans?" the knight asked Sir Cuthbert that night, as they +sat by the fire of the hostelry. "I would warn you that the town which +you will first arrive at is specially hostile to your people, for the +baron, its master, is a relation of Conrad of Montferat, who is said to +have been killed by order of your king." + +"It is false," Cuthbert said. "King Richard had appointed him King of +Jerusalem; and, though he liked him not, thought him the fittest of +those there to exercise sovereignty. He was the last man who would have +had an enemy assassinated; for so open is he of disposition that he +would have fought hand to hand with the meanest soldier of his army had +he desired to kill him." + +"I doubt not that it is so, since you tell me," the knight said +courteously. "But the people here have taken that idea into their minds, +and it will be hard to disabuse them. You must therefore keep up your +disguise as a French knight while passing through this neighborhood. +Another week's journeying, and you will reach the confines of Saxony, +and there you will, as you anticipate, be safe. But I would not answer +for your life were you discovered here to be of English birth. And now +tell me if there is aught that I can do for you. I will myself accompany +you into the town, and will introduce you as a French knight, so that no +suspicion is likely to lie upon you, and will, further, ride with you to +the borders of Saxony. I am well known, and trust that my company will +avert all suspicion from you. You have told me that your purse is +ill-supplied; you must suffer me to replenish it. One knight need not +fear to borrow of another; and I know that when you have returned to +your home you will bestow the sum which I now give you upon some holy +shrine in my name, and thus settle matters between us." + +Cuthbert without hesitation accepted the offer, and was well pleased at +finding his purse replenished, for its emptiness had caused him serious +trouble. Cuthbert's steed was led by one of the archers, and he himself +walked gayly alongside of Sir Ernest, followed by his retainers. Another +long day's march brought them down to Innsbruck, where they remained +quietly for a week. Then they journeyed on until they emerged from the +mountains, crossed the Bavarian frontier, and arrived at Fussen, a +strong city, with well-built walls and defenses. + +They at once proceeded to the principal hostelry, where the young baron +was well known, and where great interest was excited by the news of the +narrow escape which he had had from the attack of the wolves. A journey +across the Alps was in those days regarded as a very perilous enterprise +in the winter season, and the fact that he should have been rescued from +such a strait appeared almost miraculous. They stayed for two days +quietly in the city, Cuthbert declining the invitation of the young +noble to accompany him to the houses of his friends, as he did not wish +that any suspicion should be excited as to his nationality, and +preferred remaining quiet to having forced upon him the necessity of +making false statements. As to his followers, there was no fear of the +people among whom they mixed detecting that they were English. To the +Bavarian inhabitants, all languages, save their native German, were +alike unintelligible; and even had French been commonly spoken, the +dialects of that tongue, such as would naturally be spoken by archers +and men-at-arms, would have been a Greek to those accustomed only to +Norman French. + +Upon the third day, however, an incident occurred which upset Cuthbert's +calculations, and nearly involved the whole party in ruin. The town was, +as the young baron had said, governed by a noble who was a near relation +of Conrad of Montferat, and who was the bitter enemy of the English. A +great _fête_ had been given in honor of the marriage of his daughter, +and upon this day the young pair were to ride in triumph through the +city. Great preparations had been made; masks and pageants of various +kinds manufactured; and the whole townspeople, dressed in their holiday +attire, were gathered in the streets. Cuthbert had gone out, followed by +his little band of retainers, and taken their station to see the passing +show. First came a large body of knights and men-at-arms, with gay +banners and trappings. Then rode the bridegroom, with the bride carried +in a litter by his side. After this came several allegorical +representations. Among these was the figure of a knight bearing the arms +of Austria. Underneath his feet, on the car, lay a figure clad in a +royal robe, across whom was thrown a banner with the leopards of +England. The knight stood with his foot on this figure. + +This representation of the dishonor of England at the hands of Austria +elicited great acclamations from the crowd. Cuthbert clinched his teeth +and grasped his sword angrily, but had the sense to see the folly of +taking any notice of the insult. Not so with Cnut. Furious it the insult +offered to the standard of his royal master, Cnut, with a bound, burst +through the ranks of the crowd, leaped on to the car, and with a buffet +smote the figure representing Austria into the road, and lifted the flag +of England from the ground. A yell of indignation and rage was heard. +The infuriated crowd rushed forward. Cnut, with a bound, sprang from the +car, and, joining his comrades, burst through those who attempted to +impede them, and darted down a by-street. + +Cuthbert, for the moment amazed at the action of his follower, had on +the instant drawn his sword and joined the archers. In the crowd, +however, he was for a second separated from them; and before he could +tear himself from the hands of the citizens who had seized him, the +men-at-arms accompanying the procession surrounded him, and he was led +away by them to the castle, the guards with difficulty protecting him +from the enraged populace. Even at this moment Cuthbert experienced a +deep sense of satisfaction at the thought that his followers had +escaped. But he feared that alone, and unacquainted with the language of +the country, they would find it difficult indeed to escape the search +which would be made for them, and to manage to find their way back to +their country. For himself, he had little hopes of liberty, and scarcely +more of life. The hatred of the baron toward the English would now be +heightened by the daring act of insult to the arms of Austria, and this +would give a pretext for any deed of violence which might be wrought. + +Cuthbert was, after a short confinement, brought before the lord baron +of the place, in the great hall of the castle. + +"Who art thou, sir," the noble exclaimed, "who darest to disturb the +marriage procession of my daughter, and to insult the standard of the +emperor my master?" + +"I am Sir Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham, a baron of England," Cuthbert said +fearlessly, "and am traveling homeward from the Holy Land. My garb as a +Crusader should protect me from all interruption; and the heedless +conduct of my retainer was amply justified by the insult offered to the +arms of England. There is not one of the knights assembled round you who +would not in like manner have avenged an insult offered to those of +Austria; and I am ready to do battle in the lists with any who choose to +say that the deed was a foul or improper one. In the Holy Land Austrians +and English fought side by side; and it is strange indeed to me that on +my return, journeying through the country of the emperor, I should find +myself treated as an enemy, and see the arms of King Richard exposed to +insult and derision by the burghers of this city." + +As Cuthbert had spoken he threw down his mailed glove, and several of +the knights present stepped forward to pick it up. The baron, however, +waved them back. + +"It is no question," he said, "of honorable fight. This is a follower of +the murderer of my good cousin of Montferat, who died under the hands of +assassins set upon him by Richard of England." + +"It is false!" Cuthbert shouted. "I denounce it as a foul lie, and will +maintain it with my life." + +"Your life is already forfeited," the baron said, "both by your past +connection with Richard of England and as the insulter of the arms of +Austria. You die, and to-morrow at noon your head shall be struck off in +the great square before my castle." + +Without another word Cuthbert was hurried off to his cell, and there +remained, thinking moodily over the events of the day, until nightfall. +He had no doubt that his sentence would be carried out, and his anxiety +was rather for his followers than for himself. He feared that they would +make some effort on his behalf, and would sacrifice their own lives in +doing so, without the possibility of assisting him. + +The next morning he was led out to the square before the castle. It was +a large flagged courtyard. Upon one side was the entrance to the castle, +one of whose wings also formed a second side to the square. The side +facing this was formed by the wall of the city, and the fourth opened +upon a street of the town. This side of the square was densely filled +with citizens, while the men-at-arms of the baron and a large number of +knights were gathered behind a scaffold erected in the center. Upon this +was a block, and by the side stood a headsman. As Cuthbert was led +forward a thrill of pleasure ran through him at perceiving no signs of +his followers, who he greatly feared might have been captured in the +night, and brought there to share his fate. + +As he was led forward the young noble whose life he had saved advanced +to the baron, and dropping on one knee before him, craved the life of +Cuthbert, relating the event by which he had saved his life in the +passage of the mountains. The baron frowned heavily. + +"Though he had saved the life of every noble in Bavaria," he said, "he +should die. I have sworn an oath that every Englishman who fell into my +hands should expiate the murder of my kinsman; and this fellow is, +moreover, guilty of an outrage to the arms of Austria." + +The young Sir Ernest drew himself up haughtily. + +"My lord baron," he said, "henceforth I renounce all allegiance to you, +and I will lay the case before the emperor, our common master, and will +cry before him at the outrage which has thus been passed upon a noble +gentleman. He has thrown down the glove, and challenged any of your +knights, and I myself am equally ready to do battle in his cause." + +The baron grew red with passion, and he would have ordered the instant +arrest of the young man, but as Sir Ernest was connected by blood with +many present, and was indeed one of the most popular among the nobles of +the province, the baron simply waved him aside, and ordered Cuthbert to +be led to the block. The young Englishman was by the executioner +divested of his armor and helmet, and stood in the simple attire worn by +men of rank at that time. He looked around, and holding up his hand, +conveying alike a farewell and a command to his followers to remain in +concealment, he gazed round the crowd, thinking that he might see among +them in some disguise or other the features of Cnut, whose tall figure +would have rendered him conspicuous in a crowd. He failed, however, to +see any signs of him, and turning to the executioner, signified by a +gesture that he was ready. + +At this instant an arrow from the wall above pierced the brain of the +man, and he fell dead in his tracks. A roar of astonishment burst from +the crowd. Upon the city wall at this point was a small turret, and on +this were five figures. The wall around was deserted, and for the moment +these men were masters of the position. + +"Seize those insolent varlets!" the baron shouted, shaking his sword +with a gesture of fury at them. + +His words, however, were arrested, for at the moment another arrow +struck him in the throat, and he fell back into the arms of those around +him. + +Quickly now the arrows of the English archers flew into the courtyard. +The confusion which reigned there was indescribable. The citizens with +shouts of alarm took to their heels. The men-at-arms were powerless +against this rain of missiles, and the knights, hastily closing their +visors, shouted contradictory orders, which no one obeyed. + +In the confusion no one noticed the prisoner. Seizing a moment when the +attention of all was fixed upon the wall, he leaped from the platform, +and making his way unnoticed through the excited crowd of men-at-arms, +darted down a narrow lane that divided the castle from the wall. He ran +along until, one hundred yards further, he came to a staircase by which +access to the battlements was obtained. Running lightly up this, he kept +along the wall until he reached the turret. + +"Thanks, my noble Cnut!" he exclaimed, "and you, my brave fellows. But I +fear you have forfeited your lives. There is no escape. In a minute the +whole force of the place will recover from their confusion, and be down +upon us from both sides." + +"We have prepared for that," Cnut said. "Here is a rope hanging down +into the moat." + +Glancing over, Cuthbert saw that the moat was dry; and after a final +discharge of arrows into the crowd, the six men slid one after another +down the rope and made their way at full speed across the country. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +DRESDEN. + + +It was some ten minutes before the men-at-arms rallied sufficiently from +their surprise to obey orders. Two bodies were then drawn up, and +proceeded at a rapid pace toward the staircases leading to the wall, one +on each side of the turret in which they believed that the little body +of audacious assailants were still lying. Having reached the wall, the +soldiers advanced, covering themselves with their shields, for they had +learned the force with which an English clothyard shaft drawn by a +strong hand flies. Many had been killed by these missiles passing +through and through the cuirass and backpiece. No reply being obtained +to the summons to surrender, they proceeded to break in with their +battle-axes the door of the little turret. Rushing in with ax and pike, +they were astonished to find the place empty. A glance over the wall +showed the rope still hanging, and the manner of the escape became +manifest. The fugitives were already out of sight, and the knights, +furious at the escape of the men who had bearded them in the heart of +the city with such audacity, and had slain the lord baron and several of +his knights, gave orders that an instant pursuit should be organized. It +was, however, a full half hour before the city gates were thrown open, +and a strong troop of knights and mounted men issued out. + +Cuthbert had been certain that an instant pursuit would be set on foot, +and the moment that he was out of sight of the battlements he changed +the direction in which he had started, and turning at right angles, +swept round the city, still keeping at a distance, until he reached the +side next the mountains, and then plunged into the woods on the lower +slopes of the hills. + +"They will," he said, as they halted breathless from their run, "follow +the road toward the south, and scour the country for awhile before it +occurs to their thick German skulls that we have doubled back on our +tracks. Why, what is it, Cnut?" + +This exclamation was provoked by the forester throwing himself on his +knees before Sir Cuthbert, and imploring his pardon for the dire strait +into which his imprudence had drawn him. + +"It was a dire strait, certainly, Cnut. But if you got me into it, at +least you have extricated me; and never say more about it, for I myself +was near committing the imprudence to which you gave way, and I can well +understand that your English blood boiled at the sight of the outrage to +the flag of England. Now, let us waste no time in talk, but, keeping to +the foot of this mountain, make along as far as we can to the west. We +must cling to the hills for many days' march before we venture again to +try to cross the plains. If possible, we will keep on this way until we +reach the confines of the country of the Swiss, who will assuredly give +us hospitality, and who will care little for any threats of these German +barons, should they hear that we have reached their asylum." + +By nightfall they had already traveled many leagues, and making a fire +in the wood, Cuthbert asked Cnut for an account of what had taken place +on the previous day. + +"We ran for life, Sir Cuthbert, and had not noticed that you had been +drawn into the fray. Had we done so, we would have remained, and sold +our lives with yours; but hoping that you had passed unnoticed in the +crowd, and that you would find some means to rejoin us we kept upon our +way. After running down three streets we passed a place where a +courtyard with stables ranged round it was open. There were none about, +and we entered, and taking refuge in a loft hid ourselves beneath some +provender. There we remained all night, and then borrowing some apparel +which some of the stablemen had hung upon the walls, we issued into the +town. As we neared the great square we saw some men employed in erecting +a platform in the midst, and a suspicion that all might not be right, +and that you might have fallen into the hands of these German dogs, +beset our minds. After much consultation we determined to see what the +affair meant, and making our way on to the walls which, indeed, were +entirely deserted, we took refuge in that turret where you saw us. +Seeing the crowd gather, and being still more convinced that some +misfortune was about to occur, I again went back to the stables, where I +had noticed a long rope used by the carters for fastening their loads to +the wagons. With this I returned, for it was clear that if we had to +mingle in this business it would be necessary to have a mode of escape. +Of the rest you are aware. We saw the knights coming out of the castle, +with that portly baron, their lord, at their head. We saw the block and +the headsman upon the platform, and were scarcely surprised when you +were led out, a prisoner, from the gates. We judged that what did happen +would ensue. Seeing that the confusion wrought by a sudden attack from +men perched up aloft as we were, commanding the courtyard, and being +each of us able to hit a silver mark at the distance of one hundred +yards, would be great indeed, we judged that you might be able to slip +away unobserved, and were sure that your quick wit would seize any +opportunity which might offer. Had you not been able to join us, we +should have remained in the turret and sold our lives to the last, as, +putting aside the question that we could never return to our homes, +having let our dear lord die here, we should not, in our ignorance of +the language and customs of the country, have ever been able to make our +way across it. We knew, however, that before this turret was carried we +could show these Germans how five Englishmen, when brought to bay, can +sell their lives." + +They had not much difficulty in obtaining food in the forest, for game +abounded, and they could kill as many deer as seemed fit to them. As +Cnut said, it was difficult to believe that they were not back again in +the forest near Evesham, so similar was their life to that which they +had led three years before. To Cnut and the archers, indeed, it was a +pleasanter time than any which they had passed since they had left the +shores of England, and they blithely marched along, fearing little any +pursuit which might be set on foot, and, indeed, hearing nothing of +their enemies. After six days' travel they came upon a rude village, and +here Cuthbert learned from the people--with much difficulty, however, +and pantomime, for neither could understand a word spoken by the +other--that they were now in one of the Swiss cantons, and therefore +secure from all pursuit by the Germans. Without much difficulty Cuthbert +engaged one of the young men of the village to act as their guide to +Basle, and here, after four days' traveling, they arrived safely. Asking +for the residence of the burgomaster, Cuthbert at once proceeded +thither, and stated that he was an English knight on the return from the +Crusades; that he had been foully entreated by the Lord of Fussen, who +had been killed in a fray by his followers; and that he besought +hospitality and refuge from the authorities of Basle. + +"We care little," the burgomaster said, "what quarrel you may have had +with your neighbors. All who come hither are free to come and go as they +list, and you, as a knight on the return from the Holy Land, have a +claim beyond that of an ordinary traveler." + +The burgomaster was himself able to speak French, and summoning several +of the councilors of the town, he requested Cuthbert to give a narrative +of his adventures; which he did. The councilors agreed with the +burgomaster that Cuthbert must be received hospitably; but the latter +saw that there was among many of them considerable doubt as to the +expediency of quarreling with a powerful neighbor. He therefore said to +the burgomaster: + +"I have no intention, honorable sir, of taking up any prolonged +residence here. I only ask to be furnished with a charger and arms, and +in payment of these I will leave this gold chain, the gift of King +Richard himself, as a gage, and will on my return to my country forward +to you the value of the arms and horse, trusting that you will return +the chain to me." + +The burgomaster, however, said that the city of Basle was not so poor +that it need take the gage of an honorable knight, but that the arms and +charger he required should be given him in a few hours, and that he +might pay the value in London to a Jew merchant there who had relations +with one at Basle. Full instructions were given to him, and he resolved +to travel down upon the left bank of the Rhine, until he reached +Lorraine, and thence to cross into Saxony. The same afternoon the +promised horse and arms were provided, and Cuthbert, delighted again to +be in harness, and thanking courteously the burgomaster and council for +their kindness, started with his followers on his journey north. These +latter had been provided with doublets and other garments suitable to +the retinue of a knight, and made a better show than they had done since +they first left England. + +Leaving Basle, they traveled along the left side of the Rhine by easy +stages. The country was much disturbed, owing to the return and +disbandment of so many of the troops employed in the Crusades. These, +their occupation being gone, scattered over the country, and France and +Germany alike were harassed by bands of military robbers. The wild +country between the borders of Switzerland and Lorraine was specially +vexed, as the mountains of the Vosges afforded shelter, into which the +freebooters could not be followed by the troops of the duke. + +Upon the evening of the third day they reached a small inn standing in a +lonely position near the foot of the mountains. + +"I like not the look of this place," Cuthbert said; "but as we hear that +there is no other within a distance of another ten miles, we must e'en +make the best of it." + +The host received them with extreme and even fawning civility, which by +no means raised him in the estimation of Cuthbert or Cnut. A rough meal +was taken, and they then ascended to the rude accommodation which had +been provided. It was one large room barely furnished. Upon one side +straw was thickly littered down--for in those days beds among the common +people were unknown. In a sort of alcove at the end was a couch with a +rough mattress and coverlet. This Cuthbert took possession of, while his +followers stretched themselves upon the straw. + +"Methinks," Cnut said, "that it were well that one should keep watch at +the door. I like not the look of our host, and we are near the spot +where the bands of the robbers are said to be busy." + +Toward morning the archer on guard reported that he could hear the sound +of many approaching footsteps. All at once sprang to their feet, and +betook themselves to their arms. Looking from the window they saw a +large party of rough men, whose appearance at once betokened that they +were disbanded soldiers--a title almost synonymous in those days with +that of robber. With the united strength of the party the truckle bed +was carried from the alcove and placed against the door. Cuthbert then +threw open the window, and asked in French what they wanted. One of the +party, who appeared to be the leader, said that the party had better +surrender immediately. He promised them good treatment, and said that +the knight would be put to ransom, should it be found that the valuables +upon his person were not sufficient to pay the worshipful company +present for the trouble which they had taken in waiting upon him. This +sally was received with shouts of laughter. Cuthbert replied quietly +that he had no valuables upon his person; that if they took him there +were none would pay as much as a silver mark for the ransom of them all; +and that the only things that they had to give were sharp arrows and +heavy blows. + +"You talk bravely, young sir," the man said. "But you have to do with +men versed in fight, and caring but little either for knocks or for +arrows. We have gone through the Crusades, and are therefore held to be +absolved from all sin, even that so great as would be incurred in the +cutting of your knightly throat." + +"But we have gone through the Crusades also," Cuthbert said, "and our +persons are sacred. The sin of slitting our weazands, which you speak +of, would therefore be so great that even the absolution on which you +rely would barely extend to it." + +"We know most of those who have served in the Holy Land," the man said +more respectfully than he had yet spoken, "and would fain know with whom +we speak." + +"I am an Englishman, and a follower of King Richard," Cuthbert said, +"and am known as Sir Cuthbert of Evesham. As I was the youngest among +the knights who fought for the holy sepulcher, it may be that my +appearance is known to you?" + +"Ah," the other said, "you are he whom they called the Boy Knight, and +who was often in the thick of the fray, near to Richard himself. How +comes it, Sir Cuthbert, that you are here?" + +"The fleet was scattered on its return," Cuthbert replied, "and I landed +with my followers, well-nigh penniless, at Zara, and have since made my +way across the Tyrol. I have, then, as you may well suppose, neither +silver nor gold about my person; and assuredly neither Philip of France +nor John of Austria would give a noble for my ransom; and it would be +long, methinks, to wait ere John of England would care to ransom one of +King Richard's followers." + +The brigands spoke for awhile among themselves, and then the leader +said: + +"You speak frankly and fairly, Sir Knight, and as you have proved +yourself indeed a doughty giver of hard blows, and as I doubt not that +the archers with you can shoot as straight and as fast as the rest of +the Saxon breed, we will e'en let you go on your way, for your position +is but little better than ours, and dog should not rob dog." + +"Thanks, good fellow," Cuthbert said. "We trust that in any case we +might have made a strong defense against you; but it would be hard if +those who have fought together in the Holy Land should slay each other +in this lonely corner of Lorraine." + +"Are you seeking adventures or employment, Sir Knight? For if so, +myself and comrades here would gladly take service with you; and it may +be that with a clump of spears you might obtain engagement, either under +the Duke of Lorraine or he of Cleves." + +"Thanks for your offer," Cuthbert replied; "but at present my face is +turned toward England. King Richard needs all his friends; and there is +so little chance of sack or spoil, even should we have--which God +forfend--civil war, that I fear I could ill reward the services which +you offer me." + +The leader and his men shouted an adieu to Cuthbert and departed for the +mountains, leaving the latter well pleased with his escape from a fight +of which the result was doubtful. + +Journeying on without further adventure, they came to Nancy, and were +there kindly received by the duke, who was not at that time upon good +terms with Philip of France, and was therefore well disposed toward the +English. Cuthbert inquired from him whether any news had been heard of +King Richard? but received as a reply that the duke had heard nothing of +him since he sailed from Palestine. + +"This is strange," Cuthbert said, "for I myself have journeyed but +slowly, and have met with many delays. King Richard should long ere this +have reached Saxony; and I fear much that some foul treatment has +befallen him. On our way we found how bitter was the feeling among those +related to Conrad of Montferat against him; and the Archduke John is +still smarting from the blow which King Richard struck him at Ascalon. +But surely they would not be so unknightly as to hinder so great a +champion of Christendom as King Richard on his homeward way?" + +"The Archduke John is crafty and treacherous," the duke said; "and the +emperor himself would, I think, be not sorry to lay hand upon the King +of England, were it only to do pleasure to Philip of France. Assuredly, +however the anger and indignation of all Christendom will be aroused +should the king's passage be interrupted, for it were indeed a gross +breach of hospitality to seize upon a man who has the double claim of +being a champion of Christendom and a shipwrecked man. However, it is +early yet to be uneasy, and it may be that in a few days we may have +news of the arrival of the king in Saxony. He may have encountered +difficulties similar to those which you yourself have met with. The +country is everywhere disturbed, and it is not only in my forests that +bands of outlawed men are to be met with. At present there is peace in +Europe. It may last indeed but a short time. But so long as it +continues, so long must the mountains and woods be full of desperate +men. Were war declared between any two princes these would flock to the +banners of him who would pay them highest, and a war which could end in +the entire destruction of the armies of both combatants would be a +blessing to Europe." + +After entertaining Cuthbert courteously for three days, the Duke of +Lorraine bade him adieu, and gave him an escort of men-at-arms to the +borders of the Rhine, where he would find the way open to the domains of +the Duke of Saxony. Without adventure Cuthbert and his followers arrived +at Dresden, and he immediately presented himself at the castle of the +duke. The instant that he sent in his name as Sir Cuthbert of Evesham, a +knight of King Richard, he was conducted to the presence of the duke and +of his wife, the sister of King Richard. + +"Are you bearer of news of my brother Richard?" the duke said, advancing +a step to meet the young knight as he entered the hall. + +"Alas! my lord duke, I am not," Cuthbert said; "but had hoped to gain +tidings from you." + +"From me?" the duke said in surprise. "What should lead you to believe +that I have any news of King Richard later than that which others have +received? The last I heard of him was upon the day of his departure from +the Holy Land, before the storm arose which scattered his fleet, and I +am ignorant whether he has foundered at sea, or whether, as some +suppose, his vessel may have been taken captive by the Moors." + +"I bear you later tidings," Cuthbert said, "than those you have +received. I was on board the ship with King Richard. We were wrecked +upon the Island of Corfu and there hiring a small ship, we proceeded to +Zara. King Richard determined to make his way across the Tyrol to this +place; but he thought that it would attract attention to him were he +accompanied by so large a party. Therefore he, with Sir Baldwin of +Béthune, and a few followers, started north, while I with my men kept +west through the north of Italy, and then crossed by the pass over +Trent." + +"How long is it since you left my brother?" the duchess asked anxiously. + +"It is now over a month since I bade him adieu," Cuthbert answered. + +"Then he should have been heard of long since," the duchess said. "What +fate can have befallen him?" + +"Judging from my own experience," Cuthbert said, "I fear that he may +have come to harm at the hands of the friends of Conrad of Montferat, +who falsely allege that the death of their kinsman was caused by King +Richard. The Archduke John, too, owes him no good-will; and even the +emperor is evilly disposed toward him. The king traveled under an +assumed name; but it might well be that he would be recognized upon the +way. His face was known to all who fought in the East; and his lordly +manner and majestic stature could ill be concealed beneath a merchant's +garb. Still, lady, as I have been so long in making my way across, it +may be that King Richard has been similarly delayed without danger +befalling him, and it could hardly be that so important a man as the +King of England would be detained, or come to any misfortune, without +the news being bruited abroad." + +In spite of Cuthbert's reassuring words, the duke and duchess were +greatly alarmed at the news of King Richard's disappearance, although +indeed consoled to find that their previous fears, that he had been +drowned in the storm or captured by the Moorish corsairs, were +unfounded. + +They now requested from Cuthbert the story of what had befallen him +since he left the king; and this he related at some length. The duke was +greatly interested, and begged Cuthbert at least to remain at his court +until some news might arrive of King Richard. + +For a month Cuthbert tarried at the castle of the Duke of Saxony, where +he was nobly entertained, and treated as a guest of much honor. Cnut and +the archers were delighted at the treatment they received, for never in +their lives had they been so royally entertained. Their Saxon tongue was +nigh enough akin to the language spoken here to be understood; and their +tales of adventure in the Holy Land rendered them as popular among the +retainers of the duke as their master became with the duke and duchess. + + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +UNDER THE GREENWOOD. + + +At the end of a month, news came from England that Sir Baldwin of +Béthune had returned there, bearing the news that the king had been +arrested at Gortz, only two days' journey north of the Adriatic--that he +had been recognized, and at once captured. He had offered no resistance, +finding indeed that it would be hopeless so to do. Sir Baldwin had been +permitted to depart without molestation. He believed that the folk into +whose hands he had fallen were retainers of the Archduke John. This +news, although sad in itself, was yet in some degree reassuring to the +duke and his wife; for they felt that while the followers of Conrad of +Montferat would not hesitate to put King Richard to death should he fall +into their hands, the Archduke John would not dare to bring upon himself +the indignation of Europe by such treatment of his royal captive. +Cuthbert at once determined to return to England to see Sir Baldwin, and +to ascertain what steps were being taken for the discovery of the prison +in which King Richard was confined, and for his release therefrom; and +also to establish himself in his new dignity as Earl of Evesham. +Therefore, bidding adieu to the duke and duchess, he started north. The +duke furnished him with letters of introduction to the princes through +whose countries he would travel; and again crossing the Rhine, he +journeyed through the territories of the Dukes of Cleves and Brabant, +and reached the mouth of Scheldt without interruption. There taking +ship, he sailed for London. + +It was a long and stormy passage between the mouth of the Scheldt and +London. The vessel in which Cuthbert had shipped was old and somewhat +unseaworthy, and several times in the force of the gale all on board +gave up hope for their lives. At last, however, they reached the mouth +of the Thames, and dropping up with the tide, reached London eight days +after their embarkation. The noble charger which the King of Saxony had +presented to Cuthbert had suffered greatly, and he feared at one time +that the poor animal would succumb to the effects of the tempest. +However, after entering into smooth water it recovered itself, and on +landing near the Tower he found that it was able to support his weight. +Cnut and the archers were, like Cuthbert, delighted to have their feet +again upon English soil; and although London did not now strike them +with the same wonder which it would have done had they first visited it +before starting on their journey--for in many respects it was greatly +behind some of the continental cities--yet the feeling of home, and the +pleasure of being able to understand the conversation of those around +them, made the poor fellows almost beside themselves with joy. Beyond +the main political incidents Cuthbert had heard little of what had +passed in England since his departure; and putting up at a hostelry, he +inquired of the host whether Sir Baldwin of Béthune was in London, or +whether he was away on his estates. The landlord did not know. There +were, he said, but few nobles at court, and London was never so dull as +at present. As Cuthbert did not wish his coming home to be known to John +until he had learned something of the position of affairs, he dispatched +Cnut to the Tower to inquire privately of some of the officials about +the place whether Sir Baldwin was there. Cnut soon returned with the +news that he had not been at the court since his return from the Holy +Land, and that he was living at his castle down in Dorsetshire. After +some hesitation Cuthbert resolved to set out to see his friend, and +after six days' travel he arrived at the castle of the knight. + +Sir Baldwin received him with immense joy. He had not heard of him since +they parted at Zara, and he feared that a fate similar to that which had +befallen King Richard had overtaken Cuthbert, even if he were still +alive. + +"Have you seen aught of the king, our master?" the good knight inquired. + +"Nothing," Cuthbert said. "I know no more than yourself. Indeed, I hoped +to have learned something from you as to the king." + +"I was separated from him at Gortz, and while he was taken a prisoner to +the archduke, I was allowed to pursue my way. I had many difficulties +and dangers, and was some weeks in finding my way back. Nothing was +known of the king when I returned. Indeed, I was the first bearer of any +definite news concerning him since the day when he sailed from Acre. +Three weeks ago, as you may have learned, the news came that he is now +detained in captivity by the emperor, who demanded his delivery by the +Archduke John, into whose hands he first fell. But where he is no one +exactly knows. The news has created an immense excitement in the +kingdom, and all are resolved to sacrifice any of their treasures which +may be demanded in order to satisfy the ransom which the recreant +emperor has placed upon the king. Shame is it indeed that a Christian +sovereign should hold another in captivity. Still more, when that other +was returning through his dominions as a Crusader coming from the Holy +Land, when his person should be safe, even to his deadliest enemy. It +has long been suspected that he was in the hands either of the emperor +or of the archduke, and throughout Europe the feeling of indignation has +been strong; and I doubt not, now that the truth is known, this feeling +will be stronger than ever." + +"But now that it is known," Cuthbert said, "I suppose there will be no +delay in ransoming the king." + +"There will be no delay in raising the ransom," Sir Baldwin said. "But +the kingdom is very impoverished by war, by the exactions of Prince +John, and by those of Langley, who held it for King Richard. He was a +loyal servant of the king, but an exacting and rapacious prelate. +However, I doubt not that the rents of the English nobles will soon be +charged with sums sufficient for the ransom; and if this avail not, not +one of them will grudge their silver flagons and vessels to melt down to +make the total required. But we must not flatter ourselves that he will +obtain his liberty so soon as the money is raised. Prince John has long +been yearning for sovereignty. He has long exercised the real, if not +the nominal, power, and he has been intriguing with the pope and Philip +of France for their support for his seizing the crown. He will throw +every obstacle in the way, as, we may be sure, will Philip of France, +Richard's deadly enemy. And now about yourself, Sir Cuthbert; tell me +what has befallen you since we last met." + +Cuthbert related the adventures which had befallen him, and heard those +of Sir Baldwin. + +"You have not, I suppose," the latter remarked, "as yet seen Prince +John?" + +"No," Cuthbert replied, "I thought it better to come down to ask you to +advise me on the position of affairs before I attempted to see him." + +"You did well," Sir Baldwin said. "When I arrived, I found that the +proper officials had, according to King Richard's instructions, draw up +the patent conferring upon you the lands and title of Earl of Evesham, +before leaving Acre, and had received the king's signature to it. This +was attested by several of the nobles who were with us and who returned +safely to England. Prince John, however, declared that he should not +give any heed to the document; that King Richard's power over this realm +had ceased before he made it; and that he should bestow the earldom upon +whomsoever he chose. As a matter of fact, it has been given to Sir +Rudolph Fleming, a Norman knight and a creature of the prince. The king +has also, I hear, promised to him the hand of the young Lady Margaret, +when she shall become of marriageable age. At present she is placed in a +convent in Worcester. The abbess is, I believe, a friend of the late +earl, and the girl had been with her for some time previously. Indeed +she went there, I think, when her father left England. This lady was +ordered to give up her charge to the guardianship of Sir Rudolph; but +she refused to do so, saying that it would not be convenable for a young +lady to be under the guardianship of a bachelor knight having no lady at +the head of his establishment, and that therefore she should retain her, +in spite of the orders of the prince. Prince John, I hear, flew into a +fury at this; but he did not dare to provoke the anger of the whole of +the clergy by ordering the convent to be violated. And indeed, not only +would the clergy have been indignant, but many of the great nobles would +also have taken their part, for there can be no doubt that the +contention of the abbess was reasonable; and there is among all the +friends of King Richard a very strong feeling of anger at your having +been deprived of the earldom. This, however, has so far not found much +vent in words, for as it was uncertain whether you would ever return to +claim your rights, it was worth no one's while to embroil himself +unnecessarily with the prince on such a subject. God knows that there +are subjects enough of dispute between John Lackland and the English +barons without any fresh ones arising. The kingdom is in a state of +disturbance. There have been several risings against Prince John's +authority; but those have been, so far, suppressed. Now that we know +where King Richard is, and hope for his return ere very long, it is +probable that peace will be maintained; but should treachery prevail, +and King Richard's return be prevented, you may be sure that John will +not be permitted to mount the throne without the determined resistance +of a large number of the nobles." + +"But," Cuthbert said, "John is not the successor to the throne. Prince +Arthur of Brittany was named by King Richard from the first as his +successor. He is so by blood and by right, and John can have no pretense +to the throne so long as he lives." + +"That is so," Sir Baldwin said. "But unhappily in England at present +might makes right, and you may be sure that at King Richard's death, be +it when it may, Prince John will make a bold throw for the throne, and, +aided as he will be by the pope and by Philip of France, methinks that +his chances are better than those of the young prince. A man's power, in +warlike times, is more than a boy's. He can intrigue and promise and +threaten, while a boy must be in the hands of partisans. I fear that +Prince Arthur will have troubled times indeed before he mounts the +throne of England. Should Richard survive until he becomes of age to +take the field himself and head armies, he may succeed, for all speak +well of him as a boy of singular sweetness of disposition, while Prince +John is detested by all save those who flatter and live by him. But +enough for the present of politics, Cuthbert; let us now to table. It is +long since we two feasted together; and, indeed, such meals as we took +in the Holy Land could scarcely have been called feasts. A boar's head +and a good roasted capon are worthy all the strange dishes that we had +there. I always misdoubted the meat, which seemed to me to smack in +flavor of the Saracens, and I never could bring myself to inquire whence +that strange food was obtained. A stoup of English ale, too, is worth +all the Cyprus wines, especially when the Cyprus wines are half-full of +the sand of the desert. Pah! it makes my throat dry to think of those +horrible meals. So you have brought Cnut and your four archers safely +back with you?" + +"Yes," Cuthbert said, smiling. "But they were, I can assure you, a heavy +weight on me, in spite of their faithfulness and fidelity. Their +ignorance of the language brought most of my troubles upon me, and Cnut +had something of the nature of a bull in him. There are certain things +which he cannot stomach, and when he seeth them he rageth like a wild +beast, regardless altogether of safety or convenience." + +In the evening the two knights again talked over the course which +Cuthbert should adopt. The elder knight's opinion was that his young +friend had best formally claim the title by writing to the king-at-arms, +and should also announce his return to Prince John, signing himself "Sir +Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham;" but that, in the present state of things, it +would be unwise for him to attempt to regain his position, should, as +was certain to be the case, Prince John refuse to recognize him. + +"You are very young yet," Sir Baldwin said, "not eighteen, I think, and +can afford to wait, at any rate, to see whether King Richard returns. +Should he come back, he will see all these wrongs are righted; and one +of his first cares would assuredly be to cast this usurper out of his +stolen dignities. How old is the Lady Margaret?" + +"She is fifteen," Cuthbert said. "She was three years younger than I." + +"I wish she had been younger," Sir Baldwin said. "At fifteen she is not +by custom fairly marriageable; but men can strain these points when they +choose; and I fear that the news of your coming will hasten both the +prince and Sir Rudolph in their determination to strengthen the claim of +this usurper by marriage with the heiress of Evesham. The Lady Margaret +and her friends can of course claim that she is a royal ward, and that +as such the king alone can dispose of her person and estates. But +unfortunately force overrides argument." + +"But surely," Cuthbert said, "they will never venture to take her by +force from the convent?" + +"They venture a great many strange things in England now," Sir Baldwin +said; "and Worcester is perilously near to Evesham. With a clump of +twenty spears, Sir Rudolph might break into the convent and carry off +the young lady, and marry her by force; and although the Church might +cry out, crying would be of little avail when the deed was done; and a +handsome present on the part of Sir Rudolph might go far to shut the +mouths of many of the complainants, especially as he will be able to say +that he has the king's sanction for what he did." + +"Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that if such be the case it would be +perilous indeed to wait for King Richard's return. Assuredly Sir Rudolph +would not tarry until she attained the age of seventeen, and it may well +be that two years may yet pass before King Richard comes back. It seems +to me the wiser part will be that I should give Prince John no notice +that I am in England. As you say, such notice would be of no avail in +recovering my lands and title, but it would put the prince upon his +guard; and assuredly he and his minions would press forward their +measures to obtain possession of the person of the Lady Margaret; +while, on the other hand, no harm can come of my maintaining silence." + +"I think that you are right, Sir Cuthbert. It were indeed best that your +enemies should suppose you either dead or in some dungeon in the Tyrol. +What would you then do?" + +"I would return to my old home," Cuthbert said. "My lady mother is, I +trust, still alive. But I will not appear at her house, but will take +refuge in the forest there. Cnut, and the archers with him, were all at +one time outlaws living there, and I doubt not that there are many good +men and true still to be found in the woods. Others will assuredly join +when they learn that Cnut is there, and that they are wanted to strike a +blow for my rights. I shall then bide my time. I will keep a strict +watch over the castle and over the convent. As the abbess is a friend +and relative of Lady Margaret's, I may obtain an interview with her, and +warn her of the dangers that await her, and ask if she be willing to +fulfill the promise of her father and King Richard's will, in accepting +me as her husband when due time shall arrive, and whether she will be +willing that I should take such steps as I may to deliver her from the +persecution of Sir Rudolph. If, as I trust, she assents to this, I will +keep a watch over the convent as well as the castle, and can then either +attack the latter or carry her off from the former, as the occasion may +appear to warrant. There are plenty of snug cottages round the forest, +where she can remain in concealment in the care of some good farmer's +wife for months, and we shall be close at hand to watch over her. With +the aid of the forest men, Sir Walter took the castle of Sir John of +Wortham; and although Evesham is a far grander pile than that, yet +methinks it could be carried by a sudden assault; and we know more of +war now than we did then. Prince John may deny me the right of being +the Earl of Evesham; but methinks before many months I can, if I choose, +become its master." + +"Be not too hasty in that matter," Sir Baldwin said. "You might capture +the castle with the aid of your outlaws; but you could scarcely hold it. +The prince has, ere now, with the aid of those faithful to him and his +foreign mercenaries, captured stronger holds than that of Evesham; and +if you turn his favorite out, you would have a swarm of hornets around +you such as the walls of Evesham could not keep out. It would therefore +be worse than useless for you to attempt what would be something like an +act of rebellion against Prince John's authority, and would give him +what now he has no excuse for, a ground for putting a price upon your +head--and cutting it off if he got the opportunity. You might now +present yourself boldly at court, and although he might refuse to +recognize your title of earl, yet, as a knight and a Crusader who has +distinguished himself greatly in the Holy Land, he dare not interfere +with your person, for this would be resented by the whole of the +chivalry of England. Still, I agree with you that your best course is to +keep your return a secret. You will then be unwatched and unnoticed, and +your enemies will take their time in carrying their designs into +effect." + +Two days later Cuthbert, attended by his faithful retainers, left Sir +Baldwin's castle, and traveled by easy stages through Wiltshire and the +confines of Gloucestershire up to Worcester. He had been supplied by Sir +Baldwin with suitable attire for himself and his followers, and now rode +as a simple knight, without arms or cognizance, journeying from one part +to another. All the crosses and other crusading signs were laid aside, +and there was nothing to attract any attention to him upon his passage. +Cuthbert had at first thought of going direct to the convent of +Worcester, and asking for an interview with Lady Margaret; but he +reflected that it might be possible that some of the myrmidons of Sir +Rudolph might be keeping a watch over that building to see that Lady +Margaret was not secretly removed to some other place of refuge, and +that the appearance of a knight before its doors would excite comment +and suspicion. He therefore avoided the town, and journeyed straight to +the forest, where he had so often roamed with Cnut and the outlaws. + +Here he found that matters had but little changed since he was last +there. Many of those who had fought with him in the Holy Land, and who +had returned by sea, had again taken to the forest, joined by many new +men whom the exactions of Sir Rudolph had already goaded into revolt. +Cnut was received with enthusiasm, and when he presented Cuthbert to +them as the rightful heir of Evesham and the well-known friend of the +foresters, their enthusiasm knew no bounds. They at once accepted him as +their lord and master, and promised to obey his orders, and to lay down +their lives, if necessary, in his cause, as they knew that it was he who +had formerly obtained the pardon of the forest band, and who had fought +with them in their attack on Wortham Castle. + +To Cuthbert's great delight he heard that his mother was in good health, +although she had for some months been grievously fretting over his +disappearance and supposed death. Cuthbert hesitated whether he should +proceed at once to see her; but he feared that the shock of his +appearance might be too much for her, and that her expressions of joy +might make the retainers and others aware of his arrival, and the news +might in some way reach the ears of those at the castle. He therefore +dispatched Cnut to see her, and break the news to her cautiously, and to +request her to arrange for a time when she would either see Cuthbert at +some place at a distance from the house, or would so arrange that the +domestics should be absent and that he would have an interview with her +there unobserved. + +Cnut was absent some hours, and on his return told Cuthbert that he had +seen Dame Editha, and that her joy on hearing of her son's safe arrival +had caused her no harm, but rather the reverse. The news that King +Richard had bestowed upon him the title and lands of Evesham was new to +her, and she was astonished indeed to hear of his elevation. Having +heard much of the character of the pretending earl, she had great fears +for the safety of Cuthbert, should his residence in the neighborhood get +to his ears; and although sure of the fidelity of all her retainers, she +feared that in their joy at their young master's return they might let +slip some incautious word which would come to the ears of some of those +at the castle. She therefore determined to meet him at a distance. She +had arranged that upon the following day she would give out that she +intended to make a pilgrimage to the shrine of St. Dunstan, which lay at +the edge of the forest, to thank him for her recovery from illness, and +to pray for the safety of her son. She would be carried thither in a +litter, and her journey would excite no comment whatever. She would take +with her four of her most trusted retainers, and would on her arrival at +the shrine send them to a distance, in order to pay her devotions +undisturbed. Cuthbert was to be near, and the moment he saw them depart, +to enter. + +This arrangement was carried out, and the joy of Dame Editha at again +meeting her son was deep indeed. He had left her a lad of fifteen. He +now returned a youth of nearly eighteen, stout and strong beyond his +age, and looking far older than he was, from the effect of the hot sun +of Syria and of the hardships through which he had gone. That he should +win his spurs upon the first opportunity the earl had promised her, and +she doubted not that he would soon attain the rank which his father had +held. But that he should return to her a belted earl was beyond her +wildest thoughts. This, however, was but little in her mind then. It was +her son, and not the Earl of Evesham, whom she clasped in her arms. + +As the interview must necessarily be a short one, Cuthbert gave her but +a slight outline of what had happened since they parted, and the +conversation then turned upon the present position, and upon the steps +which had best be taken. + +"Your peril is, I fear, as great here as when you were fighting the +infidels in the Holy Land," she said. "Sir Rudolph has not been here +long; but he has proved himself a cruel and ruthless master. He has +driven forth many of the old tenants and bestowed their lands upon his +own servants and retainers. The forest laws he carries out to the +fullest severity, and has hung several men who were caught infringing +them. He has laid such heavy burdens on all the tenants that remain that +they are fairly ruined, and if he stay here long he will rule over a +desert. Did he dream of your presence here, he would carry fire and +sword through the forest. It is sad indeed to think that so worthless a +knave as this should be a favorite of the ruler of England. But all men +say that he is so. Thus were you to attack him, even did you conquer and +kill him, you would have the enmity of Prince John to contend with; and +he spareth none, man or woman, who stand in his way. It will be a bad +day indeed for England should our good King Richard not return. I will, +as you wish me, write to my good cousin, the Lady Abbess of St. Anne's, +and will ask that you may have an interview with the Lady Margaret, to +hear her wishes and opinions concerning the future, and will pray her to +do all that she can to aid your suit with the fair young lady, and to +keep her at all events safe from the clutches of the tyrant of Evesham." + +Three days later a boy employed as a messenger by Dame Editha brought a +note to Cuthbert, saying that she had heard from the Abbess of St. +Anne's, who would be glad to receive a visit from Cuthbert. The abbess +had asked his mother to accompany him; but this she left for him to +decide. Cuthbert sent back a message in reply that he thought it would +be dangerous for her to accompany him, as any spy watching would report +her appearance, and inquiries were sure to be set on foot as to her +companion. He said that he himself would call at the convent on the +following evening after nightfall, and begged her to send word to the +abbess to that effect, in order that he might, when he presented +himself, be admitted at once. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +THE ATTEMPT ON THE CONVENT. + + +Upon the following evening Cuthbert proceeded to Worcester. He left his +horse some little distance outside the town, and entered on foot. Having +no apprehension of an attack, he had left all his pieces of armor +behind, and was in the quiet garb of a citizen. Cnut attended him--for +that worthy follower considered himself as responsible that no harm of +any sort should befall his young master. The consequences of his own +imprudence in the Tyrol were ever before his mind, and he determined +that from henceforth there should be no want of care on his part. He +accompanied Cuthbert to within a short distance of the convent, and took +up his position in the shade of a house, whence he could watch should +any one appear to be observing Cuthbert's entrance. + +Upon ringing the bell Cuthbert told the porteress, as had been arranged, +that he had called on a message from Dame Editha, and he was immediately +ushered into the parlor of the convent, where, a minute or two later, he +was joined by the lady abbess. He had when young been frequently to the +convent, and had always been kindly received. + +"I am indeed glad to see you, Sir Cuthbert," she said, "though I +certainly should not have recognized the lad who used to come here with +my cousin in the stalwart young knight I see before me. You are indeed +changed and improved. Who would think that my gossip Editha's son would +come to be the Earl of Evesham! The Lady Margaret is eager to see you; +but I think that you exaggerate the dangers of her residence here. I +cannot think that even a minion of Prince John would dare to violate the +sanctity of a convent." + +"I fear, good mother," Cuthbert said, "that when ambition and greed are +in one scale, reverence for the holy church will not weigh much in the +other. Had King Richard been killed upon his way home, or so long as +nothing was heard of him, Sir Rudolph might have been content to allow +matters to remain as they were, until at least Lady Margaret attained an +age which would justify him in demanding that the espousal should be +carried out. But the news which has now positively been ascertained, +that the king is in the hands of the emperor, and the knowledge that +sooner or later his freedom will be obtained, will hasten the friends of +the usurper to make the most of their advantage. He knows that the king +would at once upon his return annul the nomination of Sir Rudolph to the +earldom which had previously been bestowed upon me. But he may well +think that if before that time he can secure in marriage the person of +the late earl's daughter, no small share of the domains may be allotted +to him as her dowry, even if he be obliged to lay by his borrowed +honors. You will, unless I am greatly mistaken, hear from him before +long." + +The abbess looked grave. + +"There is much in what you say, Sir Cuthbert; and indeed a certain +confirmation is given to it by the fact that only yesterday I received a +letter from Sir Rudolph, urging that now the Lady Margaret is past the +age of fifteen, and may therefore be considered marriageable, the will +of the prince should be carried into effect, and that she should for the +present be committed to the charge of the Lady Clara Boulger, who is +the wife of a friend and associate of Sir Rudolph. He says that he +should not wish to press the marriage until she attains the age of +sixteen, but that it were well that his future wife should become +accustomed to the outside world, so as to take her place as Castellan of +Evesham with a dignity befitting the position. I wrote at once to him +saying that in another year it would, in my poor judgment, be quite time +to think about such worldly matters; that at the present the Lady +Margaret was receiving an education suitable to her rank; that she was +happy here; and that unless constrained by force--of which, I said, I +could not suppose that any possibility existed--I should not surrender +the Lady Margaret into any hands whatsoever, unless, indeed, I received +the commands of her lawful guardian, King Richard." + +"You said well, holy mother," Sir Cuthbert said. "But you see the hawks +scent the danger from afar, and are moving uneasily already. Whether +they consider it so pressing that they will dare to profane the convent, +I know not. But I am sure that should they do so, they will not hesitate +a moment at the thought of the anger of the church. Prince John has +already shown that he is ready, if need be, to oppose the authority of +the holy father, and he may well, therefore, despise any local wrath +that might be excited by an action which he can himself disavow, and for +which, even at the worst, he need only inflict some nominal punishment +upon his vassal. Bethink thee, lady, whether it would not be safer to +send the Lady Margaret to the care of some person, where she may be +concealed from the search of Sir Rudolph." + +"I would gladly do so," the abbess said, "did I know of such a person or +such a place. But it is difficult indeed, for a young lady of rank to be +concealed from such sharp searchers as Sir Rudolph would be certain to +place upon her track. Your proposal that she should take refuge in the +house of some small franklin near the forest, I cannot agree to. In the +first place, it would demean her to be so placed; and in the second, we +could never be sure that the report of her residence there might not +reach the ears of Sir Rudolph. As a last resource, of course, such a +step would be justifiable, but not until at least overt outrages have +been attempted. Now I will call Lady Margaret in." + +The young girl entered with an air of frank gladness, but was startled +at the alteration which had taken place in her former playfellow, and +paused and looked at the abbess, as if inquiring whether this could be +really the Cuthbert she had known. Lady Margaret was fifteen in years; +but she looked much younger. The quiet seclusion in which she had lived +in the convent had kept her from approaching that maturity which as an +earl's daughter, brought up in the stir and bustle of a castle, she +would doubtless have attained. + +"This is indeed Sir Cuthbert," the abbess said, "your old playfellow, +and the husband destined for you by your father and by the will of the +king." + +Struck with a new timidity, the girl advanced, and, according to the +custom of the times, held up her cheek to be kissed. Cuthbert was almost +as timid as herself. + +"I feel, Lady Margaret," he said, "a deep sense of my own unworthiness +of the kindness and honor which the dear lord your father bestowed upon +me; and were it not that many dangers threaten, and that it were +difficult under the circumstances to find one more worthy of you, I +would gladly resign you into the hands of such a one were it for your +happiness. But believe me that the recollection of your face has +animated me in many of the scenes of danger in which I have been placed; +and although even in fancy my thoughts scarcely ventured to rise so +high, yet I felt as a true knight might feel for the lady of his love." + +"I always liked you, Sir Cuthbert," the girl said frankly, "better than +any one else next to my father, and gladly submit myself to his will. My +own inclinations indeed, so far as is maidenly, go with his. These are +troubled times," she said anxiously, "and our holy mother tells me that +you fear some danger is overhanging me." + +"I trust that the danger may not be imminent," Cuthbert answered. "But +knowing the unscrupulous nature of the false Earl of Evesham, I fear +that the news that King Richard is found will bestir him to early +action. But you can rely, dear lady, on a careful watch being kept over +you night and day; and should any attempt be made to carry you away, or +to put force upon you, be assured that assistance will be at hand. Even +should any attempt succeed, do not lose heart, for rescue will certainly +be attempted; and I must be dead, and my faithful followers crushed, +before you can become the bride of Sir Rudolph." + +Then turning to other subjects, he talked to her of the life he had led +since he last saw her. He told her of the last moments of her father, +and of the gallant deeds he had done in the Holy Land. + +After waiting for two hours, the abbess judged that the time for +separation had arrived; and Cuthbert, taking a respectful adieu of his +young mistress, and receiving the benediction of the abbess, departed. + +He found Cnut on guard at the point where he had left him. + +"Have you seen aught to give rise to suspicion?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Yes," Cnut said, "the place is undoubtedly watched. Just after you had +entered a man came from that house yonder and went up to the gate, as if +he would fain learn by staring at its iron adornments the nature of him +who had passed in. Then he re-entered his house, and if I mistake not is +still on the watch at that casement. If we stand here for a minute or +two, perchance he may come out to see what delays you in this dark +corner, in which case I may well give him a clout with my ax which will +settle his prying." + +"Better not," Cuthbert said. "We can retire round this corner and so +avoid his observation; and were his body found slain here, suspicion +would be at once excited in the mind of his employer. At present he can +have no ground for any report which may make the knight uneasy, for he +can but know that a gentleman has entered, and remained for two hours at +the convent, and he will in no way connect my visit with the Lady +Margaret." + +They had just turned the corner which Cuthbert indicated, when a man +came up rapidly behind them and almost brushed them as he passed, +half-turning round and trying to gaze into their faces. Cnut at once +assumed the aspect of an intoxicated person, and stretching forth his +foot, with a dexterous shove pushed the stranger into the gutter. The +latter rose with a fierce cry of anger; but Cnut with a blow of his +heavy fist again stretched him on the ground, this time to remain quiet +until they had walked on and passed out of sight. + +"A meddling fool," Cnut grumbled. "He will not, methinks, have much to +report to Sir Rudolph this time. Had I thought that he had seen your +face, I would have cleft his skull with no more hesitation than I send +an arrow into the brain of a stag in the forest." + +As they journeyed along Cuthbert informed Cnut of what the abbess had +told him; and the latter agreed that a watch must be placed on the +convent, and that a force must be kept as near as possible at hand so +as to defeat any attempt which might be made. + +The next day one of the forest men who had been a peaceable citizen, but +who had been charged with using false weights and had been condemned to +lose his ears, repaired to Worcester. His person was unknown there, as +he had before lived at Gloucester. He hired a house in the square in +which the convent was situated, giving out that he desired to open a +house of business for the sale of silks, and for articles from the Low +Countries. As he paid down earnest-money for the rent no suspicion +whatever was excited. He at once took up his abode there, having with +him two stout serving-men, and a 'prentice boy; and from that time two +sets of watchers observed without ceasing what passed at the Convent of +St. Anne. + +At a distance of half a mile from the road leading between Worcester and +Evesham stood a grange, which had for some time been disused, the ground +belonging to it having been sequestrated and given to the lord of an +adjoining estate, who did not care to have the grange occupied. In this +ten men, headed by Cnut, took up their residence, blocking up the window +of the hall with hangings, so that the light of the fire kindled within +would not be observed. + +Two months passed on without any incident of importance. The feeling +between the outlaws in the forest and the retainers of the false Earl of +Evesham was becoming much imbittered. Several times the foresters of the +latter, attempting pursuit of men charged with breaking the game laws, +were roughly handled. These on making their report were sent back again, +supported by a force of footmen; but these, too, were driven back, and +the authority of Sir Rudolph was openly defied. + +Gradually it came to his ears that the outlaws were commanded by a man +who had been their leader in times gone by, but who had been pardoned, +and had, with a large number of his band, taken service in the army of +the Crusaders; also, that there was present a stranger, whose manner and +the deference paid to him by Cnut proclaimed him to be of gentle blood. +This news awakened grave uneasiness on the part of Sir Rudolph. The +knight caused inquiries to be made, and ascertained that Cnut had been +especially attached to the young Cuthbert, and that he had fought under +the Earl of Evesham's banner. It seemed possible then that with him had +returned the claimant for the earldom; and in that case Sir Rudolph felt +that danger menaced him, for the bravery of the Earl of Evesham's +adopted son had been widely spoken of by those who had returned from the +Holy Land. + +Sir Rudolph was a man of forty, tall and dark, with Norman features. He +held the Saxons in utter contempt, and treated them as beings solely +created to till the land for the benefit of their Norman lords. He was +brave and fearless, and altogether free from the superstition of the +times. Even the threats of the pope, which although Prince John defied +them yet terrified him at heart, were derided by his follower, who +feared no one thing in the world, save, perhaps, the return of King +Richard from captivity. + +No sooner had the suspicion that his rival was in the neighborhood +possessed him than he determined that one of two things must be carried +out: either Sir Cuthbert must be killed, or the Lady Margaret must be +carried off and forced to accept him as her husband. First he endeavored +to force Sir Cuthbert to declare himself and to trust to his own arm to +put an end to his rival. To that end he caused a proclamation to be +written, and to be affixed to the door of the village church at the fair +of Evesham. + +Cnut and several of his followers were there, all quietly dressed as +yeomen. Seeing a crowd round the door of the church, he pressed forward. +Being himself unable to read writing, he asked one of the burgesses what +was written upon the paper which caused such excitement. + +"It is," the burgess said, "in the nature of a cartel or challenge from +our present lord, Sir Rudolph. He says that it having come to his ears +that a Saxon serf, calling himself Sir Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham, is +lurking in the woods and consorting with outlaws and robbers, he +challenges him to appear, saying that he will himself, grievously +although he would demean himself by so doing, yet condescend to meet him +in the lists with sword and battle-ax, and to prove upon his body the +falseness of his averments. Men marvel much," the burgess continued, "at +this condescension on the earl's part. We have heard indeed that King +Richard, before he sailed for England, did, at the death of the late +good earl, bestow his rank and the domains of Evesham upon Sir Cuthbert, +the son of the Dame Editha. Whether it be true or not, we cannot say; +but it seems strange that such honor should have been bestowed upon one +so young. In birth indeed he might aspire to the rank, since his father, +Sir Walter, was a brave knight, and the mother, Dame Editha, was of good +Saxon blood, and descended from those who held Evesham before the +arrival of the Normans." + +Cnut's first impulse was to stride forward and to tear down the +proclamation. But the remembrance of his solemn determination not in +future to act rashly came across him, and he decided to take no steps +until he had reported the facts to his master, and taken his counsel +thereon. + +Cuthbert received the news with much indignation. + +"There is naught that I should like better," he said, "than to try my +strength against that of this false traitor. But although I have proved +my arm against the Saracens, I think not that it is yet strong enough to +cope against a man who, whatsoever be his faults, is said to be a +valiant knight. But that would not deter me from attempting the task. It +is craftily done on the part of Sir Rudolph. He reckons that if I appear +he will kill me; that if I do not appear, I shall be branded as a +coward, and my claims brought into disrepute. It may be, too, that it is +a mere ruse to discover if I be in the neighborhood. Some rumors thereof +may have reached him, and he has taken this course to determine upon +their truth. He has gone too far, and honest men will see in the cartel +itself a sign that he misdoubts him that my claims are just; for were I, +as he says, a Saxon serf, be sure that he would not condescend to meet +me in the lists as he proposes. I trust that the time will come when I +may do so. But at present I will submit to his insult rather than +imperil the success of our plans, and, what is of far greater +importance, the safety and happiness of the Lady Margaret, who, did +aught befall me, would assuredly fall into his hands." + +After some thought, however, Cuthbert drew up an answer to the knight's +proclamation. He did not in this speak in his own name, but wrote as if +the document were the work of Cnut. It was worded as follows: "I, Cnut, +a free Saxon and a leader of bowmen under King Richard in the Holy Land, +do hereby pronounce and declare the statements of Sir Rudolph, miscalled +the Earl of Evesham, to be false and calumnious. The earldom was, as +Rudolph well knows, and as can be proved by many nobles and gentlemen of +repute who were present with King Richard, granted to Sir Cuthbert, King +Richard's true and faithful follower. When the time shall come Sir +Cuthbert will doubtless be ready to prove his rights. But at present +right has no force in England, and until the coming of our good King +Richard must remain in abeyance. Until then, I support the title of Sir +Cuthbert, and do hereby declare Sir Rudolph a false and perjured knight; +and warn him that if he falls into my hands it will fare but badly with +him, as I know it will fare but badly with me should I come into his." + +At nightfall the cartel of Sir Rudolph was torn down from the church and +that of Cnut affixed in its place. The reading thereof caused great +astonishment in Evesham, and the rage of Sir Rudolph, when the news came +to his ears, was very great. Cuthbert was sure that this affair would +quicken the intentions of Sir Rudolph with regard to the Lady Margaret, +and he received confirmation of this in a letter which the abbess sent +him, saying that she had received another missive from Sir Rudolph, +authoritatively demanding in the king's name the instant surrender of +Lady Margaret to him. That night forty archers stole, one by one, +quietly into Worcester, entering the town before the gates were shut, +and so mingling with the citizens that they were unobserved. When it was +quite dark they quietly took their way, one by one, to the square in +which stood the convent, and were admitted into the shop of Master +Nicholas, the silk mercer. + +The house was a large one, with its floors overhanging each the one +beneath it, as was the custom of the time, and with large casements +running the whole width of the house. + +The mercer had laid by a goodly store of provisions, and for three days +the troop, large as it was, was accommodated there. Cuthbert himself was +with them, Cnut remaining at the grange with the ten men originally sent +there. + +On the third day Sir Rudolph, with a number of knights and men-at-arms, +arrived in the town, giving out that he was passing northward, but he +would abide that night at the hostelry. A great many of his men-at-arms +did, as those on the watch observed, enter one by one into the town. The +people of Worcester were somewhat surprised at this large accompaniment +of the earl, but thought no harm. The Abbess of St. Anne's, however, was +greatly terrified, as she feared that some evil design might be intended +against her. She was, however, reassured in the evening by a message +brought by a boy, to the effect that succor would be near, whatsoever +happened. + +At midnight a sudden uproar was heard in the streets of Worcester. + +A party of men fell upon the burgesses guarding the gate of the town, +disarmed them, and took possession of it. At the same time those who had +put up at the hostelry with Sir Rudolph suddenly mounted their horses, +and with a great clatter rode down the streets to the convent of St. +Anne. Numbers of men on foot also joined, and some sixty in all suddenly +appeared before the great gate of the convent. With a thundering noise +they knocked at the door, and upon the grating being opened Sir Rudolph +himself told the porteress who looked through it that she was to go at +once to the abbess and order her to surrender the body of the Lady +Margaret to him, in accordance with the order of Prince John; adding, +that if within the space of five minutes the order was not complied +with, he would burst in the gates of the convent and take her for +himself. In another minute a casement opened above, and the abbess +herself appeared. + +"Rash man," she said to Sir Rudolph, "I warn you against committing the +sin of sacrilege. Neither the orders of Prince John nor of any other +potentate can override the rights of the holy church; and should you +venture to lay the hand of force upon this convent you will be placed +under the anathema of the church, and its spiritual terrors will be +directed against you." + +"I am prepared to risk that, holy mother," Sir Rudolph said, with a +laugh. "So long as I am obeying the orders of my prince, I care naught +for those of any foreign potentate, be he pope or be he emperor. Three +minutes of the time I gave you have elapsed, and unless within two more +the Lady Margaret appears at the gate I will batter it down; and you may +think yourself lucky if I do not order my men to set light to it and to +smoke you out of your hole." + +The abbess closed the window, and as she did so the long row of +casements in the house of Master Nicholas were opened from top to +bottom, and a volley of sixty clothyard arrows was poured into the group +closely standing round the gate. Many fell, killed outright, and shouts +of rage and pain were heard arising. + +Furious at this unexpected attack, Sir Rudolph turned and commanded +those with him to attack the house whence this volley of missiles had +come. But even while he spoke another flight of arrows, even more deadly +than the last, was poured forth. One of the knights standing by the side +of Sir Rudolph fell, shot through the brain. Very many of the common +men, undefended by harness, fell shot through and through; and an arrow +piercing the joint of the armor of Sir Rudolph wounded him in the +shoulder. In vain the knight stormed and raged and ordered his men to +advance. The suddenness of the attack seemed to his superstitious +followers a direct answer from heaven to the words of the abbess. Their +number was already seriously lessened, and those who were in case to do +so at once took flight and scattered through the city, making for the +gate, which had already been seized by Sir Rudolph's men. + +Finding himself alone with only a few of his knights and principal +men-at-arms remaining, while the storm of arrows continued unabated, Sir +Rudolph was forced to order his men to retreat with many fierce threats +of the vengeance which he would hereafter take. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. + +A DASTARDLY STRATAGEM. + + +The return of Sir Rudolph's party to Evesham was not unmarked by +incident, for as they passed along the road, from an ambush in a wood +other archers, whose numbers they could not discover, shot hard upon +them, and many fell there who had escaped from the square at Worcester. +When the list was called upon the arrival at the castle, it was found +that no less than thirty of those who had set out were missing, while +many others were grievously wounded. + +The noise of the tumult in the square of the convent aroused the whole +town of Worcester. Alarm bells were rung; and the burgesses, hastily +arming themselves, poured into the streets. Directed by the sound, they +made their way to the square, and were astonished at finding it entirely +deserted, save for some twenty men, lying dead or dying in front of the +gate of the convent, pierced with long arrows. They speedily found that +Sir Rudolph and his troop had departed; and further inquiry revealed the +fact that the burgher guard at one of the gates had been overpowered and +were prisoners in the watchroom. These could only say that they were +suddenly seized, all being asleep save the one absolutely on guard. They +knew nothing more than that a few minutes later there was a great +clatter of horsemen and men on foot leaving the city. Unable to find any +solution to this singular circumstance, but satisfied that Sir Rudolph +had departed, and that no more disturbance was likely to arise that +night, the burgesses again betook themselves to their beds, having +closed the gates and placed a strong guard over them, determining next +morning to sift the affair to the bottom. + +In the morning the leading burgesses met in council, and finding none +who could give them any information, the mayor and two of the councilors +repaired to the convent, where they asked for an interview with the lady +abbess. Mightily indignant were they at hearing that Sir Rudolph had +attempted to break into the convent, and to carry off a boarder residing +there. But the abbess herself could give them no further news. She said +that after she retired from the window she heard great shouts and cries, +and that almost immediately afterward the whole of the party in front +hastily retired. + +That Sir Rudolph had been attacked by a party of archers was evident; +but whence they had shot, or how they had come upon the spot at the +time, or whither they had gone, were mysteries that could not be solved. +In the search which the authorities made, however, it was discovered +that the house of the draper, Master Nicholas, was closed. Finding that +summonses to open were unanswered, the door was broken in, and the +premises were found in confusion. No goods of any kind were discovered +there, but many bales filled with dried leaves, bark of trees, and other +worthless matters. Such goods as had been displayed in the window had +clearly been carried away. Searching the house, they found signs that a +considerable number of men had been concealed there, and although not +knowing whence the body of archers could have come, they concluded that +those who defeated the attempt of Sir Rudolph must have been hidden in +the draper's house. The singularity of this incident gave rise to great +excitement; but the indignation against Sir Rudolph was in no way +lessened by the fact that his attempt had been defeated, not by the +townsmen themselves, but by some unknown force. + +After much consultation on the part of the council, it was resolved that +a deputation, consisting of the mayor and the five senior councilors, +should resort to London, and there demand from the prince redress for +the injury put upon their town by Sir Rudolph. These worthy merchants +betook themselves to London by easy stages, and upon their arrival there +were kept for some days before they could obtain an interview with King +John. When they appeared before him and commenced telling their story +the prince fell into sudden rage. + +"I have heard of this matter before," he said, "and am mightily angry +with the people of Worcester, inasmuch as they have dared to interfere +to prevent the carrying out of my commands. The Earl of Evesham has +written to me, that thinking to scare the abbess of St. Anne's into a +compliance with the commands which I had laid upon her, and to secure +the delivery of a contumacious ward of the crown, he had pretended to +use force, having, however, no idea of carrying his threats into effect. +When, as he doubted not, the abbess was on the point of yielding up the +ward, the good knight was suddenly set upon by the rascals of the town, +who slew some of his companions and followers, and did grievously +ill-treat the remainder. This," said the prince, "you now pretend was +done by a party of men of whose presence in the town you had no +cognizance. Your good sense must be small, if you think that I should +believe such a tale as this. It is your rascaldom at Worcester which +interfered to prevent my will being carried out, and I have a goodly +mind to order the troop of Sir Charles Everest, which is now marching +toward Evesham, to sack the town, as a punishment for its rebellion. As, +however, I am willing to believe that you and the better class of +burgesses were in ignorance of the doings of the rougher kind, I will +extend mercy toward the city, and will merely inflict a fine of three +thousand golden marks upon it." + +The mayor attempted humbly to explain and to entreat; but the prince was +seized with a sudden passion, and threatened if he said more he would at +once cast him and his fellows into durance. Therefore, sadly crestfallen +at the result of their mission, the mayor and councilors returned to +Worcester, where their report caused great consternation. This was +heightened by the fact that upon the following day Sir Charles Everest, +with five hundred mercenaries of the prince, together with Sir Rudolph +and his following, and several other barons favorable to the cause of +the prince, were heard to be approaching the town. + +Worcester was capable of making a stout defense, but seeing that no help +was likely to be forthcoming, and fearing the utter ruin of the town +should it be taken by storm, the council, after sitting many hours in +deliberation, determined to raise the money required to pay the fine +inflicted by the prince. The bolder sort were greatly averse to this +decision, especially as a letter had been received, signed "Cuthbert, +Earl of Evesham," offering, should the townspeople decide to resist the +unjust demands of Prince John, to enter the town with one hundred and +fifty archers to take part in its defense. With this force, as the more +ardent spirits urged, the defeat of any attempt to carry it by storm +would be assured. But the graver men argued that even if defeated for +the first time further attempts would be made, and as it was likely that +King Richard would not return for a long time, and that Prince John +might become sovereign of England, sooner or later the town must be +taken, and, in any case, its trade would for a long time be destroyed, +and great suffering inflicted upon all; therefore, that it was better to +pay the fine now than to risk all these evils, and perhaps the +infliction of a heavier impost upon them. + +The abbess was kept informed by friends in the council of the course of +the proceedings. She had in the meantime had another interview with Sir +Cuthbert and had determined, seeing that Prince John openly supported +the doings of his minion, it would be better to remove the Lady Margaret +to some other place, as no one could say how the affair might terminate; +and with five hundred mercenaries at his back, Sir Rudolph would be so +completely master of the city that he would be able in broad daylight, +did he choose, to force the gates of the convent and carry off the +king's ward. + +Accordingly, two days before the arrival of the force before the walls +of Worcester, Lady Margaret left the convent by a postern gate in the +rear, late in the evening. She was attended by two of the sisters, both +of whom, as well as herself, were dressed as country women. Mules were +in readiness outside the city gates, and here Sir Cuthbert, with an +escort of archers, was ready to attend them. They traveled all night, +and arrived in the morning at a small convent situated five miles from +the city of Hereford. The abbess here was a cousin of the Superior of +St. Anne's, and had already consented to receive Lady Margaret. Leaving +her at the door, and promising that, as far as possible, he would keep +watch over her, and that even in the worst she need never despair, Sir +Cuthbert left her and returned to the forest. + +The band there assembled varied considerably in numbers, for provisions +could not be found continually for a large body of men. The forest was +indeed very extensive, and the number of deer therein large. Still, for +the feeding of one hundred and fifty men many animals are required, and +other food. The franklins in the neighborhood were all hostile to Sir +Rudolph, whom they regarded as a cruel tyrant, and did their utmost in +the way of supplies for those in the forest. Their resources, however, +were limited, and it was found necessary to scatter the force, and for a +number of them to take up their residence in places a short distance +away, forty only remaining permanently on guard. + +Sir Rudolph and his friends entered Worcester, and there received with +great hauteur the apologies of the mayor and council, and the assurance +that the townspeople were in nowise concerned in the attack made upon +him. To this he pretended disbelief. The fine demanded was paid, the +principal portion in gold, the rest in bills signed by the leading +merchants of the place; for after every effort it had been found +impossible to collect such a sum within the city. + +The day after he arrived he again renewed his demand to the abbess for +the surrender of the Lady Margaret; this time, however, coming to her +attended only by two squires, and by a pursuivant bearing the king's +order for the delivery of the damsel. The abbess met him at the gate, +and informed him that the Lady Margaret was no longer in her charge. + +"Finding," she said in a fearless tone, "that the holy walls of this +convent were insufficient to restrain lawless men, and fearing that +these might be tempted to acts of sacrilege, which might bring down upon +them the wrath of the church and the destruction of their souls, I have +sent her away." + +"Whither has she gone?" Sir Rudolph demanded, half-mad with passion. + +"That I decline to say," the lady abbess replied. "She is in good hands; +and when King Richard returns his ward shall be delivered to him at +once." + +"Will you take oath upon the Bible that she is not within these walls?" +Sir Rudolph exclaimed. + +"My word is sufficient," the lady abbess replied calmly. "But should it +be necessary, I should be ready to swear upon the relics that she is not +here." + +A few hours later Sir Rudolph, attended by his own party and by one +hundred of Sir Charles Everest's mercenaries, returned to his castle. + +Three days afterward, as Cuthbert was sitting at a rude but hearty meal +in the forest, surrounded by Cnut and his followers, a hind entered +breathless. Cuthbert at once recognized him as one of the servitors of +his mother. + +"What is it?" he exclaimed, leaping to his feet. + +"Terrible news, Master Cuthbert, terrible news!" exclaimed the man. "The +wicked earl came down this morning, with fifty of his men, set fire to +the house, and all its buildings and stacks, and has carried off the +lady, your mother, a prisoner to the castle, on a charge, as he said, of +harboring traitors." + +A cry of fury broke from Cnut and his men. + +"The false traitor shall bitterly regret this outrage," Cuthbert +exclaimed. + +He had in the first excitement seized his arms, and his followers +snatched up their bows, as if for instant warfare. A few moments' +reflection, however, showed to Cuthbert the impossibility of his +attacking a fortress like Evesham, garrisoned by a strong body of +well-armed men, with only the archers of the forest, without implements +necessary for such an assault. + +"Send at once, Cnut," he said, "and call in all the band. We cannot take +the castle; but we will carry fire and sword round its walls. We will +cut off all communication from within or from without. If attacked by +large forces, we will retire upon the wood, returning to our posts +without the walls as soon as the force is withdrawn. These heavily armed +men can move but slowly, while we can run at full speed. There cannot be +more than some twenty horsemen in the castle; and methinks with our +arrows and pikes we can drive these back if they attempt to fall upon +us." + +Cnut at once sent off swift-footed messengers to carry out Cuthbert's +orders, and on the following day the whole of the band were again +assembled in the woods. Just as Cuthbert was setting them in motion a +distant blast of a horn was heard. + +"It is," Cuthbert exclaimed, "the note calling for a parley. Do you, +Cnut, go forward, and see what is demanded. It is probably a messenger +from Sir Rudolph." + +After half an hour's absence Cnut returned, bringing with him a +pursuivant or herald. The latter advanced at once toward Cuthbert, who, +now in his full knightly armor, was evidently the leader of the party. + +"I bear to you, Sir Cuthbert, falsely calling yourself Earl of Evesham, +a message from Sir Rudolph. He bids me tell you that the traitress, Dame +Editha, your mother, is in his hands, and that she has been found guilty +of aiding and abetting you in your war against Prince John, the regent +of this kingdom. For that offense she has been condemned to die." + +Here he was interrupted by a cry of rage which broke from the assembled +foresters. Continuing unmoved, he said: + +"Sir Rudolph, being unwilling to take the life of a woman, however +justly forfeited by the law, commands me to say that if you will deliver +yourself up to him by to-morrow at twelve the Dame Editha shall be +allowed to go free. But that if by the time the dial points to noon you +have not delivered yourself up, he will hang her over the battlements of +the castle." + +Cuthbert was very pale, and he waved his hand to restrain the fury which +animated the outlaws. + +"This man," he said to them, "is a herald, and, as such, is protected by +all the laws of chivalry. Whatsoever his message, it is none of his. He +is merely the mouthpiece of him who sent him." Then, turning to the +herald, he said, "Tell the false knight, your master, on my part, that +he is a foul ruffian, perjured to all the vows of knighthood; that this +act of visiting upon a woman the enmity he bears her son will bring upon +him the execration of all men; and that the offer which he makes me is +as foul and villainous as himself. Nevertheless, knowing his character, +and believing that he is capable of keeping his word, tell him that by +to-morrow at noon I will be there; that the lady, my mother, is to leave +the castle gates as I enter them; and that though by his foul device he +may encompass my death, yet that the curse of every good man will light +upon him, that he will be shunned as the dog he is, and that assuredly +Heaven will not suffer that deeds so foul should bring with them the +prize he seeks to gain." + +The herald bowed, and, escorted by two archers to the edge of the +forest, returned to Evesham Castle. + +After his departure an animated council took place. Cnut and the +outlaws, burning with indignation, were ready to attempt anything. They +would, had Cuthbert given the word, have attacked the castle that very +night. But Cuthbert pointed out the absolute impossibility of their +carrying so strong a place by such an assault, unprovided with engines +for battering down the gates. He said that surprise would be impossible, +as the knight would be sure to take every precaution against it; and +that in the event of such an attack being attempted, he would possibly +carry his threat into execution, and murder Dame Editha before their +eyes. Cnut was like a madman, so transported with fury was he; and the +archers were also beside themselves. Cuthbert alone retained his +calmness. Retiring apart from the others, he paced slowly backward and +forward among the trees, deliberating upon the best course to be +pursued. The archers gathered round the fire and passed the night in +long and angry talk, each man agreeing that in the event of their +beloved leader being sacrificed by Sir Rudolph, they would one and all +give their lives to avenge him by slaying the oppressor whensoever he +ventured beyond the castle gates. + +After a time, Cuthbert called Cnut to him, and the two talked long and +earnestly. Cnut returned to his comrades with a face less despairing +than that he had before worn, and sent off at once a messenger with all +speed to a franklin near the forest to borrow a stout rope some fifty +feet in length, and without telling his comrades what the plans of Sir +Cuthbert were, bade them cheer up, for that desperate as the position +was, all hope was not yet lost. + +"Sir Cuthbert," he said, "has been in grievous straits before now, and +has gone through them. Sir Rudolph does not know the nature of the man +with whom he has to deal, and we may trick him yet." + +At eleven o'clock the next day from the walls of Evesham Castle a body +of archers one hundred and fifty strong were seen advancing in solid +array. + +"Think you, Sir Rudolph," one of his friends, Sir Hubert of Gloucester, +said to him, "that these varlets think of attacking the castle?" + +"They might as well think of scaling heaven," Sir Rudolph said. "Evesham +could resist a month's siege by a force well equipped for the purpose; +and were it not that good men are wanted for the king's service, and +that these villains shoot straight and hard, I would open the gates of +the castle and launch our force against them. We are two to one as +strong as they, and our knights and mounted men-at-arms could alone +scatter that rabble." + +Conspicuous upon the battlements a gallows had been erected. + +The archers stopped at a distance of a few hundred yards from the +castle, and Sir Cuthbert advanced alone to the edge of the moat. + +"Sir Rudolph of Eresby, false knight and perjured gentleman," he shouted +in a loud voice, "I, Sir Cuthbert of Evesham, do denounce you as +foresworn and dishonored, and do challenge you to meet me here before +the castle in sight of your men and mine, and decide our quarrel as +Heaven may judge with sword and battle-ax." + +Sir Rudolph leaned over the battlements, and said: "It is too late, +varlet. I condescended to challenge you before, and you refused. You +cannot now claim what you then feared to accept. The sun on the dial +approaches noon, and unless you surrender yourself before it reaches the +mark, I will keep my word, and the traitress, your mother, shall swing +from that beam." + +Making a sign to two men-at-arms, these brought forward Dame Editha and +so placed her on the battlements that she could be seen from below. Dame +Editha was still a very fair woman, although nigh forty years had rolled +over her head. No sign of fear appeared upon her face, and in a firm +voice she cried to her son: + +"Cuthbert, I beg--nay, I order you to retire. If this unknightly lord +venture to carry out his foul threats against me, let him do so. England +will ring with the dastardly deed, and he will never dare show his face +again where Englishmen congregate. Let him do his worst. I am prepared +to die." + +A murmur rose from the knights and men-at-arms standing round Sir +Rudolph. Several of his companions had from the first, wild and +reckless as they were, protested against Sir Rudolph's course, and it +was only upon his solemn assurance that he intended but to frighten Sir +Cuthbert into surrender, and had no intention of carrying his threats +against the lady into effect, that they had consented to take part in +the transaction. Even now, at the fearless words of the Saxon lady +several of them hesitated, and Sir Hubert of Gloucester stepped forward +to Sir Rudolph. + +"Sir knight," he said, "you know that I am your true comrade and the +faithful servant of Prince John. Yet in faith would I not that my name +should be mixed up in so foul a deed. I repent me that I have for a +moment consented to it. But the shame shall not hang upon the escutcheon +of Hubert of Gloucester that he stood still when such foul means were +tried. I pray you, by our long friendship, and for the sake of your own +honor as a knight, to desist from this endeavor. If this lady be guilty, +as she well may be of aiding her son in his assaults upon the soldiers +of Prince John, then let her be tried, and doubtless the court will +confiscate her estates. But let her son be told that her life is in no +danger, and that he is free to go, being assured that harm will not come +to her." + +"And if I refuse to consent to allow my enemy, who is now almost within +my hand, to escape," Sir Rudolph said, "what then?" + +"Then," said the knight, "I and my following will at once leave your +walls, and will clear ourselves to the brave young knight yonder of all +hand in this foul business." + +A murmur of agreement from several of those standing round showed that +their sentiments were in accordance with those of Sir Hubert. + +"I refuse," said Rudolph passionately. "Go, if you will. I am master of +my actions, and of this castle." + +Without a word, Sir Hubert and two others of the knights present turned, +and briefly ordering their men-at-arms to follow them, descended the +staircase to the courtyard below. Their horses were brought out, the men +fell into rank, and the gates of the castle were thrown open. + +"Stand to arms!" Sir Cuthbert shouted to the archers. "They are going to +attempt a sortie." And hastily he retired to the main body of his men. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. + +THE FALSE AND PERJURED KNIGHT. + + +As the band of knights and their retainers issued from the gate a +trumpeter blew a parley, and the three knights advanced alone toward the +group of archers. + +"Sir Cuthbert de Lance," Sir Hubert said, "in the name of myself and my +two friends here we ask your pardon for having so far taken part in this +foul action. We did so believing only that Sir Rudolph intended the +capture of your lady mother as a threat. Now that we see he was in +earnest, we wash our hands of the business; and could we in any way +atone for our conduct in having joined him, we would gladly do so +consistently only with our allegiance to the prince regent." + +Cuthbert bowed courteously. + +"Thanks for your words, Sir Hubert. I had always heard yourself and the +knights here spoken of as brave and gallant gentlemen, whose sole fault +was that they chose to take part with a rebel prince rather than with +the King of England. I rejoice that you have cleared your name of so +foul a blot as this would have placed upon it, and I acknowledge that +your conduct now is knightly and courteous. But I can no more parley. +The sun is within a few minutes of twelve, and I must surrender, to meet +such fate as may befall me." + +So saying, with a bow he left them, and again advanced to the castle +gate. + +"Sir Rudolph," he shouted, "the hour is at hand. I call upon you to +deliver, outside the gate, the lady, my mother. Whether she wills it or +not, I call upon you to place her beyond the gate, and I give you my +knightly word that as she leaves it I enter it." + +Dame Editha would then have attempted resistance; but she saw that it +would be useless. With a pale face she descended the steps, accompanied +by the men-at-arms. She knew that any entreaty to Sir Rudolph would be +vain, and with the courage of her race she mentally vowed to devote the +rest of her life to vengeance for her son. + +As the gate opened and she was thrust forth, for a moment she found +herself in the arms of her son. + +"Courage, mother!" he whispered; "all may yet be well." + +Cnut was waiting a few paces behind, and offering his hand to Dame +Editha, he led her to the group of archers, while Cuthbert, alone, +crossed the drawbridge and entered the portal, the heavy portcullis +falling after him. + +Cnut, immediately ordering four of his men to escort Dame Editha to the +wood with all speed, advanced with his men toward the walls. All had +strung their bows and placed their arrows on the ground in front of them +in readiness for instant use. Cnut himself, with two others carrying the +rope, advanced to the edge of the moat. None observed their doings, for +all within the castle were intent upon the proceedings there. + +In the courtyard Sir Rudolph had taken his post, with the captain of the +mercenaries beside him, and the men-at-arms drawn up in order. He smiled +sardonically as Cuthbert entered. + +"So, at last," he said, "this farce is drawing to an end. You are in my +power, and for the means which I have taken to capture you, I will +account to the prince. You are a traitor to him; you have attacked and +slaughtered many of my friends; you are an outlaw defying the law; and +for each of these offenses your head is forfeited." + +"I deny," Cuthbert said, standing before him, "your right to be my +judge. By my peers only can I be tried. As a knight of England and as +rightful lord of this castle, I demand to be brought before a jury of my +equals." + +"I care nothing for rights or for juries," said Sir Rudolph. "I have the +royal order for your execution, and that order I shall put into effect, +although all the knights and barons in England objected." + +Cuthbert looked round to observe the exact position in which he was +standing. He knew, of course, every foot of the castle, and saw that but +a short distance behind a single row of armed men was the staircase +leading to the battlements. + +"False and perjured knight," he said, taking a step forward, "I may die; +but I would rather a thousand deaths than such a life as yours will be +when this deed is known in England. But I am not yet dead. For myself, I +could pardon you; but for the outrage to my mother--" and with a sudden +movement he struck Sir Rudolph in the face with all his strength with +his mailed hand. + +With the blood gushing from his nostrils, the knight fell backward, and +Sir Cuthbert, with a bound, before the assembly could recover from their +astonishment at the deed, burst through the line of men-at-arms, and +sprang up the narrow staircase. A score of men-at-arms started in +pursuit; but Sir Cuthbert gained the battlements first, and without a +moment's hesitation sprang upon them and plunged forward, falling into +the moat fifty feet below. Here he would have perished miserably, for in +his heavy armor he was of course unable to swim a stroke, and his +weight took him at once into the mud of the moat. At its margin, +however, Cnut stood awaiting him, with one end of the rope in his hand. +In an instant he plunged in, and diving to the bottom grasped Cuthbert +by the body, and twisted the rope round him. The two archers on the bank +at once hauled upon it, and in a minute Sir Cuthbert was dragged to the +bank. + +By this time a crowd of men-at-arms appeared upon the battlements. But +as they did so the archers opened a storm of arrows upon them, and +quickly compelled them to find shelter. Carried by Cnut and the men with +him--for he was insensible--Sir Cuthbert was quickly conveyed to the +center of the outlaws, and these at once in a compact body began their +retreat to the wood. Cuthbert quickly recovered consciousness, and was +soon able to walk. As he did so the gates of the castle were thrown +open, and a crowd of men-at-arms, consisting of the retainers of the +castle and the mercenaries of Prince John, sallied forth. So soon as +Cuthbert was able to move the archers started at a brisk run, several of +them carrying Cuthbert's casque and sword, and others assisting him to +hurry along. The rear ranks turned as they ran and discharged flights of +arrows at the enemy, who, more heavily armed and weighted, gained but +slowly upon them. + +Had not Sir Rudolph been stunned by the blow dealt him by Cuthbert he +would himself have headed the pursuit, and in that case the foresters +would have had to fight hard to make their retreat to their fastness. +The officer in command of the mercenaries, however, had no great stomach +for the matter. Men were hard to get, and Prince John would not have +been pleased to hear that a number of the men whom he had brought with +such expense from foreign parts had been killed in a petty fray. +Therefore after following for a short time he called them off, and the +archers fell back into the forest. + +Here they found Dame Editha, and for three days she abode among them, +living in a small hut in the center of the forest. Then she left, to +take up her abode until the troubles were past with some kin who lived +in the south of Gloucestershire. + +Although the lady abbess had assured Cuthbert that the retreat of Lady +Margaret was not likely to be found out, he himself, knowing how great a +stake Sir Rudolph had in the matter, was still far from being easy. It +would not be difficult for the latter to learn through his agents that +the lady superior of the little convent near Hereford was of kin to her +of St. Anne's, and, close as a convent is, yet the gossiping of the +servants who go to market was certain to let out an affair so important +as the arrival of a young lady to reside under the charge of the +superior. Cuthbert was not mistaken as to the acuteness of his enemy. +The relationship between the two lady superiors was no secret, and after +having searched all the farmhouses and granges near the forest, and +being convinced that the lady abbess would have sent her charge rather +to a religious house than to that of a franklin, Sir Rudolph sought +which of those within the circuit of a few miles would be likely to be +the one selected. It was not long before he was enabled to fix upon that +near Hereford, and spies going to the spot soon found out from the +country people that it was a matter of talk that a young lady of rank +had been admitted by the superior. Sir Rudolph hesitated whether to go +himself at the head of a strong body of men and openly to take her, or +to employ some sort of device. It was not that he himself feared the +anathema of the church; but he knew Prince John to be weak and +vacillating, at one time ready to defy the thunder of the pope, the next +cringing before the spiritual authority. He therefore determined to +employ some of his men to burst into the convent and carry off the +heiress, arranging that he himself, with some of his men-at-arms, should +come upon them in the road, and make a feigned rescue of her, so that, +if the lady superior laid her complaint before the pope's legate he +could deny that he had any hand in the matter, and could even take +credit for having rescued her from the men who had profaned the convent. +That his story would be believed mattered but little. It would be +impossible to prove its falsity, and this was all that he cared for. + +This course was followed out. Late one evening the lady superior was +alarmed by a violent knocking at the door. In reply to questions asked +through the grill, the answer was given, "We are men of the forest, and +we are come to carry the Lady Margaret of Evesham off to a secure +hiding-place. The Lord of Evesham has discovered her whereabouts, and +will be here shortly, and we would fain remove her before he arrives." + +"From whom have you warrant?" the lady superior said. "I surrender her +to no one, save to the lady abbess of St. Anne's. But if you have a +written warrant from Sir Cuthbert, the rightful Lord of Evesham, I will +lay the matter before the Lady Margaret, and will act as it may seem fit +to her." + +"We have no time for parleying," a rough voice said. "Throw open the +gate at once, or we will break it down." + +"Ye be no outlaws," the lady superior said, "for the outlaws are men who +fear God and respect the church. Were ye what ye say, ye would be +provided with the warrants that I mention. I warn you, therefore, that +if you use force, you will be excommunicated, and placed under the ban +of the church." + +The only answer was a thundering assault upon the gate, which soon +yielded to the blows. The sisters and novices ran shrieking through the +corridors at this rude uproar. The lady superior, however, stood calmly +awaiting the giving way of the gate. + +"Where is the Lady Margaret?" the leader of the party, who were dressed +in rough garb, and had the seeming of a band of outlaws, demanded. + +"I will say nothing," she said, "nor do I own that she is here." + +"We will soon take means to find out," the man exclaimed. "Unless in +five minutes she is delivered to us, we will burn your place to the +ground." + +The lady abbess was insensible to the threat; but the men rushing in, +seized some sisters, who, terrified out of their wits by this irruption, +at once gave the information demanded, and the men made their way to the +cell where the Lady Margaret slept. + +The girl had at once risen when the tumult commenced, doubting not in +her mind that this was another attempt upon the part of her enemy to +carry her off. When, therefore, she heard heavy footsteps approaching +along the gallery--having already hastily attired herself--she opened +the door and presented herself. + +"If you seek the Lady Margaret of Evesham," she said calmly, "I am she. +Do not harm any of the sisters here. I am in your power, and will go +with you at once. But I beseech you add not to your other sins that of +violence against holy women." + +The men, abashed by the calm dignity of this young girl, abstained from +laying hands upon her, but merely motioned to her to accompany them. +Upon their way they met the man who appeared to be their leader, and he, +well pleased that the affair was over, led the way to the courtyard. + +"Farewell, my child," the abbess exclaimed. "God will deliver you from +the power of these wicked men. Trust in Him, and keep up your courage. +Wickedness will not be permitted to triumph upon the earth; and be +assured that the matter shall be brought to the ears of the pope's +legate, and of Prince John himself." + +She could say no more, for the men, closing round the weeping girl, +hurried her out from the convent. A litter awaited them without, and in +this the young lady was placed, and, borne upon the shoulders of four +stout men, she started at a fast pace, surrounded closely by the rest of +the band. + +It was a dark night, and the girl could not see the direction in which +she was being taken; but she judged from the turn taken upon leaving the +convent that it was toward Evesham. They had proceeded some miles, when +a trampling of horses was heard, and a body of armed men rode up. For a +moment Lady Margaret's heart gave a leap, for she thought that she had +been rescued by her friends. There was a loud and angry altercation, a +clashing of swords, and a sound of shouting and cries outside the +litter. Then it was placed roughly on the ground, and she heard the +sound of the footsteps of her first captors hurrying away. Then the +horsemen closed round the litter, and the leader dismounted. + +"I am happy indeed, Lady Margaret," he said, approaching the litter, "to +have been able to save you from the power of these villains. +Fortunately, word came to me that the outlaws in the forest were about +to carry you off, and that they would not hesitate even to desecrate the +walls of the convent. Assembling my men-at-arms, I at once rode to your +rescue, and am doubly happy to have saved you, first, as a gentleman, +secondly, as being the man to whom our gracious prince has assigned you +as a wife. I am Sir Rudolph, Earl of Evesham." + +As from the first the girl had been convinced that she had fallen into +the power of her lawless suitor, this came upon her as no surprise. + +"Whether your story is true, Sir Rudolph," she said, "or not, God knows, +and I, a poor weak girl, will not pretend to venture to say. It is +between you and your conscience. If, as you say, you have saved me from +the power of the outlaws, I demand that, as a knight and a gentleman, +you return with me at once to the convent from which I was taken by +force." + +"I cannot do that," Sir Rudolph said. "Fortune has placed you in my +hands, and has enabled me to carry out the commands of the prince. +Therefore, though I would fain yield to your wishes and so earn your +good-will, which above all things I wish to obtain, yet my duty toward +the prince commands me to utilize the advantage which fate has thrown in +my hands." + +"You must do as you will, Sir Rudolph," the girl said with dignity. "I +believe not your tale. You sought before, in person, to carry me off, +but failed, and you have now employed other means to do so. The tale of +your conduct to Dame Editha has reached my ears, and I hold you a +foresworn knight and a dishonored man, and as such I would rather die +than become your wife, although as yet I am but a child, and have no +need to talk of weddings for years to come." + +"We need not parley here," the knight said coldly. "We shall have plenty +of time when at my castle." + +The litter was now lifted, placed between two horses, and proceeded +rapidly on its journey. Although the hope was but faint, yet until the +gates of the castle closed upon them the Lady Margaret still hoped that +rescue might reach her. But the secret had been too well kept, and it +was not until the following day that the man who had been placed in a +cottage near the convent arrived in all haste in the forest, to say that +it was only in the morning that he had learned that the convent had been +broken open by men disguised as archers, and the Lady Margaret carried +off. + +Four days elapsed before Sir Rudolph presented himself before the girl +he had captured. So fearfully was his face bruised and disfigured by the +blow from the mailed hand of Cuthbert three weeks before, that he did +not wish to appear before her under such unfavorable circumstances, and +the captive passed the day gazing from her casement in one of the rooms +in the upper part of the keep, toward the forest whence she hoped rescue +would come. + +Within the forest hot discussions were going on as to the best course to +pursue. An open attack was out of the question, especially as upon the +day following the arrival there of Lady Margaret three hundred more +mercenaries had marched in from Worcester, so that the garrison was now +raised to five hundred men. + +"Is there no way," Cnut exclaimed furiously, "by which we might creep +into this den, since we cannot burst into it openly?" + +"There is a way from the castle," Cuthbert said, "for my dear lord told +me of it one day when we were riding together in the Holy Land. He said +then that it might be that he should never return, and that it were well +that I should know of the existence of this passage, which few besides +the earl himself knew of. It is approached by a very heavy slab of stone +in the great hall. This is bolted down, and as it stands under the great +table passes unnoticed, and appears part of the ordinary floor. He told +me the method in which, by touching a spring, the bolts were withdrawn +and the stone could be raised. Thence a passage a quarter of a mile +long leads to the little chapel standing in the hollow, and which, being +hidden among the trees, would be unobserved by any party besieging the +castle. This of course was contrived in order that the garrison, or any +messenger thereof, might make an exit in case of siege." + +"But if we could escape," Cnut asked, "why not enter by this way?" + +"The stone is of immense weight and strength," Cuthbert replied, "and +could not be loosed from below save with great labor and noise. There +are, moreover, several massive doors in the passage, all of which are +secured by heavy bolts within. It is therefore out of the question that +we could enter the castle by that way. But were we once in, we could +easily carry off the lady through this passage." + +The large force which Sir Rudolph had collected was not intended merely +for the defense of the castle, for the knight considered that with his +own garrison he could hold it against a force tenfold that which his +rival could collect. But he was determined if possible to crush out the +outlaws of the forest, for he felt that so long as this formidable body +remained under an enterprising leader like Sir Cuthbert, he would never +be safe for a moment, and would be a prisoner in his own castle. + +Cuthbert had foreseen that the attack was likely to be made, and had +strengthened his band to the utmost. He felt, however, that against so +large a force of regularly armed men, although he might oppose a stout +resistance and kill many, yet that in the end he must be conquered. +Cnut, however, suggested to him a happy idea, which he eagerly grasped. + +"It would be a rare sport," Cnut said, "when this armed force comes out +to attack us, if we could turn the tables by slipping in, and taking +their castle." + +"The very thing," Cuthbert exclaimed. "It is likely that he will use the +greater portion of his forces, and that he will not keep above fifty or +sixty men, at the outside, in the castle. When they sally out we will at +first oppose a stout resistance to them in the wood, gradually falling +back. Then, at a given signal, all save twenty men shall retire hastily, +and sweeping round make for the castle. Their absence will not be +noticed, for in this thick wood it is difficult to tell whether twenty +men or two hundred are opposing you among the bushes; and the twenty who +remain must shoot thick and fast to make believe that their numbers are +great, retiring sometimes, and leading the enemy on into the heart of +the wood." + +"But supposing, Sir Cuthbert, that they should have closed the gates and +lifted the drawbridge? We could not gain entrance by storming, even if +only twenty men held the walls, until long after the main body would +have returned." + +Cuthbert thought for some time, and then said, "Cnut, you shall +undertake this enterprise. You shall fill a cart high with faggots, and +in it shall conceal a dozen of your best men. You, dressed as a serf, +shall drive the oxen, and when you reach the castle shall say, in answer +to the hail of the sentry, that you are bringing in the tribute of wood +of your master the franklin of Hopeburn. They will then lower the +drawbridge and open the gates; and when you have crossed the bridge and +are under the portcullis, spring out suddenly, cut loose the oxen so +that they will not draw the cart further in, cut the chains of the +drawbridge so that it cannot be drawn off, and hold the gate for a +minute or two until we arrive." + +"The plan is capital," Cnut exclaimed. "We will do the proud Norman yet. +How he will storm when he finds us masters of his castle! What then +will you do, Sir Cuthbert?" + +"We can hold the castle for weeks," Cuthbert said, "and every day is in +our favor. If we find ourselves forced to yield to superior numbers, we +can at last retire through the passage I have spoken of, and must then +scatter and each shift for himself until these bad days be past." + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +THE SIEGE OF EVESHAM CASTLE. + + +Upon the day before starting out to head the expedition against the +outlaws, Sir Rudolph sent word to the Lady Margaret that she must +prepare to become his wife at the end of the week. He had provided two +tiring maids for her by ordering two of the franklins to send in their +daughters for that purpose, and these mingled their tears with +Margaret's at the situation in which they were placed. She replied +firmly to the messenger of the knight that no power on earth could +oblige her to marry him. He might drive her to the altar; but though he +killed her there, her lips should refuse to say the words which would +unite them. + +The following morning, early, the castle rang with the din of +preparation. The great portion of the mercenaries were encamped in tents +outside the walls, for, spacious as it was, Evesham could hardly contain +four hundred men in addition to its usual garrison. The men-at-arms were +provided with heavy axes to cut their way through the bushes. Some +carried bundles of straw, to fire the wood should it be found +practicable to do so; and as it was now summer and the wind was blowing +high, Sir Rudolph hoped that the dry grass and bushes would catch, and +would do more even than his men-at-arms in clearing the forest of those +whom he designated the villains infesting it. They had, too, with them +several fierce dogs trained to hunting the deer, and these, the knight +hoped, would do good service in tracking the outlaws. He and the knights +and the men-at-arms with him were all dismounted, for he felt that +horses would in the forest be an incumbrance, and he was determined +himself to lead the way to the men-at-arms. + +When they reached the forest they were saluted by a shower of arrows; +but as all were clad in mail, these at a distance effected but little +harm. As they came closer, however, the clothyard arrows began to pierce +the coarse and ill-made armor of the foot soldiers, although the finer +armor of the knights kept out the shafts which struck against it. Sir +Rudolph and his knights leading the way, they entered the forest and +gradually pressed their invisible foe backward through the trees. The +dogs did good service, going on ahead and attacking the archers; but, +one by one, they were soon shot, and the assailants left to their own +devices. Several attempts were made to fire the wood. But these failed, +the fire burning but a short time and then dying out of itself. In +addition to the fighting men, Sir Rudolph had impressed into the service +all the serfs of his domain, and these, armed with axes, were directed +to cut down the trees as the force proceeded, Sir Rudolph declaring that +he would not cease until he had leveled the whole forest, though it +might take him months to do so. + +The assailants gained ground steadily, the resistance being less severe +than Sir Rudolph had anticipated. Several small huts and clearings in +the forest which had been used by the outlaws, and round which small +crops had been planted, were destroyed, and all seemed to promise well +for the success of the enterprise. + +It was about two hours after they had left the castle, when a heavy cart +filled with fagots was seen approaching its gates. The garrison, who had +not the least fear of any attack, paid no attention to it until it +reached the edge of the moat. Then the warder, seeing that it contained +fagots, lowered the drawbridge without question, raised the portcullis, +and opened the gates. + +"From whom do you bring this wood?" he asked as the man driving the oxen +began to cross the bridge. + +"From the franklin of Hopeburn." + +"It is well," said the warder, "for he is in arrear now, and should have +sent in the firewood two months since. Take it to the woodhouse at the +other end of the court." + +The heavy wagon crossed the drawbridge, but as it was entering the gate +it came suddenly to a stop. With a blow of his ox goad Cnut leveled the +warder to the ground, and cutting the cords of the bullocks, drove them +into the yard ahead. As he did so the pile of fagots fell asunder, and +twelve men armed with bow and pike leaped out. The men-at-arms standing +near, lounging in the courtyard, gave a shout of alarm, and the +garrison, surprised at this sudden cry, ran to their arms. At first they +were completely panic-stricken. But seeing after a time how small was +the number of their assailants, they took heart and advanced against +them. The passage was narrow, and the twelve men formed a wall across +it. Six of them with their pikes advanced, the other six with bent bows +standing behind them and delivering their arrows between their heads. +The garrison fought stoutly, and although losing many, were pressing the +little band backward. In vain the assistant-warder tried to lower the +portcullis, or to close the gates. The former fell on to the top of the +wagon, and was there retained. The gates also were barred by the +obstacle. The chains of the drawbridge had at once been cut. Cnut +encouraged his followers by his shouts, and armed with a heavy ax, did +good service upon the assailants. But four of his party had fallen, and +the rest were giving way, when a shout was heard, and over the +drawbridge poured Cuthbert and one hundred and fifty of the outlaws of +the forest. Struck with terror at this attack, the garrison drew back, +and the foresters poured into the yard. For a few minutes there was a +fierce fight; but the defenders of the castle, disheartened and taken by +surprise, were either cut down or, throwing down their arms, cried for +quarter. + +Ten minutes after the wagon had crossed the drawbridge the castle was +safely in possession of Sir Cuthbert. The bridge was raised, the wagon +removed, the portcullis lowered, and to the external eye all remained as +before. + +Cuthbert at once made his way to the chamber where the Lady Margaret was +confined, and her joy at her deliverance was great indeed. So unlimited +was her faith in Sir Cuthbert that she had never lost confidence; and +although it did not seem possible that in the face of such disparity of +numbers he could rescue her from the power of Sir Rudolph, yet she had +not given up hope. The joy of the farmers' daughters who had been +carried off to act as her attendants was little inferior to her own; for +once in the power of this reckless baron, the girls had small hopes of +ever being allowed to return again to their parents. + +The flag of Sir Rudolph was thrown down from the keep, and that of the +late earl hoisted in its stead; for Cuthbert himself, although he had +assumed the cognizance which King Richard had granted him, had not yet +any flag or pennon emblazoned with it. + +No words can portray the stupefaction and rage of Sir Rudolph when a man +who had managed to slip unobserved from the castle at the time of its +capture bore the news to him in the forest. All opposition there had +ceased, and the whole of the troops were engaged in aiding the peasants +in cutting wide roads through the trees across the forest, so as to make +it penetrable by horsemen in every direction. It was supposed that the +outlaws had gradually stolen away through the thickets and taken to the +open country, intending to scatter to their homes, or other distant +hiding-places; and the news that they had by a ruse captured the castle +came as a thunder-clap. + +Sir Rudolph's first impulse was to call his men together and to march +toward the castle. The drawbridge was up and the walls bristled with +armed men. It was useless to attempt a parley; still more useless to +think of attacking the stronghold without the proper machines and +appliances. Foaming with rage, Sir Rudolph took possession of a cottage +near, camped his men around and prepared for a siege. + +There were among the mercenaries many men accustomed to the use of +engines of war. Many, too, had aided in making them; and these were at +once set to work to construct the various machines in use at that time. +Before the invention of gunpowder, castles such as those of the English +barons were able to defy any attack by an armed force for a long period. +Their walls were so thick that even the balistas, casting huge stones, +were unable to breach them except after a very long time. The moats +which surrounded them were wide and deep, and any attempt at storming by +ladders was therefore extremely difficult; and these buildings were +consequently more often captured by famine than by other means. Of +provisions, as Sir Rudolph knew, there was a considerable supply at +present in the castle, for he had collected a large number of bullocks +in order to feed the strong body who had been added to the garrison. The +granaries, too, were well stored; and with a groan Sir Rudolph thought +of the rich stores of French wines which he had collected in his +cellars. + +After much deliberation with the knights with him and the captain of the +mercenaries, it was agreed in the first instance to attempt to attack +the place by filling up a portion of the moat and ascending by scaling +ladders. Huge screens of wood were made, and these were placed on +wagons; the wagons themselves were filled with bags of earth, and a +large number of men getting beneath them shoved the ponderous machines +forward to the edge of the moat. The bags of stones and earth were then +thrown in, and the wagons pushed backward to obtain a fresh supply. This +operation was of course an exceedingly slow one, a whole day being +occupied with each trip of the wagons. They were not unmolested in their +advance, for, from the walls, mangonels and other machines hurled great +stones down upon the wooden screens, succeeding sometimes, in spite of +their thickness, in crashing through them, killing many of the men +beneath. The experiment was also tried of throwing balls of Greek fire +down upon the wood; but as this was green and freshly felled it would +not take fire, but the flames dropping through, with much boiling pitch +and other materials, did grievously burn and scald the soldiers working +below it. Upon both sides every device was tried. The crossbowmen among +the mercenaries kept up a fire upon the walls to hinder the defenders +from interfering with the operations, while the archers above shot +steadily, and killed many of those who ventured within range of their +bows. + +After ten days' labor a portion of the moat some twenty yards in length +was filled with bags of earth, and all was ready for the assault. The +besiegers had prepared great numbers of strong ladders, and these were +brought up under shelter of the screens. Then, all being ready, the +trumpets sounded for the assault, and the troops moved forward in a +close body, covering themselves with their shields so that no man's head +or body was visible, each protecting the one before him with his shield +held over him. Thus the body presented the appearance of a great +scale-covered animal. In many respects, indeed, the warfare of those +days was changed in no way from that of the time of the Romans. In the +twelve hundred years which had elapsed between the siege of Jerusalem +and the days of the Crusades there had been but little change in arms or +armor, and the operations which Titus undertook for the reduction of the +Jewish stronghold differed but little from those which a Norman baron +employed in besieging his neighbor's castle. + +Within Evesham Castle all was contentment and merriment during these +days. The garrison had no fear whatever of being unable to repel the +assault when it should be delivered. Huge stones had been collected in +numbers on the walls, caldrons of pitch, beneath which fires kept +simmering, stood there in readiness. Long poles with hooks with which to +seize the ladders and cut them down were laid there; and all that +precaution and science could do was prepared. + +Cuthbert passed much of the day, when not required upon the walls, +chatting with the Lady Margaret, who, attended by her maidens, sat +working in her bower. She had learned to read from the good nuns of the +convent--an accomplishment which was by no means general, even among the +daughters of nobles; but books were rare, and Evesham boasted but few +manuscripts. Here Margaret learned in full all the details of Cuthbert's +adventures since leaving England, and the fondness with which as a child +she had regarded the lad grew gradually into the affection of a woman. + +The courage of the garrison was high, for although they believed that +sooner or later the castle might be carried by the besiegers, they had +already been told by Cnut that there was a means of egress unknown to +the besiegers, and that when the time came they would be able to escape +unharmed. This, while it in no way detracted from their determination to +defend the castle to the last, yet rendered their task a far lighter and +more agreeable one than it would have been had they seen the gallows +standing before them as the end of the siege. + +As the testudo, as it was called in those days, advanced toward the +castle, the machines upon the walls--catapults, mangonels and +arbalasts--poured forth showers of stones and darts upon it, breaking up +the array of shields and killing many; and as these openings were made, +the archers, seizing their time, poured in volleys of arrows. The +mercenaries, however, accustomed to war, advanced steadily, and made +good their footing beneath the castle wall, and proceeded to rear their +ladders. Here, although free from the action of the machines, they were +exposed to the hand missiles, which were scarcely less destructive. In +good order, and with firmness, however, they reared the ladders, and +mounted to the assault, covering themselves as well as they could with +their shields. In vain, however, did they mount. The defenders poured +down showers of boiling pitch and oil, which penetrated the crevices of +their armor and caused intolerable torment. Great stones were toppled +over from the battlements upon them; and sometimes the ladders, seized +by the poles with hooks, were cast backward, with all upon them, on the +throng below. For half an hour, encouraged by the shouts of Sir Rudolph +and their leaders, the soldiers strove gallantly; but were at last +compelled to draw off, having lost nigh one hundred men, without one +gaining a footing upon the walls. + +That evening another council of war was held without. Already some large +machines for which Sir Rudolph had sent had arrived. In anticipation of +the possibility of failure, two castles upon wheels had been prepared, +and between these a huge beam with an iron head was hung. This was upon +the following day pushed forward on the newly-formed ground across the +moat. Upon the upper part of each tower were armed men who worked +machines casting sheaves of arrows and other missiles. Below were those +who worked the ram. To each side of the beam were attached numerous +cords, and with these it was swung backward and forward, giving heavy +blows each stroke upon the wall. The machines for casting stones, which +had arrived, were also brought in play, and day and night these +thundered against the walls; while the ram repeated its ceaseless blows +upon the same spot, until the stone crumbled before it. + +Very valiantly did the garrison oppose themselves to these efforts. But +each day showed the progress made by the besiegers. Their forces had +been increased, Prince John having ordered his captain at Gloucester to +send another one hundred men to the assistance of Sir Rudolph. Other +towers had now been prepared. These were larger than the first, and +overtopped the castle walls. From the upper story were drawbridges, so +formed as to drop from the structures upon the walls, and thus enable +the besiegers to rush upon them. The process was facilitated by the fact +that the battlements had been shot away by the great stones, and there +was a clear space on which the drawbridges could fall. The attack was +made with great vigor; but for a long time the besieged maintained their +post, and drove back the assailants as they poured out across the +drawbridges on to the wall. At last Cuthbert saw that the forces opposed +to him were too numerous to be resisted, and gave orders to his men to +fall back upon the inner keep. + +Making one rush, and clearing the wall of those who had gained a +footing, the garrison fell back hastily, and were safely within the +massive keep before the enemy had mustered in sufficient numbers upon +the wall to interfere with them. The drawbridge was now lowered, and the +whole of the assailants gained footing within the castle. They were +still far from having achieved a victory. The walls of the keep were +massive and strong, and its top far higher than the walls, so that from +above a storm of arrows poured down upon all who ventured to show +themselves. The keep had no windows low enough down for access to be +gained; and those on the floors above were so narrow, and protected by +bars, that it seemed by scaling the walls alone could an entry be +effected. This was far too desperate an enterprise to be attempted, for +the keep rose eighty feet above the courtyard. It was upon the door, +solid and studded with iron, that the attempt had to be made. + +Several efforts were made by Sir Rudolph, who fought with a bravery +worthy of a better cause, to assault and batter down the door. Protected +by wooden shields from the rain of missiles from above, he and his +knights hacked at the door with their battle-axes. But in vain. It had +been strengthened by beams behind, and by stones piled up against it. +Then fire was tried. Fagots were collected in the forest, and brought; +and a huge pile having been heaped against the door, it was lighted. "We +could doubtless prolong the siege for some days, Lady Margaret," said +Cuthbert, "but the castle is ours; and we wish not, when the time comes +that we shall again be masters of it, that it should be a mere heap of +ruins. Methinks we have done enough. With but small losses on our side, +we have killed great numbers of the enemy, and have held them at bay for +a month. Therefore, I think that to-night it will be well for us to +leave the place." + +Lady Margaret was rejoiced at the news that the time for escape had +come, for the perpetual clash of war, the rattling of arrows, the +ponderous thud of heavy stones caused a din very alarming to a young +girl; and although the room in which she sat, looking into the inner +court of the castle, was not exposed to missiles, she trembled at the +thought that brave men were being killed, and that at any moment a shot +might strike Cuthbert, and so leave her without a friend or protector. + +Content with having destroyed the door, the assailants made no further +effort that evening, but prepared in the morning to attack it, pull down +the stones filled behind it, and force their way into the keep. There +was, with the exception of the main entrance, but one means of exit, a +small postern door behind the castle, and throughout the siege a strong +body of troops had been posted here, to prevent the garrison making a +sortie. Feeling secure therefore that upon the following day his enemies +would fall into his power, Sir Rudolph retired to rest. + +An hour before midnight the garrison assembled in the hall. The table +was removed, and Cuthbert having pressed the spring, which was at a +distance from the stone and could not be discovered without a knowledge +of its existence, the stone turned aside by means of a counterpoise, and +a flight of steps was seen. Torches had been prepared. Cnut and a chosen +band went first; Cuthbert followed, with Lady Margaret and her +attendants; and the rest of the archers brought up the rear, a trusty +man being left in charge at last with orders to swing back the stone +into its place, having first hauled the table over the spot, so that +their means of escape should be unknown. + +The passage was long and dreary, the walls were damp with wet, and the +massive doors so swollen by moisture that it was with the greatest +difficulty they could be opened. At last, however, they emerged into +the little friary in the wood. It was deserted, the priest who usually +dwelt there having fled when the siege began. The stone which there, as +in the castle, concealed the exit, was carefully closed, and the party +then emerged into the open air. Here Cuthbert bade adieu to his +comrades. Cnut had very anxiously begged to be allowed to accompany him +and share his fortunes, and Cuthbert had promised him that if at any +time he should again take up arms in England, he would summon him to his +side, but that at present as he knew not whither his steps would be +turned, it would be better that he should be unattended. The archers had +all agreed to scatter far and wide through the country, many of them +proceeding to Nottingham and joining the bands in the forest of +Sherwood. + +Cuthbert himself had determined to make his way to the castle of his +friend, Sir Baldwin, and to leave the Lady Margaret in his charge. Cnut +hurried on at full speed to the house of a franklin, some three miles +distant. Here horses were obtained and saddled, and dresses prepared; +and when Cuthbert with Lady Margaret arrived there, no time was lost. +Dressed as a yeoman, with the Lady Margaret as his sister, he mounted a +horse, with her behind him on a pillion. The other damsels also mounted, +as it would not have been safe for them to remain near Evesham. They +therefore purposed taking refuge in a convent near Gloucester for the +present. Bidding a hearty adieu to Cnut, and with thanks to the franklin +who had aided them, they set forward on their journey. By morning they +had reached the convent, and here the two girls were left, and Cuthbert +continued his journey. He left his charge at a convent a day's ride +distant from the castle of Sir Baldwin, as he wished to consult the +knight first as to the best way of her entering the castle without +exciting talk or suspicion. + +Sir Baldwin received him with joy. He had heard something of his doings, +and the news of the siege of Evesham had been noised abroad. He told him +that he was in communication with many other barons, and that ere long +they hoped to rise against the tyranny of Prince John, but that at +present they were powerless, as many, hoping that King Richard would +return ere long, shrank from involving the country in a civil war. When +Cuthbert told him that the daughter of his old friend was at a convent +but a day's ride distant, and that he sought protection for her, Sir +Baldwin instantly offered her hospitality. + +"I will," he said, "send my good wife to fetch her. Some here know your +presence, and it would be better therefore that she did not arrive for +some days, as her coming will then seem to be unconnected with yourself. +My wife and I will, a week hence, give out that we are going to fetch a +cousin of my wife's to stay here with her; and when we return no +suspicion will be excited that she is other than she seems. Should it be +otherwise, I need not say that Sir Baldwin of Béthune will defend his +castle against any of the minions of Prince John. But I have no fear +that her presence here will be discovered. What think you of doing in +the meantime?" + +"I am thinking," Cuthbert said, "of going east. No news has been +obtained of our lord the king save that he is a prisoner in the hands of +the emperor; but where confined, or how, we know not. It is my intent to +travel to the Tyrol, and to trace his steps from the time that he was +captured. Then, when I obtain knowledge of the place where he is kept, I +will return, and consult upon the best steps to be taken. My presence in +England is now useless. Did the barons raise the standard of King +Richard against the prince, I should at once return and join them. But +without land or vassals, I can do nothing here, and shall be indeed like +a hunted hare, for I know that the false earl will move heaven and earth +to capture me." + +Sir Baldwin approved of the resolution; but recommended Cuthbert to take +every precaution not to fall himself into the hands of the emperor; +"for," he said, "if we cannot discover the prison of King Richard, I +fear that it would be hopeless indeed ever to attempt to find that in +which a simple knight is confined." + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +IN SEARCH OF THE KING. + + +The following day, with many thanks, Cuthbert started from the castle, +and in the first place visited the convent, and told Lady Margaret that +she would be fetched in a few days by Sir Baldwin and his wife. He took +a tender adieu of her, not without many forebodings and tears upon her +part; but promising blithely that he would return and lead her back in +triumph to her castle, he bade adieu and rode for London. + +He had attired himself as a merchant, and took up his abode at a +hostelry near Cheapside. Here he remained quietly for some days, and, +mixing among the people, learned that in London as elsewhere the +rapacity of Prince John had rendered him hateful to the people, and that +they would gladly embrace any opportunity of freeing themselves from his +yoke. He was preparing to leave for France, when the news came to him +that Prince John had summoned all the barons faithful to him to meet him +near London, and had recalled all his mercenaries from different parts +of the country, and was gathering a large army; also, that the barons +faithful to King Richard, alarmed by the prospect, had raised the royal +standard, and that true men were hurrying to their support. This +entirely destroyed the plans that he had formed. Taking horse again, and +avoiding the main road, by which he might meet the hostile barons on +their way to London, he journeyed down to Nottingham. Thence riding +boldly into the forest, he sought the outlaws, and was not long ere he +found them. At his request he was at once taken before their leader, a +man of great renown both for courage and bowmanship, one Robin Hood. +This bold outlaw had long held at defiance the sheriff of Nottingham, +and had routed him and all bodies of troops who had been sent against +him. With him Cuthbert found many of his own men; and upon hearing that +the royal standard had been raised, Robin Hood at once agreed to march +with all his men to join the royal force. Messengers were dispatched to +summon the rest of the forest band from their hiding-places, and a week +later Cuthbert, accompanied by Robin Hood and three hundred archers, set +out for the rendezvous. When they arrived there they found that Sir +Baldwin had already joined with his retainers, and was by him most +warmly received, and introduced to the other barons in the camp, by whom +Cuthbert was welcomed as a brother. The news that Prince John's army was +approaching was brought in a fortnight after Cuthbert had joined the +camp, and the army in good order moved out to meet the enemy. + +The forces were about equal. The battle began by a discharge of arrows; +but Robin Hood and his men shot so true and fast that they greatly +discomfited the enemy; and King John's mercenaries having but little +stomach for the fight, and knowing how unpopular they were in England, +and that if defeated small mercy was likely to be shown to them, refused +to advance against the ranks of the loyal barons, and falling back +declined to join in the fray. Seeing their numbers so weakened by this +defection, the barons on the prince's side hesitated, and surrounding +the prince advised him to make terms with the barons while there was yet +time. Prince John saw that the present was not a favorable time for him, +and concealing his fury under a mask of courtesy, he at once acceded to +the advice of his followers, and dispatched a messenger to the barons +with an inquiry as to what they wanted of him. A council was held, and +it was determined to demand the dismissal of the mercenaries and their +dispatch back to their own country; also that John would govern only as +his brother's representative; that the laws of the country should be +respected; that no taxes should be raised without the assent of the +barons; that all men who had taken up arms against his authority should +be held free; and that the barons on Prince John's side should return +peaceably home and disband their forces. Seeing, under the +circumstances, that there was no way before him but to yield to these +demands, Prince John accepted the terms. The mercenaries were ordered to +march direct to London, and orders were given that ships should be at +once prepared to take them across to Normandy, and the barons marched +for their homes. + +Satisfied, now that the mercenaries were gone, that they could +henceforth hold their ground against Prince John, the royal barons also +broke up their forces. Robin Hood with his foresters returned to +Sherwood; and Cuthbert, bidding adieu to Sir Baldwin, rode back to +London, determined to carry out the plan which he had formed. He was the +more strengthened in this resolution, inasmuch as in the royal camp he +had met a friend from whom he parted last in the Holy Land. This was +Blondel, the minstrel of King Richard, whose songs and joyous music had +often lightened the evening after days of fighting and toil in +Palestine. To him Cuthbert confided his intention, and the minstrel +instantly offered to accompany him. + +"I shall," he said, "be of assistance to you. Minstrels are like +heralds. They are of no nationality, and can pass free where a +man-at-arms would be closely watched and hindered. Moreover, it may be +that I might aid you greatly in discovering the prison of the king. So +great is the secrecy with which this has been surrounded that I question +if any inquiries you could make would enable you to trace him. My voice, +however, can penetrate into places where we cannot enter. I will take +with me my lute, and as we journey I will sing outside the walls of each +prison we come to one of the songs which I sang in Palestine. King +Richard is himself a singer and knows my songs as well as myself. If I +sing a verse of some song which I wrote there and which, therefore, +would be known only to him, if he hears it he may follow with the next +verse, and so enable us to know of his hiding-place." + +Cuthbert at once saw the advantages which such companionship would bring +him, and joyfully accepted the minstrel's offer, agreeing himself to go +as serving man to Blondel. The latter accompanied him to London. Here +their preparations were soon made, and taking ship in a merchantman +bound for the Netherlands, they started without delay upon their +adventure. + +The minstrels and troubadours were at that time a privileged race in +Europe, belonging generally to the south of France, although produced in +all lands. They traveled over Europe singing the lays which they +themselves had composed, and were treated with all honor at the castles +where they chose to alight. It would have been considered as foul a deed +to use discourtesy to a minstrel as to insult a herald. Their persons +were, indeed, regarded as sacred, and the knights and barons strove to +gain their good-will by hospitality and presents, as a large proportion +of their ballads related to deeds of war; and while they would write +lays in honor of those who courteously entertained them, they did not +hesitate to heap obloquy upon those who received them discourteously, +holding them up to the gibes and scoffs of their fellows. In no way, +therefore, would success be so likely to attend the mission of those who +set out to discover the hiding-place of King Richard as under the guise +of a minstrel and his attendant. No questions would be asked them; they +could halt where they would, in castle or town, secure of hospitality +and welcome. Blondel was himself a native of the south of France, +singing his songs in the soft language of Languedoc. Cuthbert's Norman +French would pass muster anywhere as being that of a native of France; +and although when dressed as a servitor attention might be attracted by +his bearing, his youth might render it probable that he was of noble +family, but that he had entered the service of the minstrel in order to +qualify himself some day for following that career. He carried a long +staff, a short sword, and at his back the lute or small harp played upon +by the troubadour. Blondel's attire was rich, and suitable to a person +of high rank. + +They crossed to the Scheldt, and thence traveled by the right bank of +the Rhine as far as Mannheim, sometimes journeying by boat, sometimes on +foot. They were also hospitably entertained, and were considered to more +than repay their hosts by the songs which Blondel sang. + +At Mannheim they purchased two horses, and then struck east for Vienna. + +The journey was not without danger, for a large portion of this part of +Europe was under no settled government, each petty baron living in his +own castle, and holding but slight allegiance to any feudal lord, making +war upon his neighbor on his own account, levying blackmail from +travelers, and perpetually at variance with the burghers of the towns. + +The hills were covered with immense forests, which stretched for many +leagues in all directions, and these were infested by wolves, bears, and +robbers. + +The latter, however, although men without pity or religion, yet held the +troubadours in high esteem, and the travelers without fear entered the +gloomy shades of the forest. + +They had not gone far when their way was barred by a number of armed +men. + +"I am a minstrel," Blondel said; "and as such doubt not that your +courtesy will be extended to me." + +"Of a surety," the leader said; "the gay science is as much loved and +respected in the greenwood as in the castle; and moreover, the purses of +those who follow it are too light to offer any temptation to us. We +would pray you, however, to accompany us to our leader, who will +mightily rejoice to see you, for he loves music, and will gladly be your +host so long as you will stay with him." + +Blondel, without objection, turned his horse's head and accompanied the +men, followed by Cuthbert. After half an hour's traveling they came to a +building which had formerly been a shrine, but which was now converted +to the robbers' headquarters. The robber chief, on hearing from his +followers the news that a minstrel had arrived, came forward to meet +him, and courteously bade him welcome. + +"I am Sir Adelbert, of Rotherheim," he said, "although you see me in so +poor a plight. My castle and lands have been taken by my neighbor, with +whom for generations my family have been at feud. I was in the Holy Land +with the emperor, and on my return found that the baron had taken the +opportunity of my absence, storming my castle and seizing my lands. In +vain I petitioned the emperor to dispossess this traitorous baron of my +lands, which by all the laws of Christendom should have been respected +during my absence. The emperor did indeed send a letter to the baron to +deliver them up to me; but his power here is but nominal, and the baron +contemptuously threw the royal proclamation into the fire and told the +messenger that what he had taken by the sword he would hold by the +sword; and the emperor having weightier matters on hand than to set +troops in motion to redress the grievances of a simple knight, gave the +matter no further thought. I have therefore been driven to the forest, +where I live as best I may with my followers, most of whom were +retainers upon my estate, and some my comrades in the Holy Land. I make +war upon the rich and powerful, and beyond that do harm to no man. But, +methinks," he continued, "I know your face, gentle sir." + +"It may well be so, Sir Adelbert," the minstrel said, "for I too was in +the Holy Land. I followed the train of King Richard, and mayhap at some +of the entertainments given by him you have seen my face. My name is +Blondel." + +"I remember now," the knight said. "It was at Acre that I first saw you, +and if I remember rightly you can wield the sword as well as the lute." + +"One cannot always be playing and singing," Blondel said, "and in lack +of amusement I was forced to do my best against the infidel, who indeed +would have but little respected my art had I fallen into his hands. The +followers of the prophet hold minstrels but in slight reverence." + +"What is the news of King Richard?" the knight said. "I have heard that +he was lost on the voyage homeward." + +"It is not so," Blondel said. "He landed safely on the coast, and was +journeying north with a view of joining his sister at the court of +Saxony, when he was foully seized and imprisoned by the Archduke John." + +"That were gross shame indeed," the knight said, "and black treachery on +the part of Duke John. And where is the noble king imprisoned?" + +"That," said Blondel, "no man knows. On my journey hither I have +gathered that the emperor claimed him from the hand of the archduke, and +that he is imprisoned in one of the royal fortresses, but which I know +not. And indeed, sir knight, since you are well disposed toward him, I +may tell you that the purport of my journey is to discover if I can the +place of his confinement. He was a kind and noble master, and however +long my search may be, I will yet obtain news of him." + +The knight warmly applauded the troubadour's resolution, and was turning +to lead him into his abode, when his eye fell upon Cuthbert. + +"Methinks I know the face of your attendant as well as your own; though +where I can have seen him I know not. Was he with you in the Holy Land?" + +"Yes," Blondel said, "the youth was also there; and doubtless you may +have noticed him, for he is indeed of distinguished and of good family." + +"Then let him share our repast," the knight said, "if it seems good to +you. In these woods there is no rank, and I myself have long dropped my +knightly title, and shall not reassume it until I can pay off my score +to the Baron of Rotherheim, and take my place again in my castle." + +The minstrel and Cuthbert were soon seated at the table with the knight +and one or two of his principal companions. A huge venison pasty formed +the staple of the repast, but hares and other small game were also upon +the table. Nor was the generous wine of the country wanting. + +The knight had several times glanced at Cuthbert, and at last exclaimed, +"I have it now. This is no attendant, sir minstrel, but that valiant +young knight who so often rode near King Richard in battle. He is, as I +guess, your companion in this quest; is it not so?" + +"It is," Cuthbert replied frankly. "I am, like yourself, a disinherited +knight, and my history resembles yours. Upon my return to England I +found another in possession of the land and titles that belonged to the +noble I followed, and which King Richard bestowed upon me. The Earl of +Evesham was doubtless known to you, and before his death King Richard, +at his request, bestowed upon me as his adopted son--although but a +distant connection--his title and lands and the hand of his daughter. +Prince John, who now rules in England, had however granted these things +to one of his favorites, and he having taken possession of the land and +title, though not, happily, of the lady, closed his door somewhat +roughly in my face. I found means, however, to make my mark upon him; +but as our quarrel could not be fought out to the end, and as the false +knight had the aid of Prince John, I am forced for awhile to postpone +our settlement, and meeting my good friend the minstrel, agreed to join +him in his enterprise to discover our lord the king." + +The knight warmly grasped Cuthbert's hand. + +"I am glad," he said, "to meet so true and valiant a knight. I have +often wondered at the valor with which you, although so young, bore +yourself; and there were tales afloat of strange adventures which you +had undergone in captivity for a time among the infidels." + +At Sir Adelbert's request Cuthbert related the story of his adventures +among the Saracens; and then Blondel, tuning his lute, sang several +canzonets which he had composed in the Holy Land, of feats of arms and +adventure. + +"How far are you," Cuthbert asked presently, when Blondel laid his lute +aside, "from the estates which were wrongfully wrested from you?" + +"But twenty leagues," the knight said. "My castle was on the Rhine, +between Coblentz and Mannheim." + +"Does the baron know that you are so near?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Methinks that he does not," the knight replied, "but that he deems me +to have gone to the court of the emperor to seek for redress--which, he +guesses, I shall certainly fail to obtain." + +"How many men have you with you?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Fifty men, all good and true," the knight said. + +"Has it never entered your thoughts to attempt a surprise upon his +castle?" Cuthbert said. + +The knight was silent for a minute. + +"At times," he said at length, "thoughts of so doing have occurred to +me; but the castle is strong, and a surprise would be difficult indeed." + +"If the baron is lulled in security at present," Cuthbert said, "and +deems you afar off, the watch is likely to be relaxed, and with a sudden +onslaught you might surely obtain possession. Blondel and myself are not +pressed for time, and the delay of a few days can make but little +difference. If, therefore, you think we could be of assistance to you in +such an attempt, my sword, and I am sure that of my friend, would be at +your disposal." + +The knight sat for some time in silence. + +"Thanks, generous knight," he said at last, "I am sorely tempted to +avail myself of your offer; but I fear that the enterprise is hopeless. +The aid, however, of your arm and knowledge of war would greatly add to +my chances, and if it pleases you we will ride to-morrow to a point +where we can obtain a sight of the baron's castle. When you see it you +shall judge yourself how far such an enterprise as you propose is +possible." + +"Is your own castle intact?" Cuthbert asked. + +"The walls are standing," he said; "but a breach has been made in them, +and at present it is wholly deserted." + +"Do you think," Cuthbert asked, "that if you succeeded in surprising and +defeating the garrison of the castle that you could then regain your +own, and hold it against your enemy?" + +"I think that I could," Sir Adelbert said. "The baron's domains are but +little larger than my own. Many of my retainers still live upon the +estate, and would, I am sure, gladly join me, if I were to raise my +flag. The baron, too, is hated by his neighbors, and could I inflict a +crushing blow upon him, methinks it would be so long a time before he +could assemble a force, that I might regain my castle and put it in an +attitude of defense before he could take the field against me." + +"If," Cuthbert said, "we could surprise the castle, it might well be +that the baron would fall into your hands, and in that case you might be +able to make your own terms with him. How strong a force is he likely to +have in his castle?" + +"Some fifty or sixty men," the knight replied; "for with such a force he +could hold the castle against an attack of ten times their number, and +he could in twelve hours call in his retainers, and raise the garrison +to three hundred or four hundred men." + +Blondel warmly assented to Cuthbert's scheme, and it was settled that at +daybreak they should start to view the Castle of Rotherheim. At early +dawn they were in the saddle, and the three rode all day, until toward +sunset they stood on the crest of a hill looking down into the valley of +the Rhine. + +The present aspect of that valley affords but a slight idea of its +beauty in those days. The slopes are now clad with vineyards, which, +although picturesque in idea, are really, to look at from a distance, no +better than so many turnip fields. The vines are planted in rows and +trained to short sticks, and as these rows follow the declivities of the +hillside, they are run in all directions, and the whole mountain side, +from the river far up, is cut up into little patches of green lines. In +those days the mountains were clad with forests, which descended nearly +to the riverside. Here and there, upon craggy points, were situate the +fortalices of the barons. Little villages nestled in the woods, or stood +by the river bank, and a fairer scene could not be witnessed in Europe. + +"That is Rotherheim," the knight said, pointing to a fortress standing +on a crag, which rose high above the woods around it; "and that," he +said, pointing to another some four miles away, similarly placed, "is my +own." + +Cuthbert examined closely the fortress of Rotherheim. It was a large +building, with towers at the angles, and seemed to rise almost abruptly +from the edge of the rock. Inside rose the gables and round turrets of +the dwelling-place of the baron, and the only access was by a steep +winding path on the riverside. + +"It is indeed a strong place," Cuthbert said, "and difficult to take by +surprise. A watch no doubt is always kept over the entrance, and there +we can hope for no success. The only plan will be to scale the wall by +means of a ladder; but how the ladder is to be got to so great a height, +I own at present passes my comprehension." After much thought, Cuthbert +went on, "It might, methinks, be practicable for an archer to approach +the walls, and to shoot an arrow over the angle of the castle so that it +would pass inside the turret there, and fall in the forest beyond. If to +this arrow were attached a light cord, it could be gained by one on the +other side, and a stronger cord hauled over. To this could be attached a +rope ladder, and so this could be raised to the top of the wall. If a +sentinel were anywhere near he might hear the rope pulled across the +battlements; but if, as we may hope, a watch is kept only over the +entrance, the operation might be performed without attracting notice." + +The knight was delighted with the project, which seemed perfectly +feasible, and it was agreed that the attempt should be made. + +"It will need," Sir Adelbert said, "an archer with a strong arm indeed +to shoot an arrow with a cord attached to it, however light, over the +corner of the castle." + +"Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that I can do that, for as a lad I was used +to the strong bows of my country. The first thing, however, will be to +obtain such a bow; but doubtless one can be purchased in one of the +towns, which, if not so strong as those to which I was accustomed, will +at any rate suffice for us." + +The party bivouacked in the woods for the night, for the horses had +already done a very long journey, and needed rest before starting back +for the Black Forest. At daybreak, however, they started, and at +nightfall rejoined their band. These were delighted when they heard the +scheme that had been set on foot, and all avowed their eagerness to join +in the attempt to restore their lord to his rights. + +Two days later they set out, having already procured from the nearest +town a strong bow, some arrows, a very light rope, and a stronger one +from a portion of which they manufactured a rope ladder capable of +reaching from the top of the wall to the rock below. The journey this +time occupied two days, as the men on foot were unable to march at the +pace at which the mounted party had traversed the ground. The evening +of the second day, however, saw them in sight of the castle. By +Cuthbert's advice, Sir Adelbert determined to give them twenty-four +hours of rest, in order that they might have their full strength for +undertaking the task before them. During the day Cuthbert, guided by the +knight, made his way through the woods to the foot of the rocks on which +the castle stood. They were extremely steep, but could be mounted by +active men if unopposed from above. Cuthbert measured the height with +his eye from the top of the castle wall to the place which he selected +as most fitting from which to shoot the arrow, and announced to the +knight that he thought there would be no difficulty in discharging an +arrow over the angle. + +At nightfall the whole party made their way silently through the woods. +Three men were sent round to the side of the castle opposite that from +which Cuthbert was to shoot. The length of light string was carefully +coiled on the ground, so as to unwind with the greatest facility, and so +offer as little resistance to the flight of the arrow as might be. Then, +all being in readiness, Cuthbert attached the end to an arrow, and +drawing the bow to its full compass, let fly the arrow. All held their +breath; but no sound followed the discharge. They were sure, therefore, +that the arrow had not struck the wall, but that it must have passed +clear over it. Half an hour elapsed before they felt that the cord was +pulled, and knew that the men upon the other side had succeeded in +finding the arrow and string attached. The stronger cord was now +fastened to that which the arrow had carried, and this gradually +disappeared in the darkness. A party now stole up the rock, and posted +themselves at the foot of the castle wall. They took with them the coil +of rope-ladder and the end of the rope. At length the rope tightened, +and to the end they attached the ladder. This again ascended until the +end only remained upon the ground, and they knew that it must have +reached the top of the wall. They now held fast, and knew that those on +the other side, following the instructions given them, would have +fastened the rope to a tree upon the opposite side. They were now joined +by the rest of the party, and Sir Adelbert leading the way, and followed +by Cuthbert and Blondel, began cautiously to ascend the rope ladder. + +All this time no sound from the castle proclaimed that their intention +was suspected, or that any alarm had been given, and in silence they +gained the top of the wall. Here they remained quiet until the whole +band were gathered there, and then made their way along until they +reached the stairs leading to the courtyard. These they descended, and +then, raising his war-cry, Sir Adelbert sprang upon the men who, round a +fire, were sitting by the gate. These were cut down before they could +leap to their feet, and the party then rushed at the entrance to the +dwelling-house. The retainers of the castle, aroused by the sudden din, +rushed from their sleeping places, but taken completely by surprise, +were unable to offer any resistance whatever to the strong force which +had, as if by magic, taken possession of the castle. The surprise was +complete, and with scarce a blow struck they found themselves in +possession. The baron himself was seized as he rose from his bed, and +his rage at finding himself in the power of his enemy was so great as +for some time to render him speechless. Sir Adelbert briefly dictated to +him the conditions upon which only he should desist from using his power +to hang him over his own gate. The baron was instantly to issue orders +to all his own retainers and tenantry to lend their aid to those of Sir +Adelbert in putting the castle of the latter into a state of defense and +mending the breach which existed. A sum of money, equal to the revenues +of which he had possessed himself, was to be paid at once, and the +knight was to retain possession of Rotherheim and of the baron's person +until these conditions were all faithfully carried out. The baron had no +resource but to assent to these terms, and upon the following day +Cuthbert and Blondel departed upon their way, overwhelmed with thanks by +Sir Adelbert, and confident that he would now be able to regain and hold +the possession of his estate. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +KING RICHARD'S RETURN TO ENGLAND. + + +Journeying onward, Blondel and his companion stopped at many castles, +and were everywhere hospitably entertained. Arriving at Vienna they +lingered for some time, hoping there to be able to obtain some +information of the whereabouts of King Richard. Blondel in his songs +artfully introduced allusions to the captive monarch and to the mourning +of all Christendom at the imprisonment of its champion. These allusions +were always well received, and he found that the great bulk of the +nobles of the empire were indignant and ashamed at the conduct of the +emperor in imprisoning his illustrious rival. The secret of his prison +place, however, appeared to have been so well kept that no information +whatever was obtainable. + +"We must carry out our original plan," he said at length, "and journey +into the Tyrol. In one of the fortresses there he is most likely to be +confined." + +Leaving the capital they wandered up into the mountains for weeks, +visiting one castle after another. It was no easy matter in all cases to +get so near to these prisons as to give a hope that their voice might be +heard within, or an answer received without. More than once crossbow +bolts were shot at them from the walls when they did not obey the +sentinel's challenge and move further away. Generally, however, it was +in the daytime that they sang. Wandering carelessly up, they would sit +down within earshot of the castle, open their wallets, and take out +provisions from their store, and then, having eaten and drunk, Blondel +would produce his lute and sing, as if for his own pleasure. It needed, +however, four visits to each castle before they could be sure that the +captive was not there; for the song had to be sung on each side. +Sometimes they would cheat themselves with the thought that they heard +an answering voice; but it was not until the end of the fourth week, +when singing outside the castle of Diernstein, that a full rich voice, +when Blondel ceased, sang out the second stanza of the poem. With +difficulty Blondel and Cuthbert restrained themselves from an +extravagant exhibition of joy. They knew, however, that men on the +prison wall were watching them as they sat singing, and Blondel, with a +final strain taken from a ballad of a knight who, having discovered the +hiding-place of his lady love, prepared to free her from her oppressors, +shouldered his lute, and they started on their homeward journey. + +There was no delay now. At times they sang indeed at castles; but only +when their store was exhausted, for upon these occasions Blondel would +be presented with a handsome goblet or other solid token of the owner's +approval, and the sale of this at the next city would take them far on +their way. They thought it better not to pass through France, as Philip, +they knew, was on the watch to prevent any news of King Richard reaching +England. They therefore again passed through Brabant, and so by ship to +England. + +Hearing that Longchamp, Bishop of Ely, one of Richard's vicegerents, was +over in Normandy, and rightly deeming him the most earnest of his +adherents, they at once recrossed the sea, and found the warlike prelate +at Rouen. Greatly delighted was he at hearing that Richard's +hiding-place had been discovered. He at once sent across the news to +England, and ordered it to be published far and wide, and himself +announced it to the barons of Normandy. Then with a gorgeous retinue, +including Cuthbert and Blondel, he started for Vienna, and arriving +there demanded an interview with the emperor. + +The news that it was now certain that Richard was imprisoned in a castle +of the emperor had already spread through Europe, and the bishop had +been received everywhere with tokens of sympathy; and so great was the +feeling shown by the counts and barons of the empire that the Emperor +Henry felt that he could no longer refuse to treat for the surrender of +his captive. Therefore he granted the interview which Longchamp +demanded. The English envoy was received by the emperor surrounded by +his nobles. The prelate advanced with great dignity. + +"I come," he said, "in the name of the people of England to demand the +restoration of King Richard, most unjustly and unknightly detained a +prisoner in his passage through your dominions." + +"King Richard was my foe," the emperor said, "open and secret, and I was +justified in detaining one who is alike my enemy and a scourge to Europe +as a prisoner, when fortune threw him in my hands. I am, however, +willing to put him to a ransom, and will upon the payment of one hundred +and fifty thousand marks allow him to go free." + +"I deny your right to detain him or to put him to ransom," the bishop +said. "But as you have the power, so my denial is useless. England is +poor, impoverished with war and by the efforts which she made in the +service of our holy religion. Nevertheless, poor as she is, she will +raise the sum you demand. There is not an Englishman who will not +furnish all he can afford for the rescue of our king. But once again, in +the presence of your nobles, I denounce your conduct as base and +unkingly." + +The emperor could with difficulty restrain his passion; but the sight of +the somber visages of his nobles showed that they shared in no slight +degree the feelings which the English envoy had so boldly announced. + +"Before, however," the emperor said, "I surrender King Richard, he must +be tried by my peers of many and various crimes of which he is accused. +Should he be found guilty of these, no gold can purchase his release. +Should he, however, be acquitted, then as my word is given so shall it +be." + +"Although," the prelate said, "I deny your right to try our king, and +believe that he himself will refuse to accept your jurisdiction, yet I +fear not the result if our lord be left in the hands of the nobles of +the empire and not in yours. I can trust their honor and courtesy." + +And turning upon his heel, without another word he quitted the +apartment. + +An hour later the bishop and his following took horse and rode with all +speed to the north coast, and thence sailed for England. The news of the +amount of ransom filled the people with consternation; but preparations +were at once made for collecting the sum demanded. Queen Eleanor was +unceasing in her efforts to raise the money for the release of her +favorite son. The nobles contributed their jewels and silver; the people +gave contributions of goods, for money was so scarce in England that few +had the wherewithal to pay in coin. Prince John placed every obstacle in +the way of the collection; but the barons had since their successful +stand obtained the upper hand, and it was by intrigue only that he could +hinder the collection. + +In the meantime, popular opinion throughout Europe was strong upon the +side of King Richard. The pope himself wrote to the emperor on his +behalf. The barons of the empire were indignant at the shame placed upon +their country; and the emperor, although he would fain have thrown +further delays in the way, was obliged at last to order the first step +to be taken. + +A solemn diet was ordered to assemble at Worms. Here were collected all +the nobles of the empire, and before them King Richard was brought. It +was a grand assembly. Upon a raised throne on the daïs sat the emperor +himself, and beside him and near him were the great feudatories of the +empire, and along the sides of the walls were ranged in long rows the +lesser barons. When the doors were opened and King Richard entered, the +whole assembly, save the emperor, rose in respect to the captive +monarch. Although pale from his long confinement, the proud air of +Richard was in no way abated, and the eyes that had flashed so +fearlessly upon the Saracens looked as sternly down the long lines of +the barons of Germany. Of splendid stature and physique, King Richard +was unquestionably the finest man of his time. He was handsome, with a +frank face, but with a fierce and passionate eye. He wore his mustache +with a short beard and closely-cut whisker. His short curly hair was +cropped closely to his head, upon which he wore a velvet cap with gold +coronet, while a scarlet robe lined with fur fell over his coat of mail, +for the emperor had deemed it imprudent to excite the feeling of the +assembly in favor of the prisoner by depriving him of the symbols of his +rank. + +King Richard strode to the place prepared for him, and then turning to +the assembly he said, in a voice which rang through the hall: + +"Counts and lords of the Empire of Germany, I, Richard, King of +England, do deny your right to try me. I am a king, and can only be +tried by my peers and by the pope, who is the head of Christendom. I +might refuse to plead, refuse to take any part in this assembly, and +appeal to the pope, who alone has power to punish kings. But I will +waive my rights. I rely upon the honor and probity of the barons of +Germany. I have done no man wrong, and would appear as fearlessly before +an assembly of peasants as before a gathering of barons. Such faults as +I may have, and none are without them, are not such as those with which +I am charged. I have slain many men in anger, but none by treachery. +When Richard of England strikes he strikes in the light of day. He +leaves poison and treachery to his enemies, and I hurl back with +indignation and scorn in the teeth of him who makes them the charges +brought against me." + +So saying King Richard took his seat amid a murmur of applause from the +crowded hall. + +The trial then commenced. The accusations against Richard were of many +kinds. Chief among them was the murder of Conrad of Montferat; but there +were charges of having brought the Crusade to naught by thwarting the +general plans, by his arrogance in refusing to be bound by the decision +of the other leaders, and by having made a peace contrary to the +interests of the Crusaders. The list was a long one; but the evidence +produced was pitiably weak. Beyond the breath of suspicion, no word of +real evidence connecting him with the murder of Conrad of Montferat was +adduced, and the other charges were supported by no better evidence. +Many of the German barons who had been at the Crusades themselves came +forward to testify to the falsity of these charges, and the fact that +Richard had himself placed Conrad of Montferat upon the throne, and had +no possible interest in his death, was alone more than sufficient to +nullify the vague rumors brought against him. Richard himself in a few a +scornful words disposed of this accusation. The accusation that he, +Richard of England, would stoop to poison a man whom he could have +crushed in an instant was too absurd to be seriously treated. + +"I am sure," the king said, "that not one person here believes this idle +tale. That I did not always agree with the other leaders is true; but I +call upon every one here to say whether, had they listened to me and +followed my advice, the Crusade would not have had another ending. Even +after Philip of France had withdrawn; even after I had been deserted by +John of Austria, I led the troops of the Crusaders from every danger and +every difficulty to within sight of the walls of Jerusalem. Had I been +supported with zeal, the holy city would have been ours; but the apathy, +the folly, and the weakness of the leaders brought ruin upon the army. +They thought not of conquering Jerusalem, but of thwarting me; and I +retort upon them the charge of having sacrificed the success of the +Crusade. As to the terms of peace, how were they made? I, with some +fifty knights and one thousand followers, alone remained in the Holy +Land. Who else, I ask, so circumstanced, could have obtained any terms +whatever from Saladin? It was the weight of my arm alone which saved +Jaffa and Acre, and the line of seacoast, to the Cross. And had I +followed the example set me by him of Austria and the Frenchman, not one +foot of the Holy Land would now remain in Christian hands." + +The trial was soon over, and without a single dissentient the King of +England was acquitted of all the charges brought against him. But the +money was not yet raised, and King Richard was taken back into the +heart of Germany. At length, by prodigious exertions, half the amount +claimed was collected, and upon the solicitations of the pope and of the +counts of his own empire, the emperor consented to release Richard upon +receipt of this sum, and his royal promise that the remainder should be +made up. + +Not as yet, however, were the intrigues at an end. Prince John and King +Philip alike implored the emperor to retain his captive, and offered to +him a larger sum than the ransom if he would still hold him in his +hands. Popular opinion, was, however, too strong. When the news of these +negotiations became bruited abroad the counts of the empire, filled with +indignation, protested against this shame and dishonor being brought +upon the country. The pope threatened him with excommunication; and at +last the emperor, feeling that he would risk his throne did he further +insist, was forced to open the prison gates and let the king free. +Cuthbert, Blondel, and a few other trusty friends were at hand, and +their joy at receiving their long-lost sovereign was indeed intense. +Horses had been provided in readiness, and without a moment's delay the +king started, for even at the last moment it was feared that the emperor +might change his mind. This indeed was the case. The king had not +started many hours, when the arrival of fresh messengers from Philip and +John induced the emperor once more to change his intentions, and a body +of men were sent in pursuit of the king. The latter fortunately made no +stay on the way, but changing horses frequently--for everywhere he was +received with honor and attention--he pushed forward for the coast of +the North Sea, and arrived there two or three hours only before his +oppressors. Fortunately it was night, and taking a boat he embarked +without a moment's delay; and when the emissaries of the emperor arrived +the boat was already out of sight, and in the darkness pursuit was +hopeless. + +On landing at Dover, the first to present himself before him was Prince +John, who, in the most abject terms besought pardon for the injuries he +had inflicted. King Richard waved him contemptuously aside. + +"Go," he said, "and may I forget your injuries as speedily as you will +forget my pardon." + +Then taking horse, he rode on to London, where he was received with the +most lively acclamation by his subjects. + +The first step of King Richard was to dispossess all the minions of John +from the castles and lands which had been taken from his faithful +adherents. Some of these resisted; but their fortresses were speedily +stormed. Sir Rudolph was not one of these. Immediately the news of King +Richard's arrival in England reached him, feeling that all was now lost, +he rode to the seacoast, took ship, and passed into France, and +Cuthbert, on his arrival at Evesham, found himself undisputed lord of +the place. He found that the hiding-place of his mother had not been +discovered, and, after a short delay to put matters in train, he, +attended by a gallant retinue, rode into Wiltshire to the castle of Sir +Baldwin of Béthune. Here he found the Lady Margaret safe and sound, and +mightily pleased to see him. She was now seventeen, and offered no +objections whatever to the commands of King Richard that she should at +once bestow her hand upon the Earl of Evesham. By the king's order, the +wedding took place at London, the king himself bestowing the bride upon +his faithful follower, whom we may now leave to the enjoyment of the +fortune and wife he had so valiantly won. + + + + + +THE END. + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Boy Knight, by G.A. Henty + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13354 *** diff --git a/13354-h/13354-h.htm b/13354-h/13354-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85a09db --- /dev/null +++ b/13354-h/13354-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,11057 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta content="pg2html (binary v0.17)" name="linkgenerator" /> + <title> + The Boy Knight, by G.A. Henty + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%; text-align: justify; font-size: 80%; font-style: italic;} + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + .xx-small {font-size: 60%;} + .x-small {font-size: 75%;} + .small {font-size: 85%;} + .large {font-size: 115%;} + .x-large {font-size: 130%;} + .indent5 { margin-left: 5%;} + .indent10 { margin-left: 10%;} + .indent15 { margin-left: 15%;} + .indent20 { margin-left: 20%;} + .indent25 { margin-left: 25%;} + .indent30 { margin-left: 30%;} + .indent35 { margin-left: 35%;} + .indent40 { margin-left: 40%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {position: absolute; right: 1%; font-size: 0.6em; + font-variant: normal; font-style: normal; + text-align: right; background-color: #FFFACD; + border: 1px solid; padding: 0.3em;text-indent: 0em;} + .side { float: left; font-size: 75%; width: 15%; padding-left: 0.8em; + border-left: dashed thin; text-align: left; + text-indent: 0; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; + font-weight: bold; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: solid 1px;} + .head { float: left; font-size: 90%; width: 98%; padding-left: 0.8em; + border-left: dashed thin; text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; + font-weight: bold; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: solid 1px;} + p.pfirst, p.noindent {text-indent: 0} + span.dropcap { float: left; margin: 0 0.1em 0 0; line-height: 0.8 } + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} +</style> + </head> + <body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13354 ***</div> + <div style="height: 8em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + THE BOY KNIGHT. + </h1> + <h2> + A Tale Of The Crusades <br /> + </h2> + <h2> + BY G.A. HENTY + </h2> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p> + <b>CONTENTS</b> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0001"> <b>THE BOY KNIGHT.</b> </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. — THE OUTLAWS. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. — A RESCUE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. — THE CAPTURE OF WORTHAM HOLD. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. — THE CRUSADES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. — PREPARATIONS. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI. — THE LISTS. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. — REVENGE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII. — THE ATTACK. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. — THE PRINCESS BERENGARIA. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. — PIRATES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. — IN THE HOLY LAND. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. — THE ACCOLADE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII. — IN THE HANDS OF THE + SARACENS. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV. — AN EFFORT FOR FREEDOM. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV. — A HERMIT'S TALE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI. — A FIGHT OF HEROES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII. — AN ALPINE STORM. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII. — SENTENCED TO DEATH. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX. — DRESDEN. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX. — UNDER THE GREENWOOD. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI. — THE ATTEMPT ON THE CONVENT. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII. — A DASTARDLY STRATAGEM. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII. — THE FALSE AND PERJURED + KNIGHT. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER XXIV. — THE SIEGE OF EVESHAM + CASTLE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV. — IN SEARCH OF THE KING. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER XXVI. — KING RICHARD'S RETURN TO + ENGLAND. </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + THE BOY KNIGHT. + </h1> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I. — THE OUTLAWS. + </h2> + <p> + It was a bright morning in the month of August, when a lad of some fifteen + years of age, sitting on a low wall, watched party after party of armed + men riding up to the castle of the Earl of Evesham. A casual observer + glancing at his curling hair and bright open face, as also at the fashion + of his dress, would at once have assigned to him a purely Saxon origin; + but a keener eye would have detected signs that Norman blood ran also in + his veins, for his figure was lither and lighter, his features more + straightly and shapely cut, than was common among Saxons. His dress + consisted of a tight-fitting jerkin, descending nearly to his knees. The + material was a light-blue cloth, while over his shoulder hung a short + cloak of a darker hue. His cap was of Saxon fashion, and he wore on one + side a little plume of a heron. In a somewhat costly belt hung a light + short sword, while across his knees lay a crossbow, in itself almost a + sure sign of its bearer being of other than Saxon blood. The boy looked + anxiously as party after party rode past toward the castle. + </p> + <p> + "I would give something," he said, "to know what wind blows these knaves + here. From every petty castle in the Earl's feu the retainers seem + hurrying here. Is he bent, I wonder, on settling once and for all his + quarrels with the Baron of Wortham? or can he be intending to make a clear + sweep of the woods? Ah! here comes my gossip Hubert; he may tell me the + meaning of this gathering." + </p> + <p> + Leaping to his feet, the speaker started at a brisk walk to meet a + jovial-looking personage coming down from the direction of the castle. The + newcomer was dressed in the attire of a falconer, and two dogs followed at + his heels. + </p> + <p> + "Ah, Master Cuthbert," he said, "what brings you so near to the castle? It + is not often that you favor us with your presence." + </p> + <p> + "I am happier in the woods, as you well know, and was on my way thither + but now, when I paused at the sight of all these troopers flocking in to + Evesham. What enterprise has Sir Walter on hand now, think you?" + </p> + <p> + "The earl keeps his own counsel," said the falconer, "but methinks a + shrewd guess might be made at the purport of the gathering. It was but + three days since that his foresters were beaten back by the landless men, + whom they caught in the very act of cutting up a fat buck. As thou + knowest, my lord though easy and well-disposed to all, and not fond of + harassing and driving the people as are many of his neighbors, is yet to + the full as fanatical anent his forest privileges as the worst of them. + They tell me that when the news came in of the poor figure that his + foresters cut with broken bows and draggled plumes—for the varlets + had soused them in a pond of not over savory water—he swore a great + oath that he would clear the forest of the bands. It may be, indeed, that + this gathering is for the purpose of falling in force upon that + evil-disposed and most treacherous baron, Sir John of Wortham, who has + already begun to harry some of the outlying lands, and has driven off, I + hear, many heads of cattle. It is a quarrel which will have to be fought + out sooner or later, and the sooner the better, say I. Although I am no + man of war, and love looking after my falcons or giving food to my dogs + far more than exchanging hard blows, yet would I gladly don the buff and + steel coat to aid in leveling the keep of that robber and tyrant, Sir John + of Wortham." + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, good Hubert," said the lad. "I must not stand gossiping here. The + news you have told me, as you know, touches me closely, for I would not + that harm should come to the forest men." + </p> + <p> + "Let it not out, I beseech thee, Cuthbert, that the news came from me, for + temperate as Sir Walter is at most times, he would, methinks, give me + short shift did he know that the wagging of my tongue might have given + warning through which the outlaws of the Chase should slip through his + fingers." + </p> + <p> + "Fear not, Hubert; I can be mum when the occasion needs. Can you tell me + further, when the bands now gathering are likely to set forth?" + </p> + <p> + "In brief breathing space," the falconer replied. "Those who first arrived + I left swilling beer, and devouring pies and other provisions cooked for + them last night, and from what I hear, they will set forth as soon as the + last comer has arrived. Whichever be their quarry, they will try to fall + upon it before the news of their arrival is bruited abroad." + </p> + <p> + With a wave of his hand to the falconer the boy started. Leaving the road, + and striking across the slightly undulated country dotted here and there + by groups of trees, the lad ran at a brisk trot, without stopping to halt + or breathe, until after half an hour's run he arrived at the entrance of a + building, whose aspect proclaimed it to be the abode of a Saxon franklin + of some importance. It would not be called a castle, but was rather a + fortified house, with a few windows looking without, and surrounded by a + moat crossed by a drawbridge, and capable of sustaining anything short of + a real attack. Erstwood had but lately passed into Norman hands, and was + indeed at present owned by a Saxon. Sir William de Lance, the father of + the lad who is now entering its portals, was a friend and follower of the + Earl of Evesham; and soon after his lord had married Gweneth, the heiress + of all these fair lands—given to him by the will of the king, to + whom by the death of her father she became a ward—Sir William had + married Editha, the daughter and heiress of the franklin of Erstwood, a + cousin and dear friend of the new Countess of Evesham. + </p> + <p> + In neither couple could the marriage at first have been called one of + inclination on the part of the ladies, but love came after marriage. + Although the knights and barons of the Norman invasion would, no doubt, be + considered rude and rough in these days of broadcloth and civilization, + yet their manners were gentle and polished by the side of those of the + rough though kindly Saxon franklins; and although the Saxon maids were + doubtless as patriotic as their fathers and mothers, yet the female mind + is greatly led by gentle manners and courteous address. Thus, then, when + bidden or forced to give their hands to the Norman knights, they speedily + accepted their lot, and for the most part grew contented and happy enough. + In their changed circumstances it was pleasanter to ride by the side of + their Norman husbands, surrounded by a gay cavalcade, to hawk and to hunt, + than to discharge the quiet duties of mistress of a Saxon farmhouse. In + many cases, of course, their lot was rendered wretched by the violence and + brutality of their lords; but in the majority they were well satisfied + with their lot, and these mixed marriages did more to bring the peoples + together and weld them in one than all the laws and decrees of the Norman + sovereigns. + </p> + <p> + This had certainly been the case with Editha, whose marriage with Sir + William had been one of the greatest happiness. She had lost him three + years before the story begins, fighting in Normandy, in one of the + innumerable wars in which our first Norman kings were constantly involved. + On entering the gates of Erstwood Cuthbert had rushed hastily to the room + where his mother was sitting, with three or four of her maidens, engaged + in work. + </p> + <p> + "I want to speak to you at once, mother," he said. + </p> + <p> + "What is it now, my son?" said his mother, who was still young and very + comely. Waving her hand to the girls they left her. + </p> + <p> + "Mother," he said, when they were alone, "I fear me that Sir Walter is + about to make a great raid upon the outlaws. Armed men have been coming in + all the morning from the castles round, and if it be not against the Baron + de Wortham that these preparations are intended, and methinks it is not, + it must needs be against the landless men." + </p> + <p> + "What would you do, Cuthbert?" his mother asked anxiously. "It will not do + for you to be found meddling in these matters. At present you stand well + in the favor of the earl, who loves you for the sake of his wife, to whom + you are kin, and of your father, who did him good liegeman's service." + </p> + <p> + "But, mother, I have many friends in the wood. There is Cnut, their chief, + your own first cousin, and many others of our friends, all good men and + true, though forced by the cruel Norman laws to refuge in the woods." + </p> + <p> + "What would you do?" again his mother asked. + </p> + <p> + "I would take Ronald my pony and ride to warn them of the danger that + threatens." + </p> + <p> + "You had best go on foot, my son. Doubtless men have been set to see that + none from the Saxon homesteads carry the warning to the woods. The + distance is not beyond your reach, for you have often wandered there, and + on foot you can evade the eye of the watchers; but one thing, my son, you + must promise, and that is, that in no case, should the earl and his bands + meet with the outlaws, will you take part in any fray or struggle." + </p> + <p> + "That will I willingly, mother," he said. "I have no cause for offense + against the castle or the forest, and my blood and my kin are with both. I + would fain save shedding of blood in a quarrel like this. I hope that the + time may come when Saxon and Norman may fight side by side, and I may be + there to see." + </p> + <p> + A few minutes later, having changed his blue doublet for one of more sober + and less noticeable color, Cuthbert started for the great forest, which + then stretched to within a mile of Erstwood. In those days a large part of + the country was covered with forest, and the policy of the Normans in + preserving these woods for the chase tended to prevent the increase of + cultivation. + </p> + <p> + The farms and cultivated lands were all held by Saxons, who although + nominally handed over to the nobles to whom William and his successors had + given the fiefs, saw but little of their Norman masters. These stood, + indeed, much in the position in which landlords stand to their tenants, + payment being made, for the most part, in produce. At the edge of the wood + the trees grew comparatively far apart, but as Cuthbert proceeded further + into its recesses, the trees in the virgin forest stood thick and close + together. Here and there open glades ran across each other, and in these + his sharp eye, accustomed to the forest, could often see the stags + starting away at the sound of his footsteps. + </p> + <p> + It was a full hour's journey before Cuthbert reached the point for which + he was bound. Here, in an open space, probably cleared by a storm ages + before, and overshadowed by giant trees, was a group of men of all ages + and appearances. Some were occupied in stripping the skin off a buck which + hung from the bough of one of the trees. Others were roasting portions of + the carcass of another deer. A few sat apart, some talking, others busy in + making arrows, while a few lay asleep on the greensward. As Cuthbert + entered the clearing several of the party rose to their feet. + </p> + <p> + "Ah, Cuthbert," shouted a man of almost gigantic stature, who appeared to + be one of the leaders of the party, "what brings you here, lad, so early? + You are not wont to visit us till even, when you can lay your crossbow at + a stag by moonlight." + </p> + <p> + "No, no, Cousin Cnut," Cuthbert said, "thou canst not say that I have ever + broken the forest laws, though I have looked on often and often, while you + have done so." + </p> + <p> + "The abettor is as bad as the thief," laughed Cnut, "and if the foresters + caught us in the act, I wot they would make but little difference whether + it was the shaft of my longbow or the quarrel from thy crossbow which + brought down the quarry. But again, lad, why comest thou here? for I see + by the sweat on your face and by the heaving of your sides that you have + run fast and far." + </p> + <p> + "I have, Cnut; I have not once stopped for breathing since I left + Erstwood. I have come to warn you of danger. The earl is preparing for a + raid." + </p> + <p> + Cnut laughed somewhat disdainfully. + </p> + <p> + "He has raided here before, and I trow has carried off no game. The + landless men of the forest can hold their own against a handful of Norman + knights and retainers in their own home." + </p> + <p> + "Ay," said Cuthbert, "but this will be no common raid. This morning bands + from all the holds within miles round are riding in, and at least five + hundred men-at-arms are likely to do chase to-day." + </p> + <p> + "Is it so?" said Cnut, while exclamations of surprise, but not of + apprehension, broke from those standing round. "If that be so, lad, you + have done us good service indeed. With fair warning we can slip through + the fingers of ten times five hundred men, but if they came upon us + unawares, and hemmed us in, it would fare but badly with us, though we + should, I doubt not, give a good account of them before their battle-axes + and maces ended the strife. Have you any idea by which road they will + enter the forest, or what are their intentions?" + </p> + <p> + "I know not," Cuthbert said; "all that I gathered was that the earl + intended to sweep the forest, and to put an end to the breaches of the + laws, not to say of the rough treatment that his foresters have met with + at your hands. You had best, methinks, be off before Sir Walter and his + heavily-armed men are here. The forest, large as it is, will scarce hold + you both, and methinks you had best shift your quarters to Langholm Chase + until the storm has passed." + </p> + <p> + "To Langholm be it, then," said Cnut, "though I love not the place. Sir + John of Wortham is a worse neighbor by far than the earl. Against the + latter we bear no malice, he is a good knight and a fair lord; and could + he free himself of the Norman notions that the birds of the air, and the + beasts of the field, and the fishes of the water, all belong to Normans, + and that we Saxons have no share in them, I should have no quarrel with + him. He grinds not his neighbors, he is content with a fair tithe of the + produce, and as between man and man is a fair judge without favor. The + baron is a fiend incarnate; did he not fear that he would lose by so + doing, he would gladly cut the throats, or burn, or drown, or hang every + Saxon within twenty miles of his hold. He is a disgrace to his order, and + some day, when our band gathers a little stronger, we will burn his nest + about his ears." + </p> + <p> + "It will be a hard nut to crack," Cuthbert said, laughing. "With such arms + as you have in the forest the enterprise would be something akin to + scaling the skies." + </p> + <p> + "Ladders and axes will go far, lad, and the Norman men-at-arms have + learned to dread our shafts. But enough of the baron; if we must be his + neighbors for a time, so be it." + </p> + <p> + "You have heard, my mates," he said, turning to his comrades gathered + around him, "what Cuthbert tells us. Are you of my opinion, that it is + better to move away till the storm is past than to fight against heavy + odds, without much chance of either booty or victory?" + </p> + <p> + A general chorus proclaimed that the outlaws approved of the proposal for + a move to Langholm Chase. The preparations were simple. Bows were taken + down from the boughs on which they were hanging, quivers slung across the + backs, short cloaks thrown over the shoulders. The deer was hurriedly + dismembered, and the joints fastened to a pole slung on the shoulders of + two of the men. The drinking-cups, some of which were of silver, looking + strangely out of place among the rough horn implements and platters, were + bundled together, carried a short distance and dropped among some thick + bushes for safety; and then the band started for Wortham. + </p> + <p> + With a cordial farewell and many thanks to Cuthbert, who declined their + invitations to accompany them, the retreat to Langholm commenced. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, not knowing in which direction the bands were likely to + approach, remained for awhile motionless, intently listening. + </p> + <p> + In a quarter of an hour he heard the distant note of a bugle. + </p> + <p> + It was answered in three different directions, and Cuthbert, who knew + every path and glade of the forest, was able pretty accurately to surmise + those by which the various bands were commencing to enter the wood. + </p> + <p> + Knowing that they were still a long way off, he advanced as rapidly as he + could in the direction in which they were coming. When by the sound of + distant voices and the breaking of branches he knew that one, at least, of + the parties was near at hand, he rapidly climbed a thick tree and + ensconced himself in the branches, and there watched, secure and hidden + from the sharpest eye, the passage of a body of men-at-arms fully a + hundred strong, led by Sir Walter himself, accompanied by some half dozen + of his knights. + </p> + <p> + When they had passed Cuthbert again slipped down the tree and made at all + speed for home. He reached it, so far as he knew, without having been + observed by a single passer-by. + </p> + <p> + After a brief talk with his mother he started for the castle, as his + appearance there would divert any suspicion that might arise; and it would + also appear natural that seeing the movements of so large a body of men, + he should go up to gossip with his acquaintances there. + </p> + <p> + When distant a mile from Evesham he came upon a small party. + </p> + <p> + On a white palfrey rode Margaret, the little daughter of the earl. She was + accompanied by her nurse and two retainers on foot. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert—who was a great favorite with the earl's daughter, for whom + he frequently brought pets, such as nests of young owlets, falcons, and + other creatures—was about to join the party when from a clump of + trees near burst a body of ten mounted men. + </p> + <p> + Without a word they rode straight at the astonished group. The retainers + were cut to the ground before they had thought of drawing a sword in + defense. + </p> + <p> + The nurse was slain by a blow with a battle-ax, and Margaret, snatched + from her palfrey, was thrown across the saddlebow of one of the mounted + men, who then with his comrades dashed off at full speed. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II. — A RESCUE. + </h2> + <p> + The whole of the startling scene of the abduction of the Earl of Evesham's + daughter occupied but a few seconds. Cuthbert was so astounded at the + sudden calamity that he remained rooted to the ground at the spot where, + fortunately for himself, unnoticed by the assailants, he had stood when + they first burst from their concealment. + </p> + <p> + For a short time he hesitated as to the course he should take. + </p> + <p> + The men-at-arms who remained in the castle were scarce strong enough to + rescue the child, whose captors would no doubt be reinforced by a far + stronger party lurking near. + </p> + <p> + The main body of Sir Walter's followers were deep in the recesses of the + forest, and this lay altogether out of the line for Wortham, and there + would be no chance whatever of bringing them up in time to cut off the + marauders on their way back. + </p> + <p> + There remained only the outlaws, who by this time would be in Langholm + Forest, perhaps within a mile or two of the castle itself. + </p> + <p> + The road by which the horsemen would travel would be far longer than the + direct line across country, and he resolved at once to strain every nerve + to reach his friends in time to get them to interpose between the captors + of the Lady Margaret and their stronghold. + </p> + <p> + For an instant he hesitated whether to run back to Erstwood to get a + horse; but he decided that it would be as quick to go on foot, and far + easier so to find the outlaws. + </p> + <p> + These thoughts occupied but a few moments, and he at once started at the + top of his speed for his long run across the country. + </p> + <p> + Had Cuthbert been running in a race of hare and hound, he would assuredly + have borne away the prize from most boys of his age. At headlong pace he + made across the country, every foot of which, as far as the edge of + Langholm Chase, he knew by heart. + </p> + <p> + The distance to the woods was some twelve miles, and in an hour and a half + from the moment of his starting Cuthbert was deep within its shades. Where + he would be likely to find the outlaws he knew not; and, putting a whistle + to his lips, he shrilly blew the signal, which would, he knew, be + recognized by any of the band within hearing. + </p> + <p> + He thought that he heard an answer, but was not certain, and again dashed + forward, almost as speedily as if he had but just started. + </p> + <p> + Five minutes later a man stood in the glade up which he was running. He + recognized him at once as one of Cnut's party. + </p> + <p> + "Where are the band?" he gasped. + </p> + <p> + "Half a mile or so to the right," replied the man. + </p> + <p> + Guided by the man, Cuthbert ran at full speed, till, panting and scarce + able to speak, he arrived at the spot where Cnut's band were gathered. + </p> + <p> + In a few words he told them what had happened, and although they had just + been chased by the father of the captured child, there was not a moment of + hesitation in promising their aid to rescue her from a man whom they + regarded as a far more bitter enemy, both of themselves and their race. + </p> + <p> + "I fear we shall be too late to cut them off," Cnut said, "they have so + long a start; but at least we will waste no time in gossiping." + </p> + <p> + Winding a horn to call together some of the members of the band who had + scattered, and leaving one at the meeting-place to give instructions to + the rest, Cnut, followed by those assembled there, went off at a swinging + trot through the glades toward Wortham Castle. + </p> + <p> + After a rapid calculation of distances, and allowing for the fact that the + baron's men—knowing that Sir Walter's retainers and friends were all + deep in the forest, and even if they heard of the outrage could not be on + their traces for hours—would take matters quietly, Cnut concluded + that they had arrived in time. + </p> + <p> + Turning off, they made their way along the edge of the wood, to the point + where the road from Evesham ran through the forest. + </p> + <p> + Scarcely had the party reached this point when they heard a faint clatter + of steel. + </p> + <p> + "Here they come!" exclaimed Cuthbert. + </p> + <p> + Cnut gave rapid directions, and the band took up their posts behind the + trees, on either side of the path. + </p> + <p> + "Remember," Cnut said, "above all things be careful not to hit the child, + but pierce the horse on which she is riding. The instant he falls, rush + forward. We must trust to surprise to give us the victory." + </p> + <p> + Three minutes later the head of a band of horsemen was seen through the + trees. They were some thirty in number, and, closely grouped as they were + together, the watchers behind the trees could not see the form of the + child carried in their midst. + </p> + <p> + When they came abreast of the concealed outlaws Cnut gave a sharp whistle, + and fifty arrows flew from tree and bush into the closely gathered party + of horsemen. More than half their number fell at once; some, drawing their + swords, endeavored to rush at their concealed foes, while others dashed + forward in the hope of riding through the snare into which they had + fallen. Cuthbert had leveled his crossbow, but had not fired; he was + watching with intense anxiety for a glimpse of the bright-colored dress of + the child. Soon he saw a horseman separate himself from the rest and dash + forward at full speed. Several arrows flew by him, and one or two struck + the horse on which he rode. + </p> + <p> + The animal, however, kept on its way. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert leveled his crossbow on the low arm of a tree, and as the rider + came abreast of him touched the trigger, and the steel-pointed quarrel + flew true and strong against the temple of the passing horseman. He fell + from his horse like a stone, and the well-trained animal at once stood + still by the side of his rider. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert leaped forward, and to his delight the child at once opened her + arms and cried in a joyous tone: + </p> + <p> + "Cuthbert!" + </p> + <p> + The fight was still raging fiercely, and Cuthbert, raising her from the + ground, ran with her into the wood, where they remained hidden until the + combat ceased, and the last survivors of the baron's band had ridden past + toward the castle. + </p> + <p> + Then Cuthbert went forward with his charge and joined the band of outlaws, + who, absorbed in the fight, had not witnessed the incident of her rescue, + and now received them with loud shouts of joy and triumph. + </p> + <p> + "This is a good day's work indeed for all," Cuthbert said; "it will make + of the earl a firm friend instead of a bitter enemy; and I doubt not that + better days are dawning for Evesham Forest." + </p> + <p> + A litter was speedily made with boughs; on this Margaret was placed, and + on the shoulders of two stout foresters started for home, Cnut and + Cuthbert walking beside, and a few of the band keeping at a short distance + behind, as a sort of rearguard, should the baron attempt to regain his + prey. + </p> + <p> + There was now no cause for speed, and Cuthbert in truth could scarce drag + one foot before another, for he had already traversed over twenty miles, + the greater portion of the distance at his highest rate of speed. + </p> + <p> + Cnut offered to have a litter made for him also, but this Cuthbert + indignantly refused; however, in the forest they came upon the hut of a + small cultivator, who had a rough forest pony, which was borrowed for + Cuthbert's use. + </p> + <p> + It was late in the afternoon before they came in sight of Evesham Castle. + From the distance could be seen bodies of armed men galloping toward it, + and it was clear that only now the party were returning from the wood, and + had learned the news of the disappearance of the earl's daughter, and of + the finding of the bodies of her attendants. + </p> + <p> + Presently they met one of the mounted retainers riding at headlong speed. + </p> + <p> + "Have you heard or seen anything," he shouted, as he approached, "of the + Lady Margaret? She is missing, and foul play has taken place." + </p> + <p> + "Here I am, Rudolph," cried the child, sitting up on the rude litter. + </p> + <p> + The horseman gave a cry of astonishment and pleasure, and without a word + wheeled his horse and galloped past back at headlong speed toward the + castle. + </p> + <p> + As Cuthbert and the party approached the gate the earl himself, surrounded + by his knights and followers, rode out hastily from the gate and halted in + front of the little party. The litter was lowered, and as he dismounted + from his horse his daughter sprang out and leaped into his arms. + </p> + <p> + For a few minutes the confusion and babble of tongues were too great for + anything to be heard, but Cuthbert, as soon as order was somewhat + restored, stated what had happened, and the earl was moved to fury at the + news of the outrage which had been perpetrated by the Baron of Wortham + upon his daughter and at the very gates of his castle, and also at the + thought that she should have been saved by the bravery and devotion of the + very men against whom he had so lately been vowing vengeance in the depths + of the forest. + </p> + <p> + "This is not a time," he said to Cnut, "for talk or making promises, but + be assured that henceforth the deer of Evesham Chase are as free to you + and your men as to me. Forest laws or no forest laws, I will no more lift + a hand against men to whom I owe so much. Come when you will to the + castle, my friends, and let us talk over what can be done to raise your + outlawry and restore you to an honest career again." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert returned home tired, but delighted with his day's work, and Dame + Editha was surprised indeed with the tale of adventure he had to tell. The + next morning he went over to the castle, and heard that a grand council + had been held the evening before, and that it had been determined to + attack Wortham Castle and to raze it to the ground. + </p> + <p> + Immediately on hearing of his arrival, the earl, after again expressing + his gratitude for the rescue of his daughter, asked him if he would go + into the forest and invite the outlaws to join their forces with those of + the castle to attack the baron. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert willingly undertook the mission, as he felt that this alliance + would further strengthen the position of the forest men. + </p> + <p> + When he arrived there was some considerable consultation and discussion + between the outlaws as to the expediency of mixing themselves in the + quarrels between the Norman barons. However, Cnut persuaded them that as + the Baron of Wortham was an enemy and oppressor of all Saxons, it was in + fact their own quarrel that they were fighting rather than that of the + earl, and they therefore agreed to give their aid, and promised to be at + the rendezvous outside the castle to be attacked soon after dawn next + morning. Cuthbert returned with the news which gave great satisfaction to + the earl. + </p> + <p> + The castle was now a scene of bustle and business; armorers were at work + repairing headpieces and breastplates, sharpening swords and battle-axes, + while the fletchers prepared sheaves of arrows. In the courtyard a number + of men were engaged oiling the catapults, ballistas, and other machines + for hurling stones. All were discussing the chances of the assault, for it + was no easy matter which they had set themselves to do. Wortham Hold was + an extremely strong one, and it needed all and more than all the machines + at their disposal to undertake so formidable an operation as a siege. + </p> + <p> + The garrison, too, were strong and desperate; and the baron, knowing what + must follow his outrage of the day before, would have been sure to send + off messengers round the country begging his friends to come to his + assistance. Cuthbert had begged permission of his mother to ask the earl + to allow him to join as a volunteer, but she would not hear of it. Neither + would she suffer him to mingle with the foresters. The utmost that he + could obtain was that he might go as a spectator, with strict injunctions + to keep himself out of the fray, and as far as possible beyond bow-shot of + the castle wall. + </p> + <p> + It was a force of some four hundred strong that issued from the wood early + next morning to attack the stronghold at Wortham. The force consisted of + some ten or twelve knights and barons, some one hundred and fifty or one + hundred and sixty Norman men-at-arms, a miscellaneous gathering of other + retainers, two hundred strong, and some eighty of the forest men. These + last were not to fight under the earl's banner, but were to act on their + own account. There were among them outlaws, escaped serfs, and some men + guilty of bloodshed. The earl then could not have suffered these men to + fight under his flag until purged in some way of their offenses. + </p> + <p> + This arrangement suited the foresters well. + </p> + <p> + Their strong point was shooting; and by taking up their own position, and + following their own tactics, under the leadership of Cnut, they would be + able to do far more execution, and that with less risk to themselves, than + if compelled to fight according to the fashion of the Normans. + </p> + <p> + As they approached the castle a trumpet was blown, and the herald + advancing, demanded its surrender, stigmatized the Baron of Wortham as a + false knight and a disgrace to his class and warned all those within the + castle to abstain from giving him aid or countenance, but to submit + themselves to the earl, Sir Walter of Evesham, the representative of King + Richard. + </p> + <p> + The reply to the summons was a burst of taunting laughter from the walls; + and scarcely had the herald withdrawn than a flight of arrows showed that + the besieged were perfectly ready for the fray. + </p> + <p> + Indeed the baron had not been idle. Already the dispute between himself + and the earl had come to such a point that it was certain that sooner or + later open hostilities would break out. + </p> + <p> + He had therefore been for some time quietly accumulating a large store of + provisions and munitions of war, and strengthening the castle in every + way. + </p> + <p> + The moat had been cleaned out, and filled to the brim with water. Great + quantities of heavy stones had been accumulated on the most exposed points + of the walls, in readiness to hurl upon any who might try to climb. Huge + sheaves of arrows and piles of crossbow bolts were in readiness, and in + all, save the number of men, Wortham had for weeks been prepared for the + siege. + </p> + <p> + On the day when the attempt to carry off the earl's daughter had failed, + the baron, seeing that his bold stroke to obtain a hostage which would + have enabled him to make his own terms with the earl had been thwarted, + knew that the struggle was inevitable. + </p> + <p> + Fleet messengers had been sent in all directions. To Gloucester and + Hereford, Stafford, and even Oxford, men had ridden, with letters to the + baron's friends, beseeching them to march to his assistance. + </p> + <p> + "I can," he said, "defend my hold for weeks. But it is only by aid from + without that I can finally hope to break the power of this baggart + [Transcriber's note: sic] earl." + </p> + <p> + Many of those to whom he addressed his call had speedily complied with his + demand, while those at a distance might be expected to reply later to the + appeal. + </p> + <p> + There were many among the barons who considered the mildness of the Earl + of Evesham toward the Saxons in his district to be a mistake, and who, + although not actually approving of the tyranny and brutality of the Baron + of Wortham, yet looked upon his cause to some extent as their own. + </p> + <p> + The Castle of Wortham stood upon ground but very slightly elevated above + the surrounding country. A deep and wide moat ran round it, and this + could, by diverting a rivulet, be filled at will. + </p> + <p> + From the edge of the moat the walls rose high, and with strong flanking + towers and battlements. + </p> + <p> + There were strong works also beyond the moat opposite to the drawbridge; + while in the center of the castle rose the keep, from whose summit the + archers, and the machines for casting stones and darts, could command the + whole circuit of defense. + </p> + <p> + As Cuthbert, accompanied by one of the hinds of the farm, took his post + high up in a lofty tree, where at his ease he could command a view of the + proceedings, he marveled much in what manner an attack upon so fair a + fortress would be commenced. + </p> + <p> + "It will be straightforward work to attack the outwork," he said, "but + that once won, I see not how we are to proceed against the castle itself. + The machines that the earl has will scarcely hurl stones strong enough + even to knock the mortar from the walls. Ladders are useless where they + cannot be planted; and if the garrison are as brave as the castle is + strong, methinks that the earl has embarked upon a business that will keep + him here till next spring." + </p> + <p> + There was little time lost in commencing the conflict. + </p> + <p> + The foresters, skirmishing up near to the castle, and taking advantage of + every inequality in the ground, of every bush and tuft of high grass, + worked up close to the moat, and then opened a heavy fire with their bows + against the men-at-arms on the battlements, and prevented their using the + machines against the main force now advancing to the attack upon the + outwork. + </p> + <p> + This was stoutly defended. But the impetuosity of the earl, backed as it + was by the gallantry of the knights serving under him, carried all + obstacles. + </p> + <p> + The narrow moat which encircled this work was speedily filled with great + bundles of brushwood, which had been prepared the previous night. Across + these the assailants rushed. + </p> + <p> + Some thundered at the gate with their battle-axes, while others placed + ladders by which, although several times hurled backward by the defenders, + they finally succeeded in getting a footing on the wall. + </p> + <p> + Once there, the combat was virtually over. + </p> + <p> + The defenders were either cut down or taken prisoners, and in two hours + after the assault began the outwork of Wortham Castle was taken. + </p> + <p> + This, however, was but the commencement of the undertaking, and it had + cost more than twenty lives to the assailants. + </p> + <p> + They were now, indeed, little nearer to capturing the castle than they had + been before. + </p> + <p> + The moat was wide and deep. The drawbridge had been lifted at the instant + that the first of the assailants gained a footing upon the wall. And now + that the outwork was captured, a storm of arrows, stones, and other + missiles was poured into it from the castle walls, and rendered it + impossible for any of its new masters to show themselves above it. + </p> + <p> + Seeing that any sudden attack was impossible, the earl now directed a + strong body to cut down trees, and prepare a moveable bridge to throw + across the moat. + </p> + <p> + This would be a work of fully two days; and in the meantime Cuthbert + returned to the farm. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III. — THE CAPTURE OF WORTHAM HOLD. + </h2> + <p> + Upon his return home, after relating to his mother the events of the + morning's conflict, Cuthbert took his way to the cottage inhabited by an + old man who had in his youth been a mason. + </p> + <p> + "Have I not heard, Gurth," he said, "that you helped to build the Castle + of Wortham?" + </p> + <p> + "No, no, young sir," he said; "old as I am, I was a child when the castle + was built. My father worked at it, and it cost him, and many others, his + life." + </p> + <p> + "And how was that, prithee?" asked Cuthbert. + </p> + <p> + "He was, with several others, killed by the baron, the grandfather of the + present man, when the work was finished." + </p> + <p> + "But why was that, Gurth?" + </p> + <p> + "We were but Saxon swine," said Gurth bitterly, "and a few of us more or + less mattered not. We were then serfs of the baron. But my mother fled + with me on the news of my father's death. For years we remained far away + with some friends in a forest near Oxford. Then she pined for her native + air, and came back and entered the service of the franklin." + </p> + <p> + "But why should your mother have taken you away?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "She always believed, Master Cuthbert, that my father was killed by the + baron to prevent him giving any news of the secrets of the castle. He and + some others had been kept in the walls for many months, and were engaged + in the making of secret passages." + </p> + <p> + "That is just what I came to ask you, Gurth. I have heard something of + this story before, and now that we are attacking Wortham Castle, and the + earl has sworn to level it to the ground, it is of importance if possible + to find out whether any of the secret passages lead beyond the castle, and + if so, where. Almost all the castles have, I have been told, an exit by + which the garrison can at will make sorties or escape; and I thought that + maybe you might have heard enough to give us some clue as to the existence + of such a passage at Wortham." + </p> + <p> + The old man thought for some time in silence and then said: + </p> + <p> + "I may be mistaken, but methinks a diligent search in the copse near the + stream might find the mouth of the outlet." + </p> + <p> + "What makes you think that this is so, Gurth?" + </p> + <p> + "I had been with my mother to carry some clothes to my father on the last + occasion on which I saw him. As we neared the castle I saw my father and + three other of the workmen, together with the baron, coming down from the + castle toward the spot. As my mother did not wish to approach while the + baron was at hand, we stood within the trees at the edge of the wood and + watched what was being done. The baron came with them down to the bushes, + and then they again came out, crossed the river, and one of them cut some + willows, peeled them, and erected the white staves in a line toward the + castle. They walked for a bit on each side, and seemed to be making + calculations. Then they went back into the castle, and I never saw my + father again." + </p> + <p> + "Why did you not go in at once according to your intention?" + </p> + <p> + "Because my mother said that she thought some important work was on hand, + and that maybe the baron would not like that women should know aught of + it, for he was of suspicious and evil mind. More than this I know not. The + castle had already been finished and most of the masons discharged. There + were, however, a party of serfs kept at work, and also some masons, and + rumor had it that they were engaged in making the secret passages. Whether + it was so or not I cannot say, but I know that none of that party ever + left the castle alive. It was given out that a bad fever had raged there, + but none believed it; and the report went about, and was I doubt not true, + that all had been killed, to preserve the secret of the passage." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert lost no time in making use of the information that he had gained. + </p> + <p> + Early next morning, at daybreak, he started on his pony to Wortham. + </p> + <p> + As he did not wish the earl or his followers to know the facts that he had + learned until they were proved, he made his way round the camp of the + besiegers, and by means of his whistle called one of the foresters to him. + </p> + <p> + "Where is Cnut?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "He is with a party occupied in making ladders." + </p> + <p> + "Go to him," Cuthbert said, "and tell him to withdraw quietly and make his + way here. I have an important matter on which I wish to speak to him." + </p> + <p> + Cnut arrived in a few minutes, somewhat wondering at the message. He + brightened greatly when Cuthbert told him what he had learned. + </p> + <p> + "This is indeed important," he said. "We will lose no time in searching + the copse you speak of. You and I, together with two of my most trusty + men, with axes to clear away the brush, will do. At present a thing of + this sort had best be kept between as few as may be." + </p> + <p> + They started at once and soon came down upon the stream. + </p> + <p> + It ran at this point in a little valley, some twenty or thirty feet deep. + On the bank not far from the castle grew a small wood, and it was in this + that Cuthbert hoped to find the passage spoken of by Gurth. + </p> + <p> + The trees and brushwood were so thick that it was apparent at once that if + the passage had ever existed it had been unused for some years. + </p> + <p> + The woodmen were obliged to chop down dozens of young saplings to make + their way up from the water toward the steeper part of the bank. + </p> + <p> + The wood was some fifty yards in length, and as it was uncertain at which + point the passage had come out, a very minute search had to be made. + </p> + <p> + "What do you think it would be like, Cnut?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "Like enough to a rabbit-hole, or more likely still there would be no hole + whatever. We must look for moss and greenery, for it is likely that such + would have been planted, so as to conceal the door from any passer-by, + while yet allowing a party from inside to cut their way through it without + difficulty." + </p> + <p> + After a search of two hours, Cnut decided that the only place in the copse + in which it was likely that the entrance to a passage could be hidden was + a spot where the ground was covered thickly with ivy and trailing plants. + </p> + <p> + "It looks level enough with the rest," Cuthbert said. + </p> + <p> + "Ay, lad, but we know not what lies behind this thick screen of ivy. + Thrust in that staff." + </p> + <p> + One of the woodmen began to probe with the end of a staff among the ivy. + For some time he was met by the solid ground, but presently the butt of + the staff went through suddenly, pitching him on his head, amid a + suppressed laugh from his comrades. + </p> + <p> + "Here it is, if anywhere," said Cnut, and with their billhooks they at + once began to clear away the thickly grown creepers. + </p> + <p> + Five minutes' work was sufficient to show a narrow cut, some two feet + wide, in the hillside, at the end of which stood a low door. + </p> + <p> + "Here it is," said Cnut, with triumph, "and the castle is ours. Thanks, + Cuthbert, for your thought and intelligence. It has not been used lately, + that is clear," he went on. "These creepers have not been moved for years. + Shall we go and tell the earl of our discovery? What think you, Cuthbert?" + </p> + <p> + "I think we had better not," Cuthbert said. + </p> + <p> + "We might not succeed in getting in, as the passage may have fallen + further along; but I will speak to him and tell him that we have something + on hand which may alter his dispositions for fighting to-morrow." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert made his way to the earl, who had taken possession of a small + cottage a short distance from the castle. + </p> + <p> + "What can I do for you?" Sir Walter said. + </p> + <p> + "I want to ask you, sir, not to attack the castle to-morrow until you see + a white flag waved from the keep." + </p> + <p> + "But how on earth is a white flag to be raised from the keep?" + </p> + <p> + "It may be," Cuthbert said, "that I have some friends inside who will be + able to make a diversion in our favor. However, sir, it can do no harm if + you will wait till then, and may save many lives. At what hour do you mean + to attack ?" + </p> + <p> + "The bridges and all other preparations to assist us across the moat will + be ready to-night. We will advance then under cover of darkness, and as + soon after dawn as may be attack in earnest." + </p> + <p> + "Very well, sir," Cuthbert said. "I trust that within five minutes after + your bugle has sounded the white flag will make its appearance on the + keep, but it cannot do so until after you have commenced an attack, or at + least a pretense of an attack." + </p> + <p> + Two or three hours before daylight Cuthbert accompanied Cnut and + twenty-five picked men of the foresters to the copse. They were provided + with crowbars, and all carried heavy axes. The door was soon pried open. + It opened silently and without a creak. + </p> + <p> + "It may be," Cnut said, "that the door has not been opened as you say for + years, but it is certain," and he placed his torch to the hinges, "that it + has been well oiled within the last two or three days. No doubt the baron + intended to make his escape this way, should the worst arrive. Now that we + have the door open we had better wait quiet until the dawn commences. The + earl will blow his bugle as a signal for the advance; it will be another + ten minutes before they are fairly engaged, and that will be enough for us + to break open any doors that there may be between this and the castle, and + to force our way inside." + </p> + <p> + It seemed a long time waiting before the dawn fairly broke—still + longer before the earl's bugle was heard to sound the attack. Then the + band, headed by Cnut and two or three of the strongest of the party + entered the passage. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert had had some misgivings as to his mother's injunctions to take no + part in the fray, and it cannot be said that in accompanying the foresters + he obeyed the letter of her instructions. At the same time as he felt sure + that the effect of a surprise would be complete and crushing, and that the + party would gain the top of the keep without any serious resistance, he + considered the risk was so small as to justify him in accompanying the + foresters. + </p> + <p> + The passage was some five feet high, and little more than two feet wide. + It was dry and dusty, and save the marks on the ground of a human foot + going and returning, doubtless that of the man who had oiled the lock the + day before, the passage appeared to have been unused from the time that it + left the hands of its builders. + </p> + <p> + Passing along for some distance they came to another strong oaken door. + This, like the last, yielded to the efforts of the crowbars of the + foresters, and they again advanced. Presently they came to a flight of + steps. + </p> + <p> + "We must now be near the castle," Cnut said. "In fact, methinks I can hear + confused noises ahead." + </p> + <p> + Mounting the steps, they came to a third door; this was thickly studded + with iron, and appeared of very great strength. Fortunately the lock was + upon their side, and they were enabled to shoot the bolt; but upon the + other side the door was firmly secured by large bolts, and it was fully + five minutes before the foresters could succeed in opening it. It was not + without a good deal of noise that they at last did so; and several times + they paused, fearing that the alarm must have been given in the castle. + As, however, the door remained closed, they supposed that the occupants + were fully engaged in defending themselves from the attacks of the earl's + party. + </p> + <p> + When the door gave way they found hanging across in front of them a very + thick arras, and pressing this aside they entered a small room in the + thickness of the wall of the keep. It contained the merest slit for light, + and was clearly unused. Another door, this time unfastened, led into a + larger apartment, which was also at present unoccupied. They could hear + now the shouts of the combatants without, the loud orders given by the + leaders on the walls, the crack, as the stones hurled by the mangonels + struck the walls, and the ring of steel as the arrows struck against steel + cap and cuirass. + </p> + <p> + "It is fortunate that all were so well engaged, or they would certainly + have heard the noise of our forcing the door, which would have brought all + of them upon us. As it is, we are in the heart of the keep. We have now + but to make a rush up these winding steps, and methinks we shall find + ourselves on the battlements. They will be so surprised that no real + resistance can be offered to us. Now let us advance." + </p> + <p> + So saying Cnut led the way upstairs, followed by the foresters, Cuthbert, + as before, allowing five or six of them to intervene between him and the + leader. He carried his short sword and a quarterstaff, a weapon by no + means to be despised in the hands of an active and experienced player. + </p> + <p> + Presently, after mounting some fifty or sixty steps, they issued on the + platform of the keep. Here were gathered some thirty or forty men, who + were so busied in shooting with crossbows, and in working machines casting + javelins, stones, and other missiles upon the besiegers, that they were + unaware of the addition to their numbers until the whole of the foresters + had gathered on the summit, and at the order of Cnut suddenly fell upon + them with a loud shout. + </p> + <p> + Taken wholly by surprise by the foe, who seemed to have risen from the + bowels of the earth by magic, the soldiers of the Baron of Wortham offered + but a feeble resistance. Some were cast over the battlement of the keep, + some driven down staircases, others cut down, and then, Cuthbert fastening + a small white flag he had prepared to his quarterstaff, waved it above the + battlements. + </p> + <p> + Even now the combatants on the outer wall were in ignorance of what had + happened in the keep; so great was the din that the struggle which had + there taken place had passed unnoticed; and it was not until the + fugitives, rushing out into the courtyard, shouted that the keep had been + captured, that the besieged became aware of the imminence of the danger. + </p> + <p> + [Image: CUTHBERT FASTENED A SMALL WHITE FLAG TO HIS QUARTER-STAFF AND + WAVED IT ABOVE THE BATTLEMENTS.] + </p> + <p> + Hitherto the battle had been going well for the defenders of the castle. + The Baron of Wortham was indeed surprised at the feebleness of the + assault. The arrows which had fallen in clouds upon the first day's attack + upon the castle among his soldiers were now comparatively few and + ineffective. The besiegers scarcely appeared to push forward their bridges + with any vigor, and it seemed to him that a coldness had fallen upon them, + and that some disagreement must have arisen between the foresters and the + earl, completely crippling the energy of the attack. + </p> + <p> + When he heard the words shouted from the courtyard below he could not + believe his ears. That the keep behind should have been carried by the + enemy appeared to him impossible. With a roar he called upon the bravest + of his men to follow, and rushing across the courtyard, rapidly ascended + the staircase. The movement was observed from the keep, and Cnut and a few + of his men stationed themselves with their battle-axes at the top of + various stairs leading below. + </p> + <p> + The signal shown by Cuthbert had not passed unobserved. The earl, who had + given instructions to his followers to make a mere feint of attacking, now + blew the signal for the real onslaught. The bridges were rapidly run + across the moat, ladders were planted, and the garrison being paralyzed + and confused by the attack in their rear, as well as hindered by the + arrows which now flew down upon them from the keep above, offered but a + feeble resistance, and the assailants, led by Sir Walter himself, poured + over the walls. + </p> + <p> + Now there was a scene of confusion and desperate strife. The baron had + just gained the top of the stairs, and was engaged in a fierce conflict + with Cnut and his men, when the news reached him that the wall was carried + from without. With an execration he again turned and rushed down the + stairs, hoping by a vigorous effort to cast back the foe. + </p> + <p> + It was, however, all too late; his followers, disheartened and alarmed, + fought without method or order in scattered groups of threes and fours. + They made their last stand in corners and passages. They knew there was + but little hope of mercy from the Saxon foresters, and against these they + fought to the last. To the Norman retainers, however, of the earl they + offered a less determined resistance, throwing down their arms and + surrendering at discretion. + </p> + <p> + The baron, when fiercely fighting, was slain by an arrow from the keep + above, and with his fall the last resistance ceased. A short time was + spent in searching the castle, binding the prisoners, and carrying off the + valuables that the baron had collected in his raids. Then a light was set + to the timbers, the granaries were fired, and in a few minutes the smoke + wreathing out of the various loopholes and openings told the country round + that the stronghold had fallen, and that they were free from the oppressor + at last. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV. — THE CRUSADES. + </h2> + <p> + Warm thanks and much praise were bestowed upon Cuthbert for his share in + the capture of the castle, and the earl, calling the foresters round him, + then and there bestowed freedom upon any of them who might have been serfs + of his, and called upon all his knights and neighbors to do the same, in + return for the good service which they had rendered. + </p> + <p> + This was willingly done, and a number of Cnut's party, who had before + borne the stigma of escaped serfs, were now free men. + </p> + <p> + We are too apt to forget, in our sympathy with the Saxons, that, fond as + they were of freedom for themselves, they were yet severe masters, and + kept the mass of the people in a state of serfage. Although their laws + provided ample justice as between Saxon man and man, there was no justice + for the unhappy serfs, who were either the original inhabitants or + captives taken in war, and who were distinguished by a collar of brass or + iron round their neck. + </p> + <p> + Cnut's party had indeed long got rid of these badges, the first act of a + serf when he took to the woods being always to file off his collar; but + they were liable when caught to be punished, even by death, and were + delighted at having achieved their freedom. + </p> + <p> + "And what can I do for you, Cuthbert?" Sir Walter said, as they rode + homeward. "It is to you that I am indebted: in the first place for the + rescue of my daughter, in the second for the capture of that castle, which + I doubt me much whether we should ever have taken in fair fight had it not + been for your aid." + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, Sir Walter," the lad replied. "At present I need nothing, but + should the time come when you may go to the wars I would fain ride with + you as your page, in the hope of some day winning my spurs also in the + field." + </p> + <p> + "So shall it be," the earl said, "and right willingly. But who have we + here?" + </p> + <p> + As he spoke a horseman rode up and presented a paper to the earl. + </p> + <p> + "This is a notice," the earl said, after perusing it, "that King Richard + has determined to take up the cross, and that he calls upon his nobles and + barons to join him in the effort to free the holy sepulcher from the + infidels. I doubt whether the minds of the people are quite prepared, but + I hear that there has been much preaching by friars and monks in some + parts, and that many are eager to join in the war." + </p> + <p> + "Think you that you will go to the war, Sir Walter?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "I know not as yet; it must much depend upon the king's mood. For myself I + care not so greatly as some do about this question of the Holy Land. There + has been blood enough shed already to drown it, and we are no nearer than + when the first swarms of pilgrims made their way thither." + </p> + <p> + On Cuthbert's returning home and telling his mother all that had passed, + she shook her head, but said that she could not oppose his wishes to go + with the earl when the time should come, and that it was only right he + should follow in the footsteps of the good knight his father. + </p> + <p> + "I have heard much of these Crusades," he said; "canst tell me about + them?" + </p> + <p> + "In truth I know not much, my son; but Father Francis, I doubt not, can + tell you all the particulars anent the affair." + </p> + <p> + The next time that Father Francis, who was the special adviser of Dame + Editha, rode over from the convent on his ambling nag, Cuthbert eagerly + asked him if he would tell him what he knew of the Crusades. + </p> + <p> + "Hitherto, my son," he said, "the Crusades have, it must be owned, brought + many woes upon Europe. From the early times great swarms of pilgrims were + accustomed to go from all parts of Europe to the holy shrines. + </p> + <p> + "When the followers of the evil prophet took possession of the land, they + laid grievous burdens upon the pilgrims, heavily they fined them, + persecuted them in every way, and treated them as if indeed they were but + the scum of the earth under their feet. + </p> + <p> + "So terrible were the tales that reached Europe that men came to think + that it would be a good deed truly to wrest the sepulcher of the Lord from + the hands of these heathens. Pope Urban was the first to give authority + and strength to the movement, and at a vast meeting at Claremont of thirty + thousand clergy and four thousand barons, it was decided that war must be + made against the infidel. From all parts of France men flocked to hear + Pope Urban preach there; and when he had finished his oration the vast + multitude, carried away by enthusiasm, swore to win the holy sepulcher or + to die. + </p> + <p> + "Mighty was the throng that gathered for the First Crusade. Monks threw + aside their gowns and took to the sword and cuirass; even women and + children joined in the throng. What, my son, could be expected from a + great army so formed? Without leaders, without discipline, without + tactics, without means of getting food, they soon became a scourge of the + country through which they passed. + </p> + <p> + "Passing through Hungary, where they greatly ravaged the fields, they came + to Bulgaria. Here the people, struck with astonishment and dismay at this + great horde of hungry people who arrived among them like locusts, fell + upon them with the sword, and great numbers fell. The first band that + passed into that country perished miserably, and of all that huge + assembly, it may be said that, numbering at the start not less than two + hundred and fifty thousand persons, only about one hundred thousand + crossed into Asia Minor. The fate of these was no better than that of + those who had perished in Hungary and Bulgaria. After grievous suffering + and loss they at last reached Nicaea. There they fell into an ambuscade; + and out of the whole of the undisciplined masses who had followed Peter + the Hermit, it is doubtful whether ten thousand ever returned home. + </p> + <p> + "This first attempt to rescue the holy sepulcher was followed by others + equally wild, misguided, and unfortunate. Some of them indeed began their + evil deeds as soon as they had left their home. The last of these bodies + fell upon the Jews, who are indeed enemies of the Christian faith, but who + have now, at least, nothing to do with the question of the holy sepulcher. + As soon as they entered into Germany the Crusaders put them to death with + horrible torture. Plunder and rapine indeed appeared to be the object of + the Crusaders. On this as well as on most other preceding bands, their + misdeeds drew down the vengeance of the people. At an early period of + their march, and as soon as they reached Hungary, the people fell upon + them, and put the greater portion to the sword. + </p> + <p> + "Thus, in these irregular expeditions no less than five hundred thousand + people are supposed to have perished. Godfrey de Bouillon was the first + who undertook to lead a Crusade according to the military knowledge of the + day. With him were his brothers Eustace and Baldwin, the Counts of Anault + and St. Paul, and many other nobles and gentlemen, with their retainers, + well armed and under good order; and so firm was the discipline of Duke + Godfrey that they were allowed to pass freely by the people of the + countries who had opposed the previous bands. + </p> + <p> + "Through Hungary, Bulgaria, and Thrace he made his way; and though he met + with many difficulties from Alexius, the crafty and treacherous Emperor of + the Greeks, he at last succeeded in crossing into Asia. There he was + joined by many from England, as well as from France and other countries. + Duke Robert, the son of our first William, led a strong band of Normans to + the war, as did the other great princes of France and Spain. + </p> + <p> + "The army which crossed the narrow passage of the Hellespont is estimated + at no less than seven hundred thousand fighting men. Of these one hundred + thousand were knights clad in complete armor, the remainder were + men-at-arms and bowmen. + </p> + <p> + "Nicaea, the place which had been the scene of the massacre of Peter the + Hermit's hosts, was taken after a desperate conflict, lasting for many + weeks, and the Crusaders afterward defeated the Turks in a great battle + near the town of Doryleum. After these successes disputes arose among the + leaders, and Count Baldwin, brother of Duke Godfrey, left the main body + with about fifteen hundred men, and founded a kingdom for himself in + Mesopotamia. + </p> + <p> + "The main body, slowly and painfully, and suffering from disease, famine, + and the heat, made its way south. Antioch, a city of great strength and + importance, was besieged, but it proved so strong that it resisted for + many months, and was at last only taken by treachery. + </p> + <p> + "After the capture of this place the sufferings of the Crusaders so far + from being diminished were redoubled. They themselves during the siege had + bought up all the food that could be brought from the surrounding country, + while the magazines of the town were found, when an entry was effected, to + be entirely deserted. The enemy, aided by a great Persian host, came down, + and those who had been the besiegers were now besieged. However, when in + the last strait the Christian army sallied out, and inspired with + supernatural strength, defeated the Turks and Persians, with a slaughter + of one hundred thousand men. Another slow movement to the south brought + them into the Holy Land, and pressing forward, they came at last within + sight of Jerusalem itself. + </p> + <p> + "So fearful had been the losses of the Crusaders that of seven hundred + thousand who crossed the Hellespont, not more than forty thousand reached + the end of the pilgrimage. This fragment of an army, which had appeared + before a very strongly fortified town, possessed no means of capturing the + place—none of the machines of war necessary for the purpose, no + provisions or munitions of any kind. Water was scarce also; and it + appeared as if the remnant of the great army of Godfrey de Bouillon had + arrived before Jerusalem only to perish there. + </p> + <p> + "Happily just at this time a further band of Crusaders from Genoa, who had + reached Jaffa, made their appearance. They were provided with stores, and + had skilled workmen capable of making the machines for the siege. On July + 14, 1099, the attack was made, and after resistance gallant and desperate + as the assault, the Crusaders burst into the city, massacred the whole of + the defenders and inhabitants, calculated at seventy thousand in number, + and so became masters of the holy sepulcher. + </p> + <p> + "The Sultan of Egypt was meanwhile advancing to the assistance of the + Mohammedans of Syria; but Godfrey, with twenty thousand of his best men, + advanced to meet the vast host, and scattered them as if they had been + sheep. Godfrey was now chosen King of Jerusalem, and the rest of his army—save + three hundred knights and two hundred soldiers, who agreed to remain with + him—returned to their home. The news of the victory led other armies + of Crusaders to follow the example of that of Godfrey; but as these were + almost as completely without organization or leadership as those of Peter + the Hermit, they suffered miserably on their way, and few indeed ever + reached the Holy Land. Godfrey died in 1100, and his brother Baldwin + succeeded him. + </p> + <p> + "The history of the last hundred years has been full of fresh efforts to + crush the Moslem power, but hitherto it cannot be said that fortune has + attended the efforts of the Christians. Had it not been indeed for the + devotion of the Knights of St. John and of the Templars, two great + companies formed of men who devoted their lives to the holding of the + sepulcher against the infidel, our hold of the Holy Land would have been + lost. + </p> + <p> + "Gradually the Saracens have wrested post after post from our hands. + Edessa was taken in 1144, and the news of this event created an intense + excitement. The holy St. Bernard stirred up all France, and Louis VII. + himself took the vow and headed a noble army. The ways of God are not our + ways, and although the army of Germany joined that of France, but little + results came of this great effort. + </p> + <p> + "The Emperor Conrad, with the Germans, was attacked by the Turk Saladin of + Iconium, and was defeated with a loss of sixty thousand men. The King of + France, with his army, was also attacked with fury, and a large portion of + his force were slaughtered. Nothing more came of this great effort, and + while the first Crusade seemed to show that the men-at-arms of Europe were + irresistible, the second on the contrary gave proof that the Turks were + equal to the Christian knights. Gradually the Christian hold of the Holy + Land was shaken. In 1187, although fighting with extraordinary bravery, + the small army of Christian Knights of the Temple and of St. John were + annihilated, the King of Jerusalem was made prisoner, and the Christian + power was crushed. Then Saladin, who commanded the Turks, advanced against + Jerusalem, and forced it to capitulate. + </p> + <p> + "Such, my boy, is the last sad news which has reached us; and no wonder + that it has stirred the hearts of the monarchs of Europe, and that every + effort will be again made to recapture the holy sepulcher, and to avenge + our brethren who have been murdered by the infidels." + </p> + <p> + "But, Father Francis, from your story it would seem that Europe has + already sacrificed an enormous number of lives to take the holy sepulcher, + and that after all the fighting, when she has taken it, it is only to lose + it again." + </p> + <p> + "That is so, my son; but we will trust that in future things will be + better managed. The Templars and Hospitalers now number so vast a number + of the best lances in Europe, and are grown to be such great powers, that + we may believe that when we have again wrested the holy sepulcher from the + hands of the infidels they will be able to maintain it against all + assaults. Doubtless the great misfortunes which have fallen upon the + Christian armies have been a punishment from heaven, because they have not + gone to work in the right spirit. It is not enough to take up lance and + shield, and to place a red cross upon the shoulder. Those who desire to + fight the battle of the Lord must cleanse their hearts, and go forth in + the spirit of pilgrims rather than knights. I mean not that they should + trust wholly to spiritual weapons—for in truth the infidel is a foe + not to be despised—but I mean that they should lay aside all + thoughts of worldly glory and rivalry one against another." + </p> + <p> + "And think you, Father, that such is the spirit with which King Richard + and the other kings and nobles now preparing to go to the Holy Land are + animated?" + </p> + <p> + Father Francis hesitated. + </p> + <p> + "It is not for me, my son, to judge motives, or to speak well or ill of + the instruments who have been chosen for this great work. It is of all + works the most praiseworthy, most holy. It is horrible to think that the + holy shrines of Jerusalem should be in the hands of men who believe not in + our Redeemer; and I hold it to be the duty of every man who can bear arms, + no matter what his rank or his station, to don his armor and to go forth + to battle in the cause. Whether success will crown the effort, or whether + God wills it otherwise, it is not for man to discuss; it is enough that + the work is there, and it is our duty to do it." + </p> + <p> + "And think you, Father, that it will do good to England?" + </p> + <p> + "That do I, my son, whether we gain the Holy Land or no. Methinks that it + will do good service to the nation that Saxon and Norman should fight + together under the holy cross. Hitherto the races have stood far too much + apart. They have seen each other's bad qualities rather than good; but + methinks that when the Saxon and the Norman stand side by side on the soil + of the Holy Land, and shout together for England, it must needs bind them + together, and lead them to feel that they are no longer Normans and + Saxons, but Englishmen. I intend to preach on the village green at Evesham + next Sunday morning on this subject, and as I know you are in + communication with the forest men, I would, Cuthbert, that you would + persuade them to come in to hear me. You were wondering what could be + found for these vagrants. They have many of them long since lost the + habits of honest labor. Many of them are still serfs, although most have + been freed by the good earl and the knights his followers. Some of those + who would fain leave the life in the woods still cling to it because they + think that it would be mean to desert their comrades, who being serfs are + still bound to lurk there; but methinks that this is a great opportunity + for them. They are valiant men, and the fact that they are fond of drawing + an arrow at a buck does not make them one whit the worse Christians. I + will do my best to move their hearts, and if they will but agree together + to take the cross, they would make a goodly band of footmen to accompany + the earl." + </p> + <p> + "Is the earl going?" Cuthbert asked eagerly. + </p> + <p> + "I know not for certain," said Father Francis; "but I think from what I + hear from his chaplain, Father Eustace, that his mind turns in that + direction." + </p> + <p> + "Then, Father, if he goes, I will go too," Cuthbert exclaimed. "He + promised to take me as his page the first time he went to war." + </p> + <p> + Father Francis shook his head. + </p> + <p> + "I fear me, Cuthbert, this is far from the spirit in which we awhile ago + agreed that men should go to the holy war." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert hung his head a little. + </p> + <p> + "Ay, Father Francis, men; but I am a boy," he said, "and after all, boys + are fond of adventure for adventure's sake. However, Father," he said, + with a smile, "no doubt your eloquence on the green will turn me mightily + to the project, for you must allow that the story you have told me this + morning is not such as to create any very strong yearning in one's mind to + follow the millions of men who have perished in the Holy Land." + </p> + <p> + "Go to," said Father Francis, smiling, "thou art a pert varlet. I will do + my best on Sunday to turn you to a better frame of mind." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V. — PREPARATIONS. + </h2> + <p> + Next Sunday a large number of people from some miles round were gathered + on the green at Evesham, to hear Father Francis preach on the holy + sepulcher. The forest men in their green jerkins mingled with the crowd, + and a look of attention and seriousness was on the faces of all, for the + news of the loss of the holy sepulcher had really exercised a great effect + upon the minds of the people in England as elsewhere. + </p> + <p> + Those were the days of pilgrimage to holy places, when the belief in the + sanctity of places and things was overwhelming, and when men believed that + a journey to the holy shrines was sufficient to procure for them a pardon + for all their misdeeds. The very word "infidel" in those days was full of + horror, and the thought that the holy places of the Christians were in the + hands of Moslems affected all Christians throughout Europe with a feeling + of shame as well as of grief. + </p> + <p> + Among the crowd were many of the Norman retainers from the castle and from + many of the holds around, and several knights with the ladies of their + family stood a little apart from the edge of the gathering; for it was + known that Father Francis would not be alone, but that he would be + accompanied by a holy friar who had returned from the East, and who could + tell of the cruelties which the Christians had suffered at the hands of + the Saracens. + </p> + <p> + Father Francis, at ordinary times a tranquil preacher, was moved beyond + himself by the theme on which he was holding forth. He did not attempt to + hide from those who stood around that the task to be undertaken was one of + grievous peril and trial; that disease and heat, hunger and thirst, must + be dared, as well as the sword of the infidel. But he spoke of the grand + nature of the work, of the humiliation to Christians, of the desecration + of the shrines, and of the glory which awaited those who joined the + Crusade, whether they lived or whether they died in the Holy Land. + </p> + <p> + His words had a strong effect upon the simple people who listened to him, + but the feelings so aroused were as naught to the enthusiasm which greeted + the address of the friar. + </p> + <p> + Meager and pale, with a worn, anxious face as one who had suffered much, + the friar, holding aloft two pieces of wood from the Mount of Olives tied + together in the form of a cross, harangued the crowd. His words poured + forth in a fiery stream, kindling the hearts, and stirring at once the + devotion and the anger of his listeners. + </p> + <p> + He told of the holy places, he spoke of the scenes of Holy Writ, which had + there been enacted; and then he depicted the men who had died for them. He + told of the knights and men-at-arms, each of whom proved himself again and + again a match for a score of infidels. He spoke of the holy women, who, + fearlessly and bravely, as the knights themselves, had borne their share + in the horrors of the siege and in the terrible times which had preceded + it. + </p> + <p> + He told them that this misfortune had befallen Christianity because of the + lukewarmness which had come upon them. + </p> + <p> + "What profited it," he asked, "if a few knights who remained to defend the + holy sepulcher were heroes? A few heroes cannot withstand an army. If + Christendom after making a mighty effort to capture the holy sepulcher had + not fallen away, the conquest which had been made with so vast an + expenditure of blood would not have been lost. This is a work in which no + mere passing fervor will avail; bravery at first, endurance afterward, are + needed. Many men must determine not only to assist to wrest the holy + sepulcher from the hands of the infidels, but to give their lives, so long + as they might last, to retaining it. It is scarce to be expected that men + with wives and families will take a view like this, indeed it is not to be + desired. But there are single men, men of no ties, who can devote their + whole lives, as did the Knights of the Orders of the Cross, to this great + object. When their life has come to an end doubtless others will take up + the banner that their hands can no longer hold. But for life it is, + indeed, that many of humble as well as of princely class must bind + themselves to take and defend to death the holy sepulcher." + </p> + <p> + So, gradually raising the tone of his speech, the friar proceeded; until + at length by his intense earnestness, his wild gesticulations, his + impassioned words, he drew the whole of his listeners along with him; and + when he ceased, a mighty shout of "To the Holy Land!" burst from his + hearers. + </p> + <p> + Falling upon their knees the crowd begged of him to give them the sign of + the cross, and to bestow his blessing upon their swords, and upon their + efforts. + </p> + <p> + Father Francis had prepared, in contemplation of such a movement, a large + number of small white crosses of cloth. These he and the friar now + fastened to the shoulders of the men as they crowded up to receive it, + holding their hands aloft, kissing the cross that the friar extended to + them, and swearing to give their lives, if need be, to rescue the holy + shrines from the infidel. + </p> + <p> + When all had received the holy symbol, Father Francis again ascended the + bank from which they had addressed the crowd: + </p> + <p> + "Now go to your homes, my sons," he said. "Think of the oath that you have + taken, and of the course that lies open to you when the time comes. When + King Richard is prepared to start, then will you be called upon to fulfill + your vows. It may be that all who have sworn may not be called upon to go. + It needs that the land here should be tilled, it needs that there should + be protectors for the women and children, it needs that this England of + ours should flourish, and we cannot give all her sons, however willing + they might be to take the cross. But the willingness which you will, I am + sure, show to go if needs be, and to redeem your vows, will be sufficient. + Some must go and some must stay; these are matters to be decided + hereafter; for the time let us separate; you will hear when the hour for + action arrives." + </p> + <p> + A fortnight later the Earl of Evesham, who had been on a long journey to + London, returned with full authority to raise and organize a force as his + contingent to the holy wars. + </p> + <p> + All was now bustle and activity in the castle. Father Francis informed him + of the willingness of such of the forest men as he deemed fit to enlist + under his banner; and the earl was much gratified at finding that the + ranks of heavily-armed retainers whom he would take with him were to be + swollen by the addition of so useful a contingent as that of one hundred + skillful archers. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was not long in asking for an interview with the earl. + </p> + <p> + He had indeed great difficulty in persuading Dame Editha that he was old + enough to share in the fatigues of so great an expedition, but he had + Father Francis on his side; and between the influence of her confessor, + and the importunities of her son, the opposition of the good lady fell to + the ground. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was already, for his age, well trained to arms. Many of the old + soldiers at the castle who had known and loved his father had been ever + ready to give lessons in the use of arms to Cuthbert, who was enthusiastic + in his desire to prove as good a knight as his father had been. His + friends, the outlaws, had taught him the use of the bow and of the + quarterstaff; and Cuthbert, strong and well-built for his age, and having + little to do save to wield the sword and the bow, had attained a very + considerable amount of skill with each. + </p> + <p> + He had too, which was unusual, a certain amount of book learning, although + this, true to say, had not been acquired so cheerfully or willingly as the + skill at arms. Father Francis had, however, taught him to read and to + write—accomplishments which were at that time rare, except in the + cloister. In those days if a knight had a firm seat in his saddle, a + strong arm, a keen eye, and high courage, it was thought to be of little + matter whether he could or could not do more than make his mark on the + parchment. The whole life of the young was given to acquiring skill in + arms; and unless intended for the convent, any idea of education would in + the great majority of cases have been considered as preposterous. + </p> + <p> + To do Cuthbert justice, he had protested with all his might against the + proposition of Father Francis to his mother to teach him some clerkly + knowledge. He had yielded most unwillingly at last to her entreaties, + backed as they were by the sound arguments and good sense of Father + Francis. + </p> + <p> + The Earl of Evesham received Cuthbert's application very graciously. + </p> + <p> + "Certainly, Cuthbert," he said, "you shall accompany me; first, on account + of my promise to you; secondly, because from the readiness you displayed + both in the matter of my daughter and of the attack on Wortham, you will + be a notable aid and addition to my party; thirdly, from my friendship for + your father and Dame Editha." + </p> + <p> + This point being settled, Cuthbert at once assumed his new duties. There + was plenty for him to do—to see that the orders of the earl were + properly carried out; to bear messages to the knights who followed the + earl's fortunes, at their various holds; to stand by and watch the + armorers at work, and the preparation of the stores of arms and missiles + which would be necessary for the expedition. + </p> + <p> + Sometimes he would go round to summon the tenants of the various farms and + lands, who held from the earl, to come to the castle; and here Sir Walter + would, as far as might be without oppression, beg of them to contribute + largely to the expedition. + </p> + <p> + In these appeals he was in no slight way assisted by Father Francis, who + pointed out loudly to the people that those who stayed behind were bound + to make as much sacrifice of their worldly goods as those who went to the + war might make of their lives. Life and land are alike at the service of + God. Could the land be sold, it would be a good deed to sell it; but as + this could not be, they should at least sell all that they could, and + pledge their property if they could find lenders, in order to contribute + to the needs of their lord, and the fitting out of this great enterprise. + </p> + <p> + The preparations were at last complete, and a gallant band gathered at the + castle ready for starting. It consisted of some two hundred men-at-arms + led by six knights, and of one hundred bowmen dressed in Lincoln green, + with quilted jerkins to keep out the arrows of the enemy. All the country + from around gathered to see the start. Dame Editha was there, and by her + side stood the earl's little daughter. The earl himself was in armor, and + beside him rode Cuthbert in the gay attire of a page. + </p> + <p> + Just at that moment, however, his face did not agree with his costume, for + although he strove his best to look bright and smiling, it was a hard task + to prevent the tears from filling his eyes at his departure from his + mother. The good lady cried unrestrainedly, and Margaret joined in her + tears. The people who had gathered round cheered lustily; the trumpets + blew a gay fanfaronade, and the squire threw to the wind the earl's + colors. + </p> + <p> + It was no mere pleasure trip on which they were starting, for all knew + that, of the preceding Crusades, not one in ten of those who had gone so + gladly forth had ever returned. + </p> + <p> + It must not be supposed that the whole of those present were animated by + any strong religious feeling. No doubt there existed a desire, which was + carefully fanned by the preaching of the priests and monks, to rescue the + holy sepulcher from the hands of the Saracens; but a far stronger feeling + was to be found in the warlike nature of the people in those days. + Knights, men-at-arms, and indeed men of all ranks were full of a combative + spirit. Life in the castle and hut was alike dull and monotonous, and the + excitement of war and adventure was greatly looked for, both as a means of + obtaining glory and booty, and for the change they afforded to the dreary + monotony of life. + </p> + <p> + There is little to tell of the journey of the Earl of Evesham's band + through England to Southampton, at which place they took ship and crossed + to France—or rather to Normandy, for in those days Normandy was + regarded, as indeed it formed, a part of England. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, as was natural to his age, was full of delight at all the + varying scenes through which they passed. The towns were to him an + especial source of wonder, for he had never visited any other than that of + Worcester, to which he had once or twice been taken on occasions of high + festival. Havre was in those days an important place, and being the + landing-place of a great portion of the English bands, it was full of + bustle and excitement. Every day ships brought in nobles and their + followings. + </p> + <p> + The King of England was already in Normandy hastening the preparations, + and each band, as it landed, marched down to the meeting-place on the + plains of Vezelay. Already they began to experience a taste of the + hardships which they were to endure. + </p> + <p> + In those days there was no regular supply train for an army, but each + division or band supported itself by purchase or pillage, as the case + might be, from the surrounding country. + </p> + <p> + As the English troops were marching through a friendly country, pillage + was of course strictly forbidden; but while many of the leaders paid for + all they had, it must be owned that among the smaller leaders were many + who took anything that they required with or without payment. + </p> + <p> + The country was eaten up. + </p> + <p> + The population in those days was sparse, and the movement of so large a + number of men along a certain route completely exhausted all the resources + of the inhabitants; and although willing to pay for all that his men + required, the Earl of Evesham had frequently to lie down on the turf + supperless himself. + </p> + <p> + "If this is the case now," he said to Cuthbert, "what will it be after we + have joined the French army? Methinks whatever we may do if we reach the + Holy Land, that we have a fair chance of being starved before we sail." + </p> + <p> + After a long succession of marches they arrived in sight of the great camp + at Vezelay. It was indeed rather a canvas town than a camp. Here were + gathered nearly one hundred thousand men, a vast host at any time, but in + those days far greater in proportion to the strength of the countries than + at present. The tents of the leaders, nobles, and other knights and + gentlemen rose in regular lines, forming streets and squares. + </p> + <p> + The great mass of troops, however, were contented to sleep in the open + air; indeed the difficulties of carriage were so great that it was only + the leaders who could carry with them their canvas abodes. Before each + tent stood the lance and colors of its owner, and side by side in the + center of the camp stood the royal pavilions of Philip of France and + Richard of England, round which could be seen the gonfalons of all the + nobles of Western Europe. + </p> + <p> + Nothing could be gayer than the aspect of this camp as the party rode into + it. They were rather late, and the great body of the host were already + assembled. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert gazed with delight at the varied colors, the gay dresses, the + martial knights, and the air of discipline and order which reigned + everywhere. + </p> + <p> + This was indeed war in its most picturesque form, a form which, as far as + beauty is concerned, has been altogether altered, and indeed destroyed, by + modern arms. + </p> + <p> + In those days individual prowess and bravery went for everything. A + handful of armored knights were a match for thousands of footmen, and + battles were decided as much by the prowess and bravery of the leader and + his immediate following as by that of the great mass of the army. + </p> + <p> + The earl had the day before sent on a messenger to state that he was + coming, and as the party entered the camp they were met by a squire of the + camp-marshal, who conducted them to the position allotted to them. + </p> + <p> + The earl's tent was soon erected, with four or five grouped around it for + his knights, one being set aside for his squires and pages. + </p> + <p> + When this was done Cuthbert strolled away to look at the varied sights of + the camp. A military officer in these days would be scandalized at the + scenes which were going on, but the strict, hard military discipline of + modern times was then absolutely unknown. + </p> + <p> + A camp was a moving town, and to it flocked the country people with their + goods; smiths and armorers erected their forges; minstrels and troubadours + flocked in to sing of former battles, and to raise the spirits of the + soldiers by merry lays of love and war; simple countrymen and women came + in to bring their presents of fowls or cakes to their friends in camp; + knights rode to and fro on their gayly caparisoned horses through the + crowd; the newly-raised levies, in many cases composed of woodmen and + peasants who had not in the course of their lives wandered a league from + their birthplaces, gaped in unaffected wonder at the sights around them; + while last, but by no means least, the maidens and good wives of the + neighborhood, fond then as now of brave men and gay dresses, thronged the + streets of the camp, and joined in, and were the cause of, merry laughter + and jest. + </p> + <p> + Here and there, a little apart from the main stream of traffic, the + minstrels would take up their position, and playing a gay air, the soldier + lads and lasses would fall to and foot it merrily to the strains. + Sometimes there would be a break in the gayety, and loud shouts, and + perhaps fierce oaths, would rise. Then the maidens would fly like startled + fawns, and men hasten to the spot; though the quarrel might be purely a + private one, yet should it happen between the retainers of two nobles, the + friends of each would be sure to strike in, and serious frays would arise + before the marshal of the camp with his posse could arrive to interfere. + Sometimes, indeed, these quarrels became so serious and desperate that + alliances were broken up and great intentions frustrated by the quarrels + of the soldiery. + </p> + <p> + Here and there, on elevated platforms, or even on the top of a pile of + tubs, were friars occupied in haranguing the soldiers, and in inspiring + them with enthusiasm for the cause upon which they were embarked. The + conduct of their listeners showed easily enough the motives which had + brought them to war. Some stood with clasped hands and eager eyes, + listening to the exhortations of the priests, and ready, as might be seen + from their earnest gaze, to suffer martyrdom in the cause. More, however, + stood indifferently round, or, after listening to a few words, walked on + with a laugh or a scoff; indeed, preaching had already done all that lay + in its power. All those who could be moved by exhortations of this kind + were there, and upon the rest the discourses and sermons were thrown away. + </p> + <p> + Several times in the course of his stroll round the camp Cuthbert observed + the beginnings of quarrels, which were in each case only checked by the + intervention of some knight or other person in authority coming past, and + he observed that these in every instance occurred between men of the + English and those of the French army. + </p> + <p> + Between the Saxon contingent of King Richard's army and the French + soldiers there could indeed be no quarrel, for the Saxons understood no + word of their language; but with the Normans the case was different, for + the Norman-French, which was spoken by all the nobles and their retainers + in Britain, was as nearly as possible the same as that in use in France. + </p> + <p> + It seemed, however, to Cuthbert, watching narrowly what was going on, that + there existed by no means a good feeling between the men of the different + armies; and he thought that this divergence so early in the campaign boded + but little good for the final success of the expedition. + </p> + <p> + When he returned to the tent the earl questioned him as to what he had + seen, and Cuthbert frankly acknowledged that it appeared to him that the + feeling between the men of the two armies was not good. + </p> + <p> + "I have been," the earl said, "to the royal camp, and from what I hear, + Cuthbert, methinks that there is reason for what you say. King Richard is + the most loyal and gallant of kings, but he is haughty and hasty in + speech. The Normans, too, have been somewhat accustomed to conquer our + neighbors, and it may well be that the chivalry of France love us not. + However, it must be hoped that this feeling will die away, and that we + shall emulate each other only in our deeds on the battlefield." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI. — THE LISTS. + </h2> + <p> + The third day after the arrival of the Earl of Evesham there was a great + banquet given by the King of France to King Richard and his principal + nobles. + </p> + <p> + Among those present was the Earl of Evesham, and Cuthbert as his page + followed him to the great tent where the banquet was prepared. + </p> + <p> + Here, at the top of the tent, on a raised daïs, sat the King of France, + surrounded by his courtiers. The Earl of Evesham, having been conducted by + the herald to the daïs, paid his compliments to the king, and was saluted + by him with many flattering words. + </p> + <p> + The sound of a trumpet was heard, and Richard of England, accompanied by + his principal nobles, entered. + </p> + <p> + It was the first time that Cuthbert had seen the king. + </p> + <p> + Richard was a man of splendid stature and of enormous strength. His + appearance was in some respects rather Saxon than Norman, for his hair was + light and his complexion clear and bright. He wore the mustache and + pointed beard at that time in fashion; and although his expression was + generally that of frankness and good humor, there might be observed in his + quick motions and piercing glances signs of the hasty temper and unbridled + passion which went far to wreck the success of the enterprise upon which + he was embarked. + </p> + <p> + Richard possessed most of the qualities which make a man a great king and + render him the idol of his subjects, especially in a time of + semi-civilization, when personal prowess is placed at the summit of all + human virtues. In all his dominions there was not one man who in personal + conflict was a match for his king. + </p> + <p> + Except during his fits of passion, King Richard was generous, forgiving, + and royal in his moods. He was incapable of bearing malice. Although + haughty of his dignity, he was entirely free from any personal pride, and + while he would maintain to the death every right and privilege against + another monarch, he could laugh and joke with the humblest of his subjects + on terms of hearty good fellowship. He was impatient of contradiction, + eager to carry out whatever he had determined upon; and nothing enraged + him so much as hesitation or procrastination. The delays which were + experienced in the course of the Crusade angered him more than all the + opposition offered by the Saracens, or than the hardships through which + the Christian host had to pass. + </p> + <p> + At a flourish of trumpets all took their seats at dinner, their places + being marked for them by a herald, whose duty it was to regulate nicely + the various ranks and dignities. + </p> + <p> + The Earl of Evesham was placed next to a noble of Brabant. Cuthbert took + his place behind his lord and served him with wines and meats, the Brabant + being attended by a tall youth, who was indeed on the verge of manhood. + </p> + <p> + As the dinner went on the buzz of conversation became fast and furious. In + those days men drank deep, and quarrels often arose over the cups. From + the time that the dinner began Cuthbert noticed that the manner of Sir de + Jacquelin Barras, Count of Brabant, was rude and offensive. + </p> + <p> + It might be that he was accustomed to live alone with his retainers, and + that his manners were rude and coarse to all. It might be that he had a + special hostility to the English. At any rate, his remarks were calculated + to fire the anger of the earl. + </p> + <p> + He began the conversation by wondering how a Norman baron could live in a + country like England, inhabited by a race but little above pigs. + </p> + <p> + The earl at once fired up at this, for the Normans were now beginning to + feel themselves English, and to resent attacks upon a people for whom + their grandfathers had entertained contempt. + </p> + <p> + He angrily repelled the attack upon them by the Brabant knight, and + asserted at once that the Saxons were every bit as civilized, and in some + respects superior to the Normans or French. + </p> + <p> + The ill-feeling thus began at starting clearly waxed stronger as dinner + went on. The Brabant knight drank deeply, and although his talk was not + clearly directed against the English, yet he continued to throw out + innuendos and side attacks, and to talk with a vague boastfulness, which + greatly irritated Sir Walter. + </p> + <p> + Presently, as Cuthbert was about to serve his master with a cup of wine, + the tall page pushed suddenly against him, spilling a portion of the wine + over his dress. + </p> + <p> + "What a clumsy child!" he said scoffingly. + </p> + <p> + "You are a rough and ill-mannered loon," Cuthbert said angrily. "Were you + in any other presence I would chastise you as you deserve." + </p> + <p> + The tall page burst into a mocking laugh. + </p> + <p> + "Chastise me!" he said. "Why, I could put you in my pocket for a little + hop-of-my-thumb as you are." + </p> + <p> + "I think," said Sir Jacquelin—for the boys' voices both rose loud—to + the earl, "you had better send that brat home and order him to be + whipped." + </p> + <p> + "Sir count," said the earl, "your manners are insolent, and were we not + engaged upon a Crusade, it would please me much to give you a lesson on + that score." + </p> + <p> + Higher and higher the dispute rose, until some angry word caught the ear + of the king. + </p> + <p> + Amid the general buzz of voices King Philip rose, and speaking a word to + King Richard, moved from the table, thus giving the sign for the breaking + up of the feast. + </p> + <p> + Immediately afterward a page touched the earl and Sir Jacquelin upon the + shoulder, and told them that the kings desired to speak with them in the + tent of the King of France. + </p> + <p> + The two nobles strode through the crowd, regarding each other with eyes + much like those of two dogs eager to fly at each other's throat. + </p> + <p> + "My lords, my lords," said King Philip when they entered, "this is against + all law and reason. For shame, to be brawling at my table. I would not say + aught openly, but methinks it is early indeed for the knights and nobles + engaged in a common work to fall to words." + </p> + <p> + "Your majesty," said the Earl of Evesham, "I regret deeply what has + happened. But it seemed from the time we sat down to the meal that this + lord sought to pass a quarrel upon me, and I now beseech your majesty that + you will permit us to settle our differences in the lists." + </p> + <p> + King Richard gave a sound of assent, but the King of France shook his head + gravely. + </p> + <p> + "Do you forget," he said, "the mission upon which you are assembled here? + Has not every knight and noble in these armies taken a solemn oath to put + aside private quarrels and feuds until the holy sepulcher is taken? Shall + we at this very going off show that the oath is a mere form of words? + Shall we show before the face of Christendom that the knights of the cross + are unable to avoid flying at each other's throats, even while on their + way to wrest the holy sepulcher from the infidel? No, sirs, you must lay + aside your feuds, and must promise me and my good brother here that you + will keep the peace between you until this war is over. Whose fault it was + that the quarrel began I know not. It may be that my Lord of Brabant was + discourteous. It may be that the earl here was too hot. But whichever it + be, it matters not." + </p> + <p> + "The quarrel, sire," said Sir Jacquelin, "arose from a dispute between our + pages, who were nigh coming to blows in your majesty's presence. I desired + the earl to chide the insolence of his varlet, and instead of so doing he + met my remarks with scorn." + </p> + <p> + "Pooh, pooh," said King Richard, "there are plenty of grounds for quarrel + without two nobles interfering in the squabbles of boys. Let them fight; + it will harm no one. By the bye, your Majesty," he said, turning to the + King of France with a laugh, "if the masters may not fight, there is no + reason in the world why the varlets should not. We are sorely dull for + want of amusement. Let us have a list to-morrow, and let the pages fight + it out for the honor of their masters and their nations." + </p> + <p> + "It were scarce worth while to have the lists set for two boys to fight," + said the King of France. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, we need not have regular lists," said King Richard. "Leave that + matter in my hands. I warrant you that if the cockerels are well plucked, + they will make us sport. What say you, gentlemen?" + </p> + <p> + The Brabant noble at once assented, answering that he was sure that his + page would be glad to enter the lists; and the earl gave a similar assent, + for he had not noticed how great was the discrepancy between the size of + the future combatants. + </p> + <p> + "That is agreed, then," said King Richard joyously. "I will have a piece + of ground marked out on the edge of the camp to-morrow morning. It shall + be kept by my men-at-arms, and there shall be a raised place for King + Philip and myself, who will be the judges of the conflict. Will they fight + on foot or on horse?" + </p> + <p> + "On foot, on foot," said the King of France. "It would be a pity that + knightly exercises should be brought to scorn by any failure on their part + on horseback. On foot at least it will be a fair struggle." + </p> + <p> + "What arms shall they use?" the Brabant knight asked. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, swords and battle-axes, of course," said King Richard with a laugh. + </p> + <p> + "Before you go," King Philip said, "you must shake hands, and swear to let + the quarrel between you drop, at least until after our return. If you + still wish to shed each other's blood, I shall offer no hindrance + thereto." + </p> + <p> + The earl and Count Jacquelin touched each other's hands in obedience to + the order, went out of the tent together, and strode off without a word in + different directions. + </p> + <p> + "My dear lad," the Earl of Evesham said on entering his tent where his + page was waiting him, "this is a serious business. The kings have ordered + this little count and myself to put aside our differences till after the + Crusade, in accordance with our oath. But as you have in no wise pledged + yourself in the same fashion, and as their majesties feel somewhat dull + while waiting here, it is determined that the quarrel between the count + and me, and between you and the count's page, shall be settled by a fight + between you two in the presence of the kings." + </p> + <p> + "Well, sir," Cuthbert said, "I am glad that it should be, seeing the + varlet insulted me without any cause, and purposely upset the cup over + me." + </p> + <p> + "What is he like?" the earl asked. "Dost think that you are a fair match?" + </p> + <p> + "I doubt not that we are fair match enough," Cuthbert said. "As you know, + sir, I have been well trained to arms of all kinds, both by my father and + by the men-at-arms at the castle, and could hold my own against any of + your men with light weapons, and have then no fear that this gawky loon, + twenty years old though he seems to be, will bring disgrace upon me or + discredit upon my nation." + </p> + <p> + "If thou thinkest so," the earl said, "the matter can go on. But had it + been otherwise I would have gone to the king and protested that the + advantage of age was so great that it would be murder to place you in the + lists together." + </p> + <p> + "There is," Cuthbert said, "at most no greater difference between us than + between a strong man and a weak one, and these, in the ordeal of battle, + have to meet in the lists. Indeed I doubt if the difference is so great, + for if he be a foot taller than I, methinks that round the shoulders I + should have the advantage of him." + </p> + <p> + "Send hither my armorer," the earl said; "we must choose a proper suit for + you. I fear that mine would be of little use; but doubtless there are some + smaller suits among my friends." + </p> + <p> + "The simpler and lighter the better," Cuthbert said. "I'd rather have a + light coat of mail and a steel cap than heavy armor and a helmet which + would press me down, and a visor through which I could scarce see. The + lighter the better, for after all if my sword cannot keep my head, sooner + or later the armor would fail to do so too." + </p> + <p> + The armorer speedily arrived, and the knights and followers of the earl + being called in and the case stated, there was soon found a coat of fine + linked mail, which fitted Cuthbert well. As to the steel cap there was no + difficulty whatever. + </p> + <p> + "You must have a plume at least," the earl said, and took some feathers + from his own casque and fastened them in. "Will you want a light sword and + battle-ax?" + </p> + <p> + "No," Cuthbert said, "my arms are pretty well used to those of the + men-at-arms. I could wield my father's sword, and that was a heavy one." + </p> + <p> + The lightest of the earl's weapons were chosen, and it was agreed that all + was now ready for the conflict to-morrow. + </p> + <p> + In the morning there was a slight bustle in the camp. + </p> + <p> + The news that a fight was to take place between an English and a Brabant + page, by the permission of the kings of England and France, that their + majesties were to be present, and that all was to be conducted on regular + rules, caused a stir of excitement and novelty in the camp. + </p> + <p> + Nowhere is life duller than among a large body of men kept together for + any time under canvas, and the thought of a combat of this novel kind + excited general interest. + </p> + <p> + In a meadow at a short distance from the camp a body of King Richard's + men-at-arms marked off an oval space of about an acre. Upon one side of + this a tent was pitched for the kings, and a small tent was placed at each + end for the combatants. Round the inclosure the men-at-arms formed the + ring, and behind them a dense body of spectators gathered, a place being + set aside for nobles, and others of gentle blood. + </p> + <p> + At the hour fixed the kings of England and France arrived together. King + Richard was evidently in a state of high good humor, for he preferred the + clash of arms and the sight of combat to any other pleasure. + </p> + <p> + The King of France, on the other hand, looked grave. He was a far wiser + and more politic king than Richard; and although he had consented to the + sudden proposal, yet he felt in his heart that the contest was a foolish + one, and that it might create bad feeling among the men of the two + nationalities whichever way it went. He had reserved to himself the right + of throwing down the baton when the combat was to cease, and he determined + to avail himself of this right to put a stop to the conflict before either + party was likely to sustain any deadly injury. + </p> + <p> + When the monarchs had taken their places the trumpeters sounded their + trumpets, and the two combatants advanced on foot from their ends of the + lists. A murmur of surprise and dissatisfaction broke from the crowd. "My + Lord of Evesham," the king said angrily to the earl, who with Count + Jacquelin was standing by the royal party, "thou shouldst have said that + the difference between the two was too great to allow the combat to be + possible. The Frenchman appears to be big enough to take your page under + his arm and walk off with him." + </p> + <p> + The difference was indeed very striking. The French champion was arrayed + in a full suit of knightly armor—of course without the gold spurs + which were the distinguishing mark of that rank—and with his helmet + and lofty plume of feathers he appeared to tower above Cuthbert, who, in + his close-fitting steel cap and link armor seemed a very dwarf by the side + of a giant. + </p> + <p> + "It is not size, sire, but muscle and pluck will win in a combat like + this. Your majesty need not be afraid that my page will disgrace me. He is + of my blood, though the kinship is not close. He is of mixed Saxon and + Norman strain, and will, believe me, do no discredit to either." + </p> + <p> + The king's brow cleared, for in truth he was very proud of his English + nationality, and would have been sorely vexed to see the discomfiture of + an English champion, even though that champion were a boy. + </p> + <p> + "Brother Philip," he said, turning to the king, "I will wager my gold + chain against yours on yonder stripling." + </p> + <p> + "Methinks that it were robbery to take your wager," the King of France + said. "The difference between their bulk is disproportionate. However, I + will not balk your wish. My chain against yours." + </p> + <p> + The rule of the fight was that they were to commence with swords, but that + either could, if he chose, use his battle-aX. — The fight need + scarcely be described at length, for the advantage was all one way. + Cuthbert was fully a match in strength for his antagonist, although + standing nigh a foot shorter. Constant exercise, however, had hardened his + muscles into something like steel, while the teaching that he had received + had embraced all what was then known of the use of arms. + </p> + <p> + Science in those days there was but little of; it was a case rather of + hard, heavy hitting, than of what we now call swordsmanship. + </p> + <p> + With the sword Cuthbert gained but slight advantage over his adversary, + whose superior height enabled him to rain blows down upon the lad, which + he was with difficulty enabled to guard; but when the first paroxysm of + his adversary's attack had passed he took to the offensive, and drove his + opponent back step by step. With his sword, however, he was unable to cut + through the armor of the Frenchman, but in the course of the encounter, + guarding a severe blow aimed at him, his sword was struck from his hand, + and he then, seizing his ax, made such play with it that his foe dropped + his own sword and took to the same weapon. + </p> + <p> + In this the superior height and weight of his opponent gave him even a + greater advantage than with the sword, and Cuthbert knowing this, used his + utmost dexterity and speed to avoid the sweeping blows showered upon him. + He himself had been enabled to strike one or two sweeping strokes, always + aiming at the same place, the juncture of the visor with the helmet. At + last the Frenchman struck him so heavy a blow that it beat down his guard + and struck his steel cap from his head, bringing him to the knee. In an + instant he was up, and before his foe could be again on guard, he whirled + his ax round with all its force, and bringing it just at the point of the + visor which he had already weakened with repeated blows, the edge of the + ax stove clean through the armor, and the page was struck senseless to the + ground. + </p> + <p> + A great shout broke from the English portion of the soldiery as Cuthbert + leaned over his prostrate foe, and receiving no answer to the question "Do + you yield?" rose to his feet, and signified to the squire who had kept + near that his opponent was insensible. + </p> + <p> + King Richard ordered the pursuivant to lead Cuthbert to the royal + inclosure. + </p> + <p> + "Thou art a brave lad and a lusty," the king said, "and hast borne thee in + the fight as well as many a knight would have done. Wert thou older, I + would myself dub thee knight; and I doubt not that the occasion will yet + come when thou wilt do as good deeds upon the bodies of the Saracens as + thou hast upon that long-shanked opponent of thine. Here is a gold chain; + take it as a proof that the King of England holds that you have sustained + well the honor of his country; and mark me, if at any time you require a + boon, bring or send me that chain, and thou shalt have it freely. Sir + Walter," he said, turning to the earl, "in this lad thou hast a worthy + champion, and I trust me that thou wilt give him every chance of + distinguishing himself. So soon as thou thinkest him fit for the knightly + rank I myself will administer the accolade." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII. — REVENGE. + </h2> + <p> + After his interview with the king Cuthbert was led to his tent amid the + hearty plaudits of the English troops. + </p> + <p> + His own comrades flocked round him; the men of the greenwood, headed by + Cnut, were especially jubilant over his victory. + </p> + <p> + "Who would have thought," said the tall forester, "that the lad who but a + short time ago was a child should now have sustained the honor of the + country? We feel proud of you, Cuthbert; and trust us some day or other to + follow wherever you may lead, and to do some deed which will attain for + you honor and glory, and show that the men of Evesham are as doughty as + any under King Richard's rule." + </p> + <p> + "You must be wary, Cuthbert," the earl said to him that evening. "Believe + me that you and I have made a foe, who, although he may not have the + power, has certainly the will to injure us to the death. I marked the eye + of Count Jacquelin during the fight, and again when you were led up to the + king. There was hatred and fury in his eye. The page too, I hear, is his + own nephew, and he will be the laughing-stock of the French camp at having + been conquered by one so much younger than himself. It will be well to + keep upon your guard, and not to go out at night unattended. Keep Cnut + near you; he is faithful as a watch-dog, and would give his life, I am + sure, for you. I will myself be also upon my guard, for it was after all + my quarrel, and the fury of this fierce knight will vent itself upon both + of us if the opportunity should come. I hear but a poor account of him + among his confréres. They say he is one of those disgraces to the name of + knight who are but a mixture of robber and soldier; that he harries all + the lands in his neighborhood; and that he has now only joined the Crusade + to avoid the vengeance which the cries of the oppressed people had invoked + from his liege lord. I am told indeed that the choice was given him to be + outlawed, or to join the Crusades with all the strength he could raise. + Naturally he adopted the latter alternative; but he has the instincts of + the robber still, and will do us an evil turn, if he have the chance." + </p> + <p> + Two days later the great army broke up its camp and marched south. After a + week's journeying they encamped near a town, and halted there two or three + days in order to collect provisions for the next advance; for the supplies + which they could obtain in the country districts were wholly insufficient + for so great a host of men. Here the armies were to separate, the French + marching to Genoa, the English to Marseilles, the town at which they were + to take ship. + </p> + <p> + One evening the earl sent Cuthbert with a message to another English lord, + staying in the town at the palace of the bishop, who was a friend of his. + </p> + <p> + Cnut accompanied Cuthbert, for he now made a point of seldom letting him + out of his sight. It was light when they reached the bishop's palace, but + here they were delayed for some time, and night had fallen when they + sallied out. + </p> + <p> + The town was already quiet, for the inhabitants cared not to show + themselves in the streets now that such a large army of fierce men were in + the neighborhood. + </p> + <p> + The orders indeed of the monarchs were stringent, but discipline there was + but little of, and the soldiery in those days regarded peaceful citizens + as fair game; hence, when they came from the palace the streets of the + city were already hushed and quiet, for the orders of the king had been + peremptory that no men-at-arms, or others except those on duty, were to be + away from their camp after nightfall. This order had been absolutely + necessary, so many were the complaints brought in by country peasants and + farmers of the doings of bands of soldiers. + </p> + <p> + Cnut and Cuthbert proceeded along the streets unmolested for some + distance. Occasionally a solitary passer-by, with hooded cape, hurried + past. The moon was half full, and her light was welcome indeed, for in + those days the streets were unlighted, and the pavement so bad that + passage through the streets after dark was a matter of difficulty, and + even of danger. + </p> + <p> + Here and there before some roadside shrine a lamp dimly burned; before + these they paused, and, as good Catholics, Cnut and Cuthbert crossed + themselves. Just as they had passed one of these wayside shrines, a sudden + shout was heard, and a party of eight or ten men sprang out from a side + street and fell upon them. + </p> + <p> + Cnut and Cuthbert drew their swords and laid about them heartily, but + their assailants were too strong. Cnut was stricken to the ground, and + Cuthbert, seeing that defense was hopeless, took to his heels and ran for + his life. He was already wounded, but happily not so severely as in any + way to disable him. + </p> + <p> + Seeing that it was speed, and speed alone, which now could save him, he + flung aside his belt and scabbard as he ran, and with rapid steps flew + along the streets, not knowing whither he went, and striving only to keep + ahead of his pursuers. They, more incumbered by arms and armor, were + unable to keep up with the flying footsteps of a lad clothed in the light + attire of a page; but Cuthbert felt that the blood running from his wound + was weakening him fast, and that unless he could gain some refuge his + course must speedily come to an end. Happily he saw at some little + distance ahead of him a man standing by a door. Just as he arrived the + door opened, and a glow of light from within fell on the road, showing + that the person entering was a monk. + </p> + <p> + Without a moment's hesitation Cuthbert rushed through the door, shouting + "Sanctuary!" and sank almost fainting on the ground. + </p> + <p> + The monks, accustomed to wild pursuits and scenes of outrage in those + warlike days, hastily closed the door, barring it securely. In a moment + there was a rush of men against it from without. + </p> + <p> + One of the monks opened a lattice above the door. + </p> + <p> + "What mean you," he said, "by this outrage? Know ye not that this is the + Monastery of St. John, and that it is sacrilege to lay a hand of violence + even against its postern? Begone," he said, "or we'll lodge a complaint + before the king." + </p> + <p> + The assailants, nothing daunted, continued to batter at the door; but at + this moment the monks, aroused from their beds, hastened to the spot, and + seizing bill and sword—for in those days even monks were obliged at + times to depend upon carnal weapons—they opened the door, and flung + themselves upon the assailants with such force that the latter, surprised + and discomfited, were forced to make a hasty retreat. + </p> + <p> + The doors were then again barred, and Cuthbert was carried up to a cell in + the building, where the leech of the monastery speedily examined his + wound, and pronounced that although his life was not in danger by it, he + was greatly weakened by the loss of blood, that the wound was a serious + one and that it would be some time before the patient would recover. + </p> + <p> + [Image: THE DOORS WERE AGAIN BARRED, AND CUTHBERT WAS CARRIED TO A CELL.] + </p> + <p> + It was two days before Cuthbert was sufficiently restored to be able to + speak. His first question to the monk was as to his whereabouts, and how + long he had been there. Upon being answered, he entreated that a messenger + might be dispatched to the camp of the Earl of Evesham, to beg that a + litter might be sent for him, and to inquire what had become of Cnut, whom + he had last seen stricken down. + </p> + <p> + The monk replied, "My son, I grieve to tell you that your request cannot + be complied with. The army moved away yesternoon, and is now some + twenty-five miles distant. There is nothing for you but patience, and when + restored you can follow the army, and rejoin your master before he embarks + at Marseilles. But how is it that a lad so young as you can have incurred + the enmity of those who sought your life? For it is clear from the + pertinacity with which they urged their attack that their object was not + plunder, of which indeed they would get but little from you, but to take + your life." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert recounted the circumstances which had led to the feud of the + Count of Brabant against him, for he doubted not that this truculent + knight was at the bottom of the attack. + </p> + <p> + "After what has happened," the monk said, "you will need have caution when + you leave here. The place where you have taken refuge is known to them, + and should this wild noble persist in his desire for vengeance against + you, he will doubtless leave some of his ruffians to watch the monastery. + We will keep a lookout, and note if any strangers are to be seen near the + gates; if we find that it is so, we shall consider what is best to be + done. We could of course appeal to the mayor for protection against them, + and could even have the strangers ejected from the town or cast into + prison; but it is not likely that we should succeed in capturing more than + the fellow who may be placed on the lookout, and the danger would be in no + wise lessened to yourself. But there is time to talk over this matter + before you leave. It will be another fortnight at least before you will be + able to pursue your journey." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert gained strength more rapidly than the monk had expected. He was + generously fed, and this and his good constitution soon enabled him to + recover from the loss of blood; and at the end of five days he expressed + his hope that he could on the following day pursue his journey. The monk + who attended him shook his head. + </p> + <p> + "Thou mightst, under ordinary circumstances, quit us to-morrow, for thou + art well enough to take part in the ordinary pursuits of a page; but to + journey is a different thing. You may have all sorts of hardships to + endure; you may have even to trust for your life to your speed and + endurance; and it would be madness for you to go until your strength is + fully established. I regret to tell you that we have ascertained beyond a + doubt that the monastery is closely watched. We have sent some of the + acolytes out, dressed in the garbs of monks, and attended by one of our + elder brethren; and in, each case, a monk who followed at a distance of + fifty yards was able to perceive that they were watched. The town is full + of rough men, the hangers-on of the army; some, indeed, are followers of + laggard knights, but the greater portion are men who merely pursue the + army with a view to gain by its necessities, to buy plunder from the + soldiers, and to rob, and, if necessary, to murder should there be a hope + of obtaining gold. Among these men your enemies would have little + difficulty in recruiting any number, and no appeal that we could make to + the mayor would protect you from them when you have left the walls. We + must trust to our ingenuity in smuggling you out. After that, it is upon + your own strength and shrewdness that you must rely for an escape from any + snares that may be laid for you. You will see, then, that at least another + three or four days are needed before you can set forth. Your countrymen + are so far away that a matter of a few days will make but little + difference. They will in any case be delayed for a long time at Marseilles + before they embark; and whether you leave now or a month hence, you would + be equally in time to join them before their embarkation—that is, + supposing that you make your way through the snares which beset you." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert saw the justice of the reasoning, and it was another week before + he announced himself as feeling absolutely restored to strength again, and + capable of bearing as much exertion as he could have done before his + attack. + </p> + <p> + A long consultation was held with the prior and a monk who had acted as + his leech, as to the best plan of getting Cuthbert beyond the walls of the + city. Many schemes were proposed and rejected. Every monk who ventured + beyond the walls had been closely scrutinized, and one or two of short + stature had even been jostled in the streets, so as to throw back their + hoods and expose a sight of their faces. It was clear, then, that it would + be dangerous to trust to a disguise. Cuthbert proposed that he should + leave at night, trusting solely to their directions as to the turnings he + should take to bring him to the city walls, and that, taking a rope, he + should there let himself down, and make the best of his way forward. This, + however, the monks would not consent to, assuring him that the watch was + so strictly kept round the monastery that he would inevitably be seen. + </p> + <p> + "No," the prior said, "the method, whatever it is, must be as open as + possible; and though I cannot at this moment hit upon a plan, I will think + it over to-night, and putting my ideas with those of Father Jerome here, + and the sacristan, who has a shrewd head, it will be hard if we cannot + between us contrive some plan to evade the watch of those robber villains + who beset the convent." + </p> + <p> + The next morning, when the prior came in to see Cuthbert, the latter said: + "Good father, I have determined not to endeavor to make off in disguise. I + doubt not that your wit could contrive some means by which I should get + clear of the walls without observation from the scouts of this villain + noble. But once in the country, I should have neither horse nor armor, and + should have hard work indeed to make my way down through France, even + though none of my enemies were on my track. I will therefore, if it please + you, go down boldly to the mayor and claim a protection and escort. If he + will but grant me a few men-at-arms for one day's ride from the town, I + can choose my own route, and riding out in mail, can then take my chance + of finding my way down to Marseilles." + </p> + <p> + "I will go down with you, my son," the prior said, "to the mayor. Two of + my monks shall accompany us; and assuredly no insult will be offered to + you in the street thus accompanied." Shortly afterward Cuthbert started as + arranged, and soon arrived at the house of the mayor, Sir John de Cahors. + </p> + <p> + Upon the prior making known to this knight whom he had brought with him + the mayor exclaimed: + </p> + <p> + "<i>Peste!</i> young gentleman; you have caused us no small trouble and + concern. We have had ridings to and fro concerning you, and furious + messages from your fiery king. When in the morning a tall, stalwart knave + dressed in green was found, slashed about in various places, lying on the + pavement, the townsmen, not knowing who he was, but finding that he still + breathed, carried him to the English camp, and he was claimed as a + follower of the Earl of Evesham. There was great wrath and anger over + this; and an hour later the earl himself came down and stated that his + page was missing, and that there was reason to believe that he had been + foully murdered, as he had accompanied the man found wounded. Fortunately + the bulk of the armies had marched away at early dawn, and the earl had + only remained behind in consequence of the absence of his followers. I + assured the angry Englishman that I would have a thorough search made in + the town; and although in no way satisfied, he rode off after his king + with all his force, carrying with him the long-limbed man whom we had + picked up. Two days after a message came back from King Richard himself, + saying that unless this missing page were discovered, or if, he being + killed, his murderers were not brought to justice and punished, he would + assuredly on his return from the Holy Land burn the town over our ears. + Your king is not a man who minces matters. However, threatened men live + long, especially when the person who threatens is starting for a journey, + from which, as like as not, he may never return. However, I have had + diligent search made for you. All the houses of bad repute have been + examined and their inhabitants questioned. But there are so many + camp-followers and other rabble at present in the town that a hundred men + might disappear without our being able to obtain a clew. I doubted not + indeed that your body had been thrown in the river, and that we should + never hear more of you. I am right glad that you have been restored; not + indeed from any fear of the threats of the king your master, but because, + from what the Earl of Evesham said, you were a lad likely to come to great + fame and honor. The earl left in my charge your horse, and the armor which + he said you wore at a tournament lately, in case we should hear aught of + you." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert gave an exclamation of pleasure. His purse contained but a few + pieces of silver, and being without arms except for his short dagger, or + means of locomotion, the difficulties of the journey down to Marseilles + had sorely puzzled him. But with his good horse between his knees, and his + suit of Milan armor on his back, he thought that he might make his way + through any dangers which threatened him. + </p> + <p> + The prior now told the knight that circumstances had occurred which showed + that it was known to the assailants of Cuthbert that he had taken refuge + in the convent, over which a strict watch had been kept by Cuthbert's + enemies. + </p> + <p> + "If I could find the varlets I would hang them over the gates of the + town," the knight said wrathfully. "But as at the present moment there are + nearly as many rogues as honest men in the place it would be a wholesale + hanging indeed to insure getting hold of the right people. Moreover, it is + not probable that another attempt upon his life will be made inside our + walls; and doubtless the main body of this gang are somewhere without, + intending to assault him when he continues his journey, and they have left + but a spy or two here to inform them as to his movements. I will give you + any aid in my power, young sir. The army is by this time nigh Marseilles, + and, sooth to say, I have no body of men-at-arms whom I could send as your + escort for so long a distance. I have but a small body here, and they are + needed, and sorely, too, to keep order within the walls." + </p> + <p> + "I thought, sir," Cuthbert said, "that if you could lend me a party of say + four men-at-arms to ride with me for the first day I could then trust to + myself, especially if you could procure me one honest man to act as guide + and companion. Doubtless they suppose that I should travel by the main + road south; but by going the first day's journey either east or west, and + then striking some southward road, I should get a fair start of them, + throw all their plans out, and perchance reach Marseilles without + interruption." + </p> + <p> + The knight willingly agreed to furnish four men-at-arms, and a trustworthy + guide who would at least take him as far south as Avignon. + </p> + <p> + "I will," he said, "tell the men-at-arms off to-night. They shall be at + the western gate at daybreak, with the pass permitting them to ride + through. The guide shall be at the convent door half an hour earlier. I + will send up to-night your armor and horse. Here is a purse which the Earl + of Evesham also left for your use. Is there aught else I can do for you?" + </p> + <p> + "Nothing, sir," Cuthbert said; "and if I regain the army in safety I shall + have pleasure in reporting to King Richard how kindly and courteously you + have treated me." + </p> + <p> + The arrangements were carried out. + </p> + <p> + An hour before daybreak Cuthbert was aroused, donned his armor and steel + casque, drank a flask of wine, and ate a manchet of bread which the prior + himself brought him, and then, with a cordial adieu to the kind monks, + issued forth. + </p> + <p> + The guide had just reached the gate, and together they trotted down the + narrow streets to the west gate of the city, where four men-at-arms were + awaiting them. + </p> + <p> + The gates were at once opened, and Cuthbert and his little troop sallied + forth. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII. — THE ATTACK. + </h2> + <p> + All day they rode with their faces west, and before nightfall had made a + journey of over forty miles. Then bestowing a largess upon the + men-at-arms, Cuthbert dismissed them, and took up his abode at a hostelry, + his guide looking to the two horses. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was pleased with the appearance of the man who had been placed at + his disposal. He was a young fellow of twenty-two or twenty-three, with an + honest face. He was, he told Cuthbert, the son of a small farmer near + Avignon; but having a fancy for trade, he had been apprenticed to a master + smith. Having served his apprenticeship, he found that he had mistaken his + vocation, and intended to return to the paternal vineyards. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert calculated that he would make at least four days' journey to the + south before he could meet with any dangers. Doubtless his exit from the + convent had been discovered, and the moment the gates of the city were + opened the spy would have proceeded south to warn his comrades, and these + would doubtless have taken a road which at a distance would again take + them on to that by which Cuthbert would be now traveling. As, however, he + rode fast, and made long marches each day, he hoped that he might succeed + in distancing them. Unfortunately, upon the third day his horse cast his + shoe, and no smith could be met with until the end of the day's journey. + Consequently, but a short distance could be done and this at a slow pace. + Upon the fifth day after their first start they arrived at a small town. + </p> + <p> + The next morning Cuthbert on rising found that his guide did not present + himself as usual. Making inquiries he found that the young man had gone + out the evening before, and had not returned. Extremely uneasy at the + circumstance, Cuthbert went to the city guard, thinking that perhaps his + guide might have got drunk, and been shut up in the cells. No news, + however, was to be obtained there, and after waiting some hours, feeling + sure that some harm had befallen him, he gave notice to the authorities of + his loss, and then mounting his horse, and leaving some money with the + landlord of the hostelry to give to his guide in case the latter should + return, he started at midday by the southern road. + </p> + <p> + He felt sure now that he was overtaken, and determined to keep his eyes + and faculties thoroughly on watch. + </p> + <p> + The roads in those days were mere tracks. Here and there a little village + was to be met with; but the country was sparsely cultivated, and traveling + lonely work. Cuthbert rode fast, carefully avoiding all copses and small + woods through which the road ran, by making a circuit round them and + coming on to it again on the other side. + </p> + <p> + His horse was an excellent one, the gift of the earl, and he had little + fear, with his light weight, of being overtaken if he could once leave his + enemies behind him. + </p> + <p> + At length he approached an extensive forest, which stretched for miles on + either side. + </p> + <p> + Half a mile before he reached it the track divided. + </p> + <p> + He had for some little time eased his horse down to a walk, as he felt + that the wood would be the spot where he would in all probability be + attacked, and he needed that his steed should be possessed of its utmost + vigor. + </p> + <p> + At the spot where the track branched a man in the guise of a mendicant was + sitting. He begged for alms, and Cuthbert threw him a small coin. + </p> + <p> + A sudden thought struck him as he heard a rustling in the bushes near. + </p> + <p> + "Which is the nearest and best road to Avignon?" he said. + </p> + <p> + "The right-hand road is the best and shortest," the beggar said. "The + other makes a long circuit and leads through several marshes, which your + honor will find it hard to pass." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert thanked him and moved forward, still at a walk, along the + right-hand road. + </p> + <p> + When he had gone about two hundred yards, and was hidden from the sight of + the man he had left—the country being rough, and scattered with + clumps of bushes—he halted, and, as he expected, heard the sound of + horses' hoofs coming on at full gallop along the other road. + </p> + <p> + "Your master must have thought me young indeed," he said, "to try and + catch me with such a transparent trick as that. I do not suppose that + accursed page has more than ten men with him, and doubtless has placed + five on each road. This fellow was placed here to see which track I would + follow, and has now gone to give the party on the left hand the news that + I have taken this way. Had it not been for him I should have had to run + the gantlet with four or five of my enemies. As it is, the path will + doubtless be clear." + </p> + <p> + So saying, he turned his horse, galloped back to the spot where the tracks + separated, and then followed the left-hand route. + </p> + <p> + As he had hoped, he passed through the wood without incident or + interruption, and arrived safely that night at a small town, having seen + no signs of his enemies. + </p> + <p> + The next day he started again early, and rode on until midday, when he + halted at a large village, at which was the only inn between the place + from which he started and his destination. He declined the offer of the + servant of the inn to take his horse round to the stable, telling the man + to hold him outside the door and give him from a sieve a few handfuls of + grain. + </p> + <p> + Then he entered the inn and ate a hearty meal. As he appeared at the door + he saw several men gathered near. With a single spring he threw himself + into the saddle, just as a rush forward was made by those standing round. + The man next to him sprang upon him, and endeavored to drag him from the + saddle. Cuthbert drew the little dagger called a <i>miséricorde</i> from + his belt, and plunged it into his throat. Then seizing the short mace + which hung at the saddlebow, he hurled it with all his force full in the + face of his enemy, the page of Sir Philip, who was rushing upon him sword + in hand. The heavy weapon struck him fairly between the eyes, and with a + cry he fell back, his face completely smashed in by the blow, the sword + which he held uplifted to strike flying far through the air. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert struck his spurs into his horse, and the animal dashed forward + with a bound, Cuthbert striking with his long sword at one or two men who + made a snatch at the reins. In another minute he was cantering out of the + village, convinced that he had killed the leader of his foes, and that he + was safe now to pursue the rest of his journey on to Marseilles. + </p> + <p> + So it turned out. + </p> + <p> + Without further incident he traveled through the south of France, and + arrived at the great seaport. He speedily discovered the quarters in which + the Earl of Evesham's contingent were encamped, and made toward this + without delay. As he entered a wild shout of joy was heard, and Cnut ran + forward with many gestures of delight. + </p> + <p> + "My dear Cuthbert, my dear Cuthbert!" he exclaimed. "Can it be true that + you have escaped? We all gave you up; and although I did my best, yet had + you not survived it I should never have forgiven myself, believing that I + might have somehow done better, and have saved you from the cutthroats who + attacked us." + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, thanks, my good Cnut," Cuthbert cried. "I have been through a + time of peril, no doubt; but as you see, I am hale and well—better, + methinks, than you are, for you look pale and ill; and I doubt not that + the wound which I received was a mere scratch to that which bore you down. + It sounded indeed like the blow of a smith's hammer upon an anvil." + </p> + <p> + "Fortunately, my steel cap saved my head somewhat," Cnut said, "and the + head itself is none of the thinnest; but it tried it sorely, I confess. + However, now that you are back I shall, doubt not, soon be as strong as + ever I was. I think that fretting for your absence has kept me back more + than the inflammation from the wound itself—but there is the earl at + the door of his tent." + </p> + <p> + Through the foresters and retainers who had at Cnut's shout of joy crowded + up, Cuthbert made his way, shaking hands right and left with the men, + among whom he was greatly loved, for they regarded him as being in a great + degree the cause of their having been freed from outlawry, and restored to + civil life again. The earl was really affected. As Cuthbert rode up he + held out both arms, and as his page alighted he embraced him as a father. + </p> + <p> + "My dear Cuthbert!" he exclaimed. "What anxiety have we not suffered. Had + you been my own son, I could not have felt more your loss. We did not + doubt for an instant that you had fallen into the hands of some of the + retainers of that villain count; and from all we could learn, and from the + absence of any dead body by the side of that of Cnut, I imagined that you + must have been carried off. It was clear that your chance of life, if you + fell into the hands of that evil page, or his equally vile master, was + small indeed. The very day that Cnut was brought in I visited the French + camp, and accused him of having been the cause of your disappearance and + Cnut's wounds. He affected the greatest astonishment at the charge. He had + not, as he said, been out of the camp for two days. My accusation was + unfounded and malicious, and I should answer this as well as the previous + outrage, when the vow of the Crusaders to keep peace among themselves was + at an end. Of course I had no means of proving what I said, or I would + have gone direct to the king and charged him with the outrage. As it was I + gained nothing by my pains. He has accompanied the French division to + Genoa; but when we meet at Sicily, where the two armies are to rendezvous, + I will bring the matter before the king, as the fact that his page was + certainly concerned in it must be taken as showing that he was the + instigator." + </p> + <p> + "It would, my lord earl, be perhaps better," Cuthbert said, "if I might + venture to advise, to leave the matter alone. No doubt the count would say + that he had discharged his page after the tournament, and that the latter + was only carrying out his private feud with me. We should not be able to + disprove the story, and should gain no satisfaction by the matter." + </p> + <p> + The earl admitted the justice of Cuthbert's reasoning, but reserved to + himself the task of punishing the author of the outrage upon the first + fitting opportunity. + </p> + <p> + There was a weary delay at Marseilles before the expedition set sail. This + was caused by the fact of the English fleet, which had been ordered to be + there upon their arrival, failing to keep the agreement. + </p> + <p> + The words English fleet badly describe the vessels which were to carry the + English contingent to their destination. They were ships belonging to the + maritime nations of Italy—the Venetians, Genoese, Pisans, etc.; for + England at that time had but few of her own, and these scarcely fitted for + the stormy navigation of the Bay of Biscay. + </p> + <p> + King Richard, impatient as ever of delay, at last lost his temper, and + embarked on board a ship with a few of his chosen knights, and set sail by + himself for Sicily, the point at which the two armies of the expedition + were to reunite. A few days after his departure the long-looked-for fleet + arrived, and a portion of the English host embarked at once, and set sail + for Sicily, where they were to be landed, and the ships were to return to + fetch the remaining contingent. + </p> + <p> + A sea voyage of this kind in those days was a serious matter. Long voyages + were rare, and troops were carried very much upon the principle of + herrings; that is, were packed as close as they could be, without any + reference to their comfort. As the voyages seldom lasted more than + twenty-four hours, this did not much matter, but during long voyages the + discomforts, or as may be said sufferings, of the troops were + considerable. So tightly packed were the galleys in which the English set + sail from Marseilles that there was no walking about. Every man slept + where he sat, and considered himself lucky indeed if he could obtain room + sufficient to stretch himself at full length. Most slept sitting against + bulwarks or other supports. In the cabins, where the knights, their pages + and squires were placed, the crowding was of course less excessive, but + even here the amount of space, which a subaltern traveling to India for + the first time nowadays would grumble at, was considered amply sufficient + for half a dozen knights of distinction. It was a week after sailing, when + Cnut touched Cuthbert's arm as he came on deck one morning, and said: + </p> + <p> + "Look, look, Cuthbert! that mountain standing up in the water has caught + fire on the top. Did you ever see such a thing?" + </p> + <p> + The soldiers crowded to the side of the vessel in intense astonishment and + no little awe. From the top of a lofty and rugged hill, rising almost + straight from the sea, flames were roaring up, smoke hung over the island, + and stones were thrown into the air and rattled down the side of the hill, + or fell into the sea with a splash. + </p> + <p> + "That is a fearsome sight," Cnut said, crossing himself. + </p> + <p> + "It looks as if it was the mouth of purgatory," exclaimed another, + standing by. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert himself was amazed, for the instruction he had received from + Father Francis was of too slight a nature to include the story of + volcanoes. A priest, however, who accompanied the ship in the character of + leech and confessor, explained the nature of the phenomenon to his + astonished listeners, and told them that over on the mainland was a + mountain which at times vomited forth such masses of stones and of liquid + rock that it had swallowed up and covered many great cities. There was + also, he told them, another mountain of the same sort, even more vast, on + the island of Sicily itself; but that this had seldom, as far back as man + could remember, done any great harm. + </p> + <p> + Sailing on, in another day they arrived off the coast of Sicily itself, + and sailing up the straits between it and the mainland they landed at + Messina. Here a considerable portion of the French army had already + arrived, having been brought down from Genoa. + </p> + <p> + There was no news of the King of England; and, as often happens, the + saying "The more haste the less speed," had been verified here. + </p> + <p> + It was some days later before King Richard arrived, having been driven + from his course by tempests, well-nigh cast ashore, and having besides + gone through many adventures. Three weeks later the whole of the army of + the Crusaders were gathered around Messina, where it was intended to + remain some little time before starting. It was a gay time; and the kings + vied with each other in entertainments, joustings, and tournaments. The + Italian knights also made a brave show, and it might have been thought + that this huge army of men were gathered there simply for amusement and + feasting. In the tournaments every effort was made to prevent any feeling + of national rivalry, and although parties of knights held their own + against all comers, these were most carefully selected to represent + several nationalities, and therefore victory, on whichsoever side it fell, + excited no feelings of bitterness. + </p> + <p> + Alone, King Richard was undoubtedly the strongest cavalier of the two + armies. Against his ponderous strength no knight could keep his seat; and + this was so palpable that after many victories King Richard was forced to + retire from the lists from want of competitors, and to take his place on + the daïs with the more peace-loving King of France. + </p> + <p> + The gayety of the camp was heightened by the arrival of many nobles and + dames from Italy. Here, too, came the Queen of Navarre, bringing with her + the beautiful Princess Berengaria. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," the Earl of Evesham said to Cuthbert a fortnight after the + arrival of the queen "that unless my eyes deceive me the princess is + likely to be a cause of trouble." + </p> + <p> + "In what way?" asked Cuthbert with surprise, for he had been struck with + her marvelous beauty, and wondered greatly what mischief so fair a being + could do. + </p> + <p> + "By the way in which our good lord, the king, gazes upon her, methinks + that it were like enough that he broke off his engagement with the Prince + of France for the sake of the fair eyes of this damsel." + </p> + <p> + "That were indeed a misfortune," Cuthbert said gravely, for he saw at once + the anger which such a course would excite in the minds of the French king + and his knights, who would naturally be indignant in the extreme at the + slight put upon their princess. As day after day passed it became evident + to all that the King of England was infatuated by the princess. Again he + entered the lists himself, and as some fresh Italian knights and others + had arrived, he found fresh opponents, and conspicuously laid the spoils + of victory at the feet of the princess, whom he selected as the Queen of + Beauty. + </p> + <p> + All sorts of rumors now became current in camp; violent quarrels between + the kings, and bad feelings between the French and English knights broke + out again in consequence, and this more violently than before. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX. — THE PRINCESS BERENGARIA. + </h2> + <p> + One night it chanced that Cuthbert was late in his return to camp, and his + road took him through a portion of the French encampment; the night was + dark, and Cuthbert presently completely lost all idea as to his bearings. + Presently he nearly ran against a tent; he made his way to the entrance in + order to crave directions as to his way—for it was a wet night; the + rain was pouring in torrents, and few were about of whom he could demand + the way—and, as he was about to draw aside the hangings, he heard + words said in a passionate voice which caused him to withdraw his hand + suddenly. + </p> + <p> + "I tell you," said a voice, "I would rather drive a dagger myself into her + heart than allow our own princess to be insulted by this hot-headed island + dog." + </p> + <p> + "It is sad indeed," said another, but in a calmer smoother tone, "that the + success of a great expedition like this, which has for its object the + recovery of the holy sepulcher from the infidels, should be wrecked by the + headstrong fancies of one man. It is even, as is told by the old Grecian + poet, as when Helen caused a great war between people of that nation." + </p> + <p> + "I know nothing," another voice said, "either of Helen or the Greeks, or + of their poets. They are a shifty race, and I can believe aught that is + bad of them. But touching this princess of Navarre, I agree with our + friend, it would be a righteous deed to poniard her, and so to remove the + cause of dispute between the two kings, and, indeed, the two nations. This + insult laid upon our princess is more than we, as French knights and + gentlemen, can brook; and if the king says the word there is not a + gentleman in the army but will be ready to turn his sword against the + islanders." + </p> + <p> + Then the smooth voice spoke again. + </p> + <p> + "It would, my brethren, be wrong and useless to shed blood; but methinks + that if this apple of discord could be removed a good work would be done + not, as our friend the count has suggested, by a stab of the dagger; that + indeed would be worse than useless. But surely there are scores of + religious houses, where this bird might be placed in a cage without a soul + knowing where she was, and where she might pass her life in prayer that + she may be pardoned for having caused grave hazards of the failure of an + enterprise in which all the Christian world is concerned." + </p> + <p> + The voices of the speakers now fell, and Cuthbert was straining his ear to + listen, when he heard footsteps approaching the tent, and he glided away + into the darkness. + </p> + <p> + With great difficulty be recovered the road to the camp, and when he + reached his tent he confided to the Earl of Evesham what he had heard. + </p> + <p> + "This is serious indeed," the earl said, "and bodes no little trouble and + danger. It is true that the passion which King Richard has conceived for + Berengaria bids fair to wreck the Crusade, by the anger which it has + excited in the French king and his nobles; but the disappearance of the + princess would no less fatally interfere with it, for the king would be + like a raging lion deprived of his whelps, and would certainly move no + foot eastward until he had exhausted all the means in his power of tracing + his lost lady love. You could not, I suppose, Cuthbert, point out the tent + where this conversation took place?" + </p> + <p> + "I could not," Cuthbert answered; "in the darkness one tent is like + another. I think I should recognize the voices of the speakers did I hear + them again; indeed, one voice I did recognize; it was that of the Count of + Brabant, with whom we had trouble before." + </p> + <p> + "That is good," the earl said, "because we have at least an object to + watch. It would never do to tell the king what you have heard. In the + first place, his anger would be so great that it would burst all bounds, + and would cause, likely enough, a battle at once between the two armies; + nor would it have any good effect, for he of Brabant would of course deny + the truth of your assertions, and would declare it was merely a got-up + story to discredit him with the king, and so to wipe out the old score now + standing between us. No, if we are to succeed, alike in preventing harm + happening to the princess, and an open break between the two monarchs, it + must be done by keeping a guard over the princess, unsuspected by all, and + ourselves frustrating any attempt which may be made." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert expressed his willingness to carry out the instructions which the + earl might give him; and, much disturbed by the events of the day, both + earl and page retired to rest, to think over what plan had best be + adopted. + </p> + <p> + The princess was staying at the palace of the bishop of the town; this he, + having another residence a short distance outside the walls, had placed at + the disposal of the Queen of Navarre and her suite; and the first step of + Cuthbert in the morning was to go into the town, to reconnoiter the + position and appearance of the building. It was a large and irregular + pile, and communicated with the two monasteries lying alongside of it. It + would therefore clearly be a most difficult thing to keep up a complete + watch on the exterior of so large a building. There were so many ways in + which the princess might be captured and carried off by unscrupulous men + that Cuthbert in vain thought over every plan by which it could be + possible to safeguard her. She might be seized upon returning from a + tournament or entertainment; but this was improbable, as the queen would + always have an escort of knights with her, and no attempt could be + successful except at the cost of a public fracas and much loss of blood. + Cuthbert regarded as out of the question that an outrage of this kind + would be attempted. + </p> + <p> + The fact that one of the speakers in the tent had used the words "my + sons," showed that one priest or monk, at least, was connected with the + plot. It was possible that this man might have power in one of the + monasteries, or he might be an agent of the bishop himself; and Cuthbert + saw that it would be easy enough in the night for a party from one or + other of the monasteries to enter by the door of communication with the + palace, and carry off the princess without the slightest alarm being + given. Once within the walls of the convent she could be either hidden in + the dungeons or secret places, which buildings of that kind were sure to + possess, or could be at once carried out by some quiet entrance, and taken + into the country, or transferred to some other building in the town. + </p> + <p> + When Cuthbert joined the earl he told him the observations that he had + made, and Sir Walter praised the judgment which he had shown in his + conclusions. The earl was of opinion that it would be absolutely necessary + to get some clew as to the course which the abductors purposed to take; + indeed it was possible that on after-consideration they might drop their + plan altogether, for the words which Cuthbert had overheard scarcely + betokened a plan completely formed and finally decided upon. + </p> + <p> + The great point he considered, therefore, was that the tent of his old + enemy should be carefully watched, and that an endeavor should be made to + hear something of what passed within, which might give a clew to the plan + fixed upon. They did not, of course, know whether the tent in which the + conversation had been heard by Cuthbert was that of Sir de Jacquelin + Barras, or of one of the other persons who had spoken; and Cuthbert + suggested that the first thing would be to find out whether the count, + after nightfall, was in the habit of going to some other tent, or whether, + on the other hand, he remained within and was visited by others. + </p> + <p> + It was easy, of course, to discover which was his tent; and Cuthbert soon + got its position, and then took Cnut into his counsels. + </p> + <p> + "The matter is difficult," Cnut said, "and I see no way by which a watch + can be kept up by day; but after dark—I have several men in my band + who can track a deer, and surely could manage to follow the steps of this + baron without being observed. There is little Jack, who is no bigger than + a boy of twelve, although he can shoot, and run, and play with the + quarterstaff, or, if need be, with the bill, against the best man in the + troop. I warrant me that if you show him the tent he will keep such sharp + watch that no one shall enter or depart without his knowing where they go + to. On a dark night he will be able to slip among the tents, and to move + here and there without being seen. He can creep on his stomach without + moving a leaf, and trust me the eyes of these French men-at-arms will look + in vain for a glimpse of him." + </p> + <p> + "You understand, Cnut, all that I want to know is whether the other + conspirators in this matter visit his tent, or whether he goes to theirs." + </p> + <p> + "I understand," Cnut said. "That is the first point to be arrived at." + </p> + <p> + Three days later Cnut brought news that each night after dark a party of + five men met in the tent that was watched; that one of the five always + came out when all had assembled, and took his station before the entrance + of the tent, so as to be sure that no eavesdropper was near. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert smiled. + </p> + <p> + "It is a case of locking the door after the horse has gone." + </p> + <p> + "What is to be done now?" Cnut asked. + </p> + <p> + "I will talk with the earl before I tell you, Cnut. This matter is too + serious for me to take a step without consulting Sir Walter." + </p> + <p> + That night there was a long talk between the earl and his page as to the + best course to be pursued. It was clear that their old enemy was the + leading person in the plot, and that the only plan to baffle it with any + fair chances of success was to keep a constant eye upon his movements, and + also to have three or four of the sturdiest men of the band told off to + watch, without being perceived, each time that the princess was in her + palace. + </p> + <p> + The Earl of Evesham left the arrangements entirely in the hands of his + page, of whose good sense and sagacity he had a very high opinion. + </p> + <p> + His own first impulse had been to go before the king and denounce the + Count of Brabant. But the ill-will between them was already well known; + for not only was there the original dispute at the banquet, but when the + two armies had joined at Sicily, King Richard, who had heard from the earl + of the attempt at the assassination of Cuthbert, had laid a complaint + before King Philip of the conduct of his subject. + </p> + <p> + Sir de Jacquelin Barras, however, had denied that he had any finger in the + matter. + </p> + <p> + "He had," he said, "discharged his page after the encounter with Cuthbert, + and knew nothing further whatever of his movements." + </p> + <p> + Although it was morally certain that the page could not have purchased the + services of the men who assisted him, from his own purse, or gain them by + any means of persuasion, but that they were either the followers of the + Count of Brabant, or ruffians hired with his money, as no proof could be + obtained the matter was allowed to drop. + </p> + <p> + The earl felt, however, that an accusation against the count by him of an + intention to commit a high crime, and this merely on the evidence of his + page, would appear like an attempt to injure the fame of his rival. + </p> + <p> + Feeling, therefore, that nothing could be done save to watch, he left the + matter entirely in the hands of his page, telling him that he could take + as many men-at-arms or archers as he might choose and use them in his + name. + </p> + <p> + Cnut entered warmly into Cuthbert's plans; and finally it was arranged + between them that six of the archers should nightly keep watch opposite + the various entrances of the bishop's palace and of the two monasteries + joining. Of course, they could not patrol up and down without attracting + attention, but they were to take up posts where they could closely observe + the entrances, and were either to lie down and feign drunken sleep, or to + conceal themselves within the shadow of an arch or other hiding-place. + </p> + <p> + Down on the seashore Cuthbert made an arrangement with one of the owners + of small craft lying there that ten of his men should sleep on board every + night, together with some fishermen accustomed to the use of the oar. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert himself determined to be always with this party. + </p> + <p> + Night after night passed, and so long a time went by that Cuthbert began + to think the design must have been given up. + </p> + <p> + However, he resolved to relax none of his watchfulness during the + remaining time that the expedition might stop in Sicily. + </p> + <p> + It was in January, three weeks after the first watch had been set, when + one of the men who had been placed to watch the entrance to one of the + monasteries leaped on board the craft and shook Cuthbert by the shoulder. + </p> + <p> + "A party of some five men," he said, "have just issued out from the + monastery. They are bearing a burden—what, I cannot see. They were + making in the direction of the water. I whistled to Dion who was next to + me in the lane. He is following them, and I came on to tell you to + prepare." + </p> + <p> + The night was pitch-dark, and it was difficult in the extreme to see any + one moving at a short distance off. + </p> + <p> + There were two or three streets that led from the monastery, which stood + at the top of the town, toward the sea; and a party coming down might take + any of these, according to the position in which the boat they were + seeking was placed. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert now instantly sent five or six of his men with instructions to + avoid all noise, along the line of the port, with orders to bring in word + should anyone come down and take boat, or should they hear any noise in + the town. He himself with the sailors loosed the ropes which fastened the + boat to shore, got out the oars, and prepared to put off at a moment's + notice. + </p> + <p> + He was of course ignorant whether the abductor would try to carry the + princess off by water, or would hide her in one of the convents of the + town; but he was inclined to think that the former would be the course + adopted; for the king in his wrath would be ready to lay the town in + flames, and to search every convent from top to bottom for the princess. + Besides, there would be too many aware of the secret. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was not wrong in his supposition. + </p> + <p> + Soon the man he had sent to the extreme right came running up with the + news that a boat had embarked at the further end with a party of some ten + men on board. As he came along he had warned the others, and in five + minutes the whole party were collected in the craft, numbering in all + twelve of Cuthbert's men and six sailors. They instantly put out, and + rowed in the direction in which the boat would have gone, the boatmen + expressing their opinion that probably the party would make for a vessel + which was lying anchored at some little distance from shore. The bearings + of the position of this ship was known to the boatmen, but the night was + so dark that they were quite unable to find it. Orders had been given that + no sound or whisper was to be heard on board the boat; and after rowing as + far as they could the boatmen said they were in the direction of the ship. + </p> + <p> + The boatmen all lay on their oars, and all listened intently. Presently + the creaking of a pulley was heard in the still night, at a distance of a + few hundred yards. This was enough. It was clear that the vessel was + getting up sail. The boat's head was turned in that direction; the crew + rowed steadily but noiselessly, and in a few minutes the tall mast of a + vessel could be seen faintly against the sky. Just as they perceived the + situation, a hail from on board showed that their approach was now + observed. + </p> + <p> + "Stretch to your oars," Cuthbert said, "we must make a dash for it now." + </p> + <p> + The rowers bent to their work and in a minute the boat ran alongside the + craft. + </p> + <p> + As Cuthbert and his followers scrambled upon the deck they were attacked + by those of the crew and passengers who were standing near; but it was + evident at once that the chiefs of the expedition had not heard the hail, + and that there was no general plan of defense against them. + </p> + <p> + It was not until the last of them had gained a footing and were beginning + to fight their way along the vessel that from below three or four + men-at-arms ran up, and one in a tone of authority demanded what was the + matter. When he heard the clash of swords and the shouts of the combatants + he put himself at once at the head of the party and a fierce and obstinate + fight now took place. + </p> + <p> + The assailants had, however, the advantage. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert and his men were all lightly clad, and this on the deck of a ship + lumbered with ropes and gear, and in the dark, was a great advantage, for + the mailed men-at-arms frequently stumbled and fell. The fight lasted for + several minutes. Cnut, who was armed with a heavy mace, did great service, + for with each of his sweeping blows he broke down the guard of an + opponent, and generally leveled him to the deck. + </p> + <p> + The numbers at the beginning of the fight were not unequal, but the men to + whom the vessel belonged made but a faint resistance when they perceived + that the day was going against them. The men-at-arms, however, consisting + of three, who appeared to be the leaders, and of eight pikemen fought + stubbornly and well. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was not long in detecting in the tones of the man who was clearly + at the head of affairs the voice of Sir de Jacquelin Barras. To do him + justice he fought with extreme bravery, and when almost all his followers + were cut down or beaten overboard, he resisted stanchly and well. With a + heavy two-handed sword he cleaved a space at the end of the boat, and kept + the whole of Cuthbert's party at bay. + </p> + <p> + At last Cnut, who had been engaged elsewhere, came to the front, and a + tough fight ensued between them. + </p> + <p> + It might have ended badly for the brave forester, for his lack of armor + gave an enormous advantage to his opponent. Soon, however, the count's + foot slipped on the boards of the deck, and before he could recover + himself the mace of Cnut descended with tremendous force upon his head, + which was unprotected, as he had taken off his casque on arriving at the + ship. Without a word or a cry the count fell forward on the deck, killed + as a bullock by a blow of a poleaX. — While this conflict had been + going on, occasionally the loud screams of a woman had been heard below. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, attended by Cnut and two of his followers, now descended. + </p> + <p> + At the bottom of the steps they found a man-at-arms placed at the door of + a cabin. He challenged as they approached, but being speedily convinced + that the vessel was in their hands, and that his employer and party were + all conquered, he made a virtue of necessity, and laid down his arms. + </p> + <p> + "You had better go in alone," Cnut said, "Master Cuthbert. The lady is + less likely to be frightened by your appearance than by us, for she must + wonder indeed what is going on." + </p> + <p> + On entering the cabin, which had evidently been fitted up for the use of a + lady, Cuthbert saw standing at the other end the princess, whom of course + he knew well by sight. A lamp was burning in the cabin, and by its light + he could see that her face was deadly pale. Her robes were torn and + disarranged, and she wore a look at once of grave alarm and surprise upon + seeing a handsomely dressed page enter with a deep reverence. + </p> + <p> + "What means this outrage, young sir? Whoever you be, I warn you that the + King of England will revenge this indignity." + </p> + <p> + "Your highness," Cuthbert said, "you have no further reason for alarm; the + knaves who carried you off from the bishop's palace and conveyed you to + this ship are all either killed or in our power. I am the page of the Earl + of Evesham, a devoted follower of King Richard. Some of the designs of the + bold men came to the ears of my lord, and he ordered me and a band of his + followers to keep good guard over the palace and buildings adjoining. We + were unable to gather our strength in time to prevent your being taken on + board, but we lost no time in putting forth when we found that your + abductors had taken boat, and by good fortune arrived here in time; a few + minutes later, and the knaves would have succeeded in their object, for + the sails were already being hoisted, and the vessel making way, when we + arrived. Your abductors are all either killed or thrown overboard, and the + vessel's head is now turned toward the shore, and I hope in a few minutes + to have the honor of escorting you to the palace." + </p> + <p> + The princess, with a sigh of much satisfaction and relief, sank on to a + couch. + </p> + <p> + "I am indeed indebted to you, young sir," she said. "Believe me, the + Princess Berengaria is not ungrateful, and should it be ever in her power + to do aught for your lord, or for yourself, or for those who have + accompanied you to rescue her, believe me that she will do it." + </p> + <p> + "May I be so bold as to ask a boon?" Cuthbert said, dropping on one knee + before her. + </p> + <p> + "It is granted at once, whatever it be, if in my power." + </p> + <p> + "My boon is, lady," he said, "that you will do your best to assuage the + natural anger which the King of England will feel at this bold and most + violent attempt. That he should be told, is of course necessary; but, + lady, much depends upon the telling, and I am sure that at your request + the king would restrain his anger. Were it not for that, I fear that such + quarrels and disputes might arise as would bring the two armies to blows, + and destroy forever all hope of the successful termination of our joint + enterprise." + </p> + <p> + "You are a wise and good youth," the princess said, holding out her hand + to Cuthbert, which, as duty bound, he placed to his lips. "Your request is + wise and most thoughtful. I will use any poor influence which I may + possess"—and Cuthbert could see that the blood came back now to the + white face—"to induce King Richard to allow the matter to pass over. + There is no reason why he should take up the case. I am no more under his + protection than under that of the King of France, and it is to the latter + I should appeal, for as I believe the men who abducted me were his + subjects." + </p> + <p> + "The leader of them, madam, was a certain Sir de Jacquelin Barras, a Count + of Brabant, with whom my master has had an old feud, and who has been just + killed by the leader of our men-at-arms. The others, who have had the most + active hand in the matter, have also perished; and it would, I think be + doubtful whether any clew could be obtained of those who were in league + with them. The only man in the party who is alive was placed as a sentry + at your door, and as he is but a man-at-arms we may be sure that he knows + naught of the enterprise, but has merely carried out the orders of his + master." + </p> + <p> + The vessel had by this time brought up close to the port. The princess + determined to wait on board until the first dawn was seen in the skies, + and then under the escort of her deliverers to go back to the palace, + before the town was moving. This plan was carried out, and soon after dawn + the princess was safe in the palace from which she had been carried a few + hours previously. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X. — PIRATES. + </h2> + <p> + It was not possible that a matter of this sort could be entirely hushed + up. Not many hours passed before rumors were current of events which had + taken place, though none knew what those events were. + </p> + <p> + There were reports that the tire-woman of the Princess Berengaria had in + the night discovered that her mistress' couch was unoccupied, that she had + found signs of a struggle, and had picked up a dagger on the floor, where + it had evidently fallen from the sheath; also it was said that the + princess had returned at daylight escorted by an armed party, and that she + was unable to obtain entrance to the palace until one of the ladies of the + queen had been fetched down to order the sentries at the gate to allow her + to enter. + </p> + <p> + This was the news which rumor carried through the camp. Few, however, + believed it, and none who could have enlightened them opened their lips + upon the subject. + </p> + <p> + It was known, however, that a messenger had come to King Richard early, + and that he had at once mounted and ridden off to the bishop's palace. + What had happened there none could say, but there were rumors that his + voice had been heard in furious outbursts of passion. He remained there + until the afternoon, when he sent for a number of his principal nobles. + </p> + <p> + When these arrived they found him standing on a daïs in the principal hall + of the palace, and he there formally introduced to them the Princess + Berengaria as his affianced wife. The ceremony of the marriage, he told + them, would shortly take place. + </p> + <p> + This announcement caused a tremendous stir in both armies. The English, + who had never been favorable to the alliance with the French princess, + were glad to hear that this was broken off, and were well content that the + Princess Berengaria should be their future queen, for her beauty, high + spirit, and kindness had won all hearts. + </p> + <p> + On the part of the French, on the other hand, there was great indignation, + and for some time it was feared that the armies would come to open blows. + </p> + <p> + King Philip, however, although much angered, was politic enough to + deprecate any open outbreak. He knew that a dispute now began would not + only at once put a stop to the Crusade, but that it might lead to more + serious consequences at home. The fiery bravery of the English king, + backed as it would be by the whole strength of his subjects, might render + him a very formidable opponent; and the king felt that private grievances + must be laid aside where the good of France was concerned. + </p> + <p> + Still the coldness between the armies increased, their camps were moved + further apart, and during the time that they remained in Sicily there was + but little commerce between the two forces. + </p> + <p> + As soon as the winter had broken the French monarch broke up his camp, and + in March sailed for the Holy Land. + </p> + <p> + The English had expected that the marriage ceremony of the king and + Princess Berengaria would be celebrated before they left Sicily, but this + was not the case. There were high joustings and <i>fêtes</i> in honor of + the princess, but the marriage was delayed. A fortnight after the French + had sailed the English embarked in the two hundred ships which had been + prepared, and sailed also on their way to Acre. + </p> + <p> + It must not be supposed that the attempted abduction of the Princess + Berengaria was unimportant in its results to Cuthbert. + </p> + <p> + After returning from the palace the king, who had heard from her the + details of what had taken place, and the names of her rescuers, sent for + the Earl of Evesham. The latter had of course learned from Cuthbert all + that had happened, and had expressed his high approval of his conduct, and + his gratification at the result. + </p> + <p> + "I learn, Sir Earl," said King Richard, "that it is to you that I am + indebted for the rescue of the princess. She tells me that suspecting some + plot you placed a guard around the bishop's palace, with a strong body on + the shore ready to rescue her from the hands of any who might attempt to + take her to sea." + </p> + <p> + "It is as you say, sire," replied the earl; "but the whole merit of the + affair rests upon my page, the lad whom you may remember as having fought + with and conquered the French page, and of whose conduct you then approved + highly. You may also remember that he escaped by some display of bravery + and shrewdness the further attempts to assassinate him, and your majesty + was good enough to make a complaint to King Philip of the conduct of one + of his nobles on that head. It seems that some two months since the lad in + coming through the French camp at night missed his way, and accidentally + overheard a few words spoken in a voice which he recognized as that of his + enemy. The name of your majesty being mentioned, he deemed it his duty to + listen, and thus discovered that a plot was on foot for carrying off the + princess. After consultation with me, we agreed upon the course to be + adopted, namely, to place sentries round the bishop's place and the + buildings adjoining, who should follow and bring word should she be taken + to another place in town, while a band was placed on the shore in + readiness to interfere at once to prevent her being carried away by sea. + He undertook the management of all details, having with him a trusty + squire who commands my Saxon bowmen." + </p> + <p> + "For your own part I thank you, my lord," the king said, "and, believe me, + you shall not find Richard ungrateful. As to your page, he appears brave + and wise beyond his years. Were it not that I think that it would not be + good for him, and might attract some envy upon the part of others, I would + at once make him a knight. He already has my promise that I will do so on + the first occasion when he can show his prowess upon the infidels. Bring + him to me to-morrow, when the princess will be here with the Queen of + Navarre at a banquet. I would fain thank him before her; and, although I + have agreed—at the princess' earnest solicitation—to take no + further notice of the matter, and to allow it to pass as if it had not + been, yet I cannot forgive the treachery which has been used, and without + letting all know exactly what has occurred would fain by my reception of + your page let men see that something of great import has happened, of the + nature of which I doubt not that rumor will give some notion." + </p> + <p> + Upon the following day, therefore, Cuthbert to his confusion found himself + the center of the royal circle. The king expressed himself to him in the + most gracious manner, patting him on the shoulder, and said that he would + be one day one of the best and bravest of his knights. The princess and + the Queen of Navarre gave him their hands to kiss, and somewhat + overwhelmed, he withdrew from the royal presence, the center of attention, + and, in some minds, of envy. + </p> + <p> + Cnut too did not pass unrewarded. + </p> + <p> + His majesty, finding that Cnut was of gentle Saxon blood, gave him a gold + chain in token of his favor, and distributed a heavy purse among the men + who had followed him. + </p> + <p> + When the British fleet, numbering two hundred ships, set sail from Sicily, + it was a grand and martial sight. From the masts were the colors of + England and those of the nobles who commanded; while the pennons of the + knights, the bright plumes and mantles, the flash of armor and arms made + the decks alive with light and color. + </p> + <p> + The king's ship advanced in the van, and round him were the vessels + containing his principal followers. The Queen of Navarre and the Princess + Berengaria were with the fleet. Strains of music rose from the waters, and + never were the circumstances of war exhibited in a more picturesque form. + </p> + <p> + For two days the expedition sailed on, and then a change of a sudden and + disastrous kind took place. + </p> + <p> + "What is all this bustle about?" Cuthbert said to Cnut. "The sailors are + running up the ladders, all seems confusion." + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," said Cnut, "that we are about to have a storm. A few minutes + ago scarce a cloud was to be seen; now that bank over there has risen + halfway up the sky. The sailors are accustomed to these treacherous seas, + and the warnings which we have not noticed have no doubt been clear enough + to them." + </p> + <p> + With great rapidity the sails of the fleet came down, and in five minutes + its whole aspect was changed; but quickly as the sailors had done their + work, the storm was even more rapid in its progress. Some of the ships + whose crews were slower or less skillful than the others were caught by + the gale before they could get their sails snug, and the great sheets of + white canvas were blown from the bolt-ropes as if made of paper, and a + blackness which could almost be felt covered the sea, the only light being + that given by the frothing waters. There was no longer any thought of + order. Each ship had to shift for herself; and each captain to do his best + to save those under his charge, without thought of what might befall the + others. + </p> + <p> + In the ship which carried the Earl of Evesham's contingent, order and + discipline prevailed. The earl's voice had been heard at the first puff of + wind, shouting to the men to go below, save a few who might be of use to + haul at ropes. His standard was lowered, the bright flags removed from the + sides of the ship, the shields which were hanging over the bulwarks were + hurriedly taken below, and when the gale smote them the ship was trim, and + in readiness to receive it. A few square yards of sail alone were all that + the captain had thought it prudent to keep spread, and in a minute from + the time she was struck the lofty hulk was tearing along through the + waters at a tremendous speed. Four of the best hands were placed at the + helm; and here the captain took his post. + </p> + <p> + The danger was now that in the darkness they might run against one of + their consorts. Even in the war of the elements they could hear from time + to time crashes as of vessels striking against each other, with shouts and + cries. Once or twice from the darkness ships emerged, close on one hand or + the other; but the steadiness of the captain in each case saved the ship + from collision. + </p> + <p> + As the storm continued these glimpses of other vessels became more and + more rare, and the ship being a very fast sailer, the captain indulged the + hope that he was now clear of the rest of the fleet. + </p> + <p> + He now attempted to lie-to to the storm, but the wind was too strong. The + ships in those days, too, were so high out of the water, and offered in + themselves such a target to the wind, that it was useless to adopt any + other maneuver than to run before it. + </p> + <p> + For two days and nights the tempest raged. + </p> + <p> + "What think you," the earl said to the captain, "of our position? Where + are we, and where will the course upon which we are running take us?" + </p> + <p> + "I cannot say with certainty," the captain said, "for the wind has shifted + several times. I had hoped to gain the shelter of Rhodes, but a shift of + wind bore us away from there, and I much fear that from the direction in + which we have been running we must be very nigh on the coast of Africa." + </p> + <p> + "<i>Peste!</i>" the earl said. "That would indeed be a speedy end to our + Crusade. These Moors are pirates and cutthroats to a man; and even should + we avoid the risk of being dashed to pieces, we should end our lives as + slaves to one of these black infidels." + </p> + <p> + Three hours later the captain's prophecies turned out right. Breakers were + seen in various points in front, and with the greatest difficulty the + vessel was steered through an opening between them; but in another few + minutes she struck heavily, one of her masts went over the side, and she + lay fast and immovable. Fortunately, the outside bank of sand acted as a + sort of breakwater; had she struck upon this the good ship would have gone + to pieces instantly; but although the waves still struck her with + considerable force, the captain had good hope that she would not break up. + Darkness came on; the tempest seemed to lull. As there was no immediate + danger, and all were exhausted by the tossing which they had received + during the last forty-eight hours, the crew of the Rose slept soundly. + </p> + <p> + In the morning the sun rose brilliantly, and there was no sign of the + great storm which had scattered the fleet of England. The shore was to be + seen at a distance of some four miles. It was low and sandy, with lofty + mountains in the distance. Far inland a white town with minaret and dome + could be seen. + </p> + <p> + "Know you where we are?" the earl asked. + </p> + <p> + "As far as I can tell," the captain said, "we have been driven up the bay + called the Little Syrtis—a place full of shoals and shallows, and + abounding with pirates of the worst kind." + </p> + <p> + "Think you that the ship has suffered injury?" + </p> + <p> + "Whether she has done so or not," the captain said, "I fear greatly that + she is fast in the sand, and even the lightening of all her cargo will + scarce get her off; but we must try at least." + </p> + <p> + "It is little time that we shall have to try, Master Captain," Cuthbert, + who was standing close, said. "Me thinks those two long ships which are + putting out from that town will have something to say to that." + </p> + <p> + "It is too true," the captain said. "Those are the galleys of the Moorish + corsairs. They are thirty or forty oars, draw but little water, and will + be here like the wind." + </p> + <p> + "What do you advise?" asked the earl. "The falconets which you have upon + the poop can make but a poor resistance to boats that can row around us, + and are no doubt furnished with heavy metal. They will quickly perceive + that we are aground and defenseless, and will be able to plump their shot + into us until they have knocked the good ship to pieces. However, we will + fight to the last. It shall not be said that the Earl of Evesham was taken + by infidel dogs and sold as a slave, without striking a blow in his + defense." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert stood watching the corsairs, which were now rowing toward them at + all speed. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks, my lord," he said presently, "if I might venture to give an + opinion, that we might yet trick the infidel." + </p> + <p> + "As how, Cuthbert?" the earl said. "Speak out; you know that I have great + faith in your sagacity." + </p> + <p> + "I think, sir," the page said, "that did we send all your men below, + leaving only the crew of the vessel on deck, they would take us for a + merchant ship which has been wrecked here, and exercise but little care + how they approach us. The men on deck might make a show of firing once or + twice with the falconets. The pirates, disdaining such a foe, would row + alongside. Once there, we might fasten one or both to our side with + grapnels, and then, methinks, that English bill and bow will render us + more than a match for Moorish pirates, and one of these craft can scarcely + carry more men than we have. I should propose to take one of them by + force, and drive the pirates overboard; take possession of, if possible, + or beat off her consort; and then take the most valuable stores from the + ship and make our way as best we can to the north." + </p> + <p> + "Well thought of!" exclaimed the earl cordially. "You have indeed imagined + a plan which promises well. What think you, captain?" + </p> + <p> + "I think, my lord," the Genoese said, "that the plan is an excellent one, + and promises every success. If your men will all go below, holding their + arms in readiness for the signal, mine shall prepare grapnels and ropes, + and the first of these craft which comes alongside they will lash so + securely to the Rose that I warrant me she gets not away." + </p> + <p> + These preparations were soon made. + </p> + <p> + The soldiers, who at first had been filled with apprehension at the + thought of slavery among the infidels, were now delighted at the prospect + of a struggle ending in escape. + </p> + <p> + The archers prepared their bows and arrows, and stood behind the portholes + in readiness to pour a volley into the enemy; the men-at-arms grasped + their pikes and swords; while above, the sailors moved hither and thither + as if making preparations for defense, but in reality preparing the + grapnels and ropes. + </p> + <p> + One of the pirates was faster than the other, and soon coming within + reach, opened fire upon the Rose with a heavy cannon, which she carried in + her bow. + </p> + <p> + The crew of the Rose replied with their falconets and sakers from the + poop. + </p> + <p> + The corsair at first did not keep her course direct for the ship, but + rowed once or twice round her, firing as she did so. Then, apparently + satisfied that no great precaution need be observed with a feebly-manned + ship in so great a strait as the Rose, they set up a wild cry of "Allah!" + and rowed toward her. + </p> + <p> + In two minutes the corsair was alongside of the Rose, and the fierce crew + were climbing up her sides. As she came alongside the sailors cast + grapnels into her rigging, and fastened her to the Rose; and then a loud + shout of "Hurrah for England!" was heard; the ports opened, and a volley + of arrows was poured upon the astonished corsair; and from the deck above + the assailants were thrown back into the galley, and a swarm of heavily + armed men leaped down from the ship upon them. + </p> + <p> + Taken by surprise, and indeed outnumbered, the resistance of the corsairs + was but slight. In a close fierce <i>mêlée</i> like this the light-armed + Moors had but little chance with the mail-clad English, whose heavy swords + and axes clove their defenses at a blow. The fight lasted but three + minutes, and then the last of the corsairs was overboard. + </p> + <p> + The men who rowed the galley had uttered the most piercing cries while + this conflict had been raging. They were unable to take any part in it, + had they been disposed to do so, for they were all slaves chained to the + oars. + </p> + <p> + Scarcely had the conflict ended when the other galley arrived upon the + scene; but seeing what had happened, and that her consort had fallen into + the hands of the English, she at once turned her head, and rowed back + rapidly to the town from which she had come. + </p> + <p> + Among the slaves who rowed the galley were many white men, and their cries + of joy at their liberation greatly affected those who had thus + unexpectedly rescued them. Hammers were soon brought into requisition, the + shackles struck off them, and a scene of affecting joy took place. The + slaves were of all nationalities, but Italians and Spaniards, French and + Greeks formed the principal part. There was no time, however, to be lost; + the arms and munitions of war were hastily removed from the Rose, together + with the most valuable of the stores. + </p> + <p> + The galley-slaves again took their places, and this time willingly, at the + oars, the places of the weakest being supplied by the English, whose want + of skill was made up by the alacrity with which they threw their strength + into the work; and in an hour from the time that the galley had arrived + alongside of the Rose, her head was turned north, and with sixty oars she + was rowing at all speed for the mouth of the bay. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI. — IN THE HOLY LAND. + </h2> + <p> + As soon as the galley which had escaped reached the town from which it had + started, it with three others at once set out in pursuit; while from a + narrow creek two other galleys made their appearance. + </p> + <p> + There were a few words of question among the English whether to stop and + give battle to these opponents, or to make their way with all speed. The + latter counsel prevailed; the earl pointing out that their lives were now + scarcely their own, and that they had no right on their way to the holy + sepulcher to risk them unnecessarily. + </p> + <p> + Fortunately they had it in their hands to fight or escape, as they chose; + for doubly banked as the oars now were there was little chance of the + enemy's galleys overtaking them. Gradually as they rowed to sea the + pursuing vessels became smaller and smaller to view, until at last they + were seen to turn about and make again for land. + </p> + <p> + After some consultation between the earl and the captain of the lost ship + it was determined to make for Rhodes. This had been settled as a halting + point for the fleet, and the earl thought it probable that the greater + portion of those scattered by the storm would rendezvous there. + </p> + <p> + So it proved; after a voyage, which although not very long was tedious, + owing to the number of men cramped up in so small a craft, they came + within sight of the port of Rhodes, and were greatly pleased at seeing a + perfect forest of masts there, showing that at least the greater portion + of the fleet had survived the storm. + </p> + <p> + This was indeed the fact, and a number of other single ships dropped in + during the next day or two. + </p> + <p> + There was great astonishment on the part of the fleet when the long, swift + galley was seen approaching, and numerous conjectures were offered as to + what message the pirates could be bringing—for there was no + mistaking the appearance of the long, dangerous-looking craft. + </p> + <p> + When, upon her approach, the standard of the Earl of Evesham was seen + flying on the bow, a great shout of welcome arose from the fleet; and King + Richard himself, who happened to be on the deck of the royal ship, shouted + to the earl to come on board and tell him what masquerading he was doing + there. The earl of course obeyed the order, anchoring near the royal + vessel, and going on board in a small boat, taking with him his page and + squire. + </p> + <p> + The king heard with great interest the tale of the adventures of the Rose; + and when the Earl of Evesham said that it was to Cuthbert that was due the + thought of the stratagem by which the galley was captured, and its crew + saved from being carried away into hopeless slavery, the king patted the + boy on the shoulder with such hearty force as nearly to throw Cuthbert off + his feet. + </p> + <p> + "By St. George!" said the monarch, "you are fated to be a very pink of + knights. You seem as thoughtful as you are brave; and whatever your age + may be, I declare that the next time your name is brought before me I will + call a chapter of knights, and they shall agree that exception shall be + made in your favor, and that you shall at once be admitted to the + honorable post. You will miss your page, Sir Walter; but I am sure you + will not grudge him that." + </p> + <p> + "No, no, sire," said the earl. "The lad, as I have told your majesty, is a + connection of mine—distant it is true, but one of the nearest I have—and + it will give me the greatest pleasure to see him rising so rapidly, and on + a fair way to distinguish himself so highly. I feel already as proud of + him as if he were my own son." + </p> + <p> + The fleet remained some two or three weeks at Rhodes, for many of the + vessels were sorely buffeted and injured, masts were carried away as well + as bulwarks battered in, and the efforts of the crews and of those of the + whole of the artificers of Rhodes were called into requisition. Light + sailing craft were sent off in all directions, for the king was in a fever + of anxiety. Among the vessels still missing was that which bore the Queen + of Navarre and the fair Berengaria. + </p> + <p> + One day a solitary vessel was seen approaching. "Another of our lost + sheep," the earl said, looking out over the poop. + </p> + <p> + She proved, however, to be a merchant ship of Greece, and newly come from + Cyprus. + </p> + <p> + Her captain went on board the royal ship, and delivered a message to the + king, to the effect that two of the vessels had been cast upon the coast + of Cyprus, that they had been plundered by the people, the crews + ill-treated and made prisoners by the king, and that the Queen of Navarre + and the princess were in their hands. + </p> + <p> + This roused King Richard into one of his furies. "Before I move a step + toward the Holy Land," he said, "I will avenge these injuries upon this + faithless and insolent king. I swear that I will make him pay dearly for + having laid a hand upon these ladies." + </p> + <p> + At once the signal was hoisted for all the vessels in a condition to sail + to take on board water and provisions, and to prepare to sail for Cyprus; + and the next morning at daybreak the fleet sailed out, and made their way + toward that island, casting anchor off the harbor of Famagosta. + </p> + <p> + King Richard sent a messenger on shore to the king, ordering him at once + to release the prisoners; to make the most ample compensation to them; to + place ships at their service equal to those which had been destroyed; and + to pay a handsome sum of money as indemnity. + </p> + <p> + The King of Cyprus, however, an insolent and haughty despot, sent back a + message of defiance. King Richard at once ordered the anchors to be + raised, and all to follow the royal ship. + </p> + <p> + The fleet entered the harbor of Famagosta; the English archers began the + fight by sending a flight of arrows into the town. This was answered from + the walls by a shower of stones and darts from the machines. + </p> + <p> + There was no time wasted. The vessels were headed toward the shore, and as + the water was deep, many of them were able to run close alongside the + rocky wharves. In an instant, regardless of the storm of weapons poured + down by the defenders, the English leaped ashore. + </p> + <p> + The archers kept up so terrible a rain of missiles against the battlements + that the defenders could scarcely show themselves for an instant there, + and the men-at-arms, placing ladders against them, speedily mounted, and + putting aside all opposition, poured into the town. The effeminate Greek + soldiers of the monarch could offer no effectual resistance whatever, and + he himself fled from the palace and gained the open country, followed by a + few adherents. The English gained a considerable booty, for in those days + a town taken by assault was always looked upon as the property of the + captors. The Queen of Navarre and the princess were rescued. + </p> + <p> + King Richard, however, was not satisfied with the success he had gained, + and was determined to punish this insolent little king. Accordingly the + English were set in motion into the interior, and town after town speedily + fell, or opened their gate to him. The king, deserted by his troops, and + detested by his people for having brought so terrible a scourge upon them + by his reckless conduct, now sued for peace; but King Richard would give + him no terms except dethronement, and this he was forced to accept. He was + deprived of his crown, and banished from the island. + </p> + <p> + The king now, to the surprise of his barons, announced his intention of at + once marrying the Princess Berengaria. + </p> + <p> + Popular as he was, there was yet some quiet grumbling among his troops; as + they said, with justice, they had been waiting nearly six months in the + island of Sicily, and the king might well have married there, instead of a + fresh delay being caused when so near their place of destination. + </p> + <p> + However, the king as usual had his own way, and the marriage was + solemnized amid great rejoicing and solemnity. + </p> + <p> + It was a brilliant scene indeed in the cathedral of Limasol. There were + assembled all the principal barons of England, together with a great + number of the nobles of Cyprus. + </p> + <p> + Certainly no better matched pair ever stood at the altar together, for as + King Richard was one of the strongest and bravest men of his own or any + other time, so Berengaria is admitted to have been one of the loveliest + maidens. + </p> + <p> + The air was rent with the acclamations of the assembled English host and + of the numerous inhabitants of Limasol as they emerged from the cathedral. + For a fortnight the town was given up to festivity; tournaments, + joustings, banquets succeeded each other day after day, and the islanders, + who were fond of pleasure, and indeed very wealthy, vied with the English + in the entertainments which they gave in honor of the occasion. + </p> + <p> + The festivities over, the king gave the welcome order to proceed on their + voyage. They had now been joined by all the vessels left behind at Rhodes, + and it was found that only a few were missing, and that the great storm, + terrible as it had been, had inflicted less damage upon the fleet than was + at first feared. + </p> + <p> + Two days' sail brought them within sight of the white walls of Acre, and + it was on June 8, 1191, that the fleet sailed into the port of that town. + Tremendous acclamations greeted the arrival of the English army by the + host assembled on the shores. + </p> + <p> + Acre had been besieged for two years, but in vain; and even the arrival of + the French army under Philip Augustus had failed to turn the scale. The + inhabitants defended themselves with desperate bravery; every assault upon + the walls had been repulsed with immense slaughter; and at no great + distance off the Sultan Saladin, with a large army, was watching the + progress of the siege. + </p> + <p> + The fame of King Richard and the English was so great, however, that the + besiegers had little doubt that his arrival would change the position of + things; and even the French, in spite of the bad feeling which had existed + in Sicily, joined with the knights and army of the King of Jerusalem in + acclaiming the arrival of the English. + </p> + <p> + Philip Augustus, the French king, was of a somewhat weak and wavering + disposition. It would have been thought that after his dispute with King + Richard he would have gladly done all in his power to carry Acre before + the arrival of his great rival. To the great disappointment of the French, + however, he declared that he would take no step in the general assault + until the arrival of Richard; and although the French had given some + assistance to the besiegers, the army had really remained passive for many + weeks. + </p> + <p> + Now, however, that the English had arrived, little time was lost; for the + moment the dissensions and jealousies between the monarchs were patched + up, the two hosts naturally imitated the example of their sovereigns, and + French and English worked side by side in throwing up trenches against the + walls, in building movable towers for the attack, and in preparing for the + great onslaught. + </p> + <p> + The French were the first to finish their preparations, and they delivered + a tremendous assault upon the walls. The besieged, however, did not lose + heart, and with the greatest bravery repulsed every attempt. The scaling + ladders were hurled backward, the towers were destroyed by Greek fire; + boiling oil was hurled down upon the men who advanced under the shelter of + machines to undermine the walls; and after desperate fighting the French + fell back, baffled and beaten. + </p> + <p> + There was some quiet exultation in the English lines at the defeat of the + French, for they believed that a better fortune would crown their own + efforts. Such, however, to their surprise and mortification, was not the + case. When their preparations were completed they attacked with splendid + bravery. They were fighting under the eyes of their king and in sight of + the French army, who had a few days before been baffled; and if bravery + and devotion could have carried the walls of Acre, assuredly King + Richard's army would have accomplished the task. + </p> + <p> + It was, however, too great for them, and with vast loss the army fell back + to its camp, King Richard raging like a wounded lion. Many of his barons + had been killed in the assault, and the pikemen and men-at-arms had + suffered heavily. The Earl of Evesham had been wounded; Cuthbert had taken + no part in the assault, for the earl, knowing his bravery, had forbidden + his doing so, as he foresaw the struggle would be of the most desperate + character; and as it was not usual for pages to accompany their lords on + the battlefield, Cuthbert could not complain of his being forbidden to + take part in the fight. + </p> + <p> + The earl, however, permitted him to accompany Cnut and the bowmen, who did + great service by the accuracy of their aim, preventing by their storm of + arrows the men on the battlements from taking steady aim and working their + machines, and so saved the Earl of Evesham's troop and those fighting near + him from suffering nearly as heavy loss as some of those engaged in other + quarters. + </p> + <p> + But while successful in beating off all assaults, the defenders of Acre + were now nearly at the end of their resources. The Emperor Saladin, + although he had collected an army of two hundred thousand men, yet feared + to advance and give battle to the Crusaders in their own lines—for + they had thrown up round their camp strong intrenchments to prevent the + progress of the siege being disturbed by forces from without. + </p> + <p> + The people of Acre seeing the time pass and no sign of a rescuing force, + their provisions being utterly exhausted, and pestilence and fever making + frightful ravages in the city, at last determined to surrender. + </p> + <p> + For over two years they had made a resistance of the most valiant + description, and now, despairing of success or rescue, and seeing the + hosts of their besiegers increasing day by day, they hoisted a flag upon + the walls and sent a deputation to the kings, asking for terms if they + submitted. They would have done well had they submitted upon the arrival + of the French and English reinforcements. For the monarchs, annoyed by the + defeat of their forces and by the heavy losses they had sustained, and + knowing that the besieged were now at their last crust, were not disposed + to be merciful. + </p> + <p> + However, the horrors which then attended the capture of cities in a war in + which so little quarter was given on either side were avoided. The city + was to be surrendered; the much-prized relic contained within its walls—said + to be a piece of the true cross which had been captured by the Saracens at + the battle of Tiberias, in which they had almost annihilated the Christian + armies a few years before—was to be surrendered; the Christian + prisoners in their hands were to be given up unharmed; and the inhabitants + undertook to pay two hundred thousand pieces of gold to the kings within + forty days, under the condition that the fighting men now taken prisoners + were to be put to death should this ransom not be paid. + </p> + <p> + The conquest of Acre was hailed throughout Christendom as a triumph of the + highest importance. It opened again the gates of the Holy Land; and so + tremendous was the strength of the fortress that it was deemed that if + this stronghold were unable to resist effectually the arms of the + Crusaders, and that if Saladin with so great an army did not dare to + advance to its rescue, then the rest of the Holy Land would speedily fall + under the hands of the invading army. + </p> + <p> + With the fall of Acre, however, the dissensions between the two kings, + which had for awhile been allowed to rest while the common work was to be + done, broke out again with renewed intensity. The jealousy of Philip + Augustus was raised to the highest point by the general enthusiasm of the + combined armies for the valiant King of England, and by the authority + which that monarch exercised in the councils. He therefore suddenly + announced his intention of returning to France. + </p> + <p> + This decision at first occasioned the greatest consternation in the ranks + of the Crusaders; but this feeling was lessened when the king announced + that he should leave a large portion of the French army behind, under the + command of the Duke of Burgundy. The wiser councilors were satisfied with + the change. Although there was a reduction of the total fighting force, + yet the fact that it was now centered under one head, and that King + Richard would now be in supreme command, was deemed to more than + counterbalance the loss of a portion of the French army. + </p> + <p> + Before starting on the march for Jerusalem King Richard sullied his + reputation by causing all the defenders of Acre to be put to death, their + ransom not having arrived at the stipulated time. + </p> + <p> + Then the allied army set out upon their journey. The fleet cruised along + near them, and from it they obtained all that was requisite for their + wants, and yet, notwithstanding these advantages, the toil and fatigue + were terrible. Roads scarcely existed, and the army marched across the + rough and broken country. There was no straggling, but each kept his + place; and if unable to do so, fell and died. The blazing sun poured down + upon them with an appalling force; the dust which rose when they left the + rocks and came upon flat, sandy ground almost smothered them. Water was + only obtainable at the halts, and then was frequently altogether + insufficient for the wants of the army; while in front, on flank, and in + rear hovered clouds of the cavalry of Saladin. + </p> + <p> + At times King Richard would allow parties of his knights to detach + themselves from the force to drive off these enemies. But it was the chase + of a lion after a hare. The knights in their heavy armor and powerful + steeds were left behind as if standing still, by the fleet Bedouins on + their desert coursers; and the pursuers, exhausted and worn out, were + always glad to regain the ranks of the army. + </p> + <p> + These clouds of cavalry belonging to the enemy did not content themselves + with merely menacing and cutting off stragglers. At times, when they + thought they saw an opening, they would dash in and attack the column + desperately, sometimes gaining temporary advantages, killing and wounding + many, then fleeing away again into the desert. + </p> + <p> + Finding that it was impossible to catch these wary horsemen, King Richard + ordered his bowmen to march outside his cavalry, so that when the enemy's + horse approached within bowshot they should open upon them with arrows; + then, should the horsemen persist in charging, the archers were at once to + take refuge behind the lines of the knights. + </p> + <p> + Day after day passed in harassing conflicts. The distance passed over each + day was very small, and the sufferings of the men from thirst, heat, and + fatigue enormous. Cuthbert could well understand now what he had heard of + great armies melting away, for already men began to succumb in large + numbers to the terrible heat, and the path traversed by the army was + scattered with corpses of those who had fallen victims to sunstroke. Not + even at night did the attacks of the enemy cease, and a portion of the + harassed force was obliged to keep under arms to repel assaults. + </p> + <p> + So passed the time until the army arrived at Azotus, and there, to the + delight of the Crusaders, who only longed to get at their foes, they + beheld the whole force of Saladin, two hundred thousand strong, barring + their way. Had it not been for the stern discipline enforced by King + Richard the knights of England and France would have repeated the mistake + which had caused the extermination of the Christian force at Tiberias, and + would have leveled their lances and charged recklessly into the mass of + their enemies. But the king, riding round the flanks and front of the + force, gave his orders in the sternest way, with the threat that any man + who moved from the ranks should die by his hand. + </p> + <p> + The army was halted, the leaders gathered round the king, and a hasty + consultation was held. Richard insisted upon the fight being conducted + upon the same principles as the march—that the line of archers + should stand outside the knights, and should gall the advancing force with + arrows till the last moment, and then retire among the cavalry, only to + sally out again as the Bedouins fell back from the steel wall of horsemen. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert had now for the first time donned full armor, and rode behind the + Earl of Evesham as his esquire, for the former esquire had been left + behind, ill with fever at Acre. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII. — THE ACCOLADE. + </h2> + <p> + It was now a year since they had left England, and Cuthbert had much grown + and widened out in the interval, and had never neglected an opportunity of + practicing with arms; and the earl was well aware that he should obtain as + efficient assistance from him in time of need as he could desire. + </p> + <p> + This was the first time that Cuthbert, and indeed the great proportion of + those present in the Christian host, had seen the enemy in force, and they + eagerly watched the vast array. It was picturesque in the extreme, with a + variety and brightness of color rivaling that of the Christian host. In + banners and pennons the latter made a braver show; but the floating robes + of the infidel showed a far brighter mass of color than the steel armor of + the Christians. + </p> + <p> + Here were people drawn from widely separated parts of Saladin's dominions. + Here were Nubians from the Nile, tall and powerful men, jet black in skin, + with lines of red and white paint on their faces, giving a ghastly and + wild appearance to them. On their shoulders were skins of lions and other + wild animals. They carried short bows, and heavy clubs studded with iron. + By them were the Bedouin cavalry, light, sinewy men, brown as berries, + with white turbans and garments. Near these were the cavalry from Syria + and the plains of Assyria—wild horsemen with semi-barbarous armor + and scarlet trappings. Here were the solid lines of the Egyptian infantry, + steady troops, upon whom Saladin much relied. Here were other tribes, + gathered from afar, each distinguished by its own particular marks. In + silence did this vast array view awhile the solid mass of the Christians. + Suddenly a strange din of discordant music from thousands of musical + instruments—conches and horns, cymbals and drums, arose in wild + confusion. Shouts of defiance in a dozen tongues and from two hundred + thousand throats rose wild and shrill upon the air, while clear above all + the din were heard the strange vibratory cries of the warriors from the + Egyptian highlands. + </p> + <p> + "One would think," said Cnut grimly to Cuthbert, "that the infidels + imagine we are a flock of antelopes to be frightened by an outcry. They + would do far better to save their wind for future use. They will want it, + methinks, when we get fairly among them. Who would have thought that a + number of men, heathen and infidel though they be, could have made so foul + an outcry?" + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert laughed. + </p> + <p> + "Every one fights according to his own method, Cnut; and I am not sure + that there is not some thing to be said for this outcry, for it is really + so wild and fearful that it makes my blood almost curdle in my veins; and + were it not that I know the proved valor of our knights and footmen, I + should feel shaken by this terrible introduction to the fight." + </p> + <p> + "I heed it no more," said Cnut, "than the outcry of wild fowl, when one + comes upon them suddenly on a lake in winter. It means no more than that; + and I reckon that they are trying to encourage themselves fully as much as + to frighten us. However, we shall soon see. If they can fight as well as + they can scream, they certainly will get no answering shouts from us. The + English bulldog fights silently, and bite as hard as he will, you will + hear little beyond a low growl. Now, my men," he said, turning to his + archers, "methinks the heathen are about to begin in earnest. Keep steady; + do not fire until you are sure that they are within range. Draw your bows + well to your ears, and straightly and steadily let fly. Never heed the + outcry or the rush, keep steady to the last moment. There is shelter + behind you, and fierce as the attack may be, you can find a sure refuge + behind the line of the knights." + </p> + <p> + Cnut with his archers formed part of the line outside the array of English + knights, and the arrows of the English bowmen fell fast as bands of the + Bedouin horse circled round them in the endeavor to draw the Christians on + to the attack. For some time Saladin persisted in these tactics. With his + immense superiority of force he reckoned that if the Christian chivalry + would but charge him, the victory of Tiberias would be repeated. Hemmed in + by numbers, borne down by the weight of armor and the effects of the + blazing sun, the knights would succumb as much to fatigue as to the force + of their foes. King Richard's orders, however, were well obeyed, and at + last the Moslem chief, urged by the entreaties of his leading emirs, who + felt ashamed that so large a force should hesitate to attack one so vastly + inferior in numbers, determined upon taking the initiative, and forming + his troops in a semicircle round the Christian army, launched his horsemen + to the attack. The instant they came within range a cloud of arrows from + the English archers fell among them, but the speed at which the desert + horses covered the ground rendered it impossible for the archers to + discharge more than one or two shafts before the enemy were upon them. + Quickly as they now slipped back and sought refuge under the lances of the + knights, many of them were unable to get back in time, and were cut down + by the Saracens. The rest crept between the horses or under their bellies + into the rear, and there prepared to sally out again as soon as the enemy + retired. The Christian knights sat like a wall of steel upon their horses, + their lances were leveled, and brave as the Bedouin horsemen were, they + felt to break this massive line was impossible. The front line, however, + charged well up to the points of the lances, against which they hewed with + their sharp scimiters, frequently severing the steel top from the ashpole, + and then breaking through and engaging in hand-to-hand conflict with the + knights. Behind the latter sat their squires, with extra spears and arms + ready to hand to their masters; and in close combat, the heavy maces with + their spike ends were weapons before which the light-clad horsemen went + down like reeds before a storm. + </p> + <p> + Hour after hour the Arab horsemen persisted in their attack, suffering + heavily, but determined to conquer if possible. Then Saladin suddenly + ordered a retreat, and at seeing their enemy fly, the impetuosity of the + Crusaders at last broke out. With a shout they dashed after the foe. King + Richard, knowing that his followers had already shown a patience far + beyond what he could have expected, now headed the onslaught, performing + prodigies of valor with his single arm, and riding from point to point to + see that all was well. + </p> + <p> + The early resistance of the infidel host was comparatively slight. The + heavy mass of the Christian cavalry, with their leveled lances, swept + through the ranks of the light horsemen, and trampled them down like grass + beneath their feet; but every moment the resistance became more stubborn. + </p> + <p> + Saladin, knowing the Christians would sooner or later assume the + offensive, had gathered his troops line in line behind the front ranks, + and as the force of the Crusaders' charge abated, so did the number of + foes in their front multiply. Not only this, but upon either side chosen + bands swept down, and ere long the Christians were brought to a stand, and + all were fighting hand to hand with their enemies. The lances were thrown + away now, and with ax and mace each fought for himself. + </p> + <p> + The Earl of Evesham was one of a group of knights whom King Richard had + that day ordered to keep close to his person, and around this group the + fight raged most furiously. + </p> + <p> + Saladin, aware of the extreme personal valor and warlike qualities of King + Richard, set the greatest value upon his death or capture, and had ordered + a large number of his best troops to devote their whole attention to + attacking the King of England. + </p> + <p> + The royal standard carried behind the king was a guide to their onslaught, + and great as was the strength and valor of King Richard, he with + difficulty was able to keep at bay the hosts that swept around him. + </p> + <p> + Now that the lance had been abandoned for battle-ax, Cuthbert was able to + take an active part in the struggle, his duties consisting mainly in + guarding the rear of his master, and preventing his being overthrown by + any sudden attack on the flank or from behind. + </p> + <p> + King Richard was bent not only on defending himself from the attacks of + his foes, but on directing the general course of the battle; and from time + to time he burst, with his own trusty knights, through the ring of foes, + and rode from point to point of the field, calling the knights together, + exhorting them to steadiness, and restoring the fight where its fortunes + seemed doubtful. At one time the impetuosity of the king led him into + extreme danger. He had burst through the enemy surrounding him, and these, + by order of their captain, allowed him to pass through their ranks, and + then threw themselves together in his rear, to cut him off from the + knights who rode behind. The maneuver was successful. The rush of horsemen + fairly carried away the Christian knights, and one or two alone were able + to make their way through. + </p> + <p> + Amid the wild confusion that raged, where each man was fighting for his + own life, and but little view of what was passing could be obtained + through the barred visor, the fact that the king was separated from them + was known to but few. Sir Walter himself was engaged fiercely in a + hand-to-hand fight with four Bedouins who surrounded him, when Cuthbert + shouted: + </p> + <p> + "The king, Sir Walter! the king! He is cut off and surrounded! For + heaven's sake ride to him. See! the royal standard is down." + </p> + <p> + With a shout the earl turned, brained one of his foes with a sweep of his + heavy ax, and, followed by Cuthbert, dashed to the assistance of the king. + The weight of his horse and armor cleft through the crowd, and in a brief + space he penetrated to the side of King Richard, who was borne upon by a + host of foes. Just as they reached them a Bedouin who had been struck from + his horse crawled beneath the noble charger of King Richard, and drove his + scimiter deep into its bowels. The animal reared high in its sudden pain, + and then fell on the ground, carrying the king, who was unable to + disengage himself quickly enough. + </p> + <p> + [Image: WITH A SHOUT THE EARL TURNED, FOLLOWED BY CUTHBERT, AND DASHED TO + THE ASSISTANCE OF THE KING.] + </p> + <p> + In an instant the Earl of Evesham had leaped from his horse and with his + broad triangular shield extended, sought to cover him from the press of + enemies. Cuthbert imitated his lord, and strove to defend the latter from + attacks from the rear. For a moment or two the sweep of the earl's heavy + ax and Cuthbert's circling sword kept back the foe, but this could not + last. King Richard in vain strove to extricate his leg from beneath his + fallen steed. Cuthbert saw at a glance that the horse still lived, and + with a sudden slash of his sword he struck it on the hind quarter. Goaded + by the pain the noble animal made a last effort to rise, but only to fall + back dead. The momentary action was, however, sufficient for King Richard, + who drew his leg from under it, and with his heavy battle-ax in hand, rose + with a shout, and stood by the side of the earl. + </p> + <p> + In vain did the Bedouins strive to cut down and overpower the two + champions; in vain did they urge their horses to ride over them. With each + sweep of his ax the king either dismounted a foe or clove in the head of + his steed, and a wall of slain around them testified to the tremendous + power of their arms. Still, even such warriors as these could not long + sustain the conflict. The earl had already received several desperate + wounds, and the king himself was bleeding from some severe gashes with the + keen-edged scimiters. Cuthbert was already down, when a shout of "St. + George!" was heard, and a body of English knights clove through the throng + of Saracens and reached the side of King Richard. Close behind these in a + mass pressed the British footmen with bill and pike, the enemy giving way + foot by foot before their steady discipline. + </p> + <p> + The king was soon on horseback again, and rallying his troops on, led them + for one more great and final charge upon the enemy. + </p> + <p> + The effect was irresistible. Appalled by the slaughter which they had + suffered, and by the tremendous strength and energy of the Christian + knights, the Saracens broke and fled; and the last reserves of Saladin + gave way as the king, shouting his war-cry of "God help the holy + sepulcher!" fell upon them. Once, indeed, the battle still seemed + doubtful, for a fresh band of the enemy at that moment arrived and joined + in the fray. The Crusaders were now, however, inspired with such courage + and confidence that they readily obeyed the king's war-cry, gathered in a + firm body, and hurled themselves upon this new foe. Then the Saracens + finally turned and fled, and the Christian victory was complete. + </p> + <p> + It was one of the features of this war that however thorough the victories + of the Christians, the Saracens very speedily recovered from their + effects. A Christian defeat was crushing and entire; the knights died as + they stood, and defeat meant annihilation. Upon the other hand, the + Saracens and Bedouins, when they felt that their efforts to win the battle + were unsuccessful, felt no shame or humiliation in scattering like sheep. + On their fleet horses and in their light attire they could easily distance + the Christians, who never, indeed, dreamed of pursuing them. The day after + the fight the enemy would collect again under their chiefs, and be as + ready as before to renew their harassing warfare. + </p> + <p> + On his return from the field the king assembled many of his principal + knights and leaders, and summoned the Earl of Evesham, with the message + that he was to bring his esquire with him. When they reached the tent the + king said: + </p> + <p> + "My lords, as some of you may be aware, I have this day had a narrow + escape from death. Separated from you in the battle, and attended only by + my standard-bearer, I was surrounded by the Saracens. I should doubtless + have cleft my way through the infidel dogs, but a foul peasant stabbed my + charger from below, and the poor brute fell with me. My standard-bearer + was killed, and in another moment my nephew Arthur would have been your + king, had it not been that my good lord here, attended by this brave lad, + appeared. I have seen a good deal of fighting, but never did I see a + braver stand than they made above my body. The Earl of Evesham, as you all + know, is one of my bravest knights, and to him I can simply say, 'Thanks; + King Richard does not forget a benefit like this.' But such aid as I might + well look for from so stout a knight as the Earl of Evesham I could hardly + have expected on the part of a mere boy like this. It is not the first + time that I have been under a debt of gratitude to him; for it was his + watchfulness and bravery which saved Queen Berengaria from being carried + off by the French in Sicily. I deemed him too young then for the order of + knighthood—although, indeed, bravery has no age; still for a private + benefit, and that performed against allies, in name at least, I did not + wish so far to fly in the face of usage as to make him a knight. I + promised him then, however, that the first time he distinguished himself + against the infidel he should win his spurs. I think that you will agree + with me, my lords, that he has done so. Not only did he stand over me, and + with great bravery defend Sir Walter from attacks from behind, but his + ready wit saved me when even his sword and that of Sir Walter would have + failed to do so. Penned down under poor Robin I was powerless to move + until our young esquire, in an interval of slashing at his assailants, + found time to give a sharp blow together with a shout to Robin. The poor + beast tried to rise, and the movement, short as it was, enabled me to draw + my leg from under him, and then with my mace I was enabled to make a stand + until you arrived at my side. I think, my lords, that you will agree with + me that Cuthbert, the son of Sir William de Lance, is fit for the honor of + knighthood." + </p> + <p> + A general chorus of approval arose from the assembly, and the king, + bidding Cuthbert kneel before him, drew his sword and laid it across his + shoulders, dubbing him Sir Cuthbert de Lance. When he had risen the great + barons of England pressed round to shake his hand, and Cuthbert, who was a + modest young fellow, felt almost ashamed at the honors which were bestowed + upon him. The usual ceremonies and penances which young knights had to + undergo before admission into the body—and which in those days were + extremely punctilious, and indeed severe, consisting, among other things, + in fasting, in watching the armor at night, in seclusion and religious + services—were omitted when the accolade was bestowed for bravery in + the field. + </p> + <p> + The king ordered his armorer at once to make for Cuthbert a suit of the + finest armor, and authorized him to carry on his shield a sword raising a + royal crown from the ground, in token of the deed for which the honor of + knighthood had been bestowed upon him. + </p> + <p> + Upon his return to the earl's camp the news of his new dignity spread at + once among the followers of Sir Walter, and many and hearty were the + cheers that went up from the throats of the Saxon foresters, led by Cnut. + These humble friends were indeed delighted at his success, for they felt + that to him they owed very much; and his kindness of manner and the gayety + of heart which he had shown during the hardships they had undergone since + their start had greatly endeared him to them. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was now to take rank among the knights who followed the banner of + the earl. A tent was erected for him, an esquire assigned to him, and the + lad as he entered his new abode felt almost bewildered at the change which + had taken place in one short day—that he, at the age of sixteen, + should have earned the honor of knighthood, and the approval of the King + of England, expressed before all the great barons of the realm, was indeed + an honor such as he could never have hoped for; and the thought of what + his mother would say should the news reach her in her quiet Saxon home + brought the tears into his eyes. He had not gone through the usual + religious ceremonies, but he knelt in his tent alone, and prayed that he + might be made worthy of the honors bestowed upon him; that he might + fulfill the duties of a Christian knight fearlessly and honorably; that + his sword might never be raised but for the right; that he might devote + himself to the protection of the oppressed, and the honor of God; that his + heart might be kept from evil; and that he might carry through life + unstained his new escutcheon. + </p> + <p> + If the English had thought that their victory would have gained them + immunity from the Saracen attacks they were speedily undeceived. The host, + indeed, which had barred their way had broken up; but its fragments were + around them, and the harassing attacks began again with a violence and + persistency even greater than before. The Crusaders, indeed, occupied only + the ground upon which they stood. It was death to venture one hundred + yards from the camp unless in a strong body; and the smallest efforts to + bring in food from the country round were instantly met and repelled. Only + in very strong bodies could the knights venture from camp even to forage + for their horses, and the fatigues and sufferings of all were in no way + relieved by the great victory of Azotus. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII. — IN THE HANDS OF THE SARACENS. + </h2> + <p> + The English had hoped that after one pitched battle they should be able to + advance upon Jerusalem, but they had reckoned without the climate and + illness. + </p> + <p> + Although unconquered in the fray, the Christian army was weakened by its + sufferings to such an extent that it was virtually brought to a + standstill. Even King Richard, with all his impetuosity, dared not venture + to cut adrift from the seashore and to march direct upon Jerusalem; that + city was certainly not to be taken without a long siege, and this could + only be undertaken by an army strong enough, not only to carry out so + great a task, but to meet and defeat the armies which Saladin would bring + up to the rescue, and to keep open the line down to Joppa, by which alone + provisions and the engines necessary for the siege could be brought up. + Hence the war resolved itself into a series of expeditions and detached + fights. + </p> + <p> + The British camp was thoroughly fortified, and thence parties of the + knights sallied out and engaged in conflicts with the Saracens, with + varying success. On several of these expeditions Cuthbert attended the + earl, and behaved with a bravery which showed him well worthy of the + honors which he had received. + </p> + <p> + Upon one occasion the news reached camp that a party of knights, who had + gone out to guard a number of footmen cutting forage and bringing it into + camp, had been surrounded and had taken refuge in a small town, whose + gates they had battered in when they saw the approach of an overwhelming + host of the enemy. King Richard himself headed a strong force and advanced + to their assistance. Their approach was not seen until within a short + distance of the enemy, upon whom the Crusaders fell with the force of a + thunderbolt, and cleft their way through their lines. After a short pause + in the little town they prepared to again cut their way through, joined by + the party who had there been besieged. The task was now, however, far more + difficult; for the footmen would be unable to keep up with the rapid + charge of the knights, and it was necessary not only to clear the way, but + to keep it open for their exit. King Richard himself and the greater + portion of his knights were to lead the charge; another party were to + follow behind the footmen, who were ordered to advance at the greatest + speed of which they were capable, while their rearguard by charges upon + the enemy kept them at bay. To this latter party Cuthbert was attached. + </p> + <p> + The Saracens followed their usual tactics, and this time with great + success. Dividing as the king with his knights charged them, they suffered + these to pass through with but slight resistance, and then closed in upon + their track, while another and still more numerous body fell upon the + footmen and their guard. Again and again did the knights charge through + the ranks of the Moslems, while the billmen stoutly kept together and + resisted the onslaughts of the enemy's cavalry. In spite of their bravery, + however, the storm of arrows shot by the desert horsemen thinned their + ranks with terrible rapidity. Charging up to the very point of the spears, + these wild horsemen fired their arrows into the faces of their foe, and + although numbers of them fell beneath the more formidable missiles sent by + the English archers, their numbers were so overwhelming that the little + band melted away. The small party of knights, too, were rapidly thinned, + although performing prodigious deeds of valor. The Saracens when + dismounted or wounded still fought on foot, their object being always to + stab or hough the horses, and so dismount the riders. King Richard and his + force, though making the most desperate efforts to return to the + assistance of the rearguard, were baffled by the sturdy resistance of the + Saracens, and the position of those in the rear was fast becoming + hopeless. + </p> + <p> + One by one the gallant little band of knights fell, and a sea of turbans + closed over the fluttering plumes. Cuthbert, after defending himself with + extreme bravery for a long time, was at last separated from the small + remainder of his comrades by a rush of the enemy's horse, and when + fighting desperately he received a heavy blow at the back of the head from + the mace of a huge Nubian soldier, and fell senseless to the ground. + </p> + <p> + When he recovered his consciousness the first impression upon his mind was + the stillness which had succeeded to the din of battle; the shouts and + war-cries of the Crusaders, the wild yells of the Moslems were hushed, and + in their place was a quiet chatter in many unknown tongues, and the sound + of laughter and feasting. Raising his head and looking round, Cuthbert saw + that he and some ten of his comrades were lying together in the midst of a + Saracen camp, and that he was a prisoner to the infidels. The sun streamed + down with tremendous force upon them; there was no shelter; and though all + were wounded and parched with thirst, the Saracens of whom they besought + water, pointing to their mouths and making signs of their extreme thirst, + laughed in their faces, and signified by a gesture that it was scarcely + worth the trouble to drink when they were likely so soon to be put to + death. + </p> + <p> + It was late in the afternoon before any change was manifest. Then Cuthbert + observed a stir in the camp; the men ran to their horses, leaped on their + backs, and with wild cries of "Welcome!" started off at full speed. + Evidently some personage was about to arrive, and the fate of the + prisoners would be solved. A few words were from time to time exchanged + between these, each urging the other to keep up his heart and defy the + infidel. One or two had succumbed to their wounds during the afternoon, + and only six were able to stand erect when summoned to do so by some of + their guard, who made signs to them that a great personage was coming. + Soon the shouts of the horsemen and other sounds announced that the great + chief was near at hand, and the captives gathered from the swelling shouts + of the Arabs that the new arrival was Sultan Suleiman—or Saladin, + for he was called by both names—surrounded by a bodyguard of + splendidly-dressed attendants. The emir, who was himself plainly attired, + reined up his horse in front of the captives. + </p> + <p> + "You are English," he said, in the <i>lingua-franca</i>, which was the + medium of communication between the Eastern and Western peoples in those + days. "You are brave warriors, and I hear that before you were taken you + slaughtered numbers of my people. They did wrong to capture you and bring + you here to be killed. Your cruel king gives no mercy to those who fall + into his hands. You must not expect it here, you who without a pretense of + right invade my country, slaughter my people, and defeat my armies. The + murder of the prisoners of Acre has closed my heart to all mercy. There, + your king put ten thousand prisoners to death in cold blood, a month after + the capture of the place, because the money at which he had placed their + ransom had not arrived. We Arabs do not carry huge masses of gold about + with us; and although I could have had it brought from Egypt, I did not + think that so brave a monarch as Richard of England could have committed + so cruel an action in cold blood. When we are fresh from battle, and our + wounds are warm, and our hearts are full of rage and fury, we kill our + prisoners; but to do so weeks after a battle is contrary to the laws alike + of your religion and of ours. However, it is King Richard who has sealed + your doom, not I. You are knights, and I do not insult you with the offer + of turning from your religion and joining me. Should one of you wish to + save his life on these conditions, I will, however, promise him a place of + position and authority among us." + </p> + <p> + None of the knights moved to accept the offer, but each, as the eye of the + emir ran along the line, answered with an imprecation of contempt and + hatred. Saladin waved his hand, and one by one the captives were led + aside, walking as proudly to their doom as if they had been going to a + feast. Each wrung the hand of the one next to him as he turned, and then + without a word followed his captors. There was a dull sound heard, and one + by one the heads of the knights rolled in the sand. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert happened to be last in the line, and as the executioners laid + hands upon him and removed his helmet, the eye of the sultan fell upon + him, and he almost started at perceiving the extreme youth of his captive. + He held his hand aloft to arrest the movements of the executioners, and + signaled for Cuthbert to be brought before him again. + </p> + <p> + "You are but a boy," he said. "All the knights who have hitherto fallen + into my hands have been men of strength and power; how is it that I see a + mere youth among their ranks, and wearing the golden spurs of knighthood?" + </p> + <p> + "King Richard himself made me a knight," Cuthbert said proudly, "after + having stood across him when his steed had been foully stabbed at the + battle of Azotus, and the whole Moslem host were around him." + </p> + <p> + "Ah!" said the emir, "were you one of the two who, as I have heard, + defended the king for some time against all assaults? It were hard indeed + to kill so brave a youth. I doubt me not that at present you are as firmly + determined to die a Christian knight as those who have gone before you? + But time may change you. At any rate for the present your doom is + postponed." + </p> + <p> + He turned to a gorgeously dressed noble next to him, and said: + </p> + <p> + "Your brother, Ben Abin, is Governor of Jerusalem, and the gardens of the + palace are fair. Take this youth to him as a present, and set him to work + in his gardens. His life I have spared, in all else Ben Abin will be his + master." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert heard without emotion the words which changed his fate from death + to slavery. Many, he knew, who were captured in these wars were carried + away as slaves to different parts of Asia, and it did not seem to him that + the change was in any way a boon. However, life is dear, and it was but + natural that a thought should leap into his heart that soon either the + Crusaders might force a way into Jerusalem and there rescue him, or that + he himself might in some way escape. + </p> + <p> + The sultan having thus concluded the subject, turned away, and galloped + off surrounded by his bodyguard. + </p> + <p> + Those who had captured the Christians now stripped off the armor of + Cuthbert; then he was mounted on a barebacked steed, and with four + Bedouins, with their long lances, riding beside him, started for + Jerusalem. After a day of long and rapid riding the Arabs stopped suddenly + on the crest of a hill, with a shout of joy, and throwing themselves from + their horses bent with their foreheads to the earth at the sight of their + holy city. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, as he gazed at the stately walls of Jerusalem, and the noble + buildings within, felt bitterly that it was not thus that he had hoped to + see the holy city. He had dreamed of arriving before it with his comrades, + proud and delighted at their success so far, and confident in their power + soon to wrest the town before them from the hands of the Moslems. Instead + of this he was a slave—a slave to the infidel, perhaps never more to + see a white face, save that of some other unfortunate like himself. + </p> + <p> + Even now in its fallen state no city is so impressive at first sight as + Jerusalem; the walls, magnificent in height and strength, and picturesque + in their deep embattlements, rising on the edge of a deep valley. Every + building has its name and history. Here is the church built by the first + Crusaders; there the mighty mosque of Suleiman on the site of the Temple; + far away on a projecting ridge the great building known as the Tomb of + Moses; on the right beyond the houses rise the towers on the Roman walls; + the Pool of Bethsaida lies in the hollow; in the center are the cupolas of + the Church of the Holy Sepulcher. Among all the fairest cities of the + world, there are none which can compare in stately beauty with Jerusalem. + Doubtless it was a fairer city in those days, for long centuries of + Turkish possession have reduced many of the former stately palaces to + ruins. Then, as now, the banner of the Prophet floated over the high + places; but whereas at present the population is poor and squalid, the + city in those days contained a far larger number of inhabitants, + irrespective of the great garrison collected for its defense. + </p> + <p> + The place from which Cuthbert had his first sight of Jerusalem is that + from which the best view is to be obtained—the crest of the Mount of + Olives. After a minute or two spent in looking at the city the Arabs with + a shout continued their way down into the valley. Crossing this they + ascended the steep road to the walls, brandishing their lances and giving + yells of triumph; then riding two upon each side of their prisoner, to + protect him from any fanatic who might lay a hand upon him, they passed + under the gate known as the Gate of Suleiman into the city. + </p> + <p> + The populace thronged the streets; and the news brought by the horsemen + that a considerable portion of the Christian host had been defeated and + slain passed from mouth to mouth, and was received with yells of + exultation. Execrations were heaped upon Cuthbert, who rode along with an + air as quiet and composed as if he were the center of an ovation instead + of that of an outburst of hatred. + </p> + <p> + He would, indeed, speedily have been torn from his guards, had not these + shouted that he was placed in their hands by Saladin himself for conduct + to the governor. As the emir was as sharp and as ruthless with his own + people as with the prisoners who fell into his hands, the name acted as a + talisman, and Cuthbert and his escort rode forward without molestation + until they reached the entrance to the palace. + </p> + <p> + Dismounting, Cuthbert was now led before the governor himself, a stern and + grave-looking man, sitting cross-legged on a divan surrounded by officers + and attendants. He heard in silence the account given him by the escort, + bowed his head at the commands of Suleiman, and, without addressing a word + to Cuthbert, indicated to two attendants that he was to be removed into + the interior of the house. Here the young knight was led to a small + dungeon-like room; bread and dates with a cruse of water, were placed + before him; the door was then closed and locked without, and he found + himself alone with his thoughts. + </p> + <p> + No one came near him that night, and he slept as soundly as he would have + done in his tent in the midst of the Christian host. He was resolved to + give no cause for ill-treatment or complaint to his captors, to work as + willingly, as cheerfully, as was in his power, and to seize the first + opportunity to make his escape, regardless of any risk of his life which + he might incur in doing so. + </p> + <p> + In the morning the door opened, and a black slave led him into the garden, + which was surrounded by a very high and lofty wall. It was large, and full + of trees and flowers, and far more beautiful than any garden that Cuthbert + had seen in his native land. There were various other slaves at work; and + an Arab, who appeared to be the head of the gardeners, at once appointed + to Cuthbert the work assigned to him. A guard of Arabs with bow and spear + watched the doings of the slaves. + </p> + <p> + With one glance round, Cuthbert was assured that escape from this garden, + at least, was not to be thought of, and that for the present patience + alone was possible. Dismissing all ideas of that kind from his mind, he + set to work with a steady attention to his task. He was very fond of + flowers, and soon he became so absorbed in his work as almost to forget + that he was a slave. It was not laborious—digging, planting, pruning + and training the flowers, and giving them copious draughts of water from a + large fountain in the center of the garden. + </p> + <p> + The slaves were not permitted to exchange a word with each other. At the + end of the day's work they were marched off to separate chambers, or, as + they might be called, dungeons. Their food consisted of water, dried + dates, and bread, and they had little to complain of in this respect; + indeed, the slaves in the gardens of the governor's house at Jerusalem + enjoyed an exceptionally favored existence. The governor himself was + absorbed in the cares of the city. The head gardener happened to be a man + of unusual humanity, and it was really in his hands that the comfort of + the prisoners was placed. + </p> + <p> + Sometimes in the course of the day veiled ladies would issue in groups + from the palace, attended by black slaves with drawn scimiters. They + passed without unveiling across the point where the slaves were at work, + and all were forbidden on pain of death to look up, or even to approach + the konak or pavilion, where the ladies threw aside their veils, and + enjoyed the scent and sight of the flowers, the splash of murmuring + waters, and the strains of music touched by skillful hands. + </p> + <p> + Although Cuthbert wondered in his heart what these strange wrapped-up + figures might look like when the veils were thrown back, he certainly did + not care enough about the matter to run any risk of drawing the anger of + his guards upon himself by raising his eyes toward them; nor did he ever + glance up at the palace, which was also interdicted to the slaves. From + the lattice casements during the day the strains of music and merry + laughter often came down to the captives; but this, if anything, only + added to the bitterness of their position, by reminding them that they + were shut off for life from ever hearing the laughter of the loved ones + they had left behind. + </p> + <p> + For upward of a month Cuthbert remained steadily at work, and during that + time no possible plan of escape had occurred to him, and he had indeed + resigned himself to wait, either until, as he hoped, the city would be + taken by the Christians, or until he himself might be removed from his + present post and sent into the country, where, although his lot would + doubtless be far harder, some chance of escape might open before him. + </p> + <p> + One night, long after slumber had fallen upon the city, Cuthbert was + startled by hearing his door open. Rising to his feet, he saw a black + slave, and an old woman beside him. The latter spoke first in the <i>lingua-franca</i>: + </p> + <p> + "My mistress, the wife of the governor, has sent me to ask your story. How + is it that, although but a youth, you are already a knight? How is it that + you come to be a slave to our people? The sultan himself sent you to her + lord. She would fain hear through me how it has happened. She is the + kindest of ladies, and the sight of your youth has touched her heart." + </p> + <p> + With thanks to the unknown lady who had felt an interest in him, Cuthbert + briefly related the events which had led to his captivity. The old woman + placed on the ground a basket containing some choice fruit and white + bread, and then departed with the negro as quietly as she had come, + leaving Cuthbert greatly pleased at what had taken place. + </p> + <p> + "Doubtless," he said to himself, "I shall hear again; and it may be that + through the pity of this lady some means of escape may open to me." + </p> + <p> + Although for some little time no such prospect appeared, yet the visits of + the old woman, which were frequently repeated, were of interest to him, + and seemed to form a link between him and the world. + </p> + <p> + After coming regularly every night for a week she bade the young knight + follow her, holding her finger to her lips in sign that caution must be + observed. Passing through several passages, he was at length led into a + room where a lady of some forty years of age, surrounded by several slaves + and younger women, was sitting. Cuthbert felt no scruple in making a deep + obeisance to her; the respect shown to women in the days of chivalry was + very great, and Cuthbert, in bowing almost to the ground before the lady + who was really his mistress, did not feel that he was humiliating himself. + </p> + <p> + "Young slave," she said, "your story has interested us. We have frequently + watched from the windows, and have seen how willingly and patiently you + have worked; and it seems strange indeed that one so young should have + performed such feats of bravery as to win the honor of knighthood from the + hand of that greatest of warriors, Richard of England. What is it, we + would fain learn from your lips, that stirs up the heart of the Christian + world that they should launch their armies against us, who wish but to be + left alone, and who have no grudge against them? This city is as holy to + us as it is to you; and as we live around it, and all the country for + thousands of miles is ours, is it likely that we should allow it to be + wrested from us by strangers from a distance?" + </p> + <p> + This was spoken in some Eastern language of which Cuthbert understood no + word, but its purport was translated to him by the old woman who had + hitherto acted as his mistress' messenger. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert reported the circumstances of the fight at Azotus, and endeavored + to explain the feelings which had given rise to the Crusade. He then, at + the orders of the lady, related the incidents of his voyage out, and + something of his life at home, which was more interesting even than the + tale of his adventures to his hearers, as to them the home-life of these + fierce Christian warriors was entirely unknown. + </p> + <p> + After an audience of two hours Cuthbert was conducted back to his cell, + his mistress assuring him of her good-will, and promising to do all in her + power to make his captivity as light as possible. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV. — AN EFFORT FOR FREEDOM. + </h2> + <p> + Two or three nights afterward the old woman again came to Cuthbert, and + asked him, in her mistress' name, if in any way he could suggest a method + of lightening his captivity, as his extreme youth and bravery of demeanor + had greatly pleased her. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert replied that nothing but freedom could satisfy his longings; that + he was comfortable and not over-worked, but that he pined to be back again + with his friends. + </p> + <p> + The old woman brought him on the following night a message to the effect + that his mistress would willingly grant him his liberty, but as he was + sent to her husband by the sultan, it would be impossible to free him + openly. + </p> + <p> + "From what she said," the old woman continued, "if you could see some plan + of making your escape, she would in no way throw difficulties in your + path; but it must not be known that the harem in any way connived at your + escape, for my lord's wrath would be terrible, and he is not a man to be + trifled with." + </p> + <p> + Looking round at the high walls that surrounded the garden, Cuthbert said + that he could think of no plan whatever for escaping from such a place; + that he had often thought it over, but that it appeared to him to be + hopeless. Even should he manage to scale these walls, he would only find + himself in the town beyond, and his escape from that would be altogether + hopeless. "Only," he said, "if I were transported to some country palace + of the governor could I ever hope to make my escape." The next night the + messenger brought him the news that his mistress was disposed to favor his + escape in the way he had pointed out, and that she would in two or three + days ask the governor for permission to pay a visit to their palace beyond + the walls, and that with her she would take a number of gardeners—among + them Cuthbert—to beautify the place. Cuthbert returned the most + lively and hearty thanks to his patroness for her kind intentions, and + hope began to rise rapidly in his heart. + </p> + <p> + It is probable, however, that the black guards of the harem heard + something of the intentions of their mistress, and that they feared the + anger of the governor should Cuthbert make his escape, and should it be + discovered that this was the result of her connivance. Either through this + or through some other source the governor obtained an inkling that the + white slave sent by the sultan was receiving unusual kindness from the + ladies of the harem. + </p> + <p> + Two nights after Cuthbert had begun to entertain bright hopes of his + liberty, the door of the cell was softly opened. He was seized by four + slaves, gagged, tied hand and foot, covered with a thick burnous, and + carried out from his cell. By the sound of their feet he heard that they + were passing into the open air, and guessed that he was being carried + through the garden; then a door opened and was closed after them; he was + flung across a horse like a bale of goods, a rope or two were placed + around him to keep him in that position, and then he felt the animal put + in motion, and heard by the trampling of feet that a considerable number + of horsemen were around him. For some time they passed over the rough, + uneven streets of the city; then there was a pause and exchange of + watchword and countersign, a creaking of doors, and a lowering of a + drawbridge, and the party issued out into the open country. Not for very + long did they continue their way; a halt was called, and Cuthbert was + taken off his horse. + </p> + <p> + On looking round, he found that he was in the middle of a considerable + group of men. Those who had brought him were a party of the governor's + guards; but he was now delivered over to a large band of Arabs, all of + whom were mounted on camels. One of these creatures he was ordered to + mount, the bonds being loosed from his arms and feet. An Arab driver, with + lance, bows, and arrows, and other weapons, took his seat on the neck of + the animal, and then with scarcely a word the caravan marched off with + noiseless step, and with their faces turned southward. + </p> + <p> + It seemed to Cuthbert almost as a dream. A few hours before he had been + exalted with the hope of freedom; now he was being taken away to a slavery + which would probably end but with his life. Although he could not + understand any of his captors, the repetition of a name led him to believe + that he was being sent to Egypt as a present to some man in high authority + there; and he doubted not that the Governor of Jerusalem, fearing that he + might escape, and dreading the wrath of the sultan should he do so, had + determined to transfer the troublesome captive to a more secure position + and to safer hands. + </p> + <p> + For three days the journey continued; they had now left the fertile + lowlands of Palestine, and their faces were turned west. They were + entering upon that sandy waste which stretches between the southern corner + of Palestine and the land of Egypt, a distance which can be traveled by + camels in three days, but which occupied the children of Israel forty + years. + </p> + <p> + At first the watch had been very sharply kept over the captive; but now + that they had entered the desert the Arabs appeared to consider that there + was no chance of an attempt to escape. Cuthbert had in every way + endeavored to ingratiate himself with his guard. He had most willingly + obeyed their smallest orders, had shown himself pleased and grateful for + the dates which formed the staple of their repasts. He had assumed so + innocent and quiet an appearance that the Arabs had marveled much among + themselves, and had concluded that there must have been some mistake in + the assertion of the governor's guard who had handed the prisoner over to + them, that he was one of the terrible knights of King Richard's army. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert's heart had not fallen for a moment. He knew well that if he once + reached Cairo all hope of escape was at an end; and it was before reaching + that point that he determined if possible to make an effort for freedom. + He had noticed particularly the camel which appeared to be the fleetest of + the band; it was of lighter build than the rest, and it was with + difficulty that its rider had compelled it to accommodate itself to the + pace of the others. It was clear from the pains he took with it, by the + constant patting and the care bestowed upon its watering and feeding, that + its rider was extremely proud of it; and Cuthbert concluded that if an + escape was to be made, this was the animal on which he must accomplish it. + </p> + <p> + Upon arriving at the end of each day's journey the camels were allowed to + browse at will, a short cord being tied between one of their hind and one + of their fore-feet. The Arabs then set to work to collect sticks and to + make a fire—not for cooking, for their only food was dried dates and + some black bread, which they brought with them—but for warmth, as + the nights were damp and somewhat chilly, as they sat round the fire, + talked, and told stories. Before finally going off to rest each went out + into the bushes and brought in his camel; these were then arranged in a + circle around the Arabs, one of the latter being mounted as sentry to + prevent any sudden surprise—not indeed that they had the smallest + fear of the Christians, who were far distant; but then, as now, the Arabs + of the desert were a plundering race, and were ever ready to drive off + each other's camels or horses. Cuthbert determined that if flight was + possible, it must be undertaken during the interval after the arrival at + the halting-place and before the bringing in of the camels. Therefore, + each day upon the halt he had pretended great fatigue from the rough + motion of the camel, and had, after hastily eating the dates handed to + him, thrown himself down, covered himself with his Arab robe, and feigned + instant sleep. Thus they had in the three days from starting come to look + upon his presence sleeping close to them as a matter of course. + </p> + <p> + The second day after entering the desert, however, Cuthbert threw himself + down by the side of an uprooted shrub of small size and about his own + length. He covered himself as usual with his long, dark-blue robe, and + pretended to go to sleep. He kept his eyes, however, on the alert through + an aperture beneath his cloth, and observed particularly the direction in + which the camel upon which he had set his mind wandered into the bushes. + The darkness came on a very few minutes after they had halted, and when + the Arabs had once settled round their fire Cuthbert very quietly shifted + the robe from himself to the long low bush near him, and then crawled + stealthily off into the darkness. + </p> + <p> + He had no fear of his footfall being heard upon the soft sand, and was + soon on his feet, looking for the camels. He was not long in finding them, + or in picking out the one which he had selected. The bushes were + succulent, and close to the camping-ground; indeed, it was for this that + the halting-places were always chosen. It was not so easy, however, to + climb into the high wooden saddle, and Cuthbert tried several times in + vain. Then he repeated in a sharp tone the words which he had heard the + Arabs use to order their camels to kneel, striking the animal at the same + moment behind the fore-legs with a small switch. The camel immediately + obeyed the order to which he was accustomed, and knelt down, making, + however, as he did so, the angry grumble which those creatures appear to + consider it indispensable to raise when ordered to do anything. + Fortunately this noise is so frequently made, and the camels are so given + to quarrel among themselves that although in the still air it might have + been heard by the Arabs sitting a short hundred yards away, it attracted + no notice, and Cuthbert, climbing into the seat, shook the cord that + served as a rein, and the animal, rising, set off at a smooth, steady + swing in the direction in which his head was turned—that from which + they had that day arrived. + </p> + <p> + Once fairly away from the camping-ground, Cuthbert, with blows of his + stick, increased the speed of the camel to a long shuffling trot, and the + fire in the distance soon faded out into the darkness. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert trusted to the stars as guides. He was not unarmed, for as he + crawled away from his resting-place he had picked up one of the Arabs' + spears and bow and arrows, and a large bag of dates from the spot where + they had been placed when their owner dismounted. He was already clad in + Eastern garb, and was so sunburnt and tanned that he had no fear whatever + of any one at a distance detecting that he was a white man. + </p> + <p> + Steering his course by the stars, he rode all night without stopping. He + doubted not that he would have at least three hours' start, for the Arabs + were sure to have sat that time round the fires before going out to bring + in their camels. Even then they would suppose for some time that the + animal upon which he was seated had strayed, and no pursuit would be + attempted until it was discovered that he himself had made his escape, + which might not be for a long time, as the Arabs would not think of + looking under the cloth to see if he were there. He hoped, therefore, that + he would reach the cultivated land long before he was overtaken. He had + little fear but that he should then be able to journey onward without + attracting attention. + </p> + <p> + A solitary Arab when traveling rides straight, and his communications to + those whom he meets are confined to the set form of two or three words, + "May Allah protect you!" the regular greeting of Moslems when they meet. + </p> + <p> + When morning broke Cuthbert, even when ascending to the top of a somewhat + lofty mound, could see no signs of pursuers in the vast stretch of desert + behind him. In front the ground was already becoming dotted here and there + with vegetation, and he doubted not that after a few hours' ride he should + be fairly in the confines of cultivated country. He gave his camel a meal + of dates, and having eaten some himself, again set the creature in motion. + These camels, especially those of good breed, will go on for three or four + days with scarcely a halt; and there was no fear of that on which he rode + breaking down from fatigue, for the journeys hitherto had been + comparatively short. + </p> + <p> + By midday Cuthbert had reached the cultivated lands of Palestine. Here and + there over the plain villages were dotted, and parties of men and camels + were to be seen. Cuthbert now arranged his robes carefully in Arab + fashion, slung the long spear across his shoulders, and went boldly + forward at a slinging trot, having little fear that a passer-by would have + any suspicion whatever as to his being other than an Arab bent upon some + rapid journey. He soon found that his hopes were justified. Several times + he came upon parties of men whom he passed with the salute, and who + scarcely raised their eyes as he trotted by them. The plain was an open + one, and though cultivated here and there, there were large tracts lying + unworked. There was no occasion therefore to keep to the road; so riding + across country, and avoiding the villages as far as possible, stopping + only at a stream to give his camel water, Cuthbert rode without ceasing + until nightfall. Then he halted his camel near a wood, turned it in to + feed on the young foliage, and wrapping himself in his burnous was soon + asleep, for he ached from head to foot with the jolting motion which had + now been continued for so many hours without an interval. He had little + fear of being overtaken by the party he had left behind; they would, he + was convinced, be many hours behind, and it was extremely improbable that + they would hit upon the exact line which he had followed, so that even if + they succeeded in coming up to him, they would probably pass him a few + miles either to the right or left. + </p> + <p> + So fatigued was he with his long journey that the next day he slept until + after the sun had risen. He was awakened suddenly by being seized by a + party of Arabs, who, roughly shaking him, questioned him as to where he + came from, and what he was doing there. He saw at a glance that they were + not with the party from which he had escaped, and he pointed to his lips + to make signs that he was dumb. The Arabs evidently suspected that + something was wrong. They examined the camel, and then the person of their + captive. The whiteness of his skin at once showed them that he was a Frank + in disguise, and without more ado or questioning, they tied him hand and + foot, flung him across the camel, and, mounting their own animals, rode + rapidly away. + </p> + <p> + From the position of the sun Cuthbert saw that they were making their + course nearly due east, and therefore that it could not be their intention + to take him to Jerusalem, which was to the north of the line they were + following. A long day's journey, which to Cuthbert seemed interminable, + found them on the low spit of sand which runs along by the side of the + Dead Sea. Behind, lofty rocks rose almost precipitously, but through a + cleft in these the Arabs had made their way. Cuthbert saw at once that + they belonged to some desert tribe over whom the authority of Suleiman was + but nominal. When summoned for any great effort, these children of the + desert would rally to his armies and fight for a short time; but at the + first disaster, or whenever they became tired of the discipline and + regularity of the army, they would mount their camels and return to the + desert, generally managing on the way to abstract from the farms of those + on their route either a horse, cattle, or some other objects which would + pay them for the labors they had undergone. + </p> + <p> + They were now near the confines of their own country, and apparently had + no fear whatever of pursuit. They soon gathered some of the dead wood cast + on the shores of the sea, and with these a fire was speedily lighted, and + an earthenware pot was taken down from among their baggage: it was filled + with water from a skin, and then grain having been placed in it, it was + put among the wood ashes. Cuthbert, who was weary and aching in every limb + from the position in which he had been placed on the camel, asked them by + signs for permission to bathe in the lake. This was given principally + apparently from curiosity, for but very few Arabs were able to swim; + indeed, as a people they object so utterly to water that the idea of any + one bathing for his amusement was to them a matter of ridicule. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, who had never heard of the properties of the Dead Sea, was + perfectly astonished upon entering the water to find that instead of + wading in it up to the neck before starting to swim, as he was accustomed + to do at home, the water soon after he got waist-deep took him off his + feet, and a cry of astonishment burst from him as he found himself on + rather than in the fluid. The position was so strange and unnatural that + with a cry of alarm he scrambled over on to his feet, and made the best of + his way to shore, the Arabs indulging in shouts of laughter at his + astonishment and alarm. Cuthbert was utterly unable to account for the + strange sensations he had experienced; he perceived that the water was + horribly salt, and that which had got into his mouth almost choked him. He + was, however, unaware that saltness adds to the weight of water, and so to + the buoyancy of objects cast into it. The saltness of the fluid he was + moreover painfully conscious of by the smarting of the places on his + wrists and ankles where the cords had been bound that fastened him to the + camel. Goaded, however, by the laughter of the Arabs, he determined once + more to try the experiment of entering this strange sheet of water, which + from some unaccountable cause appeared to him to refuse to allow anybody + to sink in it. This time he swam about for some time, and felt a little + refreshed. When he returned to the shore he soon re-attired himself in his + Bedouin dress, and seated himself a little distance from his captors, who + were now engaged in discussing the materials prepared by themselves. They + made signs to Cuthbert that he might partake of their leavings, for which + he was not a little grateful, for he felt utterly exhausted and worn out + with his cruel ride and prolonged fasting. + </p> + <p> + The Arabs soon wrapped themselves in their burnouses, and feeling + confident that their captive would not attempt to escape from them in a + place where subsistence would be impossible, paid no further attention to + him beyond motioning to him to lie down at their side. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, however, determined to make another effort to escape; for + although he was utterly ignorant of the place in which he found himself, + or of the way back, he thought that anything would be better than to be + carried into helpless slavery into the savage country beyond the Jordan. + An hour, therefore, after his captors were asleep he stole to his feet, + and fearing to arouse them by exciting the wrath of one of the camels by + attempting to mount him, he struck up into the hills on foot. All night he + wandered, and in the morning found himself at the edge of a strange + precipice falling abruptly down to a river, which, some fifty feet wide, + ran at its foot. Upon the opposite side the bank rose with equal rapidity, + and to Cuthbert's astonishment he saw that the cliffs were honeycombed by + caves. + </p> + <p> + Keeping along the edge for a considerable distance, he came to a spot + where it was passable, and made his way down to the river bank. Here he + indulged in a long drink of fresh water, and then began to examine the + caves which perforated the rocks. These caves Cuthbert knew had formerly + been the abode of hermits. It was supposed to be an essentially sacred + locality, and between the third and fourth centuries of Christianity some + twenty thousand monks had lived solitary lives on the banks of that river. + Far away he saw the ruins of a great monastery, called Mar Saba, which had + for a long time been the abode of a religious community, and which at the + present day is still tenanted by a body of monks. Cuthbert made up his + mind at once to take refuge in these caves. He speedily picked out one + some fifty feet up the face of the rock, and approachable only with the + greatest difficulty and by a sure foot. First he made the ascent to + discover the size of the grotto, and found that although the entrance was + but four feet high and two feet wide, it opened into an area of + considerable dimensions. Far in the corner, when his eyes became + accustomed to the light, he discovered a circle of ashes, and his + conjectures that these caves had been the abode of men were therefore + verified. He again descended, and collected a large bundle of grass and + rushes for his bed. He discovered growing among the rocks many edible + plants, whose seeds were probably sown there centuries before, and + gathering some of these he made his way back to the cavern. The grass + furnished him with an excellent bed, and he was soon asleep. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV. — A HERMIT'S TALE. + </h2> + <p> + The next day he discovered on his excursions plenty of eatable berries on + the bushes; and now that he had no longer fear of hunger he resolved to + stay for some little time, until his wounds, which had festered badly, had + recovered, before making an attempt to rejoin the Christian army. + </p> + <p> + One day when employed in gathering berries he was surprised by meeting a + wild-looking figure, who appeared suddenly from one of the caves. It was + that of a very old man, with an extremely long white beard flowing to his + waist; his hair, which was utterly unkempt, fell to the same point. He was + thin to an extraordinary extent, and Cuthbert wondered how a man could + have been reduced to such a state of starvation, with so plentiful a + supply of fruit and berries at hand. + </p> + <p> + The old man looked at Cuthbert attentively, and then made the sign of the + cross. Cuthbert gave a cry of joy, and repeated the sign. The old man at + once came down from his cavern, and looked at him with surprise and + astonishment, and then addressed him in the French language. + </p> + <p> + "Are you a Christian truly; and if so, whence do you come?" + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert at once explained that he had been taken prisoner when with King + Richard's army, and had effected his escape. He also told the old man that + he had been remaining for the last four days in a cave higher up the + stream. The hermit—for he was one—beckoned him to follow him, + and Cuthbert found himself in a cave precisely similar to that which he + himself inhabited. There were no signs of comfort of any kind; a bed-place + made of great stones stood in one corner, and Cuthbert, remembering the + comforts of his own grassy couch, shuddered at the thought of the intense + discomfort of such a sleeping-place. In another corner was an altar, upon + which stood a rough crucifix, before which the hermit knelt at once in + prayer, Cuthbert following his example. Rising again, the hermit motioned + to him to sit down, and then began a conversation with him. + </p> + <p> + It was so long since the hermit had spoken to any living being that he had + almost lost the use of his tongue, and his sentences were slow and + ill-formed. However, Cuthbert was able to understand him, and he to gather + the drift of what Cuthbert told him. The old man then showed him that by + touching a stone in the corner of his cave the apparently solid rock + opened, and revealed an entrance into an inner cave, which was lit by a + ray of light which penetrated from above. + </p> + <p> + "This," he said, "was made centuries ago, and was intended as a refuge + from the persecutors of that day. The caves were then almost all inhabited + by hermits, and although many recked not of their lives, and were quite + ready to meet death through the knife of the infidel, others clung to + existence, and preferred to pass many years of penance on earth for the + sake of atoning for their sins before called upon to appear before their + Maker. If you are pursued it will be safer for you to take up your abode + here. I am known to all the inhabitants of this country, who look upon me + as mad, and respect me accordingly. None ever interfere with me, or with + the two or three other hermits, the remains of what was once almost an + army, who now alone survive. I can offer you no hospitality beyond that of + a refuge; but there is water in the river below, fruits and berries in + abundance on the shrubs. What would you have more?" + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert accepted the invitation with thanks; for he thought that even at + the worst the presence of this holy man would be a protection to him from + any Arabs who might discover him. + </p> + <p> + For three or four days he resided with the hermit, who, although he + stretched his long lean body upon the hard stones of his bed, and passed + many hours of the night kneeling on the stone floor in front of his altar, + yet had no objection to Cuthbert making himself as comfortable as he could + under the circumstances. + </p> + <p> + At the end of the fourth day Cuthbert asked him how long he had been + there, and how he came to take up his abode in so desolate and fearsome a + place. The hermit was silent for a time, and then said: + </p> + <p> + "It is long indeed since my thoughts have gone back to the day when I was + of the world. I know not whether it would not be a sin to recall them; but + I will think the matter over to-night, and if it appears to me that you + may derive good from my narrative, I will relate it to you to-morrow." + </p> + <p> + The next day Cuthbert did not renew the request, leaving it to the hermit + to speak should he think fit. It was not until the evening that he alluded + to the subject; and then taking his seat on a bank near the edge of the + river, he motioned to Cuthbert to sit beside him, and began: + </p> + <p> + "My father was a peer of France, and I was brought up at the court. + Although it may seem strange to you, looking upon this withered frame, + sixty-five years back I was as bold and comely a knight as rode in the + train of the king, for I am now past ninety, and for sixty years I have + resided here. I was a favorite of the king's, and he loaded me with wealth + and honor. He, too, was young, and I joined with him in the mad carousals + and feastings of the court. My father resided for the most part at one of + his castles in the country, and I, an only son, was left much to myself. I + need not tell you that I was as wild and as wicked as all those around me; + that I thought little of God, and feared neither Him nor man. + </p> + <p> + "It chanced that one of the nobles—I need not mention his name—whose + castle lay in the same province as that of my father, had a lovely + daughter, who, being an only child, would be his heiress. She was + considered one of the best matches in France, and reports of her exceeding + beauty had reached the court. Although my allowance from my father, and + from the estates which the king had given me personally, should have been + more than enough for my utmost wants, gambling and riotous living + swallowed up my revenue faster than it came in, and I was constantly + harassed by debt. + </p> + <p> + "Talking one night at supper with a number of bold companions as to the + means we should take for restoring our wasted fortunes, some said in jest + that the best plan would be for one of us to marry the beauty of Dauphiny. + I at once said that I would be the man to do it; the idea was a wild one, + and a roar of laughter greeted my words. Her father was known to be a + stern and rigid man, and it was certain that he would not consent to give + his daughter to a spendthrift young noble like myself. When the laughter + had subsided I repeated my intention gravely, and offered to wager large + sums with all around the table that I would succeed. + </p> + <p> + "On the morrow I packed up a few of my belongings, put in my valise the + dress of a wandering troubadour, and taking with me only a trusty servant, + started for Dauphiny. It would be tedious to tell you the means I resorted + to to obtain the affections of the heiress. I had been well instructed in + music and could play on the lute, and knew by heart large numbers of + ballads, and could myself, in case of necessity, string verses together + with tolerable ease. As a troubadour I arrived at the castle gate, and + craved permission to enter to amuse its occupants. Troubadours then, as + now, were in high esteem in the south, and I was at once made a welcome + guest. + </p> + <p> + "Days passed, and weeks; still I lingered at the castle, my heart being + now as much interested as my pride in the wager which I had undertaken. + Suffice it to say that my songs, and perhaps my appearance—for I + cannot be accused of vanity now in saying nature had been bountiful to me—won + my way to her heart. Troubadours were licensed folk, and even in her + father's presence there was naught unseemly in my singing songs of love. + While he took them as the mere compliments of a troubadour, the lady, I + saw, read them as serious effusions of my heart. + </p> + <p> + "It was only occasionally that we met alone; but ere long she confessed + that she loved me. Without telling her my real name, I disclosed to her + that I was of her own rank and that I had entered upon the disguise I wore + in order to win her love. She was romantic, and was flattered by my + devotion. I owned to her that hitherto I had been wild and reckless; and + she told me at once that her father destined her for the son of an old + friend of his, to whom it appeared she had been affianced while still a + baby. She was positive that nothing would move her father. For the man she + was to marry she entertained no kind of affection, and indeed had never + seen him, as she had been brought up in a convent to the age of fifteen; + and just before she had returned thence he had gone to finish his + education at Padua. + </p> + <p> + "She trembled when I proposed flight; but I assured her that I was certain + of the protection of the king, and that he would, I was sure, when the + marriage was once celebrated, use his influence with her father to obtain + his forgiveness. + </p> + <p> + "The preparations for her flight were not long in making. I purchased a + fleet horse in addition to my own, and ordered my servant to bring it to a + point a short distance from the castle gate. I had procured a long rope + with which to lower her down from her lattice to the moat below, which was + at present dry, intending myself to slide after her. The night chosen was + one when I knew that the count was to have guests, and I thought that they + would probably, as is the custom, drink heavily, and that there would be + less fear of any watch being kept. + </p> + <p> + "The guests arrived just at nightfall. I had feigned illness, and kept my + room. From time to time I heard through the windows of the banqueting hall + bursts of laughter. These gradually ceased; and at last when all was still + I, after waiting some time, stole from my room with a rope in my hand to + the apartment occupied by her. A slight tap at the door, as arranged, was + at once answered, and I found her ready cloaked and prepared for the + enterprise. She trembled from head to foot, but I cheered her to the best + of my power, and at last she was in readiness to be lowered. The window + was at a considerable height from the ground; but the rope was a long one, + and I had no fear of its reaching the bottom. Fastening it round her + waist, I began to lower her from the window. + </p> + <p> + "The night was a windy one, and she swung backward and forward as she went + down. By what chance it was I know not—for I had examined the rope + and found it secure—but methinks in swaying backward and forward it + may have caught a sharp stone, maybe it was a punishment from Heaven upon + me for robbing a father of his child—but suddenly I felt there was + no longer a weight on my arms. A fearful shriek rang through the air, and, + looking out, I saw far below a white figure stretched senseless in the + mud! + </p> + <p> + "For a minute I stood paralyzed. But the cry had aroused others, and, + turning round, I saw a man at the door with a drawn sword. Wild with grief + and despair, and thinking, not of making my escape, or of concealing my + part in what had happened, but rushing without an instant's delay to the + body of her I loved so well, I drew my sword, and like a madman rushed + upon him who barred the door. The combat was brief but furious, and nerved + by the madness of despair I broke down his guard and ran him through the + body. As he fell back, his face came in the full light of the moon, which + streamed through the open door of the passage, and to my utter horror and + bewilderment I saw that I had slain my father. + </p> + <p> + "What happened after that night I know not. I believe that I made my + escape from the castle and rushed round to the body of her whose life I + had destroyed, and that there finding her dead, I ran wildly across the + country. When I came to my senses months had passed, and I was the inmate + of an asylum for men bereaved of their senses, kept by noble monks. Here + for two years I remained, the world believing that I was dead. None knew + that the troubadour whose love had cost the lady her life, who had slain + the guest of her father, and had then disappeared, was the unhappy son of + that guest. My friends in Paris when they heard of the tragedy of course + associated it with me, but they all kept silent. The monks, to whom I + confessed the whole story, were shocked indeed, but consoled me in my + grief and despair by the assurance that however greatly I had sinned, the + death of the lady had been accidental, and that if I were a parricide it + was at least unintentionally. + </p> + <p> + "My repentance was deep and sincere; and after awhile, under another name, + I joined the army of the Crusaders, to expiate my sin by warring for the + holy sepulcher. I fought as men fight who have no wish to live; but while + all around me fell by sword and disease, death kept aloof from me. When + the Crusade had failed I determined to turn forever from the world, and to + devote my life to prayer and penance; and so casting aside my armor I made + my way here, and took up my abode in a cave in this valley, where at that + time were many thousands of other hermits—for the Saracens, while + they gained much money from fines and exactions from pilgrims who came to + Jerusalem, and fought stoutly against those who sought to capture that + city, were in the main tolerant, and offered no hindrance to the community + of men whom they looked upon as mad. + </p> + <p> + "Here, my son, for more than sixty years have I prayed, with much fasting + and penance. I trust now that the end is nearly at hand, and that my long + life of mortification may be deemed to have obliterated the evil deeds + which I did in my youth. Let my fate be a warning to you. Walk steadily in + the right way; indulge not in feasting and evil companionship; and above + all, do not enter upon evil deeds, the end of which no man can see." + </p> + <p> + The hermit was silent, and Cuthbert, seeing that his thoughts had again + referred to the past, wandered away, and left him sitting by the river + side. Some hours later he returned and found the hermit kneeling before + the altar; and the next morning the latter said: + </p> + <p> + "I presume, my son, you do not wish to remain here as a hermit, as I have + done? Methinks it were well that we made our arrangements for your return + to the Christian host, who will, I hope, ere long be at the gates of + Jerusalem." + </p> + <p> + "I should like nothing better," Cuthbert said. "But ignorant as I am of + the nature of the country, it seems to be nigh impossible to penetrate + through the hosts of the Saracens to reach the camp of King Richard." + </p> + <p> + "The matter is difficult and not without danger," the hermit said. "As to + the nature of the country, I myself know but little, for my dealings with + the natives have been few and simple. There are, however, several + Christian communities dwelling among the heathen. They are poor, and are + forced to live in little-frequented localities. Their Christianity may be + suspected by their neighbors, but as they do no man harm, and carry on + their worship in secret, they are little interfered with. There is one + community among the hills between this and Jerusalem, and I can give you + instructions for reaching this, together with a token which will secure + you hospitality there, and they will no doubt do their best to forward you + to another station. When you approach the flat country where the armies + are maneuvering you must doubtless trust to yourself; but as far as the + slopes extend, methinks that our friends will be able to pass you without + great difficulty." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert's heart rose greatly at the prospect of once again entering upon + an active life, and the next evening, with many thanks for his kindness, + he knelt before the aged hermit to receive his blessing. + </p> + <p> + With the instructions given him he had no difficulty in making his way + through the mountains, until after some five hours' walk he found himself + at a little village situated in a narrow valley. + </p> + <p> + Going to the door of the principal hut he knocked, and upon entering + showed the owner—who opened the door—a rosette of peculiar + beads and repeated the name of Father Anselm. The peasant at once + recognized it and bade Cuthbert welcome. He knew but a few words of + French, although doubtless his ancestors had been of European extraction. + In the morning he furnished Cuthbert with the sheepskin and short tunic + which formed the dress of a shepherd, and dyeing his limbs and face a deep + brown he himself started with Cuthbert on his journey to the next + Christian community. + </p> + <p> + This was a small one consisting of two huts only, built almost on the + summit of a mountain, the inhabitants living partly on the milk and cheese + of their goats and partly upon the scanty vegetables which grew around the + huts. + </p> + <p> + His welcome was as cordial as that of the night before; and the next + morning, his former guide taking leave of him, the peasant in whose house + he had slept again conducted him forward to another community. This was + the last station and stood in a narrow gorge on the face of the hills + looking down over the plain, beyond which in the far distance a faint line + of blue sea was visible. + </p> + <p> + This community was far more prosperous and well-to-do than those at which + the previous nights had been passed. The head of the village appeared to + be a personage of some importance; and although clinging in secret to his + Christian faith, he and his belongings had so far adopted the usages of + the Mussulmen that apparently no thought of their Christianity entered + into the minds of the authorities. He was the owner of two or three horses + and of some extensive vineyards and olive grounds. He was also able to + speak French with some degree of fluency. + </p> + <p> + At considerable length he explained to Cuthbert the exact position of the + Christian army, which had moved some distance along the coast since + Cuthbert had left it. It was, he said, exposed to constant attacks by the + Saracens, who harassed it in every way, and permitted it no repose. He + said that the high hopes which had been raised by the defeat of the + Saracens at Azotus had now fallen, and that it was feared the Christians + would not be able to force their way forward to Jerusalem. The great + portion of their animals had died, and the country was so eaten up by the + Saracen hosts that an advance upon Jerusalem without a large baggage train + was next to impossible; and indeed if the Christians were to arrive before + that city, they could effect nothing without the aid of the heavy machines + necessary for battering the walls or effecting an escalade. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was vastly grieved when he heard of the probable failure of the + expedition, and he burned with eagerness to take his part again in the + dangers and difficulties which beset the Christian army. His host pointed + out to him the extreme difficulty and danger of his crossing the enemy's + lines, but at the same time offered to do all in his power to assist him. + After two days' stay at the village, and discussing the pros and cons of + all possible plans, it was decided that the best chance lay in a bold + effort. The host placed at his disposal one of his horses, together with + such clothes as would enable him to ride as an Arab chief of rank and + station; a long lance was furnished him, a short and heavy mace, and + scimitar; a bag of dates was hung at the saddlebow; and with the sincerest + thanks to his protector, and with a promise that should the Christian host + win their way to Jerusalem the steed should be returned with ample + payment, Cuthbert started on his journey. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI. — A FIGHT OF HEROES. + </h2> + <p> + The horse was a good and spirited one, and when he had once descended to + the plains, Cuthbert rode gayly along, exulting in his freedom, and in + once again possessing arms to defend himself should it be needed. His + appearance was so exactly that of the horsemen who were continually + passing and repassing that no observation whatever was attracted by it. + Through villages, and even through camps, Cuthbert rode fearlessly, and + arrived, without having once been accosted, near the main camp of the + Saracens, which extended for miles parallel to the sea. But at a distance + of some three leagues beyond could be seen the white tents of the + Christian host, and Cuthbert felt that the time of trial was now at hand. + </p> + <p> + He dismounted for an hour to allow his steed to rest itself, fed it with + dates from his wallet, and gave it a drink of water at the stream. Then, + when he felt that it had thoroughly recovered its strength and freshness, + he remounted, and rode briskly on as before. He passed unchallenged, + attracting no more notice than a person nowadays would do in walking along + a crowded street. Without hesitation he passed through the tents and + started across the open country. Bands of horsemen were seen here and + there, some going, and some coming from the direction of the Christian + camp. As it was doubtless supposed that he was on his way to join some + band that had gone on in advance, the passage of the solitary horseman + excited no comment until he approached within about two miles of the + Christian camp. There were now, so far as he could see, no enemies between + him and the point he so longed to gain. But at this minute a group of Arab + horsemen, gathered, apparently on the lookout against any movement of the + Christians, shouted to him "Halt!" demanding whither he was going. + </p> + <p> + Up to this point Cuthbert had ridden at a gentle canter; but at the + challenge he put spurs into his steed and made across the plain at full + speed. With a wild yell the Arabs started in pursuit. They lay at first + some two hundred yards on his right, and he had therefore a considerable + start of them. His horse was fairly fresh, for the journey that he had + made had only been about fifteen miles—an inconsiderable distance to + an Arab steed. For half a mile he did not think that his pursuers gained + much upon him, riding as they had done sideways. They had now gathered in + his rear, and the nearest was some one hundred and fifty yards behind him. + A quarter of a mile further he again looked around, and found that two of + the Arabs, far better mounted than the others, had come within half the + distance which separated them from him when he last glanced back. His + horse was straining to the utmost, and he felt that it could do no more; + he therefore prepared himself for a desperate fight should his pursuers + overtake him. In another quarter of a mile they were but a short distance + behind, and an arrow whizzing by Cuthbert's ear told him they had betaken + themselves to their bows. + </p> + <p> + Half a mile ahead he saw riding toward him a group of Christian knights; + but he felt that it was too late for him to hope to reach them, and that + his only chance now was to boldly encounter his pursuers. The main body of + the Arabs was fully two hundred yards behind—a short distance when + going at a gallop—which left him but little time to shake off the + pursuit of the two immediately behind him. + </p> + <p> + A sharp stinging pain in his leg told him that it was time to make his + effort; and checking his horse, he wheeled suddenly round. The two Arabs + with a yell rode at him with pointed lance. With his right hand Cuthbert + grasped the short heavy mace which hung at his saddlebow, and being well + practiced in the hurling of this weapon—which formed part of the + education of a good knight—he cast it with all his force at the + chest of the Arab approaching on that side. The point of the spear was + within a few yards of his breast as he flung the mace; but his aim was + true, for it smote the Saracen full on the chest, and hurled him from his + horse as if struck with a thunderbolt. At the same instant Cuthbert threw + himself flat on the neck of his steed and the lance of the Arab who came + up on the other side passed harmlessly between his shoulders, tearing his + clothes as it went. In an instant Cuthbert had wheeled his horse, and + before the Arab could turn his steed Cuthbert, coming up from behind, had + run him through the body. + </p> + <p> + Short as the delay had been, the main body of the pursuers were scarcely + fifty yards away; but Cuthbert now continued his flight toward the + knights, who were galloping forward at full speed; and a moment afterward + glancing back, he saw that his pursuers had turned and were in full + flight. + </p> + <p> + With a shout of joy he rode forward to the party who had viewed with + astonishment this conflict between what appeared to be three of the + infidels. Even louder than his first shout of exultation was the cry of + joy which he raised at seeing among the party to whom he rode up the Earl + of Evesham, who reined in his horse in astonishment, and drew his sword as + the supposed enemy galloped toward him. + </p> + <p> + "My lord, my lord!" Cuthbert said. "Thank Heaven I am safe with you + again." + </p> + <p> + The earl lowered his sword in astonishment. + </p> + <p> + "Am I mad," he said, "or dreaming, or is this really Sir Cuthbert?" + </p> + <p> + "It is I, sure enough," Cuthbert exclaimed, "although truly I look more + like a Bedouin soldier than a Christian knight." + </p> + <p> + "My dear boy!" exclaimed the earl, galloping forward and throwing his arms + around Cuthbert's neck, "we thought you were dead. But by what wonderful + fortune have you succeeded in escaping?" + </p> + <p> + In a few words Cuthbert related the principal incidents of his adventures, + and he was heartily congratulated by the assembled knights. + </p> + <p> + There was, however, no time for long explanations. Large bodies of the + Saracen horse were already sweeping down to capture, if possible, this + small band of knights who had ventured so far from the camp; and as King + Richard's orders were that none should venture upon conflicts except by + his orders, the party reluctantly turned their horses and galloped back to + the camp. + </p> + <p> + Great as had been the earl's joy, it was, if possible, exceeded by that of + Cnut on discovering in the Arab chief who rode up alongside the earl the + lad he loved so well. Loud and hearty were the cheers which rang out from + the earl's camp as the news spread, and Cuthbert was compelled to shake + hands with the whole party before entering the earl's tent, to refresh + himself and give the narrative of what had happened. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, retiring to his tent with the Earl of Evesham, inquired of him + what had taken place during his absence. + </p> + <p> + "For," he said, "although but a short three days' march from here, I have + been as one of the dead, and have heard nothing whatever of what has taken + place." + </p> + <p> + "Nothing could have gone worse," the earl said. "We have had nothing but + dissensions and quarrels. First, the king fell out with the Archduke of + Austria." + </p> + <p> + "On what ground did this happen?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "For once," the earl said, "the king our master was wholly in the wrong, + which is not generally the case. We had just taken Ascalon, and were hard + at work fortifying the place. King Richard with his usual zeal, in order + to encourage the army, seized heavy stones and himself bore them into + their place. The archduke stood near with some of his knights: and it may + be that the haughty Austrian looked somewhat superciliously at our king + thus laboring. + </p> + <p> + "'Why do you not make a show of helping?' King Richard said, going up to + him. 'It would encourage the men, and show that the labor upon which we + are engaged can be undertaken by all without derogation.' + </p> + <p> + "To this the archduke replied: + </p> + <p> + "'I am not the son of a mason!' + </p> + <p> + "Whereupon Richard, whose blood no doubt had been excited by the air of + the Austrian, struck him with his hand a fierce blow across the face. We + nearly betook ourselves to our swords on both sides; but King Richard + himself could have scattered half the Austrians, and these, knowing that + against his impetuous valor they could do nothing, simply withdrew from + our camp, and sailed the next day for home. Then the king, in order to + conciliate some at least of his allies, conferred the crown of Jerusalem + upon Conrad of Montferat. No sooner had he done this than Conrad was + mysteriously wounded. By whom it was done none knew. Some say that it was + by emissaries of the Old Man of the Mountain. Others affirm that it was + the jealousy of some of the knights of the holy orders. But be that as it + may, he died. Some of the French, ever jealous of the valor of our king, + ascribed it to his orders. This monstrous accusation coming to the ears of + King Richard, he had hot words with the Duke of Burgundy. In this I blame + him not, for it is beyond all reason that a man like the king, whose + faults, such as they are, arise from too much openness, and from the want + of concealment of such dislikes as he may have, should resort to poison to + free himself of a man whom he himself had but a day or two before + appointed King of Jerusalem. However it be, the consequences were most + unfortunate, for the result of the quarrel was that the Duke of Burgundy + and his Frenchmen followed the example of the Austrians, and we were left + alone. Before this we had marched upon Jerusalem. But the weather had been + so bad, and our train was so insufficient to carry the engines of war, + that we had been forced to fall back again. King Richard again advanced, + and with much toil we went as far as the village of Bethany." + </p> + <p> + "Why," Cuthbert exclaimed, "I passed through that village, and it is but + three miles from the holy city." + </p> + <p> + "That is so," the earl said; "and many of us, ascending the hill in front, + saw Jerusalem. But even then it was certain that we must again retrace our + steps; and when we asked King Richard to come to the crest of the hill to + see the holy city, he refused to do so, saying, 'No; those who are not + worthy of conquering Jerusalem should not look at it!' This was but a + short time since, and we are now retracing our steps to Acre, and are + treating with Saladin for a peace." + </p> + <p> + "Then," Cuthbert said sadly, "all our hopes and efforts are thrown away; + all this blood has been shed for nothing; and after the three great powers + of Europe have engaged themselves solemnly in the war, we are baffled, and + have to fall back before the hordes of the infidels." + </p> + <p> + "Partly before them," the earl said, "partly as the result of our own + jealousies and passions. Had King Richard been a lesser man than he is, we + might have conquered Jerusalem. But he is so extraordinary a warrior that + his glory throws all others into the shade. He is a good general, perhaps + the best in Europe; and had he done nothing but lead, assuredly we should + have carried out our purpose. See how ably he maneuvered the army at the + fight of Azotus. Never was a more complete defeat than that which he + inflicted there upon the Saracens; and although the fact that his + generalship achieved this, might have caused some jealousy to the other + commanders, this might have died away could he between the battles have + been a general, and nothing more. But, alas! he is in addition a + knight-errant—and such a knight-errant as Europe has never seen + before. Wherever there is danger, Richard will plunge into the midst. + There are brave men in all the three armies; but the strongest and bravest + are as children to King Richard. Alone he can dart into ranks of the + infidels, and cut a lane for himself by the strength of his right arm. + More than this, when danger has threatened he has snatched up his + battle-ax and dashed into the fray without helm or cuirass, performing + such prodigies of valor and strength that it has been to his prowess alone + that victory was to be ascribed. Hence he is the idol of all the soldiers, + whatever their nationality; for he is as ready to rush to the rescue of a + French or Austrian knight when pressed as to that of his own men. But the + devotion which the whole army felt for him was as gall and wormwood to the + haughty Austrian and the indolent Frenchman; and the retirement of the + King of France, which left Richard in supreme command, was in every way + unfortunate." + </p> + <p> + Upon the following day the army again marched, and Cuthbert could not but + notice the difference, not only in number but in demeanor, from the + splendid array which had left Acre a few months before. There was little + now of the glory of pennon and banner; the bright helms and cuirasses were + rusted and dinted, and none seemed to care aught for bravery of show. The + knights and men-at-arms were sunburnt and thin, and seemed but half the + weight that they had been when they landed. Fatigue, hardship, and the + heat had done their work; disease had swept off vast numbers. But the + remains of the army were so formidable in their fighting powers that the + Saracens, although following them at a distance in vast numbers, did not + venture an attack upon them. + </p> + <p> + A few days after their arrival at Acre, the king gave orders for the + embarkation of the troops. Just as they were preparing to enter the ships + a small vessel was seen entering the harbor. It drew up to the shore, and + a knight leaped from it, and, inquiring where King Richard was to be + found, made his way to the king, who was standing superintending the + embarkation of some of the horses. + </p> + <p> + "The Saracens, sire!" he exclaimed. "The Saracens are besieging Jaffa, and + the place must be lost unless assistance arrives in a day or two." + </p> + <p> + The king leaped on board the nearest ship, shouted to his leading officers + to follow him, and gave orders to others to bring down the troops with all + possible speed, to waste not a moment, and to see that all was done, and + then, in five minutes after the receipt of the news he started for Jaffa. + The Earl of Evesham and Cuthbert had been standing near the king when the + order was given, and followed him at once on board the bark which he had + chosen. + </p> + <p> + "Ah, my gallant young knight," the king exclaimed, "I am right glad to see + you with me. We shall have more fighting before we have done, and I know + that that suits your mood as well as my own." + </p> + <p> + The king's vessel was far in advance of any of the others, when early the + following morning it arrived at Jaffa. + </p> + <p> + "Your eyes are better than mine," the king said to Cuthbert. "Tell me what + is that flag flying on the top of the town." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert looked at it earnestly. + </p> + <p> + "I fear, sire, that it is the crescent. We have arrived too late." + </p> + <p> + "By the holy cross," said King Richard, "that shall not be so; for if the + place be taken, we will retake it." + </p> + <p> + As the vessel neared the shore a monk ran out into the water up to his + shoulders, and said to the king that the citadel still held out, and that + even now the Saracens might be driven back. Without delay the king leaped + into the water, followed by the knights and men-at-arms, and entering the + gate, threw himself upon the infidels within, who, busy plundering, had + not noticed the arrival of the ship. + </p> + <p> + The war cry of "St. George! St. George!" which the king always shouted in + battle, struck panic among the infidels; and although the king was + followed but by five knights and a few men-at-arms, the Saracens, to the + number of three thousand, fled before him, and all who tarried were + smitten down. The king followed them out upon the plain, driving them + before him as a lion would drive a flock of sheep, and then returned + triumphant into the city. + </p> + <p> + The next day, some more ships having arrived, King Richard found that in + all, including the garrison, he could muster two thousand combatants. The + enemy renewed the attack in great numbers, and the assaults upon the walls + were continuous and desperate. King Richard, who loved fighting in the + plain rather than behind walls, was impatient at this, and at one time so + fierce was the attack that he resolved to sally out. Only ten horses + remained in the town, and King Richard, mounting one, called upon nine of + the knights to mount and sally out with him. The little band of ten + warriors charged down upon the host of the Saracens and swept them before + them. It was a marvelous sight indeed to see so small a group of horsemen + dashing through a crowd of Saracen warriors. These, although at first + beaten back, yet rallied, and the ten knights had great difficulty in + fighting their way back to the town. When near the walls the Christians + again made a stand, and a few knights sallied out from the town on foot + and joined them. Among these was Cuthbert, the Earl of Evesham having + accompanied King Richard in his charge. In all, seventeen knights were now + rallied round the king. So fierce was the charge of the Saracens that the + king ordered those on horseback to dismount, and with their horses in the + center, the little body knelt with their lances opposed to the Saracens. + Again and again the wild cavalry swept down upon this little force, but in + vain did they attempt to break their ranks. The scene was indeed an + extraordinary one. At last the king, seeing that the enemy were losing + heart, again ordered the knights to mount, and these dashing among the + enemy, completed their defeat. + </p> + <p> + While this had been going on news came to the king that the Saracens from + another side had made their way into Jaffa, and were massacring the + Christians. Without, an instant's delay he flew to their succor, followed + only by two knights and a few archers, the rest being so worn by their + exertions as to be unable to move. The Mamelukes, the chosen guard of + Saladin, had headed the attack; but even these were driven out from the + town, and Richard dashed out from the city in their pursuit. One Saracen + emir, distinguished for his stature and strength, ventured to match + himself against the king, and rode boldly at him. But with one blow + Richard severed his head, and his right shoulder and arm, from his body. + Then having, by his single arm, put to rout the Saracens at this point, he + dashed through them to the aid of the little band of knights who had + remained on the defensive when he left them at the alarm of the city being + entered. These were almost sinking with fatigue and wounds; but King + Richard opened a way around them by slaying numbers of the enemy, and then + charged again alone into the midst of the Mussulman host, and was lost to + the sight of his companions. All thought that they would never see him + again. But he soon reappeared, his horse covered with blood, but himself + unwounded; and the attack of the enemy ceased. + </p> + <p> + From the hour of daybreak, it is said, Richard had not ceased for a moment + to deal out his blows, and the skin of his hand adhered to the handle of + his battle-ax. This narration would appear almost fabulous, were it not + that it is attested in the chronicles of several eye-witnesses, and for + centuries afterward the Saracen women hushed their babes when fractious by + threatening them with Malek-Rik, the name which they gave to King Richard. + </p> + <p> + Glorious as was the success, it was a sad one, for several of the most + devoted of the followers of King Richard were wounded badly, some few to + death. Among these last, to the terrible grief of Cuthbert, was his friend + and patron, the Earl of Evesham. The king, on taking off his armor, + hurried to his tent. + </p> + <p> + "The glory of this day is marred indeed," he said to the wounded knight, + "if I am to lose you, Sir Walter." + </p> + <p> + "I fear that it must even be so, my lord," the dying earl said. "I am glad + that I have seen this day, for never did I think to witness such feats as + those which your majesty has performed; and though the Crusade has failed, + and the holy city remains in the hands of the infidel, yet assuredly no + shadow of disgrace has fallen upon the English arms, and, indeed, great + glory has accrued to us. Whatever may be said of the Great Crusade, it + will at least be allowed by all men, and for all time, that had the + princes and soldiers of other nations done as your majesty and your + followers have done, the holy city would have fallen into our hands within + a month of our putting foot upon the soil. Your majesty, I have a boon to + ask." + </p> + <p> + "You have but to name it, Sir Walter, and it is yours." + </p> + <p> + "Sir Cuthbert, here," he said, pointing to the young knight, who was + sorrowfully kneeling by his bedside, "is as a son to me. The relationship + by blood is but slight, but by affection it is as close as though he were + mine own. I have, as your majesty knows, no male heirs, and my daughter is + but young, and will now be a royal ward. I beseech your majesty to bestow + her in marriage, when the time comes, upon Sir Cuthbert. They have known + each other as children, and the union will bring happiness, methinks, to + both, as well as strength and protection to her; and further, if it might + be, I would fain that you should bestow upon him my title and dignity." + </p> + <p> + "It shall be so," the king said. "When your eyes are closed, Sir Walter, + Sir Cuthbert shall be Earl of Evesham, and, when the time comes, the + husband of your daughter." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was too overwhelmed with grief to feel a shadow of exaltation at + the gracious intimation of the king; although, even then, a thought of + future happiness in the care of the fair young lady Marguerite passed + before his mind. For the last time the king gave his hand to his faithful + servant, who pressed it to his lips, and a few minutes afterward breathed + his last. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII. — AN ALPINE STORM. + </h2> + <p> + The tremendous exertions which King Richard had made told upon him, and + attacks of fever succeeded each other at short intervals. This, however, + mattered the less, since negotiations were now proceeding between him and + Saladin. It was impossible, with the slight means at his disposal, for + Richard further to carry on the Crusade alone. Moreover, pressing news had + arrived from his mother in England, urging him to return, as his brother + John was intriguing against him, and had already assumed all but the + kingly title. Saladin was equally desirous of peace. His wild troops were, + for the most part, eager to return to their homes, and the defeats which + they had suffered, and the, to them, miraculous power of King Richard's + arm, had lowered their spirit and made them eager to be away. Therefore he + consented without difficulty to the terms proposed. By these, the + Christians were to surrender Ascalon, but were to keep Jaffa, Tyre, and + the fortresses along the coast. All hostilities were to be suspended on + both sides for the space of three years, three months, three weeks, three + days, and three hours, when Richard hoped to return again and to + recommence the struggle. + </p> + <p> + Between the sultan and King Richard a feeling approaching that of + friendship had sprung up during the campaign. Saladin was himself brave in + the extreme, and exposed his life as fearlessly as did his Christian + rival, and the two valiant leaders recognized the great qualities of each + other. Several times during the campaign when Richard had been ill, the + emir had sent him presents of fruit and other matters, to which Richard + had responded in the same spirit. An interview had taken place between + them which further cemented their friendship; and when Richard promised to + return again at the end of the truce with a far larger army, and to + accomplish the rescue of the holy city, the sultan smiled, and said that + it appeared that valor alone was not sufficient to conquer in the Holy + Land, but that if Jerusalem were to fall into the hands of the Christians, + it could fall into no worthier hands than those of Malek-Rik. + </p> + <p> + So, with many mutual courtesies, the great rivals separated, and soon + after King Richard and the little remnant of his army embarked on board + ship, and set sail for England. + </p> + <p> + It was on October 11, 1192, that Richard Coeur de Lion left Palestine. + Soon after they started a storm suddenly burst upon them, and dispersed + them in various directions. The ship in which Queen Berengaria was carried + arrived safely in Sicily; but that in which King Richard was borne was + missing, and none of his fellow-voyagers knew what had become of him. Sir + Cuthbert was in the same vessel as the king, and the bark was driven upon + the Island of Corfu. All reached shore in safety, and King Richard then + hired three small vessels, in which he sailed to the port of Zara, whence + he hoped to reach the domains of his nephew, Otho of Saxony, the son of + his sister Matilda. The king had with him now but two of his knights, + Baldwin of Béthune, and Cuthbert of Evesham. Cnut was with his feudal + chief—for such Cuthbert had now, by his accession to the rank of + Earl of Evesham, become—and three or four English archers. + </p> + <p> + "I fear, my lords," the king said to his knights as he sat in a little + room in an inn at Zara, "that my plight is a bad one. I am surrounded by + enemies, and, alas! I can no longer mount my steed and ride out as at + Jaffa to do battle with them. My brother, John Lackland, is scheming to + take my place upon the throne of England. Philip of France, whose mind is + far better at such matters than at setting armies in the field, is in + league with him. The Emperor Henry has laid claim to the throne of Sicily. + Leopold of Austria has not forgiven me the blow I struck him in the face + at Ascalon, and the friends of Conrad of Montferat are spreading far and + wide the lie that I was the instigator of his murder. Sure never had a + poor king so many enemies, and few have ever had so small a following as I + have now. What think you, my lords? What course would you advise that I + should adopt? If I can reach Saxony doubtless Otho will aid me. But hence + to Dresden is a long journey indeed. I have neither credit nor funds to + hire a ship to take us by sea. Nor would such a voyage be a safe one, when + so many of my enemies' ships are on the main. I must needs, I think, go in + disguise, for my way lies wholly through the country of my enemies." + </p> + <p> + "Surely," Cuthbert said, "no potentate could for very shame venture to + detain your majesty on your way from the Holy Land, where you have wrought + such great deeds. Were I in your place, I would at once proclaim myself, + mount my horse, have my banner carried before me, and ride openly on. You + have, too, another claim, namely, that of being shipwrecked, and even in + war-time nations respect those whom the force of God has thrown upon their + shores." + </p> + <p> + "I fear me, Sir Cuthbert," Sir Baldwin said, "that you overrate the + chivalry of our master's enemies. Had we been thrown on the shores of + France, Philip perhaps would hesitate to lay hands upon the king; but + these petty German princelings have no idea of the observances of true + chivalry. They are coarse and brutal in their ways; and though in outward + form following the usage of knighthood, they have never been penetrated + with its spirit. If the friends of Conrad of Montferat lay hands upon King + Richard I fear that no scruples will prevent them from using their + advantage to the utmost. Even their emperor I would not trust. The course + which you advise would no doubt be in accordance with the spirit of King + Richard; but it would be madness for him to judge other people's spirit by + his own, and it would be rushing into the lion's den to proclaim himself + here. I should recommend, if I might venture to do so, that his majesty + should assume a false name, and that we should travel in small parties so + as to attract no attention, each making his way to Saxony as best he may." + </p> + <p> + There was silence for a minute or two, and then the king with a sigh said: + </p> + <p> + "I fear that you are right, Sir Baldwin, and that there is no chivalry + among these swinish German lords. You shall accompany me. Not, Sir + Cuthbert," he observed kindly, noticing a look of disappointment upon the + face of the young knight, "that I estimate your fidelity one whit lower + than that of my brave friend; but he is the elder and the more versed in + European travel, and may manage to bring matters through better than you + would do. You will have dangers enough to encounter yourself, more even + than I shall, for your brave follower, Cnut, can speak no language but his + own, and your archers will be hard to pass as any other than what they + are. You must be my messenger to England, should you arrive there without + me. Tell my mother and wife where you left me, and that, if I do not come + home I have fallen into the hands of one or other of my bitter foes. Bid + them bestir themselves to hold England for me against my brother John, + and, if needs be, to move the sovereigns of Europe to free me from the + hands of my enemies. Should a ransom be needed, I think that my people of + England will not grudge their goods for their king." + </p> + <p> + The following day the king bade farewell to his faithful followers, giving + his hand to kiss, not only to Sir Cuthbert, but to Cnut and his archers. + </p> + <p> + "You have done me brave service," he said, "and I trust may yet have + occasion to do it again. These are bad times when Richard of England has + naught wherewith to reward his friends. But," he said, taking a gold chain + from his neck and breaking it with his strong fingers into five fragments, + "that is for you, Cnut, and for your four archers, in remembrance of King + Richard." + </p> + <p> + The men, albeit hardened by many scenes of warfare, yet shed tears + plenteously at parting with the king. + </p> + <p> + "We had better," Cuthbert said to them when they were alone, "delay here + for a few days. If we are taken, the news that some Englishmen have been + captured making their way north from Zara will spread rapidly, and may + cause the enemies of Richard to be on the lookout for him, suspecting that + the ship which bore us may also have carried him; for the news that he is + missing will spread rapidly through Europe, and will set all his enemies + on the alert." + </p> + <p> + In accordance with this plan they delayed for another ten days at Zara, + and then, hiring a small boat, were landed some thirty miles further along + the coast. Cuthbert had obtained for Cnut the dress of a palmer, as in + this he would pass almost unquestioned, and his silence might be accounted + for on the ground that he had taken a vow of silence. He himself had + placed on his coat armor a red cross, instead of the white cross borne by + the English knights, and would now pass as a French knight. Similar + changes were made in the dress of his followers, and he determined to pass + as a French noble who had been wrecked on his way home, and who was + returning through Germany to France. The difficulties in his own case + would not be serious, as his French would pass muster anywhere in Germany. + The greatest difficulty would be with his attendants; but he saw no way of + avoiding this. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert's object, when with his little party he separated from King + Richard, was to make his way to Verona, thence cross by Trent into + Bavaria, and so to journey to Saxony. Fortunately he had at the storming + of Acre become possessed of a valuable jewel, and this he now sold, and + purchased a charger for himself. He had little fear of any trouble in + passing through the north of Italy, for this was neutral ground, where + knights of all nations met, and where, neither as an English nor a French + Crusader, would he attract either comment or attention. + </p> + <p> + It was a slow journey across the northern plains, as of course he had to + accommodate his pace to that of his men. Cnut and the archers had grumbled + much at the change of the color of the cross upon their jerkins; and, as + Cnut said, would have been willing to run greater perils under their true + colors than to affect to belong to any other nationality. On their way + they passed through Padua, and there stopped a few days. Cuthbert could + but feel, in looking at the splendor of this Italian city, the courteous + manner of its people, and the university, which was even then famous, how + far in advance were those stately cities of Italy to Western Europe. His + followers were as much surprised as himself at the splendors of the city. + Here they experienced no trouble or annoyance whatever, for to the cities + of Italy knights of all nations resorted, learned men came to study, + philosophers to dispute, and as these brought their attendants with them, + you might in the streets of Padua and its sister cities hear every + language in Europe spoken. + </p> + <p> + From Padua they journeyed to Verona, marveling greatly at the richness of + the country. The footmen, however, grumbled at the flatness of the plain, + and said that it was as bad as marching in the Holy Land. On their right, + however, the slopes of the Alps, thickly clad with forests, reached down + nearly to the road, and Cuthbert assured them that they would have plenty + of climbing before they had done. At Verona they tarried again, and + wondered much at the great amphitheater, then almost perfect. Cuthbert + related to Cnut and the archers how men had there been set to fight while + the great stone benches round were thronged with men and women looking on + at their death struggles, and said that not unfrequently British captives + were brought hither and made to contend in the arena. The honest fellows + were full of indignation and horror at the thought of men killing + themselves to give sport to others. They were used to hard knocks, and + thought but little of their life, and would have betaken themselves to + their bows and bills without hesitation in case of a quarrel. But to fight + in cold blood for amusement seemed to them very terrible. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert would then have traveled on to Milan, at that time next to Rome + the richest city in Europe, but he longed to be back in England, and was + the more anxious as he knew that King Richard would be passing through + great dangers, and he hoped to meet him at the court of Saxony. His money, + too, was fast running out, and he found that it would be beyond his + slender means to extend his journey so far. At Verona, then, they turned + their back on the broad plains of Lombardy, and entered the valley of the + Trent. + </p> + <p> + So far no observation whatever had been excited by the passage of the + English knight. So many Crusaders were upon their way home, many in + grievous plight, that the somewhat shabby retinue passed unnoticed. But + they were now leaving Italy, and entering a country where German was + spoken. Trent, in those days an important city, was then, and is still, + the meeting place of Italy and Germany. Both tongues are here spoken; but + while the Italian perhaps preponderates, the customs, manners, and mode of + thought of the people belong to those of the mountaineers of the Tyrol + rather than of the dwellers on the plains. + </p> + <p> + "You are choosing a stormy time," the landlord of the hostelry where they + put up said to Cuthbert. "The winter is now at hand, and storms sweep + across the passes with terrible violence. You had better, at the last + village you come to in the valley, obtain the services of a guide, for + should a snowstorm come on when you are crossing, the path will be lost, + and nothing will remain but a miserable death. By daylight the road is + good. It has been cut with much trouble, and loaded mules can pass over + without difficulty. Poles have been erected at short distances to mark the + way when the snow covers it. But when the snowstorms sweep across the + mountains it is impossible to see ten paces before you, and if the + traveler leaves the path he is lost." + </p> + <p> + "But I suppose," Cuthbert said, "that even in winter travelers pass over?" + </p> + <p> + "They do," the host said. "The road is as open in winter as in summer, + although, of course, the dangers are greater. Still, there is nothing to + prevent vigorous men from crossing over when the storms come on. Now, too, + with the snow already lying in the upper forests, the wolves are abroad, + and should you be attacked by one of those herds, you will find it hard + work to defend your lives. Much has been done to render the road safe. At + the distance of every league stone houses have been erected, where + travelers can find shelter either from the storm or from the attacks of + wolves or bears, for these, too, abound in the forests, and in summer + there is fine hunting among them. You are, as I see, returning from the + Holy Land, an are therefore used to heat rather than cold, so I should + advise you before you leave this city to buy some rough cloaks to shield + you from the cold. You can obtain them for your followers very cheaply, + made of the mountain goat or of sheepskins, and even those of bearskin + well dressed are by no means dear." + </p> + <p> + Obtaining the address of a merchant who kept these things, Cuthbert + proceeded thither; and purchased five cloaks of goatskin with hoods to + pull over their heads for his followers while for himself he obtained one + of rather finer material. + </p> + <p> + Another two days' journey brought them to the foot of the steep ascent, + and here they hired the services of a guide. The ascent was long and + difficult, and in spite of the praises which the host had bestowed upon + the road, it was so steep that Cuthbert was, for the most part, obliged to + walk, leading his steed, whose feet slipped on the smooth rock, and as in + many places a false step would have thrown them down many hundreds of feet + into the valley below, Cuthbert judged it safer to trust himself to his + own feet. He disincumbered himself of his helmet and gorget, and placed + these upon the horse's back. At nightfall they had attained a very + considerable height, and stopped at one of the small refuges of which the + landlord had spoken. + </p> + <p> + "I like not the look of the weather," the guide said in the morning—at + least that was what Cuthbert judged him to say, for he could speak no word + of the man's language. His actions, however, as he looked toward the sky, + and shook his head, spoke for themselves, and Cuthbert, feeling his own + powerlessness in a situation so novel to him, felt serious misgivings at + the prospect. + </p> + <p> + The scenery was now very wild. On all sides crags and mountain tops + covered with snow glistened in the sun. The woods near the path were free + of snow; but higher up they rose black above the white ground. The wind + blew keenly, and all rejoiced in the warm cloaks which they had obtained; + for even with the protection of these they had found the cold bitter + during the night. + </p> + <p> + "I like not this country," Cnut said. "We grumbled at the heat of + Palestine, but I had rather march across the sand there than in this + inhospitable frozen region. The woods look as if they might contain + specters. There is a silence which seems to be unnatural, and my courage, + like the warmth of my body, is methinks oozing out from my fingers." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert laughed. + </p> + <p> + "I have no doubt that your courage would come again much quicker than the + warmth, Cnut, if there were any occasion for it. A brisk walk will set you + all right again, and banish these uneasy fancies. To-night we shall be at + the highest point, and to-morrow begin to descend toward Germany." + </p> + <p> + All day the men kept steadily on. The guide from time to time looked + apprehensively at the sky; and although in the earlier part of the day + Cuthbert's inexperienced eye saw nothing to cause the slightest + uneasiness, toward the afternoon the scene changed. Light clouds began to + gather on the top of all the hills and to shut the mountain peaks entirely + from view. The wind moaned between the gorges and occasionally swept along + in such sudden gusts that they could with difficulty retain their feet. + The sky became gradually overcast, and frequently light specks of snow, so + small as to be scarcely perceptible, were driven along on the blast, + making their faces smart by the force with which they struck them. + </p> + <p> + "It scarcely needs our guide's face," Cuthbert said, "to tell us that a + storm is at hand, and that our position is a dangerous one. As for me, I + own that I feel better pleased now that the wind is blowing, and the + silence is broken, than at the dead stillness which prevailed this + morning. After all, methinks that a snowstorm cannot be more dreaded than + a sandstorm, and we have faced those before now." + </p> + <p> + Faster and faster the snow came down, until at last the whole air seemed + full of it, and it was with difficulty that they could stagger forward. + Where the path led across open places the wind swept away the snow as fast + as it fell, but in the hollows the track was already covered; and feeling + the difficulty of facing the blinding gale, Cuthbert now understood the + urgency with which his host had insisted upon the danger of losing the + track. Not a word was spoken among the party as they plodded along. The + guide kept ahead, using the greatest caution wherever the path was + obliterated by the snow, sometimes even sounding with his iron-shod staff + to be sure that they were upon the level rock. In spite of his warm cloak + Cuthbert felt that he was becoming chilled to the bone. His horse could + with difficulty keep his feet; and Cnut and the archers lagged behind. + </p> + <p> + "You must keep together, lads," he shouted. "I have heard that in these + mountains when sleepiness overpowers the traveler, death is at hand. + Therefore, come what may, we must struggle on." + </p> + <p> + Many times the gale was so violent that they were obliged to pause and + take shelter under the side of a rock or precipice until the fury of the + blast had passed; and Cuthbert eagerly looked out for the next refuge. At + last they reached it, and the guide at once entered. It was not that in + which he had intended to pass the night, for this lay still higher; but it + would have been madness to attempt to go further in the face of such a + gale. He signed to Cuthbert that it was necessary at once to collect + firewood, and he himself proceeded to light some brands which had been + left by previous travelers. Cuthbert gave directions to Cnut and the + archers; and these, feeling that life depended upon a good fire being kept + up, set to with a will, cutting down shrubs and branches growing in the + vicinity of the hut. In half an hour a huge fire blazed in the refuge; and + as the warmth thawed their limbs, their tongues were unloosened, and a + feeling of comfort again prevailed. + </p> + <p> + "If this be mountaineering, my lord," Cnut said, "I trust that never again + may it be my fortune to venture among the hills. How long, I wonder, do + the storms last here? I was grumbling all the way up the hill at the load + of provisions which the guide insisted that each of us should bring with + him. As it was to be but a three days' journey before we reached a village + on the other side, I wondered why he insisted upon our taking food enough + to last us at least for a week. But I understand now, and thank him for + his foresight; for if this storm goes on we are assuredly prisoners here + for so long as it may continue." + </p> + <p> + The horse had to be brought into the hut, for it would have been death for + it to have remained outside. + </p> + <p> + "What is that?" Cnut said presently, as a distant howl was heard between + the lulls of the storm. The guide muttered some word which Cuthbert did + not understand. But he said to Cnut, "I doubt not that it is wolves. Thank + God that we are safe within this refuge, for here not even the most + ravenous beasts could make their way." + </p> + <p> + "Pooh!" Cnut said contemptuously. "Wolves are no bigger than dogs. I have + heard my grandfather say that he shot one in the forest, and that it was + no bigger than a hound. We should make short work of them." + </p> + <p> + "I know not," Cuthbert said. "I have heard tales of these animals which + show that they must be formidable opponents. They hunt in great packs, and + are so furious that they will attack parties of travelers; many of these + have perished miserably, horses and men, and nothing but their swords and + portions of their saddles have remained to tell where the battle was + fought." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII. — SENTENCED TO DEATH. + </h2> + <p> + Just before arriving at the refuge they had passed along a very steep and + dangerous path. On one side the rock rose precipitously, ten feet above + their heads. On the other was a fall into the valley below. The road at + this point was far wider than usual. + </p> + <p> + Presently the howl of a wolf was heard near, and soon the solitary call + was succeeded by the howling of great numbers of animals. These speedily + surrounded the hut, and so fierce were their cries that Cnut changed his + opinion as to the ease with which they could be defeated, and allowed that + he would rather face an army of Saracens than a troop of these + ill-conditioned animals. The horse trembled in every limb at the sound of + the howling of the wolves; and cold as was the night, in spite of the + great fire that blazed on the hearth, his coat became covered with the + lather of fear. Even upon the roof above the trampling of the animals + could be heard; and through the open slits of the windows which some + travelers before them had stuffed with straw, they could hear the fierce + breathing and snorting of the savage beasts, who scratched and tore to + make an entrance. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that we might launch a few arrows through + these loopholes. The roof appears not to be over strong; and should some + of them force an entrance, the whole pack might follow." + </p> + <p> + Dark as was the night, the black bodies were visible against the white + snow, and the archers shot several arrows forth, each stretching a wolf + dead on the ground. Those killed were at once pounced upon by their + comrades and torn to pieces; and this mark of savageness added to the + horror which those within felt of the ferocious animals. Suddenly there + was a pause in the howling around the hut, and then Cnut, looking forth + from the loophole, declared that the whole body had gone off at full speed + along the path by which they had reached the refuge. Almost immediately + afterward a loud shout for help was heard, followed by the renewed howling + and yelping of the wolves. + </p> + <p> + "Good heavens!" Cuthbert exclaimed. "Some traveler coming after us is + attacked by these horrible beasts. Let us sally out, Cnut. We cannot hear + a Christian torn to pieces by these beasts, without lending him a hand." + </p> + <p> + In spite of the angry shouts and entreaties of the guide, the door was + thrust open, and the party, armed with their axes and bows, at once rushed + out into the night. The storm had for the moment abated and they had no + difficulty in making their way along the track. In fifty yards they came + to a bend of the path, and saw, a little distance before them, a black + mass of animals covering the road, and congregated round a figure who + stood with his back to the rock. With a shout of encouragement they sprang + forward, and in a few moments were in the midst of the savage animals, who + turned their rage against them at once. They had fired two or three arrows + apiece, as they approached, into them; and now throwing down their bows, + the archers betook themselves to their swords, while Cuthbert with his + heavy battle-axe hewed and cut at the wolves as they sprang toward him. In + a minute they had cleared their way to the figure, which was that of a + knight in complete armor. He leaned against the rock completely exhausted, + could only mutter a word of thanks through his closed visor. At a short + distance off a number of the wolves were gathered, rending and tearing the + horse of the knight; but the rest, soon recovering from their surprise, + attacked with fury the little party. The thick cloaks of the archers stood + them in good stead against the animal's teeth, and standing in a group + with their backs to the rock, they hewed and cut vigorously at their + assailants. The numbers of these, however, appeared almost innumerable, + and fresh stragglers continued to come along the road, and swell their + body. As fast as those in front fell, their heads cleft with the axes of + the party, fresh ones sprang forward; and Cuthbert saw that in spite of + the valor and strength of his men, the situation was well-nigh desperate. + He himself had been saved from injury by his harness, for he still had on + his greaves and leg pieces. + </p> + <p> + "Keep together," he shouted to his men, "and each lend aid to the other if + he sees him pulled down. Strike lustily for life, and hurry not your + blows, but let each toll." This latter order he gave perceiving that some + of the archers, terrified by this furious army of assailants with gaping + mouths and glistening teeth, were striking wildly, and losing their + presence of mind. + </p> + <p> + The combat, although it might have been prolonged, could yet have had but + one termination, and the whole party would have fallen. At this moment, + however, a gust of wind, more furious than any which they had before + experienced, swept along the gorge, and the very wolves had to crouch on + their stomachs to prevent themselves being hurled by its fury into the + ravine below. Then even above the storm a deep roar was heard. It grew + louder and louder. The wolves, as if struck with terror, leaped to their + feet, and scattered on either way along the path at full speed. + </p> + <p> + "What sound can this be?" Cnut exclaimed in an awe-struck voice. "It + sounds like thunder; but it is regular and unbroken; and, my lord, surely + the earth quakes under our feet!" + </p> + <p> + Louder and louder grew the roar. + </p> + <p> + "Throw yourselves down against the wall of rock," Cuthbert shouted, + himself setting the example. + </p> + <p> + A moment afterward, from above a mighty mass of rock and snow poured over + like a cascade, with a roar and sound which nigh stunned them. For minutes—it + seemed for hours to them—the deluge of snow and rock continued. + Then, as suddenly as it had begun, it ceased, and a silence as of death + reigned over the place. + </p> + <p> + "Arise," Cuthbert said; "the danger, methinks, is past. It was what men + call an avalanche—a torrent of snow slipping down from the higher + peaks. We have had a narrow escape indeed." + </p> + <p> + By this time the knight whom they had rescued was able to speak, and + raising his visor, he returned his deepest thanks to those who had come so + opportunely to his aid. + </p> + <p> + "I was well-nigh exhausted," he said, "and it was only my armor which + saved me from being torn to pieces. A score of them had hold of me; but + fortunately my mail was of Milan proof, and even the jaws and teeth of + these enormous beasts were unable to pierce it." + </p> + <p> + "The refuge is near at hand," Cuthbert said. "It is but a few yards round + yonder point. It is well that we heard your voice. I fear that your horse + has fallen a victim." + </p> + <p> + Assisting the knight, who in spite of his armor was sorely bruised and + exhausted, they made their way back to the refuge. Cnut and the archers + were all bleeding freely from various wounds inflicted upon them in the + struggle, breathless and exhausted from their exertions, and thoroughly + awe-struck by the tremendous phenomenon of which they had been witnesses, + and which they had only escaped from their good fortune in happening to be + in a place so formed that the force of the avalanche had swept over their + heads. The whole of the road, with the exception of a narrow piece four + feet in width, had been carried away. Looking upward, they saw that the + forest had been swept clear, not a tree remaining in a wide track as far + as they could see up the hill. The great bowlders which had strewn the + hillside, and many of which were as large as houses, had been swept away + like straws before the rush of snow, and for a moment they feared that the + refuge had also been carried away. Turning the corner, however, they saw + to their delight that the limits of the avalanche had not extended so far, + the refuges, as they afterward learned, being so placed as to be sheltered + by overhanging cliffs from any catastrophe of this kind. + </p> + <p> + They found the guide upon his knees, muttering his prayers before a cross, + which he had formed of two sticks laid crosswise on the ground before him; + and he could scarce believe his eyes when they entered, so certain had he + considered it that they were lost. There were no longer any signs of the + wolves. The greater portion, indeed, of the pack had been overwhelmed by + the avalanche, and the rest, frightened and scared, had fled to their + fastnesses in the woods. + </p> + <p> + The knight now removed his helmet, and discovered a handsome young man of + some twenty-four or twenty-five years old. + </p> + <p> + "I am," he said, "Baron Ernest of Kornstein. To whom do I owe my life?" + </p> + <p> + "In spite of my red cross," Cuthbert said, "I am English. My name is Sir + Cuthbert, and I am Earl of Evesham. I am on my return from the Holy Land + with my followers; and as we are passing through countries where many of + the people are hostile to England, we have thought it as well for a time + to drop our nationality. But to you I do not hesitate to tell the truth." + </p> + <p> + "You do well," the young knight said, "for, truth to say, the people of + these parts bear but little love to your countrymen. You have saved my + life when I was in the sorest danger. I had given myself up for lost, for + even my armor could not have saved me long from these wretches; and my + sword and life are at your disposal. You are young indeed," he said, + looking with surprise at Cuthbert, who had now thrown back the hood of his + cloak, "to have gained the honor of knighthood. You scarce look eighteen + years of age, although, doubtless, you are older." + </p> + <p> + "I am scarce seventeen," Cuthbert said; "but I have had the good fortune + to attract the notice of King Richard, and to have received the knighthood + from his sword." + </p> + <p> + "None more worthy," said the young knight, "for although King Richard may + be fierce and proud, he is the worthiest knight in Christendom, and + resembles the heroes of romance rather than a Christian king." + </p> + <p> + "He is my lord and master," Cuthbert said, "and I love him beyond all men, + and would give my life for his. He is the kindest and best of masters; and + although it be true that he brooks no opposition, yet is it only because + his own bravery and eagerness render hateful to him the indolence and + cowardice of others." + </p> + <p> + They now took their seats round the fire. The archers, by the advice of + the guide, rubbed their wounds with snow, and then applied bandages to + them. The wallets were opened, and a hearty supper eaten; and all, + wrapping themselves in their fur cloaks, were soon asleep. + </p> + <p> + For four days the gale continued, keeping the party prisoners in the hut. + On the fifth the force of the wind abated, and the snow ceased to fall. + They were forced to take the door off its hinges to open it, for the snow + had piled up so high that the chimney alone of the hut remained above its + surface. With great difficulty and labor they cleared a way out, and then + the guide again placing himself at their head, they proceeded on their + way. The air was still and cold, and the sky of a deep, dark blue, which + seemed even darker in contrast with the whiteness of the snow. At times + they had great difficulty in struggling through the deep drifts; but for + the most part the wind had swept the path clear. Where it was deepest, the + tops of the posts still showed above the snow, and enabled the guide to + direct their footsteps. They were, however, obliged to travel slowly, and + it was three days before they gained the village on the northern slope of + the mountains, having slept at refuges by the road. + </p> + <p> + "What are your plans?" the knight asked Sir Cuthbert that night, as they + sat by the fire of the hostelry. "I would warn you that the town which you + will first arrive at is specially hostile to your people, for the baron, + its master, is a relation of Conrad of Montferat, who is said to have been + killed by order of your king." + </p> + <p> + "It is false," Cuthbert said. "King Richard had appointed him King of + Jerusalem; and, though he liked him not, thought him the fittest of those + there to exercise sovereignty. He was the last man who would have had an + enemy assassinated; for so open is he of disposition that he would have + fought hand to hand with the meanest soldier of his army had he desired to + kill him." + </p> + <p> + "I doubt not that it is so, since you tell me," the knight said + courteously. "But the people here have taken that idea into their minds, + and it will be hard to disabuse them. You must therefore keep up your + disguise as a French knight while passing through this neighborhood. + Another week's journeying, and you will reach the confines of Saxony, and + there you will, as you anticipate, be safe. But I would not answer for + your life were you discovered here to be of English birth. And now tell me + if there is aught that I can do for you. I will myself accompany you into + the town, and will introduce you as a French knight, so that no suspicion + is likely to lie upon you, and will, further, ride with you to the borders + of Saxony. I am well known, and trust that my company will avert all + suspicion from you. You have told me that your purse is ill-supplied; you + must suffer me to replenish it. One knight need not fear to borrow of + another; and I know that when you have returned to your home you will + bestow the sum which I now give you upon some holy shrine in my name, and + thus settle matters between us." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert without hesitation accepted the offer, and was well pleased at + finding his purse replenished, for its emptiness had caused him serious + trouble. Cuthbert's steed was led by one of the archers, and he himself + walked gayly alongside of Sir Ernest, followed by his retainers. Another + long day's march brought them down to Innsbruck, where they remained + quietly for a week. Then they journeyed on until they emerged from the + mountains, crossed the Bavarian frontier, and arrived at Fussen, a strong + city, with well-built walls and defenses. + </p> + <p> + They at once proceeded to the principal hostelry, where the young baron + was well known, and where great interest was excited by the news of the + narrow escape which he had had from the attack of the wolves. A journey + across the Alps was in those days regarded as a very perilous enterprise + in the winter season, and the fact that he should have been rescued from + such a strait appeared almost miraculous. They stayed for two days quietly + in the city, Cuthbert declining the invitation of the young noble to + accompany him to the houses of his friends, as he did not wish that any + suspicion should be excited as to his nationality, and preferred remaining + quiet to having forced upon him the necessity of making false statements. + As to his followers, there was no fear of the people among whom they mixed + detecting that they were English. To the Bavarian inhabitants, all + languages, save their native German, were alike unintelligible; and even + had French been commonly spoken, the dialects of that tongue, such as + would naturally be spoken by archers and men-at-arms, would have been a + Greek to those accustomed only to Norman French. + </p> + <p> + Upon the third day, however, an incident occurred which upset Cuthbert's + calculations, and nearly involved the whole party in ruin. The town was, + as the young baron had said, governed by a noble who was a near relation + of Conrad of Montferat, and who was the bitter enemy of the English. A + great <i>fête</i> had been given in honor of the marriage of his daughter, + and upon this day the young pair were to ride in triumph through the city. + Great preparations had been made; masks and pageants of various kinds + manufactured; and the whole townspeople, dressed in their holiday attire, + were gathered in the streets. Cuthbert had gone out, followed by his + little band of retainers, and taken their station to see the passing show. + First came a large body of knights and men-at-arms, with gay banners and + trappings. Then rode the bridegroom, with the bride carried in a litter by + his side. After this came several allegorical representations. Among these + was the figure of a knight bearing the arms of Austria. Underneath his + feet, on the car, lay a figure clad in a royal robe, across whom was + thrown a banner with the leopards of England. The knight stood with his + foot on this figure. + </p> + <p> + This representation of the dishonor of England at the hands of Austria + elicited great acclamations from the crowd. Cuthbert clinched his teeth + and grasped his sword angrily, but had the sense to see the folly of + taking any notice of the insult. Not so with Cnut. Furious it the insult + offered to the standard of his royal master, Cnut, with a bound, burst + through the ranks of the crowd, leaped on to the car, and with a buffet + smote the figure representing Austria into the road, and lifted the flag + of England from the ground. A yell of indignation and rage was heard. The + infuriated crowd rushed forward. Cnut, with a bound, sprang from the car, + and, joining his comrades, burst through those who attempted to impede + them, and darted down a by-street. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, for the moment amazed at the action of his follower, had on the + instant drawn his sword and joined the archers. In the crowd, however, he + was for a second separated from them; and before he could tear himself + from the hands of the citizens who had seized him, the men-at-arms + accompanying the procession surrounded him, and he was led away by them to + the castle, the guards with difficulty protecting him from the enraged + populace. Even at this moment Cuthbert experienced a deep sense of + satisfaction at the thought that his followers had escaped. But he feared + that alone, and unacquainted with the language of the country, they would + find it difficult indeed to escape the search which would be made for + them, and to manage to find their way back to their country. For himself, + he had little hopes of liberty, and scarcely more of life. The hatred of + the baron toward the English would now be heightened by the daring act of + insult to the arms of Austria, and this would give a pretext for any deed + of violence which might be wrought. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was, after a short confinement, brought before the lord baron of + the place, in the great hall of the castle. + </p> + <p> + "Who art thou, sir," the noble exclaimed, "who darest to disturb the + marriage procession of my daughter, and to insult the standard of the + emperor my master?" + </p> + <p> + "I am Sir Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham, a baron of England," Cuthbert said + fearlessly, "and am traveling homeward from the Holy Land. My garb as a + Crusader should protect me from all interruption; and the heedless conduct + of my retainer was amply justified by the insult offered to the arms of + England. There is not one of the knights assembled round you who would not + in like manner have avenged an insult offered to those of Austria; and I + am ready to do battle in the lists with any who choose to say that the + deed was a foul or improper one. In the Holy Land Austrians and English + fought side by side; and it is strange indeed to me that on my return, + journeying through the country of the emperor, I should find myself + treated as an enemy, and see the arms of King Richard exposed to insult + and derision by the burghers of this city." + </p> + <p> + As Cuthbert had spoken he threw down his mailed glove, and several of the + knights present stepped forward to pick it up. The baron, however, waved + them back. + </p> + <p> + "It is no question," he said, "of honorable fight. This is a follower of + the murderer of my good cousin of Montferat, who died under the hands of + assassins set upon him by Richard of England." + </p> + <p> + "It is false!" Cuthbert shouted. "I denounce it as a foul lie, and will + maintain it with my life." + </p> + <p> + "Your life is already forfeited," the baron said, "both by your past + connection with Richard of England and as the insulter of the arms of + Austria. You die, and to-morrow at noon your head shall be struck off in + the great square before my castle." + </p> + <p> + Without another word Cuthbert was hurried off to his cell, and there + remained, thinking moodily over the events of the day, until nightfall. He + had no doubt that his sentence would be carried out, and his anxiety was + rather for his followers than for himself. He feared that they would make + some effort on his behalf, and would sacrifice their own lives in doing + so, without the possibility of assisting him. + </p> + <p> + The next morning he was led out to the square before the castle. It was a + large flagged courtyard. Upon one side was the entrance to the castle, one + of whose wings also formed a second side to the square. The side facing + this was formed by the wall of the city, and the fourth opened upon a + street of the town. This side of the square was densely filled with + citizens, while the men-at-arms of the baron and a large number of knights + were gathered behind a scaffold erected in the center. Upon this was a + block, and by the side stood a headsman. As Cuthbert was led forward a + thrill of pleasure ran through him at perceiving no signs of his + followers, who he greatly feared might have been captured in the night, + and brought there to share his fate. + </p> + <p> + As he was led forward the young noble whose life he had saved advanced to + the baron, and dropping on one knee before him, craved the life of + Cuthbert, relating the event by which he had saved his life in the passage + of the mountains. The baron frowned heavily. + </p> + <p> + "Though he had saved the life of every noble in Bavaria," he said, "he + should die. I have sworn an oath that every Englishman who fell into my + hands should expiate the murder of my kinsman; and this fellow is, + moreover, guilty of an outrage to the arms of Austria." + </p> + <p> + The young Sir Ernest drew himself up haughtily. + </p> + <p> + "My lord baron," he said, "henceforth I renounce all allegiance to you, + and I will lay the case before the emperor, our common master, and will + cry before him at the outrage which has thus been passed upon a noble + gentleman. He has thrown down the glove, and challenged any of your + knights, and I myself am equally ready to do battle in his cause." + </p> + <p> + The baron grew red with passion, and he would have ordered the instant + arrest of the young man, but as Sir Ernest was connected by blood with + many present, and was indeed one of the most popular among the nobles of + the province, the baron simply waved him aside, and ordered Cuthbert to be + led to the block. The young Englishman was by the executioner divested of + his armor and helmet, and stood in the simple attire worn by men of rank + at that time. He looked around, and holding up his hand, conveying alike a + farewell and a command to his followers to remain in concealment, he gazed + round the crowd, thinking that he might see among them in some disguise or + other the features of Cnut, whose tall figure would have rendered him + conspicuous in a crowd. He failed, however, to see any signs of him, and + turning to the executioner, signified by a gesture that he was ready. + </p> + <p> + At this instant an arrow from the wall above pierced the brain of the man, + and he fell dead in his tracks. A roar of astonishment burst from the + crowd. Upon the city wall at this point was a small turret, and on this + were five figures. The wall around was deserted, and for the moment these + men were masters of the position. + </p> + <p> + "Seize those insolent varlets!" the baron shouted, shaking his sword with + a gesture of fury at them. + </p> + <p> + His words, however, were arrested, for at the moment another arrow struck + him in the throat, and he fell back into the arms of those around him. + </p> + <p> + Quickly now the arrows of the English archers flew into the courtyard. The + confusion which reigned there was indescribable. The citizens with shouts + of alarm took to their heels. The men-at-arms were powerless against this + rain of missiles, and the knights, hastily closing their visors, shouted + contradictory orders, which no one obeyed. + </p> + <p> + In the confusion no one noticed the prisoner. Seizing a moment when the + attention of all was fixed upon the wall, he leaped from the platform, and + making his way unnoticed through the excited crowd of men-at-arms, darted + down a narrow lane that divided the castle from the wall. He ran along + until, one hundred yards further, he came to a staircase by which access + to the battlements was obtained. Running lightly up this, he kept along + the wall until he reached the turret. + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, my noble Cnut!" he exclaimed, "and you, my brave fellows. But I + fear you have forfeited your lives. There is no escape. In a minute the + whole force of the place will recover from their confusion, and be down + upon us from both sides." + </p> + <p> + "We have prepared for that," Cnut said. "Here is a rope hanging down into + the moat." + </p> + <p> + Glancing over, Cuthbert saw that the moat was dry; and after a final + discharge of arrows into the crowd, the six men slid one after another + down the rope and made their way at full speed across the country. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX. — DRESDEN. + </h2> + <p> + It was some ten minutes before the men-at-arms rallied sufficiently from + their surprise to obey orders. Two bodies were then drawn up, and + proceeded at a rapid pace toward the staircases leading to the wall, one + on each side of the turret in which they believed that the little body of + audacious assailants were still lying. Having reached the wall, the + soldiers advanced, covering themselves with their shields, for they had + learned the force with which an English clothyard shaft drawn by a strong + hand flies. Many had been killed by these missiles passing through and + through the cuirass and backpiece. No reply being obtained to the summons + to surrender, they proceeded to break in with their battle-axes the door + of the little turret. Rushing in with ax and pike, they were astonished to + find the place empty. A glance over the wall showed the rope still + hanging, and the manner of the escape became manifest. The fugitives were + already out of sight, and the knights, furious at the escape of the men + who had bearded them in the heart of the city with such audacity, and had + slain the lord baron and several of his knights, gave orders that an + instant pursuit should be organized. It was, however, a full half hour + before the city gates were thrown open, and a strong troop of knights and + mounted men issued out. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert had been certain that an instant pursuit would be set on foot, + and the moment that he was out of sight of the battlements he changed the + direction in which he had started, and turning at right angles, swept + round the city, still keeping at a distance, until he reached the side + next the mountains, and then plunged into the woods on the lower slopes of + the hills. + </p> + <p> + "They will," he said, as they halted breathless from their run, "follow + the road toward the south, and scour the country for awhile before it + occurs to their thick German skulls that we have doubled back on our + tracks. Why, what is it, Cnut?" + </p> + <p> + This exclamation was provoked by the forester throwing himself on his + knees before Sir Cuthbert, and imploring his pardon for the dire strait + into which his imprudence had drawn him. + </p> + <p> + "It was a dire strait, certainly, Cnut. But if you got me into it, at + least you have extricated me; and never say more about it, for I myself + was near committing the imprudence to which you gave way, and I can well + understand that your English blood boiled at the sight of the outrage to + the flag of England. Now, let us waste no time in talk, but, keeping to + the foot of this mountain, make along as far as we can to the west. We + must cling to the hills for many days' march before we venture again to + try to cross the plains. If possible, we will keep on this way until we + reach the confines of the country of the Swiss, who will assuredly give us + hospitality, and who will care little for any threats of these German + barons, should they hear that we have reached their asylum." + </p> + <p> + By nightfall they had already traveled many leagues, and making a fire in + the wood, Cuthbert asked Cnut for an account of what had taken place on + the previous day. + </p> + <p> + "We ran for life, Sir Cuthbert, and had not noticed that you had been + drawn into the fray. Had we done so, we would have remained, and sold our + lives with yours; but hoping that you had passed unnoticed in the crowd, + and that you would find some means to rejoin us we kept upon our way. + After running down three streets we passed a place where a courtyard with + stables ranged round it was open. There were none about, and we entered, + and taking refuge in a loft hid ourselves beneath some provender. There we + remained all night, and then borrowing some apparel which some of the + stablemen had hung upon the walls, we issued into the town. As we neared + the great square we saw some men employed in erecting a platform in the + midst, and a suspicion that all might not be right, and that you might + have fallen into the hands of these German dogs, beset our minds. After + much consultation we determined to see what the affair meant, and making + our way on to the walls which, indeed, were entirely deserted, we took + refuge in that turret where you saw us. Seeing the crowd gather, and being + still more convinced that some misfortune was about to occur, I again went + back to the stables, where I had noticed a long rope used by the carters + for fastening their loads to the wagons. With this I returned, for it was + clear that if we had to mingle in this business it would be necessary to + have a mode of escape. Of the rest you are aware. We saw the knights + coming out of the castle, with that portly baron, their lord, at their + head. We saw the block and the headsman upon the platform, and were + scarcely surprised when you were led out, a prisoner, from the gates. We + judged that what did happen would ensue. Seeing that the confusion wrought + by a sudden attack from men perched up aloft as we were, commanding the + courtyard, and being each of us able to hit a silver mark at the distance + of one hundred yards, would be great indeed, we judged that you might be + able to slip away unobserved, and were sure that your quick wit would + seize any opportunity which might offer. Had you not been able to join us, + we should have remained in the turret and sold our lives to the last, as, + putting aside the question that we could never return to our homes, having + let our dear lord die here, we should not, in our ignorance of the + language and customs of the country, have ever been able to make our way + across it. We knew, however, that before this turret was carried we could + show these Germans how five Englishmen, when brought to bay, can sell + their lives." + </p> + <p> + They had not much difficulty in obtaining food in the forest, for game + abounded, and they could kill as many deer as seemed fit to them. As Cnut + said, it was difficult to believe that they were not back again in the + forest near Evesham, so similar was their life to that which they had led + three years before. To Cnut and the archers, indeed, it was a pleasanter + time than any which they had passed since they had left the shores of + England, and they blithely marched along, fearing little any pursuit which + might be set on foot, and, indeed, hearing nothing of their enemies. After + six days' travel they came upon a rude village, and here Cuthbert learned + from the people—with much difficulty, however, and pantomime, for + neither could understand a word spoken by the other—that they were + now in one of the Swiss cantons, and therefore secure from all pursuit by + the Germans. Without much difficulty Cuthbert engaged one of the young men + of the village to act as their guide to Basle, and here, after four days' + traveling, they arrived safely. Asking for the residence of the + burgomaster, Cuthbert at once proceeded thither, and stated that he was an + English knight on the return from the Crusades; that he had been foully + entreated by the Lord of Fussen, who had been killed in a fray by his + followers; and that he besought hospitality and refuge from the + authorities of Basle. + </p> + <p> + "We care little," the burgomaster said, "what quarrel you may have had + with your neighbors. All who come hither are free to come and go as they + list, and you, as a knight on the return from the Holy Land, have a claim + beyond that of an ordinary traveler." + </p> + <p> + The burgomaster was himself able to speak French, and summoning several of + the councilors of the town, he requested Cuthbert to give a narrative of + his adventures; which he did. The councilors agreed with the burgomaster + that Cuthbert must be received hospitably; but the latter saw that there + was among many of them considerable doubt as to the expediency of + quarreling with a powerful neighbor. He therefore said to the burgomaster: + </p> + <p> + "I have no intention, honorable sir, of taking up any prolonged residence + here. I only ask to be furnished with a charger and arms, and in payment + of these I will leave this gold chain, the gift of King Richard himself, + as a gage, and will on my return to my country forward to you the value of + the arms and horse, trusting that you will return the chain to me." + </p> + <p> + The burgomaster, however, said that the city of Basle was not so poor that + it need take the gage of an honorable knight, but that the arms and + charger he required should be given him in a few hours, and that he might + pay the value in London to a Jew merchant there who had relations with one + at Basle. Full instructions were given to him, and he resolved to travel + down upon the left bank of the Rhine, until he reached Lorraine, and + thence to cross into Saxony. The same afternoon the promised horse and + arms were provided, and Cuthbert, delighted again to be in harness, and + thanking courteously the burgomaster and council for their kindness, + started with his followers on his journey north. These latter had been + provided with doublets and other garments suitable to the retinue of a + knight, and made a better show than they had done since they first left + England. + </p> + <p> + Leaving Basle, they traveled along the left side of the Rhine by easy + stages. The country was much disturbed, owing to the return and + disbandment of so many of the troops employed in the Crusades. These, + their occupation being gone, scattered over the country, and France and + Germany alike were harassed by bands of military robbers. The wild country + between the borders of Switzerland and Lorraine was specially vexed, as + the mountains of the Vosges afforded shelter, into which the freebooters + could not be followed by the troops of the duke. + </p> + <p> + Upon the evening of the third day they reached a small inn standing in a + lonely position near the foot of the mountains. + </p> + <p> + "I like not the look of this place," Cuthbert said; "but as we hear that + there is no other within a distance of another ten miles, we must e'en + make the best of it." + </p> + <p> + The host received them with extreme and even fawning civility, which by no + means raised him in the estimation of Cuthbert or Cnut. A rough meal was + taken, and they then ascended to the rude accommodation which had been + provided. It was one large room barely furnished. Upon one side straw was + thickly littered down—for in those days beds among the common people + were unknown. In a sort of alcove at the end was a couch with a rough + mattress and coverlet. This Cuthbert took possession of, while his + followers stretched themselves upon the straw. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," Cnut said, "that it were well that one should keep watch at + the door. I like not the look of our host, and we are near the spot where + the bands of the robbers are said to be busy." + </p> + <p> + Toward morning the archer on guard reported that he could hear the sound + of many approaching footsteps. All at once sprang to their feet, and + betook themselves to their arms. Looking from the window they saw a large + party of rough men, whose appearance at once betokened that they were + disbanded soldiers—a title almost synonymous in those days with that + of robber. With the united strength of the party the truckle bed was + carried from the alcove and placed against the door. Cuthbert then threw + open the window, and asked in French what they wanted. One of the party, + who appeared to be the leader, said that the party had better surrender + immediately. He promised them good treatment, and said that the knight + would be put to ransom, should it be found that the valuables upon his + person were not sufficient to pay the worshipful company present for the + trouble which they had taken in waiting upon him. This sally was received + with shouts of laughter. Cuthbert replied quietly that he had no valuables + upon his person; that if they took him there were none would pay as much + as a silver mark for the ransom of them all; and that the only things that + they had to give were sharp arrows and heavy blows. + </p> + <p> + "You talk bravely, young sir," the man said. "But you have to do with men + versed in fight, and caring but little either for knocks or for arrows. We + have gone through the Crusades, and are therefore held to be absolved from + all sin, even that so great as would be incurred in the cutting of your + knightly throat." + </p> + <p> + "But we have gone through the Crusades also," Cuthbert said, "and our + persons are sacred. The sin of slitting our weazands, which you speak of, + would therefore be so great that even the absolution on which you rely + would barely extend to it." + </p> + <p> + "We know most of those who have served in the Holy Land," the man said + more respectfully than he had yet spoken, "and would fain know with whom + we speak." + </p> + <p> + "I am an Englishman, and a follower of King Richard," Cuthbert said, "and + am known as Sir Cuthbert of Evesham. As I was the youngest among the + knights who fought for the holy sepulcher, it may be that my appearance is + known to you?" + </p> + <p> + "Ah," the other said, "you are he whom they called the Boy Knight, and who + was often in the thick of the fray, near to Richard himself. How comes it, + Sir Cuthbert, that you are here?" + </p> + <p> + "The fleet was scattered on its return," Cuthbert replied, "and I landed + with my followers, well-nigh penniless, at Zara, and have since made my + way across the Tyrol. I have, then, as you may well suppose, neither + silver nor gold about my person; and assuredly neither Philip of France + nor John of Austria would give a noble for my ransom; and it would be + long, methinks, to wait ere John of England would care to ransom one of + King Richard's followers." + </p> + <p> + The brigands spoke for awhile among themselves, and then the leader said: + </p> + <p> + "You speak frankly and fairly, Sir Knight, and as you have proved yourself + indeed a doughty giver of hard blows, and as I doubt not that the archers + with you can shoot as straight and as fast as the rest of the Saxon breed, + we will e'en let you go on your way, for your position is but little + better than ours, and dog should not rob dog." + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, good fellow," Cuthbert said. "We trust that in any case we might + have made a strong defense against you; but it would be hard if those who + have fought together in the Holy Land should slay each other in this + lonely corner of Lorraine." + </p> + <p> + "Are you seeking adventures or employment, Sir Knight? For if so, myself + and comrades here would gladly take service with you; and it may be that + with a clump of spears you might obtain engagement, either under the Duke + of Lorraine or he of Cleves." + </p> + <p> + "Thanks for your offer," Cuthbert replied; "but at present my face is + turned toward England. King Richard needs all his friends; and there is so + little chance of sack or spoil, even should we have—which God + forfend—civil war, that I fear I could ill reward the services which + you offer me." + </p> + <p> + The leader and his men shouted an adieu to Cuthbert and departed for the + mountains, leaving the latter well pleased with his escape from a fight of + which the result was doubtful. + </p> + <p> + Journeying on without further adventure, they came to Nancy, and were + there kindly received by the duke, who was not at that time upon good + terms with Philip of France, and was therefore well disposed toward the + English. Cuthbert inquired from him whether any news had been heard of + King Richard? but received as a reply that the duke had heard nothing of + him since he sailed from Palestine. + </p> + <p> + "This is strange," Cuthbert said, "for I myself have journeyed but slowly, + and have met with many delays. King Richard should long ere this have + reached Saxony; and I fear much that some foul treatment has befallen him. + On our way we found how bitter was the feeling among those related to + Conrad of Montferat against him; and the Archduke John is still smarting + from the blow which King Richard struck him at Ascalon. But surely they + would not be so unknightly as to hinder so great a champion of Christendom + as King Richard on his homeward way?" + </p> + <p> + "The Archduke John is crafty and treacherous," the duke said; "and the + emperor himself would, I think, be not sorry to lay hand upon the King of + England, were it only to do pleasure to Philip of France. Assuredly, + however the anger and indignation of all Christendom will be aroused + should the king's passage be interrupted, for it were indeed a gross + breach of hospitality to seize upon a man who has the double claim of + being a champion of Christendom and a shipwrecked man. However, it is + early yet to be uneasy, and it may be that in a few days we may have news + of the arrival of the king in Saxony. He may have encountered difficulties + similar to those which you yourself have met with. The country is + everywhere disturbed, and it is not only in my forests that bands of + outlawed men are to be met with. At present there is peace in Europe. It + may last indeed but a short time. But so long as it continues, so long + must the mountains and woods be full of desperate men. Were war declared + between any two princes these would flock to the banners of him who would + pay them highest, and a war which could end in the entire destruction of + the armies of both combatants would be a blessing to Europe." + </p> + <p> + After entertaining Cuthbert courteously for three days, the Duke of + Lorraine bade him adieu, and gave him an escort of men-at-arms to the + borders of the Rhine, where he would find the way open to the domains of + the Duke of Saxony. Without adventure Cuthbert and his followers arrived + at Dresden, and he immediately presented himself at the castle of the + duke. The instant that he sent in his name as Sir Cuthbert of Evesham, a + knight of King Richard, he was conducted to the presence of the duke and + of his wife, the sister of King Richard. + </p> + <p> + "Are you bearer of news of my brother Richard?" the duke said, advancing a + step to meet the young knight as he entered the hall. + </p> + <p> + "Alas! my lord duke, I am not," Cuthbert said; "but had hoped to gain + tidings from you." + </p> + <p> + "From me?" the duke said in surprise. "What should lead you to believe + that I have any news of King Richard later than that which others have + received? The last I heard of him was upon the day of his departure from + the Holy Land, before the storm arose which scattered his fleet, and I am + ignorant whether he has foundered at sea, or whether, as some suppose, his + vessel may have been taken captive by the Moors." + </p> + <p> + "I bear you later tidings," Cuthbert said, "than those you have received. + I was on board the ship with King Richard. We were wrecked upon the Island + of Corfu and there hiring a small ship, we proceeded to Zara. King Richard + determined to make his way across the Tyrol to this place; but he thought + that it would attract attention to him were he accompanied by so large a + party. Therefore he, with Sir Baldwin of Béthune, and a few followers, + started north, while I with my men kept west through the north of Italy, + and then crossed by the pass over Trent." + </p> + <p> + "How long is it since you left my brother?" the duchess asked anxiously. + </p> + <p> + "It is now over a month since I bade him adieu," Cuthbert answered. + </p> + <p> + "Then he should have been heard of long since," the duchess said. "What + fate can have befallen him?" + </p> + <p> + "Judging from my own experience," Cuthbert said, "I fear that he may have + come to harm at the hands of the friends of Conrad of Montferat, who + falsely allege that the death of their kinsman was caused by King Richard. + The Archduke John, too, owes him no good-will; and even the emperor is + evilly disposed toward him. The king traveled under an assumed name; but + it might well be that he would be recognized upon the way. His face was + known to all who fought in the East; and his lordly manner and majestic + stature could ill be concealed beneath a merchant's garb. Still, lady, as + I have been so long in making my way across, it may be that King Richard + has been similarly delayed without danger befalling him, and it could + hardly be that so important a man as the King of England would be + detained, or come to any misfortune, without the news being bruited + abroad." + </p> + <p> + In spite of Cuthbert's reassuring words, the duke and duchess were greatly + alarmed at the news of King Richard's disappearance, although indeed + consoled to find that their previous fears, that he had been drowned in + the storm or captured by the Moorish corsairs, were unfounded. + </p> + <p> + They now requested from Cuthbert the story of what had befallen him since + he left the king; and this he related at some length. The duke was greatly + interested, and begged Cuthbert at least to remain at his court until some + news might arrive of King Richard. + </p> + <p> + For a month Cuthbert tarried at the castle of the Duke of Saxony, where he + was nobly entertained, and treated as a guest of much honor. Cnut and the + archers were delighted at the treatment they received, for never in their + lives had they been so royally entertained. Their Saxon tongue was nigh + enough akin to the language spoken here to be understood; and their tales + of adventure in the Holy Land rendered them as popular among the retainers + of the duke as their master became with the duke and duchess. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX. — UNDER THE GREENWOOD. + </h2> + <p> + At the end of a month, news came from England that Sir Baldwin of Béthune + had returned there, bearing the news that the king had been arrested at + Gortz, only two days' journey north of the Adriatic—that he had been + recognized, and at once captured. He had offered no resistance, finding + indeed that it would be hopeless so to do. Sir Baldwin had been permitted + to depart without molestation. He believed that the folk into whose hands + he had fallen were retainers of the Archduke John. This news, although sad + in itself, was yet in some degree reassuring to the duke and his wife; for + they felt that while the followers of Conrad of Montferat would not + hesitate to put King Richard to death should he fall into their hands, the + Archduke John would not dare to bring upon himself the indignation of + Europe by such treatment of his royal captive. Cuthbert at once determined + to return to England to see Sir Baldwin, and to ascertain what steps were + being taken for the discovery of the prison in which King Richard was + confined, and for his release therefrom; and also to establish himself in + his new dignity as Earl of Evesham. Therefore, bidding adieu to the duke + and duchess, he started north. The duke furnished him with letters of + introduction to the princes through whose countries he would travel; and + again crossing the Rhine, he journeyed through the territories of the + Dukes of Cleves and Brabant, and reached the mouth of Scheldt without + interruption. There taking ship, he sailed for London. + </p> + <p> + It was a long and stormy passage between the mouth of the Scheldt and + London. The vessel in which Cuthbert had shipped was old and somewhat + unseaworthy, and several times in the force of the gale all on board gave + up hope for their lives. At last, however, they reached the mouth of the + Thames, and dropping up with the tide, reached London eight days after + their embarkation. The noble charger which the King of Saxony had + presented to Cuthbert had suffered greatly, and he feared at one time that + the poor animal would succumb to the effects of the tempest. However, + after entering into smooth water it recovered itself, and on landing near + the Tower he found that it was able to support his weight. Cnut and the + archers were, like Cuthbert, delighted to have their feet again upon + English soil; and although London did not now strike them with the same + wonder which it would have done had they first visited it before starting + on their journey—for in many respects it was greatly behind some of + the continental cities—yet the feeling of home, and the pleasure of + being able to understand the conversation of those around them, made the + poor fellows almost beside themselves with joy. Beyond the main political + incidents Cuthbert had heard little of what had passed in England since + his departure; and putting up at a hostelry, he inquired of the host + whether Sir Baldwin of Béthune was in London, or whether he was away on + his estates. The landlord did not know. There were, he said, but few + nobles at court, and London was never so dull as at present. As Cuthbert + did not wish his coming home to be known to John until he had learned + something of the position of affairs, he dispatched Cnut to the Tower to + inquire privately of some of the officials about the place whether Sir + Baldwin was there. Cnut soon returned with the news that he had not been + at the court since his return from the Holy Land, and that he was living + at his castle down in Dorsetshire. After some hesitation Cuthbert resolved + to set out to see his friend, and after six days' travel he arrived at the + castle of the knight. + </p> + <p> + Sir Baldwin received him with immense joy. He had not heard of him since + they parted at Zara, and he feared that a fate similar to that which had + befallen King Richard had overtaken Cuthbert, even if he were still alive. + </p> + <p> + "Have you seen aught of the king, our master?" the good knight inquired. + </p> + <p> + "Nothing," Cuthbert said. "I know no more than yourself. Indeed, I hoped + to have learned something from you as to the king." + </p> + <p> + "I was separated from him at Gortz, and while he was taken a prisoner to + the archduke, I was allowed to pursue my way. I had many difficulties and + dangers, and was some weeks in finding my way back. Nothing was known of + the king when I returned. Indeed, I was the first bearer of any definite + news concerning him since the day when he sailed from Acre. Three weeks + ago, as you may have learned, the news came that he is now detained in + captivity by the emperor, who demanded his delivery by the Archduke John, + into whose hands he first fell. But where he is no one exactly knows. The + news has created an immense excitement in the kingdom, and all are + resolved to sacrifice any of their treasures which may be demanded in + order to satisfy the ransom which the recreant emperor has placed upon the + king. Shame is it indeed that a Christian sovereign should hold another in + captivity. Still more, when that other was returning through his dominions + as a Crusader coming from the Holy Land, when his person should be safe, + even to his deadliest enemy. It has long been suspected that he was in the + hands either of the emperor or of the archduke, and throughout Europe the + feeling of indignation has been strong; and I doubt not, now that the + truth is known, this feeling will be stronger than ever." + </p> + <p> + "But now that it is known," Cuthbert said, "I suppose there will be no + delay in ransoming the king." + </p> + <p> + "There will be no delay in raising the ransom," Sir Baldwin said. "But the + kingdom is very impoverished by war, by the exactions of Prince John, and + by those of Langley, who held it for King Richard. He was a loyal servant + of the king, but an exacting and rapacious prelate. However, I doubt not + that the rents of the English nobles will soon be charged with sums + sufficient for the ransom; and if this avail not, not one of them will + grudge their silver flagons and vessels to melt down to make the total + required. But we must not flatter ourselves that he will obtain his + liberty so soon as the money is raised. Prince John has long been yearning + for sovereignty. He has long exercised the real, if not the nominal, + power, and he has been intriguing with the pope and Philip of France for + their support for his seizing the crown. He will throw every obstacle in + the way, as, we may be sure, will Philip of France, Richard's deadly + enemy. And now about yourself, Sir Cuthbert; tell me what has befallen you + since we last met." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert related the adventures which had befallen him, and heard those of + Sir Baldwin. + </p> + <p> + "You have not, I suppose," the latter remarked, "as yet seen Prince John?" + </p> + <p> + "No," Cuthbert replied, "I thought it better to come down to ask you to + advise me on the position of affairs before I attempted to see him." + </p> + <p> + "You did well," Sir Baldwin said. "When I arrived, I found that the proper + officials had, according to King Richard's instructions, draw up the + patent conferring upon you the lands and title of Earl of Evesham, before + leaving Acre, and had received the king's signature to it. This was + attested by several of the nobles who were with us and who returned safely + to England. Prince John, however, declared that he should not give any + heed to the document; that King Richard's power over this realm had ceased + before he made it; and that he should bestow the earldom upon whomsoever + he chose. As a matter of fact, it has been given to Sir Rudolph Fleming, a + Norman knight and a creature of the prince. The king has also, I hear, + promised to him the hand of the young Lady Margaret, when she shall become + of marriageable age. At present she is placed in a convent in Worcester. + The abbess is, I believe, a friend of the late earl, and the girl had been + with her for some time previously. Indeed she went there, I think, when + her father left England. This lady was ordered to give up her charge to + the guardianship of Sir Rudolph; but she refused to do so, saying that it + would not be convenable for a young lady to be under the guardianship of a + bachelor knight having no lady at the head of his establishment, and that + therefore she should retain her, in spite of the orders of the prince. + Prince John, I hear, flew into a fury at this; but he did not dare to + provoke the anger of the whole of the clergy by ordering the convent to be + violated. And indeed, not only would the clergy have been indignant, but + many of the great nobles would also have taken their part, for there can + be no doubt that the contention of the abbess was reasonable; and there is + among all the friends of King Richard a very strong feeling of anger at + your having been deprived of the earldom. This, however, has so far not + found much vent in words, for as it was uncertain whether you would ever + return to claim your rights, it was worth no one's while to embroil + himself unnecessarily with the prince on such a subject. God knows that + there are subjects enough of dispute between John Lackland and the English + barons without any fresh ones arising. The kingdom is in a state of + disturbance. There have been several risings against Prince John's + authority; but those have been, so far, suppressed. Now that we know where + King Richard is, and hope for his return ere very long, it is probable + that peace will be maintained; but should treachery prevail, and King + Richard's return be prevented, you may be sure that John will not be + permitted to mount the throne without the determined resistance of a large + number of the nobles." + </p> + <p> + "But," Cuthbert said, "John is not the successor to the throne. Prince + Arthur of Brittany was named by King Richard from the first as his + successor. He is so by blood and by right, and John can have no pretense + to the throne so long as he lives." + </p> + <p> + "That is so," Sir Baldwin said. "But unhappily in England at present might + makes right, and you may be sure that at King Richard's death, be it when + it may, Prince John will make a bold throw for the throne, and, aided as + he will be by the pope and by Philip of France, methinks that his chances + are better than those of the young prince. A man's power, in warlike + times, is more than a boy's. He can intrigue and promise and threaten, + while a boy must be in the hands of partisans. I fear that Prince Arthur + will have troubled times indeed before he mounts the throne of England. + Should Richard survive until he becomes of age to take the field himself + and head armies, he may succeed, for all speak well of him as a boy of + singular sweetness of disposition, while Prince John is detested by all + save those who flatter and live by him. But enough for the present of + politics, Cuthbert; let us now to table. It is long since we two feasted + together; and, indeed, such meals as we took in the Holy Land could + scarcely have been called feasts. A boar's head and a good roasted capon + are worthy all the strange dishes that we had there. I always misdoubted + the meat, which seemed to me to smack in flavor of the Saracens, and I + never could bring myself to inquire whence that strange food was obtained. + A stoup of English ale, too, is worth all the Cyprus wines, especially + when the Cyprus wines are half-full of the sand of the desert. Pah! it + makes my throat dry to think of those horrible meals. So you have brought + Cnut and your four archers safely back with you?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," Cuthbert said, smiling. "But they were, I can assure you, a heavy + weight on me, in spite of their faithfulness and fidelity. Their ignorance + of the language brought most of my troubles upon me, and Cnut had + something of the nature of a bull in him. There are certain things which + he cannot stomach, and when he seeth them he rageth like a wild beast, + regardless altogether of safety or convenience." + </p> + <p> + In the evening the two knights again talked over the course which Cuthbert + should adopt. The elder knight's opinion was that his young friend had + best formally claim the title by writing to the king-at-arms, and should + also announce his return to Prince John, signing himself "Sir Cuthbert, + Earl of Evesham;" but that, in the present state of things, it would be + unwise for him to attempt to regain his position, should, as was certain + to be the case, Prince John refuse to recognize him. + </p> + <p> + "You are very young yet," Sir Baldwin said, "not eighteen, I think, and + can afford to wait, at any rate, to see whether King Richard returns. + Should he come back, he will see all these wrongs are righted; and one of + his first cares would assuredly be to cast this usurper out of his stolen + dignities. How old is the Lady Margaret?" + </p> + <p> + "She is fifteen," Cuthbert said. "She was three years younger than I." + </p> + <p> + "I wish she had been younger," Sir Baldwin said. "At fifteen she is not by + custom fairly marriageable; but men can strain these points when they + choose; and I fear that the news of your coming will hasten both the + prince and Sir Rudolph in their determination to strengthen the claim of + this usurper by marriage with the heiress of Evesham. The Lady Margaret + and her friends can of course claim that she is a royal ward, and that as + such the king alone can dispose of her person and estates. But + unfortunately force overrides argument." + </p> + <p> + "But surely," Cuthbert said, "they will never venture to take her by force + from the convent?" + </p> + <p> + "They venture a great many strange things in England now," Sir Baldwin + said; "and Worcester is perilously near to Evesham. With a clump of twenty + spears, Sir Rudolph might break into the convent and carry off the young + lady, and marry her by force; and although the Church might cry out, + crying would be of little avail when the deed was done; and a handsome + present on the part of Sir Rudolph might go far to shut the mouths of many + of the complainants, especially as he will be able to say that he has the + king's sanction for what he did." + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that if such be the case it would be perilous + indeed to wait for King Richard's return. Assuredly Sir Rudolph would not + tarry until she attained the age of seventeen, and it may well be that two + years may yet pass before King Richard comes back. It seems to me the + wiser part will be that I should give Prince John no notice that I am in + England. As you say, such notice would be of no avail in recovering my + lands and title, but it would put the prince upon his guard; and assuredly + he and his minions would press forward their measures to obtain possession + of the person of the Lady Margaret; while, on the other hand, no harm can + come of my maintaining silence." + </p> + <p> + "I think that you are right, Sir Cuthbert. It were indeed best that your + enemies should suppose you either dead or in some dungeon in the Tyrol. + What would you then do?" + </p> + <p> + "I would return to my old home," Cuthbert said. "My lady mother is, I + trust, still alive. But I will not appear at her house, but will take + refuge in the forest there. Cnut, and the archers with him, were all at + one time outlaws living there, and I doubt not that there are many good + men and true still to be found in the woods. Others will assuredly join + when they learn that Cnut is there, and that they are wanted to strike a + blow for my rights. I shall then bide my time. I will keep a strict watch + over the castle and over the convent. As the abbess is a friend and + relative of Lady Margaret's, I may obtain an interview with her, and warn + her of the dangers that await her, and ask if she be willing to fulfill + the promise of her father and King Richard's will, in accepting me as her + husband when due time shall arrive, and whether she will be willing that I + should take such steps as I may to deliver her from the persecution of Sir + Rudolph. If, as I trust, she assents to this, I will keep a watch over the + convent as well as the castle, and can then either attack the latter or + carry her off from the former, as the occasion may appear to warrant. + There are plenty of snug cottages round the forest, where she can remain + in concealment in the care of some good farmer's wife for months, and we + shall be close at hand to watch over her. With the aid of the forest men, + Sir Walter took the castle of Sir John of Wortham; and although Evesham is + a far grander pile than that, yet methinks it could be carried by a sudden + assault; and we know more of war now than we did then. Prince John may + deny me the right of being the Earl of Evesham; but methinks before many + months I can, if I choose, become its master." + </p> + <p> + "Be not too hasty in that matter," Sir Baldwin said. "You might capture + the castle with the aid of your outlaws; but you could scarcely hold it. + The prince has, ere now, with the aid of those faithful to him and his + foreign mercenaries, captured stronger holds than that of Evesham; and if + you turn his favorite out, you would have a swarm of hornets around you + such as the walls of Evesham could not keep out. It would therefore be + worse than useless for you to attempt what would be something like an act + of rebellion against Prince John's authority, and would give him what now + he has no excuse for, a ground for putting a price upon your head—and + cutting it off if he got the opportunity. You might now present yourself + boldly at court, and although he might refuse to recognize your title of + earl, yet, as a knight and a Crusader who has distinguished himself + greatly in the Holy Land, he dare not interfere with your person, for this + would be resented by the whole of the chivalry of England. Still, I agree + with you that your best course is to keep your return a secret. You will + then be unwatched and unnoticed, and your enemies will take their time in + carrying their designs into effect." + </p> + <p> + Two days later Cuthbert, attended by his faithful retainers, left Sir + Baldwin's castle, and traveled by easy stages through Wiltshire and the + confines of Gloucestershire up to Worcester. He had been supplied by Sir + Baldwin with suitable attire for himself and his followers, and now rode + as a simple knight, without arms or cognizance, journeying from one part + to another. All the crosses and other crusading signs were laid aside, and + there was nothing to attract any attention to him upon his passage. + Cuthbert had at first thought of going direct to the convent of Worcester, + and asking for an interview with Lady Margaret; but he reflected that it + might be possible that some of the myrmidons of Sir Rudolph might be + keeping a watch over that building to see that Lady Margaret was not + secretly removed to some other place of refuge, and that the appearance of + a knight before its doors would excite comment and suspicion. He therefore + avoided the town, and journeyed straight to the forest, where he had so + often roamed with Cnut and the outlaws. + </p> + <p> + Here he found that matters had but little changed since he was last there. + Many of those who had fought with him in the Holy Land, and who had + returned by sea, had again taken to the forest, joined by many new men + whom the exactions of Sir Rudolph had already goaded into revolt. Cnut was + received with enthusiasm, and when he presented Cuthbert to them as the + rightful heir of Evesham and the well-known friend of the foresters, their + enthusiasm knew no bounds. They at once accepted him as their lord and + master, and promised to obey his orders, and to lay down their lives, if + necessary, in his cause, as they knew that it was he who had formerly + obtained the pardon of the forest band, and who had fought with them in + their attack on Wortham Castle. + </p> + <p> + To Cuthbert's great delight he heard that his mother was in good health, + although she had for some months been grievously fretting over his + disappearance and supposed death. Cuthbert hesitated whether he should + proceed at once to see her; but he feared that the shock of his appearance + might be too much for her, and that her expressions of joy might make the + retainers and others aware of his arrival, and the news might in some way + reach the ears of those at the castle. He therefore dispatched Cnut to see + her, and break the news to her cautiously, and to request her to arrange + for a time when she would either see Cuthbert at some place at a distance + from the house, or would so arrange that the domestics should be absent + and that he would have an interview with her there unobserved. + </p> + <p> + Cnut was absent some hours, and on his return told Cuthbert that he had + seen Dame Editha, and that her joy on hearing of her son's safe arrival + had caused her no harm, but rather the reverse. The news that King Richard + had bestowed upon him the title and lands of Evesham was new to her, and + she was astonished indeed to hear of his elevation. Having heard much of + the character of the pretending earl, she had great fears for the safety + of Cuthbert, should his residence in the neighborhood get to his ears; and + although sure of the fidelity of all her retainers, she feared that in + their joy at their young master's return they might let slip some + incautious word which would come to the ears of some of those at the + castle. She therefore determined to meet him at a distance. She had + arranged that upon the following day she would give out that she intended + to make a pilgrimage to the shrine of St. Dunstan, which lay at the edge + of the forest, to thank him for her recovery from illness, and to pray for + the safety of her son. She would be carried thither in a litter, and her + journey would excite no comment whatever. She would take with her four of + her most trusted retainers, and would on her arrival at the shrine send + them to a distance, in order to pay her devotions undisturbed. Cuthbert + was to be near, and the moment he saw them depart, to enter. + </p> + <p> + This arrangement was carried out, and the joy of Dame Editha at again + meeting her son was deep indeed. He had left her a lad of fifteen. He now + returned a youth of nearly eighteen, stout and strong beyond his age, and + looking far older than he was, from the effect of the hot sun of Syria and + of the hardships through which he had gone. That he should win his spurs + upon the first opportunity the earl had promised her, and she doubted not + that he would soon attain the rank which his father had held. But that he + should return to her a belted earl was beyond her wildest thoughts. This, + however, was but little in her mind then. It was her son, and not the Earl + of Evesham, whom she clasped in her arms. + </p> + <p> + As the interview must necessarily be a short one, Cuthbert gave her but a + slight outline of what had happened since they parted, and the + conversation then turned upon the present position, and upon the steps + which had best be taken. + </p> + <p> + "Your peril is, I fear, as great here as when you were fighting the + infidels in the Holy Land," she said. "Sir Rudolph has not been here long; + but he has proved himself a cruel and ruthless master. He has driven forth + many of the old tenants and bestowed their lands upon his own servants and + retainers. The forest laws he carries out to the fullest severity, and has + hung several men who were caught infringing them. He has laid such heavy + burdens on all the tenants that remain that they are fairly ruined, and if + he stay here long he will rule over a desert. Did he dream of your + presence here, he would carry fire and sword through the forest. It is sad + indeed to think that so worthless a knave as this should be a favorite of + the ruler of England. But all men say that he is so. Thus were you to + attack him, even did you conquer and kill him, you would have the enmity + of Prince John to contend with; and he spareth none, man or woman, who + stand in his way. It will be a bad day indeed for England should our good + King Richard not return. I will, as you wish me, write to my good cousin, + the Lady Abbess of St. Anne's, and will ask that you may have an interview + with the Lady Margaret, to hear her wishes and opinions concerning the + future, and will pray her to do all that she can to aid your suit with the + fair young lady, and to keep her at all events safe from the clutches of + the tyrant of Evesham." + </p> + <p> + Three days later a boy employed as a messenger by Dame Editha brought a + note to Cuthbert, saying that she had heard from the Abbess of St. Anne's, + who would be glad to receive a visit from Cuthbert. The abbess had asked + his mother to accompany him; but this she left for him to decide. Cuthbert + sent back a message in reply that he thought it would be dangerous for her + to accompany him, as any spy watching would report her appearance, and + inquiries were sure to be set on foot as to her companion. He said that he + himself would call at the convent on the following evening after + nightfall, and begged her to send word to the abbess to that effect, in + order that he might, when he presented himself, be admitted at once. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI. — THE ATTEMPT ON THE CONVENT. + </h2> + <p> + Upon the following evening Cuthbert proceeded to Worcester. He left his + horse some little distance outside the town, and entered on foot. Having + no apprehension of an attack, he had left all his pieces of armor behind, + and was in the quiet garb of a citizen. Cnut attended him—for that + worthy follower considered himself as responsible that no harm of any sort + should befall his young master. The consequences of his own imprudence in + the Tyrol were ever before his mind, and he determined that from + henceforth there should be no want of care on his part. He accompanied + Cuthbert to within a short distance of the convent, and took up his + position in the shade of a house, whence he could watch should any one + appear to be observing Cuthbert's entrance. + </p> + <p> + Upon ringing the bell Cuthbert told the porteress, as had been arranged, + that he had called on a message from Dame Editha, and he was immediately + ushered into the parlor of the convent, where, a minute or two later, he + was joined by the lady abbess. He had when young been frequently to the + convent, and had always been kindly received. + </p> + <p> + "I am indeed glad to see you, Sir Cuthbert," she said, "though I certainly + should not have recognized the lad who used to come here with my cousin in + the stalwart young knight I see before me. You are indeed changed and + improved. Who would think that my gossip Editha's son would come to be the + Earl of Evesham! The Lady Margaret is eager to see you; but I think that + you exaggerate the dangers of her residence here. I cannot think that even + a minion of Prince John would dare to violate the sanctity of a convent." + </p> + <p> + "I fear, good mother," Cuthbert said, "that when ambition and greed are in + one scale, reverence for the holy church will not weigh much in the other. + Had King Richard been killed upon his way home, or so long as nothing was + heard of him, Sir Rudolph might have been content to allow matters to + remain as they were, until at least Lady Margaret attained an age which + would justify him in demanding that the espousal should be carried out. + But the news which has now positively been ascertained, that the king is + in the hands of the emperor, and the knowledge that sooner or later his + freedom will be obtained, will hasten the friends of the usurper to make + the most of their advantage. He knows that the king would at once upon his + return annul the nomination of Sir Rudolph to the earldom which had + previously been bestowed upon me. But he may well think that if before + that time he can secure in marriage the person of the late earl's + daughter, no small share of the domains may be allotted to him as her + dowry, even if he be obliged to lay by his borrowed honors. You will, + unless I am greatly mistaken, hear from him before long." + </p> + <p> + The abbess looked grave. + </p> + <p> + "There is much in what you say, Sir Cuthbert; and indeed a certain + confirmation is given to it by the fact that only yesterday I received a + letter from Sir Rudolph, urging that now the Lady Margaret is past the age + of fifteen, and may therefore be considered marriageable, the will of the + prince should be carried into effect, and that she should for the present + be committed to the charge of the Lady Clara Boulger, who is the wife of a + friend and associate of Sir Rudolph. He says that he should not wish to + press the marriage until she attains the age of sixteen, but that it were + well that his future wife should become accustomed to the outside world, + so as to take her place as Castellan of Evesham with a dignity befitting + the position. I wrote at once to him saying that in another year it would, + in my poor judgment, be quite time to think about such worldly matters; + that at the present the Lady Margaret was receiving an education suitable + to her rank; that she was happy here; and that unless constrained by force—of + which, I said, I could not suppose that any possibility existed—I + should not surrender the Lady Margaret into any hands whatsoever, unless, + indeed, I received the commands of her lawful guardian, King Richard." + </p> + <p> + "You said well, holy mother," Sir Cuthbert said. "But you see the hawks + scent the danger from afar, and are moving uneasily already. Whether they + consider it so pressing that they will dare to profane the convent, I know + not. But I am sure that should they do so, they will not hesitate a moment + at the thought of the anger of the church. Prince John has already shown + that he is ready, if need be, to oppose the authority of the holy father, + and he may well, therefore, despise any local wrath that might be excited + by an action which he can himself disavow, and for which, even at the + worst, he need only inflict some nominal punishment upon his vassal. + Bethink thee, lady, whether it would not be safer to send the Lady + Margaret to the care of some person, where she may be concealed from the + search of Sir Rudolph." + </p> + <p> + "I would gladly do so," the abbess said, "did I know of such a person or + such a place. But it is difficult indeed, for a young lady of rank to be + concealed from such sharp searchers as Sir Rudolph would be certain to + place upon her track. Your proposal that she should take refuge in the + house of some small franklin near the forest, I cannot agree to. In the + first place, it would demean her to be so placed; and in the second, we + could never be sure that the report of her residence there might not reach + the ears of Sir Rudolph. As a last resource, of course, such a step would + be justifiable, but not until at least overt outrages have been attempted. + Now I will call Lady Margaret in." + </p> + <p> + The young girl entered with an air of frank gladness, but was startled at + the alteration which had taken place in her former playfellow, and paused + and looked at the abbess, as if inquiring whether this could be really the + Cuthbert she had known. Lady Margaret was fifteen in years; but she looked + much younger. The quiet seclusion in which she had lived in the convent + had kept her from approaching that maturity which as an earl's daughter, + brought up in the stir and bustle of a castle, she would doubtless have + attained. + </p> + <p> + "This is indeed Sir Cuthbert," the abbess said, "your old playfellow, and + the husband destined for you by your father and by the will of the king." + </p> + <p> + Struck with a new timidity, the girl advanced, and, according to the + custom of the times, held up her cheek to be kissed. Cuthbert was almost + as timid as herself. + </p> + <p> + "I feel, Lady Margaret," he said, "a deep sense of my own unworthiness of + the kindness and honor which the dear lord your father bestowed upon me; + and were it not that many dangers threaten, and that it were difficult + under the circumstances to find one more worthy of you, I would gladly + resign you into the hands of such a one were it for your happiness. But + believe me that the recollection of your face has animated me in many of + the scenes of danger in which I have been placed; and although even in + fancy my thoughts scarcely ventured to rise so high, yet I felt as a true + knight might feel for the lady of his love." + </p> + <p> + "I always liked you, Sir Cuthbert," the girl said frankly, "better than + any one else next to my father, and gladly submit myself to his will. My + own inclinations indeed, so far as is maidenly, go with his. These are + troubled times," she said anxiously, "and our holy mother tells me that + you fear some danger is overhanging me." + </p> + <p> + "I trust that the danger may not be imminent," Cuthbert answered. "But + knowing the unscrupulous nature of the false Earl of Evesham, I fear that + the news that King Richard is found will bestir him to early action. But + you can rely, dear lady, on a careful watch being kept over you night and + day; and should any attempt be made to carry you away, or to put force + upon you, be assured that assistance will be at hand. Even should any + attempt succeed, do not lose heart, for rescue will certainly be + attempted; and I must be dead, and my faithful followers crushed, before + you can become the bride of Sir Rudolph." + </p> + <p> + Then turning to other subjects, he talked to her of the life he had led + since he last saw her. He told her of the last moments of her father, and + of the gallant deeds he had done in the Holy Land. + </p> + <p> + After waiting for two hours, the abbess judged that the time for + separation had arrived; and Cuthbert, taking a respectful adieu of his + young mistress, and receiving the benediction of the abbess, departed. + </p> + <p> + He found Cnut on guard at the point where he had left him. + </p> + <p> + "Have you seen aught to give rise to suspicion?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," Cnut said, "the place is undoubtedly watched. Just after you had + entered a man came from that house yonder and went up to the gate, as if + he would fain learn by staring at its iron adornments the nature of him + who had passed in. Then he re-entered his house, and if I mistake not is + still on the watch at that casement. If we stand here for a minute or two, + perchance he may come out to see what delays you in this dark corner, in + which case I may well give him a clout with my ax which will settle his + prying." + </p> + <p> + "Better not," Cuthbert said. "We can retire round this corner and so avoid + his observation; and were his body found slain here, suspicion would be at + once excited in the mind of his employer. At present he can have no ground + for any report which may make the knight uneasy, for he can but know that + a gentleman has entered, and remained for two hours at the convent, and he + will in no way connect my visit with the Lady Margaret." + </p> + <p> + They had just turned the corner which Cuthbert indicated, when a man came + up rapidly behind them and almost brushed them as he passed, half-turning + round and trying to gaze into their faces. Cnut at once assumed the aspect + of an intoxicated person, and stretching forth his foot, with a dexterous + shove pushed the stranger into the gutter. The latter rose with a fierce + cry of anger; but Cnut with a blow of his heavy fist again stretched him + on the ground, this time to remain quiet until they had walked on and + passed out of sight. + </p> + <p> + "A meddling fool," Cnut grumbled. "He will not, methinks, have much to + report to Sir Rudolph this time. Had I thought that he had seen your face, + I would have cleft his skull with no more hesitation than I send an arrow + into the brain of a stag in the forest." + </p> + <p> + As they journeyed along Cuthbert informed Cnut of what the abbess had told + him; and the latter agreed that a watch must be placed on the convent, and + that a force must be kept as near as possible at hand so as to defeat any + attempt which might be made. + </p> + <p> + The next day one of the forest men who had been a peaceable citizen, but + who had been charged with using false weights and had been condemned to + lose his ears, repaired to Worcester. His person was unknown there, as he + had before lived at Gloucester. He hired a house in the square in which + the convent was situated, giving out that he desired to open a house of + business for the sale of silks, and for articles from the Low Countries. + As he paid down earnest-money for the rent no suspicion whatever was + excited. He at once took up his abode there, having with him two stout + serving-men, and a 'prentice boy; and from that time two sets of watchers + observed without ceasing what passed at the Convent of St. Anne. + </p> + <p> + At a distance of half a mile from the road leading between Worcester and + Evesham stood a grange, which had for some time been disused, the ground + belonging to it having been sequestrated and given to the lord of an + adjoining estate, who did not care to have the grange occupied. In this + ten men, headed by Cnut, took up their residence, blocking up the window + of the hall with hangings, so that the light of the fire kindled within + would not be observed. + </p> + <p> + Two months passed on without any incident of importance. The feeling + between the outlaws in the forest and the retainers of the false Earl of + Evesham was becoming much imbittered. Several times the foresters of the + latter, attempting pursuit of men charged with breaking the game laws, + were roughly handled. These on making their report were sent back again, + supported by a force of footmen; but these, too, were driven back, and the + authority of Sir Rudolph was openly defied. + </p> + <p> + Gradually it came to his ears that the outlaws were commanded by a man who + had been their leader in times gone by, but who had been pardoned, and + had, with a large number of his band, taken service in the army of the + Crusaders; also, that there was present a stranger, whose manner and the + deference paid to him by Cnut proclaimed him to be of gentle blood. This + news awakened grave uneasiness on the part of Sir Rudolph. The knight + caused inquiries to be made, and ascertained that Cnut had been especially + attached to the young Cuthbert, and that he had fought under the Earl of + Evesham's banner. It seemed possible then that with him had returned the + claimant for the earldom; and in that case Sir Rudolph felt that danger + menaced him, for the bravery of the Earl of Evesham's adopted son had been + widely spoken of by those who had returned from the Holy Land. + </p> + <p> + Sir Rudolph was a man of forty, tall and dark, with Norman features. He + held the Saxons in utter contempt, and treated them as beings solely + created to till the land for the benefit of their Norman lords. He was + brave and fearless, and altogether free from the superstition of the + times. Even the threats of the pope, which although Prince John defied + them yet terrified him at heart, were derided by his follower, who feared + no one thing in the world, save, perhaps, the return of King Richard from + captivity. + </p> + <p> + No sooner had the suspicion that his rival was in the neighborhood + possessed him than he determined that one of two things must be carried + out: either Sir Cuthbert must be killed, or the Lady Margaret must be + carried off and forced to accept him as her husband. First he endeavored + to force Sir Cuthbert to declare himself and to trust to his own arm to + put an end to his rival. To that end he caused a proclamation to be + written, and to be affixed to the door of the village church at the fair + of Evesham. + </p> + <p> + Cnut and several of his followers were there, all quietly dressed as + yeomen. Seeing a crowd round the door of the church, he pressed forward. + Being himself unable to read writing, he asked one of the burgesses what + was written upon the paper which caused such excitement. + </p> + <p> + "It is," the burgess said, "in the nature of a cartel or challenge from + our present lord, Sir Rudolph. He says that it having come to his ears + that a Saxon serf, calling himself Sir Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham, is + lurking in the woods and consorting with outlaws and robbers, he + challenges him to appear, saying that he will himself, grievously although + he would demean himself by so doing, yet condescend to meet him in the + lists with sword and battle-ax, and to prove upon his body the falseness + of his averments. Men marvel much," the burgess continued, "at this + condescension on the earl's part. We have heard indeed that King Richard, + before he sailed for England, did, at the death of the late good earl, + bestow his rank and the domains of Evesham upon Sir Cuthbert, the son of + the Dame Editha. Whether it be true or not, we cannot say; but it seems + strange that such honor should have been bestowed upon one so young. In + birth indeed he might aspire to the rank, since his father, Sir Walter, + was a brave knight, and the mother, Dame Editha, was of good Saxon blood, + and descended from those who held Evesham before the arrival of the + Normans." + </p> + <p> + Cnut's first impulse was to stride forward and to tear down the + proclamation. But the remembrance of his solemn determination not in + future to act rashly came across him, and he decided to take no steps + until he had reported the facts to his master, and taken his counsel + thereon. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert received the news with much indignation. + </p> + <p> + "There is naught that I should like better," he said, "than to try my + strength against that of this false traitor. But although I have proved my + arm against the Saracens, I think not that it is yet strong enough to cope + against a man who, whatsoever be his faults, is said to be a valiant + knight. But that would not deter me from attempting the task. It is + craftily done on the part of Sir Rudolph. He reckons that if I appear he + will kill me; that if I do not appear, I shall be branded as a coward, and + my claims brought into disrepute. It may be, too, that it is a mere ruse + to discover if I be in the neighborhood. Some rumors thereof may have + reached him, and he has taken this course to determine upon their truth. + He has gone too far, and honest men will see in the cartel itself a sign + that he misdoubts him that my claims are just; for were I, as he says, a + Saxon serf, be sure that he would not condescend to meet me in the lists + as he proposes. I trust that the time will come when I may do so. But at + present I will submit to his insult rather than imperil the success of our + plans, and, what is of far greater importance, the safety and happiness of + the Lady Margaret, who, did aught befall me, would assuredly fall into his + hands." + </p> + <p> + After some thought, however, Cuthbert drew up an answer to the knight's + proclamation. He did not in this speak in his own name, but wrote as if + the document were the work of Cnut. It was worded as follows: "I, Cnut, a + free Saxon and a leader of bowmen under King Richard in the Holy Land, do + hereby pronounce and declare the statements of Sir Rudolph, miscalled the + Earl of Evesham, to be false and calumnious. The earldom was, as Rudolph + well knows, and as can be proved by many nobles and gentlemen of repute + who were present with King Richard, granted to Sir Cuthbert, King + Richard's true and faithful follower. When the time shall come Sir + Cuthbert will doubtless be ready to prove his rights. But at present right + has no force in England, and until the coming of our good King Richard + must remain in abeyance. Until then, I support the title of Sir Cuthbert, + and do hereby declare Sir Rudolph a false and perjured knight; and warn + him that if he falls into my hands it will fare but badly with him, as I + know it will fare but badly with me should I come into his." + </p> + <p> + At nightfall the cartel of Sir Rudolph was torn down from the church and + that of Cnut affixed in its place. The reading thereof caused great + astonishment in Evesham, and the rage of Sir Rudolph, when the news came + to his ears, was very great. Cuthbert was sure that this affair would + quicken the intentions of Sir Rudolph with regard to the Lady Margaret, + and he received confirmation of this in a letter which the abbess sent + him, saying that she had received another missive from Sir Rudolph, + authoritatively demanding in the king's name the instant surrender of Lady + Margaret to him. That night forty archers stole, one by one, quietly into + Worcester, entering the town before the gates were shut, and so mingling + with the citizens that they were unobserved. When it was quite dark they + quietly took their way, one by one, to the square in which stood the + convent, and were admitted into the shop of Master Nicholas, the silk + mercer. + </p> + <p> + The house was a large one, with its floors overhanging each the one + beneath it, as was the custom of the time, and with large casements + running the whole width of the house. + </p> + <p> + The mercer had laid by a goodly store of provisions, and for three days + the troop, large as it was, was accommodated there. Cuthbert himself was + with them, Cnut remaining at the grange with the ten men originally sent + there. + </p> + <p> + On the third day Sir Rudolph, with a number of knights and men-at-arms, + arrived in the town, giving out that he was passing northward, but he + would abide that night at the hostelry. A great many of his men-at-arms + did, as those on the watch observed, enter one by one into the town. The + people of Worcester were somewhat surprised at this large accompaniment of + the earl, but thought no harm. The Abbess of St. Anne's, however, was + greatly terrified, as she feared that some evil design might be intended + against her. She was, however, reassured in the evening by a message + brought by a boy, to the effect that succor would be near, whatsoever + happened. + </p> + <p> + At midnight a sudden uproar was heard in the streets of Worcester. + </p> + <p> + A party of men fell upon the burgesses guarding the gate of the town, + disarmed them, and took possession of it. At the same time those who had + put up at the hostelry with Sir Rudolph suddenly mounted their horses, and + with a great clatter rode down the streets to the convent of St. Anne. + Numbers of men on foot also joined, and some sixty in all suddenly + appeared before the great gate of the convent. With a thundering noise + they knocked at the door, and upon the grating being opened Sir Rudolph + himself told the porteress who looked through it that she was to go at + once to the abbess and order her to surrender the body of the Lady + Margaret to him, in accordance with the order of Prince John; adding, that + if within the space of five minutes the order was not complied with, he + would burst in the gates of the convent and take her for himself. In + another minute a casement opened above, and the abbess herself appeared. + </p> + <p> + "Rash man," she said to Sir Rudolph, "I warn you against committing the + sin of sacrilege. Neither the orders of Prince John nor of any other + potentate can override the rights of the holy church; and should you + venture to lay the hand of force upon this convent you will be placed + under the anathema of the church, and its spiritual terrors will be + directed against you." + </p> + <p> + "I am prepared to risk that, holy mother," Sir Rudolph said, with a laugh. + "So long as I am obeying the orders of my prince, I care naught for those + of any foreign potentate, be he pope or be he emperor. Three minutes of + the time I gave you have elapsed, and unless within two more the Lady + Margaret appears at the gate I will batter it down; and you may think + yourself lucky if I do not order my men to set light to it and to smoke + you out of your hole." + </p> + <p> + The abbess closed the window, and as she did so the long row of casements + in the house of Master Nicholas were opened from top to bottom, and a + volley of sixty clothyard arrows was poured into the group closely + standing round the gate. Many fell, killed outright, and shouts of rage + and pain were heard arising. + </p> + <p> + Furious at this unexpected attack, Sir Rudolph turned and commanded those + with him to attack the house whence this volley of missiles had come. But + even while he spoke another flight of arrows, even more deadly than the + last, was poured forth. One of the knights standing by the side of Sir + Rudolph fell, shot through the brain. Very many of the common men, + undefended by harness, fell shot through and through; and an arrow + piercing the joint of the armor of Sir Rudolph wounded him in the + shoulder. In vain the knight stormed and raged and ordered his men to + advance. The suddenness of the attack seemed to his superstitious + followers a direct answer from heaven to the words of the abbess. Their + number was already seriously lessened, and those who were in case to do so + at once took flight and scattered through the city, making for the gate, + which had already been seized by Sir Rudolph's men. + </p> + <p> + Finding himself alone with only a few of his knights and principal + men-at-arms remaining, while the storm of arrows continued unabated, Sir + Rudolph was forced to order his men to retreat with many fierce threats of + the vengeance which he would hereafter take. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII. — A DASTARDLY STRATAGEM. + </h2> + <p> + The return of Sir Rudolph's party to Evesham was not unmarked by incident, + for as they passed along the road, from an ambush in a wood other archers, + whose numbers they could not discover, shot hard upon them, and many fell + there who had escaped from the square at Worcester. When the list was + called upon the arrival at the castle, it was found that no less than + thirty of those who had set out were missing, while many others were + grievously wounded. + </p> + <p> + The noise of the tumult in the square of the convent aroused the whole + town of Worcester. Alarm bells were rung; and the burgesses, hastily + arming themselves, poured into the streets. Directed by the sound, they + made their way to the square, and were astonished at finding it entirely + deserted, save for some twenty men, lying dead or dying in front of the + gate of the convent, pierced with long arrows. They speedily found that + Sir Rudolph and his troop had departed; and further inquiry revealed the + fact that the burgher guard at one of the gates had been overpowered and + were prisoners in the watchroom. These could only say that they were + suddenly seized, all being asleep save the one absolutely on guard. They + knew nothing more than that a few minutes later there was a great clatter + of horsemen and men on foot leaving the city. Unable to find any solution + to this singular circumstance, but satisfied that Sir Rudolph had + departed, and that no more disturbance was likely to arise that night, the + burgesses again betook themselves to their beds, having closed the gates + and placed a strong guard over them, determining next morning to sift the + affair to the bottom. + </p> + <p> + In the morning the leading burgesses met in council, and finding none who + could give them any information, the mayor and two of the councilors + repaired to the convent, where they asked for an interview with the lady + abbess. Mightily indignant were they at hearing that Sir Rudolph had + attempted to break into the convent, and to carry off a boarder residing + there. But the abbess herself could give them no further news. She said + that after she retired from the window she heard great shouts and cries, + and that almost immediately afterward the whole of the party in front + hastily retired. + </p> + <p> + That Sir Rudolph had been attacked by a party of archers was evident; but + whence they had shot, or how they had come upon the spot at the time, or + whither they had gone, were mysteries that could not be solved. In the + search which the authorities made, however, it was discovered that the + house of the draper, Master Nicholas, was closed. Finding that summonses + to open were unanswered, the door was broken in, and the premises were + found in confusion. No goods of any kind were discovered there, but many + bales filled with dried leaves, bark of trees, and other worthless + matters. Such goods as had been displayed in the window had clearly been + carried away. Searching the house, they found signs that a considerable + number of men had been concealed there, and although not knowing whence + the body of archers could have come, they concluded that those who + defeated the attempt of Sir Rudolph must have been hidden in the draper's + house. The singularity of this incident gave rise to great excitement; but + the indignation against Sir Rudolph was in no way lessened by the fact + that his attempt had been defeated, not by the townsmen themselves, but by + some unknown force. + </p> + <p> + After much consultation on the part of the council, it was resolved that a + deputation, consisting of the mayor and the five senior councilors, should + resort to London, and there demand from the prince redress for the injury + put upon their town by Sir Rudolph. These worthy merchants betook + themselves to London by easy stages, and upon their arrival there were + kept for some days before they could obtain an interview with King John. + When they appeared before him and commenced telling their story the prince + fell into sudden rage. + </p> + <p> + "I have heard of this matter before," he said, "and am mightily angry with + the people of Worcester, inasmuch as they have dared to interfere to + prevent the carrying out of my commands. The Earl of Evesham has written + to me, that thinking to scare the abbess of St. Anne's into a compliance + with the commands which I had laid upon her, and to secure the delivery of + a contumacious ward of the crown, he had pretended to use force, having, + however, no idea of carrying his threats into effect. When, as he doubted + not, the abbess was on the point of yielding up the ward, the good knight + was suddenly set upon by the rascals of the town, who slew some of his + companions and followers, and did grievously ill-treat the remainder. + This," said the prince, "you now pretend was done by a party of men of + whose presence in the town you had no cognizance. Your good sense must be + small, if you think that I should believe such a tale as this. It is your + rascaldom at Worcester which interfered to prevent my will being carried + out, and I have a goodly mind to order the troop of Sir Charles Everest, + which is now marching toward Evesham, to sack the town, as a punishment + for its rebellion. As, however, I am willing to believe that you and the + better class of burgesses were in ignorance of the doings of the rougher + kind, I will extend mercy toward the city, and will merely inflict a fine + of three thousand golden marks upon it." + </p> + <p> + The mayor attempted humbly to explain and to entreat; but the prince was + seized with a sudden passion, and threatened if he said more he would at + once cast him and his fellows into durance. Therefore, sadly crestfallen + at the result of their mission, the mayor and councilors returned to + Worcester, where their report caused great consternation. This was + heightened by the fact that upon the following day Sir Charles Everest, + with five hundred mercenaries of the prince, together with Sir Rudolph and + his following, and several other barons favorable to the cause of the + prince, were heard to be approaching the town. + </p> + <p> + Worcester was capable of making a stout defense, but seeing that no help + was likely to be forthcoming, and fearing the utter ruin of the town + should it be taken by storm, the council, after sitting many hours in + deliberation, determined to raise the money required to pay the fine + inflicted by the prince. The bolder sort were greatly averse to this + decision, especially as a letter had been received, signed "Cuthbert, Earl + of Evesham," offering, should the townspeople decide to resist the unjust + demands of Prince John, to enter the town with one hundred and fifty + archers to take part in its defense. With this force, as the more ardent + spirits urged, the defeat of any attempt to carry it by storm would be + assured. But the graver men argued that even if defeated for the first + time further attempts would be made, and as it was likely that King + Richard would not return for a long time, and that Prince John might + become sovereign of England, sooner or later the town must be taken, and, + in any case, its trade would for a long time be destroyed, and great + suffering inflicted upon all; therefore, that it was better to pay the + fine now than to risk all these evils, and perhaps the infliction of a + heavier impost upon them. + </p> + <p> + The abbess was kept informed by friends in the council of the course of + the proceedings. She had in the meantime had another interview with Sir + Cuthbert and had determined, seeing that Prince John openly supported the + doings of his minion, it would be better to remove the Lady Margaret to + some other place, as no one could say how the affair might terminate; and + with five hundred mercenaries at his back, Sir Rudolph would be so + completely master of the city that he would be able in broad daylight, did + he choose, to force the gates of the convent and carry off the king's + ward. + </p> + <p> + Accordingly, two days before the arrival of the force before the walls of + Worcester, Lady Margaret left the convent by a postern gate in the rear, + late in the evening. She was attended by two of the sisters, both of whom, + as well as herself, were dressed as country women. Mules were in readiness + outside the city gates, and here Sir Cuthbert, with an escort of archers, + was ready to attend them. They traveled all night, and arrived in the + morning at a small convent situated five miles from the city of Hereford. + The abbess here was a cousin of the Superior of St. Anne's, and had + already consented to receive Lady Margaret. Leaving her at the door, and + promising that, as far as possible, he would keep watch over her, and that + even in the worst she need never despair, Sir Cuthbert left her and + returned to the forest. + </p> + <p> + The band there assembled varied considerably in numbers, for provisions + could not be found continually for a large body of men. The forest was + indeed very extensive, and the number of deer therein large. Still, for + the feeding of one hundred and fifty men many animals are required, and + other food. The franklins in the neighborhood were all hostile to Sir + Rudolph, whom they regarded as a cruel tyrant, and did their utmost in the + way of supplies for those in the forest. Their resources, however, were + limited, and it was found necessary to scatter the force, and for a number + of them to take up their residence in places a short distance away, forty + only remaining permanently on guard. + </p> + <p> + Sir Rudolph and his friends entered Worcester, and there received with + great hauteur the apologies of the mayor and council, and the assurance + that the townspeople were in nowise concerned in the attack made upon him. + To this he pretended disbelief. The fine demanded was paid, the principal + portion in gold, the rest in bills signed by the leading merchants of the + place; for after every effort it had been found impossible to collect such + a sum within the city. + </p> + <p> + The day after he arrived he again renewed his demand to the abbess for the + surrender of the Lady Margaret; this time, however, coming to her attended + only by two squires, and by a pursuivant bearing the king's order for the + delivery of the damsel. The abbess met him at the gate, and informed him + that the Lady Margaret was no longer in her charge. + </p> + <p> + "Finding," she said in a fearless tone, "that the holy walls of this + convent were insufficient to restrain lawless men, and fearing that these + might be tempted to acts of sacrilege, which might bring down upon them + the wrath of the church and the destruction of their souls, I have sent + her away." + </p> + <p> + "Whither has she gone?" Sir Rudolph demanded, half-mad with passion. + </p> + <p> + "That I decline to say," the lady abbess replied. "She is in good hands; + and when King Richard returns his ward shall be delivered to him at once." + </p> + <p> + "Will you take oath upon the Bible that she is not within these walls?" + Sir Rudolph exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + "My word is sufficient," the lady abbess replied calmly. "But should it be + necessary, I should be ready to swear upon the relics that she is not + here." + </p> + <p> + A few hours later Sir Rudolph, attended by his own party and by one + hundred of Sir Charles Everest's mercenaries, returned to his castle. + </p> + <p> + Three days afterward, as Cuthbert was sitting at a rude but hearty meal in + the forest, surrounded by Cnut and his followers, a hind entered + breathless. Cuthbert at once recognized him as one of the servitors of his + mother. + </p> + <p> + "What is it?" he exclaimed, leaping to his feet. + </p> + <p> + "Terrible news, Master Cuthbert, terrible news!" exclaimed the man. "The + wicked earl came down this morning, with fifty of his men, set fire to the + house, and all its buildings and stacks, and has carried off the lady, + your mother, a prisoner to the castle, on a charge, as he said, of + harboring traitors." + </p> + <p> + A cry of fury broke from Cnut and his men. + </p> + <p> + "The false traitor shall bitterly regret this outrage," Cuthbert + exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + He had in the first excitement seized his arms, and his followers snatched + up their bows, as if for instant warfare. A few moments' reflection, + however, showed to Cuthbert the impossibility of his attacking a fortress + like Evesham, garrisoned by a strong body of well-armed men, with only the + archers of the forest, without implements necessary for such an assault. + </p> + <p> + "Send at once, Cnut," he said, "and call in all the band. We cannot take + the castle; but we will carry fire and sword round its walls. We will cut + off all communication from within or from without. If attacked by large + forces, we will retire upon the wood, returning to our posts without the + walls as soon as the force is withdrawn. These heavily armed men can move + but slowly, while we can run at full speed. There cannot be more than some + twenty horsemen in the castle; and methinks with our arrows and pikes we + can drive these back if they attempt to fall upon us." + </p> + <p> + Cnut at once sent off swift-footed messengers to carry out Cuthbert's + orders, and on the following day the whole of the band were again + assembled in the woods. Just as Cuthbert was setting them in motion a + distant blast of a horn was heard. + </p> + <p> + "It is," Cuthbert exclaimed, "the note calling for a parley. Do you, Cnut, + go forward, and see what is demanded. It is probably a messenger from Sir + Rudolph." + </p> + <p> + After half an hour's absence Cnut returned, bringing with him a pursuivant + or herald. The latter advanced at once toward Cuthbert, who, now in his + full knightly armor, was evidently the leader of the party. + </p> + <p> + "I bear to you, Sir Cuthbert, falsely calling yourself Earl of Evesham, a + message from Sir Rudolph. He bids me tell you that the traitress, Dame + Editha, your mother, is in his hands, and that she has been found guilty + of aiding and abetting you in your war against Prince John, the regent of + this kingdom. For that offense she has been condemned to die." + </p> + <p> + Here he was interrupted by a cry of rage which broke from the assembled + foresters. Continuing unmoved, he said: + </p> + <p> + "Sir Rudolph, being unwilling to take the life of a woman, however justly + forfeited by the law, commands me to say that if you will deliver yourself + up to him by to-morrow at twelve the Dame Editha shall be allowed to go + free. But that if by the time the dial points to noon you have not + delivered yourself up, he will hang her over the battlements of the + castle." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was very pale, and he waved his hand to restrain the fury which + animated the outlaws. + </p> + <p> + "This man," he said to them, "is a herald, and, as such, is protected by + all the laws of chivalry. Whatsoever his message, it is none of his. He is + merely the mouthpiece of him who sent him." Then, turning to the herald, + he said, "Tell the false knight, your master, on my part, that he is a + foul ruffian, perjured to all the vows of knighthood; that this act of + visiting upon a woman the enmity he bears her son will bring upon him the + execration of all men; and that the offer which he makes me is as foul and + villainous as himself. Nevertheless, knowing his character, and believing + that he is capable of keeping his word, tell him that by to-morrow at noon + I will be there; that the lady, my mother, is to leave the castle gates as + I enter them; and that though by his foul device he may encompass my + death, yet that the curse of every good man will light upon him, that he + will be shunned as the dog he is, and that assuredly Heaven will not + suffer that deeds so foul should bring with them the prize he seeks to + gain." + </p> + <p> + The herald bowed, and, escorted by two archers to the edge of the forest, + returned to Evesham Castle. + </p> + <p> + After his departure an animated council took place. Cnut and the outlaws, + burning with indignation, were ready to attempt anything. They would, had + Cuthbert given the word, have attacked the castle that very night. But + Cuthbert pointed out the absolute impossibility of their carrying so + strong a place by such an assault, unprovided with engines for battering + down the gates. He said that surprise would be impossible, as the knight + would be sure to take every precaution against it; and that in the event + of such an attack being attempted, he would possibly carry his threat into + execution, and murder Dame Editha before their eyes. Cnut was like a + madman, so transported with fury was he; and the archers were also beside + themselves. Cuthbert alone retained his calmness. Retiring apart from the + others, he paced slowly backward and forward among the trees, deliberating + upon the best course to be pursued. The archers gathered round the fire + and passed the night in long and angry talk, each man agreeing that in the + event of their beloved leader being sacrificed by Sir Rudolph, they would + one and all give their lives to avenge him by slaying the oppressor + whensoever he ventured beyond the castle gates. + </p> + <p> + After a time, Cuthbert called Cnut to him, and the two talked long and + earnestly. Cnut returned to his comrades with a face less despairing than + that he had before worn, and sent off at once a messenger with all speed + to a franklin near the forest to borrow a stout rope some fifty feet in + length, and without telling his comrades what the plans of Sir Cuthbert + were, bade them cheer up, for that desperate as the position was, all hope + was not yet lost. + </p> + <p> + "Sir Cuthbert," he said, "has been in grievous straits before now, and has + gone through them. Sir Rudolph does not know the nature of the man with + whom he has to deal, and we may trick him yet." + </p> + <p> + At eleven o'clock the next day from the walls of Evesham Castle a body of + archers one hundred and fifty strong were seen advancing in solid array. + </p> + <p> + "Think you, Sir Rudolph," one of his friends, Sir Hubert of Gloucester, + said to him, "that these varlets think of attacking the castle?" + </p> + <p> + "They might as well think of scaling heaven," Sir Rudolph said. "Evesham + could resist a month's siege by a force well equipped for the purpose; and + were it not that good men are wanted for the king's service, and that + these villains shoot straight and hard, I would open the gates of the + castle and launch our force against them. We are two to one as strong as + they, and our knights and mounted men-at-arms could alone scatter that + rabble." + </p> + <p> + Conspicuous upon the battlements a gallows had been erected. + </p> + <p> + The archers stopped at a distance of a few hundred yards from the castle, + and Sir Cuthbert advanced alone to the edge of the moat. + </p> + <p> + "Sir Rudolph of Eresby, false knight and perjured gentleman," he shouted + in a loud voice, "I, Sir Cuthbert of Evesham, do denounce you as foresworn + and dishonored, and do challenge you to meet me here before the castle in + sight of your men and mine, and decide our quarrel as Heaven may judge + with sword and battle-ax." + </p> + <p> + Sir Rudolph leaned over the battlements, and said: "It is too late, + varlet. I condescended to challenge you before, and you refused. You + cannot now claim what you then feared to accept. The sun on the dial + approaches noon, and unless you surrender yourself before it reaches the + mark, I will keep my word, and the traitress, your mother, shall swing + from that beam." + </p> + <p> + Making a sign to two men-at-arms, these brought forward Dame Editha and so + placed her on the battlements that she could be seen from below. Dame + Editha was still a very fair woman, although nigh forty years had rolled + over her head. No sign of fear appeared upon her face, and in a firm voice + she cried to her son: + </p> + <p> + "Cuthbert, I beg—nay, I order you to retire. If this unknightly lord + venture to carry out his foul threats against me, let him do so. England + will ring with the dastardly deed, and he will never dare show his face + again where Englishmen congregate. Let him do his worst. I am prepared to + die." + </p> + <p> + A murmur rose from the knights and men-at-arms standing round Sir Rudolph. + Several of his companions had from the first, wild and reckless as they + were, protested against Sir Rudolph's course, and it was only upon his + solemn assurance that he intended but to frighten Sir Cuthbert into + surrender, and had no intention of carrying his threats against the lady + into effect, that they had consented to take part in the transaction. Even + now, at the fearless words of the Saxon lady several of them hesitated, + and Sir Hubert of Gloucester stepped forward to Sir Rudolph. + </p> + <p> + "Sir knight," he said, "you know that I am your true comrade and the + faithful servant of Prince John. Yet in faith would I not that my name + should be mixed up in so foul a deed. I repent me that I have for a moment + consented to it. But the shame shall not hang upon the escutcheon of + Hubert of Gloucester that he stood still when such foul means were tried. + I pray you, by our long friendship, and for the sake of your own honor as + a knight, to desist from this endeavor. If this lady be guilty, as she + well may be of aiding her son in his assaults upon the soldiers of Prince + John, then let her be tried, and doubtless the court will confiscate her + estates. But let her son be told that her life is in no danger, and that + he is free to go, being assured that harm will not come to her." + </p> + <p> + "And if I refuse to consent to allow my enemy, who is now almost within my + hand, to escape," Sir Rudolph said, "what then?" + </p> + <p> + "Then," said the knight, "I and my following will at once leave your + walls, and will clear ourselves to the brave young knight yonder of all + hand in this foul business." + </p> + <p> + A murmur of agreement from several of those standing round showed that + their sentiments were in accordance with those of Sir Hubert. + </p> + <p> + "I refuse," said Rudolph passionately. "Go, if you will. I am master of my + actions, and of this castle." + </p> + <p> + Without a word, Sir Hubert and two others of the knights present turned, + and briefly ordering their men-at-arms to follow them, descended the + staircase to the courtyard below. Their horses were brought out, the men + fell into rank, and the gates of the castle were thrown open. + </p> + <p> + "Stand to arms!" Sir Cuthbert shouted to the archers. "They are going to + attempt a sortie." And hastily he retired to the main body of his men. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIII. — THE FALSE AND PERJURED KNIGHT. + </h2> + <p> + As the band of knights and their retainers issued from the gate a + trumpeter blew a parley, and the three knights advanced alone toward the + group of archers. + </p> + <p> + "Sir Cuthbert de Lance," Sir Hubert said, "in the name of myself and my + two friends here we ask your pardon for having so far taken part in this + foul action. We did so believing only that Sir Rudolph intended the + capture of your lady mother as a threat. Now that we see he was in + earnest, we wash our hands of the business; and could we in any way atone + for our conduct in having joined him, we would gladly do so consistently + only with our allegiance to the prince regent." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert bowed courteously. + </p> + <p> + "Thanks for your words, Sir Hubert. I had always heard yourself and the + knights here spoken of as brave and gallant gentlemen, whose sole fault + was that they chose to take part with a rebel prince rather than with the + King of England. I rejoice that you have cleared your name of so foul a + blot as this would have placed upon it, and I acknowledge that your + conduct now is knightly and courteous. But I can no more parley. The sun + is within a few minutes of twelve, and I must surrender, to meet such fate + as may befall me." + </p> + <p> + So saying, with a bow he left them, and again advanced to the castle gate. + </p> + <p> + "Sir Rudolph," he shouted, "the hour is at hand. I call upon you to + deliver, outside the gate, the lady, my mother. Whether she wills it or + not, I call upon you to place her beyond the gate, and I give you my + knightly word that as she leaves it I enter it." + </p> + <p> + Dame Editha would then have attempted resistance; but she saw that it + would be useless. With a pale face she descended the steps, accompanied by + the men-at-arms. She knew that any entreaty to Sir Rudolph would be vain, + and with the courage of her race she mentally vowed to devote the rest of + her life to vengeance for her son. + </p> + <p> + As the gate opened and she was thrust forth, for a moment she found + herself in the arms of her son. + </p> + <p> + "Courage, mother!" he whispered; "all may yet be well." + </p> + <p> + Cnut was waiting a few paces behind, and offering his hand to Dame Editha, + he led her to the group of archers, while Cuthbert, alone, crossed the + drawbridge and entered the portal, the heavy portcullis falling after him. + </p> + <p> + Cnut, immediately ordering four of his men to escort Dame Editha to the + wood with all speed, advanced with his men toward the walls. All had + strung their bows and placed their arrows on the ground in front of them + in readiness for instant use. Cnut himself, with two others carrying the + rope, advanced to the edge of the moat. None observed their doings, for + all within the castle were intent upon the proceedings there. + </p> + <p> + In the courtyard Sir Rudolph had taken his post, with the captain of the + mercenaries beside him, and the men-at-arms drawn up in order. He smiled + sardonically as Cuthbert entered. + </p> + <p> + "So, at last," he said, "this farce is drawing to an end. You are in my + power, and for the means which I have taken to capture you, I will account + to the prince. You are a traitor to him; you have attacked and slaughtered + many of my friends; you are an outlaw defying the law; and for each of + these offenses your head is forfeited." + </p> + <p> + "I deny," Cuthbert said, standing before him, "your right to be my judge. + By my peers only can I be tried. As a knight of England and as rightful + lord of this castle, I demand to be brought before a jury of my equals." + </p> + <p> + "I care nothing for rights or for juries," said Sir Rudolph. "I have the + royal order for your execution, and that order I shall put into effect, + although all the knights and barons in England objected." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert looked round to observe the exact position in which he was + standing. He knew, of course, every foot of the castle, and saw that but a + short distance behind a single row of armed men was the staircase leading + to the battlements. + </p> + <p> + "False and perjured knight," he said, taking a step forward, "I may die; + but I would rather a thousand deaths than such a life as yours will be + when this deed is known in England. But I am not yet dead. For myself, I + could pardon you; but for the outrage to my mother—" and with a + sudden movement he struck Sir Rudolph in the face with all his strength + with his mailed hand. + </p> + <p> + With the blood gushing from his nostrils, the knight fell backward, and + Sir Cuthbert, with a bound, before the assembly could recover from their + astonishment at the deed, burst through the line of men-at-arms, and + sprang up the narrow staircase. A score of men-at-arms started in pursuit; + but Sir Cuthbert gained the battlements first, and without a moment's + hesitation sprang upon them and plunged forward, falling into the moat + fifty feet below. Here he would have perished miserably, for in his heavy + armor he was of course unable to swim a stroke, and his weight took him at + once into the mud of the moat. At its margin, however, Cnut stood awaiting + him, with one end of the rope in his hand. In an instant he plunged in, + and diving to the bottom grasped Cuthbert by the body, and twisted the + rope round him. The two archers on the bank at once hauled upon it, and in + a minute Sir Cuthbert was dragged to the bank. + </p> + <p> + By this time a crowd of men-at-arms appeared upon the battlements. But as + they did so the archers opened a storm of arrows upon them, and quickly + compelled them to find shelter. Carried by Cnut and the men with him—for + he was insensible—Sir Cuthbert was quickly conveyed to the center of + the outlaws, and these at once in a compact body began their retreat to + the wood. Cuthbert quickly recovered consciousness, and was soon able to + walk. As he did so the gates of the castle were thrown open, and a crowd + of men-at-arms, consisting of the retainers of the castle and the + mercenaries of Prince John, sallied forth. So soon as Cuthbert was able to + move the archers started at a brisk run, several of them carrying + Cuthbert's casque and sword, and others assisting him to hurry along. The + rear ranks turned as they ran and discharged flights of arrows at the + enemy, who, more heavily armed and weighted, gained but slowly upon them. + </p> + <p> + Had not Sir Rudolph been stunned by the blow dealt him by Cuthbert he + would himself have headed the pursuit, and in that case the foresters + would have had to fight hard to make their retreat to their fastness. The + officer in command of the mercenaries, however, had no great stomach for + the matter. Men were hard to get, and Prince John would not have been + pleased to hear that a number of the men whom he had brought with such + expense from foreign parts had been killed in a petty fray. Therefore + after following for a short time he called them off, and the archers fell + back into the forest. + </p> + <p> + Here they found Dame Editha, and for three days she abode among them, + living in a small hut in the center of the forest. Then she left, to take + up her abode until the troubles were past with some kin who lived in the + south of Gloucestershire. + </p> + <p> + Although the lady abbess had assured Cuthbert that the retreat of Lady + Margaret was not likely to be found out, he himself, knowing how great a + stake Sir Rudolph had in the matter, was still far from being easy. It + would not be difficult for the latter to learn through his agents that the + lady superior of the little convent near Hereford was of kin to her of St. + Anne's, and, close as a convent is, yet the gossiping of the servants who + go to market was certain to let out an affair so important as the arrival + of a young lady to reside under the charge of the superior. Cuthbert was + not mistaken as to the acuteness of his enemy. The relationship between + the two lady superiors was no secret, and after having searched all the + farmhouses and granges near the forest, and being convinced that the lady + abbess would have sent her charge rather to a religious house than to that + of a franklin, Sir Rudolph sought which of those within the circuit of a + few miles would be likely to be the one selected. It was not long before + he was enabled to fix upon that near Hereford, and spies going to the spot + soon found out from the country people that it was a matter of talk that a + young lady of rank had been admitted by the superior. Sir Rudolph + hesitated whether to go himself at the head of a strong body of men and + openly to take her, or to employ some sort of device. It was not that he + himself feared the anathema of the church; but he knew Prince John to be + weak and vacillating, at one time ready to defy the thunder of the pope, + the next cringing before the spiritual authority. He therefore determined + to employ some of his men to burst into the convent and carry off the + heiress, arranging that he himself, with some of his men-at-arms, should + come upon them in the road, and make a feigned rescue of her, so that, if + the lady superior laid her complaint before the pope's legate he could + deny that he had any hand in the matter, and could even take credit for + having rescued her from the men who had profaned the convent. That his + story would be believed mattered but little. It would be impossible to + prove its falsity, and this was all that he cared for. + </p> + <p> + This course was followed out. Late one evening the lady superior was + alarmed by a violent knocking at the door. In reply to questions asked + through the grill, the answer was given, "We are men of the forest, and we + are come to carry the Lady Margaret of Evesham off to a secure + hiding-place. The Lord of Evesham has discovered her whereabouts, and will + be here shortly, and we would fain remove her before he arrives." + </p> + <p> + "From whom have you warrant?" the lady superior said. "I surrender her to + no one, save to the lady abbess of St. Anne's. But if you have a written + warrant from Sir Cuthbert, the rightful Lord of Evesham, I will lay the + matter before the Lady Margaret, and will act as it may seem fit to her." + </p> + <p> + "We have no time for parleying," a rough voice said. "Throw open the gate + at once, or we will break it down." + </p> + <p> + "Ye be no outlaws," the lady superior said, "for the outlaws are men who + fear God and respect the church. Were ye what ye say, ye would be provided + with the warrants that I mention. I warn you, therefore, that if you use + force, you will be excommunicated, and placed under the ban of the + church." + </p> + <p> + The only answer was a thundering assault upon the gate, which soon yielded + to the blows. The sisters and novices ran shrieking through the corridors + at this rude uproar. The lady superior, however, stood calmly awaiting the + giving way of the gate. + </p> + <p> + "Where is the Lady Margaret?" the leader of the party, who were dressed in + rough garb, and had the seeming of a band of outlaws, demanded. + </p> + <p> + "I will say nothing," she said, "nor do I own that she is here." + </p> + <p> + "We will soon take means to find out," the man exclaimed. "Unless in five + minutes she is delivered to us, we will burn your place to the ground." + </p> + <p> + The lady abbess was insensible to the threat; but the men rushing in, + seized some sisters, who, terrified out of their wits by this irruption, + at once gave the information demanded, and the men made their way to the + cell where the Lady Margaret slept. + </p> + <p> + The girl had at once risen when the tumult commenced, doubting not in her + mind that this was another attempt upon the part of her enemy to carry her + off. When, therefore, she heard heavy footsteps approaching along the + gallery—having already hastily attired herself—she opened the + door and presented herself. + </p> + <p> + "If you seek the Lady Margaret of Evesham," she said calmly, "I am she. Do + not harm any of the sisters here. I am in your power, and will go with you + at once. But I beseech you add not to your other sins that of violence + against holy women." + </p> + <p> + The men, abashed by the calm dignity of this young girl, abstained from + laying hands upon her, but merely motioned to her to accompany them. Upon + their way they met the man who appeared to be their leader, and he, well + pleased that the affair was over, led the way to the courtyard. + </p> + <p> + "Farewell, my child," the abbess exclaimed. "God will deliver you from the + power of these wicked men. Trust in Him, and keep up your courage. + Wickedness will not be permitted to triumph upon the earth; and be assured + that the matter shall be brought to the ears of the pope's legate, and of + Prince John himself." + </p> + <p> + She could say no more, for the men, closing round the weeping girl, + hurried her out from the convent. A litter awaited them without, and in + this the young lady was placed, and, borne upon the shoulders of four + stout men, she started at a fast pace, surrounded closely by the rest of + the band. + </p> + <p> + It was a dark night, and the girl could not see the direction in which she + was being taken; but she judged from the turn taken upon leaving the + convent that it was toward Evesham. They had proceeded some miles, when a + trampling of horses was heard, and a body of armed men rode up. For a + moment Lady Margaret's heart gave a leap, for she thought that she had + been rescued by her friends. There was a loud and angry altercation, a + clashing of swords, and a sound of shouting and cries outside the litter. + Then it was placed roughly on the ground, and she heard the sound of the + footsteps of her first captors hurrying away. Then the horsemen closed + round the litter, and the leader dismounted. + </p> + <p> + "I am happy indeed, Lady Margaret," he said, approaching the litter, "to + have been able to save you from the power of these villains. Fortunately, + word came to me that the outlaws in the forest were about to carry you + off, and that they would not hesitate even to desecrate the walls of the + convent. Assembling my men-at-arms, I at once rode to your rescue, and am + doubly happy to have saved you, first, as a gentleman, secondly, as being + the man to whom our gracious prince has assigned you as a wife. I am Sir + Rudolph, Earl of Evesham." + </p> + <p> + As from the first the girl had been convinced that she had fallen into the + power of her lawless suitor, this came upon her as no surprise. + </p> + <p> + "Whether your story is true, Sir Rudolph," she said, "or not, God knows, + and I, a poor weak girl, will not pretend to venture to say. It is between + you and your conscience. If, as you say, you have saved me from the power + of the outlaws, I demand that, as a knight and a gentleman, you return + with me at once to the convent from which I was taken by force." + </p> + <p> + "I cannot do that," Sir Rudolph said. "Fortune has placed you in my hands, + and has enabled me to carry out the commands of the prince. Therefore, + though I would fain yield to your wishes and so earn your good-will, which + above all things I wish to obtain, yet my duty toward the prince commands + me to utilize the advantage which fate has thrown in my hands." + </p> + <p> + "You must do as you will, Sir Rudolph," the girl said with dignity. "I + believe not your tale. You sought before, in person, to carry me off, but + failed, and you have now employed other means to do so. The tale of your + conduct to Dame Editha has reached my ears, and I hold you a foresworn + knight and a dishonored man, and as such I would rather die than become + your wife, although as yet I am but a child, and have no need to talk of + weddings for years to come." + </p> + <p> + "We need not parley here," the knight said coldly. "We shall have plenty + of time when at my castle." + </p> + <p> + The litter was now lifted, placed between two horses, and proceeded + rapidly on its journey. Although the hope was but faint, yet until the + gates of the castle closed upon them the Lady Margaret still hoped that + rescue might reach her. But the secret had been too well kept, and it was + not until the following day that the man who had been placed in a cottage + near the convent arrived in all haste in the forest, to say that it was + only in the morning that he had learned that the convent had been broken + open by men disguised as archers, and the Lady Margaret carried off. + </p> + <p> + Four days elapsed before Sir Rudolph presented himself before the girl he + had captured. So fearfully was his face bruised and disfigured by the blow + from the mailed hand of Cuthbert three weeks before, that he did not wish + to appear before her under such unfavorable circumstances, and the captive + passed the day gazing from her casement in one of the rooms in the upper + part of the keep, toward the forest whence she hoped rescue would come. + </p> + <p> + Within the forest hot discussions were going on as to the best course to + pursue. An open attack was out of the question, especially as upon the day + following the arrival there of Lady Margaret three hundred more + mercenaries had marched in from Worcester, so that the garrison was now + raised to five hundred men. + </p> + <p> + "Is there no way," Cnut exclaimed furiously, "by which we might creep into + this den, since we cannot burst into it openly?" + </p> + <p> + "There is a way from the castle," Cuthbert said, "for my dear lord told me + of it one day when we were riding together in the Holy Land. He said then + that it might be that he should never return, and that it were well that I + should know of the existence of this passage, which few besides the earl + himself knew of. It is approached by a very heavy slab of stone in the + great hall. This is bolted down, and as it stands under the great table + passes unnoticed, and appears part of the ordinary floor. He told me the + method in which, by touching a spring, the bolts were withdrawn and the + stone could be raised. Thence a passage a quarter of a mile long leads to + the little chapel standing in the hollow, and which, being hidden among + the trees, would be unobserved by any party besieging the castle. This of + course was contrived in order that the garrison, or any messenger thereof, + might make an exit in case of siege." + </p> + <p> + "But if we could escape," Cnut asked, "why not enter by this way?" + </p> + <p> + "The stone is of immense weight and strength," Cuthbert replied, "and + could not be loosed from below save with great labor and noise. There are, + moreover, several massive doors in the passage, all of which are secured + by heavy bolts within. It is therefore out of the question that we could + enter the castle by that way. But were we once in, we could easily carry + off the lady through this passage." + </p> + <p> + The large force which Sir Rudolph had collected was not intended merely + for the defense of the castle, for the knight considered that with his own + garrison he could hold it against a force tenfold that which his rival + could collect. But he was determined if possible to crush out the outlaws + of the forest, for he felt that so long as this formidable body remained + under an enterprising leader like Sir Cuthbert, he would never be safe for + a moment, and would be a prisoner in his own castle. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert had foreseen that the attack was likely to be made, and had + strengthened his band to the utmost. He felt, however, that against so + large a force of regularly armed men, although he might oppose a stout + resistance and kill many, yet that in the end he must be conquered. Cnut, + however, suggested to him a happy idea, which he eagerly grasped. + </p> + <p> + "It would be a rare sport," Cnut said, "when this armed force comes out to + attack us, if we could turn the tables by slipping in, and taking their + castle." + </p> + <p> + "The very thing," Cuthbert exclaimed. "It is likely that he will use the + greater portion of his forces, and that he will not keep above fifty or + sixty men, at the outside, in the castle. When they sally out we will at + first oppose a stout resistance to them in the wood, gradually falling + back. Then, at a given signal, all save twenty men shall retire hastily, + and sweeping round make for the castle. Their absence will not be noticed, + for in this thick wood it is difficult to tell whether twenty men or two + hundred are opposing you among the bushes; and the twenty who remain must + shoot thick and fast to make believe that their numbers are great, + retiring sometimes, and leading the enemy on into the heart of the wood." + </p> + <p> + "But supposing, Sir Cuthbert, that they should have closed the gates and + lifted the drawbridge? We could not gain entrance by storming, even if + only twenty men held the walls, until long after the main body would have + returned." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert thought for some time, and then said, "Cnut, you shall undertake + this enterprise. You shall fill a cart high with faggots, and in it shall + conceal a dozen of your best men. You, dressed as a serf, shall drive the + oxen, and when you reach the castle shall say, in answer to the hail of + the sentry, that you are bringing in the tribute of wood of your master + the franklin of Hopeburn. They will then lower the drawbridge and open the + gates; and when you have crossed the bridge and are under the portcullis, + spring out suddenly, cut loose the oxen so that they will not draw the + cart further in, cut the chains of the drawbridge so that it cannot be + drawn off, and hold the gate for a minute or two until we arrive." + </p> + <p> + "The plan is capital," Cnut exclaimed. "We will do the proud Norman yet. + How he will storm when he finds us masters of his castle! What then will + you do, Sir Cuthbert?" + </p> + <p> + "We can hold the castle for weeks," Cuthbert said, "and every day is in + our favor. If we find ourselves forced to yield to superior numbers, we + can at last retire through the passage I have spoken of, and must then + scatter and each shift for himself until these bad days be past." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIV. — THE SIEGE OF EVESHAM CASTLE. + </h2> + <p> + Upon the day before starting out to head the expedition against the + outlaws, Sir Rudolph sent word to the Lady Margaret that she must prepare + to become his wife at the end of the week. He had provided two tiring + maids for her by ordering two of the franklins to send in their daughters + for that purpose, and these mingled their tears with Margaret's at the + situation in which they were placed. She replied firmly to the messenger + of the knight that no power on earth could oblige her to marry him. He + might drive her to the altar; but though he killed her there, her lips + should refuse to say the words which would unite them. + </p> + <p> + The following morning, early, the castle rang with the din of preparation. + The great portion of the mercenaries were encamped in tents outside the + walls, for, spacious as it was, Evesham could hardly contain four hundred + men in addition to its usual garrison. The men-at-arms were provided with + heavy axes to cut their way through the bushes. Some carried bundles of + straw, to fire the wood should it be found practicable to do so; and as it + was now summer and the wind was blowing high, Sir Rudolph hoped that the + dry grass and bushes would catch, and would do more even than his + men-at-arms in clearing the forest of those whom he designated the + villains infesting it. They had, too, with them several fierce dogs + trained to hunting the deer, and these, the knight hoped, would do good + service in tracking the outlaws. He and the knights and the men-at-arms + with him were all dismounted, for he felt that horses would in the forest + be an incumbrance, and he was determined himself to lead the way to the + men-at-arms. + </p> + <p> + When they reached the forest they were saluted by a shower of arrows; but + as all were clad in mail, these at a distance effected but little harm. As + they came closer, however, the clothyard arrows began to pierce the coarse + and ill-made armor of the foot soldiers, although the finer armor of the + knights kept out the shafts which struck against it. Sir Rudolph and his + knights leading the way, they entered the forest and gradually pressed + their invisible foe backward through the trees. The dogs did good service, + going on ahead and attacking the archers; but, one by one, they were soon + shot, and the assailants left to their own devices. Several attempts were + made to fire the wood. But these failed, the fire burning but a short time + and then dying out of itself. In addition to the fighting men, Sir Rudolph + had impressed into the service all the serfs of his domain, and these, + armed with axes, were directed to cut down the trees as the force + proceeded, Sir Rudolph declaring that he would not cease until he had + leveled the whole forest, though it might take him months to do so. + </p> + <p> + The assailants gained ground steadily, the resistance being less severe + than Sir Rudolph had anticipated. Several small huts and clearings in the + forest which had been used by the outlaws, and round which small crops had + been planted, were destroyed, and all seemed to promise well for the + success of the enterprise. + </p> + <p> + It was about two hours after they had left the castle, when a heavy cart + filled with fagots was seen approaching its gates. The garrison, who had + not the least fear of any attack, paid no attention to it until it reached + the edge of the moat. Then the warder, seeing that it contained fagots, + lowered the drawbridge without question, raised the portcullis, and opened + the gates. + </p> + <p> + "From whom do you bring this wood?" he asked as the man driving the oxen + began to cross the bridge. + </p> + <p> + "From the franklin of Hopeburn." + </p> + <p> + "It is well," said the warder, "for he is in arrear now, and should have + sent in the firewood two months since. Take it to the woodhouse at the + other end of the court." + </p> + <p> + The heavy wagon crossed the drawbridge, but as it was entering the gate it + came suddenly to a stop. With a blow of his ox goad Cnut leveled the + warder to the ground, and cutting the cords of the bullocks, drove them + into the yard ahead. As he did so the pile of fagots fell asunder, and + twelve men armed with bow and pike leaped out. The men-at-arms standing + near, lounging in the courtyard, gave a shout of alarm, and the garrison, + surprised at this sudden cry, ran to their arms. At first they were + completely panic-stricken. But seeing after a time how small was the + number of their assailants, they took heart and advanced against them. The + passage was narrow, and the twelve men formed a wall across it. Six of + them with their pikes advanced, the other six with bent bows standing + behind them and delivering their arrows between their heads. The garrison + fought stoutly, and although losing many, were pressing the little band + backward. In vain the assistant-warder tried to lower the portcullis, or + to close the gates. The former fell on to the top of the wagon, and was + there retained. The gates also were barred by the obstacle. The chains of + the drawbridge had at once been cut. Cnut encouraged his followers by his + shouts, and armed with a heavy ax, did good service upon the assailants. + But four of his party had fallen, and the rest were giving way, when a + shout was heard, and over the drawbridge poured Cuthbert and one hundred + and fifty of the outlaws of the forest. Struck with terror at this attack, + the garrison drew back, and the foresters poured into the yard. For a few + minutes there was a fierce fight; but the defenders of the castle, + disheartened and taken by surprise, were either cut down or, throwing down + their arms, cried for quarter. + </p> + <p> + Ten minutes after the wagon had crossed the drawbridge the castle was + safely in possession of Sir Cuthbert. The bridge was raised, the wagon + removed, the portcullis lowered, and to the external eye all remained as + before. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert at once made his way to the chamber where the Lady Margaret was + confined, and her joy at her deliverance was great indeed. So unlimited + was her faith in Sir Cuthbert that she had never lost confidence; and + although it did not seem possible that in the face of such disparity of + numbers he could rescue her from the power of Sir Rudolph, yet she had not + given up hope. The joy of the farmers' daughters who had been carried off + to act as her attendants was little inferior to her own; for once in the + power of this reckless baron, the girls had small hopes of ever being + allowed to return again to their parents. + </p> + <p> + The flag of Sir Rudolph was thrown down from the keep, and that of the + late earl hoisted in its stead; for Cuthbert himself, although he had + assumed the cognizance which King Richard had granted him, had not yet any + flag or pennon emblazoned with it. + </p> + <p> + No words can portray the stupefaction and rage of Sir Rudolph when a man + who had managed to slip unobserved from the castle at the time of its + capture bore the news to him in the forest. All opposition there had + ceased, and the whole of the troops were engaged in aiding the peasants in + cutting wide roads through the trees across the forest, so as to make it + penetrable by horsemen in every direction. It was supposed that the + outlaws had gradually stolen away through the thickets and taken to the + open country, intending to scatter to their homes, or other distant + hiding-places; and the news that they had by a ruse captured the castle + came as a thunder-clap. + </p> + <p> + Sir Rudolph's first impulse was to call his men together and to march + toward the castle. The drawbridge was up and the walls bristled with armed + men. It was useless to attempt a parley; still more useless to think of + attacking the stronghold without the proper machines and appliances. + Foaming with rage, Sir Rudolph took possession of a cottage near, camped + his men around and prepared for a siege. + </p> + <p> + There were among the mercenaries many men accustomed to the use of engines + of war. Many, too, had aided in making them; and these were at once set to + work to construct the various machines in use at that time. Before the + invention of gunpowder, castles such as those of the English barons were + able to defy any attack by an armed force for a long period. Their walls + were so thick that even the balistas, casting huge stones, were unable to + breach them except after a very long time. The moats which surrounded them + were wide and deep, and any attempt at storming by ladders was therefore + extremely difficult; and these buildings were consequently more often + captured by famine than by other means. Of provisions, as Sir Rudolph + knew, there was a considerable supply at present in the castle, for he had + collected a large number of bullocks in order to feed the strong body who + had been added to the garrison. The granaries, too, were well stored; and + with a groan Sir Rudolph thought of the rich stores of French wines which + he had collected in his cellars. + </p> + <p> + After much deliberation with the knights with him and the captain of the + mercenaries, it was agreed in the first instance to attempt to attack the + place by filling up a portion of the moat and ascending by scaling + ladders. Huge screens of wood were made, and these were placed on wagons; + the wagons themselves were filled with bags of earth, and a large number + of men getting beneath them shoved the ponderous machines forward to the + edge of the moat. The bags of stones and earth were then thrown in, and + the wagons pushed backward to obtain a fresh supply. This operation was of + course an exceedingly slow one, a whole day being occupied with each trip + of the wagons. They were not unmolested in their advance, for, from the + walls, mangonels and other machines hurled great stones down upon the + wooden screens, succeeding sometimes, in spite of their thickness, in + crashing through them, killing many of the men beneath. The experiment was + also tried of throwing balls of Greek fire down upon the wood; but as this + was green and freshly felled it would not take fire, but the flames + dropping through, with much boiling pitch and other materials, did + grievously burn and scald the soldiers working below it. Upon both sides + every device was tried. The crossbowmen among the mercenaries kept up a + fire upon the walls to hinder the defenders from interfering with the + operations, while the archers above shot steadily, and killed many of + those who ventured within range of their bows. + </p> + <p> + After ten days' labor a portion of the moat some twenty yards in length + was filled with bags of earth, and all was ready for the assault. The + besiegers had prepared great numbers of strong ladders, and these were + brought up under shelter of the screens. Then, all being ready, the + trumpets sounded for the assault, and the troops moved forward in a close + body, covering themselves with their shields so that no man's head or body + was visible, each protecting the one before him with his shield held over + him. Thus the body presented the appearance of a great scale-covered + animal. In many respects, indeed, the warfare of those days was changed in + no way from that of the time of the Romans. In the twelve hundred years + which had elapsed between the siege of Jerusalem and the days of the + Crusades there had been but little change in arms or armor, and the + operations which Titus undertook for the reduction of the Jewish + stronghold differed but little from those which a Norman baron employed in + besieging his neighbor's castle. + </p> + <p> + Within Evesham Castle all was contentment and merriment during these days. + The garrison had no fear whatever of being unable to repel the assault + when it should be delivered. Huge stones had been collected in numbers on + the walls, caldrons of pitch, beneath which fires kept simmering, stood + there in readiness. Long poles with hooks with which to seize the ladders + and cut them down were laid there; and all that precaution and science + could do was prepared. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert passed much of the day, when not required upon the walls, + chatting with the Lady Margaret, who, attended by her maidens, sat working + in her bower. She had learned to read from the good nuns of the convent—an + accomplishment which was by no means general, even among the daughters of + nobles; but books were rare, and Evesham boasted but few manuscripts. Here + Margaret learned in full all the details of Cuthbert's adventures since + leaving England, and the fondness with which as a child she had regarded + the lad grew gradually into the affection of a woman. + </p> + <p> + The courage of the garrison was high, for although they believed that + sooner or later the castle might be carried by the besiegers, they had + already been told by Cnut that there was a means of egress unknown to the + besiegers, and that when the time came they would be able to escape + unharmed. This, while it in no way detracted from their determination to + defend the castle to the last, yet rendered their task a far lighter and + more agreeable one than it would have been had they seen the gallows + standing before them as the end of the siege. + </p> + <p> + As the testudo, as it was called in those days, advanced toward the + castle, the machines upon the walls—catapults, mangonels and + arbalasts—poured forth showers of stones and darts upon it, breaking + up the array of shields and killing many; and as these openings were made, + the archers, seizing their time, poured in volleys of arrows. The + mercenaries, however, accustomed to war, advanced steadily, and made good + their footing beneath the castle wall, and proceeded to rear their + ladders. Here, although free from the action of the machines, they were + exposed to the hand missiles, which were scarcely less destructive. In + good order, and with firmness, however, they reared the ladders, and + mounted to the assault, covering themselves as well as they could with + their shields. In vain, however, did they mount. The defenders poured down + showers of boiling pitch and oil, which penetrated the crevices of their + armor and caused intolerable torment. Great stones were toppled over from + the battlements upon them; and sometimes the ladders, seized by the poles + with hooks, were cast backward, with all upon them, on the throng below. + For half an hour, encouraged by the shouts of Sir Rudolph and their + leaders, the soldiers strove gallantly; but were at last compelled to draw + off, having lost nigh one hundred men, without one gaining a footing upon + the walls. + </p> + <p> + That evening another council of war was held without. Already some large + machines for which Sir Rudolph had sent had arrived. In anticipation of + the possibility of failure, two castles upon wheels had been prepared, and + between these a huge beam with an iron head was hung. This was upon the + following day pushed forward on the newly-formed ground across the moat. + Upon the upper part of each tower were armed men who worked machines + casting sheaves of arrows and other missiles. Below were those who worked + the ram. To each side of the beam were attached numerous cords, and with + these it was swung backward and forward, giving heavy blows each stroke + upon the wall. The machines for casting stones, which had arrived, were + also brought in play, and day and night these thundered against the walls; + while the ram repeated its ceaseless blows upon the same spot, until the + stone crumbled before it. + </p> + <p> + Very valiantly did the garrison oppose themselves to these efforts. But + each day showed the progress made by the besiegers. Their forces had been + increased, Prince John having ordered his captain at Gloucester to send + another one hundred men to the assistance of Sir Rudolph. Other towers had + now been prepared. These were larger than the first, and overtopped the + castle walls. From the upper story were drawbridges, so formed as to drop + from the structures upon the walls, and thus enable the besiegers to rush + upon them. The process was facilitated by the fact that the battlements + had been shot away by the great stones, and there was a clear space on + which the drawbridges could fall. The attack was made with great vigor; + but for a long time the besieged maintained their post, and drove back the + assailants as they poured out across the drawbridges on to the wall. At + last Cuthbert saw that the forces opposed to him were too numerous to be + resisted, and gave orders to his men to fall back upon the inner keep. + </p> + <p> + Making one rush, and clearing the wall of those who had gained a footing, + the garrison fell back hastily, and were safely within the massive keep + before the enemy had mustered in sufficient numbers upon the wall to + interfere with them. The drawbridge was now lowered, and the whole of the + assailants gained footing within the castle. They were still far from + having achieved a victory. The walls of the keep were massive and strong, + and its top far higher than the walls, so that from above a storm of + arrows poured down upon all who ventured to show themselves. The keep had + no windows low enough down for access to be gained; and those on the + floors above were so narrow, and protected by bars, that it seemed by + scaling the walls alone could an entry be effected. This was far too + desperate an enterprise to be attempted, for the keep rose eighty feet + above the courtyard. It was upon the door, solid and studded with iron, + that the attempt had to be made. + </p> + <p> + Several efforts were made by Sir Rudolph, who fought with a bravery worthy + of a better cause, to assault and batter down the door. Protected by + wooden shields from the rain of missiles from above, he and his knights + hacked at the door with their battle-axes. But in vain. It had been + strengthened by beams behind, and by stones piled up against it. Then fire + was tried. Fagots were collected in the forest, and brought; and a huge + pile having been heaped against the door, it was lighted. "We could + doubtless prolong the siege for some days, Lady Margaret," said Cuthbert, + "but the castle is ours; and we wish not, when the time comes that we + shall again be masters of it, that it should be a mere heap of ruins. + Methinks we have done enough. With but small losses on our side, we have + killed great numbers of the enemy, and have held them at bay for a month. + Therefore, I think that to-night it will be well for us to leave the + place." + </p> + <p> + Lady Margaret was rejoiced at the news that the time for escape had come, + for the perpetual clash of war, the rattling of arrows, the ponderous thud + of heavy stones caused a din very alarming to a young girl; and although + the room in which she sat, looking into the inner court of the castle, was + not exposed to missiles, she trembled at the thought that brave men were + being killed, and that at any moment a shot might strike Cuthbert, and so + leave her without a friend or protector. + </p> + <p> + Content with having destroyed the door, the assailants made no further + effort that evening, but prepared in the morning to attack it, pull down + the stones filled behind it, and force their way into the keep. There was, + with the exception of the main entrance, but one means of exit, a small + postern door behind the castle, and throughout the siege a strong body of + troops had been posted here, to prevent the garrison making a sortie. + Feeling secure therefore that upon the following day his enemies would + fall into his power, Sir Rudolph retired to rest. + </p> + <p> + An hour before midnight the garrison assembled in the hall. The table was + removed, and Cuthbert having pressed the spring, which was at a distance + from the stone and could not be discovered without a knowledge of its + existence, the stone turned aside by means of a counterpoise, and a flight + of steps was seen. Torches had been prepared. Cnut and a chosen band went + first; Cuthbert followed, with Lady Margaret and her attendants; and the + rest of the archers brought up the rear, a trusty man being left in charge + at last with orders to swing back the stone into its place, having first + hauled the table over the spot, so that their means of escape should be + unknown. + </p> + <p> + The passage was long and dreary, the walls were damp with wet, and the + massive doors so swollen by moisture that it was with the greatest + difficulty they could be opened. At last, however, they emerged into the + little friary in the wood. It was deserted, the priest who usually dwelt + there having fled when the siege began. The stone which there, as in the + castle, concealed the exit, was carefully closed, and the party then + emerged into the open air. Here Cuthbert bade adieu to his comrades. Cnut + had very anxiously begged to be allowed to accompany him and share his + fortunes, and Cuthbert had promised him that if at any time he should + again take up arms in England, he would summon him to his side, but that + at present as he knew not whither his steps would be turned, it would be + better that he should be unattended. The archers had all agreed to scatter + far and wide through the country, many of them proceeding to Nottingham + and joining the bands in the forest of Sherwood. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert himself had determined to make his way to the castle of his + friend, Sir Baldwin, and to leave the Lady Margaret in his charge. Cnut + hurried on at full speed to the house of a franklin, some three miles + distant. Here horses were obtained and saddled, and dresses prepared; and + when Cuthbert with Lady Margaret arrived there, no time was lost. Dressed + as a yeoman, with the Lady Margaret as his sister, he mounted a horse, + with her behind him on a pillion. The other damsels also mounted, as it + would not have been safe for them to remain near Evesham. They therefore + purposed taking refuge in a convent near Gloucester for the present. + Bidding a hearty adieu to Cnut, and with thanks to the franklin who had + aided them, they set forward on their journey. By morning they had reached + the convent, and here the two girls were left, and Cuthbert continued his + journey. He left his charge at a convent a day's ride distant from the + castle of Sir Baldwin, as he wished to consult the knight first as to the + best way of her entering the castle without exciting talk or suspicion. + </p> + <p> + Sir Baldwin received him with joy. He had heard something of his doings, + and the news of the siege of Evesham had been noised abroad. He told him + that he was in communication with many other barons, and that ere long + they hoped to rise against the tyranny of Prince John, but that at present + they were powerless, as many, hoping that King Richard would return ere + long, shrank from involving the country in a civil war. When Cuthbert told + him that the daughter of his old friend was at a convent but a day's ride + distant, and that he sought protection for her, Sir Baldwin instantly + offered her hospitality. + </p> + <p> + "I will," he said, "send my good wife to fetch her. Some here know your + presence, and it would be better therefore that she did not arrive for + some days, as her coming will then seem to be unconnected with yourself. + My wife and I will, a week hence, give out that we are going to fetch a + cousin of my wife's to stay here with her; and when we return no suspicion + will be excited that she is other than she seems. Should it be otherwise, + I need not say that Sir Baldwin of Béthune will defend his castle against + any of the minions of Prince John. But I have no fear that her presence + here will be discovered. What think you of doing in the meantime?" + </p> + <p> + "I am thinking," Cuthbert said, "of going east. No news has been obtained + of our lord the king save that he is a prisoner in the hands of the + emperor; but where confined, or how, we know not. It is my intent to + travel to the Tyrol, and to trace his steps from the time that he was + captured. Then, when I obtain knowledge of the place where he is kept, I + will return, and consult upon the best steps to be taken. My presence in + England is now useless. Did the barons raise the standard of King Richard + against the prince, I should at once return and join them. But without + land or vassals, I can do nothing here, and shall be indeed like a hunted + hare, for I know that the false earl will move heaven and earth to capture + me." + </p> + <p> + Sir Baldwin approved of the resolution; but recommended Cuthbert to take + every precaution not to fall himself into the hands of the emperor; "for," + he said, "if we cannot discover the prison of King Richard, I fear that it + would be hopeless indeed ever to attempt to find that in which a simple + knight is confined." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXV. — IN SEARCH OF THE KING. + </h2> + <p> + The following day, with many thanks, Cuthbert started from the castle, and + in the first place visited the convent, and told Lady Margaret that she + would be fetched in a few days by Sir Baldwin and his wife. He took a + tender adieu of her, not without many forebodings and tears upon her part; + but promising blithely that he would return and lead her back in triumph + to her castle, he bade adieu and rode for London. + </p> + <p> + He had attired himself as a merchant, and took up his abode at a hostelry + near Cheapside. Here he remained quietly for some days, and, mixing among + the people, learned that in London as elsewhere the rapacity of Prince + John had rendered him hateful to the people, and that they would gladly + embrace any opportunity of freeing themselves from his yoke. He was + preparing to leave for France, when the news came to him that Prince John + had summoned all the barons faithful to him to meet him near London, and + had recalled all his mercenaries from different parts of the country, and + was gathering a large army; also, that the barons faithful to King + Richard, alarmed by the prospect, had raised the royal standard, and that + true men were hurrying to their support. This entirely destroyed the plans + that he had formed. Taking horse again, and avoiding the main road, by + which he might meet the hostile barons on their way to London, he + journeyed down to Nottingham. Thence riding boldly into the forest, he + sought the outlaws, and was not long ere he found them. At his request he + was at once taken before their leader, a man of great renown both for + courage and bowmanship, one Robin Hood. This bold outlaw had long held at + defiance the sheriff of Nottingham, and had routed him and all bodies of + troops who had been sent against him. With him Cuthbert found many of his + own men; and upon hearing that the royal standard had been raised, Robin + Hood at once agreed to march with all his men to join the royal force. + Messengers were dispatched to summon the rest of the forest band from + their hiding-places, and a week later Cuthbert, accompanied by Robin Hood + and three hundred archers, set out for the rendezvous. When they arrived + there they found that Sir Baldwin had already joined with his retainers, + and was by him most warmly received, and introduced to the other barons in + the camp, by whom Cuthbert was welcomed as a brother. The news that Prince + John's army was approaching was brought in a fortnight after Cuthbert had + joined the camp, and the army in good order moved out to meet the enemy. + </p> + <p> + The forces were about equal. The battle began by a discharge of arrows; + but Robin Hood and his men shot so true and fast that they greatly + discomfited the enemy; and King John's mercenaries having but little + stomach for the fight, and knowing how unpopular they were in England, and + that if defeated small mercy was likely to be shown to them, refused to + advance against the ranks of the loyal barons, and falling back declined + to join in the fray. Seeing their numbers so weakened by this defection, + the barons on the prince's side hesitated, and surrounding the prince + advised him to make terms with the barons while there was yet time. Prince + John saw that the present was not a favorable time for him, and concealing + his fury under a mask of courtesy, he at once acceded to the advice of his + followers, and dispatched a messenger to the barons with an inquiry as to + what they wanted of him. A council was held, and it was determined to + demand the dismissal of the mercenaries and their dispatch back to their + own country; also that John would govern only as his brother's + representative; that the laws of the country should be respected; that no + taxes should be raised without the assent of the barons; that all men who + had taken up arms against his authority should be held free; and that the + barons on Prince John's side should return peaceably home and disband + their forces. Seeing, under the circumstances, that there was no way + before him but to yield to these demands, Prince John accepted the terms. + The mercenaries were ordered to march direct to London, and orders were + given that ships should be at once prepared to take them across to + Normandy, and the barons marched for their homes. + </p> + <p> + Satisfied, now that the mercenaries were gone, that they could henceforth + hold their ground against Prince John, the royal barons also broke up + their forces. Robin Hood with his foresters returned to Sherwood; and + Cuthbert, bidding adieu to Sir Baldwin, rode back to London, determined to + carry out the plan which he had formed. He was the more strengthened in + this resolution, inasmuch as in the royal camp he had met a friend from + whom he parted last in the Holy Land. This was Blondel, the minstrel of + King Richard, whose songs and joyous music had often lightened the evening + after days of fighting and toil in Palestine. To him Cuthbert confided his + intention, and the minstrel instantly offered to accompany him. + </p> + <p> + "I shall," he said, "be of assistance to you. Minstrels are like heralds. + They are of no nationality, and can pass free where a man-at-arms would be + closely watched and hindered. Moreover, it may be that I might aid you + greatly in discovering the prison of the king. So great is the secrecy + with which this has been surrounded that I question if any inquiries you + could make would enable you to trace him. My voice, however, can penetrate + into places where we cannot enter. I will take with me my lute, and as we + journey I will sing outside the walls of each prison we come to one of the + songs which I sang in Palestine. King Richard is himself a singer and + knows my songs as well as myself. If I sing a verse of some song which I + wrote there and which, therefore, would be known only to him, if he hears + it he may follow with the next verse, and so enable us to know of his + hiding-place." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert at once saw the advantages which such companionship would bring + him, and joyfully accepted the minstrel's offer, agreeing himself to go as + serving man to Blondel. The latter accompanied him to London. Here their + preparations were soon made, and taking ship in a merchantman bound for + the Netherlands, they started without delay upon their adventure. + </p> + <p> + The minstrels and troubadours were at that time a privileged race in + Europe, belonging generally to the south of France, although produced in + all lands. They traveled over Europe singing the lays which they + themselves had composed, and were treated with all honor at the castles + where they chose to alight. It would have been considered as foul a deed + to use discourtesy to a minstrel as to insult a herald. Their persons + were, indeed, regarded as sacred, and the knights and barons strove to + gain their good-will by hospitality and presents, as a large proportion of + their ballads related to deeds of war; and while they would write lays in + honor of those who courteously entertained them, they did not hesitate to + heap obloquy upon those who received them discourteously, holding them up + to the gibes and scoffs of their fellows. In no way, therefore, would + success be so likely to attend the mission of those who set out to + discover the hiding-place of King Richard as under the guise of a minstrel + and his attendant. No questions would be asked them; they could halt where + they would, in castle or town, secure of hospitality and welcome. Blondel + was himself a native of the south of France, singing his songs in the soft + language of Languedoc. Cuthbert's Norman French would pass muster anywhere + as being that of a native of France; and although when dressed as a + servitor attention might be attracted by his bearing, his youth might + render it probable that he was of noble family, but that he had entered + the service of the minstrel in order to qualify himself some day for + following that career. He carried a long staff, a short sword, and at his + back the lute or small harp played upon by the troubadour. Blondel's + attire was rich, and suitable to a person of high rank. + </p> + <p> + They crossed to the Scheldt, and thence traveled by the right bank of the + Rhine as far as Mannheim, sometimes journeying by boat, sometimes on foot. + They were also hospitably entertained, and were considered to more than + repay their hosts by the songs which Blondel sang. + </p> + <p> + At Mannheim they purchased two horses, and then struck east for Vienna. + </p> + <p> + The journey was not without danger, for a large portion of this part of + Europe was under no settled government, each petty baron living in his own + castle, and holding but slight allegiance to any feudal lord, making war + upon his neighbor on his own account, levying blackmail from travelers, + and perpetually at variance with the burghers of the towns. + </p> + <p> + The hills were covered with immense forests, which stretched for many + leagues in all directions, and these were infested by wolves, bears, and + robbers. + </p> + <p> + The latter, however, although men without pity or religion, yet held the + troubadours in high esteem, and the travelers without fear entered the + gloomy shades of the forest. + </p> + <p> + They had not gone far when their way was barred by a number of armed men. + </p> + <p> + "I am a minstrel," Blondel said; "and as such doubt not that your courtesy + will be extended to me." + </p> + <p> + "Of a surety," the leader said; "the gay science is as much loved and + respected in the greenwood as in the castle; and moreover, the purses of + those who follow it are too light to offer any temptation to us. We would + pray you, however, to accompany us to our leader, who will mightily + rejoice to see you, for he loves music, and will gladly be your host so + long as you will stay with him." + </p> + <p> + Blondel, without objection, turned his horse's head and accompanied the + men, followed by Cuthbert. After half an hour's traveling they came to a + building which had formerly been a shrine, but which was now converted to + the robbers' headquarters. The robber chief, on hearing from his followers + the news that a minstrel had arrived, came forward to meet him, and + courteously bade him welcome. + </p> + <p> + "I am Sir Adelbert, of Rotherheim," he said, "although you see me in so + poor a plight. My castle and lands have been taken by my neighbor, with + whom for generations my family have been at feud. I was in the Holy Land + with the emperor, and on my return found that the baron had taken the + opportunity of my absence, storming my castle and seizing my lands. In + vain I petitioned the emperor to dispossess this traitorous baron of my + lands, which by all the laws of Christendom should have been respected + during my absence. The emperor did indeed send a letter to the baron to + deliver them up to me; but his power here is but nominal, and the baron + contemptuously threw the royal proclamation into the fire and told the + messenger that what he had taken by the sword he would hold by the sword; + and the emperor having weightier matters on hand than to set troops in + motion to redress the grievances of a simple knight, gave the matter no + further thought. I have therefore been driven to the forest, where I live + as best I may with my followers, most of whom were retainers upon my + estate, and some my comrades in the Holy Land. I make war upon the rich + and powerful, and beyond that do harm to no man. But, methinks," he + continued, "I know your face, gentle sir." + </p> + <p> + "It may well be so, Sir Adelbert," the minstrel said, "for I too was in + the Holy Land. I followed the train of King Richard, and mayhap at some of + the entertainments given by him you have seen my face. My name is + Blondel." + </p> + <p> + "I remember now," the knight said. "It was at Acre that I first saw you, + and if I remember rightly you can wield the sword as well as the lute." + </p> + <p> + "One cannot always be playing and singing," Blondel said, "and in lack of + amusement I was forced to do my best against the infidel, who indeed would + have but little respected my art had I fallen into his hands. The + followers of the prophet hold minstrels but in slight reverence." + </p> + <p> + "What is the news of King Richard?" the knight said. "I have heard that he + was lost on the voyage homeward." + </p> + <p> + "It is not so," Blondel said. "He landed safely on the coast, and was + journeying north with a view of joining his sister at the court of Saxony, + when he was foully seized and imprisoned by the Archduke John." + </p> + <p> + "That were gross shame indeed," the knight said, "and black treachery on + the part of Duke John. And where is the noble king imprisoned?" + </p> + <p> + "That," said Blondel, "no man knows. On my journey hither I have gathered + that the emperor claimed him from the hand of the archduke, and that he is + imprisoned in one of the royal fortresses, but which I know not. And + indeed, sir knight, since you are well disposed toward him, I may tell you + that the purport of my journey is to discover if I can the place of his + confinement. He was a kind and noble master, and however long my search + may be, I will yet obtain news of him." + </p> + <p> + The knight warmly applauded the troubadour's resolution, and was turning + to lead him into his abode, when his eye fell upon Cuthbert. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks I know the face of your attendant as well as your own; though + where I can have seen him I know not. Was he with you in the Holy Land?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," Blondel said, "the youth was also there; and doubtless you may have + noticed him, for he is indeed of distinguished and of good family." + </p> + <p> + "Then let him share our repast," the knight said, "if it seems good to + you. In these woods there is no rank, and I myself have long dropped my + knightly title, and shall not reassume it until I can pay off my score to + the Baron of Rotherheim, and take my place again in my castle." + </p> + <p> + The minstrel and Cuthbert were soon seated at the table with the knight + and one or two of his principal companions. A huge venison pasty formed + the staple of the repast, but hares and other small game were also upon + the table. Nor was the generous wine of the country wanting. + </p> + <p> + The knight had several times glanced at Cuthbert, and at last exclaimed, + "I have it now. This is no attendant, sir minstrel, but that valiant young + knight who so often rode near King Richard in battle. He is, as I guess, + your companion in this quest; is it not so?" + </p> + <p> + "It is," Cuthbert replied frankly. "I am, like yourself, a disinherited + knight, and my history resembles yours. Upon my return to England I found + another in possession of the land and titles that belonged to the noble I + followed, and which King Richard bestowed upon me. The Earl of Evesham was + doubtless known to you, and before his death King Richard, at his request, + bestowed upon me as his adopted son—although but a distant + connection—his title and lands and the hand of his daughter. Prince + John, who now rules in England, had however granted these things to one of + his favorites, and he having taken possession of the land and title, + though not, happily, of the lady, closed his door somewhat roughly in my + face. I found means, however, to make my mark upon him; but as our quarrel + could not be fought out to the end, and as the false knight had the aid of + Prince John, I am forced for awhile to postpone our settlement, and + meeting my good friend the minstrel, agreed to join him in his enterprise + to discover our lord the king." + </p> + <p> + The knight warmly grasped Cuthbert's hand. + </p> + <p> + "I am glad," he said, "to meet so true and valiant a knight. I have often + wondered at the valor with which you, although so young, bore yourself; + and there were tales afloat of strange adventures which you had undergone + in captivity for a time among the infidels." + </p> + <p> + At Sir Adelbert's request Cuthbert related the story of his adventures + among the Saracens; and then Blondel, tuning his lute, sang several + canzonets which he had composed in the Holy Land, of feats of arms and + adventure. + </p> + <p> + "How far are you," Cuthbert asked presently, when Blondel laid his lute + aside, "from the estates which were wrongfully wrested from you?" + </p> + <p> + "But twenty leagues," the knight said. "My castle was on the Rhine, + between Coblentz and Mannheim." + </p> + <p> + "Does the baron know that you are so near?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks that he does not," the knight replied, "but that he deems me to + have gone to the court of the emperor to seek for redress—which, he + guesses, I shall certainly fail to obtain." + </p> + <p> + "How many men have you with you?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "Fifty men, all good and true," the knight said. + </p> + <p> + "Has it never entered your thoughts to attempt a surprise upon his + castle?" Cuthbert said. + </p> + <p> + The knight was silent for a minute. + </p> + <p> + "At times," he said at length, "thoughts of so doing have occurred to me; + but the castle is strong, and a surprise would be difficult indeed." + </p> + <p> + "If the baron is lulled in security at present," Cuthbert said, "and deems + you afar off, the watch is likely to be relaxed, and with a sudden + onslaught you might surely obtain possession. Blondel and myself are not + pressed for time, and the delay of a few days can make but little + difference. If, therefore, you think we could be of assistance to you in + such an attempt, my sword, and I am sure that of my friend, would be at + your disposal." + </p> + <p> + The knight sat for some time in silence. + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, generous knight," he said at last, "I am sorely tempted to avail + myself of your offer; but I fear that the enterprise is hopeless. The aid, + however, of your arm and knowledge of war would greatly add to my chances, + and if it pleases you we will ride to-morrow to a point where we can + obtain a sight of the baron's castle. When you see it you shall judge + yourself how far such an enterprise as you propose is possible." + </p> + <p> + "Is your own castle intact?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "The walls are standing," he said; "but a breach has been made in them, + and at present it is wholly deserted." + </p> + <p> + "Do you think," Cuthbert asked, "that if you succeeded in surprising and + defeating the garrison of the castle that you could then regain your own, + and hold it against your enemy?" + </p> + <p> + "I think that I could," Sir Adelbert said. "The baron's domains are but + little larger than my own. Many of my retainers still live upon the + estate, and would, I am sure, gladly join me, if I were to raise my flag. + The baron, too, is hated by his neighbors, and could I inflict a crushing + blow upon him, methinks it would be so long a time before he could + assemble a force, that I might regain my castle and put it in an attitude + of defense before he could take the field against me." + </p> + <p> + "If," Cuthbert said, "we could surprise the castle, it might well be that + the baron would fall into your hands, and in that case you might be able + to make your own terms with him. How strong a force is he likely to have + in his castle?" + </p> + <p> + "Some fifty or sixty men," the knight replied; "for with such a force he + could hold the castle against an attack of ten times their number, and he + could in twelve hours call in his retainers, and raise the garrison to + three hundred or four hundred men." + </p> + <p> + Blondel warmly assented to Cuthbert's scheme, and it was settled that at + daybreak they should start to view the Castle of Rotherheim. At early dawn + they were in the saddle, and the three rode all day, until toward sunset + they stood on the crest of a hill looking down into the valley of the + Rhine. + </p> + <p> + The present aspect of that valley affords but a slight idea of its beauty + in those days. The slopes are now clad with vineyards, which, although + picturesque in idea, are really, to look at from a distance, no better + than so many turnip fields. The vines are planted in rows and trained to + short sticks, and as these rows follow the declivities of the hillside, + they are run in all directions, and the whole mountain side, from the + river far up, is cut up into little patches of green lines. In those days + the mountains were clad with forests, which descended nearly to the + riverside. Here and there, upon craggy points, were situate the fortalices + of the barons. Little villages nestled in the woods, or stood by the river + bank, and a fairer scene could not be witnessed in Europe. + </p> + <p> + "That is Rotherheim," the knight said, pointing to a fortress standing on + a crag, which rose high above the woods around it; "and that," he said, + pointing to another some four miles away, similarly placed, "is my own." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert examined closely the fortress of Rotherheim. It was a large + building, with towers at the angles, and seemed to rise almost abruptly + from the edge of the rock. Inside rose the gables and round turrets of the + dwelling-place of the baron, and the only access was by a steep winding + path on the riverside. + </p> + <p> + "It is indeed a strong place," Cuthbert said, "and difficult to take by + surprise. A watch no doubt is always kept over the entrance, and there we + can hope for no success. The only plan will be to scale the wall by means + of a ladder; but how the ladder is to be got to so great a height, I own + at present passes my comprehension." After much thought, Cuthbert went on, + "It might, methinks, be practicable for an archer to approach the walls, + and to shoot an arrow over the angle of the castle so that it would pass + inside the turret there, and fall in the forest beyond. If to this arrow + were attached a light cord, it could be gained by one on the other side, + and a stronger cord hauled over. To this could be attached a rope ladder, + and so this could be raised to the top of the wall. If a sentinel were + anywhere near he might hear the rope pulled across the battlements; but + if, as we may hope, a watch is kept only over the entrance, the operation + might be performed without attracting notice." + </p> + <p> + The knight was delighted with the project, which seemed perfectly + feasible, and it was agreed that the attempt should be made. + </p> + <p> + "It will need," Sir Adelbert said, "an archer with a strong arm indeed to + shoot an arrow with a cord attached to it, however light, over the corner + of the castle." + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that I can do that, for as a lad I was used to + the strong bows of my country. The first thing, however, will be to obtain + such a bow; but doubtless one can be purchased in one of the towns, which, + if not so strong as those to which I was accustomed, will at any rate + suffice for us." + </p> + <p> + The party bivouacked in the woods for the night, for the horses had + already done a very long journey, and needed rest before starting back for + the Black Forest. At daybreak, however, they started, and at nightfall + rejoined their band. These were delighted when they heard the scheme that + had been set on foot, and all avowed their eagerness to join in the + attempt to restore their lord to his rights. + </p> + <p> + Two days later they set out, having already procured from the nearest town + a strong bow, some arrows, a very light rope, and a stronger one from a + portion of which they manufactured a rope ladder capable of reaching from + the top of the wall to the rock below. The journey this time occupied two + days, as the men on foot were unable to march at the pace at which the + mounted party had traversed the ground. The evening of the second day, + however, saw them in sight of the castle. By Cuthbert's advice, Sir + Adelbert determined to give them twenty-four hours of rest, in order that + they might have their full strength for undertaking the task before them. + During the day Cuthbert, guided by the knight, made his way through the + woods to the foot of the rocks on which the castle stood. They were + extremely steep, but could be mounted by active men if unopposed from + above. Cuthbert measured the height with his eye from the top of the + castle wall to the place which he selected as most fitting from which to + shoot the arrow, and announced to the knight that he thought there would + be no difficulty in discharging an arrow over the angle. + </p> + <p> + At nightfall the whole party made their way silently through the woods. + Three men were sent round to the side of the castle opposite that from + which Cuthbert was to shoot. The length of light string was carefully + coiled on the ground, so as to unwind with the greatest facility, and so + offer as little resistance to the flight of the arrow as might be. Then, + all being in readiness, Cuthbert attached the end to an arrow, and drawing + the bow to its full compass, let fly the arrow. All held their breath; but + no sound followed the discharge. They were sure, therefore, that the arrow + had not struck the wall, but that it must have passed clear over it. Half + an hour elapsed before they felt that the cord was pulled, and knew that + the men upon the other side had succeeded in finding the arrow and string + attached. The stronger cord was now fastened to that which the arrow had + carried, and this gradually disappeared in the darkness. A party now stole + up the rock, and posted themselves at the foot of the castle wall. They + took with them the coil of rope-ladder and the end of the rope. At length + the rope tightened, and to the end they attached the ladder. This again + ascended until the end only remained upon the ground, and they knew that + it must have reached the top of the wall. They now held fast, and knew + that those on the other side, following the instructions given them, would + have fastened the rope to a tree upon the opposite side. They were now + joined by the rest of the party, and Sir Adelbert leading the way, and + followed by Cuthbert and Blondel, began cautiously to ascend the rope + ladder. + </p> + <p> + All this time no sound from the castle proclaimed that their intention was + suspected, or that any alarm had been given, and in silence they gained + the top of the wall. Here they remained quiet until the whole band were + gathered there, and then made their way along until they reached the + stairs leading to the courtyard. These they descended, and then, raising + his war-cry, Sir Adelbert sprang upon the men who, round a fire, were + sitting by the gate. These were cut down before they could leap to their + feet, and the party then rushed at the entrance to the dwelling-house. The + retainers of the castle, aroused by the sudden din, rushed from their + sleeping places, but taken completely by surprise, were unable to offer + any resistance whatever to the strong force which had, as if by magic, + taken possession of the castle. The surprise was complete, and with scarce + a blow struck they found themselves in possession. The baron himself was + seized as he rose from his bed, and his rage at finding himself in the + power of his enemy was so great as for some time to render him speechless. + Sir Adelbert briefly dictated to him the conditions upon which only he + should desist from using his power to hang him over his own gate. The + baron was instantly to issue orders to all his own retainers and tenantry + to lend their aid to those of Sir Adelbert in putting the castle of the + latter into a state of defense and mending the breach which existed. A sum + of money, equal to the revenues of which he had possessed himself, was to + be paid at once, and the knight was to retain possession of Rotherheim and + of the baron's person until these conditions were all faithfully carried + out. The baron had no resource but to assent to these terms, and upon the + following day Cuthbert and Blondel departed upon their way, overwhelmed + with thanks by Sir Adelbert, and confident that he would now be able to + regain and hold the possession of his estate. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVI. — KING RICHARD'S RETURN TO ENGLAND. + </h2> + <p> + Journeying onward, Blondel and his companion stopped at many castles, and + were everywhere hospitably entertained. Arriving at Vienna they lingered + for some time, hoping there to be able to obtain some information of the + whereabouts of King Richard. Blondel in his songs artfully introduced + allusions to the captive monarch and to the mourning of all Christendom at + the imprisonment of its champion. These allusions were always well + received, and he found that the great bulk of the nobles of the empire + were indignant and ashamed at the conduct of the emperor in imprisoning + his illustrious rival. The secret of his prison place, however, appeared + to have been so well kept that no information whatever was obtainable. + </p> + <p> + "We must carry out our original plan," he said at length, "and journey + into the Tyrol. In one of the fortresses there he is most likely to be + confined." + </p> + <p> + Leaving the capital they wandered up into the mountains for weeks, + visiting one castle after another. It was no easy matter in all cases to + get so near to these prisons as to give a hope that their voice might be + heard within, or an answer received without. More than once crossbow bolts + were shot at them from the walls when they did not obey the sentinel's + challenge and move further away. Generally, however, it was in the daytime + that they sang. Wandering carelessly up, they would sit down within + earshot of the castle, open their wallets, and take out provisions from + their store, and then, having eaten and drunk, Blondel would produce his + lute and sing, as if for his own pleasure. It needed, however, four visits + to each castle before they could be sure that the captive was not there; + for the song had to be sung on each side. Sometimes they would cheat + themselves with the thought that they heard an answering voice; but it was + not until the end of the fourth week, when singing outside the castle of + Diernstein, that a full rich voice, when Blondel ceased, sang out the + second stanza of the poem. With difficulty Blondel and Cuthbert restrained + themselves from an extravagant exhibition of joy. They knew, however, that + men on the prison wall were watching them as they sat singing, and + Blondel, with a final strain taken from a ballad of a knight who, having + discovered the hiding-place of his lady love, prepared to free her from + her oppressors, shouldered his lute, and they started on their homeward + journey. + </p> + <p> + There was no delay now. At times they sang indeed at castles; but only + when their store was exhausted, for upon these occasions Blondel would be + presented with a handsome goblet or other solid token of the owner's + approval, and the sale of this at the next city would take them far on + their way. They thought it better not to pass through France, as Philip, + they knew, was on the watch to prevent any news of King Richard reaching + England. They therefore again passed through Brabant, and so by ship to + England. + </p> + <p> + Hearing that Longchamp, Bishop of Ely, one of Richard's vicegerents, was + over in Normandy, and rightly deeming him the most earnest of his + adherents, they at once recrossed the sea, and found the warlike prelate + at Rouen. Greatly delighted was he at hearing that Richard's hiding-place + had been discovered. He at once sent across the news to England, and + ordered it to be published far and wide, and himself announced it to the + barons of Normandy. Then with a gorgeous retinue, including Cuthbert and + Blondel, he started for Vienna, and arriving there demanded an interview + with the emperor. + </p> + <p> + The news that it was now certain that Richard was imprisoned in a castle + of the emperor had already spread through Europe, and the bishop had been + received everywhere with tokens of sympathy; and so great was the feeling + shown by the counts and barons of the empire that the Emperor Henry felt + that he could no longer refuse to treat for the surrender of his captive. + Therefore he granted the interview which Longchamp demanded. The English + envoy was received by the emperor surrounded by his nobles. The prelate + advanced with great dignity. + </p> + <p> + "I come," he said, "in the name of the people of England to demand the + restoration of King Richard, most unjustly and unknightly detained a + prisoner in his passage through your dominions." + </p> + <p> + "King Richard was my foe," the emperor said, "open and secret, and I was + justified in detaining one who is alike my enemy and a scourge to Europe + as a prisoner, when fortune threw him in my hands. I am, however, willing + to put him to a ransom, and will upon the payment of one hundred and fifty + thousand marks allow him to go free." + </p> + <p> + "I deny your right to detain him or to put him to ransom," the bishop + said. "But as you have the power, so my denial is useless. England is + poor, impoverished with war and by the efforts which she made in the + service of our holy religion. Nevertheless, poor as she is, she will raise + the sum you demand. There is not an Englishman who will not furnish all he + can afford for the rescue of our king. But once again, in the presence of + your nobles, I denounce your conduct as base and unkingly." + </p> + <p> + The emperor could with difficulty restrain his passion; but the sight of + the somber visages of his nobles showed that they shared in no slight + degree the feelings which the English envoy had so boldly announced. + </p> + <p> + "Before, however," the emperor said, "I surrender King Richard, he must be + tried by my peers of many and various crimes of which he is accused. + Should he be found guilty of these, no gold can purchase his release. + Should he, however, be acquitted, then as my word is given so shall it + be." + </p> + <p> + "Although," the prelate said, "I deny your right to try our king, and + believe that he himself will refuse to accept your jurisdiction, yet I + fear not the result if our lord be left in the hands of the nobles of the + empire and not in yours. I can trust their honor and courtesy." + </p> + <p> + And turning upon his heel, without another word he quitted the apartment. + </p> + <p> + An hour later the bishop and his following took horse and rode with all + speed to the north coast, and thence sailed for England. The news of the + amount of ransom filled the people with consternation; but preparations + were at once made for collecting the sum demanded. Queen Eleanor was + unceasing in her efforts to raise the money for the release of her + favorite son. The nobles contributed their jewels and silver; the people + gave contributions of goods, for money was so scarce in England that few + had the wherewithal to pay in coin. Prince John placed every obstacle in + the way of the collection; but the barons had since their successful stand + obtained the upper hand, and it was by intrigue only that he could hinder + the collection. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, popular opinion throughout Europe was strong upon the + side of King Richard. The pope himself wrote to the emperor on his behalf. + The barons of the empire were indignant at the shame placed upon their + country; and the emperor, although he would fain have thrown further + delays in the way, was obliged at last to order the first step to be + taken. + </p> + <p> + A solemn diet was ordered to assemble at Worms. Here were collected all + the nobles of the empire, and before them King Richard was brought. It was + a grand assembly. Upon a raised throne on the daïs sat the emperor + himself, and beside him and near him were the great feudatories of the + empire, and along the sides of the walls were ranged in long rows the + lesser barons. When the doors were opened and King Richard entered, the + whole assembly, save the emperor, rose in respect to the captive monarch. + Although pale from his long confinement, the proud air of Richard was in + no way abated, and the eyes that had flashed so fearlessly upon the + Saracens looked as sternly down the long lines of the barons of Germany. + Of splendid stature and physique, King Richard was unquestionably the + finest man of his time. He was handsome, with a frank face, but with a + fierce and passionate eye. He wore his mustache with a short beard and + closely-cut whisker. His short curly hair was cropped closely to his head, + upon which he wore a velvet cap with gold coronet, while a scarlet robe + lined with fur fell over his coat of mail, for the emperor had deemed it + imprudent to excite the feeling of the assembly in favor of the prisoner + by depriving him of the symbols of his rank. + </p> + <p> + King Richard strode to the place prepared for him, and then turning to the + assembly he said, in a voice which rang through the hall: + </p> + <p> + "Counts and lords of the Empire of Germany, I, Richard, King of England, + do deny your right to try me. I am a king, and can only be tried by my + peers and by the pope, who is the head of Christendom. I might refuse to + plead, refuse to take any part in this assembly, and appeal to the pope, + who alone has power to punish kings. But I will waive my rights. I rely + upon the honor and probity of the barons of Germany. I have done no man + wrong, and would appear as fearlessly before an assembly of peasants as + before a gathering of barons. Such faults as I may have, and none are + without them, are not such as those with which I am charged. I have slain + many men in anger, but none by treachery. When Richard of England strikes + he strikes in the light of day. He leaves poison and treachery to his + enemies, and I hurl back with indignation and scorn in the teeth of him + who makes them the charges brought against me." + </p> + <p> + So saying King Richard took his seat amid a murmur of applause from the + crowded hall. + </p> + <p> + The trial then commenced. The accusations against Richard were of many + kinds. Chief among them was the murder of Conrad of Montferat; but there + were charges of having brought the Crusade to naught by thwarting the + general plans, by his arrogance in refusing to be bound by the decision of + the other leaders, and by having made a peace contrary to the interests of + the Crusaders. The list was a long one; but the evidence produced was + pitiably weak. Beyond the breath of suspicion, no word of real evidence + connecting him with the murder of Conrad of Montferat was adduced, and the + other charges were supported by no better evidence. Many of the German + barons who had been at the Crusades themselves came forward to testify to + the falsity of these charges, and the fact that Richard had himself placed + Conrad of Montferat upon the throne, and had no possible interest in his + death, was alone more than sufficient to nullify the vague rumors brought + against him. Richard himself in a few a scornful words disposed of this + accusation. The accusation that he, Richard of England, would stoop to + poison a man whom he could have crushed in an instant was too absurd to be + seriously treated. + </p> + <p> + "I am sure," the king said, "that not one person here believes this idle + tale. That I did not always agree with the other leaders is true; but I + call upon every one here to say whether, had they listened to me and + followed my advice, the Crusade would not have had another ending. Even + after Philip of France had withdrawn; even after I had been deserted by + John of Austria, I led the troops of the Crusaders from every danger and + every difficulty to within sight of the walls of Jerusalem. Had I been + supported with zeal, the holy city would have been ours; but the apathy, + the folly, and the weakness of the leaders brought ruin upon the army. + They thought not of conquering Jerusalem, but of thwarting me; and I + retort upon them the charge of having sacrificed the success of the + Crusade. As to the terms of peace, how were they made? I, with some fifty + knights and one thousand followers, alone remained in the Holy Land. Who + else, I ask, so circumstanced, could have obtained any terms whatever from + Saladin? It was the weight of my arm alone which saved Jaffa and Acre, and + the line of seacoast, to the Cross. And had I followed the example set me + by him of Austria and the Frenchman, not one foot of the Holy Land would + now remain in Christian hands." + </p> + <p> + The trial was soon over, and without a single dissentient the King of + England was acquitted of all the charges brought against him. But the + money was not yet raised, and King Richard was taken back into the heart + of Germany. At length, by prodigious exertions, half the amount claimed + was collected, and upon the solicitations of the pope and of the counts of + his own empire, the emperor consented to release Richard upon receipt of + this sum, and his royal promise that the remainder should be made up. + </p> + <p> + Not as yet, however, were the intrigues at an end. Prince John and King + Philip alike implored the emperor to retain his captive, and offered to + him a larger sum than the ransom if he would still hold him in his hands. + Popular opinion, was, however, too strong. When the news of these + negotiations became bruited abroad the counts of the empire, filled with + indignation, protested against this shame and dishonor being brought upon + the country. The pope threatened him with excommunication; and at last the + emperor, feeling that he would risk his throne did he further insist, was + forced to open the prison gates and let the king free. Cuthbert, Blondel, + and a few other trusty friends were at hand, and their joy at receiving + their long-lost sovereign was indeed intense. Horses had been provided in + readiness, and without a moment's delay the king started, for even at the + last moment it was feared that the emperor might change his mind. This + indeed was the case. The king had not started many hours, when the arrival + of fresh messengers from Philip and John induced the emperor once more to + change his intentions, and a body of men were sent in pursuit of the king. + The latter fortunately made no stay on the way, but changing horses + frequently—for everywhere he was received with honor and attention—he + pushed forward for the coast of the North Sea, and arrived there two or + three hours only before his oppressors. Fortunately it was night, and + taking a boat he embarked without a moment's delay; and when the + emissaries of the emperor arrived the boat was already out of sight, and + in the darkness pursuit was hopeless. + </p> + <p> + On landing at Dover, the first to present himself before him was Prince + John, who, in the most abject terms besought pardon for the injuries he + had inflicted. King Richard waved him contemptuously aside. + </p> + <p> + "Go," he said, "and may I forget your injuries as speedily as you will + forget my pardon." + </p> + <p> + Then taking horse, he rode on to London, where he was received with the + most lively acclamation by his subjects. + </p> + <p> + The first step of King Richard was to dispossess all the minions of John + from the castles and lands which had been taken from his faithful + adherents. Some of these resisted; but their fortresses were speedily + stormed. Sir Rudolph was not one of these. Immediately the news of King + Richard's arrival in England reached him, feeling that all was now lost, + he rode to the seacoast, took ship, and passed into France, and Cuthbert, + on his arrival at Evesham, found himself undisputed lord of the place. He + found that the hiding-place of his mother had not been discovered, and, + after a short delay to put matters in train, he, attended by a gallant + retinue, rode into Wiltshire to the castle of Sir Baldwin of Béthune. Here + he found the Lady Margaret safe and sound, and mightily pleased to see + him. She was now seventeen, and offered no objections whatever to the + commands of King Richard that she should at once bestow her hand upon the + Earl of Evesham. By the king's order, the wedding took place at London, + the king himself bestowing the bride upon his faithful follower, whom we + may now leave to the enjoyment of the fortune and wife he had so valiantly + won. + </p> + <h3> + THE END. + </h3> + <div style="height: 6em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13354 ***</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d89792 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #13354 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/13354) diff --git a/old/13354-8.txt b/old/13354-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0900af --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13354-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10160 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Boy Knight, by G.A. Henty + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Boy Knight + +Author: G.A. Henty + +Release Date: September 2, 2004 [EBook #13354] +[Last updated: August 4, 2013] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BOY KNIGHT *** + + + + +Produced by Ted Garvin, Annika Feilbach and PG Distributed Proofreaders + + + + + + + + + +THE BOY KNIGHT. + +A TALE OF THE CRUSADES. + + +BY G.A. HENTY, + +_Author of "The Young Buglers," "Through the Fray," "The Cornet of +Horse," "The Young Colonists," "In Times of Peril," etc., etc._ + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +CHAPTER I. +The Outlaws. + +CHAPTER II. +A Rescue. + +CHAPTER III. +The Capture of Wortham Hold. + +CHAPTER IV. +The Crusades. + +CHAPTER V. +Preparations. + +CHAPTER VI. +The Lists. + +CHAPTER VII. +Revenge. + +CHAPTER VIII. +The Attack. + +CHAPTER IX. +The Princess Berengaria. + +CHAPTER X. +Pirates. + +CHAPTER XI. +In the Holy Land. + +CHAPTER XII. +The Accolade. + +CHAPTER XIII. +In the Hands of the Saracens. + +CHAPTER XIV. +An Effort for Freedom. + +CHAPTER XV. +A Hermit's Tale. + +CHAPTER XVI. +A Fight of Heroes. + +CHAPTER XVII. +An Alpine Storm. + +CHAPTER XVIII. +Sentenced to Death. + +CHAPTER XIX. +Dresden. + +CHAPTER XX. +Under the Greenwood. + +CHAPTER XXI. +The Attempt on the Convent. + +CHAPTER XXII. +A Dastardly Stratagem. + +CHAPTER XXIII. +The False and Perjured Knight. + +CHAPTER XXIV. +The Siege of Evesham Castle. + +CHAPTER XXV. +In Search of the King. + +CHAPTER XXVI. +King Richard's Return to England. + + + + + +THE BOY KNIGHT. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE OUTLAWS. + + +It was a bright morning in the month of August, when a lad of some +fifteen years of age, sitting on a low wall, watched party after party +of armed men riding up to the castle of the Earl of Evesham. A casual +observer glancing at his curling hair and bright open face, as also at +the fashion of his dress, would at once have assigned to him a purely +Saxon origin; but a keener eye would have detected signs that Norman +blood ran also in his veins, for his figure was lither and lighter, his +features more straightly and shapely cut, than was common among Saxons. +His dress consisted of a tight-fitting jerkin, descending nearly to his +knees. The material was a light-blue cloth, while over his shoulder hung +a short cloak of a darker hue. His cap was of Saxon fashion, and he wore +on one side a little plume of a heron. In a somewhat costly belt hung a +light short sword, while across his knees lay a crossbow, in itself +almost a sure sign of its bearer being of other than Saxon blood. The +boy looked anxiously as party after party rode past toward the castle. + +"I would give something," he said, "to know what wind blows these knaves +here. From every petty castle in the Earl's feu the retainers seem +hurrying here. Is he bent, I wonder, on settling once and for all his +quarrels with the Baron of Wortham? or can he be intending to make a +clear sweep of the woods? Ah! here comes my gossip Hubert; he may tell +me the meaning of this gathering." + +Leaping to his feet, the speaker started at a brisk walk to meet a +jovial-looking personage coming down from the direction of the castle. +The newcomer was dressed in the attire of a falconer, and two dogs +followed at his heels. + +"Ah, Master Cuthbert," he said, "what brings you so near to the castle? +It is not often that you favor us with your presence." + +"I am happier in the woods, as you well know, and was on my way thither +but now, when I paused at the sight of all these troopers flocking in to +Evesham. What enterprise has Sir Walter on hand now, think you?" + +"The earl keeps his own counsel," said the falconer, "but methinks a +shrewd guess might be made at the purport of the gathering. It was but +three days since that his foresters were beaten back by the landless +men, whom they caught in the very act of cutting up a fat buck. As thou +knowest, my lord though easy and well-disposed to all, and not fond of +harassing and driving the people as are many of his neighbors, is yet to +the full as fanatical anent his forest privileges as the worst of them. +They tell me that when the news came in of the poor figure that his +foresters cut with broken bows and draggled plumes--for the varlets had +soused them in a pond of not over savory water--he swore a great oath +that he would clear the forest of the bands. It may be, indeed, that +this gathering is for the purpose of falling in force upon that +evil-disposed and most treacherous baron, Sir John of Wortham, who has +already begun to harry some of the outlying lands, and has driven off, I +hear, many heads of cattle. It is a quarrel which will have to be fought +out sooner or later, and the sooner the better, say I. Although I am no +man of war, and love looking after my falcons or giving food to my dogs +far more than exchanging hard blows, yet would I gladly don the buff and +steel coat to aid in leveling the keep of that robber and tyrant, Sir +John of Wortham." + +"Thanks, good Hubert," said the lad. "I must not stand gossiping here. +The news you have told me, as you know, touches me closely, for I would +not that harm should come to the forest men." + +"Let it not out, I beseech thee, Cuthbert, that the news came from me, +for temperate as Sir Walter is at most times, he would, methinks, give +me short shift did he know that the wagging of my tongue might have +given warning through which the outlaws of the Chase should slip through +his fingers." + +"Fear not, Hubert; I can be mum when the occasion needs. Can you tell +me further, when the bands now gathering are likely to set forth?" + +"In brief breathing space," the falconer replied. "Those who first +arrived I left swilling beer, and devouring pies and other provisions +cooked for them last night, and from what I hear, they will set forth as +soon as the last comer has arrived. Whichever be their quarry, they will +try to fall upon it before the news of their arrival is bruited abroad." + +With a wave of his hand to the falconer the boy started. Leaving the +road, and striking across the slightly undulated country dotted here and +there by groups of trees, the lad ran at a brisk trot, without stopping +to halt or breathe, until after half an hour's run he arrived at the +entrance of a building, whose aspect proclaimed it to be the abode of a +Saxon franklin of some importance. It would not be called a castle, but +was rather a fortified house, with a few windows looking without, and +surrounded by a moat crossed by a drawbridge, and capable of sustaining +anything short of a real attack. Erstwood had but lately passed into +Norman hands, and was indeed at present owned by a Saxon. Sir William de +Lance, the father of the lad who is now entering its portals, was a +friend and follower of the Earl of Evesham; and soon after his lord had +married Gweneth, the heiress of all these fair lands--given to him by +the will of the king, to whom by the death of her father she became a +ward--Sir William had married Editha, the daughter and heiress of the +franklin of Erstwood, a cousin and dear friend of the new Countess of +Evesham. + +In neither couple could the marriage at first have been called one of +inclination on the part of the ladies, but love came after marriage. +Although the knights and barons of the Norman invasion would, no doubt, +be considered rude and rough in these days of broadcloth and +civilization, yet their manners were gentle and polished by the side of +those of the rough though kindly Saxon franklins; and although the Saxon +maids were doubtless as patriotic as their fathers and mothers, yet the +female mind is greatly led by gentle manners and courteous address. +Thus, then, when bidden or forced to give their hands to the Norman +knights, they speedily accepted their lot, and for the most part grew +contented and happy enough. In their changed circumstances it was +pleasanter to ride by the side of their Norman husbands, surrounded by a +gay cavalcade, to hawk and to hunt, than to discharge the quiet duties +of mistress of a Saxon farmhouse. In many cases, of course, their lot +was rendered wretched by the violence and brutality of their lords; but +in the majority they were well satisfied with their lot, and these mixed +marriages did more to bring the peoples together and weld them in one +than all the laws and decrees of the Norman sovereigns. + +This had certainly been the case with Editha, whose marriage with Sir +William had been one of the greatest happiness. She had lost him three +years before the story begins, fighting in Normandy, in one of the +innumerable wars in which our first Norman kings were constantly +involved. On entering the gates of Erstwood Cuthbert had rushed hastily +to the room where his mother was sitting, with three or four of her +maidens, engaged in work. + +"I want to speak to you at once, mother," he said. + +"What is it now, my son?" said his mother, who was still young and very +comely. Waving her hand to the girls they left her. + +"Mother," he said, when they were alone, "I fear me that Sir Walter is +about to make a great raid upon the outlaws. Armed men have been coming +in all the morning from the castles round, and if it be not against the +Baron de Wortham that these preparations are intended, and methinks it +is not, it must needs be against the landless men." + +"What would you do, Cuthbert?" his mother asked anxiously. "It will not +do for you to be found meddling in these matters. At present you stand +well in the favor of the earl, who loves you for the sake of his wife, +to whom you are kin, and of your father, who did him good liegeman's +service." + +"But, mother, I have many friends in the wood. There is Cnut, their +chief, your own first cousin, and many others of our friends, all good +men and true, though forced by the cruel Norman laws to refuge in the +woods." + +"What would you do?" again his mother asked. + +"I would take Ronald my pony and ride to warn them of the danger that +threatens." + +"You had best go on foot, my son. Doubtless men have been set to see +that none from the Saxon homesteads carry the warning to the woods. The +distance is not beyond your reach, for you have often wandered there, +and on foot you can evade the eye of the watchers; but one thing, my +son, you must promise, and that is, that in no case, should the earl and +his bands meet with the outlaws, will you take part in any fray or +struggle." + +"That will I willingly, mother," he said. "I have no cause for offense +against the castle or the forest, and my blood and my kin are with both. +I would fain save shedding of blood in a quarrel like this. I hope that +the time may come when Saxon and Norman may fight side by side, and I +may be there to see." + +A few minutes later, having changed his blue doublet for one of more +sober and less noticeable color, Cuthbert started for the great forest, +which then stretched to within a mile of Erstwood. In those days a large +part of the country was covered with forest, and the policy of the +Normans in preserving these woods for the chase tended to prevent the +increase of cultivation. + +The farms and cultivated lands were all held by Saxons, who although +nominally handed over to the nobles to whom William and his successors +had given the fiefs, saw but little of their Norman masters. These +stood, indeed, much in the position in which landlords stand to their +tenants, payment being made, for the most part, in produce. At the edge +of the wood the trees grew comparatively far apart, but as Cuthbert +proceeded further into its recesses, the trees in the virgin forest +stood thick and close together. Here and there open glades ran across +each other, and in these his sharp eye, accustomed to the forest, could +often see the stags starting away at the sound of his footsteps. + +It was a full hour's journey before Cuthbert reached the point for which +he was bound. Here, in an open space, probably cleared by a storm ages +before, and overshadowed by giant trees, was a group of men of all ages +and appearances. Some were occupied in stripping the skin off a buck +which hung from the bough of one of the trees. Others were roasting +portions of the carcass of another deer. A few sat apart, some talking, +others busy in making arrows, while a few lay asleep on the greensward. +As Cuthbert entered the clearing several of the party rose to their +feet. + +"Ah, Cuthbert," shouted a man of almost gigantic stature, who appeared +to be one of the leaders of the party, "what brings you here, lad, so +early? You are not wont to visit us till even, when you can lay your +crossbow at a stag by moonlight." + +"No, no, Cousin Cnut," Cuthbert said, "thou canst not say that I have +ever broken the forest laws, though I have looked on often and often, +while you have done so." + +"The abettor is as bad as the thief," laughed Cnut, "and if the +foresters caught us in the act, I wot they would make but little +difference whether it was the shaft of my longbow or the quarrel from +thy crossbow which brought down the quarry. But again, lad, why comest +thou here? for I see by the sweat on your face and by the heaving of +your sides that you have run fast and far." + +"I have, Cnut; I have not once stopped for breathing since I left +Erstwood. I have come to warn you of danger. The earl is preparing for a +raid." + +Cnut laughed somewhat disdainfully. + +"He has raided here before, and I trow has carried off no game. The +landless men of the forest can hold their own against a handful of +Norman knights and retainers in their own home." + +"Ay," said Cuthbert, "but this will be no common raid. This morning +bands from all the holds within miles round are riding in, and at least +five hundred men-at-arms are likely to do chase to-day." + +"Is it so?" said Cnut, while exclamations of surprise, but not of +apprehension, broke from those standing round. "If that be so, lad, you +have done us good service indeed. With fair warning we can slip through +the fingers of ten times five hundred men, but if they came upon us +unawares, and hemmed us in, it would fare but badly with us, though we +should, I doubt not, give a good account of them before their +battle-axes and maces ended the strife. Have you any idea by which road +they will enter the forest, or what are their intentions?" + +"I know not," Cuthbert said; "all that I gathered was that the earl +intended to sweep the forest, and to put an end to the breaches of the +laws, not to say of the rough treatment that his foresters have met with +at your hands. You had best, methinks, be off before Sir Walter and his +heavily-armed men are here. The forest, large as it is, will scarce hold +you both, and methinks you had best shift your quarters to Langholm +Chase until the storm has passed." + +"To Langholm be it, then," said Cnut, "though I love not the place. Sir +John of Wortham is a worse neighbor by far than the earl. Against the +latter we bear no malice, he is a good knight and a fair lord; and could +he free himself of the Norman notions that the birds of the air, and the +beasts of the field, and the fishes of the water, all belong to Normans, +and that we Saxons have no share in them, I should have no quarrel with +him. He grinds not his neighbors, he is content with a fair tithe of the +produce, and as between man and man is a fair judge without favor. The +baron is a fiend incarnate; did he not fear that he would lose by so +doing, he would gladly cut the throats, or burn, or drown, or hang every +Saxon within twenty miles of his hold. He is a disgrace to his order, +and some day, when our band gathers a little stronger, we will burn his +nest about his ears." + +"It will be a hard nut to crack," Cuthbert said, laughing. "With such +arms as you have in the forest the enterprise would be something akin to +scaling the skies." + +"Ladders and axes will go far, lad, and the Norman men-at-arms have +learned to dread our shafts. But enough of the baron; if we must be his +neighbors for a time, so be it." + +"You have heard, my mates," he said, turning to his comrades gathered +around him, "what Cuthbert tells us. Are you of my opinion, that it is +better to move away till the storm is past than to fight against heavy +odds, without much chance of either booty or victory?" + +A general chorus proclaimed that the outlaws approved of the proposal +for a move to Langholm Chase. The preparations were simple. Bows were +taken down from the boughs on which they were hanging, quivers slung +across the backs, short cloaks thrown over the shoulders. The deer was +hurriedly dismembered, and the joints fastened to a pole slung on the +shoulders of two of the men. The drinking-cups, some of which were of +silver, looking strangely out of place among the rough horn implements +and platters, were bundled together, carried a short distance and +dropped among some thick bushes for safety; and then the band started +for Wortham. + +With a cordial farewell and many thanks to Cuthbert, who declined their +invitations to accompany them, the retreat to Langholm commenced. + +Cuthbert, not knowing in which direction the bands were likely to +approach, remained for awhile motionless, intently listening. + +In a quarter of an hour he heard the distant note of a bugle. + +It was answered in three different directions, and Cuthbert, who knew +every path and glade of the forest, was able pretty accurately to +surmise those by which the various bands were commencing to enter the +wood. + +Knowing that they were still a long way off, he advanced as rapidly as +he could in the direction in which they were coming. When by the sound +of distant voices and the breaking of branches he knew that one, at +least, of the parties was near at hand, he rapidly climbed a thick tree +and ensconced himself in the branches, and there watched, secure and +hidden from the sharpest eye, the passage of a body of men-at-arms fully +a hundred strong, led by Sir Walter himself, accompanied by some half +dozen of his knights. + +When they had passed Cuthbert again slipped down the tree and made at +all speed for home. He reached it, so far as he knew, without having +been observed by a single passer-by. + +After a brief talk with his mother he started for the castle, as his +appearance there would divert any suspicion that might arise; and it +would also appear natural that seeing the movements of so large a body +of men, he should go up to gossip with his acquaintances there. + +When distant a mile from Evesham he came upon a small party. + +On a white palfrey rode Margaret, the little daughter of the earl. She +was accompanied by her nurse and two retainers on foot. + +Cuthbert--who was a great favorite with the earl's daughter, for whom he +frequently brought pets, such as nests of young owlets, falcons, and +other creatures--was about to join the party when from a clump of trees +near burst a body of ten mounted men. + +Without a word they rode straight at the astonished group. The retainers +were cut to the ground before they had thought of drawing a sword in +defense. + +The nurse was slain by a blow with a battle-ax, and Margaret, snatched +from her palfrey, was thrown across the saddlebow of one of the mounted +men, who then with his comrades dashed off at full speed. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +A RESCUE. + + +The whole of the startling scene of the abduction of the Earl of +Evesham's daughter occupied but a few seconds. Cuthbert was so astounded +at the sudden calamity that he remained rooted to the ground at the spot +where, fortunately for himself, unnoticed by the assailants, he had +stood when they first burst from their concealment. + +For a short time he hesitated as to the course he should take. + +The men-at-arms who remained in the castle were scarce strong enough to +rescue the child, whose captors would no doubt be reinforced by a far +stronger party lurking near. + +The main body of Sir Walter's followers were deep in the recesses of the +forest, and this lay altogether out of the line for Wortham, and there +would be no chance whatever of bringing them up in time to cut off the +marauders on their way back. + +There remained only the outlaws, who by this time would be in Langholm +Forest, perhaps within a mile or two of the castle itself. + +The road by which the horsemen would travel would be far longer than +the direct line across country, and he resolved at once to strain every +nerve to reach his friends in time to get them to interpose between the +captors of the Lady Margaret and their stronghold. + +For an instant he hesitated whether to run back to Erstwood to get a +horse; but he decided that it would be as quick to go on foot, and far +easier so to find the outlaws. + +These thoughts occupied but a few moments, and he at once started at the +top of his speed for his long run across the country. + +Had Cuthbert been running in a race of hare and hound, he would +assuredly have borne away the prize from most boys of his age. At +headlong pace he made across the country, every foot of which, as far as +the edge of Langholm Chase, he knew by heart. + +The distance to the woods was some twelve miles, and in an hour and a +half from the moment of his starting Cuthbert was deep within its +shades. Where he would be likely to find the outlaws he knew not; and, +putting a whistle to his lips, he shrilly blew the signal, which would, +he knew, be recognized by any of the band within hearing. + +He thought that he heard an answer, but was not certain, and again +dashed forward, almost as speedily as if he had but just started. + +Five minutes later a man stood in the glade up which he was running. He +recognized him at once as one of Cnut's party. + +"Where are the band?" he gasped. + +"Half a mile or so to the right," replied the man. + +Guided by the man, Cuthbert ran at full speed, till, panting and scarce +able to speak, he arrived at the spot where Cnut's band were gathered. + +In a few words he told them what had happened, and although they had +just been chased by the father of the captured child, there was not a +moment of hesitation in promising their aid to rescue her from a man +whom they regarded as a far more bitter enemy, both of themselves and +their race. + +"I fear we shall be too late to cut them off," Cnut said, "they have so +long a start; but at least we will waste no time in gossiping." + +Winding a horn to call together some of the members of the band who had +scattered, and leaving one at the meeting-place to give instructions to +the rest, Cnut, followed by those assembled there, went off at a +swinging trot through the glades toward Wortham Castle. + +After a rapid calculation of distances, and allowing for the fact that +the baron's men--knowing that Sir Walter's retainers and friends were +all deep in the forest, and even if they heard of the outrage could not +be on their traces for hours--would take matters quietly, Cnut concluded +that they had arrived in time. + +Turning off, they made their way along the edge of the wood, to the +point where the road from Evesham ran through the forest. + +Scarcely had the party reached this point when they heard a faint +clatter of steel. + +"Here they come!" exclaimed Cuthbert. + +Cnut gave rapid directions, and the band took up their posts behind the +trees, on either side of the path. + +"Remember," Cnut said, "above all things be careful not to hit the +child, but pierce the horse on which she is riding. The instant he +falls, rush forward. We must trust to surprise to give us the victory." + +Three minutes later the head of a band of horsemen was seen through the +trees. They were some thirty in number, and, closely grouped as they +were together, the watchers behind the trees could not see the form of +the child carried in their midst. + +When they came abreast of the concealed outlaws Cnut gave a sharp +whistle, and fifty arrows flew from tree and bush into the closely +gathered party of horsemen. More than half their number fell at once; +some, drawing their swords, endeavored to rush at their concealed foes, +while others dashed forward in the hope of riding through the snare into +which they had fallen. Cuthbert had leveled his crossbow, but had not +fired; he was watching with intense anxiety for a glimpse of the +bright-colored dress of the child. Soon he saw a horseman separate +himself from the rest and dash forward at full speed. Several arrows +flew by him, and one or two struck the horse on which he rode. + +The animal, however, kept on its way. + +Cuthbert leveled his crossbow on the low arm of a tree, and as the rider +came abreast of him touched the trigger, and the steel-pointed quarrel +flew true and strong against the temple of the passing horseman. He fell +from his horse like a stone, and the well-trained animal at once stood +still by the side of his rider. + +Cuthbert leaped forward, and to his delight the child at once opened her +arms and cried in a joyous tone: + +"Cuthbert!" + +The fight was still raging fiercely, and Cuthbert, raising her from the +ground, ran with her into the wood, where they remained hidden until the +combat ceased, and the last survivors of the baron's band had ridden +past toward the castle. + +Then Cuthbert went forward with his charge and joined the band of +outlaws, who, absorbed in the fight, had not witnessed the incident of +her rescue, and now received them with loud shouts of joy and triumph. + +"This is a good day's work indeed for all," Cuthbert said; "it will make +of the earl a firm friend instead of a bitter enemy; and I doubt not +that better days are dawning for Evesham Forest." + +A litter was speedily made with boughs; on this Margaret was placed, and +on the shoulders of two stout foresters started for home, Cnut and +Cuthbert walking beside, and a few of the band keeping at a short +distance behind, as a sort of rearguard, should the baron attempt to +regain his prey. + +There was now no cause for speed, and Cuthbert in truth could scarce +drag one foot before another, for he had already traversed over twenty +miles, the greater portion of the distance at his highest rate of speed. + +Cnut offered to have a litter made for him also, but this Cuthbert +indignantly refused; however, in the forest they came upon the hut of a +small cultivator, who had a rough forest pony, which was borrowed for +Cuthbert's use. + +It was late in the afternoon before they came in sight of Evesham +Castle. From the distance could be seen bodies of armed men galloping +toward it, and it was clear that only now the party were returning from +the wood, and had learned the news of the disappearance of the earl's +daughter, and of the finding of the bodies of her attendants. + +Presently they met one of the mounted retainers riding at headlong +speed. + +"Have you heard or seen anything," he shouted, as he approached, "of the +Lady Margaret? She is missing, and foul play has taken place." + +"Here I am, Rudolph," cried the child, sitting up on the rude litter. + +The horseman gave a cry of astonishment and pleasure, and without a word +wheeled his horse and galloped past back at headlong speed toward the +castle. + +As Cuthbert and the party approached the gate the earl himself, +surrounded by his knights and followers, rode out hastily from the gate +and halted in front of the little party. The litter was lowered, and as +he dismounted from his horse his daughter sprang out and leaped into his +arms. + +For a few minutes the confusion and babble of tongues were too great for +anything to be heard, but Cuthbert, as soon as order was somewhat +restored, stated what had happened, and the earl was moved to fury at +the news of the outrage which had been perpetrated by the Baron of +Wortham upon his daughter and at the very gates of his castle, and also +at the thought that she should have been saved by the bravery and +devotion of the very men against whom he had so lately been vowing +vengeance in the depths of the forest. + +"This is not a time," he said to Cnut, "for talk or making promises, but +be assured that henceforth the deer of Evesham Chase are as free to you +and your men as to me. Forest laws or no forest laws, I will no more +lift a hand against men to whom I owe so much. Come when you will to the +castle, my friends, and let us talk over what can be done to raise your +outlawry and restore you to an honest career again." + +Cuthbert returned home tired, but delighted with his day's work, and +Dame Editha was surprised indeed with the tale of adventure he had to +tell. The next morning he went over to the castle, and heard that a +grand council had been held the evening before, and that it had been +determined to attack Wortham Castle and to raze it to the ground. + +Immediately on hearing of his arrival, the earl, after again expressing +his gratitude for the rescue of his daughter, asked him if he would go +into the forest and invite the outlaws to join their forces with those +of the castle to attack the baron. + +Cuthbert willingly undertook the mission, as he felt that this alliance +would further strengthen the position of the forest men. + +When he arrived there was some considerable consultation and discussion +between the outlaws as to the expediency of mixing themselves in the +quarrels between the Norman barons. However, Cnut persuaded them that as +the Baron of Wortham was an enemy and oppressor of all Saxons, it was in +fact their own quarrel that they were fighting rather than that of the +earl, and they therefore agreed to give their aid, and promised to be at +the rendezvous outside the castle to be attacked soon after dawn next +morning. Cuthbert returned with the news which gave great satisfaction +to the earl. + +The castle was now a scene of bustle and business; armorers were at work +repairing headpieces and breastplates, sharpening swords and +battle-axes, while the fletchers prepared sheaves of arrows. In the +courtyard a number of men were engaged oiling the catapults, ballistas, +and other machines for hurling stones. All were discussing the chances +of the assault, for it was no easy matter which they had set themselves +to do. Wortham Hold was an extremely strong one, and it needed all and +more than all the machines at their disposal to undertake so formidable +an operation as a siege. + +The garrison, too, were strong and desperate; and the baron, knowing +what must follow his outrage of the day before, would have been sure to +send off messengers round the country begging his friends to come to +his assistance. Cuthbert had begged permission of his mother to ask the +earl to allow him to join as a volunteer, but she would not hear of it. +Neither would she suffer him to mingle with the foresters. The utmost +that he could obtain was that he might go as a spectator, with strict +injunctions to keep himself out of the fray, and as far as possible +beyond bow-shot of the castle wall. + +It was a force of some four hundred strong that issued from the wood +early next morning to attack the stronghold at Wortham. The force +consisted of some ten or twelve knights and barons, some one hundred and +fifty or one hundred and sixty Norman men-at-arms, a miscellaneous +gathering of other retainers, two hundred strong, and some eighty of the +forest men. These last were not to fight under the earl's banner, but +were to act on their own account. There were among them outlaws, escaped +serfs, and some men guilty of bloodshed. The earl then could not have +suffered these men to fight under his flag until purged in some way of +their offenses. + +This arrangement suited the foresters well. + +Their strong point was shooting; and by taking up their own position, +and following their own tactics, under the leadership of Cnut, they +would be able to do far more execution, and that with less risk to +themselves, than if compelled to fight according to the fashion of the +Normans. + +As they approached the castle a trumpet was blown, and the herald +advancing, demanded its surrender, stigmatized the Baron of Wortham as a +false knight and a disgrace to his class and warned all those within +the castle to abstain from giving him aid or countenance, but to submit +themselves to the earl, Sir Walter of Evesham, the representative of +King Richard. + +The reply to the summons was a burst of taunting laughter from the +walls; and scarcely had the herald withdrawn than a flight of arrows +showed that the besieged were perfectly ready for the fray. + +Indeed the baron had not been idle. Already the dispute between himself +and the earl had come to such a point that it was certain that sooner or +later open hostilities would break out. + +He had therefore been for some time quietly accumulating a large store +of provisions and munitions of war, and strengthening the castle in +every way. + +The moat had been cleaned out, and filled to the brim with water. Great +quantities of heavy stones had been accumulated on the most exposed +points of the walls, in readiness to hurl upon any who might try to +climb. Huge sheaves of arrows and piles of crossbow bolts were in +readiness, and in all, save the number of men, Wortham had for weeks +been prepared for the siege. + +On the day when the attempt to carry off the earl's daughter had failed, +the baron, seeing that his bold stroke to obtain a hostage which would +have enabled him to make his own terms with the earl had been thwarted, +knew that the struggle was inevitable. + +Fleet messengers had been sent in all directions. To Gloucester and +Hereford, Stafford, and even Oxford, men had ridden, with letters to the +baron's friends, beseeching them to march to his assistance. + +"I can," he said, "defend my hold for weeks. But it is only by aid from +without that I can finally hope to break the power of this baggart +[Transcriber's note: sic] earl." + +Many of those to whom he addressed his call had speedily complied with +his demand, while those at a distance might be expected to reply later +to the appeal. + +There were many among the barons who considered the mildness of the Earl +of Evesham toward the Saxons in his district to be a mistake, and who, +although not actually approving of the tyranny and brutality of the +Baron of Wortham, yet looked upon his cause to some extent as their own. + +The Castle of Wortham stood upon ground but very slightly elevated above +the surrounding country. A deep and wide moat ran round it, and this +could, by diverting a rivulet, be filled at will. + +From the edge of the moat the walls rose high, and with strong flanking +towers and battlements. + +There were strong works also beyond the moat opposite to the drawbridge; +while in the center of the castle rose the keep, from whose summit the +archers, and the machines for casting stones and darts, could command +the whole circuit of defense. + +As Cuthbert, accompanied by one of the hinds of the farm, took his post +high up in a lofty tree, where at his ease he could command a view of +the proceedings, he marveled much in what manner an attack upon so fair +a fortress would be commenced. + +"It will be straightforward work to attack the outwork," he said, "but +that once won, I see not how we are to proceed against the castle +itself. The machines that the earl has will scarcely hurl stones strong +enough even to knock the mortar from the walls. Ladders are useless +where they cannot be planted; and if the garrison are as brave as the +castle is strong, methinks that the earl has embarked upon a business +that will keep him here till next spring." + +There was little time lost in commencing the conflict. + +The foresters, skirmishing up near to the castle, and taking advantage +of every inequality in the ground, of every bush and tuft of high grass, +worked up close to the moat, and then opened a heavy fire with their +bows against the men-at-arms on the battlements, and prevented their +using the machines against the main force now advancing to the attack +upon the outwork. + +This was stoutly defended. But the impetuosity of the earl, backed as it +was by the gallantry of the knights serving under him, carried all +obstacles. + +The narrow moat which encircled this work was speedily filled with great +bundles of brushwood, which had been prepared the previous night. Across +these the assailants rushed. + +Some thundered at the gate with their battle-axes, while others placed +ladders by which, although several times hurled backward by the +defenders, they finally succeeded in getting a footing on the wall. + +Once there, the combat was virtually over. + +The defenders were either cut down or taken prisoners, and in two hours +after the assault began the outwork of Wortham Castle was taken. + +This, however, was but the commencement of the undertaking, and it had +cost more than twenty lives to the assailants. + +They were now, indeed, little nearer to capturing the castle than they +had been before. + +The moat was wide and deep. The drawbridge had been lifted at the +instant that the first of the assailants gained a footing upon the wall. +And now that the outwork was captured, a storm of arrows, stones, and +other missiles was poured into it from the castle walls, and rendered it +impossible for any of its new masters to show themselves above it. + +Seeing that any sudden attack was impossible, the earl now directed a +strong body to cut down trees, and prepare a moveable bridge to throw +across the moat. + +This would be a work of fully two days; and in the meantime Cuthbert +returned to the farm. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +THE CAPTURE OF WORTHAM HOLD. + + +Upon his return home, after relating to his mother the events of the +morning's conflict, Cuthbert took his way to the cottage inhabited by an +old man who had in his youth been a mason. + +"Have I not heard, Gurth," he said, "that you helped to build the Castle +of Wortham?" + +"No, no, young sir," he said; "old as I am, I was a child when the +castle was built. My father worked at it, and it cost him, and many +others, his life." + +"And how was that, prithee?" asked Cuthbert. + +"He was, with several others, killed by the baron, the grandfather of +the present man, when the work was finished." + +"But why was that, Gurth?" + +"We were but Saxon swine," said Gurth bitterly, "and a few of us more or +less mattered not. We were then serfs of the baron. But my mother fled +with me on the news of my father's death. For years we remained far away +with some friends in a forest near Oxford. Then she pined for her native +air, and came back and entered the service of the franklin." + +"But why should your mother have taken you away?" Cuthbert asked. + +"She always believed, Master Cuthbert, that my father was killed by the +baron to prevent him giving any news of the secrets of the castle. He +and some others had been kept in the walls for many months, and were +engaged in the making of secret passages." + +"That is just what I came to ask you, Gurth. I have heard something of +this story before, and now that we are attacking Wortham Castle, and the +earl has sworn to level it to the ground, it is of importance if +possible to find out whether any of the secret passages lead beyond the +castle, and if so, where. Almost all the castles have, I have been told, +an exit by which the garrison can at will make sorties or escape; and I +thought that maybe you might have heard enough to give us some clue as +to the existence of such a passage at Wortham." + +The old man thought for some time in silence and then said: + +"I may be mistaken, but methinks a diligent search in the copse near the +stream might find the mouth of the outlet." + +"What makes you think that this is so, Gurth?" + +"I had been with my mother to carry some clothes to my father on the +last occasion on which I saw him. As we neared the castle I saw my +father and three other of the workmen, together with the baron, coming +down from the castle toward the spot. As my mother did not wish to +approach while the baron was at hand, we stood within the trees at the +edge of the wood and watched what was being done. The baron came with +them down to the bushes, and then they again came out, crossed the +river, and one of them cut some willows, peeled them, and erected the +white staves in a line toward the castle. They walked for a bit on each +side, and seemed to be making calculations. Then they went back into the +castle, and I never saw my father again." + +"Why did you not go in at once according to your intention?" + +"Because my mother said that she thought some important work was on +hand, and that maybe the baron would not like that women should know +aught of it, for he was of suspicious and evil mind. More than this I +know not. The castle had already been finished and most of the masons +discharged. There were, however, a party of serfs kept at work, and also +some masons, and rumor had it that they were engaged in making the +secret passages. Whether it was so or not I cannot say, but I know that +none of that party ever left the castle alive. It was given out that a +bad fever had raged there, but none believed it; and the report went +about, and was I doubt not true, that all had been killed, to preserve +the secret of the passage." + +Cuthbert lost no time in making use of the information that he had +gained. + +Early next morning, at daybreak, he started on his pony to Wortham. + +As he did not wish the earl or his followers to know the facts that he +had learned until they were proved, he made his way round the camp of +the besiegers, and by means of his whistle called one of the foresters +to him. + +"Where is Cnut?" he asked. + +"He is with a party occupied in making ladders." + +"Go to him," Cuthbert said, "and tell him to withdraw quietly and make +his way here. I have an important matter on which I wish to speak to +him." + +Cnut arrived in a few minutes, somewhat wondering at the message. He +brightened greatly when Cuthbert told him what he had learned. + +"This is indeed important," he said. "We will lose no time in searching +the copse you speak of. You and I, together with two of my most trusty +men, with axes to clear away the brush, will do. At present a thing of +this sort had best be kept between as few as may be." + +They started at once and soon came down upon the stream. + +It ran at this point in a little valley, some twenty or thirty feet +deep. On the bank not far from the castle grew a small wood, and it was +in this that Cuthbert hoped to find the passage spoken of by Gurth. + +The trees and brushwood were so thick that it was apparent at once that +if the passage had ever existed it had been unused for some years. + +The woodmen were obliged to chop down dozens of young saplings to make +their way up from the water toward the steeper part of the bank. + +The wood was some fifty yards in length, and as it was uncertain at +which point the passage had come out, a very minute search had to be +made. + +"What do you think it would be like, Cnut?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Like enough to a rabbit-hole, or more likely still there would be no +hole whatever. We must look for moss and greenery, for it is likely that +such would have been planted, so as to conceal the door from any +passer-by, while yet allowing a party from inside to cut their way +through it without difficulty." + +After a search of two hours, Cnut decided that the only place in the +copse in which it was likely that the entrance to a passage could be +hidden was a spot where the ground was covered thickly with ivy and +trailing plants. + +"It looks level enough with the rest," Cuthbert said. + +"Ay, lad, but we know not what lies behind this thick screen of ivy. +Thrust in that staff." + +One of the woodmen began to probe with the end of a staff among the ivy. +For some time he was met by the solid ground, but presently the butt of +the staff went through suddenly, pitching him on his head, amid a +suppressed laugh from his comrades. + +"Here it is, if anywhere," said Cnut, and with their billhooks they at +once began to clear away the thickly grown creepers. + +Five minutes' work was sufficient to show a narrow cut, some two feet +wide, in the hillside, at the end of which stood a low door. + +"Here it is," said Cnut, with triumph, "and the castle is ours. Thanks, +Cuthbert, for your thought and intelligence. It has not been used +lately, that is clear," he went on. "These creepers have not been moved +for years. Shall we go and tell the earl of our discovery? What think +you, Cuthbert?" + +"I think we had better not," Cuthbert said. + +"We might not succeed in getting in, as the passage may have fallen +further along; but I will speak to him and tell him that we have +something on hand which may alter his dispositions for fighting +to-morrow." + +Cuthbert made his way to the earl, who had taken possession of a small +cottage a short distance from the castle. + +"What can I do for you?" Sir Walter said. + +"I want to ask you, sir, not to attack the castle to-morrow until you +see a white flag waved from the keep." + +"But how on earth is a white flag to be raised from the keep?" + +"It may be," Cuthbert said, "that I have some friends inside who will be +able to make a diversion in our favor. However, sir, it can do no harm +if you will wait till then, and may save many lives. At what hour do you +mean to attack ?" + +"The bridges and all other preparations to assist us across the moat +will be ready to-night. We will advance then under cover of darkness, +and as soon after dawn as may be attack in earnest." + +"Very well, sir," Cuthbert said. "I trust that within five minutes after +your bugle has sounded the white flag will make its appearance on the +keep, but it cannot do so until after you have commenced an attack, or +at least a pretense of an attack." + +Two or three hours before daylight Cuthbert accompanied Cnut and +twenty-five picked men of the foresters to the copse. They were provided +with crowbars, and all carried heavy axes. The door was soon pried open. +It opened silently and without a creak. + +"It may be," Cnut said, "that the door has not been opened as you say +for years, but it is certain," and he placed his torch to the hinges, +"that it has been well oiled within the last two or three days. No doubt +the baron intended to make his escape this way, should the worst arrive. +Now that we have the door open we had better wait quiet until the dawn +commences. The earl will blow his bugle as a signal for the advance; it +will be another ten minutes before they are fairly engaged, and that +will be enough for us to break open any doors that there may be between +this and the castle, and to force our way inside." + +It seemed a long time waiting before the dawn fairly broke--still longer +before the earl's bugle was heard to sound the attack. Then the band, +headed by Cnut and two or three of the strongest of the party entered +the passage. + +Cuthbert had had some misgivings as to his mother's injunctions to take +no part in the fray, and it cannot be said that in accompanying the +foresters he obeyed the letter of her instructions. At the same time as +he felt sure that the effect of a surprise would be complete and +crushing, and that the party would gain the top of the keep without any +serious resistance, he considered the risk was so small as to justify +him in accompanying the foresters. + +The passage was some five feet high, and little more than two feet wide. +It was dry and dusty, and save the marks on the ground of a human foot +going and returning, doubtless that of the man who had oiled the lock +the day before, the passage appeared to have been unused from the time +that it left the hands of its builders. + +Passing along for some distance they came to another strong oaken door. +This, like the last, yielded to the efforts of the crowbars of the +foresters, and they again advanced. Presently they came to a flight of +steps. + +"We must now be near the castle," Cnut said. "In fact, methinks I can +hear confused noises ahead." + +Mounting the steps, they came to a third door; this was thickly studded +with iron, and appeared of very great strength. Fortunately the lock was +upon their side, and they were enabled to shoot the bolt; but upon the +other side the door was firmly secured by large bolts, and it was fully +five minutes before the foresters could succeed in opening it. It was +not without a good deal of noise that they at last did so; and several +times they paused, fearing that the alarm must have been given in the +castle. As, however, the door remained closed, they supposed that the +occupants were fully engaged in defending themselves from the attacks of +the earl's party. + +When the door gave way they found hanging across in front of them a very +thick arras, and pressing this aside they entered a small room in the +thickness of the wall of the keep. It contained the merest slit for +light, and was clearly unused. Another door, this time unfastened, led +into a larger apartment, which was also at present unoccupied. They +could hear now the shouts of the combatants without, the loud orders +given by the leaders on the walls, the crack, as the stones hurled by +the mangonels struck the walls, and the ring of steel as the arrows +struck against steel cap and cuirass. + +"It is fortunate that all were so well engaged, or they would certainly +have heard the noise of our forcing the door, which would have brought +all of them upon us. As it is, we are in the heart of the keep. We have +now but to make a rush up these winding steps, and methinks we shall +find ourselves on the battlements. They will be so surprised that no +real resistance can be offered to us. Now let us advance." + +So saying Cnut led the way upstairs, followed by the foresters, +Cuthbert, as before, allowing five or six of them to intervene between +him and the leader. He carried his short sword and a quarterstaff, a +weapon by no means to be despised in the hands of an active and +experienced player. + +Presently, after mounting some fifty or sixty steps, they issued on the +platform of the keep. Here were gathered some thirty or forty men, who +were so busied in shooting with crossbows, and in working machines +casting javelins, stones, and other missiles upon the besiegers, that +they were unaware of the addition to their numbers until the whole of +the foresters had gathered on the summit, and at the order of Cnut +suddenly fell upon them with a loud shout. + +Taken wholly by surprise by the foe, who seemed to have risen from the +bowels of the earth by magic, the soldiers of the Baron of Wortham +offered but a feeble resistance. Some were cast over the battlement of +the keep, some driven down staircases, others cut down, and then, +Cuthbert fastening a small white flag he had prepared to his +quarterstaff, waved it above the battlements. + +Even now the combatants on the outer wall were in ignorance of what had +happened in the keep; so great was the din that the struggle which had +there taken place had passed unnoticed; and it was not until the +fugitives, rushing out into the courtyard, shouted that the keep had +been captured, that the besieged became aware of the imminence of the +danger. + +[Illustration: CUTHBERT FASTENED A SMALL WHITE FLAG TO HIS QUARTER-STAFF +AND WAVED IT ABOVE THE BATTLEMENTS.] + +Hitherto the battle had been going well for the defenders of the +castle. The Baron of Wortham was indeed surprised at the feebleness of +the assault. The arrows which had fallen in clouds upon the first day's +attack upon the castle among his soldiers were now comparatively few and +ineffective. The besiegers scarcely appeared to push forward their +bridges with any vigor, and it seemed to him that a coldness had fallen +upon them, and that some disagreement must have arisen between the +foresters and the earl, completely crippling the energy of the attack. + +When he heard the words shouted from the courtyard below he could not +believe his ears. That the keep behind should have been carried by the +enemy appeared to him impossible. With a roar he called upon the bravest +of his men to follow, and rushing across the courtyard, rapidly ascended +the staircase. The movement was observed from the keep, and Cnut and a +few of his men stationed themselves with their battle-axes at the top of +various stairs leading below. + +The signal shown by Cuthbert had not passed unobserved. The earl, who +had given instructions to his followers to make a mere feint of +attacking, now blew the signal for the real onslaught. The bridges were +rapidly run across the moat, ladders were planted, and the garrison +being paralyzed and confused by the attack in their rear, as well as +hindered by the arrows which now flew down upon them from the keep +above, offered but a feeble resistance, and the assailants, led by Sir +Walter himself, poured over the walls. + +Now there was a scene of confusion and desperate strife. The baron had +just gained the top of the stairs, and was engaged in a fierce conflict +with Cnut and his men, when the news reached him that the wall was +carried from without. With an execration he again turned and rushed down +the stairs, hoping by a vigorous effort to cast back the foe. + +It was, however, all too late; his followers, disheartened and alarmed, +fought without method or order in scattered groups of threes and fours. +They made their last stand in corners and passages. They knew there was +but little hope of mercy from the Saxon foresters, and against these +they fought to the last. To the Norman retainers, however, of the earl +they offered a less determined resistance, throwing down their arms and +surrendering at discretion. + +The baron, when fiercely fighting, was slain by an arrow from the keep +above, and with his fall the last resistance ceased. A short time was +spent in searching the castle, binding the prisoners, and carrying off +the valuables that the baron had collected in his raids. Then a light +was set to the timbers, the granaries were fired, and in a few minutes +the smoke wreathing out of the various loopholes and openings told the +country round that the stronghold had fallen, and that they were free +from the oppressor at last. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +THE CRUSADES. + + +Warm thanks and much praise were bestowed upon Cuthbert for his share in +the capture of the castle, and the earl, calling the foresters round +him, then and there bestowed freedom upon any of them who might have +been serfs of his, and called upon all his knights and neighbors to do +the same, in return for the good service which they had rendered. + +This was willingly done, and a number of Cnut's party, who had before +borne the stigma of escaped serfs, were now free men. + +We are too apt to forget, in our sympathy with the Saxons, that, fond as +they were of freedom for themselves, they were yet severe masters, and +kept the mass of the people in a state of serfage. Although their laws +provided ample justice as between Saxon man and man, there was no +justice for the unhappy serfs, who were either the original inhabitants +or captives taken in war, and who were distinguished by a collar of +brass or iron round their neck. + +Cnut's party had indeed long got rid of these badges, the first act of a +serf when he took to the woods being always to file off his collar; but +they were liable when caught to be punished, even by death, and were +delighted at having achieved their freedom. + +"And what can I do for you, Cuthbert?" Sir Walter said, as they rode +homeward. "It is to you that I am indebted: in the first place for the +rescue of my daughter, in the second for the capture of that castle, +which I doubt me much whether we should ever have taken in fair fight +had it not been for your aid." + +"Thanks, Sir Walter," the lad replied. "At present I need nothing, but +should the time come when you may go to the wars I would fain ride with +you as your page, in the hope of some day winning my spurs also in the +field." + +"So shall it be," the earl said, "and right willingly. But who have we +here?" + +As he spoke a horseman rode up and presented a paper to the earl. + +"This is a notice," the earl said, after perusing it, "that King Richard +has determined to take up the cross, and that he calls upon his nobles +and barons to join him in the effort to free the holy sepulcher from the +infidels. I doubt whether the minds of the people are quite prepared, +but I hear that there has been much preaching by friars and monks in +some parts, and that many are eager to join in the war." + +"Think you that you will go to the war, Sir Walter?" Cuthbert asked. + +"I know not as yet; it must much depend upon the king's mood. For myself +I care not so greatly as some do about this question of the Holy Land. +There has been blood enough shed already to drown it, and we are no +nearer than when the first swarms of pilgrims made their way thither." + +On Cuthbert's returning home and telling his mother all that had passed, +she shook her head, but said that she could not oppose his wishes to go +with the earl when the time should come, and that it was only right he +should follow in the footsteps of the good knight his father. + +"I have heard much of these Crusades," he said; "canst tell me about +them?" + +"In truth I know not much, my son; but Father Francis, I doubt not, can +tell you all the particulars anent the affair." + +The next time that Father Francis, who was the special adviser of Dame +Editha, rode over from the convent on his ambling nag, Cuthbert eagerly +asked him if he would tell him what he knew of the Crusades. + +"Hitherto, my son," he said, "the Crusades have, it must be owned, +brought many woes upon Europe. From the early times great swarms of +pilgrims were accustomed to go from all parts of Europe to the holy +shrines. + +"When the followers of the evil prophet took possession of the land, +they laid grievous burdens upon the pilgrims, heavily they fined them, +persecuted them in every way, and treated them as if indeed they were +but the scum of the earth under their feet. + +"So terrible were the tales that reached Europe that men came to think +that it would be a good deed truly to wrest the sepulcher of the Lord +from the hands of these heathens. Pope Urban was the first to give +authority and strength to the movement, and at a vast meeting at +Claremont of thirty thousand clergy and four thousand barons, it was +decided that war must be made against the infidel. From all parts of +France men flocked to hear Pope Urban preach there; and when he had +finished his oration the vast multitude, carried away by enthusiasm, +swore to win the holy sepulcher or to die. + +"Mighty was the throng that gathered for the First Crusade. Monks threw +aside their gowns and took to the sword and cuirass; even women and +children joined in the throng. What, my son, could be expected from a +great army so formed? Without leaders, without discipline, without +tactics, without means of getting food, they soon became a scourge of +the country through which they passed. + +"Passing through Hungary, where they greatly ravaged the fields, they +came to Bulgaria. Here the people, struck with astonishment and dismay +at this great horde of hungry people who arrived among them like +locusts, fell upon them with the sword, and great numbers fell. The +first band that passed into that country perished miserably, and of all +that huge assembly, it may be said that, numbering at the start not less +than two hundred and fifty thousand persons, only about one hundred +thousand crossed into Asia Minor. The fate of these was no better than +that of those who had perished in Hungary and Bulgaria. After grievous +suffering and loss they at last reached Nicaea. There they fell into an +ambuscade; and out of the whole of the undisciplined masses who had +followed Peter the Hermit, it is doubtful whether ten thousand ever +returned home. + +"This first attempt to rescue the holy sepulcher was followed by others +equally wild, misguided, and unfortunate. Some of them indeed began +their evil deeds as soon as they had left their home. The last of these +bodies fell upon the Jews, who are indeed enemies of the Christian +faith, but who have now, at least, nothing to do with the question of +the holy sepulcher. As soon as they entered into Germany the Crusaders +put them to death with horrible torture. Plunder and rapine indeed +appeared to be the object of the Crusaders. On this as well as on most +other preceding bands, their misdeeds drew down the vengeance of the +people. At an early period of their march, and as soon as they reached +Hungary, the people fell upon them, and put the greater portion to the +sword. + +"Thus, in these irregular expeditions no less than five hundred thousand +people are supposed to have perished. Godfrey de Bouillon was the first +who undertook to lead a Crusade according to the military knowledge of +the day. With him were his brothers Eustace and Baldwin, the Counts of +Anault and St. Paul, and many other nobles and gentlemen, with their +retainers, well armed and under good order; and so firm was the +discipline of Duke Godfrey that they were allowed to pass freely by the +people of the countries who had opposed the previous bands. + +"Through Hungary, Bulgaria, and Thrace he made his way; and though he +met with many difficulties from Alexius, the crafty and treacherous +Emperor of the Greeks, he at last succeeded in crossing into Asia. There +he was joined by many from England, as well as from France and other +countries. Duke Robert, the son of our first William, led a strong band +of Normans to the war, as did the other great princes of France and +Spain. + +"The army which crossed the narrow passage of the Hellespont is +estimated at no less than seven hundred thousand fighting men. Of these +one hundred thousand were knights clad in complete armor, the remainder +were men-at-arms and bowmen. + +"Nicaea, the place which had been the scene of the massacre of Peter the +Hermit's hosts, was taken after a desperate conflict, lasting for many +weeks, and the Crusaders afterward defeated the Turks in a great battle +near the town of Doryleum. After these successes disputes arose among +the leaders, and Count Baldwin, brother of Duke Godfrey, left the main +body with about fifteen hundred men, and founded a kingdom for himself +in Mesopotamia. + +"The main body, slowly and painfully, and suffering from disease, +famine, and the heat, made its way south. Antioch, a city of great +strength and importance, was besieged, but it proved so strong that it +resisted for many months, and was at last only taken by treachery. + +"After the capture of this place the sufferings of the Crusaders so far +from being diminished were redoubled. They themselves during the siege +had bought up all the food that could be brought from the surrounding +country, while the magazines of the town were found, when an entry was +effected, to be entirely deserted. The enemy, aided by a great Persian +host, came down, and those who had been the besiegers were now besieged. +However, when in the last strait the Christian army sallied out, and +inspired with supernatural strength, defeated the Turks and Persians, +with a slaughter of one hundred thousand men. Another slow movement to +the south brought them into the Holy Land, and pressing forward, they +came at last within sight of Jerusalem itself. + +"So fearful had been the losses of the Crusaders that of seven hundred +thousand who crossed the Hellespont, not more than forty thousand +reached the end of the pilgrimage. This fragment of an army, which had +appeared before a very strongly fortified town, possessed no means of +capturing the place--none of the machines of war necessary for the +purpose, no provisions or munitions of any kind. Water was scarce also; +and it appeared as if the remnant of the great army of Godfrey de +Bouillon had arrived before Jerusalem only to perish there. + +"Happily just at this time a further band of Crusaders from Genoa, who +had reached Jaffa, made their appearance. They were provided with +stores, and had skilled workmen capable of making the machines for the +siege. On July 14, 1099, the attack was made, and after resistance +gallant and desperate as the assault, the Crusaders burst into the city, +massacred the whole of the defenders and inhabitants, calculated at +seventy thousand in number, and so became masters of the holy sepulcher. + +"The Sultan of Egypt was meanwhile advancing to the assistance of the +Mohammedans of Syria; but Godfrey, with twenty thousand of his best men, +advanced to meet the vast host, and scattered them as if they had been +sheep. Godfrey was now chosen King of Jerusalem, and the rest of his +army--save three hundred knights and two hundred soldiers, who agreed to +remain with him--returned to their home. The news of the victory led +other armies of Crusaders to follow the example of that of Godfrey; but +as these were almost as completely without organization or leadership as +those of Peter the Hermit, they suffered miserably on their way, and few +indeed ever reached the Holy Land. Godfrey died in 1100, and his brother +Baldwin succeeded him. + +"The history of the last hundred years has been full of fresh efforts to +crush the Moslem power, but hitherto it cannot be said that fortune has +attended the efforts of the Christians. Had it not been indeed for the +devotion of the Knights of St. John and of the Templars, two great +companies formed of men who devoted their lives to the holding of the +sepulcher against the infidel, our hold of the Holy Land would have been +lost. + +"Gradually the Saracens have wrested post after post from our hands. +Edessa was taken in 1144, and the news of this event created an intense +excitement. The holy St. Bernard stirred up all France, and Louis VII. +himself took the vow and headed a noble army. The ways of God are not +our ways, and although the army of Germany joined that of France, but +little results came of this great effort. + +"The Emperor Conrad, with the Germans, was attacked by the Turk Saladin +of Iconium, and was defeated with a loss of sixty thousand men. The King +of France, with his army, was also attacked with fury, and a large +portion of his force were slaughtered. Nothing more came of this great +effort, and while the first Crusade seemed to show that the men-at-arms +of Europe were irresistible, the second on the contrary gave proof that +the Turks were equal to the Christian knights. Gradually the Christian +hold of the Holy Land was shaken. In 1187, although fighting with +extraordinary bravery, the small army of Christian Knights of the Temple +and of St. John were annihilated, the King of Jerusalem was made +prisoner, and the Christian power was crushed. Then Saladin, who +commanded the Turks, advanced against Jerusalem, and forced it to +capitulate. + +"Such, my boy, is the last sad news which has reached us; and no wonder +that it has stirred the hearts of the monarchs of Europe, and that every +effort will be again made to recapture the holy sepulcher, and to avenge +our brethren who have been murdered by the infidels." + +"But, Father Francis, from your story it would seem that Europe has +already sacrificed an enormous number of lives to take the holy +sepulcher, and that after all the fighting, when she has taken it, it is +only to lose it again." + +"That is so, my son; but we will trust that in future things will be +better managed. The Templars and Hospitalers now number so vast a number +of the best lances in Europe, and are grown to be such great powers, +that we may believe that when we have again wrested the holy sepulcher +from the hands of the infidels they will be able to maintain it against +all assaults. Doubtless the great misfortunes which have fallen upon the +Christian armies have been a punishment from heaven, because they have +not gone to work in the right spirit. It is not enough to take up lance +and shield, and to place a red cross upon the shoulder. Those who desire +to fight the battle of the Lord must cleanse their hearts, and go forth +in the spirit of pilgrims rather than knights. I mean not that they +should trust wholly to spiritual weapons--for in truth the infidel is a +foe not to be despised--but I mean that they should lay aside all +thoughts of worldly glory and rivalry one against another." + +"And think you, Father, that such is the spirit with which King Richard +and the other kings and nobles now preparing to go to the Holy Land are +animated?" + +Father Francis hesitated. + +"It is not for me, my son, to judge motives, or to speak well or ill of +the instruments who have been chosen for this great work. It is of all +works the most praiseworthy, most holy. It is horrible to think that the +holy shrines of Jerusalem should be in the hands of men who believe not +in our Redeemer; and I hold it to be the duty of every man who can bear +arms, no matter what his rank or his station, to don his armor and to go +forth to battle in the cause. Whether success will crown the effort, or +whether God wills it otherwise, it is not for man to discuss; it is +enough that the work is there, and it is our duty to do it." + +"And think you, Father, that it will do good to England?" + +"That do I, my son, whether we gain the Holy Land or no. Methinks that +it will do good service to the nation that Saxon and Norman should fight +together under the holy cross. Hitherto the races have stood far too +much apart. They have seen each other's bad qualities rather than good; +but methinks that when the Saxon and the Norman stand side by side on +the soil of the Holy Land, and shout together for England, it must needs +bind them together, and lead them to feel that they are no longer +Normans and Saxons, but Englishmen. I intend to preach on the village +green at Evesham next Sunday morning on this subject, and as I know you +are in communication with the forest men, I would, Cuthbert, that you +would persuade them to come in to hear me. You were wondering what could +be found for these vagrants. They have many of them long since lost the +habits of honest labor. Many of them are still serfs, although most have +been freed by the good earl and the knights his followers. Some of those +who would fain leave the life in the woods still cling to it because +they think that it would be mean to desert their comrades, who being +serfs are still bound to lurk there; but methinks that this is a great +opportunity for them. They are valiant men, and the fact that they are +fond of drawing an arrow at a buck does not make them one whit the worse +Christians. I will do my best to move their hearts, and if they will but +agree together to take the cross, they would make a goodly band of +footmen to accompany the earl." + +"Is the earl going?" Cuthbert asked eagerly. + +"I know not for certain," said Father Francis; "but I think from what I +hear from his chaplain, Father Eustace, that his mind turns in that +direction." + +"Then, Father, if he goes, I will go too," Cuthbert exclaimed. "He +promised to take me as his page the first time he went to war." + +Father Francis shook his head. + +"I fear me, Cuthbert, this is far from the spirit in which we awhile ago +agreed that men should go to the holy war." + +Cuthbert hung his head a little. + +"Ay, Father Francis, men; but I am a boy," he said, "and after all, boys +are fond of adventure for adventure's sake. However, Father," he said, +with a smile, "no doubt your eloquence on the green will turn me +mightily to the project, for you must allow that the story you have told +me this morning is not such as to create any very strong yearning in +one's mind to follow the millions of men who have perished in the Holy +Land." + +"Go to," said Father Francis, smiling, "thou art a pert varlet. I will +do my best on Sunday to turn you to a better frame of mind." + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +PREPARATIONS. + + +Next Sunday a large number of people from some miles round were gathered +on the green at Evesham, to hear Father Francis preach on the holy +sepulcher. The forest men in their green jerkins mingled with the crowd, +and a look of attention and seriousness was on the faces of all, for the +news of the loss of the holy sepulcher had really exercised a great +effect upon the minds of the people in England as elsewhere. + +Those were the days of pilgrimage to holy places, when the belief in the +sanctity of places and things was overwhelming, and when men believed +that a journey to the holy shrines was sufficient to procure for them a +pardon for all their misdeeds. The very word "infidel" in those days was +full of horror, and the thought that the holy places of the Christians +were in the hands of Moslems affected all Christians throughout Europe +with a feeling of shame as well as of grief. + +Among the crowd were many of the Norman retainers from the castle and +from many of the holds around, and several knights with the ladies of +their family stood a little apart from the edge of the gathering; for +it was known that Father Francis would not be alone, but that he would +be accompanied by a holy friar who had returned from the East, and who +could tell of the cruelties which the Christians had suffered at the +hands of the Saracens. + +Father Francis, at ordinary times a tranquil preacher, was moved beyond +himself by the theme on which he was holding forth. He did not attempt +to hide from those who stood around that the task to be undertaken was +one of grievous peril and trial; that disease and heat, hunger and +thirst, must be dared, as well as the sword of the infidel. But he spoke +of the grand nature of the work, of the humiliation to Christians, of +the desecration of the shrines, and of the glory which awaited those who +joined the Crusade, whether they lived or whether they died in the Holy +Land. + +His words had a strong effect upon the simple people who listened to +him, but the feelings so aroused were as naught to the enthusiasm which +greeted the address of the friar. + +Meager and pale, with a worn, anxious face as one who had suffered much, +the friar, holding aloft two pieces of wood from the Mount of Olives +tied together in the form of a cross, harangued the crowd. His words +poured forth in a fiery stream, kindling the hearts, and stirring at +once the devotion and the anger of his listeners. + +He told of the holy places, he spoke of the scenes of Holy Writ, which +had there been enacted; and then he depicted the men who had died for +them. He told of the knights and men-at-arms, each of whom proved +himself again and again a match for a score of infidels. He spoke of the +holy women, who, fearlessly and bravely, as the knights themselves, had +borne their share in the horrors of the siege and in the terrible times +which had preceded it. + +He told them that this misfortune had befallen Christianity because of +the lukewarmness which had come upon them. + +"What profited it," he asked, "if a few knights who remained to defend +the holy sepulcher were heroes? A few heroes cannot withstand an army. +If Christendom after making a mighty effort to capture the holy +sepulcher had not fallen away, the conquest which had been made with so +vast an expenditure of blood would not have been lost. This is a work in +which no mere passing fervor will avail; bravery at first, endurance +afterward, are needed. Many men must determine not only to assist to +wrest the holy sepulcher from the hands of the infidels, but to give +their lives, so long as they might last, to retaining it. It is scarce +to be expected that men with wives and families will take a view like +this, indeed it is not to be desired. But there are single men, men of +no ties, who can devote their whole lives, as did the Knights of the +Orders of the Cross, to this great object. When their life has come to +an end doubtless others will take up the banner that their hands can no +longer hold. But for life it is, indeed, that many of humble as well as +of princely class must bind themselves to take and defend to death the +holy sepulcher." + +So, gradually raising the tone of his speech, the friar proceeded; until +at length by his intense earnestness, his wild gesticulations, his +impassioned words, he drew the whole of his listeners along with him; +and when he ceased, a mighty shout of "To the Holy Land!" burst from his +hearers. + +Falling upon their knees the crowd begged of him to give them the sign +of the cross, and to bestow his blessing upon their swords, and upon +their efforts. + +Father Francis had prepared, in contemplation of such a movement, a +large number of small white crosses of cloth. These he and the friar now +fastened to the shoulders of the men as they crowded up to receive it, +holding their hands aloft, kissing the cross that the friar extended to +them, and swearing to give their lives, if need be, to rescue the holy +shrines from the infidel. + +When all had received the holy symbol, Father Francis again ascended the +bank from which they had addressed the crowd: + +"Now go to your homes, my sons," he said. "Think of the oath that you +have taken, and of the course that lies open to you when the time comes. +When King Richard is prepared to start, then will you be called upon to +fulfill your vows. It may be that all who have sworn may not be called +upon to go. It needs that the land here should be tilled, it needs that +there should be protectors for the women and children, it needs that +this England of ours should flourish, and we cannot give all her sons, +however willing they might be to take the cross. But the willingness +which you will, I am sure, show to go if needs be, and to redeem your +vows, will be sufficient. Some must go and some must stay; these are +matters to be decided hereafter; for the time let us separate; you will +hear when the hour for action arrives." + +A fortnight later the Earl of Evesham, who had been on a long journey to +London, returned with full authority to raise and organize a force as +his contingent to the holy wars. + +All was now bustle and activity in the castle. Father Francis informed +him of the willingness of such of the forest men as he deemed fit to +enlist under his banner; and the earl was much gratified at finding that +the ranks of heavily-armed retainers whom he would take with him were to +be swollen by the addition of so useful a contingent as that of one +hundred skillful archers. + +Cuthbert was not long in asking for an interview with the earl. + +He had indeed great difficulty in persuading Dame Editha that he was old +enough to share in the fatigues of so great an expedition, but he had +Father Francis on his side; and between the influence of her confessor, +and the importunities of her son, the opposition of the good lady fell +to the ground. + +Cuthbert was already, for his age, well trained to arms. Many of the old +soldiers at the castle who had known and loved his father had been ever +ready to give lessons in the use of arms to Cuthbert, who was +enthusiastic in his desire to prove as good a knight as his father had +been. His friends, the outlaws, had taught him the use of the bow and of +the quarterstaff; and Cuthbert, strong and well-built for his age, and +having little to do save to wield the sword and the bow, had attained a +very considerable amount of skill with each. + +He had too, which was unusual, a certain amount of book learning, +although this, true to say, had not been acquired so cheerfully or +willingly as the skill at arms. Father Francis had, however, taught him +to read and to write--accomplishments which were at that time rare, +except in the cloister. In those days if a knight had a firm seat in his +saddle, a strong arm, a keen eye, and high courage, it was thought to be +of little matter whether he could or could not do more than make his +mark on the parchment. The whole life of the young was given to +acquiring skill in arms; and unless intended for the convent, any idea +of education would in the great majority of cases have been considered +as preposterous. + +To do Cuthbert justice, he had protested with all his might against the +proposition of Father Francis to his mother to teach him some clerkly +knowledge. He had yielded most unwillingly at last to her entreaties, +backed as they were by the sound arguments and good sense of Father +Francis. + +The Earl of Evesham received Cuthbert's application very graciously. + +"Certainly, Cuthbert," he said, "you shall accompany me; first, on +account of my promise to you; secondly, because from the readiness you +displayed both in the matter of my daughter and of the attack on +Wortham, you will be a notable aid and addition to my party; thirdly, +from my friendship for your father and Dame Editha." + +This point being settled, Cuthbert at once assumed his new duties. There +was plenty for him to do--to see that the orders of the earl were +properly carried out; to bear messages to the knights who followed the +earl's fortunes, at their various holds; to stand by and watch the +armorers at work, and the preparation of the stores of arms and missiles +which would be necessary for the expedition. + +Sometimes he would go round to summon the tenants of the various farms +and lands, who held from the earl, to come to the castle; and here Sir +Walter would, as far as might be without oppression, beg of them to +contribute largely to the expedition. + +In these appeals he was in no slight way assisted by Father Francis, who +pointed out loudly to the people that those who stayed behind were bound +to make as much sacrifice of their worldly goods as those who went to +the war might make of their lives. Life and land are alike at the +service of God. Could the land be sold, it would be a good deed to sell +it; but as this could not be, they should at least sell all that they +could, and pledge their property if they could find lenders, in order to +contribute to the needs of their lord, and the fitting out of this great +enterprise. + +The preparations were at last complete, and a gallant band gathered at +the castle ready for starting. It consisted of some two hundred +men-at-arms led by six knights, and of one hundred bowmen dressed in +Lincoln green, with quilted jerkins to keep out the arrows of the enemy. +All the country from around gathered to see the start. Dame Editha was +there, and by her side stood the earl's little daughter. The earl +himself was in armor, and beside him rode Cuthbert in the gay attire of +a page. + +Just at that moment, however, his face did not agree with his costume, +for although he strove his best to look bright and smiling, it was a +hard task to prevent the tears from filling his eyes at his departure +from his mother. The good lady cried unrestrainedly, and Margaret joined +in her tears. The people who had gathered round cheered lustily; the +trumpets blew a gay fanfaronade, and the squire threw to the wind the +earl's colors. + +It was no mere pleasure trip on which they were starting, for all knew +that, of the preceding Crusades, not one in ten of those who had gone so +gladly forth had ever returned. + +It must not be supposed that the whole of those present were animated by +any strong religious feeling. No doubt there existed a desire, which was +carefully fanned by the preaching of the priests and monks, to rescue +the holy sepulcher from the hands of the Saracens; but a far stronger +feeling was to be found in the warlike nature of the people in those +days. Knights, men-at-arms, and indeed men of all ranks were full of a +combative spirit. Life in the castle and hut was alike dull and +monotonous, and the excitement of war and adventure was greatly looked +for, both as a means of obtaining glory and booty, and for the change +they afforded to the dreary monotony of life. + +There is little to tell of the journey of the Earl of Evesham's band +through England to Southampton, at which place they took ship and +crossed to France--or rather to Normandy, for in those days Normandy was +regarded, as indeed it formed, a part of England. + +Cuthbert, as was natural to his age, was full of delight at all the +varying scenes through which they passed. The towns were to him an +especial source of wonder, for he had never visited any other than that +of Worcester, to which he had once or twice been taken on occasions of +high festival. Havre was in those days an important place, and being the +landing-place of a great portion of the English bands, it was full of +bustle and excitement. Every day ships brought in nobles and their +followings. + +The King of England was already in Normandy hastening the preparations, +and each band, as it landed, marched down to the meeting-place on the +plains of Vezelay. Already they began to experience a taste of the +hardships which they were to endure. + +In those days there was no regular supply train for an army, but each +division or band supported itself by purchase or pillage, as the case +might be, from the surrounding country. + +As the English troops were marching through a friendly country, pillage +was of course strictly forbidden; but while many of the leaders paid for +all they had, it must be owned that among the smaller leaders were many +who took anything that they required with or without payment. + +The country was eaten up. + +The population in those days was sparse, and the movement of so large a +number of men along a certain route completely exhausted all the +resources of the inhabitants; and although willing to pay for all that +his men required, the Earl of Evesham had frequently to lie down on the +turf supperless himself. + +"If this is the case now," he said to Cuthbert, "what will it be after +we have joined the French army? Methinks whatever we may do if we reach +the Holy Land, that we have a fair chance of being starved before we +sail." + +After a long succession of marches they arrived in sight of the great +camp at Vezelay. It was indeed rather a canvas town than a camp. Here +were gathered nearly one hundred thousand men, a vast host at any time, +but in those days far greater in proportion to the strength of the +countries than at present. The tents of the leaders, nobles, and other +knights and gentlemen rose in regular lines, forming streets and +squares. + +The great mass of troops, however, were contented to sleep in the open +air; indeed the difficulties of carriage were so great that it was only +the leaders who could carry with them their canvas abodes. Before each +tent stood the lance and colors of its owner, and side by side in the +center of the camp stood the royal pavilions of Philip of France and +Richard of England, round which could be seen the gonfalons of all the +nobles of Western Europe. + +Nothing could be gayer than the aspect of this camp as the party rode +into it. They were rather late, and the great body of the host were +already assembled. + +Cuthbert gazed with delight at the varied colors, the gay dresses, the +martial knights, and the air of discipline and order which reigned +everywhere. + +This was indeed war in its most picturesque form, a form which, as far +as beauty is concerned, has been altogether altered, and indeed +destroyed, by modern arms. + +In those days individual prowess and bravery went for everything. A +handful of armored knights were a match for thousands of footmen, and +battles were decided as much by the prowess and bravery of the leader +and his immediate following as by that of the great mass of the army. + +The earl had the day before sent on a messenger to state that he was +coming, and as the party entered the camp they were met by a squire of +the camp-marshal, who conducted them to the position allotted to them. + +The earl's tent was soon erected, with four or five grouped around it +for his knights, one being set aside for his squires and pages. + +When this was done Cuthbert strolled away to look at the varied sights +of the camp. A military officer in these days would be scandalized at +the scenes which were going on, but the strict, hard military discipline +of modern times was then absolutely unknown. + +A camp was a moving town, and to it flocked the country people with +their goods; smiths and armorers erected their forges; minstrels and +troubadours flocked in to sing of former battles, and to raise the +spirits of the soldiers by merry lays of love and war; simple countrymen +and women came in to bring their presents of fowls or cakes to their +friends in camp; knights rode to and fro on their gayly caparisoned +horses through the crowd; the newly-raised levies, in many cases +composed of woodmen and peasants who had not in the course of their +lives wandered a league from their birthplaces, gaped in unaffected +wonder at the sights around them; while last, but by no means least, the +maidens and good wives of the neighborhood, fond then as now of brave +men and gay dresses, thronged the streets of the camp, and joined in, +and were the cause of, merry laughter and jest. + +Here and there, a little apart from the main stream of traffic, the +minstrels would take up their position, and playing a gay air, the +soldier lads and lasses would fall to and foot it merrily to the +strains. Sometimes there would be a break in the gayety, and loud +shouts, and perhaps fierce oaths, would rise. Then the maidens would fly +like startled fawns, and men hasten to the spot; though the quarrel +might be purely a private one, yet should it happen between the +retainers of two nobles, the friends of each would be sure to strike in, +and serious frays would arise before the marshal of the camp with his +posse could arrive to interfere. Sometimes, indeed, these quarrels +became so serious and desperate that alliances were broken up and great +intentions frustrated by the quarrels of the soldiery. + +Here and there, on elevated platforms, or even on the top of a pile of +tubs, were friars occupied in haranguing the soldiers, and in inspiring +them with enthusiasm for the cause upon which they were embarked. The +conduct of their listeners showed easily enough the motives which had +brought them to war. Some stood with clasped hands and eager eyes, +listening to the exhortations of the priests, and ready, as might be +seen from their earnest gaze, to suffer martyrdom in the cause. More, +however, stood indifferently round, or, after listening to a few words, +walked on with a laugh or a scoff; indeed, preaching had already done +all that lay in its power. All those who could be moved by exhortations +of this kind were there, and upon the rest the discourses and sermons +were thrown away. + +Several times in the course of his stroll round the camp Cuthbert +observed the beginnings of quarrels, which were in each case only +checked by the intervention of some knight or other person in authority +coming past, and he observed that these in every instance occurred +between men of the English and those of the French army. + +Between the Saxon contingent of King Richard's army and the French +soldiers there could indeed be no quarrel, for the Saxons understood no +word of their language; but with the Normans the case was different, for +the Norman-French, which was spoken by all the nobles and their +retainers in Britain, was as nearly as possible the same as that in use +in France. + +It seemed, however, to Cuthbert, watching narrowly what was going on, +that there existed by no means a good feeling between the men of the +different armies; and he thought that this divergence so early in the +campaign boded but little good for the final success of the expedition. + +When he returned to the tent the earl questioned him as to what he had +seen, and Cuthbert frankly acknowledged that it appeared to him that the +feeling between the men of the two armies was not good. + +"I have been," the earl said, "to the royal camp, and from what I hear, +Cuthbert, methinks that there is reason for what you say. King Richard +is the most loyal and gallant of kings, but he is haughty and hasty in +speech. The Normans, too, have been somewhat accustomed to conquer our +neighbors, and it may well be that the chivalry of France love us not. +However, it must be hoped that this feeling will die away, and that we +shall emulate each other only in our deeds on the battlefield." + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +THE LISTS. + + +The third day after the arrival of the Earl of Evesham there was a great +banquet given by the King of France to King Richard and his principal +nobles. + +Among those present was the Earl of Evesham, and Cuthbert as his page +followed him to the great tent where the banquet was prepared. + +Here, at the top of the tent, on a raised daïs, sat the King of France, +surrounded by his courtiers. The Earl of Evesham, having been conducted +by the herald to the daïs, paid his compliments to the king, and was +saluted by him with many flattering words. + +The sound of a trumpet was heard, and Richard of England, accompanied by +his principal nobles, entered. + +It was the first time that Cuthbert had seen the king. + +Richard was a man of splendid stature and of enormous strength. His +appearance was in some respects rather Saxon than Norman, for his hair +was light and his complexion clear and bright. He wore the mustache and +pointed beard at that time in fashion; and although his expression was +generally that of frankness and good humor, there might be observed in +his quick motions and piercing glances signs of the hasty temper and +unbridled passion which went far to wreck the success of the enterprise +upon which he was embarked. + +Richard possessed most of the qualities which make a man a great king +and render him the idol of his subjects, especially in a time of +semi-civilization, when personal prowess is placed at the summit of all +human virtues. In all his dominions there was not one man who in +personal conflict was a match for his king. + +Except during his fits of passion, King Richard was generous, forgiving, +and royal in his moods. He was incapable of bearing malice. Although +haughty of his dignity, he was entirely free from any personal pride, +and while he would maintain to the death every right and privilege +against another monarch, he could laugh and joke with the humblest of +his subjects on terms of hearty good fellowship. He was impatient of +contradiction, eager to carry out whatever he had determined upon; and +nothing enraged him so much as hesitation or procrastination. The delays +which were experienced in the course of the Crusade angered him more +than all the opposition offered by the Saracens, or than the hardships +through which the Christian host had to pass. + +At a flourish of trumpets all took their seats at dinner, their places +being marked for them by a herald, whose duty it was to regulate nicely +the various ranks and dignities. + +The Earl of Evesham was placed next to a noble of Brabant. Cuthbert took +his place behind his lord and served him with wines and meats, the +Brabant being attended by a tall youth, who was indeed on the verge of +manhood. + +As the dinner went on the buzz of conversation became fast and furious. +In those days men drank deep, and quarrels often arose over the cups. +From the time that the dinner began Cuthbert noticed that the manner of +Sir de Jacquelin Barras, Count of Brabant, was rude and offensive. + +It might be that he was accustomed to live alone with his retainers, and +that his manners were rude and coarse to all. It might be that he had a +special hostility to the English. At any rate, his remarks were +calculated to fire the anger of the earl. + +He began the conversation by wondering how a Norman baron could live in +a country like England, inhabited by a race but little above pigs. + +The earl at once fired up at this, for the Normans were now beginning to +feel themselves English, and to resent attacks upon a people for whom +their grandfathers had entertained contempt. + +He angrily repelled the attack upon them by the Brabant knight, and +asserted at once that the Saxons were every bit as civilized, and in +some respects superior to the Normans or French. + +The ill-feeling thus began at starting clearly waxed stronger as dinner +went on. The Brabant knight drank deeply, and although his talk was not +clearly directed against the English, yet he continued to throw out +innuendos and side attacks, and to talk with a vague boastfulness, which +greatly irritated Sir Walter. + +Presently, as Cuthbert was about to serve his master with a cup of wine, +the tall page pushed suddenly against him, spilling a portion of the +wine over his dress. + +"What a clumsy child!" he said scoffingly. + +"You are a rough and ill-mannered loon," Cuthbert said angrily. "Were +you in any other presence I would chastise you as you deserve." + +The tall page burst into a mocking laugh. + +"Chastise me!" he said. "Why, I could put you in my pocket for a little +hop-of-my-thumb as you are." + +"I think," said Sir Jacquelin--for the boys' voices both rose loud--to +the earl, "you had better send that brat home and order him to be +whipped." + +"Sir count," said the earl, "your manners are insolent, and were we not +engaged upon a Crusade, it would please me much to give you a lesson on +that score." + +Higher and higher the dispute rose, until some angry word caught the ear +of the king. + +Amid the general buzz of voices King Philip rose, and speaking a word +to King Richard, moved from the table, thus giving the sign for the +breaking up of the feast. + +Immediately afterward a page touched the earl and Sir Jacquelin upon the +shoulder, and told them that the kings desired to speak with them in the +tent of the King of France. + +The two nobles strode through the crowd, regarding each other with eyes +much like those of two dogs eager to fly at each other's throat. + +"My lords, my lords," said King Philip when they entered, "this is +against all law and reason. For shame, to be brawling at my table. I +would not say aught openly, but methinks it is early indeed for the +knights and nobles engaged in a common work to fall to words." + +"Your majesty," said the Earl of Evesham, "I regret deeply what has +happened. But it seemed from the time we sat down to the meal that this +lord sought to pass a quarrel upon me, and I now beseech your majesty +that you will permit us to settle our differences in the lists." + +King Richard gave a sound of assent, but the King of France shook his +head gravely. + +"Do you forget," he said, "the mission upon which you are assembled +here? Has not every knight and noble in these armies taken a solemn oath +to put aside private quarrels and feuds until the holy sepulcher is +taken? Shall we at this very going off show that the oath is a mere form +of words? Shall we show before the face of Christendom that the knights +of the cross are unable to avoid flying at each other's throats, even +while on their way to wrest the holy sepulcher from the infidel? No, +sirs, you must lay aside your feuds, and must promise me and my good +brother here that you will keep the peace between you until this war is +over. Whose fault it was that the quarrel began I know not. It may be +that my Lord of Brabant was discourteous. It may be that the earl here +was too hot. But whichever it be, it matters not." + +"The quarrel, sire," said Sir Jacquelin, "arose from a dispute between +our pages, who were nigh coming to blows in your majesty's presence. I +desired the earl to chide the insolence of his varlet, and instead of so +doing he met my remarks with scorn." + +"Pooh, pooh," said King Richard, "there are plenty of grounds for +quarrel without two nobles interfering in the squabbles of boys. Let +them fight; it will harm no one. By the bye, your Majesty," he said, +turning to the King of France with a laugh, "if the masters may not +fight, there is no reason in the world why the varlets should not. We +are sorely dull for want of amusement. Let us have a list to-morrow, and +let the pages fight it out for the honor of their masters and their +nations." + +"It were scarce worth while to have the lists set for two boys to +fight," said the King of France. + +"Oh, we need not have regular lists," said King Richard. "Leave that +matter in my hands. I warrant you that if the cockerels are well +plucked, they will make us sport. What say you, gentlemen?" + +The Brabant noble at once assented, answering that he was sure that his +page would be glad to enter the lists; and the earl gave a similar +assent, for he had not noticed how great was the discrepancy between the +size of the future combatants. + +"That is agreed, then," said King Richard joyously. "I will have a piece +of ground marked out on the edge of the camp to-morrow morning. It shall +be kept by my men-at-arms, and there shall be a raised place for King +Philip and myself, who will be the judges of the conflict. Will they +fight on foot or on horse?" + +"On foot, on foot," said the King of France. "It would be a pity that +knightly exercises should be brought to scorn by any failure on their +part on horseback. On foot at least it will be a fair struggle." + +"What arms shall they use?" the Brabant knight asked. + +"Oh, swords and battle-axes, of course," said King Richard with a laugh. + +"Before you go," King Philip said, "you must shake hands, and swear to +let the quarrel between you drop, at least until after our return. If +you still wish to shed each other's blood, I shall offer no hindrance +thereto." + +The earl and Count Jacquelin touched each other's hands in obedience to +the order, went out of the tent together, and strode off without a word +in different directions. + +"My dear lad," the Earl of Evesham said on entering his tent where his +page was waiting him, "this is a serious business. The kings have +ordered this little count and myself to put aside our differences till +after the Crusade, in accordance with our oath. But as you have in no +wise pledged yourself in the same fashion, and as their majesties feel +somewhat dull while waiting here, it is determined that the quarrel +between the count and me, and between you and the count's page, shall be +settled by a fight between you two in the presence of the kings." + +"Well, sir," Cuthbert said, "I am glad that it should be, seeing the +varlet insulted me without any cause, and purposely upset the cup over +me." + +"What is he like?" the earl asked. "Dost think that you are a fair +match?" + +"I doubt not that we are fair match enough," Cuthbert said. "As you +know, sir, I have been well trained to arms of all kinds, both by my +father and by the men-at-arms at the castle, and could hold my own +against any of your men with light weapons, and have then no fear that +this gawky loon, twenty years old though he seems to be, will bring +disgrace upon me or discredit upon my nation." + +"If thou thinkest so," the earl said, "the matter can go on. But had it +been otherwise I would have gone to the king and protested that the +advantage of age was so great that it would be murder to place you in +the lists together." + +"There is," Cuthbert said, "at most no greater difference between us +than between a strong man and a weak one, and these, in the ordeal of +battle, have to meet in the lists. Indeed I doubt if the difference is +so great, for if he be a foot taller than I, methinks that round the +shoulders I should have the advantage of him." + +"Send hither my armorer," the earl said; "we must choose a proper suit +for you. I fear that mine would be of little use; but doubtless there +are some smaller suits among my friends." + +"The simpler and lighter the better," Cuthbert said. "I'd rather have a +light coat of mail and a steel cap than heavy armor and a helmet which +would press me down, and a visor through which I could scarce see. The +lighter the better, for after all if my sword cannot keep my head, +sooner or later the armor would fail to do so too." + +The armorer speedily arrived, and the knights and followers of the earl +being called in and the case stated, there was soon found a coat of fine +linked mail, which fitted Cuthbert well. As to the steel cap there was +no difficulty whatever. + +"You must have a plume at least," the earl said, and took some feathers +from his own casque and fastened them in. "Will you want a light sword +and battle-ax?" + +"No," Cuthbert said, "my arms are pretty well used to those of the +men-at-arms. I could wield my father's sword, and that was a heavy +one." + +The lightest of the earl's weapons were chosen, and it was agreed that +all was now ready for the conflict to-morrow. + +In the morning there was a slight bustle in the camp. + +The news that a fight was to take place between an English and a Brabant +page, by the permission of the kings of England and France, that their +majesties were to be present, and that all was to be conducted on +regular rules, caused a stir of excitement and novelty in the camp. + +Nowhere is life duller than among a large body of men kept together for +any time under canvas, and the thought of a combat of this novel kind +excited general interest. + +In a meadow at a short distance from the camp a body of King Richard's +men-at-arms marked off an oval space of about an acre. Upon one side of +this a tent was pitched for the kings, and a small tent was placed at +each end for the combatants. Round the inclosure the men-at-arms formed +the ring, and behind them a dense body of spectators gathered, a place +being set aside for nobles, and others of gentle blood. + +At the hour fixed the kings of England and France arrived together. King +Richard was evidently in a state of high good humor, for he preferred +the clash of arms and the sight of combat to any other pleasure. + +The King of France, on the other hand, looked grave. He was a far wiser +and more politic king than Richard; and although he had consented to +the sudden proposal, yet he felt in his heart that the contest was a +foolish one, and that it might create bad feeling among the men of the +two nationalities whichever way it went. He had reserved to himself the +right of throwing down the baton when the combat was to cease, and he +determined to avail himself of this right to put a stop to the conflict +before either party was likely to sustain any deadly injury. + +When the monarchs had taken their places the trumpeters sounded their +trumpets, and the two combatants advanced on foot from their ends of the +lists. A murmur of surprise and dissatisfaction broke from the crowd. +"My Lord of Evesham," the king said angrily to the earl, who with Count +Jacquelin was standing by the royal party, "thou shouldst have said that +the difference between the two was too great to allow the combat to be +possible. The Frenchman appears to be big enough to take your page under +his arm and walk off with him." + +The difference was indeed very striking. The French champion was arrayed +in a full suit of knightly armor--of course without the gold spurs which +were the distinguishing mark of that rank--and with his helmet and lofty +plume of feathers he appeared to tower above Cuthbert, who, in his +close-fitting steel cap and link armor seemed a very dwarf by the side +of a giant. + +"It is not size, sire, but muscle and pluck will win in a combat like +this. Your majesty need not be afraid that my page will disgrace me. He +is of my blood, though the kinship is not close. He is of mixed Saxon +and Norman strain, and will, believe me, do no discredit to either." + +The king's brow cleared, for in truth he was very proud of his English +nationality, and would have been sorely vexed to see the discomfiture of +an English champion, even though that champion were a boy. + +"Brother Philip," he said, turning to the king, "I will wager my gold +chain against yours on yonder stripling." + +"Methinks that it were robbery to take your wager," the King of France +said. "The difference between their bulk is disproportionate. However, I +will not balk your wish. My chain against yours." + +The rule of the fight was that they were to commence with swords, but +that either could, if he chose, use his battle-ax. + +The fight need scarcely be described at length, for the advantage was +all one way. Cuthbert was fully a match in strength for his antagonist, +although standing nigh a foot shorter. Constant exercise, however, had +hardened his muscles into something like steel, while the teaching that +he had received had embraced all what was then known of the use of arms. + +Science in those days there was but little of; it was a case rather of +hard, heavy hitting, than of what we now call swordsmanship. + +With the sword Cuthbert gained but slight advantage over his adversary, +whose superior height enabled him to rain blows down upon the lad, which +he was with difficulty enabled to guard; but when the first paroxysm of +his adversary's attack had passed he took to the offensive, and drove +his opponent back step by step. With his sword, however, he was unable +to cut through the armor of the Frenchman, but in the course of the +encounter, guarding a severe blow aimed at him, his sword was struck +from his hand, and he then, seizing his ax, made such play with it that +his foe dropped his own sword and took to the same weapon. + +In this the superior height and weight of his opponent gave him even a +greater advantage than with the sword, and Cuthbert knowing this, used +his utmost dexterity and speed to avoid the sweeping blows showered upon +him. He himself had been enabled to strike one or two sweeping strokes, +always aiming at the same place, the juncture of the visor with the +helmet. At last the Frenchman struck him so heavy a blow that it beat +down his guard and struck his steel cap from his head, bringing him to +the knee. In an instant he was up, and before his foe could be again on +guard, he whirled his ax round with all its force, and bringing it just +at the point of the visor which he had already weakened with repeated +blows, the edge of the ax stove clean through the armor, and the page +was struck senseless to the ground. + +A great shout broke from the English portion of the soldiery as +Cuthbert leaned over his prostrate foe, and receiving no answer to the +question "Do you yield?" rose to his feet, and signified to the squire +who had kept near that his opponent was insensible. + +King Richard ordered the pursuivant to lead Cuthbert to the royal +inclosure. + +"Thou art a brave lad and a lusty," the king said, "and hast borne thee +in the fight as well as many a knight would have done. Wert thou older, +I would myself dub thee knight; and I doubt not that the occasion will +yet come when thou wilt do as good deeds upon the bodies of the Saracens +as thou hast upon that long-shanked opponent of thine. Here is a gold +chain; take it as a proof that the King of England holds that you have +sustained well the honor of his country; and mark me, if at any time you +require a boon, bring or send me that chain, and thou shalt have it +freely. Sir Walter," he said, turning to the earl, "in this lad thou +hast a worthy champion, and I trust me that thou wilt give him every +chance of distinguishing himself. So soon as thou thinkest him fit for +the knightly rank I myself will administer the accolade." + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +REVENGE. + + +After his interview with the king Cuthbert was led to his tent amid the +hearty plaudits of the English troops. + +His own comrades flocked round him; the men of the greenwood, headed by +Cnut, were especially jubilant over his victory. + +"Who would have thought," said the tall forester, "that the lad who but +a short time ago was a child should now have sustained the honor of the +country? We feel proud of you, Cuthbert; and trust us some day or other +to follow wherever you may lead, and to do some deed which will attain +for you honor and glory, and show that the men of Evesham are as doughty +as any under King Richard's rule." + +"You must be wary, Cuthbert," the earl said to him that evening. +"Believe me that you and I have made a foe, who, although he may not +have the power, has certainly the will to injure us to the death. I +marked the eye of Count Jacquelin during the fight, and again when you +were led up to the king. There was hatred and fury in his eye. The page +too, I hear, is his own nephew, and he will be the laughing-stock of the +French camp at having been conquered by one so much younger than +himself. It will be well to keep upon your guard, and not to go out at +night unattended. Keep Cnut near you; he is faithful as a watch-dog, and +would give his life, I am sure, for you. I will myself be also upon my +guard, for it was after all my quarrel, and the fury of this fierce +knight will vent itself upon both of us if the opportunity should come. +I hear but a poor account of him among his confréres. They say he is one +of those disgraces to the name of knight who are but a mixture of robber +and soldier; that he harries all the lands in his neighborhood; and that +he has now only joined the Crusade to avoid the vengeance which the +cries of the oppressed people had invoked from his liege lord. I am told +indeed that the choice was given him to be outlawed, or to join the +Crusades with all the strength he could raise. Naturally he adopted the +latter alternative; but he has the instincts of the robber still, and +will do us an evil turn, if he have the chance." + +Two days later the great army broke up its camp and marched south. After +a week's journeying they encamped near a town, and halted there two or +three days in order to collect provisions for the next advance; for the +supplies which they could obtain in the country districts were wholly +insufficient for so great a host of men. Here the armies were to +separate, the French marching to Genoa, the English to Marseilles, the +town at which they were to take ship. + +One evening the earl sent Cuthbert with a message to another English +lord, staying in the town at the palace of the bishop, who was a friend +of his. + +Cnut accompanied Cuthbert, for he now made a point of seldom letting him +out of his sight. It was light when they reached the bishop's palace, +but here they were delayed for some time, and night had fallen when they +sallied out. + +The town was already quiet, for the inhabitants cared not to show +themselves in the streets now that such a large army of fierce men were +in the neighborhood. + +The orders indeed of the monarchs were stringent, but discipline there +was but little of, and the soldiery in those days regarded peaceful +citizens as fair game; hence, when they came from the palace the streets +of the city were already hushed and quiet, for the orders of the king +had been peremptory that no men-at-arms, or others except those on duty, +were to be away from their camp after nightfall. This order had been +absolutely necessary, so many were the complaints brought in by country +peasants and farmers of the doings of bands of soldiers. + +Cnut and Cuthbert proceeded along the streets unmolested for some +distance. Occasionally a solitary passer-by, with hooded cape, hurried +past. The moon was half full, and her light was welcome indeed, for in +those days the streets were unlighted, and the pavement so bad that +passage through the streets after dark was a matter of difficulty, and +even of danger. + +Here and there before some roadside shrine a lamp dimly burned; before +these they paused, and, as good Catholics, Cnut and Cuthbert crossed +themselves. Just as they had passed one of these wayside shrines, a +sudden shout was heard, and a party of eight or ten men sprang out from +a side street and fell upon them. + +Cnut and Cuthbert drew their swords and laid about them heartily, but +their assailants were too strong. Cnut was stricken to the ground, and +Cuthbert, seeing that defense was hopeless, took to his heels and ran +for his life. He was already wounded, but happily not so severely as in +any way to disable him. + +Seeing that it was speed, and speed alone, which now could save him, he +flung aside his belt and scabbard as he ran, and with rapid steps flew +along the streets, not knowing whither he went, and striving only to +keep ahead of his pursuers. They, more incumbered by arms and armor, +were unable to keep up with the flying footsteps of a lad clothed in the +light attire of a page; but Cuthbert felt that the blood running from +his wound was weakening him fast, and that unless he could gain some +refuge his course must speedily come to an end. Happily he saw at some +little distance ahead of him a man standing by a door. Just as he +arrived the door opened, and a glow of light from within fell on the +road, showing that the person entering was a monk. + +Without a moment's hesitation Cuthbert rushed through the door, shouting +"Sanctuary!" and sank almost fainting on the ground. + +The monks, accustomed to wild pursuits and scenes of outrage in those +warlike days, hastily closed the door, barring it securely. In a moment +there was a rush of men against it from without. + +One of the monks opened a lattice above the door. + +"What mean you," he said, "by this outrage? Know ye not that this is the +Monastery of St. John, and that it is sacrilege to lay a hand of +violence even against its postern? Begone," he said, "or we'll lodge a +complaint before the king." + +The assailants, nothing daunted, continued to batter at the door; but at +this moment the monks, aroused from their beds, hastened to the spot, +and seizing bill and sword--for in those days even monks were obliged at +times to depend upon carnal weapons--they opened the door, and flung +themselves upon the assailants with such force that the latter, +surprised and discomfited, were forced to make a hasty retreat. + +The doors were then again barred, and Cuthbert was carried up to a cell +in the building, where the leech of the monastery speedily examined his +wound, and pronounced that although his life was not in danger by it, he +was greatly weakened by the loss of blood, that the wound was a serious +one and that it would be some time before the patient would recover. + +[Illustration: THE DOORS WERE AGAIN BARRED, AND CUTHBERT WAS CARRIED TO +A CELL.] + +It was two days before Cuthbert was sufficiently restored to be able to +speak. His first question to the monk was as to his whereabouts, and how +long he had been there. Upon being answered, he entreated that a +messenger might be dispatched to the camp of the Earl of Evesham, to beg +that a litter might be sent for him, and to inquire what had become of +Cnut, whom he had last seen stricken down. + +The monk replied, "My son, I grieve to tell you that your request cannot +be complied with. The army moved away yesternoon, and is now some +twenty-five miles distant. There is nothing for you but patience, and +when restored you can follow the army, and rejoin your master before he +embarks at Marseilles. But how is it that a lad so young as you can have +incurred the enmity of those who sought your life? For it is clear from +the pertinacity with which they urged their attack that their object was +not plunder, of which indeed they would get but little from you, but to +take your life." + +Cuthbert recounted the circumstances which had led to the feud of the +Count of Brabant against him, for he doubted not that this truculent +knight was at the bottom of the attack. + +"After what has happened," the monk said, "you will need have caution +when you leave here. The place where you have taken refuge is known to +them, and should this wild noble persist in his desire for vengeance +against you, he will doubtless leave some of his ruffians to watch the +monastery. We will keep a lookout, and note if any strangers are to be +seen near the gates; if we find that it is so, we shall consider what is +best to be done. We could of course appeal to the mayor for protection +against them, and could even have the strangers ejected from the town or +cast into prison; but it is not likely that we should succeed in +capturing more than the fellow who may be placed on the lookout, and the +danger would be in no wise lessened to yourself. But there is time to +talk over this matter before you leave. It will be another fortnight at +least before you will be able to pursue your journey." + +Cuthbert gained strength more rapidly than the monk had expected. He was +generously fed, and this and his good constitution soon enabled him to +recover from the loss of blood; and at the end of five days he expressed +his hope that he could on the following day pursue his journey. The monk +who attended him shook his head. + +"Thou mightst, under ordinary circumstances, quit us to-morrow, for thou +art well enough to take part in the ordinary pursuits of a page; but to +journey is a different thing. You may have all sorts of hardships to +endure; you may have even to trust for your life to your speed and +endurance; and it would be madness for you to go until your strength is +fully established. I regret to tell you that we have ascertained beyond +a doubt that the monastery is closely watched. We have sent some of the +acolytes out, dressed in the garbs of monks, and attended by one of our +elder brethren; and in, each case, a monk who followed at a distance of +fifty yards was able to perceive that they were watched. The town is +full of rough men, the hangers-on of the army; some, indeed, are +followers of laggard knights, but the greater portion are men who merely +pursue the army with a view to gain by its necessities, to buy plunder +from the soldiers, and to rob, and, if necessary, to murder should there +be a hope of obtaining gold. Among these men your enemies would have +little difficulty in recruiting any number, and no appeal that we could +make to the mayor would protect you from them when you have left the +walls. We must trust to our ingenuity in smuggling you out. After that, +it is upon your own strength and shrewdness that you must rely for an +escape from any snares that may be laid for you. You will see, then, +that at least another three or four days are needed before you can set +forth. Your countrymen are so far away that a matter of a few days will +make but little difference. They will in any case be delayed for a long +time at Marseilles before they embark; and whether you leave now or a +month hence, you would be equally in time to join them before their +embarkation--that is, supposing that you make your way through the +snares which beset you." + +Cuthbert saw the justice of the reasoning, and it was another week +before he announced himself as feeling absolutely restored to strength +again, and capable of bearing as much exertion as he could have done +before his attack. + +A long consultation was held with the prior and a monk who had acted as +his leech, as to the best plan of getting Cuthbert beyond the walls of +the city. Many schemes were proposed and rejected. Every monk who +ventured beyond the walls had been closely scrutinized, and one or two +of short stature had even been jostled in the streets, so as to throw +back their hoods and expose a sight of their faces. It was clear, then, +that it would be dangerous to trust to a disguise. Cuthbert proposed +that he should leave at night, trusting solely to their directions as to +the turnings he should take to bring him to the city walls, and that, +taking a rope, he should there let himself down, and make the best of +his way forward. This, however, the monks would not consent to, assuring +him that the watch was so strictly kept round the monastery that he +would inevitably be seen. + +"No," the prior said, "the method, whatever it is, must be as open as +possible; and though I cannot at this moment hit upon a plan, I will +think it over to-night, and putting my ideas with those of Father Jerome +here, and the sacristan, who has a shrewd head, it will be hard if we +cannot between us contrive some plan to evade the watch of those robber +villains who beset the convent." + +The next morning, when the prior came in to see Cuthbert, the latter +said: "Good father, I have determined not to endeavor to make off in +disguise. I doubt not that your wit could contrive some means by which I +should get clear of the walls without observation from the scouts of +this villain noble. But once in the country, I should have neither horse +nor armor, and should have hard work indeed to make my way down through +France, even though none of my enemies were on my track. I will +therefore, if it please you, go down boldly to the mayor and claim a +protection and escort. If he will but grant me a few men-at-arms for one +day's ride from the town, I can choose my own route, and riding out in +mail, can then take my chance of finding my way down to Marseilles." + +"I will go down with you, my son," the prior said, "to the mayor. Two of +my monks shall accompany us; and assuredly no insult will be offered to +you in the street thus accompanied." Shortly afterward Cuthbert started +as arranged, and soon arrived at the house of the mayor, Sir John de +Cahors. + +Upon the prior making known to this knight whom he had brought with him +the mayor exclaimed: + +"_Peste!_ young gentleman; you have caused us no small trouble and +concern. We have had ridings to and fro concerning you, and furious +messages from your fiery king. When in the morning a tall, stalwart +knave dressed in green was found, slashed about in various places, lying +on the pavement, the townsmen, not knowing who he was, but finding that +he still breathed, carried him to the English camp, and he was claimed +as a follower of the Earl of Evesham. There was great wrath and anger +over this; and an hour later the earl himself came down and stated that +his page was missing, and that there was reason to believe that he had +been foully murdered, as he had accompanied the man found wounded. +Fortunately the bulk of the armies had marched away at early dawn, and +the earl had only remained behind in consequence of the absence of his +followers. I assured the angry Englishman that I would have a thorough +search made in the town; and although in no way satisfied, he rode off +after his king with all his force, carrying with him the long-limbed man +whom we had picked up. Two days after a message came back from King +Richard himself, saying that unless this missing page were discovered, +or if, he being killed, his murderers were not brought to justice and +punished, he would assuredly on his return from the Holy Land burn the +town over our ears. Your king is not a man who minces matters. However, +threatened men live long, especially when the person who threatens is +starting for a journey, from which, as like as not, he may never return. +However, I have had diligent search made for you. All the houses of bad +repute have been examined and their inhabitants questioned. But there +are so many camp-followers and other rabble at present in the town that +a hundred men might disappear without our being able to obtain a clew. I +doubted not indeed that your body had been thrown in the river, and +that we should never hear more of you. I am right glad that you have +been restored; not indeed from any fear of the threats of the king your +master, but because, from what the Earl of Evesham said, you were a lad +likely to come to great fame and honor. The earl left in my charge your +horse, and the armor which he said you wore at a tournament lately, in +case we should hear aught of you." + +Cuthbert gave an exclamation of pleasure. His purse contained but a few +pieces of silver, and being without arms except for his short dagger, or +means of locomotion, the difficulties of the journey down to Marseilles +had sorely puzzled him. But with his good horse between his knees, and +his suit of Milan armor on his back, he thought that he might make his +way through any dangers which threatened him. + +The prior now told the knight that circumstances had occurred which +showed that it was known to the assailants of Cuthbert that he had taken +refuge in the convent, over which a strict watch had been kept by +Cuthbert's enemies. + +"If I could find the varlets I would hang them over the gates of the +town," the knight said wrathfully. "But as at the present moment there +are nearly as many rogues as honest men in the place it would be a +wholesale hanging indeed to insure getting hold of the right people. +Moreover, it is not probable that another attempt upon his life will be +made inside our walls; and doubtless the main body of this gang are +somewhere without, intending to assault him when he continues his +journey, and they have left but a spy or two here to inform them as to +his movements. I will give you any aid in my power, young sir. The army +is by this time nigh Marseilles, and, sooth to say, I have no body of +men-at-arms whom I could send as your escort for so long a distance. I +have but a small body here, and they are needed, and sorely, too, to +keep order within the walls." + +"I thought, sir," Cuthbert said, "that if you could lend me a party of +say four men-at-arms to ride with me for the first day I could then +trust to myself, especially if you could procure me one honest man to +act as guide and companion. Doubtless they suppose that I should travel +by the main road south; but by going the first day's journey either east +or west, and then striking some southward road, I should get a fair +start of them, throw all their plans out, and perchance reach Marseilles +without interruption." + +The knight willingly agreed to furnish four men-at-arms, and a +trustworthy guide who would at least take him as far south as Avignon. + +"I will," he said, "tell the men-at-arms off to-night. They shall be at +the western gate at daybreak, with the pass permitting them to ride +through. The guide shall be at the convent door half an hour earlier. I +will send up to-night your armor and horse. Here is a purse which the +Earl of Evesham also left for your use. Is there aught else I can do for +you?" + +"Nothing, sir," Cuthbert said; "and if I regain the army in safety I +shall have pleasure in reporting to King Richard how kindly and +courteously you have treated me." + +The arrangements were carried out. + +An hour before daybreak Cuthbert was aroused, donned his armor and steel +casque, drank a flask of wine, and ate a manchet of bread which the +prior himself brought him, and then, with a cordial adieu to the kind +monks, issued forth. + +The guide had just reached the gate, and together they trotted down the +narrow streets to the west gate of the city, where four men-at-arms were +awaiting them. + +The gates were at once opened, and Cuthbert and his little troop sallied +forth. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +THE ATTACK. + + +All day they rode with their faces west, and before nightfall had made a +journey of over forty miles. Then bestowing a largess upon the +men-at-arms, Cuthbert dismissed them, and took up his abode at a +hostelry, his guide looking to the two horses. + +Cuthbert was pleased with the appearance of the man who had been placed +at his disposal. He was a young fellow of twenty-two or twenty-three, +with an honest face. He was, he told Cuthbert, the son of a small farmer +near Avignon; but having a fancy for trade, he had been apprenticed to a +master smith. Having served his apprenticeship, he found that he had +mistaken his vocation, and intended to return to the paternal vineyards. + +Cuthbert calculated that he would make at least four days' journey to +the south before he could meet with any dangers. Doubtless his exit from +the convent had been discovered, and the moment the gates of the city +were opened the spy would have proceeded south to warn his comrades, and +these would doubtless have taken a road which at a distance would again +take them on to that by which Cuthbert would be now traveling. As, +however, he rode fast, and made long marches each day, he hoped that he +might succeed in distancing them. Unfortunately, upon the third day his +horse cast his shoe, and no smith could be met with until the end of the +day's journey. Consequently, but a short distance could be done and this +at a slow pace. Upon the fifth day after their first start they arrived +at a small town. + +The next morning Cuthbert on rising found that his guide did not present +himself as usual. Making inquiries he found that the young man had gone +out the evening before, and had not returned. Extremely uneasy at the +circumstance, Cuthbert went to the city guard, thinking that perhaps his +guide might have got drunk, and been shut up in the cells. No news, +however, was to be obtained there, and after waiting some hours, feeling +sure that some harm had befallen him, he gave notice to the authorities +of his loss, and then mounting his horse, and leaving some money with +the landlord of the hostelry to give to his guide in case the latter +should return, he started at midday by the southern road. + +He felt sure now that he was overtaken, and determined to keep his eyes +and faculties thoroughly on watch. + +The roads in those days were mere tracks. Here and there a little +village was to be met with; but the country was sparsely cultivated, and +traveling lonely work. Cuthbert rode fast, carefully avoiding all +copses and small woods through which the road ran, by making a circuit +round them and coming on to it again on the other side. + +His horse was an excellent one, the gift of the earl, and he had little +fear, with his light weight, of being overtaken if he could once leave +his enemies behind him. + +At length he approached an extensive forest, which stretched for miles +on either side. + +Half a mile before he reached it the track divided. + +He had for some little time eased his horse down to a walk, as he felt +that the wood would be the spot where he would in all probability be +attacked, and he needed that his steed should be possessed of its utmost +vigor. + +At the spot where the track branched a man in the guise of a mendicant +was sitting. He begged for alms, and Cuthbert threw him a small coin. + +A sudden thought struck him as he heard a rustling in the bushes near. + +"Which is the nearest and best road to Avignon?" he said. + +"The right-hand road is the best and shortest," the beggar said. "The +other makes a long circuit and leads through several marshes, which your +honor will find it hard to pass." + +Cuthbert thanked him and moved forward, still at a walk, along the +right-hand road. + +When he had gone about two hundred yards, and was hidden from the sight +of the man he had left--the country being rough, and scattered with +clumps of bushes--he halted, and, as he expected, heard the sound of +horses' hoofs coming on at full gallop along the other road. + +"Your master must have thought me young indeed," he said, "to try and +catch me with such a transparent trick as that. I do not suppose that +accursed page has more than ten men with him, and doubtless has placed +five on each road. This fellow was placed here to see which track I +would follow, and has now gone to give the party on the left hand the +news that I have taken this way. Had it not been for him I should have +had to run the gantlet with four or five of my enemies. As it is, the +path will doubtless be clear." + +So saying, he turned his horse, galloped back to the spot where the +tracks separated, and then followed the left-hand route. + +As he had hoped, he passed through the wood without incident or +interruption, and arrived safely that night at a small town, having seen +no signs of his enemies. + +The next day he started again early, and rode on until midday, when he +halted at a large village, at which was the only inn between the place +from which he started and his destination. He declined the offer of the +servant of the inn to take his horse round to the stable, telling the +man to hold him outside the door and give him from a sieve a few +handfuls of grain. + +Then he entered the inn and ate a hearty meal. As he appeared at the +door he saw several men gathered near. With a single spring he threw +himself into the saddle, just as a rush forward was made by those +standing round. The man next to him sprang upon him, and endeavored to +drag him from the saddle. Cuthbert drew the little dagger called a +_miséricorde_ from his belt, and plunged it into his throat. Then +seizing the short mace which hung at the saddlebow, he hurled it with +all his force full in the face of his enemy, the page of Sir Philip, who +was rushing upon him sword in hand. The heavy weapon struck him fairly +between the eyes, and with a cry he fell back, his face completely +smashed in by the blow, the sword which he held uplifted to strike +flying far through the air. + +Cuthbert struck his spurs into his horse, and the animal dashed forward +with a bound, Cuthbert striking with his long sword at one or two men +who made a snatch at the reins. In another minute he was cantering out +of the village, convinced that he had killed the leader of his foes, and +that he was safe now to pursue the rest of his journey on to Marseilles. + +So it turned out. + +Without further incident he traveled through the south of France, and +arrived at the great seaport. He speedily discovered the quarters in +which the Earl of Evesham's contingent were encamped, and made toward +this without delay. As he entered a wild shout of joy was heard, and +Cnut ran forward with many gestures of delight. + +"My dear Cuthbert, my dear Cuthbert!" he exclaimed. "Can it be true that +you have escaped? We all gave you up; and although I did my best, yet +had you not survived it I should never have forgiven myself, believing +that I might have somehow done better, and have saved you from the +cutthroats who attacked us." + +"Thanks, thanks, my good Cnut," Cuthbert cried. "I have been through a +time of peril, no doubt; but as you see, I am hale and well--better, +methinks, than you are, for you look pale and ill; and I doubt not that +the wound which I received was a mere scratch to that which bore you +down. It sounded indeed like the blow of a smith's hammer upon an +anvil." + +"Fortunately, my steel cap saved my head somewhat," Cnut said, "and the +head itself is none of the thinnest; but it tried it sorely, I confess. +However, now that you are back I shall, doubt not, soon be as strong as +ever I was. I think that fretting for your absence has kept me back more +than the inflammation from the wound itself--but there is the earl at +the door of his tent." + +Through the foresters and retainers who had at Cnut's shout of joy +crowded up, Cuthbert made his way, shaking hands right and left with the +men, among whom he was greatly loved, for they regarded him as being in +a great degree the cause of their having been freed from outlawry, and +restored to civil life again. The earl was really affected. As Cuthbert +rode up he held out both arms, and as his page alighted he embraced him +as a father. + +"My dear Cuthbert!" he exclaimed. "What anxiety have we not suffered. +Had you been my own son, I could not have felt more your loss. We did +not doubt for an instant that you had fallen into the hands of some of +the retainers of that villain count; and from all we could learn, and +from the absence of any dead body by the side of that of Cnut, I +imagined that you must have been carried off. It was clear that your +chance of life, if you fell into the hands of that evil page, or his +equally vile master, was small indeed. The very day that Cnut was +brought in I visited the French camp, and accused him of having been the +cause of your disappearance and Cnut's wounds. He affected the greatest +astonishment at the charge. He had not, as he said, been out of the camp +for two days. My accusation was unfounded and malicious, and I should +answer this as well as the previous outrage, when the vow of the +Crusaders to keep peace among themselves was at an end. Of course I had +no means of proving what I said, or I would have gone direct to the king +and charged him with the outrage. As it was I gained nothing by my +pains. He has accompanied the French division to Genoa; but when we meet +at Sicily, where the two armies are to rendezvous, I will bring the +matter before the king, as the fact that his page was certainly +concerned in it must be taken as showing that he was the instigator." + +"It would, my lord earl, be perhaps better," Cuthbert said, "if I might +venture to advise, to leave the matter alone. No doubt the count would +say that he had discharged his page after the tournament, and that the +latter was only carrying out his private feud with me. We should not be +able to disprove the story, and should gain no satisfaction by the +matter." + +The earl admitted the justice of Cuthbert's reasoning, but reserved to +himself the task of punishing the author of the outrage upon the first +fitting opportunity. + +There was a weary delay at Marseilles before the expedition set sail. +This was caused by the fact of the English fleet, which had been ordered +to be there upon their arrival, failing to keep the agreement. + +The words English fleet badly describe the vessels which were to carry +the English contingent to their destination. They were ships belonging +to the maritime nations of Italy--the Venetians, Genoese, Pisans, etc.; +for England at that time had but few of her own, and these scarcely +fitted for the stormy navigation of the Bay of Biscay. + +King Richard, impatient as ever of delay, at last lost his temper, and +embarked on board a ship with a few of his chosen knights, and set sail +by himself for Sicily, the point at which the two armies of the +expedition were to reunite. A few days after his departure the +long-looked-for fleet arrived, and a portion of the English host +embarked at once, and set sail for Sicily, where they were to be +landed, and the ships were to return to fetch the remaining contingent. + +A sea voyage of this kind in those days was a serious matter. Long +voyages were rare, and troops were carried very much upon the principle +of herrings; that is, were packed as close as they could be, without any +reference to their comfort. As the voyages seldom lasted more than +twenty-four hours, this did not much matter, but during long voyages the +discomforts, or as may be said sufferings, of the troops were +considerable. So tightly packed were the galleys in which the English +set sail from Marseilles that there was no walking about. Every man +slept where he sat, and considered himself lucky indeed if he could +obtain room sufficient to stretch himself at full length. Most slept +sitting against bulwarks or other supports. In the cabins, where the +knights, their pages and squires were placed, the crowding was of course +less excessive, but even here the amount of space, which a subaltern +traveling to India for the first time nowadays would grumble at, was +considered amply sufficient for half a dozen knights of distinction. It +was a week after sailing, when Cnut touched Cuthbert's arm as he came on +deck one morning, and said: + +"Look, look, Cuthbert! that mountain standing up in the water has caught +fire on the top. Did you ever see such a thing?" + +The soldiers crowded to the side of the vessel in intense astonishment +and no little awe. From the top of a lofty and rugged hill, rising +almost straight from the sea, flames were roaring up, smoke hung over +the island, and stones were thrown into the air and rattled down the +side of the hill, or fell into the sea with a splash. + +"That is a fearsome sight," Cnut said, crossing himself. + +"It looks as if it was the mouth of purgatory," exclaimed another, +standing by. + +Cuthbert himself was amazed, for the instruction he had received from +Father Francis was of too slight a nature to include the story of +volcanoes. A priest, however, who accompanied the ship in the character +of leech and confessor, explained the nature of the phenomenon to his +astonished listeners, and told them that over on the mainland was a +mountain which at times vomited forth such masses of stones and of +liquid rock that it had swallowed up and covered many great cities. +There was also, he told them, another mountain of the same sort, even +more vast, on the island of Sicily itself; but that this had seldom, as +far back as man could remember, done any great harm. + +Sailing on, in another day they arrived off the coast of Sicily itself, +and sailing up the straits between it and the mainland they landed at +Messina. Here a considerable portion of the French army had already +arrived, having been brought down from Genoa. + +There was no news of the King of England; and, as often happens, the +saying "The more haste the less speed," had been verified here. + +It was some days later before King Richard arrived, having been driven +from his course by tempests, well-nigh cast ashore, and having besides +gone through many adventures. Three weeks later the whole of the army of +the Crusaders were gathered around Messina, where it was intended to +remain some little time before starting. It was a gay time; and the +kings vied with each other in entertainments, joustings, and +tournaments. The Italian knights also made a brave show, and it might +have been thought that this huge army of men were gathered there simply +for amusement and feasting. In the tournaments every effort was made to +prevent any feeling of national rivalry, and although parties of knights +held their own against all comers, these were most carefully selected to +represent several nationalities, and therefore victory, on whichsoever +side it fell, excited no feelings of bitterness. + +Alone, King Richard was undoubtedly the strongest cavalier of the two +armies. Against his ponderous strength no knight could keep his seat; +and this was so palpable that after many victories King Richard was +forced to retire from the lists from want of competitors, and to take +his place on the daïs with the more peace-loving King of France. + +The gayety of the camp was heightened by the arrival of many nobles and +dames from Italy. Here, too, came the Queen of Navarre, bringing with +her the beautiful Princess Berengaria. + +"Methinks," the Earl of Evesham said to Cuthbert a fortnight after the +arrival of the queen "that unless my eyes deceive me the princess is +likely to be a cause of trouble." + +"In what way?" asked Cuthbert with surprise, for he had been struck with +her marvelous beauty, and wondered greatly what mischief so fair a being +could do. + +"By the way in which our good lord, the king, gazes upon her, methinks +that it were like enough that he broke off his engagement with the +Prince of France for the sake of the fair eyes of this damsel." + +"That were indeed a misfortune," Cuthbert said gravely, for he saw at +once the anger which such a course would excite in the minds of the +French king and his knights, who would naturally be indignant in the +extreme at the slight put upon their princess. As day after day passed +it became evident to all that the King of England was infatuated by the +princess. Again he entered the lists himself, and as some fresh Italian +knights and others had arrived, he found fresh opponents, and +conspicuously laid the spoils of victory at the feet of the princess, +whom he selected as the Queen of Beauty. + +All sorts of rumors now became current in camp; violent quarrels between +the kings, and bad feelings between the French and English knights broke +out again in consequence, and this more violently than before. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +THE PRINCESS BERENGARIA. + + +One night it chanced that Cuthbert was late in his return to camp, and +his road took him through a portion of the French encampment; the night +was dark, and Cuthbert presently completely lost all idea as to his +bearings. Presently he nearly ran against a tent; he made his way to the +entrance in order to crave directions as to his way--for it was a wet +night; the rain was pouring in torrents, and few were about of whom he +could demand the way--and, as he was about to draw aside the hangings, +he heard words said in a passionate voice which caused him to withdraw +his hand suddenly. + +"I tell you," said a voice, "I would rather drive a dagger myself into +her heart than allow our own princess to be insulted by this hot-headed +island dog." + +"It is sad indeed," said another, but in a calmer smoother tone, "that +the success of a great expedition like this, which has for its object +the recovery of the holy sepulcher from the infidels, should be wrecked +by the headstrong fancies of one man. It is even, as is told by the old +Grecian poet, as when Helen caused a great war between people of that +nation." + +"I know nothing," another voice said, "either of Helen or the Greeks, or +of their poets. They are a shifty race, and I can believe aught that is +bad of them. But touching this princess of Navarre, I agree with our +friend, it would be a righteous deed to poniard her, and so to remove +the cause of dispute between the two kings, and, indeed, the two +nations. This insult laid upon our princess is more than we, as French +knights and gentlemen, can brook; and if the king says the word there is +not a gentleman in the army but will be ready to turn his sword against +the islanders." + +Then the smooth voice spoke again. + +"It would, my brethren, be wrong and useless to shed blood; but methinks +that if this apple of discord could be removed a good work would be done +not, as our friend the count has suggested, by a stab of the dagger; +that indeed would be worse than useless. But surely there are scores of +religious houses, where this bird might be placed in a cage without a +soul knowing where she was, and where she might pass her life in prayer +that she may be pardoned for having caused grave hazards of the failure +of an enterprise in which all the Christian world is concerned." + +The voices of the speakers now fell, and Cuthbert was straining his ear +to listen, when he heard footsteps approaching the tent, and he glided +away into the darkness. + +With great difficulty be recovered the road to the camp, and when he +reached his tent he confided to the Earl of Evesham what he had heard. + +"This is serious indeed," the earl said, "and bodes no little trouble +and danger. It is true that the passion which King Richard has conceived +for Berengaria bids fair to wreck the Crusade, by the anger which it has +excited in the French king and his nobles; but the disappearance of the +princess would no less fatally interfere with it, for the king would be +like a raging lion deprived of his whelps, and would certainly move no +foot eastward until he had exhausted all the means in his power of +tracing his lost lady love. You could not, I suppose, Cuthbert, point +out the tent where this conversation took place?" + +"I could not," Cuthbert answered; "in the darkness one tent is like +another. I think I should recognize the voices of the speakers did I +hear them again; indeed, one voice I did recognize; it was that of the +Count of Brabant, with whom we had trouble before." + +"That is good," the earl said, "because we have at least an object to +watch. It would never do to tell the king what you have heard. In the +first place, his anger would be so great that it would burst all bounds, +and would cause, likely enough, a battle at once between the two armies; +nor would it have any good effect, for he of Brabant would of course +deny the truth of your assertions, and would declare it was merely a +got-up story to discredit him with the king, and so to wipe out the old +score now standing between us. No, if we are to succeed, alike in +preventing harm happening to the princess, and an open break between the +two monarchs, it must be done by keeping a guard over the princess, +unsuspected by all, and ourselves frustrating any attempt which may be +made." + +Cuthbert expressed his willingness to carry out the instructions which +the earl might give him; and, much disturbed by the events of the day, +both earl and page retired to rest, to think over what plan had best be +adopted. + +The princess was staying at the palace of the bishop of the town; this +he, having another residence a short distance outside the walls, had +placed at the disposal of the Queen of Navarre and her suite; and the +first step of Cuthbert in the morning was to go into the town, to +reconnoiter the position and appearance of the building. It was a large +and irregular pile, and communicated with the two monasteries lying +alongside of it. It would therefore clearly be a most difficult thing to +keep up a complete watch on the exterior of so large a building. There +were so many ways in which the princess might be captured and carried +off by unscrupulous men that Cuthbert in vain thought over every plan by +which it could be possible to safeguard her. She might be seized upon +returning from a tournament or entertainment; but this was improbable, +as the queen would always have an escort of knights with her, and no +attempt could be successful except at the cost of a public fracas and +much loss of blood. Cuthbert regarded as out of the question that an +outrage of this kind would be attempted. + +The fact that one of the speakers in the tent had used the words "my +sons," showed that one priest or monk, at least, was connected with the +plot. It was possible that this man might have power in one of the +monasteries, or he might be an agent of the bishop himself; and Cuthbert +saw that it would be easy enough in the night for a party from one or +other of the monasteries to enter by the door of communication with the +palace, and carry off the princess without the slightest alarm being +given. Once within the walls of the convent she could be either hidden +in the dungeons or secret places, which buildings of that kind were sure +to possess, or could be at once carried out by some quiet entrance, and +taken into the country, or transferred to some other building in the +town. + +When Cuthbert joined the earl he told him the observations that he had +made, and Sir Walter praised the judgment which he had shown in his +conclusions. The earl was of opinion that it would be absolutely +necessary to get some clew as to the course which the abductors purposed +to take; indeed it was possible that on after-consideration they might +drop their plan altogether, for the words which Cuthbert had overheard +scarcely betokened a plan completely formed and finally decided upon. + +The great point he considered, therefore, was that the tent of his old +enemy should be carefully watched, and that an endeavor should be made +to hear something of what passed within, which might give a clew to the +plan fixed upon. They did not, of course, know whether the tent in which +the conversation had been heard by Cuthbert was that of Sir de Jacquelin +Barras, or of one of the other persons who had spoken; and Cuthbert +suggested that the first thing would be to find out whether the count, +after nightfall, was in the habit of going to some other tent, or +whether, on the other hand, he remained within and was visited by +others. + +It was easy, of course, to discover which was his tent; and Cuthbert +soon got its position, and then took Cnut into his counsels. + +"The matter is difficult," Cnut said, "and I see no way by which a watch +can be kept up by day; but after dark--I have several men in my band who +can track a deer, and surely could manage to follow the steps of this +baron without being observed. There is little Jack, who is no bigger +than a boy of twelve, although he can shoot, and run, and play with the +quarterstaff, or, if need be, with the bill, against the best man in the +troop. I warrant me that if you show him the tent he will keep such +sharp watch that no one shall enter or depart without his knowing where +they go to. On a dark night he will be able to slip among the tents, and +to move here and there without being seen. He can creep on his stomach +without moving a leaf, and trust me the eyes of these French +men-at-arms will look in vain for a glimpse of him." + +"You understand, Cnut, all that I want to know is whether the other +conspirators in this matter visit his tent, or whether he goes to +theirs." + +"I understand," Cnut said. "That is the first point to be arrived at." + +Three days later Cnut brought news that each night after dark a party of +five men met in the tent that was watched; that one of the five always +came out when all had assembled, and took his station before the +entrance of the tent, so as to be sure that no eavesdropper was near. + +Cuthbert smiled. + +"It is a case of locking the door after the horse has gone." + +"What is to be done now?" Cnut asked. + +"I will talk with the earl before I tell you, Cnut. This matter is too +serious for me to take a step without consulting Sir Walter." + +That night there was a long talk between the earl and his page as to the +best course to be pursued. It was clear that their old enemy was the +leading person in the plot, and that the only plan to baffle it with any +fair chances of success was to keep a constant eye upon his movements, +and also to have three or four of the sturdiest men of the band told off +to watch, without being perceived, each time that the princess was in +her palace. + +The Earl of Evesham left the arrangements entirely in the hands of his +page, of whose good sense and sagacity he had a very high opinion. + +His own first impulse had been to go before the king and denounce the +Count of Brabant. But the ill-will between them was already well known; +for not only was there the original dispute at the banquet, but when the +two armies had joined at Sicily, King Richard, who had heard from the +earl of the attempt at the assassination of Cuthbert, had laid a +complaint before King Philip of the conduct of his subject. + +Sir de Jacquelin Barras, however, had denied that he had any finger in +the matter. + +"He had," he said, "discharged his page after the encounter with +Cuthbert, and knew nothing further whatever of his movements." + +Although it was morally certain that the page could not have purchased +the services of the men who assisted him, from his own purse, or gain +them by any means of persuasion, but that they were either the followers +of the Count of Brabant, or ruffians hired with his money, as no proof +could be obtained the matter was allowed to drop. + +The earl felt, however, that an accusation against the count by him of +an intention to commit a high crime, and this merely on the evidence of +his page, would appear like an attempt to injure the fame of his rival. + +Feeling, therefore, that nothing could be done save to watch, he left +the matter entirely in the hands of his page, telling him that he could +take as many men-at-arms or archers as he might choose and use them in +his name. + +Cnut entered warmly into Cuthbert's plans; and finally it was arranged +between them that six of the archers should nightly keep watch opposite +the various entrances of the bishop's palace and of the two monasteries +joining. Of course, they could not patrol up and down without attracting +attention, but they were to take up posts where they could closely +observe the entrances, and were either to lie down and feign drunken +sleep, or to conceal themselves within the shadow of an arch or other +hiding-place. + +Down on the seashore Cuthbert made an arrangement with one of the owners +of small craft lying there that ten of his men should sleep on board +every night, together with some fishermen accustomed to the use of the +oar. + +Cuthbert himself determined to be always with this party. + +Night after night passed, and so long a time went by that Cuthbert began +to think the design must have been given up. + +However, he resolved to relax none of his watchfulness during the +remaining time that the expedition might stop in Sicily. + +It was in January, three weeks after the first watch had been set, when +one of the men who had been placed to watch the entrance to one of the +monasteries leaped on board the craft and shook Cuthbert by the +shoulder. + +"A party of some five men," he said, "have just issued out from the +monastery. They are bearing a burden--what, I cannot see. They were +making in the direction of the water. I whistled to Dion who was next to +me in the lane. He is following them, and I came on to tell you to +prepare." + +The night was pitch-dark, and it was difficult in the extreme to see any +one moving at a short distance off. + +There were two or three streets that led from the monastery, which stood +at the top of the town, toward the sea; and a party coming down might +take any of these, according to the position in which the boat they were +seeking was placed. + +Cuthbert now instantly sent five or six of his men with instructions to +avoid all noise, along the line of the port, with orders to bring in +word should anyone come down and take boat, or should they hear any +noise in the town. He himself with the sailors loosed the ropes which +fastened the boat to shore, got out the oars, and prepared to put off at +a moment's notice. + +He was of course ignorant whether the abductor would try to carry the +princess off by water, or would hide her in one of the convents of the +town; but he was inclined to think that the former would be the course +adopted; for the king in his wrath would be ready to lay the town in +flames, and to search every convent from top to bottom for the princess. +Besides, there would be too many aware of the secret. + +Cuthbert was not wrong in his supposition. + +Soon the man he had sent to the extreme right came running up with the +news that a boat had embarked at the further end with a party of some +ten men on board. As he came along he had warned the others, and in five +minutes the whole party were collected in the craft, numbering in all +twelve of Cuthbert's men and six sailors. They instantly put out, and +rowed in the direction in which the boat would have gone, the boatmen +expressing their opinion that probably the party would make for a vessel +which was lying anchored at some little distance from shore. The +bearings of the position of this ship was known to the boatmen, but the +night was so dark that they were quite unable to find it. Orders had +been given that no sound or whisper was to be heard on board the boat; +and after rowing as far as they could the boatmen said they were in the +direction of the ship. + +The boatmen all lay on their oars, and all listened intently. Presently +the creaking of a pulley was heard in the still night, at a distance of +a few hundred yards. This was enough. It was clear that the vessel was +getting up sail. The boat's head was turned in that direction; the crew +rowed steadily but noiselessly, and in a few minutes the tall mast of a +vessel could be seen faintly against the sky. Just as they perceived the +situation, a hail from on board showed that their approach was now +observed. + +"Stretch to your oars," Cuthbert said, "we must make a dash for it now." + +The rowers bent to their work and in a minute the boat ran alongside the +craft. + +As Cuthbert and his followers scrambled upon the deck they were attacked +by those of the crew and passengers who were standing near; but it was +evident at once that the chiefs of the expedition had not heard the +hail, and that there was no general plan of defense against them. + +It was not until the last of them had gained a footing and were +beginning to fight their way along the vessel that from below three or +four men-at-arms ran up, and one in a tone of authority demanded what +was the matter. When he heard the clash of swords and the shouts of the +combatants he put himself at once at the head of the party and a fierce +and obstinate fight now took place. + +The assailants had, however, the advantage. + +Cuthbert and his men were all lightly clad, and this on the deck of a +ship lumbered with ropes and gear, and in the dark, was a great +advantage, for the mailed men-at-arms frequently stumbled and fell. The +fight lasted for several minutes. Cnut, who was armed with a heavy mace, +did great service, for with each of his sweeping blows he broke down the +guard of an opponent, and generally leveled him to the deck. + +The numbers at the beginning of the fight were not unequal, but the men +to whom the vessel belonged made but a faint resistance when they +perceived that the day was going against them. The men-at-arms, however, +consisting of three, who appeared to be the leaders, and of eight +pikemen fought stubbornly and well. + +Cuthbert was not long in detecting in the tones of the man who was +clearly at the head of affairs the voice of Sir de Jacquelin Barras. To +do him justice he fought with extreme bravery, and when almost all his +followers were cut down or beaten overboard, he resisted stanchly and +well. With a heavy two-handed sword he cleaved a space at the end of the +boat, and kept the whole of Cuthbert's party at bay. + +At last Cnut, who had been engaged elsewhere, came to the front, and a +tough fight ensued between them. + +It might have ended badly for the brave forester, for his lack of armor +gave an enormous advantage to his opponent. Soon, however, the count's +foot slipped on the boards of the deck, and before he could recover +himself the mace of Cnut descended with tremendous force upon his head, +which was unprotected, as he had taken off his casque on arriving at the +ship. Without a word or a cry the count fell forward on the deck, killed +as a bullock by a blow of a poleax. + +While this conflict had been going on, occasionally the loud screams of +a woman had been heard below. + +Cuthbert, attended by Cnut and two of his followers, now descended. + +At the bottom of the steps they found a man-at-arms placed at the door +of a cabin. He challenged as they approached, but being speedily +convinced that the vessel was in their hands, and that his employer and +party were all conquered, he made a virtue of necessity, and laid down +his arms. + +"You had better go in alone," Cnut said, "Master Cuthbert. The lady is +less likely to be frightened by your appearance than by us, for she must +wonder indeed what is going on." + +On entering the cabin, which had evidently been fitted up for the use of +a lady, Cuthbert saw standing at the other end the princess, whom of +course he knew well by sight. A lamp was burning in the cabin, and by +its light he could see that her face was deadly pale. Her robes were +torn and disarranged, and she wore a look at once of grave alarm and +surprise upon seeing a handsomely dressed page enter with a deep +reverence. + +"What means this outrage, young sir? Whoever you be, I warn you that the +King of England will revenge this indignity." + +"Your highness," Cuthbert said, "you have no further reason for alarm; +the knaves who carried you off from the bishop's palace and conveyed you +to this ship are all either killed or in our power. I am the page of the +Earl of Evesham, a devoted follower of King Richard. Some of the designs +of the bold men came to the ears of my lord, and he ordered me and a +band of his followers to keep good guard over the palace and buildings +adjoining. We were unable to gather our strength in time to prevent your +being taken on board, but we lost no time in putting forth when we found +that your abductors had taken boat, and by good fortune arrived here in +time; a few minutes later, and the knaves would have succeeded in their +object, for the sails were already being hoisted, and the vessel making +way, when we arrived. Your abductors are all either killed or thrown +overboard, and the vessel's head is now turned toward the shore, and I +hope in a few minutes to have the honor of escorting you to the palace." + +The princess, with a sigh of much satisfaction and relief, sank on to a +couch. + +"I am indeed indebted to you, young sir," she said. "Believe me, the +Princess Berengaria is not ungrateful, and should it be ever in her +power to do aught for your lord, or for yourself, or for those who have +accompanied you to rescue her, believe me that she will do it." + +"May I be so bold as to ask a boon?" Cuthbert said, dropping on one knee +before her. + +"It is granted at once, whatever it be, if in my power." + +"My boon is, lady," he said, "that you will do your best to assuage the +natural anger which the King of England will feel at this bold and most +violent attempt. That he should be told, is of course necessary; but, +lady, much depends upon the telling, and I am sure that at your request +the king would restrain his anger. Were it not for that, I fear that +such quarrels and disputes might arise as would bring the two armies to +blows, and destroy forever all hope of the successful termination of +our joint enterprise." + +"You are a wise and good youth," the princess said, holding out her hand +to Cuthbert, which, as duty bound, he placed to his lips. "Your request +is wise and most thoughtful. I will use any poor influence which I may +possess"--and Cuthbert could see that the blood came back now to the +white face--"to induce King Richard to allow the matter to pass over. +There is no reason why he should take up the case. I am no more under +his protection than under that of the King of France, and it is to the +latter I should appeal, for as I believe the men who abducted me were +his subjects." + +"The leader of them, madam, was a certain Sir de Jacquelin Barras, a +Count of Brabant, with whom my master has had an old feud, and who has +been just killed by the leader of our men-at-arms. The others, who have +had the most active hand in the matter, have also perished; and it +would, I think be doubtful whether any clew could be obtained of those +who were in league with them. The only man in the party who is alive was +placed as a sentry at your door, and as he is but a man-at-arms we may +be sure that he knows naught of the enterprise, but has merely carried +out the orders of his master." + +The vessel had by this time brought up close to the port. The princess +determined to wait on board until the first dawn was seen in the skies, +and then under the escort of her deliverers to go back to the palace, +before the town was moving. This plan was carried out, and soon after +dawn the princess was safe in the palace from which she had been carried +a few hours previously. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +PIRATES. + + +It was not possible that a matter of this sort could be entirely hushed +up. Not many hours passed before rumors were current of events which had +taken place, though none knew what those events were. + +There were reports that the tire-woman of the Princess Berengaria had in +the night discovered that her mistress' couch was unoccupied, that she +had found signs of a struggle, and had picked up a dagger on the floor, +where it had evidently fallen from the sheath; also it was said that the +princess had returned at daylight escorted by an armed party, and that +she was unable to obtain entrance to the palace until one of the ladies +of the queen had been fetched down to order the sentries at the gate to +allow her to enter. + +This was the news which rumor carried through the camp. Few, however, +believed it, and none who could have enlightened them opened their lips +upon the subject. + +It was known, however, that a messenger had come to King Richard early, +and that he had at once mounted and ridden off to the bishop's palace. +What had happened there none could say, but there were rumors that his +voice had been heard in furious outbursts of passion. He remained there +until the afternoon, when he sent for a number of his principal nobles. + +When these arrived they found him standing on a daïs in the principal +hall of the palace, and he there formally introduced to them the +Princess Berengaria as his affianced wife. The ceremony of the marriage, +he told them, would shortly take place. + +This announcement caused a tremendous stir in both armies. The English, +who had never been favorable to the alliance with the French princess, +were glad to hear that this was broken off, and were well content that +the Princess Berengaria should be their future queen, for her beauty, +high spirit, and kindness had won all hearts. + +On the part of the French, on the other hand, there was great +indignation, and for some time it was feared that the armies would come +to open blows. + +King Philip, however, although much angered, was politic enough to +deprecate any open outbreak. He knew that a dispute now began would not +only at once put a stop to the Crusade, but that it might lead to more +serious consequences at home. The fiery bravery of the English king, +backed as it would be by the whole strength of his subjects, might +render him a very formidable opponent; and the king felt that private +grievances must be laid aside where the good of France was concerned. + +Still the coldness between the armies increased, their camps were moved +further apart, and during the time that they remained in Sicily there +was but little commerce between the two forces. + +As soon as the winter had broken the French monarch broke up his camp, +and in March sailed for the Holy Land. + +The English had expected that the marriage ceremony of the king and +Princess Berengaria would be celebrated before they left Sicily, but +this was not the case. There were high joustings and _fêtes_ in honor of +the princess, but the marriage was delayed. A fortnight after the French +had sailed the English embarked in the two hundred ships which had been +prepared, and sailed also on their way to Acre. + +It must not be supposed that the attempted abduction of the Princess +Berengaria was unimportant in its results to Cuthbert. + +After returning from the palace the king, who had heard from her the +details of what had taken place, and the names of her rescuers, sent for +the Earl of Evesham. The latter had of course learned from Cuthbert all +that had happened, and had expressed his high approval of his conduct, +and his gratification at the result. + +"I learn, Sir Earl," said King Richard, "that it is to you that I am +indebted for the rescue of the princess. She tells me that suspecting +some plot you placed a guard around the bishop's palace, with a strong +body on the shore ready to rescue her from the hands of any who might +attempt to take her to sea." + +"It is as you say, sire," replied the earl; "but the whole merit of the +affair rests upon my page, the lad whom you may remember as having +fought with and conquered the French page, and of whose conduct you then +approved highly. You may also remember that he escaped by some display +of bravery and shrewdness the further attempts to assassinate him, and +your majesty was good enough to make a complaint to King Philip of the +conduct of one of his nobles on that head. It seems that some two months +since the lad in coming through the French camp at night missed his way, +and accidentally overheard a few words spoken in a voice which he +recognized as that of his enemy. The name of your majesty being +mentioned, he deemed it his duty to listen, and thus discovered that a +plot was on foot for carrying off the princess. After consultation with +me, we agreed upon the course to be adopted, namely, to place sentries +round the bishop's place and the buildings adjoining, who should follow +and bring word should she be taken to another place in town, while a +band was placed on the shore in readiness to interfere at once to +prevent her being carried away by sea. He undertook the management of +all details, having with him a trusty squire who commands my Saxon +bowmen." + +"For your own part I thank you, my lord," the king said, "and, believe +me, you shall not find Richard ungrateful. As to your page, he appears +brave and wise beyond his years. Were it not that I think that it would +not be good for him, and might attract some envy upon the part of +others, I would at once make him a knight. He already has my promise +that I will do so on the first occasion when he can show his prowess +upon the infidels. Bring him to me to-morrow, when the princess will be +here with the Queen of Navarre at a banquet. I would fain thank him +before her; and, although I have agreed--at the princess' earnest +solicitation--to take no further notice of the matter, and to allow it +to pass as if it had not been, yet I cannot forgive the treachery which +has been used, and without letting all know exactly what has occurred +would fain by my reception of your page let men see that something of +great import has happened, of the nature of which I doubt not that rumor +will give some notion." + +Upon the following day, therefore, Cuthbert to his confusion found +himself the center of the royal circle. The king expressed himself to +him in the most gracious manner, patting him on the shoulder, and said +that he would be one day one of the best and bravest of his knights. The +princess and the Queen of Navarre gave him their hands to kiss, and +somewhat overwhelmed, he withdrew from the royal presence, the center of +attention, and, in some minds, of envy. + +Cnut too did not pass unrewarded. + +His majesty, finding that Cnut was of gentle Saxon blood, gave him a +gold chain in token of his favor, and distributed a heavy purse among +the men who had followed him. + +When the British fleet, numbering two hundred ships, set sail from +Sicily, it was a grand and martial sight. From the masts were the colors +of England and those of the nobles who commanded; while the pennons of +the knights, the bright plumes and mantles, the flash of armor and arms +made the decks alive with light and color. + +The king's ship advanced in the van, and round him were the vessels +containing his principal followers. The Queen of Navarre and the +Princess Berengaria were with the fleet. Strains of music rose from the +waters, and never were the circumstances of war exhibited in a more +picturesque form. + +For two days the expedition sailed on, and then a change of a sudden and +disastrous kind took place. + +"What is all this bustle about?" Cuthbert said to Cnut. "The sailors are +running up the ladders, all seems confusion." + +"Methinks," said Cnut, "that we are about to have a storm. A few minutes +ago scarce a cloud was to be seen; now that bank over there has risen +halfway up the sky. The sailors are accustomed to these treacherous +seas, and the warnings which we have not noticed have no doubt been +clear enough to them." + +With great rapidity the sails of the fleet came down, and in five +minutes its whole aspect was changed; but quickly as the sailors had +done their work, the storm was even more rapid in its progress. Some of +the ships whose crews were slower or less skillful than the others were +caught by the gale before they could get their sails snug, and the great +sheets of white canvas were blown from the bolt-ropes as if made of +paper, and a blackness which could almost be felt covered the sea, the +only light being that given by the frothing waters. There was no longer +any thought of order. Each ship had to shift for herself; and each +captain to do his best to save those under his charge, without thought +of what might befall the others. + +In the ship which carried the Earl of Evesham's contingent, order and +discipline prevailed. The earl's voice had been heard at the first puff +of wind, shouting to the men to go below, save a few who might be of use +to haul at ropes. His standard was lowered, the bright flags removed +from the sides of the ship, the shields which were hanging over the +bulwarks were hurriedly taken below, and when the gale smote them the +ship was trim, and in readiness to receive it. A few square yards of +sail alone were all that the captain had thought it prudent to keep +spread, and in a minute from the time she was struck the lofty hulk was +tearing along through the waters at a tremendous speed. Four of the best +hands were placed at the helm; and here the captain took his post. + +The danger was now that in the darkness they might run against one of +their consorts. Even in the war of the elements they could hear from +time to time crashes as of vessels striking against each other, with +shouts and cries. Once or twice from the darkness ships emerged, close +on one hand or the other; but the steadiness of the captain in each case +saved the ship from collision. + +As the storm continued these glimpses of other vessels became more and +more rare, and the ship being a very fast sailer, the captain indulged +the hope that he was now clear of the rest of the fleet. + +He now attempted to lie-to to the storm, but the wind was too strong. +The ships in those days, too, were so high out of the water, and offered +in themselves such a target to the wind, that it was useless to adopt +any other maneuver than to run before it. + +For two days and nights the tempest raged. + +"What think you," the earl said to the captain, "of our position? Where +are we, and where will the course upon which we are running take us?" + +"I cannot say with certainty," the captain said, "for the wind has +shifted several times. I had hoped to gain the shelter of Rhodes, but a +shift of wind bore us away from there, and I much fear that from the +direction in which we have been running we must be very nigh on the +coast of Africa." + +"_Peste!_" the earl said. "That would indeed be a speedy end to our +Crusade. These Moors are pirates and cutthroats to a man; and even +should we avoid the risk of being dashed to pieces, we should end our +lives as slaves to one of these black infidels." + +Three hours later the captain's prophecies turned out right. Breakers +were seen in various points in front, and with the greatest difficulty +the vessel was steered through an opening between them; but in another +few minutes she struck heavily, one of her masts went over the side, and +she lay fast and immovable. Fortunately, the outside bank of sand acted +as a sort of breakwater; had she struck upon this the good ship would +have gone to pieces instantly; but although the waves still struck her +with considerable force, the captain had good hope that she would not +break up. Darkness came on; the tempest seemed to lull. As there was no +immediate danger, and all were exhausted by the tossing which they had +received during the last forty-eight hours, the crew of the Rose slept +soundly. + +In the morning the sun rose brilliantly, and there was no sign of the +great storm which had scattered the fleet of England. The shore was to +be seen at a distance of some four miles. It was low and sandy, with +lofty mountains in the distance. Far inland a white town with minaret +and dome could be seen. + +"Know you where we are?" the earl asked. + +"As far as I can tell," the captain said, "we have been driven up the +bay called the Little Syrtis--a place full of shoals and shallows, and +abounding with pirates of the worst kind." + +"Think you that the ship has suffered injury?" + +"Whether she has done so or not," the captain said, "I fear greatly +that she is fast in the sand, and even the lightening of all her cargo +will scarce get her off; but we must try at least." + +"It is little time that we shall have to try, Master Captain," Cuthbert, +who was standing close, said. "Me thinks those two long ships which are +putting out from that town will have something to say to that." + +"It is too true," the captain said. "Those are the galleys of the +Moorish corsairs. They are thirty or forty oars, draw but little water, +and will be here like the wind." + +"What do you advise?" asked the earl. "The falconets which you have upon +the poop can make but a poor resistance to boats that can row around us, +and are no doubt furnished with heavy metal. They will quickly perceive +that we are aground and defenseless, and will be able to plump their +shot into us until they have knocked the good ship to pieces. However, +we will fight to the last. It shall not be said that the Earl of Evesham +was taken by infidel dogs and sold as a slave, without striking a blow +in his defense." + +Cuthbert stood watching the corsairs, which were now rowing toward them +at all speed. + +"Methinks, my lord," he said presently, "if I might venture to give an +opinion, that we might yet trick the infidel." + +"As how, Cuthbert?" the earl said. "Speak out; you know that I have +great faith in your sagacity." + +"I think, sir," the page said, "that did we send all your men below, +leaving only the crew of the vessel on deck, they would take us for a +merchant ship which has been wrecked here, and exercise but little care +how they approach us. The men on deck might make a show of firing once +or twice with the falconets. The pirates, disdaining such a foe, would +row alongside. Once there, we might fasten one or both to our side with +grapnels, and then, methinks, that English bill and bow will render us +more than a match for Moorish pirates, and one of these craft can +scarcely carry more men than we have. I should propose to take one of +them by force, and drive the pirates overboard; take possession of, if +possible, or beat off her consort; and then take the most valuable +stores from the ship and make our way as best we can to the north." + +"Well thought of!" exclaimed the earl cordially. "You have indeed +imagined a plan which promises well. What think you, captain?" + +"I think, my lord," the Genoese said, "that the plan is an excellent +one, and promises every success. If your men will all go below, holding +their arms in readiness for the signal, mine shall prepare grapnels and +ropes, and the first of these craft which comes alongside they will lash +so securely to the Rose that I warrant me she gets not away." + +These preparations were soon made. + +The soldiers, who at first had been filled with apprehension at the +thought of slavery among the infidels, were now delighted at the +prospect of a struggle ending in escape. + +The archers prepared their bows and arrows, and stood behind the +portholes in readiness to pour a volley into the enemy; the men-at-arms +grasped their pikes and swords; while above, the sailors moved hither +and thither as if making preparations for defense, but in reality +preparing the grapnels and ropes. + +One of the pirates was faster than the other, and soon coming within +reach, opened fire upon the Rose with a heavy cannon, which she carried +in her bow. + +The crew of the Rose replied with their falconets and sakers from the +poop. + +The corsair at first did not keep her course direct for the ship, but +rowed once or twice round her, firing as she did so. Then, apparently +satisfied that no great precaution need be observed with a feebly-manned +ship in so great a strait as the Rose, they set up a wild cry of +"Allah!" and rowed toward her. + +In two minutes the corsair was alongside of the Rose, and the fierce +crew were climbing up her sides. As she came alongside the sailors cast +grapnels into her rigging, and fastened her to the Rose; and then a loud +shout of "Hurrah for England!" was heard; the ports opened, and a volley +of arrows was poured upon the astonished corsair; and from the deck +above the assailants were thrown back into the galley, and a swarm of +heavily armed men leaped down from the ship upon them. + +Taken by surprise, and indeed outnumbered, the resistance of the +corsairs was but slight. In a close fierce _mêlée_ like this the +light-armed Moors had but little chance with the mail-clad English, +whose heavy swords and axes clove their defenses at a blow. The fight +lasted but three minutes, and then the last of the corsairs was +overboard. + +The men who rowed the galley had uttered the most piercing cries while +this conflict had been raging. They were unable to take any part in it, +had they been disposed to do so, for they were all slaves chained to the +oars. + +Scarcely had the conflict ended when the other galley arrived upon the +scene; but seeing what had happened, and that her consort had fallen +into the hands of the English, she at once turned her head, and rowed +back rapidly to the town from which she had come. + +Among the slaves who rowed the galley were many white men, and their +cries of joy at their liberation greatly affected those who had thus +unexpectedly rescued them. Hammers were soon brought into requisition, +the shackles struck off them, and a scene of affecting joy took place. +The slaves were of all nationalities, but Italians and Spaniards, French +and Greeks formed the principal part. There was no time, however, to be +lost; the arms and munitions of war were hastily removed from the Rose, +together with the most valuable of the stores. + +The galley-slaves again took their places, and this time willingly, at +the oars, the places of the weakest being supplied by the English, +whose want of skill was made up by the alacrity with which they threw +their strength into the work; and in an hour from the time that the +galley had arrived alongside of the Rose, her head was turned north, and +with sixty oars she was rowing at all speed for the mouth of the bay. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +IN THE HOLY LAND. + + +As soon as the galley which had escaped reached the town from which it +had started, it with three others at once set out in pursuit; while from +a narrow creek two other galleys made their appearance. + +There were a few words of question among the English whether to stop and +give battle to these opponents, or to make their way with all speed. The +latter counsel prevailed; the earl pointing out that their lives were +now scarcely their own, and that they had no right on their way to the +holy sepulcher to risk them unnecessarily. + +Fortunately they had it in their hands to fight or escape, as they +chose; for doubly banked as the oars now were there was little chance of +the enemy's galleys overtaking them. Gradually as they rowed to sea the +pursuing vessels became smaller and smaller to view, until at last they +were seen to turn about and make again for land. + +After some consultation between the earl and the captain of the lost +ship it was determined to make for Rhodes. This had been settled as a +halting point for the fleet, and the earl thought it probable that the +greater portion of those scattered by the storm would rendezvous there. + +So it proved; after a voyage, which although not very long was tedious, +owing to the number of men cramped up in so small a craft, they came +within sight of the port of Rhodes, and were greatly pleased at seeing a +perfect forest of masts there, showing that at least the greater portion +of the fleet had survived the storm. + +This was indeed the fact, and a number of other single ships dropped in +during the next day or two. + +There was great astonishment on the part of the fleet when the long, +swift galley was seen approaching, and numerous conjectures were offered +as to what message the pirates could be bringing--for there was no +mistaking the appearance of the long, dangerous-looking craft. + +When, upon her approach, the standard of the Earl of Evesham was seen +flying on the bow, a great shout of welcome arose from the fleet; and +King Richard himself, who happened to be on the deck of the royal ship, +shouted to the earl to come on board and tell him what masquerading he +was doing there. The earl of course obeyed the order, anchoring near the +royal vessel, and going on board in a small boat, taking with him his +page and squire. + +The king heard with great interest the tale of the adventures of the +Rose; and when the Earl of Evesham said that it was to Cuthbert that was +due the thought of the stratagem by which the galley was captured, and +its crew saved from being carried away into hopeless slavery, the king +patted the boy on the shoulder with such hearty force as nearly to throw +Cuthbert off his feet. + +"By St. George!" said the monarch, "you are fated to be a very pink of +knights. You seem as thoughtful as you are brave; and whatever your age +may be, I declare that the next time your name is brought before me I +will call a chapter of knights, and they shall agree that exception +shall be made in your favor, and that you shall at once be admitted to +the honorable post. You will miss your page, Sir Walter; but I am sure +you will not grudge him that." + +"No, no, sire," said the earl. "The lad, as I have told your majesty, is +a connection of mine--distant it is true, but one of the nearest I +have--and it will give me the greatest pleasure to see him rising so +rapidly, and on a fair way to distinguish himself so highly. I feel +already as proud of him as if he were my own son." + +The fleet remained some two or three weeks at Rhodes, for many of the +vessels were sorely buffeted and injured, masts were carried away as +well as bulwarks battered in, and the efforts of the crews and of those +of the whole of the artificers of Rhodes were called into requisition. +Light sailing craft were sent off in all directions, for the king was in +a fever of anxiety. Among the vessels still missing was that which bore +the Queen of Navarre and the fair Berengaria. + +One day a solitary vessel was seen approaching. "Another of our lost +sheep," the earl said, looking out over the poop. + +She proved, however, to be a merchant ship of Greece, and newly come +from Cyprus. + +Her captain went on board the royal ship, and delivered a message to the +king, to the effect that two of the vessels had been cast upon the coast +of Cyprus, that they had been plundered by the people, the crews +ill-treated and made prisoners by the king, and that the Queen of +Navarre and the princess were in their hands. + +This roused King Richard into one of his furies. "Before I move a step +toward the Holy Land," he said, "I will avenge these injuries upon this +faithless and insolent king. I swear that I will make him pay dearly for +having laid a hand upon these ladies." + +At once the signal was hoisted for all the vessels in a condition to +sail to take on board water and provisions, and to prepare to sail for +Cyprus; and the next morning at daybreak the fleet sailed out, and made +their way toward that island, casting anchor off the harbor of +Famagosta. + +King Richard sent a messenger on shore to the king, ordering him at once +to release the prisoners; to make the most ample compensation to them; +to place ships at their service equal to those which had been destroyed; +and to pay a handsome sum of money as indemnity. + +The King of Cyprus, however, an insolent and haughty despot, sent back +a message of defiance. King Richard at once ordered the anchors to be +raised, and all to follow the royal ship. + +The fleet entered the harbor of Famagosta; the English archers began the +fight by sending a flight of arrows into the town. This was answered +from the walls by a shower of stones and darts from the machines. + +There was no time wasted. The vessels were headed toward the shore, and +as the water was deep, many of them were able to run close alongside the +rocky wharves. In an instant, regardless of the storm of weapons poured +down by the defenders, the English leaped ashore. + +The archers kept up so terrible a rain of missiles against the +battlements that the defenders could scarcely show themselves for an +instant there, and the men-at-arms, placing ladders against them, +speedily mounted, and putting aside all opposition, poured into the +town. The effeminate Greek soldiers of the monarch could offer no +effectual resistance whatever, and he himself fled from the palace and +gained the open country, followed by a few adherents. The English gained +a considerable booty, for in those days a town taken by assault was +always looked upon as the property of the captors. The Queen of Navarre +and the princess were rescued. + +King Richard, however, was not satisfied with the success he had gained, +and was determined to punish this insolent little king. Accordingly the +English were set in motion into the interior, and town after town +speedily fell, or opened their gate to him. The king, deserted by his +troops, and detested by his people for having brought so terrible a +scourge upon them by his reckless conduct, now sued for peace; but King +Richard would give him no terms except dethronement, and this he was +forced to accept. He was deprived of his crown, and banished from the +island. + +The king now, to the surprise of his barons, announced his intention of +at once marrying the Princess Berengaria. + +Popular as he was, there was yet some quiet grumbling among his troops; +as they said, with justice, they had been waiting nearly six months in +the island of Sicily, and the king might well have married there, +instead of a fresh delay being caused when so near their place of +destination. + +However, the king as usual had his own way, and the marriage was +solemnized amid great rejoicing and solemnity. + +It was a brilliant scene indeed in the cathedral of Limasol. There were +assembled all the principal barons of England, together with a great +number of the nobles of Cyprus. + +Certainly no better matched pair ever stood at the altar together, for +as King Richard was one of the strongest and bravest men of his own or +any other time, so Berengaria is admitted to have been one of the +loveliest maidens. + +The air was rent with the acclamations of the assembled English host +and of the numerous inhabitants of Limasol as they emerged from the +cathedral. For a fortnight the town was given up to festivity; +tournaments, joustings, banquets succeeded each other day after day, and +the islanders, who were fond of pleasure, and indeed very wealthy, vied +with the English in the entertainments which they gave in honor of the +occasion. + +The festivities over, the king gave the welcome order to proceed on +their voyage. They had now been joined by all the vessels left behind at +Rhodes, and it was found that only a few were missing, and that the +great storm, terrible as it had been, had inflicted less damage upon the +fleet than was at first feared. + +Two days' sail brought them within sight of the white walls of Acre, and +it was on June 8, 1191, that the fleet sailed into the port of that +town. Tremendous acclamations greeted the arrival of the English army by +the host assembled on the shores. + +Acre had been besieged for two years, but in vain; and even the arrival +of the French army under Philip Augustus had failed to turn the scale. +The inhabitants defended themselves with desperate bravery; every +assault upon the walls had been repulsed with immense slaughter; and at +no great distance off the Sultan Saladin, with a large army, was +watching the progress of the siege. + +The fame of King Richard and the English was so great, however, that the +besiegers had little doubt that his arrival would change the position of +things; and even the French, in spite of the bad feeling which had +existed in Sicily, joined with the knights and army of the King of +Jerusalem in acclaiming the arrival of the English. + +Philip Augustus, the French king, was of a somewhat weak and wavering +disposition. It would have been thought that after his dispute with King +Richard he would have gladly done all in his power to carry Acre before +the arrival of his great rival. To the great disappointment of the +French, however, he declared that he would take no step in the general +assault until the arrival of Richard; and although the French had given +some assistance to the besiegers, the army had really remained passive +for many weeks. + +Now, however, that the English had arrived, little time was lost; for +the moment the dissensions and jealousies between the monarchs were +patched up, the two hosts naturally imitated the example of their +sovereigns, and French and English worked side by side in throwing up +trenches against the walls, in building movable towers for the attack, +and in preparing for the great onslaught. + +The French were the first to finish their preparations, and they +delivered a tremendous assault upon the walls. The besieged, however, +did not lose heart, and with the greatest bravery repulsed every +attempt. The scaling ladders were hurled backward, the towers were +destroyed by Greek fire; boiling oil was hurled down upon the men who +advanced under the shelter of machines to undermine the walls; and +after desperate fighting the French fell back, baffled and beaten. + +There was some quiet exultation in the English lines at the defeat of +the French, for they believed that a better fortune would crown their +own efforts. Such, however, to their surprise and mortification, was not +the case. When their preparations were completed they attacked with +splendid bravery. They were fighting under the eyes of their king and in +sight of the French army, who had a few days before been baffled; and if +bravery and devotion could have carried the walls of Acre, assuredly +King Richard's army would have accomplished the task. + +It was, however, too great for them, and with vast loss the army fell +back to its camp, King Richard raging like a wounded lion. Many of his +barons had been killed in the assault, and the pikemen and men-at-arms +had suffered heavily. The Earl of Evesham had been wounded; Cuthbert had +taken no part in the assault, for the earl, knowing his bravery, had +forbidden his doing so, as he foresaw the struggle would be of the most +desperate character; and as it was not usual for pages to accompany +their lords on the battlefield, Cuthbert could not complain of his being +forbidden to take part in the fight. + +The earl, however, permitted him to accompany Cnut and the bowmen, who +did great service by the accuracy of their aim, preventing by their +storm of arrows the men on the battlements from taking steady aim and +working their machines, and so saved the Earl of Evesham's troop and +those fighting near him from suffering nearly as heavy loss as some of +those engaged in other quarters. + +But while successful in beating off all assaults, the defenders of Acre +were now nearly at the end of their resources. The Emperor Saladin, +although he had collected an army of two hundred thousand men, yet +feared to advance and give battle to the Crusaders in their own +lines--for they had thrown up round their camp strong intrenchments to +prevent the progress of the siege being disturbed by forces from +without. + +The people of Acre seeing the time pass and no sign of a rescuing force, +their provisions being utterly exhausted, and pestilence and fever +making frightful ravages in the city, at last determined to surrender. + +For over two years they had made a resistance of the most valiant +description, and now, despairing of success or rescue, and seeing the +hosts of their besiegers increasing day by day, they hoisted a flag upon +the walls and sent a deputation to the kings, asking for terms if they +submitted. They would have done well had they submitted upon the arrival +of the French and English reinforcements. For the monarchs, annoyed by +the defeat of their forces and by the heavy losses they had sustained, +and knowing that the besieged were now at their last crust, were not +disposed to be merciful. + +However, the horrors which then attended the capture of cities in a war +in which so little quarter was given on either side were avoided. The +city was to be surrendered; the much-prized relic contained within its +walls--said to be a piece of the true cross which had been captured by +the Saracens at the battle of Tiberias, in which they had almost +annihilated the Christian armies a few years before--was to be +surrendered; the Christian prisoners in their hands were to be given up +unharmed; and the inhabitants undertook to pay two hundred thousand +pieces of gold to the kings within forty days, under the condition that +the fighting men now taken prisoners were to be put to death should this +ransom not be paid. + +The conquest of Acre was hailed throughout Christendom as a triumph of +the highest importance. It opened again the gates of the Holy Land; and +so tremendous was the strength of the fortress that it was deemed that +if this stronghold were unable to resist effectually the arms of the +Crusaders, and that if Saladin with so great an army did not dare to +advance to its rescue, then the rest of the Holy Land would speedily +fall under the hands of the invading army. + +With the fall of Acre, however, the dissensions between the two kings, +which had for awhile been allowed to rest while the common work was to +be done, broke out again with renewed intensity. The jealousy of Philip +Augustus was raised to the highest point by the general enthusiasm of +the combined armies for the valiant King of England, and by the +authority which that monarch exercised in the councils. He therefore +suddenly announced his intention of returning to France. + +This decision at first occasioned the greatest consternation in the +ranks of the Crusaders; but this feeling was lessened when the king +announced that he should leave a large portion of the French army +behind, under the command of the Duke of Burgundy. The wiser councilors +were satisfied with the change. Although there was a reduction of the +total fighting force, yet the fact that it was now centered under one +head, and that King Richard would now be in supreme command, was deemed +to more than counterbalance the loss of a portion of the French army. + +Before starting on the march for Jerusalem King Richard sullied his +reputation by causing all the defenders of Acre to be put to death, +their ransom not having arrived at the stipulated time. + +Then the allied army set out upon their journey. The fleet cruised along +near them, and from it they obtained all that was requisite for their +wants, and yet, notwithstanding these advantages, the toil and fatigue +were terrible. Roads scarcely existed, and the army marched across the +rough and broken country. There was no straggling, but each kept his +place; and if unable to do so, fell and died. The blazing sun poured +down upon them with an appalling force; the dust which rose when they +left the rocks and came upon flat, sandy ground almost smothered them. +Water was only obtainable at the halts, and then was frequently +altogether insufficient for the wants of the army; while in front, on +flank, and in rear hovered clouds of the cavalry of Saladin. + +At times King Richard would allow parties of his knights to detach +themselves from the force to drive off these enemies. But it was the +chase of a lion after a hare. The knights in their heavy armor and +powerful steeds were left behind as if standing still, by the fleet +Bedouins on their desert coursers; and the pursuers, exhausted and worn +out, were always glad to regain the ranks of the army. + +These clouds of cavalry belonging to the enemy did not content +themselves with merely menacing and cutting off stragglers. At times, +when they thought they saw an opening, they would dash in and attack the +column desperately, sometimes gaining temporary advantages, killing and +wounding many, then fleeing away again into the desert. + +Finding that it was impossible to catch these wary horsemen, King +Richard ordered his bowmen to march outside his cavalry, so that when +the enemy's horse approached within bowshot they should open upon them +with arrows; then, should the horsemen persist in charging, the archers +were at once to take refuge behind the lines of the knights. + +Day after day passed in harassing conflicts. The distance passed over +each day was very small, and the sufferings of the men from thirst, +heat, and fatigue enormous. Cuthbert could well understand now what he +had heard of great armies melting away, for already men began to succumb +in large numbers to the terrible heat, and the path traversed by the +army was scattered with corpses of those who had fallen victims to +sunstroke. Not even at night did the attacks of the enemy cease, and a +portion of the harassed force was obliged to keep under arms to repel +assaults. + +So passed the time until the army arrived at Azotus, and there, to the +delight of the Crusaders, who only longed to get at their foes, they +beheld the whole force of Saladin, two hundred thousand strong, barring +their way. Had it not been for the stern discipline enforced by King +Richard the knights of England and France would have repeated the +mistake which had caused the extermination of the Christian force at +Tiberias, and would have leveled their lances and charged recklessly +into the mass of their enemies. But the king, riding round the flanks +and front of the force, gave his orders in the sternest way, with the +threat that any man who moved from the ranks should die by his hand. + +The army was halted, the leaders gathered round the king, and a hasty +consultation was held. Richard insisted upon the fight being conducted +upon the same principles as the march--that the line of archers should +stand outside the knights, and should gall the advancing force with +arrows till the last moment, and then retire among the cavalry, only to +sally out again as the Bedouins fell back from the steel wall of +horsemen. + +Cuthbert had now for the first time donned full armor, and rode behind +the Earl of Evesham as his esquire, for the former esquire had been left +behind, ill with fever at Acre. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +THE ACCOLADE. + + +It was now a year since they had left England, and Cuthbert had much +grown and widened out in the interval, and had never neglected an +opportunity of practicing with arms; and the earl was well aware that he +should obtain as efficient assistance from him in time of need as he +could desire. + +This was the first time that Cuthbert, and indeed the great proportion +of those present in the Christian host, had seen the enemy in force, and +they eagerly watched the vast array. It was picturesque in the extreme, +with a variety and brightness of color rivaling that of the Christian +host. In banners and pennons the latter made a braver show; but the +floating robes of the infidel showed a far brighter mass of color than +the steel armor of the Christians. + +Here were people drawn from widely separated parts of Saladin's +dominions. Here were Nubians from the Nile, tall and powerful men, jet +black in skin, with lines of red and white paint on their faces, giving +a ghastly and wild appearance to them. On their shoulders were skins of +lions and other wild animals. They carried short bows, and heavy clubs +studded with iron. By them were the Bedouin cavalry, light, sinewy men, +brown as berries, with white turbans and garments. Near these were the +cavalry from Syria and the plains of Assyria--wild horsemen with +semi-barbarous armor and scarlet trappings. Here were the solid lines of +the Egyptian infantry, steady troops, upon whom Saladin much relied. +Here were other tribes, gathered from afar, each distinguished by its +own particular marks. In silence did this vast array view awhile the +solid mass of the Christians. Suddenly a strange din of discordant music +from thousands of musical instruments--conches and horns, cymbals and +drums, arose in wild confusion. Shouts of defiance in a dozen tongues +and from two hundred thousand throats rose wild and shrill upon the air, +while clear above all the din were heard the strange vibratory cries of +the warriors from the Egyptian highlands. + +"One would think," said Cnut grimly to Cuthbert, "that the infidels +imagine we are a flock of antelopes to be frightened by an outcry. They +would do far better to save their wind for future use. They will want +it, methinks, when we get fairly among them. Who would have thought that +a number of men, heathen and infidel though they be, could have made so +foul an outcry?" + +Cuthbert laughed. + +"Every one fights according to his own method, Cnut; and I am not sure +that there is not some thing to be said for this outcry, for it is +really so wild and fearful that it makes my blood almost curdle in my +veins; and were it not that I know the proved valor of our knights and +footmen, I should feel shaken by this terrible introduction to the +fight." + +"I heed it no more," said Cnut, "than the outcry of wild fowl, when one +comes upon them suddenly on a lake in winter. It means no more than +that; and I reckon that they are trying to encourage themselves fully as +much as to frighten us. However, we shall soon see. If they can fight as +well as they can scream, they certainly will get no answering shouts +from us. The English bulldog fights silently, and bite as hard as he +will, you will hear little beyond a low growl. Now, my men," he said, +turning to his archers, "methinks the heathen are about to begin in +earnest. Keep steady; do not fire until you are sure that they are +within range. Draw your bows well to your ears, and straightly and +steadily let fly. Never heed the outcry or the rush, keep steady to the +last moment. There is shelter behind you, and fierce as the attack may +be, you can find a sure refuge behind the line of the knights." + +Cnut with his archers formed part of the line outside the array of +English knights, and the arrows of the English bowmen fell fast as bands +of the Bedouin horse circled round them in the endeavor to draw the +Christians on to the attack. For some time Saladin persisted in these +tactics. With his immense superiority of force he reckoned that if the +Christian chivalry would but charge him, the victory of Tiberias would +be repeated. Hemmed in by numbers, borne down by the weight of armor and +the effects of the blazing sun, the knights would succumb as much to +fatigue as to the force of their foes. King Richard's orders, however, +were well obeyed, and at last the Moslem chief, urged by the entreaties +of his leading emirs, who felt ashamed that so large a force should +hesitate to attack one so vastly inferior in numbers, determined upon +taking the initiative, and forming his troops in a semicircle round the +Christian army, launched his horsemen to the attack. The instant they +came within range a cloud of arrows from the English archers fell among +them, but the speed at which the desert horses covered the ground +rendered it impossible for the archers to discharge more than one or two +shafts before the enemy were upon them. Quickly as they now slipped back +and sought refuge under the lances of the knights, many of them were +unable to get back in time, and were cut down by the Saracens. The rest +crept between the horses or under their bellies into the rear, and there +prepared to sally out again as soon as the enemy retired. The Christian +knights sat like a wall of steel upon their horses, their lances were +leveled, and brave as the Bedouin horsemen were, they felt to break this +massive line was impossible. The front line, however, charged well up to +the points of the lances, against which they hewed with their sharp +scimiters, frequently severing the steel top from the ashpole, and then +breaking through and engaging in hand-to-hand conflict with the knights. +Behind the latter sat their squires, with extra spears and arms ready to +hand to their masters; and in close combat, the heavy maces with their +spike ends were weapons before which the light-clad horsemen went down +like reeds before a storm. + +Hour after hour the Arab horsemen persisted in their attack, suffering +heavily, but determined to conquer if possible. Then Saladin suddenly +ordered a retreat, and at seeing their enemy fly, the impetuosity of the +Crusaders at last broke out. With a shout they dashed after the foe. +King Richard, knowing that his followers had already shown a patience +far beyond what he could have expected, now headed the onslaught, +performing prodigies of valor with his single arm, and riding from point +to point to see that all was well. + +The early resistance of the infidel host was comparatively slight. The +heavy mass of the Christian cavalry, with their leveled lances, swept +through the ranks of the light horsemen, and trampled them down like +grass beneath their feet; but every moment the resistance became more +stubborn. + +Saladin, knowing the Christians would sooner or later assume the +offensive, had gathered his troops line in line behind the front ranks, +and as the force of the Crusaders' charge abated, so did the number of +foes in their front multiply. Not only this, but upon either side chosen +bands swept down, and ere long the Christians were brought to a stand, +and all were fighting hand to hand with their enemies. The lances were +thrown away now, and with ax and mace each fought for himself. + +The Earl of Evesham was one of a group of knights whom King Richard had +that day ordered to keep close to his person, and around this group the +fight raged most furiously. + +Saladin, aware of the extreme personal valor and warlike qualities of +King Richard, set the greatest value upon his death or capture, and had +ordered a large number of his best troops to devote their whole +attention to attacking the King of England. + +The royal standard carried behind the king was a guide to their +onslaught, and great as was the strength and valor of King Richard, he +with difficulty was able to keep at bay the hosts that swept around him. + +Now that the lance had been abandoned for battle-ax, Cuthbert was able +to take an active part in the struggle, his duties consisting mainly in +guarding the rear of his master, and preventing his being overthrown by +any sudden attack on the flank or from behind. + +King Richard was bent not only on defending himself from the attacks of +his foes, but on directing the general course of the battle; and from +time to time he burst, with his own trusty knights, through the ring of +foes, and rode from point to point of the field, calling the knights +together, exhorting them to steadiness, and restoring the fight where +its fortunes seemed doubtful. At one time the impetuosity of the king +led him into extreme danger. He had burst through the enemy surrounding +him, and these, by order of their captain, allowed him to pass through +their ranks, and then threw themselves together in his rear, to cut him +off from the knights who rode behind. The maneuver was successful. The +rush of horsemen fairly carried away the Christian knights, and one or +two alone were able to make their way through. + +Amid the wild confusion that raged, where each man was fighting for his +own life, and but little view of what was passing could be obtained +through the barred visor, the fact that the king was separated from them +was known to but few. Sir Walter himself was engaged fiercely in a +hand-to-hand fight with four Bedouins who surrounded him, when Cuthbert +shouted: + +"The king, Sir Walter! the king! He is cut off and surrounded! For +heaven's sake ride to him. See! the royal standard is down." + +With a shout the earl turned, brained one of his foes with a sweep of +his heavy ax, and, followed by Cuthbert, dashed to the assistance of the +king. The weight of his horse and armor cleft through the crowd, and in +a brief space he penetrated to the side of King Richard, who was borne +upon by a host of foes. Just as they reached them a Bedouin who had been +struck from his horse crawled beneath the noble charger of King Richard, +and drove his scimiter deep into its bowels. The animal reared high in +its sudden pain, and then fell on the ground, carrying the king, who was +unable to disengage himself quickly enough. + +[Illustration: WITH A SHOUT THE EARL TURNED, FOLLOWED BY CUTHBERT, AND +DASHED TO THE ASSISTANCE OF THE KING.] + +In an instant the Earl of Evesham had leaped from his horse and with his +broad triangular shield extended, sought to cover him from the press of +enemies. Cuthbert imitated his lord, and strove to defend the latter +from attacks from the rear. For a moment or two the sweep of the earl's +heavy ax and Cuthbert's circling sword kept back the foe, but this could +not last. King Richard in vain strove to extricate his leg from beneath +his fallen steed. Cuthbert saw at a glance that the horse still lived, +and with a sudden slash of his sword he struck it on the hind quarter. +Goaded by the pain the noble animal made a last effort to rise, but only +to fall back dead. The momentary action was, however, sufficient for +King Richard, who drew his leg from under it, and with his heavy +battle-ax in hand, rose with a shout, and stood by the side of the earl. + +In vain did the Bedouins strive to cut down and overpower the two +champions; in vain did they urge their horses to ride over them. With +each sweep of his ax the king either dismounted a foe or clove in the +head of his steed, and a wall of slain around them testified to the +tremendous power of their arms. Still, even such warriors as these could +not long sustain the conflict. The earl had already received several +desperate wounds, and the king himself was bleeding from some severe +gashes with the keen-edged scimiters. Cuthbert was already down, when a +shout of "St. George!" was heard, and a body of English knights clove +through the throng of Saracens and reached the side of King Richard. +Close behind these in a mass pressed the British footmen with bill and +pike, the enemy giving way foot by foot before their steady discipline. + +The king was soon on horseback again, and rallying his troops on, led +them for one more great and final charge upon the enemy. + +The effect was irresistible. Appalled by the slaughter which they had +suffered, and by the tremendous strength and energy of the Christian +knights, the Saracens broke and fled; and the last reserves of Saladin +gave way as the king, shouting his war-cry of "God help the holy +sepulcher!" fell upon them. Once, indeed, the battle still seemed +doubtful, for a fresh band of the enemy at that moment arrived and +joined in the fray. The Crusaders were now, however, inspired with such +courage and confidence that they readily obeyed the king's war-cry, +gathered in a firm body, and hurled themselves upon this new foe. Then +the Saracens finally turned and fled, and the Christian victory was +complete. + +It was one of the features of this war that however thorough the +victories of the Christians, the Saracens very speedily recovered from +their effects. A Christian defeat was crushing and entire; the knights +died as they stood, and defeat meant annihilation. Upon the other hand, +the Saracens and Bedouins, when they felt that their efforts to win the +battle were unsuccessful, felt no shame or humiliation in scattering +like sheep. On their fleet horses and in their light attire they could +easily distance the Christians, who never, indeed, dreamed of pursuing +them. The day after the fight the enemy would collect again under their +chiefs, and be as ready as before to renew their harassing warfare. + +On his return from the field the king assembled many of his principal +knights and leaders, and summoned the Earl of Evesham, with the message +that he was to bring his esquire with him. When they reached the tent +the king said: + +"My lords, as some of you may be aware, I have this day had a narrow +escape from death. Separated from you in the battle, and attended only +by my standard-bearer, I was surrounded by the Saracens. I should +doubtless have cleft my way through the infidel dogs, but a foul peasant +stabbed my charger from below, and the poor brute fell with me. My +standard-bearer was killed, and in another moment my nephew Arthur would +have been your king, had it not been that my good lord here, attended by +this brave lad, appeared. I have seen a good deal of fighting, but never +did I see a braver stand than they made above my body. The Earl of +Evesham, as you all know, is one of my bravest knights, and to him I can +simply say, 'Thanks; King Richard does not forget a benefit like this.' +But such aid as I might well look for from so stout a knight as the Earl +of Evesham I could hardly have expected on the part of a mere boy like +this. It is not the first time that I have been under a debt of +gratitude to him; for it was his watchfulness and bravery which saved +Queen Berengaria from being carried off by the French in Sicily. I +deemed him too young then for the order of knighthood--although, indeed, +bravery has no age; still for a private benefit, and that performed +against allies, in name at least, I did not wish so far to fly in the +face of usage as to make him a knight. I promised him then, however, +that the first time he distinguished himself against the infidel he +should win his spurs. I think that you will agree with me, my lords, +that he has done so. Not only did he stand over me, and with great +bravery defend Sir Walter from attacks from behind, but his ready wit +saved me when even his sword and that of Sir Walter would have failed to +do so. Penned down under poor Robin I was powerless to move until our +young esquire, in an interval of slashing at his assailants, found time +to give a sharp blow together with a shout to Robin. The poor beast +tried to rise, and the movement, short as it was, enabled me to draw my +leg from under him, and then with my mace I was enabled to make a stand +until you arrived at my side. I think, my lords, that you will agree +with me that Cuthbert, the son of Sir William de Lance, is fit for the +honor of knighthood." + +A general chorus of approval arose from the assembly, and the king, +bidding Cuthbert kneel before him, drew his sword and laid it across his +shoulders, dubbing him Sir Cuthbert de Lance. When he had risen the +great barons of England pressed round to shake his hand, and Cuthbert, +who was a modest young fellow, felt almost ashamed at the honors which +were bestowed upon him. The usual ceremonies and penances which young +knights had to undergo before admission into the body--and which in +those days were extremely punctilious, and indeed severe, consisting, +among other things, in fasting, in watching the armor at night, in +seclusion and religious services--were omitted when the accolade was +bestowed for bravery in the field. + +The king ordered his armorer at once to make for Cuthbert a suit of the +finest armor, and authorized him to carry on his shield a sword raising +a royal crown from the ground, in token of the deed for which the honor +of knighthood had been bestowed upon him. + +Upon his return to the earl's camp the news of his new dignity spread at +once among the followers of Sir Walter, and many and hearty were the +cheers that went up from the throats of the Saxon foresters, led by +Cnut. These humble friends were indeed delighted at his success, for +they felt that to him they owed very much; and his kindness of manner +and the gayety of heart which he had shown during the hardships they had +undergone since their start had greatly endeared him to them. + +Cuthbert was now to take rank among the knights who followed the banner +of the earl. A tent was erected for him, an esquire assigned to him, and +the lad as he entered his new abode felt almost bewildered at the +change which had taken place in one short day--that he, at the age of +sixteen, should have earned the honor of knighthood, and the approval of +the King of England, expressed before all the great barons of the realm, +was indeed an honor such as he could never have hoped for; and the +thought of what his mother would say should the news reach her in her +quiet Saxon home brought the tears into his eyes. He had not gone +through the usual religious ceremonies, but he knelt in his tent alone, +and prayed that he might be made worthy of the honors bestowed upon him; +that he might fulfill the duties of a Christian knight fearlessly and +honorably; that his sword might never be raised but for the right; that +he might devote himself to the protection of the oppressed, and the +honor of God; that his heart might be kept from evil; and that he might +carry through life unstained his new escutcheon. + +If the English had thought that their victory would have gained them +immunity from the Saracen attacks they were speedily undeceived. The +host, indeed, which had barred their way had broken up; but its +fragments were around them, and the harassing attacks began again with a +violence and persistency even greater than before. The Crusaders, +indeed, occupied only the ground upon which they stood. It was death to +venture one hundred yards from the camp unless in a strong body; and the +smallest efforts to bring in food from the country round were instantly +met and repelled. Only in very strong bodies could the knights venture +from camp even to forage for their horses, and the fatigues and +sufferings of all were in no way relieved by the great victory of +Azotus. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +IN THE HANDS OF THE SARACENS. + + +The English had hoped that after one pitched battle they should be able +to advance upon Jerusalem, but they had reckoned without the climate and +illness. + +Although unconquered in the fray, the Christian army was weakened by its +sufferings to such an extent that it was virtually brought to a +standstill. Even King Richard, with all his impetuosity, dared not +venture to cut adrift from the seashore and to march direct upon +Jerusalem; that city was certainly not to be taken without a long siege, +and this could only be undertaken by an army strong enough, not only to +carry out so great a task, but to meet and defeat the armies which +Saladin would bring up to the rescue, and to keep open the line down to +Joppa, by which alone provisions and the engines necessary for the siege +could be brought up. Hence the war resolved itself into a series of +expeditions and detached fights. + +The British camp was thoroughly fortified, and thence parties of the +knights sallied out and engaged in conflicts with the Saracens, with +varying success. On several of these expeditions Cuthbert attended the +earl, and behaved with a bravery which showed him well worthy of the +honors which he had received. + +Upon one occasion the news reached camp that a party of knights, who had +gone out to guard a number of footmen cutting forage and bringing it +into camp, had been surrounded and had taken refuge in a small town, +whose gates they had battered in when they saw the approach of an +overwhelming host of the enemy. King Richard himself headed a strong +force and advanced to their assistance. Their approach was not seen +until within a short distance of the enemy, upon whom the Crusaders fell +with the force of a thunderbolt, and cleft their way through their +lines. After a short pause in the little town they prepared to again cut +their way through, joined by the party who had there been besieged. The +task was now, however, far more difficult; for the footmen would be +unable to keep up with the rapid charge of the knights, and it was +necessary not only to clear the way, but to keep it open for their exit. +King Richard himself and the greater portion of his knights were to lead +the charge; another party were to follow behind the footmen, who were +ordered to advance at the greatest speed of which they were capable, +while their rearguard by charges upon the enemy kept them at bay. To +this latter party Cuthbert was attached. + +The Saracens followed their usual tactics, and this time with great +success. Dividing as the king with his knights charged them, they +suffered these to pass through with but slight resistance, and then +closed in upon their track, while another and still more numerous body +fell upon the footmen and their guard. Again and again did the knights +charge through the ranks of the Moslems, while the billmen stoutly kept +together and resisted the onslaughts of the enemy's cavalry. In spite of +their bravery, however, the storm of arrows shot by the desert horsemen +thinned their ranks with terrible rapidity. Charging up to the very +point of the spears, these wild horsemen fired their arrows into the +faces of their foe, and although numbers of them fell beneath the more +formidable missiles sent by the English archers, their numbers were so +overwhelming that the little band melted away. The small party of +knights, too, were rapidly thinned, although performing prodigious deeds +of valor. The Saracens when dismounted or wounded still fought on foot, +their object being always to stab or hough the horses, and so dismount +the riders. King Richard and his force, though making the most desperate +efforts to return to the assistance of the rearguard, were baffled by +the sturdy resistance of the Saracens, and the position of those in the +rear was fast becoming hopeless. + +One by one the gallant little band of knights fell, and a sea of turbans +closed over the fluttering plumes. Cuthbert, after defending himself +with extreme bravery for a long time, was at last separated from the +small remainder of his comrades by a rush of the enemy's horse, and when +fighting desperately he received a heavy blow at the back of the head +from the mace of a huge Nubian soldier, and fell senseless to the +ground. + +When he recovered his consciousness the first impression upon his mind +was the stillness which had succeeded to the din of battle; the shouts +and war-cries of the Crusaders, the wild yells of the Moslems were +hushed, and in their place was a quiet chatter in many unknown tongues, +and the sound of laughter and feasting. Raising his head and looking +round, Cuthbert saw that he and some ten of his comrades were lying +together in the midst of a Saracen camp, and that he was a prisoner to +the infidels. The sun streamed down with tremendous force upon them; +there was no shelter; and though all were wounded and parched with +thirst, the Saracens of whom they besought water, pointing to their +mouths and making signs of their extreme thirst, laughed in their faces, +and signified by a gesture that it was scarcely worth the trouble to +drink when they were likely so soon to be put to death. + +It was late in the afternoon before any change was manifest. Then +Cuthbert observed a stir in the camp; the men ran to their horses, +leaped on their backs, and with wild cries of "Welcome!" started off at +full speed. Evidently some personage was about to arrive, and the fate +of the prisoners would be solved. A few words were from time to time +exchanged between these, each urging the other to keep up his heart and +defy the infidel. One or two had succumbed to their wounds during the +afternoon, and only six were able to stand erect when summoned to do so +by some of their guard, who made signs to them that a great personage +was coming. Soon the shouts of the horsemen and other sounds announced +that the great chief was near at hand, and the captives gathered from +the swelling shouts of the Arabs that the new arrival was Sultan +Suleiman--or Saladin, for he was called by both names--surrounded by a +bodyguard of splendidly-dressed attendants. The emir, who was himself +plainly attired, reined up his horse in front of the captives. + +"You are English," he said, in the _lingua-franca_, which was the medium +of communication between the Eastern and Western peoples in those days. +"You are brave warriors, and I hear that before you were taken you +slaughtered numbers of my people. They did wrong to capture you and +bring you here to be killed. Your cruel king gives no mercy to those who +fall into his hands. You must not expect it here, you who without a +pretense of right invade my country, slaughter my people, and defeat my +armies. The murder of the prisoners of Acre has closed my heart to all +mercy. There, your king put ten thousand prisoners to death in cold +blood, a month after the capture of the place, because the money at +which he had placed their ransom had not arrived. We Arabs do not carry +huge masses of gold about with us; and although I could have had it +brought from Egypt, I did not think that so brave a monarch as Richard +of England could have committed so cruel an action in cold blood. When +we are fresh from battle, and our wounds are warm, and our hearts are +full of rage and fury, we kill our prisoners; but to do so weeks after a +battle is contrary to the laws alike of your religion and of ours. +However, it is King Richard who has sealed your doom, not I. You are +knights, and I do not insult you with the offer of turning from your +religion and joining me. Should one of you wish to save his life on +these conditions, I will, however, promise him a place of position and +authority among us." + +None of the knights moved to accept the offer, but each, as the eye of +the emir ran along the line, answered with an imprecation of contempt +and hatred. Saladin waved his hand, and one by one the captives were led +aside, walking as proudly to their doom as if they had been going to a +feast. Each wrung the hand of the one next to him as he turned, and then +without a word followed his captors. There was a dull sound heard, and +one by one the heads of the knights rolled in the sand. + +Cuthbert happened to be last in the line, and as the executioners laid +hands upon him and removed his helmet, the eye of the sultan fell upon +him, and he almost started at perceiving the extreme youth of his +captive. He held his hand aloft to arrest the movements of the +executioners, and signaled for Cuthbert to be brought before him again. + +"You are but a boy," he said. "All the knights who have hitherto fallen +into my hands have been men of strength and power; how is it that I see +a mere youth among their ranks, and wearing the golden spurs of +knighthood?" + +"King Richard himself made me a knight," Cuthbert said proudly, "after +having stood across him when his steed had been foully stabbed at the +battle of Azotus, and the whole Moslem host were around him." + +"Ah!" said the emir, "were you one of the two who, as I have heard, +defended the king for some time against all assaults? It were hard +indeed to kill so brave a youth. I doubt me not that at present you are +as firmly determined to die a Christian knight as those who have gone +before you? But time may change you. At any rate for the present your +doom is postponed." + +He turned to a gorgeously dressed noble next to him, and said: + +"Your brother, Ben Abin, is Governor of Jerusalem, and the gardens of +the palace are fair. Take this youth to him as a present, and set him to +work in his gardens. His life I have spared, in all else Ben Abin will +be his master." + +Cuthbert heard without emotion the words which changed his fate from +death to slavery. Many, he knew, who were captured in these wars were +carried away as slaves to different parts of Asia, and it did not seem +to him that the change was in any way a boon. However, life is dear, and +it was but natural that a thought should leap into his heart that soon +either the Crusaders might force a way into Jerusalem and there rescue +him, or that he himself might in some way escape. + +The sultan having thus concluded the subject, turned away, and galloped +off surrounded by his bodyguard. + +Those who had captured the Christians now stripped off the armor of +Cuthbert; then he was mounted on a barebacked steed, and with four +Bedouins, with their long lances, riding beside him, started for +Jerusalem. After a day of long and rapid riding the Arabs stopped +suddenly on the crest of a hill, with a shout of joy, and throwing +themselves from their horses bent with their foreheads to the earth at +the sight of their holy city. + +Cuthbert, as he gazed at the stately walls of Jerusalem, and the noble +buildings within, felt bitterly that it was not thus that he had hoped +to see the holy city. He had dreamed of arriving before it with his +comrades, proud and delighted at their success so far, and confident in +their power soon to wrest the town before them from the hands of the +Moslems. Instead of this he was a slave--a slave to the infidel, perhaps +never more to see a white face, save that of some other unfortunate like +himself. + +Even now in its fallen state no city is so impressive at first sight as +Jerusalem; the walls, magnificent in height and strength, and +picturesque in their deep embattlements, rising on the edge of a deep +valley. Every building has its name and history. Here is the church +built by the first Crusaders; there the mighty mosque of Suleiman on the +site of the Temple; far away on a projecting ridge the great building +known as the Tomb of Moses; on the right beyond the houses rise the +towers on the Roman walls; the Pool of Bethsaida lies in the hollow; in +the center are the cupolas of the Church of the Holy Sepulcher. Among +all the fairest cities of the world, there are none which can compare in +stately beauty with Jerusalem. Doubtless it was a fairer city in those +days, for long centuries of Turkish possession have reduced many of the +former stately palaces to ruins. Then, as now, the banner of the Prophet +floated over the high places; but whereas at present the population is +poor and squalid, the city in those days contained a far larger number +of inhabitants, irrespective of the great garrison collected for its +defense. + +The place from which Cuthbert had his first sight of Jerusalem is that +from which the best view is to be obtained--the crest of the Mount of +Olives. After a minute or two spent in looking at the city the Arabs +with a shout continued their way down into the valley. Crossing this +they ascended the steep road to the walls, brandishing their lances and +giving yells of triumph; then riding two upon each side of their +prisoner, to protect him from any fanatic who might lay a hand upon him, +they passed under the gate known as the Gate of Suleiman into the city. + +The populace thronged the streets; and the news brought by the horsemen +that a considerable portion of the Christian host had been defeated and +slain passed from mouth to mouth, and was received with yells of +exultation. Execrations were heaped upon Cuthbert, who rode along with +an air as quiet and composed as if he were the center of an ovation +instead of that of an outburst of hatred. + +He would, indeed, speedily have been torn from his guards, had not these +shouted that he was placed in their hands by Saladin himself for conduct +to the governor. As the emir was as sharp and as ruthless with his own +people as with the prisoners who fell into his hands, the name acted as +a talisman, and Cuthbert and his escort rode forward without molestation +until they reached the entrance to the palace. + +Dismounting, Cuthbert was now led before the governor himself, a stern +and grave-looking man, sitting cross-legged on a divan surrounded by +officers and attendants. He heard in silence the account given him by +the escort, bowed his head at the commands of Suleiman, and, without +addressing a word to Cuthbert, indicated to two attendants that he was +to be removed into the interior of the house. Here the young knight was +led to a small dungeon-like room; bread and dates with a cruse of water, +were placed before him; the door was then closed and locked without, and +he found himself alone with his thoughts. + +No one came near him that night, and he slept as soundly as he would +have done in his tent in the midst of the Christian host. He was +resolved to give no cause for ill-treatment or complaint to his captors, +to work as willingly, as cheerfully, as was in his power, and to seize +the first opportunity to make his escape, regardless of any risk of his +life which he might incur in doing so. + +In the morning the door opened, and a black slave led him into the +garden, which was surrounded by a very high and lofty wall. It was +large, and full of trees and flowers, and far more beautiful than any +garden that Cuthbert had seen in his native land. There were various +other slaves at work; and an Arab, who appeared to be the head of the +gardeners, at once appointed to Cuthbert the work assigned to him. A +guard of Arabs with bow and spear watched the doings of the slaves. + +With one glance round, Cuthbert was assured that escape from this +garden, at least, was not to be thought of, and that for the present +patience alone was possible. Dismissing all ideas of that kind from his +mind, he set to work with a steady attention to his task. He was very +fond of flowers, and soon he became so absorbed in his work as almost to +forget that he was a slave. It was not laborious--digging, planting, +pruning and training the flowers, and giving them copious draughts of +water from a large fountain in the center of the garden. + +The slaves were not permitted to exchange a word with each other. At the +end of the day's work they were marched off to separate chambers, or, +as they might be called, dungeons. Their food consisted of water, dried +dates, and bread, and they had little to complain of in this respect; +indeed, the slaves in the gardens of the governor's house at Jerusalem +enjoyed an exceptionally favored existence. The governor himself was +absorbed in the cares of the city. The head gardener happened to be a +man of unusual humanity, and it was really in his hands that the comfort +of the prisoners was placed. + +Sometimes in the course of the day veiled ladies would issue in groups +from the palace, attended by black slaves with drawn scimiters. They +passed without unveiling across the point where the slaves were at work, +and all were forbidden on pain of death to look up, or even to approach +the konak or pavilion, where the ladies threw aside their veils, and +enjoyed the scent and sight of the flowers, the splash of murmuring +waters, and the strains of music touched by skillful hands. + +Although Cuthbert wondered in his heart what these strange wrapped-up +figures might look like when the veils were thrown back, he certainly +did not care enough about the matter to run any risk of drawing the +anger of his guards upon himself by raising his eyes toward them; nor +did he ever glance up at the palace, which was also interdicted to the +slaves. From the lattice casements during the day the strains of music +and merry laughter often came down to the captives; but this, if +anything, only added to the bitterness of their position, by reminding +them that they were shut off for life from ever hearing the laughter of +the loved ones they had left behind. + +For upward of a month Cuthbert remained steadily at work, and during +that time no possible plan of escape had occurred to him, and he had +indeed resigned himself to wait, either until, as he hoped, the city +would be taken by the Christians, or until he himself might be removed +from his present post and sent into the country, where, although his lot +would doubtless be far harder, some chance of escape might open before +him. + +One night, long after slumber had fallen upon the city, Cuthbert was +startled by hearing his door open. Rising to his feet, he saw a black +slave, and an old woman beside him. The latter spoke first in the +_lingua-franca_: + +"My mistress, the wife of the governor, has sent me to ask your story. +How is it that, although but a youth, you are already a knight? How is +it that you come to be a slave to our people? The sultan himself sent +you to her lord. She would fain hear through me how it has happened. She +is the kindest of ladies, and the sight of your youth has touched her +heart." + +With thanks to the unknown lady who had felt an interest in him, +Cuthbert briefly related the events which had led to his captivity. The +old woman placed on the ground a basket containing some choice fruit and +white bread, and then departed with the negro as quietly as she had +come, leaving Cuthbert greatly pleased at what had taken place. + +"Doubtless," he said to himself, "I shall hear again; and it may be that +through the pity of this lady some means of escape may open to me." + +Although for some little time no such prospect appeared, yet the visits +of the old woman, which were frequently repeated, were of interest to +him, and seemed to form a link between him and the world. + +After coming regularly every night for a week she bade the young knight +follow her, holding her finger to her lips in sign that caution must be +observed. Passing through several passages, he was at length led into a +room where a lady of some forty years of age, surrounded by several +slaves and younger women, was sitting. Cuthbert felt no scruple in +making a deep obeisance to her; the respect shown to women in the days +of chivalry was very great, and Cuthbert, in bowing almost to the ground +before the lady who was really his mistress, did not feel that he was +humiliating himself. + +"Young slave," she said, "your story has interested us. We have +frequently watched from the windows, and have seen how willingly and +patiently you have worked; and it seems strange indeed that one so young +should have performed such feats of bravery as to win the honor of +knighthood from the hand of that greatest of warriors, Richard of +England. What is it, we would fain learn from your lips, that stirs up +the heart of the Christian world that they should launch their armies +against us, who wish but to be left alone, and who have no grudge +against them? This city is as holy to us as it is to you; and as we +live around it, and all the country for thousands of miles is ours, is +it likely that we should allow it to be wrested from us by strangers +from a distance?" + +This was spoken in some Eastern language of which Cuthbert understood no +word, but its purport was translated to him by the old woman who had +hitherto acted as his mistress' messenger. + +Cuthbert reported the circumstances of the fight at Azotus, and +endeavored to explain the feelings which had given rise to the Crusade. +He then, at the orders of the lady, related the incidents of his voyage +out, and something of his life at home, which was more interesting even +than the tale of his adventures to his hearers, as to them the home-life +of these fierce Christian warriors was entirely unknown. + +After an audience of two hours Cuthbert was conducted back to his cell, +his mistress assuring him of her good-will, and promising to do all in +her power to make his captivity as light as possible. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +AN EFFORT FOR FREEDOM. + + +Two or three nights afterward the old woman again came to Cuthbert, and +asked him, in her mistress' name, if in any way he could suggest a +method of lightening his captivity, as his extreme youth and bravery of +demeanor had greatly pleased her. + +Cuthbert replied that nothing but freedom could satisfy his longings; +that he was comfortable and not over-worked, but that he pined to be +back again with his friends. + +The old woman brought him on the following night a message to the effect +that his mistress would willingly grant him his liberty, but as he was +sent to her husband by the sultan, it would be impossible to free him +openly. + +"From what she said," the old woman continued, "if you could see some +plan of making your escape, she would in no way throw difficulties in +your path; but it must not be known that the harem in any way connived +at your escape, for my lord's wrath would be terrible, and he is not a +man to be trifled with." + +Looking round at the high walls that surrounded the garden, Cuthbert +said that he could think of no plan whatever for escaping from such a +place; that he had often thought it over, but that it appeared to him to +be hopeless. Even should he manage to scale these walls, he would only +find himself in the town beyond, and his escape from that would be +altogether hopeless. "Only," he said, "if I were transported to some +country palace of the governor could I ever hope to make my escape." The +next night the messenger brought him the news that his mistress was +disposed to favor his escape in the way he had pointed out, and that she +would in two or three days ask the governor for permission to pay a +visit to their palace beyond the walls, and that with her she would take +a number of gardeners--among them Cuthbert--to beautify the place. +Cuthbert returned the most lively and hearty thanks to his patroness for +her kind intentions, and hope began to rise rapidly in his heart. + +It is probable, however, that the black guards of the harem heard +something of the intentions of their mistress, and that they feared the +anger of the governor should Cuthbert make his escape, and should it be +discovered that this was the result of her connivance. Either through +this or through some other source the governor obtained an inkling that +the white slave sent by the sultan was receiving unusual kindness from +the ladies of the harem. + +Two nights after Cuthbert had begun to entertain bright hopes of his +liberty, the door of the cell was softly opened. He was seized by four +slaves, gagged, tied hand and foot, covered with a thick burnous, and +carried out from his cell. By the sound of their feet he heard that they +were passing into the open air, and guessed that he was being carried +through the garden; then a door opened and was closed after them; he was +flung across a horse like a bale of goods, a rope or two were placed +around him to keep him in that position, and then he felt the animal put +in motion, and heard by the trampling of feet that a considerable number +of horsemen were around him. For some time they passed over the rough, +uneven streets of the city; then there was a pause and exchange of +watchword and countersign, a creaking of doors, and a lowering of a +drawbridge, and the party issued out into the open country. Not for very +long did they continue their way; a halt was called, and Cuthbert was +taken off his horse. + +On looking round, he found that he was in the middle of a considerable +group of men. Those who had brought him were a party of the governor's +guards; but he was now delivered over to a large band of Arabs, all of +whom were mounted on camels. One of these creatures he was ordered to +mount, the bonds being loosed from his arms and feet. An Arab driver, +with lance, bows, and arrows, and other weapons, took his seat on the +neck of the animal, and then with scarcely a word the caravan marched +off with noiseless step, and with their faces turned southward. + +It seemed to Cuthbert almost as a dream. A few hours before he had been +exalted with the hope of freedom; now he was being taken away to a +slavery which would probably end but with his life. Although he could +not understand any of his captors, the repetition of a name led him to +believe that he was being sent to Egypt as a present to some man in high +authority there; and he doubted not that the Governor of Jerusalem, +fearing that he might escape, and dreading the wrath of the sultan +should he do so, had determined to transfer the troublesome captive to a +more secure position and to safer hands. + +For three days the journey continued; they had now left the fertile +lowlands of Palestine, and their faces were turned west. They were +entering upon that sandy waste which stretches between the southern +corner of Palestine and the land of Egypt, a distance which can be +traveled by camels in three days, but which occupied the children of +Israel forty years. + +At first the watch had been very sharply kept over the captive; but now +that they had entered the desert the Arabs appeared to consider that +there was no chance of an attempt to escape. Cuthbert had in every way +endeavored to ingratiate himself with his guard. He had most willingly +obeyed their smallest orders, had shown himself pleased and grateful for +the dates which formed the staple of their repasts. He had assumed so +innocent and quiet an appearance that the Arabs had marveled much among +themselves, and had concluded that there must have been some mistake in +the assertion of the governor's guard who had handed the prisoner over +to them, that he was one of the terrible knights of King Richard's army. + +Cuthbert's heart had not fallen for a moment. He knew well that if he +once reached Cairo all hope of escape was at an end; and it was before +reaching that point that he determined if possible to make an effort for +freedom. He had noticed particularly the camel which appeared to be the +fleetest of the band; it was of lighter build than the rest, and it was +with difficulty that its rider had compelled it to accommodate itself to +the pace of the others. It was clear from the pains he took with it, by +the constant patting and the care bestowed upon its watering and +feeding, that its rider was extremely proud of it; and Cuthbert +concluded that if an escape was to be made, this was the animal on which +he must accomplish it. + +Upon arriving at the end of each day's journey the camels were allowed +to browse at will, a short cord being tied between one of their hind and +one of their fore-feet. The Arabs then set to work to collect sticks and +to make a fire--not for cooking, for their only food was dried dates and +some black bread, which they brought with them--but for warmth, as the +nights were damp and somewhat chilly, as they sat round the fire, +talked, and told stories. Before finally going off to rest each went out +into the bushes and brought in his camel; these were then arranged in a +circle around the Arabs, one of the latter being mounted as sentry to +prevent any sudden surprise--not indeed that they had the smallest fear +of the Christians, who were far distant; but then, as now, the Arabs of +the desert were a plundering race, and were ever ready to drive off each +other's camels or horses. Cuthbert determined that if flight was +possible, it must be undertaken during the interval after the arrival at +the halting-place and before the bringing in of the camels. Therefore, +each day upon the halt he had pretended great fatigue from the rough +motion of the camel, and had, after hastily eating the dates handed to +him, thrown himself down, covered himself with his Arab robe, and +feigned instant sleep. Thus they had in the three days from starting +come to look upon his presence sleeping close to them as a matter of +course. + +The second day after entering the desert, however, Cuthbert threw +himself down by the side of an uprooted shrub of small size and about +his own length. He covered himself as usual with his long, dark-blue +robe, and pretended to go to sleep. He kept his eyes, however, on the +alert through an aperture beneath his cloth, and observed particularly +the direction in which the camel upon which he had set his mind wandered +into the bushes. The darkness came on a very few minutes after they had +halted, and when the Arabs had once settled round their fire Cuthbert +very quietly shifted the robe from himself to the long low bush near +him, and then crawled stealthily off into the darkness. + +He had no fear of his footfall being heard upon the soft sand, and was +soon on his feet, looking for the camels. He was not long in finding +them, or in picking out the one which he had selected. The bushes were +succulent, and close to the camping-ground; indeed, it was for this that +the halting-places were always chosen. It was not so easy, however, to +climb into the high wooden saddle, and Cuthbert tried several times in +vain. Then he repeated in a sharp tone the words which he had heard the +Arabs use to order their camels to kneel, striking the animal at the +same moment behind the fore-legs with a small switch. The camel +immediately obeyed the order to which he was accustomed, and knelt down, +making, however, as he did so, the angry grumble which those creatures +appear to consider it indispensable to raise when ordered to do +anything. Fortunately this noise is so frequently made, and the camels +are so given to quarrel among themselves that although in the still air +it might have been heard by the Arabs sitting a short hundred yards +away, it attracted no notice, and Cuthbert, climbing into the seat, +shook the cord that served as a rein, and the animal, rising, set off at +a smooth, steady swing in the direction in which his head was +turned--that from which they had that day arrived. + +Once fairly away from the camping-ground, Cuthbert, with blows of his +stick, increased the speed of the camel to a long shuffling trot, and +the fire in the distance soon faded out into the darkness. + +Cuthbert trusted to the stars as guides. He was not unarmed, for as he +crawled away from his resting-place he had picked up one of the Arabs' +spears and bow and arrows, and a large bag of dates from the spot where +they had been placed when their owner dismounted. He was already clad in +Eastern garb, and was so sunburnt and tanned that he had no fear +whatever of any one at a distance detecting that he was a white man. + +Steering his course by the stars, he rode all night without stopping. He +doubted not that he would have at least three hours' start, for the +Arabs were sure to have sat that time round the fires before going out +to bring in their camels. Even then they would suppose for some time +that the animal upon which he was seated had strayed, and no pursuit +would be attempted until it was discovered that he himself had made his +escape, which might not be for a long time, as the Arabs would not think +of looking under the cloth to see if he were there. He hoped, therefore, +that he would reach the cultivated land long before he was overtaken. He +had little fear but that he should then be able to journey onward +without attracting attention. + +A solitary Arab when traveling rides straight, and his communications to +those whom he meets are confined to the set form of two or three words, +"May Allah protect you!" the regular greeting of Moslems when they meet. + +When morning broke Cuthbert, even when ascending to the top of a +somewhat lofty mound, could see no signs of pursuers in the vast stretch +of desert behind him. In front the ground was already becoming dotted +here and there with vegetation, and he doubted not that after a few +hours' ride he should be fairly in the confines of cultivated country. +He gave his camel a meal of dates, and having eaten some himself, again +set the creature in motion. These camels, especially those of good +breed, will go on for three or four days with scarcely a halt; and there +was no fear of that on which he rode breaking down from fatigue, for the +journeys hitherto had been comparatively short. + +By midday Cuthbert had reached the cultivated lands of Palestine. Here +and there over the plain villages were dotted, and parties of men and +camels were to be seen. Cuthbert now arranged his robes carefully in +Arab fashion, slung the long spear across his shoulders, and went boldly +forward at a slinging trot, having little fear that a passer-by would +have any suspicion whatever as to his being other than an Arab bent upon +some rapid journey. He soon found that his hopes were justified. Several +times he came upon parties of men whom he passed with the salute, and +who scarcely raised their eyes as he trotted by them. The plain was an +open one, and though cultivated here and there, there were large tracts +lying unworked. There was no occasion therefore to keep to the road; so +riding across country, and avoiding the villages as far as possible, +stopping only at a stream to give his camel water, Cuthbert rode without +ceasing until nightfall. Then he halted his camel near a wood, turned it +in to feed on the young foliage, and wrapping himself in his burnous was +soon asleep, for he ached from head to foot with the jolting motion +which had now been continued for so many hours without an interval. He +had little fear of being overtaken by the party he had left behind; they +would, he was convinced, be many hours behind, and it was extremely +improbable that they would hit upon the exact line which he had +followed, so that even if they succeeded in coming up to him, they would +probably pass him a few miles either to the right or left. + +So fatigued was he with his long journey that the next day he slept +until after the sun had risen. He was awakened suddenly by being seized +by a party of Arabs, who, roughly shaking him, questioned him as to +where he came from, and what he was doing there. He saw at a glance that +they were not with the party from which he had escaped, and he pointed +to his lips to make signs that he was dumb. The Arabs evidently +suspected that something was wrong. They examined the camel, and then +the person of their captive. The whiteness of his skin at once showed +them that he was a Frank in disguise, and without more ado or +questioning, they tied him hand and foot, flung him across the camel, +and, mounting their own animals, rode rapidly away. + +From the position of the sun Cuthbert saw that they were making their +course nearly due east, and therefore that it could not be their +intention to take him to Jerusalem, which was to the north of the line +they were following. A long day's journey, which to Cuthbert seemed +interminable, found them on the low spit of sand which runs along by the +side of the Dead Sea. Behind, lofty rocks rose almost precipitously, but +through a cleft in these the Arabs had made their way. Cuthbert saw at +once that they belonged to some desert tribe over whom the authority of +Suleiman was but nominal. When summoned for any great effort, these +children of the desert would rally to his armies and fight for a short +time; but at the first disaster, or whenever they became tired of the +discipline and regularity of the army, they would mount their camels and +return to the desert, generally managing on the way to abstract from the +farms of those on their route either a horse, cattle, or some other +objects which would pay them for the labors they had undergone. + +They were now near the confines of their own country, and apparently had +no fear whatever of pursuit. They soon gathered some of the dead wood +cast on the shores of the sea, and with these a fire was speedily +lighted, and an earthenware pot was taken down from among their baggage: +it was filled with water from a skin, and then grain having been placed +in it, it was put among the wood ashes. Cuthbert, who was weary and +aching in every limb from the position in which he had been placed on +the camel, asked them by signs for permission to bathe in the lake. This +was given principally apparently from curiosity, for but very few Arabs +were able to swim; indeed, as a people they object so utterly to water +that the idea of any one bathing for his amusement was to them a matter +of ridicule. + +Cuthbert, who had never heard of the properties of the Dead Sea, was +perfectly astonished upon entering the water to find that instead of +wading in it up to the neck before starting to swim, as he was +accustomed to do at home, the water soon after he got waist-deep took +him off his feet, and a cry of astonishment burst from him as he found +himself on rather than in the fluid. The position was so strange and +unnatural that with a cry of alarm he scrambled over on to his feet, and +made the best of his way to shore, the Arabs indulging in shouts of +laughter at his astonishment and alarm. Cuthbert was utterly unable to +account for the strange sensations he had experienced; he perceived that +the water was horribly salt, and that which had got into his mouth +almost choked him. He was, however, unaware that saltness adds to the +weight of water, and so to the buoyancy of objects cast into it. The +saltness of the fluid he was moreover painfully conscious of by the +smarting of the places on his wrists and ankles where the cords had been +bound that fastened him to the camel. Goaded, however, by the laughter +of the Arabs, he determined once more to try the experiment of entering +this strange sheet of water, which from some unaccountable cause +appeared to him to refuse to allow anybody to sink in it. This time he +swam about for some time, and felt a little refreshed. When he returned +to the shore he soon re-attired himself in his Bedouin dress, and seated +himself a little distance from his captors, who were now engaged in +discussing the materials prepared by themselves. They made signs to +Cuthbert that he might partake of their leavings, for which he was not a +little grateful, for he felt utterly exhausted and worn out with his +cruel ride and prolonged fasting. + +The Arabs soon wrapped themselves in their burnouses, and feeling +confident that their captive would not attempt to escape from them in a +place where subsistence would be impossible, paid no further attention +to him beyond motioning to him to lie down at their side. + +Cuthbert, however, determined to make another effort to escape; for +although he was utterly ignorant of the place in which he found himself, +or of the way back, he thought that anything would be better than to be +carried into helpless slavery into the savage country beyond the Jordan. +An hour, therefore, after his captors were asleep he stole to his feet, +and fearing to arouse them by exciting the wrath of one of the camels by +attempting to mount him, he struck up into the hills on foot. All night +he wandered, and in the morning found himself at the edge of a strange +precipice falling abruptly down to a river, which, some fifty feet wide, +ran at its foot. Upon the opposite side the bank rose with equal +rapidity, and to Cuthbert's astonishment he saw that the cliffs were +honeycombed by caves. + +Keeping along the edge for a considerable distance, he came to a spot +where it was passable, and made his way down to the river bank. Here he +indulged in a long drink of fresh water, and then began to examine the +caves which perforated the rocks. These caves Cuthbert knew had formerly +been the abode of hermits. It was supposed to be an essentially sacred +locality, and between the third and fourth centuries of Christianity +some twenty thousand monks had lived solitary lives on the banks of that +river. Far away he saw the ruins of a great monastery, called Mar Saba, +which had for a long time been the abode of a religious community, and +which at the present day is still tenanted by a body of monks. Cuthbert +made up his mind at once to take refuge in these caves. He speedily +picked out one some fifty feet up the face of the rock, and +approachable only with the greatest difficulty and by a sure foot. First +he made the ascent to discover the size of the grotto, and found that +although the entrance was but four feet high and two feet wide, it +opened into an area of considerable dimensions. Far in the corner, when +his eyes became accustomed to the light, he discovered a circle of +ashes, and his conjectures that these caves had been the abode of men +were therefore verified. He again descended, and collected a large +bundle of grass and rushes for his bed. He discovered growing among the +rocks many edible plants, whose seeds were probably sown there centuries +before, and gathering some of these he made his way back to the cavern. +The grass furnished him with an excellent bed, and he was soon asleep. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +A HERMIT'S TALE. + + +The next day he discovered on his excursions plenty of eatable berries +on the bushes; and now that he had no longer fear of hunger he resolved +to stay for some little time, until his wounds, which had festered +badly, had recovered, before making an attempt to rejoin the Christian +army. + +One day when employed in gathering berries he was surprised by meeting a +wild-looking figure, who appeared suddenly from one of the caves. It was +that of a very old man, with an extremely long white beard flowing to +his waist; his hair, which was utterly unkempt, fell to the same point. +He was thin to an extraordinary extent, and Cuthbert wondered how a man +could have been reduced to such a state of starvation, with so plentiful +a supply of fruit and berries at hand. + +The old man looked at Cuthbert attentively, and then made the sign of +the cross. Cuthbert gave a cry of joy, and repeated the sign. The old +man at once came down from his cavern, and looked at him with surprise +and astonishment, and then addressed him in the French language. + +"Are you a Christian truly; and if so, whence do you come?" + +Cuthbert at once explained that he had been taken prisoner when with +King Richard's army, and had effected his escape. He also told the old +man that he had been remaining for the last four days in a cave higher +up the stream. The hermit--for he was one--beckoned him to follow him, +and Cuthbert found himself in a cave precisely similar to that which he +himself inhabited. There were no signs of comfort of any kind; a +bed-place made of great stones stood in one corner, and Cuthbert, +remembering the comforts of his own grassy couch, shuddered at the +thought of the intense discomfort of such a sleeping-place. In another +corner was an altar, upon which stood a rough crucifix, before which the +hermit knelt at once in prayer, Cuthbert following his example. Rising +again, the hermit motioned to him to sit down, and then began a +conversation with him. + +It was so long since the hermit had spoken to any living being that he +had almost lost the use of his tongue, and his sentences were slow and +ill-formed. However, Cuthbert was able to understand him, and he to +gather the drift of what Cuthbert told him. The old man then showed him +that by touching a stone in the corner of his cave the apparently solid +rock opened, and revealed an entrance into an inner cave, which was lit +by a ray of light which penetrated from above. + +"This," he said, "was made centuries ago, and was intended as a refuge +from the persecutors of that day. The caves were then almost all +inhabited by hermits, and although many recked not of their lives, and +were quite ready to meet death through the knife of the infidel, others +clung to existence, and preferred to pass many years of penance on earth +for the sake of atoning for their sins before called upon to appear +before their Maker. If you are pursued it will be safer for you to take +up your abode here. I am known to all the inhabitants of this country, +who look upon me as mad, and respect me accordingly. None ever interfere +with me, or with the two or three other hermits, the remains of what was +once almost an army, who now alone survive. I can offer you no +hospitality beyond that of a refuge; but there is water in the river +below, fruits and berries in abundance on the shrubs. What would you +have more?" + +Cuthbert accepted the invitation with thanks; for he thought that even +at the worst the presence of this holy man would be a protection to him +from any Arabs who might discover him. + +For three or four days he resided with the hermit, who, although he +stretched his long lean body upon the hard stones of his bed, and passed +many hours of the night kneeling on the stone floor in front of his +altar, yet had no objection to Cuthbert making himself as comfortable as +he could under the circumstances. + +At the end of the fourth day Cuthbert asked him how long he had been +there, and how he came to take up his abode in so desolate and fearsome +a place. The hermit was silent for a time, and then said: + +"It is long indeed since my thoughts have gone back to the day when I +was of the world. I know not whether it would not be a sin to recall +them; but I will think the matter over to-night, and if it appears to me +that you may derive good from my narrative, I will relate it to you +to-morrow." + +The next day Cuthbert did not renew the request, leaving it to the +hermit to speak should he think fit. It was not until the evening that +he alluded to the subject; and then taking his seat on a bank near the +edge of the river, he motioned to Cuthbert to sit beside him, and began: + +"My father was a peer of France, and I was brought up at the court. +Although it may seem strange to you, looking upon this withered frame, +sixty-five years back I was as bold and comely a knight as rode in the +train of the king, for I am now past ninety, and for sixty years I have +resided here. I was a favorite of the king's, and he loaded me with +wealth and honor. He, too, was young, and I joined with him in the mad +carousals and feastings of the court. My father resided for the most +part at one of his castles in the country, and I, an only son, was left +much to myself. I need not tell you that I was as wild and as wicked as +all those around me; that I thought little of God, and feared neither +Him nor man. + +"It chanced that one of the nobles--I need not mention his name--whose +castle lay in the same province as that of my father, had a lovely +daughter, who, being an only child, would be his heiress. She was +considered one of the best matches in France, and reports of her +exceeding beauty had reached the court. Although my allowance from my +father, and from the estates which the king had given me personally, +should have been more than enough for my utmost wants, gambling and +riotous living swallowed up my revenue faster than it came in, and I was +constantly harassed by debt. + +"Talking one night at supper with a number of bold companions as to the +means we should take for restoring our wasted fortunes, some said in +jest that the best plan would be for one of us to marry the beauty of +Dauphiny. I at once said that I would be the man to do it; the idea was +a wild one, and a roar of laughter greeted my words. Her father was +known to be a stern and rigid man, and it was certain that he would not +consent to give his daughter to a spendthrift young noble like myself. +When the laughter had subsided I repeated my intention gravely, and +offered to wager large sums with all around the table that I would +succeed. + +"On the morrow I packed up a few of my belongings, put in my valise the +dress of a wandering troubadour, and taking with me only a trusty +servant, started for Dauphiny. It would be tedious to tell you the +means I resorted to to obtain the affections of the heiress. I had been +well instructed in music and could play on the lute, and knew by heart +large numbers of ballads, and could myself, in case of necessity, string +verses together with tolerable ease. As a troubadour I arrived at the +castle gate, and craved permission to enter to amuse its occupants. +Troubadours then, as now, were in high esteem in the south, and I was at +once made a welcome guest. + +"Days passed, and weeks; still I lingered at the castle, my heart being +now as much interested as my pride in the wager which I had undertaken. +Suffice it to say that my songs, and perhaps my appearance--for I cannot +be accused of vanity now in saying nature had been bountiful to me--won +my way to her heart. Troubadours were licensed folk, and even in her +father's presence there was naught unseemly in my singing songs of love. +While he took them as the mere compliments of a troubadour, the lady, I +saw, read them as serious effusions of my heart. + +"It was only occasionally that we met alone; but ere long she confessed +that she loved me. Without telling her my real name, I disclosed to her +that I was of her own rank and that I had entered upon the disguise I +wore in order to win her love. She was romantic, and was flattered by my +devotion. I owned to her that hitherto I had been wild and reckless; and +she told me at once that her father destined her for the son of an old +friend of his, to whom it appeared she had been affianced while still a +baby. She was positive that nothing would move her father. For the man +she was to marry she entertained no kind of affection, and indeed had +never seen him, as she had been brought up in a convent to the age of +fifteen; and just before she had returned thence he had gone to finish +his education at Padua. + +"She trembled when I proposed flight; but I assured her that I was +certain of the protection of the king, and that he would, I was sure, +when the marriage was once celebrated, use his influence with her father +to obtain his forgiveness. + +"The preparations for her flight were not long in making. I purchased a +fleet horse in addition to my own, and ordered my servant to bring it to +a point a short distance from the castle gate. I had procured a long +rope with which to lower her down from her lattice to the moat below, +which was at present dry, intending myself to slide after her. The night +chosen was one when I knew that the count was to have guests, and I +thought that they would probably, as is the custom, drink heavily, and +that there would be less fear of any watch being kept. + +"The guests arrived just at nightfall. I had feigned illness, and kept +my room. From time to time I heard through the windows of the banqueting +hall bursts of laughter. These gradually ceased; and at last when all +was still I, after waiting some time, stole from my room with a rope in +my hand to the apartment occupied by her. A slight tap at the door, as +arranged, was at once answered, and I found her ready cloaked and +prepared for the enterprise. She trembled from head to foot, but I +cheered her to the best of my power, and at last she was in readiness to +be lowered. The window was at a considerable height from the ground; but +the rope was a long one, and I had no fear of its reaching the bottom. +Fastening it round her waist, I began to lower her from the window. + +"The night was a windy one, and she swung backward and forward as she +went down. By what chance it was I know not--for I had examined the rope +and found it secure--but methinks in swaying backward and forward it +may have caught a sharp stone, maybe it was a punishment from Heaven +upon me for robbing a father of his child--but suddenly I felt there was +no longer a weight on my arms. A fearful shriek rang through the air, +and, looking out, I saw far below a white figure stretched senseless in +the mud! + +"For a minute I stood paralyzed. But the cry had aroused others, and, +turning round, I saw a man at the door with a drawn sword. Wild with +grief and despair, and thinking, not of making my escape, or of +concealing my part in what had happened, but rushing without an +instant's delay to the body of her I loved so well, I drew my sword, and +like a madman rushed upon him who barred the door. The combat was brief +but furious, and nerved by the madness of despair I broke down his guard +and ran him through the body. As he fell back, his face came in the full +light of the moon, which streamed through the open door of the passage, +and to my utter horror and bewilderment I saw that I had slain my +father. + +"What happened after that night I know not. I believe that I made my +escape from the castle and rushed round to the body of her whose life I +had destroyed, and that there finding her dead, I ran wildly across the +country. When I came to my senses months had passed, and I was the +inmate of an asylum for men bereaved of their senses, kept by noble +monks. Here for two years I remained, the world believing that I was +dead. None knew that the troubadour whose love had cost the lady her +life, who had slain the guest of her father, and had then disappeared, +was the unhappy son of that guest. My friends in Paris when they heard +of the tragedy of course associated it with me, but they all kept +silent. The monks, to whom I confessed the whole story, were shocked +indeed, but consoled me in my grief and despair by the assurance that +however greatly I had sinned, the death of the lady had been accidental, +and that if I were a parricide it was at least unintentionally. + +"My repentance was deep and sincere; and after awhile, under another +name, I joined the army of the Crusaders, to expiate my sin by warring +for the holy sepulcher. I fought as men fight who have no wish to live; +but while all around me fell by sword and disease, death kept aloof from +me. When the Crusade had failed I determined to turn forever from the +world, and to devote my life to prayer and penance; and so casting aside +my armor I made my way here, and took up my abode in a cave in this +valley, where at that time were many thousands of other hermits--for the +Saracens, while they gained much money from fines and exactions from +pilgrims who came to Jerusalem, and fought stoutly against those who +sought to capture that city, were in the main tolerant, and offered no +hindrance to the community of men whom they looked upon as mad. + +"Here, my son, for more than sixty years have I prayed, with much +fasting and penance. I trust now that the end is nearly at hand, and +that my long life of mortification may be deemed to have obliterated the +evil deeds which I did in my youth. Let my fate be a warning to you. +Walk steadily in the right way; indulge not in feasting and evil +companionship; and above all, do not enter upon evil deeds, the end of +which no man can see." + +The hermit was silent, and Cuthbert, seeing that his thoughts had again +referred to the past, wandered away, and left him sitting by the river +side. Some hours later he returned and found the hermit kneeling before +the altar; and the next morning the latter said: + +"I presume, my son, you do not wish to remain here as a hermit, as I +have done? Methinks it were well that we made our arrangements for your +return to the Christian host, who will, I hope, ere long be at the gates +of Jerusalem." + +"I should like nothing better," Cuthbert said. "But ignorant as I am of +the nature of the country, it seems to be nigh impossible to penetrate +through the hosts of the Saracens to reach the camp of King Richard." + +"The matter is difficult and not without danger," the hermit said. "As +to the nature of the country, I myself know but little, for my dealings +with the natives have been few and simple. There are, however, several +Christian communities dwelling among the heathen. They are poor, and are +forced to live in little-frequented localities. Their Christianity may +be suspected by their neighbors, but as they do no man harm, and carry +on their worship in secret, they are little interfered with. There is +one community among the hills between this and Jerusalem, and I can give +you instructions for reaching this, together with a token which will +secure you hospitality there, and they will no doubt do their best to +forward you to another station. When you approach the flat country where +the armies are maneuvering you must doubtless trust to yourself; but as +far as the slopes extend, methinks that our friends will be able to pass +you without great difficulty." + +Cuthbert's heart rose greatly at the prospect of once again entering +upon an active life, and the next evening, with many thanks for his +kindness, he knelt before the aged hermit to receive his blessing. + +With the instructions given him he had no difficulty in making his way +through the mountains, until after some five hours' walk he found +himself at a little village situated in a narrow valley. + +Going to the door of the principal hut he knocked, and upon entering +showed the owner--who opened the door--a rosette of peculiar beads and +repeated the name of Father Anselm. The peasant at once recognized it +and bade Cuthbert welcome. He knew but a few words of French, although +doubtless his ancestors had been of European extraction. In the morning +he furnished Cuthbert with the sheepskin and short tunic which formed +the dress of a shepherd, and dyeing his limbs and face a deep brown he +himself started with Cuthbert on his journey to the next Christian +community. + +This was a small one consisting of two huts only, built almost on the +summit of a mountain, the inhabitants living partly on the milk and +cheese of their goats and partly upon the scanty vegetables which grew +around the huts. + +His welcome was as cordial as that of the night before; and the next +morning, his former guide taking leave of him, the peasant in whose +house he had slept again conducted him forward to another community. +This was the last station and stood in a narrow gorge on the face of the +hills looking down over the plain, beyond which in the far distance a +faint line of blue sea was visible. + +This community was far more prosperous and well-to-do than those at +which the previous nights had been passed. The head of the village +appeared to be a personage of some importance; and although clinging in +secret to his Christian faith, he and his belongings had so far adopted +the usages of the Mussulmen that apparently no thought of their +Christianity entered into the minds of the authorities. He was the owner +of two or three horses and of some extensive vineyards and olive +grounds. He was also able to speak French with some degree of fluency. + +At considerable length he explained to Cuthbert the exact position of +the Christian army, which had moved some distance along the coast since +Cuthbert had left it. It was, he said, exposed to constant attacks by +the Saracens, who harassed it in every way, and permitted it no repose. +He said that the high hopes which had been raised by the defeat of the +Saracens at Azotus had now fallen, and that it was feared the Christians +would not be able to force their way forward to Jerusalem. The great +portion of their animals had died, and the country was so eaten up by +the Saracen hosts that an advance upon Jerusalem without a large baggage +train was next to impossible; and indeed if the Christians were to +arrive before that city, they could effect nothing without the aid of +the heavy machines necessary for battering the walls or effecting an +escalade. + +Cuthbert was vastly grieved when he heard of the probable failure of the +expedition, and he burned with eagerness to take his part again in the +dangers and difficulties which beset the Christian army. His host +pointed out to him the extreme difficulty and danger of his crossing the +enemy's lines, but at the same time offered to do all in his power to +assist him. After two days' stay at the village, and discussing the pros +and cons of all possible plans, it was decided that the best chance lay +in a bold effort. The host placed at his disposal one of his horses, +together with such clothes as would enable him to ride as an Arab chief +of rank and station; a long lance was furnished him, a short and heavy +mace, and scimitar; a bag of dates was hung at the saddlebow; and with +the sincerest thanks to his protector, and with a promise that should +the Christian host win their way to Jerusalem the steed should be +returned with ample payment, Cuthbert started on his journey. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +A FIGHT OF HEROES. + + +The horse was a good and spirited one, and when he had once descended to +the plains, Cuthbert rode gayly along, exulting in his freedom, and in +once again possessing arms to defend himself should it be needed. His +appearance was so exactly that of the horsemen who were continually +passing and repassing that no observation whatever was attracted by it. +Through villages, and even through camps, Cuthbert rode fearlessly, and +arrived, without having once been accosted, near the main camp of the +Saracens, which extended for miles parallel to the sea. But at a +distance of some three leagues beyond could be seen the white tents of +the Christian host, and Cuthbert felt that the time of trial was now at +hand. + +He dismounted for an hour to allow his steed to rest itself, fed it with +dates from his wallet, and gave it a drink of water at the stream. Then, +when he felt that it had thoroughly recovered its strength and +freshness, he remounted, and rode briskly on as before. He passed +unchallenged, attracting no more notice than a person nowadays would do +in walking along a crowded street. Without hesitation he passed through +the tents and started across the open country. Bands of horsemen were +seen here and there, some going, and some coming from the direction of +the Christian camp. As it was doubtless supposed that he was on his way +to join some band that had gone on in advance, the passage of the +solitary horseman excited no comment until he approached within about +two miles of the Christian camp. There were now, so far as he could see, +no enemies between him and the point he so longed to gain. But at this +minute a group of Arab horsemen, gathered, apparently on the lookout +against any movement of the Christians, shouted to him "Halt!" demanding +whither he was going. + +Up to this point Cuthbert had ridden at a gentle canter; but at the +challenge he put spurs into his steed and made across the plain at full +speed. With a wild yell the Arabs started in pursuit. They lay at first +some two hundred yards on his right, and he had therefore a considerable +start of them. His horse was fairly fresh, for the journey that he had +made had only been about fifteen miles--an inconsiderable distance to an +Arab steed. For half a mile he did not think that his pursuers gained +much upon him, riding as they had done sideways. They had now gathered +in his rear, and the nearest was some one hundred and fifty yards behind +him. A quarter of a mile further he again looked around, and found that +two of the Arabs, far better mounted than the others, had come within +half the distance which separated them from him when he last glanced +back. His horse was straining to the utmost, and he felt that it could +do no more; he therefore prepared himself for a desperate fight should +his pursuers overtake him. In another quarter of a mile they were but a +short distance behind, and an arrow whizzing by Cuthbert's ear told him +they had betaken themselves to their bows. + +Half a mile ahead he saw riding toward him a group of Christian knights; +but he felt that it was too late for him to hope to reach them, and that +his only chance now was to boldly encounter his pursuers. The main body +of the Arabs was fully two hundred yards behind--a short distance when +going at a gallop--which left him but little time to shake off the +pursuit of the two immediately behind him. + +A sharp stinging pain in his leg told him that it was time to make his +effort; and checking his horse, he wheeled suddenly round. The two Arabs +with a yell rode at him with pointed lance. With his right hand Cuthbert +grasped the short heavy mace which hung at his saddlebow, and being well +practiced in the hurling of this weapon--which formed part of the +education of a good knight--he cast it with all his force at the chest +of the Arab approaching on that side. The point of the spear was within +a few yards of his breast as he flung the mace; but his aim was true, +for it smote the Saracen full on the chest, and hurled him from his +horse as if struck with a thunderbolt. At the same instant Cuthbert +threw himself flat on the neck of his steed and the lance of the Arab +who came up on the other side passed harmlessly between his shoulders, +tearing his clothes as it went. In an instant Cuthbert had wheeled his +horse, and before the Arab could turn his steed Cuthbert, coming up from +behind, had run him through the body. + +Short as the delay had been, the main body of the pursuers were scarcely +fifty yards away; but Cuthbert now continued his flight toward the +knights, who were galloping forward at full speed; and a moment +afterward glancing back, he saw that his pursuers had turned and were in +full flight. + +With a shout of joy he rode forward to the party who had viewed with +astonishment this conflict between what appeared to be three of the +infidels. Even louder than his first shout of exultation was the cry of +joy which he raised at seeing among the party to whom he rode up the +Earl of Evesham, who reined in his horse in astonishment, and drew his +sword as the supposed enemy galloped toward him. + +"My lord, my lord!" Cuthbert said. "Thank Heaven I am safe with you +again." + +The earl lowered his sword in astonishment. + +"Am I mad," he said, "or dreaming, or is this really Sir Cuthbert?" + +"It is I, sure enough," Cuthbert exclaimed, "although truly I look more +like a Bedouin soldier than a Christian knight." + +"My dear boy!" exclaimed the earl, galloping forward and throwing his +arms around Cuthbert's neck, "we thought you were dead. But by what +wonderful fortune have you succeeded in escaping?" + +In a few words Cuthbert related the principal incidents of his +adventures, and he was heartily congratulated by the assembled knights. + +There was, however, no time for long explanations. Large bodies of the +Saracen horse were already sweeping down to capture, if possible, this +small band of knights who had ventured so far from the camp; and as King +Richard's orders were that none should venture upon conflicts except by +his orders, the party reluctantly turned their horses and galloped back +to the camp. + +Great as had been the earl's joy, it was, if possible, exceeded by that +of Cnut on discovering in the Arab chief who rode up alongside the earl +the lad he loved so well. Loud and hearty were the cheers which rang out +from the earl's camp as the news spread, and Cuthbert was compelled to +shake hands with the whole party before entering the earl's tent, to +refresh himself and give the narrative of what had happened. + +Cuthbert, retiring to his tent with the Earl of Evesham, inquired of him +what had taken place during his absence. + +"For," he said, "although but a short three days' march from here, I +have been as one of the dead, and have heard nothing whatever of what +has taken place." + +"Nothing could have gone worse," the earl said. "We have had nothing but +dissensions and quarrels. First, the king fell out with the Archduke of +Austria." + +"On what ground did this happen?" Cuthbert asked. + +"For once," the earl said, "the king our master was wholly in the wrong, +which is not generally the case. We had just taken Ascalon, and were +hard at work fortifying the place. King Richard with his usual zeal, in +order to encourage the army, seized heavy stones and himself bore them +into their place. The archduke stood near with some of his knights: and +it may be that the haughty Austrian looked somewhat superciliously at +our king thus laboring. + +"'Why do you not make a show of helping?' King Richard said, going up to +him. 'It would encourage the men, and show that the labor upon which we +are engaged can be undertaken by all without derogation.' + +"To this the archduke replied: + +"'I am not the son of a mason!' + +"Whereupon Richard, whose blood no doubt had been excited by the air of +the Austrian, struck him with his hand a fierce blow across the face. We +nearly betook ourselves to our swords on both sides; but King Richard +himself could have scattered half the Austrians, and these, knowing that +against his impetuous valor they could do nothing, simply withdrew from +our camp, and sailed the next day for home. Then the king, in order to +conciliate some at least of his allies, conferred the crown of Jerusalem +upon Conrad of Montferat. No sooner had he done this than Conrad was +mysteriously wounded. By whom it was done none knew. Some say that it +was by emissaries of the Old Man of the Mountain. Others affirm that it +was the jealousy of some of the knights of the holy orders. But be that +as it may, he died. Some of the French, ever jealous of the valor of our +king, ascribed it to his orders. This monstrous accusation coming to the +ears of King Richard, he had hot words with the Duke of Burgundy. In +this I blame him not, for it is beyond all reason that a man like the +king, whose faults, such as they are, arise from too much openness, and +from the want of concealment of such dislikes as he may have, should +resort to poison to free himself of a man whom he himself had but a day +or two before appointed King of Jerusalem. However it be, the +consequences were most unfortunate, for the result of the quarrel was +that the Duke of Burgundy and his Frenchmen followed the example of the +Austrians, and we were left alone. Before this we had marched upon +Jerusalem. But the weather had been so bad, and our train was so +insufficient to carry the engines of war, that we had been forced to +fall back again. King Richard again advanced, and with much toil we went +as far as the village of Bethany." + +"Why," Cuthbert exclaimed, "I passed through that village, and it is but +three miles from the holy city." + +"That is so," the earl said; "and many of us, ascending the hill in +front, saw Jerusalem. But even then it was certain that we must again +retrace our steps; and when we asked King Richard to come to the crest +of the hill to see the holy city, he refused to do so, saying, 'No; +those who are not worthy of conquering Jerusalem should not look at it!' +This was but a short time since, and we are now retracing our steps to +Acre, and are treating with Saladin for a peace." + +"Then," Cuthbert said sadly, "all our hopes and efforts are thrown away; +all this blood has been shed for nothing; and after the three great +powers of Europe have engaged themselves solemnly in the war, we are +baffled, and have to fall back before the hordes of the infidels." + +"Partly before them," the earl said, "partly as the result of our own +jealousies and passions. Had King Richard been a lesser man than he is, +we might have conquered Jerusalem. But he is so extraordinary a warrior +that his glory throws all others into the shade. He is a good general, +perhaps the best in Europe; and had he done nothing but lead, assuredly +we should have carried out our purpose. See how ably he maneuvered the +army at the fight of Azotus. Never was a more complete defeat than that +which he inflicted there upon the Saracens; and although the fact that +his generalship achieved this, might have caused some jealousy to the +other commanders, this might have died away could he between the battles +have been a general, and nothing more. But, alas! he is in addition a +knight-errant--and such a knight-errant as Europe has never seen before. +Wherever there is danger, Richard will plunge into the midst. There are +brave men in all the three armies; but the strongest and bravest are as +children to King Richard. Alone he can dart into ranks of the infidels, +and cut a lane for himself by the strength of his right arm. More than +this, when danger has threatened he has snatched up his battle-ax and +dashed into the fray without helm or cuirass, performing such prodigies +of valor and strength that it has been to his prowess alone that victory +was to be ascribed. Hence he is the idol of all the soldiers, whatever +their nationality; for he is as ready to rush to the rescue of a French +or Austrian knight when pressed as to that of his own men. But the +devotion which the whole army felt for him was as gall and wormwood to +the haughty Austrian and the indolent Frenchman; and the retirement of +the King of France, which left Richard in supreme command, was in every +way unfortunate." + +Upon the following day the army again marched, and Cuthbert could not +but notice the difference, not only in number but in demeanor, from the +splendid array which had left Acre a few months before. There was little +now of the glory of pennon and banner; the bright helms and cuirasses +were rusted and dinted, and none seemed to care aught for bravery of +show. The knights and men-at-arms were sunburnt and thin, and seemed but +half the weight that they had been when they landed. Fatigue, hardship, +and the heat had done their work; disease had swept off vast numbers. +But the remains of the army were so formidable in their fighting powers +that the Saracens, although following them at a distance in vast +numbers, did not venture an attack upon them. + +A few days after their arrival at Acre, the king gave orders for the +embarkation of the troops. Just as they were preparing to enter the +ships a small vessel was seen entering the harbor. It drew up to the +shore, and a knight leaped from it, and, inquiring where King Richard +was to be found, made his way to the king, who was standing +superintending the embarkation of some of the horses. + +"The Saracens, sire!" he exclaimed. "The Saracens are besieging Jaffa, +and the place must be lost unless assistance arrives in a day or two." + +The king leaped on board the nearest ship, shouted to his leading +officers to follow him, and gave orders to others to bring down the +troops with all possible speed, to waste not a moment, and to see that +all was done, and then, in five minutes after the receipt of the news he +started for Jaffa. The Earl of Evesham and Cuthbert had been standing +near the king when the order was given, and followed him at once on +board the bark which he had chosen. + +"Ah, my gallant young knight," the king exclaimed, "I am right glad to +see you with me. We shall have more fighting before we have done, and I +know that that suits your mood as well as my own." + +The king's vessel was far in advance of any of the others, when early +the following morning it arrived at Jaffa. + +"Your eyes are better than mine," the king said to Cuthbert. "Tell me +what is that flag flying on the top of the town." + +Cuthbert looked at it earnestly. + +"I fear, sire, that it is the crescent. We have arrived too late." + +"By the holy cross," said King Richard, "that shall not be so; for if +the place be taken, we will retake it." + +As the vessel neared the shore a monk ran out into the water up to his +shoulders, and said to the king that the citadel still held out, and +that even now the Saracens might be driven back. Without delay the king +leaped into the water, followed by the knights and men-at-arms, and +entering the gate, threw himself upon the infidels within, who, busy +plundering, had not noticed the arrival of the ship. + +The war cry of "St. George! St. George!" which the king always shouted +in battle, struck panic among the infidels; and although the king was +followed but by five knights and a few men-at-arms, the Saracens, to the +number of three thousand, fled before him, and all who tarried were +smitten down. The king followed them out upon the plain, driving them +before him as a lion would drive a flock of sheep, and then returned +triumphant into the city. + +The next day, some more ships having arrived, King Richard found that in +all, including the garrison, he could muster two thousand combatants. +The enemy renewed the attack in great numbers, and the assaults upon +the walls were continuous and desperate. King Richard, who loved +fighting in the plain rather than behind walls, was impatient at this, +and at one time so fierce was the attack that he resolved to sally out. +Only ten horses remained in the town, and King Richard, mounting one, +called upon nine of the knights to mount and sally out with him. The +little band of ten warriors charged down upon the host of the Saracens +and swept them before them. It was a marvelous sight indeed to see so +small a group of horsemen dashing through a crowd of Saracen warriors. +These, although at first beaten back, yet rallied, and the ten knights +had great difficulty in fighting their way back to the town. When near +the walls the Christians again made a stand, and a few knights sallied +out from the town on foot and joined them. Among these was Cuthbert, the +Earl of Evesham having accompanied King Richard in his charge. In all, +seventeen knights were now rallied round the king. So fierce was the +charge of the Saracens that the king ordered those on horseback to +dismount, and with their horses in the center, the little body knelt +with their lances opposed to the Saracens. Again and again the wild +cavalry swept down upon this little force, but in vain did they attempt +to break their ranks. The scene was indeed an extraordinary one. At last +the king, seeing that the enemy were losing heart, again ordered the +knights to mount, and these dashing among the enemy, completed their +defeat. + +While this had been going on news came to the king that the Saracens +from another side had made their way into Jaffa, and were massacring the +Christians. Without, an instant's delay he flew to their succor, +followed only by two knights and a few archers, the rest being so worn +by their exertions as to be unable to move. The Mamelukes, the chosen +guard of Saladin, had headed the attack; but even these were driven out +from the town, and Richard dashed out from the city in their pursuit. +One Saracen emir, distinguished for his stature and strength, ventured +to match himself against the king, and rode boldly at him. But with one +blow Richard severed his head, and his right shoulder and arm, from his +body. Then having, by his single arm, put to rout the Saracens at this +point, he dashed through them to the aid of the little band of knights +who had remained on the defensive when he left them at the alarm of the +city being entered. These were almost sinking with fatigue and wounds; +but King Richard opened a way around them by slaying numbers of the +enemy, and then charged again alone into the midst of the Mussulman +host, and was lost to the sight of his companions. All thought that they +would never see him again. But he soon reappeared, his horse covered +with blood, but himself unwounded; and the attack of the enemy ceased. + +From the hour of daybreak, it is said, Richard had not ceased for a +moment to deal out his blows, and the skin of his hand adhered to the +handle of his battle-ax. This narration would appear almost fabulous, +were it not that it is attested in the chronicles of several +eye-witnesses, and for centuries afterward the Saracen women hushed +their babes when fractious by threatening them with Malek-Rik, the name +which they gave to King Richard. + +Glorious as was the success, it was a sad one, for several of the most +devoted of the followers of King Richard were wounded badly, some few to +death. Among these last, to the terrible grief of Cuthbert, was his +friend and patron, the Earl of Evesham. The king, on taking off his +armor, hurried to his tent. + +"The glory of this day is marred indeed," he said to the wounded knight, +"if I am to lose you, Sir Walter." + +"I fear that it must even be so, my lord," the dying earl said. "I am +glad that I have seen this day, for never did I think to witness such +feats as those which your majesty has performed; and though the Crusade +has failed, and the holy city remains in the hands of the infidel, yet +assuredly no shadow of disgrace has fallen upon the English arms, and, +indeed, great glory has accrued to us. Whatever may be said of the Great +Crusade, it will at least be allowed by all men, and for all time, that +had the princes and soldiers of other nations done as your majesty and +your followers have done, the holy city would have fallen into our hands +within a month of our putting foot upon the soil. Your majesty, I have a +boon to ask." + +"You have but to name it, Sir Walter, and it is yours." + +"Sir Cuthbert, here," he said, pointing to the young knight, who was +sorrowfully kneeling by his bedside, "is as a son to me. The +relationship by blood is but slight, but by affection it is as close as +though he were mine own. I have, as your majesty knows, no male heirs, +and my daughter is but young, and will now be a royal ward. I beseech +your majesty to bestow her in marriage, when the time comes, upon Sir +Cuthbert. They have known each other as children, and the union will +bring happiness, methinks, to both, as well as strength and protection +to her; and further, if it might be, I would fain that you should bestow +upon him my title and dignity." + +"It shall be so," the king said. "When your eyes are closed, Sir Walter, +Sir Cuthbert shall be Earl of Evesham, and, when the time comes, the +husband of your daughter." + +Cuthbert was too overwhelmed with grief to feel a shadow of exaltation +at the gracious intimation of the king; although, even then, a thought +of future happiness in the care of the fair young lady Marguerite passed +before his mind. For the last time the king gave his hand to his +faithful servant, who pressed it to his lips, and a few minutes +afterward breathed his last. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +AN ALPINE STORM. + + +The tremendous exertions which King Richard had made told upon him, and +attacks of fever succeeded each other at short intervals. This, however, +mattered the less, since negotiations were now proceeding between him +and Saladin. It was impossible, with the slight means at his disposal, +for Richard further to carry on the Crusade alone. Moreover, pressing +news had arrived from his mother in England, urging him to return, as +his brother John was intriguing against him, and had already assumed all +but the kingly title. Saladin was equally desirous of peace. His wild +troops were, for the most part, eager to return to their homes, and the +defeats which they had suffered, and the, to them, miraculous power of +King Richard's arm, had lowered their spirit and made them eager to be +away. Therefore he consented without difficulty to the terms proposed. +By these, the Christians were to surrender Ascalon, but were to keep +Jaffa, Tyre, and the fortresses along the coast. All hostilities were to +be suspended on both sides for the space of three years, three months, +three weeks, three days, and three hours, when Richard hoped to return +again and to recommence the struggle. + +Between the sultan and King Richard a feeling approaching that of +friendship had sprung up during the campaign. Saladin was himself brave +in the extreme, and exposed his life as fearlessly as did his Christian +rival, and the two valiant leaders recognized the great qualities of +each other. Several times during the campaign when Richard had been ill, +the emir had sent him presents of fruit and other matters, to which +Richard had responded in the same spirit. An interview had taken place +between them which further cemented their friendship; and when Richard +promised to return again at the end of the truce with a far larger army, +and to accomplish the rescue of the holy city, the sultan smiled, and +said that it appeared that valor alone was not sufficient to conquer in +the Holy Land, but that if Jerusalem were to fall into the hands of the +Christians, it could fall into no worthier hands than those of +Malek-Rik. + +So, with many mutual courtesies, the great rivals separated, and soon +after King Richard and the little remnant of his army embarked on board +ship, and set sail for England. + +It was on October 11, 1192, that Richard Coeur de Lion left Palestine. +Soon after they started a storm suddenly burst upon them, and dispersed +them in various directions. The ship in which Queen Berengaria was +carried arrived safely in Sicily; but that in which King Richard was +borne was missing, and none of his fellow-voyagers knew what had become +of him. Sir Cuthbert was in the same vessel as the king, and the bark +was driven upon the Island of Corfu. All reached shore in safety, and +King Richard then hired three small vessels, in which he sailed to the +port of Zara, whence he hoped to reach the domains of his nephew, Otho +of Saxony, the son of his sister Matilda. The king had with him now but +two of his knights, Baldwin of Béthune, and Cuthbert of Evesham. Cnut +was with his feudal chief--for such Cuthbert had now, by his accession +to the rank of Earl of Evesham, become--and three or four English +archers. + +"I fear, my lords," the king said to his knights as he sat in a little +room in an inn at Zara, "that my plight is a bad one. I am surrounded by +enemies, and, alas! I can no longer mount my steed and ride out as at +Jaffa to do battle with them. My brother, John Lackland, is scheming to +take my place upon the throne of England. Philip of France, whose mind +is far better at such matters than at setting armies in the field, is in +league with him. The Emperor Henry has laid claim to the throne of +Sicily. Leopold of Austria has not forgiven me the blow I struck him in +the face at Ascalon, and the friends of Conrad of Montferat are +spreading far and wide the lie that I was the instigator of his murder. +Sure never had a poor king so many enemies, and few have ever had so +small a following as I have now. What think you, my lords? What course +would you advise that I should adopt? If I can reach Saxony doubtless +Otho will aid me. But hence to Dresden is a long journey indeed. I have +neither credit nor funds to hire a ship to take us by sea. Nor would +such a voyage be a safe one, when so many of my enemies' ships are on +the main. I must needs, I think, go in disguise, for my way lies wholly +through the country of my enemies." + +"Surely," Cuthbert said, "no potentate could for very shame venture to +detain your majesty on your way from the Holy Land, where you have +wrought such great deeds. Were I in your place, I would at once proclaim +myself, mount my horse, have my banner carried before me, and ride +openly on. You have, too, another claim, namely, that of being +shipwrecked, and even in war-time nations respect those whom the force +of God has thrown upon their shores." + +"I fear me, Sir Cuthbert," Sir Baldwin said, "that you overrate the +chivalry of our master's enemies. Had we been thrown on the shores of +France, Philip perhaps would hesitate to lay hands upon the king; but +these petty German princelings have no idea of the observances of true +chivalry. They are coarse and brutal in their ways; and though in +outward form following the usage of knighthood, they have never been +penetrated with its spirit. If the friends of Conrad of Montferat lay +hands upon King Richard I fear that no scruples will prevent them from +using their advantage to the utmost. Even their emperor I would not +trust. The course which you advise would no doubt be in accordance with +the spirit of King Richard; but it would be madness for him to judge +other people's spirit by his own, and it would be rushing into the +lion's den to proclaim himself here. I should recommend, if I might +venture to do so, that his majesty should assume a false name, and that +we should travel in small parties so as to attract no attention, each +making his way to Saxony as best he may." + +There was silence for a minute or two, and then the king with a sigh +said: + +"I fear that you are right, Sir Baldwin, and that there is no chivalry +among these swinish German lords. You shall accompany me. Not, Sir +Cuthbert," he observed kindly, noticing a look of disappointment upon +the face of the young knight, "that I estimate your fidelity one whit +lower than that of my brave friend; but he is the elder and the more +versed in European travel, and may manage to bring matters through +better than you would do. You will have dangers enough to encounter +yourself, more even than I shall, for your brave follower, Cnut, can +speak no language but his own, and your archers will be hard to pass as +any other than what they are. You must be my messenger to England, +should you arrive there without me. Tell my mother and wife where you +left me, and that, if I do not come home I have fallen into the hands +of one or other of my bitter foes. Bid them bestir themselves to hold +England for me against my brother John, and, if needs be, to move the +sovereigns of Europe to free me from the hands of my enemies. Should a +ransom be needed, I think that my people of England will not grudge +their goods for their king." + +The following day the king bade farewell to his faithful followers, +giving his hand to kiss, not only to Sir Cuthbert, but to Cnut and his +archers. + +"You have done me brave service," he said, "and I trust may yet have +occasion to do it again. These are bad times when Richard of England has +naught wherewith to reward his friends. But," he said, taking a gold +chain from his neck and breaking it with his strong fingers into five +fragments, "that is for you, Cnut, and for your four archers, in +remembrance of King Richard." + +The men, albeit hardened by many scenes of warfare, yet shed tears +plenteously at parting with the king. + +"We had better," Cuthbert said to them when they were alone, "delay here +for a few days. If we are taken, the news that some Englishmen have been +captured making their way north from Zara will spread rapidly, and may +cause the enemies of Richard to be on the lookout for him, suspecting +that the ship which bore us may also have carried him; for the news that +he is missing will spread rapidly through Europe, and will set all his +enemies on the alert." + +In accordance with this plan they delayed for another ten days at Zara, +and then, hiring a small boat, were landed some thirty miles further +along the coast. Cuthbert had obtained for Cnut the dress of a palmer, +as in this he would pass almost unquestioned, and his silence might be +accounted for on the ground that he had taken a vow of silence. He +himself had placed on his coat armor a red cross, instead of the white +cross borne by the English knights, and would now pass as a French +knight. Similar changes were made in the dress of his followers, and he +determined to pass as a French noble who had been wrecked on his way +home, and who was returning through Germany to France. The difficulties +in his own case would not be serious, as his French would pass muster +anywhere in Germany. The greatest difficulty would be with his +attendants; but he saw no way of avoiding this. + +Cuthbert's object, when with his little party he separated from King +Richard, was to make his way to Verona, thence cross by Trent into +Bavaria, and so to journey to Saxony. Fortunately he had at the storming +of Acre become possessed of a valuable jewel, and this he now sold, and +purchased a charger for himself. He had little fear of any trouble in +passing through the north of Italy, for this was neutral ground, where +knights of all nations met, and where, neither as an English nor a +French Crusader, would he attract either comment or attention. + +It was a slow journey across the northern plains, as of course he had to +accommodate his pace to that of his men. Cnut and the archers had +grumbled much at the change of the color of the cross upon their +jerkins; and, as Cnut said, would have been willing to run greater +perils under their true colors than to affect to belong to any other +nationality. On their way they passed through Padua, and there stopped a +few days. Cuthbert could but feel, in looking at the splendor of this +Italian city, the courteous manner of its people, and the university, +which was even then famous, how far in advance were those stately cities +of Italy to Western Europe. His followers were as much surprised as +himself at the splendors of the city. Here they experienced no trouble +or annoyance whatever, for to the cities of Italy knights of all +nations resorted, learned men came to study, philosophers to dispute, +and as these brought their attendants with them, you might in the +streets of Padua and its sister cities hear every language in Europe +spoken. + +From Padua they journeyed to Verona, marveling greatly at the richness +of the country. The footmen, however, grumbled at the flatness of the +plain, and said that it was as bad as marching in the Holy Land. On +their right, however, the slopes of the Alps, thickly clad with forests, +reached down nearly to the road, and Cuthbert assured them that they +would have plenty of climbing before they had done. At Verona they +tarried again, and wondered much at the great amphitheater, then almost +perfect. Cuthbert related to Cnut and the archers how men had there been +set to fight while the great stone benches round were thronged with men +and women looking on at their death struggles, and said that not +unfrequently British captives were brought hither and made to contend in +the arena. The honest fellows were full of indignation and horror at the +thought of men killing themselves to give sport to others. They were +used to hard knocks, and thought but little of their life, and would +have betaken themselves to their bows and bills without hesitation in +case of a quarrel. But to fight in cold blood for amusement seemed to +them very terrible. + +Cuthbert would then have traveled on to Milan, at that time next to Rome +the richest city in Europe, but he longed to be back in England, and was +the more anxious as he knew that King Richard would be passing through +great dangers, and he hoped to meet him at the court of Saxony. His +money, too, was fast running out, and he found that it would be beyond +his slender means to extend his journey so far. At Verona, then, they +turned their back on the broad plains of Lombardy, and entered the +valley of the Trent. + +So far no observation whatever had been excited by the passage of the +English knight. So many Crusaders were upon their way home, many in +grievous plight, that the somewhat shabby retinue passed unnoticed. But +they were now leaving Italy, and entering a country where German was +spoken. Trent, in those days an important city, was then, and is still, +the meeting place of Italy and Germany. Both tongues are here spoken; +but while the Italian perhaps preponderates, the customs, manners, and +mode of thought of the people belong to those of the mountaineers of the +Tyrol rather than of the dwellers on the plains. + +"You are choosing a stormy time," the landlord of the hostelry where +they put up said to Cuthbert. "The winter is now at hand, and storms +sweep across the passes with terrible violence. You had better, at the +last village you come to in the valley, obtain the services of a guide, +for should a snowstorm come on when you are crossing, the path will be +lost, and nothing will remain but a miserable death. By daylight the +road is good. It has been cut with much trouble, and loaded mules can +pass over without difficulty. Poles have been erected at short distances +to mark the way when the snow covers it. But when the snowstorms sweep +across the mountains it is impossible to see ten paces before you, and +if the traveler leaves the path he is lost." + +"But I suppose," Cuthbert said, "that even in winter travelers pass +over?" + +"They do," the host said. "The road is as open in winter as in summer, +although, of course, the dangers are greater. Still, there is nothing to +prevent vigorous men from crossing over when the storms come on. Now, +too, with the snow already lying in the upper forests, the wolves are +abroad, and should you be attacked by one of those herds, you will find +it hard work to defend your lives. Much has been done to render the +road safe. At the distance of every league stone houses have been +erected, where travelers can find shelter either from the storm or from +the attacks of wolves or bears, for these, too, abound in the forests, +and in summer there is fine hunting among them. You are, as I see, +returning from the Holy Land, an are therefore used to heat rather than +cold, so I should advise you before you leave this city to buy some +rough cloaks to shield you from the cold. You can obtain them for your +followers very cheaply, made of the mountain goat or of sheepskins, and +even those of bearskin well dressed are by no means dear." + +Obtaining the address of a merchant who kept these things, Cuthbert +proceeded thither; and purchased five cloaks of goatskin with hoods to +pull over their heads for his followers while for himself he obtained +one of rather finer material. + +Another two days' journey brought them to the foot of the steep ascent, +and here they hired the services of a guide. The ascent was long and +difficult, and in spite of the praises which the host had bestowed upon +the road, it was so steep that Cuthbert was, for the most part, obliged +to walk, leading his steed, whose feet slipped on the smooth rock, and +as in many places a false step would have thrown them down many hundreds +of feet into the valley below, Cuthbert judged it safer to trust himself +to his own feet. He disincumbered himself of his helmet and gorget, and +placed these upon the horse's back. At nightfall they had attained a +very considerable height, and stopped at one of the small refuges of +which the landlord had spoken. + +"I like not the look of the weather," the guide said in the morning--at +least that was what Cuthbert judged him to say, for he could speak no +word of the man's language. His actions, however, as he looked toward +the sky, and shook his head, spoke for themselves, and Cuthbert, feeling +his own powerlessness in a situation so novel to him, felt serious +misgivings at the prospect. + +The scenery was now very wild. On all sides crags and mountain tops +covered with snow glistened in the sun. The woods near the path were +free of snow; but higher up they rose black above the white ground. The +wind blew keenly, and all rejoiced in the warm cloaks which they had +obtained; for even with the protection of these they had found the cold +bitter during the night. + +"I like not this country," Cnut said. "We grumbled at the heat of +Palestine, but I had rather march across the sand there than in this +inhospitable frozen region. The woods look as if they might contain +specters. There is a silence which seems to be unnatural, and my +courage, like the warmth of my body, is methinks oozing out from my +fingers." + +Cuthbert laughed. + +"I have no doubt that your courage would come again much quicker than +the warmth, Cnut, if there were any occasion for it. A brisk walk will +set you all right again, and banish these uneasy fancies. To-night we +shall be at the highest point, and to-morrow begin to descend toward +Germany." + +All day the men kept steadily on. The guide from time to time looked +apprehensively at the sky; and although in the earlier part of the day +Cuthbert's inexperienced eye saw nothing to cause the slightest +uneasiness, toward the afternoon the scene changed. Light clouds began +to gather on the top of all the hills and to shut the mountain peaks +entirely from view. The wind moaned between the gorges and occasionally +swept along in such sudden gusts that they could with difficulty retain +their feet. The sky became gradually overcast, and frequently light +specks of snow, so small as to be scarcely perceptible, were driven +along on the blast, making their faces smart by the force with which +they struck them. + +"It scarcely needs our guide's face," Cuthbert said, "to tell us that a +storm is at hand, and that our position is a dangerous one. As for me, I +own that I feel better pleased now that the wind is blowing, and the +silence is broken, than at the dead stillness which prevailed this +morning. After all, methinks that a snowstorm cannot be more dreaded +than a sandstorm, and we have faced those before now." + +Faster and faster the snow came down, until at last the whole air seemed +full of it, and it was with difficulty that they could stagger forward. +Where the path led across open places the wind swept away the snow as +fast as it fell, but in the hollows the track was already covered; and +feeling the difficulty of facing the blinding gale, Cuthbert now +understood the urgency with which his host had insisted upon the danger +of losing the track. Not a word was spoken among the party as they +plodded along. The guide kept ahead, using the greatest caution wherever +the path was obliterated by the snow, sometimes even sounding with his +iron-shod staff to be sure that they were upon the level rock. In spite +of his warm cloak Cuthbert felt that he was becoming chilled to the +bone. His horse could with difficulty keep his feet; and Cnut and the +archers lagged behind. + +"You must keep together, lads," he shouted. "I have heard that in these +mountains when sleepiness overpowers the traveler, death is at hand. +Therefore, come what may, we must struggle on." + +Many times the gale was so violent that they were obliged to pause and +take shelter under the side of a rock or precipice until the fury of the +blast had passed; and Cuthbert eagerly looked out for the next refuge. +At last they reached it, and the guide at once entered. It was not that +in which he had intended to pass the night, for this lay still higher; +but it would have been madness to attempt to go further in the face of +such a gale. He signed to Cuthbert that it was necessary at once to +collect firewood, and he himself proceeded to light some brands which +had been left by previous travelers. Cuthbert gave directions to Cnut +and the archers; and these, feeling that life depended upon a good fire +being kept up, set to with a will, cutting down shrubs and branches +growing in the vicinity of the hut. In half an hour a huge fire blazed +in the refuge; and as the warmth thawed their limbs, their tongues were +unloosened, and a feeling of comfort again prevailed. + +"If this be mountaineering, my lord," Cnut said, "I trust that never +again may it be my fortune to venture among the hills. How long, I +wonder, do the storms last here? I was grumbling all the way up the hill +at the load of provisions which the guide insisted that each of us +should bring with him. As it was to be but a three days' journey before +we reached a village on the other side, I wondered why he insisted upon +our taking food enough to last us at least for a week. But I understand +now, and thank him for his foresight; for if this storm goes on we are +assuredly prisoners here for so long as it may continue." + +The horse had to be brought into the hut, for it would have been death +for it to have remained outside. + +"What is that?" Cnut said presently, as a distant howl was heard between +the lulls of the storm. The guide muttered some word which Cuthbert did +not understand. But he said to Cnut, "I doubt not that it is wolves. +Thank God that we are safe within this refuge, for here not even the +most ravenous beasts could make their way." + +"Pooh!" Cnut said contemptuously. "Wolves are no bigger than dogs. I +have heard my grandfather say that he shot one in the forest, and that +it was no bigger than a hound. We should make short work of them." + +"I know not," Cuthbert said. "I have heard tales of these animals which +show that they must be formidable opponents. They hunt in great packs, +and are so furious that they will attack parties of travelers; many of +these have perished miserably, horses and men, and nothing but their +swords and portions of their saddles have remained to tell where the +battle was fought." + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +SENTENCED TO DEATH. + + +Just before arriving at the refuge they had passed along a very steep +and dangerous path. On one side the rock rose precipitously, ten feet +above their heads. On the other was a fall into the valley below. The +road at this point was far wider than usual. + +Presently the howl of a wolf was heard near, and soon the solitary call +was succeeded by the howling of great numbers of animals. These speedily +surrounded the hut, and so fierce were their cries that Cnut changed his +opinion as to the ease with which they could be defeated, and allowed +that he would rather face an army of Saracens than a troop of these +ill-conditioned animals. The horse trembled in every limb at the sound +of the howling of the wolves; and cold as was the night, in spite of the +great fire that blazed on the hearth, his coat became covered with the +lather of fear. Even upon the roof above the trampling of the animals +could be heard; and through the open slits of the windows which some +travelers before them had stuffed with straw, they could hear the fierce +breathing and snorting of the savage beasts, who scratched and tore to +make an entrance. + +"Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that we might launch a few arrows through +these loopholes. The roof appears not to be over strong; and should some +of them force an entrance, the whole pack might follow." + +Dark as was the night, the black bodies were visible against the white +snow, and the archers shot several arrows forth, each stretching a wolf +dead on the ground. Those killed were at once pounced upon by their +comrades and torn to pieces; and this mark of savageness added to the +horror which those within felt of the ferocious animals. Suddenly there +was a pause in the howling around the hut, and then Cnut, looking forth +from the loophole, declared that the whole body had gone off at full +speed along the path by which they had reached the refuge. Almost +immediately afterward a loud shout for help was heard, followed by the +renewed howling and yelping of the wolves. + +"Good heavens!" Cuthbert exclaimed. "Some traveler coming after us is +attacked by these horrible beasts. Let us sally out, Cnut. We cannot +hear a Christian torn to pieces by these beasts, without lending him a +hand." + +In spite of the angry shouts and entreaties of the guide, the door was +thrust open, and the party, armed with their axes and bows, at once +rushed out into the night. The storm had for the moment abated and they +had no difficulty in making their way along the track. In fifty yards +they came to a bend of the path, and saw, a little distance before them, +a black mass of animals covering the road, and congregated round a +figure who stood with his back to the rock. With a shout of +encouragement they sprang forward, and in a few moments were in the +midst of the savage animals, who turned their rage against them at once. +They had fired two or three arrows apiece, as they approached, into +them; and now throwing down their bows, the archers betook themselves to +their swords, while Cuthbert with his heavy battle-axe hewed and cut at +the wolves as they sprang toward him. In a minute they had cleared their +way to the figure, which was that of a knight in complete armor. He +leaned against the rock completely exhausted, could only mutter a word +of thanks through his closed visor. At a short distance off a number of +the wolves were gathered, rending and tearing the horse of the knight; +but the rest, soon recovering from their surprise, attacked with fury +the little party. The thick cloaks of the archers stood them in good +stead against the animal's teeth, and standing in a group with their +backs to the rock, they hewed and cut vigorously at their assailants. +The numbers of these, however, appeared almost innumerable, and fresh +stragglers continued to come along the road, and swell their body. As +fast as those in front fell, their heads cleft with the axes of the +party, fresh ones sprang forward; and Cuthbert saw that in spite of the +valor and strength of his men, the situation was well-nigh desperate. He +himself had been saved from injury by his harness, for he still had on +his greaves and leg pieces. + +"Keep together," he shouted to his men, "and each lend aid to the other +if he sees him pulled down. Strike lustily for life, and hurry not your +blows, but let each toll." This latter order he gave perceiving that +some of the archers, terrified by this furious army of assailants with +gaping mouths and glistening teeth, were striking wildly, and losing +their presence of mind. + +The combat, although it might have been prolonged, could yet have had +but one termination, and the whole party would have fallen. At this +moment, however, a gust of wind, more furious than any which they had +before experienced, swept along the gorge, and the very wolves had to +crouch on their stomachs to prevent themselves being hurled by its fury +into the ravine below. Then even above the storm a deep roar was heard. +It grew louder and louder. The wolves, as if struck with terror, leaped +to their feet, and scattered on either way along the path at full +speed. + +"What sound can this be?" Cnut exclaimed in an awe-struck voice. "It +sounds like thunder; but it is regular and unbroken; and, my lord, +surely the earth quakes under our feet!" + +Louder and louder grew the roar. + +"Throw yourselves down against the wall of rock," Cuthbert shouted, +himself setting the example. + +A moment afterward, from above a mighty mass of rock and snow poured +over like a cascade, with a roar and sound which nigh stunned them. For +minutes--it seemed for hours to them--the deluge of snow and rock +continued. Then, as suddenly as it had begun, it ceased, and a silence +as of death reigned over the place. + +"Arise," Cuthbert said; "the danger, methinks, is past. It was what men +call an avalanche--a torrent of snow slipping down from the higher +peaks. We have had a narrow escape indeed." + +By this time the knight whom they had rescued was able to speak, and +raising his visor, he returned his deepest thanks to those who had come +so opportunely to his aid. + +"I was well-nigh exhausted," he said, "and it was only my armor which +saved me from being torn to pieces. A score of them had hold of me; but +fortunately my mail was of Milan proof, and even the jaws and teeth of +these enormous beasts were unable to pierce it." + +"The refuge is near at hand," Cuthbert said. "It is but a few yards +round yonder point. It is well that we heard your voice. I fear that +your horse has fallen a victim." + +Assisting the knight, who in spite of his armor was sorely bruised and +exhausted, they made their way back to the refuge. Cnut and the archers +were all bleeding freely from various wounds inflicted upon them in the +struggle, breathless and exhausted from their exertions, and thoroughly +awe-struck by the tremendous phenomenon of which they had been +witnesses, and which they had only escaped from their good fortune in +happening to be in a place so formed that the force of the avalanche had +swept over their heads. The whole of the road, with the exception of a +narrow piece four feet in width, had been carried away. Looking upward, +they saw that the forest had been swept clear, not a tree remaining in a +wide track as far as they could see up the hill. The great bowlders +which had strewn the hillside, and many of which were as large as +houses, had been swept away like straws before the rush of snow, and for +a moment they feared that the refuge had also been carried away. Turning +the corner, however, they saw to their delight that the limits of the +avalanche had not extended so far, the refuges, as they afterward +learned, being so placed as to be sheltered by overhanging cliffs from +any catastrophe of this kind. + +They found the guide upon his knees, muttering his prayers before a +cross, which he had formed of two sticks laid crosswise on the ground +before him; and he could scarce believe his eyes when they entered, so +certain had he considered it that they were lost. There were no longer +any signs of the wolves. The greater portion, indeed, of the pack had +been overwhelmed by the avalanche, and the rest, frightened and scared, +had fled to their fastnesses in the woods. + +The knight now removed his helmet, and discovered a handsome young man +of some twenty-four or twenty-five years old. + +"I am," he said, "Baron Ernest of Kornstein. To whom do I owe my life?" + +"In spite of my red cross," Cuthbert said, "I am English. My name is Sir +Cuthbert, and I am Earl of Evesham. I am on my return from the Holy Land +with my followers; and as we are passing through countries where many +of the people are hostile to England, we have thought it as well for a +time to drop our nationality. But to you I do not hesitate to tell the +truth." + +"You do well," the young knight said, "for, truth to say, the people of +these parts bear but little love to your countrymen. You have saved my +life when I was in the sorest danger. I had given myself up for lost, +for even my armor could not have saved me long from these wretches; and +my sword and life are at your disposal. You are young indeed," he said, +looking with surprise at Cuthbert, who had now thrown back the hood of +his cloak, "to have gained the honor of knighthood. You scarce look +eighteen years of age, although, doubtless, you are older." + +"I am scarce seventeen," Cuthbert said; "but I have had the good fortune +to attract the notice of King Richard, and to have received the +knighthood from his sword." + +"None more worthy," said the young knight, "for although King Richard +may be fierce and proud, he is the worthiest knight in Christendom, and +resembles the heroes of romance rather than a Christian king." + +"He is my lord and master," Cuthbert said, "and I love him beyond all +men, and would give my life for his. He is the kindest and best of +masters; and although it be true that he brooks no opposition, yet is it +only because his own bravery and eagerness render hateful to him the +indolence and cowardice of others." + +They now took their seats round the fire. The archers, by the advice of +the guide, rubbed their wounds with snow, and then applied bandages to +them. The wallets were opened, and a hearty supper eaten; and all, +wrapping themselves in their fur cloaks, were soon asleep. + +For four days the gale continued, keeping the party prisoners in the +hut. On the fifth the force of the wind abated, and the snow ceased to +fall. They were forced to take the door off its hinges to open it, for +the snow had piled up so high that the chimney alone of the hut remained +above its surface. With great difficulty and labor they cleared a way +out, and then the guide again placing himself at their head, they +proceeded on their way. The air was still and cold, and the sky of a +deep, dark blue, which seemed even darker in contrast with the whiteness +of the snow. At times they had great difficulty in struggling through +the deep drifts; but for the most part the wind had swept the path +clear. Where it was deepest, the tops of the posts still showed above +the snow, and enabled the guide to direct their footsteps. They were, +however, obliged to travel slowly, and it was three days before they +gained the village on the northern slope of the mountains, having slept +at refuges by the road. + +"What are your plans?" the knight asked Sir Cuthbert that night, as they +sat by the fire of the hostelry. "I would warn you that the town which +you will first arrive at is specially hostile to your people, for the +baron, its master, is a relation of Conrad of Montferat, who is said to +have been killed by order of your king." + +"It is false," Cuthbert said. "King Richard had appointed him King of +Jerusalem; and, though he liked him not, thought him the fittest of +those there to exercise sovereignty. He was the last man who would have +had an enemy assassinated; for so open is he of disposition that he +would have fought hand to hand with the meanest soldier of his army had +he desired to kill him." + +"I doubt not that it is so, since you tell me," the knight said +courteously. "But the people here have taken that idea into their minds, +and it will be hard to disabuse them. You must therefore keep up your +disguise as a French knight while passing through this neighborhood. +Another week's journeying, and you will reach the confines of Saxony, +and there you will, as you anticipate, be safe. But I would not answer +for your life were you discovered here to be of English birth. And now +tell me if there is aught that I can do for you. I will myself accompany +you into the town, and will introduce you as a French knight, so that no +suspicion is likely to lie upon you, and will, further, ride with you to +the borders of Saxony. I am well known, and trust that my company will +avert all suspicion from you. You have told me that your purse is +ill-supplied; you must suffer me to replenish it. One knight need not +fear to borrow of another; and I know that when you have returned to +your home you will bestow the sum which I now give you upon some holy +shrine in my name, and thus settle matters between us." + +Cuthbert without hesitation accepted the offer, and was well pleased at +finding his purse replenished, for its emptiness had caused him serious +trouble. Cuthbert's steed was led by one of the archers, and he himself +walked gayly alongside of Sir Ernest, followed by his retainers. Another +long day's march brought them down to Innsbruck, where they remained +quietly for a week. Then they journeyed on until they emerged from the +mountains, crossed the Bavarian frontier, and arrived at Fussen, a +strong city, with well-built walls and defenses. + +They at once proceeded to the principal hostelry, where the young baron +was well known, and where great interest was excited by the news of the +narrow escape which he had had from the attack of the wolves. A journey +across the Alps was in those days regarded as a very perilous enterprise +in the winter season, and the fact that he should have been rescued from +such a strait appeared almost miraculous. They stayed for two days +quietly in the city, Cuthbert declining the invitation of the young +noble to accompany him to the houses of his friends, as he did not wish +that any suspicion should be excited as to his nationality, and +preferred remaining quiet to having forced upon him the necessity of +making false statements. As to his followers, there was no fear of the +people among whom they mixed detecting that they were English. To the +Bavarian inhabitants, all languages, save their native German, were +alike unintelligible; and even had French been commonly spoken, the +dialects of that tongue, such as would naturally be spoken by archers +and men-at-arms, would have been a Greek to those accustomed only to +Norman French. + +Upon the third day, however, an incident occurred which upset Cuthbert's +calculations, and nearly involved the whole party in ruin. The town was, +as the young baron had said, governed by a noble who was a near relation +of Conrad of Montferat, and who was the bitter enemy of the English. A +great _fête_ had been given in honor of the marriage of his daughter, +and upon this day the young pair were to ride in triumph through the +city. Great preparations had been made; masks and pageants of various +kinds manufactured; and the whole townspeople, dressed in their holiday +attire, were gathered in the streets. Cuthbert had gone out, followed by +his little band of retainers, and taken their station to see the passing +show. First came a large body of knights and men-at-arms, with gay +banners and trappings. Then rode the bridegroom, with the bride carried +in a litter by his side. After this came several allegorical +representations. Among these was the figure of a knight bearing the arms +of Austria. Underneath his feet, on the car, lay a figure clad in a +royal robe, across whom was thrown a banner with the leopards of +England. The knight stood with his foot on this figure. + +This representation of the dishonor of England at the hands of Austria +elicited great acclamations from the crowd. Cuthbert clinched his teeth +and grasped his sword angrily, but had the sense to see the folly of +taking any notice of the insult. Not so with Cnut. Furious it the insult +offered to the standard of his royal master, Cnut, with a bound, burst +through the ranks of the crowd, leaped on to the car, and with a buffet +smote the figure representing Austria into the road, and lifted the flag +of England from the ground. A yell of indignation and rage was heard. +The infuriated crowd rushed forward. Cnut, with a bound, sprang from the +car, and, joining his comrades, burst through those who attempted to +impede them, and darted down a by-street. + +Cuthbert, for the moment amazed at the action of his follower, had on +the instant drawn his sword and joined the archers. In the crowd, +however, he was for a second separated from them; and before he could +tear himself from the hands of the citizens who had seized him, the +men-at-arms accompanying the procession surrounded him, and he was led +away by them to the castle, the guards with difficulty protecting him +from the enraged populace. Even at this moment Cuthbert experienced a +deep sense of satisfaction at the thought that his followers had +escaped. But he feared that alone, and unacquainted with the language of +the country, they would find it difficult indeed to escape the search +which would be made for them, and to manage to find their way back to +their country. For himself, he had little hopes of liberty, and scarcely +more of life. The hatred of the baron toward the English would now be +heightened by the daring act of insult to the arms of Austria, and this +would give a pretext for any deed of violence which might be wrought. + +Cuthbert was, after a short confinement, brought before the lord baron +of the place, in the great hall of the castle. + +"Who art thou, sir," the noble exclaimed, "who darest to disturb the +marriage procession of my daughter, and to insult the standard of the +emperor my master?" + +"I am Sir Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham, a baron of England," Cuthbert said +fearlessly, "and am traveling homeward from the Holy Land. My garb as a +Crusader should protect me from all interruption; and the heedless +conduct of my retainer was amply justified by the insult offered to the +arms of England. There is not one of the knights assembled round you who +would not in like manner have avenged an insult offered to those of +Austria; and I am ready to do battle in the lists with any who choose to +say that the deed was a foul or improper one. In the Holy Land Austrians +and English fought side by side; and it is strange indeed to me that on +my return, journeying through the country of the emperor, I should find +myself treated as an enemy, and see the arms of King Richard exposed to +insult and derision by the burghers of this city." + +As Cuthbert had spoken he threw down his mailed glove, and several of +the knights present stepped forward to pick it up. The baron, however, +waved them back. + +"It is no question," he said, "of honorable fight. This is a follower of +the murderer of my good cousin of Montferat, who died under the hands of +assassins set upon him by Richard of England." + +"It is false!" Cuthbert shouted. "I denounce it as a foul lie, and will +maintain it with my life." + +"Your life is already forfeited," the baron said, "both by your past +connection with Richard of England and as the insulter of the arms of +Austria. You die, and to-morrow at noon your head shall be struck off in +the great square before my castle." + +Without another word Cuthbert was hurried off to his cell, and there +remained, thinking moodily over the events of the day, until nightfall. +He had no doubt that his sentence would be carried out, and his anxiety +was rather for his followers than for himself. He feared that they would +make some effort on his behalf, and would sacrifice their own lives in +doing so, without the possibility of assisting him. + +The next morning he was led out to the square before the castle. It was +a large flagged courtyard. Upon one side was the entrance to the castle, +one of whose wings also formed a second side to the square. The side +facing this was formed by the wall of the city, and the fourth opened +upon a street of the town. This side of the square was densely filled +with citizens, while the men-at-arms of the baron and a large number of +knights were gathered behind a scaffold erected in the center. Upon this +was a block, and by the side stood a headsman. As Cuthbert was led +forward a thrill of pleasure ran through him at perceiving no signs of +his followers, who he greatly feared might have been captured in the +night, and brought there to share his fate. + +As he was led forward the young noble whose life he had saved advanced +to the baron, and dropping on one knee before him, craved the life of +Cuthbert, relating the event by which he had saved his life in the +passage of the mountains. The baron frowned heavily. + +"Though he had saved the life of every noble in Bavaria," he said, "he +should die. I have sworn an oath that every Englishman who fell into my +hands should expiate the murder of my kinsman; and this fellow is, +moreover, guilty of an outrage to the arms of Austria." + +The young Sir Ernest drew himself up haughtily. + +"My lord baron," he said, "henceforth I renounce all allegiance to you, +and I will lay the case before the emperor, our common master, and will +cry before him at the outrage which has thus been passed upon a noble +gentleman. He has thrown down the glove, and challenged any of your +knights, and I myself am equally ready to do battle in his cause." + +The baron grew red with passion, and he would have ordered the instant +arrest of the young man, but as Sir Ernest was connected by blood with +many present, and was indeed one of the most popular among the nobles of +the province, the baron simply waved him aside, and ordered Cuthbert to +be led to the block. The young Englishman was by the executioner +divested of his armor and helmet, and stood in the simple attire worn by +men of rank at that time. He looked around, and holding up his hand, +conveying alike a farewell and a command to his followers to remain in +concealment, he gazed round the crowd, thinking that he might see among +them in some disguise or other the features of Cnut, whose tall figure +would have rendered him conspicuous in a crowd. He failed, however, to +see any signs of him, and turning to the executioner, signified by a +gesture that he was ready. + +At this instant an arrow from the wall above pierced the brain of the +man, and he fell dead in his tracks. A roar of astonishment burst from +the crowd. Upon the city wall at this point was a small turret, and on +this were five figures. The wall around was deserted, and for the moment +these men were masters of the position. + +"Seize those insolent varlets!" the baron shouted, shaking his sword +with a gesture of fury at them. + +His words, however, were arrested, for at the moment another arrow +struck him in the throat, and he fell back into the arms of those around +him. + +Quickly now the arrows of the English archers flew into the courtyard. +The confusion which reigned there was indescribable. The citizens with +shouts of alarm took to their heels. The men-at-arms were powerless +against this rain of missiles, and the knights, hastily closing their +visors, shouted contradictory orders, which no one obeyed. + +In the confusion no one noticed the prisoner. Seizing a moment when the +attention of all was fixed upon the wall, he leaped from the platform, +and making his way unnoticed through the excited crowd of men-at-arms, +darted down a narrow lane that divided the castle from the wall. He ran +along until, one hundred yards further, he came to a staircase by which +access to the battlements was obtained. Running lightly up this, he kept +along the wall until he reached the turret. + +"Thanks, my noble Cnut!" he exclaimed, "and you, my brave fellows. But I +fear you have forfeited your lives. There is no escape. In a minute the +whole force of the place will recover from their confusion, and be down +upon us from both sides." + +"We have prepared for that," Cnut said. "Here is a rope hanging down +into the moat." + +Glancing over, Cuthbert saw that the moat was dry; and after a final +discharge of arrows into the crowd, the six men slid one after another +down the rope and made their way at full speed across the country. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +DRESDEN. + + +It was some ten minutes before the men-at-arms rallied sufficiently from +their surprise to obey orders. Two bodies were then drawn up, and +proceeded at a rapid pace toward the staircases leading to the wall, one +on each side of the turret in which they believed that the little body +of audacious assailants were still lying. Having reached the wall, the +soldiers advanced, covering themselves with their shields, for they had +learned the force with which an English clothyard shaft drawn by a +strong hand flies. Many had been killed by these missiles passing +through and through the cuirass and backpiece. No reply being obtained +to the summons to surrender, they proceeded to break in with their +battle-axes the door of the little turret. Rushing in with ax and pike, +they were astonished to find the place empty. A glance over the wall +showed the rope still hanging, and the manner of the escape became +manifest. The fugitives were already out of sight, and the knights, +furious at the escape of the men who had bearded them in the heart of +the city with such audacity, and had slain the lord baron and several of +his knights, gave orders that an instant pursuit should be organized. It +was, however, a full half hour before the city gates were thrown open, +and a strong troop of knights and mounted men issued out. + +Cuthbert had been certain that an instant pursuit would be set on foot, +and the moment that he was out of sight of the battlements he changed +the direction in which he had started, and turning at right angles, +swept round the city, still keeping at a distance, until he reached the +side next the mountains, and then plunged into the woods on the lower +slopes of the hills. + +"They will," he said, as they halted breathless from their run, "follow +the road toward the south, and scour the country for awhile before it +occurs to their thick German skulls that we have doubled back on our +tracks. Why, what is it, Cnut?" + +This exclamation was provoked by the forester throwing himself on his +knees before Sir Cuthbert, and imploring his pardon for the dire strait +into which his imprudence had drawn him. + +"It was a dire strait, certainly, Cnut. But if you got me into it, at +least you have extricated me; and never say more about it, for I myself +was near committing the imprudence to which you gave way, and I can well +understand that your English blood boiled at the sight of the outrage to +the flag of England. Now, let us waste no time in talk, but, keeping to +the foot of this mountain, make along as far as we can to the west. We +must cling to the hills for many days' march before we venture again to +try to cross the plains. If possible, we will keep on this way until we +reach the confines of the country of the Swiss, who will assuredly give +us hospitality, and who will care little for any threats of these German +barons, should they hear that we have reached their asylum." + +By nightfall they had already traveled many leagues, and making a fire +in the wood, Cuthbert asked Cnut for an account of what had taken place +on the previous day. + +"We ran for life, Sir Cuthbert, and had not noticed that you had been +drawn into the fray. Had we done so, we would have remained, and sold +our lives with yours; but hoping that you had passed unnoticed in the +crowd, and that you would find some means to rejoin us we kept upon our +way. After running down three streets we passed a place where a +courtyard with stables ranged round it was open. There were none about, +and we entered, and taking refuge in a loft hid ourselves beneath some +provender. There we remained all night, and then borrowing some apparel +which some of the stablemen had hung upon the walls, we issued into the +town. As we neared the great square we saw some men employed in erecting +a platform in the midst, and a suspicion that all might not be right, +and that you might have fallen into the hands of these German dogs, +beset our minds. After much consultation we determined to see what the +affair meant, and making our way on to the walls which, indeed, were +entirely deserted, we took refuge in that turret where you saw us. +Seeing the crowd gather, and being still more convinced that some +misfortune was about to occur, I again went back to the stables, where I +had noticed a long rope used by the carters for fastening their loads to +the wagons. With this I returned, for it was clear that if we had to +mingle in this business it would be necessary to have a mode of escape. +Of the rest you are aware. We saw the knights coming out of the castle, +with that portly baron, their lord, at their head. We saw the block and +the headsman upon the platform, and were scarcely surprised when you +were led out, a prisoner, from the gates. We judged that what did happen +would ensue. Seeing that the confusion wrought by a sudden attack from +men perched up aloft as we were, commanding the courtyard, and being +each of us able to hit a silver mark at the distance of one hundred +yards, would be great indeed, we judged that you might be able to slip +away unobserved, and were sure that your quick wit would seize any +opportunity which might offer. Had you not been able to join us, we +should have remained in the turret and sold our lives to the last, as, +putting aside the question that we could never return to our homes, +having let our dear lord die here, we should not, in our ignorance of +the language and customs of the country, have ever been able to make our +way across it. We knew, however, that before this turret was carried we +could show these Germans how five Englishmen, when brought to bay, can +sell their lives." + +They had not much difficulty in obtaining food in the forest, for game +abounded, and they could kill as many deer as seemed fit to them. As +Cnut said, it was difficult to believe that they were not back again in +the forest near Evesham, so similar was their life to that which they +had led three years before. To Cnut and the archers, indeed, it was a +pleasanter time than any which they had passed since they had left the +shores of England, and they blithely marched along, fearing little any +pursuit which might be set on foot, and, indeed, hearing nothing of +their enemies. After six days' travel they came upon a rude village, and +here Cuthbert learned from the people--with much difficulty, however, +and pantomime, for neither could understand a word spoken by the +other--that they were now in one of the Swiss cantons, and therefore +secure from all pursuit by the Germans. Without much difficulty Cuthbert +engaged one of the young men of the village to act as their guide to +Basle, and here, after four days' traveling, they arrived safely. Asking +for the residence of the burgomaster, Cuthbert at once proceeded +thither, and stated that he was an English knight on the return from the +Crusades; that he had been foully entreated by the Lord of Fussen, who +had been killed in a fray by his followers; and that he besought +hospitality and refuge from the authorities of Basle. + +"We care little," the burgomaster said, "what quarrel you may have had +with your neighbors. All who come hither are free to come and go as they +list, and you, as a knight on the return from the Holy Land, have a +claim beyond that of an ordinary traveler." + +The burgomaster was himself able to speak French, and summoning several +of the councilors of the town, he requested Cuthbert to give a narrative +of his adventures; which he did. The councilors agreed with the +burgomaster that Cuthbert must be received hospitably; but the latter +saw that there was among many of them considerable doubt as to the +expediency of quarreling with a powerful neighbor. He therefore said to +the burgomaster: + +"I have no intention, honorable sir, of taking up any prolonged +residence here. I only ask to be furnished with a charger and arms, and +in payment of these I will leave this gold chain, the gift of King +Richard himself, as a gage, and will on my return to my country forward +to you the value of the arms and horse, trusting that you will return +the chain to me." + +The burgomaster, however, said that the city of Basle was not so poor +that it need take the gage of an honorable knight, but that the arms and +charger he required should be given him in a few hours, and that he +might pay the value in London to a Jew merchant there who had relations +with one at Basle. Full instructions were given to him, and he resolved +to travel down upon the left bank of the Rhine, until he reached +Lorraine, and thence to cross into Saxony. The same afternoon the +promised horse and arms were provided, and Cuthbert, delighted again to +be in harness, and thanking courteously the burgomaster and council for +their kindness, started with his followers on his journey north. These +latter had been provided with doublets and other garments suitable to +the retinue of a knight, and made a better show than they had done since +they first left England. + +Leaving Basle, they traveled along the left side of the Rhine by easy +stages. The country was much disturbed, owing to the return and +disbandment of so many of the troops employed in the Crusades. These, +their occupation being gone, scattered over the country, and France and +Germany alike were harassed by bands of military robbers. The wild +country between the borders of Switzerland and Lorraine was specially +vexed, as the mountains of the Vosges afforded shelter, into which the +freebooters could not be followed by the troops of the duke. + +Upon the evening of the third day they reached a small inn standing in a +lonely position near the foot of the mountains. + +"I like not the look of this place," Cuthbert said; "but as we hear that +there is no other within a distance of another ten miles, we must e'en +make the best of it." + +The host received them with extreme and even fawning civility, which by +no means raised him in the estimation of Cuthbert or Cnut. A rough meal +was taken, and they then ascended to the rude accommodation which had +been provided. It was one large room barely furnished. Upon one side +straw was thickly littered down--for in those days beds among the common +people were unknown. In a sort of alcove at the end was a couch with a +rough mattress and coverlet. This Cuthbert took possession of, while his +followers stretched themselves upon the straw. + +"Methinks," Cnut said, "that it were well that one should keep watch at +the door. I like not the look of our host, and we are near the spot +where the bands of the robbers are said to be busy." + +Toward morning the archer on guard reported that he could hear the sound +of many approaching footsteps. All at once sprang to their feet, and +betook themselves to their arms. Looking from the window they saw a +large party of rough men, whose appearance at once betokened that they +were disbanded soldiers--a title almost synonymous in those days with +that of robber. With the united strength of the party the truckle bed +was carried from the alcove and placed against the door. Cuthbert then +threw open the window, and asked in French what they wanted. One of the +party, who appeared to be the leader, said that the party had better +surrender immediately. He promised them good treatment, and said that +the knight would be put to ransom, should it be found that the valuables +upon his person were not sufficient to pay the worshipful company +present for the trouble which they had taken in waiting upon him. This +sally was received with shouts of laughter. Cuthbert replied quietly +that he had no valuables upon his person; that if they took him there +were none would pay as much as a silver mark for the ransom of them all; +and that the only things that they had to give were sharp arrows and +heavy blows. + +"You talk bravely, young sir," the man said. "But you have to do with +men versed in fight, and caring but little either for knocks or for +arrows. We have gone through the Crusades, and are therefore held to be +absolved from all sin, even that so great as would be incurred in the +cutting of your knightly throat." + +"But we have gone through the Crusades also," Cuthbert said, "and our +persons are sacred. The sin of slitting our weazands, which you speak +of, would therefore be so great that even the absolution on which you +rely would barely extend to it." + +"We know most of those who have served in the Holy Land," the man said +more respectfully than he had yet spoken, "and would fain know with whom +we speak." + +"I am an Englishman, and a follower of King Richard," Cuthbert said, +"and am known as Sir Cuthbert of Evesham. As I was the youngest among +the knights who fought for the holy sepulcher, it may be that my +appearance is known to you?" + +"Ah," the other said, "you are he whom they called the Boy Knight, and +who was often in the thick of the fray, near to Richard himself. How +comes it, Sir Cuthbert, that you are here?" + +"The fleet was scattered on its return," Cuthbert replied, "and I landed +with my followers, well-nigh penniless, at Zara, and have since made my +way across the Tyrol. I have, then, as you may well suppose, neither +silver nor gold about my person; and assuredly neither Philip of France +nor John of Austria would give a noble for my ransom; and it would be +long, methinks, to wait ere John of England would care to ransom one of +King Richard's followers." + +The brigands spoke for awhile among themselves, and then the leader +said: + +"You speak frankly and fairly, Sir Knight, and as you have proved +yourself indeed a doughty giver of hard blows, and as I doubt not that +the archers with you can shoot as straight and as fast as the rest of +the Saxon breed, we will e'en let you go on your way, for your position +is but little better than ours, and dog should not rob dog." + +"Thanks, good fellow," Cuthbert said. "We trust that in any case we +might have made a strong defense against you; but it would be hard if +those who have fought together in the Holy Land should slay each other +in this lonely corner of Lorraine." + +"Are you seeking adventures or employment, Sir Knight? For if so, +myself and comrades here would gladly take service with you; and it may +be that with a clump of spears you might obtain engagement, either under +the Duke of Lorraine or he of Cleves." + +"Thanks for your offer," Cuthbert replied; "but at present my face is +turned toward England. King Richard needs all his friends; and there is +so little chance of sack or spoil, even should we have--which God +forfend--civil war, that I fear I could ill reward the services which +you offer me." + +The leader and his men shouted an adieu to Cuthbert and departed for the +mountains, leaving the latter well pleased with his escape from a fight +of which the result was doubtful. + +Journeying on without further adventure, they came to Nancy, and were +there kindly received by the duke, who was not at that time upon good +terms with Philip of France, and was therefore well disposed toward the +English. Cuthbert inquired from him whether any news had been heard of +King Richard? but received as a reply that the duke had heard nothing of +him since he sailed from Palestine. + +"This is strange," Cuthbert said, "for I myself have journeyed but +slowly, and have met with many delays. King Richard should long ere this +have reached Saxony; and I fear much that some foul treatment has +befallen him. On our way we found how bitter was the feeling among those +related to Conrad of Montferat against him; and the Archduke John is +still smarting from the blow which King Richard struck him at Ascalon. +But surely they would not be so unknightly as to hinder so great a +champion of Christendom as King Richard on his homeward way?" + +"The Archduke John is crafty and treacherous," the duke said; "and the +emperor himself would, I think, be not sorry to lay hand upon the King +of England, were it only to do pleasure to Philip of France. Assuredly, +however the anger and indignation of all Christendom will be aroused +should the king's passage be interrupted, for it were indeed a gross +breach of hospitality to seize upon a man who has the double claim of +being a champion of Christendom and a shipwrecked man. However, it is +early yet to be uneasy, and it may be that in a few days we may have +news of the arrival of the king in Saxony. He may have encountered +difficulties similar to those which you yourself have met with. The +country is everywhere disturbed, and it is not only in my forests that +bands of outlawed men are to be met with. At present there is peace in +Europe. It may last indeed but a short time. But so long as it +continues, so long must the mountains and woods be full of desperate +men. Were war declared between any two princes these would flock to the +banners of him who would pay them highest, and a war which could end in +the entire destruction of the armies of both combatants would be a +blessing to Europe." + +After entertaining Cuthbert courteously for three days, the Duke of +Lorraine bade him adieu, and gave him an escort of men-at-arms to the +borders of the Rhine, where he would find the way open to the domains of +the Duke of Saxony. Without adventure Cuthbert and his followers arrived +at Dresden, and he immediately presented himself at the castle of the +duke. The instant that he sent in his name as Sir Cuthbert of Evesham, a +knight of King Richard, he was conducted to the presence of the duke and +of his wife, the sister of King Richard. + +"Are you bearer of news of my brother Richard?" the duke said, advancing +a step to meet the young knight as he entered the hall. + +"Alas! my lord duke, I am not," Cuthbert said; "but had hoped to gain +tidings from you." + +"From me?" the duke said in surprise. "What should lead you to believe +that I have any news of King Richard later than that which others have +received? The last I heard of him was upon the day of his departure from +the Holy Land, before the storm arose which scattered his fleet, and I +am ignorant whether he has foundered at sea, or whether, as some +suppose, his vessel may have been taken captive by the Moors." + +"I bear you later tidings," Cuthbert said, "than those you have +received. I was on board the ship with King Richard. We were wrecked +upon the Island of Corfu and there hiring a small ship, we proceeded to +Zara. King Richard determined to make his way across the Tyrol to this +place; but he thought that it would attract attention to him were he +accompanied by so large a party. Therefore he, with Sir Baldwin of +Béthune, and a few followers, started north, while I with my men kept +west through the north of Italy, and then crossed by the pass over +Trent." + +"How long is it since you left my brother?" the duchess asked anxiously. + +"It is now over a month since I bade him adieu," Cuthbert answered. + +"Then he should have been heard of long since," the duchess said. "What +fate can have befallen him?" + +"Judging from my own experience," Cuthbert said, "I fear that he may +have come to harm at the hands of the friends of Conrad of Montferat, +who falsely allege that the death of their kinsman was caused by King +Richard. The Archduke John, too, owes him no good-will; and even the +emperor is evilly disposed toward him. The king traveled under an +assumed name; but it might well be that he would be recognized upon the +way. His face was known to all who fought in the East; and his lordly +manner and majestic stature could ill be concealed beneath a merchant's +garb. Still, lady, as I have been so long in making my way across, it +may be that King Richard has been similarly delayed without danger +befalling him, and it could hardly be that so important a man as the +King of England would be detained, or come to any misfortune, without +the news being bruited abroad." + +In spite of Cuthbert's reassuring words, the duke and duchess were +greatly alarmed at the news of King Richard's disappearance, although +indeed consoled to find that their previous fears, that he had been +drowned in the storm or captured by the Moorish corsairs, were +unfounded. + +They now requested from Cuthbert the story of what had befallen him +since he left the king; and this he related at some length. The duke was +greatly interested, and begged Cuthbert at least to remain at his court +until some news might arrive of King Richard. + +For a month Cuthbert tarried at the castle of the Duke of Saxony, where +he was nobly entertained, and treated as a guest of much honor. Cnut and +the archers were delighted at the treatment they received, for never in +their lives had they been so royally entertained. Their Saxon tongue was +nigh enough akin to the language spoken here to be understood; and their +tales of adventure in the Holy Land rendered them as popular among the +retainers of the duke as their master became with the duke and duchess. + + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +UNDER THE GREENWOOD. + + +At the end of a month, news came from England that Sir Baldwin of +Béthune had returned there, bearing the news that the king had been +arrested at Gortz, only two days' journey north of the Adriatic--that he +had been recognized, and at once captured. He had offered no resistance, +finding indeed that it would be hopeless so to do. Sir Baldwin had been +permitted to depart without molestation. He believed that the folk into +whose hands he had fallen were retainers of the Archduke John. This +news, although sad in itself, was yet in some degree reassuring to the +duke and his wife; for they felt that while the followers of Conrad of +Montferat would not hesitate to put King Richard to death should he fall +into their hands, the Archduke John would not dare to bring upon himself +the indignation of Europe by such treatment of his royal captive. +Cuthbert at once determined to return to England to see Sir Baldwin, and +to ascertain what steps were being taken for the discovery of the prison +in which King Richard was confined, and for his release therefrom; and +also to establish himself in his new dignity as Earl of Evesham. +Therefore, bidding adieu to the duke and duchess, he started north. The +duke furnished him with letters of introduction to the princes through +whose countries he would travel; and again crossing the Rhine, he +journeyed through the territories of the Dukes of Cleves and Brabant, +and reached the mouth of Scheldt without interruption. There taking +ship, he sailed for London. + +It was a long and stormy passage between the mouth of the Scheldt and +London. The vessel in which Cuthbert had shipped was old and somewhat +unseaworthy, and several times in the force of the gale all on board +gave up hope for their lives. At last, however, they reached the mouth +of the Thames, and dropping up with the tide, reached London eight days +after their embarkation. The noble charger which the King of Saxony had +presented to Cuthbert had suffered greatly, and he feared at one time +that the poor animal would succumb to the effects of the tempest. +However, after entering into smooth water it recovered itself, and on +landing near the Tower he found that it was able to support his weight. +Cnut and the archers were, like Cuthbert, delighted to have their feet +again upon English soil; and although London did not now strike them +with the same wonder which it would have done had they first visited it +before starting on their journey--for in many respects it was greatly +behind some of the continental cities--yet the feeling of home, and the +pleasure of being able to understand the conversation of those around +them, made the poor fellows almost beside themselves with joy. Beyond +the main political incidents Cuthbert had heard little of what had +passed in England since his departure; and putting up at a hostelry, he +inquired of the host whether Sir Baldwin of Béthune was in London, or +whether he was away on his estates. The landlord did not know. There +were, he said, but few nobles at court, and London was never so dull as +at present. As Cuthbert did not wish his coming home to be known to John +until he had learned something of the position of affairs, he dispatched +Cnut to the Tower to inquire privately of some of the officials about +the place whether Sir Baldwin was there. Cnut soon returned with the +news that he had not been at the court since his return from the Holy +Land, and that he was living at his castle down in Dorsetshire. After +some hesitation Cuthbert resolved to set out to see his friend, and +after six days' travel he arrived at the castle of the knight. + +Sir Baldwin received him with immense joy. He had not heard of him since +they parted at Zara, and he feared that a fate similar to that which had +befallen King Richard had overtaken Cuthbert, even if he were still +alive. + +"Have you seen aught of the king, our master?" the good knight inquired. + +"Nothing," Cuthbert said. "I know no more than yourself. Indeed, I hoped +to have learned something from you as to the king." + +"I was separated from him at Gortz, and while he was taken a prisoner to +the archduke, I was allowed to pursue my way. I had many difficulties +and dangers, and was some weeks in finding my way back. Nothing was +known of the king when I returned. Indeed, I was the first bearer of any +definite news concerning him since the day when he sailed from Acre. +Three weeks ago, as you may have learned, the news came that he is now +detained in captivity by the emperor, who demanded his delivery by the +Archduke John, into whose hands he first fell. But where he is no one +exactly knows. The news has created an immense excitement in the +kingdom, and all are resolved to sacrifice any of their treasures which +may be demanded in order to satisfy the ransom which the recreant +emperor has placed upon the king. Shame is it indeed that a Christian +sovereign should hold another in captivity. Still more, when that other +was returning through his dominions as a Crusader coming from the Holy +Land, when his person should be safe, even to his deadliest enemy. It +has long been suspected that he was in the hands either of the emperor +or of the archduke, and throughout Europe the feeling of indignation has +been strong; and I doubt not, now that the truth is known, this feeling +will be stronger than ever." + +"But now that it is known," Cuthbert said, "I suppose there will be no +delay in ransoming the king." + +"There will be no delay in raising the ransom," Sir Baldwin said. "But +the kingdom is very impoverished by war, by the exactions of Prince +John, and by those of Langley, who held it for King Richard. He was a +loyal servant of the king, but an exacting and rapacious prelate. +However, I doubt not that the rents of the English nobles will soon be +charged with sums sufficient for the ransom; and if this avail not, not +one of them will grudge their silver flagons and vessels to melt down to +make the total required. But we must not flatter ourselves that he will +obtain his liberty so soon as the money is raised. Prince John has long +been yearning for sovereignty. He has long exercised the real, if not +the nominal, power, and he has been intriguing with the pope and Philip +of France for their support for his seizing the crown. He will throw +every obstacle in the way, as, we may be sure, will Philip of France, +Richard's deadly enemy. And now about yourself, Sir Cuthbert; tell me +what has befallen you since we last met." + +Cuthbert related the adventures which had befallen him, and heard those +of Sir Baldwin. + +"You have not, I suppose," the latter remarked, "as yet seen Prince +John?" + +"No," Cuthbert replied, "I thought it better to come down to ask you to +advise me on the position of affairs before I attempted to see him." + +"You did well," Sir Baldwin said. "When I arrived, I found that the +proper officials had, according to King Richard's instructions, draw up +the patent conferring upon you the lands and title of Earl of Evesham, +before leaving Acre, and had received the king's signature to it. This +was attested by several of the nobles who were with us and who returned +safely to England. Prince John, however, declared that he should not +give any heed to the document; that King Richard's power over this realm +had ceased before he made it; and that he should bestow the earldom upon +whomsoever he chose. As a matter of fact, it has been given to Sir +Rudolph Fleming, a Norman knight and a creature of the prince. The king +has also, I hear, promised to him the hand of the young Lady Margaret, +when she shall become of marriageable age. At present she is placed in a +convent in Worcester. The abbess is, I believe, a friend of the late +earl, and the girl had been with her for some time previously. Indeed +she went there, I think, when her father left England. This lady was +ordered to give up her charge to the guardianship of Sir Rudolph; but +she refused to do so, saying that it would not be convenable for a young +lady to be under the guardianship of a bachelor knight having no lady at +the head of his establishment, and that therefore she should retain her, +in spite of the orders of the prince. Prince John, I hear, flew into a +fury at this; but he did not dare to provoke the anger of the whole of +the clergy by ordering the convent to be violated. And indeed, not only +would the clergy have been indignant, but many of the great nobles would +also have taken their part, for there can be no doubt that the +contention of the abbess was reasonable; and there is among all the +friends of King Richard a very strong feeling of anger at your having +been deprived of the earldom. This, however, has so far not found much +vent in words, for as it was uncertain whether you would ever return to +claim your rights, it was worth no one's while to embroil himself +unnecessarily with the prince on such a subject. God knows that there +are subjects enough of dispute between John Lackland and the English +barons without any fresh ones arising. The kingdom is in a state of +disturbance. There have been several risings against Prince John's +authority; but those have been, so far, suppressed. Now that we know +where King Richard is, and hope for his return ere very long, it is +probable that peace will be maintained; but should treachery prevail, +and King Richard's return be prevented, you may be sure that John will +not be permitted to mount the throne without the determined resistance +of a large number of the nobles." + +"But," Cuthbert said, "John is not the successor to the throne. Prince +Arthur of Brittany was named by King Richard from the first as his +successor. He is so by blood and by right, and John can have no pretense +to the throne so long as he lives." + +"That is so," Sir Baldwin said. "But unhappily in England at present +might makes right, and you may be sure that at King Richard's death, be +it when it may, Prince John will make a bold throw for the throne, and, +aided as he will be by the pope and by Philip of France, methinks that +his chances are better than those of the young prince. A man's power, in +warlike times, is more than a boy's. He can intrigue and promise and +threaten, while a boy must be in the hands of partisans. I fear that +Prince Arthur will have troubled times indeed before he mounts the +throne of England. Should Richard survive until he becomes of age to +take the field himself and head armies, he may succeed, for all speak +well of him as a boy of singular sweetness of disposition, while Prince +John is detested by all save those who flatter and live by him. But +enough for the present of politics, Cuthbert; let us now to table. It is +long since we two feasted together; and, indeed, such meals as we took +in the Holy Land could scarcely have been called feasts. A boar's head +and a good roasted capon are worthy all the strange dishes that we had +there. I always misdoubted the meat, which seemed to me to smack in +flavor of the Saracens, and I never could bring myself to inquire whence +that strange food was obtained. A stoup of English ale, too, is worth +all the Cyprus wines, especially when the Cyprus wines are half-full of +the sand of the desert. Pah! it makes my throat dry to think of those +horrible meals. So you have brought Cnut and your four archers safely +back with you?" + +"Yes," Cuthbert said, smiling. "But they were, I can assure you, a heavy +weight on me, in spite of their faithfulness and fidelity. Their +ignorance of the language brought most of my troubles upon me, and Cnut +had something of the nature of a bull in him. There are certain things +which he cannot stomach, and when he seeth them he rageth like a wild +beast, regardless altogether of safety or convenience." + +In the evening the two knights again talked over the course which +Cuthbert should adopt. The elder knight's opinion was that his young +friend had best formally claim the title by writing to the king-at-arms, +and should also announce his return to Prince John, signing himself "Sir +Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham;" but that, in the present state of things, it +would be unwise for him to attempt to regain his position, should, as +was certain to be the case, Prince John refuse to recognize him. + +"You are very young yet," Sir Baldwin said, "not eighteen, I think, and +can afford to wait, at any rate, to see whether King Richard returns. +Should he come back, he will see all these wrongs are righted; and one +of his first cares would assuredly be to cast this usurper out of his +stolen dignities. How old is the Lady Margaret?" + +"She is fifteen," Cuthbert said. "She was three years younger than I." + +"I wish she had been younger," Sir Baldwin said. "At fifteen she is not +by custom fairly marriageable; but men can strain these points when they +choose; and I fear that the news of your coming will hasten both the +prince and Sir Rudolph in their determination to strengthen the claim of +this usurper by marriage with the heiress of Evesham. The Lady Margaret +and her friends can of course claim that she is a royal ward, and that +as such the king alone can dispose of her person and estates. But +unfortunately force overrides argument." + +"But surely," Cuthbert said, "they will never venture to take her by +force from the convent?" + +"They venture a great many strange things in England now," Sir Baldwin +said; "and Worcester is perilously near to Evesham. With a clump of +twenty spears, Sir Rudolph might break into the convent and carry off +the young lady, and marry her by force; and although the Church might +cry out, crying would be of little avail when the deed was done; and a +handsome present on the part of Sir Rudolph might go far to shut the +mouths of many of the complainants, especially as he will be able to say +that he has the king's sanction for what he did." + +"Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that if such be the case it would be +perilous indeed to wait for King Richard's return. Assuredly Sir Rudolph +would not tarry until she attained the age of seventeen, and it may well +be that two years may yet pass before King Richard comes back. It seems +to me the wiser part will be that I should give Prince John no notice +that I am in England. As you say, such notice would be of no avail in +recovering my lands and title, but it would put the prince upon his +guard; and assuredly he and his minions would press forward their +measures to obtain possession of the person of the Lady Margaret; +while, on the other hand, no harm can come of my maintaining silence." + +"I think that you are right, Sir Cuthbert. It were indeed best that your +enemies should suppose you either dead or in some dungeon in the Tyrol. +What would you then do?" + +"I would return to my old home," Cuthbert said. "My lady mother is, I +trust, still alive. But I will not appear at her house, but will take +refuge in the forest there. Cnut, and the archers with him, were all at +one time outlaws living there, and I doubt not that there are many good +men and true still to be found in the woods. Others will assuredly join +when they learn that Cnut is there, and that they are wanted to strike a +blow for my rights. I shall then bide my time. I will keep a strict +watch over the castle and over the convent. As the abbess is a friend +and relative of Lady Margaret's, I may obtain an interview with her, and +warn her of the dangers that await her, and ask if she be willing to +fulfill the promise of her father and King Richard's will, in accepting +me as her husband when due time shall arrive, and whether she will be +willing that I should take such steps as I may to deliver her from the +persecution of Sir Rudolph. If, as I trust, she assents to this, I will +keep a watch over the convent as well as the castle, and can then either +attack the latter or carry her off from the former, as the occasion may +appear to warrant. There are plenty of snug cottages round the forest, +where she can remain in concealment in the care of some good farmer's +wife for months, and we shall be close at hand to watch over her. With +the aid of the forest men, Sir Walter took the castle of Sir John of +Wortham; and although Evesham is a far grander pile than that, yet +methinks it could be carried by a sudden assault; and we know more of +war now than we did then. Prince John may deny me the right of being +the Earl of Evesham; but methinks before many months I can, if I choose, +become its master." + +"Be not too hasty in that matter," Sir Baldwin said. "You might capture +the castle with the aid of your outlaws; but you could scarcely hold it. +The prince has, ere now, with the aid of those faithful to him and his +foreign mercenaries, captured stronger holds than that of Evesham; and +if you turn his favorite out, you would have a swarm of hornets around +you such as the walls of Evesham could not keep out. It would therefore +be worse than useless for you to attempt what would be something like an +act of rebellion against Prince John's authority, and would give him +what now he has no excuse for, a ground for putting a price upon your +head--and cutting it off if he got the opportunity. You might now +present yourself boldly at court, and although he might refuse to +recognize your title of earl, yet, as a knight and a Crusader who has +distinguished himself greatly in the Holy Land, he dare not interfere +with your person, for this would be resented by the whole of the +chivalry of England. Still, I agree with you that your best course is to +keep your return a secret. You will then be unwatched and unnoticed, and +your enemies will take their time in carrying their designs into +effect." + +Two days later Cuthbert, attended by his faithful retainers, left Sir +Baldwin's castle, and traveled by easy stages through Wiltshire and the +confines of Gloucestershire up to Worcester. He had been supplied by Sir +Baldwin with suitable attire for himself and his followers, and now rode +as a simple knight, without arms or cognizance, journeying from one part +to another. All the crosses and other crusading signs were laid aside, +and there was nothing to attract any attention to him upon his passage. +Cuthbert had at first thought of going direct to the convent of +Worcester, and asking for an interview with Lady Margaret; but he +reflected that it might be possible that some of the myrmidons of Sir +Rudolph might be keeping a watch over that building to see that Lady +Margaret was not secretly removed to some other place of refuge, and +that the appearance of a knight before its doors would excite comment +and suspicion. He therefore avoided the town, and journeyed straight to +the forest, where he had so often roamed with Cnut and the outlaws. + +Here he found that matters had but little changed since he was last +there. Many of those who had fought with him in the Holy Land, and who +had returned by sea, had again taken to the forest, joined by many new +men whom the exactions of Sir Rudolph had already goaded into revolt. +Cnut was received with enthusiasm, and when he presented Cuthbert to +them as the rightful heir of Evesham and the well-known friend of the +foresters, their enthusiasm knew no bounds. They at once accepted him as +their lord and master, and promised to obey his orders, and to lay down +their lives, if necessary, in his cause, as they knew that it was he who +had formerly obtained the pardon of the forest band, and who had fought +with them in their attack on Wortham Castle. + +To Cuthbert's great delight he heard that his mother was in good health, +although she had for some months been grievously fretting over his +disappearance and supposed death. Cuthbert hesitated whether he should +proceed at once to see her; but he feared that the shock of his +appearance might be too much for her, and that her expressions of joy +might make the retainers and others aware of his arrival, and the news +might in some way reach the ears of those at the castle. He therefore +dispatched Cnut to see her, and break the news to her cautiously, and to +request her to arrange for a time when she would either see Cuthbert at +some place at a distance from the house, or would so arrange that the +domestics should be absent and that he would have an interview with her +there unobserved. + +Cnut was absent some hours, and on his return told Cuthbert that he had +seen Dame Editha, and that her joy on hearing of her son's safe arrival +had caused her no harm, but rather the reverse. The news that King +Richard had bestowed upon him the title and lands of Evesham was new to +her, and she was astonished indeed to hear of his elevation. Having +heard much of the character of the pretending earl, she had great fears +for the safety of Cuthbert, should his residence in the neighborhood get +to his ears; and although sure of the fidelity of all her retainers, she +feared that in their joy at their young master's return they might let +slip some incautious word which would come to the ears of some of those +at the castle. She therefore determined to meet him at a distance. She +had arranged that upon the following day she would give out that she +intended to make a pilgrimage to the shrine of St. Dunstan, which lay at +the edge of the forest, to thank him for her recovery from illness, and +to pray for the safety of her son. She would be carried thither in a +litter, and her journey would excite no comment whatever. She would take +with her four of her most trusted retainers, and would on her arrival at +the shrine send them to a distance, in order to pay her devotions +undisturbed. Cuthbert was to be near, and the moment he saw them depart, +to enter. + +This arrangement was carried out, and the joy of Dame Editha at again +meeting her son was deep indeed. He had left her a lad of fifteen. He +now returned a youth of nearly eighteen, stout and strong beyond his +age, and looking far older than he was, from the effect of the hot sun +of Syria and of the hardships through which he had gone. That he should +win his spurs upon the first opportunity the earl had promised her, and +she doubted not that he would soon attain the rank which his father had +held. But that he should return to her a belted earl was beyond her +wildest thoughts. This, however, was but little in her mind then. It was +her son, and not the Earl of Evesham, whom she clasped in her arms. + +As the interview must necessarily be a short one, Cuthbert gave her but +a slight outline of what had happened since they parted, and the +conversation then turned upon the present position, and upon the steps +which had best be taken. + +"Your peril is, I fear, as great here as when you were fighting the +infidels in the Holy Land," she said. "Sir Rudolph has not been here +long; but he has proved himself a cruel and ruthless master. He has +driven forth many of the old tenants and bestowed their lands upon his +own servants and retainers. The forest laws he carries out to the +fullest severity, and has hung several men who were caught infringing +them. He has laid such heavy burdens on all the tenants that remain that +they are fairly ruined, and if he stay here long he will rule over a +desert. Did he dream of your presence here, he would carry fire and +sword through the forest. It is sad indeed to think that so worthless a +knave as this should be a favorite of the ruler of England. But all men +say that he is so. Thus were you to attack him, even did you conquer and +kill him, you would have the enmity of Prince John to contend with; and +he spareth none, man or woman, who stand in his way. It will be a bad +day indeed for England should our good King Richard not return. I will, +as you wish me, write to my good cousin, the Lady Abbess of St. Anne's, +and will ask that you may have an interview with the Lady Margaret, to +hear her wishes and opinions concerning the future, and will pray her to +do all that she can to aid your suit with the fair young lady, and to +keep her at all events safe from the clutches of the tyrant of Evesham." + +Three days later a boy employed as a messenger by Dame Editha brought a +note to Cuthbert, saying that she had heard from the Abbess of St. +Anne's, who would be glad to receive a visit from Cuthbert. The abbess +had asked his mother to accompany him; but this she left for him to +decide. Cuthbert sent back a message in reply that he thought it would +be dangerous for her to accompany him, as any spy watching would report +her appearance, and inquiries were sure to be set on foot as to her +companion. He said that he himself would call at the convent on the +following evening after nightfall, and begged her to send word to the +abbess to that effect, in order that he might, when he presented +himself, be admitted at once. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +THE ATTEMPT ON THE CONVENT. + + +Upon the following evening Cuthbert proceeded to Worcester. He left his +horse some little distance outside the town, and entered on foot. Having +no apprehension of an attack, he had left all his pieces of armor +behind, and was in the quiet garb of a citizen. Cnut attended him--for +that worthy follower considered himself as responsible that no harm of +any sort should befall his young master. The consequences of his own +imprudence in the Tyrol were ever before his mind, and he determined +that from henceforth there should be no want of care on his part. He +accompanied Cuthbert to within a short distance of the convent, and took +up his position in the shade of a house, whence he could watch should +any one appear to be observing Cuthbert's entrance. + +Upon ringing the bell Cuthbert told the porteress, as had been arranged, +that he had called on a message from Dame Editha, and he was immediately +ushered into the parlor of the convent, where, a minute or two later, he +was joined by the lady abbess. He had when young been frequently to the +convent, and had always been kindly received. + +"I am indeed glad to see you, Sir Cuthbert," she said, "though I +certainly should not have recognized the lad who used to come here with +my cousin in the stalwart young knight I see before me. You are indeed +changed and improved. Who would think that my gossip Editha's son would +come to be the Earl of Evesham! The Lady Margaret is eager to see you; +but I think that you exaggerate the dangers of her residence here. I +cannot think that even a minion of Prince John would dare to violate the +sanctity of a convent." + +"I fear, good mother," Cuthbert said, "that when ambition and greed are +in one scale, reverence for the holy church will not weigh much in the +other. Had King Richard been killed upon his way home, or so long as +nothing was heard of him, Sir Rudolph might have been content to allow +matters to remain as they were, until at least Lady Margaret attained an +age which would justify him in demanding that the espousal should be +carried out. But the news which has now positively been ascertained, +that the king is in the hands of the emperor, and the knowledge that +sooner or later his freedom will be obtained, will hasten the friends of +the usurper to make the most of their advantage. He knows that the king +would at once upon his return annul the nomination of Sir Rudolph to the +earldom which had previously been bestowed upon me. But he may well +think that if before that time he can secure in marriage the person of +the late earl's daughter, no small share of the domains may be allotted +to him as her dowry, even if he be obliged to lay by his borrowed +honors. You will, unless I am greatly mistaken, hear from him before +long." + +The abbess looked grave. + +"There is much in what you say, Sir Cuthbert; and indeed a certain +confirmation is given to it by the fact that only yesterday I received a +letter from Sir Rudolph, urging that now the Lady Margaret is past the +age of fifteen, and may therefore be considered marriageable, the will +of the prince should be carried into effect, and that she should for the +present be committed to the charge of the Lady Clara Boulger, who is +the wife of a friend and associate of Sir Rudolph. He says that he +should not wish to press the marriage until she attains the age of +sixteen, but that it were well that his future wife should become +accustomed to the outside world, so as to take her place as Castellan of +Evesham with a dignity befitting the position. I wrote at once to him +saying that in another year it would, in my poor judgment, be quite time +to think about such worldly matters; that at the present the Lady +Margaret was receiving an education suitable to her rank; that she was +happy here; and that unless constrained by force--of which, I said, I +could not suppose that any possibility existed--I should not surrender +the Lady Margaret into any hands whatsoever, unless, indeed, I received +the commands of her lawful guardian, King Richard." + +"You said well, holy mother," Sir Cuthbert said. "But you see the hawks +scent the danger from afar, and are moving uneasily already. Whether +they consider it so pressing that they will dare to profane the convent, +I know not. But I am sure that should they do so, they will not hesitate +a moment at the thought of the anger of the church. Prince John has +already shown that he is ready, if need be, to oppose the authority of +the holy father, and he may well, therefore, despise any local wrath +that might be excited by an action which he can himself disavow, and for +which, even at the worst, he need only inflict some nominal punishment +upon his vassal. Bethink thee, lady, whether it would not be safer to +send the Lady Margaret to the care of some person, where she may be +concealed from the search of Sir Rudolph." + +"I would gladly do so," the abbess said, "did I know of such a person or +such a place. But it is difficult indeed, for a young lady of rank to be +concealed from such sharp searchers as Sir Rudolph would be certain to +place upon her track. Your proposal that she should take refuge in the +house of some small franklin near the forest, I cannot agree to. In the +first place, it would demean her to be so placed; and in the second, we +could never be sure that the report of her residence there might not +reach the ears of Sir Rudolph. As a last resource, of course, such a +step would be justifiable, but not until at least overt outrages have +been attempted. Now I will call Lady Margaret in." + +The young girl entered with an air of frank gladness, but was startled +at the alteration which had taken place in her former playfellow, and +paused and looked at the abbess, as if inquiring whether this could be +really the Cuthbert she had known. Lady Margaret was fifteen in years; +but she looked much younger. The quiet seclusion in which she had lived +in the convent had kept her from approaching that maturity which as an +earl's daughter, brought up in the stir and bustle of a castle, she +would doubtless have attained. + +"This is indeed Sir Cuthbert," the abbess said, "your old playfellow, +and the husband destined for you by your father and by the will of the +king." + +Struck with a new timidity, the girl advanced, and, according to the +custom of the times, held up her cheek to be kissed. Cuthbert was almost +as timid as herself. + +"I feel, Lady Margaret," he said, "a deep sense of my own unworthiness +of the kindness and honor which the dear lord your father bestowed upon +me; and were it not that many dangers threaten, and that it were +difficult under the circumstances to find one more worthy of you, I +would gladly resign you into the hands of such a one were it for your +happiness. But believe me that the recollection of your face has +animated me in many of the scenes of danger in which I have been placed; +and although even in fancy my thoughts scarcely ventured to rise so +high, yet I felt as a true knight might feel for the lady of his love." + +"I always liked you, Sir Cuthbert," the girl said frankly, "better than +any one else next to my father, and gladly submit myself to his will. My +own inclinations indeed, so far as is maidenly, go with his. These are +troubled times," she said anxiously, "and our holy mother tells me that +you fear some danger is overhanging me." + +"I trust that the danger may not be imminent," Cuthbert answered. "But +knowing the unscrupulous nature of the false Earl of Evesham, I fear +that the news that King Richard is found will bestir him to early +action. But you can rely, dear lady, on a careful watch being kept over +you night and day; and should any attempt be made to carry you away, or +to put force upon you, be assured that assistance will be at hand. Even +should any attempt succeed, do not lose heart, for rescue will certainly +be attempted; and I must be dead, and my faithful followers crushed, +before you can become the bride of Sir Rudolph." + +Then turning to other subjects, he talked to her of the life he had led +since he last saw her. He told her of the last moments of her father, +and of the gallant deeds he had done in the Holy Land. + +After waiting for two hours, the abbess judged that the time for +separation had arrived; and Cuthbert, taking a respectful adieu of his +young mistress, and receiving the benediction of the abbess, departed. + +He found Cnut on guard at the point where he had left him. + +"Have you seen aught to give rise to suspicion?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Yes," Cnut said, "the place is undoubtedly watched. Just after you had +entered a man came from that house yonder and went up to the gate, as if +he would fain learn by staring at its iron adornments the nature of him +who had passed in. Then he re-entered his house, and if I mistake not is +still on the watch at that casement. If we stand here for a minute or +two, perchance he may come out to see what delays you in this dark +corner, in which case I may well give him a clout with my ax which will +settle his prying." + +"Better not," Cuthbert said. "We can retire round this corner and so +avoid his observation; and were his body found slain here, suspicion +would be at once excited in the mind of his employer. At present he can +have no ground for any report which may make the knight uneasy, for he +can but know that a gentleman has entered, and remained for two hours at +the convent, and he will in no way connect my visit with the Lady +Margaret." + +They had just turned the corner which Cuthbert indicated, when a man +came up rapidly behind them and almost brushed them as he passed, +half-turning round and trying to gaze into their faces. Cnut at once +assumed the aspect of an intoxicated person, and stretching forth his +foot, with a dexterous shove pushed the stranger into the gutter. The +latter rose with a fierce cry of anger; but Cnut with a blow of his +heavy fist again stretched him on the ground, this time to remain quiet +until they had walked on and passed out of sight. + +"A meddling fool," Cnut grumbled. "He will not, methinks, have much to +report to Sir Rudolph this time. Had I thought that he had seen your +face, I would have cleft his skull with no more hesitation than I send +an arrow into the brain of a stag in the forest." + +As they journeyed along Cuthbert informed Cnut of what the abbess had +told him; and the latter agreed that a watch must be placed on the +convent, and that a force must be kept as near as possible at hand so +as to defeat any attempt which might be made. + +The next day one of the forest men who had been a peaceable citizen, but +who had been charged with using false weights and had been condemned to +lose his ears, repaired to Worcester. His person was unknown there, as +he had before lived at Gloucester. He hired a house in the square in +which the convent was situated, giving out that he desired to open a +house of business for the sale of silks, and for articles from the Low +Countries. As he paid down earnest-money for the rent no suspicion +whatever was excited. He at once took up his abode there, having with +him two stout serving-men, and a 'prentice boy; and from that time two +sets of watchers observed without ceasing what passed at the Convent of +St. Anne. + +At a distance of half a mile from the road leading between Worcester and +Evesham stood a grange, which had for some time been disused, the ground +belonging to it having been sequestrated and given to the lord of an +adjoining estate, who did not care to have the grange occupied. In this +ten men, headed by Cnut, took up their residence, blocking up the window +of the hall with hangings, so that the light of the fire kindled within +would not be observed. + +Two months passed on without any incident of importance. The feeling +between the outlaws in the forest and the retainers of the false Earl of +Evesham was becoming much imbittered. Several times the foresters of the +latter, attempting pursuit of men charged with breaking the game laws, +were roughly handled. These on making their report were sent back again, +supported by a force of footmen; but these, too, were driven back, and +the authority of Sir Rudolph was openly defied. + +Gradually it came to his ears that the outlaws were commanded by a man +who had been their leader in times gone by, but who had been pardoned, +and had, with a large number of his band, taken service in the army of +the Crusaders; also, that there was present a stranger, whose manner and +the deference paid to him by Cnut proclaimed him to be of gentle blood. +This news awakened grave uneasiness on the part of Sir Rudolph. The +knight caused inquiries to be made, and ascertained that Cnut had been +especially attached to the young Cuthbert, and that he had fought under +the Earl of Evesham's banner. It seemed possible then that with him had +returned the claimant for the earldom; and in that case Sir Rudolph felt +that danger menaced him, for the bravery of the Earl of Evesham's +adopted son had been widely spoken of by those who had returned from the +Holy Land. + +Sir Rudolph was a man of forty, tall and dark, with Norman features. He +held the Saxons in utter contempt, and treated them as beings solely +created to till the land for the benefit of their Norman lords. He was +brave and fearless, and altogether free from the superstition of the +times. Even the threats of the pope, which although Prince John defied +them yet terrified him at heart, were derided by his follower, who +feared no one thing in the world, save, perhaps, the return of King +Richard from captivity. + +No sooner had the suspicion that his rival was in the neighborhood +possessed him than he determined that one of two things must be carried +out: either Sir Cuthbert must be killed, or the Lady Margaret must be +carried off and forced to accept him as her husband. First he endeavored +to force Sir Cuthbert to declare himself and to trust to his own arm to +put an end to his rival. To that end he caused a proclamation to be +written, and to be affixed to the door of the village church at the fair +of Evesham. + +Cnut and several of his followers were there, all quietly dressed as +yeomen. Seeing a crowd round the door of the church, he pressed forward. +Being himself unable to read writing, he asked one of the burgesses what +was written upon the paper which caused such excitement. + +"It is," the burgess said, "in the nature of a cartel or challenge from +our present lord, Sir Rudolph. He says that it having come to his ears +that a Saxon serf, calling himself Sir Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham, is +lurking in the woods and consorting with outlaws and robbers, he +challenges him to appear, saying that he will himself, grievously +although he would demean himself by so doing, yet condescend to meet him +in the lists with sword and battle-ax, and to prove upon his body the +falseness of his averments. Men marvel much," the burgess continued, "at +this condescension on the earl's part. We have heard indeed that King +Richard, before he sailed for England, did, at the death of the late +good earl, bestow his rank and the domains of Evesham upon Sir Cuthbert, +the son of the Dame Editha. Whether it be true or not, we cannot say; +but it seems strange that such honor should have been bestowed upon one +so young. In birth indeed he might aspire to the rank, since his father, +Sir Walter, was a brave knight, and the mother, Dame Editha, was of good +Saxon blood, and descended from those who held Evesham before the +arrival of the Normans." + +Cnut's first impulse was to stride forward and to tear down the +proclamation. But the remembrance of his solemn determination not in +future to act rashly came across him, and he decided to take no steps +until he had reported the facts to his master, and taken his counsel +thereon. + +Cuthbert received the news with much indignation. + +"There is naught that I should like better," he said, "than to try my +strength against that of this false traitor. But although I have proved +my arm against the Saracens, I think not that it is yet strong enough to +cope against a man who, whatsoever be his faults, is said to be a +valiant knight. But that would not deter me from attempting the task. It +is craftily done on the part of Sir Rudolph. He reckons that if I appear +he will kill me; that if I do not appear, I shall be branded as a +coward, and my claims brought into disrepute. It may be, too, that it is +a mere ruse to discover if I be in the neighborhood. Some rumors thereof +may have reached him, and he has taken this course to determine upon +their truth. He has gone too far, and honest men will see in the cartel +itself a sign that he misdoubts him that my claims are just; for were I, +as he says, a Saxon serf, be sure that he would not condescend to meet +me in the lists as he proposes. I trust that the time will come when I +may do so. But at present I will submit to his insult rather than +imperil the success of our plans, and, what is of far greater +importance, the safety and happiness of the Lady Margaret, who, did +aught befall me, would assuredly fall into his hands." + +After some thought, however, Cuthbert drew up an answer to the knight's +proclamation. He did not in this speak in his own name, but wrote as if +the document were the work of Cnut. It was worded as follows: "I, Cnut, +a free Saxon and a leader of bowmen under King Richard in the Holy Land, +do hereby pronounce and declare the statements of Sir Rudolph, miscalled +the Earl of Evesham, to be false and calumnious. The earldom was, as +Rudolph well knows, and as can be proved by many nobles and gentlemen of +repute who were present with King Richard, granted to Sir Cuthbert, King +Richard's true and faithful follower. When the time shall come Sir +Cuthbert will doubtless be ready to prove his rights. But at present +right has no force in England, and until the coming of our good King +Richard must remain in abeyance. Until then, I support the title of Sir +Cuthbert, and do hereby declare Sir Rudolph a false and perjured knight; +and warn him that if he falls into my hands it will fare but badly with +him, as I know it will fare but badly with me should I come into his." + +At nightfall the cartel of Sir Rudolph was torn down from the church and +that of Cnut affixed in its place. The reading thereof caused great +astonishment in Evesham, and the rage of Sir Rudolph, when the news came +to his ears, was very great. Cuthbert was sure that this affair would +quicken the intentions of Sir Rudolph with regard to the Lady Margaret, +and he received confirmation of this in a letter which the abbess sent +him, saying that she had received another missive from Sir Rudolph, +authoritatively demanding in the king's name the instant surrender of +Lady Margaret to him. That night forty archers stole, one by one, +quietly into Worcester, entering the town before the gates were shut, +and so mingling with the citizens that they were unobserved. When it was +quite dark they quietly took their way, one by one, to the square in +which stood the convent, and were admitted into the shop of Master +Nicholas, the silk mercer. + +The house was a large one, with its floors overhanging each the one +beneath it, as was the custom of the time, and with large casements +running the whole width of the house. + +The mercer had laid by a goodly store of provisions, and for three days +the troop, large as it was, was accommodated there. Cuthbert himself was +with them, Cnut remaining at the grange with the ten men originally sent +there. + +On the third day Sir Rudolph, with a number of knights and men-at-arms, +arrived in the town, giving out that he was passing northward, but he +would abide that night at the hostelry. A great many of his men-at-arms +did, as those on the watch observed, enter one by one into the town. The +people of Worcester were somewhat surprised at this large accompaniment +of the earl, but thought no harm. The Abbess of St. Anne's, however, was +greatly terrified, as she feared that some evil design might be intended +against her. She was, however, reassured in the evening by a message +brought by a boy, to the effect that succor would be near, whatsoever +happened. + +At midnight a sudden uproar was heard in the streets of Worcester. + +A party of men fell upon the burgesses guarding the gate of the town, +disarmed them, and took possession of it. At the same time those who had +put up at the hostelry with Sir Rudolph suddenly mounted their horses, +and with a great clatter rode down the streets to the convent of St. +Anne. Numbers of men on foot also joined, and some sixty in all suddenly +appeared before the great gate of the convent. With a thundering noise +they knocked at the door, and upon the grating being opened Sir Rudolph +himself told the porteress who looked through it that she was to go at +once to the abbess and order her to surrender the body of the Lady +Margaret to him, in accordance with the order of Prince John; adding, +that if within the space of five minutes the order was not complied +with, he would burst in the gates of the convent and take her for +himself. In another minute a casement opened above, and the abbess +herself appeared. + +"Rash man," she said to Sir Rudolph, "I warn you against committing the +sin of sacrilege. Neither the orders of Prince John nor of any other +potentate can override the rights of the holy church; and should you +venture to lay the hand of force upon this convent you will be placed +under the anathema of the church, and its spiritual terrors will be +directed against you." + +"I am prepared to risk that, holy mother," Sir Rudolph said, with a +laugh. "So long as I am obeying the orders of my prince, I care naught +for those of any foreign potentate, be he pope or be he emperor. Three +minutes of the time I gave you have elapsed, and unless within two more +the Lady Margaret appears at the gate I will batter it down; and you may +think yourself lucky if I do not order my men to set light to it and to +smoke you out of your hole." + +The abbess closed the window, and as she did so the long row of +casements in the house of Master Nicholas were opened from top to +bottom, and a volley of sixty clothyard arrows was poured into the group +closely standing round the gate. Many fell, killed outright, and shouts +of rage and pain were heard arising. + +Furious at this unexpected attack, Sir Rudolph turned and commanded +those with him to attack the house whence this volley of missiles had +come. But even while he spoke another flight of arrows, even more deadly +than the last, was poured forth. One of the knights standing by the side +of Sir Rudolph fell, shot through the brain. Very many of the common +men, undefended by harness, fell shot through and through; and an arrow +piercing the joint of the armor of Sir Rudolph wounded him in the +shoulder. In vain the knight stormed and raged and ordered his men to +advance. The suddenness of the attack seemed to his superstitious +followers a direct answer from heaven to the words of the abbess. Their +number was already seriously lessened, and those who were in case to do +so at once took flight and scattered through the city, making for the +gate, which had already been seized by Sir Rudolph's men. + +Finding himself alone with only a few of his knights and principal +men-at-arms remaining, while the storm of arrows continued unabated, Sir +Rudolph was forced to order his men to retreat with many fierce threats +of the vengeance which he would hereafter take. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. + +A DASTARDLY STRATAGEM. + + +The return of Sir Rudolph's party to Evesham was not unmarked by +incident, for as they passed along the road, from an ambush in a wood +other archers, whose numbers they could not discover, shot hard upon +them, and many fell there who had escaped from the square at Worcester. +When the list was called upon the arrival at the castle, it was found +that no less than thirty of those who had set out were missing, while +many others were grievously wounded. + +The noise of the tumult in the square of the convent aroused the whole +town of Worcester. Alarm bells were rung; and the burgesses, hastily +arming themselves, poured into the streets. Directed by the sound, they +made their way to the square, and were astonished at finding it entirely +deserted, save for some twenty men, lying dead or dying in front of the +gate of the convent, pierced with long arrows. They speedily found that +Sir Rudolph and his troop had departed; and further inquiry revealed the +fact that the burgher guard at one of the gates had been overpowered and +were prisoners in the watchroom. These could only say that they were +suddenly seized, all being asleep save the one absolutely on guard. They +knew nothing more than that a few minutes later there was a great +clatter of horsemen and men on foot leaving the city. Unable to find any +solution to this singular circumstance, but satisfied that Sir Rudolph +had departed, and that no more disturbance was likely to arise that +night, the burgesses again betook themselves to their beds, having +closed the gates and placed a strong guard over them, determining next +morning to sift the affair to the bottom. + +In the morning the leading burgesses met in council, and finding none +who could give them any information, the mayor and two of the councilors +repaired to the convent, where they asked for an interview with the lady +abbess. Mightily indignant were they at hearing that Sir Rudolph had +attempted to break into the convent, and to carry off a boarder residing +there. But the abbess herself could give them no further news. She said +that after she retired from the window she heard great shouts and cries, +and that almost immediately afterward the whole of the party in front +hastily retired. + +That Sir Rudolph had been attacked by a party of archers was evident; +but whence they had shot, or how they had come upon the spot at the +time, or whither they had gone, were mysteries that could not be solved. +In the search which the authorities made, however, it was discovered +that the house of the draper, Master Nicholas, was closed. Finding that +summonses to open were unanswered, the door was broken in, and the +premises were found in confusion. No goods of any kind were discovered +there, but many bales filled with dried leaves, bark of trees, and other +worthless matters. Such goods as had been displayed in the window had +clearly been carried away. Searching the house, they found signs that a +considerable number of men had been concealed there, and although not +knowing whence the body of archers could have come, they concluded that +those who defeated the attempt of Sir Rudolph must have been hidden in +the draper's house. The singularity of this incident gave rise to great +excitement; but the indignation against Sir Rudolph was in no way +lessened by the fact that his attempt had been defeated, not by the +townsmen themselves, but by some unknown force. + +After much consultation on the part of the council, it was resolved that +a deputation, consisting of the mayor and the five senior councilors, +should resort to London, and there demand from the prince redress for +the injury put upon their town by Sir Rudolph. These worthy merchants +betook themselves to London by easy stages, and upon their arrival there +were kept for some days before they could obtain an interview with King +John. When they appeared before him and commenced telling their story +the prince fell into sudden rage. + +"I have heard of this matter before," he said, "and am mightily angry +with the people of Worcester, inasmuch as they have dared to interfere +to prevent the carrying out of my commands. The Earl of Evesham has +written to me, that thinking to scare the abbess of St. Anne's into a +compliance with the commands which I had laid upon her, and to secure +the delivery of a contumacious ward of the crown, he had pretended to +use force, having, however, no idea of carrying his threats into effect. +When, as he doubted not, the abbess was on the point of yielding up the +ward, the good knight was suddenly set upon by the rascals of the town, +who slew some of his companions and followers, and did grievously +ill-treat the remainder. This," said the prince, "you now pretend was +done by a party of men of whose presence in the town you had no +cognizance. Your good sense must be small, if you think that I should +believe such a tale as this. It is your rascaldom at Worcester which +interfered to prevent my will being carried out, and I have a goodly +mind to order the troop of Sir Charles Everest, which is now marching +toward Evesham, to sack the town, as a punishment for its rebellion. As, +however, I am willing to believe that you and the better class of +burgesses were in ignorance of the doings of the rougher kind, I will +extend mercy toward the city, and will merely inflict a fine of three +thousand golden marks upon it." + +The mayor attempted humbly to explain and to entreat; but the prince was +seized with a sudden passion, and threatened if he said more he would at +once cast him and his fellows into durance. Therefore, sadly crestfallen +at the result of their mission, the mayor and councilors returned to +Worcester, where their report caused great consternation. This was +heightened by the fact that upon the following day Sir Charles Everest, +with five hundred mercenaries of the prince, together with Sir Rudolph +and his following, and several other barons favorable to the cause of +the prince, were heard to be approaching the town. + +Worcester was capable of making a stout defense, but seeing that no help +was likely to be forthcoming, and fearing the utter ruin of the town +should it be taken by storm, the council, after sitting many hours in +deliberation, determined to raise the money required to pay the fine +inflicted by the prince. The bolder sort were greatly averse to this +decision, especially as a letter had been received, signed "Cuthbert, +Earl of Evesham," offering, should the townspeople decide to resist the +unjust demands of Prince John, to enter the town with one hundred and +fifty archers to take part in its defense. With this force, as the more +ardent spirits urged, the defeat of any attempt to carry it by storm +would be assured. But the graver men argued that even if defeated for +the first time further attempts would be made, and as it was likely that +King Richard would not return for a long time, and that Prince John +might become sovereign of England, sooner or later the town must be +taken, and, in any case, its trade would for a long time be destroyed, +and great suffering inflicted upon all; therefore, that it was better to +pay the fine now than to risk all these evils, and perhaps the +infliction of a heavier impost upon them. + +The abbess was kept informed by friends in the council of the course of +the proceedings. She had in the meantime had another interview with Sir +Cuthbert and had determined, seeing that Prince John openly supported +the doings of his minion, it would be better to remove the Lady Margaret +to some other place, as no one could say how the affair might terminate; +and with five hundred mercenaries at his back, Sir Rudolph would be so +completely master of the city that he would be able in broad daylight, +did he choose, to force the gates of the convent and carry off the +king's ward. + +Accordingly, two days before the arrival of the force before the walls +of Worcester, Lady Margaret left the convent by a postern gate in the +rear, late in the evening. She was attended by two of the sisters, both +of whom, as well as herself, were dressed as country women. Mules were +in readiness outside the city gates, and here Sir Cuthbert, with an +escort of archers, was ready to attend them. They traveled all night, +and arrived in the morning at a small convent situated five miles from +the city of Hereford. The abbess here was a cousin of the Superior of +St. Anne's, and had already consented to receive Lady Margaret. Leaving +her at the door, and promising that, as far as possible, he would keep +watch over her, and that even in the worst she need never despair, Sir +Cuthbert left her and returned to the forest. + +The band there assembled varied considerably in numbers, for provisions +could not be found continually for a large body of men. The forest was +indeed very extensive, and the number of deer therein large. Still, for +the feeding of one hundred and fifty men many animals are required, and +other food. The franklins in the neighborhood were all hostile to Sir +Rudolph, whom they regarded as a cruel tyrant, and did their utmost in +the way of supplies for those in the forest. Their resources, however, +were limited, and it was found necessary to scatter the force, and for a +number of them to take up their residence in places a short distance +away, forty only remaining permanently on guard. + +Sir Rudolph and his friends entered Worcester, and there received with +great hauteur the apologies of the mayor and council, and the assurance +that the townspeople were in nowise concerned in the attack made upon +him. To this he pretended disbelief. The fine demanded was paid, the +principal portion in gold, the rest in bills signed by the leading +merchants of the place; for after every effort it had been found +impossible to collect such a sum within the city. + +The day after he arrived he again renewed his demand to the abbess for +the surrender of the Lady Margaret; this time, however, coming to her +attended only by two squires, and by a pursuivant bearing the king's +order for the delivery of the damsel. The abbess met him at the gate, +and informed him that the Lady Margaret was no longer in her charge. + +"Finding," she said in a fearless tone, "that the holy walls of this +convent were insufficient to restrain lawless men, and fearing that +these might be tempted to acts of sacrilege, which might bring down upon +them the wrath of the church and the destruction of their souls, I have +sent her away." + +"Whither has she gone?" Sir Rudolph demanded, half-mad with passion. + +"That I decline to say," the lady abbess replied. "She is in good hands; +and when King Richard returns his ward shall be delivered to him at +once." + +"Will you take oath upon the Bible that she is not within these walls?" +Sir Rudolph exclaimed. + +"My word is sufficient," the lady abbess replied calmly. "But should it +be necessary, I should be ready to swear upon the relics that she is not +here." + +A few hours later Sir Rudolph, attended by his own party and by one +hundred of Sir Charles Everest's mercenaries, returned to his castle. + +Three days afterward, as Cuthbert was sitting at a rude but hearty meal +in the forest, surrounded by Cnut and his followers, a hind entered +breathless. Cuthbert at once recognized him as one of the servitors of +his mother. + +"What is it?" he exclaimed, leaping to his feet. + +"Terrible news, Master Cuthbert, terrible news!" exclaimed the man. "The +wicked earl came down this morning, with fifty of his men, set fire to +the house, and all its buildings and stacks, and has carried off the +lady, your mother, a prisoner to the castle, on a charge, as he said, of +harboring traitors." + +A cry of fury broke from Cnut and his men. + +"The false traitor shall bitterly regret this outrage," Cuthbert +exclaimed. + +He had in the first excitement seized his arms, and his followers +snatched up their bows, as if for instant warfare. A few moments' +reflection, however, showed to Cuthbert the impossibility of his +attacking a fortress like Evesham, garrisoned by a strong body of +well-armed men, with only the archers of the forest, without implements +necessary for such an assault. + +"Send at once, Cnut," he said, "and call in all the band. We cannot take +the castle; but we will carry fire and sword round its walls. We will +cut off all communication from within or from without. If attacked by +large forces, we will retire upon the wood, returning to our posts +without the walls as soon as the force is withdrawn. These heavily armed +men can move but slowly, while we can run at full speed. There cannot be +more than some twenty horsemen in the castle; and methinks with our +arrows and pikes we can drive these back if they attempt to fall upon +us." + +Cnut at once sent off swift-footed messengers to carry out Cuthbert's +orders, and on the following day the whole of the band were again +assembled in the woods. Just as Cuthbert was setting them in motion a +distant blast of a horn was heard. + +"It is," Cuthbert exclaimed, "the note calling for a parley. Do you, +Cnut, go forward, and see what is demanded. It is probably a messenger +from Sir Rudolph." + +After half an hour's absence Cnut returned, bringing with him a +pursuivant or herald. The latter advanced at once toward Cuthbert, who, +now in his full knightly armor, was evidently the leader of the party. + +"I bear to you, Sir Cuthbert, falsely calling yourself Earl of Evesham, +a message from Sir Rudolph. He bids me tell you that the traitress, Dame +Editha, your mother, is in his hands, and that she has been found guilty +of aiding and abetting you in your war against Prince John, the regent +of this kingdom. For that offense she has been condemned to die." + +Here he was interrupted by a cry of rage which broke from the assembled +foresters. Continuing unmoved, he said: + +"Sir Rudolph, being unwilling to take the life of a woman, however +justly forfeited by the law, commands me to say that if you will deliver +yourself up to him by to-morrow at twelve the Dame Editha shall be +allowed to go free. But that if by the time the dial points to noon you +have not delivered yourself up, he will hang her over the battlements of +the castle." + +Cuthbert was very pale, and he waved his hand to restrain the fury which +animated the outlaws. + +"This man," he said to them, "is a herald, and, as such, is protected by +all the laws of chivalry. Whatsoever his message, it is none of his. He +is merely the mouthpiece of him who sent him." Then, turning to the +herald, he said, "Tell the false knight, your master, on my part, that +he is a foul ruffian, perjured to all the vows of knighthood; that this +act of visiting upon a woman the enmity he bears her son will bring upon +him the execration of all men; and that the offer which he makes me is +as foul and villainous as himself. Nevertheless, knowing his character, +and believing that he is capable of keeping his word, tell him that by +to-morrow at noon I will be there; that the lady, my mother, is to leave +the castle gates as I enter them; and that though by his foul device he +may encompass my death, yet that the curse of every good man will light +upon him, that he will be shunned as the dog he is, and that assuredly +Heaven will not suffer that deeds so foul should bring with them the +prize he seeks to gain." + +The herald bowed, and, escorted by two archers to the edge of the +forest, returned to Evesham Castle. + +After his departure an animated council took place. Cnut and the +outlaws, burning with indignation, were ready to attempt anything. They +would, had Cuthbert given the word, have attacked the castle that very +night. But Cuthbert pointed out the absolute impossibility of their +carrying so strong a place by such an assault, unprovided with engines +for battering down the gates. He said that surprise would be impossible, +as the knight would be sure to take every precaution against it; and +that in the event of such an attack being attempted, he would possibly +carry his threat into execution, and murder Dame Editha before their +eyes. Cnut was like a madman, so transported with fury was he; and the +archers were also beside themselves. Cuthbert alone retained his +calmness. Retiring apart from the others, he paced slowly backward and +forward among the trees, deliberating upon the best course to be +pursued. The archers gathered round the fire and passed the night in +long and angry talk, each man agreeing that in the event of their +beloved leader being sacrificed by Sir Rudolph, they would one and all +give their lives to avenge him by slaying the oppressor whensoever he +ventured beyond the castle gates. + +After a time, Cuthbert called Cnut to him, and the two talked long and +earnestly. Cnut returned to his comrades with a face less despairing +than that he had before worn, and sent off at once a messenger with all +speed to a franklin near the forest to borrow a stout rope some fifty +feet in length, and without telling his comrades what the plans of Sir +Cuthbert were, bade them cheer up, for that desperate as the position +was, all hope was not yet lost. + +"Sir Cuthbert," he said, "has been in grievous straits before now, and +has gone through them. Sir Rudolph does not know the nature of the man +with whom he has to deal, and we may trick him yet." + +At eleven o'clock the next day from the walls of Evesham Castle a body +of archers one hundred and fifty strong were seen advancing in solid +array. + +"Think you, Sir Rudolph," one of his friends, Sir Hubert of Gloucester, +said to him, "that these varlets think of attacking the castle?" + +"They might as well think of scaling heaven," Sir Rudolph said. "Evesham +could resist a month's siege by a force well equipped for the purpose; +and were it not that good men are wanted for the king's service, and +that these villains shoot straight and hard, I would open the gates of +the castle and launch our force against them. We are two to one as +strong as they, and our knights and mounted men-at-arms could alone +scatter that rabble." + +Conspicuous upon the battlements a gallows had been erected. + +The archers stopped at a distance of a few hundred yards from the +castle, and Sir Cuthbert advanced alone to the edge of the moat. + +"Sir Rudolph of Eresby, false knight and perjured gentleman," he shouted +in a loud voice, "I, Sir Cuthbert of Evesham, do denounce you as +foresworn and dishonored, and do challenge you to meet me here before +the castle in sight of your men and mine, and decide our quarrel as +Heaven may judge with sword and battle-ax." + +Sir Rudolph leaned over the battlements, and said: "It is too late, +varlet. I condescended to challenge you before, and you refused. You +cannot now claim what you then feared to accept. The sun on the dial +approaches noon, and unless you surrender yourself before it reaches the +mark, I will keep my word, and the traitress, your mother, shall swing +from that beam." + +Making a sign to two men-at-arms, these brought forward Dame Editha and +so placed her on the battlements that she could be seen from below. Dame +Editha was still a very fair woman, although nigh forty years had rolled +over her head. No sign of fear appeared upon her face, and in a firm +voice she cried to her son: + +"Cuthbert, I beg--nay, I order you to retire. If this unknightly lord +venture to carry out his foul threats against me, let him do so. England +will ring with the dastardly deed, and he will never dare show his face +again where Englishmen congregate. Let him do his worst. I am prepared +to die." + +A murmur rose from the knights and men-at-arms standing round Sir +Rudolph. Several of his companions had from the first, wild and +reckless as they were, protested against Sir Rudolph's course, and it +was only upon his solemn assurance that he intended but to frighten Sir +Cuthbert into surrender, and had no intention of carrying his threats +against the lady into effect, that they had consented to take part in +the transaction. Even now, at the fearless words of the Saxon lady +several of them hesitated, and Sir Hubert of Gloucester stepped forward +to Sir Rudolph. + +"Sir knight," he said, "you know that I am your true comrade and the +faithful servant of Prince John. Yet in faith would I not that my name +should be mixed up in so foul a deed. I repent me that I have for a +moment consented to it. But the shame shall not hang upon the escutcheon +of Hubert of Gloucester that he stood still when such foul means were +tried. I pray you, by our long friendship, and for the sake of your own +honor as a knight, to desist from this endeavor. If this lady be guilty, +as she well may be of aiding her son in his assaults upon the soldiers +of Prince John, then let her be tried, and doubtless the court will +confiscate her estates. But let her son be told that her life is in no +danger, and that he is free to go, being assured that harm will not come +to her." + +"And if I refuse to consent to allow my enemy, who is now almost within +my hand, to escape," Sir Rudolph said, "what then?" + +"Then," said the knight, "I and my following will at once leave your +walls, and will clear ourselves to the brave young knight yonder of all +hand in this foul business." + +A murmur of agreement from several of those standing round showed that +their sentiments were in accordance with those of Sir Hubert. + +"I refuse," said Rudolph passionately. "Go, if you will. I am master of +my actions, and of this castle." + +Without a word, Sir Hubert and two others of the knights present turned, +and briefly ordering their men-at-arms to follow them, descended the +staircase to the courtyard below. Their horses were brought out, the men +fell into rank, and the gates of the castle were thrown open. + +"Stand to arms!" Sir Cuthbert shouted to the archers. "They are going to +attempt a sortie." And hastily he retired to the main body of his men. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. + +THE FALSE AND PERJURED KNIGHT. + + +As the band of knights and their retainers issued from the gate a +trumpeter blew a parley, and the three knights advanced alone toward the +group of archers. + +"Sir Cuthbert de Lance," Sir Hubert said, "in the name of myself and my +two friends here we ask your pardon for having so far taken part in this +foul action. We did so believing only that Sir Rudolph intended the +capture of your lady mother as a threat. Now that we see he was in +earnest, we wash our hands of the business; and could we in any way +atone for our conduct in having joined him, we would gladly do so +consistently only with our allegiance to the prince regent." + +Cuthbert bowed courteously. + +"Thanks for your words, Sir Hubert. I had always heard yourself and the +knights here spoken of as brave and gallant gentlemen, whose sole fault +was that they chose to take part with a rebel prince rather than with +the King of England. I rejoice that you have cleared your name of so +foul a blot as this would have placed upon it, and I acknowledge that +your conduct now is knightly and courteous. But I can no more parley. +The sun is within a few minutes of twelve, and I must surrender, to meet +such fate as may befall me." + +So saying, with a bow he left them, and again advanced to the castle +gate. + +"Sir Rudolph," he shouted, "the hour is at hand. I call upon you to +deliver, outside the gate, the lady, my mother. Whether she wills it or +not, I call upon you to place her beyond the gate, and I give you my +knightly word that as she leaves it I enter it." + +Dame Editha would then have attempted resistance; but she saw that it +would be useless. With a pale face she descended the steps, accompanied +by the men-at-arms. She knew that any entreaty to Sir Rudolph would be +vain, and with the courage of her race she mentally vowed to devote the +rest of her life to vengeance for her son. + +As the gate opened and she was thrust forth, for a moment she found +herself in the arms of her son. + +"Courage, mother!" he whispered; "all may yet be well." + +Cnut was waiting a few paces behind, and offering his hand to Dame +Editha, he led her to the group of archers, while Cuthbert, alone, +crossed the drawbridge and entered the portal, the heavy portcullis +falling after him. + +Cnut, immediately ordering four of his men to escort Dame Editha to the +wood with all speed, advanced with his men toward the walls. All had +strung their bows and placed their arrows on the ground in front of them +in readiness for instant use. Cnut himself, with two others carrying the +rope, advanced to the edge of the moat. None observed their doings, for +all within the castle were intent upon the proceedings there. + +In the courtyard Sir Rudolph had taken his post, with the captain of the +mercenaries beside him, and the men-at-arms drawn up in order. He smiled +sardonically as Cuthbert entered. + +"So, at last," he said, "this farce is drawing to an end. You are in my +power, and for the means which I have taken to capture you, I will +account to the prince. You are a traitor to him; you have attacked and +slaughtered many of my friends; you are an outlaw defying the law; and +for each of these offenses your head is forfeited." + +"I deny," Cuthbert said, standing before him, "your right to be my +judge. By my peers only can I be tried. As a knight of England and as +rightful lord of this castle, I demand to be brought before a jury of my +equals." + +"I care nothing for rights or for juries," said Sir Rudolph. "I have the +royal order for your execution, and that order I shall put into effect, +although all the knights and barons in England objected." + +Cuthbert looked round to observe the exact position in which he was +standing. He knew, of course, every foot of the castle, and saw that but +a short distance behind a single row of armed men was the staircase +leading to the battlements. + +"False and perjured knight," he said, taking a step forward, "I may die; +but I would rather a thousand deaths than such a life as yours will be +when this deed is known in England. But I am not yet dead. For myself, I +could pardon you; but for the outrage to my mother--" and with a sudden +movement he struck Sir Rudolph in the face with all his strength with +his mailed hand. + +With the blood gushing from his nostrils, the knight fell backward, and +Sir Cuthbert, with a bound, before the assembly could recover from their +astonishment at the deed, burst through the line of men-at-arms, and +sprang up the narrow staircase. A score of men-at-arms started in +pursuit; but Sir Cuthbert gained the battlements first, and without a +moment's hesitation sprang upon them and plunged forward, falling into +the moat fifty feet below. Here he would have perished miserably, for in +his heavy armor he was of course unable to swim a stroke, and his +weight took him at once into the mud of the moat. At its margin, +however, Cnut stood awaiting him, with one end of the rope in his hand. +In an instant he plunged in, and diving to the bottom grasped Cuthbert +by the body, and twisted the rope round him. The two archers on the bank +at once hauled upon it, and in a minute Sir Cuthbert was dragged to the +bank. + +By this time a crowd of men-at-arms appeared upon the battlements. But +as they did so the archers opened a storm of arrows upon them, and +quickly compelled them to find shelter. Carried by Cnut and the men with +him--for he was insensible--Sir Cuthbert was quickly conveyed to the +center of the outlaws, and these at once in a compact body began their +retreat to the wood. Cuthbert quickly recovered consciousness, and was +soon able to walk. As he did so the gates of the castle were thrown +open, and a crowd of men-at-arms, consisting of the retainers of the +castle and the mercenaries of Prince John, sallied forth. So soon as +Cuthbert was able to move the archers started at a brisk run, several of +them carrying Cuthbert's casque and sword, and others assisting him to +hurry along. The rear ranks turned as they ran and discharged flights of +arrows at the enemy, who, more heavily armed and weighted, gained but +slowly upon them. + +Had not Sir Rudolph been stunned by the blow dealt him by Cuthbert he +would himself have headed the pursuit, and in that case the foresters +would have had to fight hard to make their retreat to their fastness. +The officer in command of the mercenaries, however, had no great stomach +for the matter. Men were hard to get, and Prince John would not have +been pleased to hear that a number of the men whom he had brought with +such expense from foreign parts had been killed in a petty fray. +Therefore after following for a short time he called them off, and the +archers fell back into the forest. + +Here they found Dame Editha, and for three days she abode among them, +living in a small hut in the center of the forest. Then she left, to +take up her abode until the troubles were past with some kin who lived +in the south of Gloucestershire. + +Although the lady abbess had assured Cuthbert that the retreat of Lady +Margaret was not likely to be found out, he himself, knowing how great a +stake Sir Rudolph had in the matter, was still far from being easy. It +would not be difficult for the latter to learn through his agents that +the lady superior of the little convent near Hereford was of kin to her +of St. Anne's, and, close as a convent is, yet the gossiping of the +servants who go to market was certain to let out an affair so important +as the arrival of a young lady to reside under the charge of the +superior. Cuthbert was not mistaken as to the acuteness of his enemy. +The relationship between the two lady superiors was no secret, and after +having searched all the farmhouses and granges near the forest, and +being convinced that the lady abbess would have sent her charge rather +to a religious house than to that of a franklin, Sir Rudolph sought +which of those within the circuit of a few miles would be likely to be +the one selected. It was not long before he was enabled to fix upon that +near Hereford, and spies going to the spot soon found out from the +country people that it was a matter of talk that a young lady of rank +had been admitted by the superior. Sir Rudolph hesitated whether to go +himself at the head of a strong body of men and openly to take her, or +to employ some sort of device. It was not that he himself feared the +anathema of the church; but he knew Prince John to be weak and +vacillating, at one time ready to defy the thunder of the pope, the next +cringing before the spiritual authority. He therefore determined to +employ some of his men to burst into the convent and carry off the +heiress, arranging that he himself, with some of his men-at-arms, should +come upon them in the road, and make a feigned rescue of her, so that, +if the lady superior laid her complaint before the pope's legate he +could deny that he had any hand in the matter, and could even take +credit for having rescued her from the men who had profaned the convent. +That his story would be believed mattered but little. It would be +impossible to prove its falsity, and this was all that he cared for. + +This course was followed out. Late one evening the lady superior was +alarmed by a violent knocking at the door. In reply to questions asked +through the grill, the answer was given, "We are men of the forest, and +we are come to carry the Lady Margaret of Evesham off to a secure +hiding-place. The Lord of Evesham has discovered her whereabouts, and +will be here shortly, and we would fain remove her before he arrives." + +"From whom have you warrant?" the lady superior said. "I surrender her +to no one, save to the lady abbess of St. Anne's. But if you have a +written warrant from Sir Cuthbert, the rightful Lord of Evesham, I will +lay the matter before the Lady Margaret, and will act as it may seem fit +to her." + +"We have no time for parleying," a rough voice said. "Throw open the +gate at once, or we will break it down." + +"Ye be no outlaws," the lady superior said, "for the outlaws are men who +fear God and respect the church. Were ye what ye say, ye would be +provided with the warrants that I mention. I warn you, therefore, that +if you use force, you will be excommunicated, and placed under the ban +of the church." + +The only answer was a thundering assault upon the gate, which soon +yielded to the blows. The sisters and novices ran shrieking through the +corridors at this rude uproar. The lady superior, however, stood calmly +awaiting the giving way of the gate. + +"Where is the Lady Margaret?" the leader of the party, who were dressed +in rough garb, and had the seeming of a band of outlaws, demanded. + +"I will say nothing," she said, "nor do I own that she is here." + +"We will soon take means to find out," the man exclaimed. "Unless in +five minutes she is delivered to us, we will burn your place to the +ground." + +The lady abbess was insensible to the threat; but the men rushing in, +seized some sisters, who, terrified out of their wits by this irruption, +at once gave the information demanded, and the men made their way to the +cell where the Lady Margaret slept. + +The girl had at once risen when the tumult commenced, doubting not in +her mind that this was another attempt upon the part of her enemy to +carry her off. When, therefore, she heard heavy footsteps approaching +along the gallery--having already hastily attired herself--she opened +the door and presented herself. + +"If you seek the Lady Margaret of Evesham," she said calmly, "I am she. +Do not harm any of the sisters here. I am in your power, and will go +with you at once. But I beseech you add not to your other sins that of +violence against holy women." + +The men, abashed by the calm dignity of this young girl, abstained from +laying hands upon her, but merely motioned to her to accompany them. +Upon their way they met the man who appeared to be their leader, and he, +well pleased that the affair was over, led the way to the courtyard. + +"Farewell, my child," the abbess exclaimed. "God will deliver you from +the power of these wicked men. Trust in Him, and keep up your courage. +Wickedness will not be permitted to triumph upon the earth; and be +assured that the matter shall be brought to the ears of the pope's +legate, and of Prince John himself." + +She could say no more, for the men, closing round the weeping girl, +hurried her out from the convent. A litter awaited them without, and in +this the young lady was placed, and, borne upon the shoulders of four +stout men, she started at a fast pace, surrounded closely by the rest of +the band. + +It was a dark night, and the girl could not see the direction in which +she was being taken; but she judged from the turn taken upon leaving the +convent that it was toward Evesham. They had proceeded some miles, when +a trampling of horses was heard, and a body of armed men rode up. For a +moment Lady Margaret's heart gave a leap, for she thought that she had +been rescued by her friends. There was a loud and angry altercation, a +clashing of swords, and a sound of shouting and cries outside the +litter. Then it was placed roughly on the ground, and she heard the +sound of the footsteps of her first captors hurrying away. Then the +horsemen closed round the litter, and the leader dismounted. + +"I am happy indeed, Lady Margaret," he said, approaching the litter, "to +have been able to save you from the power of these villains. +Fortunately, word came to me that the outlaws in the forest were about +to carry you off, and that they would not hesitate even to desecrate the +walls of the convent. Assembling my men-at-arms, I at once rode to your +rescue, and am doubly happy to have saved you, first, as a gentleman, +secondly, as being the man to whom our gracious prince has assigned you +as a wife. I am Sir Rudolph, Earl of Evesham." + +As from the first the girl had been convinced that she had fallen into +the power of her lawless suitor, this came upon her as no surprise. + +"Whether your story is true, Sir Rudolph," she said, "or not, God knows, +and I, a poor weak girl, will not pretend to venture to say. It is +between you and your conscience. If, as you say, you have saved me from +the power of the outlaws, I demand that, as a knight and a gentleman, +you return with me at once to the convent from which I was taken by +force." + +"I cannot do that," Sir Rudolph said. "Fortune has placed you in my +hands, and has enabled me to carry out the commands of the prince. +Therefore, though I would fain yield to your wishes and so earn your +good-will, which above all things I wish to obtain, yet my duty toward +the prince commands me to utilize the advantage which fate has thrown in +my hands." + +"You must do as you will, Sir Rudolph," the girl said with dignity. "I +believe not your tale. You sought before, in person, to carry me off, +but failed, and you have now employed other means to do so. The tale of +your conduct to Dame Editha has reached my ears, and I hold you a +foresworn knight and a dishonored man, and as such I would rather die +than become your wife, although as yet I am but a child, and have no +need to talk of weddings for years to come." + +"We need not parley here," the knight said coldly. "We shall have plenty +of time when at my castle." + +The litter was now lifted, placed between two horses, and proceeded +rapidly on its journey. Although the hope was but faint, yet until the +gates of the castle closed upon them the Lady Margaret still hoped that +rescue might reach her. But the secret had been too well kept, and it +was not until the following day that the man who had been placed in a +cottage near the convent arrived in all haste in the forest, to say that +it was only in the morning that he had learned that the convent had been +broken open by men disguised as archers, and the Lady Margaret carried +off. + +Four days elapsed before Sir Rudolph presented himself before the girl +he had captured. So fearfully was his face bruised and disfigured by the +blow from the mailed hand of Cuthbert three weeks before, that he did +not wish to appear before her under such unfavorable circumstances, and +the captive passed the day gazing from her casement in one of the rooms +in the upper part of the keep, toward the forest whence she hoped rescue +would come. + +Within the forest hot discussions were going on as to the best course to +pursue. An open attack was out of the question, especially as upon the +day following the arrival there of Lady Margaret three hundred more +mercenaries had marched in from Worcester, so that the garrison was now +raised to five hundred men. + +"Is there no way," Cnut exclaimed furiously, "by which we might creep +into this den, since we cannot burst into it openly?" + +"There is a way from the castle," Cuthbert said, "for my dear lord told +me of it one day when we were riding together in the Holy Land. He said +then that it might be that he should never return, and that it were well +that I should know of the existence of this passage, which few besides +the earl himself knew of. It is approached by a very heavy slab of stone +in the great hall. This is bolted down, and as it stands under the great +table passes unnoticed, and appears part of the ordinary floor. He told +me the method in which, by touching a spring, the bolts were withdrawn +and the stone could be raised. Thence a passage a quarter of a mile +long leads to the little chapel standing in the hollow, and which, being +hidden among the trees, would be unobserved by any party besieging the +castle. This of course was contrived in order that the garrison, or any +messenger thereof, might make an exit in case of siege." + +"But if we could escape," Cnut asked, "why not enter by this way?" + +"The stone is of immense weight and strength," Cuthbert replied, "and +could not be loosed from below save with great labor and noise. There +are, moreover, several massive doors in the passage, all of which are +secured by heavy bolts within. It is therefore out of the question that +we could enter the castle by that way. But were we once in, we could +easily carry off the lady through this passage." + +The large force which Sir Rudolph had collected was not intended merely +for the defense of the castle, for the knight considered that with his +own garrison he could hold it against a force tenfold that which his +rival could collect. But he was determined if possible to crush out the +outlaws of the forest, for he felt that so long as this formidable body +remained under an enterprising leader like Sir Cuthbert, he would never +be safe for a moment, and would be a prisoner in his own castle. + +Cuthbert had foreseen that the attack was likely to be made, and had +strengthened his band to the utmost. He felt, however, that against so +large a force of regularly armed men, although he might oppose a stout +resistance and kill many, yet that in the end he must be conquered. +Cnut, however, suggested to him a happy idea, which he eagerly grasped. + +"It would be a rare sport," Cnut said, "when this armed force comes out +to attack us, if we could turn the tables by slipping in, and taking +their castle." + +"The very thing," Cuthbert exclaimed. "It is likely that he will use the +greater portion of his forces, and that he will not keep above fifty or +sixty men, at the outside, in the castle. When they sally out we will at +first oppose a stout resistance to them in the wood, gradually falling +back. Then, at a given signal, all save twenty men shall retire hastily, +and sweeping round make for the castle. Their absence will not be +noticed, for in this thick wood it is difficult to tell whether twenty +men or two hundred are opposing you among the bushes; and the twenty who +remain must shoot thick and fast to make believe that their numbers are +great, retiring sometimes, and leading the enemy on into the heart of +the wood." + +"But supposing, Sir Cuthbert, that they should have closed the gates and +lifted the drawbridge? We could not gain entrance by storming, even if +only twenty men held the walls, until long after the main body would +have returned." + +Cuthbert thought for some time, and then said, "Cnut, you shall +undertake this enterprise. You shall fill a cart high with faggots, and +in it shall conceal a dozen of your best men. You, dressed as a serf, +shall drive the oxen, and when you reach the castle shall say, in answer +to the hail of the sentry, that you are bringing in the tribute of wood +of your master the franklin of Hopeburn. They will then lower the +drawbridge and open the gates; and when you have crossed the bridge and +are under the portcullis, spring out suddenly, cut loose the oxen so +that they will not draw the cart further in, cut the chains of the +drawbridge so that it cannot be drawn off, and hold the gate for a +minute or two until we arrive." + +"The plan is capital," Cnut exclaimed. "We will do the proud Norman yet. +How he will storm when he finds us masters of his castle! What then +will you do, Sir Cuthbert?" + +"We can hold the castle for weeks," Cuthbert said, "and every day is in +our favor. If we find ourselves forced to yield to superior numbers, we +can at last retire through the passage I have spoken of, and must then +scatter and each shift for himself until these bad days be past." + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +THE SIEGE OF EVESHAM CASTLE. + + +Upon the day before starting out to head the expedition against the +outlaws, Sir Rudolph sent word to the Lady Margaret that she must +prepare to become his wife at the end of the week. He had provided two +tiring maids for her by ordering two of the franklins to send in their +daughters for that purpose, and these mingled their tears with +Margaret's at the situation in which they were placed. She replied +firmly to the messenger of the knight that no power on earth could +oblige her to marry him. He might drive her to the altar; but though he +killed her there, her lips should refuse to say the words which would +unite them. + +The following morning, early, the castle rang with the din of +preparation. The great portion of the mercenaries were encamped in tents +outside the walls, for, spacious as it was, Evesham could hardly contain +four hundred men in addition to its usual garrison. The men-at-arms were +provided with heavy axes to cut their way through the bushes. Some +carried bundles of straw, to fire the wood should it be found +practicable to do so; and as it was now summer and the wind was blowing +high, Sir Rudolph hoped that the dry grass and bushes would catch, and +would do more even than his men-at-arms in clearing the forest of those +whom he designated the villains infesting it. They had, too, with them +several fierce dogs trained to hunting the deer, and these, the knight +hoped, would do good service in tracking the outlaws. He and the knights +and the men-at-arms with him were all dismounted, for he felt that +horses would in the forest be an incumbrance, and he was determined +himself to lead the way to the men-at-arms. + +When they reached the forest they were saluted by a shower of arrows; +but as all were clad in mail, these at a distance effected but little +harm. As they came closer, however, the clothyard arrows began to pierce +the coarse and ill-made armor of the foot soldiers, although the finer +armor of the knights kept out the shafts which struck against it. Sir +Rudolph and his knights leading the way, they entered the forest and +gradually pressed their invisible foe backward through the trees. The +dogs did good service, going on ahead and attacking the archers; but, +one by one, they were soon shot, and the assailants left to their own +devices. Several attempts were made to fire the wood. But these failed, +the fire burning but a short time and then dying out of itself. In +addition to the fighting men, Sir Rudolph had impressed into the service +all the serfs of his domain, and these, armed with axes, were directed +to cut down the trees as the force proceeded, Sir Rudolph declaring that +he would not cease until he had leveled the whole forest, though it +might take him months to do so. + +The assailants gained ground steadily, the resistance being less severe +than Sir Rudolph had anticipated. Several small huts and clearings in +the forest which had been used by the outlaws, and round which small +crops had been planted, were destroyed, and all seemed to promise well +for the success of the enterprise. + +It was about two hours after they had left the castle, when a heavy cart +filled with fagots was seen approaching its gates. The garrison, who had +not the least fear of any attack, paid no attention to it until it +reached the edge of the moat. Then the warder, seeing that it contained +fagots, lowered the drawbridge without question, raised the portcullis, +and opened the gates. + +"From whom do you bring this wood?" he asked as the man driving the oxen +began to cross the bridge. + +"From the franklin of Hopeburn." + +"It is well," said the warder, "for he is in arrear now, and should have +sent in the firewood two months since. Take it to the woodhouse at the +other end of the court." + +The heavy wagon crossed the drawbridge, but as it was entering the gate +it came suddenly to a stop. With a blow of his ox goad Cnut leveled the +warder to the ground, and cutting the cords of the bullocks, drove them +into the yard ahead. As he did so the pile of fagots fell asunder, and +twelve men armed with bow and pike leaped out. The men-at-arms standing +near, lounging in the courtyard, gave a shout of alarm, and the +garrison, surprised at this sudden cry, ran to their arms. At first they +were completely panic-stricken. But seeing after a time how small was +the number of their assailants, they took heart and advanced against +them. The passage was narrow, and the twelve men formed a wall across +it. Six of them with their pikes advanced, the other six with bent bows +standing behind them and delivering their arrows between their heads. +The garrison fought stoutly, and although losing many, were pressing the +little band backward. In vain the assistant-warder tried to lower the +portcullis, or to close the gates. The former fell on to the top of the +wagon, and was there retained. The gates also were barred by the +obstacle. The chains of the drawbridge had at once been cut. Cnut +encouraged his followers by his shouts, and armed with a heavy ax, did +good service upon the assailants. But four of his party had fallen, and +the rest were giving way, when a shout was heard, and over the +drawbridge poured Cuthbert and one hundred and fifty of the outlaws of +the forest. Struck with terror at this attack, the garrison drew back, +and the foresters poured into the yard. For a few minutes there was a +fierce fight; but the defenders of the castle, disheartened and taken by +surprise, were either cut down or, throwing down their arms, cried for +quarter. + +Ten minutes after the wagon had crossed the drawbridge the castle was +safely in possession of Sir Cuthbert. The bridge was raised, the wagon +removed, the portcullis lowered, and to the external eye all remained as +before. + +Cuthbert at once made his way to the chamber where the Lady Margaret was +confined, and her joy at her deliverance was great indeed. So unlimited +was her faith in Sir Cuthbert that she had never lost confidence; and +although it did not seem possible that in the face of such disparity of +numbers he could rescue her from the power of Sir Rudolph, yet she had +not given up hope. The joy of the farmers' daughters who had been +carried off to act as her attendants was little inferior to her own; for +once in the power of this reckless baron, the girls had small hopes of +ever being allowed to return again to their parents. + +The flag of Sir Rudolph was thrown down from the keep, and that of the +late earl hoisted in its stead; for Cuthbert himself, although he had +assumed the cognizance which King Richard had granted him, had not yet +any flag or pennon emblazoned with it. + +No words can portray the stupefaction and rage of Sir Rudolph when a man +who had managed to slip unobserved from the castle at the time of its +capture bore the news to him in the forest. All opposition there had +ceased, and the whole of the troops were engaged in aiding the peasants +in cutting wide roads through the trees across the forest, so as to make +it penetrable by horsemen in every direction. It was supposed that the +outlaws had gradually stolen away through the thickets and taken to the +open country, intending to scatter to their homes, or other distant +hiding-places; and the news that they had by a ruse captured the castle +came as a thunder-clap. + +Sir Rudolph's first impulse was to call his men together and to march +toward the castle. The drawbridge was up and the walls bristled with +armed men. It was useless to attempt a parley; still more useless to +think of attacking the stronghold without the proper machines and +appliances. Foaming with rage, Sir Rudolph took possession of a cottage +near, camped his men around and prepared for a siege. + +There were among the mercenaries many men accustomed to the use of +engines of war. Many, too, had aided in making them; and these were at +once set to work to construct the various machines in use at that time. +Before the invention of gunpowder, castles such as those of the English +barons were able to defy any attack by an armed force for a long period. +Their walls were so thick that even the balistas, casting huge stones, +were unable to breach them except after a very long time. The moats +which surrounded them were wide and deep, and any attempt at storming by +ladders was therefore extremely difficult; and these buildings were +consequently more often captured by famine than by other means. Of +provisions, as Sir Rudolph knew, there was a considerable supply at +present in the castle, for he had collected a large number of bullocks +in order to feed the strong body who had been added to the garrison. The +granaries, too, were well stored; and with a groan Sir Rudolph thought +of the rich stores of French wines which he had collected in his +cellars. + +After much deliberation with the knights with him and the captain of the +mercenaries, it was agreed in the first instance to attempt to attack +the place by filling up a portion of the moat and ascending by scaling +ladders. Huge screens of wood were made, and these were placed on +wagons; the wagons themselves were filled with bags of earth, and a +large number of men getting beneath them shoved the ponderous machines +forward to the edge of the moat. The bags of stones and earth were then +thrown in, and the wagons pushed backward to obtain a fresh supply. This +operation was of course an exceedingly slow one, a whole day being +occupied with each trip of the wagons. They were not unmolested in their +advance, for, from the walls, mangonels and other machines hurled great +stones down upon the wooden screens, succeeding sometimes, in spite of +their thickness, in crashing through them, killing many of the men +beneath. The experiment was also tried of throwing balls of Greek fire +down upon the wood; but as this was green and freshly felled it would +not take fire, but the flames dropping through, with much boiling pitch +and other materials, did grievously burn and scald the soldiers working +below it. Upon both sides every device was tried. The crossbowmen among +the mercenaries kept up a fire upon the walls to hinder the defenders +from interfering with the operations, while the archers above shot +steadily, and killed many of those who ventured within range of their +bows. + +After ten days' labor a portion of the moat some twenty yards in length +was filled with bags of earth, and all was ready for the assault. The +besiegers had prepared great numbers of strong ladders, and these were +brought up under shelter of the screens. Then, all being ready, the +trumpets sounded for the assault, and the troops moved forward in a +close body, covering themselves with their shields so that no man's head +or body was visible, each protecting the one before him with his shield +held over him. Thus the body presented the appearance of a great +scale-covered animal. In many respects, indeed, the warfare of those +days was changed in no way from that of the time of the Romans. In the +twelve hundred years which had elapsed between the siege of Jerusalem +and the days of the Crusades there had been but little change in arms or +armor, and the operations which Titus undertook for the reduction of the +Jewish stronghold differed but little from those which a Norman baron +employed in besieging his neighbor's castle. + +Within Evesham Castle all was contentment and merriment during these +days. The garrison had no fear whatever of being unable to repel the +assault when it should be delivered. Huge stones had been collected in +numbers on the walls, caldrons of pitch, beneath which fires kept +simmering, stood there in readiness. Long poles with hooks with which to +seize the ladders and cut them down were laid there; and all that +precaution and science could do was prepared. + +Cuthbert passed much of the day, when not required upon the walls, +chatting with the Lady Margaret, who, attended by her maidens, sat +working in her bower. She had learned to read from the good nuns of the +convent--an accomplishment which was by no means general, even among the +daughters of nobles; but books were rare, and Evesham boasted but few +manuscripts. Here Margaret learned in full all the details of Cuthbert's +adventures since leaving England, and the fondness with which as a child +she had regarded the lad grew gradually into the affection of a woman. + +The courage of the garrison was high, for although they believed that +sooner or later the castle might be carried by the besiegers, they had +already been told by Cnut that there was a means of egress unknown to +the besiegers, and that when the time came they would be able to escape +unharmed. This, while it in no way detracted from their determination to +defend the castle to the last, yet rendered their task a far lighter and +more agreeable one than it would have been had they seen the gallows +standing before them as the end of the siege. + +As the testudo, as it was called in those days, advanced toward the +castle, the machines upon the walls--catapults, mangonels and +arbalasts--poured forth showers of stones and darts upon it, breaking up +the array of shields and killing many; and as these openings were made, +the archers, seizing their time, poured in volleys of arrows. The +mercenaries, however, accustomed to war, advanced steadily, and made +good their footing beneath the castle wall, and proceeded to rear their +ladders. Here, although free from the action of the machines, they were +exposed to the hand missiles, which were scarcely less destructive. In +good order, and with firmness, however, they reared the ladders, and +mounted to the assault, covering themselves as well as they could with +their shields. In vain, however, did they mount. The defenders poured +down showers of boiling pitch and oil, which penetrated the crevices of +their armor and caused intolerable torment. Great stones were toppled +over from the battlements upon them; and sometimes the ladders, seized +by the poles with hooks, were cast backward, with all upon them, on the +throng below. For half an hour, encouraged by the shouts of Sir Rudolph +and their leaders, the soldiers strove gallantly; but were at last +compelled to draw off, having lost nigh one hundred men, without one +gaining a footing upon the walls. + +That evening another council of war was held without. Already some large +machines for which Sir Rudolph had sent had arrived. In anticipation of +the possibility of failure, two castles upon wheels had been prepared, +and between these a huge beam with an iron head was hung. This was upon +the following day pushed forward on the newly-formed ground across the +moat. Upon the upper part of each tower were armed men who worked +machines casting sheaves of arrows and other missiles. Below were those +who worked the ram. To each side of the beam were attached numerous +cords, and with these it was swung backward and forward, giving heavy +blows each stroke upon the wall. The machines for casting stones, which +had arrived, were also brought in play, and day and night these +thundered against the walls; while the ram repeated its ceaseless blows +upon the same spot, until the stone crumbled before it. + +Very valiantly did the garrison oppose themselves to these efforts. But +each day showed the progress made by the besiegers. Their forces had +been increased, Prince John having ordered his captain at Gloucester to +send another one hundred men to the assistance of Sir Rudolph. Other +towers had now been prepared. These were larger than the first, and +overtopped the castle walls. From the upper story were drawbridges, so +formed as to drop from the structures upon the walls, and thus enable +the besiegers to rush upon them. The process was facilitated by the fact +that the battlements had been shot away by the great stones, and there +was a clear space on which the drawbridges could fall. The attack was +made with great vigor; but for a long time the besieged maintained their +post, and drove back the assailants as they poured out across the +drawbridges on to the wall. At last Cuthbert saw that the forces opposed +to him were too numerous to be resisted, and gave orders to his men to +fall back upon the inner keep. + +Making one rush, and clearing the wall of those who had gained a +footing, the garrison fell back hastily, and were safely within the +massive keep before the enemy had mustered in sufficient numbers upon +the wall to interfere with them. The drawbridge was now lowered, and the +whole of the assailants gained footing within the castle. They were +still far from having achieved a victory. The walls of the keep were +massive and strong, and its top far higher than the walls, so that from +above a storm of arrows poured down upon all who ventured to show +themselves. The keep had no windows low enough down for access to be +gained; and those on the floors above were so narrow, and protected by +bars, that it seemed by scaling the walls alone could an entry be +effected. This was far too desperate an enterprise to be attempted, for +the keep rose eighty feet above the courtyard. It was upon the door, +solid and studded with iron, that the attempt had to be made. + +Several efforts were made by Sir Rudolph, who fought with a bravery +worthy of a better cause, to assault and batter down the door. Protected +by wooden shields from the rain of missiles from above, he and his +knights hacked at the door with their battle-axes. But in vain. It had +been strengthened by beams behind, and by stones piled up against it. +Then fire was tried. Fagots were collected in the forest, and brought; +and a huge pile having been heaped against the door, it was lighted. "We +could doubtless prolong the siege for some days, Lady Margaret," said +Cuthbert, "but the castle is ours; and we wish not, when the time comes +that we shall again be masters of it, that it should be a mere heap of +ruins. Methinks we have done enough. With but small losses on our side, +we have killed great numbers of the enemy, and have held them at bay for +a month. Therefore, I think that to-night it will be well for us to +leave the place." + +Lady Margaret was rejoiced at the news that the time for escape had +come, for the perpetual clash of war, the rattling of arrows, the +ponderous thud of heavy stones caused a din very alarming to a young +girl; and although the room in which she sat, looking into the inner +court of the castle, was not exposed to missiles, she trembled at the +thought that brave men were being killed, and that at any moment a shot +might strike Cuthbert, and so leave her without a friend or protector. + +Content with having destroyed the door, the assailants made no further +effort that evening, but prepared in the morning to attack it, pull down +the stones filled behind it, and force their way into the keep. There +was, with the exception of the main entrance, but one means of exit, a +small postern door behind the castle, and throughout the siege a strong +body of troops had been posted here, to prevent the garrison making a +sortie. Feeling secure therefore that upon the following day his enemies +would fall into his power, Sir Rudolph retired to rest. + +An hour before midnight the garrison assembled in the hall. The table +was removed, and Cuthbert having pressed the spring, which was at a +distance from the stone and could not be discovered without a knowledge +of its existence, the stone turned aside by means of a counterpoise, and +a flight of steps was seen. Torches had been prepared. Cnut and a chosen +band went first; Cuthbert followed, with Lady Margaret and her +attendants; and the rest of the archers brought up the rear, a trusty +man being left in charge at last with orders to swing back the stone +into its place, having first hauled the table over the spot, so that +their means of escape should be unknown. + +The passage was long and dreary, the walls were damp with wet, and the +massive doors so swollen by moisture that it was with the greatest +difficulty they could be opened. At last, however, they emerged into +the little friary in the wood. It was deserted, the priest who usually +dwelt there having fled when the siege began. The stone which there, as +in the castle, concealed the exit, was carefully closed, and the party +then emerged into the open air. Here Cuthbert bade adieu to his +comrades. Cnut had very anxiously begged to be allowed to accompany him +and share his fortunes, and Cuthbert had promised him that if at any +time he should again take up arms in England, he would summon him to his +side, but that at present as he knew not whither his steps would be +turned, it would be better that he should be unattended. The archers had +all agreed to scatter far and wide through the country, many of them +proceeding to Nottingham and joining the bands in the forest of +Sherwood. + +Cuthbert himself had determined to make his way to the castle of his +friend, Sir Baldwin, and to leave the Lady Margaret in his charge. Cnut +hurried on at full speed to the house of a franklin, some three miles +distant. Here horses were obtained and saddled, and dresses prepared; +and when Cuthbert with Lady Margaret arrived there, no time was lost. +Dressed as a yeoman, with the Lady Margaret as his sister, he mounted a +horse, with her behind him on a pillion. The other damsels also mounted, +as it would not have been safe for them to remain near Evesham. They +therefore purposed taking refuge in a convent near Gloucester for the +present. Bidding a hearty adieu to Cnut, and with thanks to the franklin +who had aided them, they set forward on their journey. By morning they +had reached the convent, and here the two girls were left, and Cuthbert +continued his journey. He left his charge at a convent a day's ride +distant from the castle of Sir Baldwin, as he wished to consult the +knight first as to the best way of her entering the castle without +exciting talk or suspicion. + +Sir Baldwin received him with joy. He had heard something of his doings, +and the news of the siege of Evesham had been noised abroad. He told him +that he was in communication with many other barons, and that ere long +they hoped to rise against the tyranny of Prince John, but that at +present they were powerless, as many, hoping that King Richard would +return ere long, shrank from involving the country in a civil war. When +Cuthbert told him that the daughter of his old friend was at a convent +but a day's ride distant, and that he sought protection for her, Sir +Baldwin instantly offered her hospitality. + +"I will," he said, "send my good wife to fetch her. Some here know your +presence, and it would be better therefore that she did not arrive for +some days, as her coming will then seem to be unconnected with yourself. +My wife and I will, a week hence, give out that we are going to fetch a +cousin of my wife's to stay here with her; and when we return no +suspicion will be excited that she is other than she seems. Should it be +otherwise, I need not say that Sir Baldwin of Béthune will defend his +castle against any of the minions of Prince John. But I have no fear +that her presence here will be discovered. What think you of doing in +the meantime?" + +"I am thinking," Cuthbert said, "of going east. No news has been +obtained of our lord the king save that he is a prisoner in the hands of +the emperor; but where confined, or how, we know not. It is my intent to +travel to the Tyrol, and to trace his steps from the time that he was +captured. Then, when I obtain knowledge of the place where he is kept, I +will return, and consult upon the best steps to be taken. My presence in +England is now useless. Did the barons raise the standard of King +Richard against the prince, I should at once return and join them. But +without land or vassals, I can do nothing here, and shall be indeed like +a hunted hare, for I know that the false earl will move heaven and earth +to capture me." + +Sir Baldwin approved of the resolution; but recommended Cuthbert to take +every precaution not to fall himself into the hands of the emperor; +"for," he said, "if we cannot discover the prison of King Richard, I +fear that it would be hopeless indeed ever to attempt to find that in +which a simple knight is confined." + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +IN SEARCH OF THE KING. + + +The following day, with many thanks, Cuthbert started from the castle, +and in the first place visited the convent, and told Lady Margaret that +she would be fetched in a few days by Sir Baldwin and his wife. He took +a tender adieu of her, not without many forebodings and tears upon her +part; but promising blithely that he would return and lead her back in +triumph to her castle, he bade adieu and rode for London. + +He had attired himself as a merchant, and took up his abode at a +hostelry near Cheapside. Here he remained quietly for some days, and, +mixing among the people, learned that in London as elsewhere the +rapacity of Prince John had rendered him hateful to the people, and that +they would gladly embrace any opportunity of freeing themselves from his +yoke. He was preparing to leave for France, when the news came to him +that Prince John had summoned all the barons faithful to him to meet him +near London, and had recalled all his mercenaries from different parts +of the country, and was gathering a large army; also, that the barons +faithful to King Richard, alarmed by the prospect, had raised the royal +standard, and that true men were hurrying to their support. This +entirely destroyed the plans that he had formed. Taking horse again, and +avoiding the main road, by which he might meet the hostile barons on +their way to London, he journeyed down to Nottingham. Thence riding +boldly into the forest, he sought the outlaws, and was not long ere he +found them. At his request he was at once taken before their leader, a +man of great renown both for courage and bowmanship, one Robin Hood. +This bold outlaw had long held at defiance the sheriff of Nottingham, +and had routed him and all bodies of troops who had been sent against +him. With him Cuthbert found many of his own men; and upon hearing that +the royal standard had been raised, Robin Hood at once agreed to march +with all his men to join the royal force. Messengers were dispatched to +summon the rest of the forest band from their hiding-places, and a week +later Cuthbert, accompanied by Robin Hood and three hundred archers, set +out for the rendezvous. When they arrived there they found that Sir +Baldwin had already joined with his retainers, and was by him most +warmly received, and introduced to the other barons in the camp, by whom +Cuthbert was welcomed as a brother. The news that Prince John's army was +approaching was brought in a fortnight after Cuthbert had joined the +camp, and the army in good order moved out to meet the enemy. + +The forces were about equal. The battle began by a discharge of arrows; +but Robin Hood and his men shot so true and fast that they greatly +discomfited the enemy; and King John's mercenaries having but little +stomach for the fight, and knowing how unpopular they were in England, +and that if defeated small mercy was likely to be shown to them, refused +to advance against the ranks of the loyal barons, and falling back +declined to join in the fray. Seeing their numbers so weakened by this +defection, the barons on the prince's side hesitated, and surrounding +the prince advised him to make terms with the barons while there was yet +time. Prince John saw that the present was not a favorable time for him, +and concealing his fury under a mask of courtesy, he at once acceded to +the advice of his followers, and dispatched a messenger to the barons +with an inquiry as to what they wanted of him. A council was held, and +it was determined to demand the dismissal of the mercenaries and their +dispatch back to their own country; also that John would govern only as +his brother's representative; that the laws of the country should be +respected; that no taxes should be raised without the assent of the +barons; that all men who had taken up arms against his authority should +be held free; and that the barons on Prince John's side should return +peaceably home and disband their forces. Seeing, under the +circumstances, that there was no way before him but to yield to these +demands, Prince John accepted the terms. The mercenaries were ordered to +march direct to London, and orders were given that ships should be at +once prepared to take them across to Normandy, and the barons marched +for their homes. + +Satisfied, now that the mercenaries were gone, that they could +henceforth hold their ground against Prince John, the royal barons also +broke up their forces. Robin Hood with his foresters returned to +Sherwood; and Cuthbert, bidding adieu to Sir Baldwin, rode back to +London, determined to carry out the plan which he had formed. He was the +more strengthened in this resolution, inasmuch as in the royal camp he +had met a friend from whom he parted last in the Holy Land. This was +Blondel, the minstrel of King Richard, whose songs and joyous music had +often lightened the evening after days of fighting and toil in +Palestine. To him Cuthbert confided his intention, and the minstrel +instantly offered to accompany him. + +"I shall," he said, "be of assistance to you. Minstrels are like +heralds. They are of no nationality, and can pass free where a +man-at-arms would be closely watched and hindered. Moreover, it may be +that I might aid you greatly in discovering the prison of the king. So +great is the secrecy with which this has been surrounded that I question +if any inquiries you could make would enable you to trace him. My voice, +however, can penetrate into places where we cannot enter. I will take +with me my lute, and as we journey I will sing outside the walls of each +prison we come to one of the songs which I sang in Palestine. King +Richard is himself a singer and knows my songs as well as myself. If I +sing a verse of some song which I wrote there and which, therefore, +would be known only to him, if he hears it he may follow with the next +verse, and so enable us to know of his hiding-place." + +Cuthbert at once saw the advantages which such companionship would bring +him, and joyfully accepted the minstrel's offer, agreeing himself to go +as serving man to Blondel. The latter accompanied him to London. Here +their preparations were soon made, and taking ship in a merchantman +bound for the Netherlands, they started without delay upon their +adventure. + +The minstrels and troubadours were at that time a privileged race in +Europe, belonging generally to the south of France, although produced in +all lands. They traveled over Europe singing the lays which they +themselves had composed, and were treated with all honor at the castles +where they chose to alight. It would have been considered as foul a deed +to use discourtesy to a minstrel as to insult a herald. Their persons +were, indeed, regarded as sacred, and the knights and barons strove to +gain their good-will by hospitality and presents, as a large proportion +of their ballads related to deeds of war; and while they would write +lays in honor of those who courteously entertained them, they did not +hesitate to heap obloquy upon those who received them discourteously, +holding them up to the gibes and scoffs of their fellows. In no way, +therefore, would success be so likely to attend the mission of those who +set out to discover the hiding-place of King Richard as under the guise +of a minstrel and his attendant. No questions would be asked them; they +could halt where they would, in castle or town, secure of hospitality +and welcome. Blondel was himself a native of the south of France, +singing his songs in the soft language of Languedoc. Cuthbert's Norman +French would pass muster anywhere as being that of a native of France; +and although when dressed as a servitor attention might be attracted by +his bearing, his youth might render it probable that he was of noble +family, but that he had entered the service of the minstrel in order to +qualify himself some day for following that career. He carried a long +staff, a short sword, and at his back the lute or small harp played upon +by the troubadour. Blondel's attire was rich, and suitable to a person +of high rank. + +They crossed to the Scheldt, and thence traveled by the right bank of +the Rhine as far as Mannheim, sometimes journeying by boat, sometimes on +foot. They were also hospitably entertained, and were considered to more +than repay their hosts by the songs which Blondel sang. + +At Mannheim they purchased two horses, and then struck east for Vienna. + +The journey was not without danger, for a large portion of this part of +Europe was under no settled government, each petty baron living in his +own castle, and holding but slight allegiance to any feudal lord, making +war upon his neighbor on his own account, levying blackmail from +travelers, and perpetually at variance with the burghers of the towns. + +The hills were covered with immense forests, which stretched for many +leagues in all directions, and these were infested by wolves, bears, and +robbers. + +The latter, however, although men without pity or religion, yet held the +troubadours in high esteem, and the travelers without fear entered the +gloomy shades of the forest. + +They had not gone far when their way was barred by a number of armed +men. + +"I am a minstrel," Blondel said; "and as such doubt not that your +courtesy will be extended to me." + +"Of a surety," the leader said; "the gay science is as much loved and +respected in the greenwood as in the castle; and moreover, the purses of +those who follow it are too light to offer any temptation to us. We +would pray you, however, to accompany us to our leader, who will +mightily rejoice to see you, for he loves music, and will gladly be your +host so long as you will stay with him." + +Blondel, without objection, turned his horse's head and accompanied the +men, followed by Cuthbert. After half an hour's traveling they came to a +building which had formerly been a shrine, but which was now converted +to the robbers' headquarters. The robber chief, on hearing from his +followers the news that a minstrel had arrived, came forward to meet +him, and courteously bade him welcome. + +"I am Sir Adelbert, of Rotherheim," he said, "although you see me in so +poor a plight. My castle and lands have been taken by my neighbor, with +whom for generations my family have been at feud. I was in the Holy Land +with the emperor, and on my return found that the baron had taken the +opportunity of my absence, storming my castle and seizing my lands. In +vain I petitioned the emperor to dispossess this traitorous baron of my +lands, which by all the laws of Christendom should have been respected +during my absence. The emperor did indeed send a letter to the baron to +deliver them up to me; but his power here is but nominal, and the baron +contemptuously threw the royal proclamation into the fire and told the +messenger that what he had taken by the sword he would hold by the +sword; and the emperor having weightier matters on hand than to set +troops in motion to redress the grievances of a simple knight, gave the +matter no further thought. I have therefore been driven to the forest, +where I live as best I may with my followers, most of whom were +retainers upon my estate, and some my comrades in the Holy Land. I make +war upon the rich and powerful, and beyond that do harm to no man. But, +methinks," he continued, "I know your face, gentle sir." + +"It may well be so, Sir Adelbert," the minstrel said, "for I too was in +the Holy Land. I followed the train of King Richard, and mayhap at some +of the entertainments given by him you have seen my face. My name is +Blondel." + +"I remember now," the knight said. "It was at Acre that I first saw you, +and if I remember rightly you can wield the sword as well as the lute." + +"One cannot always be playing and singing," Blondel said, "and in lack +of amusement I was forced to do my best against the infidel, who indeed +would have but little respected my art had I fallen into his hands. The +followers of the prophet hold minstrels but in slight reverence." + +"What is the news of King Richard?" the knight said. "I have heard that +he was lost on the voyage homeward." + +"It is not so," Blondel said. "He landed safely on the coast, and was +journeying north with a view of joining his sister at the court of +Saxony, when he was foully seized and imprisoned by the Archduke John." + +"That were gross shame indeed," the knight said, "and black treachery on +the part of Duke John. And where is the noble king imprisoned?" + +"That," said Blondel, "no man knows. On my journey hither I have +gathered that the emperor claimed him from the hand of the archduke, and +that he is imprisoned in one of the royal fortresses, but which I know +not. And indeed, sir knight, since you are well disposed toward him, I +may tell you that the purport of my journey is to discover if I can the +place of his confinement. He was a kind and noble master, and however +long my search may be, I will yet obtain news of him." + +The knight warmly applauded the troubadour's resolution, and was turning +to lead him into his abode, when his eye fell upon Cuthbert. + +"Methinks I know the face of your attendant as well as your own; though +where I can have seen him I know not. Was he with you in the Holy Land?" + +"Yes," Blondel said, "the youth was also there; and doubtless you may +have noticed him, for he is indeed of distinguished and of good family." + +"Then let him share our repast," the knight said, "if it seems good to +you. In these woods there is no rank, and I myself have long dropped my +knightly title, and shall not reassume it until I can pay off my score +to the Baron of Rotherheim, and take my place again in my castle." + +The minstrel and Cuthbert were soon seated at the table with the knight +and one or two of his principal companions. A huge venison pasty formed +the staple of the repast, but hares and other small game were also upon +the table. Nor was the generous wine of the country wanting. + +The knight had several times glanced at Cuthbert, and at last exclaimed, +"I have it now. This is no attendant, sir minstrel, but that valiant +young knight who so often rode near King Richard in battle. He is, as I +guess, your companion in this quest; is it not so?" + +"It is," Cuthbert replied frankly. "I am, like yourself, a disinherited +knight, and my history resembles yours. Upon my return to England I +found another in possession of the land and titles that belonged to the +noble I followed, and which King Richard bestowed upon me. The Earl of +Evesham was doubtless known to you, and before his death King Richard, +at his request, bestowed upon me as his adopted son--although but a +distant connection--his title and lands and the hand of his daughter. +Prince John, who now rules in England, had however granted these things +to one of his favorites, and he having taken possession of the land and +title, though not, happily, of the lady, closed his door somewhat +roughly in my face. I found means, however, to make my mark upon him; +but as our quarrel could not be fought out to the end, and as the false +knight had the aid of Prince John, I am forced for awhile to postpone +our settlement, and meeting my good friend the minstrel, agreed to join +him in his enterprise to discover our lord the king." + +The knight warmly grasped Cuthbert's hand. + +"I am glad," he said, "to meet so true and valiant a knight. I have +often wondered at the valor with which you, although so young, bore +yourself; and there were tales afloat of strange adventures which you +had undergone in captivity for a time among the infidels." + +At Sir Adelbert's request Cuthbert related the story of his adventures +among the Saracens; and then Blondel, tuning his lute, sang several +canzonets which he had composed in the Holy Land, of feats of arms and +adventure. + +"How far are you," Cuthbert asked presently, when Blondel laid his lute +aside, "from the estates which were wrongfully wrested from you?" + +"But twenty leagues," the knight said. "My castle was on the Rhine, +between Coblentz and Mannheim." + +"Does the baron know that you are so near?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Methinks that he does not," the knight replied, "but that he deems me +to have gone to the court of the emperor to seek for redress--which, he +guesses, I shall certainly fail to obtain." + +"How many men have you with you?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Fifty men, all good and true," the knight said. + +"Has it never entered your thoughts to attempt a surprise upon his +castle?" Cuthbert said. + +The knight was silent for a minute. + +"At times," he said at length, "thoughts of so doing have occurred to +me; but the castle is strong, and a surprise would be difficult indeed." + +"If the baron is lulled in security at present," Cuthbert said, "and +deems you afar off, the watch is likely to be relaxed, and with a sudden +onslaught you might surely obtain possession. Blondel and myself are not +pressed for time, and the delay of a few days can make but little +difference. If, therefore, you think we could be of assistance to you in +such an attempt, my sword, and I am sure that of my friend, would be at +your disposal." + +The knight sat for some time in silence. + +"Thanks, generous knight," he said at last, "I am sorely tempted to +avail myself of your offer; but I fear that the enterprise is hopeless. +The aid, however, of your arm and knowledge of war would greatly add to +my chances, and if it pleases you we will ride to-morrow to a point +where we can obtain a sight of the baron's castle. When you see it you +shall judge yourself how far such an enterprise as you propose is +possible." + +"Is your own castle intact?" Cuthbert asked. + +"The walls are standing," he said; "but a breach has been made in them, +and at present it is wholly deserted." + +"Do you think," Cuthbert asked, "that if you succeeded in surprising and +defeating the garrison of the castle that you could then regain your +own, and hold it against your enemy?" + +"I think that I could," Sir Adelbert said. "The baron's domains are but +little larger than my own. Many of my retainers still live upon the +estate, and would, I am sure, gladly join me, if I were to raise my +flag. The baron, too, is hated by his neighbors, and could I inflict a +crushing blow upon him, methinks it would be so long a time before he +could assemble a force, that I might regain my castle and put it in an +attitude of defense before he could take the field against me." + +"If," Cuthbert said, "we could surprise the castle, it might well be +that the baron would fall into your hands, and in that case you might be +able to make your own terms with him. How strong a force is he likely to +have in his castle?" + +"Some fifty or sixty men," the knight replied; "for with such a force he +could hold the castle against an attack of ten times their number, and +he could in twelve hours call in his retainers, and raise the garrison +to three hundred or four hundred men." + +Blondel warmly assented to Cuthbert's scheme, and it was settled that at +daybreak they should start to view the Castle of Rotherheim. At early +dawn they were in the saddle, and the three rode all day, until toward +sunset they stood on the crest of a hill looking down into the valley of +the Rhine. + +The present aspect of that valley affords but a slight idea of its +beauty in those days. The slopes are now clad with vineyards, which, +although picturesque in idea, are really, to look at from a distance, no +better than so many turnip fields. The vines are planted in rows and +trained to short sticks, and as these rows follow the declivities of the +hillside, they are run in all directions, and the whole mountain side, +from the river far up, is cut up into little patches of green lines. In +those days the mountains were clad with forests, which descended nearly +to the riverside. Here and there, upon craggy points, were situate the +fortalices of the barons. Little villages nestled in the woods, or stood +by the river bank, and a fairer scene could not be witnessed in Europe. + +"That is Rotherheim," the knight said, pointing to a fortress standing +on a crag, which rose high above the woods around it; "and that," he +said, pointing to another some four miles away, similarly placed, "is my +own." + +Cuthbert examined closely the fortress of Rotherheim. It was a large +building, with towers at the angles, and seemed to rise almost abruptly +from the edge of the rock. Inside rose the gables and round turrets of +the dwelling-place of the baron, and the only access was by a steep +winding path on the riverside. + +"It is indeed a strong place," Cuthbert said, "and difficult to take by +surprise. A watch no doubt is always kept over the entrance, and there +we can hope for no success. The only plan will be to scale the wall by +means of a ladder; but how the ladder is to be got to so great a height, +I own at present passes my comprehension." After much thought, Cuthbert +went on, "It might, methinks, be practicable for an archer to approach +the walls, and to shoot an arrow over the angle of the castle so that it +would pass inside the turret there, and fall in the forest beyond. If to +this arrow were attached a light cord, it could be gained by one on the +other side, and a stronger cord hauled over. To this could be attached a +rope ladder, and so this could be raised to the top of the wall. If a +sentinel were anywhere near he might hear the rope pulled across the +battlements; but if, as we may hope, a watch is kept only over the +entrance, the operation might be performed without attracting notice." + +The knight was delighted with the project, which seemed perfectly +feasible, and it was agreed that the attempt should be made. + +"It will need," Sir Adelbert said, "an archer with a strong arm indeed +to shoot an arrow with a cord attached to it, however light, over the +corner of the castle." + +"Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that I can do that, for as a lad I was used +to the strong bows of my country. The first thing, however, will be to +obtain such a bow; but doubtless one can be purchased in one of the +towns, which, if not so strong as those to which I was accustomed, will +at any rate suffice for us." + +The party bivouacked in the woods for the night, for the horses had +already done a very long journey, and needed rest before starting back +for the Black Forest. At daybreak, however, they started, and at +nightfall rejoined their band. These were delighted when they heard the +scheme that had been set on foot, and all avowed their eagerness to join +in the attempt to restore their lord to his rights. + +Two days later they set out, having already procured from the nearest +town a strong bow, some arrows, a very light rope, and a stronger one +from a portion of which they manufactured a rope ladder capable of +reaching from the top of the wall to the rock below. The journey this +time occupied two days, as the men on foot were unable to march at the +pace at which the mounted party had traversed the ground. The evening +of the second day, however, saw them in sight of the castle. By +Cuthbert's advice, Sir Adelbert determined to give them twenty-four +hours of rest, in order that they might have their full strength for +undertaking the task before them. During the day Cuthbert, guided by the +knight, made his way through the woods to the foot of the rocks on which +the castle stood. They were extremely steep, but could be mounted by +active men if unopposed from above. Cuthbert measured the height with +his eye from the top of the castle wall to the place which he selected +as most fitting from which to shoot the arrow, and announced to the +knight that he thought there would be no difficulty in discharging an +arrow over the angle. + +At nightfall the whole party made their way silently through the woods. +Three men were sent round to the side of the castle opposite that from +which Cuthbert was to shoot. The length of light string was carefully +coiled on the ground, so as to unwind with the greatest facility, and so +offer as little resistance to the flight of the arrow as might be. Then, +all being in readiness, Cuthbert attached the end to an arrow, and +drawing the bow to its full compass, let fly the arrow. All held their +breath; but no sound followed the discharge. They were sure, therefore, +that the arrow had not struck the wall, but that it must have passed +clear over it. Half an hour elapsed before they felt that the cord was +pulled, and knew that the men upon the other side had succeeded in +finding the arrow and string attached. The stronger cord was now +fastened to that which the arrow had carried, and this gradually +disappeared in the darkness. A party now stole up the rock, and posted +themselves at the foot of the castle wall. They took with them the coil +of rope-ladder and the end of the rope. At length the rope tightened, +and to the end they attached the ladder. This again ascended until the +end only remained upon the ground, and they knew that it must have +reached the top of the wall. They now held fast, and knew that those on +the other side, following the instructions given them, would have +fastened the rope to a tree upon the opposite side. They were now joined +by the rest of the party, and Sir Adelbert leading the way, and followed +by Cuthbert and Blondel, began cautiously to ascend the rope ladder. + +All this time no sound from the castle proclaimed that their intention +was suspected, or that any alarm had been given, and in silence they +gained the top of the wall. Here they remained quiet until the whole +band were gathered there, and then made their way along until they +reached the stairs leading to the courtyard. These they descended, and +then, raising his war-cry, Sir Adelbert sprang upon the men who, round a +fire, were sitting by the gate. These were cut down before they could +leap to their feet, and the party then rushed at the entrance to the +dwelling-house. The retainers of the castle, aroused by the sudden din, +rushed from their sleeping places, but taken completely by surprise, +were unable to offer any resistance whatever to the strong force which +had, as if by magic, taken possession of the castle. The surprise was +complete, and with scarce a blow struck they found themselves in +possession. The baron himself was seized as he rose from his bed, and +his rage at finding himself in the power of his enemy was so great as +for some time to render him speechless. Sir Adelbert briefly dictated to +him the conditions upon which only he should desist from using his power +to hang him over his own gate. The baron was instantly to issue orders +to all his own retainers and tenantry to lend their aid to those of Sir +Adelbert in putting the castle of the latter into a state of defense and +mending the breach which existed. A sum of money, equal to the revenues +of which he had possessed himself, was to be paid at once, and the +knight was to retain possession of Rotherheim and of the baron's person +until these conditions were all faithfully carried out. The baron had no +resource but to assent to these terms, and upon the following day +Cuthbert and Blondel departed upon their way, overwhelmed with thanks by +Sir Adelbert, and confident that he would now be able to regain and hold +the possession of his estate. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +KING RICHARD'S RETURN TO ENGLAND. + + +Journeying onward, Blondel and his companion stopped at many castles, +and were everywhere hospitably entertained. Arriving at Vienna they +lingered for some time, hoping there to be able to obtain some +information of the whereabouts of King Richard. Blondel in his songs +artfully introduced allusions to the captive monarch and to the mourning +of all Christendom at the imprisonment of its champion. These allusions +were always well received, and he found that the great bulk of the +nobles of the empire were indignant and ashamed at the conduct of the +emperor in imprisoning his illustrious rival. The secret of his prison +place, however, appeared to have been so well kept that no information +whatever was obtainable. + +"We must carry out our original plan," he said at length, "and journey +into the Tyrol. In one of the fortresses there he is most likely to be +confined." + +Leaving the capital they wandered up into the mountains for weeks, +visiting one castle after another. It was no easy matter in all cases to +get so near to these prisons as to give a hope that their voice might be +heard within, or an answer received without. More than once crossbow +bolts were shot at them from the walls when they did not obey the +sentinel's challenge and move further away. Generally, however, it was +in the daytime that they sang. Wandering carelessly up, they would sit +down within earshot of the castle, open their wallets, and take out +provisions from their store, and then, having eaten and drunk, Blondel +would produce his lute and sing, as if for his own pleasure. It needed, +however, four visits to each castle before they could be sure that the +captive was not there; for the song had to be sung on each side. +Sometimes they would cheat themselves with the thought that they heard +an answering voice; but it was not until the end of the fourth week, +when singing outside the castle of Diernstein, that a full rich voice, +when Blondel ceased, sang out the second stanza of the poem. With +difficulty Blondel and Cuthbert restrained themselves from an +extravagant exhibition of joy. They knew, however, that men on the +prison wall were watching them as they sat singing, and Blondel, with a +final strain taken from a ballad of a knight who, having discovered the +hiding-place of his lady love, prepared to free her from her oppressors, +shouldered his lute, and they started on their homeward journey. + +There was no delay now. At times they sang indeed at castles; but only +when their store was exhausted, for upon these occasions Blondel would +be presented with a handsome goblet or other solid token of the owner's +approval, and the sale of this at the next city would take them far on +their way. They thought it better not to pass through France, as Philip, +they knew, was on the watch to prevent any news of King Richard reaching +England. They therefore again passed through Brabant, and so by ship to +England. + +Hearing that Longchamp, Bishop of Ely, one of Richard's vicegerents, was +over in Normandy, and rightly deeming him the most earnest of his +adherents, they at once recrossed the sea, and found the warlike prelate +at Rouen. Greatly delighted was he at hearing that Richard's +hiding-place had been discovered. He at once sent across the news to +England, and ordered it to be published far and wide, and himself +announced it to the barons of Normandy. Then with a gorgeous retinue, +including Cuthbert and Blondel, he started for Vienna, and arriving +there demanded an interview with the emperor. + +The news that it was now certain that Richard was imprisoned in a castle +of the emperor had already spread through Europe, and the bishop had +been received everywhere with tokens of sympathy; and so great was the +feeling shown by the counts and barons of the empire that the Emperor +Henry felt that he could no longer refuse to treat for the surrender of +his captive. Therefore he granted the interview which Longchamp +demanded. The English envoy was received by the emperor surrounded by +his nobles. The prelate advanced with great dignity. + +"I come," he said, "in the name of the people of England to demand the +restoration of King Richard, most unjustly and unknightly detained a +prisoner in his passage through your dominions." + +"King Richard was my foe," the emperor said, "open and secret, and I was +justified in detaining one who is alike my enemy and a scourge to Europe +as a prisoner, when fortune threw him in my hands. I am, however, +willing to put him to a ransom, and will upon the payment of one hundred +and fifty thousand marks allow him to go free." + +"I deny your right to detain him or to put him to ransom," the bishop +said. "But as you have the power, so my denial is useless. England is +poor, impoverished with war and by the efforts which she made in the +service of our holy religion. Nevertheless, poor as she is, she will +raise the sum you demand. There is not an Englishman who will not +furnish all he can afford for the rescue of our king. But once again, in +the presence of your nobles, I denounce your conduct as base and +unkingly." + +The emperor could with difficulty restrain his passion; but the sight of +the somber visages of his nobles showed that they shared in no slight +degree the feelings which the English envoy had so boldly announced. + +"Before, however," the emperor said, "I surrender King Richard, he must +be tried by my peers of many and various crimes of which he is accused. +Should he be found guilty of these, no gold can purchase his release. +Should he, however, be acquitted, then as my word is given so shall it +be." + +"Although," the prelate said, "I deny your right to try our king, and +believe that he himself will refuse to accept your jurisdiction, yet I +fear not the result if our lord be left in the hands of the nobles of +the empire and not in yours. I can trust their honor and courtesy." + +And turning upon his heel, without another word he quitted the +apartment. + +An hour later the bishop and his following took horse and rode with all +speed to the north coast, and thence sailed for England. The news of the +amount of ransom filled the people with consternation; but preparations +were at once made for collecting the sum demanded. Queen Eleanor was +unceasing in her efforts to raise the money for the release of her +favorite son. The nobles contributed their jewels and silver; the people +gave contributions of goods, for money was so scarce in England that few +had the wherewithal to pay in coin. Prince John placed every obstacle in +the way of the collection; but the barons had since their successful +stand obtained the upper hand, and it was by intrigue only that he could +hinder the collection. + +In the meantime, popular opinion throughout Europe was strong upon the +side of King Richard. The pope himself wrote to the emperor on his +behalf. The barons of the empire were indignant at the shame placed upon +their country; and the emperor, although he would fain have thrown +further delays in the way, was obliged at last to order the first step +to be taken. + +A solemn diet was ordered to assemble at Worms. Here were collected all +the nobles of the empire, and before them King Richard was brought. It +was a grand assembly. Upon a raised throne on the daïs sat the emperor +himself, and beside him and near him were the great feudatories of the +empire, and along the sides of the walls were ranged in long rows the +lesser barons. When the doors were opened and King Richard entered, the +whole assembly, save the emperor, rose in respect to the captive +monarch. Although pale from his long confinement, the proud air of +Richard was in no way abated, and the eyes that had flashed so +fearlessly upon the Saracens looked as sternly down the long lines of +the barons of Germany. Of splendid stature and physique, King Richard +was unquestionably the finest man of his time. He was handsome, with a +frank face, but with a fierce and passionate eye. He wore his mustache +with a short beard and closely-cut whisker. His short curly hair was +cropped closely to his head, upon which he wore a velvet cap with gold +coronet, while a scarlet robe lined with fur fell over his coat of mail, +for the emperor had deemed it imprudent to excite the feeling of the +assembly in favor of the prisoner by depriving him of the symbols of his +rank. + +King Richard strode to the place prepared for him, and then turning to +the assembly he said, in a voice which rang through the hall: + +"Counts and lords of the Empire of Germany, I, Richard, King of +England, do deny your right to try me. I am a king, and can only be +tried by my peers and by the pope, who is the head of Christendom. I +might refuse to plead, refuse to take any part in this assembly, and +appeal to the pope, who alone has power to punish kings. But I will +waive my rights. I rely upon the honor and probity of the barons of +Germany. I have done no man wrong, and would appear as fearlessly before +an assembly of peasants as before a gathering of barons. Such faults as +I may have, and none are without them, are not such as those with which +I am charged. I have slain many men in anger, but none by treachery. +When Richard of England strikes he strikes in the light of day. He +leaves poison and treachery to his enemies, and I hurl back with +indignation and scorn in the teeth of him who makes them the charges +brought against me." + +So saying King Richard took his seat amid a murmur of applause from the +crowded hall. + +The trial then commenced. The accusations against Richard were of many +kinds. Chief among them was the murder of Conrad of Montferat; but there +were charges of having brought the Crusade to naught by thwarting the +general plans, by his arrogance in refusing to be bound by the decision +of the other leaders, and by having made a peace contrary to the +interests of the Crusaders. The list was a long one; but the evidence +produced was pitiably weak. Beyond the breath of suspicion, no word of +real evidence connecting him with the murder of Conrad of Montferat was +adduced, and the other charges were supported by no better evidence. +Many of the German barons who had been at the Crusades themselves came +forward to testify to the falsity of these charges, and the fact that +Richard had himself placed Conrad of Montferat upon the throne, and had +no possible interest in his death, was alone more than sufficient to +nullify the vague rumors brought against him. Richard himself in a few a +scornful words disposed of this accusation. The accusation that he, +Richard of England, would stoop to poison a man whom he could have +crushed in an instant was too absurd to be seriously treated. + +"I am sure," the king said, "that not one person here believes this idle +tale. That I did not always agree with the other leaders is true; but I +call upon every one here to say whether, had they listened to me and +followed my advice, the Crusade would not have had another ending. Even +after Philip of France had withdrawn; even after I had been deserted by +John of Austria, I led the troops of the Crusaders from every danger and +every difficulty to within sight of the walls of Jerusalem. Had I been +supported with zeal, the holy city would have been ours; but the apathy, +the folly, and the weakness of the leaders brought ruin upon the army. +They thought not of conquering Jerusalem, but of thwarting me; and I +retort upon them the charge of having sacrificed the success of the +Crusade. As to the terms of peace, how were they made? I, with some +fifty knights and one thousand followers, alone remained in the Holy +Land. Who else, I ask, so circumstanced, could have obtained any terms +whatever from Saladin? It was the weight of my arm alone which saved +Jaffa and Acre, and the line of seacoast, to the Cross. And had I +followed the example set me by him of Austria and the Frenchman, not one +foot of the Holy Land would now remain in Christian hands." + +The trial was soon over, and without a single dissentient the King of +England was acquitted of all the charges brought against him. But the +money was not yet raised, and King Richard was taken back into the +heart of Germany. At length, by prodigious exertions, half the amount +claimed was collected, and upon the solicitations of the pope and of the +counts of his own empire, the emperor consented to release Richard upon +receipt of this sum, and his royal promise that the remainder should be +made up. + +Not as yet, however, were the intrigues at an end. Prince John and King +Philip alike implored the emperor to retain his captive, and offered to +him a larger sum than the ransom if he would still hold him in his +hands. Popular opinion, was, however, too strong. When the news of these +negotiations became bruited abroad the counts of the empire, filled with +indignation, protested against this shame and dishonor being brought +upon the country. The pope threatened him with excommunication; and at +last the emperor, feeling that he would risk his throne did he further +insist, was forced to open the prison gates and let the king free. +Cuthbert, Blondel, and a few other trusty friends were at hand, and +their joy at receiving their long-lost sovereign was indeed intense. +Horses had been provided in readiness, and without a moment's delay the +king started, for even at the last moment it was feared that the emperor +might change his mind. This indeed was the case. The king had not +started many hours, when the arrival of fresh messengers from Philip and +John induced the emperor once more to change his intentions, and a body +of men were sent in pursuit of the king. The latter fortunately made no +stay on the way, but changing horses frequently--for everywhere he was +received with honor and attention--he pushed forward for the coast of +the North Sea, and arrived there two or three hours only before his +oppressors. Fortunately it was night, and taking a boat he embarked +without a moment's delay; and when the emissaries of the emperor arrived +the boat was already out of sight, and in the darkness pursuit was +hopeless. + +On landing at Dover, the first to present himself before him was Prince +John, who, in the most abject terms besought pardon for the injuries he +had inflicted. King Richard waved him contemptuously aside. + +"Go," he said, "and may I forget your injuries as speedily as you will +forget my pardon." + +Then taking horse, he rode on to London, where he was received with the +most lively acclamation by his subjects. + +The first step of King Richard was to dispossess all the minions of John +from the castles and lands which had been taken from his faithful +adherents. Some of these resisted; but their fortresses were speedily +stormed. Sir Rudolph was not one of these. Immediately the news of King +Richard's arrival in England reached him, feeling that all was now lost, +he rode to the seacoast, took ship, and passed into France, and +Cuthbert, on his arrival at Evesham, found himself undisputed lord of +the place. He found that the hiding-place of his mother had not been +discovered, and, after a short delay to put matters in train, he, +attended by a gallant retinue, rode into Wiltshire to the castle of Sir +Baldwin of Béthune. Here he found the Lady Margaret safe and sound, and +mightily pleased to see him. She was now seventeen, and offered no +objections whatever to the commands of King Richard that she should at +once bestow her hand upon the Earl of Evesham. By the king's order, the +wedding took place at London, the king himself bestowing the bride upon +his faithful follower, whom we may now leave to the enjoyment of the +fortune and wife he had so valiantly won. + + + + + +THE END. + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Boy Knight, by G.A. Henty + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BOY KNIGHT *** + +***** This file should be named 13354-8.txt or 13354-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/3/5/13354/ + +Produced by Ted Garvin, Annika Feilbach and PG Distributed Proofreaders + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/old/13354-8.zip b/old/13354-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b966c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13354-8.zip diff --git a/old/13354-h.zip b/old/13354-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..85a9cc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13354-h.zip diff --git a/old/13354-h/13354-h.htm b/old/13354-h/13354-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eef4e43 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13354-h/13354-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,11459 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta content="pg2html (binary v0.17)" name="linkgenerator" /> + <title> + The Boy Knight, by G.A. Henty + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%; text-align: justify; font-size: 80%; font-style: italic;} + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + .xx-small {font-size: 60%;} + .x-small {font-size: 75%;} + .small {font-size: 85%;} + .large {font-size: 115%;} + .x-large {font-size: 130%;} + .indent5 { margin-left: 5%;} + .indent10 { margin-left: 10%;} + .indent15 { margin-left: 15%;} + .indent20 { margin-left: 20%;} + .indent25 { margin-left: 25%;} + .indent30 { margin-left: 30%;} + .indent35 { margin-left: 35%;} + .indent40 { margin-left: 40%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {position: absolute; right: 1%; font-size: 0.6em; + font-variant: normal; font-style: normal; + text-align: right; background-color: #FFFACD; + border: 1px solid; padding: 0.3em;text-indent: 0em;} + .side { float: left; font-size: 75%; width: 15%; padding-left: 0.8em; + border-left: dashed thin; text-align: left; + text-indent: 0; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; + font-weight: bold; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: solid 1px;} + .head { float: left; font-size: 90%; width: 98%; padding-left: 0.8em; + border-left: dashed thin; text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; + font-weight: bold; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: solid 1px;} + p.pfirst, p.noindent {text-indent: 0} + span.dropcap { float: left; margin: 0 0.1em 0 0; line-height: 0.8 } + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Boy Knight, by G.A. Henty + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Boy Knight + +Author: G.A. Henty + +Release Date: September 2, 2004 [EBook #13354] +Last updated: April 12, 2019 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BOY KNIGHT *** + + + + +Etext produced by Ted Garvin, Annika Feilbach and PG Distributed Proofreaders + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + + + +</pre> + <div style="height: 8em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + THE BOY KNIGHT. + </h1> + <h2> + A Tale Of The Crusades <br /> + </h2> + <h2> + BY G.A. HENTY + </h2> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p> + <b>CONTENTS</b> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0001"> <b>THE BOY KNIGHT.</b> </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. — THE OUTLAWS. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. — A RESCUE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. — THE CAPTURE OF WORTHAM HOLD. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. — THE CRUSADES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. — PREPARATIONS. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI. — THE LISTS. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. — REVENGE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII. — THE ATTACK. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. — THE PRINCESS BERENGARIA. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. — PIRATES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. — IN THE HOLY LAND. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. — THE ACCOLADE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII. — IN THE HANDS OF THE + SARACENS. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV. — AN EFFORT FOR FREEDOM. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV. — A HERMIT'S TALE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI. — A FIGHT OF HEROES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII. — AN ALPINE STORM. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII. — SENTENCED TO DEATH. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX. — DRESDEN. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX. — UNDER THE GREENWOOD. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI. — THE ATTEMPT ON THE CONVENT. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII. — A DASTARDLY STRATAGEM. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII. — THE FALSE AND PERJURED + KNIGHT. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER XXIV. — THE SIEGE OF EVESHAM + CASTLE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV. — IN SEARCH OF THE KING. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER XXVI. — KING RICHARD'S RETURN TO + ENGLAND. </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + THE BOY KNIGHT. + </h1> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I. — THE OUTLAWS. + </h2> + <p> + It was a bright morning in the month of August, when a lad of some fifteen + years of age, sitting on a low wall, watched party after party of armed + men riding up to the castle of the Earl of Evesham. A casual observer + glancing at his curling hair and bright open face, as also at the fashion + of his dress, would at once have assigned to him a purely Saxon origin; + but a keener eye would have detected signs that Norman blood ran also in + his veins, for his figure was lither and lighter, his features more + straightly and shapely cut, than was common among Saxons. His dress + consisted of a tight-fitting jerkin, descending nearly to his knees. The + material was a light-blue cloth, while over his shoulder hung a short + cloak of a darker hue. His cap was of Saxon fashion, and he wore on one + side a little plume of a heron. In a somewhat costly belt hung a light + short sword, while across his knees lay a crossbow, in itself almost a + sure sign of its bearer being of other than Saxon blood. The boy looked + anxiously as party after party rode past toward the castle. + </p> + <p> + "I would give something," he said, "to know what wind blows these knaves + here. From every petty castle in the Earl's feu the retainers seem + hurrying here. Is he bent, I wonder, on settling once and for all his + quarrels with the Baron of Wortham? or can he be intending to make a clear + sweep of the woods? Ah! here comes my gossip Hubert; he may tell me the + meaning of this gathering." + </p> + <p> + Leaping to his feet, the speaker started at a brisk walk to meet a + jovial-looking personage coming down from the direction of the castle. The + newcomer was dressed in the attire of a falconer, and two dogs followed at + his heels. + </p> + <p> + "Ah, Master Cuthbert," he said, "what brings you so near to the castle? It + is not often that you favor us with your presence." + </p> + <p> + "I am happier in the woods, as you well know, and was on my way thither + but now, when I paused at the sight of all these troopers flocking in to + Evesham. What enterprise has Sir Walter on hand now, think you?" + </p> + <p> + "The earl keeps his own counsel," said the falconer, "but methinks a + shrewd guess might be made at the purport of the gathering. It was but + three days since that his foresters were beaten back by the landless men, + whom they caught in the very act of cutting up a fat buck. As thou + knowest, my lord though easy and well-disposed to all, and not fond of + harassing and driving the people as are many of his neighbors, is yet to + the full as fanatical anent his forest privileges as the worst of them. + They tell me that when the news came in of the poor figure that his + foresters cut with broken bows and draggled plumes—for the varlets + had soused them in a pond of not over savory water—he swore a great + oath that he would clear the forest of the bands. It may be, indeed, that + this gathering is for the purpose of falling in force upon that + evil-disposed and most treacherous baron, Sir John of Wortham, who has + already begun to harry some of the outlying lands, and has driven off, I + hear, many heads of cattle. It is a quarrel which will have to be fought + out sooner or later, and the sooner the better, say I. Although I am no + man of war, and love looking after my falcons or giving food to my dogs + far more than exchanging hard blows, yet would I gladly don the buff and + steel coat to aid in leveling the keep of that robber and tyrant, Sir John + of Wortham." + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, good Hubert," said the lad. "I must not stand gossiping here. The + news you have told me, as you know, touches me closely, for I would not + that harm should come to the forest men." + </p> + <p> + "Let it not out, I beseech thee, Cuthbert, that the news came from me, for + temperate as Sir Walter is at most times, he would, methinks, give me + short shift did he know that the wagging of my tongue might have given + warning through which the outlaws of the Chase should slip through his + fingers." + </p> + <p> + "Fear not, Hubert; I can be mum when the occasion needs. Can you tell me + further, when the bands now gathering are likely to set forth?" + </p> + <p> + "In brief breathing space," the falconer replied. "Those who first arrived + I left swilling beer, and devouring pies and other provisions cooked for + them last night, and from what I hear, they will set forth as soon as the + last comer has arrived. Whichever be their quarry, they will try to fall + upon it before the news of their arrival is bruited abroad." + </p> + <p> + With a wave of his hand to the falconer the boy started. Leaving the road, + and striking across the slightly undulated country dotted here and there + by groups of trees, the lad ran at a brisk trot, without stopping to halt + or breathe, until after half an hour's run he arrived at the entrance of a + building, whose aspect proclaimed it to be the abode of a Saxon franklin + of some importance. It would not be called a castle, but was rather a + fortified house, with a few windows looking without, and surrounded by a + moat crossed by a drawbridge, and capable of sustaining anything short of + a real attack. Erstwood had but lately passed into Norman hands, and was + indeed at present owned by a Saxon. Sir William de Lance, the father of + the lad who is now entering its portals, was a friend and follower of the + Earl of Evesham; and soon after his lord had married Gweneth, the heiress + of all these fair lands—given to him by the will of the king, to + whom by the death of her father she became a ward—Sir William had + married Editha, the daughter and heiress of the franklin of Erstwood, a + cousin and dear friend of the new Countess of Evesham. + </p> + <p> + In neither couple could the marriage at first have been called one of + inclination on the part of the ladies, but love came after marriage. + Although the knights and barons of the Norman invasion would, no doubt, be + considered rude and rough in these days of broadcloth and civilization, + yet their manners were gentle and polished by the side of those of the + rough though kindly Saxon franklins; and although the Saxon maids were + doubtless as patriotic as their fathers and mothers, yet the female mind + is greatly led by gentle manners and courteous address. Thus, then, when + bidden or forced to give their hands to the Norman knights, they speedily + accepted their lot, and for the most part grew contented and happy enough. + In their changed circumstances it was pleasanter to ride by the side of + their Norman husbands, surrounded by a gay cavalcade, to hawk and to hunt, + than to discharge the quiet duties of mistress of a Saxon farmhouse. In + many cases, of course, their lot was rendered wretched by the violence and + brutality of their lords; but in the majority they were well satisfied + with their lot, and these mixed marriages did more to bring the peoples + together and weld them in one than all the laws and decrees of the Norman + sovereigns. + </p> + <p> + This had certainly been the case with Editha, whose marriage with Sir + William had been one of the greatest happiness. She had lost him three + years before the story begins, fighting in Normandy, in one of the + innumerable wars in which our first Norman kings were constantly involved. + On entering the gates of Erstwood Cuthbert had rushed hastily to the room + where his mother was sitting, with three or four of her maidens, engaged + in work. + </p> + <p> + "I want to speak to you at once, mother," he said. + </p> + <p> + "What is it now, my son?" said his mother, who was still young and very + comely. Waving her hand to the girls they left her. + </p> + <p> + "Mother," he said, when they were alone, "I fear me that Sir Walter is + about to make a great raid upon the outlaws. Armed men have been coming in + all the morning from the castles round, and if it be not against the Baron + de Wortham that these preparations are intended, and methinks it is not, + it must needs be against the landless men." + </p> + <p> + "What would you do, Cuthbert?" his mother asked anxiously. "It will not do + for you to be found meddling in these matters. At present you stand well + in the favor of the earl, who loves you for the sake of his wife, to whom + you are kin, and of your father, who did him good liegeman's service." + </p> + <p> + "But, mother, I have many friends in the wood. There is Cnut, their chief, + your own first cousin, and many others of our friends, all good men and + true, though forced by the cruel Norman laws to refuge in the woods." + </p> + <p> + "What would you do?" again his mother asked. + </p> + <p> + "I would take Ronald my pony and ride to warn them of the danger that + threatens." + </p> + <p> + "You had best go on foot, my son. Doubtless men have been set to see that + none from the Saxon homesteads carry the warning to the woods. The + distance is not beyond your reach, for you have often wandered there, and + on foot you can evade the eye of the watchers; but one thing, my son, you + must promise, and that is, that in no case, should the earl and his bands + meet with the outlaws, will you take part in any fray or struggle." + </p> + <p> + "That will I willingly, mother," he said. "I have no cause for offense + against the castle or the forest, and my blood and my kin are with both. I + would fain save shedding of blood in a quarrel like this. I hope that the + time may come when Saxon and Norman may fight side by side, and I may be + there to see." + </p> + <p> + A few minutes later, having changed his blue doublet for one of more sober + and less noticeable color, Cuthbert started for the great forest, which + then stretched to within a mile of Erstwood. In those days a large part of + the country was covered with forest, and the policy of the Normans in + preserving these woods for the chase tended to prevent the increase of + cultivation. + </p> + <p> + The farms and cultivated lands were all held by Saxons, who although + nominally handed over to the nobles to whom William and his successors had + given the fiefs, saw but little of their Norman masters. These stood, + indeed, much in the position in which landlords stand to their tenants, + payment being made, for the most part, in produce. At the edge of the wood + the trees grew comparatively far apart, but as Cuthbert proceeded further + into its recesses, the trees in the virgin forest stood thick and close + together. Here and there open glades ran across each other, and in these + his sharp eye, accustomed to the forest, could often see the stags + starting away at the sound of his footsteps. + </p> + <p> + It was a full hour's journey before Cuthbert reached the point for which + he was bound. Here, in an open space, probably cleared by a storm ages + before, and overshadowed by giant trees, was a group of men of all ages + and appearances. Some were occupied in stripping the skin off a buck which + hung from the bough of one of the trees. Others were roasting portions of + the carcass of another deer. A few sat apart, some talking, others busy in + making arrows, while a few lay asleep on the greensward. As Cuthbert + entered the clearing several of the party rose to their feet. + </p> + <p> + "Ah, Cuthbert," shouted a man of almost gigantic stature, who appeared to + be one of the leaders of the party, "what brings you here, lad, so early? + You are not wont to visit us till even, when you can lay your crossbow at + a stag by moonlight." + </p> + <p> + "No, no, Cousin Cnut," Cuthbert said, "thou canst not say that I have ever + broken the forest laws, though I have looked on often and often, while you + have done so." + </p> + <p> + "The abettor is as bad as the thief," laughed Cnut, "and if the foresters + caught us in the act, I wot they would make but little difference whether + it was the shaft of my longbow or the quarrel from thy crossbow which + brought down the quarry. But again, lad, why comest thou here? for I see + by the sweat on your face and by the heaving of your sides that you have + run fast and far." + </p> + <p> + "I have, Cnut; I have not once stopped for breathing since I left + Erstwood. I have come to warn you of danger. The earl is preparing for a + raid." + </p> + <p> + Cnut laughed somewhat disdainfully. + </p> + <p> + "He has raided here before, and I trow has carried off no game. The + landless men of the forest can hold their own against a handful of Norman + knights and retainers in their own home." + </p> + <p> + "Ay," said Cuthbert, "but this will be no common raid. This morning bands + from all the holds within miles round are riding in, and at least five + hundred men-at-arms are likely to do chase to-day." + </p> + <p> + "Is it so?" said Cnut, while exclamations of surprise, but not of + apprehension, broke from those standing round. "If that be so, lad, you + have done us good service indeed. With fair warning we can slip through + the fingers of ten times five hundred men, but if they came upon us + unawares, and hemmed us in, it would fare but badly with us, though we + should, I doubt not, give a good account of them before their battle-axes + and maces ended the strife. Have you any idea by which road they will + enter the forest, or what are their intentions?" + </p> + <p> + "I know not," Cuthbert said; "all that I gathered was that the earl + intended to sweep the forest, and to put an end to the breaches of the + laws, not to say of the rough treatment that his foresters have met with + at your hands. You had best, methinks, be off before Sir Walter and his + heavily-armed men are here. The forest, large as it is, will scarce hold + you both, and methinks you had best shift your quarters to Langholm Chase + until the storm has passed." + </p> + <p> + "To Langholm be it, then," said Cnut, "though I love not the place. Sir + John of Wortham is a worse neighbor by far than the earl. Against the + latter we bear no malice, he is a good knight and a fair lord; and could + he free himself of the Norman notions that the birds of the air, and the + beasts of the field, and the fishes of the water, all belong to Normans, + and that we Saxons have no share in them, I should have no quarrel with + him. He grinds not his neighbors, he is content with a fair tithe of the + produce, and as between man and man is a fair judge without favor. The + baron is a fiend incarnate; did he not fear that he would lose by so + doing, he would gladly cut the throats, or burn, or drown, or hang every + Saxon within twenty miles of his hold. He is a disgrace to his order, and + some day, when our band gathers a little stronger, we will burn his nest + about his ears." + </p> + <p> + "It will be a hard nut to crack," Cuthbert said, laughing. "With such arms + as you have in the forest the enterprise would be something akin to + scaling the skies." + </p> + <p> + "Ladders and axes will go far, lad, and the Norman men-at-arms have + learned to dread our shafts. But enough of the baron; if we must be his + neighbors for a time, so be it." + </p> + <p> + "You have heard, my mates," he said, turning to his comrades gathered + around him, "what Cuthbert tells us. Are you of my opinion, that it is + better to move away till the storm is past than to fight against heavy + odds, without much chance of either booty or victory?" + </p> + <p> + A general chorus proclaimed that the outlaws approved of the proposal for + a move to Langholm Chase. The preparations were simple. Bows were taken + down from the boughs on which they were hanging, quivers slung across the + backs, short cloaks thrown over the shoulders. The deer was hurriedly + dismembered, and the joints fastened to a pole slung on the shoulders of + two of the men. The drinking-cups, some of which were of silver, looking + strangely out of place among the rough horn implements and platters, were + bundled together, carried a short distance and dropped among some thick + bushes for safety; and then the band started for Wortham. + </p> + <p> + With a cordial farewell and many thanks to Cuthbert, who declined their + invitations to accompany them, the retreat to Langholm commenced. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, not knowing in which direction the bands were likely to + approach, remained for awhile motionless, intently listening. + </p> + <p> + In a quarter of an hour he heard the distant note of a bugle. + </p> + <p> + It was answered in three different directions, and Cuthbert, who knew + every path and glade of the forest, was able pretty accurately to surmise + those by which the various bands were commencing to enter the wood. + </p> + <p> + Knowing that they were still a long way off, he advanced as rapidly as he + could in the direction in which they were coming. When by the sound of + distant voices and the breaking of branches he knew that one, at least, of + the parties was near at hand, he rapidly climbed a thick tree and + ensconced himself in the branches, and there watched, secure and hidden + from the sharpest eye, the passage of a body of men-at-arms fully a + hundred strong, led by Sir Walter himself, accompanied by some half dozen + of his knights. + </p> + <p> + When they had passed Cuthbert again slipped down the tree and made at all + speed for home. He reached it, so far as he knew, without having been + observed by a single passer-by. + </p> + <p> + After a brief talk with his mother he started for the castle, as his + appearance there would divert any suspicion that might arise; and it would + also appear natural that seeing the movements of so large a body of men, + he should go up to gossip with his acquaintances there. + </p> + <p> + When distant a mile from Evesham he came upon a small party. + </p> + <p> + On a white palfrey rode Margaret, the little daughter of the earl. She was + accompanied by her nurse and two retainers on foot. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert—who was a great favorite with the earl's daughter, for whom + he frequently brought pets, such as nests of young owlets, falcons, and + other creatures—was about to join the party when from a clump of + trees near burst a body of ten mounted men. + </p> + <p> + Without a word they rode straight at the astonished group. The retainers + were cut to the ground before they had thought of drawing a sword in + defense. + </p> + <p> + The nurse was slain by a blow with a battle-ax, and Margaret, snatched + from her palfrey, was thrown across the saddlebow of one of the mounted + men, who then with his comrades dashed off at full speed. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II. — A RESCUE. + </h2> + <p> + The whole of the startling scene of the abduction of the Earl of Evesham's + daughter occupied but a few seconds. Cuthbert was so astounded at the + sudden calamity that he remained rooted to the ground at the spot where, + fortunately for himself, unnoticed by the assailants, he had stood when + they first burst from their concealment. + </p> + <p> + For a short time he hesitated as to the course he should take. + </p> + <p> + The men-at-arms who remained in the castle were scarce strong enough to + rescue the child, whose captors would no doubt be reinforced by a far + stronger party lurking near. + </p> + <p> + The main body of Sir Walter's followers were deep in the recesses of the + forest, and this lay altogether out of the line for Wortham, and there + would be no chance whatever of bringing them up in time to cut off the + marauders on their way back. + </p> + <p> + There remained only the outlaws, who by this time would be in Langholm + Forest, perhaps within a mile or two of the castle itself. + </p> + <p> + The road by which the horsemen would travel would be far longer than the + direct line across country, and he resolved at once to strain every nerve + to reach his friends in time to get them to interpose between the captors + of the Lady Margaret and their stronghold. + </p> + <p> + For an instant he hesitated whether to run back to Erstwood to get a + horse; but he decided that it would be as quick to go on foot, and far + easier so to find the outlaws. + </p> + <p> + These thoughts occupied but a few moments, and he at once started at the + top of his speed for his long run across the country. + </p> + <p> + Had Cuthbert been running in a race of hare and hound, he would assuredly + have borne away the prize from most boys of his age. At headlong pace he + made across the country, every foot of which, as far as the edge of + Langholm Chase, he knew by heart. + </p> + <p> + The distance to the woods was some twelve miles, and in an hour and a half + from the moment of his starting Cuthbert was deep within its shades. Where + he would be likely to find the outlaws he knew not; and, putting a whistle + to his lips, he shrilly blew the signal, which would, he knew, be + recognized by any of the band within hearing. + </p> + <p> + He thought that he heard an answer, but was not certain, and again dashed + forward, almost as speedily as if he had but just started. + </p> + <p> + Five minutes later a man stood in the glade up which he was running. He + recognized him at once as one of Cnut's party. + </p> + <p> + "Where are the band?" he gasped. + </p> + <p> + "Half a mile or so to the right," replied the man. + </p> + <p> + Guided by the man, Cuthbert ran at full speed, till, panting and scarce + able to speak, he arrived at the spot where Cnut's band were gathered. + </p> + <p> + In a few words he told them what had happened, and although they had just + been chased by the father of the captured child, there was not a moment of + hesitation in promising their aid to rescue her from a man whom they + regarded as a far more bitter enemy, both of themselves and their race. + </p> + <p> + "I fear we shall be too late to cut them off," Cnut said, "they have so + long a start; but at least we will waste no time in gossiping." + </p> + <p> + Winding a horn to call together some of the members of the band who had + scattered, and leaving one at the meeting-place to give instructions to + the rest, Cnut, followed by those assembled there, went off at a swinging + trot through the glades toward Wortham Castle. + </p> + <p> + After a rapid calculation of distances, and allowing for the fact that the + baron's men—knowing that Sir Walter's retainers and friends were all + deep in the forest, and even if they heard of the outrage could not be on + their traces for hours—would take matters quietly, Cnut concluded + that they had arrived in time. + </p> + <p> + Turning off, they made their way along the edge of the wood, to the point + where the road from Evesham ran through the forest. + </p> + <p> + Scarcely had the party reached this point when they heard a faint clatter + of steel. + </p> + <p> + "Here they come!" exclaimed Cuthbert. + </p> + <p> + Cnut gave rapid directions, and the band took up their posts behind the + trees, on either side of the path. + </p> + <p> + "Remember," Cnut said, "above all things be careful not to hit the child, + but pierce the horse on which she is riding. The instant he falls, rush + forward. We must trust to surprise to give us the victory." + </p> + <p> + Three minutes later the head of a band of horsemen was seen through the + trees. They were some thirty in number, and, closely grouped as they were + together, the watchers behind the trees could not see the form of the + child carried in their midst. + </p> + <p> + When they came abreast of the concealed outlaws Cnut gave a sharp whistle, + and fifty arrows flew from tree and bush into the closely gathered party + of horsemen. More than half their number fell at once; some, drawing their + swords, endeavored to rush at their concealed foes, while others dashed + forward in the hope of riding through the snare into which they had + fallen. Cuthbert had leveled his crossbow, but had not fired; he was + watching with intense anxiety for a glimpse of the bright-colored dress of + the child. Soon he saw a horseman separate himself from the rest and dash + forward at full speed. Several arrows flew by him, and one or two struck + the horse on which he rode. + </p> + <p> + The animal, however, kept on its way. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert leveled his crossbow on the low arm of a tree, and as the rider + came abreast of him touched the trigger, and the steel-pointed quarrel + flew true and strong against the temple of the passing horseman. He fell + from his horse like a stone, and the well-trained animal at once stood + still by the side of his rider. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert leaped forward, and to his delight the child at once opened her + arms and cried in a joyous tone: + </p> + <p> + "Cuthbert!" + </p> + <p> + The fight was still raging fiercely, and Cuthbert, raising her from the + ground, ran with her into the wood, where they remained hidden until the + combat ceased, and the last survivors of the baron's band had ridden past + toward the castle. + </p> + <p> + Then Cuthbert went forward with his charge and joined the band of outlaws, + who, absorbed in the fight, had not witnessed the incident of her rescue, + and now received them with loud shouts of joy and triumph. + </p> + <p> + "This is a good day's work indeed for all," Cuthbert said; "it will make + of the earl a firm friend instead of a bitter enemy; and I doubt not that + better days are dawning for Evesham Forest." + </p> + <p> + A litter was speedily made with boughs; on this Margaret was placed, and + on the shoulders of two stout foresters started for home, Cnut and + Cuthbert walking beside, and a few of the band keeping at a short distance + behind, as a sort of rearguard, should the baron attempt to regain his + prey. + </p> + <p> + There was now no cause for speed, and Cuthbert in truth could scarce drag + one foot before another, for he had already traversed over twenty miles, + the greater portion of the distance at his highest rate of speed. + </p> + <p> + Cnut offered to have a litter made for him also, but this Cuthbert + indignantly refused; however, in the forest they came upon the hut of a + small cultivator, who had a rough forest pony, which was borrowed for + Cuthbert's use. + </p> + <p> + It was late in the afternoon before they came in sight of Evesham Castle. + From the distance could be seen bodies of armed men galloping toward it, + and it was clear that only now the party were returning from the wood, and + had learned the news of the disappearance of the earl's daughter, and of + the finding of the bodies of her attendants. + </p> + <p> + Presently they met one of the mounted retainers riding at headlong speed. + </p> + <p> + "Have you heard or seen anything," he shouted, as he approached, "of the + Lady Margaret? She is missing, and foul play has taken place." + </p> + <p> + "Here I am, Rudolph," cried the child, sitting up on the rude litter. + </p> + <p> + The horseman gave a cry of astonishment and pleasure, and without a word + wheeled his horse and galloped past back at headlong speed toward the + castle. + </p> + <p> + As Cuthbert and the party approached the gate the earl himself, surrounded + by his knights and followers, rode out hastily from the gate and halted in + front of the little party. The litter was lowered, and as he dismounted + from his horse his daughter sprang out and leaped into his arms. + </p> + <p> + For a few minutes the confusion and babble of tongues were too great for + anything to be heard, but Cuthbert, as soon as order was somewhat + restored, stated what had happened, and the earl was moved to fury at the + news of the outrage which had been perpetrated by the Baron of Wortham + upon his daughter and at the very gates of his castle, and also at the + thought that she should have been saved by the bravery and devotion of the + very men against whom he had so lately been vowing vengeance in the depths + of the forest. + </p> + <p> + "This is not a time," he said to Cnut, "for talk or making promises, but + be assured that henceforth the deer of Evesham Chase are as free to you + and your men as to me. Forest laws or no forest laws, I will no more lift + a hand against men to whom I owe so much. Come when you will to the + castle, my friends, and let us talk over what can be done to raise your + outlawry and restore you to an honest career again." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert returned home tired, but delighted with his day's work, and Dame + Editha was surprised indeed with the tale of adventure he had to tell. The + next morning he went over to the castle, and heard that a grand council + had been held the evening before, and that it had been determined to + attack Wortham Castle and to raze it to the ground. + </p> + <p> + Immediately on hearing of his arrival, the earl, after again expressing + his gratitude for the rescue of his daughter, asked him if he would go + into the forest and invite the outlaws to join their forces with those of + the castle to attack the baron. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert willingly undertook the mission, as he felt that this alliance + would further strengthen the position of the forest men. + </p> + <p> + When he arrived there was some considerable consultation and discussion + between the outlaws as to the expediency of mixing themselves in the + quarrels between the Norman barons. However, Cnut persuaded them that as + the Baron of Wortham was an enemy and oppressor of all Saxons, it was in + fact their own quarrel that they were fighting rather than that of the + earl, and they therefore agreed to give their aid, and promised to be at + the rendezvous outside the castle to be attacked soon after dawn next + morning. Cuthbert returned with the news which gave great satisfaction to + the earl. + </p> + <p> + The castle was now a scene of bustle and business; armorers were at work + repairing headpieces and breastplates, sharpening swords and battle-axes, + while the fletchers prepared sheaves of arrows. In the courtyard a number + of men were engaged oiling the catapults, ballistas, and other machines + for hurling stones. All were discussing the chances of the assault, for it + was no easy matter which they had set themselves to do. Wortham Hold was + an extremely strong one, and it needed all and more than all the machines + at their disposal to undertake so formidable an operation as a siege. + </p> + <p> + The garrison, too, were strong and desperate; and the baron, knowing what + must follow his outrage of the day before, would have been sure to send + off messengers round the country begging his friends to come to his + assistance. Cuthbert had begged permission of his mother to ask the earl + to allow him to join as a volunteer, but she would not hear of it. Neither + would she suffer him to mingle with the foresters. The utmost that he + could obtain was that he might go as a spectator, with strict injunctions + to keep himself out of the fray, and as far as possible beyond bow-shot of + the castle wall. + </p> + <p> + It was a force of some four hundred strong that issued from the wood early + next morning to attack the stronghold at Wortham. The force consisted of + some ten or twelve knights and barons, some one hundred and fifty or one + hundred and sixty Norman men-at-arms, a miscellaneous gathering of other + retainers, two hundred strong, and some eighty of the forest men. These + last were not to fight under the earl's banner, but were to act on their + own account. There were among them outlaws, escaped serfs, and some men + guilty of bloodshed. The earl then could not have suffered these men to + fight under his flag until purged in some way of their offenses. + </p> + <p> + This arrangement suited the foresters well. + </p> + <p> + Their strong point was shooting; and by taking up their own position, and + following their own tactics, under the leadership of Cnut, they would be + able to do far more execution, and that with less risk to themselves, than + if compelled to fight according to the fashion of the Normans. + </p> + <p> + As they approached the castle a trumpet was blown, and the herald + advancing, demanded its surrender, stigmatized the Baron of Wortham as a + false knight and a disgrace to his class and warned all those within the + castle to abstain from giving him aid or countenance, but to submit + themselves to the earl, Sir Walter of Evesham, the representative of King + Richard. + </p> + <p> + The reply to the summons was a burst of taunting laughter from the walls; + and scarcely had the herald withdrawn than a flight of arrows showed that + the besieged were perfectly ready for the fray. + </p> + <p> + Indeed the baron had not been idle. Already the dispute between himself + and the earl had come to such a point that it was certain that sooner or + later open hostilities would break out. + </p> + <p> + He had therefore been for some time quietly accumulating a large store of + provisions and munitions of war, and strengthening the castle in every + way. + </p> + <p> + The moat had been cleaned out, and filled to the brim with water. Great + quantities of heavy stones had been accumulated on the most exposed points + of the walls, in readiness to hurl upon any who might try to climb. Huge + sheaves of arrows and piles of crossbow bolts were in readiness, and in + all, save the number of men, Wortham had for weeks been prepared for the + siege. + </p> + <p> + On the day when the attempt to carry off the earl's daughter had failed, + the baron, seeing that his bold stroke to obtain a hostage which would + have enabled him to make his own terms with the earl had been thwarted, + knew that the struggle was inevitable. + </p> + <p> + Fleet messengers had been sent in all directions. To Gloucester and + Hereford, Stafford, and even Oxford, men had ridden, with letters to the + baron's friends, beseeching them to march to his assistance. + </p> + <p> + "I can," he said, "defend my hold for weeks. But it is only by aid from + without that I can finally hope to break the power of this baggart + [Transcriber's note: sic] earl." + </p> + <p> + Many of those to whom he addressed his call had speedily complied with his + demand, while those at a distance might be expected to reply later to the + appeal. + </p> + <p> + There were many among the barons who considered the mildness of the Earl + of Evesham toward the Saxons in his district to be a mistake, and who, + although not actually approving of the tyranny and brutality of the Baron + of Wortham, yet looked upon his cause to some extent as their own. + </p> + <p> + The Castle of Wortham stood upon ground but very slightly elevated above + the surrounding country. A deep and wide moat ran round it, and this + could, by diverting a rivulet, be filled at will. + </p> + <p> + From the edge of the moat the walls rose high, and with strong flanking + towers and battlements. + </p> + <p> + There were strong works also beyond the moat opposite to the drawbridge; + while in the center of the castle rose the keep, from whose summit the + archers, and the machines for casting stones and darts, could command the + whole circuit of defense. + </p> + <p> + As Cuthbert, accompanied by one of the hinds of the farm, took his post + high up in a lofty tree, where at his ease he could command a view of the + proceedings, he marveled much in what manner an attack upon so fair a + fortress would be commenced. + </p> + <p> + "It will be straightforward work to attack the outwork," he said, "but + that once won, I see not how we are to proceed against the castle itself. + The machines that the earl has will scarcely hurl stones strong enough + even to knock the mortar from the walls. Ladders are useless where they + cannot be planted; and if the garrison are as brave as the castle is + strong, methinks that the earl has embarked upon a business that will keep + him here till next spring." + </p> + <p> + There was little time lost in commencing the conflict. + </p> + <p> + The foresters, skirmishing up near to the castle, and taking advantage of + every inequality in the ground, of every bush and tuft of high grass, + worked up close to the moat, and then opened a heavy fire with their bows + against the men-at-arms on the battlements, and prevented their using the + machines against the main force now advancing to the attack upon the + outwork. + </p> + <p> + This was stoutly defended. But the impetuosity of the earl, backed as it + was by the gallantry of the knights serving under him, carried all + obstacles. + </p> + <p> + The narrow moat which encircled this work was speedily filled with great + bundles of brushwood, which had been prepared the previous night. Across + these the assailants rushed. + </p> + <p> + Some thundered at the gate with their battle-axes, while others placed + ladders by which, although several times hurled backward by the defenders, + they finally succeeded in getting a footing on the wall. + </p> + <p> + Once there, the combat was virtually over. + </p> + <p> + The defenders were either cut down or taken prisoners, and in two hours + after the assault began the outwork of Wortham Castle was taken. + </p> + <p> + This, however, was but the commencement of the undertaking, and it had + cost more than twenty lives to the assailants. + </p> + <p> + They were now, indeed, little nearer to capturing the castle than they had + been before. + </p> + <p> + The moat was wide and deep. The drawbridge had been lifted at the instant + that the first of the assailants gained a footing upon the wall. And now + that the outwork was captured, a storm of arrows, stones, and other + missiles was poured into it from the castle walls, and rendered it + impossible for any of its new masters to show themselves above it. + </p> + <p> + Seeing that any sudden attack was impossible, the earl now directed a + strong body to cut down trees, and prepare a moveable bridge to throw + across the moat. + </p> + <p> + This would be a work of fully two days; and in the meantime Cuthbert + returned to the farm. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III. — THE CAPTURE OF WORTHAM HOLD. + </h2> + <p> + Upon his return home, after relating to his mother the events of the + morning's conflict, Cuthbert took his way to the cottage inhabited by an + old man who had in his youth been a mason. + </p> + <p> + "Have I not heard, Gurth," he said, "that you helped to build the Castle + of Wortham?" + </p> + <p> + "No, no, young sir," he said; "old as I am, I was a child when the castle + was built. My father worked at it, and it cost him, and many others, his + life." + </p> + <p> + "And how was that, prithee?" asked Cuthbert. + </p> + <p> + "He was, with several others, killed by the baron, the grandfather of the + present man, when the work was finished." + </p> + <p> + "But why was that, Gurth?" + </p> + <p> + "We were but Saxon swine," said Gurth bitterly, "and a few of us more or + less mattered not. We were then serfs of the baron. But my mother fled + with me on the news of my father's death. For years we remained far away + with some friends in a forest near Oxford. Then she pined for her native + air, and came back and entered the service of the franklin." + </p> + <p> + "But why should your mother have taken you away?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "She always believed, Master Cuthbert, that my father was killed by the + baron to prevent him giving any news of the secrets of the castle. He and + some others had been kept in the walls for many months, and were engaged + in the making of secret passages." + </p> + <p> + "That is just what I came to ask you, Gurth. I have heard something of + this story before, and now that we are attacking Wortham Castle, and the + earl has sworn to level it to the ground, it is of importance if possible + to find out whether any of the secret passages lead beyond the castle, and + if so, where. Almost all the castles have, I have been told, an exit by + which the garrison can at will make sorties or escape; and I thought that + maybe you might have heard enough to give us some clue as to the existence + of such a passage at Wortham." + </p> + <p> + The old man thought for some time in silence and then said: + </p> + <p> + "I may be mistaken, but methinks a diligent search in the copse near the + stream might find the mouth of the outlet." + </p> + <p> + "What makes you think that this is so, Gurth?" + </p> + <p> + "I had been with my mother to carry some clothes to my father on the last + occasion on which I saw him. As we neared the castle I saw my father and + three other of the workmen, together with the baron, coming down from the + castle toward the spot. As my mother did not wish to approach while the + baron was at hand, we stood within the trees at the edge of the wood and + watched what was being done. The baron came with them down to the bushes, + and then they again came out, crossed the river, and one of them cut some + willows, peeled them, and erected the white staves in a line toward the + castle. They walked for a bit on each side, and seemed to be making + calculations. Then they went back into the castle, and I never saw my + father again." + </p> + <p> + "Why did you not go in at once according to your intention?" + </p> + <p> + "Because my mother said that she thought some important work was on hand, + and that maybe the baron would not like that women should know aught of + it, for he was of suspicious and evil mind. More than this I know not. The + castle had already been finished and most of the masons discharged. There + were, however, a party of serfs kept at work, and also some masons, and + rumor had it that they were engaged in making the secret passages. Whether + it was so or not I cannot say, but I know that none of that party ever + left the castle alive. It was given out that a bad fever had raged there, + but none believed it; and the report went about, and was I doubt not true, + that all had been killed, to preserve the secret of the passage." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert lost no time in making use of the information that he had gained. + </p> + <p> + Early next morning, at daybreak, he started on his pony to Wortham. + </p> + <p> + As he did not wish the earl or his followers to know the facts that he had + learned until they were proved, he made his way round the camp of the + besiegers, and by means of his whistle called one of the foresters to him. + </p> + <p> + "Where is Cnut?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "He is with a party occupied in making ladders." + </p> + <p> + "Go to him," Cuthbert said, "and tell him to withdraw quietly and make his + way here. I have an important matter on which I wish to speak to him." + </p> + <p> + Cnut arrived in a few minutes, somewhat wondering at the message. He + brightened greatly when Cuthbert told him what he had learned. + </p> + <p> + "This is indeed important," he said. "We will lose no time in searching + the copse you speak of. You and I, together with two of my most trusty + men, with axes to clear away the brush, will do. At present a thing of + this sort had best be kept between as few as may be." + </p> + <p> + They started at once and soon came down upon the stream. + </p> + <p> + It ran at this point in a little valley, some twenty or thirty feet deep. + On the bank not far from the castle grew a small wood, and it was in this + that Cuthbert hoped to find the passage spoken of by Gurth. + </p> + <p> + The trees and brushwood were so thick that it was apparent at once that if + the passage had ever existed it had been unused for some years. + </p> + <p> + The woodmen were obliged to chop down dozens of young saplings to make + their way up from the water toward the steeper part of the bank. + </p> + <p> + The wood was some fifty yards in length, and as it was uncertain at which + point the passage had come out, a very minute search had to be made. + </p> + <p> + "What do you think it would be like, Cnut?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "Like enough to a rabbit-hole, or more likely still there would be no hole + whatever. We must look for moss and greenery, for it is likely that such + would have been planted, so as to conceal the door from any passer-by, + while yet allowing a party from inside to cut their way through it without + difficulty." + </p> + <p> + After a search of two hours, Cnut decided that the only place in the copse + in which it was likely that the entrance to a passage could be hidden was + a spot where the ground was covered thickly with ivy and trailing plants. + </p> + <p> + "It looks level enough with the rest," Cuthbert said. + </p> + <p> + "Ay, lad, but we know not what lies behind this thick screen of ivy. + Thrust in that staff." + </p> + <p> + One of the woodmen began to probe with the end of a staff among the ivy. + For some time he was met by the solid ground, but presently the butt of + the staff went through suddenly, pitching him on his head, amid a + suppressed laugh from his comrades. + </p> + <p> + "Here it is, if anywhere," said Cnut, and with their billhooks they at + once began to clear away the thickly grown creepers. + </p> + <p> + Five minutes' work was sufficient to show a narrow cut, some two feet + wide, in the hillside, at the end of which stood a low door. + </p> + <p> + "Here it is," said Cnut, with triumph, "and the castle is ours. Thanks, + Cuthbert, for your thought and intelligence. It has not been used lately, + that is clear," he went on. "These creepers have not been moved for years. + Shall we go and tell the earl of our discovery? What think you, Cuthbert?" + </p> + <p> + "I think we had better not," Cuthbert said. + </p> + <p> + "We might not succeed in getting in, as the passage may have fallen + further along; but I will speak to him and tell him that we have something + on hand which may alter his dispositions for fighting to-morrow." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert made his way to the earl, who had taken possession of a small + cottage a short distance from the castle. + </p> + <p> + "What can I do for you?" Sir Walter said. + </p> + <p> + "I want to ask you, sir, not to attack the castle to-morrow until you see + a white flag waved from the keep." + </p> + <p> + "But how on earth is a white flag to be raised from the keep?" + </p> + <p> + "It may be," Cuthbert said, "that I have some friends inside who will be + able to make a diversion in our favor. However, sir, it can do no harm if + you will wait till then, and may save many lives. At what hour do you mean + to attack ?" + </p> + <p> + "The bridges and all other preparations to assist us across the moat will + be ready to-night. We will advance then under cover of darkness, and as + soon after dawn as may be attack in earnest." + </p> + <p> + "Very well, sir," Cuthbert said. "I trust that within five minutes after + your bugle has sounded the white flag will make its appearance on the + keep, but it cannot do so until after you have commenced an attack, or at + least a pretense of an attack." + </p> + <p> + Two or three hours before daylight Cuthbert accompanied Cnut and + twenty-five picked men of the foresters to the copse. They were provided + with crowbars, and all carried heavy axes. The door was soon pried open. + It opened silently and without a creak. + </p> + <p> + "It may be," Cnut said, "that the door has not been opened as you say for + years, but it is certain," and he placed his torch to the hinges, "that it + has been well oiled within the last two or three days. No doubt the baron + intended to make his escape this way, should the worst arrive. Now that we + have the door open we had better wait quiet until the dawn commences. The + earl will blow his bugle as a signal for the advance; it will be another + ten minutes before they are fairly engaged, and that will be enough for us + to break open any doors that there may be between this and the castle, and + to force our way inside." + </p> + <p> + It seemed a long time waiting before the dawn fairly broke—still + longer before the earl's bugle was heard to sound the attack. Then the + band, headed by Cnut and two or three of the strongest of the party + entered the passage. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert had had some misgivings as to his mother's injunctions to take no + part in the fray, and it cannot be said that in accompanying the foresters + he obeyed the letter of her instructions. At the same time as he felt sure + that the effect of a surprise would be complete and crushing, and that the + party would gain the top of the keep without any serious resistance, he + considered the risk was so small as to justify him in accompanying the + foresters. + </p> + <p> + The passage was some five feet high, and little more than two feet wide. + It was dry and dusty, and save the marks on the ground of a human foot + going and returning, doubtless that of the man who had oiled the lock the + day before, the passage appeared to have been unused from the time that it + left the hands of its builders. + </p> + <p> + Passing along for some distance they came to another strong oaken door. + This, like the last, yielded to the efforts of the crowbars of the + foresters, and they again advanced. Presently they came to a flight of + steps. + </p> + <p> + "We must now be near the castle," Cnut said. "In fact, methinks I can hear + confused noises ahead." + </p> + <p> + Mounting the steps, they came to a third door; this was thickly studded + with iron, and appeared of very great strength. Fortunately the lock was + upon their side, and they were enabled to shoot the bolt; but upon the + other side the door was firmly secured by large bolts, and it was fully + five minutes before the foresters could succeed in opening it. It was not + without a good deal of noise that they at last did so; and several times + they paused, fearing that the alarm must have been given in the castle. + As, however, the door remained closed, they supposed that the occupants + were fully engaged in defending themselves from the attacks of the earl's + party. + </p> + <p> + When the door gave way they found hanging across in front of them a very + thick arras, and pressing this aside they entered a small room in the + thickness of the wall of the keep. It contained the merest slit for light, + and was clearly unused. Another door, this time unfastened, led into a + larger apartment, which was also at present unoccupied. They could hear + now the shouts of the combatants without, the loud orders given by the + leaders on the walls, the crack, as the stones hurled by the mangonels + struck the walls, and the ring of steel as the arrows struck against steel + cap and cuirass. + </p> + <p> + "It is fortunate that all were so well engaged, or they would certainly + have heard the noise of our forcing the door, which would have brought all + of them upon us. As it is, we are in the heart of the keep. We have now + but to make a rush up these winding steps, and methinks we shall find + ourselves on the battlements. They will be so surprised that no real + resistance can be offered to us. Now let us advance." + </p> + <p> + So saying Cnut led the way upstairs, followed by the foresters, Cuthbert, + as before, allowing five or six of them to intervene between him and the + leader. He carried his short sword and a quarterstaff, a weapon by no + means to be despised in the hands of an active and experienced player. + </p> + <p> + Presently, after mounting some fifty or sixty steps, they issued on the + platform of the keep. Here were gathered some thirty or forty men, who + were so busied in shooting with crossbows, and in working machines casting + javelins, stones, and other missiles upon the besiegers, that they were + unaware of the addition to their numbers until the whole of the foresters + had gathered on the summit, and at the order of Cnut suddenly fell upon + them with a loud shout. + </p> + <p> + Taken wholly by surprise by the foe, who seemed to have risen from the + bowels of the earth by magic, the soldiers of the Baron of Wortham offered + but a feeble resistance. Some were cast over the battlement of the keep, + some driven down staircases, others cut down, and then, Cuthbert fastening + a small white flag he had prepared to his quarterstaff, waved it above the + battlements. + </p> + <p> + Even now the combatants on the outer wall were in ignorance of what had + happened in the keep; so great was the din that the struggle which had + there taken place had passed unnoticed; and it was not until the + fugitives, rushing out into the courtyard, shouted that the keep had been + captured, that the besieged became aware of the imminence of the danger. + </p> + <p> + [Image: CUTHBERT FASTENED A SMALL WHITE FLAG TO HIS QUARTER-STAFF AND + WAVED IT ABOVE THE BATTLEMENTS.] + </p> + <p> + Hitherto the battle had been going well for the defenders of the castle. + The Baron of Wortham was indeed surprised at the feebleness of the + assault. The arrows which had fallen in clouds upon the first day's attack + upon the castle among his soldiers were now comparatively few and + ineffective. The besiegers scarcely appeared to push forward their bridges + with any vigor, and it seemed to him that a coldness had fallen upon them, + and that some disagreement must have arisen between the foresters and the + earl, completely crippling the energy of the attack. + </p> + <p> + When he heard the words shouted from the courtyard below he could not + believe his ears. That the keep behind should have been carried by the + enemy appeared to him impossible. With a roar he called upon the bravest + of his men to follow, and rushing across the courtyard, rapidly ascended + the staircase. The movement was observed from the keep, and Cnut and a few + of his men stationed themselves with their battle-axes at the top of + various stairs leading below. + </p> + <p> + The signal shown by Cuthbert had not passed unobserved. The earl, who had + given instructions to his followers to make a mere feint of attacking, now + blew the signal for the real onslaught. The bridges were rapidly run + across the moat, ladders were planted, and the garrison being paralyzed + and confused by the attack in their rear, as well as hindered by the + arrows which now flew down upon them from the keep above, offered but a + feeble resistance, and the assailants, led by Sir Walter himself, poured + over the walls. + </p> + <p> + Now there was a scene of confusion and desperate strife. The baron had + just gained the top of the stairs, and was engaged in a fierce conflict + with Cnut and his men, when the news reached him that the wall was carried + from without. With an execration he again turned and rushed down the + stairs, hoping by a vigorous effort to cast back the foe. + </p> + <p> + It was, however, all too late; his followers, disheartened and alarmed, + fought without method or order in scattered groups of threes and fours. + They made their last stand in corners and passages. They knew there was + but little hope of mercy from the Saxon foresters, and against these they + fought to the last. To the Norman retainers, however, of the earl they + offered a less determined resistance, throwing down their arms and + surrendering at discretion. + </p> + <p> + The baron, when fiercely fighting, was slain by an arrow from the keep + above, and with his fall the last resistance ceased. A short time was + spent in searching the castle, binding the prisoners, and carrying off the + valuables that the baron had collected in his raids. Then a light was set + to the timbers, the granaries were fired, and in a few minutes the smoke + wreathing out of the various loopholes and openings told the country round + that the stronghold had fallen, and that they were free from the oppressor + at last. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV. — THE CRUSADES. + </h2> + <p> + Warm thanks and much praise were bestowed upon Cuthbert for his share in + the capture of the castle, and the earl, calling the foresters round him, + then and there bestowed freedom upon any of them who might have been serfs + of his, and called upon all his knights and neighbors to do the same, in + return for the good service which they had rendered. + </p> + <p> + This was willingly done, and a number of Cnut's party, who had before + borne the stigma of escaped serfs, were now free men. + </p> + <p> + We are too apt to forget, in our sympathy with the Saxons, that, fond as + they were of freedom for themselves, they were yet severe masters, and + kept the mass of the people in a state of serfage. Although their laws + provided ample justice as between Saxon man and man, there was no justice + for the unhappy serfs, who were either the original inhabitants or + captives taken in war, and who were distinguished by a collar of brass or + iron round their neck. + </p> + <p> + Cnut's party had indeed long got rid of these badges, the first act of a + serf when he took to the woods being always to file off his collar; but + they were liable when caught to be punished, even by death, and were + delighted at having achieved their freedom. + </p> + <p> + "And what can I do for you, Cuthbert?" Sir Walter said, as they rode + homeward. "It is to you that I am indebted: in the first place for the + rescue of my daughter, in the second for the capture of that castle, which + I doubt me much whether we should ever have taken in fair fight had it not + been for your aid." + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, Sir Walter," the lad replied. "At present I need nothing, but + should the time come when you may go to the wars I would fain ride with + you as your page, in the hope of some day winning my spurs also in the + field." + </p> + <p> + "So shall it be," the earl said, "and right willingly. But who have we + here?" + </p> + <p> + As he spoke a horseman rode up and presented a paper to the earl. + </p> + <p> + "This is a notice," the earl said, after perusing it, "that King Richard + has determined to take up the cross, and that he calls upon his nobles and + barons to join him in the effort to free the holy sepulcher from the + infidels. I doubt whether the minds of the people are quite prepared, but + I hear that there has been much preaching by friars and monks in some + parts, and that many are eager to join in the war." + </p> + <p> + "Think you that you will go to the war, Sir Walter?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "I know not as yet; it must much depend upon the king's mood. For myself I + care not so greatly as some do about this question of the Holy Land. There + has been blood enough shed already to drown it, and we are no nearer than + when the first swarms of pilgrims made their way thither." + </p> + <p> + On Cuthbert's returning home and telling his mother all that had passed, + she shook her head, but said that she could not oppose his wishes to go + with the earl when the time should come, and that it was only right he + should follow in the footsteps of the good knight his father. + </p> + <p> + "I have heard much of these Crusades," he said; "canst tell me about + them?" + </p> + <p> + "In truth I know not much, my son; but Father Francis, I doubt not, can + tell you all the particulars anent the affair." + </p> + <p> + The next time that Father Francis, who was the special adviser of Dame + Editha, rode over from the convent on his ambling nag, Cuthbert eagerly + asked him if he would tell him what he knew of the Crusades. + </p> + <p> + "Hitherto, my son," he said, "the Crusades have, it must be owned, brought + many woes upon Europe. From the early times great swarms of pilgrims were + accustomed to go from all parts of Europe to the holy shrines. + </p> + <p> + "When the followers of the evil prophet took possession of the land, they + laid grievous burdens upon the pilgrims, heavily they fined them, + persecuted them in every way, and treated them as if indeed they were but + the scum of the earth under their feet. + </p> + <p> + "So terrible were the tales that reached Europe that men came to think + that it would be a good deed truly to wrest the sepulcher of the Lord from + the hands of these heathens. Pope Urban was the first to give authority + and strength to the movement, and at a vast meeting at Claremont of thirty + thousand clergy and four thousand barons, it was decided that war must be + made against the infidel. From all parts of France men flocked to hear + Pope Urban preach there; and when he had finished his oration the vast + multitude, carried away by enthusiasm, swore to win the holy sepulcher or + to die. + </p> + <p> + "Mighty was the throng that gathered for the First Crusade. Monks threw + aside their gowns and took to the sword and cuirass; even women and + children joined in the throng. What, my son, could be expected from a + great army so formed? Without leaders, without discipline, without + tactics, without means of getting food, they soon became a scourge of the + country through which they passed. + </p> + <p> + "Passing through Hungary, where they greatly ravaged the fields, they came + to Bulgaria. Here the people, struck with astonishment and dismay at this + great horde of hungry people who arrived among them like locusts, fell + upon them with the sword, and great numbers fell. The first band that + passed into that country perished miserably, and of all that huge + assembly, it may be said that, numbering at the start not less than two + hundred and fifty thousand persons, only about one hundred thousand + crossed into Asia Minor. The fate of these was no better than that of + those who had perished in Hungary and Bulgaria. After grievous suffering + and loss they at last reached Nicaea. There they fell into an ambuscade; + and out of the whole of the undisciplined masses who had followed Peter + the Hermit, it is doubtful whether ten thousand ever returned home. + </p> + <p> + "This first attempt to rescue the holy sepulcher was followed by others + equally wild, misguided, and unfortunate. Some of them indeed began their + evil deeds as soon as they had left their home. The last of these bodies + fell upon the Jews, who are indeed enemies of the Christian faith, but who + have now, at least, nothing to do with the question of the holy sepulcher. + As soon as they entered into Germany the Crusaders put them to death with + horrible torture. Plunder and rapine indeed appeared to be the object of + the Crusaders. On this as well as on most other preceding bands, their + misdeeds drew down the vengeance of the people. At an early period of + their march, and as soon as they reached Hungary, the people fell upon + them, and put the greater portion to the sword. + </p> + <p> + "Thus, in these irregular expeditions no less than five hundred thousand + people are supposed to have perished. Godfrey de Bouillon was the first + who undertook to lead a Crusade according to the military knowledge of the + day. With him were his brothers Eustace and Baldwin, the Counts of Anault + and St. Paul, and many other nobles and gentlemen, with their retainers, + well armed and under good order; and so firm was the discipline of Duke + Godfrey that they were allowed to pass freely by the people of the + countries who had opposed the previous bands. + </p> + <p> + "Through Hungary, Bulgaria, and Thrace he made his way; and though he met + with many difficulties from Alexius, the crafty and treacherous Emperor of + the Greeks, he at last succeeded in crossing into Asia. There he was + joined by many from England, as well as from France and other countries. + Duke Robert, the son of our first William, led a strong band of Normans to + the war, as did the other great princes of France and Spain. + </p> + <p> + "The army which crossed the narrow passage of the Hellespont is estimated + at no less than seven hundred thousand fighting men. Of these one hundred + thousand were knights clad in complete armor, the remainder were + men-at-arms and bowmen. + </p> + <p> + "Nicaea, the place which had been the scene of the massacre of Peter the + Hermit's hosts, was taken after a desperate conflict, lasting for many + weeks, and the Crusaders afterward defeated the Turks in a great battle + near the town of Doryleum. After these successes disputes arose among the + leaders, and Count Baldwin, brother of Duke Godfrey, left the main body + with about fifteen hundred men, and founded a kingdom for himself in + Mesopotamia. + </p> + <p> + "The main body, slowly and painfully, and suffering from disease, famine, + and the heat, made its way south. Antioch, a city of great strength and + importance, was besieged, but it proved so strong that it resisted for + many months, and was at last only taken by treachery. + </p> + <p> + "After the capture of this place the sufferings of the Crusaders so far + from being diminished were redoubled. They themselves during the siege had + bought up all the food that could be brought from the surrounding country, + while the magazines of the town were found, when an entry was effected, to + be entirely deserted. The enemy, aided by a great Persian host, came down, + and those who had been the besiegers were now besieged. However, when in + the last strait the Christian army sallied out, and inspired with + supernatural strength, defeated the Turks and Persians, with a slaughter + of one hundred thousand men. Another slow movement to the south brought + them into the Holy Land, and pressing forward, they came at last within + sight of Jerusalem itself. + </p> + <p> + "So fearful had been the losses of the Crusaders that of seven hundred + thousand who crossed the Hellespont, not more than forty thousand reached + the end of the pilgrimage. This fragment of an army, which had appeared + before a very strongly fortified town, possessed no means of capturing the + place—none of the machines of war necessary for the purpose, no + provisions or munitions of any kind. Water was scarce also; and it + appeared as if the remnant of the great army of Godfrey de Bouillon had + arrived before Jerusalem only to perish there. + </p> + <p> + "Happily just at this time a further band of Crusaders from Genoa, who had + reached Jaffa, made their appearance. They were provided with stores, and + had skilled workmen capable of making the machines for the siege. On July + 14, 1099, the attack was made, and after resistance gallant and desperate + as the assault, the Crusaders burst into the city, massacred the whole of + the defenders and inhabitants, calculated at seventy thousand in number, + and so became masters of the holy sepulcher. + </p> + <p> + "The Sultan of Egypt was meanwhile advancing to the assistance of the + Mohammedans of Syria; but Godfrey, with twenty thousand of his best men, + advanced to meet the vast host, and scattered them as if they had been + sheep. Godfrey was now chosen King of Jerusalem, and the rest of his army—save + three hundred knights and two hundred soldiers, who agreed to remain with + him—returned to their home. The news of the victory led other armies + of Crusaders to follow the example of that of Godfrey; but as these were + almost as completely without organization or leadership as those of Peter + the Hermit, they suffered miserably on their way, and few indeed ever + reached the Holy Land. Godfrey died in 1100, and his brother Baldwin + succeeded him. + </p> + <p> + "The history of the last hundred years has been full of fresh efforts to + crush the Moslem power, but hitherto it cannot be said that fortune has + attended the efforts of the Christians. Had it not been indeed for the + devotion of the Knights of St. John and of the Templars, two great + companies formed of men who devoted their lives to the holding of the + sepulcher against the infidel, our hold of the Holy Land would have been + lost. + </p> + <p> + "Gradually the Saracens have wrested post after post from our hands. + Edessa was taken in 1144, and the news of this event created an intense + excitement. The holy St. Bernard stirred up all France, and Louis VII. + himself took the vow and headed a noble army. The ways of God are not our + ways, and although the army of Germany joined that of France, but little + results came of this great effort. + </p> + <p> + "The Emperor Conrad, with the Germans, was attacked by the Turk Saladin of + Iconium, and was defeated with a loss of sixty thousand men. The King of + France, with his army, was also attacked with fury, and a large portion of + his force were slaughtered. Nothing more came of this great effort, and + while the first Crusade seemed to show that the men-at-arms of Europe were + irresistible, the second on the contrary gave proof that the Turks were + equal to the Christian knights. Gradually the Christian hold of the Holy + Land was shaken. In 1187, although fighting with extraordinary bravery, + the small army of Christian Knights of the Temple and of St. John were + annihilated, the King of Jerusalem was made prisoner, and the Christian + power was crushed. Then Saladin, who commanded the Turks, advanced against + Jerusalem, and forced it to capitulate. + </p> + <p> + "Such, my boy, is the last sad news which has reached us; and no wonder + that it has stirred the hearts of the monarchs of Europe, and that every + effort will be again made to recapture the holy sepulcher, and to avenge + our brethren who have been murdered by the infidels." + </p> + <p> + "But, Father Francis, from your story it would seem that Europe has + already sacrificed an enormous number of lives to take the holy sepulcher, + and that after all the fighting, when she has taken it, it is only to lose + it again." + </p> + <p> + "That is so, my son; but we will trust that in future things will be + better managed. The Templars and Hospitalers now number so vast a number + of the best lances in Europe, and are grown to be such great powers, that + we may believe that when we have again wrested the holy sepulcher from the + hands of the infidels they will be able to maintain it against all + assaults. Doubtless the great misfortunes which have fallen upon the + Christian armies have been a punishment from heaven, because they have not + gone to work in the right spirit. It is not enough to take up lance and + shield, and to place a red cross upon the shoulder. Those who desire to + fight the battle of the Lord must cleanse their hearts, and go forth in + the spirit of pilgrims rather than knights. I mean not that they should + trust wholly to spiritual weapons—for in truth the infidel is a foe + not to be despised—but I mean that they should lay aside all + thoughts of worldly glory and rivalry one against another." + </p> + <p> + "And think you, Father, that such is the spirit with which King Richard + and the other kings and nobles now preparing to go to the Holy Land are + animated?" + </p> + <p> + Father Francis hesitated. + </p> + <p> + "It is not for me, my son, to judge motives, or to speak well or ill of + the instruments who have been chosen for this great work. It is of all + works the most praiseworthy, most holy. It is horrible to think that the + holy shrines of Jerusalem should be in the hands of men who believe not in + our Redeemer; and I hold it to be the duty of every man who can bear arms, + no matter what his rank or his station, to don his armor and to go forth + to battle in the cause. Whether success will crown the effort, or whether + God wills it otherwise, it is not for man to discuss; it is enough that + the work is there, and it is our duty to do it." + </p> + <p> + "And think you, Father, that it will do good to England?" + </p> + <p> + "That do I, my son, whether we gain the Holy Land or no. Methinks that it + will do good service to the nation that Saxon and Norman should fight + together under the holy cross. Hitherto the races have stood far too much + apart. They have seen each other's bad qualities rather than good; but + methinks that when the Saxon and the Norman stand side by side on the soil + of the Holy Land, and shout together for England, it must needs bind them + together, and lead them to feel that they are no longer Normans and + Saxons, but Englishmen. I intend to preach on the village green at Evesham + next Sunday morning on this subject, and as I know you are in + communication with the forest men, I would, Cuthbert, that you would + persuade them to come in to hear me. You were wondering what could be + found for these vagrants. They have many of them long since lost the + habits of honest labor. Many of them are still serfs, although most have + been freed by the good earl and the knights his followers. Some of those + who would fain leave the life in the woods still cling to it because they + think that it would be mean to desert their comrades, who being serfs are + still bound to lurk there; but methinks that this is a great opportunity + for them. They are valiant men, and the fact that they are fond of drawing + an arrow at a buck does not make them one whit the worse Christians. I + will do my best to move their hearts, and if they will but agree together + to take the cross, they would make a goodly band of footmen to accompany + the earl." + </p> + <p> + "Is the earl going?" Cuthbert asked eagerly. + </p> + <p> + "I know not for certain," said Father Francis; "but I think from what I + hear from his chaplain, Father Eustace, that his mind turns in that + direction." + </p> + <p> + "Then, Father, if he goes, I will go too," Cuthbert exclaimed. "He + promised to take me as his page the first time he went to war." + </p> + <p> + Father Francis shook his head. + </p> + <p> + "I fear me, Cuthbert, this is far from the spirit in which we awhile ago + agreed that men should go to the holy war." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert hung his head a little. + </p> + <p> + "Ay, Father Francis, men; but I am a boy," he said, "and after all, boys + are fond of adventure for adventure's sake. However, Father," he said, + with a smile, "no doubt your eloquence on the green will turn me mightily + to the project, for you must allow that the story you have told me this + morning is not such as to create any very strong yearning in one's mind to + follow the millions of men who have perished in the Holy Land." + </p> + <p> + "Go to," said Father Francis, smiling, "thou art a pert varlet. I will do + my best on Sunday to turn you to a better frame of mind." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V. — PREPARATIONS. + </h2> + <p> + Next Sunday a large number of people from some miles round were gathered + on the green at Evesham, to hear Father Francis preach on the holy + sepulcher. The forest men in their green jerkins mingled with the crowd, + and a look of attention and seriousness was on the faces of all, for the + news of the loss of the holy sepulcher had really exercised a great effect + upon the minds of the people in England as elsewhere. + </p> + <p> + Those were the days of pilgrimage to holy places, when the belief in the + sanctity of places and things was overwhelming, and when men believed that + a journey to the holy shrines was sufficient to procure for them a pardon + for all their misdeeds. The very word "infidel" in those days was full of + horror, and the thought that the holy places of the Christians were in the + hands of Moslems affected all Christians throughout Europe with a feeling + of shame as well as of grief. + </p> + <p> + Among the crowd were many of the Norman retainers from the castle and from + many of the holds around, and several knights with the ladies of their + family stood a little apart from the edge of the gathering; for it was + known that Father Francis would not be alone, but that he would be + accompanied by a holy friar who had returned from the East, and who could + tell of the cruelties which the Christians had suffered at the hands of + the Saracens. + </p> + <p> + Father Francis, at ordinary times a tranquil preacher, was moved beyond + himself by the theme on which he was holding forth. He did not attempt to + hide from those who stood around that the task to be undertaken was one of + grievous peril and trial; that disease and heat, hunger and thirst, must + be dared, as well as the sword of the infidel. But he spoke of the grand + nature of the work, of the humiliation to Christians, of the desecration + of the shrines, and of the glory which awaited those who joined the + Crusade, whether they lived or whether they died in the Holy Land. + </p> + <p> + His words had a strong effect upon the simple people who listened to him, + but the feelings so aroused were as naught to the enthusiasm which greeted + the address of the friar. + </p> + <p> + Meager and pale, with a worn, anxious face as one who had suffered much, + the friar, holding aloft two pieces of wood from the Mount of Olives tied + together in the form of a cross, harangued the crowd. His words poured + forth in a fiery stream, kindling the hearts, and stirring at once the + devotion and the anger of his listeners. + </p> + <p> + He told of the holy places, he spoke of the scenes of Holy Writ, which had + there been enacted; and then he depicted the men who had died for them. He + told of the knights and men-at-arms, each of whom proved himself again and + again a match for a score of infidels. He spoke of the holy women, who, + fearlessly and bravely, as the knights themselves, had borne their share + in the horrors of the siege and in the terrible times which had preceded + it. + </p> + <p> + He told them that this misfortune had befallen Christianity because of the + lukewarmness which had come upon them. + </p> + <p> + "What profited it," he asked, "if a few knights who remained to defend the + holy sepulcher were heroes? A few heroes cannot withstand an army. If + Christendom after making a mighty effort to capture the holy sepulcher had + not fallen away, the conquest which had been made with so vast an + expenditure of blood would not have been lost. This is a work in which no + mere passing fervor will avail; bravery at first, endurance afterward, are + needed. Many men must determine not only to assist to wrest the holy + sepulcher from the hands of the infidels, but to give their lives, so long + as they might last, to retaining it. It is scarce to be expected that men + with wives and families will take a view like this, indeed it is not to be + desired. But there are single men, men of no ties, who can devote their + whole lives, as did the Knights of the Orders of the Cross, to this great + object. When their life has come to an end doubtless others will take up + the banner that their hands can no longer hold. But for life it is, + indeed, that many of humble as well as of princely class must bind + themselves to take and defend to death the holy sepulcher." + </p> + <p> + So, gradually raising the tone of his speech, the friar proceeded; until + at length by his intense earnestness, his wild gesticulations, his + impassioned words, he drew the whole of his listeners along with him; and + when he ceased, a mighty shout of "To the Holy Land!" burst from his + hearers. + </p> + <p> + Falling upon their knees the crowd begged of him to give them the sign of + the cross, and to bestow his blessing upon their swords, and upon their + efforts. + </p> + <p> + Father Francis had prepared, in contemplation of such a movement, a large + number of small white crosses of cloth. These he and the friar now + fastened to the shoulders of the men as they crowded up to receive it, + holding their hands aloft, kissing the cross that the friar extended to + them, and swearing to give their lives, if need be, to rescue the holy + shrines from the infidel. + </p> + <p> + When all had received the holy symbol, Father Francis again ascended the + bank from which they had addressed the crowd: + </p> + <p> + "Now go to your homes, my sons," he said. "Think of the oath that you have + taken, and of the course that lies open to you when the time comes. When + King Richard is prepared to start, then will you be called upon to fulfill + your vows. It may be that all who have sworn may not be called upon to go. + It needs that the land here should be tilled, it needs that there should + be protectors for the women and children, it needs that this England of + ours should flourish, and we cannot give all her sons, however willing + they might be to take the cross. But the willingness which you will, I am + sure, show to go if needs be, and to redeem your vows, will be sufficient. + Some must go and some must stay; these are matters to be decided + hereafter; for the time let us separate; you will hear when the hour for + action arrives." + </p> + <p> + A fortnight later the Earl of Evesham, who had been on a long journey to + London, returned with full authority to raise and organize a force as his + contingent to the holy wars. + </p> + <p> + All was now bustle and activity in the castle. Father Francis informed him + of the willingness of such of the forest men as he deemed fit to enlist + under his banner; and the earl was much gratified at finding that the + ranks of heavily-armed retainers whom he would take with him were to be + swollen by the addition of so useful a contingent as that of one hundred + skillful archers. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was not long in asking for an interview with the earl. + </p> + <p> + He had indeed great difficulty in persuading Dame Editha that he was old + enough to share in the fatigues of so great an expedition, but he had + Father Francis on his side; and between the influence of her confessor, + and the importunities of her son, the opposition of the good lady fell to + the ground. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was already, for his age, well trained to arms. Many of the old + soldiers at the castle who had known and loved his father had been ever + ready to give lessons in the use of arms to Cuthbert, who was enthusiastic + in his desire to prove as good a knight as his father had been. His + friends, the outlaws, had taught him the use of the bow and of the + quarterstaff; and Cuthbert, strong and well-built for his age, and having + little to do save to wield the sword and the bow, had attained a very + considerable amount of skill with each. + </p> + <p> + He had too, which was unusual, a certain amount of book learning, although + this, true to say, had not been acquired so cheerfully or willingly as the + skill at arms. Father Francis had, however, taught him to read and to + write—accomplishments which were at that time rare, except in the + cloister. In those days if a knight had a firm seat in his saddle, a + strong arm, a keen eye, and high courage, it was thought to be of little + matter whether he could or could not do more than make his mark on the + parchment. The whole life of the young was given to acquiring skill in + arms; and unless intended for the convent, any idea of education would in + the great majority of cases have been considered as preposterous. + </p> + <p> + To do Cuthbert justice, he had protested with all his might against the + proposition of Father Francis to his mother to teach him some clerkly + knowledge. He had yielded most unwillingly at last to her entreaties, + backed as they were by the sound arguments and good sense of Father + Francis. + </p> + <p> + The Earl of Evesham received Cuthbert's application very graciously. + </p> + <p> + "Certainly, Cuthbert," he said, "you shall accompany me; first, on account + of my promise to you; secondly, because from the readiness you displayed + both in the matter of my daughter and of the attack on Wortham, you will + be a notable aid and addition to my party; thirdly, from my friendship for + your father and Dame Editha." + </p> + <p> + This point being settled, Cuthbert at once assumed his new duties. There + was plenty for him to do—to see that the orders of the earl were + properly carried out; to bear messages to the knights who followed the + earl's fortunes, at their various holds; to stand by and watch the + armorers at work, and the preparation of the stores of arms and missiles + which would be necessary for the expedition. + </p> + <p> + Sometimes he would go round to summon the tenants of the various farms and + lands, who held from the earl, to come to the castle; and here Sir Walter + would, as far as might be without oppression, beg of them to contribute + largely to the expedition. + </p> + <p> + In these appeals he was in no slight way assisted by Father Francis, who + pointed out loudly to the people that those who stayed behind were bound + to make as much sacrifice of their worldly goods as those who went to the + war might make of their lives. Life and land are alike at the service of + God. Could the land be sold, it would be a good deed to sell it; but as + this could not be, they should at least sell all that they could, and + pledge their property if they could find lenders, in order to contribute + to the needs of their lord, and the fitting out of this great enterprise. + </p> + <p> + The preparations were at last complete, and a gallant band gathered at the + castle ready for starting. It consisted of some two hundred men-at-arms + led by six knights, and of one hundred bowmen dressed in Lincoln green, + with quilted jerkins to keep out the arrows of the enemy. All the country + from around gathered to see the start. Dame Editha was there, and by her + side stood the earl's little daughter. The earl himself was in armor, and + beside him rode Cuthbert in the gay attire of a page. + </p> + <p> + Just at that moment, however, his face did not agree with his costume, for + although he strove his best to look bright and smiling, it was a hard task + to prevent the tears from filling his eyes at his departure from his + mother. The good lady cried unrestrainedly, and Margaret joined in her + tears. The people who had gathered round cheered lustily; the trumpets + blew a gay fanfaronade, and the squire threw to the wind the earl's + colors. + </p> + <p> + It was no mere pleasure trip on which they were starting, for all knew + that, of the preceding Crusades, not one in ten of those who had gone so + gladly forth had ever returned. + </p> + <p> + It must not be supposed that the whole of those present were animated by + any strong religious feeling. No doubt there existed a desire, which was + carefully fanned by the preaching of the priests and monks, to rescue the + holy sepulcher from the hands of the Saracens; but a far stronger feeling + was to be found in the warlike nature of the people in those days. + Knights, men-at-arms, and indeed men of all ranks were full of a combative + spirit. Life in the castle and hut was alike dull and monotonous, and the + excitement of war and adventure was greatly looked for, both as a means of + obtaining glory and booty, and for the change they afforded to the dreary + monotony of life. + </p> + <p> + There is little to tell of the journey of the Earl of Evesham's band + through England to Southampton, at which place they took ship and crossed + to France—or rather to Normandy, for in those days Normandy was + regarded, as indeed it formed, a part of England. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, as was natural to his age, was full of delight at all the + varying scenes through which they passed. The towns were to him an + especial source of wonder, for he had never visited any other than that of + Worcester, to which he had once or twice been taken on occasions of high + festival. Havre was in those days an important place, and being the + landing-place of a great portion of the English bands, it was full of + bustle and excitement. Every day ships brought in nobles and their + followings. + </p> + <p> + The King of England was already in Normandy hastening the preparations, + and each band, as it landed, marched down to the meeting-place on the + plains of Vezelay. Already they began to experience a taste of the + hardships which they were to endure. + </p> + <p> + In those days there was no regular supply train for an army, but each + division or band supported itself by purchase or pillage, as the case + might be, from the surrounding country. + </p> + <p> + As the English troops were marching through a friendly country, pillage + was of course strictly forbidden; but while many of the leaders paid for + all they had, it must be owned that among the smaller leaders were many + who took anything that they required with or without payment. + </p> + <p> + The country was eaten up. + </p> + <p> + The population in those days was sparse, and the movement of so large a + number of men along a certain route completely exhausted all the resources + of the inhabitants; and although willing to pay for all that his men + required, the Earl of Evesham had frequently to lie down on the turf + supperless himself. + </p> + <p> + "If this is the case now," he said to Cuthbert, "what will it be after we + have joined the French army? Methinks whatever we may do if we reach the + Holy Land, that we have a fair chance of being starved before we sail." + </p> + <p> + After a long succession of marches they arrived in sight of the great camp + at Vezelay. It was indeed rather a canvas town than a camp. Here were + gathered nearly one hundred thousand men, a vast host at any time, but in + those days far greater in proportion to the strength of the countries than + at present. The tents of the leaders, nobles, and other knights and + gentlemen rose in regular lines, forming streets and squares. + </p> + <p> + The great mass of troops, however, were contented to sleep in the open + air; indeed the difficulties of carriage were so great that it was only + the leaders who could carry with them their canvas abodes. Before each + tent stood the lance and colors of its owner, and side by side in the + center of the camp stood the royal pavilions of Philip of France and + Richard of England, round which could be seen the gonfalons of all the + nobles of Western Europe. + </p> + <p> + Nothing could be gayer than the aspect of this camp as the party rode into + it. They were rather late, and the great body of the host were already + assembled. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert gazed with delight at the varied colors, the gay dresses, the + martial knights, and the air of discipline and order which reigned + everywhere. + </p> + <p> + This was indeed war in its most picturesque form, a form which, as far as + beauty is concerned, has been altogether altered, and indeed destroyed, by + modern arms. + </p> + <p> + In those days individual prowess and bravery went for everything. A + handful of armored knights were a match for thousands of footmen, and + battles were decided as much by the prowess and bravery of the leader and + his immediate following as by that of the great mass of the army. + </p> + <p> + The earl had the day before sent on a messenger to state that he was + coming, and as the party entered the camp they were met by a squire of the + camp-marshal, who conducted them to the position allotted to them. + </p> + <p> + The earl's tent was soon erected, with four or five grouped around it for + his knights, one being set aside for his squires and pages. + </p> + <p> + When this was done Cuthbert strolled away to look at the varied sights of + the camp. A military officer in these days would be scandalized at the + scenes which were going on, but the strict, hard military discipline of + modern times was then absolutely unknown. + </p> + <p> + A camp was a moving town, and to it flocked the country people with their + goods; smiths and armorers erected their forges; minstrels and troubadours + flocked in to sing of former battles, and to raise the spirits of the + soldiers by merry lays of love and war; simple countrymen and women came + in to bring their presents of fowls or cakes to their friends in camp; + knights rode to and fro on their gayly caparisoned horses through the + crowd; the newly-raised levies, in many cases composed of woodmen and + peasants who had not in the course of their lives wandered a league from + their birthplaces, gaped in unaffected wonder at the sights around them; + while last, but by no means least, the maidens and good wives of the + neighborhood, fond then as now of brave men and gay dresses, thronged the + streets of the camp, and joined in, and were the cause of, merry laughter + and jest. + </p> + <p> + Here and there, a little apart from the main stream of traffic, the + minstrels would take up their position, and playing a gay air, the soldier + lads and lasses would fall to and foot it merrily to the strains. + Sometimes there would be a break in the gayety, and loud shouts, and + perhaps fierce oaths, would rise. Then the maidens would fly like startled + fawns, and men hasten to the spot; though the quarrel might be purely a + private one, yet should it happen between the retainers of two nobles, the + friends of each would be sure to strike in, and serious frays would arise + before the marshal of the camp with his posse could arrive to interfere. + Sometimes, indeed, these quarrels became so serious and desperate that + alliances were broken up and great intentions frustrated by the quarrels + of the soldiery. + </p> + <p> + Here and there, on elevated platforms, or even on the top of a pile of + tubs, were friars occupied in haranguing the soldiers, and in inspiring + them with enthusiasm for the cause upon which they were embarked. The + conduct of their listeners showed easily enough the motives which had + brought them to war. Some stood with clasped hands and eager eyes, + listening to the exhortations of the priests, and ready, as might be seen + from their earnest gaze, to suffer martyrdom in the cause. More, however, + stood indifferently round, or, after listening to a few words, walked on + with a laugh or a scoff; indeed, preaching had already done all that lay + in its power. All those who could be moved by exhortations of this kind + were there, and upon the rest the discourses and sermons were thrown away. + </p> + <p> + Several times in the course of his stroll round the camp Cuthbert observed + the beginnings of quarrels, which were in each case only checked by the + intervention of some knight or other person in authority coming past, and + he observed that these in every instance occurred between men of the + English and those of the French army. + </p> + <p> + Between the Saxon contingent of King Richard's army and the French + soldiers there could indeed be no quarrel, for the Saxons understood no + word of their language; but with the Normans the case was different, for + the Norman-French, which was spoken by all the nobles and their retainers + in Britain, was as nearly as possible the same as that in use in France. + </p> + <p> + It seemed, however, to Cuthbert, watching narrowly what was going on, that + there existed by no means a good feeling between the men of the different + armies; and he thought that this divergence so early in the campaign boded + but little good for the final success of the expedition. + </p> + <p> + When he returned to the tent the earl questioned him as to what he had + seen, and Cuthbert frankly acknowledged that it appeared to him that the + feeling between the men of the two armies was not good. + </p> + <p> + "I have been," the earl said, "to the royal camp, and from what I hear, + Cuthbert, methinks that there is reason for what you say. King Richard is + the most loyal and gallant of kings, but he is haughty and hasty in + speech. The Normans, too, have been somewhat accustomed to conquer our + neighbors, and it may well be that the chivalry of France love us not. + However, it must be hoped that this feeling will die away, and that we + shall emulate each other only in our deeds on the battlefield." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI. — THE LISTS. + </h2> + <p> + The third day after the arrival of the Earl of Evesham there was a great + banquet given by the King of France to King Richard and his principal + nobles. + </p> + <p> + Among those present was the Earl of Evesham, and Cuthbert as his page + followed him to the great tent where the banquet was prepared. + </p> + <p> + Here, at the top of the tent, on a raised daïs, sat the King of France, + surrounded by his courtiers. The Earl of Evesham, having been conducted by + the herald to the daïs, paid his compliments to the king, and was saluted + by him with many flattering words. + </p> + <p> + The sound of a trumpet was heard, and Richard of England, accompanied by + his principal nobles, entered. + </p> + <p> + It was the first time that Cuthbert had seen the king. + </p> + <p> + Richard was a man of splendid stature and of enormous strength. His + appearance was in some respects rather Saxon than Norman, for his hair was + light and his complexion clear and bright. He wore the mustache and + pointed beard at that time in fashion; and although his expression was + generally that of frankness and good humor, there might be observed in his + quick motions and piercing glances signs of the hasty temper and unbridled + passion which went far to wreck the success of the enterprise upon which + he was embarked. + </p> + <p> + Richard possessed most of the qualities which make a man a great king and + render him the idol of his subjects, especially in a time of + semi-civilization, when personal prowess is placed at the summit of all + human virtues. In all his dominions there was not one man who in personal + conflict was a match for his king. + </p> + <p> + Except during his fits of passion, King Richard was generous, forgiving, + and royal in his moods. He was incapable of bearing malice. Although + haughty of his dignity, he was entirely free from any personal pride, and + while he would maintain to the death every right and privilege against + another monarch, he could laugh and joke with the humblest of his subjects + on terms of hearty good fellowship. He was impatient of contradiction, + eager to carry out whatever he had determined upon; and nothing enraged + him so much as hesitation or procrastination. The delays which were + experienced in the course of the Crusade angered him more than all the + opposition offered by the Saracens, or than the hardships through which + the Christian host had to pass. + </p> + <p> + At a flourish of trumpets all took their seats at dinner, their places + being marked for them by a herald, whose duty it was to regulate nicely + the various ranks and dignities. + </p> + <p> + The Earl of Evesham was placed next to a noble of Brabant. Cuthbert took + his place behind his lord and served him with wines and meats, the Brabant + being attended by a tall youth, who was indeed on the verge of manhood. + </p> + <p> + As the dinner went on the buzz of conversation became fast and furious. In + those days men drank deep, and quarrels often arose over the cups. From + the time that the dinner began Cuthbert noticed that the manner of Sir de + Jacquelin Barras, Count of Brabant, was rude and offensive. + </p> + <p> + It might be that he was accustomed to live alone with his retainers, and + that his manners were rude and coarse to all. It might be that he had a + special hostility to the English. At any rate, his remarks were calculated + to fire the anger of the earl. + </p> + <p> + He began the conversation by wondering how a Norman baron could live in a + country like England, inhabited by a race but little above pigs. + </p> + <p> + The earl at once fired up at this, for the Normans were now beginning to + feel themselves English, and to resent attacks upon a people for whom + their grandfathers had entertained contempt. + </p> + <p> + He angrily repelled the attack upon them by the Brabant knight, and + asserted at once that the Saxons were every bit as civilized, and in some + respects superior to the Normans or French. + </p> + <p> + The ill-feeling thus began at starting clearly waxed stronger as dinner + went on. The Brabant knight drank deeply, and although his talk was not + clearly directed against the English, yet he continued to throw out + innuendos and side attacks, and to talk with a vague boastfulness, which + greatly irritated Sir Walter. + </p> + <p> + Presently, as Cuthbert was about to serve his master with a cup of wine, + the tall page pushed suddenly against him, spilling a portion of the wine + over his dress. + </p> + <p> + "What a clumsy child!" he said scoffingly. + </p> + <p> + "You are a rough and ill-mannered loon," Cuthbert said angrily. "Were you + in any other presence I would chastise you as you deserve." + </p> + <p> + The tall page burst into a mocking laugh. + </p> + <p> + "Chastise me!" he said. "Why, I could put you in my pocket for a little + hop-of-my-thumb as you are." + </p> + <p> + "I think," said Sir Jacquelin—for the boys' voices both rose loud—to + the earl, "you had better send that brat home and order him to be + whipped." + </p> + <p> + "Sir count," said the earl, "your manners are insolent, and were we not + engaged upon a Crusade, it would please me much to give you a lesson on + that score." + </p> + <p> + Higher and higher the dispute rose, until some angry word caught the ear + of the king. + </p> + <p> + Amid the general buzz of voices King Philip rose, and speaking a word to + King Richard, moved from the table, thus giving the sign for the breaking + up of the feast. + </p> + <p> + Immediately afterward a page touched the earl and Sir Jacquelin upon the + shoulder, and told them that the kings desired to speak with them in the + tent of the King of France. + </p> + <p> + The two nobles strode through the crowd, regarding each other with eyes + much like those of two dogs eager to fly at each other's throat. + </p> + <p> + "My lords, my lords," said King Philip when they entered, "this is against + all law and reason. For shame, to be brawling at my table. I would not say + aught openly, but methinks it is early indeed for the knights and nobles + engaged in a common work to fall to words." + </p> + <p> + "Your majesty," said the Earl of Evesham, "I regret deeply what has + happened. But it seemed from the time we sat down to the meal that this + lord sought to pass a quarrel upon me, and I now beseech your majesty that + you will permit us to settle our differences in the lists." + </p> + <p> + King Richard gave a sound of assent, but the King of France shook his head + gravely. + </p> + <p> + "Do you forget," he said, "the mission upon which you are assembled here? + Has not every knight and noble in these armies taken a solemn oath to put + aside private quarrels and feuds until the holy sepulcher is taken? Shall + we at this very going off show that the oath is a mere form of words? + Shall we show before the face of Christendom that the knights of the cross + are unable to avoid flying at each other's throats, even while on their + way to wrest the holy sepulcher from the infidel? No, sirs, you must lay + aside your feuds, and must promise me and my good brother here that you + will keep the peace between you until this war is over. Whose fault it was + that the quarrel began I know not. It may be that my Lord of Brabant was + discourteous. It may be that the earl here was too hot. But whichever it + be, it matters not." + </p> + <p> + "The quarrel, sire," said Sir Jacquelin, "arose from a dispute between our + pages, who were nigh coming to blows in your majesty's presence. I desired + the earl to chide the insolence of his varlet, and instead of so doing he + met my remarks with scorn." + </p> + <p> + "Pooh, pooh," said King Richard, "there are plenty of grounds for quarrel + without two nobles interfering in the squabbles of boys. Let them fight; + it will harm no one. By the bye, your Majesty," he said, turning to the + King of France with a laugh, "if the masters may not fight, there is no + reason in the world why the varlets should not. We are sorely dull for + want of amusement. Let us have a list to-morrow, and let the pages fight + it out for the honor of their masters and their nations." + </p> + <p> + "It were scarce worth while to have the lists set for two boys to fight," + said the King of France. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, we need not have regular lists," said King Richard. "Leave that + matter in my hands. I warrant you that if the cockerels are well plucked, + they will make us sport. What say you, gentlemen?" + </p> + <p> + The Brabant noble at once assented, answering that he was sure that his + page would be glad to enter the lists; and the earl gave a similar assent, + for he had not noticed how great was the discrepancy between the size of + the future combatants. + </p> + <p> + "That is agreed, then," said King Richard joyously. "I will have a piece + of ground marked out on the edge of the camp to-morrow morning. It shall + be kept by my men-at-arms, and there shall be a raised place for King + Philip and myself, who will be the judges of the conflict. Will they fight + on foot or on horse?" + </p> + <p> + "On foot, on foot," said the King of France. "It would be a pity that + knightly exercises should be brought to scorn by any failure on their part + on horseback. On foot at least it will be a fair struggle." + </p> + <p> + "What arms shall they use?" the Brabant knight asked. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, swords and battle-axes, of course," said King Richard with a laugh. + </p> + <p> + "Before you go," King Philip said, "you must shake hands, and swear to let + the quarrel between you drop, at least until after our return. If you + still wish to shed each other's blood, I shall offer no hindrance + thereto." + </p> + <p> + The earl and Count Jacquelin touched each other's hands in obedience to + the order, went out of the tent together, and strode off without a word in + different directions. + </p> + <p> + "My dear lad," the Earl of Evesham said on entering his tent where his + page was waiting him, "this is a serious business. The kings have ordered + this little count and myself to put aside our differences till after the + Crusade, in accordance with our oath. But as you have in no wise pledged + yourself in the same fashion, and as their majesties feel somewhat dull + while waiting here, it is determined that the quarrel between the count + and me, and between you and the count's page, shall be settled by a fight + between you two in the presence of the kings." + </p> + <p> + "Well, sir," Cuthbert said, "I am glad that it should be, seeing the + varlet insulted me without any cause, and purposely upset the cup over + me." + </p> + <p> + "What is he like?" the earl asked. "Dost think that you are a fair match?" + </p> + <p> + "I doubt not that we are fair match enough," Cuthbert said. "As you know, + sir, I have been well trained to arms of all kinds, both by my father and + by the men-at-arms at the castle, and could hold my own against any of + your men with light weapons, and have then no fear that this gawky loon, + twenty years old though he seems to be, will bring disgrace upon me or + discredit upon my nation." + </p> + <p> + "If thou thinkest so," the earl said, "the matter can go on. But had it + been otherwise I would have gone to the king and protested that the + advantage of age was so great that it would be murder to place you in the + lists together." + </p> + <p> + "There is," Cuthbert said, "at most no greater difference between us than + between a strong man and a weak one, and these, in the ordeal of battle, + have to meet in the lists. Indeed I doubt if the difference is so great, + for if he be a foot taller than I, methinks that round the shoulders I + should have the advantage of him." + </p> + <p> + "Send hither my armorer," the earl said; "we must choose a proper suit for + you. I fear that mine would be of little use; but doubtless there are some + smaller suits among my friends." + </p> + <p> + "The simpler and lighter the better," Cuthbert said. "I'd rather have a + light coat of mail and a steel cap than heavy armor and a helmet which + would press me down, and a visor through which I could scarce see. The + lighter the better, for after all if my sword cannot keep my head, sooner + or later the armor would fail to do so too." + </p> + <p> + The armorer speedily arrived, and the knights and followers of the earl + being called in and the case stated, there was soon found a coat of fine + linked mail, which fitted Cuthbert well. As to the steel cap there was no + difficulty whatever. + </p> + <p> + "You must have a plume at least," the earl said, and took some feathers + from his own casque and fastened them in. "Will you want a light sword and + battle-ax?" + </p> + <p> + "No," Cuthbert said, "my arms are pretty well used to those of the + men-at-arms. I could wield my father's sword, and that was a heavy one." + </p> + <p> + The lightest of the earl's weapons were chosen, and it was agreed that all + was now ready for the conflict to-morrow. + </p> + <p> + In the morning there was a slight bustle in the camp. + </p> + <p> + The news that a fight was to take place between an English and a Brabant + page, by the permission of the kings of England and France, that their + majesties were to be present, and that all was to be conducted on regular + rules, caused a stir of excitement and novelty in the camp. + </p> + <p> + Nowhere is life duller than among a large body of men kept together for + any time under canvas, and the thought of a combat of this novel kind + excited general interest. + </p> + <p> + In a meadow at a short distance from the camp a body of King Richard's + men-at-arms marked off an oval space of about an acre. Upon one side of + this a tent was pitched for the kings, and a small tent was placed at each + end for the combatants. Round the inclosure the men-at-arms formed the + ring, and behind them a dense body of spectators gathered, a place being + set aside for nobles, and others of gentle blood. + </p> + <p> + At the hour fixed the kings of England and France arrived together. King + Richard was evidently in a state of high good humor, for he preferred the + clash of arms and the sight of combat to any other pleasure. + </p> + <p> + The King of France, on the other hand, looked grave. He was a far wiser + and more politic king than Richard; and although he had consented to the + sudden proposal, yet he felt in his heart that the contest was a foolish + one, and that it might create bad feeling among the men of the two + nationalities whichever way it went. He had reserved to himself the right + of throwing down the baton when the combat was to cease, and he determined + to avail himself of this right to put a stop to the conflict before either + party was likely to sustain any deadly injury. + </p> + <p> + When the monarchs had taken their places the trumpeters sounded their + trumpets, and the two combatants advanced on foot from their ends of the + lists. A murmur of surprise and dissatisfaction broke from the crowd. "My + Lord of Evesham," the king said angrily to the earl, who with Count + Jacquelin was standing by the royal party, "thou shouldst have said that + the difference between the two was too great to allow the combat to be + possible. The Frenchman appears to be big enough to take your page under + his arm and walk off with him." + </p> + <p> + The difference was indeed very striking. The French champion was arrayed + in a full suit of knightly armor—of course without the gold spurs + which were the distinguishing mark of that rank—and with his helmet + and lofty plume of feathers he appeared to tower above Cuthbert, who, in + his close-fitting steel cap and link armor seemed a very dwarf by the side + of a giant. + </p> + <p> + "It is not size, sire, but muscle and pluck will win in a combat like + this. Your majesty need not be afraid that my page will disgrace me. He is + of my blood, though the kinship is not close. He is of mixed Saxon and + Norman strain, and will, believe me, do no discredit to either." + </p> + <p> + The king's brow cleared, for in truth he was very proud of his English + nationality, and would have been sorely vexed to see the discomfiture of + an English champion, even though that champion were a boy. + </p> + <p> + "Brother Philip," he said, turning to the king, "I will wager my gold + chain against yours on yonder stripling." + </p> + <p> + "Methinks that it were robbery to take your wager," the King of France + said. "The difference between their bulk is disproportionate. However, I + will not balk your wish. My chain against yours." + </p> + <p> + The rule of the fight was that they were to commence with swords, but that + either could, if he chose, use his battle-aX. — The fight need + scarcely be described at length, for the advantage was all one way. + Cuthbert was fully a match in strength for his antagonist, although + standing nigh a foot shorter. Constant exercise, however, had hardened his + muscles into something like steel, while the teaching that he had received + had embraced all what was then known of the use of arms. + </p> + <p> + Science in those days there was but little of; it was a case rather of + hard, heavy hitting, than of what we now call swordsmanship. + </p> + <p> + With the sword Cuthbert gained but slight advantage over his adversary, + whose superior height enabled him to rain blows down upon the lad, which + he was with difficulty enabled to guard; but when the first paroxysm of + his adversary's attack had passed he took to the offensive, and drove his + opponent back step by step. With his sword, however, he was unable to cut + through the armor of the Frenchman, but in the course of the encounter, + guarding a severe blow aimed at him, his sword was struck from his hand, + and he then, seizing his ax, made such play with it that his foe dropped + his own sword and took to the same weapon. + </p> + <p> + In this the superior height and weight of his opponent gave him even a + greater advantage than with the sword, and Cuthbert knowing this, used his + utmost dexterity and speed to avoid the sweeping blows showered upon him. + He himself had been enabled to strike one or two sweeping strokes, always + aiming at the same place, the juncture of the visor with the helmet. At + last the Frenchman struck him so heavy a blow that it beat down his guard + and struck his steel cap from his head, bringing him to the knee. In an + instant he was up, and before his foe could be again on guard, he whirled + his ax round with all its force, and bringing it just at the point of the + visor which he had already weakened with repeated blows, the edge of the + ax stove clean through the armor, and the page was struck senseless to the + ground. + </p> + <p> + A great shout broke from the English portion of the soldiery as Cuthbert + leaned over his prostrate foe, and receiving no answer to the question "Do + you yield?" rose to his feet, and signified to the squire who had kept + near that his opponent was insensible. + </p> + <p> + King Richard ordered the pursuivant to lead Cuthbert to the royal + inclosure. + </p> + <p> + "Thou art a brave lad and a lusty," the king said, "and hast borne thee in + the fight as well as many a knight would have done. Wert thou older, I + would myself dub thee knight; and I doubt not that the occasion will yet + come when thou wilt do as good deeds upon the bodies of the Saracens as + thou hast upon that long-shanked opponent of thine. Here is a gold chain; + take it as a proof that the King of England holds that you have sustained + well the honor of his country; and mark me, if at any time you require a + boon, bring or send me that chain, and thou shalt have it freely. Sir + Walter," he said, turning to the earl, "in this lad thou hast a worthy + champion, and I trust me that thou wilt give him every chance of + distinguishing himself. So soon as thou thinkest him fit for the knightly + rank I myself will administer the accolade." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII. — REVENGE. + </h2> + <p> + After his interview with the king Cuthbert was led to his tent amid the + hearty plaudits of the English troops. + </p> + <p> + His own comrades flocked round him; the men of the greenwood, headed by + Cnut, were especially jubilant over his victory. + </p> + <p> + "Who would have thought," said the tall forester, "that the lad who but a + short time ago was a child should now have sustained the honor of the + country? We feel proud of you, Cuthbert; and trust us some day or other to + follow wherever you may lead, and to do some deed which will attain for + you honor and glory, and show that the men of Evesham are as doughty as + any under King Richard's rule." + </p> + <p> + "You must be wary, Cuthbert," the earl said to him that evening. "Believe + me that you and I have made a foe, who, although he may not have the + power, has certainly the will to injure us to the death. I marked the eye + of Count Jacquelin during the fight, and again when you were led up to the + king. There was hatred and fury in his eye. The page too, I hear, is his + own nephew, and he will be the laughing-stock of the French camp at having + been conquered by one so much younger than himself. It will be well to + keep upon your guard, and not to go out at night unattended. Keep Cnut + near you; he is faithful as a watch-dog, and would give his life, I am + sure, for you. I will myself be also upon my guard, for it was after all + my quarrel, and the fury of this fierce knight will vent itself upon both + of us if the opportunity should come. I hear but a poor account of him + among his confréres. They say he is one of those disgraces to the name of + knight who are but a mixture of robber and soldier; that he harries all + the lands in his neighborhood; and that he has now only joined the Crusade + to avoid the vengeance which the cries of the oppressed people had invoked + from his liege lord. I am told indeed that the choice was given him to be + outlawed, or to join the Crusades with all the strength he could raise. + Naturally he adopted the latter alternative; but he has the instincts of + the robber still, and will do us an evil turn, if he have the chance." + </p> + <p> + Two days later the great army broke up its camp and marched south. After a + week's journeying they encamped near a town, and halted there two or three + days in order to collect provisions for the next advance; for the supplies + which they could obtain in the country districts were wholly insufficient + for so great a host of men. Here the armies were to separate, the French + marching to Genoa, the English to Marseilles, the town at which they were + to take ship. + </p> + <p> + One evening the earl sent Cuthbert with a message to another English lord, + staying in the town at the palace of the bishop, who was a friend of his. + </p> + <p> + Cnut accompanied Cuthbert, for he now made a point of seldom letting him + out of his sight. It was light when they reached the bishop's palace, but + here they were delayed for some time, and night had fallen when they + sallied out. + </p> + <p> + The town was already quiet, for the inhabitants cared not to show + themselves in the streets now that such a large army of fierce men were in + the neighborhood. + </p> + <p> + The orders indeed of the monarchs were stringent, but discipline there was + but little of, and the soldiery in those days regarded peaceful citizens + as fair game; hence, when they came from the palace the streets of the + city were already hushed and quiet, for the orders of the king had been + peremptory that no men-at-arms, or others except those on duty, were to be + away from their camp after nightfall. This order had been absolutely + necessary, so many were the complaints brought in by country peasants and + farmers of the doings of bands of soldiers. + </p> + <p> + Cnut and Cuthbert proceeded along the streets unmolested for some + distance. Occasionally a solitary passer-by, with hooded cape, hurried + past. The moon was half full, and her light was welcome indeed, for in + those days the streets were unlighted, and the pavement so bad that + passage through the streets after dark was a matter of difficulty, and + even of danger. + </p> + <p> + Here and there before some roadside shrine a lamp dimly burned; before + these they paused, and, as good Catholics, Cnut and Cuthbert crossed + themselves. Just as they had passed one of these wayside shrines, a sudden + shout was heard, and a party of eight or ten men sprang out from a side + street and fell upon them. + </p> + <p> + Cnut and Cuthbert drew their swords and laid about them heartily, but + their assailants were too strong. Cnut was stricken to the ground, and + Cuthbert, seeing that defense was hopeless, took to his heels and ran for + his life. He was already wounded, but happily not so severely as in any + way to disable him. + </p> + <p> + Seeing that it was speed, and speed alone, which now could save him, he + flung aside his belt and scabbard as he ran, and with rapid steps flew + along the streets, not knowing whither he went, and striving only to keep + ahead of his pursuers. They, more incumbered by arms and armor, were + unable to keep up with the flying footsteps of a lad clothed in the light + attire of a page; but Cuthbert felt that the blood running from his wound + was weakening him fast, and that unless he could gain some refuge his + course must speedily come to an end. Happily he saw at some little + distance ahead of him a man standing by a door. Just as he arrived the + door opened, and a glow of light from within fell on the road, showing + that the person entering was a monk. + </p> + <p> + Without a moment's hesitation Cuthbert rushed through the door, shouting + "Sanctuary!" and sank almost fainting on the ground. + </p> + <p> + The monks, accustomed to wild pursuits and scenes of outrage in those + warlike days, hastily closed the door, barring it securely. In a moment + there was a rush of men against it from without. + </p> + <p> + One of the monks opened a lattice above the door. + </p> + <p> + "What mean you," he said, "by this outrage? Know ye not that this is the + Monastery of St. John, and that it is sacrilege to lay a hand of violence + even against its postern? Begone," he said, "or we'll lodge a complaint + before the king." + </p> + <p> + The assailants, nothing daunted, continued to batter at the door; but at + this moment the monks, aroused from their beds, hastened to the spot, and + seizing bill and sword—for in those days even monks were obliged at + times to depend upon carnal weapons—they opened the door, and flung + themselves upon the assailants with such force that the latter, surprised + and discomfited, were forced to make a hasty retreat. + </p> + <p> + The doors were then again barred, and Cuthbert was carried up to a cell in + the building, where the leech of the monastery speedily examined his + wound, and pronounced that although his life was not in danger by it, he + was greatly weakened by the loss of blood, that the wound was a serious + one and that it would be some time before the patient would recover. + </p> + <p> + [Image: THE DOORS WERE AGAIN BARRED, AND CUTHBERT WAS CARRIED TO A CELL.] + </p> + <p> + It was two days before Cuthbert was sufficiently restored to be able to + speak. His first question to the monk was as to his whereabouts, and how + long he had been there. Upon being answered, he entreated that a messenger + might be dispatched to the camp of the Earl of Evesham, to beg that a + litter might be sent for him, and to inquire what had become of Cnut, whom + he had last seen stricken down. + </p> + <p> + The monk replied, "My son, I grieve to tell you that your request cannot + be complied with. The army moved away yesternoon, and is now some + twenty-five miles distant. There is nothing for you but patience, and when + restored you can follow the army, and rejoin your master before he embarks + at Marseilles. But how is it that a lad so young as you can have incurred + the enmity of those who sought your life? For it is clear from the + pertinacity with which they urged their attack that their object was not + plunder, of which indeed they would get but little from you, but to take + your life." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert recounted the circumstances which had led to the feud of the + Count of Brabant against him, for he doubted not that this truculent + knight was at the bottom of the attack. + </p> + <p> + "After what has happened," the monk said, "you will need have caution when + you leave here. The place where you have taken refuge is known to them, + and should this wild noble persist in his desire for vengeance against + you, he will doubtless leave some of his ruffians to watch the monastery. + We will keep a lookout, and note if any strangers are to be seen near the + gates; if we find that it is so, we shall consider what is best to be + done. We could of course appeal to the mayor for protection against them, + and could even have the strangers ejected from the town or cast into + prison; but it is not likely that we should succeed in capturing more than + the fellow who may be placed on the lookout, and the danger would be in no + wise lessened to yourself. But there is time to talk over this matter + before you leave. It will be another fortnight at least before you will be + able to pursue your journey." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert gained strength more rapidly than the monk had expected. He was + generously fed, and this and his good constitution soon enabled him to + recover from the loss of blood; and at the end of five days he expressed + his hope that he could on the following day pursue his journey. The monk + who attended him shook his head. + </p> + <p> + "Thou mightst, under ordinary circumstances, quit us to-morrow, for thou + art well enough to take part in the ordinary pursuits of a page; but to + journey is a different thing. You may have all sorts of hardships to + endure; you may have even to trust for your life to your speed and + endurance; and it would be madness for you to go until your strength is + fully established. I regret to tell you that we have ascertained beyond a + doubt that the monastery is closely watched. We have sent some of the + acolytes out, dressed in the garbs of monks, and attended by one of our + elder brethren; and in, each case, a monk who followed at a distance of + fifty yards was able to perceive that they were watched. The town is full + of rough men, the hangers-on of the army; some, indeed, are followers of + laggard knights, but the greater portion are men who merely pursue the + army with a view to gain by its necessities, to buy plunder from the + soldiers, and to rob, and, if necessary, to murder should there be a hope + of obtaining gold. Among these men your enemies would have little + difficulty in recruiting any number, and no appeal that we could make to + the mayor would protect you from them when you have left the walls. We + must trust to our ingenuity in smuggling you out. After that, it is upon + your own strength and shrewdness that you must rely for an escape from any + snares that may be laid for you. You will see, then, that at least another + three or four days are needed before you can set forth. Your countrymen + are so far away that a matter of a few days will make but little + difference. They will in any case be delayed for a long time at Marseilles + before they embark; and whether you leave now or a month hence, you would + be equally in time to join them before their embarkation—that is, + supposing that you make your way through the snares which beset you." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert saw the justice of the reasoning, and it was another week before + he announced himself as feeling absolutely restored to strength again, and + capable of bearing as much exertion as he could have done before his + attack. + </p> + <p> + A long consultation was held with the prior and a monk who had acted as + his leech, as to the best plan of getting Cuthbert beyond the walls of the + city. Many schemes were proposed and rejected. Every monk who ventured + beyond the walls had been closely scrutinized, and one or two of short + stature had even been jostled in the streets, so as to throw back their + hoods and expose a sight of their faces. It was clear, then, that it would + be dangerous to trust to a disguise. Cuthbert proposed that he should + leave at night, trusting solely to their directions as to the turnings he + should take to bring him to the city walls, and that, taking a rope, he + should there let himself down, and make the best of his way forward. This, + however, the monks would not consent to, assuring him that the watch was + so strictly kept round the monastery that he would inevitably be seen. + </p> + <p> + "No," the prior said, "the method, whatever it is, must be as open as + possible; and though I cannot at this moment hit upon a plan, I will think + it over to-night, and putting my ideas with those of Father Jerome here, + and the sacristan, who has a shrewd head, it will be hard if we cannot + between us contrive some plan to evade the watch of those robber villains + who beset the convent." + </p> + <p> + The next morning, when the prior came in to see Cuthbert, the latter said: + "Good father, I have determined not to endeavor to make off in disguise. I + doubt not that your wit could contrive some means by which I should get + clear of the walls without observation from the scouts of this villain + noble. But once in the country, I should have neither horse nor armor, and + should have hard work indeed to make my way down through France, even + though none of my enemies were on my track. I will therefore, if it please + you, go down boldly to the mayor and claim a protection and escort. If he + will but grant me a few men-at-arms for one day's ride from the town, I + can choose my own route, and riding out in mail, can then take my chance + of finding my way down to Marseilles." + </p> + <p> + "I will go down with you, my son," the prior said, "to the mayor. Two of + my monks shall accompany us; and assuredly no insult will be offered to + you in the street thus accompanied." Shortly afterward Cuthbert started as + arranged, and soon arrived at the house of the mayor, Sir John de Cahors. + </p> + <p> + Upon the prior making known to this knight whom he had brought with him + the mayor exclaimed: + </p> + <p> + "<i>Peste!</i> young gentleman; you have caused us no small trouble and + concern. We have had ridings to and fro concerning you, and furious + messages from your fiery king. When in the morning a tall, stalwart knave + dressed in green was found, slashed about in various places, lying on the + pavement, the townsmen, not knowing who he was, but finding that he still + breathed, carried him to the English camp, and he was claimed as a + follower of the Earl of Evesham. There was great wrath and anger over + this; and an hour later the earl himself came down and stated that his + page was missing, and that there was reason to believe that he had been + foully murdered, as he had accompanied the man found wounded. Fortunately + the bulk of the armies had marched away at early dawn, and the earl had + only remained behind in consequence of the absence of his followers. I + assured the angry Englishman that I would have a thorough search made in + the town; and although in no way satisfied, he rode off after his king + with all his force, carrying with him the long-limbed man whom we had + picked up. Two days after a message came back from King Richard himself, + saying that unless this missing page were discovered, or if, he being + killed, his murderers were not brought to justice and punished, he would + assuredly on his return from the Holy Land burn the town over our ears. + Your king is not a man who minces matters. However, threatened men live + long, especially when the person who threatens is starting for a journey, + from which, as like as not, he may never return. However, I have had + diligent search made for you. All the houses of bad repute have been + examined and their inhabitants questioned. But there are so many + camp-followers and other rabble at present in the town that a hundred men + might disappear without our being able to obtain a clew. I doubted not + indeed that your body had been thrown in the river, and that we should + never hear more of you. I am right glad that you have been restored; not + indeed from any fear of the threats of the king your master, but because, + from what the Earl of Evesham said, you were a lad likely to come to great + fame and honor. The earl left in my charge your horse, and the armor which + he said you wore at a tournament lately, in case we should hear aught of + you." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert gave an exclamation of pleasure. His purse contained but a few + pieces of silver, and being without arms except for his short dagger, or + means of locomotion, the difficulties of the journey down to Marseilles + had sorely puzzled him. But with his good horse between his knees, and his + suit of Milan armor on his back, he thought that he might make his way + through any dangers which threatened him. + </p> + <p> + The prior now told the knight that circumstances had occurred which showed + that it was known to the assailants of Cuthbert that he had taken refuge + in the convent, over which a strict watch had been kept by Cuthbert's + enemies. + </p> + <p> + "If I could find the varlets I would hang them over the gates of the + town," the knight said wrathfully. "But as at the present moment there are + nearly as many rogues as honest men in the place it would be a wholesale + hanging indeed to insure getting hold of the right people. Moreover, it is + not probable that another attempt upon his life will be made inside our + walls; and doubtless the main body of this gang are somewhere without, + intending to assault him when he continues his journey, and they have left + but a spy or two here to inform them as to his movements. I will give you + any aid in my power, young sir. The army is by this time nigh Marseilles, + and, sooth to say, I have no body of men-at-arms whom I could send as your + escort for so long a distance. I have but a small body here, and they are + needed, and sorely, too, to keep order within the walls." + </p> + <p> + "I thought, sir," Cuthbert said, "that if you could lend me a party of say + four men-at-arms to ride with me for the first day I could then trust to + myself, especially if you could procure me one honest man to act as guide + and companion. Doubtless they suppose that I should travel by the main + road south; but by going the first day's journey either east or west, and + then striking some southward road, I should get a fair start of them, + throw all their plans out, and perchance reach Marseilles without + interruption." + </p> + <p> + The knight willingly agreed to furnish four men-at-arms, and a trustworthy + guide who would at least take him as far south as Avignon. + </p> + <p> + "I will," he said, "tell the men-at-arms off to-night. They shall be at + the western gate at daybreak, with the pass permitting them to ride + through. The guide shall be at the convent door half an hour earlier. I + will send up to-night your armor and horse. Here is a purse which the Earl + of Evesham also left for your use. Is there aught else I can do for you?" + </p> + <p> + "Nothing, sir," Cuthbert said; "and if I regain the army in safety I shall + have pleasure in reporting to King Richard how kindly and courteously you + have treated me." + </p> + <p> + The arrangements were carried out. + </p> + <p> + An hour before daybreak Cuthbert was aroused, donned his armor and steel + casque, drank a flask of wine, and ate a manchet of bread which the prior + himself brought him, and then, with a cordial adieu to the kind monks, + issued forth. + </p> + <p> + The guide had just reached the gate, and together they trotted down the + narrow streets to the west gate of the city, where four men-at-arms were + awaiting them. + </p> + <p> + The gates were at once opened, and Cuthbert and his little troop sallied + forth. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII. — THE ATTACK. + </h2> + <p> + All day they rode with their faces west, and before nightfall had made a + journey of over forty miles. Then bestowing a largess upon the + men-at-arms, Cuthbert dismissed them, and took up his abode at a hostelry, + his guide looking to the two horses. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was pleased with the appearance of the man who had been placed at + his disposal. He was a young fellow of twenty-two or twenty-three, with an + honest face. He was, he told Cuthbert, the son of a small farmer near + Avignon; but having a fancy for trade, he had been apprenticed to a master + smith. Having served his apprenticeship, he found that he had mistaken his + vocation, and intended to return to the paternal vineyards. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert calculated that he would make at least four days' journey to the + south before he could meet with any dangers. Doubtless his exit from the + convent had been discovered, and the moment the gates of the city were + opened the spy would have proceeded south to warn his comrades, and these + would doubtless have taken a road which at a distance would again take + them on to that by which Cuthbert would be now traveling. As, however, he + rode fast, and made long marches each day, he hoped that he might succeed + in distancing them. Unfortunately, upon the third day his horse cast his + shoe, and no smith could be met with until the end of the day's journey. + Consequently, but a short distance could be done and this at a slow pace. + Upon the fifth day after their first start they arrived at a small town. + </p> + <p> + The next morning Cuthbert on rising found that his guide did not present + himself as usual. Making inquiries he found that the young man had gone + out the evening before, and had not returned. Extremely uneasy at the + circumstance, Cuthbert went to the city guard, thinking that perhaps his + guide might have got drunk, and been shut up in the cells. No news, + however, was to be obtained there, and after waiting some hours, feeling + sure that some harm had befallen him, he gave notice to the authorities of + his loss, and then mounting his horse, and leaving some money with the + landlord of the hostelry to give to his guide in case the latter should + return, he started at midday by the southern road. + </p> + <p> + He felt sure now that he was overtaken, and determined to keep his eyes + and faculties thoroughly on watch. + </p> + <p> + The roads in those days were mere tracks. Here and there a little village + was to be met with; but the country was sparsely cultivated, and traveling + lonely work. Cuthbert rode fast, carefully avoiding all copses and small + woods through which the road ran, by making a circuit round them and + coming on to it again on the other side. + </p> + <p> + His horse was an excellent one, the gift of the earl, and he had little + fear, with his light weight, of being overtaken if he could once leave his + enemies behind him. + </p> + <p> + At length he approached an extensive forest, which stretched for miles on + either side. + </p> + <p> + Half a mile before he reached it the track divided. + </p> + <p> + He had for some little time eased his horse down to a walk, as he felt + that the wood would be the spot where he would in all probability be + attacked, and he needed that his steed should be possessed of its utmost + vigor. + </p> + <p> + At the spot where the track branched a man in the guise of a mendicant was + sitting. He begged for alms, and Cuthbert threw him a small coin. + </p> + <p> + A sudden thought struck him as he heard a rustling in the bushes near. + </p> + <p> + "Which is the nearest and best road to Avignon?" he said. + </p> + <p> + "The right-hand road is the best and shortest," the beggar said. "The + other makes a long circuit and leads through several marshes, which your + honor will find it hard to pass." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert thanked him and moved forward, still at a walk, along the + right-hand road. + </p> + <p> + When he had gone about two hundred yards, and was hidden from the sight of + the man he had left—the country being rough, and scattered with + clumps of bushes—he halted, and, as he expected, heard the sound of + horses' hoofs coming on at full gallop along the other road. + </p> + <p> + "Your master must have thought me young indeed," he said, "to try and + catch me with such a transparent trick as that. I do not suppose that + accursed page has more than ten men with him, and doubtless has placed + five on each road. This fellow was placed here to see which track I would + follow, and has now gone to give the party on the left hand the news that + I have taken this way. Had it not been for him I should have had to run + the gantlet with four or five of my enemies. As it is, the path will + doubtless be clear." + </p> + <p> + So saying, he turned his horse, galloped back to the spot where the tracks + separated, and then followed the left-hand route. + </p> + <p> + As he had hoped, he passed through the wood without incident or + interruption, and arrived safely that night at a small town, having seen + no signs of his enemies. + </p> + <p> + The next day he started again early, and rode on until midday, when he + halted at a large village, at which was the only inn between the place + from which he started and his destination. He declined the offer of the + servant of the inn to take his horse round to the stable, telling the man + to hold him outside the door and give him from a sieve a few handfuls of + grain. + </p> + <p> + Then he entered the inn and ate a hearty meal. As he appeared at the door + he saw several men gathered near. With a single spring he threw himself + into the saddle, just as a rush forward was made by those standing round. + The man next to him sprang upon him, and endeavored to drag him from the + saddle. Cuthbert drew the little dagger called a <i>miséricorde</i> from + his belt, and plunged it into his throat. Then seizing the short mace + which hung at the saddlebow, he hurled it with all his force full in the + face of his enemy, the page of Sir Philip, who was rushing upon him sword + in hand. The heavy weapon struck him fairly between the eyes, and with a + cry he fell back, his face completely smashed in by the blow, the sword + which he held uplifted to strike flying far through the air. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert struck his spurs into his horse, and the animal dashed forward + with a bound, Cuthbert striking with his long sword at one or two men who + made a snatch at the reins. In another minute he was cantering out of the + village, convinced that he had killed the leader of his foes, and that he + was safe now to pursue the rest of his journey on to Marseilles. + </p> + <p> + So it turned out. + </p> + <p> + Without further incident he traveled through the south of France, and + arrived at the great seaport. He speedily discovered the quarters in which + the Earl of Evesham's contingent were encamped, and made toward this + without delay. As he entered a wild shout of joy was heard, and Cnut ran + forward with many gestures of delight. + </p> + <p> + "My dear Cuthbert, my dear Cuthbert!" he exclaimed. "Can it be true that + you have escaped? We all gave you up; and although I did my best, yet had + you not survived it I should never have forgiven myself, believing that I + might have somehow done better, and have saved you from the cutthroats who + attacked us." + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, thanks, my good Cnut," Cuthbert cried. "I have been through a + time of peril, no doubt; but as you see, I am hale and well—better, + methinks, than you are, for you look pale and ill; and I doubt not that + the wound which I received was a mere scratch to that which bore you down. + It sounded indeed like the blow of a smith's hammer upon an anvil." + </p> + <p> + "Fortunately, my steel cap saved my head somewhat," Cnut said, "and the + head itself is none of the thinnest; but it tried it sorely, I confess. + However, now that you are back I shall, doubt not, soon be as strong as + ever I was. I think that fretting for your absence has kept me back more + than the inflammation from the wound itself—but there is the earl at + the door of his tent." + </p> + <p> + Through the foresters and retainers who had at Cnut's shout of joy crowded + up, Cuthbert made his way, shaking hands right and left with the men, + among whom he was greatly loved, for they regarded him as being in a great + degree the cause of their having been freed from outlawry, and restored to + civil life again. The earl was really affected. As Cuthbert rode up he + held out both arms, and as his page alighted he embraced him as a father. + </p> + <p> + "My dear Cuthbert!" he exclaimed. "What anxiety have we not suffered. Had + you been my own son, I could not have felt more your loss. We did not + doubt for an instant that you had fallen into the hands of some of the + retainers of that villain count; and from all we could learn, and from the + absence of any dead body by the side of that of Cnut, I imagined that you + must have been carried off. It was clear that your chance of life, if you + fell into the hands of that evil page, or his equally vile master, was + small indeed. The very day that Cnut was brought in I visited the French + camp, and accused him of having been the cause of your disappearance and + Cnut's wounds. He affected the greatest astonishment at the charge. He had + not, as he said, been out of the camp for two days. My accusation was + unfounded and malicious, and I should answer this as well as the previous + outrage, when the vow of the Crusaders to keep peace among themselves was + at an end. Of course I had no means of proving what I said, or I would + have gone direct to the king and charged him with the outrage. As it was I + gained nothing by my pains. He has accompanied the French division to + Genoa; but when we meet at Sicily, where the two armies are to rendezvous, + I will bring the matter before the king, as the fact that his page was + certainly concerned in it must be taken as showing that he was the + instigator." + </p> + <p> + "It would, my lord earl, be perhaps better," Cuthbert said, "if I might + venture to advise, to leave the matter alone. No doubt the count would say + that he had discharged his page after the tournament, and that the latter + was only carrying out his private feud with me. We should not be able to + disprove the story, and should gain no satisfaction by the matter." + </p> + <p> + The earl admitted the justice of Cuthbert's reasoning, but reserved to + himself the task of punishing the author of the outrage upon the first + fitting opportunity. + </p> + <p> + There was a weary delay at Marseilles before the expedition set sail. This + was caused by the fact of the English fleet, which had been ordered to be + there upon their arrival, failing to keep the agreement. + </p> + <p> + The words English fleet badly describe the vessels which were to carry the + English contingent to their destination. They were ships belonging to the + maritime nations of Italy—the Venetians, Genoese, Pisans, etc.; for + England at that time had but few of her own, and these scarcely fitted for + the stormy navigation of the Bay of Biscay. + </p> + <p> + King Richard, impatient as ever of delay, at last lost his temper, and + embarked on board a ship with a few of his chosen knights, and set sail by + himself for Sicily, the point at which the two armies of the expedition + were to reunite. A few days after his departure the long-looked-for fleet + arrived, and a portion of the English host embarked at once, and set sail + for Sicily, where they were to be landed, and the ships were to return to + fetch the remaining contingent. + </p> + <p> + A sea voyage of this kind in those days was a serious matter. Long voyages + were rare, and troops were carried very much upon the principle of + herrings; that is, were packed as close as they could be, without any + reference to their comfort. As the voyages seldom lasted more than + twenty-four hours, this did not much matter, but during long voyages the + discomforts, or as may be said sufferings, of the troops were + considerable. So tightly packed were the galleys in which the English set + sail from Marseilles that there was no walking about. Every man slept + where he sat, and considered himself lucky indeed if he could obtain room + sufficient to stretch himself at full length. Most slept sitting against + bulwarks or other supports. In the cabins, where the knights, their pages + and squires were placed, the crowding was of course less excessive, but + even here the amount of space, which a subaltern traveling to India for + the first time nowadays would grumble at, was considered amply sufficient + for half a dozen knights of distinction. It was a week after sailing, when + Cnut touched Cuthbert's arm as he came on deck one morning, and said: + </p> + <p> + "Look, look, Cuthbert! that mountain standing up in the water has caught + fire on the top. Did you ever see such a thing?" + </p> + <p> + The soldiers crowded to the side of the vessel in intense astonishment and + no little awe. From the top of a lofty and rugged hill, rising almost + straight from the sea, flames were roaring up, smoke hung over the island, + and stones were thrown into the air and rattled down the side of the hill, + or fell into the sea with a splash. + </p> + <p> + "That is a fearsome sight," Cnut said, crossing himself. + </p> + <p> + "It looks as if it was the mouth of purgatory," exclaimed another, + standing by. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert himself was amazed, for the instruction he had received from + Father Francis was of too slight a nature to include the story of + volcanoes. A priest, however, who accompanied the ship in the character of + leech and confessor, explained the nature of the phenomenon to his + astonished listeners, and told them that over on the mainland was a + mountain which at times vomited forth such masses of stones and of liquid + rock that it had swallowed up and covered many great cities. There was + also, he told them, another mountain of the same sort, even more vast, on + the island of Sicily itself; but that this had seldom, as far back as man + could remember, done any great harm. + </p> + <p> + Sailing on, in another day they arrived off the coast of Sicily itself, + and sailing up the straits between it and the mainland they landed at + Messina. Here a considerable portion of the French army had already + arrived, having been brought down from Genoa. + </p> + <p> + There was no news of the King of England; and, as often happens, the + saying "The more haste the less speed," had been verified here. + </p> + <p> + It was some days later before King Richard arrived, having been driven + from his course by tempests, well-nigh cast ashore, and having besides + gone through many adventures. Three weeks later the whole of the army of + the Crusaders were gathered around Messina, where it was intended to + remain some little time before starting. It was a gay time; and the kings + vied with each other in entertainments, joustings, and tournaments. The + Italian knights also made a brave show, and it might have been thought + that this huge army of men were gathered there simply for amusement and + feasting. In the tournaments every effort was made to prevent any feeling + of national rivalry, and although parties of knights held their own + against all comers, these were most carefully selected to represent + several nationalities, and therefore victory, on whichsoever side it fell, + excited no feelings of bitterness. + </p> + <p> + Alone, King Richard was undoubtedly the strongest cavalier of the two + armies. Against his ponderous strength no knight could keep his seat; and + this was so palpable that after many victories King Richard was forced to + retire from the lists from want of competitors, and to take his place on + the daïs with the more peace-loving King of France. + </p> + <p> + The gayety of the camp was heightened by the arrival of many nobles and + dames from Italy. Here, too, came the Queen of Navarre, bringing with her + the beautiful Princess Berengaria. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," the Earl of Evesham said to Cuthbert a fortnight after the + arrival of the queen "that unless my eyes deceive me the princess is + likely to be a cause of trouble." + </p> + <p> + "In what way?" asked Cuthbert with surprise, for he had been struck with + her marvelous beauty, and wondered greatly what mischief so fair a being + could do. + </p> + <p> + "By the way in which our good lord, the king, gazes upon her, methinks + that it were like enough that he broke off his engagement with the Prince + of France for the sake of the fair eyes of this damsel." + </p> + <p> + "That were indeed a misfortune," Cuthbert said gravely, for he saw at once + the anger which such a course would excite in the minds of the French king + and his knights, who would naturally be indignant in the extreme at the + slight put upon their princess. As day after day passed it became evident + to all that the King of England was infatuated by the princess. Again he + entered the lists himself, and as some fresh Italian knights and others + had arrived, he found fresh opponents, and conspicuously laid the spoils + of victory at the feet of the princess, whom he selected as the Queen of + Beauty. + </p> + <p> + All sorts of rumors now became current in camp; violent quarrels between + the kings, and bad feelings between the French and English knights broke + out again in consequence, and this more violently than before. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX. — THE PRINCESS BERENGARIA. + </h2> + <p> + One night it chanced that Cuthbert was late in his return to camp, and his + road took him through a portion of the French encampment; the night was + dark, and Cuthbert presently completely lost all idea as to his bearings. + Presently he nearly ran against a tent; he made his way to the entrance in + order to crave directions as to his way—for it was a wet night; the + rain was pouring in torrents, and few were about of whom he could demand + the way—and, as he was about to draw aside the hangings, he heard + words said in a passionate voice which caused him to withdraw his hand + suddenly. + </p> + <p> + "I tell you," said a voice, "I would rather drive a dagger myself into her + heart than allow our own princess to be insulted by this hot-headed island + dog." + </p> + <p> + "It is sad indeed," said another, but in a calmer smoother tone, "that the + success of a great expedition like this, which has for its object the + recovery of the holy sepulcher from the infidels, should be wrecked by the + headstrong fancies of one man. It is even, as is told by the old Grecian + poet, as when Helen caused a great war between people of that nation." + </p> + <p> + "I know nothing," another voice said, "either of Helen or the Greeks, or + of their poets. They are a shifty race, and I can believe aught that is + bad of them. But touching this princess of Navarre, I agree with our + friend, it would be a righteous deed to poniard her, and so to remove the + cause of dispute between the two kings, and, indeed, the two nations. This + insult laid upon our princess is more than we, as French knights and + gentlemen, can brook; and if the king says the word there is not a + gentleman in the army but will be ready to turn his sword against the + islanders." + </p> + <p> + Then the smooth voice spoke again. + </p> + <p> + "It would, my brethren, be wrong and useless to shed blood; but methinks + that if this apple of discord could be removed a good work would be done + not, as our friend the count has suggested, by a stab of the dagger; that + indeed would be worse than useless. But surely there are scores of + religious houses, where this bird might be placed in a cage without a soul + knowing where she was, and where she might pass her life in prayer that + she may be pardoned for having caused grave hazards of the failure of an + enterprise in which all the Christian world is concerned." + </p> + <p> + The voices of the speakers now fell, and Cuthbert was straining his ear to + listen, when he heard footsteps approaching the tent, and he glided away + into the darkness. + </p> + <p> + With great difficulty be recovered the road to the camp, and when he + reached his tent he confided to the Earl of Evesham what he had heard. + </p> + <p> + "This is serious indeed," the earl said, "and bodes no little trouble and + danger. It is true that the passion which King Richard has conceived for + Berengaria bids fair to wreck the Crusade, by the anger which it has + excited in the French king and his nobles; but the disappearance of the + princess would no less fatally interfere with it, for the king would be + like a raging lion deprived of his whelps, and would certainly move no + foot eastward until he had exhausted all the means in his power of tracing + his lost lady love. You could not, I suppose, Cuthbert, point out the tent + where this conversation took place?" + </p> + <p> + "I could not," Cuthbert answered; "in the darkness one tent is like + another. I think I should recognize the voices of the speakers did I hear + them again; indeed, one voice I did recognize; it was that of the Count of + Brabant, with whom we had trouble before." + </p> + <p> + "That is good," the earl said, "because we have at least an object to + watch. It would never do to tell the king what you have heard. In the + first place, his anger would be so great that it would burst all bounds, + and would cause, likely enough, a battle at once between the two armies; + nor would it have any good effect, for he of Brabant would of course deny + the truth of your assertions, and would declare it was merely a got-up + story to discredit him with the king, and so to wipe out the old score now + standing between us. No, if we are to succeed, alike in preventing harm + happening to the princess, and an open break between the two monarchs, it + must be done by keeping a guard over the princess, unsuspected by all, and + ourselves frustrating any attempt which may be made." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert expressed his willingness to carry out the instructions which the + earl might give him; and, much disturbed by the events of the day, both + earl and page retired to rest, to think over what plan had best be + adopted. + </p> + <p> + The princess was staying at the palace of the bishop of the town; this he, + having another residence a short distance outside the walls, had placed at + the disposal of the Queen of Navarre and her suite; and the first step of + Cuthbert in the morning was to go into the town, to reconnoiter the + position and appearance of the building. It was a large and irregular + pile, and communicated with the two monasteries lying alongside of it. It + would therefore clearly be a most difficult thing to keep up a complete + watch on the exterior of so large a building. There were so many ways in + which the princess might be captured and carried off by unscrupulous men + that Cuthbert in vain thought over every plan by which it could be + possible to safeguard her. She might be seized upon returning from a + tournament or entertainment; but this was improbable, as the queen would + always have an escort of knights with her, and no attempt could be + successful except at the cost of a public fracas and much loss of blood. + Cuthbert regarded as out of the question that an outrage of this kind + would be attempted. + </p> + <p> + The fact that one of the speakers in the tent had used the words "my + sons," showed that one priest or monk, at least, was connected with the + plot. It was possible that this man might have power in one of the + monasteries, or he might be an agent of the bishop himself; and Cuthbert + saw that it would be easy enough in the night for a party from one or + other of the monasteries to enter by the door of communication with the + palace, and carry off the princess without the slightest alarm being + given. Once within the walls of the convent she could be either hidden in + the dungeons or secret places, which buildings of that kind were sure to + possess, or could be at once carried out by some quiet entrance, and taken + into the country, or transferred to some other building in the town. + </p> + <p> + When Cuthbert joined the earl he told him the observations that he had + made, and Sir Walter praised the judgment which he had shown in his + conclusions. The earl was of opinion that it would be absolutely necessary + to get some clew as to the course which the abductors purposed to take; + indeed it was possible that on after-consideration they might drop their + plan altogether, for the words which Cuthbert had overheard scarcely + betokened a plan completely formed and finally decided upon. + </p> + <p> + The great point he considered, therefore, was that the tent of his old + enemy should be carefully watched, and that an endeavor should be made to + hear something of what passed within, which might give a clew to the plan + fixed upon. They did not, of course, know whether the tent in which the + conversation had been heard by Cuthbert was that of Sir de Jacquelin + Barras, or of one of the other persons who had spoken; and Cuthbert + suggested that the first thing would be to find out whether the count, + after nightfall, was in the habit of going to some other tent, or whether, + on the other hand, he remained within and was visited by others. + </p> + <p> + It was easy, of course, to discover which was his tent; and Cuthbert soon + got its position, and then took Cnut into his counsels. + </p> + <p> + "The matter is difficult," Cnut said, "and I see no way by which a watch + can be kept up by day; but after dark—I have several men in my band + who can track a deer, and surely could manage to follow the steps of this + baron without being observed. There is little Jack, who is no bigger than + a boy of twelve, although he can shoot, and run, and play with the + quarterstaff, or, if need be, with the bill, against the best man in the + troop. I warrant me that if you show him the tent he will keep such sharp + watch that no one shall enter or depart without his knowing where they go + to. On a dark night he will be able to slip among the tents, and to move + here and there without being seen. He can creep on his stomach without + moving a leaf, and trust me the eyes of these French men-at-arms will look + in vain for a glimpse of him." + </p> + <p> + "You understand, Cnut, all that I want to know is whether the other + conspirators in this matter visit his tent, or whether he goes to theirs." + </p> + <p> + "I understand," Cnut said. "That is the first point to be arrived at." + </p> + <p> + Three days later Cnut brought news that each night after dark a party of + five men met in the tent that was watched; that one of the five always + came out when all had assembled, and took his station before the entrance + of the tent, so as to be sure that no eavesdropper was near. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert smiled. + </p> + <p> + "It is a case of locking the door after the horse has gone." + </p> + <p> + "What is to be done now?" Cnut asked. + </p> + <p> + "I will talk with the earl before I tell you, Cnut. This matter is too + serious for me to take a step without consulting Sir Walter." + </p> + <p> + That night there was a long talk between the earl and his page as to the + best course to be pursued. It was clear that their old enemy was the + leading person in the plot, and that the only plan to baffle it with any + fair chances of success was to keep a constant eye upon his movements, and + also to have three or four of the sturdiest men of the band told off to + watch, without being perceived, each time that the princess was in her + palace. + </p> + <p> + The Earl of Evesham left the arrangements entirely in the hands of his + page, of whose good sense and sagacity he had a very high opinion. + </p> + <p> + His own first impulse had been to go before the king and denounce the + Count of Brabant. But the ill-will between them was already well known; + for not only was there the original dispute at the banquet, but when the + two armies had joined at Sicily, King Richard, who had heard from the earl + of the attempt at the assassination of Cuthbert, had laid a complaint + before King Philip of the conduct of his subject. + </p> + <p> + Sir de Jacquelin Barras, however, had denied that he had any finger in the + matter. + </p> + <p> + "He had," he said, "discharged his page after the encounter with Cuthbert, + and knew nothing further whatever of his movements." + </p> + <p> + Although it was morally certain that the page could not have purchased the + services of the men who assisted him, from his own purse, or gain them by + any means of persuasion, but that they were either the followers of the + Count of Brabant, or ruffians hired with his money, as no proof could be + obtained the matter was allowed to drop. + </p> + <p> + The earl felt, however, that an accusation against the count by him of an + intention to commit a high crime, and this merely on the evidence of his + page, would appear like an attempt to injure the fame of his rival. + </p> + <p> + Feeling, therefore, that nothing could be done save to watch, he left the + matter entirely in the hands of his page, telling him that he could take + as many men-at-arms or archers as he might choose and use them in his + name. + </p> + <p> + Cnut entered warmly into Cuthbert's plans; and finally it was arranged + between them that six of the archers should nightly keep watch opposite + the various entrances of the bishop's palace and of the two monasteries + joining. Of course, they could not patrol up and down without attracting + attention, but they were to take up posts where they could closely observe + the entrances, and were either to lie down and feign drunken sleep, or to + conceal themselves within the shadow of an arch or other hiding-place. + </p> + <p> + Down on the seashore Cuthbert made an arrangement with one of the owners + of small craft lying there that ten of his men should sleep on board every + night, together with some fishermen accustomed to the use of the oar. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert himself determined to be always with this party. + </p> + <p> + Night after night passed, and so long a time went by that Cuthbert began + to think the design must have been given up. + </p> + <p> + However, he resolved to relax none of his watchfulness during the + remaining time that the expedition might stop in Sicily. + </p> + <p> + It was in January, three weeks after the first watch had been set, when + one of the men who had been placed to watch the entrance to one of the + monasteries leaped on board the craft and shook Cuthbert by the shoulder. + </p> + <p> + "A party of some five men," he said, "have just issued out from the + monastery. They are bearing a burden—what, I cannot see. They were + making in the direction of the water. I whistled to Dion who was next to + me in the lane. He is following them, and I came on to tell you to + prepare." + </p> + <p> + The night was pitch-dark, and it was difficult in the extreme to see any + one moving at a short distance off. + </p> + <p> + There were two or three streets that led from the monastery, which stood + at the top of the town, toward the sea; and a party coming down might take + any of these, according to the position in which the boat they were + seeking was placed. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert now instantly sent five or six of his men with instructions to + avoid all noise, along the line of the port, with orders to bring in word + should anyone come down and take boat, or should they hear any noise in + the town. He himself with the sailors loosed the ropes which fastened the + boat to shore, got out the oars, and prepared to put off at a moment's + notice. + </p> + <p> + He was of course ignorant whether the abductor would try to carry the + princess off by water, or would hide her in one of the convents of the + town; but he was inclined to think that the former would be the course + adopted; for the king in his wrath would be ready to lay the town in + flames, and to search every convent from top to bottom for the princess. + Besides, there would be too many aware of the secret. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was not wrong in his supposition. + </p> + <p> + Soon the man he had sent to the extreme right came running up with the + news that a boat had embarked at the further end with a party of some ten + men on board. As he came along he had warned the others, and in five + minutes the whole party were collected in the craft, numbering in all + twelve of Cuthbert's men and six sailors. They instantly put out, and + rowed in the direction in which the boat would have gone, the boatmen + expressing their opinion that probably the party would make for a vessel + which was lying anchored at some little distance from shore. The bearings + of the position of this ship was known to the boatmen, but the night was + so dark that they were quite unable to find it. Orders had been given that + no sound or whisper was to be heard on board the boat; and after rowing as + far as they could the boatmen said they were in the direction of the ship. + </p> + <p> + The boatmen all lay on their oars, and all listened intently. Presently + the creaking of a pulley was heard in the still night, at a distance of a + few hundred yards. This was enough. It was clear that the vessel was + getting up sail. The boat's head was turned in that direction; the crew + rowed steadily but noiselessly, and in a few minutes the tall mast of a + vessel could be seen faintly against the sky. Just as they perceived the + situation, a hail from on board showed that their approach was now + observed. + </p> + <p> + "Stretch to your oars," Cuthbert said, "we must make a dash for it now." + </p> + <p> + The rowers bent to their work and in a minute the boat ran alongside the + craft. + </p> + <p> + As Cuthbert and his followers scrambled upon the deck they were attacked + by those of the crew and passengers who were standing near; but it was + evident at once that the chiefs of the expedition had not heard the hail, + and that there was no general plan of defense against them. + </p> + <p> + It was not until the last of them had gained a footing and were beginning + to fight their way along the vessel that from below three or four + men-at-arms ran up, and one in a tone of authority demanded what was the + matter. When he heard the clash of swords and the shouts of the combatants + he put himself at once at the head of the party and a fierce and obstinate + fight now took place. + </p> + <p> + The assailants had, however, the advantage. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert and his men were all lightly clad, and this on the deck of a ship + lumbered with ropes and gear, and in the dark, was a great advantage, for + the mailed men-at-arms frequently stumbled and fell. The fight lasted for + several minutes. Cnut, who was armed with a heavy mace, did great service, + for with each of his sweeping blows he broke down the guard of an + opponent, and generally leveled him to the deck. + </p> + <p> + The numbers at the beginning of the fight were not unequal, but the men to + whom the vessel belonged made but a faint resistance when they perceived + that the day was going against them. The men-at-arms, however, consisting + of three, who appeared to be the leaders, and of eight pikemen fought + stubbornly and well. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was not long in detecting in the tones of the man who was clearly + at the head of affairs the voice of Sir de Jacquelin Barras. To do him + justice he fought with extreme bravery, and when almost all his followers + were cut down or beaten overboard, he resisted stanchly and well. With a + heavy two-handed sword he cleaved a space at the end of the boat, and kept + the whole of Cuthbert's party at bay. + </p> + <p> + At last Cnut, who had been engaged elsewhere, came to the front, and a + tough fight ensued between them. + </p> + <p> + It might have ended badly for the brave forester, for his lack of armor + gave an enormous advantage to his opponent. Soon, however, the count's + foot slipped on the boards of the deck, and before he could recover + himself the mace of Cnut descended with tremendous force upon his head, + which was unprotected, as he had taken off his casque on arriving at the + ship. Without a word or a cry the count fell forward on the deck, killed + as a bullock by a blow of a poleaX. — While this conflict had been + going on, occasionally the loud screams of a woman had been heard below. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, attended by Cnut and two of his followers, now descended. + </p> + <p> + At the bottom of the steps they found a man-at-arms placed at the door of + a cabin. He challenged as they approached, but being speedily convinced + that the vessel was in their hands, and that his employer and party were + all conquered, he made a virtue of necessity, and laid down his arms. + </p> + <p> + "You had better go in alone," Cnut said, "Master Cuthbert. The lady is + less likely to be frightened by your appearance than by us, for she must + wonder indeed what is going on." + </p> + <p> + On entering the cabin, which had evidently been fitted up for the use of a + lady, Cuthbert saw standing at the other end the princess, whom of course + he knew well by sight. A lamp was burning in the cabin, and by its light + he could see that her face was deadly pale. Her robes were torn and + disarranged, and she wore a look at once of grave alarm and surprise upon + seeing a handsomely dressed page enter with a deep reverence. + </p> + <p> + "What means this outrage, young sir? Whoever you be, I warn you that the + King of England will revenge this indignity." + </p> + <p> + "Your highness," Cuthbert said, "you have no further reason for alarm; the + knaves who carried you off from the bishop's palace and conveyed you to + this ship are all either killed or in our power. I am the page of the Earl + of Evesham, a devoted follower of King Richard. Some of the designs of the + bold men came to the ears of my lord, and he ordered me and a band of his + followers to keep good guard over the palace and buildings adjoining. We + were unable to gather our strength in time to prevent your being taken on + board, but we lost no time in putting forth when we found that your + abductors had taken boat, and by good fortune arrived here in time; a few + minutes later, and the knaves would have succeeded in their object, for + the sails were already being hoisted, and the vessel making way, when we + arrived. Your abductors are all either killed or thrown overboard, and the + vessel's head is now turned toward the shore, and I hope in a few minutes + to have the honor of escorting you to the palace." + </p> + <p> + The princess, with a sigh of much satisfaction and relief, sank on to a + couch. + </p> + <p> + "I am indeed indebted to you, young sir," she said. "Believe me, the + Princess Berengaria is not ungrateful, and should it be ever in her power + to do aught for your lord, or for yourself, or for those who have + accompanied you to rescue her, believe me that she will do it." + </p> + <p> + "May I be so bold as to ask a boon?" Cuthbert said, dropping on one knee + before her. + </p> + <p> + "It is granted at once, whatever it be, if in my power." + </p> + <p> + "My boon is, lady," he said, "that you will do your best to assuage the + natural anger which the King of England will feel at this bold and most + violent attempt. That he should be told, is of course necessary; but, + lady, much depends upon the telling, and I am sure that at your request + the king would restrain his anger. Were it not for that, I fear that such + quarrels and disputes might arise as would bring the two armies to blows, + and destroy forever all hope of the successful termination of our joint + enterprise." + </p> + <p> + "You are a wise and good youth," the princess said, holding out her hand + to Cuthbert, which, as duty bound, he placed to his lips. "Your request is + wise and most thoughtful. I will use any poor influence which I may + possess"—and Cuthbert could see that the blood came back now to the + white face—"to induce King Richard to allow the matter to pass over. + There is no reason why he should take up the case. I am no more under his + protection than under that of the King of France, and it is to the latter + I should appeal, for as I believe the men who abducted me were his + subjects." + </p> + <p> + "The leader of them, madam, was a certain Sir de Jacquelin Barras, a Count + of Brabant, with whom my master has had an old feud, and who has been just + killed by the leader of our men-at-arms. The others, who have had the most + active hand in the matter, have also perished; and it would, I think be + doubtful whether any clew could be obtained of those who were in league + with them. The only man in the party who is alive was placed as a sentry + at your door, and as he is but a man-at-arms we may be sure that he knows + naught of the enterprise, but has merely carried out the orders of his + master." + </p> + <p> + The vessel had by this time brought up close to the port. The princess + determined to wait on board until the first dawn was seen in the skies, + and then under the escort of her deliverers to go back to the palace, + before the town was moving. This plan was carried out, and soon after dawn + the princess was safe in the palace from which she had been carried a few + hours previously. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X. — PIRATES. + </h2> + <p> + It was not possible that a matter of this sort could be entirely hushed + up. Not many hours passed before rumors were current of events which had + taken place, though none knew what those events were. + </p> + <p> + There were reports that the tire-woman of the Princess Berengaria had in + the night discovered that her mistress' couch was unoccupied, that she had + found signs of a struggle, and had picked up a dagger on the floor, where + it had evidently fallen from the sheath; also it was said that the + princess had returned at daylight escorted by an armed party, and that she + was unable to obtain entrance to the palace until one of the ladies of the + queen had been fetched down to order the sentries at the gate to allow her + to enter. + </p> + <p> + This was the news which rumor carried through the camp. Few, however, + believed it, and none who could have enlightened them opened their lips + upon the subject. + </p> + <p> + It was known, however, that a messenger had come to King Richard early, + and that he had at once mounted and ridden off to the bishop's palace. + What had happened there none could say, but there were rumors that his + voice had been heard in furious outbursts of passion. He remained there + until the afternoon, when he sent for a number of his principal nobles. + </p> + <p> + When these arrived they found him standing on a daïs in the principal hall + of the palace, and he there formally introduced to them the Princess + Berengaria as his affianced wife. The ceremony of the marriage, he told + them, would shortly take place. + </p> + <p> + This announcement caused a tremendous stir in both armies. The English, + who had never been favorable to the alliance with the French princess, + were glad to hear that this was broken off, and were well content that the + Princess Berengaria should be their future queen, for her beauty, high + spirit, and kindness had won all hearts. + </p> + <p> + On the part of the French, on the other hand, there was great indignation, + and for some time it was feared that the armies would come to open blows. + </p> + <p> + King Philip, however, although much angered, was politic enough to + deprecate any open outbreak. He knew that a dispute now began would not + only at once put a stop to the Crusade, but that it might lead to more + serious consequences at home. The fiery bravery of the English king, + backed as it would be by the whole strength of his subjects, might render + him a very formidable opponent; and the king felt that private grievances + must be laid aside where the good of France was concerned. + </p> + <p> + Still the coldness between the armies increased, their camps were moved + further apart, and during the time that they remained in Sicily there was + but little commerce between the two forces. + </p> + <p> + As soon as the winter had broken the French monarch broke up his camp, and + in March sailed for the Holy Land. + </p> + <p> + The English had expected that the marriage ceremony of the king and + Princess Berengaria would be celebrated before they left Sicily, but this + was not the case. There were high joustings and <i>fêtes</i> in honor of + the princess, but the marriage was delayed. A fortnight after the French + had sailed the English embarked in the two hundred ships which had been + prepared, and sailed also on their way to Acre. + </p> + <p> + It must not be supposed that the attempted abduction of the Princess + Berengaria was unimportant in its results to Cuthbert. + </p> + <p> + After returning from the palace the king, who had heard from her the + details of what had taken place, and the names of her rescuers, sent for + the Earl of Evesham. The latter had of course learned from Cuthbert all + that had happened, and had expressed his high approval of his conduct, and + his gratification at the result. + </p> + <p> + "I learn, Sir Earl," said King Richard, "that it is to you that I am + indebted for the rescue of the princess. She tells me that suspecting some + plot you placed a guard around the bishop's palace, with a strong body on + the shore ready to rescue her from the hands of any who might attempt to + take her to sea." + </p> + <p> + "It is as you say, sire," replied the earl; "but the whole merit of the + affair rests upon my page, the lad whom you may remember as having fought + with and conquered the French page, and of whose conduct you then approved + highly. You may also remember that he escaped by some display of bravery + and shrewdness the further attempts to assassinate him, and your majesty + was good enough to make a complaint to King Philip of the conduct of one + of his nobles on that head. It seems that some two months since the lad in + coming through the French camp at night missed his way, and accidentally + overheard a few words spoken in a voice which he recognized as that of his + enemy. The name of your majesty being mentioned, he deemed it his duty to + listen, and thus discovered that a plot was on foot for carrying off the + princess. After consultation with me, we agreed upon the course to be + adopted, namely, to place sentries round the bishop's place and the + buildings adjoining, who should follow and bring word should she be taken + to another place in town, while a band was placed on the shore in + readiness to interfere at once to prevent her being carried away by sea. + He undertook the management of all details, having with him a trusty + squire who commands my Saxon bowmen." + </p> + <p> + "For your own part I thank you, my lord," the king said, "and, believe me, + you shall not find Richard ungrateful. As to your page, he appears brave + and wise beyond his years. Were it not that I think that it would not be + good for him, and might attract some envy upon the part of others, I would + at once make him a knight. He already has my promise that I will do so on + the first occasion when he can show his prowess upon the infidels. Bring + him to me to-morrow, when the princess will be here with the Queen of + Navarre at a banquet. I would fain thank him before her; and, although I + have agreed—at the princess' earnest solicitation—to take no + further notice of the matter, and to allow it to pass as if it had not + been, yet I cannot forgive the treachery which has been used, and without + letting all know exactly what has occurred would fain by my reception of + your page let men see that something of great import has happened, of the + nature of which I doubt not that rumor will give some notion." + </p> + <p> + Upon the following day, therefore, Cuthbert to his confusion found himself + the center of the royal circle. The king expressed himself to him in the + most gracious manner, patting him on the shoulder, and said that he would + be one day one of the best and bravest of his knights. The princess and + the Queen of Navarre gave him their hands to kiss, and somewhat + overwhelmed, he withdrew from the royal presence, the center of attention, + and, in some minds, of envy. + </p> + <p> + Cnut too did not pass unrewarded. + </p> + <p> + His majesty, finding that Cnut was of gentle Saxon blood, gave him a gold + chain in token of his favor, and distributed a heavy purse among the men + who had followed him. + </p> + <p> + When the British fleet, numbering two hundred ships, set sail from Sicily, + it was a grand and martial sight. From the masts were the colors of + England and those of the nobles who commanded; while the pennons of the + knights, the bright plumes and mantles, the flash of armor and arms made + the decks alive with light and color. + </p> + <p> + The king's ship advanced in the van, and round him were the vessels + containing his principal followers. The Queen of Navarre and the Princess + Berengaria were with the fleet. Strains of music rose from the waters, and + never were the circumstances of war exhibited in a more picturesque form. + </p> + <p> + For two days the expedition sailed on, and then a change of a sudden and + disastrous kind took place. + </p> + <p> + "What is all this bustle about?" Cuthbert said to Cnut. "The sailors are + running up the ladders, all seems confusion." + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," said Cnut, "that we are about to have a storm. A few minutes + ago scarce a cloud was to be seen; now that bank over there has risen + halfway up the sky. The sailors are accustomed to these treacherous seas, + and the warnings which we have not noticed have no doubt been clear enough + to them." + </p> + <p> + With great rapidity the sails of the fleet came down, and in five minutes + its whole aspect was changed; but quickly as the sailors had done their + work, the storm was even more rapid in its progress. Some of the ships + whose crews were slower or less skillful than the others were caught by + the gale before they could get their sails snug, and the great sheets of + white canvas were blown from the bolt-ropes as if made of paper, and a + blackness which could almost be felt covered the sea, the only light being + that given by the frothing waters. There was no longer any thought of + order. Each ship had to shift for herself; and each captain to do his best + to save those under his charge, without thought of what might befall the + others. + </p> + <p> + In the ship which carried the Earl of Evesham's contingent, order and + discipline prevailed. The earl's voice had been heard at the first puff of + wind, shouting to the men to go below, save a few who might be of use to + haul at ropes. His standard was lowered, the bright flags removed from the + sides of the ship, the shields which were hanging over the bulwarks were + hurriedly taken below, and when the gale smote them the ship was trim, and + in readiness to receive it. A few square yards of sail alone were all that + the captain had thought it prudent to keep spread, and in a minute from + the time she was struck the lofty hulk was tearing along through the + waters at a tremendous speed. Four of the best hands were placed at the + helm; and here the captain took his post. + </p> + <p> + The danger was now that in the darkness they might run against one of + their consorts. Even in the war of the elements they could hear from time + to time crashes as of vessels striking against each other, with shouts and + cries. Once or twice from the darkness ships emerged, close on one hand or + the other; but the steadiness of the captain in each case saved the ship + from collision. + </p> + <p> + As the storm continued these glimpses of other vessels became more and + more rare, and the ship being a very fast sailer, the captain indulged the + hope that he was now clear of the rest of the fleet. + </p> + <p> + He now attempted to lie-to to the storm, but the wind was too strong. The + ships in those days, too, were so high out of the water, and offered in + themselves such a target to the wind, that it was useless to adopt any + other maneuver than to run before it. + </p> + <p> + For two days and nights the tempest raged. + </p> + <p> + "What think you," the earl said to the captain, "of our position? Where + are we, and where will the course upon which we are running take us?" + </p> + <p> + "I cannot say with certainty," the captain said, "for the wind has shifted + several times. I had hoped to gain the shelter of Rhodes, but a shift of + wind bore us away from there, and I much fear that from the direction in + which we have been running we must be very nigh on the coast of Africa." + </p> + <p> + "<i>Peste!</i>" the earl said. "That would indeed be a speedy end to our + Crusade. These Moors are pirates and cutthroats to a man; and even should + we avoid the risk of being dashed to pieces, we should end our lives as + slaves to one of these black infidels." + </p> + <p> + Three hours later the captain's prophecies turned out right. Breakers were + seen in various points in front, and with the greatest difficulty the + vessel was steered through an opening between them; but in another few + minutes she struck heavily, one of her masts went over the side, and she + lay fast and immovable. Fortunately, the outside bank of sand acted as a + sort of breakwater; had she struck upon this the good ship would have gone + to pieces instantly; but although the waves still struck her with + considerable force, the captain had good hope that she would not break up. + Darkness came on; the tempest seemed to lull. As there was no immediate + danger, and all were exhausted by the tossing which they had received + during the last forty-eight hours, the crew of the Rose slept soundly. + </p> + <p> + In the morning the sun rose brilliantly, and there was no sign of the + great storm which had scattered the fleet of England. The shore was to be + seen at a distance of some four miles. It was low and sandy, with lofty + mountains in the distance. Far inland a white town with minaret and dome + could be seen. + </p> + <p> + "Know you where we are?" the earl asked. + </p> + <p> + "As far as I can tell," the captain said, "we have been driven up the bay + called the Little Syrtis—a place full of shoals and shallows, and + abounding with pirates of the worst kind." + </p> + <p> + "Think you that the ship has suffered injury?" + </p> + <p> + "Whether she has done so or not," the captain said, "I fear greatly that + she is fast in the sand, and even the lightening of all her cargo will + scarce get her off; but we must try at least." + </p> + <p> + "It is little time that we shall have to try, Master Captain," Cuthbert, + who was standing close, said. "Me thinks those two long ships which are + putting out from that town will have something to say to that." + </p> + <p> + "It is too true," the captain said. "Those are the galleys of the Moorish + corsairs. They are thirty or forty oars, draw but little water, and will + be here like the wind." + </p> + <p> + "What do you advise?" asked the earl. "The falconets which you have upon + the poop can make but a poor resistance to boats that can row around us, + and are no doubt furnished with heavy metal. They will quickly perceive + that we are aground and defenseless, and will be able to plump their shot + into us until they have knocked the good ship to pieces. However, we will + fight to the last. It shall not be said that the Earl of Evesham was taken + by infidel dogs and sold as a slave, without striking a blow in his + defense." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert stood watching the corsairs, which were now rowing toward them at + all speed. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks, my lord," he said presently, "if I might venture to give an + opinion, that we might yet trick the infidel." + </p> + <p> + "As how, Cuthbert?" the earl said. "Speak out; you know that I have great + faith in your sagacity." + </p> + <p> + "I think, sir," the page said, "that did we send all your men below, + leaving only the crew of the vessel on deck, they would take us for a + merchant ship which has been wrecked here, and exercise but little care + how they approach us. The men on deck might make a show of firing once or + twice with the falconets. The pirates, disdaining such a foe, would row + alongside. Once there, we might fasten one or both to our side with + grapnels, and then, methinks, that English bill and bow will render us + more than a match for Moorish pirates, and one of these craft can scarcely + carry more men than we have. I should propose to take one of them by + force, and drive the pirates overboard; take possession of, if possible, + or beat off her consort; and then take the most valuable stores from the + ship and make our way as best we can to the north." + </p> + <p> + "Well thought of!" exclaimed the earl cordially. "You have indeed imagined + a plan which promises well. What think you, captain?" + </p> + <p> + "I think, my lord," the Genoese said, "that the plan is an excellent one, + and promises every success. If your men will all go below, holding their + arms in readiness for the signal, mine shall prepare grapnels and ropes, + and the first of these craft which comes alongside they will lash so + securely to the Rose that I warrant me she gets not away." + </p> + <p> + These preparations were soon made. + </p> + <p> + The soldiers, who at first had been filled with apprehension at the + thought of slavery among the infidels, were now delighted at the prospect + of a struggle ending in escape. + </p> + <p> + The archers prepared their bows and arrows, and stood behind the portholes + in readiness to pour a volley into the enemy; the men-at-arms grasped + their pikes and swords; while above, the sailors moved hither and thither + as if making preparations for defense, but in reality preparing the + grapnels and ropes. + </p> + <p> + One of the pirates was faster than the other, and soon coming within + reach, opened fire upon the Rose with a heavy cannon, which she carried in + her bow. + </p> + <p> + The crew of the Rose replied with their falconets and sakers from the + poop. + </p> + <p> + The corsair at first did not keep her course direct for the ship, but + rowed once or twice round her, firing as she did so. Then, apparently + satisfied that no great precaution need be observed with a feebly-manned + ship in so great a strait as the Rose, they set up a wild cry of "Allah!" + and rowed toward her. + </p> + <p> + In two minutes the corsair was alongside of the Rose, and the fierce crew + were climbing up her sides. As she came alongside the sailors cast + grapnels into her rigging, and fastened her to the Rose; and then a loud + shout of "Hurrah for England!" was heard; the ports opened, and a volley + of arrows was poured upon the astonished corsair; and from the deck above + the assailants were thrown back into the galley, and a swarm of heavily + armed men leaped down from the ship upon them. + </p> + <p> + Taken by surprise, and indeed outnumbered, the resistance of the corsairs + was but slight. In a close fierce <i>mêlée</i> like this the light-armed + Moors had but little chance with the mail-clad English, whose heavy swords + and axes clove their defenses at a blow. The fight lasted but three + minutes, and then the last of the corsairs was overboard. + </p> + <p> + The men who rowed the galley had uttered the most piercing cries while + this conflict had been raging. They were unable to take any part in it, + had they been disposed to do so, for they were all slaves chained to the + oars. + </p> + <p> + Scarcely had the conflict ended when the other galley arrived upon the + scene; but seeing what had happened, and that her consort had fallen into + the hands of the English, she at once turned her head, and rowed back + rapidly to the town from which she had come. + </p> + <p> + Among the slaves who rowed the galley were many white men, and their cries + of joy at their liberation greatly affected those who had thus + unexpectedly rescued them. Hammers were soon brought into requisition, the + shackles struck off them, and a scene of affecting joy took place. The + slaves were of all nationalities, but Italians and Spaniards, French and + Greeks formed the principal part. There was no time, however, to be lost; + the arms and munitions of war were hastily removed from the Rose, together + with the most valuable of the stores. + </p> + <p> + The galley-slaves again took their places, and this time willingly, at the + oars, the places of the weakest being supplied by the English, whose want + of skill was made up by the alacrity with which they threw their strength + into the work; and in an hour from the time that the galley had arrived + alongside of the Rose, her head was turned north, and with sixty oars she + was rowing at all speed for the mouth of the bay. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI. — IN THE HOLY LAND. + </h2> + <p> + As soon as the galley which had escaped reached the town from which it had + started, it with three others at once set out in pursuit; while from a + narrow creek two other galleys made their appearance. + </p> + <p> + There were a few words of question among the English whether to stop and + give battle to these opponents, or to make their way with all speed. The + latter counsel prevailed; the earl pointing out that their lives were now + scarcely their own, and that they had no right on their way to the holy + sepulcher to risk them unnecessarily. + </p> + <p> + Fortunately they had it in their hands to fight or escape, as they chose; + for doubly banked as the oars now were there was little chance of the + enemy's galleys overtaking them. Gradually as they rowed to sea the + pursuing vessels became smaller and smaller to view, until at last they + were seen to turn about and make again for land. + </p> + <p> + After some consultation between the earl and the captain of the lost ship + it was determined to make for Rhodes. This had been settled as a halting + point for the fleet, and the earl thought it probable that the greater + portion of those scattered by the storm would rendezvous there. + </p> + <p> + So it proved; after a voyage, which although not very long was tedious, + owing to the number of men cramped up in so small a craft, they came + within sight of the port of Rhodes, and were greatly pleased at seeing a + perfect forest of masts there, showing that at least the greater portion + of the fleet had survived the storm. + </p> + <p> + This was indeed the fact, and a number of other single ships dropped in + during the next day or two. + </p> + <p> + There was great astonishment on the part of the fleet when the long, swift + galley was seen approaching, and numerous conjectures were offered as to + what message the pirates could be bringing—for there was no + mistaking the appearance of the long, dangerous-looking craft. + </p> + <p> + When, upon her approach, the standard of the Earl of Evesham was seen + flying on the bow, a great shout of welcome arose from the fleet; and King + Richard himself, who happened to be on the deck of the royal ship, shouted + to the earl to come on board and tell him what masquerading he was doing + there. The earl of course obeyed the order, anchoring near the royal + vessel, and going on board in a small boat, taking with him his page and + squire. + </p> + <p> + The king heard with great interest the tale of the adventures of the Rose; + and when the Earl of Evesham said that it was to Cuthbert that was due the + thought of the stratagem by which the galley was captured, and its crew + saved from being carried away into hopeless slavery, the king patted the + boy on the shoulder with such hearty force as nearly to throw Cuthbert off + his feet. + </p> + <p> + "By St. George!" said the monarch, "you are fated to be a very pink of + knights. You seem as thoughtful as you are brave; and whatever your age + may be, I declare that the next time your name is brought before me I will + call a chapter of knights, and they shall agree that exception shall be + made in your favor, and that you shall at once be admitted to the + honorable post. You will miss your page, Sir Walter; but I am sure you + will not grudge him that." + </p> + <p> + "No, no, sire," said the earl. "The lad, as I have told your majesty, is a + connection of mine—distant it is true, but one of the nearest I have—and + it will give me the greatest pleasure to see him rising so rapidly, and on + a fair way to distinguish himself so highly. I feel already as proud of + him as if he were my own son." + </p> + <p> + The fleet remained some two or three weeks at Rhodes, for many of the + vessels were sorely buffeted and injured, masts were carried away as well + as bulwarks battered in, and the efforts of the crews and of those of the + whole of the artificers of Rhodes were called into requisition. Light + sailing craft were sent off in all directions, for the king was in a fever + of anxiety. Among the vessels still missing was that which bore the Queen + of Navarre and the fair Berengaria. + </p> + <p> + One day a solitary vessel was seen approaching. "Another of our lost + sheep," the earl said, looking out over the poop. + </p> + <p> + She proved, however, to be a merchant ship of Greece, and newly come from + Cyprus. + </p> + <p> + Her captain went on board the royal ship, and delivered a message to the + king, to the effect that two of the vessels had been cast upon the coast + of Cyprus, that they had been plundered by the people, the crews + ill-treated and made prisoners by the king, and that the Queen of Navarre + and the princess were in their hands. + </p> + <p> + This roused King Richard into one of his furies. "Before I move a step + toward the Holy Land," he said, "I will avenge these injuries upon this + faithless and insolent king. I swear that I will make him pay dearly for + having laid a hand upon these ladies." + </p> + <p> + At once the signal was hoisted for all the vessels in a condition to sail + to take on board water and provisions, and to prepare to sail for Cyprus; + and the next morning at daybreak the fleet sailed out, and made their way + toward that island, casting anchor off the harbor of Famagosta. + </p> + <p> + King Richard sent a messenger on shore to the king, ordering him at once + to release the prisoners; to make the most ample compensation to them; to + place ships at their service equal to those which had been destroyed; and + to pay a handsome sum of money as indemnity. + </p> + <p> + The King of Cyprus, however, an insolent and haughty despot, sent back a + message of defiance. King Richard at once ordered the anchors to be + raised, and all to follow the royal ship. + </p> + <p> + The fleet entered the harbor of Famagosta; the English archers began the + fight by sending a flight of arrows into the town. This was answered from + the walls by a shower of stones and darts from the machines. + </p> + <p> + There was no time wasted. The vessels were headed toward the shore, and as + the water was deep, many of them were able to run close alongside the + rocky wharves. In an instant, regardless of the storm of weapons poured + down by the defenders, the English leaped ashore. + </p> + <p> + The archers kept up so terrible a rain of missiles against the battlements + that the defenders could scarcely show themselves for an instant there, + and the men-at-arms, placing ladders against them, speedily mounted, and + putting aside all opposition, poured into the town. The effeminate Greek + soldiers of the monarch could offer no effectual resistance whatever, and + he himself fled from the palace and gained the open country, followed by a + few adherents. The English gained a considerable booty, for in those days + a town taken by assault was always looked upon as the property of the + captors. The Queen of Navarre and the princess were rescued. + </p> + <p> + King Richard, however, was not satisfied with the success he had gained, + and was determined to punish this insolent little king. Accordingly the + English were set in motion into the interior, and town after town speedily + fell, or opened their gate to him. The king, deserted by his troops, and + detested by his people for having brought so terrible a scourge upon them + by his reckless conduct, now sued for peace; but King Richard would give + him no terms except dethronement, and this he was forced to accept. He was + deprived of his crown, and banished from the island. + </p> + <p> + The king now, to the surprise of his barons, announced his intention of at + once marrying the Princess Berengaria. + </p> + <p> + Popular as he was, there was yet some quiet grumbling among his troops; as + they said, with justice, they had been waiting nearly six months in the + island of Sicily, and the king might well have married there, instead of a + fresh delay being caused when so near their place of destination. + </p> + <p> + However, the king as usual had his own way, and the marriage was + solemnized amid great rejoicing and solemnity. + </p> + <p> + It was a brilliant scene indeed in the cathedral of Limasol. There were + assembled all the principal barons of England, together with a great + number of the nobles of Cyprus. + </p> + <p> + Certainly no better matched pair ever stood at the altar together, for as + King Richard was one of the strongest and bravest men of his own or any + other time, so Berengaria is admitted to have been one of the loveliest + maidens. + </p> + <p> + The air was rent with the acclamations of the assembled English host and + of the numerous inhabitants of Limasol as they emerged from the cathedral. + For a fortnight the town was given up to festivity; tournaments, + joustings, banquets succeeded each other day after day, and the islanders, + who were fond of pleasure, and indeed very wealthy, vied with the English + in the entertainments which they gave in honor of the occasion. + </p> + <p> + The festivities over, the king gave the welcome order to proceed on their + voyage. They had now been joined by all the vessels left behind at Rhodes, + and it was found that only a few were missing, and that the great storm, + terrible as it had been, had inflicted less damage upon the fleet than was + at first feared. + </p> + <p> + Two days' sail brought them within sight of the white walls of Acre, and + it was on June 8, 1191, that the fleet sailed into the port of that town. + Tremendous acclamations greeted the arrival of the English army by the + host assembled on the shores. + </p> + <p> + Acre had been besieged for two years, but in vain; and even the arrival of + the French army under Philip Augustus had failed to turn the scale. The + inhabitants defended themselves with desperate bravery; every assault upon + the walls had been repulsed with immense slaughter; and at no great + distance off the Sultan Saladin, with a large army, was watching the + progress of the siege. + </p> + <p> + The fame of King Richard and the English was so great, however, that the + besiegers had little doubt that his arrival would change the position of + things; and even the French, in spite of the bad feeling which had existed + in Sicily, joined with the knights and army of the King of Jerusalem in + acclaiming the arrival of the English. + </p> + <p> + Philip Augustus, the French king, was of a somewhat weak and wavering + disposition. It would have been thought that after his dispute with King + Richard he would have gladly done all in his power to carry Acre before + the arrival of his great rival. To the great disappointment of the French, + however, he declared that he would take no step in the general assault + until the arrival of Richard; and although the French had given some + assistance to the besiegers, the army had really remained passive for many + weeks. + </p> + <p> + Now, however, that the English had arrived, little time was lost; for the + moment the dissensions and jealousies between the monarchs were patched + up, the two hosts naturally imitated the example of their sovereigns, and + French and English worked side by side in throwing up trenches against the + walls, in building movable towers for the attack, and in preparing for the + great onslaught. + </p> + <p> + The French were the first to finish their preparations, and they delivered + a tremendous assault upon the walls. The besieged, however, did not lose + heart, and with the greatest bravery repulsed every attempt. The scaling + ladders were hurled backward, the towers were destroyed by Greek fire; + boiling oil was hurled down upon the men who advanced under the shelter of + machines to undermine the walls; and after desperate fighting the French + fell back, baffled and beaten. + </p> + <p> + There was some quiet exultation in the English lines at the defeat of the + French, for they believed that a better fortune would crown their own + efforts. Such, however, to their surprise and mortification, was not the + case. When their preparations were completed they attacked with splendid + bravery. They were fighting under the eyes of their king and in sight of + the French army, who had a few days before been baffled; and if bravery + and devotion could have carried the walls of Acre, assuredly King + Richard's army would have accomplished the task. + </p> + <p> + It was, however, too great for them, and with vast loss the army fell back + to its camp, King Richard raging like a wounded lion. Many of his barons + had been killed in the assault, and the pikemen and men-at-arms had + suffered heavily. The Earl of Evesham had been wounded; Cuthbert had taken + no part in the assault, for the earl, knowing his bravery, had forbidden + his doing so, as he foresaw the struggle would be of the most desperate + character; and as it was not usual for pages to accompany their lords on + the battlefield, Cuthbert could not complain of his being forbidden to + take part in the fight. + </p> + <p> + The earl, however, permitted him to accompany Cnut and the bowmen, who did + great service by the accuracy of their aim, preventing by their storm of + arrows the men on the battlements from taking steady aim and working their + machines, and so saved the Earl of Evesham's troop and those fighting near + him from suffering nearly as heavy loss as some of those engaged in other + quarters. + </p> + <p> + But while successful in beating off all assaults, the defenders of Acre + were now nearly at the end of their resources. The Emperor Saladin, + although he had collected an army of two hundred thousand men, yet feared + to advance and give battle to the Crusaders in their own lines—for + they had thrown up round their camp strong intrenchments to prevent the + progress of the siege being disturbed by forces from without. + </p> + <p> + The people of Acre seeing the time pass and no sign of a rescuing force, + their provisions being utterly exhausted, and pestilence and fever making + frightful ravages in the city, at last determined to surrender. + </p> + <p> + For over two years they had made a resistance of the most valiant + description, and now, despairing of success or rescue, and seeing the + hosts of their besiegers increasing day by day, they hoisted a flag upon + the walls and sent a deputation to the kings, asking for terms if they + submitted. They would have done well had they submitted upon the arrival + of the French and English reinforcements. For the monarchs, annoyed by the + defeat of their forces and by the heavy losses they had sustained, and + knowing that the besieged were now at their last crust, were not disposed + to be merciful. + </p> + <p> + However, the horrors which then attended the capture of cities in a war in + which so little quarter was given on either side were avoided. The city + was to be surrendered; the much-prized relic contained within its walls—said + to be a piece of the true cross which had been captured by the Saracens at + the battle of Tiberias, in which they had almost annihilated the Christian + armies a few years before—was to be surrendered; the Christian + prisoners in their hands were to be given up unharmed; and the inhabitants + undertook to pay two hundred thousand pieces of gold to the kings within + forty days, under the condition that the fighting men now taken prisoners + were to be put to death should this ransom not be paid. + </p> + <p> + The conquest of Acre was hailed throughout Christendom as a triumph of the + highest importance. It opened again the gates of the Holy Land; and so + tremendous was the strength of the fortress that it was deemed that if + this stronghold were unable to resist effectually the arms of the + Crusaders, and that if Saladin with so great an army did not dare to + advance to its rescue, then the rest of the Holy Land would speedily fall + under the hands of the invading army. + </p> + <p> + With the fall of Acre, however, the dissensions between the two kings, + which had for awhile been allowed to rest while the common work was to be + done, broke out again with renewed intensity. The jealousy of Philip + Augustus was raised to the highest point by the general enthusiasm of the + combined armies for the valiant King of England, and by the authority + which that monarch exercised in the councils. He therefore suddenly + announced his intention of returning to France. + </p> + <p> + This decision at first occasioned the greatest consternation in the ranks + of the Crusaders; but this feeling was lessened when the king announced + that he should leave a large portion of the French army behind, under the + command of the Duke of Burgundy. The wiser councilors were satisfied with + the change. Although there was a reduction of the total fighting force, + yet the fact that it was now centered under one head, and that King + Richard would now be in supreme command, was deemed to more than + counterbalance the loss of a portion of the French army. + </p> + <p> + Before starting on the march for Jerusalem King Richard sullied his + reputation by causing all the defenders of Acre to be put to death, their + ransom not having arrived at the stipulated time. + </p> + <p> + Then the allied army set out upon their journey. The fleet cruised along + near them, and from it they obtained all that was requisite for their + wants, and yet, notwithstanding these advantages, the toil and fatigue + were terrible. Roads scarcely existed, and the army marched across the + rough and broken country. There was no straggling, but each kept his + place; and if unable to do so, fell and died. The blazing sun poured down + upon them with an appalling force; the dust which rose when they left the + rocks and came upon flat, sandy ground almost smothered them. Water was + only obtainable at the halts, and then was frequently altogether + insufficient for the wants of the army; while in front, on flank, and in + rear hovered clouds of the cavalry of Saladin. + </p> + <p> + At times King Richard would allow parties of his knights to detach + themselves from the force to drive off these enemies. But it was the chase + of a lion after a hare. The knights in their heavy armor and powerful + steeds were left behind as if standing still, by the fleet Bedouins on + their desert coursers; and the pursuers, exhausted and worn out, were + always glad to regain the ranks of the army. + </p> + <p> + These clouds of cavalry belonging to the enemy did not content themselves + with merely menacing and cutting off stragglers. At times, when they + thought they saw an opening, they would dash in and attack the column + desperately, sometimes gaining temporary advantages, killing and wounding + many, then fleeing away again into the desert. + </p> + <p> + Finding that it was impossible to catch these wary horsemen, King Richard + ordered his bowmen to march outside his cavalry, so that when the enemy's + horse approached within bowshot they should open upon them with arrows; + then, should the horsemen persist in charging, the archers were at once to + take refuge behind the lines of the knights. + </p> + <p> + Day after day passed in harassing conflicts. The distance passed over each + day was very small, and the sufferings of the men from thirst, heat, and + fatigue enormous. Cuthbert could well understand now what he had heard of + great armies melting away, for already men began to succumb in large + numbers to the terrible heat, and the path traversed by the army was + scattered with corpses of those who had fallen victims to sunstroke. Not + even at night did the attacks of the enemy cease, and a portion of the + harassed force was obliged to keep under arms to repel assaults. + </p> + <p> + So passed the time until the army arrived at Azotus, and there, to the + delight of the Crusaders, who only longed to get at their foes, they + beheld the whole force of Saladin, two hundred thousand strong, barring + their way. Had it not been for the stern discipline enforced by King + Richard the knights of England and France would have repeated the mistake + which had caused the extermination of the Christian force at Tiberias, and + would have leveled their lances and charged recklessly into the mass of + their enemies. But the king, riding round the flanks and front of the + force, gave his orders in the sternest way, with the threat that any man + who moved from the ranks should die by his hand. + </p> + <p> + The army was halted, the leaders gathered round the king, and a hasty + consultation was held. Richard insisted upon the fight being conducted + upon the same principles as the march—that the line of archers + should stand outside the knights, and should gall the advancing force with + arrows till the last moment, and then retire among the cavalry, only to + sally out again as the Bedouins fell back from the steel wall of horsemen. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert had now for the first time donned full armor, and rode behind the + Earl of Evesham as his esquire, for the former esquire had been left + behind, ill with fever at Acre. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII. — THE ACCOLADE. + </h2> + <p> + It was now a year since they had left England, and Cuthbert had much grown + and widened out in the interval, and had never neglected an opportunity of + practicing with arms; and the earl was well aware that he should obtain as + efficient assistance from him in time of need as he could desire. + </p> + <p> + This was the first time that Cuthbert, and indeed the great proportion of + those present in the Christian host, had seen the enemy in force, and they + eagerly watched the vast array. It was picturesque in the extreme, with a + variety and brightness of color rivaling that of the Christian host. In + banners and pennons the latter made a braver show; but the floating robes + of the infidel showed a far brighter mass of color than the steel armor of + the Christians. + </p> + <p> + Here were people drawn from widely separated parts of Saladin's dominions. + Here were Nubians from the Nile, tall and powerful men, jet black in skin, + with lines of red and white paint on their faces, giving a ghastly and + wild appearance to them. On their shoulders were skins of lions and other + wild animals. They carried short bows, and heavy clubs studded with iron. + By them were the Bedouin cavalry, light, sinewy men, brown as berries, + with white turbans and garments. Near these were the cavalry from Syria + and the plains of Assyria—wild horsemen with semi-barbarous armor + and scarlet trappings. Here were the solid lines of the Egyptian infantry, + steady troops, upon whom Saladin much relied. Here were other tribes, + gathered from afar, each distinguished by its own particular marks. In + silence did this vast array view awhile the solid mass of the Christians. + Suddenly a strange din of discordant music from thousands of musical + instruments—conches and horns, cymbals and drums, arose in wild + confusion. Shouts of defiance in a dozen tongues and from two hundred + thousand throats rose wild and shrill upon the air, while clear above all + the din were heard the strange vibratory cries of the warriors from the + Egyptian highlands. + </p> + <p> + "One would think," said Cnut grimly to Cuthbert, "that the infidels + imagine we are a flock of antelopes to be frightened by an outcry. They + would do far better to save their wind for future use. They will want it, + methinks, when we get fairly among them. Who would have thought that a + number of men, heathen and infidel though they be, could have made so foul + an outcry?" + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert laughed. + </p> + <p> + "Every one fights according to his own method, Cnut; and I am not sure + that there is not some thing to be said for this outcry, for it is really + so wild and fearful that it makes my blood almost curdle in my veins; and + were it not that I know the proved valor of our knights and footmen, I + should feel shaken by this terrible introduction to the fight." + </p> + <p> + "I heed it no more," said Cnut, "than the outcry of wild fowl, when one + comes upon them suddenly on a lake in winter. It means no more than that; + and I reckon that they are trying to encourage themselves fully as much as + to frighten us. However, we shall soon see. If they can fight as well as + they can scream, they certainly will get no answering shouts from us. The + English bulldog fights silently, and bite as hard as he will, you will + hear little beyond a low growl. Now, my men," he said, turning to his + archers, "methinks the heathen are about to begin in earnest. Keep steady; + do not fire until you are sure that they are within range. Draw your bows + well to your ears, and straightly and steadily let fly. Never heed the + outcry or the rush, keep steady to the last moment. There is shelter + behind you, and fierce as the attack may be, you can find a sure refuge + behind the line of the knights." + </p> + <p> + Cnut with his archers formed part of the line outside the array of English + knights, and the arrows of the English bowmen fell fast as bands of the + Bedouin horse circled round them in the endeavor to draw the Christians on + to the attack. For some time Saladin persisted in these tactics. With his + immense superiority of force he reckoned that if the Christian chivalry + would but charge him, the victory of Tiberias would be repeated. Hemmed in + by numbers, borne down by the weight of armor and the effects of the + blazing sun, the knights would succumb as much to fatigue as to the force + of their foes. King Richard's orders, however, were well obeyed, and at + last the Moslem chief, urged by the entreaties of his leading emirs, who + felt ashamed that so large a force should hesitate to attack one so vastly + inferior in numbers, determined upon taking the initiative, and forming + his troops in a semicircle round the Christian army, launched his horsemen + to the attack. The instant they came within range a cloud of arrows from + the English archers fell among them, but the speed at which the desert + horses covered the ground rendered it impossible for the archers to + discharge more than one or two shafts before the enemy were upon them. + Quickly as they now slipped back and sought refuge under the lances of the + knights, many of them were unable to get back in time, and were cut down + by the Saracens. The rest crept between the horses or under their bellies + into the rear, and there prepared to sally out again as soon as the enemy + retired. The Christian knights sat like a wall of steel upon their horses, + their lances were leveled, and brave as the Bedouin horsemen were, they + felt to break this massive line was impossible. The front line, however, + charged well up to the points of the lances, against which they hewed with + their sharp scimiters, frequently severing the steel top from the ashpole, + and then breaking through and engaging in hand-to-hand conflict with the + knights. Behind the latter sat their squires, with extra spears and arms + ready to hand to their masters; and in close combat, the heavy maces with + their spike ends were weapons before which the light-clad horsemen went + down like reeds before a storm. + </p> + <p> + Hour after hour the Arab horsemen persisted in their attack, suffering + heavily, but determined to conquer if possible. Then Saladin suddenly + ordered a retreat, and at seeing their enemy fly, the impetuosity of the + Crusaders at last broke out. With a shout they dashed after the foe. King + Richard, knowing that his followers had already shown a patience far + beyond what he could have expected, now headed the onslaught, performing + prodigies of valor with his single arm, and riding from point to point to + see that all was well. + </p> + <p> + The early resistance of the infidel host was comparatively slight. The + heavy mass of the Christian cavalry, with their leveled lances, swept + through the ranks of the light horsemen, and trampled them down like grass + beneath their feet; but every moment the resistance became more stubborn. + </p> + <p> + Saladin, knowing the Christians would sooner or later assume the + offensive, had gathered his troops line in line behind the front ranks, + and as the force of the Crusaders' charge abated, so did the number of + foes in their front multiply. Not only this, but upon either side chosen + bands swept down, and ere long the Christians were brought to a stand, and + all were fighting hand to hand with their enemies. The lances were thrown + away now, and with ax and mace each fought for himself. + </p> + <p> + The Earl of Evesham was one of a group of knights whom King Richard had + that day ordered to keep close to his person, and around this group the + fight raged most furiously. + </p> + <p> + Saladin, aware of the extreme personal valor and warlike qualities of King + Richard, set the greatest value upon his death or capture, and had ordered + a large number of his best troops to devote their whole attention to + attacking the King of England. + </p> + <p> + The royal standard carried behind the king was a guide to their onslaught, + and great as was the strength and valor of King Richard, he with + difficulty was able to keep at bay the hosts that swept around him. + </p> + <p> + Now that the lance had been abandoned for battle-ax, Cuthbert was able to + take an active part in the struggle, his duties consisting mainly in + guarding the rear of his master, and preventing his being overthrown by + any sudden attack on the flank or from behind. + </p> + <p> + King Richard was bent not only on defending himself from the attacks of + his foes, but on directing the general course of the battle; and from time + to time he burst, with his own trusty knights, through the ring of foes, + and rode from point to point of the field, calling the knights together, + exhorting them to steadiness, and restoring the fight where its fortunes + seemed doubtful. At one time the impetuosity of the king led him into + extreme danger. He had burst through the enemy surrounding him, and these, + by order of their captain, allowed him to pass through their ranks, and + then threw themselves together in his rear, to cut him off from the + knights who rode behind. The maneuver was successful. The rush of horsemen + fairly carried away the Christian knights, and one or two alone were able + to make their way through. + </p> + <p> + Amid the wild confusion that raged, where each man was fighting for his + own life, and but little view of what was passing could be obtained + through the barred visor, the fact that the king was separated from them + was known to but few. Sir Walter himself was engaged fiercely in a + hand-to-hand fight with four Bedouins who surrounded him, when Cuthbert + shouted: + </p> + <p> + "The king, Sir Walter! the king! He is cut off and surrounded! For + heaven's sake ride to him. See! the royal standard is down." + </p> + <p> + With a shout the earl turned, brained one of his foes with a sweep of his + heavy ax, and, followed by Cuthbert, dashed to the assistance of the king. + The weight of his horse and armor cleft through the crowd, and in a brief + space he penetrated to the side of King Richard, who was borne upon by a + host of foes. Just as they reached them a Bedouin who had been struck from + his horse crawled beneath the noble charger of King Richard, and drove his + scimiter deep into its bowels. The animal reared high in its sudden pain, + and then fell on the ground, carrying the king, who was unable to + disengage himself quickly enough. + </p> + <p> + [Image: WITH A SHOUT THE EARL TURNED, FOLLOWED BY CUTHBERT, AND DASHED TO + THE ASSISTANCE OF THE KING.] + </p> + <p> + In an instant the Earl of Evesham had leaped from his horse and with his + broad triangular shield extended, sought to cover him from the press of + enemies. Cuthbert imitated his lord, and strove to defend the latter from + attacks from the rear. For a moment or two the sweep of the earl's heavy + ax and Cuthbert's circling sword kept back the foe, but this could not + last. King Richard in vain strove to extricate his leg from beneath his + fallen steed. Cuthbert saw at a glance that the horse still lived, and + with a sudden slash of his sword he struck it on the hind quarter. Goaded + by the pain the noble animal made a last effort to rise, but only to fall + back dead. The momentary action was, however, sufficient for King Richard, + who drew his leg from under it, and with his heavy battle-ax in hand, rose + with a shout, and stood by the side of the earl. + </p> + <p> + In vain did the Bedouins strive to cut down and overpower the two + champions; in vain did they urge their horses to ride over them. With each + sweep of his ax the king either dismounted a foe or clove in the head of + his steed, and a wall of slain around them testified to the tremendous + power of their arms. Still, even such warriors as these could not long + sustain the conflict. The earl had already received several desperate + wounds, and the king himself was bleeding from some severe gashes with the + keen-edged scimiters. Cuthbert was already down, when a shout of "St. + George!" was heard, and a body of English knights clove through the throng + of Saracens and reached the side of King Richard. Close behind these in a + mass pressed the British footmen with bill and pike, the enemy giving way + foot by foot before their steady discipline. + </p> + <p> + The king was soon on horseback again, and rallying his troops on, led them + for one more great and final charge upon the enemy. + </p> + <p> + The effect was irresistible. Appalled by the slaughter which they had + suffered, and by the tremendous strength and energy of the Christian + knights, the Saracens broke and fled; and the last reserves of Saladin + gave way as the king, shouting his war-cry of "God help the holy + sepulcher!" fell upon them. Once, indeed, the battle still seemed + doubtful, for a fresh band of the enemy at that moment arrived and joined + in the fray. The Crusaders were now, however, inspired with such courage + and confidence that they readily obeyed the king's war-cry, gathered in a + firm body, and hurled themselves upon this new foe. Then the Saracens + finally turned and fled, and the Christian victory was complete. + </p> + <p> + It was one of the features of this war that however thorough the victories + of the Christians, the Saracens very speedily recovered from their + effects. A Christian defeat was crushing and entire; the knights died as + they stood, and defeat meant annihilation. Upon the other hand, the + Saracens and Bedouins, when they felt that their efforts to win the battle + were unsuccessful, felt no shame or humiliation in scattering like sheep. + On their fleet horses and in their light attire they could easily distance + the Christians, who never, indeed, dreamed of pursuing them. The day after + the fight the enemy would collect again under their chiefs, and be as + ready as before to renew their harassing warfare. + </p> + <p> + On his return from the field the king assembled many of his principal + knights and leaders, and summoned the Earl of Evesham, with the message + that he was to bring his esquire with him. When they reached the tent the + king said: + </p> + <p> + "My lords, as some of you may be aware, I have this day had a narrow + escape from death. Separated from you in the battle, and attended only by + my standard-bearer, I was surrounded by the Saracens. I should doubtless + have cleft my way through the infidel dogs, but a foul peasant stabbed my + charger from below, and the poor brute fell with me. My standard-bearer + was killed, and in another moment my nephew Arthur would have been your + king, had it not been that my good lord here, attended by this brave lad, + appeared. I have seen a good deal of fighting, but never did I see a + braver stand than they made above my body. The Earl of Evesham, as you all + know, is one of my bravest knights, and to him I can simply say, 'Thanks; + King Richard does not forget a benefit like this.' But such aid as I might + well look for from so stout a knight as the Earl of Evesham I could hardly + have expected on the part of a mere boy like this. It is not the first + time that I have been under a debt of gratitude to him; for it was his + watchfulness and bravery which saved Queen Berengaria from being carried + off by the French in Sicily. I deemed him too young then for the order of + knighthood—although, indeed, bravery has no age; still for a private + benefit, and that performed against allies, in name at least, I did not + wish so far to fly in the face of usage as to make him a knight. I + promised him then, however, that the first time he distinguished himself + against the infidel he should win his spurs. I think that you will agree + with me, my lords, that he has done so. Not only did he stand over me, and + with great bravery defend Sir Walter from attacks from behind, but his + ready wit saved me when even his sword and that of Sir Walter would have + failed to do so. Penned down under poor Robin I was powerless to move + until our young esquire, in an interval of slashing at his assailants, + found time to give a sharp blow together with a shout to Robin. The poor + beast tried to rise, and the movement, short as it was, enabled me to draw + my leg from under him, and then with my mace I was enabled to make a stand + until you arrived at my side. I think, my lords, that you will agree with + me that Cuthbert, the son of Sir William de Lance, is fit for the honor of + knighthood." + </p> + <p> + A general chorus of approval arose from the assembly, and the king, + bidding Cuthbert kneel before him, drew his sword and laid it across his + shoulders, dubbing him Sir Cuthbert de Lance. When he had risen the great + barons of England pressed round to shake his hand, and Cuthbert, who was a + modest young fellow, felt almost ashamed at the honors which were bestowed + upon him. The usual ceremonies and penances which young knights had to + undergo before admission into the body—and which in those days were + extremely punctilious, and indeed severe, consisting, among other things, + in fasting, in watching the armor at night, in seclusion and religious + services—were omitted when the accolade was bestowed for bravery in + the field. + </p> + <p> + The king ordered his armorer at once to make for Cuthbert a suit of the + finest armor, and authorized him to carry on his shield a sword raising a + royal crown from the ground, in token of the deed for which the honor of + knighthood had been bestowed upon him. + </p> + <p> + Upon his return to the earl's camp the news of his new dignity spread at + once among the followers of Sir Walter, and many and hearty were the + cheers that went up from the throats of the Saxon foresters, led by Cnut. + These humble friends were indeed delighted at his success, for they felt + that to him they owed very much; and his kindness of manner and the gayety + of heart which he had shown during the hardships they had undergone since + their start had greatly endeared him to them. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was now to take rank among the knights who followed the banner of + the earl. A tent was erected for him, an esquire assigned to him, and the + lad as he entered his new abode felt almost bewildered at the change which + had taken place in one short day—that he, at the age of sixteen, + should have earned the honor of knighthood, and the approval of the King + of England, expressed before all the great barons of the realm, was indeed + an honor such as he could never have hoped for; and the thought of what + his mother would say should the news reach her in her quiet Saxon home + brought the tears into his eyes. He had not gone through the usual + religious ceremonies, but he knelt in his tent alone, and prayed that he + might be made worthy of the honors bestowed upon him; that he might + fulfill the duties of a Christian knight fearlessly and honorably; that + his sword might never be raised but for the right; that he might devote + himself to the protection of the oppressed, and the honor of God; that his + heart might be kept from evil; and that he might carry through life + unstained his new escutcheon. + </p> + <p> + If the English had thought that their victory would have gained them + immunity from the Saracen attacks they were speedily undeceived. The host, + indeed, which had barred their way had broken up; but its fragments were + around them, and the harassing attacks began again with a violence and + persistency even greater than before. The Crusaders, indeed, occupied only + the ground upon which they stood. It was death to venture one hundred + yards from the camp unless in a strong body; and the smallest efforts to + bring in food from the country round were instantly met and repelled. Only + in very strong bodies could the knights venture from camp even to forage + for their horses, and the fatigues and sufferings of all were in no way + relieved by the great victory of Azotus. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII. — IN THE HANDS OF THE SARACENS. + </h2> + <p> + The English had hoped that after one pitched battle they should be able to + advance upon Jerusalem, but they had reckoned without the climate and + illness. + </p> + <p> + Although unconquered in the fray, the Christian army was weakened by its + sufferings to such an extent that it was virtually brought to a + standstill. Even King Richard, with all his impetuosity, dared not venture + to cut adrift from the seashore and to march direct upon Jerusalem; that + city was certainly not to be taken without a long siege, and this could + only be undertaken by an army strong enough, not only to carry out so + great a task, but to meet and defeat the armies which Saladin would bring + up to the rescue, and to keep open the line down to Joppa, by which alone + provisions and the engines necessary for the siege could be brought up. + Hence the war resolved itself into a series of expeditions and detached + fights. + </p> + <p> + The British camp was thoroughly fortified, and thence parties of the + knights sallied out and engaged in conflicts with the Saracens, with + varying success. On several of these expeditions Cuthbert attended the + earl, and behaved with a bravery which showed him well worthy of the + honors which he had received. + </p> + <p> + Upon one occasion the news reached camp that a party of knights, who had + gone out to guard a number of footmen cutting forage and bringing it into + camp, had been surrounded and had taken refuge in a small town, whose + gates they had battered in when they saw the approach of an overwhelming + host of the enemy. King Richard himself headed a strong force and advanced + to their assistance. Their approach was not seen until within a short + distance of the enemy, upon whom the Crusaders fell with the force of a + thunderbolt, and cleft their way through their lines. After a short pause + in the little town they prepared to again cut their way through, joined by + the party who had there been besieged. The task was now, however, far more + difficult; for the footmen would be unable to keep up with the rapid + charge of the knights, and it was necessary not only to clear the way, but + to keep it open for their exit. King Richard himself and the greater + portion of his knights were to lead the charge; another party were to + follow behind the footmen, who were ordered to advance at the greatest + speed of which they were capable, while their rearguard by charges upon + the enemy kept them at bay. To this latter party Cuthbert was attached. + </p> + <p> + The Saracens followed their usual tactics, and this time with great + success. Dividing as the king with his knights charged them, they suffered + these to pass through with but slight resistance, and then closed in upon + their track, while another and still more numerous body fell upon the + footmen and their guard. Again and again did the knights charge through + the ranks of the Moslems, while the billmen stoutly kept together and + resisted the onslaughts of the enemy's cavalry. In spite of their bravery, + however, the storm of arrows shot by the desert horsemen thinned their + ranks with terrible rapidity. Charging up to the very point of the spears, + these wild horsemen fired their arrows into the faces of their foe, and + although numbers of them fell beneath the more formidable missiles sent by + the English archers, their numbers were so overwhelming that the little + band melted away. The small party of knights, too, were rapidly thinned, + although performing prodigious deeds of valor. The Saracens when + dismounted or wounded still fought on foot, their object being always to + stab or hough the horses, and so dismount the riders. King Richard and his + force, though making the most desperate efforts to return to the + assistance of the rearguard, were baffled by the sturdy resistance of the + Saracens, and the position of those in the rear was fast becoming + hopeless. + </p> + <p> + One by one the gallant little band of knights fell, and a sea of turbans + closed over the fluttering plumes. Cuthbert, after defending himself with + extreme bravery for a long time, was at last separated from the small + remainder of his comrades by a rush of the enemy's horse, and when + fighting desperately he received a heavy blow at the back of the head from + the mace of a huge Nubian soldier, and fell senseless to the ground. + </p> + <p> + When he recovered his consciousness the first impression upon his mind was + the stillness which had succeeded to the din of battle; the shouts and + war-cries of the Crusaders, the wild yells of the Moslems were hushed, and + in their place was a quiet chatter in many unknown tongues, and the sound + of laughter and feasting. Raising his head and looking round, Cuthbert saw + that he and some ten of his comrades were lying together in the midst of a + Saracen camp, and that he was a prisoner to the infidels. The sun streamed + down with tremendous force upon them; there was no shelter; and though all + were wounded and parched with thirst, the Saracens of whom they besought + water, pointing to their mouths and making signs of their extreme thirst, + laughed in their faces, and signified by a gesture that it was scarcely + worth the trouble to drink when they were likely so soon to be put to + death. + </p> + <p> + It was late in the afternoon before any change was manifest. Then Cuthbert + observed a stir in the camp; the men ran to their horses, leaped on their + backs, and with wild cries of "Welcome!" started off at full speed. + Evidently some personage was about to arrive, and the fate of the + prisoners would be solved. A few words were from time to time exchanged + between these, each urging the other to keep up his heart and defy the + infidel. One or two had succumbed to their wounds during the afternoon, + and only six were able to stand erect when summoned to do so by some of + their guard, who made signs to them that a great personage was coming. + Soon the shouts of the horsemen and other sounds announced that the great + chief was near at hand, and the captives gathered from the swelling shouts + of the Arabs that the new arrival was Sultan Suleiman—or Saladin, + for he was called by both names—surrounded by a bodyguard of + splendidly-dressed attendants. The emir, who was himself plainly attired, + reined up his horse in front of the captives. + </p> + <p> + "You are English," he said, in the <i>lingua-franca</i>, which was the + medium of communication between the Eastern and Western peoples in those + days. "You are brave warriors, and I hear that before you were taken you + slaughtered numbers of my people. They did wrong to capture you and bring + you here to be killed. Your cruel king gives no mercy to those who fall + into his hands. You must not expect it here, you who without a pretense of + right invade my country, slaughter my people, and defeat my armies. The + murder of the prisoners of Acre has closed my heart to all mercy. There, + your king put ten thousand prisoners to death in cold blood, a month after + the capture of the place, because the money at which he had placed their + ransom had not arrived. We Arabs do not carry huge masses of gold about + with us; and although I could have had it brought from Egypt, I did not + think that so brave a monarch as Richard of England could have committed + so cruel an action in cold blood. When we are fresh from battle, and our + wounds are warm, and our hearts are full of rage and fury, we kill our + prisoners; but to do so weeks after a battle is contrary to the laws alike + of your religion and of ours. However, it is King Richard who has sealed + your doom, not I. You are knights, and I do not insult you with the offer + of turning from your religion and joining me. Should one of you wish to + save his life on these conditions, I will, however, promise him a place of + position and authority among us." + </p> + <p> + None of the knights moved to accept the offer, but each, as the eye of the + emir ran along the line, answered with an imprecation of contempt and + hatred. Saladin waved his hand, and one by one the captives were led + aside, walking as proudly to their doom as if they had been going to a + feast. Each wrung the hand of the one next to him as he turned, and then + without a word followed his captors. There was a dull sound heard, and one + by one the heads of the knights rolled in the sand. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert happened to be last in the line, and as the executioners laid + hands upon him and removed his helmet, the eye of the sultan fell upon + him, and he almost started at perceiving the extreme youth of his captive. + He held his hand aloft to arrest the movements of the executioners, and + signaled for Cuthbert to be brought before him again. + </p> + <p> + "You are but a boy," he said. "All the knights who have hitherto fallen + into my hands have been men of strength and power; how is it that I see a + mere youth among their ranks, and wearing the golden spurs of knighthood?" + </p> + <p> + "King Richard himself made me a knight," Cuthbert said proudly, "after + having stood across him when his steed had been foully stabbed at the + battle of Azotus, and the whole Moslem host were around him." + </p> + <p> + "Ah!" said the emir, "were you one of the two who, as I have heard, + defended the king for some time against all assaults? It were hard indeed + to kill so brave a youth. I doubt me not that at present you are as firmly + determined to die a Christian knight as those who have gone before you? + But time may change you. At any rate for the present your doom is + postponed." + </p> + <p> + He turned to a gorgeously dressed noble next to him, and said: + </p> + <p> + "Your brother, Ben Abin, is Governor of Jerusalem, and the gardens of the + palace are fair. Take this youth to him as a present, and set him to work + in his gardens. His life I have spared, in all else Ben Abin will be his + master." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert heard without emotion the words which changed his fate from death + to slavery. Many, he knew, who were captured in these wars were carried + away as slaves to different parts of Asia, and it did not seem to him that + the change was in any way a boon. However, life is dear, and it was but + natural that a thought should leap into his heart that soon either the + Crusaders might force a way into Jerusalem and there rescue him, or that + he himself might in some way escape. + </p> + <p> + The sultan having thus concluded the subject, turned away, and galloped + off surrounded by his bodyguard. + </p> + <p> + Those who had captured the Christians now stripped off the armor of + Cuthbert; then he was mounted on a barebacked steed, and with four + Bedouins, with their long lances, riding beside him, started for + Jerusalem. After a day of long and rapid riding the Arabs stopped suddenly + on the crest of a hill, with a shout of joy, and throwing themselves from + their horses bent with their foreheads to the earth at the sight of their + holy city. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, as he gazed at the stately walls of Jerusalem, and the noble + buildings within, felt bitterly that it was not thus that he had hoped to + see the holy city. He had dreamed of arriving before it with his comrades, + proud and delighted at their success so far, and confident in their power + soon to wrest the town before them from the hands of the Moslems. Instead + of this he was a slave—a slave to the infidel, perhaps never more to + see a white face, save that of some other unfortunate like himself. + </p> + <p> + Even now in its fallen state no city is so impressive at first sight as + Jerusalem; the walls, magnificent in height and strength, and picturesque + in their deep embattlements, rising on the edge of a deep valley. Every + building has its name and history. Here is the church built by the first + Crusaders; there the mighty mosque of Suleiman on the site of the Temple; + far away on a projecting ridge the great building known as the Tomb of + Moses; on the right beyond the houses rise the towers on the Roman walls; + the Pool of Bethsaida lies in the hollow; in the center are the cupolas of + the Church of the Holy Sepulcher. Among all the fairest cities of the + world, there are none which can compare in stately beauty with Jerusalem. + Doubtless it was a fairer city in those days, for long centuries of + Turkish possession have reduced many of the former stately palaces to + ruins. Then, as now, the banner of the Prophet floated over the high + places; but whereas at present the population is poor and squalid, the + city in those days contained a far larger number of inhabitants, + irrespective of the great garrison collected for its defense. + </p> + <p> + The place from which Cuthbert had his first sight of Jerusalem is that + from which the best view is to be obtained—the crest of the Mount of + Olives. After a minute or two spent in looking at the city the Arabs with + a shout continued their way down into the valley. Crossing this they + ascended the steep road to the walls, brandishing their lances and giving + yells of triumph; then riding two upon each side of their prisoner, to + protect him from any fanatic who might lay a hand upon him, they passed + under the gate known as the Gate of Suleiman into the city. + </p> + <p> + The populace thronged the streets; and the news brought by the horsemen + that a considerable portion of the Christian host had been defeated and + slain passed from mouth to mouth, and was received with yells of + exultation. Execrations were heaped upon Cuthbert, who rode along with an + air as quiet and composed as if he were the center of an ovation instead + of that of an outburst of hatred. + </p> + <p> + He would, indeed, speedily have been torn from his guards, had not these + shouted that he was placed in their hands by Saladin himself for conduct + to the governor. As the emir was as sharp and as ruthless with his own + people as with the prisoners who fell into his hands, the name acted as a + talisman, and Cuthbert and his escort rode forward without molestation + until they reached the entrance to the palace. + </p> + <p> + Dismounting, Cuthbert was now led before the governor himself, a stern and + grave-looking man, sitting cross-legged on a divan surrounded by officers + and attendants. He heard in silence the account given him by the escort, + bowed his head at the commands of Suleiman, and, without addressing a word + to Cuthbert, indicated to two attendants that he was to be removed into + the interior of the house. Here the young knight was led to a small + dungeon-like room; bread and dates with a cruse of water, were placed + before him; the door was then closed and locked without, and he found + himself alone with his thoughts. + </p> + <p> + No one came near him that night, and he slept as soundly as he would have + done in his tent in the midst of the Christian host. He was resolved to + give no cause for ill-treatment or complaint to his captors, to work as + willingly, as cheerfully, as was in his power, and to seize the first + opportunity to make his escape, regardless of any risk of his life which + he might incur in doing so. + </p> + <p> + In the morning the door opened, and a black slave led him into the garden, + which was surrounded by a very high and lofty wall. It was large, and full + of trees and flowers, and far more beautiful than any garden that Cuthbert + had seen in his native land. There were various other slaves at work; and + an Arab, who appeared to be the head of the gardeners, at once appointed + to Cuthbert the work assigned to him. A guard of Arabs with bow and spear + watched the doings of the slaves. + </p> + <p> + With one glance round, Cuthbert was assured that escape from this garden, + at least, was not to be thought of, and that for the present patience + alone was possible. Dismissing all ideas of that kind from his mind, he + set to work with a steady attention to his task. He was very fond of + flowers, and soon he became so absorbed in his work as almost to forget + that he was a slave. It was not laborious—digging, planting, pruning + and training the flowers, and giving them copious draughts of water from a + large fountain in the center of the garden. + </p> + <p> + The slaves were not permitted to exchange a word with each other. At the + end of the day's work they were marched off to separate chambers, or, as + they might be called, dungeons. Their food consisted of water, dried + dates, and bread, and they had little to complain of in this respect; + indeed, the slaves in the gardens of the governor's house at Jerusalem + enjoyed an exceptionally favored existence. The governor himself was + absorbed in the cares of the city. The head gardener happened to be a man + of unusual humanity, and it was really in his hands that the comfort of + the prisoners was placed. + </p> + <p> + Sometimes in the course of the day veiled ladies would issue in groups + from the palace, attended by black slaves with drawn scimiters. They + passed without unveiling across the point where the slaves were at work, + and all were forbidden on pain of death to look up, or even to approach + the konak or pavilion, where the ladies threw aside their veils, and + enjoyed the scent and sight of the flowers, the splash of murmuring + waters, and the strains of music touched by skillful hands. + </p> + <p> + Although Cuthbert wondered in his heart what these strange wrapped-up + figures might look like when the veils were thrown back, he certainly did + not care enough about the matter to run any risk of drawing the anger of + his guards upon himself by raising his eyes toward them; nor did he ever + glance up at the palace, which was also interdicted to the slaves. From + the lattice casements during the day the strains of music and merry + laughter often came down to the captives; but this, if anything, only + added to the bitterness of their position, by reminding them that they + were shut off for life from ever hearing the laughter of the loved ones + they had left behind. + </p> + <p> + For upward of a month Cuthbert remained steadily at work, and during that + time no possible plan of escape had occurred to him, and he had indeed + resigned himself to wait, either until, as he hoped, the city would be + taken by the Christians, or until he himself might be removed from his + present post and sent into the country, where, although his lot would + doubtless be far harder, some chance of escape might open before him. + </p> + <p> + One night, long after slumber had fallen upon the city, Cuthbert was + startled by hearing his door open. Rising to his feet, he saw a black + slave, and an old woman beside him. The latter spoke first in the <i>lingua-franca</i>: + </p> + <p> + "My mistress, the wife of the governor, has sent me to ask your story. How + is it that, although but a youth, you are already a knight? How is it that + you come to be a slave to our people? The sultan himself sent you to her + lord. She would fain hear through me how it has happened. She is the + kindest of ladies, and the sight of your youth has touched her heart." + </p> + <p> + With thanks to the unknown lady who had felt an interest in him, Cuthbert + briefly related the events which had led to his captivity. The old woman + placed on the ground a basket containing some choice fruit and white + bread, and then departed with the negro as quietly as she had come, + leaving Cuthbert greatly pleased at what had taken place. + </p> + <p> + "Doubtless," he said to himself, "I shall hear again; and it may be that + through the pity of this lady some means of escape may open to me." + </p> + <p> + Although for some little time no such prospect appeared, yet the visits of + the old woman, which were frequently repeated, were of interest to him, + and seemed to form a link between him and the world. + </p> + <p> + After coming regularly every night for a week she bade the young knight + follow her, holding her finger to her lips in sign that caution must be + observed. Passing through several passages, he was at length led into a + room where a lady of some forty years of age, surrounded by several slaves + and younger women, was sitting. Cuthbert felt no scruple in making a deep + obeisance to her; the respect shown to women in the days of chivalry was + very great, and Cuthbert, in bowing almost to the ground before the lady + who was really his mistress, did not feel that he was humiliating himself. + </p> + <p> + "Young slave," she said, "your story has interested us. We have frequently + watched from the windows, and have seen how willingly and patiently you + have worked; and it seems strange indeed that one so young should have + performed such feats of bravery as to win the honor of knighthood from the + hand of that greatest of warriors, Richard of England. What is it, we + would fain learn from your lips, that stirs up the heart of the Christian + world that they should launch their armies against us, who wish but to be + left alone, and who have no grudge against them? This city is as holy to + us as it is to you; and as we live around it, and all the country for + thousands of miles is ours, is it likely that we should allow it to be + wrested from us by strangers from a distance?" + </p> + <p> + This was spoken in some Eastern language of which Cuthbert understood no + word, but its purport was translated to him by the old woman who had + hitherto acted as his mistress' messenger. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert reported the circumstances of the fight at Azotus, and endeavored + to explain the feelings which had given rise to the Crusade. He then, at + the orders of the lady, related the incidents of his voyage out, and + something of his life at home, which was more interesting even than the + tale of his adventures to his hearers, as to them the home-life of these + fierce Christian warriors was entirely unknown. + </p> + <p> + After an audience of two hours Cuthbert was conducted back to his cell, + his mistress assuring him of her good-will, and promising to do all in her + power to make his captivity as light as possible. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV. — AN EFFORT FOR FREEDOM. + </h2> + <p> + Two or three nights afterward the old woman again came to Cuthbert, and + asked him, in her mistress' name, if in any way he could suggest a method + of lightening his captivity, as his extreme youth and bravery of demeanor + had greatly pleased her. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert replied that nothing but freedom could satisfy his longings; that + he was comfortable and not over-worked, but that he pined to be back again + with his friends. + </p> + <p> + The old woman brought him on the following night a message to the effect + that his mistress would willingly grant him his liberty, but as he was + sent to her husband by the sultan, it would be impossible to free him + openly. + </p> + <p> + "From what she said," the old woman continued, "if you could see some plan + of making your escape, she would in no way throw difficulties in your + path; but it must not be known that the harem in any way connived at your + escape, for my lord's wrath would be terrible, and he is not a man to be + trifled with." + </p> + <p> + Looking round at the high walls that surrounded the garden, Cuthbert said + that he could think of no plan whatever for escaping from such a place; + that he had often thought it over, but that it appeared to him to be + hopeless. Even should he manage to scale these walls, he would only find + himself in the town beyond, and his escape from that would be altogether + hopeless. "Only," he said, "if I were transported to some country palace + of the governor could I ever hope to make my escape." The next night the + messenger brought him the news that his mistress was disposed to favor his + escape in the way he had pointed out, and that she would in two or three + days ask the governor for permission to pay a visit to their palace beyond + the walls, and that with her she would take a number of gardeners—among + them Cuthbert—to beautify the place. Cuthbert returned the most + lively and hearty thanks to his patroness for her kind intentions, and + hope began to rise rapidly in his heart. + </p> + <p> + It is probable, however, that the black guards of the harem heard + something of the intentions of their mistress, and that they feared the + anger of the governor should Cuthbert make his escape, and should it be + discovered that this was the result of her connivance. Either through this + or through some other source the governor obtained an inkling that the + white slave sent by the sultan was receiving unusual kindness from the + ladies of the harem. + </p> + <p> + Two nights after Cuthbert had begun to entertain bright hopes of his + liberty, the door of the cell was softly opened. He was seized by four + slaves, gagged, tied hand and foot, covered with a thick burnous, and + carried out from his cell. By the sound of their feet he heard that they + were passing into the open air, and guessed that he was being carried + through the garden; then a door opened and was closed after them; he was + flung across a horse like a bale of goods, a rope or two were placed + around him to keep him in that position, and then he felt the animal put + in motion, and heard by the trampling of feet that a considerable number + of horsemen were around him. For some time they passed over the rough, + uneven streets of the city; then there was a pause and exchange of + watchword and countersign, a creaking of doors, and a lowering of a + drawbridge, and the party issued out into the open country. Not for very + long did they continue their way; a halt was called, and Cuthbert was + taken off his horse. + </p> + <p> + On looking round, he found that he was in the middle of a considerable + group of men. Those who had brought him were a party of the governor's + guards; but he was now delivered over to a large band of Arabs, all of + whom were mounted on camels. One of these creatures he was ordered to + mount, the bonds being loosed from his arms and feet. An Arab driver, with + lance, bows, and arrows, and other weapons, took his seat on the neck of + the animal, and then with scarcely a word the caravan marched off with + noiseless step, and with their faces turned southward. + </p> + <p> + It seemed to Cuthbert almost as a dream. A few hours before he had been + exalted with the hope of freedom; now he was being taken away to a slavery + which would probably end but with his life. Although he could not + understand any of his captors, the repetition of a name led him to believe + that he was being sent to Egypt as a present to some man in high authority + there; and he doubted not that the Governor of Jerusalem, fearing that he + might escape, and dreading the wrath of the sultan should he do so, had + determined to transfer the troublesome captive to a more secure position + and to safer hands. + </p> + <p> + For three days the journey continued; they had now left the fertile + lowlands of Palestine, and their faces were turned west. They were + entering upon that sandy waste which stretches between the southern corner + of Palestine and the land of Egypt, a distance which can be traveled by + camels in three days, but which occupied the children of Israel forty + years. + </p> + <p> + At first the watch had been very sharply kept over the captive; but now + that they had entered the desert the Arabs appeared to consider that there + was no chance of an attempt to escape. Cuthbert had in every way + endeavored to ingratiate himself with his guard. He had most willingly + obeyed their smallest orders, had shown himself pleased and grateful for + the dates which formed the staple of their repasts. He had assumed so + innocent and quiet an appearance that the Arabs had marveled much among + themselves, and had concluded that there must have been some mistake in + the assertion of the governor's guard who had handed the prisoner over to + them, that he was one of the terrible knights of King Richard's army. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert's heart had not fallen for a moment. He knew well that if he once + reached Cairo all hope of escape was at an end; and it was before reaching + that point that he determined if possible to make an effort for freedom. + He had noticed particularly the camel which appeared to be the fleetest of + the band; it was of lighter build than the rest, and it was with + difficulty that its rider had compelled it to accommodate itself to the + pace of the others. It was clear from the pains he took with it, by the + constant patting and the care bestowed upon its watering and feeding, that + its rider was extremely proud of it; and Cuthbert concluded that if an + escape was to be made, this was the animal on which he must accomplish it. + </p> + <p> + Upon arriving at the end of each day's journey the camels were allowed to + browse at will, a short cord being tied between one of their hind and one + of their fore-feet. The Arabs then set to work to collect sticks and to + make a fire—not for cooking, for their only food was dried dates and + some black bread, which they brought with them—but for warmth, as + the nights were damp and somewhat chilly, as they sat round the fire, + talked, and told stories. Before finally going off to rest each went out + into the bushes and brought in his camel; these were then arranged in a + circle around the Arabs, one of the latter being mounted as sentry to + prevent any sudden surprise—not indeed that they had the smallest + fear of the Christians, who were far distant; but then, as now, the Arabs + of the desert were a plundering race, and were ever ready to drive off + each other's camels or horses. Cuthbert determined that if flight was + possible, it must be undertaken during the interval after the arrival at + the halting-place and before the bringing in of the camels. Therefore, + each day upon the halt he had pretended great fatigue from the rough + motion of the camel, and had, after hastily eating the dates handed to + him, thrown himself down, covered himself with his Arab robe, and feigned + instant sleep. Thus they had in the three days from starting come to look + upon his presence sleeping close to them as a matter of course. + </p> + <p> + The second day after entering the desert, however, Cuthbert threw himself + down by the side of an uprooted shrub of small size and about his own + length. He covered himself as usual with his long, dark-blue robe, and + pretended to go to sleep. He kept his eyes, however, on the alert through + an aperture beneath his cloth, and observed particularly the direction in + which the camel upon which he had set his mind wandered into the bushes. + The darkness came on a very few minutes after they had halted, and when + the Arabs had once settled round their fire Cuthbert very quietly shifted + the robe from himself to the long low bush near him, and then crawled + stealthily off into the darkness. + </p> + <p> + He had no fear of his footfall being heard upon the soft sand, and was + soon on his feet, looking for the camels. He was not long in finding them, + or in picking out the one which he had selected. The bushes were + succulent, and close to the camping-ground; indeed, it was for this that + the halting-places were always chosen. It was not so easy, however, to + climb into the high wooden saddle, and Cuthbert tried several times in + vain. Then he repeated in a sharp tone the words which he had heard the + Arabs use to order their camels to kneel, striking the animal at the same + moment behind the fore-legs with a small switch. The camel immediately + obeyed the order to which he was accustomed, and knelt down, making, + however, as he did so, the angry grumble which those creatures appear to + consider it indispensable to raise when ordered to do anything. + Fortunately this noise is so frequently made, and the camels are so given + to quarrel among themselves that although in the still air it might have + been heard by the Arabs sitting a short hundred yards away, it attracted + no notice, and Cuthbert, climbing into the seat, shook the cord that + served as a rein, and the animal, rising, set off at a smooth, steady + swing in the direction in which his head was turned—that from which + they had that day arrived. + </p> + <p> + Once fairly away from the camping-ground, Cuthbert, with blows of his + stick, increased the speed of the camel to a long shuffling trot, and the + fire in the distance soon faded out into the darkness. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert trusted to the stars as guides. He was not unarmed, for as he + crawled away from his resting-place he had picked up one of the Arabs' + spears and bow and arrows, and a large bag of dates from the spot where + they had been placed when their owner dismounted. He was already clad in + Eastern garb, and was so sunburnt and tanned that he had no fear whatever + of any one at a distance detecting that he was a white man. + </p> + <p> + Steering his course by the stars, he rode all night without stopping. He + doubted not that he would have at least three hours' start, for the Arabs + were sure to have sat that time round the fires before going out to bring + in their camels. Even then they would suppose for some time that the + animal upon which he was seated had strayed, and no pursuit would be + attempted until it was discovered that he himself had made his escape, + which might not be for a long time, as the Arabs would not think of + looking under the cloth to see if he were there. He hoped, therefore, that + he would reach the cultivated land long before he was overtaken. He had + little fear but that he should then be able to journey onward without + attracting attention. + </p> + <p> + A solitary Arab when traveling rides straight, and his communications to + those whom he meets are confined to the set form of two or three words, + "May Allah protect you!" the regular greeting of Moslems when they meet. + </p> + <p> + When morning broke Cuthbert, even when ascending to the top of a somewhat + lofty mound, could see no signs of pursuers in the vast stretch of desert + behind him. In front the ground was already becoming dotted here and there + with vegetation, and he doubted not that after a few hours' ride he should + be fairly in the confines of cultivated country. He gave his camel a meal + of dates, and having eaten some himself, again set the creature in motion. + These camels, especially those of good breed, will go on for three or four + days with scarcely a halt; and there was no fear of that on which he rode + breaking down from fatigue, for the journeys hitherto had been + comparatively short. + </p> + <p> + By midday Cuthbert had reached the cultivated lands of Palestine. Here and + there over the plain villages were dotted, and parties of men and camels + were to be seen. Cuthbert now arranged his robes carefully in Arab + fashion, slung the long spear across his shoulders, and went boldly + forward at a slinging trot, having little fear that a passer-by would have + any suspicion whatever as to his being other than an Arab bent upon some + rapid journey. He soon found that his hopes were justified. Several times + he came upon parties of men whom he passed with the salute, and who + scarcely raised their eyes as he trotted by them. The plain was an open + one, and though cultivated here and there, there were large tracts lying + unworked. There was no occasion therefore to keep to the road; so riding + across country, and avoiding the villages as far as possible, stopping + only at a stream to give his camel water, Cuthbert rode without ceasing + until nightfall. Then he halted his camel near a wood, turned it in to + feed on the young foliage, and wrapping himself in his burnous was soon + asleep, for he ached from head to foot with the jolting motion which had + now been continued for so many hours without an interval. He had little + fear of being overtaken by the party he had left behind; they would, he + was convinced, be many hours behind, and it was extremely improbable that + they would hit upon the exact line which he had followed, so that even if + they succeeded in coming up to him, they would probably pass him a few + miles either to the right or left. + </p> + <p> + So fatigued was he with his long journey that the next day he slept until + after the sun had risen. He was awakened suddenly by being seized by a + party of Arabs, who, roughly shaking him, questioned him as to where he + came from, and what he was doing there. He saw at a glance that they were + not with the party from which he had escaped, and he pointed to his lips + to make signs that he was dumb. The Arabs evidently suspected that + something was wrong. They examined the camel, and then the person of their + captive. The whiteness of his skin at once showed them that he was a Frank + in disguise, and without more ado or questioning, they tied him hand and + foot, flung him across the camel, and, mounting their own animals, rode + rapidly away. + </p> + <p> + From the position of the sun Cuthbert saw that they were making their + course nearly due east, and therefore that it could not be their intention + to take him to Jerusalem, which was to the north of the line they were + following. A long day's journey, which to Cuthbert seemed interminable, + found them on the low spit of sand which runs along by the side of the + Dead Sea. Behind, lofty rocks rose almost precipitously, but through a + cleft in these the Arabs had made their way. Cuthbert saw at once that + they belonged to some desert tribe over whom the authority of Suleiman was + but nominal. When summoned for any great effort, these children of the + desert would rally to his armies and fight for a short time; but at the + first disaster, or whenever they became tired of the discipline and + regularity of the army, they would mount their camels and return to the + desert, generally managing on the way to abstract from the farms of those + on their route either a horse, cattle, or some other objects which would + pay them for the labors they had undergone. + </p> + <p> + They were now near the confines of their own country, and apparently had + no fear whatever of pursuit. They soon gathered some of the dead wood cast + on the shores of the sea, and with these a fire was speedily lighted, and + an earthenware pot was taken down from among their baggage: it was filled + with water from a skin, and then grain having been placed in it, it was + put among the wood ashes. Cuthbert, who was weary and aching in every limb + from the position in which he had been placed on the camel, asked them by + signs for permission to bathe in the lake. This was given principally + apparently from curiosity, for but very few Arabs were able to swim; + indeed, as a people they object so utterly to water that the idea of any + one bathing for his amusement was to them a matter of ridicule. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, who had never heard of the properties of the Dead Sea, was + perfectly astonished upon entering the water to find that instead of + wading in it up to the neck before starting to swim, as he was accustomed + to do at home, the water soon after he got waist-deep took him off his + feet, and a cry of astonishment burst from him as he found himself on + rather than in the fluid. The position was so strange and unnatural that + with a cry of alarm he scrambled over on to his feet, and made the best of + his way to shore, the Arabs indulging in shouts of laughter at his + astonishment and alarm. Cuthbert was utterly unable to account for the + strange sensations he had experienced; he perceived that the water was + horribly salt, and that which had got into his mouth almost choked him. He + was, however, unaware that saltness adds to the weight of water, and so to + the buoyancy of objects cast into it. The saltness of the fluid he was + moreover painfully conscious of by the smarting of the places on his + wrists and ankles where the cords had been bound that fastened him to the + camel. Goaded, however, by the laughter of the Arabs, he determined once + more to try the experiment of entering this strange sheet of water, which + from some unaccountable cause appeared to him to refuse to allow anybody + to sink in it. This time he swam about for some time, and felt a little + refreshed. When he returned to the shore he soon re-attired himself in his + Bedouin dress, and seated himself a little distance from his captors, who + were now engaged in discussing the materials prepared by themselves. They + made signs to Cuthbert that he might partake of their leavings, for which + he was not a little grateful, for he felt utterly exhausted and worn out + with his cruel ride and prolonged fasting. + </p> + <p> + The Arabs soon wrapped themselves in their burnouses, and feeling + confident that their captive would not attempt to escape from them in a + place where subsistence would be impossible, paid no further attention to + him beyond motioning to him to lie down at their side. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, however, determined to make another effort to escape; for + although he was utterly ignorant of the place in which he found himself, + or of the way back, he thought that anything would be better than to be + carried into helpless slavery into the savage country beyond the Jordan. + An hour, therefore, after his captors were asleep he stole to his feet, + and fearing to arouse them by exciting the wrath of one of the camels by + attempting to mount him, he struck up into the hills on foot. All night he + wandered, and in the morning found himself at the edge of a strange + precipice falling abruptly down to a river, which, some fifty feet wide, + ran at its foot. Upon the opposite side the bank rose with equal rapidity, + and to Cuthbert's astonishment he saw that the cliffs were honeycombed by + caves. + </p> + <p> + Keeping along the edge for a considerable distance, he came to a spot + where it was passable, and made his way down to the river bank. Here he + indulged in a long drink of fresh water, and then began to examine the + caves which perforated the rocks. These caves Cuthbert knew had formerly + been the abode of hermits. It was supposed to be an essentially sacred + locality, and between the third and fourth centuries of Christianity some + twenty thousand monks had lived solitary lives on the banks of that river. + Far away he saw the ruins of a great monastery, called Mar Saba, which had + for a long time been the abode of a religious community, and which at the + present day is still tenanted by a body of monks. Cuthbert made up his + mind at once to take refuge in these caves. He speedily picked out one + some fifty feet up the face of the rock, and approachable only with the + greatest difficulty and by a sure foot. First he made the ascent to + discover the size of the grotto, and found that although the entrance was + but four feet high and two feet wide, it opened into an area of + considerable dimensions. Far in the corner, when his eyes became + accustomed to the light, he discovered a circle of ashes, and his + conjectures that these caves had been the abode of men were therefore + verified. He again descended, and collected a large bundle of grass and + rushes for his bed. He discovered growing among the rocks many edible + plants, whose seeds were probably sown there centuries before, and + gathering some of these he made his way back to the cavern. The grass + furnished him with an excellent bed, and he was soon asleep. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV. — A HERMIT'S TALE. + </h2> + <p> + The next day he discovered on his excursions plenty of eatable berries on + the bushes; and now that he had no longer fear of hunger he resolved to + stay for some little time, until his wounds, which had festered badly, had + recovered, before making an attempt to rejoin the Christian army. + </p> + <p> + One day when employed in gathering berries he was surprised by meeting a + wild-looking figure, who appeared suddenly from one of the caves. It was + that of a very old man, with an extremely long white beard flowing to his + waist; his hair, which was utterly unkempt, fell to the same point. He was + thin to an extraordinary extent, and Cuthbert wondered how a man could + have been reduced to such a state of starvation, with so plentiful a + supply of fruit and berries at hand. + </p> + <p> + The old man looked at Cuthbert attentively, and then made the sign of the + cross. Cuthbert gave a cry of joy, and repeated the sign. The old man at + once came down from his cavern, and looked at him with surprise and + astonishment, and then addressed him in the French language. + </p> + <p> + "Are you a Christian truly; and if so, whence do you come?" + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert at once explained that he had been taken prisoner when with King + Richard's army, and had effected his escape. He also told the old man that + he had been remaining for the last four days in a cave higher up the + stream. The hermit—for he was one—beckoned him to follow him, + and Cuthbert found himself in a cave precisely similar to that which he + himself inhabited. There were no signs of comfort of any kind; a bed-place + made of great stones stood in one corner, and Cuthbert, remembering the + comforts of his own grassy couch, shuddered at the thought of the intense + discomfort of such a sleeping-place. In another corner was an altar, upon + which stood a rough crucifix, before which the hermit knelt at once in + prayer, Cuthbert following his example. Rising again, the hermit motioned + to him to sit down, and then began a conversation with him. + </p> + <p> + It was so long since the hermit had spoken to any living being that he had + almost lost the use of his tongue, and his sentences were slow and + ill-formed. However, Cuthbert was able to understand him, and he to gather + the drift of what Cuthbert told him. The old man then showed him that by + touching a stone in the corner of his cave the apparently solid rock + opened, and revealed an entrance into an inner cave, which was lit by a + ray of light which penetrated from above. + </p> + <p> + "This," he said, "was made centuries ago, and was intended as a refuge + from the persecutors of that day. The caves were then almost all inhabited + by hermits, and although many recked not of their lives, and were quite + ready to meet death through the knife of the infidel, others clung to + existence, and preferred to pass many years of penance on earth for the + sake of atoning for their sins before called upon to appear before their + Maker. If you are pursued it will be safer for you to take up your abode + here. I am known to all the inhabitants of this country, who look upon me + as mad, and respect me accordingly. None ever interfere with me, or with + the two or three other hermits, the remains of what was once almost an + army, who now alone survive. I can offer you no hospitality beyond that of + a refuge; but there is water in the river below, fruits and berries in + abundance on the shrubs. What would you have more?" + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert accepted the invitation with thanks; for he thought that even at + the worst the presence of this holy man would be a protection to him from + any Arabs who might discover him. + </p> + <p> + For three or four days he resided with the hermit, who, although he + stretched his long lean body upon the hard stones of his bed, and passed + many hours of the night kneeling on the stone floor in front of his altar, + yet had no objection to Cuthbert making himself as comfortable as he could + under the circumstances. + </p> + <p> + At the end of the fourth day Cuthbert asked him how long he had been + there, and how he came to take up his abode in so desolate and fearsome a + place. The hermit was silent for a time, and then said: + </p> + <p> + "It is long indeed since my thoughts have gone back to the day when I was + of the world. I know not whether it would not be a sin to recall them; but + I will think the matter over to-night, and if it appears to me that you + may derive good from my narrative, I will relate it to you to-morrow." + </p> + <p> + The next day Cuthbert did not renew the request, leaving it to the hermit + to speak should he think fit. It was not until the evening that he alluded + to the subject; and then taking his seat on a bank near the edge of the + river, he motioned to Cuthbert to sit beside him, and began: + </p> + <p> + "My father was a peer of France, and I was brought up at the court. + Although it may seem strange to you, looking upon this withered frame, + sixty-five years back I was as bold and comely a knight as rode in the + train of the king, for I am now past ninety, and for sixty years I have + resided here. I was a favorite of the king's, and he loaded me with wealth + and honor. He, too, was young, and I joined with him in the mad carousals + and feastings of the court. My father resided for the most part at one of + his castles in the country, and I, an only son, was left much to myself. I + need not tell you that I was as wild and as wicked as all those around me; + that I thought little of God, and feared neither Him nor man. + </p> + <p> + "It chanced that one of the nobles—I need not mention his name—whose + castle lay in the same province as that of my father, had a lovely + daughter, who, being an only child, would be his heiress. She was + considered one of the best matches in France, and reports of her exceeding + beauty had reached the court. Although my allowance from my father, and + from the estates which the king had given me personally, should have been + more than enough for my utmost wants, gambling and riotous living + swallowed up my revenue faster than it came in, and I was constantly + harassed by debt. + </p> + <p> + "Talking one night at supper with a number of bold companions as to the + means we should take for restoring our wasted fortunes, some said in jest + that the best plan would be for one of us to marry the beauty of Dauphiny. + I at once said that I would be the man to do it; the idea was a wild one, + and a roar of laughter greeted my words. Her father was known to be a + stern and rigid man, and it was certain that he would not consent to give + his daughter to a spendthrift young noble like myself. When the laughter + had subsided I repeated my intention gravely, and offered to wager large + sums with all around the table that I would succeed. + </p> + <p> + "On the morrow I packed up a few of my belongings, put in my valise the + dress of a wandering troubadour, and taking with me only a trusty servant, + started for Dauphiny. It would be tedious to tell you the means I resorted + to to obtain the affections of the heiress. I had been well instructed in + music and could play on the lute, and knew by heart large numbers of + ballads, and could myself, in case of necessity, string verses together + with tolerable ease. As a troubadour I arrived at the castle gate, and + craved permission to enter to amuse its occupants. Troubadours then, as + now, were in high esteem in the south, and I was at once made a welcome + guest. + </p> + <p> + "Days passed, and weeks; still I lingered at the castle, my heart being + now as much interested as my pride in the wager which I had undertaken. + Suffice it to say that my songs, and perhaps my appearance—for I + cannot be accused of vanity now in saying nature had been bountiful to me—won + my way to her heart. Troubadours were licensed folk, and even in her + father's presence there was naught unseemly in my singing songs of love. + While he took them as the mere compliments of a troubadour, the lady, I + saw, read them as serious effusions of my heart. + </p> + <p> + "It was only occasionally that we met alone; but ere long she confessed + that she loved me. Without telling her my real name, I disclosed to her + that I was of her own rank and that I had entered upon the disguise I wore + in order to win her love. She was romantic, and was flattered by my + devotion. I owned to her that hitherto I had been wild and reckless; and + she told me at once that her father destined her for the son of an old + friend of his, to whom it appeared she had been affianced while still a + baby. She was positive that nothing would move her father. For the man she + was to marry she entertained no kind of affection, and indeed had never + seen him, as she had been brought up in a convent to the age of fifteen; + and just before she had returned thence he had gone to finish his + education at Padua. + </p> + <p> + "She trembled when I proposed flight; but I assured her that I was certain + of the protection of the king, and that he would, I was sure, when the + marriage was once celebrated, use his influence with her father to obtain + his forgiveness. + </p> + <p> + "The preparations for her flight were not long in making. I purchased a + fleet horse in addition to my own, and ordered my servant to bring it to a + point a short distance from the castle gate. I had procured a long rope + with which to lower her down from her lattice to the moat below, which was + at present dry, intending myself to slide after her. The night chosen was + one when I knew that the count was to have guests, and I thought that they + would probably, as is the custom, drink heavily, and that there would be + less fear of any watch being kept. + </p> + <p> + "The guests arrived just at nightfall. I had feigned illness, and kept my + room. From time to time I heard through the windows of the banqueting hall + bursts of laughter. These gradually ceased; and at last when all was still + I, after waiting some time, stole from my room with a rope in my hand to + the apartment occupied by her. A slight tap at the door, as arranged, was + at once answered, and I found her ready cloaked and prepared for the + enterprise. She trembled from head to foot, but I cheered her to the best + of my power, and at last she was in readiness to be lowered. The window + was at a considerable height from the ground; but the rope was a long one, + and I had no fear of its reaching the bottom. Fastening it round her + waist, I began to lower her from the window. + </p> + <p> + "The night was a windy one, and she swung backward and forward as she went + down. By what chance it was I know not—for I had examined the rope + and found it secure—but methinks in swaying backward and forward it + may have caught a sharp stone, maybe it was a punishment from Heaven upon + me for robbing a father of his child—but suddenly I felt there was + no longer a weight on my arms. A fearful shriek rang through the air, and, + looking out, I saw far below a white figure stretched senseless in the + mud! + </p> + <p> + "For a minute I stood paralyzed. But the cry had aroused others, and, + turning round, I saw a man at the door with a drawn sword. Wild with grief + and despair, and thinking, not of making my escape, or of concealing my + part in what had happened, but rushing without an instant's delay to the + body of her I loved so well, I drew my sword, and like a madman rushed + upon him who barred the door. The combat was brief but furious, and nerved + by the madness of despair I broke down his guard and ran him through the + body. As he fell back, his face came in the full light of the moon, which + streamed through the open door of the passage, and to my utter horror and + bewilderment I saw that I had slain my father. + </p> + <p> + "What happened after that night I know not. I believe that I made my + escape from the castle and rushed round to the body of her whose life I + had destroyed, and that there finding her dead, I ran wildly across the + country. When I came to my senses months had passed, and I was the inmate + of an asylum for men bereaved of their senses, kept by noble monks. Here + for two years I remained, the world believing that I was dead. None knew + that the troubadour whose love had cost the lady her life, who had slain + the guest of her father, and had then disappeared, was the unhappy son of + that guest. My friends in Paris when they heard of the tragedy of course + associated it with me, but they all kept silent. The monks, to whom I + confessed the whole story, were shocked indeed, but consoled me in my + grief and despair by the assurance that however greatly I had sinned, the + death of the lady had been accidental, and that if I were a parricide it + was at least unintentionally. + </p> + <p> + "My repentance was deep and sincere; and after awhile, under another name, + I joined the army of the Crusaders, to expiate my sin by warring for the + holy sepulcher. I fought as men fight who have no wish to live; but while + all around me fell by sword and disease, death kept aloof from me. When + the Crusade had failed I determined to turn forever from the world, and to + devote my life to prayer and penance; and so casting aside my armor I made + my way here, and took up my abode in a cave in this valley, where at that + time were many thousands of other hermits—for the Saracens, while + they gained much money from fines and exactions from pilgrims who came to + Jerusalem, and fought stoutly against those who sought to capture that + city, were in the main tolerant, and offered no hindrance to the community + of men whom they looked upon as mad. + </p> + <p> + "Here, my son, for more than sixty years have I prayed, with much fasting + and penance. I trust now that the end is nearly at hand, and that my long + life of mortification may be deemed to have obliterated the evil deeds + which I did in my youth. Let my fate be a warning to you. Walk steadily in + the right way; indulge not in feasting and evil companionship; and above + all, do not enter upon evil deeds, the end of which no man can see." + </p> + <p> + The hermit was silent, and Cuthbert, seeing that his thoughts had again + referred to the past, wandered away, and left him sitting by the river + side. Some hours later he returned and found the hermit kneeling before + the altar; and the next morning the latter said: + </p> + <p> + "I presume, my son, you do not wish to remain here as a hermit, as I have + done? Methinks it were well that we made our arrangements for your return + to the Christian host, who will, I hope, ere long be at the gates of + Jerusalem." + </p> + <p> + "I should like nothing better," Cuthbert said. "But ignorant as I am of + the nature of the country, it seems to be nigh impossible to penetrate + through the hosts of the Saracens to reach the camp of King Richard." + </p> + <p> + "The matter is difficult and not without danger," the hermit said. "As to + the nature of the country, I myself know but little, for my dealings with + the natives have been few and simple. There are, however, several + Christian communities dwelling among the heathen. They are poor, and are + forced to live in little-frequented localities. Their Christianity may be + suspected by their neighbors, but as they do no man harm, and carry on + their worship in secret, they are little interfered with. There is one + community among the hills between this and Jerusalem, and I can give you + instructions for reaching this, together with a token which will secure + you hospitality there, and they will no doubt do their best to forward you + to another station. When you approach the flat country where the armies + are maneuvering you must doubtless trust to yourself; but as far as the + slopes extend, methinks that our friends will be able to pass you without + great difficulty." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert's heart rose greatly at the prospect of once again entering upon + an active life, and the next evening, with many thanks for his kindness, + he knelt before the aged hermit to receive his blessing. + </p> + <p> + With the instructions given him he had no difficulty in making his way + through the mountains, until after some five hours' walk he found himself + at a little village situated in a narrow valley. + </p> + <p> + Going to the door of the principal hut he knocked, and upon entering + showed the owner—who opened the door—a rosette of peculiar + beads and repeated the name of Father Anselm. The peasant at once + recognized it and bade Cuthbert welcome. He knew but a few words of + French, although doubtless his ancestors had been of European extraction. + In the morning he furnished Cuthbert with the sheepskin and short tunic + which formed the dress of a shepherd, and dyeing his limbs and face a deep + brown he himself started with Cuthbert on his journey to the next + Christian community. + </p> + <p> + This was a small one consisting of two huts only, built almost on the + summit of a mountain, the inhabitants living partly on the milk and cheese + of their goats and partly upon the scanty vegetables which grew around the + huts. + </p> + <p> + His welcome was as cordial as that of the night before; and the next + morning, his former guide taking leave of him, the peasant in whose house + he had slept again conducted him forward to another community. This was + the last station and stood in a narrow gorge on the face of the hills + looking down over the plain, beyond which in the far distance a faint line + of blue sea was visible. + </p> + <p> + This community was far more prosperous and well-to-do than those at which + the previous nights had been passed. The head of the village appeared to + be a personage of some importance; and although clinging in secret to his + Christian faith, he and his belongings had so far adopted the usages of + the Mussulmen that apparently no thought of their Christianity entered + into the minds of the authorities. He was the owner of two or three horses + and of some extensive vineyards and olive grounds. He was also able to + speak French with some degree of fluency. + </p> + <p> + At considerable length he explained to Cuthbert the exact position of the + Christian army, which had moved some distance along the coast since + Cuthbert had left it. It was, he said, exposed to constant attacks by the + Saracens, who harassed it in every way, and permitted it no repose. He + said that the high hopes which had been raised by the defeat of the + Saracens at Azotus had now fallen, and that it was feared the Christians + would not be able to force their way forward to Jerusalem. The great + portion of their animals had died, and the country was so eaten up by the + Saracen hosts that an advance upon Jerusalem without a large baggage train + was next to impossible; and indeed if the Christians were to arrive before + that city, they could effect nothing without the aid of the heavy machines + necessary for battering the walls or effecting an escalade. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was vastly grieved when he heard of the probable failure of the + expedition, and he burned with eagerness to take his part again in the + dangers and difficulties which beset the Christian army. His host pointed + out to him the extreme difficulty and danger of his crossing the enemy's + lines, but at the same time offered to do all in his power to assist him. + After two days' stay at the village, and discussing the pros and cons of + all possible plans, it was decided that the best chance lay in a bold + effort. The host placed at his disposal one of his horses, together with + such clothes as would enable him to ride as an Arab chief of rank and + station; a long lance was furnished him, a short and heavy mace, and + scimitar; a bag of dates was hung at the saddlebow; and with the sincerest + thanks to his protector, and with a promise that should the Christian host + win their way to Jerusalem the steed should be returned with ample + payment, Cuthbert started on his journey. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI. — A FIGHT OF HEROES. + </h2> + <p> + The horse was a good and spirited one, and when he had once descended to + the plains, Cuthbert rode gayly along, exulting in his freedom, and in + once again possessing arms to defend himself should it be needed. His + appearance was so exactly that of the horsemen who were continually + passing and repassing that no observation whatever was attracted by it. + Through villages, and even through camps, Cuthbert rode fearlessly, and + arrived, without having once been accosted, near the main camp of the + Saracens, which extended for miles parallel to the sea. But at a distance + of some three leagues beyond could be seen the white tents of the + Christian host, and Cuthbert felt that the time of trial was now at hand. + </p> + <p> + He dismounted for an hour to allow his steed to rest itself, fed it with + dates from his wallet, and gave it a drink of water at the stream. Then, + when he felt that it had thoroughly recovered its strength and freshness, + he remounted, and rode briskly on as before. He passed unchallenged, + attracting no more notice than a person nowadays would do in walking along + a crowded street. Without hesitation he passed through the tents and + started across the open country. Bands of horsemen were seen here and + there, some going, and some coming from the direction of the Christian + camp. As it was doubtless supposed that he was on his way to join some + band that had gone on in advance, the passage of the solitary horseman + excited no comment until he approached within about two miles of the + Christian camp. There were now, so far as he could see, no enemies between + him and the point he so longed to gain. But at this minute a group of Arab + horsemen, gathered, apparently on the lookout against any movement of the + Christians, shouted to him "Halt!" demanding whither he was going. + </p> + <p> + Up to this point Cuthbert had ridden at a gentle canter; but at the + challenge he put spurs into his steed and made across the plain at full + speed. With a wild yell the Arabs started in pursuit. They lay at first + some two hundred yards on his right, and he had therefore a considerable + start of them. His horse was fairly fresh, for the journey that he had + made had only been about fifteen miles—an inconsiderable distance to + an Arab steed. For half a mile he did not think that his pursuers gained + much upon him, riding as they had done sideways. They had now gathered in + his rear, and the nearest was some one hundred and fifty yards behind him. + A quarter of a mile further he again looked around, and found that two of + the Arabs, far better mounted than the others, had come within half the + distance which separated them from him when he last glanced back. His + horse was straining to the utmost, and he felt that it could do no more; + he therefore prepared himself for a desperate fight should his pursuers + overtake him. In another quarter of a mile they were but a short distance + behind, and an arrow whizzing by Cuthbert's ear told him they had betaken + themselves to their bows. + </p> + <p> + Half a mile ahead he saw riding toward him a group of Christian knights; + but he felt that it was too late for him to hope to reach them, and that + his only chance now was to boldly encounter his pursuers. The main body of + the Arabs was fully two hundred yards behind—a short distance when + going at a gallop—which left him but little time to shake off the + pursuit of the two immediately behind him. + </p> + <p> + A sharp stinging pain in his leg told him that it was time to make his + effort; and checking his horse, he wheeled suddenly round. The two Arabs + with a yell rode at him with pointed lance. With his right hand Cuthbert + grasped the short heavy mace which hung at his saddlebow, and being well + practiced in the hurling of this weapon—which formed part of the + education of a good knight—he cast it with all his force at the + chest of the Arab approaching on that side. The point of the spear was + within a few yards of his breast as he flung the mace; but his aim was + true, for it smote the Saracen full on the chest, and hurled him from his + horse as if struck with a thunderbolt. At the same instant Cuthbert threw + himself flat on the neck of his steed and the lance of the Arab who came + up on the other side passed harmlessly between his shoulders, tearing his + clothes as it went. In an instant Cuthbert had wheeled his horse, and + before the Arab could turn his steed Cuthbert, coming up from behind, had + run him through the body. + </p> + <p> + Short as the delay had been, the main body of the pursuers were scarcely + fifty yards away; but Cuthbert now continued his flight toward the + knights, who were galloping forward at full speed; and a moment afterward + glancing back, he saw that his pursuers had turned and were in full + flight. + </p> + <p> + With a shout of joy he rode forward to the party who had viewed with + astonishment this conflict between what appeared to be three of the + infidels. Even louder than his first shout of exultation was the cry of + joy which he raised at seeing among the party to whom he rode up the Earl + of Evesham, who reined in his horse in astonishment, and drew his sword as + the supposed enemy galloped toward him. + </p> + <p> + "My lord, my lord!" Cuthbert said. "Thank Heaven I am safe with you + again." + </p> + <p> + The earl lowered his sword in astonishment. + </p> + <p> + "Am I mad," he said, "or dreaming, or is this really Sir Cuthbert?" + </p> + <p> + "It is I, sure enough," Cuthbert exclaimed, "although truly I look more + like a Bedouin soldier than a Christian knight." + </p> + <p> + "My dear boy!" exclaimed the earl, galloping forward and throwing his arms + around Cuthbert's neck, "we thought you were dead. But by what wonderful + fortune have you succeeded in escaping?" + </p> + <p> + In a few words Cuthbert related the principal incidents of his adventures, + and he was heartily congratulated by the assembled knights. + </p> + <p> + There was, however, no time for long explanations. Large bodies of the + Saracen horse were already sweeping down to capture, if possible, this + small band of knights who had ventured so far from the camp; and as King + Richard's orders were that none should venture upon conflicts except by + his orders, the party reluctantly turned their horses and galloped back to + the camp. + </p> + <p> + Great as had been the earl's joy, it was, if possible, exceeded by that of + Cnut on discovering in the Arab chief who rode up alongside the earl the + lad he loved so well. Loud and hearty were the cheers which rang out from + the earl's camp as the news spread, and Cuthbert was compelled to shake + hands with the whole party before entering the earl's tent, to refresh + himself and give the narrative of what had happened. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, retiring to his tent with the Earl of Evesham, inquired of him + what had taken place during his absence. + </p> + <p> + "For," he said, "although but a short three days' march from here, I have + been as one of the dead, and have heard nothing whatever of what has taken + place." + </p> + <p> + "Nothing could have gone worse," the earl said. "We have had nothing but + dissensions and quarrels. First, the king fell out with the Archduke of + Austria." + </p> + <p> + "On what ground did this happen?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "For once," the earl said, "the king our master was wholly in the wrong, + which is not generally the case. We had just taken Ascalon, and were hard + at work fortifying the place. King Richard with his usual zeal, in order + to encourage the army, seized heavy stones and himself bore them into + their place. The archduke stood near with some of his knights: and it may + be that the haughty Austrian looked somewhat superciliously at our king + thus laboring. + </p> + <p> + "'Why do you not make a show of helping?' King Richard said, going up to + him. 'It would encourage the men, and show that the labor upon which we + are engaged can be undertaken by all without derogation.' + </p> + <p> + "To this the archduke replied: + </p> + <p> + "'I am not the son of a mason!' + </p> + <p> + "Whereupon Richard, whose blood no doubt had been excited by the air of + the Austrian, struck him with his hand a fierce blow across the face. We + nearly betook ourselves to our swords on both sides; but King Richard + himself could have scattered half the Austrians, and these, knowing that + against his impetuous valor they could do nothing, simply withdrew from + our camp, and sailed the next day for home. Then the king, in order to + conciliate some at least of his allies, conferred the crown of Jerusalem + upon Conrad of Montferat. No sooner had he done this than Conrad was + mysteriously wounded. By whom it was done none knew. Some say that it was + by emissaries of the Old Man of the Mountain. Others affirm that it was + the jealousy of some of the knights of the holy orders. But be that as it + may, he died. Some of the French, ever jealous of the valor of our king, + ascribed it to his orders. This monstrous accusation coming to the ears of + King Richard, he had hot words with the Duke of Burgundy. In this I blame + him not, for it is beyond all reason that a man like the king, whose + faults, such as they are, arise from too much openness, and from the want + of concealment of such dislikes as he may have, should resort to poison to + free himself of a man whom he himself had but a day or two before + appointed King of Jerusalem. However it be, the consequences were most + unfortunate, for the result of the quarrel was that the Duke of Burgundy + and his Frenchmen followed the example of the Austrians, and we were left + alone. Before this we had marched upon Jerusalem. But the weather had been + so bad, and our train was so insufficient to carry the engines of war, + that we had been forced to fall back again. King Richard again advanced, + and with much toil we went as far as the village of Bethany." + </p> + <p> + "Why," Cuthbert exclaimed, "I passed through that village, and it is but + three miles from the holy city." + </p> + <p> + "That is so," the earl said; "and many of us, ascending the hill in front, + saw Jerusalem. But even then it was certain that we must again retrace our + steps; and when we asked King Richard to come to the crest of the hill to + see the holy city, he refused to do so, saying, 'No; those who are not + worthy of conquering Jerusalem should not look at it!' This was but a + short time since, and we are now retracing our steps to Acre, and are + treating with Saladin for a peace." + </p> + <p> + "Then," Cuthbert said sadly, "all our hopes and efforts are thrown away; + all this blood has been shed for nothing; and after the three great powers + of Europe have engaged themselves solemnly in the war, we are baffled, and + have to fall back before the hordes of the infidels." + </p> + <p> + "Partly before them," the earl said, "partly as the result of our own + jealousies and passions. Had King Richard been a lesser man than he is, we + might have conquered Jerusalem. But he is so extraordinary a warrior that + his glory throws all others into the shade. He is a good general, perhaps + the best in Europe; and had he done nothing but lead, assuredly we should + have carried out our purpose. See how ably he maneuvered the army at the + fight of Azotus. Never was a more complete defeat than that which he + inflicted there upon the Saracens; and although the fact that his + generalship achieved this, might have caused some jealousy to the other + commanders, this might have died away could he between the battles have + been a general, and nothing more. But, alas! he is in addition a + knight-errant—and such a knight-errant as Europe has never seen + before. Wherever there is danger, Richard will plunge into the midst. + There are brave men in all the three armies; but the strongest and bravest + are as children to King Richard. Alone he can dart into ranks of the + infidels, and cut a lane for himself by the strength of his right arm. + More than this, when danger has threatened he has snatched up his + battle-ax and dashed into the fray without helm or cuirass, performing + such prodigies of valor and strength that it has been to his prowess alone + that victory was to be ascribed. Hence he is the idol of all the soldiers, + whatever their nationality; for he is as ready to rush to the rescue of a + French or Austrian knight when pressed as to that of his own men. But the + devotion which the whole army felt for him was as gall and wormwood to the + haughty Austrian and the indolent Frenchman; and the retirement of the + King of France, which left Richard in supreme command, was in every way + unfortunate." + </p> + <p> + Upon the following day the army again marched, and Cuthbert could not but + notice the difference, not only in number but in demeanor, from the + splendid array which had left Acre a few months before. There was little + now of the glory of pennon and banner; the bright helms and cuirasses were + rusted and dinted, and none seemed to care aught for bravery of show. The + knights and men-at-arms were sunburnt and thin, and seemed but half the + weight that they had been when they landed. Fatigue, hardship, and the + heat had done their work; disease had swept off vast numbers. But the + remains of the army were so formidable in their fighting powers that the + Saracens, although following them at a distance in vast numbers, did not + venture an attack upon them. + </p> + <p> + A few days after their arrival at Acre, the king gave orders for the + embarkation of the troops. Just as they were preparing to enter the ships + a small vessel was seen entering the harbor. It drew up to the shore, and + a knight leaped from it, and, inquiring where King Richard was to be + found, made his way to the king, who was standing superintending the + embarkation of some of the horses. + </p> + <p> + "The Saracens, sire!" he exclaimed. "The Saracens are besieging Jaffa, and + the place must be lost unless assistance arrives in a day or two." + </p> + <p> + The king leaped on board the nearest ship, shouted to his leading officers + to follow him, and gave orders to others to bring down the troops with all + possible speed, to waste not a moment, and to see that all was done, and + then, in five minutes after the receipt of the news he started for Jaffa. + The Earl of Evesham and Cuthbert had been standing near the king when the + order was given, and followed him at once on board the bark which he had + chosen. + </p> + <p> + "Ah, my gallant young knight," the king exclaimed, "I am right glad to see + you with me. We shall have more fighting before we have done, and I know + that that suits your mood as well as my own." + </p> + <p> + The king's vessel was far in advance of any of the others, when early the + following morning it arrived at Jaffa. + </p> + <p> + "Your eyes are better than mine," the king said to Cuthbert. "Tell me what + is that flag flying on the top of the town." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert looked at it earnestly. + </p> + <p> + "I fear, sire, that it is the crescent. We have arrived too late." + </p> + <p> + "By the holy cross," said King Richard, "that shall not be so; for if the + place be taken, we will retake it." + </p> + <p> + As the vessel neared the shore a monk ran out into the water up to his + shoulders, and said to the king that the citadel still held out, and that + even now the Saracens might be driven back. Without delay the king leaped + into the water, followed by the knights and men-at-arms, and entering the + gate, threw himself upon the infidels within, who, busy plundering, had + not noticed the arrival of the ship. + </p> + <p> + The war cry of "St. George! St. George!" which the king always shouted in + battle, struck panic among the infidels; and although the king was + followed but by five knights and a few men-at-arms, the Saracens, to the + number of three thousand, fled before him, and all who tarried were + smitten down. The king followed them out upon the plain, driving them + before him as a lion would drive a flock of sheep, and then returned + triumphant into the city. + </p> + <p> + The next day, some more ships having arrived, King Richard found that in + all, including the garrison, he could muster two thousand combatants. The + enemy renewed the attack in great numbers, and the assaults upon the walls + were continuous and desperate. King Richard, who loved fighting in the + plain rather than behind walls, was impatient at this, and at one time so + fierce was the attack that he resolved to sally out. Only ten horses + remained in the town, and King Richard, mounting one, called upon nine of + the knights to mount and sally out with him. The little band of ten + warriors charged down upon the host of the Saracens and swept them before + them. It was a marvelous sight indeed to see so small a group of horsemen + dashing through a crowd of Saracen warriors. These, although at first + beaten back, yet rallied, and the ten knights had great difficulty in + fighting their way back to the town. When near the walls the Christians + again made a stand, and a few knights sallied out from the town on foot + and joined them. Among these was Cuthbert, the Earl of Evesham having + accompanied King Richard in his charge. In all, seventeen knights were now + rallied round the king. So fierce was the charge of the Saracens that the + king ordered those on horseback to dismount, and with their horses in the + center, the little body knelt with their lances opposed to the Saracens. + Again and again the wild cavalry swept down upon this little force, but in + vain did they attempt to break their ranks. The scene was indeed an + extraordinary one. At last the king, seeing that the enemy were losing + heart, again ordered the knights to mount, and these dashing among the + enemy, completed their defeat. + </p> + <p> + While this had been going on news came to the king that the Saracens from + another side had made their way into Jaffa, and were massacring the + Christians. Without, an instant's delay he flew to their succor, followed + only by two knights and a few archers, the rest being so worn by their + exertions as to be unable to move. The Mamelukes, the chosen guard of + Saladin, had headed the attack; but even these were driven out from the + town, and Richard dashed out from the city in their pursuit. One Saracen + emir, distinguished for his stature and strength, ventured to match + himself against the king, and rode boldly at him. But with one blow + Richard severed his head, and his right shoulder and arm, from his body. + Then having, by his single arm, put to rout the Saracens at this point, he + dashed through them to the aid of the little band of knights who had + remained on the defensive when he left them at the alarm of the city being + entered. These were almost sinking with fatigue and wounds; but King + Richard opened a way around them by slaying numbers of the enemy, and then + charged again alone into the midst of the Mussulman host, and was lost to + the sight of his companions. All thought that they would never see him + again. But he soon reappeared, his horse covered with blood, but himself + unwounded; and the attack of the enemy ceased. + </p> + <p> + From the hour of daybreak, it is said, Richard had not ceased for a moment + to deal out his blows, and the skin of his hand adhered to the handle of + his battle-ax. This narration would appear almost fabulous, were it not + that it is attested in the chronicles of several eye-witnesses, and for + centuries afterward the Saracen women hushed their babes when fractious by + threatening them with Malek-Rik, the name which they gave to King Richard. + </p> + <p> + Glorious as was the success, it was a sad one, for several of the most + devoted of the followers of King Richard were wounded badly, some few to + death. Among these last, to the terrible grief of Cuthbert, was his friend + and patron, the Earl of Evesham. The king, on taking off his armor, + hurried to his tent. + </p> + <p> + "The glory of this day is marred indeed," he said to the wounded knight, + "if I am to lose you, Sir Walter." + </p> + <p> + "I fear that it must even be so, my lord," the dying earl said. "I am glad + that I have seen this day, for never did I think to witness such feats as + those which your majesty has performed; and though the Crusade has failed, + and the holy city remains in the hands of the infidel, yet assuredly no + shadow of disgrace has fallen upon the English arms, and, indeed, great + glory has accrued to us. Whatever may be said of the Great Crusade, it + will at least be allowed by all men, and for all time, that had the + princes and soldiers of other nations done as your majesty and your + followers have done, the holy city would have fallen into our hands within + a month of our putting foot upon the soil. Your majesty, I have a boon to + ask." + </p> + <p> + "You have but to name it, Sir Walter, and it is yours." + </p> + <p> + "Sir Cuthbert, here," he said, pointing to the young knight, who was + sorrowfully kneeling by his bedside, "is as a son to me. The relationship + by blood is but slight, but by affection it is as close as though he were + mine own. I have, as your majesty knows, no male heirs, and my daughter is + but young, and will now be a royal ward. I beseech your majesty to bestow + her in marriage, when the time comes, upon Sir Cuthbert. They have known + each other as children, and the union will bring happiness, methinks, to + both, as well as strength and protection to her; and further, if it might + be, I would fain that you should bestow upon him my title and dignity." + </p> + <p> + "It shall be so," the king said. "When your eyes are closed, Sir Walter, + Sir Cuthbert shall be Earl of Evesham, and, when the time comes, the + husband of your daughter." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was too overwhelmed with grief to feel a shadow of exaltation at + the gracious intimation of the king; although, even then, a thought of + future happiness in the care of the fair young lady Marguerite passed + before his mind. For the last time the king gave his hand to his faithful + servant, who pressed it to his lips, and a few minutes afterward breathed + his last. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII. — AN ALPINE STORM. + </h2> + <p> + The tremendous exertions which King Richard had made told upon him, and + attacks of fever succeeded each other at short intervals. This, however, + mattered the less, since negotiations were now proceeding between him and + Saladin. It was impossible, with the slight means at his disposal, for + Richard further to carry on the Crusade alone. Moreover, pressing news had + arrived from his mother in England, urging him to return, as his brother + John was intriguing against him, and had already assumed all but the + kingly title. Saladin was equally desirous of peace. His wild troops were, + for the most part, eager to return to their homes, and the defeats which + they had suffered, and the, to them, miraculous power of King Richard's + arm, had lowered their spirit and made them eager to be away. Therefore he + consented without difficulty to the terms proposed. By these, the + Christians were to surrender Ascalon, but were to keep Jaffa, Tyre, and + the fortresses along the coast. All hostilities were to be suspended on + both sides for the space of three years, three months, three weeks, three + days, and three hours, when Richard hoped to return again and to + recommence the struggle. + </p> + <p> + Between the sultan and King Richard a feeling approaching that of + friendship had sprung up during the campaign. Saladin was himself brave in + the extreme, and exposed his life as fearlessly as did his Christian + rival, and the two valiant leaders recognized the great qualities of each + other. Several times during the campaign when Richard had been ill, the + emir had sent him presents of fruit and other matters, to which Richard + had responded in the same spirit. An interview had taken place between + them which further cemented their friendship; and when Richard promised to + return again at the end of the truce with a far larger army, and to + accomplish the rescue of the holy city, the sultan smiled, and said that + it appeared that valor alone was not sufficient to conquer in the Holy + Land, but that if Jerusalem were to fall into the hands of the Christians, + it could fall into no worthier hands than those of Malek-Rik. + </p> + <p> + So, with many mutual courtesies, the great rivals separated, and soon + after King Richard and the little remnant of his army embarked on board + ship, and set sail for England. + </p> + <p> + It was on October 11, 1192, that Richard Coeur de Lion left Palestine. + Soon after they started a storm suddenly burst upon them, and dispersed + them in various directions. The ship in which Queen Berengaria was carried + arrived safely in Sicily; but that in which King Richard was borne was + missing, and none of his fellow-voyagers knew what had become of him. Sir + Cuthbert was in the same vessel as the king, and the bark was driven upon + the Island of Corfu. All reached shore in safety, and King Richard then + hired three small vessels, in which he sailed to the port of Zara, whence + he hoped to reach the domains of his nephew, Otho of Saxony, the son of + his sister Matilda. The king had with him now but two of his knights, + Baldwin of Béthune, and Cuthbert of Evesham. Cnut was with his feudal + chief—for such Cuthbert had now, by his accession to the rank of + Earl of Evesham, become—and three or four English archers. + </p> + <p> + "I fear, my lords," the king said to his knights as he sat in a little + room in an inn at Zara, "that my plight is a bad one. I am surrounded by + enemies, and, alas! I can no longer mount my steed and ride out as at + Jaffa to do battle with them. My brother, John Lackland, is scheming to + take my place upon the throne of England. Philip of France, whose mind is + far better at such matters than at setting armies in the field, is in + league with him. The Emperor Henry has laid claim to the throne of Sicily. + Leopold of Austria has not forgiven me the blow I struck him in the face + at Ascalon, and the friends of Conrad of Montferat are spreading far and + wide the lie that I was the instigator of his murder. Sure never had a + poor king so many enemies, and few have ever had so small a following as I + have now. What think you, my lords? What course would you advise that I + should adopt? If I can reach Saxony doubtless Otho will aid me. But hence + to Dresden is a long journey indeed. I have neither credit nor funds to + hire a ship to take us by sea. Nor would such a voyage be a safe one, when + so many of my enemies' ships are on the main. I must needs, I think, go in + disguise, for my way lies wholly through the country of my enemies." + </p> + <p> + "Surely," Cuthbert said, "no potentate could for very shame venture to + detain your majesty on your way from the Holy Land, where you have wrought + such great deeds. Were I in your place, I would at once proclaim myself, + mount my horse, have my banner carried before me, and ride openly on. You + have, too, another claim, namely, that of being shipwrecked, and even in + war-time nations respect those whom the force of God has thrown upon their + shores." + </p> + <p> + "I fear me, Sir Cuthbert," Sir Baldwin said, "that you overrate the + chivalry of our master's enemies. Had we been thrown on the shores of + France, Philip perhaps would hesitate to lay hands upon the king; but + these petty German princelings have no idea of the observances of true + chivalry. They are coarse and brutal in their ways; and though in outward + form following the usage of knighthood, they have never been penetrated + with its spirit. If the friends of Conrad of Montferat lay hands upon King + Richard I fear that no scruples will prevent them from using their + advantage to the utmost. Even their emperor I would not trust. The course + which you advise would no doubt be in accordance with the spirit of King + Richard; but it would be madness for him to judge other people's spirit by + his own, and it would be rushing into the lion's den to proclaim himself + here. I should recommend, if I might venture to do so, that his majesty + should assume a false name, and that we should travel in small parties so + as to attract no attention, each making his way to Saxony as best he may." + </p> + <p> + There was silence for a minute or two, and then the king with a sigh said: + </p> + <p> + "I fear that you are right, Sir Baldwin, and that there is no chivalry + among these swinish German lords. You shall accompany me. Not, Sir + Cuthbert," he observed kindly, noticing a look of disappointment upon the + face of the young knight, "that I estimate your fidelity one whit lower + than that of my brave friend; but he is the elder and the more versed in + European travel, and may manage to bring matters through better than you + would do. You will have dangers enough to encounter yourself, more even + than I shall, for your brave follower, Cnut, can speak no language but his + own, and your archers will be hard to pass as any other than what they + are. You must be my messenger to England, should you arrive there without + me. Tell my mother and wife where you left me, and that, if I do not come + home I have fallen into the hands of one or other of my bitter foes. Bid + them bestir themselves to hold England for me against my brother John, + and, if needs be, to move the sovereigns of Europe to free me from the + hands of my enemies. Should a ransom be needed, I think that my people of + England will not grudge their goods for their king." + </p> + <p> + The following day the king bade farewell to his faithful followers, giving + his hand to kiss, not only to Sir Cuthbert, but to Cnut and his archers. + </p> + <p> + "You have done me brave service," he said, "and I trust may yet have + occasion to do it again. These are bad times when Richard of England has + naught wherewith to reward his friends. But," he said, taking a gold chain + from his neck and breaking it with his strong fingers into five fragments, + "that is for you, Cnut, and for your four archers, in remembrance of King + Richard." + </p> + <p> + The men, albeit hardened by many scenes of warfare, yet shed tears + plenteously at parting with the king. + </p> + <p> + "We had better," Cuthbert said to them when they were alone, "delay here + for a few days. If we are taken, the news that some Englishmen have been + captured making their way north from Zara will spread rapidly, and may + cause the enemies of Richard to be on the lookout for him, suspecting that + the ship which bore us may also have carried him; for the news that he is + missing will spread rapidly through Europe, and will set all his enemies + on the alert." + </p> + <p> + In accordance with this plan they delayed for another ten days at Zara, + and then, hiring a small boat, were landed some thirty miles further along + the coast. Cuthbert had obtained for Cnut the dress of a palmer, as in + this he would pass almost unquestioned, and his silence might be accounted + for on the ground that he had taken a vow of silence. He himself had + placed on his coat armor a red cross, instead of the white cross borne by + the English knights, and would now pass as a French knight. Similar + changes were made in the dress of his followers, and he determined to pass + as a French noble who had been wrecked on his way home, and who was + returning through Germany to France. The difficulties in his own case + would not be serious, as his French would pass muster anywhere in Germany. + The greatest difficulty would be with his attendants; but he saw no way of + avoiding this. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert's object, when with his little party he separated from King + Richard, was to make his way to Verona, thence cross by Trent into + Bavaria, and so to journey to Saxony. Fortunately he had at the storming + of Acre become possessed of a valuable jewel, and this he now sold, and + purchased a charger for himself. He had little fear of any trouble in + passing through the north of Italy, for this was neutral ground, where + knights of all nations met, and where, neither as an English nor a French + Crusader, would he attract either comment or attention. + </p> + <p> + It was a slow journey across the northern plains, as of course he had to + accommodate his pace to that of his men. Cnut and the archers had grumbled + much at the change of the color of the cross upon their jerkins; and, as + Cnut said, would have been willing to run greater perils under their true + colors than to affect to belong to any other nationality. On their way + they passed through Padua, and there stopped a few days. Cuthbert could + but feel, in looking at the splendor of this Italian city, the courteous + manner of its people, and the university, which was even then famous, how + far in advance were those stately cities of Italy to Western Europe. His + followers were as much surprised as himself at the splendors of the city. + Here they experienced no trouble or annoyance whatever, for to the cities + of Italy knights of all nations resorted, learned men came to study, + philosophers to dispute, and as these brought their attendants with them, + you might in the streets of Padua and its sister cities hear every + language in Europe spoken. + </p> + <p> + From Padua they journeyed to Verona, marveling greatly at the richness of + the country. The footmen, however, grumbled at the flatness of the plain, + and said that it was as bad as marching in the Holy Land. On their right, + however, the slopes of the Alps, thickly clad with forests, reached down + nearly to the road, and Cuthbert assured them that they would have plenty + of climbing before they had done. At Verona they tarried again, and + wondered much at the great amphitheater, then almost perfect. Cuthbert + related to Cnut and the archers how men had there been set to fight while + the great stone benches round were thronged with men and women looking on + at their death struggles, and said that not unfrequently British captives + were brought hither and made to contend in the arena. The honest fellows + were full of indignation and horror at the thought of men killing + themselves to give sport to others. They were used to hard knocks, and + thought but little of their life, and would have betaken themselves to + their bows and bills without hesitation in case of a quarrel. But to fight + in cold blood for amusement seemed to them very terrible. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert would then have traveled on to Milan, at that time next to Rome + the richest city in Europe, but he longed to be back in England, and was + the more anxious as he knew that King Richard would be passing through + great dangers, and he hoped to meet him at the court of Saxony. His money, + too, was fast running out, and he found that it would be beyond his + slender means to extend his journey so far. At Verona, then, they turned + their back on the broad plains of Lombardy, and entered the valley of the + Trent. + </p> + <p> + So far no observation whatever had been excited by the passage of the + English knight. So many Crusaders were upon their way home, many in + grievous plight, that the somewhat shabby retinue passed unnoticed. But + they were now leaving Italy, and entering a country where German was + spoken. Trent, in those days an important city, was then, and is still, + the meeting place of Italy and Germany. Both tongues are here spoken; but + while the Italian perhaps preponderates, the customs, manners, and mode of + thought of the people belong to those of the mountaineers of the Tyrol + rather than of the dwellers on the plains. + </p> + <p> + "You are choosing a stormy time," the landlord of the hostelry where they + put up said to Cuthbert. "The winter is now at hand, and storms sweep + across the passes with terrible violence. You had better, at the last + village you come to in the valley, obtain the services of a guide, for + should a snowstorm come on when you are crossing, the path will be lost, + and nothing will remain but a miserable death. By daylight the road is + good. It has been cut with much trouble, and loaded mules can pass over + without difficulty. Poles have been erected at short distances to mark the + way when the snow covers it. But when the snowstorms sweep across the + mountains it is impossible to see ten paces before you, and if the + traveler leaves the path he is lost." + </p> + <p> + "But I suppose," Cuthbert said, "that even in winter travelers pass over?" + </p> + <p> + "They do," the host said. "The road is as open in winter as in summer, + although, of course, the dangers are greater. Still, there is nothing to + prevent vigorous men from crossing over when the storms come on. Now, too, + with the snow already lying in the upper forests, the wolves are abroad, + and should you be attacked by one of those herds, you will find it hard + work to defend your lives. Much has been done to render the road safe. At + the distance of every league stone houses have been erected, where + travelers can find shelter either from the storm or from the attacks of + wolves or bears, for these, too, abound in the forests, and in summer + there is fine hunting among them. You are, as I see, returning from the + Holy Land, an are therefore used to heat rather than cold, so I should + advise you before you leave this city to buy some rough cloaks to shield + you from the cold. You can obtain them for your followers very cheaply, + made of the mountain goat or of sheepskins, and even those of bearskin + well dressed are by no means dear." + </p> + <p> + Obtaining the address of a merchant who kept these things, Cuthbert + proceeded thither; and purchased five cloaks of goatskin with hoods to + pull over their heads for his followers while for himself he obtained one + of rather finer material. + </p> + <p> + Another two days' journey brought them to the foot of the steep ascent, + and here they hired the services of a guide. The ascent was long and + difficult, and in spite of the praises which the host had bestowed upon + the road, it was so steep that Cuthbert was, for the most part, obliged to + walk, leading his steed, whose feet slipped on the smooth rock, and as in + many places a false step would have thrown them down many hundreds of feet + into the valley below, Cuthbert judged it safer to trust himself to his + own feet. He disincumbered himself of his helmet and gorget, and placed + these upon the horse's back. At nightfall they had attained a very + considerable height, and stopped at one of the small refuges of which the + landlord had spoken. + </p> + <p> + "I like not the look of the weather," the guide said in the morning—at + least that was what Cuthbert judged him to say, for he could speak no word + of the man's language. His actions, however, as he looked toward the sky, + and shook his head, spoke for themselves, and Cuthbert, feeling his own + powerlessness in a situation so novel to him, felt serious misgivings at + the prospect. + </p> + <p> + The scenery was now very wild. On all sides crags and mountain tops + covered with snow glistened in the sun. The woods near the path were free + of snow; but higher up they rose black above the white ground. The wind + blew keenly, and all rejoiced in the warm cloaks which they had obtained; + for even with the protection of these they had found the cold bitter + during the night. + </p> + <p> + "I like not this country," Cnut said. "We grumbled at the heat of + Palestine, but I had rather march across the sand there than in this + inhospitable frozen region. The woods look as if they might contain + specters. There is a silence which seems to be unnatural, and my courage, + like the warmth of my body, is methinks oozing out from my fingers." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert laughed. + </p> + <p> + "I have no doubt that your courage would come again much quicker than the + warmth, Cnut, if there were any occasion for it. A brisk walk will set you + all right again, and banish these uneasy fancies. To-night we shall be at + the highest point, and to-morrow begin to descend toward Germany." + </p> + <p> + All day the men kept steadily on. The guide from time to time looked + apprehensively at the sky; and although in the earlier part of the day + Cuthbert's inexperienced eye saw nothing to cause the slightest + uneasiness, toward the afternoon the scene changed. Light clouds began to + gather on the top of all the hills and to shut the mountain peaks entirely + from view. The wind moaned between the gorges and occasionally swept along + in such sudden gusts that they could with difficulty retain their feet. + The sky became gradually overcast, and frequently light specks of snow, so + small as to be scarcely perceptible, were driven along on the blast, + making their faces smart by the force with which they struck them. + </p> + <p> + "It scarcely needs our guide's face," Cuthbert said, "to tell us that a + storm is at hand, and that our position is a dangerous one. As for me, I + own that I feel better pleased now that the wind is blowing, and the + silence is broken, than at the dead stillness which prevailed this + morning. After all, methinks that a snowstorm cannot be more dreaded than + a sandstorm, and we have faced those before now." + </p> + <p> + Faster and faster the snow came down, until at last the whole air seemed + full of it, and it was with difficulty that they could stagger forward. + Where the path led across open places the wind swept away the snow as fast + as it fell, but in the hollows the track was already covered; and feeling + the difficulty of facing the blinding gale, Cuthbert now understood the + urgency with which his host had insisted upon the danger of losing the + track. Not a word was spoken among the party as they plodded along. The + guide kept ahead, using the greatest caution wherever the path was + obliterated by the snow, sometimes even sounding with his iron-shod staff + to be sure that they were upon the level rock. In spite of his warm cloak + Cuthbert felt that he was becoming chilled to the bone. His horse could + with difficulty keep his feet; and Cnut and the archers lagged behind. + </p> + <p> + "You must keep together, lads," he shouted. "I have heard that in these + mountains when sleepiness overpowers the traveler, death is at hand. + Therefore, come what may, we must struggle on." + </p> + <p> + Many times the gale was so violent that they were obliged to pause and + take shelter under the side of a rock or precipice until the fury of the + blast had passed; and Cuthbert eagerly looked out for the next refuge. At + last they reached it, and the guide at once entered. It was not that in + which he had intended to pass the night, for this lay still higher; but it + would have been madness to attempt to go further in the face of such a + gale. He signed to Cuthbert that it was necessary at once to collect + firewood, and he himself proceeded to light some brands which had been + left by previous travelers. Cuthbert gave directions to Cnut and the + archers; and these, feeling that life depended upon a good fire being kept + up, set to with a will, cutting down shrubs and branches growing in the + vicinity of the hut. In half an hour a huge fire blazed in the refuge; and + as the warmth thawed their limbs, their tongues were unloosened, and a + feeling of comfort again prevailed. + </p> + <p> + "If this be mountaineering, my lord," Cnut said, "I trust that never again + may it be my fortune to venture among the hills. How long, I wonder, do + the storms last here? I was grumbling all the way up the hill at the load + of provisions which the guide insisted that each of us should bring with + him. As it was to be but a three days' journey before we reached a village + on the other side, I wondered why he insisted upon our taking food enough + to last us at least for a week. But I understand now, and thank him for + his foresight; for if this storm goes on we are assuredly prisoners here + for so long as it may continue." + </p> + <p> + The horse had to be brought into the hut, for it would have been death for + it to have remained outside. + </p> + <p> + "What is that?" Cnut said presently, as a distant howl was heard between + the lulls of the storm. The guide muttered some word which Cuthbert did + not understand. But he said to Cnut, "I doubt not that it is wolves. Thank + God that we are safe within this refuge, for here not even the most + ravenous beasts could make their way." + </p> + <p> + "Pooh!" Cnut said contemptuously. "Wolves are no bigger than dogs. I have + heard my grandfather say that he shot one in the forest, and that it was + no bigger than a hound. We should make short work of them." + </p> + <p> + "I know not," Cuthbert said. "I have heard tales of these animals which + show that they must be formidable opponents. They hunt in great packs, and + are so furious that they will attack parties of travelers; many of these + have perished miserably, horses and men, and nothing but their swords and + portions of their saddles have remained to tell where the battle was + fought." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII. — SENTENCED TO DEATH. + </h2> + <p> + Just before arriving at the refuge they had passed along a very steep and + dangerous path. On one side the rock rose precipitously, ten feet above + their heads. On the other was a fall into the valley below. The road at + this point was far wider than usual. + </p> + <p> + Presently the howl of a wolf was heard near, and soon the solitary call + was succeeded by the howling of great numbers of animals. These speedily + surrounded the hut, and so fierce were their cries that Cnut changed his + opinion as to the ease with which they could be defeated, and allowed that + he would rather face an army of Saracens than a troop of these + ill-conditioned animals. The horse trembled in every limb at the sound of + the howling of the wolves; and cold as was the night, in spite of the + great fire that blazed on the hearth, his coat became covered with the + lather of fear. Even upon the roof above the trampling of the animals + could be heard; and through the open slits of the windows which some + travelers before them had stuffed with straw, they could hear the fierce + breathing and snorting of the savage beasts, who scratched and tore to + make an entrance. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that we might launch a few arrows through + these loopholes. The roof appears not to be over strong; and should some + of them force an entrance, the whole pack might follow." + </p> + <p> + Dark as was the night, the black bodies were visible against the white + snow, and the archers shot several arrows forth, each stretching a wolf + dead on the ground. Those killed were at once pounced upon by their + comrades and torn to pieces; and this mark of savageness added to the + horror which those within felt of the ferocious animals. Suddenly there + was a pause in the howling around the hut, and then Cnut, looking forth + from the loophole, declared that the whole body had gone off at full speed + along the path by which they had reached the refuge. Almost immediately + afterward a loud shout for help was heard, followed by the renewed howling + and yelping of the wolves. + </p> + <p> + "Good heavens!" Cuthbert exclaimed. "Some traveler coming after us is + attacked by these horrible beasts. Let us sally out, Cnut. We cannot hear + a Christian torn to pieces by these beasts, without lending him a hand." + </p> + <p> + In spite of the angry shouts and entreaties of the guide, the door was + thrust open, and the party, armed with their axes and bows, at once rushed + out into the night. The storm had for the moment abated and they had no + difficulty in making their way along the track. In fifty yards they came + to a bend of the path, and saw, a little distance before them, a black + mass of animals covering the road, and congregated round a figure who + stood with his back to the rock. With a shout of encouragement they sprang + forward, and in a few moments were in the midst of the savage animals, who + turned their rage against them at once. They had fired two or three arrows + apiece, as they approached, into them; and now throwing down their bows, + the archers betook themselves to their swords, while Cuthbert with his + heavy battle-axe hewed and cut at the wolves as they sprang toward him. In + a minute they had cleared their way to the figure, which was that of a + knight in complete armor. He leaned against the rock completely exhausted, + could only mutter a word of thanks through his closed visor. At a short + distance off a number of the wolves were gathered, rending and tearing the + horse of the knight; but the rest, soon recovering from their surprise, + attacked with fury the little party. The thick cloaks of the archers stood + them in good stead against the animal's teeth, and standing in a group + with their backs to the rock, they hewed and cut vigorously at their + assailants. The numbers of these, however, appeared almost innumerable, + and fresh stragglers continued to come along the road, and swell their + body. As fast as those in front fell, their heads cleft with the axes of + the party, fresh ones sprang forward; and Cuthbert saw that in spite of + the valor and strength of his men, the situation was well-nigh desperate. + He himself had been saved from injury by his harness, for he still had on + his greaves and leg pieces. + </p> + <p> + "Keep together," he shouted to his men, "and each lend aid to the other if + he sees him pulled down. Strike lustily for life, and hurry not your + blows, but let each toll." This latter order he gave perceiving that some + of the archers, terrified by this furious army of assailants with gaping + mouths and glistening teeth, were striking wildly, and losing their + presence of mind. + </p> + <p> + The combat, although it might have been prolonged, could yet have had but + one termination, and the whole party would have fallen. At this moment, + however, a gust of wind, more furious than any which they had before + experienced, swept along the gorge, and the very wolves had to crouch on + their stomachs to prevent themselves being hurled by its fury into the + ravine below. Then even above the storm a deep roar was heard. It grew + louder and louder. The wolves, as if struck with terror, leaped to their + feet, and scattered on either way along the path at full speed. + </p> + <p> + "What sound can this be?" Cnut exclaimed in an awe-struck voice. "It + sounds like thunder; but it is regular and unbroken; and, my lord, surely + the earth quakes under our feet!" + </p> + <p> + Louder and louder grew the roar. + </p> + <p> + "Throw yourselves down against the wall of rock," Cuthbert shouted, + himself setting the example. + </p> + <p> + A moment afterward, from above a mighty mass of rock and snow poured over + like a cascade, with a roar and sound which nigh stunned them. For minutes—it + seemed for hours to them—the deluge of snow and rock continued. + Then, as suddenly as it had begun, it ceased, and a silence as of death + reigned over the place. + </p> + <p> + "Arise," Cuthbert said; "the danger, methinks, is past. It was what men + call an avalanche—a torrent of snow slipping down from the higher + peaks. We have had a narrow escape indeed." + </p> + <p> + By this time the knight whom they had rescued was able to speak, and + raising his visor, he returned his deepest thanks to those who had come so + opportunely to his aid. + </p> + <p> + "I was well-nigh exhausted," he said, "and it was only my armor which + saved me from being torn to pieces. A score of them had hold of me; but + fortunately my mail was of Milan proof, and even the jaws and teeth of + these enormous beasts were unable to pierce it." + </p> + <p> + "The refuge is near at hand," Cuthbert said. "It is but a few yards round + yonder point. It is well that we heard your voice. I fear that your horse + has fallen a victim." + </p> + <p> + Assisting the knight, who in spite of his armor was sorely bruised and + exhausted, they made their way back to the refuge. Cnut and the archers + were all bleeding freely from various wounds inflicted upon them in the + struggle, breathless and exhausted from their exertions, and thoroughly + awe-struck by the tremendous phenomenon of which they had been witnesses, + and which they had only escaped from their good fortune in happening to be + in a place so formed that the force of the avalanche had swept over their + heads. The whole of the road, with the exception of a narrow piece four + feet in width, had been carried away. Looking upward, they saw that the + forest had been swept clear, not a tree remaining in a wide track as far + as they could see up the hill. The great bowlders which had strewn the + hillside, and many of which were as large as houses, had been swept away + like straws before the rush of snow, and for a moment they feared that the + refuge had also been carried away. Turning the corner, however, they saw + to their delight that the limits of the avalanche had not extended so far, + the refuges, as they afterward learned, being so placed as to be sheltered + by overhanging cliffs from any catastrophe of this kind. + </p> + <p> + They found the guide upon his knees, muttering his prayers before a cross, + which he had formed of two sticks laid crosswise on the ground before him; + and he could scarce believe his eyes when they entered, so certain had he + considered it that they were lost. There were no longer any signs of the + wolves. The greater portion, indeed, of the pack had been overwhelmed by + the avalanche, and the rest, frightened and scared, had fled to their + fastnesses in the woods. + </p> + <p> + The knight now removed his helmet, and discovered a handsome young man of + some twenty-four or twenty-five years old. + </p> + <p> + "I am," he said, "Baron Ernest of Kornstein. To whom do I owe my life?" + </p> + <p> + "In spite of my red cross," Cuthbert said, "I am English. My name is Sir + Cuthbert, and I am Earl of Evesham. I am on my return from the Holy Land + with my followers; and as we are passing through countries where many of + the people are hostile to England, we have thought it as well for a time + to drop our nationality. But to you I do not hesitate to tell the truth." + </p> + <p> + "You do well," the young knight said, "for, truth to say, the people of + these parts bear but little love to your countrymen. You have saved my + life when I was in the sorest danger. I had given myself up for lost, for + even my armor could not have saved me long from these wretches; and my + sword and life are at your disposal. You are young indeed," he said, + looking with surprise at Cuthbert, who had now thrown back the hood of his + cloak, "to have gained the honor of knighthood. You scarce look eighteen + years of age, although, doubtless, you are older." + </p> + <p> + "I am scarce seventeen," Cuthbert said; "but I have had the good fortune + to attract the notice of King Richard, and to have received the knighthood + from his sword." + </p> + <p> + "None more worthy," said the young knight, "for although King Richard may + be fierce and proud, he is the worthiest knight in Christendom, and + resembles the heroes of romance rather than a Christian king." + </p> + <p> + "He is my lord and master," Cuthbert said, "and I love him beyond all men, + and would give my life for his. He is the kindest and best of masters; and + although it be true that he brooks no opposition, yet is it only because + his own bravery and eagerness render hateful to him the indolence and + cowardice of others." + </p> + <p> + They now took their seats round the fire. The archers, by the advice of + the guide, rubbed their wounds with snow, and then applied bandages to + them. The wallets were opened, and a hearty supper eaten; and all, + wrapping themselves in their fur cloaks, were soon asleep. + </p> + <p> + For four days the gale continued, keeping the party prisoners in the hut. + On the fifth the force of the wind abated, and the snow ceased to fall. + They were forced to take the door off its hinges to open it, for the snow + had piled up so high that the chimney alone of the hut remained above its + surface. With great difficulty and labor they cleared a way out, and then + the guide again placing himself at their head, they proceeded on their + way. The air was still and cold, and the sky of a deep, dark blue, which + seemed even darker in contrast with the whiteness of the snow. At times + they had great difficulty in struggling through the deep drifts; but for + the most part the wind had swept the path clear. Where it was deepest, the + tops of the posts still showed above the snow, and enabled the guide to + direct their footsteps. They were, however, obliged to travel slowly, and + it was three days before they gained the village on the northern slope of + the mountains, having slept at refuges by the road. + </p> + <p> + "What are your plans?" the knight asked Sir Cuthbert that night, as they + sat by the fire of the hostelry. "I would warn you that the town which you + will first arrive at is specially hostile to your people, for the baron, + its master, is a relation of Conrad of Montferat, who is said to have been + killed by order of your king." + </p> + <p> + "It is false," Cuthbert said. "King Richard had appointed him King of + Jerusalem; and, though he liked him not, thought him the fittest of those + there to exercise sovereignty. He was the last man who would have had an + enemy assassinated; for so open is he of disposition that he would have + fought hand to hand with the meanest soldier of his army had he desired to + kill him." + </p> + <p> + "I doubt not that it is so, since you tell me," the knight said + courteously. "But the people here have taken that idea into their minds, + and it will be hard to disabuse them. You must therefore keep up your + disguise as a French knight while passing through this neighborhood. + Another week's journeying, and you will reach the confines of Saxony, and + there you will, as you anticipate, be safe. But I would not answer for + your life were you discovered here to be of English birth. And now tell me + if there is aught that I can do for you. I will myself accompany you into + the town, and will introduce you as a French knight, so that no suspicion + is likely to lie upon you, and will, further, ride with you to the borders + of Saxony. I am well known, and trust that my company will avert all + suspicion from you. You have told me that your purse is ill-supplied; you + must suffer me to replenish it. One knight need not fear to borrow of + another; and I know that when you have returned to your home you will + bestow the sum which I now give you upon some holy shrine in my name, and + thus settle matters between us." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert without hesitation accepted the offer, and was well pleased at + finding his purse replenished, for its emptiness had caused him serious + trouble. Cuthbert's steed was led by one of the archers, and he himself + walked gayly alongside of Sir Ernest, followed by his retainers. Another + long day's march brought them down to Innsbruck, where they remained + quietly for a week. Then they journeyed on until they emerged from the + mountains, crossed the Bavarian frontier, and arrived at Fussen, a strong + city, with well-built walls and defenses. + </p> + <p> + They at once proceeded to the principal hostelry, where the young baron + was well known, and where great interest was excited by the news of the + narrow escape which he had had from the attack of the wolves. A journey + across the Alps was in those days regarded as a very perilous enterprise + in the winter season, and the fact that he should have been rescued from + such a strait appeared almost miraculous. They stayed for two days quietly + in the city, Cuthbert declining the invitation of the young noble to + accompany him to the houses of his friends, as he did not wish that any + suspicion should be excited as to his nationality, and preferred remaining + quiet to having forced upon him the necessity of making false statements. + As to his followers, there was no fear of the people among whom they mixed + detecting that they were English. To the Bavarian inhabitants, all + languages, save their native German, were alike unintelligible; and even + had French been commonly spoken, the dialects of that tongue, such as + would naturally be spoken by archers and men-at-arms, would have been a + Greek to those accustomed only to Norman French. + </p> + <p> + Upon the third day, however, an incident occurred which upset Cuthbert's + calculations, and nearly involved the whole party in ruin. The town was, + as the young baron had said, governed by a noble who was a near relation + of Conrad of Montferat, and who was the bitter enemy of the English. A + great <i>fête</i> had been given in honor of the marriage of his daughter, + and upon this day the young pair were to ride in triumph through the city. + Great preparations had been made; masks and pageants of various kinds + manufactured; and the whole townspeople, dressed in their holiday attire, + were gathered in the streets. Cuthbert had gone out, followed by his + little band of retainers, and taken their station to see the passing show. + First came a large body of knights and men-at-arms, with gay banners and + trappings. Then rode the bridegroom, with the bride carried in a litter by + his side. After this came several allegorical representations. Among these + was the figure of a knight bearing the arms of Austria. Underneath his + feet, on the car, lay a figure clad in a royal robe, across whom was + thrown a banner with the leopards of England. The knight stood with his + foot on this figure. + </p> + <p> + This representation of the dishonor of England at the hands of Austria + elicited great acclamations from the crowd. Cuthbert clinched his teeth + and grasped his sword angrily, but had the sense to see the folly of + taking any notice of the insult. Not so with Cnut. Furious it the insult + offered to the standard of his royal master, Cnut, with a bound, burst + through the ranks of the crowd, leaped on to the car, and with a buffet + smote the figure representing Austria into the road, and lifted the flag + of England from the ground. A yell of indignation and rage was heard. The + infuriated crowd rushed forward. Cnut, with a bound, sprang from the car, + and, joining his comrades, burst through those who attempted to impede + them, and darted down a by-street. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert, for the moment amazed at the action of his follower, had on the + instant drawn his sword and joined the archers. In the crowd, however, he + was for a second separated from them; and before he could tear himself + from the hands of the citizens who had seized him, the men-at-arms + accompanying the procession surrounded him, and he was led away by them to + the castle, the guards with difficulty protecting him from the enraged + populace. Even at this moment Cuthbert experienced a deep sense of + satisfaction at the thought that his followers had escaped. But he feared + that alone, and unacquainted with the language of the country, they would + find it difficult indeed to escape the search which would be made for + them, and to manage to find their way back to their country. For himself, + he had little hopes of liberty, and scarcely more of life. The hatred of + the baron toward the English would now be heightened by the daring act of + insult to the arms of Austria, and this would give a pretext for any deed + of violence which might be wrought. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was, after a short confinement, brought before the lord baron of + the place, in the great hall of the castle. + </p> + <p> + "Who art thou, sir," the noble exclaimed, "who darest to disturb the + marriage procession of my daughter, and to insult the standard of the + emperor my master?" + </p> + <p> + "I am Sir Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham, a baron of England," Cuthbert said + fearlessly, "and am traveling homeward from the Holy Land. My garb as a + Crusader should protect me from all interruption; and the heedless conduct + of my retainer was amply justified by the insult offered to the arms of + England. There is not one of the knights assembled round you who would not + in like manner have avenged an insult offered to those of Austria; and I + am ready to do battle in the lists with any who choose to say that the + deed was a foul or improper one. In the Holy Land Austrians and English + fought side by side; and it is strange indeed to me that on my return, + journeying through the country of the emperor, I should find myself + treated as an enemy, and see the arms of King Richard exposed to insult + and derision by the burghers of this city." + </p> + <p> + As Cuthbert had spoken he threw down his mailed glove, and several of the + knights present stepped forward to pick it up. The baron, however, waved + them back. + </p> + <p> + "It is no question," he said, "of honorable fight. This is a follower of + the murderer of my good cousin of Montferat, who died under the hands of + assassins set upon him by Richard of England." + </p> + <p> + "It is false!" Cuthbert shouted. "I denounce it as a foul lie, and will + maintain it with my life." + </p> + <p> + "Your life is already forfeited," the baron said, "both by your past + connection with Richard of England and as the insulter of the arms of + Austria. You die, and to-morrow at noon your head shall be struck off in + the great square before my castle." + </p> + <p> + Without another word Cuthbert was hurried off to his cell, and there + remained, thinking moodily over the events of the day, until nightfall. He + had no doubt that his sentence would be carried out, and his anxiety was + rather for his followers than for himself. He feared that they would make + some effort on his behalf, and would sacrifice their own lives in doing + so, without the possibility of assisting him. + </p> + <p> + The next morning he was led out to the square before the castle. It was a + large flagged courtyard. Upon one side was the entrance to the castle, one + of whose wings also formed a second side to the square. The side facing + this was formed by the wall of the city, and the fourth opened upon a + street of the town. This side of the square was densely filled with + citizens, while the men-at-arms of the baron and a large number of knights + were gathered behind a scaffold erected in the center. Upon this was a + block, and by the side stood a headsman. As Cuthbert was led forward a + thrill of pleasure ran through him at perceiving no signs of his + followers, who he greatly feared might have been captured in the night, + and brought there to share his fate. + </p> + <p> + As he was led forward the young noble whose life he had saved advanced to + the baron, and dropping on one knee before him, craved the life of + Cuthbert, relating the event by which he had saved his life in the passage + of the mountains. The baron frowned heavily. + </p> + <p> + "Though he had saved the life of every noble in Bavaria," he said, "he + should die. I have sworn an oath that every Englishman who fell into my + hands should expiate the murder of my kinsman; and this fellow is, + moreover, guilty of an outrage to the arms of Austria." + </p> + <p> + The young Sir Ernest drew himself up haughtily. + </p> + <p> + "My lord baron," he said, "henceforth I renounce all allegiance to you, + and I will lay the case before the emperor, our common master, and will + cry before him at the outrage which has thus been passed upon a noble + gentleman. He has thrown down the glove, and challenged any of your + knights, and I myself am equally ready to do battle in his cause." + </p> + <p> + The baron grew red with passion, and he would have ordered the instant + arrest of the young man, but as Sir Ernest was connected by blood with + many present, and was indeed one of the most popular among the nobles of + the province, the baron simply waved him aside, and ordered Cuthbert to be + led to the block. The young Englishman was by the executioner divested of + his armor and helmet, and stood in the simple attire worn by men of rank + at that time. He looked around, and holding up his hand, conveying alike a + farewell and a command to his followers to remain in concealment, he gazed + round the crowd, thinking that he might see among them in some disguise or + other the features of Cnut, whose tall figure would have rendered him + conspicuous in a crowd. He failed, however, to see any signs of him, and + turning to the executioner, signified by a gesture that he was ready. + </p> + <p> + At this instant an arrow from the wall above pierced the brain of the man, + and he fell dead in his tracks. A roar of astonishment burst from the + crowd. Upon the city wall at this point was a small turret, and on this + were five figures. The wall around was deserted, and for the moment these + men were masters of the position. + </p> + <p> + "Seize those insolent varlets!" the baron shouted, shaking his sword with + a gesture of fury at them. + </p> + <p> + His words, however, were arrested, for at the moment another arrow struck + him in the throat, and he fell back into the arms of those around him. + </p> + <p> + Quickly now the arrows of the English archers flew into the courtyard. The + confusion which reigned there was indescribable. The citizens with shouts + of alarm took to their heels. The men-at-arms were powerless against this + rain of missiles, and the knights, hastily closing their visors, shouted + contradictory orders, which no one obeyed. + </p> + <p> + In the confusion no one noticed the prisoner. Seizing a moment when the + attention of all was fixed upon the wall, he leaped from the platform, and + making his way unnoticed through the excited crowd of men-at-arms, darted + down a narrow lane that divided the castle from the wall. He ran along + until, one hundred yards further, he came to a staircase by which access + to the battlements was obtained. Running lightly up this, he kept along + the wall until he reached the turret. + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, my noble Cnut!" he exclaimed, "and you, my brave fellows. But I + fear you have forfeited your lives. There is no escape. In a minute the + whole force of the place will recover from their confusion, and be down + upon us from both sides." + </p> + <p> + "We have prepared for that," Cnut said. "Here is a rope hanging down into + the moat." + </p> + <p> + Glancing over, Cuthbert saw that the moat was dry; and after a final + discharge of arrows into the crowd, the six men slid one after another + down the rope and made their way at full speed across the country. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX. — DRESDEN. + </h2> + <p> + It was some ten minutes before the men-at-arms rallied sufficiently from + their surprise to obey orders. Two bodies were then drawn up, and + proceeded at a rapid pace toward the staircases leading to the wall, one + on each side of the turret in which they believed that the little body of + audacious assailants were still lying. Having reached the wall, the + soldiers advanced, covering themselves with their shields, for they had + learned the force with which an English clothyard shaft drawn by a strong + hand flies. Many had been killed by these missiles passing through and + through the cuirass and backpiece. No reply being obtained to the summons + to surrender, they proceeded to break in with their battle-axes the door + of the little turret. Rushing in with ax and pike, they were astonished to + find the place empty. A glance over the wall showed the rope still + hanging, and the manner of the escape became manifest. The fugitives were + already out of sight, and the knights, furious at the escape of the men + who had bearded them in the heart of the city with such audacity, and had + slain the lord baron and several of his knights, gave orders that an + instant pursuit should be organized. It was, however, a full half hour + before the city gates were thrown open, and a strong troop of knights and + mounted men issued out. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert had been certain that an instant pursuit would be set on foot, + and the moment that he was out of sight of the battlements he changed the + direction in which he had started, and turning at right angles, swept + round the city, still keeping at a distance, until he reached the side + next the mountains, and then plunged into the woods on the lower slopes of + the hills. + </p> + <p> + "They will," he said, as they halted breathless from their run, "follow + the road toward the south, and scour the country for awhile before it + occurs to their thick German skulls that we have doubled back on our + tracks. Why, what is it, Cnut?" + </p> + <p> + This exclamation was provoked by the forester throwing himself on his + knees before Sir Cuthbert, and imploring his pardon for the dire strait + into which his imprudence had drawn him. + </p> + <p> + "It was a dire strait, certainly, Cnut. But if you got me into it, at + least you have extricated me; and never say more about it, for I myself + was near committing the imprudence to which you gave way, and I can well + understand that your English blood boiled at the sight of the outrage to + the flag of England. Now, let us waste no time in talk, but, keeping to + the foot of this mountain, make along as far as we can to the west. We + must cling to the hills for many days' march before we venture again to + try to cross the plains. If possible, we will keep on this way until we + reach the confines of the country of the Swiss, who will assuredly give us + hospitality, and who will care little for any threats of these German + barons, should they hear that we have reached their asylum." + </p> + <p> + By nightfall they had already traveled many leagues, and making a fire in + the wood, Cuthbert asked Cnut for an account of what had taken place on + the previous day. + </p> + <p> + "We ran for life, Sir Cuthbert, and had not noticed that you had been + drawn into the fray. Had we done so, we would have remained, and sold our + lives with yours; but hoping that you had passed unnoticed in the crowd, + and that you would find some means to rejoin us we kept upon our way. + After running down three streets we passed a place where a courtyard with + stables ranged round it was open. There were none about, and we entered, + and taking refuge in a loft hid ourselves beneath some provender. There we + remained all night, and then borrowing some apparel which some of the + stablemen had hung upon the walls, we issued into the town. As we neared + the great square we saw some men employed in erecting a platform in the + midst, and a suspicion that all might not be right, and that you might + have fallen into the hands of these German dogs, beset our minds. After + much consultation we determined to see what the affair meant, and making + our way on to the walls which, indeed, were entirely deserted, we took + refuge in that turret where you saw us. Seeing the crowd gather, and being + still more convinced that some misfortune was about to occur, I again went + back to the stables, where I had noticed a long rope used by the carters + for fastening their loads to the wagons. With this I returned, for it was + clear that if we had to mingle in this business it would be necessary to + have a mode of escape. Of the rest you are aware. We saw the knights + coming out of the castle, with that portly baron, their lord, at their + head. We saw the block and the headsman upon the platform, and were + scarcely surprised when you were led out, a prisoner, from the gates. We + judged that what did happen would ensue. Seeing that the confusion wrought + by a sudden attack from men perched up aloft as we were, commanding the + courtyard, and being each of us able to hit a silver mark at the distance + of one hundred yards, would be great indeed, we judged that you might be + able to slip away unobserved, and were sure that your quick wit would + seize any opportunity which might offer. Had you not been able to join us, + we should have remained in the turret and sold our lives to the last, as, + putting aside the question that we could never return to our homes, having + let our dear lord die here, we should not, in our ignorance of the + language and customs of the country, have ever been able to make our way + across it. We knew, however, that before this turret was carried we could + show these Germans how five Englishmen, when brought to bay, can sell + their lives." + </p> + <p> + They had not much difficulty in obtaining food in the forest, for game + abounded, and they could kill as many deer as seemed fit to them. As Cnut + said, it was difficult to believe that they were not back again in the + forest near Evesham, so similar was their life to that which they had led + three years before. To Cnut and the archers, indeed, it was a pleasanter + time than any which they had passed since they had left the shores of + England, and they blithely marched along, fearing little any pursuit which + might be set on foot, and, indeed, hearing nothing of their enemies. After + six days' travel they came upon a rude village, and here Cuthbert learned + from the people—with much difficulty, however, and pantomime, for + neither could understand a word spoken by the other—that they were + now in one of the Swiss cantons, and therefore secure from all pursuit by + the Germans. Without much difficulty Cuthbert engaged one of the young men + of the village to act as their guide to Basle, and here, after four days' + traveling, they arrived safely. Asking for the residence of the + burgomaster, Cuthbert at once proceeded thither, and stated that he was an + English knight on the return from the Crusades; that he had been foully + entreated by the Lord of Fussen, who had been killed in a fray by his + followers; and that he besought hospitality and refuge from the + authorities of Basle. + </p> + <p> + "We care little," the burgomaster said, "what quarrel you may have had + with your neighbors. All who come hither are free to come and go as they + list, and you, as a knight on the return from the Holy Land, have a claim + beyond that of an ordinary traveler." + </p> + <p> + The burgomaster was himself able to speak French, and summoning several of + the councilors of the town, he requested Cuthbert to give a narrative of + his adventures; which he did. The councilors agreed with the burgomaster + that Cuthbert must be received hospitably; but the latter saw that there + was among many of them considerable doubt as to the expediency of + quarreling with a powerful neighbor. He therefore said to the burgomaster: + </p> + <p> + "I have no intention, honorable sir, of taking up any prolonged residence + here. I only ask to be furnished with a charger and arms, and in payment + of these I will leave this gold chain, the gift of King Richard himself, + as a gage, and will on my return to my country forward to you the value of + the arms and horse, trusting that you will return the chain to me." + </p> + <p> + The burgomaster, however, said that the city of Basle was not so poor that + it need take the gage of an honorable knight, but that the arms and + charger he required should be given him in a few hours, and that he might + pay the value in London to a Jew merchant there who had relations with one + at Basle. Full instructions were given to him, and he resolved to travel + down upon the left bank of the Rhine, until he reached Lorraine, and + thence to cross into Saxony. The same afternoon the promised horse and + arms were provided, and Cuthbert, delighted again to be in harness, and + thanking courteously the burgomaster and council for their kindness, + started with his followers on his journey north. These latter had been + provided with doublets and other garments suitable to the retinue of a + knight, and made a better show than they had done since they first left + England. + </p> + <p> + Leaving Basle, they traveled along the left side of the Rhine by easy + stages. The country was much disturbed, owing to the return and + disbandment of so many of the troops employed in the Crusades. These, + their occupation being gone, scattered over the country, and France and + Germany alike were harassed by bands of military robbers. The wild country + between the borders of Switzerland and Lorraine was specially vexed, as + the mountains of the Vosges afforded shelter, into which the freebooters + could not be followed by the troops of the duke. + </p> + <p> + Upon the evening of the third day they reached a small inn standing in a + lonely position near the foot of the mountains. + </p> + <p> + "I like not the look of this place," Cuthbert said; "but as we hear that + there is no other within a distance of another ten miles, we must e'en + make the best of it." + </p> + <p> + The host received them with extreme and even fawning civility, which by no + means raised him in the estimation of Cuthbert or Cnut. A rough meal was + taken, and they then ascended to the rude accommodation which had been + provided. It was one large room barely furnished. Upon one side straw was + thickly littered down—for in those days beds among the common people + were unknown. In a sort of alcove at the end was a couch with a rough + mattress and coverlet. This Cuthbert took possession of, while his + followers stretched themselves upon the straw. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," Cnut said, "that it were well that one should keep watch at + the door. I like not the look of our host, and we are near the spot where + the bands of the robbers are said to be busy." + </p> + <p> + Toward morning the archer on guard reported that he could hear the sound + of many approaching footsteps. All at once sprang to their feet, and + betook themselves to their arms. Looking from the window they saw a large + party of rough men, whose appearance at once betokened that they were + disbanded soldiers—a title almost synonymous in those days with that + of robber. With the united strength of the party the truckle bed was + carried from the alcove and placed against the door. Cuthbert then threw + open the window, and asked in French what they wanted. One of the party, + who appeared to be the leader, said that the party had better surrender + immediately. He promised them good treatment, and said that the knight + would be put to ransom, should it be found that the valuables upon his + person were not sufficient to pay the worshipful company present for the + trouble which they had taken in waiting upon him. This sally was received + with shouts of laughter. Cuthbert replied quietly that he had no valuables + upon his person; that if they took him there were none would pay as much + as a silver mark for the ransom of them all; and that the only things that + they had to give were sharp arrows and heavy blows. + </p> + <p> + "You talk bravely, young sir," the man said. "But you have to do with men + versed in fight, and caring but little either for knocks or for arrows. We + have gone through the Crusades, and are therefore held to be absolved from + all sin, even that so great as would be incurred in the cutting of your + knightly throat." + </p> + <p> + "But we have gone through the Crusades also," Cuthbert said, "and our + persons are sacred. The sin of slitting our weazands, which you speak of, + would therefore be so great that even the absolution on which you rely + would barely extend to it." + </p> + <p> + "We know most of those who have served in the Holy Land," the man said + more respectfully than he had yet spoken, "and would fain know with whom + we speak." + </p> + <p> + "I am an Englishman, and a follower of King Richard," Cuthbert said, "and + am known as Sir Cuthbert of Evesham. As I was the youngest among the + knights who fought for the holy sepulcher, it may be that my appearance is + known to you?" + </p> + <p> + "Ah," the other said, "you are he whom they called the Boy Knight, and who + was often in the thick of the fray, near to Richard himself. How comes it, + Sir Cuthbert, that you are here?" + </p> + <p> + "The fleet was scattered on its return," Cuthbert replied, "and I landed + with my followers, well-nigh penniless, at Zara, and have since made my + way across the Tyrol. I have, then, as you may well suppose, neither + silver nor gold about my person; and assuredly neither Philip of France + nor John of Austria would give a noble for my ransom; and it would be + long, methinks, to wait ere John of England would care to ransom one of + King Richard's followers." + </p> + <p> + The brigands spoke for awhile among themselves, and then the leader said: + </p> + <p> + "You speak frankly and fairly, Sir Knight, and as you have proved yourself + indeed a doughty giver of hard blows, and as I doubt not that the archers + with you can shoot as straight and as fast as the rest of the Saxon breed, + we will e'en let you go on your way, for your position is but little + better than ours, and dog should not rob dog." + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, good fellow," Cuthbert said. "We trust that in any case we might + have made a strong defense against you; but it would be hard if those who + have fought together in the Holy Land should slay each other in this + lonely corner of Lorraine." + </p> + <p> + "Are you seeking adventures or employment, Sir Knight? For if so, myself + and comrades here would gladly take service with you; and it may be that + with a clump of spears you might obtain engagement, either under the Duke + of Lorraine or he of Cleves." + </p> + <p> + "Thanks for your offer," Cuthbert replied; "but at present my face is + turned toward England. King Richard needs all his friends; and there is so + little chance of sack or spoil, even should we have—which God + forfend—civil war, that I fear I could ill reward the services which + you offer me." + </p> + <p> + The leader and his men shouted an adieu to Cuthbert and departed for the + mountains, leaving the latter well pleased with his escape from a fight of + which the result was doubtful. + </p> + <p> + Journeying on without further adventure, they came to Nancy, and were + there kindly received by the duke, who was not at that time upon good + terms with Philip of France, and was therefore well disposed toward the + English. Cuthbert inquired from him whether any news had been heard of + King Richard? but received as a reply that the duke had heard nothing of + him since he sailed from Palestine. + </p> + <p> + "This is strange," Cuthbert said, "for I myself have journeyed but slowly, + and have met with many delays. King Richard should long ere this have + reached Saxony; and I fear much that some foul treatment has befallen him. + On our way we found how bitter was the feeling among those related to + Conrad of Montferat against him; and the Archduke John is still smarting + from the blow which King Richard struck him at Ascalon. But surely they + would not be so unknightly as to hinder so great a champion of Christendom + as King Richard on his homeward way?" + </p> + <p> + "The Archduke John is crafty and treacherous," the duke said; "and the + emperor himself would, I think, be not sorry to lay hand upon the King of + England, were it only to do pleasure to Philip of France. Assuredly, + however the anger and indignation of all Christendom will be aroused + should the king's passage be interrupted, for it were indeed a gross + breach of hospitality to seize upon a man who has the double claim of + being a champion of Christendom and a shipwrecked man. However, it is + early yet to be uneasy, and it may be that in a few days we may have news + of the arrival of the king in Saxony. He may have encountered difficulties + similar to those which you yourself have met with. The country is + everywhere disturbed, and it is not only in my forests that bands of + outlawed men are to be met with. At present there is peace in Europe. It + may last indeed but a short time. But so long as it continues, so long + must the mountains and woods be full of desperate men. Were war declared + between any two princes these would flock to the banners of him who would + pay them highest, and a war which could end in the entire destruction of + the armies of both combatants would be a blessing to Europe." + </p> + <p> + After entertaining Cuthbert courteously for three days, the Duke of + Lorraine bade him adieu, and gave him an escort of men-at-arms to the + borders of the Rhine, where he would find the way open to the domains of + the Duke of Saxony. Without adventure Cuthbert and his followers arrived + at Dresden, and he immediately presented himself at the castle of the + duke. The instant that he sent in his name as Sir Cuthbert of Evesham, a + knight of King Richard, he was conducted to the presence of the duke and + of his wife, the sister of King Richard. + </p> + <p> + "Are you bearer of news of my brother Richard?" the duke said, advancing a + step to meet the young knight as he entered the hall. + </p> + <p> + "Alas! my lord duke, I am not," Cuthbert said; "but had hoped to gain + tidings from you." + </p> + <p> + "From me?" the duke said in surprise. "What should lead you to believe + that I have any news of King Richard later than that which others have + received? The last I heard of him was upon the day of his departure from + the Holy Land, before the storm arose which scattered his fleet, and I am + ignorant whether he has foundered at sea, or whether, as some suppose, his + vessel may have been taken captive by the Moors." + </p> + <p> + "I bear you later tidings," Cuthbert said, "than those you have received. + I was on board the ship with King Richard. We were wrecked upon the Island + of Corfu and there hiring a small ship, we proceeded to Zara. King Richard + determined to make his way across the Tyrol to this place; but he thought + that it would attract attention to him were he accompanied by so large a + party. Therefore he, with Sir Baldwin of Béthune, and a few followers, + started north, while I with my men kept west through the north of Italy, + and then crossed by the pass over Trent." + </p> + <p> + "How long is it since you left my brother?" the duchess asked anxiously. + </p> + <p> + "It is now over a month since I bade him adieu," Cuthbert answered. + </p> + <p> + "Then he should have been heard of long since," the duchess said. "What + fate can have befallen him?" + </p> + <p> + "Judging from my own experience," Cuthbert said, "I fear that he may have + come to harm at the hands of the friends of Conrad of Montferat, who + falsely allege that the death of their kinsman was caused by King Richard. + The Archduke John, too, owes him no good-will; and even the emperor is + evilly disposed toward him. The king traveled under an assumed name; but + it might well be that he would be recognized upon the way. His face was + known to all who fought in the East; and his lordly manner and majestic + stature could ill be concealed beneath a merchant's garb. Still, lady, as + I have been so long in making my way across, it may be that King Richard + has been similarly delayed without danger befalling him, and it could + hardly be that so important a man as the King of England would be + detained, or come to any misfortune, without the news being bruited + abroad." + </p> + <p> + In spite of Cuthbert's reassuring words, the duke and duchess were greatly + alarmed at the news of King Richard's disappearance, although indeed + consoled to find that their previous fears, that he had been drowned in + the storm or captured by the Moorish corsairs, were unfounded. + </p> + <p> + They now requested from Cuthbert the story of what had befallen him since + he left the king; and this he related at some length. The duke was greatly + interested, and begged Cuthbert at least to remain at his court until some + news might arrive of King Richard. + </p> + <p> + For a month Cuthbert tarried at the castle of the Duke of Saxony, where he + was nobly entertained, and treated as a guest of much honor. Cnut and the + archers were delighted at the treatment they received, for never in their + lives had they been so royally entertained. Their Saxon tongue was nigh + enough akin to the language spoken here to be understood; and their tales + of adventure in the Holy Land rendered them as popular among the retainers + of the duke as their master became with the duke and duchess. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX. — UNDER THE GREENWOOD. + </h2> + <p> + At the end of a month, news came from England that Sir Baldwin of Béthune + had returned there, bearing the news that the king had been arrested at + Gortz, only two days' journey north of the Adriatic—that he had been + recognized, and at once captured. He had offered no resistance, finding + indeed that it would be hopeless so to do. Sir Baldwin had been permitted + to depart without molestation. He believed that the folk into whose hands + he had fallen were retainers of the Archduke John. This news, although sad + in itself, was yet in some degree reassuring to the duke and his wife; for + they felt that while the followers of Conrad of Montferat would not + hesitate to put King Richard to death should he fall into their hands, the + Archduke John would not dare to bring upon himself the indignation of + Europe by such treatment of his royal captive. Cuthbert at once determined + to return to England to see Sir Baldwin, and to ascertain what steps were + being taken for the discovery of the prison in which King Richard was + confined, and for his release therefrom; and also to establish himself in + his new dignity as Earl of Evesham. Therefore, bidding adieu to the duke + and duchess, he started north. The duke furnished him with letters of + introduction to the princes through whose countries he would travel; and + again crossing the Rhine, he journeyed through the territories of the + Dukes of Cleves and Brabant, and reached the mouth of Scheldt without + interruption. There taking ship, he sailed for London. + </p> + <p> + It was a long and stormy passage between the mouth of the Scheldt and + London. The vessel in which Cuthbert had shipped was old and somewhat + unseaworthy, and several times in the force of the gale all on board gave + up hope for their lives. At last, however, they reached the mouth of the + Thames, and dropping up with the tide, reached London eight days after + their embarkation. The noble charger which the King of Saxony had + presented to Cuthbert had suffered greatly, and he feared at one time that + the poor animal would succumb to the effects of the tempest. However, + after entering into smooth water it recovered itself, and on landing near + the Tower he found that it was able to support his weight. Cnut and the + archers were, like Cuthbert, delighted to have their feet again upon + English soil; and although London did not now strike them with the same + wonder which it would have done had they first visited it before starting + on their journey—for in many respects it was greatly behind some of + the continental cities—yet the feeling of home, and the pleasure of + being able to understand the conversation of those around them, made the + poor fellows almost beside themselves with joy. Beyond the main political + incidents Cuthbert had heard little of what had passed in England since + his departure; and putting up at a hostelry, he inquired of the host + whether Sir Baldwin of Béthune was in London, or whether he was away on + his estates. The landlord did not know. There were, he said, but few + nobles at court, and London was never so dull as at present. As Cuthbert + did not wish his coming home to be known to John until he had learned + something of the position of affairs, he dispatched Cnut to the Tower to + inquire privately of some of the officials about the place whether Sir + Baldwin was there. Cnut soon returned with the news that he had not been + at the court since his return from the Holy Land, and that he was living + at his castle down in Dorsetshire. After some hesitation Cuthbert resolved + to set out to see his friend, and after six days' travel he arrived at the + castle of the knight. + </p> + <p> + Sir Baldwin received him with immense joy. He had not heard of him since + they parted at Zara, and he feared that a fate similar to that which had + befallen King Richard had overtaken Cuthbert, even if he were still alive. + </p> + <p> + "Have you seen aught of the king, our master?" the good knight inquired. + </p> + <p> + "Nothing," Cuthbert said. "I know no more than yourself. Indeed, I hoped + to have learned something from you as to the king." + </p> + <p> + "I was separated from him at Gortz, and while he was taken a prisoner to + the archduke, I was allowed to pursue my way. I had many difficulties and + dangers, and was some weeks in finding my way back. Nothing was known of + the king when I returned. Indeed, I was the first bearer of any definite + news concerning him since the day when he sailed from Acre. Three weeks + ago, as you may have learned, the news came that he is now detained in + captivity by the emperor, who demanded his delivery by the Archduke John, + into whose hands he first fell. But where he is no one exactly knows. The + news has created an immense excitement in the kingdom, and all are + resolved to sacrifice any of their treasures which may be demanded in + order to satisfy the ransom which the recreant emperor has placed upon the + king. Shame is it indeed that a Christian sovereign should hold another in + captivity. Still more, when that other was returning through his dominions + as a Crusader coming from the Holy Land, when his person should be safe, + even to his deadliest enemy. It has long been suspected that he was in the + hands either of the emperor or of the archduke, and throughout Europe the + feeling of indignation has been strong; and I doubt not, now that the + truth is known, this feeling will be stronger than ever." + </p> + <p> + "But now that it is known," Cuthbert said, "I suppose there will be no + delay in ransoming the king." + </p> + <p> + "There will be no delay in raising the ransom," Sir Baldwin said. "But the + kingdom is very impoverished by war, by the exactions of Prince John, and + by those of Langley, who held it for King Richard. He was a loyal servant + of the king, but an exacting and rapacious prelate. However, I doubt not + that the rents of the English nobles will soon be charged with sums + sufficient for the ransom; and if this avail not, not one of them will + grudge their silver flagons and vessels to melt down to make the total + required. But we must not flatter ourselves that he will obtain his + liberty so soon as the money is raised. Prince John has long been yearning + for sovereignty. He has long exercised the real, if not the nominal, + power, and he has been intriguing with the pope and Philip of France for + their support for his seizing the crown. He will throw every obstacle in + the way, as, we may be sure, will Philip of France, Richard's deadly + enemy. And now about yourself, Sir Cuthbert; tell me what has befallen you + since we last met." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert related the adventures which had befallen him, and heard those of + Sir Baldwin. + </p> + <p> + "You have not, I suppose," the latter remarked, "as yet seen Prince John?" + </p> + <p> + "No," Cuthbert replied, "I thought it better to come down to ask you to + advise me on the position of affairs before I attempted to see him." + </p> + <p> + "You did well," Sir Baldwin said. "When I arrived, I found that the proper + officials had, according to King Richard's instructions, draw up the + patent conferring upon you the lands and title of Earl of Evesham, before + leaving Acre, and had received the king's signature to it. This was + attested by several of the nobles who were with us and who returned safely + to England. Prince John, however, declared that he should not give any + heed to the document; that King Richard's power over this realm had ceased + before he made it; and that he should bestow the earldom upon whomsoever + he chose. As a matter of fact, it has been given to Sir Rudolph Fleming, a + Norman knight and a creature of the prince. The king has also, I hear, + promised to him the hand of the young Lady Margaret, when she shall become + of marriageable age. At present she is placed in a convent in Worcester. + The abbess is, I believe, a friend of the late earl, and the girl had been + with her for some time previously. Indeed she went there, I think, when + her father left England. This lady was ordered to give up her charge to + the guardianship of Sir Rudolph; but she refused to do so, saying that it + would not be convenable for a young lady to be under the guardianship of a + bachelor knight having no lady at the head of his establishment, and that + therefore she should retain her, in spite of the orders of the prince. + Prince John, I hear, flew into a fury at this; but he did not dare to + provoke the anger of the whole of the clergy by ordering the convent to be + violated. And indeed, not only would the clergy have been indignant, but + many of the great nobles would also have taken their part, for there can + be no doubt that the contention of the abbess was reasonable; and there is + among all the friends of King Richard a very strong feeling of anger at + your having been deprived of the earldom. This, however, has so far not + found much vent in words, for as it was uncertain whether you would ever + return to claim your rights, it was worth no one's while to embroil + himself unnecessarily with the prince on such a subject. God knows that + there are subjects enough of dispute between John Lackland and the English + barons without any fresh ones arising. The kingdom is in a state of + disturbance. There have been several risings against Prince John's + authority; but those have been, so far, suppressed. Now that we know where + King Richard is, and hope for his return ere very long, it is probable + that peace will be maintained; but should treachery prevail, and King + Richard's return be prevented, you may be sure that John will not be + permitted to mount the throne without the determined resistance of a large + number of the nobles." + </p> + <p> + "But," Cuthbert said, "John is not the successor to the throne. Prince + Arthur of Brittany was named by King Richard from the first as his + successor. He is so by blood and by right, and John can have no pretense + to the throne so long as he lives." + </p> + <p> + "That is so," Sir Baldwin said. "But unhappily in England at present might + makes right, and you may be sure that at King Richard's death, be it when + it may, Prince John will make a bold throw for the throne, and, aided as + he will be by the pope and by Philip of France, methinks that his chances + are better than those of the young prince. A man's power, in warlike + times, is more than a boy's. He can intrigue and promise and threaten, + while a boy must be in the hands of partisans. I fear that Prince Arthur + will have troubled times indeed before he mounts the throne of England. + Should Richard survive until he becomes of age to take the field himself + and head armies, he may succeed, for all speak well of him as a boy of + singular sweetness of disposition, while Prince John is detested by all + save those who flatter and live by him. But enough for the present of + politics, Cuthbert; let us now to table. It is long since we two feasted + together; and, indeed, such meals as we took in the Holy Land could + scarcely have been called feasts. A boar's head and a good roasted capon + are worthy all the strange dishes that we had there. I always misdoubted + the meat, which seemed to me to smack in flavor of the Saracens, and I + never could bring myself to inquire whence that strange food was obtained. + A stoup of English ale, too, is worth all the Cyprus wines, especially + when the Cyprus wines are half-full of the sand of the desert. Pah! it + makes my throat dry to think of those horrible meals. So you have brought + Cnut and your four archers safely back with you?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," Cuthbert said, smiling. "But they were, I can assure you, a heavy + weight on me, in spite of their faithfulness and fidelity. Their ignorance + of the language brought most of my troubles upon me, and Cnut had + something of the nature of a bull in him. There are certain things which + he cannot stomach, and when he seeth them he rageth like a wild beast, + regardless altogether of safety or convenience." + </p> + <p> + In the evening the two knights again talked over the course which Cuthbert + should adopt. The elder knight's opinion was that his young friend had + best formally claim the title by writing to the king-at-arms, and should + also announce his return to Prince John, signing himself "Sir Cuthbert, + Earl of Evesham;" but that, in the present state of things, it would be + unwise for him to attempt to regain his position, should, as was certain + to be the case, Prince John refuse to recognize him. + </p> + <p> + "You are very young yet," Sir Baldwin said, "not eighteen, I think, and + can afford to wait, at any rate, to see whether King Richard returns. + Should he come back, he will see all these wrongs are righted; and one of + his first cares would assuredly be to cast this usurper out of his stolen + dignities. How old is the Lady Margaret?" + </p> + <p> + "She is fifteen," Cuthbert said. "She was three years younger than I." + </p> + <p> + "I wish she had been younger," Sir Baldwin said. "At fifteen she is not by + custom fairly marriageable; but men can strain these points when they + choose; and I fear that the news of your coming will hasten both the + prince and Sir Rudolph in their determination to strengthen the claim of + this usurper by marriage with the heiress of Evesham. The Lady Margaret + and her friends can of course claim that she is a royal ward, and that as + such the king alone can dispose of her person and estates. But + unfortunately force overrides argument." + </p> + <p> + "But surely," Cuthbert said, "they will never venture to take her by force + from the convent?" + </p> + <p> + "They venture a great many strange things in England now," Sir Baldwin + said; "and Worcester is perilously near to Evesham. With a clump of twenty + spears, Sir Rudolph might break into the convent and carry off the young + lady, and marry her by force; and although the Church might cry out, + crying would be of little avail when the deed was done; and a handsome + present on the part of Sir Rudolph might go far to shut the mouths of many + of the complainants, especially as he will be able to say that he has the + king's sanction for what he did." + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that if such be the case it would be perilous + indeed to wait for King Richard's return. Assuredly Sir Rudolph would not + tarry until she attained the age of seventeen, and it may well be that two + years may yet pass before King Richard comes back. It seems to me the + wiser part will be that I should give Prince John no notice that I am in + England. As you say, such notice would be of no avail in recovering my + lands and title, but it would put the prince upon his guard; and assuredly + he and his minions would press forward their measures to obtain possession + of the person of the Lady Margaret; while, on the other hand, no harm can + come of my maintaining silence." + </p> + <p> + "I think that you are right, Sir Cuthbert. It were indeed best that your + enemies should suppose you either dead or in some dungeon in the Tyrol. + What would you then do?" + </p> + <p> + "I would return to my old home," Cuthbert said. "My lady mother is, I + trust, still alive. But I will not appear at her house, but will take + refuge in the forest there. Cnut, and the archers with him, were all at + one time outlaws living there, and I doubt not that there are many good + men and true still to be found in the woods. Others will assuredly join + when they learn that Cnut is there, and that they are wanted to strike a + blow for my rights. I shall then bide my time. I will keep a strict watch + over the castle and over the convent. As the abbess is a friend and + relative of Lady Margaret's, I may obtain an interview with her, and warn + her of the dangers that await her, and ask if she be willing to fulfill + the promise of her father and King Richard's will, in accepting me as her + husband when due time shall arrive, and whether she will be willing that I + should take such steps as I may to deliver her from the persecution of Sir + Rudolph. If, as I trust, she assents to this, I will keep a watch over the + convent as well as the castle, and can then either attack the latter or + carry her off from the former, as the occasion may appear to warrant. + There are plenty of snug cottages round the forest, where she can remain + in concealment in the care of some good farmer's wife for months, and we + shall be close at hand to watch over her. With the aid of the forest men, + Sir Walter took the castle of Sir John of Wortham; and although Evesham is + a far grander pile than that, yet methinks it could be carried by a sudden + assault; and we know more of war now than we did then. Prince John may + deny me the right of being the Earl of Evesham; but methinks before many + months I can, if I choose, become its master." + </p> + <p> + "Be not too hasty in that matter," Sir Baldwin said. "You might capture + the castle with the aid of your outlaws; but you could scarcely hold it. + The prince has, ere now, with the aid of those faithful to him and his + foreign mercenaries, captured stronger holds than that of Evesham; and if + you turn his favorite out, you would have a swarm of hornets around you + such as the walls of Evesham could not keep out. It would therefore be + worse than useless for you to attempt what would be something like an act + of rebellion against Prince John's authority, and would give him what now + he has no excuse for, a ground for putting a price upon your head—and + cutting it off if he got the opportunity. You might now present yourself + boldly at court, and although he might refuse to recognize your title of + earl, yet, as a knight and a Crusader who has distinguished himself + greatly in the Holy Land, he dare not interfere with your person, for this + would be resented by the whole of the chivalry of England. Still, I agree + with you that your best course is to keep your return a secret. You will + then be unwatched and unnoticed, and your enemies will take their time in + carrying their designs into effect." + </p> + <p> + Two days later Cuthbert, attended by his faithful retainers, left Sir + Baldwin's castle, and traveled by easy stages through Wiltshire and the + confines of Gloucestershire up to Worcester. He had been supplied by Sir + Baldwin with suitable attire for himself and his followers, and now rode + as a simple knight, without arms or cognizance, journeying from one part + to another. All the crosses and other crusading signs were laid aside, and + there was nothing to attract any attention to him upon his passage. + Cuthbert had at first thought of going direct to the convent of Worcester, + and asking for an interview with Lady Margaret; but he reflected that it + might be possible that some of the myrmidons of Sir Rudolph might be + keeping a watch over that building to see that Lady Margaret was not + secretly removed to some other place of refuge, and that the appearance of + a knight before its doors would excite comment and suspicion. He therefore + avoided the town, and journeyed straight to the forest, where he had so + often roamed with Cnut and the outlaws. + </p> + <p> + Here he found that matters had but little changed since he was last there. + Many of those who had fought with him in the Holy Land, and who had + returned by sea, had again taken to the forest, joined by many new men + whom the exactions of Sir Rudolph had already goaded into revolt. Cnut was + received with enthusiasm, and when he presented Cuthbert to them as the + rightful heir of Evesham and the well-known friend of the foresters, their + enthusiasm knew no bounds. They at once accepted him as their lord and + master, and promised to obey his orders, and to lay down their lives, if + necessary, in his cause, as they knew that it was he who had formerly + obtained the pardon of the forest band, and who had fought with them in + their attack on Wortham Castle. + </p> + <p> + To Cuthbert's great delight he heard that his mother was in good health, + although she had for some months been grievously fretting over his + disappearance and supposed death. Cuthbert hesitated whether he should + proceed at once to see her; but he feared that the shock of his appearance + might be too much for her, and that her expressions of joy might make the + retainers and others aware of his arrival, and the news might in some way + reach the ears of those at the castle. He therefore dispatched Cnut to see + her, and break the news to her cautiously, and to request her to arrange + for a time when she would either see Cuthbert at some place at a distance + from the house, or would so arrange that the domestics should be absent + and that he would have an interview with her there unobserved. + </p> + <p> + Cnut was absent some hours, and on his return told Cuthbert that he had + seen Dame Editha, and that her joy on hearing of her son's safe arrival + had caused her no harm, but rather the reverse. The news that King Richard + had bestowed upon him the title and lands of Evesham was new to her, and + she was astonished indeed to hear of his elevation. Having heard much of + the character of the pretending earl, she had great fears for the safety + of Cuthbert, should his residence in the neighborhood get to his ears; and + although sure of the fidelity of all her retainers, she feared that in + their joy at their young master's return they might let slip some + incautious word which would come to the ears of some of those at the + castle. She therefore determined to meet him at a distance. She had + arranged that upon the following day she would give out that she intended + to make a pilgrimage to the shrine of St. Dunstan, which lay at the edge + of the forest, to thank him for her recovery from illness, and to pray for + the safety of her son. She would be carried thither in a litter, and her + journey would excite no comment whatever. She would take with her four of + her most trusted retainers, and would on her arrival at the shrine send + them to a distance, in order to pay her devotions undisturbed. Cuthbert + was to be near, and the moment he saw them depart, to enter. + </p> + <p> + This arrangement was carried out, and the joy of Dame Editha at again + meeting her son was deep indeed. He had left her a lad of fifteen. He now + returned a youth of nearly eighteen, stout and strong beyond his age, and + looking far older than he was, from the effect of the hot sun of Syria and + of the hardships through which he had gone. That he should win his spurs + upon the first opportunity the earl had promised her, and she doubted not + that he would soon attain the rank which his father had held. But that he + should return to her a belted earl was beyond her wildest thoughts. This, + however, was but little in her mind then. It was her son, and not the Earl + of Evesham, whom she clasped in her arms. + </p> + <p> + As the interview must necessarily be a short one, Cuthbert gave her but a + slight outline of what had happened since they parted, and the + conversation then turned upon the present position, and upon the steps + which had best be taken. + </p> + <p> + "Your peril is, I fear, as great here as when you were fighting the + infidels in the Holy Land," she said. "Sir Rudolph has not been here long; + but he has proved himself a cruel and ruthless master. He has driven forth + many of the old tenants and bestowed their lands upon his own servants and + retainers. The forest laws he carries out to the fullest severity, and has + hung several men who were caught infringing them. He has laid such heavy + burdens on all the tenants that remain that they are fairly ruined, and if + he stay here long he will rule over a desert. Did he dream of your + presence here, he would carry fire and sword through the forest. It is sad + indeed to think that so worthless a knave as this should be a favorite of + the ruler of England. But all men say that he is so. Thus were you to + attack him, even did you conquer and kill him, you would have the enmity + of Prince John to contend with; and he spareth none, man or woman, who + stand in his way. It will be a bad day indeed for England should our good + King Richard not return. I will, as you wish me, write to my good cousin, + the Lady Abbess of St. Anne's, and will ask that you may have an interview + with the Lady Margaret, to hear her wishes and opinions concerning the + future, and will pray her to do all that she can to aid your suit with the + fair young lady, and to keep her at all events safe from the clutches of + the tyrant of Evesham." + </p> + <p> + Three days later a boy employed as a messenger by Dame Editha brought a + note to Cuthbert, saying that she had heard from the Abbess of St. Anne's, + who would be glad to receive a visit from Cuthbert. The abbess had asked + his mother to accompany him; but this she left for him to decide. Cuthbert + sent back a message in reply that he thought it would be dangerous for her + to accompany him, as any spy watching would report her appearance, and + inquiries were sure to be set on foot as to her companion. He said that he + himself would call at the convent on the following evening after + nightfall, and begged her to send word to the abbess to that effect, in + order that he might, when he presented himself, be admitted at once. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI. — THE ATTEMPT ON THE CONVENT. + </h2> + <p> + Upon the following evening Cuthbert proceeded to Worcester. He left his + horse some little distance outside the town, and entered on foot. Having + no apprehension of an attack, he had left all his pieces of armor behind, + and was in the quiet garb of a citizen. Cnut attended him—for that + worthy follower considered himself as responsible that no harm of any sort + should befall his young master. The consequences of his own imprudence in + the Tyrol were ever before his mind, and he determined that from + henceforth there should be no want of care on his part. He accompanied + Cuthbert to within a short distance of the convent, and took up his + position in the shade of a house, whence he could watch should any one + appear to be observing Cuthbert's entrance. + </p> + <p> + Upon ringing the bell Cuthbert told the porteress, as had been arranged, + that he had called on a message from Dame Editha, and he was immediately + ushered into the parlor of the convent, where, a minute or two later, he + was joined by the lady abbess. He had when young been frequently to the + convent, and had always been kindly received. + </p> + <p> + "I am indeed glad to see you, Sir Cuthbert," she said, "though I certainly + should not have recognized the lad who used to come here with my cousin in + the stalwart young knight I see before me. You are indeed changed and + improved. Who would think that my gossip Editha's son would come to be the + Earl of Evesham! The Lady Margaret is eager to see you; but I think that + you exaggerate the dangers of her residence here. I cannot think that even + a minion of Prince John would dare to violate the sanctity of a convent." + </p> + <p> + "I fear, good mother," Cuthbert said, "that when ambition and greed are in + one scale, reverence for the holy church will not weigh much in the other. + Had King Richard been killed upon his way home, or so long as nothing was + heard of him, Sir Rudolph might have been content to allow matters to + remain as they were, until at least Lady Margaret attained an age which + would justify him in demanding that the espousal should be carried out. + But the news which has now positively been ascertained, that the king is + in the hands of the emperor, and the knowledge that sooner or later his + freedom will be obtained, will hasten the friends of the usurper to make + the most of their advantage. He knows that the king would at once upon his + return annul the nomination of Sir Rudolph to the earldom which had + previously been bestowed upon me. But he may well think that if before + that time he can secure in marriage the person of the late earl's + daughter, no small share of the domains may be allotted to him as her + dowry, even if he be obliged to lay by his borrowed honors. You will, + unless I am greatly mistaken, hear from him before long." + </p> + <p> + The abbess looked grave. + </p> + <p> + "There is much in what you say, Sir Cuthbert; and indeed a certain + confirmation is given to it by the fact that only yesterday I received a + letter from Sir Rudolph, urging that now the Lady Margaret is past the age + of fifteen, and may therefore be considered marriageable, the will of the + prince should be carried into effect, and that she should for the present + be committed to the charge of the Lady Clara Boulger, who is the wife of a + friend and associate of Sir Rudolph. He says that he should not wish to + press the marriage until she attains the age of sixteen, but that it were + well that his future wife should become accustomed to the outside world, + so as to take her place as Castellan of Evesham with a dignity befitting + the position. I wrote at once to him saying that in another year it would, + in my poor judgment, be quite time to think about such worldly matters; + that at the present the Lady Margaret was receiving an education suitable + to her rank; that she was happy here; and that unless constrained by force—of + which, I said, I could not suppose that any possibility existed—I + should not surrender the Lady Margaret into any hands whatsoever, unless, + indeed, I received the commands of her lawful guardian, King Richard." + </p> + <p> + "You said well, holy mother," Sir Cuthbert said. "But you see the hawks + scent the danger from afar, and are moving uneasily already. Whether they + consider it so pressing that they will dare to profane the convent, I know + not. But I am sure that should they do so, they will not hesitate a moment + at the thought of the anger of the church. Prince John has already shown + that he is ready, if need be, to oppose the authority of the holy father, + and he may well, therefore, despise any local wrath that might be excited + by an action which he can himself disavow, and for which, even at the + worst, he need only inflict some nominal punishment upon his vassal. + Bethink thee, lady, whether it would not be safer to send the Lady + Margaret to the care of some person, where she may be concealed from the + search of Sir Rudolph." + </p> + <p> + "I would gladly do so," the abbess said, "did I know of such a person or + such a place. But it is difficult indeed, for a young lady of rank to be + concealed from such sharp searchers as Sir Rudolph would be certain to + place upon her track. Your proposal that she should take refuge in the + house of some small franklin near the forest, I cannot agree to. In the + first place, it would demean her to be so placed; and in the second, we + could never be sure that the report of her residence there might not reach + the ears of Sir Rudolph. As a last resource, of course, such a step would + be justifiable, but not until at least overt outrages have been attempted. + Now I will call Lady Margaret in." + </p> + <p> + The young girl entered with an air of frank gladness, but was startled at + the alteration which had taken place in her former playfellow, and paused + and looked at the abbess, as if inquiring whether this could be really the + Cuthbert she had known. Lady Margaret was fifteen in years; but she looked + much younger. The quiet seclusion in which she had lived in the convent + had kept her from approaching that maturity which as an earl's daughter, + brought up in the stir and bustle of a castle, she would doubtless have + attained. + </p> + <p> + "This is indeed Sir Cuthbert," the abbess said, "your old playfellow, and + the husband destined for you by your father and by the will of the king." + </p> + <p> + Struck with a new timidity, the girl advanced, and, according to the + custom of the times, held up her cheek to be kissed. Cuthbert was almost + as timid as herself. + </p> + <p> + "I feel, Lady Margaret," he said, "a deep sense of my own unworthiness of + the kindness and honor which the dear lord your father bestowed upon me; + and were it not that many dangers threaten, and that it were difficult + under the circumstances to find one more worthy of you, I would gladly + resign you into the hands of such a one were it for your happiness. But + believe me that the recollection of your face has animated me in many of + the scenes of danger in which I have been placed; and although even in + fancy my thoughts scarcely ventured to rise so high, yet I felt as a true + knight might feel for the lady of his love." + </p> + <p> + "I always liked you, Sir Cuthbert," the girl said frankly, "better than + any one else next to my father, and gladly submit myself to his will. My + own inclinations indeed, so far as is maidenly, go with his. These are + troubled times," she said anxiously, "and our holy mother tells me that + you fear some danger is overhanging me." + </p> + <p> + "I trust that the danger may not be imminent," Cuthbert answered. "But + knowing the unscrupulous nature of the false Earl of Evesham, I fear that + the news that King Richard is found will bestir him to early action. But + you can rely, dear lady, on a careful watch being kept over you night and + day; and should any attempt be made to carry you away, or to put force + upon you, be assured that assistance will be at hand. Even should any + attempt succeed, do not lose heart, for rescue will certainly be + attempted; and I must be dead, and my faithful followers crushed, before + you can become the bride of Sir Rudolph." + </p> + <p> + Then turning to other subjects, he talked to her of the life he had led + since he last saw her. He told her of the last moments of her father, and + of the gallant deeds he had done in the Holy Land. + </p> + <p> + After waiting for two hours, the abbess judged that the time for + separation had arrived; and Cuthbert, taking a respectful adieu of his + young mistress, and receiving the benediction of the abbess, departed. + </p> + <p> + He found Cnut on guard at the point where he had left him. + </p> + <p> + "Have you seen aught to give rise to suspicion?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," Cnut said, "the place is undoubtedly watched. Just after you had + entered a man came from that house yonder and went up to the gate, as if + he would fain learn by staring at its iron adornments the nature of him + who had passed in. Then he re-entered his house, and if I mistake not is + still on the watch at that casement. If we stand here for a minute or two, + perchance he may come out to see what delays you in this dark corner, in + which case I may well give him a clout with my ax which will settle his + prying." + </p> + <p> + "Better not," Cuthbert said. "We can retire round this corner and so avoid + his observation; and were his body found slain here, suspicion would be at + once excited in the mind of his employer. At present he can have no ground + for any report which may make the knight uneasy, for he can but know that + a gentleman has entered, and remained for two hours at the convent, and he + will in no way connect my visit with the Lady Margaret." + </p> + <p> + They had just turned the corner which Cuthbert indicated, when a man came + up rapidly behind them and almost brushed them as he passed, half-turning + round and trying to gaze into their faces. Cnut at once assumed the aspect + of an intoxicated person, and stretching forth his foot, with a dexterous + shove pushed the stranger into the gutter. The latter rose with a fierce + cry of anger; but Cnut with a blow of his heavy fist again stretched him + on the ground, this time to remain quiet until they had walked on and + passed out of sight. + </p> + <p> + "A meddling fool," Cnut grumbled. "He will not, methinks, have much to + report to Sir Rudolph this time. Had I thought that he had seen your face, + I would have cleft his skull with no more hesitation than I send an arrow + into the brain of a stag in the forest." + </p> + <p> + As they journeyed along Cuthbert informed Cnut of what the abbess had told + him; and the latter agreed that a watch must be placed on the convent, and + that a force must be kept as near as possible at hand so as to defeat any + attempt which might be made. + </p> + <p> + The next day one of the forest men who had been a peaceable citizen, but + who had been charged with using false weights and had been condemned to + lose his ears, repaired to Worcester. His person was unknown there, as he + had before lived at Gloucester. He hired a house in the square in which + the convent was situated, giving out that he desired to open a house of + business for the sale of silks, and for articles from the Low Countries. + As he paid down earnest-money for the rent no suspicion whatever was + excited. He at once took up his abode there, having with him two stout + serving-men, and a 'prentice boy; and from that time two sets of watchers + observed without ceasing what passed at the Convent of St. Anne. + </p> + <p> + At a distance of half a mile from the road leading between Worcester and + Evesham stood a grange, which had for some time been disused, the ground + belonging to it having been sequestrated and given to the lord of an + adjoining estate, who did not care to have the grange occupied. In this + ten men, headed by Cnut, took up their residence, blocking up the window + of the hall with hangings, so that the light of the fire kindled within + would not be observed. + </p> + <p> + Two months passed on without any incident of importance. The feeling + between the outlaws in the forest and the retainers of the false Earl of + Evesham was becoming much imbittered. Several times the foresters of the + latter, attempting pursuit of men charged with breaking the game laws, + were roughly handled. These on making their report were sent back again, + supported by a force of footmen; but these, too, were driven back, and the + authority of Sir Rudolph was openly defied. + </p> + <p> + Gradually it came to his ears that the outlaws were commanded by a man who + had been their leader in times gone by, but who had been pardoned, and + had, with a large number of his band, taken service in the army of the + Crusaders; also, that there was present a stranger, whose manner and the + deference paid to him by Cnut proclaimed him to be of gentle blood. This + news awakened grave uneasiness on the part of Sir Rudolph. The knight + caused inquiries to be made, and ascertained that Cnut had been especially + attached to the young Cuthbert, and that he had fought under the Earl of + Evesham's banner. It seemed possible then that with him had returned the + claimant for the earldom; and in that case Sir Rudolph felt that danger + menaced him, for the bravery of the Earl of Evesham's adopted son had been + widely spoken of by those who had returned from the Holy Land. + </p> + <p> + Sir Rudolph was a man of forty, tall and dark, with Norman features. He + held the Saxons in utter contempt, and treated them as beings solely + created to till the land for the benefit of their Norman lords. He was + brave and fearless, and altogether free from the superstition of the + times. Even the threats of the pope, which although Prince John defied + them yet terrified him at heart, were derided by his follower, who feared + no one thing in the world, save, perhaps, the return of King Richard from + captivity. + </p> + <p> + No sooner had the suspicion that his rival was in the neighborhood + possessed him than he determined that one of two things must be carried + out: either Sir Cuthbert must be killed, or the Lady Margaret must be + carried off and forced to accept him as her husband. First he endeavored + to force Sir Cuthbert to declare himself and to trust to his own arm to + put an end to his rival. To that end he caused a proclamation to be + written, and to be affixed to the door of the village church at the fair + of Evesham. + </p> + <p> + Cnut and several of his followers were there, all quietly dressed as + yeomen. Seeing a crowd round the door of the church, he pressed forward. + Being himself unable to read writing, he asked one of the burgesses what + was written upon the paper which caused such excitement. + </p> + <p> + "It is," the burgess said, "in the nature of a cartel or challenge from + our present lord, Sir Rudolph. He says that it having come to his ears + that a Saxon serf, calling himself Sir Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham, is + lurking in the woods and consorting with outlaws and robbers, he + challenges him to appear, saying that he will himself, grievously although + he would demean himself by so doing, yet condescend to meet him in the + lists with sword and battle-ax, and to prove upon his body the falseness + of his averments. Men marvel much," the burgess continued, "at this + condescension on the earl's part. We have heard indeed that King Richard, + before he sailed for England, did, at the death of the late good earl, + bestow his rank and the domains of Evesham upon Sir Cuthbert, the son of + the Dame Editha. Whether it be true or not, we cannot say; but it seems + strange that such honor should have been bestowed upon one so young. In + birth indeed he might aspire to the rank, since his father, Sir Walter, + was a brave knight, and the mother, Dame Editha, was of good Saxon blood, + and descended from those who held Evesham before the arrival of the + Normans." + </p> + <p> + Cnut's first impulse was to stride forward and to tear down the + proclamation. But the remembrance of his solemn determination not in + future to act rashly came across him, and he decided to take no steps + until he had reported the facts to his master, and taken his counsel + thereon. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert received the news with much indignation. + </p> + <p> + "There is naught that I should like better," he said, "than to try my + strength against that of this false traitor. But although I have proved my + arm against the Saracens, I think not that it is yet strong enough to cope + against a man who, whatsoever be his faults, is said to be a valiant + knight. But that would not deter me from attempting the task. It is + craftily done on the part of Sir Rudolph. He reckons that if I appear he + will kill me; that if I do not appear, I shall be branded as a coward, and + my claims brought into disrepute. It may be, too, that it is a mere ruse + to discover if I be in the neighborhood. Some rumors thereof may have + reached him, and he has taken this course to determine upon their truth. + He has gone too far, and honest men will see in the cartel itself a sign + that he misdoubts him that my claims are just; for were I, as he says, a + Saxon serf, be sure that he would not condescend to meet me in the lists + as he proposes. I trust that the time will come when I may do so. But at + present I will submit to his insult rather than imperil the success of our + plans, and, what is of far greater importance, the safety and happiness of + the Lady Margaret, who, did aught befall me, would assuredly fall into his + hands." + </p> + <p> + After some thought, however, Cuthbert drew up an answer to the knight's + proclamation. He did not in this speak in his own name, but wrote as if + the document were the work of Cnut. It was worded as follows: "I, Cnut, a + free Saxon and a leader of bowmen under King Richard in the Holy Land, do + hereby pronounce and declare the statements of Sir Rudolph, miscalled the + Earl of Evesham, to be false and calumnious. The earldom was, as Rudolph + well knows, and as can be proved by many nobles and gentlemen of repute + who were present with King Richard, granted to Sir Cuthbert, King + Richard's true and faithful follower. When the time shall come Sir + Cuthbert will doubtless be ready to prove his rights. But at present right + has no force in England, and until the coming of our good King Richard + must remain in abeyance. Until then, I support the title of Sir Cuthbert, + and do hereby declare Sir Rudolph a false and perjured knight; and warn + him that if he falls into my hands it will fare but badly with him, as I + know it will fare but badly with me should I come into his." + </p> + <p> + At nightfall the cartel of Sir Rudolph was torn down from the church and + that of Cnut affixed in its place. The reading thereof caused great + astonishment in Evesham, and the rage of Sir Rudolph, when the news came + to his ears, was very great. Cuthbert was sure that this affair would + quicken the intentions of Sir Rudolph with regard to the Lady Margaret, + and he received confirmation of this in a letter which the abbess sent + him, saying that she had received another missive from Sir Rudolph, + authoritatively demanding in the king's name the instant surrender of Lady + Margaret to him. That night forty archers stole, one by one, quietly into + Worcester, entering the town before the gates were shut, and so mingling + with the citizens that they were unobserved. When it was quite dark they + quietly took their way, one by one, to the square in which stood the + convent, and were admitted into the shop of Master Nicholas, the silk + mercer. + </p> + <p> + The house was a large one, with its floors overhanging each the one + beneath it, as was the custom of the time, and with large casements + running the whole width of the house. + </p> + <p> + The mercer had laid by a goodly store of provisions, and for three days + the troop, large as it was, was accommodated there. Cuthbert himself was + with them, Cnut remaining at the grange with the ten men originally sent + there. + </p> + <p> + On the third day Sir Rudolph, with a number of knights and men-at-arms, + arrived in the town, giving out that he was passing northward, but he + would abide that night at the hostelry. A great many of his men-at-arms + did, as those on the watch observed, enter one by one into the town. The + people of Worcester were somewhat surprised at this large accompaniment of + the earl, but thought no harm. The Abbess of St. Anne's, however, was + greatly terrified, as she feared that some evil design might be intended + against her. She was, however, reassured in the evening by a message + brought by a boy, to the effect that succor would be near, whatsoever + happened. + </p> + <p> + At midnight a sudden uproar was heard in the streets of Worcester. + </p> + <p> + A party of men fell upon the burgesses guarding the gate of the town, + disarmed them, and took possession of it. At the same time those who had + put up at the hostelry with Sir Rudolph suddenly mounted their horses, and + with a great clatter rode down the streets to the convent of St. Anne. + Numbers of men on foot also joined, and some sixty in all suddenly + appeared before the great gate of the convent. With a thundering noise + they knocked at the door, and upon the grating being opened Sir Rudolph + himself told the porteress who looked through it that she was to go at + once to the abbess and order her to surrender the body of the Lady + Margaret to him, in accordance with the order of Prince John; adding, that + if within the space of five minutes the order was not complied with, he + would burst in the gates of the convent and take her for himself. In + another minute a casement opened above, and the abbess herself appeared. + </p> + <p> + "Rash man," she said to Sir Rudolph, "I warn you against committing the + sin of sacrilege. Neither the orders of Prince John nor of any other + potentate can override the rights of the holy church; and should you + venture to lay the hand of force upon this convent you will be placed + under the anathema of the church, and its spiritual terrors will be + directed against you." + </p> + <p> + "I am prepared to risk that, holy mother," Sir Rudolph said, with a laugh. + "So long as I am obeying the orders of my prince, I care naught for those + of any foreign potentate, be he pope or be he emperor. Three minutes of + the time I gave you have elapsed, and unless within two more the Lady + Margaret appears at the gate I will batter it down; and you may think + yourself lucky if I do not order my men to set light to it and to smoke + you out of your hole." + </p> + <p> + The abbess closed the window, and as she did so the long row of casements + in the house of Master Nicholas were opened from top to bottom, and a + volley of sixty clothyard arrows was poured into the group closely + standing round the gate. Many fell, killed outright, and shouts of rage + and pain were heard arising. + </p> + <p> + Furious at this unexpected attack, Sir Rudolph turned and commanded those + with him to attack the house whence this volley of missiles had come. But + even while he spoke another flight of arrows, even more deadly than the + last, was poured forth. One of the knights standing by the side of Sir + Rudolph fell, shot through the brain. Very many of the common men, + undefended by harness, fell shot through and through; and an arrow + piercing the joint of the armor of Sir Rudolph wounded him in the + shoulder. In vain the knight stormed and raged and ordered his men to + advance. The suddenness of the attack seemed to his superstitious + followers a direct answer from heaven to the words of the abbess. Their + number was already seriously lessened, and those who were in case to do so + at once took flight and scattered through the city, making for the gate, + which had already been seized by Sir Rudolph's men. + </p> + <p> + Finding himself alone with only a few of his knights and principal + men-at-arms remaining, while the storm of arrows continued unabated, Sir + Rudolph was forced to order his men to retreat with many fierce threats of + the vengeance which he would hereafter take. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII. — A DASTARDLY STRATAGEM. + </h2> + <p> + The return of Sir Rudolph's party to Evesham was not unmarked by incident, + for as they passed along the road, from an ambush in a wood other archers, + whose numbers they could not discover, shot hard upon them, and many fell + there who had escaped from the square at Worcester. When the list was + called upon the arrival at the castle, it was found that no less than + thirty of those who had set out were missing, while many others were + grievously wounded. + </p> + <p> + The noise of the tumult in the square of the convent aroused the whole + town of Worcester. Alarm bells were rung; and the burgesses, hastily + arming themselves, poured into the streets. Directed by the sound, they + made their way to the square, and were astonished at finding it entirely + deserted, save for some twenty men, lying dead or dying in front of the + gate of the convent, pierced with long arrows. They speedily found that + Sir Rudolph and his troop had departed; and further inquiry revealed the + fact that the burgher guard at one of the gates had been overpowered and + were prisoners in the watchroom. These could only say that they were + suddenly seized, all being asleep save the one absolutely on guard. They + knew nothing more than that a few minutes later there was a great clatter + of horsemen and men on foot leaving the city. Unable to find any solution + to this singular circumstance, but satisfied that Sir Rudolph had + departed, and that no more disturbance was likely to arise that night, the + burgesses again betook themselves to their beds, having closed the gates + and placed a strong guard over them, determining next morning to sift the + affair to the bottom. + </p> + <p> + In the morning the leading burgesses met in council, and finding none who + could give them any information, the mayor and two of the councilors + repaired to the convent, where they asked for an interview with the lady + abbess. Mightily indignant were they at hearing that Sir Rudolph had + attempted to break into the convent, and to carry off a boarder residing + there. But the abbess herself could give them no further news. She said + that after she retired from the window she heard great shouts and cries, + and that almost immediately afterward the whole of the party in front + hastily retired. + </p> + <p> + That Sir Rudolph had been attacked by a party of archers was evident; but + whence they had shot, or how they had come upon the spot at the time, or + whither they had gone, were mysteries that could not be solved. In the + search which the authorities made, however, it was discovered that the + house of the draper, Master Nicholas, was closed. Finding that summonses + to open were unanswered, the door was broken in, and the premises were + found in confusion. No goods of any kind were discovered there, but many + bales filled with dried leaves, bark of trees, and other worthless + matters. Such goods as had been displayed in the window had clearly been + carried away. Searching the house, they found signs that a considerable + number of men had been concealed there, and although not knowing whence + the body of archers could have come, they concluded that those who + defeated the attempt of Sir Rudolph must have been hidden in the draper's + house. The singularity of this incident gave rise to great excitement; but + the indignation against Sir Rudolph was in no way lessened by the fact + that his attempt had been defeated, not by the townsmen themselves, but by + some unknown force. + </p> + <p> + After much consultation on the part of the council, it was resolved that a + deputation, consisting of the mayor and the five senior councilors, should + resort to London, and there demand from the prince redress for the injury + put upon their town by Sir Rudolph. These worthy merchants betook + themselves to London by easy stages, and upon their arrival there were + kept for some days before they could obtain an interview with King John. + When they appeared before him and commenced telling their story the prince + fell into sudden rage. + </p> + <p> + "I have heard of this matter before," he said, "and am mightily angry with + the people of Worcester, inasmuch as they have dared to interfere to + prevent the carrying out of my commands. The Earl of Evesham has written + to me, that thinking to scare the abbess of St. Anne's into a compliance + with the commands which I had laid upon her, and to secure the delivery of + a contumacious ward of the crown, he had pretended to use force, having, + however, no idea of carrying his threats into effect. When, as he doubted + not, the abbess was on the point of yielding up the ward, the good knight + was suddenly set upon by the rascals of the town, who slew some of his + companions and followers, and did grievously ill-treat the remainder. + This," said the prince, "you now pretend was done by a party of men of + whose presence in the town you had no cognizance. Your good sense must be + small, if you think that I should believe such a tale as this. It is your + rascaldom at Worcester which interfered to prevent my will being carried + out, and I have a goodly mind to order the troop of Sir Charles Everest, + which is now marching toward Evesham, to sack the town, as a punishment + for its rebellion. As, however, I am willing to believe that you and the + better class of burgesses were in ignorance of the doings of the rougher + kind, I will extend mercy toward the city, and will merely inflict a fine + of three thousand golden marks upon it." + </p> + <p> + The mayor attempted humbly to explain and to entreat; but the prince was + seized with a sudden passion, and threatened if he said more he would at + once cast him and his fellows into durance. Therefore, sadly crestfallen + at the result of their mission, the mayor and councilors returned to + Worcester, where their report caused great consternation. This was + heightened by the fact that upon the following day Sir Charles Everest, + with five hundred mercenaries of the prince, together with Sir Rudolph and + his following, and several other barons favorable to the cause of the + prince, were heard to be approaching the town. + </p> + <p> + Worcester was capable of making a stout defense, but seeing that no help + was likely to be forthcoming, and fearing the utter ruin of the town + should it be taken by storm, the council, after sitting many hours in + deliberation, determined to raise the money required to pay the fine + inflicted by the prince. The bolder sort were greatly averse to this + decision, especially as a letter had been received, signed "Cuthbert, Earl + of Evesham," offering, should the townspeople decide to resist the unjust + demands of Prince John, to enter the town with one hundred and fifty + archers to take part in its defense. With this force, as the more ardent + spirits urged, the defeat of any attempt to carry it by storm would be + assured. But the graver men argued that even if defeated for the first + time further attempts would be made, and as it was likely that King + Richard would not return for a long time, and that Prince John might + become sovereign of England, sooner or later the town must be taken, and, + in any case, its trade would for a long time be destroyed, and great + suffering inflicted upon all; therefore, that it was better to pay the + fine now than to risk all these evils, and perhaps the infliction of a + heavier impost upon them. + </p> + <p> + The abbess was kept informed by friends in the council of the course of + the proceedings. She had in the meantime had another interview with Sir + Cuthbert and had determined, seeing that Prince John openly supported the + doings of his minion, it would be better to remove the Lady Margaret to + some other place, as no one could say how the affair might terminate; and + with five hundred mercenaries at his back, Sir Rudolph would be so + completely master of the city that he would be able in broad daylight, did + he choose, to force the gates of the convent and carry off the king's + ward. + </p> + <p> + Accordingly, two days before the arrival of the force before the walls of + Worcester, Lady Margaret left the convent by a postern gate in the rear, + late in the evening. She was attended by two of the sisters, both of whom, + as well as herself, were dressed as country women. Mules were in readiness + outside the city gates, and here Sir Cuthbert, with an escort of archers, + was ready to attend them. They traveled all night, and arrived in the + morning at a small convent situated five miles from the city of Hereford. + The abbess here was a cousin of the Superior of St. Anne's, and had + already consented to receive Lady Margaret. Leaving her at the door, and + promising that, as far as possible, he would keep watch over her, and that + even in the worst she need never despair, Sir Cuthbert left her and + returned to the forest. + </p> + <p> + The band there assembled varied considerably in numbers, for provisions + could not be found continually for a large body of men. The forest was + indeed very extensive, and the number of deer therein large. Still, for + the feeding of one hundred and fifty men many animals are required, and + other food. The franklins in the neighborhood were all hostile to Sir + Rudolph, whom they regarded as a cruel tyrant, and did their utmost in the + way of supplies for those in the forest. Their resources, however, were + limited, and it was found necessary to scatter the force, and for a number + of them to take up their residence in places a short distance away, forty + only remaining permanently on guard. + </p> + <p> + Sir Rudolph and his friends entered Worcester, and there received with + great hauteur the apologies of the mayor and council, and the assurance + that the townspeople were in nowise concerned in the attack made upon him. + To this he pretended disbelief. The fine demanded was paid, the principal + portion in gold, the rest in bills signed by the leading merchants of the + place; for after every effort it had been found impossible to collect such + a sum within the city. + </p> + <p> + The day after he arrived he again renewed his demand to the abbess for the + surrender of the Lady Margaret; this time, however, coming to her attended + only by two squires, and by a pursuivant bearing the king's order for the + delivery of the damsel. The abbess met him at the gate, and informed him + that the Lady Margaret was no longer in her charge. + </p> + <p> + "Finding," she said in a fearless tone, "that the holy walls of this + convent were insufficient to restrain lawless men, and fearing that these + might be tempted to acts of sacrilege, which might bring down upon them + the wrath of the church and the destruction of their souls, I have sent + her away." + </p> + <p> + "Whither has she gone?" Sir Rudolph demanded, half-mad with passion. + </p> + <p> + "That I decline to say," the lady abbess replied. "She is in good hands; + and when King Richard returns his ward shall be delivered to him at once." + </p> + <p> + "Will you take oath upon the Bible that she is not within these walls?" + Sir Rudolph exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + "My word is sufficient," the lady abbess replied calmly. "But should it be + necessary, I should be ready to swear upon the relics that she is not + here." + </p> + <p> + A few hours later Sir Rudolph, attended by his own party and by one + hundred of Sir Charles Everest's mercenaries, returned to his castle. + </p> + <p> + Three days afterward, as Cuthbert was sitting at a rude but hearty meal in + the forest, surrounded by Cnut and his followers, a hind entered + breathless. Cuthbert at once recognized him as one of the servitors of his + mother. + </p> + <p> + "What is it?" he exclaimed, leaping to his feet. + </p> + <p> + "Terrible news, Master Cuthbert, terrible news!" exclaimed the man. "The + wicked earl came down this morning, with fifty of his men, set fire to the + house, and all its buildings and stacks, and has carried off the lady, + your mother, a prisoner to the castle, on a charge, as he said, of + harboring traitors." + </p> + <p> + A cry of fury broke from Cnut and his men. + </p> + <p> + "The false traitor shall bitterly regret this outrage," Cuthbert + exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + He had in the first excitement seized his arms, and his followers snatched + up their bows, as if for instant warfare. A few moments' reflection, + however, showed to Cuthbert the impossibility of his attacking a fortress + like Evesham, garrisoned by a strong body of well-armed men, with only the + archers of the forest, without implements necessary for such an assault. + </p> + <p> + "Send at once, Cnut," he said, "and call in all the band. We cannot take + the castle; but we will carry fire and sword round its walls. We will cut + off all communication from within or from without. If attacked by large + forces, we will retire upon the wood, returning to our posts without the + walls as soon as the force is withdrawn. These heavily armed men can move + but slowly, while we can run at full speed. There cannot be more than some + twenty horsemen in the castle; and methinks with our arrows and pikes we + can drive these back if they attempt to fall upon us." + </p> + <p> + Cnut at once sent off swift-footed messengers to carry out Cuthbert's + orders, and on the following day the whole of the band were again + assembled in the woods. Just as Cuthbert was setting them in motion a + distant blast of a horn was heard. + </p> + <p> + "It is," Cuthbert exclaimed, "the note calling for a parley. Do you, Cnut, + go forward, and see what is demanded. It is probably a messenger from Sir + Rudolph." + </p> + <p> + After half an hour's absence Cnut returned, bringing with him a pursuivant + or herald. The latter advanced at once toward Cuthbert, who, now in his + full knightly armor, was evidently the leader of the party. + </p> + <p> + "I bear to you, Sir Cuthbert, falsely calling yourself Earl of Evesham, a + message from Sir Rudolph. He bids me tell you that the traitress, Dame + Editha, your mother, is in his hands, and that she has been found guilty + of aiding and abetting you in your war against Prince John, the regent of + this kingdom. For that offense she has been condemned to die." + </p> + <p> + Here he was interrupted by a cry of rage which broke from the assembled + foresters. Continuing unmoved, he said: + </p> + <p> + "Sir Rudolph, being unwilling to take the life of a woman, however justly + forfeited by the law, commands me to say that if you will deliver yourself + up to him by to-morrow at twelve the Dame Editha shall be allowed to go + free. But that if by the time the dial points to noon you have not + delivered yourself up, he will hang her over the battlements of the + castle." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert was very pale, and he waved his hand to restrain the fury which + animated the outlaws. + </p> + <p> + "This man," he said to them, "is a herald, and, as such, is protected by + all the laws of chivalry. Whatsoever his message, it is none of his. He is + merely the mouthpiece of him who sent him." Then, turning to the herald, + he said, "Tell the false knight, your master, on my part, that he is a + foul ruffian, perjured to all the vows of knighthood; that this act of + visiting upon a woman the enmity he bears her son will bring upon him the + execration of all men; and that the offer which he makes me is as foul and + villainous as himself. Nevertheless, knowing his character, and believing + that he is capable of keeping his word, tell him that by to-morrow at noon + I will be there; that the lady, my mother, is to leave the castle gates as + I enter them; and that though by his foul device he may encompass my + death, yet that the curse of every good man will light upon him, that he + will be shunned as the dog he is, and that assuredly Heaven will not + suffer that deeds so foul should bring with them the prize he seeks to + gain." + </p> + <p> + The herald bowed, and, escorted by two archers to the edge of the forest, + returned to Evesham Castle. + </p> + <p> + After his departure an animated council took place. Cnut and the outlaws, + burning with indignation, were ready to attempt anything. They would, had + Cuthbert given the word, have attacked the castle that very night. But + Cuthbert pointed out the absolute impossibility of their carrying so + strong a place by such an assault, unprovided with engines for battering + down the gates. He said that surprise would be impossible, as the knight + would be sure to take every precaution against it; and that in the event + of such an attack being attempted, he would possibly carry his threat into + execution, and murder Dame Editha before their eyes. Cnut was like a + madman, so transported with fury was he; and the archers were also beside + themselves. Cuthbert alone retained his calmness. Retiring apart from the + others, he paced slowly backward and forward among the trees, deliberating + upon the best course to be pursued. The archers gathered round the fire + and passed the night in long and angry talk, each man agreeing that in the + event of their beloved leader being sacrificed by Sir Rudolph, they would + one and all give their lives to avenge him by slaying the oppressor + whensoever he ventured beyond the castle gates. + </p> + <p> + After a time, Cuthbert called Cnut to him, and the two talked long and + earnestly. Cnut returned to his comrades with a face less despairing than + that he had before worn, and sent off at once a messenger with all speed + to a franklin near the forest to borrow a stout rope some fifty feet in + length, and without telling his comrades what the plans of Sir Cuthbert + were, bade them cheer up, for that desperate as the position was, all hope + was not yet lost. + </p> + <p> + "Sir Cuthbert," he said, "has been in grievous straits before now, and has + gone through them. Sir Rudolph does not know the nature of the man with + whom he has to deal, and we may trick him yet." + </p> + <p> + At eleven o'clock the next day from the walls of Evesham Castle a body of + archers one hundred and fifty strong were seen advancing in solid array. + </p> + <p> + "Think you, Sir Rudolph," one of his friends, Sir Hubert of Gloucester, + said to him, "that these varlets think of attacking the castle?" + </p> + <p> + "They might as well think of scaling heaven," Sir Rudolph said. "Evesham + could resist a month's siege by a force well equipped for the purpose; and + were it not that good men are wanted for the king's service, and that + these villains shoot straight and hard, I would open the gates of the + castle and launch our force against them. We are two to one as strong as + they, and our knights and mounted men-at-arms could alone scatter that + rabble." + </p> + <p> + Conspicuous upon the battlements a gallows had been erected. + </p> + <p> + The archers stopped at a distance of a few hundred yards from the castle, + and Sir Cuthbert advanced alone to the edge of the moat. + </p> + <p> + "Sir Rudolph of Eresby, false knight and perjured gentleman," he shouted + in a loud voice, "I, Sir Cuthbert of Evesham, do denounce you as foresworn + and dishonored, and do challenge you to meet me here before the castle in + sight of your men and mine, and decide our quarrel as Heaven may judge + with sword and battle-ax." + </p> + <p> + Sir Rudolph leaned over the battlements, and said: "It is too late, + varlet. I condescended to challenge you before, and you refused. You + cannot now claim what you then feared to accept. The sun on the dial + approaches noon, and unless you surrender yourself before it reaches the + mark, I will keep my word, and the traitress, your mother, shall swing + from that beam." + </p> + <p> + Making a sign to two men-at-arms, these brought forward Dame Editha and so + placed her on the battlements that she could be seen from below. Dame + Editha was still a very fair woman, although nigh forty years had rolled + over her head. No sign of fear appeared upon her face, and in a firm voice + she cried to her son: + </p> + <p> + "Cuthbert, I beg—nay, I order you to retire. If this unknightly lord + venture to carry out his foul threats against me, let him do so. England + will ring with the dastardly deed, and he will never dare show his face + again where Englishmen congregate. Let him do his worst. I am prepared to + die." + </p> + <p> + A murmur rose from the knights and men-at-arms standing round Sir Rudolph. + Several of his companions had from the first, wild and reckless as they + were, protested against Sir Rudolph's course, and it was only upon his + solemn assurance that he intended but to frighten Sir Cuthbert into + surrender, and had no intention of carrying his threats against the lady + into effect, that they had consented to take part in the transaction. Even + now, at the fearless words of the Saxon lady several of them hesitated, + and Sir Hubert of Gloucester stepped forward to Sir Rudolph. + </p> + <p> + "Sir knight," he said, "you know that I am your true comrade and the + faithful servant of Prince John. Yet in faith would I not that my name + should be mixed up in so foul a deed. I repent me that I have for a moment + consented to it. But the shame shall not hang upon the escutcheon of + Hubert of Gloucester that he stood still when such foul means were tried. + I pray you, by our long friendship, and for the sake of your own honor as + a knight, to desist from this endeavor. If this lady be guilty, as she + well may be of aiding her son in his assaults upon the soldiers of Prince + John, then let her be tried, and doubtless the court will confiscate her + estates. But let her son be told that her life is in no danger, and that + he is free to go, being assured that harm will not come to her." + </p> + <p> + "And if I refuse to consent to allow my enemy, who is now almost within my + hand, to escape," Sir Rudolph said, "what then?" + </p> + <p> + "Then," said the knight, "I and my following will at once leave your + walls, and will clear ourselves to the brave young knight yonder of all + hand in this foul business." + </p> + <p> + A murmur of agreement from several of those standing round showed that + their sentiments were in accordance with those of Sir Hubert. + </p> + <p> + "I refuse," said Rudolph passionately. "Go, if you will. I am master of my + actions, and of this castle." + </p> + <p> + Without a word, Sir Hubert and two others of the knights present turned, + and briefly ordering their men-at-arms to follow them, descended the + staircase to the courtyard below. Their horses were brought out, the men + fell into rank, and the gates of the castle were thrown open. + </p> + <p> + "Stand to arms!" Sir Cuthbert shouted to the archers. "They are going to + attempt a sortie." And hastily he retired to the main body of his men. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIII. — THE FALSE AND PERJURED KNIGHT. + </h2> + <p> + As the band of knights and their retainers issued from the gate a + trumpeter blew a parley, and the three knights advanced alone toward the + group of archers. + </p> + <p> + "Sir Cuthbert de Lance," Sir Hubert said, "in the name of myself and my + two friends here we ask your pardon for having so far taken part in this + foul action. We did so believing only that Sir Rudolph intended the + capture of your lady mother as a threat. Now that we see he was in + earnest, we wash our hands of the business; and could we in any way atone + for our conduct in having joined him, we would gladly do so consistently + only with our allegiance to the prince regent." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert bowed courteously. + </p> + <p> + "Thanks for your words, Sir Hubert. I had always heard yourself and the + knights here spoken of as brave and gallant gentlemen, whose sole fault + was that they chose to take part with a rebel prince rather than with the + King of England. I rejoice that you have cleared your name of so foul a + blot as this would have placed upon it, and I acknowledge that your + conduct now is knightly and courteous. But I can no more parley. The sun + is within a few minutes of twelve, and I must surrender, to meet such fate + as may befall me." + </p> + <p> + So saying, with a bow he left them, and again advanced to the castle gate. + </p> + <p> + "Sir Rudolph," he shouted, "the hour is at hand. I call upon you to + deliver, outside the gate, the lady, my mother. Whether she wills it or + not, I call upon you to place her beyond the gate, and I give you my + knightly word that as she leaves it I enter it." + </p> + <p> + Dame Editha would then have attempted resistance; but she saw that it + would be useless. With a pale face she descended the steps, accompanied by + the men-at-arms. She knew that any entreaty to Sir Rudolph would be vain, + and with the courage of her race she mentally vowed to devote the rest of + her life to vengeance for her son. + </p> + <p> + As the gate opened and she was thrust forth, for a moment she found + herself in the arms of her son. + </p> + <p> + "Courage, mother!" he whispered; "all may yet be well." + </p> + <p> + Cnut was waiting a few paces behind, and offering his hand to Dame Editha, + he led her to the group of archers, while Cuthbert, alone, crossed the + drawbridge and entered the portal, the heavy portcullis falling after him. + </p> + <p> + Cnut, immediately ordering four of his men to escort Dame Editha to the + wood with all speed, advanced with his men toward the walls. All had + strung their bows and placed their arrows on the ground in front of them + in readiness for instant use. Cnut himself, with two others carrying the + rope, advanced to the edge of the moat. None observed their doings, for + all within the castle were intent upon the proceedings there. + </p> + <p> + In the courtyard Sir Rudolph had taken his post, with the captain of the + mercenaries beside him, and the men-at-arms drawn up in order. He smiled + sardonically as Cuthbert entered. + </p> + <p> + "So, at last," he said, "this farce is drawing to an end. You are in my + power, and for the means which I have taken to capture you, I will account + to the prince. You are a traitor to him; you have attacked and slaughtered + many of my friends; you are an outlaw defying the law; and for each of + these offenses your head is forfeited." + </p> + <p> + "I deny," Cuthbert said, standing before him, "your right to be my judge. + By my peers only can I be tried. As a knight of England and as rightful + lord of this castle, I demand to be brought before a jury of my equals." + </p> + <p> + "I care nothing for rights or for juries," said Sir Rudolph. "I have the + royal order for your execution, and that order I shall put into effect, + although all the knights and barons in England objected." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert looked round to observe the exact position in which he was + standing. He knew, of course, every foot of the castle, and saw that but a + short distance behind a single row of armed men was the staircase leading + to the battlements. + </p> + <p> + "False and perjured knight," he said, taking a step forward, "I may die; + but I would rather a thousand deaths than such a life as yours will be + when this deed is known in England. But I am not yet dead. For myself, I + could pardon you; but for the outrage to my mother—" and with a + sudden movement he struck Sir Rudolph in the face with all his strength + with his mailed hand. + </p> + <p> + With the blood gushing from his nostrils, the knight fell backward, and + Sir Cuthbert, with a bound, before the assembly could recover from their + astonishment at the deed, burst through the line of men-at-arms, and + sprang up the narrow staircase. A score of men-at-arms started in pursuit; + but Sir Cuthbert gained the battlements first, and without a moment's + hesitation sprang upon them and plunged forward, falling into the moat + fifty feet below. Here he would have perished miserably, for in his heavy + armor he was of course unable to swim a stroke, and his weight took him at + once into the mud of the moat. At its margin, however, Cnut stood awaiting + him, with one end of the rope in his hand. In an instant he plunged in, + and diving to the bottom grasped Cuthbert by the body, and twisted the + rope round him. The two archers on the bank at once hauled upon it, and in + a minute Sir Cuthbert was dragged to the bank. + </p> + <p> + By this time a crowd of men-at-arms appeared upon the battlements. But as + they did so the archers opened a storm of arrows upon them, and quickly + compelled them to find shelter. Carried by Cnut and the men with him—for + he was insensible—Sir Cuthbert was quickly conveyed to the center of + the outlaws, and these at once in a compact body began their retreat to + the wood. Cuthbert quickly recovered consciousness, and was soon able to + walk. As he did so the gates of the castle were thrown open, and a crowd + of men-at-arms, consisting of the retainers of the castle and the + mercenaries of Prince John, sallied forth. So soon as Cuthbert was able to + move the archers started at a brisk run, several of them carrying + Cuthbert's casque and sword, and others assisting him to hurry along. The + rear ranks turned as they ran and discharged flights of arrows at the + enemy, who, more heavily armed and weighted, gained but slowly upon them. + </p> + <p> + Had not Sir Rudolph been stunned by the blow dealt him by Cuthbert he + would himself have headed the pursuit, and in that case the foresters + would have had to fight hard to make their retreat to their fastness. The + officer in command of the mercenaries, however, had no great stomach for + the matter. Men were hard to get, and Prince John would not have been + pleased to hear that a number of the men whom he had brought with such + expense from foreign parts had been killed in a petty fray. Therefore + after following for a short time he called them off, and the archers fell + back into the forest. + </p> + <p> + Here they found Dame Editha, and for three days she abode among them, + living in a small hut in the center of the forest. Then she left, to take + up her abode until the troubles were past with some kin who lived in the + south of Gloucestershire. + </p> + <p> + Although the lady abbess had assured Cuthbert that the retreat of Lady + Margaret was not likely to be found out, he himself, knowing how great a + stake Sir Rudolph had in the matter, was still far from being easy. It + would not be difficult for the latter to learn through his agents that the + lady superior of the little convent near Hereford was of kin to her of St. + Anne's, and, close as a convent is, yet the gossiping of the servants who + go to market was certain to let out an affair so important as the arrival + of a young lady to reside under the charge of the superior. Cuthbert was + not mistaken as to the acuteness of his enemy. The relationship between + the two lady superiors was no secret, and after having searched all the + farmhouses and granges near the forest, and being convinced that the lady + abbess would have sent her charge rather to a religious house than to that + of a franklin, Sir Rudolph sought which of those within the circuit of a + few miles would be likely to be the one selected. It was not long before + he was enabled to fix upon that near Hereford, and spies going to the spot + soon found out from the country people that it was a matter of talk that a + young lady of rank had been admitted by the superior. Sir Rudolph + hesitated whether to go himself at the head of a strong body of men and + openly to take her, or to employ some sort of device. It was not that he + himself feared the anathema of the church; but he knew Prince John to be + weak and vacillating, at one time ready to defy the thunder of the pope, + the next cringing before the spiritual authority. He therefore determined + to employ some of his men to burst into the convent and carry off the + heiress, arranging that he himself, with some of his men-at-arms, should + come upon them in the road, and make a feigned rescue of her, so that, if + the lady superior laid her complaint before the pope's legate he could + deny that he had any hand in the matter, and could even take credit for + having rescued her from the men who had profaned the convent. That his + story would be believed mattered but little. It would be impossible to + prove its falsity, and this was all that he cared for. + </p> + <p> + This course was followed out. Late one evening the lady superior was + alarmed by a violent knocking at the door. In reply to questions asked + through the grill, the answer was given, "We are men of the forest, and we + are come to carry the Lady Margaret of Evesham off to a secure + hiding-place. The Lord of Evesham has discovered her whereabouts, and will + be here shortly, and we would fain remove her before he arrives." + </p> + <p> + "From whom have you warrant?" the lady superior said. "I surrender her to + no one, save to the lady abbess of St. Anne's. But if you have a written + warrant from Sir Cuthbert, the rightful Lord of Evesham, I will lay the + matter before the Lady Margaret, and will act as it may seem fit to her." + </p> + <p> + "We have no time for parleying," a rough voice said. "Throw open the gate + at once, or we will break it down." + </p> + <p> + "Ye be no outlaws," the lady superior said, "for the outlaws are men who + fear God and respect the church. Were ye what ye say, ye would be provided + with the warrants that I mention. I warn you, therefore, that if you use + force, you will be excommunicated, and placed under the ban of the + church." + </p> + <p> + The only answer was a thundering assault upon the gate, which soon yielded + to the blows. The sisters and novices ran shrieking through the corridors + at this rude uproar. The lady superior, however, stood calmly awaiting the + giving way of the gate. + </p> + <p> + "Where is the Lady Margaret?" the leader of the party, who were dressed in + rough garb, and had the seeming of a band of outlaws, demanded. + </p> + <p> + "I will say nothing," she said, "nor do I own that she is here." + </p> + <p> + "We will soon take means to find out," the man exclaimed. "Unless in five + minutes she is delivered to us, we will burn your place to the ground." + </p> + <p> + The lady abbess was insensible to the threat; but the men rushing in, + seized some sisters, who, terrified out of their wits by this irruption, + at once gave the information demanded, and the men made their way to the + cell where the Lady Margaret slept. + </p> + <p> + The girl had at once risen when the tumult commenced, doubting not in her + mind that this was another attempt upon the part of her enemy to carry her + off. When, therefore, she heard heavy footsteps approaching along the + gallery—having already hastily attired herself—she opened the + door and presented herself. + </p> + <p> + "If you seek the Lady Margaret of Evesham," she said calmly, "I am she. Do + not harm any of the sisters here. I am in your power, and will go with you + at once. But I beseech you add not to your other sins that of violence + against holy women." + </p> + <p> + The men, abashed by the calm dignity of this young girl, abstained from + laying hands upon her, but merely motioned to her to accompany them. Upon + their way they met the man who appeared to be their leader, and he, well + pleased that the affair was over, led the way to the courtyard. + </p> + <p> + "Farewell, my child," the abbess exclaimed. "God will deliver you from the + power of these wicked men. Trust in Him, and keep up your courage. + Wickedness will not be permitted to triumph upon the earth; and be assured + that the matter shall be brought to the ears of the pope's legate, and of + Prince John himself." + </p> + <p> + She could say no more, for the men, closing round the weeping girl, + hurried her out from the convent. A litter awaited them without, and in + this the young lady was placed, and, borne upon the shoulders of four + stout men, she started at a fast pace, surrounded closely by the rest of + the band. + </p> + <p> + It was a dark night, and the girl could not see the direction in which she + was being taken; but she judged from the turn taken upon leaving the + convent that it was toward Evesham. They had proceeded some miles, when a + trampling of horses was heard, and a body of armed men rode up. For a + moment Lady Margaret's heart gave a leap, for she thought that she had + been rescued by her friends. There was a loud and angry altercation, a + clashing of swords, and a sound of shouting and cries outside the litter. + Then it was placed roughly on the ground, and she heard the sound of the + footsteps of her first captors hurrying away. Then the horsemen closed + round the litter, and the leader dismounted. + </p> + <p> + "I am happy indeed, Lady Margaret," he said, approaching the litter, "to + have been able to save you from the power of these villains. Fortunately, + word came to me that the outlaws in the forest were about to carry you + off, and that they would not hesitate even to desecrate the walls of the + convent. Assembling my men-at-arms, I at once rode to your rescue, and am + doubly happy to have saved you, first, as a gentleman, secondly, as being + the man to whom our gracious prince has assigned you as a wife. I am Sir + Rudolph, Earl of Evesham." + </p> + <p> + As from the first the girl had been convinced that she had fallen into the + power of her lawless suitor, this came upon her as no surprise. + </p> + <p> + "Whether your story is true, Sir Rudolph," she said, "or not, God knows, + and I, a poor weak girl, will not pretend to venture to say. It is between + you and your conscience. If, as you say, you have saved me from the power + of the outlaws, I demand that, as a knight and a gentleman, you return + with me at once to the convent from which I was taken by force." + </p> + <p> + "I cannot do that," Sir Rudolph said. "Fortune has placed you in my hands, + and has enabled me to carry out the commands of the prince. Therefore, + though I would fain yield to your wishes and so earn your good-will, which + above all things I wish to obtain, yet my duty toward the prince commands + me to utilize the advantage which fate has thrown in my hands." + </p> + <p> + "You must do as you will, Sir Rudolph," the girl said with dignity. "I + believe not your tale. You sought before, in person, to carry me off, but + failed, and you have now employed other means to do so. The tale of your + conduct to Dame Editha has reached my ears, and I hold you a foresworn + knight and a dishonored man, and as such I would rather die than become + your wife, although as yet I am but a child, and have no need to talk of + weddings for years to come." + </p> + <p> + "We need not parley here," the knight said coldly. "We shall have plenty + of time when at my castle." + </p> + <p> + The litter was now lifted, placed between two horses, and proceeded + rapidly on its journey. Although the hope was but faint, yet until the + gates of the castle closed upon them the Lady Margaret still hoped that + rescue might reach her. But the secret had been too well kept, and it was + not until the following day that the man who had been placed in a cottage + near the convent arrived in all haste in the forest, to say that it was + only in the morning that he had learned that the convent had been broken + open by men disguised as archers, and the Lady Margaret carried off. + </p> + <p> + Four days elapsed before Sir Rudolph presented himself before the girl he + had captured. So fearfully was his face bruised and disfigured by the blow + from the mailed hand of Cuthbert three weeks before, that he did not wish + to appear before her under such unfavorable circumstances, and the captive + passed the day gazing from her casement in one of the rooms in the upper + part of the keep, toward the forest whence she hoped rescue would come. + </p> + <p> + Within the forest hot discussions were going on as to the best course to + pursue. An open attack was out of the question, especially as upon the day + following the arrival there of Lady Margaret three hundred more + mercenaries had marched in from Worcester, so that the garrison was now + raised to five hundred men. + </p> + <p> + "Is there no way," Cnut exclaimed furiously, "by which we might creep into + this den, since we cannot burst into it openly?" + </p> + <p> + "There is a way from the castle," Cuthbert said, "for my dear lord told me + of it one day when we were riding together in the Holy Land. He said then + that it might be that he should never return, and that it were well that I + should know of the existence of this passage, which few besides the earl + himself knew of. It is approached by a very heavy slab of stone in the + great hall. This is bolted down, and as it stands under the great table + passes unnoticed, and appears part of the ordinary floor. He told me the + method in which, by touching a spring, the bolts were withdrawn and the + stone could be raised. Thence a passage a quarter of a mile long leads to + the little chapel standing in the hollow, and which, being hidden among + the trees, would be unobserved by any party besieging the castle. This of + course was contrived in order that the garrison, or any messenger thereof, + might make an exit in case of siege." + </p> + <p> + "But if we could escape," Cnut asked, "why not enter by this way?" + </p> + <p> + "The stone is of immense weight and strength," Cuthbert replied, "and + could not be loosed from below save with great labor and noise. There are, + moreover, several massive doors in the passage, all of which are secured + by heavy bolts within. It is therefore out of the question that we could + enter the castle by that way. But were we once in, we could easily carry + off the lady through this passage." + </p> + <p> + The large force which Sir Rudolph had collected was not intended merely + for the defense of the castle, for the knight considered that with his own + garrison he could hold it against a force tenfold that which his rival + could collect. But he was determined if possible to crush out the outlaws + of the forest, for he felt that so long as this formidable body remained + under an enterprising leader like Sir Cuthbert, he would never be safe for + a moment, and would be a prisoner in his own castle. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert had foreseen that the attack was likely to be made, and had + strengthened his band to the utmost. He felt, however, that against so + large a force of regularly armed men, although he might oppose a stout + resistance and kill many, yet that in the end he must be conquered. Cnut, + however, suggested to him a happy idea, which he eagerly grasped. + </p> + <p> + "It would be a rare sport," Cnut said, "when this armed force comes out to + attack us, if we could turn the tables by slipping in, and taking their + castle." + </p> + <p> + "The very thing," Cuthbert exclaimed. "It is likely that he will use the + greater portion of his forces, and that he will not keep above fifty or + sixty men, at the outside, in the castle. When they sally out we will at + first oppose a stout resistance to them in the wood, gradually falling + back. Then, at a given signal, all save twenty men shall retire hastily, + and sweeping round make for the castle. Their absence will not be noticed, + for in this thick wood it is difficult to tell whether twenty men or two + hundred are opposing you among the bushes; and the twenty who remain must + shoot thick and fast to make believe that their numbers are great, + retiring sometimes, and leading the enemy on into the heart of the wood." + </p> + <p> + "But supposing, Sir Cuthbert, that they should have closed the gates and + lifted the drawbridge? We could not gain entrance by storming, even if + only twenty men held the walls, until long after the main body would have + returned." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert thought for some time, and then said, "Cnut, you shall undertake + this enterprise. You shall fill a cart high with faggots, and in it shall + conceal a dozen of your best men. You, dressed as a serf, shall drive the + oxen, and when you reach the castle shall say, in answer to the hail of + the sentry, that you are bringing in the tribute of wood of your master + the franklin of Hopeburn. They will then lower the drawbridge and open the + gates; and when you have crossed the bridge and are under the portcullis, + spring out suddenly, cut loose the oxen so that they will not draw the + cart further in, cut the chains of the drawbridge so that it cannot be + drawn off, and hold the gate for a minute or two until we arrive." + </p> + <p> + "The plan is capital," Cnut exclaimed. "We will do the proud Norman yet. + How he will storm when he finds us masters of his castle! What then will + you do, Sir Cuthbert?" + </p> + <p> + "We can hold the castle for weeks," Cuthbert said, "and every day is in + our favor. If we find ourselves forced to yield to superior numbers, we + can at last retire through the passage I have spoken of, and must then + scatter and each shift for himself until these bad days be past." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIV. — THE SIEGE OF EVESHAM CASTLE. + </h2> + <p> + Upon the day before starting out to head the expedition against the + outlaws, Sir Rudolph sent word to the Lady Margaret that she must prepare + to become his wife at the end of the week. He had provided two tiring + maids for her by ordering two of the franklins to send in their daughters + for that purpose, and these mingled their tears with Margaret's at the + situation in which they were placed. She replied firmly to the messenger + of the knight that no power on earth could oblige her to marry him. He + might drive her to the altar; but though he killed her there, her lips + should refuse to say the words which would unite them. + </p> + <p> + The following morning, early, the castle rang with the din of preparation. + The great portion of the mercenaries were encamped in tents outside the + walls, for, spacious as it was, Evesham could hardly contain four hundred + men in addition to its usual garrison. The men-at-arms were provided with + heavy axes to cut their way through the bushes. Some carried bundles of + straw, to fire the wood should it be found practicable to do so; and as it + was now summer and the wind was blowing high, Sir Rudolph hoped that the + dry grass and bushes would catch, and would do more even than his + men-at-arms in clearing the forest of those whom he designated the + villains infesting it. They had, too, with them several fierce dogs + trained to hunting the deer, and these, the knight hoped, would do good + service in tracking the outlaws. He and the knights and the men-at-arms + with him were all dismounted, for he felt that horses would in the forest + be an incumbrance, and he was determined himself to lead the way to the + men-at-arms. + </p> + <p> + When they reached the forest they were saluted by a shower of arrows; but + as all were clad in mail, these at a distance effected but little harm. As + they came closer, however, the clothyard arrows began to pierce the coarse + and ill-made armor of the foot soldiers, although the finer armor of the + knights kept out the shafts which struck against it. Sir Rudolph and his + knights leading the way, they entered the forest and gradually pressed + their invisible foe backward through the trees. The dogs did good service, + going on ahead and attacking the archers; but, one by one, they were soon + shot, and the assailants left to their own devices. Several attempts were + made to fire the wood. But these failed, the fire burning but a short time + and then dying out of itself. In addition to the fighting men, Sir Rudolph + had impressed into the service all the serfs of his domain, and these, + armed with axes, were directed to cut down the trees as the force + proceeded, Sir Rudolph declaring that he would not cease until he had + leveled the whole forest, though it might take him months to do so. + </p> + <p> + The assailants gained ground steadily, the resistance being less severe + than Sir Rudolph had anticipated. Several small huts and clearings in the + forest which had been used by the outlaws, and round which small crops had + been planted, were destroyed, and all seemed to promise well for the + success of the enterprise. + </p> + <p> + It was about two hours after they had left the castle, when a heavy cart + filled with fagots was seen approaching its gates. The garrison, who had + not the least fear of any attack, paid no attention to it until it reached + the edge of the moat. Then the warder, seeing that it contained fagots, + lowered the drawbridge without question, raised the portcullis, and opened + the gates. + </p> + <p> + "From whom do you bring this wood?" he asked as the man driving the oxen + began to cross the bridge. + </p> + <p> + "From the franklin of Hopeburn." + </p> + <p> + "It is well," said the warder, "for he is in arrear now, and should have + sent in the firewood two months since. Take it to the woodhouse at the + other end of the court." + </p> + <p> + The heavy wagon crossed the drawbridge, but as it was entering the gate it + came suddenly to a stop. With a blow of his ox goad Cnut leveled the + warder to the ground, and cutting the cords of the bullocks, drove them + into the yard ahead. As he did so the pile of fagots fell asunder, and + twelve men armed with bow and pike leaped out. The men-at-arms standing + near, lounging in the courtyard, gave a shout of alarm, and the garrison, + surprised at this sudden cry, ran to their arms. At first they were + completely panic-stricken. But seeing after a time how small was the + number of their assailants, they took heart and advanced against them. The + passage was narrow, and the twelve men formed a wall across it. Six of + them with their pikes advanced, the other six with bent bows standing + behind them and delivering their arrows between their heads. The garrison + fought stoutly, and although losing many, were pressing the little band + backward. In vain the assistant-warder tried to lower the portcullis, or + to close the gates. The former fell on to the top of the wagon, and was + there retained. The gates also were barred by the obstacle. The chains of + the drawbridge had at once been cut. Cnut encouraged his followers by his + shouts, and armed with a heavy ax, did good service upon the assailants. + But four of his party had fallen, and the rest were giving way, when a + shout was heard, and over the drawbridge poured Cuthbert and one hundred + and fifty of the outlaws of the forest. Struck with terror at this attack, + the garrison drew back, and the foresters poured into the yard. For a few + minutes there was a fierce fight; but the defenders of the castle, + disheartened and taken by surprise, were either cut down or, throwing down + their arms, cried for quarter. + </p> + <p> + Ten minutes after the wagon had crossed the drawbridge the castle was + safely in possession of Sir Cuthbert. The bridge was raised, the wagon + removed, the portcullis lowered, and to the external eye all remained as + before. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert at once made his way to the chamber where the Lady Margaret was + confined, and her joy at her deliverance was great indeed. So unlimited + was her faith in Sir Cuthbert that she had never lost confidence; and + although it did not seem possible that in the face of such disparity of + numbers he could rescue her from the power of Sir Rudolph, yet she had not + given up hope. The joy of the farmers' daughters who had been carried off + to act as her attendants was little inferior to her own; for once in the + power of this reckless baron, the girls had small hopes of ever being + allowed to return again to their parents. + </p> + <p> + The flag of Sir Rudolph was thrown down from the keep, and that of the + late earl hoisted in its stead; for Cuthbert himself, although he had + assumed the cognizance which King Richard had granted him, had not yet any + flag or pennon emblazoned with it. + </p> + <p> + No words can portray the stupefaction and rage of Sir Rudolph when a man + who had managed to slip unobserved from the castle at the time of its + capture bore the news to him in the forest. All opposition there had + ceased, and the whole of the troops were engaged in aiding the peasants in + cutting wide roads through the trees across the forest, so as to make it + penetrable by horsemen in every direction. It was supposed that the + outlaws had gradually stolen away through the thickets and taken to the + open country, intending to scatter to their homes, or other distant + hiding-places; and the news that they had by a ruse captured the castle + came as a thunder-clap. + </p> + <p> + Sir Rudolph's first impulse was to call his men together and to march + toward the castle. The drawbridge was up and the walls bristled with armed + men. It was useless to attempt a parley; still more useless to think of + attacking the stronghold without the proper machines and appliances. + Foaming with rage, Sir Rudolph took possession of a cottage near, camped + his men around and prepared for a siege. + </p> + <p> + There were among the mercenaries many men accustomed to the use of engines + of war. Many, too, had aided in making them; and these were at once set to + work to construct the various machines in use at that time. Before the + invention of gunpowder, castles such as those of the English barons were + able to defy any attack by an armed force for a long period. Their walls + were so thick that even the balistas, casting huge stones, were unable to + breach them except after a very long time. The moats which surrounded them + were wide and deep, and any attempt at storming by ladders was therefore + extremely difficult; and these buildings were consequently more often + captured by famine than by other means. Of provisions, as Sir Rudolph + knew, there was a considerable supply at present in the castle, for he had + collected a large number of bullocks in order to feed the strong body who + had been added to the garrison. The granaries, too, were well stored; and + with a groan Sir Rudolph thought of the rich stores of French wines which + he had collected in his cellars. + </p> + <p> + After much deliberation with the knights with him and the captain of the + mercenaries, it was agreed in the first instance to attempt to attack the + place by filling up a portion of the moat and ascending by scaling + ladders. Huge screens of wood were made, and these were placed on wagons; + the wagons themselves were filled with bags of earth, and a large number + of men getting beneath them shoved the ponderous machines forward to the + edge of the moat. The bags of stones and earth were then thrown in, and + the wagons pushed backward to obtain a fresh supply. This operation was of + course an exceedingly slow one, a whole day being occupied with each trip + of the wagons. They were not unmolested in their advance, for, from the + walls, mangonels and other machines hurled great stones down upon the + wooden screens, succeeding sometimes, in spite of their thickness, in + crashing through them, killing many of the men beneath. The experiment was + also tried of throwing balls of Greek fire down upon the wood; but as this + was green and freshly felled it would not take fire, but the flames + dropping through, with much boiling pitch and other materials, did + grievously burn and scald the soldiers working below it. Upon both sides + every device was tried. The crossbowmen among the mercenaries kept up a + fire upon the walls to hinder the defenders from interfering with the + operations, while the archers above shot steadily, and killed many of + those who ventured within range of their bows. + </p> + <p> + After ten days' labor a portion of the moat some twenty yards in length + was filled with bags of earth, and all was ready for the assault. The + besiegers had prepared great numbers of strong ladders, and these were + brought up under shelter of the screens. Then, all being ready, the + trumpets sounded for the assault, and the troops moved forward in a close + body, covering themselves with their shields so that no man's head or body + was visible, each protecting the one before him with his shield held over + him. Thus the body presented the appearance of a great scale-covered + animal. In many respects, indeed, the warfare of those days was changed in + no way from that of the time of the Romans. In the twelve hundred years + which had elapsed between the siege of Jerusalem and the days of the + Crusades there had been but little change in arms or armor, and the + operations which Titus undertook for the reduction of the Jewish + stronghold differed but little from those which a Norman baron employed in + besieging his neighbor's castle. + </p> + <p> + Within Evesham Castle all was contentment and merriment during these days. + The garrison had no fear whatever of being unable to repel the assault + when it should be delivered. Huge stones had been collected in numbers on + the walls, caldrons of pitch, beneath which fires kept simmering, stood + there in readiness. Long poles with hooks with which to seize the ladders + and cut them down were laid there; and all that precaution and science + could do was prepared. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert passed much of the day, when not required upon the walls, + chatting with the Lady Margaret, who, attended by her maidens, sat working + in her bower. She had learned to read from the good nuns of the convent—an + accomplishment which was by no means general, even among the daughters of + nobles; but books were rare, and Evesham boasted but few manuscripts. Here + Margaret learned in full all the details of Cuthbert's adventures since + leaving England, and the fondness with which as a child she had regarded + the lad grew gradually into the affection of a woman. + </p> + <p> + The courage of the garrison was high, for although they believed that + sooner or later the castle might be carried by the besiegers, they had + already been told by Cnut that there was a means of egress unknown to the + besiegers, and that when the time came they would be able to escape + unharmed. This, while it in no way detracted from their determination to + defend the castle to the last, yet rendered their task a far lighter and + more agreeable one than it would have been had they seen the gallows + standing before them as the end of the siege. + </p> + <p> + As the testudo, as it was called in those days, advanced toward the + castle, the machines upon the walls—catapults, mangonels and + arbalasts—poured forth showers of stones and darts upon it, breaking + up the array of shields and killing many; and as these openings were made, + the archers, seizing their time, poured in volleys of arrows. The + mercenaries, however, accustomed to war, advanced steadily, and made good + their footing beneath the castle wall, and proceeded to rear their + ladders. Here, although free from the action of the machines, they were + exposed to the hand missiles, which were scarcely less destructive. In + good order, and with firmness, however, they reared the ladders, and + mounted to the assault, covering themselves as well as they could with + their shields. In vain, however, did they mount. The defenders poured down + showers of boiling pitch and oil, which penetrated the crevices of their + armor and caused intolerable torment. Great stones were toppled over from + the battlements upon them; and sometimes the ladders, seized by the poles + with hooks, were cast backward, with all upon them, on the throng below. + For half an hour, encouraged by the shouts of Sir Rudolph and their + leaders, the soldiers strove gallantly; but were at last compelled to draw + off, having lost nigh one hundred men, without one gaining a footing upon + the walls. + </p> + <p> + That evening another council of war was held without. Already some large + machines for which Sir Rudolph had sent had arrived. In anticipation of + the possibility of failure, two castles upon wheels had been prepared, and + between these a huge beam with an iron head was hung. This was upon the + following day pushed forward on the newly-formed ground across the moat. + Upon the upper part of each tower were armed men who worked machines + casting sheaves of arrows and other missiles. Below were those who worked + the ram. To each side of the beam were attached numerous cords, and with + these it was swung backward and forward, giving heavy blows each stroke + upon the wall. The machines for casting stones, which had arrived, were + also brought in play, and day and night these thundered against the walls; + while the ram repeated its ceaseless blows upon the same spot, until the + stone crumbled before it. + </p> + <p> + Very valiantly did the garrison oppose themselves to these efforts. But + each day showed the progress made by the besiegers. Their forces had been + increased, Prince John having ordered his captain at Gloucester to send + another one hundred men to the assistance of Sir Rudolph. Other towers had + now been prepared. These were larger than the first, and overtopped the + castle walls. From the upper story were drawbridges, so formed as to drop + from the structures upon the walls, and thus enable the besiegers to rush + upon them. The process was facilitated by the fact that the battlements + had been shot away by the great stones, and there was a clear space on + which the drawbridges could fall. The attack was made with great vigor; + but for a long time the besieged maintained their post, and drove back the + assailants as they poured out across the drawbridges on to the wall. At + last Cuthbert saw that the forces opposed to him were too numerous to be + resisted, and gave orders to his men to fall back upon the inner keep. + </p> + <p> + Making one rush, and clearing the wall of those who had gained a footing, + the garrison fell back hastily, and were safely within the massive keep + before the enemy had mustered in sufficient numbers upon the wall to + interfere with them. The drawbridge was now lowered, and the whole of the + assailants gained footing within the castle. They were still far from + having achieved a victory. The walls of the keep were massive and strong, + and its top far higher than the walls, so that from above a storm of + arrows poured down upon all who ventured to show themselves. The keep had + no windows low enough down for access to be gained; and those on the + floors above were so narrow, and protected by bars, that it seemed by + scaling the walls alone could an entry be effected. This was far too + desperate an enterprise to be attempted, for the keep rose eighty feet + above the courtyard. It was upon the door, solid and studded with iron, + that the attempt had to be made. + </p> + <p> + Several efforts were made by Sir Rudolph, who fought with a bravery worthy + of a better cause, to assault and batter down the door. Protected by + wooden shields from the rain of missiles from above, he and his knights + hacked at the door with their battle-axes. But in vain. It had been + strengthened by beams behind, and by stones piled up against it. Then fire + was tried. Fagots were collected in the forest, and brought; and a huge + pile having been heaped against the door, it was lighted. "We could + doubtless prolong the siege for some days, Lady Margaret," said Cuthbert, + "but the castle is ours; and we wish not, when the time comes that we + shall again be masters of it, that it should be a mere heap of ruins. + Methinks we have done enough. With but small losses on our side, we have + killed great numbers of the enemy, and have held them at bay for a month. + Therefore, I think that to-night it will be well for us to leave the + place." + </p> + <p> + Lady Margaret was rejoiced at the news that the time for escape had come, + for the perpetual clash of war, the rattling of arrows, the ponderous thud + of heavy stones caused a din very alarming to a young girl; and although + the room in which she sat, looking into the inner court of the castle, was + not exposed to missiles, she trembled at the thought that brave men were + being killed, and that at any moment a shot might strike Cuthbert, and so + leave her without a friend or protector. + </p> + <p> + Content with having destroyed the door, the assailants made no further + effort that evening, but prepared in the morning to attack it, pull down + the stones filled behind it, and force their way into the keep. There was, + with the exception of the main entrance, but one means of exit, a small + postern door behind the castle, and throughout the siege a strong body of + troops had been posted here, to prevent the garrison making a sortie. + Feeling secure therefore that upon the following day his enemies would + fall into his power, Sir Rudolph retired to rest. + </p> + <p> + An hour before midnight the garrison assembled in the hall. The table was + removed, and Cuthbert having pressed the spring, which was at a distance + from the stone and could not be discovered without a knowledge of its + existence, the stone turned aside by means of a counterpoise, and a flight + of steps was seen. Torches had been prepared. Cnut and a chosen band went + first; Cuthbert followed, with Lady Margaret and her attendants; and the + rest of the archers brought up the rear, a trusty man being left in charge + at last with orders to swing back the stone into its place, having first + hauled the table over the spot, so that their means of escape should be + unknown. + </p> + <p> + The passage was long and dreary, the walls were damp with wet, and the + massive doors so swollen by moisture that it was with the greatest + difficulty they could be opened. At last, however, they emerged into the + little friary in the wood. It was deserted, the priest who usually dwelt + there having fled when the siege began. The stone which there, as in the + castle, concealed the exit, was carefully closed, and the party then + emerged into the open air. Here Cuthbert bade adieu to his comrades. Cnut + had very anxiously begged to be allowed to accompany him and share his + fortunes, and Cuthbert had promised him that if at any time he should + again take up arms in England, he would summon him to his side, but that + at present as he knew not whither his steps would be turned, it would be + better that he should be unattended. The archers had all agreed to scatter + far and wide through the country, many of them proceeding to Nottingham + and joining the bands in the forest of Sherwood. + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert himself had determined to make his way to the castle of his + friend, Sir Baldwin, and to leave the Lady Margaret in his charge. Cnut + hurried on at full speed to the house of a franklin, some three miles + distant. Here horses were obtained and saddled, and dresses prepared; and + when Cuthbert with Lady Margaret arrived there, no time was lost. Dressed + as a yeoman, with the Lady Margaret as his sister, he mounted a horse, + with her behind him on a pillion. The other damsels also mounted, as it + would not have been safe for them to remain near Evesham. They therefore + purposed taking refuge in a convent near Gloucester for the present. + Bidding a hearty adieu to Cnut, and with thanks to the franklin who had + aided them, they set forward on their journey. By morning they had reached + the convent, and here the two girls were left, and Cuthbert continued his + journey. He left his charge at a convent a day's ride distant from the + castle of Sir Baldwin, as he wished to consult the knight first as to the + best way of her entering the castle without exciting talk or suspicion. + </p> + <p> + Sir Baldwin received him with joy. He had heard something of his doings, + and the news of the siege of Evesham had been noised abroad. He told him + that he was in communication with many other barons, and that ere long + they hoped to rise against the tyranny of Prince John, but that at present + they were powerless, as many, hoping that King Richard would return ere + long, shrank from involving the country in a civil war. When Cuthbert told + him that the daughter of his old friend was at a convent but a day's ride + distant, and that he sought protection for her, Sir Baldwin instantly + offered her hospitality. + </p> + <p> + "I will," he said, "send my good wife to fetch her. Some here know your + presence, and it would be better therefore that she did not arrive for + some days, as her coming will then seem to be unconnected with yourself. + My wife and I will, a week hence, give out that we are going to fetch a + cousin of my wife's to stay here with her; and when we return no suspicion + will be excited that she is other than she seems. Should it be otherwise, + I need not say that Sir Baldwin of Béthune will defend his castle against + any of the minions of Prince John. But I have no fear that her presence + here will be discovered. What think you of doing in the meantime?" + </p> + <p> + "I am thinking," Cuthbert said, "of going east. No news has been obtained + of our lord the king save that he is a prisoner in the hands of the + emperor; but where confined, or how, we know not. It is my intent to + travel to the Tyrol, and to trace his steps from the time that he was + captured. Then, when I obtain knowledge of the place where he is kept, I + will return, and consult upon the best steps to be taken. My presence in + England is now useless. Did the barons raise the standard of King Richard + against the prince, I should at once return and join them. But without + land or vassals, I can do nothing here, and shall be indeed like a hunted + hare, for I know that the false earl will move heaven and earth to capture + me." + </p> + <p> + Sir Baldwin approved of the resolution; but recommended Cuthbert to take + every precaution not to fall himself into the hands of the emperor; "for," + he said, "if we cannot discover the prison of King Richard, I fear that it + would be hopeless indeed ever to attempt to find that in which a simple + knight is confined." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXV. — IN SEARCH OF THE KING. + </h2> + <p> + The following day, with many thanks, Cuthbert started from the castle, and + in the first place visited the convent, and told Lady Margaret that she + would be fetched in a few days by Sir Baldwin and his wife. He took a + tender adieu of her, not without many forebodings and tears upon her part; + but promising blithely that he would return and lead her back in triumph + to her castle, he bade adieu and rode for London. + </p> + <p> + He had attired himself as a merchant, and took up his abode at a hostelry + near Cheapside. Here he remained quietly for some days, and, mixing among + the people, learned that in London as elsewhere the rapacity of Prince + John had rendered him hateful to the people, and that they would gladly + embrace any opportunity of freeing themselves from his yoke. He was + preparing to leave for France, when the news came to him that Prince John + had summoned all the barons faithful to him to meet him near London, and + had recalled all his mercenaries from different parts of the country, and + was gathering a large army; also, that the barons faithful to King + Richard, alarmed by the prospect, had raised the royal standard, and that + true men were hurrying to their support. This entirely destroyed the plans + that he had formed. Taking horse again, and avoiding the main road, by + which he might meet the hostile barons on their way to London, he + journeyed down to Nottingham. Thence riding boldly into the forest, he + sought the outlaws, and was not long ere he found them. At his request he + was at once taken before their leader, a man of great renown both for + courage and bowmanship, one Robin Hood. This bold outlaw had long held at + defiance the sheriff of Nottingham, and had routed him and all bodies of + troops who had been sent against him. With him Cuthbert found many of his + own men; and upon hearing that the royal standard had been raised, Robin + Hood at once agreed to march with all his men to join the royal force. + Messengers were dispatched to summon the rest of the forest band from + their hiding-places, and a week later Cuthbert, accompanied by Robin Hood + and three hundred archers, set out for the rendezvous. When they arrived + there they found that Sir Baldwin had already joined with his retainers, + and was by him most warmly received, and introduced to the other barons in + the camp, by whom Cuthbert was welcomed as a brother. The news that Prince + John's army was approaching was brought in a fortnight after Cuthbert had + joined the camp, and the army in good order moved out to meet the enemy. + </p> + <p> + The forces were about equal. The battle began by a discharge of arrows; + but Robin Hood and his men shot so true and fast that they greatly + discomfited the enemy; and King John's mercenaries having but little + stomach for the fight, and knowing how unpopular they were in England, and + that if defeated small mercy was likely to be shown to them, refused to + advance against the ranks of the loyal barons, and falling back declined + to join in the fray. Seeing their numbers so weakened by this defection, + the barons on the prince's side hesitated, and surrounding the prince + advised him to make terms with the barons while there was yet time. Prince + John saw that the present was not a favorable time for him, and concealing + his fury under a mask of courtesy, he at once acceded to the advice of his + followers, and dispatched a messenger to the barons with an inquiry as to + what they wanted of him. A council was held, and it was determined to + demand the dismissal of the mercenaries and their dispatch back to their + own country; also that John would govern only as his brother's + representative; that the laws of the country should be respected; that no + taxes should be raised without the assent of the barons; that all men who + had taken up arms against his authority should be held free; and that the + barons on Prince John's side should return peaceably home and disband + their forces. Seeing, under the circumstances, that there was no way + before him but to yield to these demands, Prince John accepted the terms. + The mercenaries were ordered to march direct to London, and orders were + given that ships should be at once prepared to take them across to + Normandy, and the barons marched for their homes. + </p> + <p> + Satisfied, now that the mercenaries were gone, that they could henceforth + hold their ground against Prince John, the royal barons also broke up + their forces. Robin Hood with his foresters returned to Sherwood; and + Cuthbert, bidding adieu to Sir Baldwin, rode back to London, determined to + carry out the plan which he had formed. He was the more strengthened in + this resolution, inasmuch as in the royal camp he had met a friend from + whom he parted last in the Holy Land. This was Blondel, the minstrel of + King Richard, whose songs and joyous music had often lightened the evening + after days of fighting and toil in Palestine. To him Cuthbert confided his + intention, and the minstrel instantly offered to accompany him. + </p> + <p> + "I shall," he said, "be of assistance to you. Minstrels are like heralds. + They are of no nationality, and can pass free where a man-at-arms would be + closely watched and hindered. Moreover, it may be that I might aid you + greatly in discovering the prison of the king. So great is the secrecy + with which this has been surrounded that I question if any inquiries you + could make would enable you to trace him. My voice, however, can penetrate + into places where we cannot enter. I will take with me my lute, and as we + journey I will sing outside the walls of each prison we come to one of the + songs which I sang in Palestine. King Richard is himself a singer and + knows my songs as well as myself. If I sing a verse of some song which I + wrote there and which, therefore, would be known only to him, if he hears + it he may follow with the next verse, and so enable us to know of his + hiding-place." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert at once saw the advantages which such companionship would bring + him, and joyfully accepted the minstrel's offer, agreeing himself to go as + serving man to Blondel. The latter accompanied him to London. Here their + preparations were soon made, and taking ship in a merchantman bound for + the Netherlands, they started without delay upon their adventure. + </p> + <p> + The minstrels and troubadours were at that time a privileged race in + Europe, belonging generally to the south of France, although produced in + all lands. They traveled over Europe singing the lays which they + themselves had composed, and were treated with all honor at the castles + where they chose to alight. It would have been considered as foul a deed + to use discourtesy to a minstrel as to insult a herald. Their persons + were, indeed, regarded as sacred, and the knights and barons strove to + gain their good-will by hospitality and presents, as a large proportion of + their ballads related to deeds of war; and while they would write lays in + honor of those who courteously entertained them, they did not hesitate to + heap obloquy upon those who received them discourteously, holding them up + to the gibes and scoffs of their fellows. In no way, therefore, would + success be so likely to attend the mission of those who set out to + discover the hiding-place of King Richard as under the guise of a minstrel + and his attendant. No questions would be asked them; they could halt where + they would, in castle or town, secure of hospitality and welcome. Blondel + was himself a native of the south of France, singing his songs in the soft + language of Languedoc. Cuthbert's Norman French would pass muster anywhere + as being that of a native of France; and although when dressed as a + servitor attention might be attracted by his bearing, his youth might + render it probable that he was of noble family, but that he had entered + the service of the minstrel in order to qualify himself some day for + following that career. He carried a long staff, a short sword, and at his + back the lute or small harp played upon by the troubadour. Blondel's + attire was rich, and suitable to a person of high rank. + </p> + <p> + They crossed to the Scheldt, and thence traveled by the right bank of the + Rhine as far as Mannheim, sometimes journeying by boat, sometimes on foot. + They were also hospitably entertained, and were considered to more than + repay their hosts by the songs which Blondel sang. + </p> + <p> + At Mannheim they purchased two horses, and then struck east for Vienna. + </p> + <p> + The journey was not without danger, for a large portion of this part of + Europe was under no settled government, each petty baron living in his own + castle, and holding but slight allegiance to any feudal lord, making war + upon his neighbor on his own account, levying blackmail from travelers, + and perpetually at variance with the burghers of the towns. + </p> + <p> + The hills were covered with immense forests, which stretched for many + leagues in all directions, and these were infested by wolves, bears, and + robbers. + </p> + <p> + The latter, however, although men without pity or religion, yet held the + troubadours in high esteem, and the travelers without fear entered the + gloomy shades of the forest. + </p> + <p> + They had not gone far when their way was barred by a number of armed men. + </p> + <p> + "I am a minstrel," Blondel said; "and as such doubt not that your courtesy + will be extended to me." + </p> + <p> + "Of a surety," the leader said; "the gay science is as much loved and + respected in the greenwood as in the castle; and moreover, the purses of + those who follow it are too light to offer any temptation to us. We would + pray you, however, to accompany us to our leader, who will mightily + rejoice to see you, for he loves music, and will gladly be your host so + long as you will stay with him." + </p> + <p> + Blondel, without objection, turned his horse's head and accompanied the + men, followed by Cuthbert. After half an hour's traveling they came to a + building which had formerly been a shrine, but which was now converted to + the robbers' headquarters. The robber chief, on hearing from his followers + the news that a minstrel had arrived, came forward to meet him, and + courteously bade him welcome. + </p> + <p> + "I am Sir Adelbert, of Rotherheim," he said, "although you see me in so + poor a plight. My castle and lands have been taken by my neighbor, with + whom for generations my family have been at feud. I was in the Holy Land + with the emperor, and on my return found that the baron had taken the + opportunity of my absence, storming my castle and seizing my lands. In + vain I petitioned the emperor to dispossess this traitorous baron of my + lands, which by all the laws of Christendom should have been respected + during my absence. The emperor did indeed send a letter to the baron to + deliver them up to me; but his power here is but nominal, and the baron + contemptuously threw the royal proclamation into the fire and told the + messenger that what he had taken by the sword he would hold by the sword; + and the emperor having weightier matters on hand than to set troops in + motion to redress the grievances of a simple knight, gave the matter no + further thought. I have therefore been driven to the forest, where I live + as best I may with my followers, most of whom were retainers upon my + estate, and some my comrades in the Holy Land. I make war upon the rich + and powerful, and beyond that do harm to no man. But, methinks," he + continued, "I know your face, gentle sir." + </p> + <p> + "It may well be so, Sir Adelbert," the minstrel said, "for I too was in + the Holy Land. I followed the train of King Richard, and mayhap at some of + the entertainments given by him you have seen my face. My name is + Blondel." + </p> + <p> + "I remember now," the knight said. "It was at Acre that I first saw you, + and if I remember rightly you can wield the sword as well as the lute." + </p> + <p> + "One cannot always be playing and singing," Blondel said, "and in lack of + amusement I was forced to do my best against the infidel, who indeed would + have but little respected my art had I fallen into his hands. The + followers of the prophet hold minstrels but in slight reverence." + </p> + <p> + "What is the news of King Richard?" the knight said. "I have heard that he + was lost on the voyage homeward." + </p> + <p> + "It is not so," Blondel said. "He landed safely on the coast, and was + journeying north with a view of joining his sister at the court of Saxony, + when he was foully seized and imprisoned by the Archduke John." + </p> + <p> + "That were gross shame indeed," the knight said, "and black treachery on + the part of Duke John. And where is the noble king imprisoned?" + </p> + <p> + "That," said Blondel, "no man knows. On my journey hither I have gathered + that the emperor claimed him from the hand of the archduke, and that he is + imprisoned in one of the royal fortresses, but which I know not. And + indeed, sir knight, since you are well disposed toward him, I may tell you + that the purport of my journey is to discover if I can the place of his + confinement. He was a kind and noble master, and however long my search + may be, I will yet obtain news of him." + </p> + <p> + The knight warmly applauded the troubadour's resolution, and was turning + to lead him into his abode, when his eye fell upon Cuthbert. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks I know the face of your attendant as well as your own; though + where I can have seen him I know not. Was he with you in the Holy Land?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," Blondel said, "the youth was also there; and doubtless you may have + noticed him, for he is indeed of distinguished and of good family." + </p> + <p> + "Then let him share our repast," the knight said, "if it seems good to + you. In these woods there is no rank, and I myself have long dropped my + knightly title, and shall not reassume it until I can pay off my score to + the Baron of Rotherheim, and take my place again in my castle." + </p> + <p> + The minstrel and Cuthbert were soon seated at the table with the knight + and one or two of his principal companions. A huge venison pasty formed + the staple of the repast, but hares and other small game were also upon + the table. Nor was the generous wine of the country wanting. + </p> + <p> + The knight had several times glanced at Cuthbert, and at last exclaimed, + "I have it now. This is no attendant, sir minstrel, but that valiant young + knight who so often rode near King Richard in battle. He is, as I guess, + your companion in this quest; is it not so?" + </p> + <p> + "It is," Cuthbert replied frankly. "I am, like yourself, a disinherited + knight, and my history resembles yours. Upon my return to England I found + another in possession of the land and titles that belonged to the noble I + followed, and which King Richard bestowed upon me. The Earl of Evesham was + doubtless known to you, and before his death King Richard, at his request, + bestowed upon me as his adopted son—although but a distant + connection—his title and lands and the hand of his daughter. Prince + John, who now rules in England, had however granted these things to one of + his favorites, and he having taken possession of the land and title, + though not, happily, of the lady, closed his door somewhat roughly in my + face. I found means, however, to make my mark upon him; but as our quarrel + could not be fought out to the end, and as the false knight had the aid of + Prince John, I am forced for awhile to postpone our settlement, and + meeting my good friend the minstrel, agreed to join him in his enterprise + to discover our lord the king." + </p> + <p> + The knight warmly grasped Cuthbert's hand. + </p> + <p> + "I am glad," he said, "to meet so true and valiant a knight. I have often + wondered at the valor with which you, although so young, bore yourself; + and there were tales afloat of strange adventures which you had undergone + in captivity for a time among the infidels." + </p> + <p> + At Sir Adelbert's request Cuthbert related the story of his adventures + among the Saracens; and then Blondel, tuning his lute, sang several + canzonets which he had composed in the Holy Land, of feats of arms and + adventure. + </p> + <p> + "How far are you," Cuthbert asked presently, when Blondel laid his lute + aside, "from the estates which were wrongfully wrested from you?" + </p> + <p> + "But twenty leagues," the knight said. "My castle was on the Rhine, + between Coblentz and Mannheim." + </p> + <p> + "Does the baron know that you are so near?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "Methinks that he does not," the knight replied, "but that he deems me to + have gone to the court of the emperor to seek for redress—which, he + guesses, I shall certainly fail to obtain." + </p> + <p> + "How many men have you with you?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "Fifty men, all good and true," the knight said. + </p> + <p> + "Has it never entered your thoughts to attempt a surprise upon his + castle?" Cuthbert said. + </p> + <p> + The knight was silent for a minute. + </p> + <p> + "At times," he said at length, "thoughts of so doing have occurred to me; + but the castle is strong, and a surprise would be difficult indeed." + </p> + <p> + "If the baron is lulled in security at present," Cuthbert said, "and deems + you afar off, the watch is likely to be relaxed, and with a sudden + onslaught you might surely obtain possession. Blondel and myself are not + pressed for time, and the delay of a few days can make but little + difference. If, therefore, you think we could be of assistance to you in + such an attempt, my sword, and I am sure that of my friend, would be at + your disposal." + </p> + <p> + The knight sat for some time in silence. + </p> + <p> + "Thanks, generous knight," he said at last, "I am sorely tempted to avail + myself of your offer; but I fear that the enterprise is hopeless. The aid, + however, of your arm and knowledge of war would greatly add to my chances, + and if it pleases you we will ride to-morrow to a point where we can + obtain a sight of the baron's castle. When you see it you shall judge + yourself how far such an enterprise as you propose is possible." + </p> + <p> + "Is your own castle intact?" Cuthbert asked. + </p> + <p> + "The walls are standing," he said; "but a breach has been made in them, + and at present it is wholly deserted." + </p> + <p> + "Do you think," Cuthbert asked, "that if you succeeded in surprising and + defeating the garrison of the castle that you could then regain your own, + and hold it against your enemy?" + </p> + <p> + "I think that I could," Sir Adelbert said. "The baron's domains are but + little larger than my own. Many of my retainers still live upon the + estate, and would, I am sure, gladly join me, if I were to raise my flag. + The baron, too, is hated by his neighbors, and could I inflict a crushing + blow upon him, methinks it would be so long a time before he could + assemble a force, that I might regain my castle and put it in an attitude + of defense before he could take the field against me." + </p> + <p> + "If," Cuthbert said, "we could surprise the castle, it might well be that + the baron would fall into your hands, and in that case you might be able + to make your own terms with him. How strong a force is he likely to have + in his castle?" + </p> + <p> + "Some fifty or sixty men," the knight replied; "for with such a force he + could hold the castle against an attack of ten times their number, and he + could in twelve hours call in his retainers, and raise the garrison to + three hundred or four hundred men." + </p> + <p> + Blondel warmly assented to Cuthbert's scheme, and it was settled that at + daybreak they should start to view the Castle of Rotherheim. At early dawn + they were in the saddle, and the three rode all day, until toward sunset + they stood on the crest of a hill looking down into the valley of the + Rhine. + </p> + <p> + The present aspect of that valley affords but a slight idea of its beauty + in those days. The slopes are now clad with vineyards, which, although + picturesque in idea, are really, to look at from a distance, no better + than so many turnip fields. The vines are planted in rows and trained to + short sticks, and as these rows follow the declivities of the hillside, + they are run in all directions, and the whole mountain side, from the + river far up, is cut up into little patches of green lines. In those days + the mountains were clad with forests, which descended nearly to the + riverside. Here and there, upon craggy points, were situate the fortalices + of the barons. Little villages nestled in the woods, or stood by the river + bank, and a fairer scene could not be witnessed in Europe. + </p> + <p> + "That is Rotherheim," the knight said, pointing to a fortress standing on + a crag, which rose high above the woods around it; "and that," he said, + pointing to another some four miles away, similarly placed, "is my own." + </p> + <p> + Cuthbert examined closely the fortress of Rotherheim. It was a large + building, with towers at the angles, and seemed to rise almost abruptly + from the edge of the rock. Inside rose the gables and round turrets of the + dwelling-place of the baron, and the only access was by a steep winding + path on the riverside. + </p> + <p> + "It is indeed a strong place," Cuthbert said, "and difficult to take by + surprise. A watch no doubt is always kept over the entrance, and there we + can hope for no success. The only plan will be to scale the wall by means + of a ladder; but how the ladder is to be got to so great a height, I own + at present passes my comprehension." After much thought, Cuthbert went on, + "It might, methinks, be practicable for an archer to approach the walls, + and to shoot an arrow over the angle of the castle so that it would pass + inside the turret there, and fall in the forest beyond. If to this arrow + were attached a light cord, it could be gained by one on the other side, + and a stronger cord hauled over. To this could be attached a rope ladder, + and so this could be raised to the top of the wall. If a sentinel were + anywhere near he might hear the rope pulled across the battlements; but + if, as we may hope, a watch is kept only over the entrance, the operation + might be performed without attracting notice." + </p> + <p> + The knight was delighted with the project, which seemed perfectly + feasible, and it was agreed that the attempt should be made. + </p> + <p> + "It will need," Sir Adelbert said, "an archer with a strong arm indeed to + shoot an arrow with a cord attached to it, however light, over the corner + of the castle." + </p> + <p> + "Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that I can do that, for as a lad I was used to + the strong bows of my country. The first thing, however, will be to obtain + such a bow; but doubtless one can be purchased in one of the towns, which, + if not so strong as those to which I was accustomed, will at any rate + suffice for us." + </p> + <p> + The party bivouacked in the woods for the night, for the horses had + already done a very long journey, and needed rest before starting back for + the Black Forest. At daybreak, however, they started, and at nightfall + rejoined their band. These were delighted when they heard the scheme that + had been set on foot, and all avowed their eagerness to join in the + attempt to restore their lord to his rights. + </p> + <p> + Two days later they set out, having already procured from the nearest town + a strong bow, some arrows, a very light rope, and a stronger one from a + portion of which they manufactured a rope ladder capable of reaching from + the top of the wall to the rock below. The journey this time occupied two + days, as the men on foot were unable to march at the pace at which the + mounted party had traversed the ground. The evening of the second day, + however, saw them in sight of the castle. By Cuthbert's advice, Sir + Adelbert determined to give them twenty-four hours of rest, in order that + they might have their full strength for undertaking the task before them. + During the day Cuthbert, guided by the knight, made his way through the + woods to the foot of the rocks on which the castle stood. They were + extremely steep, but could be mounted by active men if unopposed from + above. Cuthbert measured the height with his eye from the top of the + castle wall to the place which he selected as most fitting from which to + shoot the arrow, and announced to the knight that he thought there would + be no difficulty in discharging an arrow over the angle. + </p> + <p> + At nightfall the whole party made their way silently through the woods. + Three men were sent round to the side of the castle opposite that from + which Cuthbert was to shoot. The length of light string was carefully + coiled on the ground, so as to unwind with the greatest facility, and so + offer as little resistance to the flight of the arrow as might be. Then, + all being in readiness, Cuthbert attached the end to an arrow, and drawing + the bow to its full compass, let fly the arrow. All held their breath; but + no sound followed the discharge. They were sure, therefore, that the arrow + had not struck the wall, but that it must have passed clear over it. Half + an hour elapsed before they felt that the cord was pulled, and knew that + the men upon the other side had succeeded in finding the arrow and string + attached. The stronger cord was now fastened to that which the arrow had + carried, and this gradually disappeared in the darkness. A party now stole + up the rock, and posted themselves at the foot of the castle wall. They + took with them the coil of rope-ladder and the end of the rope. At length + the rope tightened, and to the end they attached the ladder. This again + ascended until the end only remained upon the ground, and they knew that + it must have reached the top of the wall. They now held fast, and knew + that those on the other side, following the instructions given them, would + have fastened the rope to a tree upon the opposite side. They were now + joined by the rest of the party, and Sir Adelbert leading the way, and + followed by Cuthbert and Blondel, began cautiously to ascend the rope + ladder. + </p> + <p> + All this time no sound from the castle proclaimed that their intention was + suspected, or that any alarm had been given, and in silence they gained + the top of the wall. Here they remained quiet until the whole band were + gathered there, and then made their way along until they reached the + stairs leading to the courtyard. These they descended, and then, raising + his war-cry, Sir Adelbert sprang upon the men who, round a fire, were + sitting by the gate. These were cut down before they could leap to their + feet, and the party then rushed at the entrance to the dwelling-house. The + retainers of the castle, aroused by the sudden din, rushed from their + sleeping places, but taken completely by surprise, were unable to offer + any resistance whatever to the strong force which had, as if by magic, + taken possession of the castle. The surprise was complete, and with scarce + a blow struck they found themselves in possession. The baron himself was + seized as he rose from his bed, and his rage at finding himself in the + power of his enemy was so great as for some time to render him speechless. + Sir Adelbert briefly dictated to him the conditions upon which only he + should desist from using his power to hang him over his own gate. The + baron was instantly to issue orders to all his own retainers and tenantry + to lend their aid to those of Sir Adelbert in putting the castle of the + latter into a state of defense and mending the breach which existed. A sum + of money, equal to the revenues of which he had possessed himself, was to + be paid at once, and the knight was to retain possession of Rotherheim and + of the baron's person until these conditions were all faithfully carried + out. The baron had no resource but to assent to these terms, and upon the + following day Cuthbert and Blondel departed upon their way, overwhelmed + with thanks by Sir Adelbert, and confident that he would now be able to + regain and hold the possession of his estate. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVI. — KING RICHARD'S RETURN TO ENGLAND. + </h2> + <p> + Journeying onward, Blondel and his companion stopped at many castles, and + were everywhere hospitably entertained. Arriving at Vienna they lingered + for some time, hoping there to be able to obtain some information of the + whereabouts of King Richard. Blondel in his songs artfully introduced + allusions to the captive monarch and to the mourning of all Christendom at + the imprisonment of its champion. These allusions were always well + received, and he found that the great bulk of the nobles of the empire + were indignant and ashamed at the conduct of the emperor in imprisoning + his illustrious rival. The secret of his prison place, however, appeared + to have been so well kept that no information whatever was obtainable. + </p> + <p> + "We must carry out our original plan," he said at length, "and journey + into the Tyrol. In one of the fortresses there he is most likely to be + confined." + </p> + <p> + Leaving the capital they wandered up into the mountains for weeks, + visiting one castle after another. It was no easy matter in all cases to + get so near to these prisons as to give a hope that their voice might be + heard within, or an answer received without. More than once crossbow bolts + were shot at them from the walls when they did not obey the sentinel's + challenge and move further away. Generally, however, it was in the daytime + that they sang. Wandering carelessly up, they would sit down within + earshot of the castle, open their wallets, and take out provisions from + their store, and then, having eaten and drunk, Blondel would produce his + lute and sing, as if for his own pleasure. It needed, however, four visits + to each castle before they could be sure that the captive was not there; + for the song had to be sung on each side. Sometimes they would cheat + themselves with the thought that they heard an answering voice; but it was + not until the end of the fourth week, when singing outside the castle of + Diernstein, that a full rich voice, when Blondel ceased, sang out the + second stanza of the poem. With difficulty Blondel and Cuthbert restrained + themselves from an extravagant exhibition of joy. They knew, however, that + men on the prison wall were watching them as they sat singing, and + Blondel, with a final strain taken from a ballad of a knight who, having + discovered the hiding-place of his lady love, prepared to free her from + her oppressors, shouldered his lute, and they started on their homeward + journey. + </p> + <p> + There was no delay now. At times they sang indeed at castles; but only + when their store was exhausted, for upon these occasions Blondel would be + presented with a handsome goblet or other solid token of the owner's + approval, and the sale of this at the next city would take them far on + their way. They thought it better not to pass through France, as Philip, + they knew, was on the watch to prevent any news of King Richard reaching + England. They therefore again passed through Brabant, and so by ship to + England. + </p> + <p> + Hearing that Longchamp, Bishop of Ely, one of Richard's vicegerents, was + over in Normandy, and rightly deeming him the most earnest of his + adherents, they at once recrossed the sea, and found the warlike prelate + at Rouen. Greatly delighted was he at hearing that Richard's hiding-place + had been discovered. He at once sent across the news to England, and + ordered it to be published far and wide, and himself announced it to the + barons of Normandy. Then with a gorgeous retinue, including Cuthbert and + Blondel, he started for Vienna, and arriving there demanded an interview + with the emperor. + </p> + <p> + The news that it was now certain that Richard was imprisoned in a castle + of the emperor had already spread through Europe, and the bishop had been + received everywhere with tokens of sympathy; and so great was the feeling + shown by the counts and barons of the empire that the Emperor Henry felt + that he could no longer refuse to treat for the surrender of his captive. + Therefore he granted the interview which Longchamp demanded. The English + envoy was received by the emperor surrounded by his nobles. The prelate + advanced with great dignity. + </p> + <p> + "I come," he said, "in the name of the people of England to demand the + restoration of King Richard, most unjustly and unknightly detained a + prisoner in his passage through your dominions." + </p> + <p> + "King Richard was my foe," the emperor said, "open and secret, and I was + justified in detaining one who is alike my enemy and a scourge to Europe + as a prisoner, when fortune threw him in my hands. I am, however, willing + to put him to a ransom, and will upon the payment of one hundred and fifty + thousand marks allow him to go free." + </p> + <p> + "I deny your right to detain him or to put him to ransom," the bishop + said. "But as you have the power, so my denial is useless. England is + poor, impoverished with war and by the efforts which she made in the + service of our holy religion. Nevertheless, poor as she is, she will raise + the sum you demand. There is not an Englishman who will not furnish all he + can afford for the rescue of our king. But once again, in the presence of + your nobles, I denounce your conduct as base and unkingly." + </p> + <p> + The emperor could with difficulty restrain his passion; but the sight of + the somber visages of his nobles showed that they shared in no slight + degree the feelings which the English envoy had so boldly announced. + </p> + <p> + "Before, however," the emperor said, "I surrender King Richard, he must be + tried by my peers of many and various crimes of which he is accused. + Should he be found guilty of these, no gold can purchase his release. + Should he, however, be acquitted, then as my word is given so shall it + be." + </p> + <p> + "Although," the prelate said, "I deny your right to try our king, and + believe that he himself will refuse to accept your jurisdiction, yet I + fear not the result if our lord be left in the hands of the nobles of the + empire and not in yours. I can trust their honor and courtesy." + </p> + <p> + And turning upon his heel, without another word he quitted the apartment. + </p> + <p> + An hour later the bishop and his following took horse and rode with all + speed to the north coast, and thence sailed for England. The news of the + amount of ransom filled the people with consternation; but preparations + were at once made for collecting the sum demanded. Queen Eleanor was + unceasing in her efforts to raise the money for the release of her + favorite son. The nobles contributed their jewels and silver; the people + gave contributions of goods, for money was so scarce in England that few + had the wherewithal to pay in coin. Prince John placed every obstacle in + the way of the collection; but the barons had since their successful stand + obtained the upper hand, and it was by intrigue only that he could hinder + the collection. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, popular opinion throughout Europe was strong upon the + side of King Richard. The pope himself wrote to the emperor on his behalf. + The barons of the empire were indignant at the shame placed upon their + country; and the emperor, although he would fain have thrown further + delays in the way, was obliged at last to order the first step to be + taken. + </p> + <p> + A solemn diet was ordered to assemble at Worms. Here were collected all + the nobles of the empire, and before them King Richard was brought. It was + a grand assembly. Upon a raised throne on the daïs sat the emperor + himself, and beside him and near him were the great feudatories of the + empire, and along the sides of the walls were ranged in long rows the + lesser barons. When the doors were opened and King Richard entered, the + whole assembly, save the emperor, rose in respect to the captive monarch. + Although pale from his long confinement, the proud air of Richard was in + no way abated, and the eyes that had flashed so fearlessly upon the + Saracens looked as sternly down the long lines of the barons of Germany. + Of splendid stature and physique, King Richard was unquestionably the + finest man of his time. He was handsome, with a frank face, but with a + fierce and passionate eye. He wore his mustache with a short beard and + closely-cut whisker. His short curly hair was cropped closely to his head, + upon which he wore a velvet cap with gold coronet, while a scarlet robe + lined with fur fell over his coat of mail, for the emperor had deemed it + imprudent to excite the feeling of the assembly in favor of the prisoner + by depriving him of the symbols of his rank. + </p> + <p> + King Richard strode to the place prepared for him, and then turning to the + assembly he said, in a voice which rang through the hall: + </p> + <p> + "Counts and lords of the Empire of Germany, I, Richard, King of England, + do deny your right to try me. I am a king, and can only be tried by my + peers and by the pope, who is the head of Christendom. I might refuse to + plead, refuse to take any part in this assembly, and appeal to the pope, + who alone has power to punish kings. But I will waive my rights. I rely + upon the honor and probity of the barons of Germany. I have done no man + wrong, and would appear as fearlessly before an assembly of peasants as + before a gathering of barons. Such faults as I may have, and none are + without them, are not such as those with which I am charged. I have slain + many men in anger, but none by treachery. When Richard of England strikes + he strikes in the light of day. He leaves poison and treachery to his + enemies, and I hurl back with indignation and scorn in the teeth of him + who makes them the charges brought against me." + </p> + <p> + So saying King Richard took his seat amid a murmur of applause from the + crowded hall. + </p> + <p> + The trial then commenced. The accusations against Richard were of many + kinds. Chief among them was the murder of Conrad of Montferat; but there + were charges of having brought the Crusade to naught by thwarting the + general plans, by his arrogance in refusing to be bound by the decision of + the other leaders, and by having made a peace contrary to the interests of + the Crusaders. The list was a long one; but the evidence produced was + pitiably weak. Beyond the breath of suspicion, no word of real evidence + connecting him with the murder of Conrad of Montferat was adduced, and the + other charges were supported by no better evidence. Many of the German + barons who had been at the Crusades themselves came forward to testify to + the falsity of these charges, and the fact that Richard had himself placed + Conrad of Montferat upon the throne, and had no possible interest in his + death, was alone more than sufficient to nullify the vague rumors brought + against him. Richard himself in a few a scornful words disposed of this + accusation. The accusation that he, Richard of England, would stoop to + poison a man whom he could have crushed in an instant was too absurd to be + seriously treated. + </p> + <p> + "I am sure," the king said, "that not one person here believes this idle + tale. That I did not always agree with the other leaders is true; but I + call upon every one here to say whether, had they listened to me and + followed my advice, the Crusade would not have had another ending. Even + after Philip of France had withdrawn; even after I had been deserted by + John of Austria, I led the troops of the Crusaders from every danger and + every difficulty to within sight of the walls of Jerusalem. Had I been + supported with zeal, the holy city would have been ours; but the apathy, + the folly, and the weakness of the leaders brought ruin upon the army. + They thought not of conquering Jerusalem, but of thwarting me; and I + retort upon them the charge of having sacrificed the success of the + Crusade. As to the terms of peace, how were they made? I, with some fifty + knights and one thousand followers, alone remained in the Holy Land. Who + else, I ask, so circumstanced, could have obtained any terms whatever from + Saladin? It was the weight of my arm alone which saved Jaffa and Acre, and + the line of seacoast, to the Cross. And had I followed the example set me + by him of Austria and the Frenchman, not one foot of the Holy Land would + now remain in Christian hands." + </p> + <p> + The trial was soon over, and without a single dissentient the King of + England was acquitted of all the charges brought against him. But the + money was not yet raised, and King Richard was taken back into the heart + of Germany. At length, by prodigious exertions, half the amount claimed + was collected, and upon the solicitations of the pope and of the counts of + his own empire, the emperor consented to release Richard upon receipt of + this sum, and his royal promise that the remainder should be made up. + </p> + <p> + Not as yet, however, were the intrigues at an end. Prince John and King + Philip alike implored the emperor to retain his captive, and offered to + him a larger sum than the ransom if he would still hold him in his hands. + Popular opinion, was, however, too strong. When the news of these + negotiations became bruited abroad the counts of the empire, filled with + indignation, protested against this shame and dishonor being brought upon + the country. The pope threatened him with excommunication; and at last the + emperor, feeling that he would risk his throne did he further insist, was + forced to open the prison gates and let the king free. Cuthbert, Blondel, + and a few other trusty friends were at hand, and their joy at receiving + their long-lost sovereign was indeed intense. Horses had been provided in + readiness, and without a moment's delay the king started, for even at the + last moment it was feared that the emperor might change his mind. This + indeed was the case. The king had not started many hours, when the arrival + of fresh messengers from Philip and John induced the emperor once more to + change his intentions, and a body of men were sent in pursuit of the king. + The latter fortunately made no stay on the way, but changing horses + frequently—for everywhere he was received with honor and attention—he + pushed forward for the coast of the North Sea, and arrived there two or + three hours only before his oppressors. Fortunately it was night, and + taking a boat he embarked without a moment's delay; and when the + emissaries of the emperor arrived the boat was already out of sight, and + in the darkness pursuit was hopeless. + </p> + <p> + On landing at Dover, the first to present himself before him was Prince + John, who, in the most abject terms besought pardon for the injuries he + had inflicted. King Richard waved him contemptuously aside. + </p> + <p> + "Go," he said, "and may I forget your injuries as speedily as you will + forget my pardon." + </p> + <p> + Then taking horse, he rode on to London, where he was received with the + most lively acclamation by his subjects. + </p> + <p> + The first step of King Richard was to dispossess all the minions of John + from the castles and lands which had been taken from his faithful + adherents. Some of these resisted; but their fortresses were speedily + stormed. Sir Rudolph was not one of these. Immediately the news of King + Richard's arrival in England reached him, feeling that all was now lost, + he rode to the seacoast, took ship, and passed into France, and Cuthbert, + on his arrival at Evesham, found himself undisputed lord of the place. He + found that the hiding-place of his mother had not been discovered, and, + after a short delay to put matters in train, he, attended by a gallant + retinue, rode into Wiltshire to the castle of Sir Baldwin of Béthune. Here + he found the Lady Margaret safe and sound, and mightily pleased to see + him. She was now seventeen, and offered no objections whatever to the + commands of King Richard that she should at once bestow her hand upon the + Earl of Evesham. By the king's order, the wedding took place at London, + the king himself bestowing the bride upon his faithful follower, whom we + may now leave to the enjoyment of the fortune and wife he had so valiantly + won. + </p> + <h3> + THE END. + </h3> + <div style="height: 6em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Boy Knight, by G.A. Henty + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BOY KNIGHT *** + +***** This file should be named 13354-h.htm or 13354-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/3/5/13354/ + +Etext produced by Ted Garvin, Annika Feilbach and PG Distributed Proofreaders + +HTML file produced by David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/old/13354.txt b/old/13354.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..342d4e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13354.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10160 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Boy Knight, by G.A. Henty + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Boy Knight + +Author: G.A. Henty + +Release Date: September 2, 2004 [EBook #13354] +[Last updated: August 4, 2013] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BOY KNIGHT *** + + + + +Produced by Ted Garvin, Annika Feilbach and PG Distributed Proofreaders + + + + + + + + + +THE BOY KNIGHT. + +A TALE OF THE CRUSADES. + + +BY G.A. HENTY, + +_Author of "The Young Buglers," "Through the Fray," "The Cornet of +Horse," "The Young Colonists," "In Times of Peril," etc., etc._ + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +CHAPTER I. +The Outlaws. + +CHAPTER II. +A Rescue. + +CHAPTER III. +The Capture of Wortham Hold. + +CHAPTER IV. +The Crusades. + +CHAPTER V. +Preparations. + +CHAPTER VI. +The Lists. + +CHAPTER VII. +Revenge. + +CHAPTER VIII. +The Attack. + +CHAPTER IX. +The Princess Berengaria. + +CHAPTER X. +Pirates. + +CHAPTER XI. +In the Holy Land. + +CHAPTER XII. +The Accolade. + +CHAPTER XIII. +In the Hands of the Saracens. + +CHAPTER XIV. +An Effort for Freedom. + +CHAPTER XV. +A Hermit's Tale. + +CHAPTER XVI. +A Fight of Heroes. + +CHAPTER XVII. +An Alpine Storm. + +CHAPTER XVIII. +Sentenced to Death. + +CHAPTER XIX. +Dresden. + +CHAPTER XX. +Under the Greenwood. + +CHAPTER XXI. +The Attempt on the Convent. + +CHAPTER XXII. +A Dastardly Stratagem. + +CHAPTER XXIII. +The False and Perjured Knight. + +CHAPTER XXIV. +The Siege of Evesham Castle. + +CHAPTER XXV. +In Search of the King. + +CHAPTER XXVI. +King Richard's Return to England. + + + + + +THE BOY KNIGHT. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE OUTLAWS. + + +It was a bright morning in the month of August, when a lad of some +fifteen years of age, sitting on a low wall, watched party after party +of armed men riding up to the castle of the Earl of Evesham. A casual +observer glancing at his curling hair and bright open face, as also at +the fashion of his dress, would at once have assigned to him a purely +Saxon origin; but a keener eye would have detected signs that Norman +blood ran also in his veins, for his figure was lither and lighter, his +features more straightly and shapely cut, than was common among Saxons. +His dress consisted of a tight-fitting jerkin, descending nearly to his +knees. The material was a light-blue cloth, while over his shoulder hung +a short cloak of a darker hue. His cap was of Saxon fashion, and he wore +on one side a little plume of a heron. In a somewhat costly belt hung a +light short sword, while across his knees lay a crossbow, in itself +almost a sure sign of its bearer being of other than Saxon blood. The +boy looked anxiously as party after party rode past toward the castle. + +"I would give something," he said, "to know what wind blows these knaves +here. From every petty castle in the Earl's feu the retainers seem +hurrying here. Is he bent, I wonder, on settling once and for all his +quarrels with the Baron of Wortham? or can he be intending to make a +clear sweep of the woods? Ah! here comes my gossip Hubert; he may tell +me the meaning of this gathering." + +Leaping to his feet, the speaker started at a brisk walk to meet a +jovial-looking personage coming down from the direction of the castle. +The newcomer was dressed in the attire of a falconer, and two dogs +followed at his heels. + +"Ah, Master Cuthbert," he said, "what brings you so near to the castle? +It is not often that you favor us with your presence." + +"I am happier in the woods, as you well know, and was on my way thither +but now, when I paused at the sight of all these troopers flocking in to +Evesham. What enterprise has Sir Walter on hand now, think you?" + +"The earl keeps his own counsel," said the falconer, "but methinks a +shrewd guess might be made at the purport of the gathering. It was but +three days since that his foresters were beaten back by the landless +men, whom they caught in the very act of cutting up a fat buck. As thou +knowest, my lord though easy and well-disposed to all, and not fond of +harassing and driving the people as are many of his neighbors, is yet to +the full as fanatical anent his forest privileges as the worst of them. +They tell me that when the news came in of the poor figure that his +foresters cut with broken bows and draggled plumes--for the varlets had +soused them in a pond of not over savory water--he swore a great oath +that he would clear the forest of the bands. It may be, indeed, that +this gathering is for the purpose of falling in force upon that +evil-disposed and most treacherous baron, Sir John of Wortham, who has +already begun to harry some of the outlying lands, and has driven off, I +hear, many heads of cattle. It is a quarrel which will have to be fought +out sooner or later, and the sooner the better, say I. Although I am no +man of war, and love looking after my falcons or giving food to my dogs +far more than exchanging hard blows, yet would I gladly don the buff and +steel coat to aid in leveling the keep of that robber and tyrant, Sir +John of Wortham." + +"Thanks, good Hubert," said the lad. "I must not stand gossiping here. +The news you have told me, as you know, touches me closely, for I would +not that harm should come to the forest men." + +"Let it not out, I beseech thee, Cuthbert, that the news came from me, +for temperate as Sir Walter is at most times, he would, methinks, give +me short shift did he know that the wagging of my tongue might have +given warning through which the outlaws of the Chase should slip through +his fingers." + +"Fear not, Hubert; I can be mum when the occasion needs. Can you tell +me further, when the bands now gathering are likely to set forth?" + +"In brief breathing space," the falconer replied. "Those who first +arrived I left swilling beer, and devouring pies and other provisions +cooked for them last night, and from what I hear, they will set forth as +soon as the last comer has arrived. Whichever be their quarry, they will +try to fall upon it before the news of their arrival is bruited abroad." + +With a wave of his hand to the falconer the boy started. Leaving the +road, and striking across the slightly undulated country dotted here and +there by groups of trees, the lad ran at a brisk trot, without stopping +to halt or breathe, until after half an hour's run he arrived at the +entrance of a building, whose aspect proclaimed it to be the abode of a +Saxon franklin of some importance. It would not be called a castle, but +was rather a fortified house, with a few windows looking without, and +surrounded by a moat crossed by a drawbridge, and capable of sustaining +anything short of a real attack. Erstwood had but lately passed into +Norman hands, and was indeed at present owned by a Saxon. Sir William de +Lance, the father of the lad who is now entering its portals, was a +friend and follower of the Earl of Evesham; and soon after his lord had +married Gweneth, the heiress of all these fair lands--given to him by +the will of the king, to whom by the death of her father she became a +ward--Sir William had married Editha, the daughter and heiress of the +franklin of Erstwood, a cousin and dear friend of the new Countess of +Evesham. + +In neither couple could the marriage at first have been called one of +inclination on the part of the ladies, but love came after marriage. +Although the knights and barons of the Norman invasion would, no doubt, +be considered rude and rough in these days of broadcloth and +civilization, yet their manners were gentle and polished by the side of +those of the rough though kindly Saxon franklins; and although the Saxon +maids were doubtless as patriotic as their fathers and mothers, yet the +female mind is greatly led by gentle manners and courteous address. +Thus, then, when bidden or forced to give their hands to the Norman +knights, they speedily accepted their lot, and for the most part grew +contented and happy enough. In their changed circumstances it was +pleasanter to ride by the side of their Norman husbands, surrounded by a +gay cavalcade, to hawk and to hunt, than to discharge the quiet duties +of mistress of a Saxon farmhouse. In many cases, of course, their lot +was rendered wretched by the violence and brutality of their lords; but +in the majority they were well satisfied with their lot, and these mixed +marriages did more to bring the peoples together and weld them in one +than all the laws and decrees of the Norman sovereigns. + +This had certainly been the case with Editha, whose marriage with Sir +William had been one of the greatest happiness. She had lost him three +years before the story begins, fighting in Normandy, in one of the +innumerable wars in which our first Norman kings were constantly +involved. On entering the gates of Erstwood Cuthbert had rushed hastily +to the room where his mother was sitting, with three or four of her +maidens, engaged in work. + +"I want to speak to you at once, mother," he said. + +"What is it now, my son?" said his mother, who was still young and very +comely. Waving her hand to the girls they left her. + +"Mother," he said, when they were alone, "I fear me that Sir Walter is +about to make a great raid upon the outlaws. Armed men have been coming +in all the morning from the castles round, and if it be not against the +Baron de Wortham that these preparations are intended, and methinks it +is not, it must needs be against the landless men." + +"What would you do, Cuthbert?" his mother asked anxiously. "It will not +do for you to be found meddling in these matters. At present you stand +well in the favor of the earl, who loves you for the sake of his wife, +to whom you are kin, and of your father, who did him good liegeman's +service." + +"But, mother, I have many friends in the wood. There is Cnut, their +chief, your own first cousin, and many others of our friends, all good +men and true, though forced by the cruel Norman laws to refuge in the +woods." + +"What would you do?" again his mother asked. + +"I would take Ronald my pony and ride to warn them of the danger that +threatens." + +"You had best go on foot, my son. Doubtless men have been set to see +that none from the Saxon homesteads carry the warning to the woods. The +distance is not beyond your reach, for you have often wandered there, +and on foot you can evade the eye of the watchers; but one thing, my +son, you must promise, and that is, that in no case, should the earl and +his bands meet with the outlaws, will you take part in any fray or +struggle." + +"That will I willingly, mother," he said. "I have no cause for offense +against the castle or the forest, and my blood and my kin are with both. +I would fain save shedding of blood in a quarrel like this. I hope that +the time may come when Saxon and Norman may fight side by side, and I +may be there to see." + +A few minutes later, having changed his blue doublet for one of more +sober and less noticeable color, Cuthbert started for the great forest, +which then stretched to within a mile of Erstwood. In those days a large +part of the country was covered with forest, and the policy of the +Normans in preserving these woods for the chase tended to prevent the +increase of cultivation. + +The farms and cultivated lands were all held by Saxons, who although +nominally handed over to the nobles to whom William and his successors +had given the fiefs, saw but little of their Norman masters. These +stood, indeed, much in the position in which landlords stand to their +tenants, payment being made, for the most part, in produce. At the edge +of the wood the trees grew comparatively far apart, but as Cuthbert +proceeded further into its recesses, the trees in the virgin forest +stood thick and close together. Here and there open glades ran across +each other, and in these his sharp eye, accustomed to the forest, could +often see the stags starting away at the sound of his footsteps. + +It was a full hour's journey before Cuthbert reached the point for which +he was bound. Here, in an open space, probably cleared by a storm ages +before, and overshadowed by giant trees, was a group of men of all ages +and appearances. Some were occupied in stripping the skin off a buck +which hung from the bough of one of the trees. Others were roasting +portions of the carcass of another deer. A few sat apart, some talking, +others busy in making arrows, while a few lay asleep on the greensward. +As Cuthbert entered the clearing several of the party rose to their +feet. + +"Ah, Cuthbert," shouted a man of almost gigantic stature, who appeared +to be one of the leaders of the party, "what brings you here, lad, so +early? You are not wont to visit us till even, when you can lay your +crossbow at a stag by moonlight." + +"No, no, Cousin Cnut," Cuthbert said, "thou canst not say that I have +ever broken the forest laws, though I have looked on often and often, +while you have done so." + +"The abettor is as bad as the thief," laughed Cnut, "and if the +foresters caught us in the act, I wot they would make but little +difference whether it was the shaft of my longbow or the quarrel from +thy crossbow which brought down the quarry. But again, lad, why comest +thou here? for I see by the sweat on your face and by the heaving of +your sides that you have run fast and far." + +"I have, Cnut; I have not once stopped for breathing since I left +Erstwood. I have come to warn you of danger. The earl is preparing for a +raid." + +Cnut laughed somewhat disdainfully. + +"He has raided here before, and I trow has carried off no game. The +landless men of the forest can hold their own against a handful of +Norman knights and retainers in their own home." + +"Ay," said Cuthbert, "but this will be no common raid. This morning +bands from all the holds within miles round are riding in, and at least +five hundred men-at-arms are likely to do chase to-day." + +"Is it so?" said Cnut, while exclamations of surprise, but not of +apprehension, broke from those standing round. "If that be so, lad, you +have done us good service indeed. With fair warning we can slip through +the fingers of ten times five hundred men, but if they came upon us +unawares, and hemmed us in, it would fare but badly with us, though we +should, I doubt not, give a good account of them before their +battle-axes and maces ended the strife. Have you any idea by which road +they will enter the forest, or what are their intentions?" + +"I know not," Cuthbert said; "all that I gathered was that the earl +intended to sweep the forest, and to put an end to the breaches of the +laws, not to say of the rough treatment that his foresters have met with +at your hands. You had best, methinks, be off before Sir Walter and his +heavily-armed men are here. The forest, large as it is, will scarce hold +you both, and methinks you had best shift your quarters to Langholm +Chase until the storm has passed." + +"To Langholm be it, then," said Cnut, "though I love not the place. Sir +John of Wortham is a worse neighbor by far than the earl. Against the +latter we bear no malice, he is a good knight and a fair lord; and could +he free himself of the Norman notions that the birds of the air, and the +beasts of the field, and the fishes of the water, all belong to Normans, +and that we Saxons have no share in them, I should have no quarrel with +him. He grinds not his neighbors, he is content with a fair tithe of the +produce, and as between man and man is a fair judge without favor. The +baron is a fiend incarnate; did he not fear that he would lose by so +doing, he would gladly cut the throats, or burn, or drown, or hang every +Saxon within twenty miles of his hold. He is a disgrace to his order, +and some day, when our band gathers a little stronger, we will burn his +nest about his ears." + +"It will be a hard nut to crack," Cuthbert said, laughing. "With such +arms as you have in the forest the enterprise would be something akin to +scaling the skies." + +"Ladders and axes will go far, lad, and the Norman men-at-arms have +learned to dread our shafts. But enough of the baron; if we must be his +neighbors for a time, so be it." + +"You have heard, my mates," he said, turning to his comrades gathered +around him, "what Cuthbert tells us. Are you of my opinion, that it is +better to move away till the storm is past than to fight against heavy +odds, without much chance of either booty or victory?" + +A general chorus proclaimed that the outlaws approved of the proposal +for a move to Langholm Chase. The preparations were simple. Bows were +taken down from the boughs on which they were hanging, quivers slung +across the backs, short cloaks thrown over the shoulders. The deer was +hurriedly dismembered, and the joints fastened to a pole slung on the +shoulders of two of the men. The drinking-cups, some of which were of +silver, looking strangely out of place among the rough horn implements +and platters, were bundled together, carried a short distance and +dropped among some thick bushes for safety; and then the band started +for Wortham. + +With a cordial farewell and many thanks to Cuthbert, who declined their +invitations to accompany them, the retreat to Langholm commenced. + +Cuthbert, not knowing in which direction the bands were likely to +approach, remained for awhile motionless, intently listening. + +In a quarter of an hour he heard the distant note of a bugle. + +It was answered in three different directions, and Cuthbert, who knew +every path and glade of the forest, was able pretty accurately to +surmise those by which the various bands were commencing to enter the +wood. + +Knowing that they were still a long way off, he advanced as rapidly as +he could in the direction in which they were coming. When by the sound +of distant voices and the breaking of branches he knew that one, at +least, of the parties was near at hand, he rapidly climbed a thick tree +and ensconced himself in the branches, and there watched, secure and +hidden from the sharpest eye, the passage of a body of men-at-arms fully +a hundred strong, led by Sir Walter himself, accompanied by some half +dozen of his knights. + +When they had passed Cuthbert again slipped down the tree and made at +all speed for home. He reached it, so far as he knew, without having +been observed by a single passer-by. + +After a brief talk with his mother he started for the castle, as his +appearance there would divert any suspicion that might arise; and it +would also appear natural that seeing the movements of so large a body +of men, he should go up to gossip with his acquaintances there. + +When distant a mile from Evesham he came upon a small party. + +On a white palfrey rode Margaret, the little daughter of the earl. She +was accompanied by her nurse and two retainers on foot. + +Cuthbert--who was a great favorite with the earl's daughter, for whom he +frequently brought pets, such as nests of young owlets, falcons, and +other creatures--was about to join the party when from a clump of trees +near burst a body of ten mounted men. + +Without a word they rode straight at the astonished group. The retainers +were cut to the ground before they had thought of drawing a sword in +defense. + +The nurse was slain by a blow with a battle-ax, and Margaret, snatched +from her palfrey, was thrown across the saddlebow of one of the mounted +men, who then with his comrades dashed off at full speed. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +A RESCUE. + + +The whole of the startling scene of the abduction of the Earl of +Evesham's daughter occupied but a few seconds. Cuthbert was so astounded +at the sudden calamity that he remained rooted to the ground at the spot +where, fortunately for himself, unnoticed by the assailants, he had +stood when they first burst from their concealment. + +For a short time he hesitated as to the course he should take. + +The men-at-arms who remained in the castle were scarce strong enough to +rescue the child, whose captors would no doubt be reinforced by a far +stronger party lurking near. + +The main body of Sir Walter's followers were deep in the recesses of the +forest, and this lay altogether out of the line for Wortham, and there +would be no chance whatever of bringing them up in time to cut off the +marauders on their way back. + +There remained only the outlaws, who by this time would be in Langholm +Forest, perhaps within a mile or two of the castle itself. + +The road by which the horsemen would travel would be far longer than +the direct line across country, and he resolved at once to strain every +nerve to reach his friends in time to get them to interpose between the +captors of the Lady Margaret and their stronghold. + +For an instant he hesitated whether to run back to Erstwood to get a +horse; but he decided that it would be as quick to go on foot, and far +easier so to find the outlaws. + +These thoughts occupied but a few moments, and he at once started at the +top of his speed for his long run across the country. + +Had Cuthbert been running in a race of hare and hound, he would +assuredly have borne away the prize from most boys of his age. At +headlong pace he made across the country, every foot of which, as far as +the edge of Langholm Chase, he knew by heart. + +The distance to the woods was some twelve miles, and in an hour and a +half from the moment of his starting Cuthbert was deep within its +shades. Where he would be likely to find the outlaws he knew not; and, +putting a whistle to his lips, he shrilly blew the signal, which would, +he knew, be recognized by any of the band within hearing. + +He thought that he heard an answer, but was not certain, and again +dashed forward, almost as speedily as if he had but just started. + +Five minutes later a man stood in the glade up which he was running. He +recognized him at once as one of Cnut's party. + +"Where are the band?" he gasped. + +"Half a mile or so to the right," replied the man. + +Guided by the man, Cuthbert ran at full speed, till, panting and scarce +able to speak, he arrived at the spot where Cnut's band were gathered. + +In a few words he told them what had happened, and although they had +just been chased by the father of the captured child, there was not a +moment of hesitation in promising their aid to rescue her from a man +whom they regarded as a far more bitter enemy, both of themselves and +their race. + +"I fear we shall be too late to cut them off," Cnut said, "they have so +long a start; but at least we will waste no time in gossiping." + +Winding a horn to call together some of the members of the band who had +scattered, and leaving one at the meeting-place to give instructions to +the rest, Cnut, followed by those assembled there, went off at a +swinging trot through the glades toward Wortham Castle. + +After a rapid calculation of distances, and allowing for the fact that +the baron's men--knowing that Sir Walter's retainers and friends were +all deep in the forest, and even if they heard of the outrage could not +be on their traces for hours--would take matters quietly, Cnut concluded +that they had arrived in time. + +Turning off, they made their way along the edge of the wood, to the +point where the road from Evesham ran through the forest. + +Scarcely had the party reached this point when they heard a faint +clatter of steel. + +"Here they come!" exclaimed Cuthbert. + +Cnut gave rapid directions, and the band took up their posts behind the +trees, on either side of the path. + +"Remember," Cnut said, "above all things be careful not to hit the +child, but pierce the horse on which she is riding. The instant he +falls, rush forward. We must trust to surprise to give us the victory." + +Three minutes later the head of a band of horsemen was seen through the +trees. They were some thirty in number, and, closely grouped as they +were together, the watchers behind the trees could not see the form of +the child carried in their midst. + +When they came abreast of the concealed outlaws Cnut gave a sharp +whistle, and fifty arrows flew from tree and bush into the closely +gathered party of horsemen. More than half their number fell at once; +some, drawing their swords, endeavored to rush at their concealed foes, +while others dashed forward in the hope of riding through the snare into +which they had fallen. Cuthbert had leveled his crossbow, but had not +fired; he was watching with intense anxiety for a glimpse of the +bright-colored dress of the child. Soon he saw a horseman separate +himself from the rest and dash forward at full speed. Several arrows +flew by him, and one or two struck the horse on which he rode. + +The animal, however, kept on its way. + +Cuthbert leveled his crossbow on the low arm of a tree, and as the rider +came abreast of him touched the trigger, and the steel-pointed quarrel +flew true and strong against the temple of the passing horseman. He fell +from his horse like a stone, and the well-trained animal at once stood +still by the side of his rider. + +Cuthbert leaped forward, and to his delight the child at once opened her +arms and cried in a joyous tone: + +"Cuthbert!" + +The fight was still raging fiercely, and Cuthbert, raising her from the +ground, ran with her into the wood, where they remained hidden until the +combat ceased, and the last survivors of the baron's band had ridden +past toward the castle. + +Then Cuthbert went forward with his charge and joined the band of +outlaws, who, absorbed in the fight, had not witnessed the incident of +her rescue, and now received them with loud shouts of joy and triumph. + +"This is a good day's work indeed for all," Cuthbert said; "it will make +of the earl a firm friend instead of a bitter enemy; and I doubt not +that better days are dawning for Evesham Forest." + +A litter was speedily made with boughs; on this Margaret was placed, and +on the shoulders of two stout foresters started for home, Cnut and +Cuthbert walking beside, and a few of the band keeping at a short +distance behind, as a sort of rearguard, should the baron attempt to +regain his prey. + +There was now no cause for speed, and Cuthbert in truth could scarce +drag one foot before another, for he had already traversed over twenty +miles, the greater portion of the distance at his highest rate of speed. + +Cnut offered to have a litter made for him also, but this Cuthbert +indignantly refused; however, in the forest they came upon the hut of a +small cultivator, who had a rough forest pony, which was borrowed for +Cuthbert's use. + +It was late in the afternoon before they came in sight of Evesham +Castle. From the distance could be seen bodies of armed men galloping +toward it, and it was clear that only now the party were returning from +the wood, and had learned the news of the disappearance of the earl's +daughter, and of the finding of the bodies of her attendants. + +Presently they met one of the mounted retainers riding at headlong +speed. + +"Have you heard or seen anything," he shouted, as he approached, "of the +Lady Margaret? She is missing, and foul play has taken place." + +"Here I am, Rudolph," cried the child, sitting up on the rude litter. + +The horseman gave a cry of astonishment and pleasure, and without a word +wheeled his horse and galloped past back at headlong speed toward the +castle. + +As Cuthbert and the party approached the gate the earl himself, +surrounded by his knights and followers, rode out hastily from the gate +and halted in front of the little party. The litter was lowered, and as +he dismounted from his horse his daughter sprang out and leaped into his +arms. + +For a few minutes the confusion and babble of tongues were too great for +anything to be heard, but Cuthbert, as soon as order was somewhat +restored, stated what had happened, and the earl was moved to fury at +the news of the outrage which had been perpetrated by the Baron of +Wortham upon his daughter and at the very gates of his castle, and also +at the thought that she should have been saved by the bravery and +devotion of the very men against whom he had so lately been vowing +vengeance in the depths of the forest. + +"This is not a time," he said to Cnut, "for talk or making promises, but +be assured that henceforth the deer of Evesham Chase are as free to you +and your men as to me. Forest laws or no forest laws, I will no more +lift a hand against men to whom I owe so much. Come when you will to the +castle, my friends, and let us talk over what can be done to raise your +outlawry and restore you to an honest career again." + +Cuthbert returned home tired, but delighted with his day's work, and +Dame Editha was surprised indeed with the tale of adventure he had to +tell. The next morning he went over to the castle, and heard that a +grand council had been held the evening before, and that it had been +determined to attack Wortham Castle and to raze it to the ground. + +Immediately on hearing of his arrival, the earl, after again expressing +his gratitude for the rescue of his daughter, asked him if he would go +into the forest and invite the outlaws to join their forces with those +of the castle to attack the baron. + +Cuthbert willingly undertook the mission, as he felt that this alliance +would further strengthen the position of the forest men. + +When he arrived there was some considerable consultation and discussion +between the outlaws as to the expediency of mixing themselves in the +quarrels between the Norman barons. However, Cnut persuaded them that as +the Baron of Wortham was an enemy and oppressor of all Saxons, it was in +fact their own quarrel that they were fighting rather than that of the +earl, and they therefore agreed to give their aid, and promised to be at +the rendezvous outside the castle to be attacked soon after dawn next +morning. Cuthbert returned with the news which gave great satisfaction +to the earl. + +The castle was now a scene of bustle and business; armorers were at work +repairing headpieces and breastplates, sharpening swords and +battle-axes, while the fletchers prepared sheaves of arrows. In the +courtyard a number of men were engaged oiling the catapults, ballistas, +and other machines for hurling stones. All were discussing the chances +of the assault, for it was no easy matter which they had set themselves +to do. Wortham Hold was an extremely strong one, and it needed all and +more than all the machines at their disposal to undertake so formidable +an operation as a siege. + +The garrison, too, were strong and desperate; and the baron, knowing +what must follow his outrage of the day before, would have been sure to +send off messengers round the country begging his friends to come to +his assistance. Cuthbert had begged permission of his mother to ask the +earl to allow him to join as a volunteer, but she would not hear of it. +Neither would she suffer him to mingle with the foresters. The utmost +that he could obtain was that he might go as a spectator, with strict +injunctions to keep himself out of the fray, and as far as possible +beyond bow-shot of the castle wall. + +It was a force of some four hundred strong that issued from the wood +early next morning to attack the stronghold at Wortham. The force +consisted of some ten or twelve knights and barons, some one hundred and +fifty or one hundred and sixty Norman men-at-arms, a miscellaneous +gathering of other retainers, two hundred strong, and some eighty of the +forest men. These last were not to fight under the earl's banner, but +were to act on their own account. There were among them outlaws, escaped +serfs, and some men guilty of bloodshed. The earl then could not have +suffered these men to fight under his flag until purged in some way of +their offenses. + +This arrangement suited the foresters well. + +Their strong point was shooting; and by taking up their own position, +and following their own tactics, under the leadership of Cnut, they +would be able to do far more execution, and that with less risk to +themselves, than if compelled to fight according to the fashion of the +Normans. + +As they approached the castle a trumpet was blown, and the herald +advancing, demanded its surrender, stigmatized the Baron of Wortham as a +false knight and a disgrace to his class and warned all those within +the castle to abstain from giving him aid or countenance, but to submit +themselves to the earl, Sir Walter of Evesham, the representative of +King Richard. + +The reply to the summons was a burst of taunting laughter from the +walls; and scarcely had the herald withdrawn than a flight of arrows +showed that the besieged were perfectly ready for the fray. + +Indeed the baron had not been idle. Already the dispute between himself +and the earl had come to such a point that it was certain that sooner or +later open hostilities would break out. + +He had therefore been for some time quietly accumulating a large store +of provisions and munitions of war, and strengthening the castle in +every way. + +The moat had been cleaned out, and filled to the brim with water. Great +quantities of heavy stones had been accumulated on the most exposed +points of the walls, in readiness to hurl upon any who might try to +climb. Huge sheaves of arrows and piles of crossbow bolts were in +readiness, and in all, save the number of men, Wortham had for weeks +been prepared for the siege. + +On the day when the attempt to carry off the earl's daughter had failed, +the baron, seeing that his bold stroke to obtain a hostage which would +have enabled him to make his own terms with the earl had been thwarted, +knew that the struggle was inevitable. + +Fleet messengers had been sent in all directions. To Gloucester and +Hereford, Stafford, and even Oxford, men had ridden, with letters to the +baron's friends, beseeching them to march to his assistance. + +"I can," he said, "defend my hold for weeks. But it is only by aid from +without that I can finally hope to break the power of this baggart +[Transcriber's note: sic] earl." + +Many of those to whom he addressed his call had speedily complied with +his demand, while those at a distance might be expected to reply later +to the appeal. + +There were many among the barons who considered the mildness of the Earl +of Evesham toward the Saxons in his district to be a mistake, and who, +although not actually approving of the tyranny and brutality of the +Baron of Wortham, yet looked upon his cause to some extent as their own. + +The Castle of Wortham stood upon ground but very slightly elevated above +the surrounding country. A deep and wide moat ran round it, and this +could, by diverting a rivulet, be filled at will. + +From the edge of the moat the walls rose high, and with strong flanking +towers and battlements. + +There were strong works also beyond the moat opposite to the drawbridge; +while in the center of the castle rose the keep, from whose summit the +archers, and the machines for casting stones and darts, could command +the whole circuit of defense. + +As Cuthbert, accompanied by one of the hinds of the farm, took his post +high up in a lofty tree, where at his ease he could command a view of +the proceedings, he marveled much in what manner an attack upon so fair +a fortress would be commenced. + +"It will be straightforward work to attack the outwork," he said, "but +that once won, I see not how we are to proceed against the castle +itself. The machines that the earl has will scarcely hurl stones strong +enough even to knock the mortar from the walls. Ladders are useless +where they cannot be planted; and if the garrison are as brave as the +castle is strong, methinks that the earl has embarked upon a business +that will keep him here till next spring." + +There was little time lost in commencing the conflict. + +The foresters, skirmishing up near to the castle, and taking advantage +of every inequality in the ground, of every bush and tuft of high grass, +worked up close to the moat, and then opened a heavy fire with their +bows against the men-at-arms on the battlements, and prevented their +using the machines against the main force now advancing to the attack +upon the outwork. + +This was stoutly defended. But the impetuosity of the earl, backed as it +was by the gallantry of the knights serving under him, carried all +obstacles. + +The narrow moat which encircled this work was speedily filled with great +bundles of brushwood, which had been prepared the previous night. Across +these the assailants rushed. + +Some thundered at the gate with their battle-axes, while others placed +ladders by which, although several times hurled backward by the +defenders, they finally succeeded in getting a footing on the wall. + +Once there, the combat was virtually over. + +The defenders were either cut down or taken prisoners, and in two hours +after the assault began the outwork of Wortham Castle was taken. + +This, however, was but the commencement of the undertaking, and it had +cost more than twenty lives to the assailants. + +They were now, indeed, little nearer to capturing the castle than they +had been before. + +The moat was wide and deep. The drawbridge had been lifted at the +instant that the first of the assailants gained a footing upon the wall. +And now that the outwork was captured, a storm of arrows, stones, and +other missiles was poured into it from the castle walls, and rendered it +impossible for any of its new masters to show themselves above it. + +Seeing that any sudden attack was impossible, the earl now directed a +strong body to cut down trees, and prepare a moveable bridge to throw +across the moat. + +This would be a work of fully two days; and in the meantime Cuthbert +returned to the farm. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +THE CAPTURE OF WORTHAM HOLD. + + +Upon his return home, after relating to his mother the events of the +morning's conflict, Cuthbert took his way to the cottage inhabited by an +old man who had in his youth been a mason. + +"Have I not heard, Gurth," he said, "that you helped to build the Castle +of Wortham?" + +"No, no, young sir," he said; "old as I am, I was a child when the +castle was built. My father worked at it, and it cost him, and many +others, his life." + +"And how was that, prithee?" asked Cuthbert. + +"He was, with several others, killed by the baron, the grandfather of +the present man, when the work was finished." + +"But why was that, Gurth?" + +"We were but Saxon swine," said Gurth bitterly, "and a few of us more or +less mattered not. We were then serfs of the baron. But my mother fled +with me on the news of my father's death. For years we remained far away +with some friends in a forest near Oxford. Then she pined for her native +air, and came back and entered the service of the franklin." + +"But why should your mother have taken you away?" Cuthbert asked. + +"She always believed, Master Cuthbert, that my father was killed by the +baron to prevent him giving any news of the secrets of the castle. He +and some others had been kept in the walls for many months, and were +engaged in the making of secret passages." + +"That is just what I came to ask you, Gurth. I have heard something of +this story before, and now that we are attacking Wortham Castle, and the +earl has sworn to level it to the ground, it is of importance if +possible to find out whether any of the secret passages lead beyond the +castle, and if so, where. Almost all the castles have, I have been told, +an exit by which the garrison can at will make sorties or escape; and I +thought that maybe you might have heard enough to give us some clue as +to the existence of such a passage at Wortham." + +The old man thought for some time in silence and then said: + +"I may be mistaken, but methinks a diligent search in the copse near the +stream might find the mouth of the outlet." + +"What makes you think that this is so, Gurth?" + +"I had been with my mother to carry some clothes to my father on the +last occasion on which I saw him. As we neared the castle I saw my +father and three other of the workmen, together with the baron, coming +down from the castle toward the spot. As my mother did not wish to +approach while the baron was at hand, we stood within the trees at the +edge of the wood and watched what was being done. The baron came with +them down to the bushes, and then they again came out, crossed the +river, and one of them cut some willows, peeled them, and erected the +white staves in a line toward the castle. They walked for a bit on each +side, and seemed to be making calculations. Then they went back into the +castle, and I never saw my father again." + +"Why did you not go in at once according to your intention?" + +"Because my mother said that she thought some important work was on +hand, and that maybe the baron would not like that women should know +aught of it, for he was of suspicious and evil mind. More than this I +know not. The castle had already been finished and most of the masons +discharged. There were, however, a party of serfs kept at work, and also +some masons, and rumor had it that they were engaged in making the +secret passages. Whether it was so or not I cannot say, but I know that +none of that party ever left the castle alive. It was given out that a +bad fever had raged there, but none believed it; and the report went +about, and was I doubt not true, that all had been killed, to preserve +the secret of the passage." + +Cuthbert lost no time in making use of the information that he had +gained. + +Early next morning, at daybreak, he started on his pony to Wortham. + +As he did not wish the earl or his followers to know the facts that he +had learned until they were proved, he made his way round the camp of +the besiegers, and by means of his whistle called one of the foresters +to him. + +"Where is Cnut?" he asked. + +"He is with a party occupied in making ladders." + +"Go to him," Cuthbert said, "and tell him to withdraw quietly and make +his way here. I have an important matter on which I wish to speak to +him." + +Cnut arrived in a few minutes, somewhat wondering at the message. He +brightened greatly when Cuthbert told him what he had learned. + +"This is indeed important," he said. "We will lose no time in searching +the copse you speak of. You and I, together with two of my most trusty +men, with axes to clear away the brush, will do. At present a thing of +this sort had best be kept between as few as may be." + +They started at once and soon came down upon the stream. + +It ran at this point in a little valley, some twenty or thirty feet +deep. On the bank not far from the castle grew a small wood, and it was +in this that Cuthbert hoped to find the passage spoken of by Gurth. + +The trees and brushwood were so thick that it was apparent at once that +if the passage had ever existed it had been unused for some years. + +The woodmen were obliged to chop down dozens of young saplings to make +their way up from the water toward the steeper part of the bank. + +The wood was some fifty yards in length, and as it was uncertain at +which point the passage had come out, a very minute search had to be +made. + +"What do you think it would be like, Cnut?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Like enough to a rabbit-hole, or more likely still there would be no +hole whatever. We must look for moss and greenery, for it is likely that +such would have been planted, so as to conceal the door from any +passer-by, while yet allowing a party from inside to cut their way +through it without difficulty." + +After a search of two hours, Cnut decided that the only place in the +copse in which it was likely that the entrance to a passage could be +hidden was a spot where the ground was covered thickly with ivy and +trailing plants. + +"It looks level enough with the rest," Cuthbert said. + +"Ay, lad, but we know not what lies behind this thick screen of ivy. +Thrust in that staff." + +One of the woodmen began to probe with the end of a staff among the ivy. +For some time he was met by the solid ground, but presently the butt of +the staff went through suddenly, pitching him on his head, amid a +suppressed laugh from his comrades. + +"Here it is, if anywhere," said Cnut, and with their billhooks they at +once began to clear away the thickly grown creepers. + +Five minutes' work was sufficient to show a narrow cut, some two feet +wide, in the hillside, at the end of which stood a low door. + +"Here it is," said Cnut, with triumph, "and the castle is ours. Thanks, +Cuthbert, for your thought and intelligence. It has not been used +lately, that is clear," he went on. "These creepers have not been moved +for years. Shall we go and tell the earl of our discovery? What think +you, Cuthbert?" + +"I think we had better not," Cuthbert said. + +"We might not succeed in getting in, as the passage may have fallen +further along; but I will speak to him and tell him that we have +something on hand which may alter his dispositions for fighting +to-morrow." + +Cuthbert made his way to the earl, who had taken possession of a small +cottage a short distance from the castle. + +"What can I do for you?" Sir Walter said. + +"I want to ask you, sir, not to attack the castle to-morrow until you +see a white flag waved from the keep." + +"But how on earth is a white flag to be raised from the keep?" + +"It may be," Cuthbert said, "that I have some friends inside who will be +able to make a diversion in our favor. However, sir, it can do no harm +if you will wait till then, and may save many lives. At what hour do you +mean to attack ?" + +"The bridges and all other preparations to assist us across the moat +will be ready to-night. We will advance then under cover of darkness, +and as soon after dawn as may be attack in earnest." + +"Very well, sir," Cuthbert said. "I trust that within five minutes after +your bugle has sounded the white flag will make its appearance on the +keep, but it cannot do so until after you have commenced an attack, or +at least a pretense of an attack." + +Two or three hours before daylight Cuthbert accompanied Cnut and +twenty-five picked men of the foresters to the copse. They were provided +with crowbars, and all carried heavy axes. The door was soon pried open. +It opened silently and without a creak. + +"It may be," Cnut said, "that the door has not been opened as you say +for years, but it is certain," and he placed his torch to the hinges, +"that it has been well oiled within the last two or three days. No doubt +the baron intended to make his escape this way, should the worst arrive. +Now that we have the door open we had better wait quiet until the dawn +commences. The earl will blow his bugle as a signal for the advance; it +will be another ten minutes before they are fairly engaged, and that +will be enough for us to break open any doors that there may be between +this and the castle, and to force our way inside." + +It seemed a long time waiting before the dawn fairly broke--still longer +before the earl's bugle was heard to sound the attack. Then the band, +headed by Cnut and two or three of the strongest of the party entered +the passage. + +Cuthbert had had some misgivings as to his mother's injunctions to take +no part in the fray, and it cannot be said that in accompanying the +foresters he obeyed the letter of her instructions. At the same time as +he felt sure that the effect of a surprise would be complete and +crushing, and that the party would gain the top of the keep without any +serious resistance, he considered the risk was so small as to justify +him in accompanying the foresters. + +The passage was some five feet high, and little more than two feet wide. +It was dry and dusty, and save the marks on the ground of a human foot +going and returning, doubtless that of the man who had oiled the lock +the day before, the passage appeared to have been unused from the time +that it left the hands of its builders. + +Passing along for some distance they came to another strong oaken door. +This, like the last, yielded to the efforts of the crowbars of the +foresters, and they again advanced. Presently they came to a flight of +steps. + +"We must now be near the castle," Cnut said. "In fact, methinks I can +hear confused noises ahead." + +Mounting the steps, they came to a third door; this was thickly studded +with iron, and appeared of very great strength. Fortunately the lock was +upon their side, and they were enabled to shoot the bolt; but upon the +other side the door was firmly secured by large bolts, and it was fully +five minutes before the foresters could succeed in opening it. It was +not without a good deal of noise that they at last did so; and several +times they paused, fearing that the alarm must have been given in the +castle. As, however, the door remained closed, they supposed that the +occupants were fully engaged in defending themselves from the attacks of +the earl's party. + +When the door gave way they found hanging across in front of them a very +thick arras, and pressing this aside they entered a small room in the +thickness of the wall of the keep. It contained the merest slit for +light, and was clearly unused. Another door, this time unfastened, led +into a larger apartment, which was also at present unoccupied. They +could hear now the shouts of the combatants without, the loud orders +given by the leaders on the walls, the crack, as the stones hurled by +the mangonels struck the walls, and the ring of steel as the arrows +struck against steel cap and cuirass. + +"It is fortunate that all were so well engaged, or they would certainly +have heard the noise of our forcing the door, which would have brought +all of them upon us. As it is, we are in the heart of the keep. We have +now but to make a rush up these winding steps, and methinks we shall +find ourselves on the battlements. They will be so surprised that no +real resistance can be offered to us. Now let us advance." + +So saying Cnut led the way upstairs, followed by the foresters, +Cuthbert, as before, allowing five or six of them to intervene between +him and the leader. He carried his short sword and a quarterstaff, a +weapon by no means to be despised in the hands of an active and +experienced player. + +Presently, after mounting some fifty or sixty steps, they issued on the +platform of the keep. Here were gathered some thirty or forty men, who +were so busied in shooting with crossbows, and in working machines +casting javelins, stones, and other missiles upon the besiegers, that +they were unaware of the addition to their numbers until the whole of +the foresters had gathered on the summit, and at the order of Cnut +suddenly fell upon them with a loud shout. + +Taken wholly by surprise by the foe, who seemed to have risen from the +bowels of the earth by magic, the soldiers of the Baron of Wortham +offered but a feeble resistance. Some were cast over the battlement of +the keep, some driven down staircases, others cut down, and then, +Cuthbert fastening a small white flag he had prepared to his +quarterstaff, waved it above the battlements. + +Even now the combatants on the outer wall were in ignorance of what had +happened in the keep; so great was the din that the struggle which had +there taken place had passed unnoticed; and it was not until the +fugitives, rushing out into the courtyard, shouted that the keep had +been captured, that the besieged became aware of the imminence of the +danger. + +[Illustration: CUTHBERT FASTENED A SMALL WHITE FLAG TO HIS QUARTER-STAFF +AND WAVED IT ABOVE THE BATTLEMENTS.] + +Hitherto the battle had been going well for the defenders of the +castle. The Baron of Wortham was indeed surprised at the feebleness of +the assault. The arrows which had fallen in clouds upon the first day's +attack upon the castle among his soldiers were now comparatively few and +ineffective. The besiegers scarcely appeared to push forward their +bridges with any vigor, and it seemed to him that a coldness had fallen +upon them, and that some disagreement must have arisen between the +foresters and the earl, completely crippling the energy of the attack. + +When he heard the words shouted from the courtyard below he could not +believe his ears. That the keep behind should have been carried by the +enemy appeared to him impossible. With a roar he called upon the bravest +of his men to follow, and rushing across the courtyard, rapidly ascended +the staircase. The movement was observed from the keep, and Cnut and a +few of his men stationed themselves with their battle-axes at the top of +various stairs leading below. + +The signal shown by Cuthbert had not passed unobserved. The earl, who +had given instructions to his followers to make a mere feint of +attacking, now blew the signal for the real onslaught. The bridges were +rapidly run across the moat, ladders were planted, and the garrison +being paralyzed and confused by the attack in their rear, as well as +hindered by the arrows which now flew down upon them from the keep +above, offered but a feeble resistance, and the assailants, led by Sir +Walter himself, poured over the walls. + +Now there was a scene of confusion and desperate strife. The baron had +just gained the top of the stairs, and was engaged in a fierce conflict +with Cnut and his men, when the news reached him that the wall was +carried from without. With an execration he again turned and rushed down +the stairs, hoping by a vigorous effort to cast back the foe. + +It was, however, all too late; his followers, disheartened and alarmed, +fought without method or order in scattered groups of threes and fours. +They made their last stand in corners and passages. They knew there was +but little hope of mercy from the Saxon foresters, and against these +they fought to the last. To the Norman retainers, however, of the earl +they offered a less determined resistance, throwing down their arms and +surrendering at discretion. + +The baron, when fiercely fighting, was slain by an arrow from the keep +above, and with his fall the last resistance ceased. A short time was +spent in searching the castle, binding the prisoners, and carrying off +the valuables that the baron had collected in his raids. Then a light +was set to the timbers, the granaries were fired, and in a few minutes +the smoke wreathing out of the various loopholes and openings told the +country round that the stronghold had fallen, and that they were free +from the oppressor at last. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +THE CRUSADES. + + +Warm thanks and much praise were bestowed upon Cuthbert for his share in +the capture of the castle, and the earl, calling the foresters round +him, then and there bestowed freedom upon any of them who might have +been serfs of his, and called upon all his knights and neighbors to do +the same, in return for the good service which they had rendered. + +This was willingly done, and a number of Cnut's party, who had before +borne the stigma of escaped serfs, were now free men. + +We are too apt to forget, in our sympathy with the Saxons, that, fond as +they were of freedom for themselves, they were yet severe masters, and +kept the mass of the people in a state of serfage. Although their laws +provided ample justice as between Saxon man and man, there was no +justice for the unhappy serfs, who were either the original inhabitants +or captives taken in war, and who were distinguished by a collar of +brass or iron round their neck. + +Cnut's party had indeed long got rid of these badges, the first act of a +serf when he took to the woods being always to file off his collar; but +they were liable when caught to be punished, even by death, and were +delighted at having achieved their freedom. + +"And what can I do for you, Cuthbert?" Sir Walter said, as they rode +homeward. "It is to you that I am indebted: in the first place for the +rescue of my daughter, in the second for the capture of that castle, +which I doubt me much whether we should ever have taken in fair fight +had it not been for your aid." + +"Thanks, Sir Walter," the lad replied. "At present I need nothing, but +should the time come when you may go to the wars I would fain ride with +you as your page, in the hope of some day winning my spurs also in the +field." + +"So shall it be," the earl said, "and right willingly. But who have we +here?" + +As he spoke a horseman rode up and presented a paper to the earl. + +"This is a notice," the earl said, after perusing it, "that King Richard +has determined to take up the cross, and that he calls upon his nobles +and barons to join him in the effort to free the holy sepulcher from the +infidels. I doubt whether the minds of the people are quite prepared, +but I hear that there has been much preaching by friars and monks in +some parts, and that many are eager to join in the war." + +"Think you that you will go to the war, Sir Walter?" Cuthbert asked. + +"I know not as yet; it must much depend upon the king's mood. For myself +I care not so greatly as some do about this question of the Holy Land. +There has been blood enough shed already to drown it, and we are no +nearer than when the first swarms of pilgrims made their way thither." + +On Cuthbert's returning home and telling his mother all that had passed, +she shook her head, but said that she could not oppose his wishes to go +with the earl when the time should come, and that it was only right he +should follow in the footsteps of the good knight his father. + +"I have heard much of these Crusades," he said; "canst tell me about +them?" + +"In truth I know not much, my son; but Father Francis, I doubt not, can +tell you all the particulars anent the affair." + +The next time that Father Francis, who was the special adviser of Dame +Editha, rode over from the convent on his ambling nag, Cuthbert eagerly +asked him if he would tell him what he knew of the Crusades. + +"Hitherto, my son," he said, "the Crusades have, it must be owned, +brought many woes upon Europe. From the early times great swarms of +pilgrims were accustomed to go from all parts of Europe to the holy +shrines. + +"When the followers of the evil prophet took possession of the land, +they laid grievous burdens upon the pilgrims, heavily they fined them, +persecuted them in every way, and treated them as if indeed they were +but the scum of the earth under their feet. + +"So terrible were the tales that reached Europe that men came to think +that it would be a good deed truly to wrest the sepulcher of the Lord +from the hands of these heathens. Pope Urban was the first to give +authority and strength to the movement, and at a vast meeting at +Claremont of thirty thousand clergy and four thousand barons, it was +decided that war must be made against the infidel. From all parts of +France men flocked to hear Pope Urban preach there; and when he had +finished his oration the vast multitude, carried away by enthusiasm, +swore to win the holy sepulcher or to die. + +"Mighty was the throng that gathered for the First Crusade. Monks threw +aside their gowns and took to the sword and cuirass; even women and +children joined in the throng. What, my son, could be expected from a +great army so formed? Without leaders, without discipline, without +tactics, without means of getting food, they soon became a scourge of +the country through which they passed. + +"Passing through Hungary, where they greatly ravaged the fields, they +came to Bulgaria. Here the people, struck with astonishment and dismay +at this great horde of hungry people who arrived among them like +locusts, fell upon them with the sword, and great numbers fell. The +first band that passed into that country perished miserably, and of all +that huge assembly, it may be said that, numbering at the start not less +than two hundred and fifty thousand persons, only about one hundred +thousand crossed into Asia Minor. The fate of these was no better than +that of those who had perished in Hungary and Bulgaria. After grievous +suffering and loss they at last reached Nicaea. There they fell into an +ambuscade; and out of the whole of the undisciplined masses who had +followed Peter the Hermit, it is doubtful whether ten thousand ever +returned home. + +"This first attempt to rescue the holy sepulcher was followed by others +equally wild, misguided, and unfortunate. Some of them indeed began +their evil deeds as soon as they had left their home. The last of these +bodies fell upon the Jews, who are indeed enemies of the Christian +faith, but who have now, at least, nothing to do with the question of +the holy sepulcher. As soon as they entered into Germany the Crusaders +put them to death with horrible torture. Plunder and rapine indeed +appeared to be the object of the Crusaders. On this as well as on most +other preceding bands, their misdeeds drew down the vengeance of the +people. At an early period of their march, and as soon as they reached +Hungary, the people fell upon them, and put the greater portion to the +sword. + +"Thus, in these irregular expeditions no less than five hundred thousand +people are supposed to have perished. Godfrey de Bouillon was the first +who undertook to lead a Crusade according to the military knowledge of +the day. With him were his brothers Eustace and Baldwin, the Counts of +Anault and St. Paul, and many other nobles and gentlemen, with their +retainers, well armed and under good order; and so firm was the +discipline of Duke Godfrey that they were allowed to pass freely by the +people of the countries who had opposed the previous bands. + +"Through Hungary, Bulgaria, and Thrace he made his way; and though he +met with many difficulties from Alexius, the crafty and treacherous +Emperor of the Greeks, he at last succeeded in crossing into Asia. There +he was joined by many from England, as well as from France and other +countries. Duke Robert, the son of our first William, led a strong band +of Normans to the war, as did the other great princes of France and +Spain. + +"The army which crossed the narrow passage of the Hellespont is +estimated at no less than seven hundred thousand fighting men. Of these +one hundred thousand were knights clad in complete armor, the remainder +were men-at-arms and bowmen. + +"Nicaea, the place which had been the scene of the massacre of Peter the +Hermit's hosts, was taken after a desperate conflict, lasting for many +weeks, and the Crusaders afterward defeated the Turks in a great battle +near the town of Doryleum. After these successes disputes arose among +the leaders, and Count Baldwin, brother of Duke Godfrey, left the main +body with about fifteen hundred men, and founded a kingdom for himself +in Mesopotamia. + +"The main body, slowly and painfully, and suffering from disease, +famine, and the heat, made its way south. Antioch, a city of great +strength and importance, was besieged, but it proved so strong that it +resisted for many months, and was at last only taken by treachery. + +"After the capture of this place the sufferings of the Crusaders so far +from being diminished were redoubled. They themselves during the siege +had bought up all the food that could be brought from the surrounding +country, while the magazines of the town were found, when an entry was +effected, to be entirely deserted. The enemy, aided by a great Persian +host, came down, and those who had been the besiegers were now besieged. +However, when in the last strait the Christian army sallied out, and +inspired with supernatural strength, defeated the Turks and Persians, +with a slaughter of one hundred thousand men. Another slow movement to +the south brought them into the Holy Land, and pressing forward, they +came at last within sight of Jerusalem itself. + +"So fearful had been the losses of the Crusaders that of seven hundred +thousand who crossed the Hellespont, not more than forty thousand +reached the end of the pilgrimage. This fragment of an army, which had +appeared before a very strongly fortified town, possessed no means of +capturing the place--none of the machines of war necessary for the +purpose, no provisions or munitions of any kind. Water was scarce also; +and it appeared as if the remnant of the great army of Godfrey de +Bouillon had arrived before Jerusalem only to perish there. + +"Happily just at this time a further band of Crusaders from Genoa, who +had reached Jaffa, made their appearance. They were provided with +stores, and had skilled workmen capable of making the machines for the +siege. On July 14, 1099, the attack was made, and after resistance +gallant and desperate as the assault, the Crusaders burst into the city, +massacred the whole of the defenders and inhabitants, calculated at +seventy thousand in number, and so became masters of the holy sepulcher. + +"The Sultan of Egypt was meanwhile advancing to the assistance of the +Mohammedans of Syria; but Godfrey, with twenty thousand of his best men, +advanced to meet the vast host, and scattered them as if they had been +sheep. Godfrey was now chosen King of Jerusalem, and the rest of his +army--save three hundred knights and two hundred soldiers, who agreed to +remain with him--returned to their home. The news of the victory led +other armies of Crusaders to follow the example of that of Godfrey; but +as these were almost as completely without organization or leadership as +those of Peter the Hermit, they suffered miserably on their way, and few +indeed ever reached the Holy Land. Godfrey died in 1100, and his brother +Baldwin succeeded him. + +"The history of the last hundred years has been full of fresh efforts to +crush the Moslem power, but hitherto it cannot be said that fortune has +attended the efforts of the Christians. Had it not been indeed for the +devotion of the Knights of St. John and of the Templars, two great +companies formed of men who devoted their lives to the holding of the +sepulcher against the infidel, our hold of the Holy Land would have been +lost. + +"Gradually the Saracens have wrested post after post from our hands. +Edessa was taken in 1144, and the news of this event created an intense +excitement. The holy St. Bernard stirred up all France, and Louis VII. +himself took the vow and headed a noble army. The ways of God are not +our ways, and although the army of Germany joined that of France, but +little results came of this great effort. + +"The Emperor Conrad, with the Germans, was attacked by the Turk Saladin +of Iconium, and was defeated with a loss of sixty thousand men. The King +of France, with his army, was also attacked with fury, and a large +portion of his force were slaughtered. Nothing more came of this great +effort, and while the first Crusade seemed to show that the men-at-arms +of Europe were irresistible, the second on the contrary gave proof that +the Turks were equal to the Christian knights. Gradually the Christian +hold of the Holy Land was shaken. In 1187, although fighting with +extraordinary bravery, the small army of Christian Knights of the Temple +and of St. John were annihilated, the King of Jerusalem was made +prisoner, and the Christian power was crushed. Then Saladin, who +commanded the Turks, advanced against Jerusalem, and forced it to +capitulate. + +"Such, my boy, is the last sad news which has reached us; and no wonder +that it has stirred the hearts of the monarchs of Europe, and that every +effort will be again made to recapture the holy sepulcher, and to avenge +our brethren who have been murdered by the infidels." + +"But, Father Francis, from your story it would seem that Europe has +already sacrificed an enormous number of lives to take the holy +sepulcher, and that after all the fighting, when she has taken it, it is +only to lose it again." + +"That is so, my son; but we will trust that in future things will be +better managed. The Templars and Hospitalers now number so vast a number +of the best lances in Europe, and are grown to be such great powers, +that we may believe that when we have again wrested the holy sepulcher +from the hands of the infidels they will be able to maintain it against +all assaults. Doubtless the great misfortunes which have fallen upon the +Christian armies have been a punishment from heaven, because they have +not gone to work in the right spirit. It is not enough to take up lance +and shield, and to place a red cross upon the shoulder. Those who desire +to fight the battle of the Lord must cleanse their hearts, and go forth +in the spirit of pilgrims rather than knights. I mean not that they +should trust wholly to spiritual weapons--for in truth the infidel is a +foe not to be despised--but I mean that they should lay aside all +thoughts of worldly glory and rivalry one against another." + +"And think you, Father, that such is the spirit with which King Richard +and the other kings and nobles now preparing to go to the Holy Land are +animated?" + +Father Francis hesitated. + +"It is not for me, my son, to judge motives, or to speak well or ill of +the instruments who have been chosen for this great work. It is of all +works the most praiseworthy, most holy. It is horrible to think that the +holy shrines of Jerusalem should be in the hands of men who believe not +in our Redeemer; and I hold it to be the duty of every man who can bear +arms, no matter what his rank or his station, to don his armor and to go +forth to battle in the cause. Whether success will crown the effort, or +whether God wills it otherwise, it is not for man to discuss; it is +enough that the work is there, and it is our duty to do it." + +"And think you, Father, that it will do good to England?" + +"That do I, my son, whether we gain the Holy Land or no. Methinks that +it will do good service to the nation that Saxon and Norman should fight +together under the holy cross. Hitherto the races have stood far too +much apart. They have seen each other's bad qualities rather than good; +but methinks that when the Saxon and the Norman stand side by side on +the soil of the Holy Land, and shout together for England, it must needs +bind them together, and lead them to feel that they are no longer +Normans and Saxons, but Englishmen. I intend to preach on the village +green at Evesham next Sunday morning on this subject, and as I know you +are in communication with the forest men, I would, Cuthbert, that you +would persuade them to come in to hear me. You were wondering what could +be found for these vagrants. They have many of them long since lost the +habits of honest labor. Many of them are still serfs, although most have +been freed by the good earl and the knights his followers. Some of those +who would fain leave the life in the woods still cling to it because +they think that it would be mean to desert their comrades, who being +serfs are still bound to lurk there; but methinks that this is a great +opportunity for them. They are valiant men, and the fact that they are +fond of drawing an arrow at a buck does not make them one whit the worse +Christians. I will do my best to move their hearts, and if they will but +agree together to take the cross, they would make a goodly band of +footmen to accompany the earl." + +"Is the earl going?" Cuthbert asked eagerly. + +"I know not for certain," said Father Francis; "but I think from what I +hear from his chaplain, Father Eustace, that his mind turns in that +direction." + +"Then, Father, if he goes, I will go too," Cuthbert exclaimed. "He +promised to take me as his page the first time he went to war." + +Father Francis shook his head. + +"I fear me, Cuthbert, this is far from the spirit in which we awhile ago +agreed that men should go to the holy war." + +Cuthbert hung his head a little. + +"Ay, Father Francis, men; but I am a boy," he said, "and after all, boys +are fond of adventure for adventure's sake. However, Father," he said, +with a smile, "no doubt your eloquence on the green will turn me +mightily to the project, for you must allow that the story you have told +me this morning is not such as to create any very strong yearning in +one's mind to follow the millions of men who have perished in the Holy +Land." + +"Go to," said Father Francis, smiling, "thou art a pert varlet. I will +do my best on Sunday to turn you to a better frame of mind." + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +PREPARATIONS. + + +Next Sunday a large number of people from some miles round were gathered +on the green at Evesham, to hear Father Francis preach on the holy +sepulcher. The forest men in their green jerkins mingled with the crowd, +and a look of attention and seriousness was on the faces of all, for the +news of the loss of the holy sepulcher had really exercised a great +effect upon the minds of the people in England as elsewhere. + +Those were the days of pilgrimage to holy places, when the belief in the +sanctity of places and things was overwhelming, and when men believed +that a journey to the holy shrines was sufficient to procure for them a +pardon for all their misdeeds. The very word "infidel" in those days was +full of horror, and the thought that the holy places of the Christians +were in the hands of Moslems affected all Christians throughout Europe +with a feeling of shame as well as of grief. + +Among the crowd were many of the Norman retainers from the castle and +from many of the holds around, and several knights with the ladies of +their family stood a little apart from the edge of the gathering; for +it was known that Father Francis would not be alone, but that he would +be accompanied by a holy friar who had returned from the East, and who +could tell of the cruelties which the Christians had suffered at the +hands of the Saracens. + +Father Francis, at ordinary times a tranquil preacher, was moved beyond +himself by the theme on which he was holding forth. He did not attempt +to hide from those who stood around that the task to be undertaken was +one of grievous peril and trial; that disease and heat, hunger and +thirst, must be dared, as well as the sword of the infidel. But he spoke +of the grand nature of the work, of the humiliation to Christians, of +the desecration of the shrines, and of the glory which awaited those who +joined the Crusade, whether they lived or whether they died in the Holy +Land. + +His words had a strong effect upon the simple people who listened to +him, but the feelings so aroused were as naught to the enthusiasm which +greeted the address of the friar. + +Meager and pale, with a worn, anxious face as one who had suffered much, +the friar, holding aloft two pieces of wood from the Mount of Olives +tied together in the form of a cross, harangued the crowd. His words +poured forth in a fiery stream, kindling the hearts, and stirring at +once the devotion and the anger of his listeners. + +He told of the holy places, he spoke of the scenes of Holy Writ, which +had there been enacted; and then he depicted the men who had died for +them. He told of the knights and men-at-arms, each of whom proved +himself again and again a match for a score of infidels. He spoke of the +holy women, who, fearlessly and bravely, as the knights themselves, had +borne their share in the horrors of the siege and in the terrible times +which had preceded it. + +He told them that this misfortune had befallen Christianity because of +the lukewarmness which had come upon them. + +"What profited it," he asked, "if a few knights who remained to defend +the holy sepulcher were heroes? A few heroes cannot withstand an army. +If Christendom after making a mighty effort to capture the holy +sepulcher had not fallen away, the conquest which had been made with so +vast an expenditure of blood would not have been lost. This is a work in +which no mere passing fervor will avail; bravery at first, endurance +afterward, are needed. Many men must determine not only to assist to +wrest the holy sepulcher from the hands of the infidels, but to give +their lives, so long as they might last, to retaining it. It is scarce +to be expected that men with wives and families will take a view like +this, indeed it is not to be desired. But there are single men, men of +no ties, who can devote their whole lives, as did the Knights of the +Orders of the Cross, to this great object. When their life has come to +an end doubtless others will take up the banner that their hands can no +longer hold. But for life it is, indeed, that many of humble as well as +of princely class must bind themselves to take and defend to death the +holy sepulcher." + +So, gradually raising the tone of his speech, the friar proceeded; until +at length by his intense earnestness, his wild gesticulations, his +impassioned words, he drew the whole of his listeners along with him; +and when he ceased, a mighty shout of "To the Holy Land!" burst from his +hearers. + +Falling upon their knees the crowd begged of him to give them the sign +of the cross, and to bestow his blessing upon their swords, and upon +their efforts. + +Father Francis had prepared, in contemplation of such a movement, a +large number of small white crosses of cloth. These he and the friar now +fastened to the shoulders of the men as they crowded up to receive it, +holding their hands aloft, kissing the cross that the friar extended to +them, and swearing to give their lives, if need be, to rescue the holy +shrines from the infidel. + +When all had received the holy symbol, Father Francis again ascended the +bank from which they had addressed the crowd: + +"Now go to your homes, my sons," he said. "Think of the oath that you +have taken, and of the course that lies open to you when the time comes. +When King Richard is prepared to start, then will you be called upon to +fulfill your vows. It may be that all who have sworn may not be called +upon to go. It needs that the land here should be tilled, it needs that +there should be protectors for the women and children, it needs that +this England of ours should flourish, and we cannot give all her sons, +however willing they might be to take the cross. But the willingness +which you will, I am sure, show to go if needs be, and to redeem your +vows, will be sufficient. Some must go and some must stay; these are +matters to be decided hereafter; for the time let us separate; you will +hear when the hour for action arrives." + +A fortnight later the Earl of Evesham, who had been on a long journey to +London, returned with full authority to raise and organize a force as +his contingent to the holy wars. + +All was now bustle and activity in the castle. Father Francis informed +him of the willingness of such of the forest men as he deemed fit to +enlist under his banner; and the earl was much gratified at finding that +the ranks of heavily-armed retainers whom he would take with him were to +be swollen by the addition of so useful a contingent as that of one +hundred skillful archers. + +Cuthbert was not long in asking for an interview with the earl. + +He had indeed great difficulty in persuading Dame Editha that he was old +enough to share in the fatigues of so great an expedition, but he had +Father Francis on his side; and between the influence of her confessor, +and the importunities of her son, the opposition of the good lady fell +to the ground. + +Cuthbert was already, for his age, well trained to arms. Many of the old +soldiers at the castle who had known and loved his father had been ever +ready to give lessons in the use of arms to Cuthbert, who was +enthusiastic in his desire to prove as good a knight as his father had +been. His friends, the outlaws, had taught him the use of the bow and of +the quarterstaff; and Cuthbert, strong and well-built for his age, and +having little to do save to wield the sword and the bow, had attained a +very considerable amount of skill with each. + +He had too, which was unusual, a certain amount of book learning, +although this, true to say, had not been acquired so cheerfully or +willingly as the skill at arms. Father Francis had, however, taught him +to read and to write--accomplishments which were at that time rare, +except in the cloister. In those days if a knight had a firm seat in his +saddle, a strong arm, a keen eye, and high courage, it was thought to be +of little matter whether he could or could not do more than make his +mark on the parchment. The whole life of the young was given to +acquiring skill in arms; and unless intended for the convent, any idea +of education would in the great majority of cases have been considered +as preposterous. + +To do Cuthbert justice, he had protested with all his might against the +proposition of Father Francis to his mother to teach him some clerkly +knowledge. He had yielded most unwillingly at last to her entreaties, +backed as they were by the sound arguments and good sense of Father +Francis. + +The Earl of Evesham received Cuthbert's application very graciously. + +"Certainly, Cuthbert," he said, "you shall accompany me; first, on +account of my promise to you; secondly, because from the readiness you +displayed both in the matter of my daughter and of the attack on +Wortham, you will be a notable aid and addition to my party; thirdly, +from my friendship for your father and Dame Editha." + +This point being settled, Cuthbert at once assumed his new duties. There +was plenty for him to do--to see that the orders of the earl were +properly carried out; to bear messages to the knights who followed the +earl's fortunes, at their various holds; to stand by and watch the +armorers at work, and the preparation of the stores of arms and missiles +which would be necessary for the expedition. + +Sometimes he would go round to summon the tenants of the various farms +and lands, who held from the earl, to come to the castle; and here Sir +Walter would, as far as might be without oppression, beg of them to +contribute largely to the expedition. + +In these appeals he was in no slight way assisted by Father Francis, who +pointed out loudly to the people that those who stayed behind were bound +to make as much sacrifice of their worldly goods as those who went to +the war might make of their lives. Life and land are alike at the +service of God. Could the land be sold, it would be a good deed to sell +it; but as this could not be, they should at least sell all that they +could, and pledge their property if they could find lenders, in order to +contribute to the needs of their lord, and the fitting out of this great +enterprise. + +The preparations were at last complete, and a gallant band gathered at +the castle ready for starting. It consisted of some two hundred +men-at-arms led by six knights, and of one hundred bowmen dressed in +Lincoln green, with quilted jerkins to keep out the arrows of the enemy. +All the country from around gathered to see the start. Dame Editha was +there, and by her side stood the earl's little daughter. The earl +himself was in armor, and beside him rode Cuthbert in the gay attire of +a page. + +Just at that moment, however, his face did not agree with his costume, +for although he strove his best to look bright and smiling, it was a +hard task to prevent the tears from filling his eyes at his departure +from his mother. The good lady cried unrestrainedly, and Margaret joined +in her tears. The people who had gathered round cheered lustily; the +trumpets blew a gay fanfaronade, and the squire threw to the wind the +earl's colors. + +It was no mere pleasure trip on which they were starting, for all knew +that, of the preceding Crusades, not one in ten of those who had gone so +gladly forth had ever returned. + +It must not be supposed that the whole of those present were animated by +any strong religious feeling. No doubt there existed a desire, which was +carefully fanned by the preaching of the priests and monks, to rescue +the holy sepulcher from the hands of the Saracens; but a far stronger +feeling was to be found in the warlike nature of the people in those +days. Knights, men-at-arms, and indeed men of all ranks were full of a +combative spirit. Life in the castle and hut was alike dull and +monotonous, and the excitement of war and adventure was greatly looked +for, both as a means of obtaining glory and booty, and for the change +they afforded to the dreary monotony of life. + +There is little to tell of the journey of the Earl of Evesham's band +through England to Southampton, at which place they took ship and +crossed to France--or rather to Normandy, for in those days Normandy was +regarded, as indeed it formed, a part of England. + +Cuthbert, as was natural to his age, was full of delight at all the +varying scenes through which they passed. The towns were to him an +especial source of wonder, for he had never visited any other than that +of Worcester, to which he had once or twice been taken on occasions of +high festival. Havre was in those days an important place, and being the +landing-place of a great portion of the English bands, it was full of +bustle and excitement. Every day ships brought in nobles and their +followings. + +The King of England was already in Normandy hastening the preparations, +and each band, as it landed, marched down to the meeting-place on the +plains of Vezelay. Already they began to experience a taste of the +hardships which they were to endure. + +In those days there was no regular supply train for an army, but each +division or band supported itself by purchase or pillage, as the case +might be, from the surrounding country. + +As the English troops were marching through a friendly country, pillage +was of course strictly forbidden; but while many of the leaders paid for +all they had, it must be owned that among the smaller leaders were many +who took anything that they required with or without payment. + +The country was eaten up. + +The population in those days was sparse, and the movement of so large a +number of men along a certain route completely exhausted all the +resources of the inhabitants; and although willing to pay for all that +his men required, the Earl of Evesham had frequently to lie down on the +turf supperless himself. + +"If this is the case now," he said to Cuthbert, "what will it be after +we have joined the French army? Methinks whatever we may do if we reach +the Holy Land, that we have a fair chance of being starved before we +sail." + +After a long succession of marches they arrived in sight of the great +camp at Vezelay. It was indeed rather a canvas town than a camp. Here +were gathered nearly one hundred thousand men, a vast host at any time, +but in those days far greater in proportion to the strength of the +countries than at present. The tents of the leaders, nobles, and other +knights and gentlemen rose in regular lines, forming streets and +squares. + +The great mass of troops, however, were contented to sleep in the open +air; indeed the difficulties of carriage were so great that it was only +the leaders who could carry with them their canvas abodes. Before each +tent stood the lance and colors of its owner, and side by side in the +center of the camp stood the royal pavilions of Philip of France and +Richard of England, round which could be seen the gonfalons of all the +nobles of Western Europe. + +Nothing could be gayer than the aspect of this camp as the party rode +into it. They were rather late, and the great body of the host were +already assembled. + +Cuthbert gazed with delight at the varied colors, the gay dresses, the +martial knights, and the air of discipline and order which reigned +everywhere. + +This was indeed war in its most picturesque form, a form which, as far +as beauty is concerned, has been altogether altered, and indeed +destroyed, by modern arms. + +In those days individual prowess and bravery went for everything. A +handful of armored knights were a match for thousands of footmen, and +battles were decided as much by the prowess and bravery of the leader +and his immediate following as by that of the great mass of the army. + +The earl had the day before sent on a messenger to state that he was +coming, and as the party entered the camp they were met by a squire of +the camp-marshal, who conducted them to the position allotted to them. + +The earl's tent was soon erected, with four or five grouped around it +for his knights, one being set aside for his squires and pages. + +When this was done Cuthbert strolled away to look at the varied sights +of the camp. A military officer in these days would be scandalized at +the scenes which were going on, but the strict, hard military discipline +of modern times was then absolutely unknown. + +A camp was a moving town, and to it flocked the country people with +their goods; smiths and armorers erected their forges; minstrels and +troubadours flocked in to sing of former battles, and to raise the +spirits of the soldiers by merry lays of love and war; simple countrymen +and women came in to bring their presents of fowls or cakes to their +friends in camp; knights rode to and fro on their gayly caparisoned +horses through the crowd; the newly-raised levies, in many cases +composed of woodmen and peasants who had not in the course of their +lives wandered a league from their birthplaces, gaped in unaffected +wonder at the sights around them; while last, but by no means least, the +maidens and good wives of the neighborhood, fond then as now of brave +men and gay dresses, thronged the streets of the camp, and joined in, +and were the cause of, merry laughter and jest. + +Here and there, a little apart from the main stream of traffic, the +minstrels would take up their position, and playing a gay air, the +soldier lads and lasses would fall to and foot it merrily to the +strains. Sometimes there would be a break in the gayety, and loud +shouts, and perhaps fierce oaths, would rise. Then the maidens would fly +like startled fawns, and men hasten to the spot; though the quarrel +might be purely a private one, yet should it happen between the +retainers of two nobles, the friends of each would be sure to strike in, +and serious frays would arise before the marshal of the camp with his +posse could arrive to interfere. Sometimes, indeed, these quarrels +became so serious and desperate that alliances were broken up and great +intentions frustrated by the quarrels of the soldiery. + +Here and there, on elevated platforms, or even on the top of a pile of +tubs, were friars occupied in haranguing the soldiers, and in inspiring +them with enthusiasm for the cause upon which they were embarked. The +conduct of their listeners showed easily enough the motives which had +brought them to war. Some stood with clasped hands and eager eyes, +listening to the exhortations of the priests, and ready, as might be +seen from their earnest gaze, to suffer martyrdom in the cause. More, +however, stood indifferently round, or, after listening to a few words, +walked on with a laugh or a scoff; indeed, preaching had already done +all that lay in its power. All those who could be moved by exhortations +of this kind were there, and upon the rest the discourses and sermons +were thrown away. + +Several times in the course of his stroll round the camp Cuthbert +observed the beginnings of quarrels, which were in each case only +checked by the intervention of some knight or other person in authority +coming past, and he observed that these in every instance occurred +between men of the English and those of the French army. + +Between the Saxon contingent of King Richard's army and the French +soldiers there could indeed be no quarrel, for the Saxons understood no +word of their language; but with the Normans the case was different, for +the Norman-French, which was spoken by all the nobles and their +retainers in Britain, was as nearly as possible the same as that in use +in France. + +It seemed, however, to Cuthbert, watching narrowly what was going on, +that there existed by no means a good feeling between the men of the +different armies; and he thought that this divergence so early in the +campaign boded but little good for the final success of the expedition. + +When he returned to the tent the earl questioned him as to what he had +seen, and Cuthbert frankly acknowledged that it appeared to him that the +feeling between the men of the two armies was not good. + +"I have been," the earl said, "to the royal camp, and from what I hear, +Cuthbert, methinks that there is reason for what you say. King Richard +is the most loyal and gallant of kings, but he is haughty and hasty in +speech. The Normans, too, have been somewhat accustomed to conquer our +neighbors, and it may well be that the chivalry of France love us not. +However, it must be hoped that this feeling will die away, and that we +shall emulate each other only in our deeds on the battlefield." + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +THE LISTS. + + +The third day after the arrival of the Earl of Evesham there was a great +banquet given by the King of France to King Richard and his principal +nobles. + +Among those present was the Earl of Evesham, and Cuthbert as his page +followed him to the great tent where the banquet was prepared. + +Here, at the top of the tent, on a raised dais, sat the King of France, +surrounded by his courtiers. The Earl of Evesham, having been conducted +by the herald to the dais, paid his compliments to the king, and was +saluted by him with many flattering words. + +The sound of a trumpet was heard, and Richard of England, accompanied by +his principal nobles, entered. + +It was the first time that Cuthbert had seen the king. + +Richard was a man of splendid stature and of enormous strength. His +appearance was in some respects rather Saxon than Norman, for his hair +was light and his complexion clear and bright. He wore the mustache and +pointed beard at that time in fashion; and although his expression was +generally that of frankness and good humor, there might be observed in +his quick motions and piercing glances signs of the hasty temper and +unbridled passion which went far to wreck the success of the enterprise +upon which he was embarked. + +Richard possessed most of the qualities which make a man a great king +and render him the idol of his subjects, especially in a time of +semi-civilization, when personal prowess is placed at the summit of all +human virtues. In all his dominions there was not one man who in +personal conflict was a match for his king. + +Except during his fits of passion, King Richard was generous, forgiving, +and royal in his moods. He was incapable of bearing malice. Although +haughty of his dignity, he was entirely free from any personal pride, +and while he would maintain to the death every right and privilege +against another monarch, he could laugh and joke with the humblest of +his subjects on terms of hearty good fellowship. He was impatient of +contradiction, eager to carry out whatever he had determined upon; and +nothing enraged him so much as hesitation or procrastination. The delays +which were experienced in the course of the Crusade angered him more +than all the opposition offered by the Saracens, or than the hardships +through which the Christian host had to pass. + +At a flourish of trumpets all took their seats at dinner, their places +being marked for them by a herald, whose duty it was to regulate nicely +the various ranks and dignities. + +The Earl of Evesham was placed next to a noble of Brabant. Cuthbert took +his place behind his lord and served him with wines and meats, the +Brabant being attended by a tall youth, who was indeed on the verge of +manhood. + +As the dinner went on the buzz of conversation became fast and furious. +In those days men drank deep, and quarrels often arose over the cups. +From the time that the dinner began Cuthbert noticed that the manner of +Sir de Jacquelin Barras, Count of Brabant, was rude and offensive. + +It might be that he was accustomed to live alone with his retainers, and +that his manners were rude and coarse to all. It might be that he had a +special hostility to the English. At any rate, his remarks were +calculated to fire the anger of the earl. + +He began the conversation by wondering how a Norman baron could live in +a country like England, inhabited by a race but little above pigs. + +The earl at once fired up at this, for the Normans were now beginning to +feel themselves English, and to resent attacks upon a people for whom +their grandfathers had entertained contempt. + +He angrily repelled the attack upon them by the Brabant knight, and +asserted at once that the Saxons were every bit as civilized, and in +some respects superior to the Normans or French. + +The ill-feeling thus began at starting clearly waxed stronger as dinner +went on. The Brabant knight drank deeply, and although his talk was not +clearly directed against the English, yet he continued to throw out +innuendos and side attacks, and to talk with a vague boastfulness, which +greatly irritated Sir Walter. + +Presently, as Cuthbert was about to serve his master with a cup of wine, +the tall page pushed suddenly against him, spilling a portion of the +wine over his dress. + +"What a clumsy child!" he said scoffingly. + +"You are a rough and ill-mannered loon," Cuthbert said angrily. "Were +you in any other presence I would chastise you as you deserve." + +The tall page burst into a mocking laugh. + +"Chastise me!" he said. "Why, I could put you in my pocket for a little +hop-of-my-thumb as you are." + +"I think," said Sir Jacquelin--for the boys' voices both rose loud--to +the earl, "you had better send that brat home and order him to be +whipped." + +"Sir count," said the earl, "your manners are insolent, and were we not +engaged upon a Crusade, it would please me much to give you a lesson on +that score." + +Higher and higher the dispute rose, until some angry word caught the ear +of the king. + +Amid the general buzz of voices King Philip rose, and speaking a word +to King Richard, moved from the table, thus giving the sign for the +breaking up of the feast. + +Immediately afterward a page touched the earl and Sir Jacquelin upon the +shoulder, and told them that the kings desired to speak with them in the +tent of the King of France. + +The two nobles strode through the crowd, regarding each other with eyes +much like those of two dogs eager to fly at each other's throat. + +"My lords, my lords," said King Philip when they entered, "this is +against all law and reason. For shame, to be brawling at my table. I +would not say aught openly, but methinks it is early indeed for the +knights and nobles engaged in a common work to fall to words." + +"Your majesty," said the Earl of Evesham, "I regret deeply what has +happened. But it seemed from the time we sat down to the meal that this +lord sought to pass a quarrel upon me, and I now beseech your majesty +that you will permit us to settle our differences in the lists." + +King Richard gave a sound of assent, but the King of France shook his +head gravely. + +"Do you forget," he said, "the mission upon which you are assembled +here? Has not every knight and noble in these armies taken a solemn oath +to put aside private quarrels and feuds until the holy sepulcher is +taken? Shall we at this very going off show that the oath is a mere form +of words? Shall we show before the face of Christendom that the knights +of the cross are unable to avoid flying at each other's throats, even +while on their way to wrest the holy sepulcher from the infidel? No, +sirs, you must lay aside your feuds, and must promise me and my good +brother here that you will keep the peace between you until this war is +over. Whose fault it was that the quarrel began I know not. It may be +that my Lord of Brabant was discourteous. It may be that the earl here +was too hot. But whichever it be, it matters not." + +"The quarrel, sire," said Sir Jacquelin, "arose from a dispute between +our pages, who were nigh coming to blows in your majesty's presence. I +desired the earl to chide the insolence of his varlet, and instead of so +doing he met my remarks with scorn." + +"Pooh, pooh," said King Richard, "there are plenty of grounds for +quarrel without two nobles interfering in the squabbles of boys. Let +them fight; it will harm no one. By the bye, your Majesty," he said, +turning to the King of France with a laugh, "if the masters may not +fight, there is no reason in the world why the varlets should not. We +are sorely dull for want of amusement. Let us have a list to-morrow, and +let the pages fight it out for the honor of their masters and their +nations." + +"It were scarce worth while to have the lists set for two boys to +fight," said the King of France. + +"Oh, we need not have regular lists," said King Richard. "Leave that +matter in my hands. I warrant you that if the cockerels are well +plucked, they will make us sport. What say you, gentlemen?" + +The Brabant noble at once assented, answering that he was sure that his +page would be glad to enter the lists; and the earl gave a similar +assent, for he had not noticed how great was the discrepancy between the +size of the future combatants. + +"That is agreed, then," said King Richard joyously. "I will have a piece +of ground marked out on the edge of the camp to-morrow morning. It shall +be kept by my men-at-arms, and there shall be a raised place for King +Philip and myself, who will be the judges of the conflict. Will they +fight on foot or on horse?" + +"On foot, on foot," said the King of France. "It would be a pity that +knightly exercises should be brought to scorn by any failure on their +part on horseback. On foot at least it will be a fair struggle." + +"What arms shall they use?" the Brabant knight asked. + +"Oh, swords and battle-axes, of course," said King Richard with a laugh. + +"Before you go," King Philip said, "you must shake hands, and swear to +let the quarrel between you drop, at least until after our return. If +you still wish to shed each other's blood, I shall offer no hindrance +thereto." + +The earl and Count Jacquelin touched each other's hands in obedience to +the order, went out of the tent together, and strode off without a word +in different directions. + +"My dear lad," the Earl of Evesham said on entering his tent where his +page was waiting him, "this is a serious business. The kings have +ordered this little count and myself to put aside our differences till +after the Crusade, in accordance with our oath. But as you have in no +wise pledged yourself in the same fashion, and as their majesties feel +somewhat dull while waiting here, it is determined that the quarrel +between the count and me, and between you and the count's page, shall be +settled by a fight between you two in the presence of the kings." + +"Well, sir," Cuthbert said, "I am glad that it should be, seeing the +varlet insulted me without any cause, and purposely upset the cup over +me." + +"What is he like?" the earl asked. "Dost think that you are a fair +match?" + +"I doubt not that we are fair match enough," Cuthbert said. "As you +know, sir, I have been well trained to arms of all kinds, both by my +father and by the men-at-arms at the castle, and could hold my own +against any of your men with light weapons, and have then no fear that +this gawky loon, twenty years old though he seems to be, will bring +disgrace upon me or discredit upon my nation." + +"If thou thinkest so," the earl said, "the matter can go on. But had it +been otherwise I would have gone to the king and protested that the +advantage of age was so great that it would be murder to place you in +the lists together." + +"There is," Cuthbert said, "at most no greater difference between us +than between a strong man and a weak one, and these, in the ordeal of +battle, have to meet in the lists. Indeed I doubt if the difference is +so great, for if he be a foot taller than I, methinks that round the +shoulders I should have the advantage of him." + +"Send hither my armorer," the earl said; "we must choose a proper suit +for you. I fear that mine would be of little use; but doubtless there +are some smaller suits among my friends." + +"The simpler and lighter the better," Cuthbert said. "I'd rather have a +light coat of mail and a steel cap than heavy armor and a helmet which +would press me down, and a visor through which I could scarce see. The +lighter the better, for after all if my sword cannot keep my head, +sooner or later the armor would fail to do so too." + +The armorer speedily arrived, and the knights and followers of the earl +being called in and the case stated, there was soon found a coat of fine +linked mail, which fitted Cuthbert well. As to the steel cap there was +no difficulty whatever. + +"You must have a plume at least," the earl said, and took some feathers +from his own casque and fastened them in. "Will you want a light sword +and battle-ax?" + +"No," Cuthbert said, "my arms are pretty well used to those of the +men-at-arms. I could wield my father's sword, and that was a heavy +one." + +The lightest of the earl's weapons were chosen, and it was agreed that +all was now ready for the conflict to-morrow. + +In the morning there was a slight bustle in the camp. + +The news that a fight was to take place between an English and a Brabant +page, by the permission of the kings of England and France, that their +majesties were to be present, and that all was to be conducted on +regular rules, caused a stir of excitement and novelty in the camp. + +Nowhere is life duller than among a large body of men kept together for +any time under canvas, and the thought of a combat of this novel kind +excited general interest. + +In a meadow at a short distance from the camp a body of King Richard's +men-at-arms marked off an oval space of about an acre. Upon one side of +this a tent was pitched for the kings, and a small tent was placed at +each end for the combatants. Round the inclosure the men-at-arms formed +the ring, and behind them a dense body of spectators gathered, a place +being set aside for nobles, and others of gentle blood. + +At the hour fixed the kings of England and France arrived together. King +Richard was evidently in a state of high good humor, for he preferred +the clash of arms and the sight of combat to any other pleasure. + +The King of France, on the other hand, looked grave. He was a far wiser +and more politic king than Richard; and although he had consented to +the sudden proposal, yet he felt in his heart that the contest was a +foolish one, and that it might create bad feeling among the men of the +two nationalities whichever way it went. He had reserved to himself the +right of throwing down the baton when the combat was to cease, and he +determined to avail himself of this right to put a stop to the conflict +before either party was likely to sustain any deadly injury. + +When the monarchs had taken their places the trumpeters sounded their +trumpets, and the two combatants advanced on foot from their ends of the +lists. A murmur of surprise and dissatisfaction broke from the crowd. +"My Lord of Evesham," the king said angrily to the earl, who with Count +Jacquelin was standing by the royal party, "thou shouldst have said that +the difference between the two was too great to allow the combat to be +possible. The Frenchman appears to be big enough to take your page under +his arm and walk off with him." + +The difference was indeed very striking. The French champion was arrayed +in a full suit of knightly armor--of course without the gold spurs which +were the distinguishing mark of that rank--and with his helmet and lofty +plume of feathers he appeared to tower above Cuthbert, who, in his +close-fitting steel cap and link armor seemed a very dwarf by the side +of a giant. + +"It is not size, sire, but muscle and pluck will win in a combat like +this. Your majesty need not be afraid that my page will disgrace me. He +is of my blood, though the kinship is not close. He is of mixed Saxon +and Norman strain, and will, believe me, do no discredit to either." + +The king's brow cleared, for in truth he was very proud of his English +nationality, and would have been sorely vexed to see the discomfiture of +an English champion, even though that champion were a boy. + +"Brother Philip," he said, turning to the king, "I will wager my gold +chain against yours on yonder stripling." + +"Methinks that it were robbery to take your wager," the King of France +said. "The difference between their bulk is disproportionate. However, I +will not balk your wish. My chain against yours." + +The rule of the fight was that they were to commence with swords, but +that either could, if he chose, use his battle-ax. + +The fight need scarcely be described at length, for the advantage was +all one way. Cuthbert was fully a match in strength for his antagonist, +although standing nigh a foot shorter. Constant exercise, however, had +hardened his muscles into something like steel, while the teaching that +he had received had embraced all what was then known of the use of arms. + +Science in those days there was but little of; it was a case rather of +hard, heavy hitting, than of what we now call swordsmanship. + +With the sword Cuthbert gained but slight advantage over his adversary, +whose superior height enabled him to rain blows down upon the lad, which +he was with difficulty enabled to guard; but when the first paroxysm of +his adversary's attack had passed he took to the offensive, and drove +his opponent back step by step. With his sword, however, he was unable +to cut through the armor of the Frenchman, but in the course of the +encounter, guarding a severe blow aimed at him, his sword was struck +from his hand, and he then, seizing his ax, made such play with it that +his foe dropped his own sword and took to the same weapon. + +In this the superior height and weight of his opponent gave him even a +greater advantage than with the sword, and Cuthbert knowing this, used +his utmost dexterity and speed to avoid the sweeping blows showered upon +him. He himself had been enabled to strike one or two sweeping strokes, +always aiming at the same place, the juncture of the visor with the +helmet. At last the Frenchman struck him so heavy a blow that it beat +down his guard and struck his steel cap from his head, bringing him to +the knee. In an instant he was up, and before his foe could be again on +guard, he whirled his ax round with all its force, and bringing it just +at the point of the visor which he had already weakened with repeated +blows, the edge of the ax stove clean through the armor, and the page +was struck senseless to the ground. + +A great shout broke from the English portion of the soldiery as +Cuthbert leaned over his prostrate foe, and receiving no answer to the +question "Do you yield?" rose to his feet, and signified to the squire +who had kept near that his opponent was insensible. + +King Richard ordered the pursuivant to lead Cuthbert to the royal +inclosure. + +"Thou art a brave lad and a lusty," the king said, "and hast borne thee +in the fight as well as many a knight would have done. Wert thou older, +I would myself dub thee knight; and I doubt not that the occasion will +yet come when thou wilt do as good deeds upon the bodies of the Saracens +as thou hast upon that long-shanked opponent of thine. Here is a gold +chain; take it as a proof that the King of England holds that you have +sustained well the honor of his country; and mark me, if at any time you +require a boon, bring or send me that chain, and thou shalt have it +freely. Sir Walter," he said, turning to the earl, "in this lad thou +hast a worthy champion, and I trust me that thou wilt give him every +chance of distinguishing himself. So soon as thou thinkest him fit for +the knightly rank I myself will administer the accolade." + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +REVENGE. + + +After his interview with the king Cuthbert was led to his tent amid the +hearty plaudits of the English troops. + +His own comrades flocked round him; the men of the greenwood, headed by +Cnut, were especially jubilant over his victory. + +"Who would have thought," said the tall forester, "that the lad who but +a short time ago was a child should now have sustained the honor of the +country? We feel proud of you, Cuthbert; and trust us some day or other +to follow wherever you may lead, and to do some deed which will attain +for you honor and glory, and show that the men of Evesham are as doughty +as any under King Richard's rule." + +"You must be wary, Cuthbert," the earl said to him that evening. +"Believe me that you and I have made a foe, who, although he may not +have the power, has certainly the will to injure us to the death. I +marked the eye of Count Jacquelin during the fight, and again when you +were led up to the king. There was hatred and fury in his eye. The page +too, I hear, is his own nephew, and he will be the laughing-stock of the +French camp at having been conquered by one so much younger than +himself. It will be well to keep upon your guard, and not to go out at +night unattended. Keep Cnut near you; he is faithful as a watch-dog, and +would give his life, I am sure, for you. I will myself be also upon my +guard, for it was after all my quarrel, and the fury of this fierce +knight will vent itself upon both of us if the opportunity should come. +I hear but a poor account of him among his confreres. They say he is one +of those disgraces to the name of knight who are but a mixture of robber +and soldier; that he harries all the lands in his neighborhood; and that +he has now only joined the Crusade to avoid the vengeance which the +cries of the oppressed people had invoked from his liege lord. I am told +indeed that the choice was given him to be outlawed, or to join the +Crusades with all the strength he could raise. Naturally he adopted the +latter alternative; but he has the instincts of the robber still, and +will do us an evil turn, if he have the chance." + +Two days later the great army broke up its camp and marched south. After +a week's journeying they encamped near a town, and halted there two or +three days in order to collect provisions for the next advance; for the +supplies which they could obtain in the country districts were wholly +insufficient for so great a host of men. Here the armies were to +separate, the French marching to Genoa, the English to Marseilles, the +town at which they were to take ship. + +One evening the earl sent Cuthbert with a message to another English +lord, staying in the town at the palace of the bishop, who was a friend +of his. + +Cnut accompanied Cuthbert, for he now made a point of seldom letting him +out of his sight. It was light when they reached the bishop's palace, +but here they were delayed for some time, and night had fallen when they +sallied out. + +The town was already quiet, for the inhabitants cared not to show +themselves in the streets now that such a large army of fierce men were +in the neighborhood. + +The orders indeed of the monarchs were stringent, but discipline there +was but little of, and the soldiery in those days regarded peaceful +citizens as fair game; hence, when they came from the palace the streets +of the city were already hushed and quiet, for the orders of the king +had been peremptory that no men-at-arms, or others except those on duty, +were to be away from their camp after nightfall. This order had been +absolutely necessary, so many were the complaints brought in by country +peasants and farmers of the doings of bands of soldiers. + +Cnut and Cuthbert proceeded along the streets unmolested for some +distance. Occasionally a solitary passer-by, with hooded cape, hurried +past. The moon was half full, and her light was welcome indeed, for in +those days the streets were unlighted, and the pavement so bad that +passage through the streets after dark was a matter of difficulty, and +even of danger. + +Here and there before some roadside shrine a lamp dimly burned; before +these they paused, and, as good Catholics, Cnut and Cuthbert crossed +themselves. Just as they had passed one of these wayside shrines, a +sudden shout was heard, and a party of eight or ten men sprang out from +a side street and fell upon them. + +Cnut and Cuthbert drew their swords and laid about them heartily, but +their assailants were too strong. Cnut was stricken to the ground, and +Cuthbert, seeing that defense was hopeless, took to his heels and ran +for his life. He was already wounded, but happily not so severely as in +any way to disable him. + +Seeing that it was speed, and speed alone, which now could save him, he +flung aside his belt and scabbard as he ran, and with rapid steps flew +along the streets, not knowing whither he went, and striving only to +keep ahead of his pursuers. They, more incumbered by arms and armor, +were unable to keep up with the flying footsteps of a lad clothed in the +light attire of a page; but Cuthbert felt that the blood running from +his wound was weakening him fast, and that unless he could gain some +refuge his course must speedily come to an end. Happily he saw at some +little distance ahead of him a man standing by a door. Just as he +arrived the door opened, and a glow of light from within fell on the +road, showing that the person entering was a monk. + +Without a moment's hesitation Cuthbert rushed through the door, shouting +"Sanctuary!" and sank almost fainting on the ground. + +The monks, accustomed to wild pursuits and scenes of outrage in those +warlike days, hastily closed the door, barring it securely. In a moment +there was a rush of men against it from without. + +One of the monks opened a lattice above the door. + +"What mean you," he said, "by this outrage? Know ye not that this is the +Monastery of St. John, and that it is sacrilege to lay a hand of +violence even against its postern? Begone," he said, "or we'll lodge a +complaint before the king." + +The assailants, nothing daunted, continued to batter at the door; but at +this moment the monks, aroused from their beds, hastened to the spot, +and seizing bill and sword--for in those days even monks were obliged at +times to depend upon carnal weapons--they opened the door, and flung +themselves upon the assailants with such force that the latter, +surprised and discomfited, were forced to make a hasty retreat. + +The doors were then again barred, and Cuthbert was carried up to a cell +in the building, where the leech of the monastery speedily examined his +wound, and pronounced that although his life was not in danger by it, he +was greatly weakened by the loss of blood, that the wound was a serious +one and that it would be some time before the patient would recover. + +[Illustration: THE DOORS WERE AGAIN BARRED, AND CUTHBERT WAS CARRIED TO +A CELL.] + +It was two days before Cuthbert was sufficiently restored to be able to +speak. His first question to the monk was as to his whereabouts, and how +long he had been there. Upon being answered, he entreated that a +messenger might be dispatched to the camp of the Earl of Evesham, to beg +that a litter might be sent for him, and to inquire what had become of +Cnut, whom he had last seen stricken down. + +The monk replied, "My son, I grieve to tell you that your request cannot +be complied with. The army moved away yesternoon, and is now some +twenty-five miles distant. There is nothing for you but patience, and +when restored you can follow the army, and rejoin your master before he +embarks at Marseilles. But how is it that a lad so young as you can have +incurred the enmity of those who sought your life? For it is clear from +the pertinacity with which they urged their attack that their object was +not plunder, of which indeed they would get but little from you, but to +take your life." + +Cuthbert recounted the circumstances which had led to the feud of the +Count of Brabant against him, for he doubted not that this truculent +knight was at the bottom of the attack. + +"After what has happened," the monk said, "you will need have caution +when you leave here. The place where you have taken refuge is known to +them, and should this wild noble persist in his desire for vengeance +against you, he will doubtless leave some of his ruffians to watch the +monastery. We will keep a lookout, and note if any strangers are to be +seen near the gates; if we find that it is so, we shall consider what is +best to be done. We could of course appeal to the mayor for protection +against them, and could even have the strangers ejected from the town or +cast into prison; but it is not likely that we should succeed in +capturing more than the fellow who may be placed on the lookout, and the +danger would be in no wise lessened to yourself. But there is time to +talk over this matter before you leave. It will be another fortnight at +least before you will be able to pursue your journey." + +Cuthbert gained strength more rapidly than the monk had expected. He was +generously fed, and this and his good constitution soon enabled him to +recover from the loss of blood; and at the end of five days he expressed +his hope that he could on the following day pursue his journey. The monk +who attended him shook his head. + +"Thou mightst, under ordinary circumstances, quit us to-morrow, for thou +art well enough to take part in the ordinary pursuits of a page; but to +journey is a different thing. You may have all sorts of hardships to +endure; you may have even to trust for your life to your speed and +endurance; and it would be madness for you to go until your strength is +fully established. I regret to tell you that we have ascertained beyond +a doubt that the monastery is closely watched. We have sent some of the +acolytes out, dressed in the garbs of monks, and attended by one of our +elder brethren; and in, each case, a monk who followed at a distance of +fifty yards was able to perceive that they were watched. The town is +full of rough men, the hangers-on of the army; some, indeed, are +followers of laggard knights, but the greater portion are men who merely +pursue the army with a view to gain by its necessities, to buy plunder +from the soldiers, and to rob, and, if necessary, to murder should there +be a hope of obtaining gold. Among these men your enemies would have +little difficulty in recruiting any number, and no appeal that we could +make to the mayor would protect you from them when you have left the +walls. We must trust to our ingenuity in smuggling you out. After that, +it is upon your own strength and shrewdness that you must rely for an +escape from any snares that may be laid for you. You will see, then, +that at least another three or four days are needed before you can set +forth. Your countrymen are so far away that a matter of a few days will +make but little difference. They will in any case be delayed for a long +time at Marseilles before they embark; and whether you leave now or a +month hence, you would be equally in time to join them before their +embarkation--that is, supposing that you make your way through the +snares which beset you." + +Cuthbert saw the justice of the reasoning, and it was another week +before he announced himself as feeling absolutely restored to strength +again, and capable of bearing as much exertion as he could have done +before his attack. + +A long consultation was held with the prior and a monk who had acted as +his leech, as to the best plan of getting Cuthbert beyond the walls of +the city. Many schemes were proposed and rejected. Every monk who +ventured beyond the walls had been closely scrutinized, and one or two +of short stature had even been jostled in the streets, so as to throw +back their hoods and expose a sight of their faces. It was clear, then, +that it would be dangerous to trust to a disguise. Cuthbert proposed +that he should leave at night, trusting solely to their directions as to +the turnings he should take to bring him to the city walls, and that, +taking a rope, he should there let himself down, and make the best of +his way forward. This, however, the monks would not consent to, assuring +him that the watch was so strictly kept round the monastery that he +would inevitably be seen. + +"No," the prior said, "the method, whatever it is, must be as open as +possible; and though I cannot at this moment hit upon a plan, I will +think it over to-night, and putting my ideas with those of Father Jerome +here, and the sacristan, who has a shrewd head, it will be hard if we +cannot between us contrive some plan to evade the watch of those robber +villains who beset the convent." + +The next morning, when the prior came in to see Cuthbert, the latter +said: "Good father, I have determined not to endeavor to make off in +disguise. I doubt not that your wit could contrive some means by which I +should get clear of the walls without observation from the scouts of +this villain noble. But once in the country, I should have neither horse +nor armor, and should have hard work indeed to make my way down through +France, even though none of my enemies were on my track. I will +therefore, if it please you, go down boldly to the mayor and claim a +protection and escort. If he will but grant me a few men-at-arms for one +day's ride from the town, I can choose my own route, and riding out in +mail, can then take my chance of finding my way down to Marseilles." + +"I will go down with you, my son," the prior said, "to the mayor. Two of +my monks shall accompany us; and assuredly no insult will be offered to +you in the street thus accompanied." Shortly afterward Cuthbert started +as arranged, and soon arrived at the house of the mayor, Sir John de +Cahors. + +Upon the prior making known to this knight whom he had brought with him +the mayor exclaimed: + +"_Peste!_ young gentleman; you have caused us no small trouble and +concern. We have had ridings to and fro concerning you, and furious +messages from your fiery king. When in the morning a tall, stalwart +knave dressed in green was found, slashed about in various places, lying +on the pavement, the townsmen, not knowing who he was, but finding that +he still breathed, carried him to the English camp, and he was claimed +as a follower of the Earl of Evesham. There was great wrath and anger +over this; and an hour later the earl himself came down and stated that +his page was missing, and that there was reason to believe that he had +been foully murdered, as he had accompanied the man found wounded. +Fortunately the bulk of the armies had marched away at early dawn, and +the earl had only remained behind in consequence of the absence of his +followers. I assured the angry Englishman that I would have a thorough +search made in the town; and although in no way satisfied, he rode off +after his king with all his force, carrying with him the long-limbed man +whom we had picked up. Two days after a message came back from King +Richard himself, saying that unless this missing page were discovered, +or if, he being killed, his murderers were not brought to justice and +punished, he would assuredly on his return from the Holy Land burn the +town over our ears. Your king is not a man who minces matters. However, +threatened men live long, especially when the person who threatens is +starting for a journey, from which, as like as not, he may never return. +However, I have had diligent search made for you. All the houses of bad +repute have been examined and their inhabitants questioned. But there +are so many camp-followers and other rabble at present in the town that +a hundred men might disappear without our being able to obtain a clew. I +doubted not indeed that your body had been thrown in the river, and +that we should never hear more of you. I am right glad that you have +been restored; not indeed from any fear of the threats of the king your +master, but because, from what the Earl of Evesham said, you were a lad +likely to come to great fame and honor. The earl left in my charge your +horse, and the armor which he said you wore at a tournament lately, in +case we should hear aught of you." + +Cuthbert gave an exclamation of pleasure. His purse contained but a few +pieces of silver, and being without arms except for his short dagger, or +means of locomotion, the difficulties of the journey down to Marseilles +had sorely puzzled him. But with his good horse between his knees, and +his suit of Milan armor on his back, he thought that he might make his +way through any dangers which threatened him. + +The prior now told the knight that circumstances had occurred which +showed that it was known to the assailants of Cuthbert that he had taken +refuge in the convent, over which a strict watch had been kept by +Cuthbert's enemies. + +"If I could find the varlets I would hang them over the gates of the +town," the knight said wrathfully. "But as at the present moment there +are nearly as many rogues as honest men in the place it would be a +wholesale hanging indeed to insure getting hold of the right people. +Moreover, it is not probable that another attempt upon his life will be +made inside our walls; and doubtless the main body of this gang are +somewhere without, intending to assault him when he continues his +journey, and they have left but a spy or two here to inform them as to +his movements. I will give you any aid in my power, young sir. The army +is by this time nigh Marseilles, and, sooth to say, I have no body of +men-at-arms whom I could send as your escort for so long a distance. I +have but a small body here, and they are needed, and sorely, too, to +keep order within the walls." + +"I thought, sir," Cuthbert said, "that if you could lend me a party of +say four men-at-arms to ride with me for the first day I could then +trust to myself, especially if you could procure me one honest man to +act as guide and companion. Doubtless they suppose that I should travel +by the main road south; but by going the first day's journey either east +or west, and then striking some southward road, I should get a fair +start of them, throw all their plans out, and perchance reach Marseilles +without interruption." + +The knight willingly agreed to furnish four men-at-arms, and a +trustworthy guide who would at least take him as far south as Avignon. + +"I will," he said, "tell the men-at-arms off to-night. They shall be at +the western gate at daybreak, with the pass permitting them to ride +through. The guide shall be at the convent door half an hour earlier. I +will send up to-night your armor and horse. Here is a purse which the +Earl of Evesham also left for your use. Is there aught else I can do for +you?" + +"Nothing, sir," Cuthbert said; "and if I regain the army in safety I +shall have pleasure in reporting to King Richard how kindly and +courteously you have treated me." + +The arrangements were carried out. + +An hour before daybreak Cuthbert was aroused, donned his armor and steel +casque, drank a flask of wine, and ate a manchet of bread which the +prior himself brought him, and then, with a cordial adieu to the kind +monks, issued forth. + +The guide had just reached the gate, and together they trotted down the +narrow streets to the west gate of the city, where four men-at-arms were +awaiting them. + +The gates were at once opened, and Cuthbert and his little troop sallied +forth. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +THE ATTACK. + + +All day they rode with their faces west, and before nightfall had made a +journey of over forty miles. Then bestowing a largess upon the +men-at-arms, Cuthbert dismissed them, and took up his abode at a +hostelry, his guide looking to the two horses. + +Cuthbert was pleased with the appearance of the man who had been placed +at his disposal. He was a young fellow of twenty-two or twenty-three, +with an honest face. He was, he told Cuthbert, the son of a small farmer +near Avignon; but having a fancy for trade, he had been apprenticed to a +master smith. Having served his apprenticeship, he found that he had +mistaken his vocation, and intended to return to the paternal vineyards. + +Cuthbert calculated that he would make at least four days' journey to +the south before he could meet with any dangers. Doubtless his exit from +the convent had been discovered, and the moment the gates of the city +were opened the spy would have proceeded south to warn his comrades, and +these would doubtless have taken a road which at a distance would again +take them on to that by which Cuthbert would be now traveling. As, +however, he rode fast, and made long marches each day, he hoped that he +might succeed in distancing them. Unfortunately, upon the third day his +horse cast his shoe, and no smith could be met with until the end of the +day's journey. Consequently, but a short distance could be done and this +at a slow pace. Upon the fifth day after their first start they arrived +at a small town. + +The next morning Cuthbert on rising found that his guide did not present +himself as usual. Making inquiries he found that the young man had gone +out the evening before, and had not returned. Extremely uneasy at the +circumstance, Cuthbert went to the city guard, thinking that perhaps his +guide might have got drunk, and been shut up in the cells. No news, +however, was to be obtained there, and after waiting some hours, feeling +sure that some harm had befallen him, he gave notice to the authorities +of his loss, and then mounting his horse, and leaving some money with +the landlord of the hostelry to give to his guide in case the latter +should return, he started at midday by the southern road. + +He felt sure now that he was overtaken, and determined to keep his eyes +and faculties thoroughly on watch. + +The roads in those days were mere tracks. Here and there a little +village was to be met with; but the country was sparsely cultivated, and +traveling lonely work. Cuthbert rode fast, carefully avoiding all +copses and small woods through which the road ran, by making a circuit +round them and coming on to it again on the other side. + +His horse was an excellent one, the gift of the earl, and he had little +fear, with his light weight, of being overtaken if he could once leave +his enemies behind him. + +At length he approached an extensive forest, which stretched for miles +on either side. + +Half a mile before he reached it the track divided. + +He had for some little time eased his horse down to a walk, as he felt +that the wood would be the spot where he would in all probability be +attacked, and he needed that his steed should be possessed of its utmost +vigor. + +At the spot where the track branched a man in the guise of a mendicant +was sitting. He begged for alms, and Cuthbert threw him a small coin. + +A sudden thought struck him as he heard a rustling in the bushes near. + +"Which is the nearest and best road to Avignon?" he said. + +"The right-hand road is the best and shortest," the beggar said. "The +other makes a long circuit and leads through several marshes, which your +honor will find it hard to pass." + +Cuthbert thanked him and moved forward, still at a walk, along the +right-hand road. + +When he had gone about two hundred yards, and was hidden from the sight +of the man he had left--the country being rough, and scattered with +clumps of bushes--he halted, and, as he expected, heard the sound of +horses' hoofs coming on at full gallop along the other road. + +"Your master must have thought me young indeed," he said, "to try and +catch me with such a transparent trick as that. I do not suppose that +accursed page has more than ten men with him, and doubtless has placed +five on each road. This fellow was placed here to see which track I +would follow, and has now gone to give the party on the left hand the +news that I have taken this way. Had it not been for him I should have +had to run the gantlet with four or five of my enemies. As it is, the +path will doubtless be clear." + +So saying, he turned his horse, galloped back to the spot where the +tracks separated, and then followed the left-hand route. + +As he had hoped, he passed through the wood without incident or +interruption, and arrived safely that night at a small town, having seen +no signs of his enemies. + +The next day he started again early, and rode on until midday, when he +halted at a large village, at which was the only inn between the place +from which he started and his destination. He declined the offer of the +servant of the inn to take his horse round to the stable, telling the +man to hold him outside the door and give him from a sieve a few +handfuls of grain. + +Then he entered the inn and ate a hearty meal. As he appeared at the +door he saw several men gathered near. With a single spring he threw +himself into the saddle, just as a rush forward was made by those +standing round. The man next to him sprang upon him, and endeavored to +drag him from the saddle. Cuthbert drew the little dagger called a +_misericorde_ from his belt, and plunged it into his throat. Then +seizing the short mace which hung at the saddlebow, he hurled it with +all his force full in the face of his enemy, the page of Sir Philip, who +was rushing upon him sword in hand. The heavy weapon struck him fairly +between the eyes, and with a cry he fell back, his face completely +smashed in by the blow, the sword which he held uplifted to strike +flying far through the air. + +Cuthbert struck his spurs into his horse, and the animal dashed forward +with a bound, Cuthbert striking with his long sword at one or two men +who made a snatch at the reins. In another minute he was cantering out +of the village, convinced that he had killed the leader of his foes, and +that he was safe now to pursue the rest of his journey on to Marseilles. + +So it turned out. + +Without further incident he traveled through the south of France, and +arrived at the great seaport. He speedily discovered the quarters in +which the Earl of Evesham's contingent were encamped, and made toward +this without delay. As he entered a wild shout of joy was heard, and +Cnut ran forward with many gestures of delight. + +"My dear Cuthbert, my dear Cuthbert!" he exclaimed. "Can it be true that +you have escaped? We all gave you up; and although I did my best, yet +had you not survived it I should never have forgiven myself, believing +that I might have somehow done better, and have saved you from the +cutthroats who attacked us." + +"Thanks, thanks, my good Cnut," Cuthbert cried. "I have been through a +time of peril, no doubt; but as you see, I am hale and well--better, +methinks, than you are, for you look pale and ill; and I doubt not that +the wound which I received was a mere scratch to that which bore you +down. It sounded indeed like the blow of a smith's hammer upon an +anvil." + +"Fortunately, my steel cap saved my head somewhat," Cnut said, "and the +head itself is none of the thinnest; but it tried it sorely, I confess. +However, now that you are back I shall, doubt not, soon be as strong as +ever I was. I think that fretting for your absence has kept me back more +than the inflammation from the wound itself--but there is the earl at +the door of his tent." + +Through the foresters and retainers who had at Cnut's shout of joy +crowded up, Cuthbert made his way, shaking hands right and left with the +men, among whom he was greatly loved, for they regarded him as being in +a great degree the cause of their having been freed from outlawry, and +restored to civil life again. The earl was really affected. As Cuthbert +rode up he held out both arms, and as his page alighted he embraced him +as a father. + +"My dear Cuthbert!" he exclaimed. "What anxiety have we not suffered. +Had you been my own son, I could not have felt more your loss. We did +not doubt for an instant that you had fallen into the hands of some of +the retainers of that villain count; and from all we could learn, and +from the absence of any dead body by the side of that of Cnut, I +imagined that you must have been carried off. It was clear that your +chance of life, if you fell into the hands of that evil page, or his +equally vile master, was small indeed. The very day that Cnut was +brought in I visited the French camp, and accused him of having been the +cause of your disappearance and Cnut's wounds. He affected the greatest +astonishment at the charge. He had not, as he said, been out of the camp +for two days. My accusation was unfounded and malicious, and I should +answer this as well as the previous outrage, when the vow of the +Crusaders to keep peace among themselves was at an end. Of course I had +no means of proving what I said, or I would have gone direct to the king +and charged him with the outrage. As it was I gained nothing by my +pains. He has accompanied the French division to Genoa; but when we meet +at Sicily, where the two armies are to rendezvous, I will bring the +matter before the king, as the fact that his page was certainly +concerned in it must be taken as showing that he was the instigator." + +"It would, my lord earl, be perhaps better," Cuthbert said, "if I might +venture to advise, to leave the matter alone. No doubt the count would +say that he had discharged his page after the tournament, and that the +latter was only carrying out his private feud with me. We should not be +able to disprove the story, and should gain no satisfaction by the +matter." + +The earl admitted the justice of Cuthbert's reasoning, but reserved to +himself the task of punishing the author of the outrage upon the first +fitting opportunity. + +There was a weary delay at Marseilles before the expedition set sail. +This was caused by the fact of the English fleet, which had been ordered +to be there upon their arrival, failing to keep the agreement. + +The words English fleet badly describe the vessels which were to carry +the English contingent to their destination. They were ships belonging +to the maritime nations of Italy--the Venetians, Genoese, Pisans, etc.; +for England at that time had but few of her own, and these scarcely +fitted for the stormy navigation of the Bay of Biscay. + +King Richard, impatient as ever of delay, at last lost his temper, and +embarked on board a ship with a few of his chosen knights, and set sail +by himself for Sicily, the point at which the two armies of the +expedition were to reunite. A few days after his departure the +long-looked-for fleet arrived, and a portion of the English host +embarked at once, and set sail for Sicily, where they were to be +landed, and the ships were to return to fetch the remaining contingent. + +A sea voyage of this kind in those days was a serious matter. Long +voyages were rare, and troops were carried very much upon the principle +of herrings; that is, were packed as close as they could be, without any +reference to their comfort. As the voyages seldom lasted more than +twenty-four hours, this did not much matter, but during long voyages the +discomforts, or as may be said sufferings, of the troops were +considerable. So tightly packed were the galleys in which the English +set sail from Marseilles that there was no walking about. Every man +slept where he sat, and considered himself lucky indeed if he could +obtain room sufficient to stretch himself at full length. Most slept +sitting against bulwarks or other supports. In the cabins, where the +knights, their pages and squires were placed, the crowding was of course +less excessive, but even here the amount of space, which a subaltern +traveling to India for the first time nowadays would grumble at, was +considered amply sufficient for half a dozen knights of distinction. It +was a week after sailing, when Cnut touched Cuthbert's arm as he came on +deck one morning, and said: + +"Look, look, Cuthbert! that mountain standing up in the water has caught +fire on the top. Did you ever see such a thing?" + +The soldiers crowded to the side of the vessel in intense astonishment +and no little awe. From the top of a lofty and rugged hill, rising +almost straight from the sea, flames were roaring up, smoke hung over +the island, and stones were thrown into the air and rattled down the +side of the hill, or fell into the sea with a splash. + +"That is a fearsome sight," Cnut said, crossing himself. + +"It looks as if it was the mouth of purgatory," exclaimed another, +standing by. + +Cuthbert himself was amazed, for the instruction he had received from +Father Francis was of too slight a nature to include the story of +volcanoes. A priest, however, who accompanied the ship in the character +of leech and confessor, explained the nature of the phenomenon to his +astonished listeners, and told them that over on the mainland was a +mountain which at times vomited forth such masses of stones and of +liquid rock that it had swallowed up and covered many great cities. +There was also, he told them, another mountain of the same sort, even +more vast, on the island of Sicily itself; but that this had seldom, as +far back as man could remember, done any great harm. + +Sailing on, in another day they arrived off the coast of Sicily itself, +and sailing up the straits between it and the mainland they landed at +Messina. Here a considerable portion of the French army had already +arrived, having been brought down from Genoa. + +There was no news of the King of England; and, as often happens, the +saying "The more haste the less speed," had been verified here. + +It was some days later before King Richard arrived, having been driven +from his course by tempests, well-nigh cast ashore, and having besides +gone through many adventures. Three weeks later the whole of the army of +the Crusaders were gathered around Messina, where it was intended to +remain some little time before starting. It was a gay time; and the +kings vied with each other in entertainments, joustings, and +tournaments. The Italian knights also made a brave show, and it might +have been thought that this huge army of men were gathered there simply +for amusement and feasting. In the tournaments every effort was made to +prevent any feeling of national rivalry, and although parties of knights +held their own against all comers, these were most carefully selected to +represent several nationalities, and therefore victory, on whichsoever +side it fell, excited no feelings of bitterness. + +Alone, King Richard was undoubtedly the strongest cavalier of the two +armies. Against his ponderous strength no knight could keep his seat; +and this was so palpable that after many victories King Richard was +forced to retire from the lists from want of competitors, and to take +his place on the dais with the more peace-loving King of France. + +The gayety of the camp was heightened by the arrival of many nobles and +dames from Italy. Here, too, came the Queen of Navarre, bringing with +her the beautiful Princess Berengaria. + +"Methinks," the Earl of Evesham said to Cuthbert a fortnight after the +arrival of the queen "that unless my eyes deceive me the princess is +likely to be a cause of trouble." + +"In what way?" asked Cuthbert with surprise, for he had been struck with +her marvelous beauty, and wondered greatly what mischief so fair a being +could do. + +"By the way in which our good lord, the king, gazes upon her, methinks +that it were like enough that he broke off his engagement with the +Prince of France for the sake of the fair eyes of this damsel." + +"That were indeed a misfortune," Cuthbert said gravely, for he saw at +once the anger which such a course would excite in the minds of the +French king and his knights, who would naturally be indignant in the +extreme at the slight put upon their princess. As day after day passed +it became evident to all that the King of England was infatuated by the +princess. Again he entered the lists himself, and as some fresh Italian +knights and others had arrived, he found fresh opponents, and +conspicuously laid the spoils of victory at the feet of the princess, +whom he selected as the Queen of Beauty. + +All sorts of rumors now became current in camp; violent quarrels between +the kings, and bad feelings between the French and English knights broke +out again in consequence, and this more violently than before. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +THE PRINCESS BERENGARIA. + + +One night it chanced that Cuthbert was late in his return to camp, and +his road took him through a portion of the French encampment; the night +was dark, and Cuthbert presently completely lost all idea as to his +bearings. Presently he nearly ran against a tent; he made his way to the +entrance in order to crave directions as to his way--for it was a wet +night; the rain was pouring in torrents, and few were about of whom he +could demand the way--and, as he was about to draw aside the hangings, +he heard words said in a passionate voice which caused him to withdraw +his hand suddenly. + +"I tell you," said a voice, "I would rather drive a dagger myself into +her heart than allow our own princess to be insulted by this hot-headed +island dog." + +"It is sad indeed," said another, but in a calmer smoother tone, "that +the success of a great expedition like this, which has for its object +the recovery of the holy sepulcher from the infidels, should be wrecked +by the headstrong fancies of one man. It is even, as is told by the old +Grecian poet, as when Helen caused a great war between people of that +nation." + +"I know nothing," another voice said, "either of Helen or the Greeks, or +of their poets. They are a shifty race, and I can believe aught that is +bad of them. But touching this princess of Navarre, I agree with our +friend, it would be a righteous deed to poniard her, and so to remove +the cause of dispute between the two kings, and, indeed, the two +nations. This insult laid upon our princess is more than we, as French +knights and gentlemen, can brook; and if the king says the word there is +not a gentleman in the army but will be ready to turn his sword against +the islanders." + +Then the smooth voice spoke again. + +"It would, my brethren, be wrong and useless to shed blood; but methinks +that if this apple of discord could be removed a good work would be done +not, as our friend the count has suggested, by a stab of the dagger; +that indeed would be worse than useless. But surely there are scores of +religious houses, where this bird might be placed in a cage without a +soul knowing where she was, and where she might pass her life in prayer +that she may be pardoned for having caused grave hazards of the failure +of an enterprise in which all the Christian world is concerned." + +The voices of the speakers now fell, and Cuthbert was straining his ear +to listen, when he heard footsteps approaching the tent, and he glided +away into the darkness. + +With great difficulty be recovered the road to the camp, and when he +reached his tent he confided to the Earl of Evesham what he had heard. + +"This is serious indeed," the earl said, "and bodes no little trouble +and danger. It is true that the passion which King Richard has conceived +for Berengaria bids fair to wreck the Crusade, by the anger which it has +excited in the French king and his nobles; but the disappearance of the +princess would no less fatally interfere with it, for the king would be +like a raging lion deprived of his whelps, and would certainly move no +foot eastward until he had exhausted all the means in his power of +tracing his lost lady love. You could not, I suppose, Cuthbert, point +out the tent where this conversation took place?" + +"I could not," Cuthbert answered; "in the darkness one tent is like +another. I think I should recognize the voices of the speakers did I +hear them again; indeed, one voice I did recognize; it was that of the +Count of Brabant, with whom we had trouble before." + +"That is good," the earl said, "because we have at least an object to +watch. It would never do to tell the king what you have heard. In the +first place, his anger would be so great that it would burst all bounds, +and would cause, likely enough, a battle at once between the two armies; +nor would it have any good effect, for he of Brabant would of course +deny the truth of your assertions, and would declare it was merely a +got-up story to discredit him with the king, and so to wipe out the old +score now standing between us. No, if we are to succeed, alike in +preventing harm happening to the princess, and an open break between the +two monarchs, it must be done by keeping a guard over the princess, +unsuspected by all, and ourselves frustrating any attempt which may be +made." + +Cuthbert expressed his willingness to carry out the instructions which +the earl might give him; and, much disturbed by the events of the day, +both earl and page retired to rest, to think over what plan had best be +adopted. + +The princess was staying at the palace of the bishop of the town; this +he, having another residence a short distance outside the walls, had +placed at the disposal of the Queen of Navarre and her suite; and the +first step of Cuthbert in the morning was to go into the town, to +reconnoiter the position and appearance of the building. It was a large +and irregular pile, and communicated with the two monasteries lying +alongside of it. It would therefore clearly be a most difficult thing to +keep up a complete watch on the exterior of so large a building. There +were so many ways in which the princess might be captured and carried +off by unscrupulous men that Cuthbert in vain thought over every plan by +which it could be possible to safeguard her. She might be seized upon +returning from a tournament or entertainment; but this was improbable, +as the queen would always have an escort of knights with her, and no +attempt could be successful except at the cost of a public fracas and +much loss of blood. Cuthbert regarded as out of the question that an +outrage of this kind would be attempted. + +The fact that one of the speakers in the tent had used the words "my +sons," showed that one priest or monk, at least, was connected with the +plot. It was possible that this man might have power in one of the +monasteries, or he might be an agent of the bishop himself; and Cuthbert +saw that it would be easy enough in the night for a party from one or +other of the monasteries to enter by the door of communication with the +palace, and carry off the princess without the slightest alarm being +given. Once within the walls of the convent she could be either hidden +in the dungeons or secret places, which buildings of that kind were sure +to possess, or could be at once carried out by some quiet entrance, and +taken into the country, or transferred to some other building in the +town. + +When Cuthbert joined the earl he told him the observations that he had +made, and Sir Walter praised the judgment which he had shown in his +conclusions. The earl was of opinion that it would be absolutely +necessary to get some clew as to the course which the abductors purposed +to take; indeed it was possible that on after-consideration they might +drop their plan altogether, for the words which Cuthbert had overheard +scarcely betokened a plan completely formed and finally decided upon. + +The great point he considered, therefore, was that the tent of his old +enemy should be carefully watched, and that an endeavor should be made +to hear something of what passed within, which might give a clew to the +plan fixed upon. They did not, of course, know whether the tent in which +the conversation had been heard by Cuthbert was that of Sir de Jacquelin +Barras, or of one of the other persons who had spoken; and Cuthbert +suggested that the first thing would be to find out whether the count, +after nightfall, was in the habit of going to some other tent, or +whether, on the other hand, he remained within and was visited by +others. + +It was easy, of course, to discover which was his tent; and Cuthbert +soon got its position, and then took Cnut into his counsels. + +"The matter is difficult," Cnut said, "and I see no way by which a watch +can be kept up by day; but after dark--I have several men in my band who +can track a deer, and surely could manage to follow the steps of this +baron without being observed. There is little Jack, who is no bigger +than a boy of twelve, although he can shoot, and run, and play with the +quarterstaff, or, if need be, with the bill, against the best man in the +troop. I warrant me that if you show him the tent he will keep such +sharp watch that no one shall enter or depart without his knowing where +they go to. On a dark night he will be able to slip among the tents, and +to move here and there without being seen. He can creep on his stomach +without moving a leaf, and trust me the eyes of these French +men-at-arms will look in vain for a glimpse of him." + +"You understand, Cnut, all that I want to know is whether the other +conspirators in this matter visit his tent, or whether he goes to +theirs." + +"I understand," Cnut said. "That is the first point to be arrived at." + +Three days later Cnut brought news that each night after dark a party of +five men met in the tent that was watched; that one of the five always +came out when all had assembled, and took his station before the +entrance of the tent, so as to be sure that no eavesdropper was near. + +Cuthbert smiled. + +"It is a case of locking the door after the horse has gone." + +"What is to be done now?" Cnut asked. + +"I will talk with the earl before I tell you, Cnut. This matter is too +serious for me to take a step without consulting Sir Walter." + +That night there was a long talk between the earl and his page as to the +best course to be pursued. It was clear that their old enemy was the +leading person in the plot, and that the only plan to baffle it with any +fair chances of success was to keep a constant eye upon his movements, +and also to have three or four of the sturdiest men of the band told off +to watch, without being perceived, each time that the princess was in +her palace. + +The Earl of Evesham left the arrangements entirely in the hands of his +page, of whose good sense and sagacity he had a very high opinion. + +His own first impulse had been to go before the king and denounce the +Count of Brabant. But the ill-will between them was already well known; +for not only was there the original dispute at the banquet, but when the +two armies had joined at Sicily, King Richard, who had heard from the +earl of the attempt at the assassination of Cuthbert, had laid a +complaint before King Philip of the conduct of his subject. + +Sir de Jacquelin Barras, however, had denied that he had any finger in +the matter. + +"He had," he said, "discharged his page after the encounter with +Cuthbert, and knew nothing further whatever of his movements." + +Although it was morally certain that the page could not have purchased +the services of the men who assisted him, from his own purse, or gain +them by any means of persuasion, but that they were either the followers +of the Count of Brabant, or ruffians hired with his money, as no proof +could be obtained the matter was allowed to drop. + +The earl felt, however, that an accusation against the count by him of +an intention to commit a high crime, and this merely on the evidence of +his page, would appear like an attempt to injure the fame of his rival. + +Feeling, therefore, that nothing could be done save to watch, he left +the matter entirely in the hands of his page, telling him that he could +take as many men-at-arms or archers as he might choose and use them in +his name. + +Cnut entered warmly into Cuthbert's plans; and finally it was arranged +between them that six of the archers should nightly keep watch opposite +the various entrances of the bishop's palace and of the two monasteries +joining. Of course, they could not patrol up and down without attracting +attention, but they were to take up posts where they could closely +observe the entrances, and were either to lie down and feign drunken +sleep, or to conceal themselves within the shadow of an arch or other +hiding-place. + +Down on the seashore Cuthbert made an arrangement with one of the owners +of small craft lying there that ten of his men should sleep on board +every night, together with some fishermen accustomed to the use of the +oar. + +Cuthbert himself determined to be always with this party. + +Night after night passed, and so long a time went by that Cuthbert began +to think the design must have been given up. + +However, he resolved to relax none of his watchfulness during the +remaining time that the expedition might stop in Sicily. + +It was in January, three weeks after the first watch had been set, when +one of the men who had been placed to watch the entrance to one of the +monasteries leaped on board the craft and shook Cuthbert by the +shoulder. + +"A party of some five men," he said, "have just issued out from the +monastery. They are bearing a burden--what, I cannot see. They were +making in the direction of the water. I whistled to Dion who was next to +me in the lane. He is following them, and I came on to tell you to +prepare." + +The night was pitch-dark, and it was difficult in the extreme to see any +one moving at a short distance off. + +There were two or three streets that led from the monastery, which stood +at the top of the town, toward the sea; and a party coming down might +take any of these, according to the position in which the boat they were +seeking was placed. + +Cuthbert now instantly sent five or six of his men with instructions to +avoid all noise, along the line of the port, with orders to bring in +word should anyone come down and take boat, or should they hear any +noise in the town. He himself with the sailors loosed the ropes which +fastened the boat to shore, got out the oars, and prepared to put off at +a moment's notice. + +He was of course ignorant whether the abductor would try to carry the +princess off by water, or would hide her in one of the convents of the +town; but he was inclined to think that the former would be the course +adopted; for the king in his wrath would be ready to lay the town in +flames, and to search every convent from top to bottom for the princess. +Besides, there would be too many aware of the secret. + +Cuthbert was not wrong in his supposition. + +Soon the man he had sent to the extreme right came running up with the +news that a boat had embarked at the further end with a party of some +ten men on board. As he came along he had warned the others, and in five +minutes the whole party were collected in the craft, numbering in all +twelve of Cuthbert's men and six sailors. They instantly put out, and +rowed in the direction in which the boat would have gone, the boatmen +expressing their opinion that probably the party would make for a vessel +which was lying anchored at some little distance from shore. The +bearings of the position of this ship was known to the boatmen, but the +night was so dark that they were quite unable to find it. Orders had +been given that no sound or whisper was to be heard on board the boat; +and after rowing as far as they could the boatmen said they were in the +direction of the ship. + +The boatmen all lay on their oars, and all listened intently. Presently +the creaking of a pulley was heard in the still night, at a distance of +a few hundred yards. This was enough. It was clear that the vessel was +getting up sail. The boat's head was turned in that direction; the crew +rowed steadily but noiselessly, and in a few minutes the tall mast of a +vessel could be seen faintly against the sky. Just as they perceived the +situation, a hail from on board showed that their approach was now +observed. + +"Stretch to your oars," Cuthbert said, "we must make a dash for it now." + +The rowers bent to their work and in a minute the boat ran alongside the +craft. + +As Cuthbert and his followers scrambled upon the deck they were attacked +by those of the crew and passengers who were standing near; but it was +evident at once that the chiefs of the expedition had not heard the +hail, and that there was no general plan of defense against them. + +It was not until the last of them had gained a footing and were +beginning to fight their way along the vessel that from below three or +four men-at-arms ran up, and one in a tone of authority demanded what +was the matter. When he heard the clash of swords and the shouts of the +combatants he put himself at once at the head of the party and a fierce +and obstinate fight now took place. + +The assailants had, however, the advantage. + +Cuthbert and his men were all lightly clad, and this on the deck of a +ship lumbered with ropes and gear, and in the dark, was a great +advantage, for the mailed men-at-arms frequently stumbled and fell. The +fight lasted for several minutes. Cnut, who was armed with a heavy mace, +did great service, for with each of his sweeping blows he broke down the +guard of an opponent, and generally leveled him to the deck. + +The numbers at the beginning of the fight were not unequal, but the men +to whom the vessel belonged made but a faint resistance when they +perceived that the day was going against them. The men-at-arms, however, +consisting of three, who appeared to be the leaders, and of eight +pikemen fought stubbornly and well. + +Cuthbert was not long in detecting in the tones of the man who was +clearly at the head of affairs the voice of Sir de Jacquelin Barras. To +do him justice he fought with extreme bravery, and when almost all his +followers were cut down or beaten overboard, he resisted stanchly and +well. With a heavy two-handed sword he cleaved a space at the end of the +boat, and kept the whole of Cuthbert's party at bay. + +At last Cnut, who had been engaged elsewhere, came to the front, and a +tough fight ensued between them. + +It might have ended badly for the brave forester, for his lack of armor +gave an enormous advantage to his opponent. Soon, however, the count's +foot slipped on the boards of the deck, and before he could recover +himself the mace of Cnut descended with tremendous force upon his head, +which was unprotected, as he had taken off his casque on arriving at the +ship. Without a word or a cry the count fell forward on the deck, killed +as a bullock by a blow of a poleax. + +While this conflict had been going on, occasionally the loud screams of +a woman had been heard below. + +Cuthbert, attended by Cnut and two of his followers, now descended. + +At the bottom of the steps they found a man-at-arms placed at the door +of a cabin. He challenged as they approached, but being speedily +convinced that the vessel was in their hands, and that his employer and +party were all conquered, he made a virtue of necessity, and laid down +his arms. + +"You had better go in alone," Cnut said, "Master Cuthbert. The lady is +less likely to be frightened by your appearance than by us, for she must +wonder indeed what is going on." + +On entering the cabin, which had evidently been fitted up for the use of +a lady, Cuthbert saw standing at the other end the princess, whom of +course he knew well by sight. A lamp was burning in the cabin, and by +its light he could see that her face was deadly pale. Her robes were +torn and disarranged, and she wore a look at once of grave alarm and +surprise upon seeing a handsomely dressed page enter with a deep +reverence. + +"What means this outrage, young sir? Whoever you be, I warn you that the +King of England will revenge this indignity." + +"Your highness," Cuthbert said, "you have no further reason for alarm; +the knaves who carried you off from the bishop's palace and conveyed you +to this ship are all either killed or in our power. I am the page of the +Earl of Evesham, a devoted follower of King Richard. Some of the designs +of the bold men came to the ears of my lord, and he ordered me and a +band of his followers to keep good guard over the palace and buildings +adjoining. We were unable to gather our strength in time to prevent your +being taken on board, but we lost no time in putting forth when we found +that your abductors had taken boat, and by good fortune arrived here in +time; a few minutes later, and the knaves would have succeeded in their +object, for the sails were already being hoisted, and the vessel making +way, when we arrived. Your abductors are all either killed or thrown +overboard, and the vessel's head is now turned toward the shore, and I +hope in a few minutes to have the honor of escorting you to the palace." + +The princess, with a sigh of much satisfaction and relief, sank on to a +couch. + +"I am indeed indebted to you, young sir," she said. "Believe me, the +Princess Berengaria is not ungrateful, and should it be ever in her +power to do aught for your lord, or for yourself, or for those who have +accompanied you to rescue her, believe me that she will do it." + +"May I be so bold as to ask a boon?" Cuthbert said, dropping on one knee +before her. + +"It is granted at once, whatever it be, if in my power." + +"My boon is, lady," he said, "that you will do your best to assuage the +natural anger which the King of England will feel at this bold and most +violent attempt. That he should be told, is of course necessary; but, +lady, much depends upon the telling, and I am sure that at your request +the king would restrain his anger. Were it not for that, I fear that +such quarrels and disputes might arise as would bring the two armies to +blows, and destroy forever all hope of the successful termination of +our joint enterprise." + +"You are a wise and good youth," the princess said, holding out her hand +to Cuthbert, which, as duty bound, he placed to his lips. "Your request +is wise and most thoughtful. I will use any poor influence which I may +possess"--and Cuthbert could see that the blood came back now to the +white face--"to induce King Richard to allow the matter to pass over. +There is no reason why he should take up the case. I am no more under +his protection than under that of the King of France, and it is to the +latter I should appeal, for as I believe the men who abducted me were +his subjects." + +"The leader of them, madam, was a certain Sir de Jacquelin Barras, a +Count of Brabant, with whom my master has had an old feud, and who has +been just killed by the leader of our men-at-arms. The others, who have +had the most active hand in the matter, have also perished; and it +would, I think be doubtful whether any clew could be obtained of those +who were in league with them. The only man in the party who is alive was +placed as a sentry at your door, and as he is but a man-at-arms we may +be sure that he knows naught of the enterprise, but has merely carried +out the orders of his master." + +The vessel had by this time brought up close to the port. The princess +determined to wait on board until the first dawn was seen in the skies, +and then under the escort of her deliverers to go back to the palace, +before the town was moving. This plan was carried out, and soon after +dawn the princess was safe in the palace from which she had been carried +a few hours previously. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +PIRATES. + + +It was not possible that a matter of this sort could be entirely hushed +up. Not many hours passed before rumors were current of events which had +taken place, though none knew what those events were. + +There were reports that the tire-woman of the Princess Berengaria had in +the night discovered that her mistress' couch was unoccupied, that she +had found signs of a struggle, and had picked up a dagger on the floor, +where it had evidently fallen from the sheath; also it was said that the +princess had returned at daylight escorted by an armed party, and that +she was unable to obtain entrance to the palace until one of the ladies +of the queen had been fetched down to order the sentries at the gate to +allow her to enter. + +This was the news which rumor carried through the camp. Few, however, +believed it, and none who could have enlightened them opened their lips +upon the subject. + +It was known, however, that a messenger had come to King Richard early, +and that he had at once mounted and ridden off to the bishop's palace. +What had happened there none could say, but there were rumors that his +voice had been heard in furious outbursts of passion. He remained there +until the afternoon, when he sent for a number of his principal nobles. + +When these arrived they found him standing on a dais in the principal +hall of the palace, and he there formally introduced to them the +Princess Berengaria as his affianced wife. The ceremony of the marriage, +he told them, would shortly take place. + +This announcement caused a tremendous stir in both armies. The English, +who had never been favorable to the alliance with the French princess, +were glad to hear that this was broken off, and were well content that +the Princess Berengaria should be their future queen, for her beauty, +high spirit, and kindness had won all hearts. + +On the part of the French, on the other hand, there was great +indignation, and for some time it was feared that the armies would come +to open blows. + +King Philip, however, although much angered, was politic enough to +deprecate any open outbreak. He knew that a dispute now began would not +only at once put a stop to the Crusade, but that it might lead to more +serious consequences at home. The fiery bravery of the English king, +backed as it would be by the whole strength of his subjects, might +render him a very formidable opponent; and the king felt that private +grievances must be laid aside where the good of France was concerned. + +Still the coldness between the armies increased, their camps were moved +further apart, and during the time that they remained in Sicily there +was but little commerce between the two forces. + +As soon as the winter had broken the French monarch broke up his camp, +and in March sailed for the Holy Land. + +The English had expected that the marriage ceremony of the king and +Princess Berengaria would be celebrated before they left Sicily, but +this was not the case. There were high joustings and _fetes_ in honor of +the princess, but the marriage was delayed. A fortnight after the French +had sailed the English embarked in the two hundred ships which had been +prepared, and sailed also on their way to Acre. + +It must not be supposed that the attempted abduction of the Princess +Berengaria was unimportant in its results to Cuthbert. + +After returning from the palace the king, who had heard from her the +details of what had taken place, and the names of her rescuers, sent for +the Earl of Evesham. The latter had of course learned from Cuthbert all +that had happened, and had expressed his high approval of his conduct, +and his gratification at the result. + +"I learn, Sir Earl," said King Richard, "that it is to you that I am +indebted for the rescue of the princess. She tells me that suspecting +some plot you placed a guard around the bishop's palace, with a strong +body on the shore ready to rescue her from the hands of any who might +attempt to take her to sea." + +"It is as you say, sire," replied the earl; "but the whole merit of the +affair rests upon my page, the lad whom you may remember as having +fought with and conquered the French page, and of whose conduct you then +approved highly. You may also remember that he escaped by some display +of bravery and shrewdness the further attempts to assassinate him, and +your majesty was good enough to make a complaint to King Philip of the +conduct of one of his nobles on that head. It seems that some two months +since the lad in coming through the French camp at night missed his way, +and accidentally overheard a few words spoken in a voice which he +recognized as that of his enemy. The name of your majesty being +mentioned, he deemed it his duty to listen, and thus discovered that a +plot was on foot for carrying off the princess. After consultation with +me, we agreed upon the course to be adopted, namely, to place sentries +round the bishop's place and the buildings adjoining, who should follow +and bring word should she be taken to another place in town, while a +band was placed on the shore in readiness to interfere at once to +prevent her being carried away by sea. He undertook the management of +all details, having with him a trusty squire who commands my Saxon +bowmen." + +"For your own part I thank you, my lord," the king said, "and, believe +me, you shall not find Richard ungrateful. As to your page, he appears +brave and wise beyond his years. Were it not that I think that it would +not be good for him, and might attract some envy upon the part of +others, I would at once make him a knight. He already has my promise +that I will do so on the first occasion when he can show his prowess +upon the infidels. Bring him to me to-morrow, when the princess will be +here with the Queen of Navarre at a banquet. I would fain thank him +before her; and, although I have agreed--at the princess' earnest +solicitation--to take no further notice of the matter, and to allow it +to pass as if it had not been, yet I cannot forgive the treachery which +has been used, and without letting all know exactly what has occurred +would fain by my reception of your page let men see that something of +great import has happened, of the nature of which I doubt not that rumor +will give some notion." + +Upon the following day, therefore, Cuthbert to his confusion found +himself the center of the royal circle. The king expressed himself to +him in the most gracious manner, patting him on the shoulder, and said +that he would be one day one of the best and bravest of his knights. The +princess and the Queen of Navarre gave him their hands to kiss, and +somewhat overwhelmed, he withdrew from the royal presence, the center of +attention, and, in some minds, of envy. + +Cnut too did not pass unrewarded. + +His majesty, finding that Cnut was of gentle Saxon blood, gave him a +gold chain in token of his favor, and distributed a heavy purse among +the men who had followed him. + +When the British fleet, numbering two hundred ships, set sail from +Sicily, it was a grand and martial sight. From the masts were the colors +of England and those of the nobles who commanded; while the pennons of +the knights, the bright plumes and mantles, the flash of armor and arms +made the decks alive with light and color. + +The king's ship advanced in the van, and round him were the vessels +containing his principal followers. The Queen of Navarre and the +Princess Berengaria were with the fleet. Strains of music rose from the +waters, and never were the circumstances of war exhibited in a more +picturesque form. + +For two days the expedition sailed on, and then a change of a sudden and +disastrous kind took place. + +"What is all this bustle about?" Cuthbert said to Cnut. "The sailors are +running up the ladders, all seems confusion." + +"Methinks," said Cnut, "that we are about to have a storm. A few minutes +ago scarce a cloud was to be seen; now that bank over there has risen +halfway up the sky. The sailors are accustomed to these treacherous +seas, and the warnings which we have not noticed have no doubt been +clear enough to them." + +With great rapidity the sails of the fleet came down, and in five +minutes its whole aspect was changed; but quickly as the sailors had +done their work, the storm was even more rapid in its progress. Some of +the ships whose crews were slower or less skillful than the others were +caught by the gale before they could get their sails snug, and the great +sheets of white canvas were blown from the bolt-ropes as if made of +paper, and a blackness which could almost be felt covered the sea, the +only light being that given by the frothing waters. There was no longer +any thought of order. Each ship had to shift for herself; and each +captain to do his best to save those under his charge, without thought +of what might befall the others. + +In the ship which carried the Earl of Evesham's contingent, order and +discipline prevailed. The earl's voice had been heard at the first puff +of wind, shouting to the men to go below, save a few who might be of use +to haul at ropes. His standard was lowered, the bright flags removed +from the sides of the ship, the shields which were hanging over the +bulwarks were hurriedly taken below, and when the gale smote them the +ship was trim, and in readiness to receive it. A few square yards of +sail alone were all that the captain had thought it prudent to keep +spread, and in a minute from the time she was struck the lofty hulk was +tearing along through the waters at a tremendous speed. Four of the best +hands were placed at the helm; and here the captain took his post. + +The danger was now that in the darkness they might run against one of +their consorts. Even in the war of the elements they could hear from +time to time crashes as of vessels striking against each other, with +shouts and cries. Once or twice from the darkness ships emerged, close +on one hand or the other; but the steadiness of the captain in each case +saved the ship from collision. + +As the storm continued these glimpses of other vessels became more and +more rare, and the ship being a very fast sailer, the captain indulged +the hope that he was now clear of the rest of the fleet. + +He now attempted to lie-to to the storm, but the wind was too strong. +The ships in those days, too, were so high out of the water, and offered +in themselves such a target to the wind, that it was useless to adopt +any other maneuver than to run before it. + +For two days and nights the tempest raged. + +"What think you," the earl said to the captain, "of our position? Where +are we, and where will the course upon which we are running take us?" + +"I cannot say with certainty," the captain said, "for the wind has +shifted several times. I had hoped to gain the shelter of Rhodes, but a +shift of wind bore us away from there, and I much fear that from the +direction in which we have been running we must be very nigh on the +coast of Africa." + +"_Peste!_" the earl said. "That would indeed be a speedy end to our +Crusade. These Moors are pirates and cutthroats to a man; and even +should we avoid the risk of being dashed to pieces, we should end our +lives as slaves to one of these black infidels." + +Three hours later the captain's prophecies turned out right. Breakers +were seen in various points in front, and with the greatest difficulty +the vessel was steered through an opening between them; but in another +few minutes she struck heavily, one of her masts went over the side, and +she lay fast and immovable. Fortunately, the outside bank of sand acted +as a sort of breakwater; had she struck upon this the good ship would +have gone to pieces instantly; but although the waves still struck her +with considerable force, the captain had good hope that she would not +break up. Darkness came on; the tempest seemed to lull. As there was no +immediate danger, and all were exhausted by the tossing which they had +received during the last forty-eight hours, the crew of the Rose slept +soundly. + +In the morning the sun rose brilliantly, and there was no sign of the +great storm which had scattered the fleet of England. The shore was to +be seen at a distance of some four miles. It was low and sandy, with +lofty mountains in the distance. Far inland a white town with minaret +and dome could be seen. + +"Know you where we are?" the earl asked. + +"As far as I can tell," the captain said, "we have been driven up the +bay called the Little Syrtis--a place full of shoals and shallows, and +abounding with pirates of the worst kind." + +"Think you that the ship has suffered injury?" + +"Whether she has done so or not," the captain said, "I fear greatly +that she is fast in the sand, and even the lightening of all her cargo +will scarce get her off; but we must try at least." + +"It is little time that we shall have to try, Master Captain," Cuthbert, +who was standing close, said. "Me thinks those two long ships which are +putting out from that town will have something to say to that." + +"It is too true," the captain said. "Those are the galleys of the +Moorish corsairs. They are thirty or forty oars, draw but little water, +and will be here like the wind." + +"What do you advise?" asked the earl. "The falconets which you have upon +the poop can make but a poor resistance to boats that can row around us, +and are no doubt furnished with heavy metal. They will quickly perceive +that we are aground and defenseless, and will be able to plump their +shot into us until they have knocked the good ship to pieces. However, +we will fight to the last. It shall not be said that the Earl of Evesham +was taken by infidel dogs and sold as a slave, without striking a blow +in his defense." + +Cuthbert stood watching the corsairs, which were now rowing toward them +at all speed. + +"Methinks, my lord," he said presently, "if I might venture to give an +opinion, that we might yet trick the infidel." + +"As how, Cuthbert?" the earl said. "Speak out; you know that I have +great faith in your sagacity." + +"I think, sir," the page said, "that did we send all your men below, +leaving only the crew of the vessel on deck, they would take us for a +merchant ship which has been wrecked here, and exercise but little care +how they approach us. The men on deck might make a show of firing once +or twice with the falconets. The pirates, disdaining such a foe, would +row alongside. Once there, we might fasten one or both to our side with +grapnels, and then, methinks, that English bill and bow will render us +more than a match for Moorish pirates, and one of these craft can +scarcely carry more men than we have. I should propose to take one of +them by force, and drive the pirates overboard; take possession of, if +possible, or beat off her consort; and then take the most valuable +stores from the ship and make our way as best we can to the north." + +"Well thought of!" exclaimed the earl cordially. "You have indeed +imagined a plan which promises well. What think you, captain?" + +"I think, my lord," the Genoese said, "that the plan is an excellent +one, and promises every success. If your men will all go below, holding +their arms in readiness for the signal, mine shall prepare grapnels and +ropes, and the first of these craft which comes alongside they will lash +so securely to the Rose that I warrant me she gets not away." + +These preparations were soon made. + +The soldiers, who at first had been filled with apprehension at the +thought of slavery among the infidels, were now delighted at the +prospect of a struggle ending in escape. + +The archers prepared their bows and arrows, and stood behind the +portholes in readiness to pour a volley into the enemy; the men-at-arms +grasped their pikes and swords; while above, the sailors moved hither +and thither as if making preparations for defense, but in reality +preparing the grapnels and ropes. + +One of the pirates was faster than the other, and soon coming within +reach, opened fire upon the Rose with a heavy cannon, which she carried +in her bow. + +The crew of the Rose replied with their falconets and sakers from the +poop. + +The corsair at first did not keep her course direct for the ship, but +rowed once or twice round her, firing as she did so. Then, apparently +satisfied that no great precaution need be observed with a feebly-manned +ship in so great a strait as the Rose, they set up a wild cry of +"Allah!" and rowed toward her. + +In two minutes the corsair was alongside of the Rose, and the fierce +crew were climbing up her sides. As she came alongside the sailors cast +grapnels into her rigging, and fastened her to the Rose; and then a loud +shout of "Hurrah for England!" was heard; the ports opened, and a volley +of arrows was poured upon the astonished corsair; and from the deck +above the assailants were thrown back into the galley, and a swarm of +heavily armed men leaped down from the ship upon them. + +Taken by surprise, and indeed outnumbered, the resistance of the +corsairs was but slight. In a close fierce _melee_ like this the +light-armed Moors had but little chance with the mail-clad English, +whose heavy swords and axes clove their defenses at a blow. The fight +lasted but three minutes, and then the last of the corsairs was +overboard. + +The men who rowed the galley had uttered the most piercing cries while +this conflict had been raging. They were unable to take any part in it, +had they been disposed to do so, for they were all slaves chained to the +oars. + +Scarcely had the conflict ended when the other galley arrived upon the +scene; but seeing what had happened, and that her consort had fallen +into the hands of the English, she at once turned her head, and rowed +back rapidly to the town from which she had come. + +Among the slaves who rowed the galley were many white men, and their +cries of joy at their liberation greatly affected those who had thus +unexpectedly rescued them. Hammers were soon brought into requisition, +the shackles struck off them, and a scene of affecting joy took place. +The slaves were of all nationalities, but Italians and Spaniards, French +and Greeks formed the principal part. There was no time, however, to be +lost; the arms and munitions of war were hastily removed from the Rose, +together with the most valuable of the stores. + +The galley-slaves again took their places, and this time willingly, at +the oars, the places of the weakest being supplied by the English, +whose want of skill was made up by the alacrity with which they threw +their strength into the work; and in an hour from the time that the +galley had arrived alongside of the Rose, her head was turned north, and +with sixty oars she was rowing at all speed for the mouth of the bay. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +IN THE HOLY LAND. + + +As soon as the galley which had escaped reached the town from which it +had started, it with three others at once set out in pursuit; while from +a narrow creek two other galleys made their appearance. + +There were a few words of question among the English whether to stop and +give battle to these opponents, or to make their way with all speed. The +latter counsel prevailed; the earl pointing out that their lives were +now scarcely their own, and that they had no right on their way to the +holy sepulcher to risk them unnecessarily. + +Fortunately they had it in their hands to fight or escape, as they +chose; for doubly banked as the oars now were there was little chance of +the enemy's galleys overtaking them. Gradually as they rowed to sea the +pursuing vessels became smaller and smaller to view, until at last they +were seen to turn about and make again for land. + +After some consultation between the earl and the captain of the lost +ship it was determined to make for Rhodes. This had been settled as a +halting point for the fleet, and the earl thought it probable that the +greater portion of those scattered by the storm would rendezvous there. + +So it proved; after a voyage, which although not very long was tedious, +owing to the number of men cramped up in so small a craft, they came +within sight of the port of Rhodes, and were greatly pleased at seeing a +perfect forest of masts there, showing that at least the greater portion +of the fleet had survived the storm. + +This was indeed the fact, and a number of other single ships dropped in +during the next day or two. + +There was great astonishment on the part of the fleet when the long, +swift galley was seen approaching, and numerous conjectures were offered +as to what message the pirates could be bringing--for there was no +mistaking the appearance of the long, dangerous-looking craft. + +When, upon her approach, the standard of the Earl of Evesham was seen +flying on the bow, a great shout of welcome arose from the fleet; and +King Richard himself, who happened to be on the deck of the royal ship, +shouted to the earl to come on board and tell him what masquerading he +was doing there. The earl of course obeyed the order, anchoring near the +royal vessel, and going on board in a small boat, taking with him his +page and squire. + +The king heard with great interest the tale of the adventures of the +Rose; and when the Earl of Evesham said that it was to Cuthbert that was +due the thought of the stratagem by which the galley was captured, and +its crew saved from being carried away into hopeless slavery, the king +patted the boy on the shoulder with such hearty force as nearly to throw +Cuthbert off his feet. + +"By St. George!" said the monarch, "you are fated to be a very pink of +knights. You seem as thoughtful as you are brave; and whatever your age +may be, I declare that the next time your name is brought before me I +will call a chapter of knights, and they shall agree that exception +shall be made in your favor, and that you shall at once be admitted to +the honorable post. You will miss your page, Sir Walter; but I am sure +you will not grudge him that." + +"No, no, sire," said the earl. "The lad, as I have told your majesty, is +a connection of mine--distant it is true, but one of the nearest I +have--and it will give me the greatest pleasure to see him rising so +rapidly, and on a fair way to distinguish himself so highly. I feel +already as proud of him as if he were my own son." + +The fleet remained some two or three weeks at Rhodes, for many of the +vessels were sorely buffeted and injured, masts were carried away as +well as bulwarks battered in, and the efforts of the crews and of those +of the whole of the artificers of Rhodes were called into requisition. +Light sailing craft were sent off in all directions, for the king was in +a fever of anxiety. Among the vessels still missing was that which bore +the Queen of Navarre and the fair Berengaria. + +One day a solitary vessel was seen approaching. "Another of our lost +sheep," the earl said, looking out over the poop. + +She proved, however, to be a merchant ship of Greece, and newly come +from Cyprus. + +Her captain went on board the royal ship, and delivered a message to the +king, to the effect that two of the vessels had been cast upon the coast +of Cyprus, that they had been plundered by the people, the crews +ill-treated and made prisoners by the king, and that the Queen of +Navarre and the princess were in their hands. + +This roused King Richard into one of his furies. "Before I move a step +toward the Holy Land," he said, "I will avenge these injuries upon this +faithless and insolent king. I swear that I will make him pay dearly for +having laid a hand upon these ladies." + +At once the signal was hoisted for all the vessels in a condition to +sail to take on board water and provisions, and to prepare to sail for +Cyprus; and the next morning at daybreak the fleet sailed out, and made +their way toward that island, casting anchor off the harbor of +Famagosta. + +King Richard sent a messenger on shore to the king, ordering him at once +to release the prisoners; to make the most ample compensation to them; +to place ships at their service equal to those which had been destroyed; +and to pay a handsome sum of money as indemnity. + +The King of Cyprus, however, an insolent and haughty despot, sent back +a message of defiance. King Richard at once ordered the anchors to be +raised, and all to follow the royal ship. + +The fleet entered the harbor of Famagosta; the English archers began the +fight by sending a flight of arrows into the town. This was answered +from the walls by a shower of stones and darts from the machines. + +There was no time wasted. The vessels were headed toward the shore, and +as the water was deep, many of them were able to run close alongside the +rocky wharves. In an instant, regardless of the storm of weapons poured +down by the defenders, the English leaped ashore. + +The archers kept up so terrible a rain of missiles against the +battlements that the defenders could scarcely show themselves for an +instant there, and the men-at-arms, placing ladders against them, +speedily mounted, and putting aside all opposition, poured into the +town. The effeminate Greek soldiers of the monarch could offer no +effectual resistance whatever, and he himself fled from the palace and +gained the open country, followed by a few adherents. The English gained +a considerable booty, for in those days a town taken by assault was +always looked upon as the property of the captors. The Queen of Navarre +and the princess were rescued. + +King Richard, however, was not satisfied with the success he had gained, +and was determined to punish this insolent little king. Accordingly the +English were set in motion into the interior, and town after town +speedily fell, or opened their gate to him. The king, deserted by his +troops, and detested by his people for having brought so terrible a +scourge upon them by his reckless conduct, now sued for peace; but King +Richard would give him no terms except dethronement, and this he was +forced to accept. He was deprived of his crown, and banished from the +island. + +The king now, to the surprise of his barons, announced his intention of +at once marrying the Princess Berengaria. + +Popular as he was, there was yet some quiet grumbling among his troops; +as they said, with justice, they had been waiting nearly six months in +the island of Sicily, and the king might well have married there, +instead of a fresh delay being caused when so near their place of +destination. + +However, the king as usual had his own way, and the marriage was +solemnized amid great rejoicing and solemnity. + +It was a brilliant scene indeed in the cathedral of Limasol. There were +assembled all the principal barons of England, together with a great +number of the nobles of Cyprus. + +Certainly no better matched pair ever stood at the altar together, for +as King Richard was one of the strongest and bravest men of his own or +any other time, so Berengaria is admitted to have been one of the +loveliest maidens. + +The air was rent with the acclamations of the assembled English host +and of the numerous inhabitants of Limasol as they emerged from the +cathedral. For a fortnight the town was given up to festivity; +tournaments, joustings, banquets succeeded each other day after day, and +the islanders, who were fond of pleasure, and indeed very wealthy, vied +with the English in the entertainments which they gave in honor of the +occasion. + +The festivities over, the king gave the welcome order to proceed on +their voyage. They had now been joined by all the vessels left behind at +Rhodes, and it was found that only a few were missing, and that the +great storm, terrible as it had been, had inflicted less damage upon the +fleet than was at first feared. + +Two days' sail brought them within sight of the white walls of Acre, and +it was on June 8, 1191, that the fleet sailed into the port of that +town. Tremendous acclamations greeted the arrival of the English army by +the host assembled on the shores. + +Acre had been besieged for two years, but in vain; and even the arrival +of the French army under Philip Augustus had failed to turn the scale. +The inhabitants defended themselves with desperate bravery; every +assault upon the walls had been repulsed with immense slaughter; and at +no great distance off the Sultan Saladin, with a large army, was +watching the progress of the siege. + +The fame of King Richard and the English was so great, however, that the +besiegers had little doubt that his arrival would change the position of +things; and even the French, in spite of the bad feeling which had +existed in Sicily, joined with the knights and army of the King of +Jerusalem in acclaiming the arrival of the English. + +Philip Augustus, the French king, was of a somewhat weak and wavering +disposition. It would have been thought that after his dispute with King +Richard he would have gladly done all in his power to carry Acre before +the arrival of his great rival. To the great disappointment of the +French, however, he declared that he would take no step in the general +assault until the arrival of Richard; and although the French had given +some assistance to the besiegers, the army had really remained passive +for many weeks. + +Now, however, that the English had arrived, little time was lost; for +the moment the dissensions and jealousies between the monarchs were +patched up, the two hosts naturally imitated the example of their +sovereigns, and French and English worked side by side in throwing up +trenches against the walls, in building movable towers for the attack, +and in preparing for the great onslaught. + +The French were the first to finish their preparations, and they +delivered a tremendous assault upon the walls. The besieged, however, +did not lose heart, and with the greatest bravery repulsed every +attempt. The scaling ladders were hurled backward, the towers were +destroyed by Greek fire; boiling oil was hurled down upon the men who +advanced under the shelter of machines to undermine the walls; and +after desperate fighting the French fell back, baffled and beaten. + +There was some quiet exultation in the English lines at the defeat of +the French, for they believed that a better fortune would crown their +own efforts. Such, however, to their surprise and mortification, was not +the case. When their preparations were completed they attacked with +splendid bravery. They were fighting under the eyes of their king and in +sight of the French army, who had a few days before been baffled; and if +bravery and devotion could have carried the walls of Acre, assuredly +King Richard's army would have accomplished the task. + +It was, however, too great for them, and with vast loss the army fell +back to its camp, King Richard raging like a wounded lion. Many of his +barons had been killed in the assault, and the pikemen and men-at-arms +had suffered heavily. The Earl of Evesham had been wounded; Cuthbert had +taken no part in the assault, for the earl, knowing his bravery, had +forbidden his doing so, as he foresaw the struggle would be of the most +desperate character; and as it was not usual for pages to accompany +their lords on the battlefield, Cuthbert could not complain of his being +forbidden to take part in the fight. + +The earl, however, permitted him to accompany Cnut and the bowmen, who +did great service by the accuracy of their aim, preventing by their +storm of arrows the men on the battlements from taking steady aim and +working their machines, and so saved the Earl of Evesham's troop and +those fighting near him from suffering nearly as heavy loss as some of +those engaged in other quarters. + +But while successful in beating off all assaults, the defenders of Acre +were now nearly at the end of their resources. The Emperor Saladin, +although he had collected an army of two hundred thousand men, yet +feared to advance and give battle to the Crusaders in their own +lines--for they had thrown up round their camp strong intrenchments to +prevent the progress of the siege being disturbed by forces from +without. + +The people of Acre seeing the time pass and no sign of a rescuing force, +their provisions being utterly exhausted, and pestilence and fever +making frightful ravages in the city, at last determined to surrender. + +For over two years they had made a resistance of the most valiant +description, and now, despairing of success or rescue, and seeing the +hosts of their besiegers increasing day by day, they hoisted a flag upon +the walls and sent a deputation to the kings, asking for terms if they +submitted. They would have done well had they submitted upon the arrival +of the French and English reinforcements. For the monarchs, annoyed by +the defeat of their forces and by the heavy losses they had sustained, +and knowing that the besieged were now at their last crust, were not +disposed to be merciful. + +However, the horrors which then attended the capture of cities in a war +in which so little quarter was given on either side were avoided. The +city was to be surrendered; the much-prized relic contained within its +walls--said to be a piece of the true cross which had been captured by +the Saracens at the battle of Tiberias, in which they had almost +annihilated the Christian armies a few years before--was to be +surrendered; the Christian prisoners in their hands were to be given up +unharmed; and the inhabitants undertook to pay two hundred thousand +pieces of gold to the kings within forty days, under the condition that +the fighting men now taken prisoners were to be put to death should this +ransom not be paid. + +The conquest of Acre was hailed throughout Christendom as a triumph of +the highest importance. It opened again the gates of the Holy Land; and +so tremendous was the strength of the fortress that it was deemed that +if this stronghold were unable to resist effectually the arms of the +Crusaders, and that if Saladin with so great an army did not dare to +advance to its rescue, then the rest of the Holy Land would speedily +fall under the hands of the invading army. + +With the fall of Acre, however, the dissensions between the two kings, +which had for awhile been allowed to rest while the common work was to +be done, broke out again with renewed intensity. The jealousy of Philip +Augustus was raised to the highest point by the general enthusiasm of +the combined armies for the valiant King of England, and by the +authority which that monarch exercised in the councils. He therefore +suddenly announced his intention of returning to France. + +This decision at first occasioned the greatest consternation in the +ranks of the Crusaders; but this feeling was lessened when the king +announced that he should leave a large portion of the French army +behind, under the command of the Duke of Burgundy. The wiser councilors +were satisfied with the change. Although there was a reduction of the +total fighting force, yet the fact that it was now centered under one +head, and that King Richard would now be in supreme command, was deemed +to more than counterbalance the loss of a portion of the French army. + +Before starting on the march for Jerusalem King Richard sullied his +reputation by causing all the defenders of Acre to be put to death, +their ransom not having arrived at the stipulated time. + +Then the allied army set out upon their journey. The fleet cruised along +near them, and from it they obtained all that was requisite for their +wants, and yet, notwithstanding these advantages, the toil and fatigue +were terrible. Roads scarcely existed, and the army marched across the +rough and broken country. There was no straggling, but each kept his +place; and if unable to do so, fell and died. The blazing sun poured +down upon them with an appalling force; the dust which rose when they +left the rocks and came upon flat, sandy ground almost smothered them. +Water was only obtainable at the halts, and then was frequently +altogether insufficient for the wants of the army; while in front, on +flank, and in rear hovered clouds of the cavalry of Saladin. + +At times King Richard would allow parties of his knights to detach +themselves from the force to drive off these enemies. But it was the +chase of a lion after a hare. The knights in their heavy armor and +powerful steeds were left behind as if standing still, by the fleet +Bedouins on their desert coursers; and the pursuers, exhausted and worn +out, were always glad to regain the ranks of the army. + +These clouds of cavalry belonging to the enemy did not content +themselves with merely menacing and cutting off stragglers. At times, +when they thought they saw an opening, they would dash in and attack the +column desperately, sometimes gaining temporary advantages, killing and +wounding many, then fleeing away again into the desert. + +Finding that it was impossible to catch these wary horsemen, King +Richard ordered his bowmen to march outside his cavalry, so that when +the enemy's horse approached within bowshot they should open upon them +with arrows; then, should the horsemen persist in charging, the archers +were at once to take refuge behind the lines of the knights. + +Day after day passed in harassing conflicts. The distance passed over +each day was very small, and the sufferings of the men from thirst, +heat, and fatigue enormous. Cuthbert could well understand now what he +had heard of great armies melting away, for already men began to succumb +in large numbers to the terrible heat, and the path traversed by the +army was scattered with corpses of those who had fallen victims to +sunstroke. Not even at night did the attacks of the enemy cease, and a +portion of the harassed force was obliged to keep under arms to repel +assaults. + +So passed the time until the army arrived at Azotus, and there, to the +delight of the Crusaders, who only longed to get at their foes, they +beheld the whole force of Saladin, two hundred thousand strong, barring +their way. Had it not been for the stern discipline enforced by King +Richard the knights of England and France would have repeated the +mistake which had caused the extermination of the Christian force at +Tiberias, and would have leveled their lances and charged recklessly +into the mass of their enemies. But the king, riding round the flanks +and front of the force, gave his orders in the sternest way, with the +threat that any man who moved from the ranks should die by his hand. + +The army was halted, the leaders gathered round the king, and a hasty +consultation was held. Richard insisted upon the fight being conducted +upon the same principles as the march--that the line of archers should +stand outside the knights, and should gall the advancing force with +arrows till the last moment, and then retire among the cavalry, only to +sally out again as the Bedouins fell back from the steel wall of +horsemen. + +Cuthbert had now for the first time donned full armor, and rode behind +the Earl of Evesham as his esquire, for the former esquire had been left +behind, ill with fever at Acre. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +THE ACCOLADE. + + +It was now a year since they had left England, and Cuthbert had much +grown and widened out in the interval, and had never neglected an +opportunity of practicing with arms; and the earl was well aware that he +should obtain as efficient assistance from him in time of need as he +could desire. + +This was the first time that Cuthbert, and indeed the great proportion +of those present in the Christian host, had seen the enemy in force, and +they eagerly watched the vast array. It was picturesque in the extreme, +with a variety and brightness of color rivaling that of the Christian +host. In banners and pennons the latter made a braver show; but the +floating robes of the infidel showed a far brighter mass of color than +the steel armor of the Christians. + +Here were people drawn from widely separated parts of Saladin's +dominions. Here were Nubians from the Nile, tall and powerful men, jet +black in skin, with lines of red and white paint on their faces, giving +a ghastly and wild appearance to them. On their shoulders were skins of +lions and other wild animals. They carried short bows, and heavy clubs +studded with iron. By them were the Bedouin cavalry, light, sinewy men, +brown as berries, with white turbans and garments. Near these were the +cavalry from Syria and the plains of Assyria--wild horsemen with +semi-barbarous armor and scarlet trappings. Here were the solid lines of +the Egyptian infantry, steady troops, upon whom Saladin much relied. +Here were other tribes, gathered from afar, each distinguished by its +own particular marks. In silence did this vast array view awhile the +solid mass of the Christians. Suddenly a strange din of discordant music +from thousands of musical instruments--conches and horns, cymbals and +drums, arose in wild confusion. Shouts of defiance in a dozen tongues +and from two hundred thousand throats rose wild and shrill upon the air, +while clear above all the din were heard the strange vibratory cries of +the warriors from the Egyptian highlands. + +"One would think," said Cnut grimly to Cuthbert, "that the infidels +imagine we are a flock of antelopes to be frightened by an outcry. They +would do far better to save their wind for future use. They will want +it, methinks, when we get fairly among them. Who would have thought that +a number of men, heathen and infidel though they be, could have made so +foul an outcry?" + +Cuthbert laughed. + +"Every one fights according to his own method, Cnut; and I am not sure +that there is not some thing to be said for this outcry, for it is +really so wild and fearful that it makes my blood almost curdle in my +veins; and were it not that I know the proved valor of our knights and +footmen, I should feel shaken by this terrible introduction to the +fight." + +"I heed it no more," said Cnut, "than the outcry of wild fowl, when one +comes upon them suddenly on a lake in winter. It means no more than +that; and I reckon that they are trying to encourage themselves fully as +much as to frighten us. However, we shall soon see. If they can fight as +well as they can scream, they certainly will get no answering shouts +from us. The English bulldog fights silently, and bite as hard as he +will, you will hear little beyond a low growl. Now, my men," he said, +turning to his archers, "methinks the heathen are about to begin in +earnest. Keep steady; do not fire until you are sure that they are +within range. Draw your bows well to your ears, and straightly and +steadily let fly. Never heed the outcry or the rush, keep steady to the +last moment. There is shelter behind you, and fierce as the attack may +be, you can find a sure refuge behind the line of the knights." + +Cnut with his archers formed part of the line outside the array of +English knights, and the arrows of the English bowmen fell fast as bands +of the Bedouin horse circled round them in the endeavor to draw the +Christians on to the attack. For some time Saladin persisted in these +tactics. With his immense superiority of force he reckoned that if the +Christian chivalry would but charge him, the victory of Tiberias would +be repeated. Hemmed in by numbers, borne down by the weight of armor and +the effects of the blazing sun, the knights would succumb as much to +fatigue as to the force of their foes. King Richard's orders, however, +were well obeyed, and at last the Moslem chief, urged by the entreaties +of his leading emirs, who felt ashamed that so large a force should +hesitate to attack one so vastly inferior in numbers, determined upon +taking the initiative, and forming his troops in a semicircle round the +Christian army, launched his horsemen to the attack. The instant they +came within range a cloud of arrows from the English archers fell among +them, but the speed at which the desert horses covered the ground +rendered it impossible for the archers to discharge more than one or two +shafts before the enemy were upon them. Quickly as they now slipped back +and sought refuge under the lances of the knights, many of them were +unable to get back in time, and were cut down by the Saracens. The rest +crept between the horses or under their bellies into the rear, and there +prepared to sally out again as soon as the enemy retired. The Christian +knights sat like a wall of steel upon their horses, their lances were +leveled, and brave as the Bedouin horsemen were, they felt to break this +massive line was impossible. The front line, however, charged well up to +the points of the lances, against which they hewed with their sharp +scimiters, frequently severing the steel top from the ashpole, and then +breaking through and engaging in hand-to-hand conflict with the knights. +Behind the latter sat their squires, with extra spears and arms ready to +hand to their masters; and in close combat, the heavy maces with their +spike ends were weapons before which the light-clad horsemen went down +like reeds before a storm. + +Hour after hour the Arab horsemen persisted in their attack, suffering +heavily, but determined to conquer if possible. Then Saladin suddenly +ordered a retreat, and at seeing their enemy fly, the impetuosity of the +Crusaders at last broke out. With a shout they dashed after the foe. +King Richard, knowing that his followers had already shown a patience +far beyond what he could have expected, now headed the onslaught, +performing prodigies of valor with his single arm, and riding from point +to point to see that all was well. + +The early resistance of the infidel host was comparatively slight. The +heavy mass of the Christian cavalry, with their leveled lances, swept +through the ranks of the light horsemen, and trampled them down like +grass beneath their feet; but every moment the resistance became more +stubborn. + +Saladin, knowing the Christians would sooner or later assume the +offensive, had gathered his troops line in line behind the front ranks, +and as the force of the Crusaders' charge abated, so did the number of +foes in their front multiply. Not only this, but upon either side chosen +bands swept down, and ere long the Christians were brought to a stand, +and all were fighting hand to hand with their enemies. The lances were +thrown away now, and with ax and mace each fought for himself. + +The Earl of Evesham was one of a group of knights whom King Richard had +that day ordered to keep close to his person, and around this group the +fight raged most furiously. + +Saladin, aware of the extreme personal valor and warlike qualities of +King Richard, set the greatest value upon his death or capture, and had +ordered a large number of his best troops to devote their whole +attention to attacking the King of England. + +The royal standard carried behind the king was a guide to their +onslaught, and great as was the strength and valor of King Richard, he +with difficulty was able to keep at bay the hosts that swept around him. + +Now that the lance had been abandoned for battle-ax, Cuthbert was able +to take an active part in the struggle, his duties consisting mainly in +guarding the rear of his master, and preventing his being overthrown by +any sudden attack on the flank or from behind. + +King Richard was bent not only on defending himself from the attacks of +his foes, but on directing the general course of the battle; and from +time to time he burst, with his own trusty knights, through the ring of +foes, and rode from point to point of the field, calling the knights +together, exhorting them to steadiness, and restoring the fight where +its fortunes seemed doubtful. At one time the impetuosity of the king +led him into extreme danger. He had burst through the enemy surrounding +him, and these, by order of their captain, allowed him to pass through +their ranks, and then threw themselves together in his rear, to cut him +off from the knights who rode behind. The maneuver was successful. The +rush of horsemen fairly carried away the Christian knights, and one or +two alone were able to make their way through. + +Amid the wild confusion that raged, where each man was fighting for his +own life, and but little view of what was passing could be obtained +through the barred visor, the fact that the king was separated from them +was known to but few. Sir Walter himself was engaged fiercely in a +hand-to-hand fight with four Bedouins who surrounded him, when Cuthbert +shouted: + +"The king, Sir Walter! the king! He is cut off and surrounded! For +heaven's sake ride to him. See! the royal standard is down." + +With a shout the earl turned, brained one of his foes with a sweep of +his heavy ax, and, followed by Cuthbert, dashed to the assistance of the +king. The weight of his horse and armor cleft through the crowd, and in +a brief space he penetrated to the side of King Richard, who was borne +upon by a host of foes. Just as they reached them a Bedouin who had been +struck from his horse crawled beneath the noble charger of King Richard, +and drove his scimiter deep into its bowels. The animal reared high in +its sudden pain, and then fell on the ground, carrying the king, who was +unable to disengage himself quickly enough. + +[Illustration: WITH A SHOUT THE EARL TURNED, FOLLOWED BY CUTHBERT, AND +DASHED TO THE ASSISTANCE OF THE KING.] + +In an instant the Earl of Evesham had leaped from his horse and with his +broad triangular shield extended, sought to cover him from the press of +enemies. Cuthbert imitated his lord, and strove to defend the latter +from attacks from the rear. For a moment or two the sweep of the earl's +heavy ax and Cuthbert's circling sword kept back the foe, but this could +not last. King Richard in vain strove to extricate his leg from beneath +his fallen steed. Cuthbert saw at a glance that the horse still lived, +and with a sudden slash of his sword he struck it on the hind quarter. +Goaded by the pain the noble animal made a last effort to rise, but only +to fall back dead. The momentary action was, however, sufficient for +King Richard, who drew his leg from under it, and with his heavy +battle-ax in hand, rose with a shout, and stood by the side of the earl. + +In vain did the Bedouins strive to cut down and overpower the two +champions; in vain did they urge their horses to ride over them. With +each sweep of his ax the king either dismounted a foe or clove in the +head of his steed, and a wall of slain around them testified to the +tremendous power of their arms. Still, even such warriors as these could +not long sustain the conflict. The earl had already received several +desperate wounds, and the king himself was bleeding from some severe +gashes with the keen-edged scimiters. Cuthbert was already down, when a +shout of "St. George!" was heard, and a body of English knights clove +through the throng of Saracens and reached the side of King Richard. +Close behind these in a mass pressed the British footmen with bill and +pike, the enemy giving way foot by foot before their steady discipline. + +The king was soon on horseback again, and rallying his troops on, led +them for one more great and final charge upon the enemy. + +The effect was irresistible. Appalled by the slaughter which they had +suffered, and by the tremendous strength and energy of the Christian +knights, the Saracens broke and fled; and the last reserves of Saladin +gave way as the king, shouting his war-cry of "God help the holy +sepulcher!" fell upon them. Once, indeed, the battle still seemed +doubtful, for a fresh band of the enemy at that moment arrived and +joined in the fray. The Crusaders were now, however, inspired with such +courage and confidence that they readily obeyed the king's war-cry, +gathered in a firm body, and hurled themselves upon this new foe. Then +the Saracens finally turned and fled, and the Christian victory was +complete. + +It was one of the features of this war that however thorough the +victories of the Christians, the Saracens very speedily recovered from +their effects. A Christian defeat was crushing and entire; the knights +died as they stood, and defeat meant annihilation. Upon the other hand, +the Saracens and Bedouins, when they felt that their efforts to win the +battle were unsuccessful, felt no shame or humiliation in scattering +like sheep. On their fleet horses and in their light attire they could +easily distance the Christians, who never, indeed, dreamed of pursuing +them. The day after the fight the enemy would collect again under their +chiefs, and be as ready as before to renew their harassing warfare. + +On his return from the field the king assembled many of his principal +knights and leaders, and summoned the Earl of Evesham, with the message +that he was to bring his esquire with him. When they reached the tent +the king said: + +"My lords, as some of you may be aware, I have this day had a narrow +escape from death. Separated from you in the battle, and attended only +by my standard-bearer, I was surrounded by the Saracens. I should +doubtless have cleft my way through the infidel dogs, but a foul peasant +stabbed my charger from below, and the poor brute fell with me. My +standard-bearer was killed, and in another moment my nephew Arthur would +have been your king, had it not been that my good lord here, attended by +this brave lad, appeared. I have seen a good deal of fighting, but never +did I see a braver stand than they made above my body. The Earl of +Evesham, as you all know, is one of my bravest knights, and to him I can +simply say, 'Thanks; King Richard does not forget a benefit like this.' +But such aid as I might well look for from so stout a knight as the Earl +of Evesham I could hardly have expected on the part of a mere boy like +this. It is not the first time that I have been under a debt of +gratitude to him; for it was his watchfulness and bravery which saved +Queen Berengaria from being carried off by the French in Sicily. I +deemed him too young then for the order of knighthood--although, indeed, +bravery has no age; still for a private benefit, and that performed +against allies, in name at least, I did not wish so far to fly in the +face of usage as to make him a knight. I promised him then, however, +that the first time he distinguished himself against the infidel he +should win his spurs. I think that you will agree with me, my lords, +that he has done so. Not only did he stand over me, and with great +bravery defend Sir Walter from attacks from behind, but his ready wit +saved me when even his sword and that of Sir Walter would have failed to +do so. Penned down under poor Robin I was powerless to move until our +young esquire, in an interval of slashing at his assailants, found time +to give a sharp blow together with a shout to Robin. The poor beast +tried to rise, and the movement, short as it was, enabled me to draw my +leg from under him, and then with my mace I was enabled to make a stand +until you arrived at my side. I think, my lords, that you will agree +with me that Cuthbert, the son of Sir William de Lance, is fit for the +honor of knighthood." + +A general chorus of approval arose from the assembly, and the king, +bidding Cuthbert kneel before him, drew his sword and laid it across his +shoulders, dubbing him Sir Cuthbert de Lance. When he had risen the +great barons of England pressed round to shake his hand, and Cuthbert, +who was a modest young fellow, felt almost ashamed at the honors which +were bestowed upon him. The usual ceremonies and penances which young +knights had to undergo before admission into the body--and which in +those days were extremely punctilious, and indeed severe, consisting, +among other things, in fasting, in watching the armor at night, in +seclusion and religious services--were omitted when the accolade was +bestowed for bravery in the field. + +The king ordered his armorer at once to make for Cuthbert a suit of the +finest armor, and authorized him to carry on his shield a sword raising +a royal crown from the ground, in token of the deed for which the honor +of knighthood had been bestowed upon him. + +Upon his return to the earl's camp the news of his new dignity spread at +once among the followers of Sir Walter, and many and hearty were the +cheers that went up from the throats of the Saxon foresters, led by +Cnut. These humble friends were indeed delighted at his success, for +they felt that to him they owed very much; and his kindness of manner +and the gayety of heart which he had shown during the hardships they had +undergone since their start had greatly endeared him to them. + +Cuthbert was now to take rank among the knights who followed the banner +of the earl. A tent was erected for him, an esquire assigned to him, and +the lad as he entered his new abode felt almost bewildered at the +change which had taken place in one short day--that he, at the age of +sixteen, should have earned the honor of knighthood, and the approval of +the King of England, expressed before all the great barons of the realm, +was indeed an honor such as he could never have hoped for; and the +thought of what his mother would say should the news reach her in her +quiet Saxon home brought the tears into his eyes. He had not gone +through the usual religious ceremonies, but he knelt in his tent alone, +and prayed that he might be made worthy of the honors bestowed upon him; +that he might fulfill the duties of a Christian knight fearlessly and +honorably; that his sword might never be raised but for the right; that +he might devote himself to the protection of the oppressed, and the +honor of God; that his heart might be kept from evil; and that he might +carry through life unstained his new escutcheon. + +If the English had thought that their victory would have gained them +immunity from the Saracen attacks they were speedily undeceived. The +host, indeed, which had barred their way had broken up; but its +fragments were around them, and the harassing attacks began again with a +violence and persistency even greater than before. The Crusaders, +indeed, occupied only the ground upon which they stood. It was death to +venture one hundred yards from the camp unless in a strong body; and the +smallest efforts to bring in food from the country round were instantly +met and repelled. Only in very strong bodies could the knights venture +from camp even to forage for their horses, and the fatigues and +sufferings of all were in no way relieved by the great victory of +Azotus. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +IN THE HANDS OF THE SARACENS. + + +The English had hoped that after one pitched battle they should be able +to advance upon Jerusalem, but they had reckoned without the climate and +illness. + +Although unconquered in the fray, the Christian army was weakened by its +sufferings to such an extent that it was virtually brought to a +standstill. Even King Richard, with all his impetuosity, dared not +venture to cut adrift from the seashore and to march direct upon +Jerusalem; that city was certainly not to be taken without a long siege, +and this could only be undertaken by an army strong enough, not only to +carry out so great a task, but to meet and defeat the armies which +Saladin would bring up to the rescue, and to keep open the line down to +Joppa, by which alone provisions and the engines necessary for the siege +could be brought up. Hence the war resolved itself into a series of +expeditions and detached fights. + +The British camp was thoroughly fortified, and thence parties of the +knights sallied out and engaged in conflicts with the Saracens, with +varying success. On several of these expeditions Cuthbert attended the +earl, and behaved with a bravery which showed him well worthy of the +honors which he had received. + +Upon one occasion the news reached camp that a party of knights, who had +gone out to guard a number of footmen cutting forage and bringing it +into camp, had been surrounded and had taken refuge in a small town, +whose gates they had battered in when they saw the approach of an +overwhelming host of the enemy. King Richard himself headed a strong +force and advanced to their assistance. Their approach was not seen +until within a short distance of the enemy, upon whom the Crusaders fell +with the force of a thunderbolt, and cleft their way through their +lines. After a short pause in the little town they prepared to again cut +their way through, joined by the party who had there been besieged. The +task was now, however, far more difficult; for the footmen would be +unable to keep up with the rapid charge of the knights, and it was +necessary not only to clear the way, but to keep it open for their exit. +King Richard himself and the greater portion of his knights were to lead +the charge; another party were to follow behind the footmen, who were +ordered to advance at the greatest speed of which they were capable, +while their rearguard by charges upon the enemy kept them at bay. To +this latter party Cuthbert was attached. + +The Saracens followed their usual tactics, and this time with great +success. Dividing as the king with his knights charged them, they +suffered these to pass through with but slight resistance, and then +closed in upon their track, while another and still more numerous body +fell upon the footmen and their guard. Again and again did the knights +charge through the ranks of the Moslems, while the billmen stoutly kept +together and resisted the onslaughts of the enemy's cavalry. In spite of +their bravery, however, the storm of arrows shot by the desert horsemen +thinned their ranks with terrible rapidity. Charging up to the very +point of the spears, these wild horsemen fired their arrows into the +faces of their foe, and although numbers of them fell beneath the more +formidable missiles sent by the English archers, their numbers were so +overwhelming that the little band melted away. The small party of +knights, too, were rapidly thinned, although performing prodigious deeds +of valor. The Saracens when dismounted or wounded still fought on foot, +their object being always to stab or hough the horses, and so dismount +the riders. King Richard and his force, though making the most desperate +efforts to return to the assistance of the rearguard, were baffled by +the sturdy resistance of the Saracens, and the position of those in the +rear was fast becoming hopeless. + +One by one the gallant little band of knights fell, and a sea of turbans +closed over the fluttering plumes. Cuthbert, after defending himself +with extreme bravery for a long time, was at last separated from the +small remainder of his comrades by a rush of the enemy's horse, and when +fighting desperately he received a heavy blow at the back of the head +from the mace of a huge Nubian soldier, and fell senseless to the +ground. + +When he recovered his consciousness the first impression upon his mind +was the stillness which had succeeded to the din of battle; the shouts +and war-cries of the Crusaders, the wild yells of the Moslems were +hushed, and in their place was a quiet chatter in many unknown tongues, +and the sound of laughter and feasting. Raising his head and looking +round, Cuthbert saw that he and some ten of his comrades were lying +together in the midst of a Saracen camp, and that he was a prisoner to +the infidels. The sun streamed down with tremendous force upon them; +there was no shelter; and though all were wounded and parched with +thirst, the Saracens of whom they besought water, pointing to their +mouths and making signs of their extreme thirst, laughed in their faces, +and signified by a gesture that it was scarcely worth the trouble to +drink when they were likely so soon to be put to death. + +It was late in the afternoon before any change was manifest. Then +Cuthbert observed a stir in the camp; the men ran to their horses, +leaped on their backs, and with wild cries of "Welcome!" started off at +full speed. Evidently some personage was about to arrive, and the fate +of the prisoners would be solved. A few words were from time to time +exchanged between these, each urging the other to keep up his heart and +defy the infidel. One or two had succumbed to their wounds during the +afternoon, and only six were able to stand erect when summoned to do so +by some of their guard, who made signs to them that a great personage +was coming. Soon the shouts of the horsemen and other sounds announced +that the great chief was near at hand, and the captives gathered from +the swelling shouts of the Arabs that the new arrival was Sultan +Suleiman--or Saladin, for he was called by both names--surrounded by a +bodyguard of splendidly-dressed attendants. The emir, who was himself +plainly attired, reined up his horse in front of the captives. + +"You are English," he said, in the _lingua-franca_, which was the medium +of communication between the Eastern and Western peoples in those days. +"You are brave warriors, and I hear that before you were taken you +slaughtered numbers of my people. They did wrong to capture you and +bring you here to be killed. Your cruel king gives no mercy to those who +fall into his hands. You must not expect it here, you who without a +pretense of right invade my country, slaughter my people, and defeat my +armies. The murder of the prisoners of Acre has closed my heart to all +mercy. There, your king put ten thousand prisoners to death in cold +blood, a month after the capture of the place, because the money at +which he had placed their ransom had not arrived. We Arabs do not carry +huge masses of gold about with us; and although I could have had it +brought from Egypt, I did not think that so brave a monarch as Richard +of England could have committed so cruel an action in cold blood. When +we are fresh from battle, and our wounds are warm, and our hearts are +full of rage and fury, we kill our prisoners; but to do so weeks after a +battle is contrary to the laws alike of your religion and of ours. +However, it is King Richard who has sealed your doom, not I. You are +knights, and I do not insult you with the offer of turning from your +religion and joining me. Should one of you wish to save his life on +these conditions, I will, however, promise him a place of position and +authority among us." + +None of the knights moved to accept the offer, but each, as the eye of +the emir ran along the line, answered with an imprecation of contempt +and hatred. Saladin waved his hand, and one by one the captives were led +aside, walking as proudly to their doom as if they had been going to a +feast. Each wrung the hand of the one next to him as he turned, and then +without a word followed his captors. There was a dull sound heard, and +one by one the heads of the knights rolled in the sand. + +Cuthbert happened to be last in the line, and as the executioners laid +hands upon him and removed his helmet, the eye of the sultan fell upon +him, and he almost started at perceiving the extreme youth of his +captive. He held his hand aloft to arrest the movements of the +executioners, and signaled for Cuthbert to be brought before him again. + +"You are but a boy," he said. "All the knights who have hitherto fallen +into my hands have been men of strength and power; how is it that I see +a mere youth among their ranks, and wearing the golden spurs of +knighthood?" + +"King Richard himself made me a knight," Cuthbert said proudly, "after +having stood across him when his steed had been foully stabbed at the +battle of Azotus, and the whole Moslem host were around him." + +"Ah!" said the emir, "were you one of the two who, as I have heard, +defended the king for some time against all assaults? It were hard +indeed to kill so brave a youth. I doubt me not that at present you are +as firmly determined to die a Christian knight as those who have gone +before you? But time may change you. At any rate for the present your +doom is postponed." + +He turned to a gorgeously dressed noble next to him, and said: + +"Your brother, Ben Abin, is Governor of Jerusalem, and the gardens of +the palace are fair. Take this youth to him as a present, and set him to +work in his gardens. His life I have spared, in all else Ben Abin will +be his master." + +Cuthbert heard without emotion the words which changed his fate from +death to slavery. Many, he knew, who were captured in these wars were +carried away as slaves to different parts of Asia, and it did not seem +to him that the change was in any way a boon. However, life is dear, and +it was but natural that a thought should leap into his heart that soon +either the Crusaders might force a way into Jerusalem and there rescue +him, or that he himself might in some way escape. + +The sultan having thus concluded the subject, turned away, and galloped +off surrounded by his bodyguard. + +Those who had captured the Christians now stripped off the armor of +Cuthbert; then he was mounted on a barebacked steed, and with four +Bedouins, with their long lances, riding beside him, started for +Jerusalem. After a day of long and rapid riding the Arabs stopped +suddenly on the crest of a hill, with a shout of joy, and throwing +themselves from their horses bent with their foreheads to the earth at +the sight of their holy city. + +Cuthbert, as he gazed at the stately walls of Jerusalem, and the noble +buildings within, felt bitterly that it was not thus that he had hoped +to see the holy city. He had dreamed of arriving before it with his +comrades, proud and delighted at their success so far, and confident in +their power soon to wrest the town before them from the hands of the +Moslems. Instead of this he was a slave--a slave to the infidel, perhaps +never more to see a white face, save that of some other unfortunate like +himself. + +Even now in its fallen state no city is so impressive at first sight as +Jerusalem; the walls, magnificent in height and strength, and +picturesque in their deep embattlements, rising on the edge of a deep +valley. Every building has its name and history. Here is the church +built by the first Crusaders; there the mighty mosque of Suleiman on the +site of the Temple; far away on a projecting ridge the great building +known as the Tomb of Moses; on the right beyond the houses rise the +towers on the Roman walls; the Pool of Bethsaida lies in the hollow; in +the center are the cupolas of the Church of the Holy Sepulcher. Among +all the fairest cities of the world, there are none which can compare in +stately beauty with Jerusalem. Doubtless it was a fairer city in those +days, for long centuries of Turkish possession have reduced many of the +former stately palaces to ruins. Then, as now, the banner of the Prophet +floated over the high places; but whereas at present the population is +poor and squalid, the city in those days contained a far larger number +of inhabitants, irrespective of the great garrison collected for its +defense. + +The place from which Cuthbert had his first sight of Jerusalem is that +from which the best view is to be obtained--the crest of the Mount of +Olives. After a minute or two spent in looking at the city the Arabs +with a shout continued their way down into the valley. Crossing this +they ascended the steep road to the walls, brandishing their lances and +giving yells of triumph; then riding two upon each side of their +prisoner, to protect him from any fanatic who might lay a hand upon him, +they passed under the gate known as the Gate of Suleiman into the city. + +The populace thronged the streets; and the news brought by the horsemen +that a considerable portion of the Christian host had been defeated and +slain passed from mouth to mouth, and was received with yells of +exultation. Execrations were heaped upon Cuthbert, who rode along with +an air as quiet and composed as if he were the center of an ovation +instead of that of an outburst of hatred. + +He would, indeed, speedily have been torn from his guards, had not these +shouted that he was placed in their hands by Saladin himself for conduct +to the governor. As the emir was as sharp and as ruthless with his own +people as with the prisoners who fell into his hands, the name acted as +a talisman, and Cuthbert and his escort rode forward without molestation +until they reached the entrance to the palace. + +Dismounting, Cuthbert was now led before the governor himself, a stern +and grave-looking man, sitting cross-legged on a divan surrounded by +officers and attendants. He heard in silence the account given him by +the escort, bowed his head at the commands of Suleiman, and, without +addressing a word to Cuthbert, indicated to two attendants that he was +to be removed into the interior of the house. Here the young knight was +led to a small dungeon-like room; bread and dates with a cruse of water, +were placed before him; the door was then closed and locked without, and +he found himself alone with his thoughts. + +No one came near him that night, and he slept as soundly as he would +have done in his tent in the midst of the Christian host. He was +resolved to give no cause for ill-treatment or complaint to his captors, +to work as willingly, as cheerfully, as was in his power, and to seize +the first opportunity to make his escape, regardless of any risk of his +life which he might incur in doing so. + +In the morning the door opened, and a black slave led him into the +garden, which was surrounded by a very high and lofty wall. It was +large, and full of trees and flowers, and far more beautiful than any +garden that Cuthbert had seen in his native land. There were various +other slaves at work; and an Arab, who appeared to be the head of the +gardeners, at once appointed to Cuthbert the work assigned to him. A +guard of Arabs with bow and spear watched the doings of the slaves. + +With one glance round, Cuthbert was assured that escape from this +garden, at least, was not to be thought of, and that for the present +patience alone was possible. Dismissing all ideas of that kind from his +mind, he set to work with a steady attention to his task. He was very +fond of flowers, and soon he became so absorbed in his work as almost to +forget that he was a slave. It was not laborious--digging, planting, +pruning and training the flowers, and giving them copious draughts of +water from a large fountain in the center of the garden. + +The slaves were not permitted to exchange a word with each other. At the +end of the day's work they were marched off to separate chambers, or, +as they might be called, dungeons. Their food consisted of water, dried +dates, and bread, and they had little to complain of in this respect; +indeed, the slaves in the gardens of the governor's house at Jerusalem +enjoyed an exceptionally favored existence. The governor himself was +absorbed in the cares of the city. The head gardener happened to be a +man of unusual humanity, and it was really in his hands that the comfort +of the prisoners was placed. + +Sometimes in the course of the day veiled ladies would issue in groups +from the palace, attended by black slaves with drawn scimiters. They +passed without unveiling across the point where the slaves were at work, +and all were forbidden on pain of death to look up, or even to approach +the konak or pavilion, where the ladies threw aside their veils, and +enjoyed the scent and sight of the flowers, the splash of murmuring +waters, and the strains of music touched by skillful hands. + +Although Cuthbert wondered in his heart what these strange wrapped-up +figures might look like when the veils were thrown back, he certainly +did not care enough about the matter to run any risk of drawing the +anger of his guards upon himself by raising his eyes toward them; nor +did he ever glance up at the palace, which was also interdicted to the +slaves. From the lattice casements during the day the strains of music +and merry laughter often came down to the captives; but this, if +anything, only added to the bitterness of their position, by reminding +them that they were shut off for life from ever hearing the laughter of +the loved ones they had left behind. + +For upward of a month Cuthbert remained steadily at work, and during +that time no possible plan of escape had occurred to him, and he had +indeed resigned himself to wait, either until, as he hoped, the city +would be taken by the Christians, or until he himself might be removed +from his present post and sent into the country, where, although his lot +would doubtless be far harder, some chance of escape might open before +him. + +One night, long after slumber had fallen upon the city, Cuthbert was +startled by hearing his door open. Rising to his feet, he saw a black +slave, and an old woman beside him. The latter spoke first in the +_lingua-franca_: + +"My mistress, the wife of the governor, has sent me to ask your story. +How is it that, although but a youth, you are already a knight? How is +it that you come to be a slave to our people? The sultan himself sent +you to her lord. She would fain hear through me how it has happened. She +is the kindest of ladies, and the sight of your youth has touched her +heart." + +With thanks to the unknown lady who had felt an interest in him, +Cuthbert briefly related the events which had led to his captivity. The +old woman placed on the ground a basket containing some choice fruit and +white bread, and then departed with the negro as quietly as she had +come, leaving Cuthbert greatly pleased at what had taken place. + +"Doubtless," he said to himself, "I shall hear again; and it may be that +through the pity of this lady some means of escape may open to me." + +Although for some little time no such prospect appeared, yet the visits +of the old woman, which were frequently repeated, were of interest to +him, and seemed to form a link between him and the world. + +After coming regularly every night for a week she bade the young knight +follow her, holding her finger to her lips in sign that caution must be +observed. Passing through several passages, he was at length led into a +room where a lady of some forty years of age, surrounded by several +slaves and younger women, was sitting. Cuthbert felt no scruple in +making a deep obeisance to her; the respect shown to women in the days +of chivalry was very great, and Cuthbert, in bowing almost to the ground +before the lady who was really his mistress, did not feel that he was +humiliating himself. + +"Young slave," she said, "your story has interested us. We have +frequently watched from the windows, and have seen how willingly and +patiently you have worked; and it seems strange indeed that one so young +should have performed such feats of bravery as to win the honor of +knighthood from the hand of that greatest of warriors, Richard of +England. What is it, we would fain learn from your lips, that stirs up +the heart of the Christian world that they should launch their armies +against us, who wish but to be left alone, and who have no grudge +against them? This city is as holy to us as it is to you; and as we +live around it, and all the country for thousands of miles is ours, is +it likely that we should allow it to be wrested from us by strangers +from a distance?" + +This was spoken in some Eastern language of which Cuthbert understood no +word, but its purport was translated to him by the old woman who had +hitherto acted as his mistress' messenger. + +Cuthbert reported the circumstances of the fight at Azotus, and +endeavored to explain the feelings which had given rise to the Crusade. +He then, at the orders of the lady, related the incidents of his voyage +out, and something of his life at home, which was more interesting even +than the tale of his adventures to his hearers, as to them the home-life +of these fierce Christian warriors was entirely unknown. + +After an audience of two hours Cuthbert was conducted back to his cell, +his mistress assuring him of her good-will, and promising to do all in +her power to make his captivity as light as possible. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +AN EFFORT FOR FREEDOM. + + +Two or three nights afterward the old woman again came to Cuthbert, and +asked him, in her mistress' name, if in any way he could suggest a +method of lightening his captivity, as his extreme youth and bravery of +demeanor had greatly pleased her. + +Cuthbert replied that nothing but freedom could satisfy his longings; +that he was comfortable and not over-worked, but that he pined to be +back again with his friends. + +The old woman brought him on the following night a message to the effect +that his mistress would willingly grant him his liberty, but as he was +sent to her husband by the sultan, it would be impossible to free him +openly. + +"From what she said," the old woman continued, "if you could see some +plan of making your escape, she would in no way throw difficulties in +your path; but it must not be known that the harem in any way connived +at your escape, for my lord's wrath would be terrible, and he is not a +man to be trifled with." + +Looking round at the high walls that surrounded the garden, Cuthbert +said that he could think of no plan whatever for escaping from such a +place; that he had often thought it over, but that it appeared to him to +be hopeless. Even should he manage to scale these walls, he would only +find himself in the town beyond, and his escape from that would be +altogether hopeless. "Only," he said, "if I were transported to some +country palace of the governor could I ever hope to make my escape." The +next night the messenger brought him the news that his mistress was +disposed to favor his escape in the way he had pointed out, and that she +would in two or three days ask the governor for permission to pay a +visit to their palace beyond the walls, and that with her she would take +a number of gardeners--among them Cuthbert--to beautify the place. +Cuthbert returned the most lively and hearty thanks to his patroness for +her kind intentions, and hope began to rise rapidly in his heart. + +It is probable, however, that the black guards of the harem heard +something of the intentions of their mistress, and that they feared the +anger of the governor should Cuthbert make his escape, and should it be +discovered that this was the result of her connivance. Either through +this or through some other source the governor obtained an inkling that +the white slave sent by the sultan was receiving unusual kindness from +the ladies of the harem. + +Two nights after Cuthbert had begun to entertain bright hopes of his +liberty, the door of the cell was softly opened. He was seized by four +slaves, gagged, tied hand and foot, covered with a thick burnous, and +carried out from his cell. By the sound of their feet he heard that they +were passing into the open air, and guessed that he was being carried +through the garden; then a door opened and was closed after them; he was +flung across a horse like a bale of goods, a rope or two were placed +around him to keep him in that position, and then he felt the animal put +in motion, and heard by the trampling of feet that a considerable number +of horsemen were around him. For some time they passed over the rough, +uneven streets of the city; then there was a pause and exchange of +watchword and countersign, a creaking of doors, and a lowering of a +drawbridge, and the party issued out into the open country. Not for very +long did they continue their way; a halt was called, and Cuthbert was +taken off his horse. + +On looking round, he found that he was in the middle of a considerable +group of men. Those who had brought him were a party of the governor's +guards; but he was now delivered over to a large band of Arabs, all of +whom were mounted on camels. One of these creatures he was ordered to +mount, the bonds being loosed from his arms and feet. An Arab driver, +with lance, bows, and arrows, and other weapons, took his seat on the +neck of the animal, and then with scarcely a word the caravan marched +off with noiseless step, and with their faces turned southward. + +It seemed to Cuthbert almost as a dream. A few hours before he had been +exalted with the hope of freedom; now he was being taken away to a +slavery which would probably end but with his life. Although he could +not understand any of his captors, the repetition of a name led him to +believe that he was being sent to Egypt as a present to some man in high +authority there; and he doubted not that the Governor of Jerusalem, +fearing that he might escape, and dreading the wrath of the sultan +should he do so, had determined to transfer the troublesome captive to a +more secure position and to safer hands. + +For three days the journey continued; they had now left the fertile +lowlands of Palestine, and their faces were turned west. They were +entering upon that sandy waste which stretches between the southern +corner of Palestine and the land of Egypt, a distance which can be +traveled by camels in three days, but which occupied the children of +Israel forty years. + +At first the watch had been very sharply kept over the captive; but now +that they had entered the desert the Arabs appeared to consider that +there was no chance of an attempt to escape. Cuthbert had in every way +endeavored to ingratiate himself with his guard. He had most willingly +obeyed their smallest orders, had shown himself pleased and grateful for +the dates which formed the staple of their repasts. He had assumed so +innocent and quiet an appearance that the Arabs had marveled much among +themselves, and had concluded that there must have been some mistake in +the assertion of the governor's guard who had handed the prisoner over +to them, that he was one of the terrible knights of King Richard's army. + +Cuthbert's heart had not fallen for a moment. He knew well that if he +once reached Cairo all hope of escape was at an end; and it was before +reaching that point that he determined if possible to make an effort for +freedom. He had noticed particularly the camel which appeared to be the +fleetest of the band; it was of lighter build than the rest, and it was +with difficulty that its rider had compelled it to accommodate itself to +the pace of the others. It was clear from the pains he took with it, by +the constant patting and the care bestowed upon its watering and +feeding, that its rider was extremely proud of it; and Cuthbert +concluded that if an escape was to be made, this was the animal on which +he must accomplish it. + +Upon arriving at the end of each day's journey the camels were allowed +to browse at will, a short cord being tied between one of their hind and +one of their fore-feet. The Arabs then set to work to collect sticks and +to make a fire--not for cooking, for their only food was dried dates and +some black bread, which they brought with them--but for warmth, as the +nights were damp and somewhat chilly, as they sat round the fire, +talked, and told stories. Before finally going off to rest each went out +into the bushes and brought in his camel; these were then arranged in a +circle around the Arabs, one of the latter being mounted as sentry to +prevent any sudden surprise--not indeed that they had the smallest fear +of the Christians, who were far distant; but then, as now, the Arabs of +the desert were a plundering race, and were ever ready to drive off each +other's camels or horses. Cuthbert determined that if flight was +possible, it must be undertaken during the interval after the arrival at +the halting-place and before the bringing in of the camels. Therefore, +each day upon the halt he had pretended great fatigue from the rough +motion of the camel, and had, after hastily eating the dates handed to +him, thrown himself down, covered himself with his Arab robe, and +feigned instant sleep. Thus they had in the three days from starting +come to look upon his presence sleeping close to them as a matter of +course. + +The second day after entering the desert, however, Cuthbert threw +himself down by the side of an uprooted shrub of small size and about +his own length. He covered himself as usual with his long, dark-blue +robe, and pretended to go to sleep. He kept his eyes, however, on the +alert through an aperture beneath his cloth, and observed particularly +the direction in which the camel upon which he had set his mind wandered +into the bushes. The darkness came on a very few minutes after they had +halted, and when the Arabs had once settled round their fire Cuthbert +very quietly shifted the robe from himself to the long low bush near +him, and then crawled stealthily off into the darkness. + +He had no fear of his footfall being heard upon the soft sand, and was +soon on his feet, looking for the camels. He was not long in finding +them, or in picking out the one which he had selected. The bushes were +succulent, and close to the camping-ground; indeed, it was for this that +the halting-places were always chosen. It was not so easy, however, to +climb into the high wooden saddle, and Cuthbert tried several times in +vain. Then he repeated in a sharp tone the words which he had heard the +Arabs use to order their camels to kneel, striking the animal at the +same moment behind the fore-legs with a small switch. The camel +immediately obeyed the order to which he was accustomed, and knelt down, +making, however, as he did so, the angry grumble which those creatures +appear to consider it indispensable to raise when ordered to do +anything. Fortunately this noise is so frequently made, and the camels +are so given to quarrel among themselves that although in the still air +it might have been heard by the Arabs sitting a short hundred yards +away, it attracted no notice, and Cuthbert, climbing into the seat, +shook the cord that served as a rein, and the animal, rising, set off at +a smooth, steady swing in the direction in which his head was +turned--that from which they had that day arrived. + +Once fairly away from the camping-ground, Cuthbert, with blows of his +stick, increased the speed of the camel to a long shuffling trot, and +the fire in the distance soon faded out into the darkness. + +Cuthbert trusted to the stars as guides. He was not unarmed, for as he +crawled away from his resting-place he had picked up one of the Arabs' +spears and bow and arrows, and a large bag of dates from the spot where +they had been placed when their owner dismounted. He was already clad in +Eastern garb, and was so sunburnt and tanned that he had no fear +whatever of any one at a distance detecting that he was a white man. + +Steering his course by the stars, he rode all night without stopping. He +doubted not that he would have at least three hours' start, for the +Arabs were sure to have sat that time round the fires before going out +to bring in their camels. Even then they would suppose for some time +that the animal upon which he was seated had strayed, and no pursuit +would be attempted until it was discovered that he himself had made his +escape, which might not be for a long time, as the Arabs would not think +of looking under the cloth to see if he were there. He hoped, therefore, +that he would reach the cultivated land long before he was overtaken. He +had little fear but that he should then be able to journey onward +without attracting attention. + +A solitary Arab when traveling rides straight, and his communications to +those whom he meets are confined to the set form of two or three words, +"May Allah protect you!" the regular greeting of Moslems when they meet. + +When morning broke Cuthbert, even when ascending to the top of a +somewhat lofty mound, could see no signs of pursuers in the vast stretch +of desert behind him. In front the ground was already becoming dotted +here and there with vegetation, and he doubted not that after a few +hours' ride he should be fairly in the confines of cultivated country. +He gave his camel a meal of dates, and having eaten some himself, again +set the creature in motion. These camels, especially those of good +breed, will go on for three or four days with scarcely a halt; and there +was no fear of that on which he rode breaking down from fatigue, for the +journeys hitherto had been comparatively short. + +By midday Cuthbert had reached the cultivated lands of Palestine. Here +and there over the plain villages were dotted, and parties of men and +camels were to be seen. Cuthbert now arranged his robes carefully in +Arab fashion, slung the long spear across his shoulders, and went boldly +forward at a slinging trot, having little fear that a passer-by would +have any suspicion whatever as to his being other than an Arab bent upon +some rapid journey. He soon found that his hopes were justified. Several +times he came upon parties of men whom he passed with the salute, and +who scarcely raised their eyes as he trotted by them. The plain was an +open one, and though cultivated here and there, there were large tracts +lying unworked. There was no occasion therefore to keep to the road; so +riding across country, and avoiding the villages as far as possible, +stopping only at a stream to give his camel water, Cuthbert rode without +ceasing until nightfall. Then he halted his camel near a wood, turned it +in to feed on the young foliage, and wrapping himself in his burnous was +soon asleep, for he ached from head to foot with the jolting motion +which had now been continued for so many hours without an interval. He +had little fear of being overtaken by the party he had left behind; they +would, he was convinced, be many hours behind, and it was extremely +improbable that they would hit upon the exact line which he had +followed, so that even if they succeeded in coming up to him, they would +probably pass him a few miles either to the right or left. + +So fatigued was he with his long journey that the next day he slept +until after the sun had risen. He was awakened suddenly by being seized +by a party of Arabs, who, roughly shaking him, questioned him as to +where he came from, and what he was doing there. He saw at a glance that +they were not with the party from which he had escaped, and he pointed +to his lips to make signs that he was dumb. The Arabs evidently +suspected that something was wrong. They examined the camel, and then +the person of their captive. The whiteness of his skin at once showed +them that he was a Frank in disguise, and without more ado or +questioning, they tied him hand and foot, flung him across the camel, +and, mounting their own animals, rode rapidly away. + +From the position of the sun Cuthbert saw that they were making their +course nearly due east, and therefore that it could not be their +intention to take him to Jerusalem, which was to the north of the line +they were following. A long day's journey, which to Cuthbert seemed +interminable, found them on the low spit of sand which runs along by the +side of the Dead Sea. Behind, lofty rocks rose almost precipitously, but +through a cleft in these the Arabs had made their way. Cuthbert saw at +once that they belonged to some desert tribe over whom the authority of +Suleiman was but nominal. When summoned for any great effort, these +children of the desert would rally to his armies and fight for a short +time; but at the first disaster, or whenever they became tired of the +discipline and regularity of the army, they would mount their camels and +return to the desert, generally managing on the way to abstract from the +farms of those on their route either a horse, cattle, or some other +objects which would pay them for the labors they had undergone. + +They were now near the confines of their own country, and apparently had +no fear whatever of pursuit. They soon gathered some of the dead wood +cast on the shores of the sea, and with these a fire was speedily +lighted, and an earthenware pot was taken down from among their baggage: +it was filled with water from a skin, and then grain having been placed +in it, it was put among the wood ashes. Cuthbert, who was weary and +aching in every limb from the position in which he had been placed on +the camel, asked them by signs for permission to bathe in the lake. This +was given principally apparently from curiosity, for but very few Arabs +were able to swim; indeed, as a people they object so utterly to water +that the idea of any one bathing for his amusement was to them a matter +of ridicule. + +Cuthbert, who had never heard of the properties of the Dead Sea, was +perfectly astonished upon entering the water to find that instead of +wading in it up to the neck before starting to swim, as he was +accustomed to do at home, the water soon after he got waist-deep took +him off his feet, and a cry of astonishment burst from him as he found +himself on rather than in the fluid. The position was so strange and +unnatural that with a cry of alarm he scrambled over on to his feet, and +made the best of his way to shore, the Arabs indulging in shouts of +laughter at his astonishment and alarm. Cuthbert was utterly unable to +account for the strange sensations he had experienced; he perceived that +the water was horribly salt, and that which had got into his mouth +almost choked him. He was, however, unaware that saltness adds to the +weight of water, and so to the buoyancy of objects cast into it. The +saltness of the fluid he was moreover painfully conscious of by the +smarting of the places on his wrists and ankles where the cords had been +bound that fastened him to the camel. Goaded, however, by the laughter +of the Arabs, he determined once more to try the experiment of entering +this strange sheet of water, which from some unaccountable cause +appeared to him to refuse to allow anybody to sink in it. This time he +swam about for some time, and felt a little refreshed. When he returned +to the shore he soon re-attired himself in his Bedouin dress, and seated +himself a little distance from his captors, who were now engaged in +discussing the materials prepared by themselves. They made signs to +Cuthbert that he might partake of their leavings, for which he was not a +little grateful, for he felt utterly exhausted and worn out with his +cruel ride and prolonged fasting. + +The Arabs soon wrapped themselves in their burnouses, and feeling +confident that their captive would not attempt to escape from them in a +place where subsistence would be impossible, paid no further attention +to him beyond motioning to him to lie down at their side. + +Cuthbert, however, determined to make another effort to escape; for +although he was utterly ignorant of the place in which he found himself, +or of the way back, he thought that anything would be better than to be +carried into helpless slavery into the savage country beyond the Jordan. +An hour, therefore, after his captors were asleep he stole to his feet, +and fearing to arouse them by exciting the wrath of one of the camels by +attempting to mount him, he struck up into the hills on foot. All night +he wandered, and in the morning found himself at the edge of a strange +precipice falling abruptly down to a river, which, some fifty feet wide, +ran at its foot. Upon the opposite side the bank rose with equal +rapidity, and to Cuthbert's astonishment he saw that the cliffs were +honeycombed by caves. + +Keeping along the edge for a considerable distance, he came to a spot +where it was passable, and made his way down to the river bank. Here he +indulged in a long drink of fresh water, and then began to examine the +caves which perforated the rocks. These caves Cuthbert knew had formerly +been the abode of hermits. It was supposed to be an essentially sacred +locality, and between the third and fourth centuries of Christianity +some twenty thousand monks had lived solitary lives on the banks of that +river. Far away he saw the ruins of a great monastery, called Mar Saba, +which had for a long time been the abode of a religious community, and +which at the present day is still tenanted by a body of monks. Cuthbert +made up his mind at once to take refuge in these caves. He speedily +picked out one some fifty feet up the face of the rock, and +approachable only with the greatest difficulty and by a sure foot. First +he made the ascent to discover the size of the grotto, and found that +although the entrance was but four feet high and two feet wide, it +opened into an area of considerable dimensions. Far in the corner, when +his eyes became accustomed to the light, he discovered a circle of +ashes, and his conjectures that these caves had been the abode of men +were therefore verified. He again descended, and collected a large +bundle of grass and rushes for his bed. He discovered growing among the +rocks many edible plants, whose seeds were probably sown there centuries +before, and gathering some of these he made his way back to the cavern. +The grass furnished him with an excellent bed, and he was soon asleep. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +A HERMIT'S TALE. + + +The next day he discovered on his excursions plenty of eatable berries +on the bushes; and now that he had no longer fear of hunger he resolved +to stay for some little time, until his wounds, which had festered +badly, had recovered, before making an attempt to rejoin the Christian +army. + +One day when employed in gathering berries he was surprised by meeting a +wild-looking figure, who appeared suddenly from one of the caves. It was +that of a very old man, with an extremely long white beard flowing to +his waist; his hair, which was utterly unkempt, fell to the same point. +He was thin to an extraordinary extent, and Cuthbert wondered how a man +could have been reduced to such a state of starvation, with so plentiful +a supply of fruit and berries at hand. + +The old man looked at Cuthbert attentively, and then made the sign of +the cross. Cuthbert gave a cry of joy, and repeated the sign. The old +man at once came down from his cavern, and looked at him with surprise +and astonishment, and then addressed him in the French language. + +"Are you a Christian truly; and if so, whence do you come?" + +Cuthbert at once explained that he had been taken prisoner when with +King Richard's army, and had effected his escape. He also told the old +man that he had been remaining for the last four days in a cave higher +up the stream. The hermit--for he was one--beckoned him to follow him, +and Cuthbert found himself in a cave precisely similar to that which he +himself inhabited. There were no signs of comfort of any kind; a +bed-place made of great stones stood in one corner, and Cuthbert, +remembering the comforts of his own grassy couch, shuddered at the +thought of the intense discomfort of such a sleeping-place. In another +corner was an altar, upon which stood a rough crucifix, before which the +hermit knelt at once in prayer, Cuthbert following his example. Rising +again, the hermit motioned to him to sit down, and then began a +conversation with him. + +It was so long since the hermit had spoken to any living being that he +had almost lost the use of his tongue, and his sentences were slow and +ill-formed. However, Cuthbert was able to understand him, and he to +gather the drift of what Cuthbert told him. The old man then showed him +that by touching a stone in the corner of his cave the apparently solid +rock opened, and revealed an entrance into an inner cave, which was lit +by a ray of light which penetrated from above. + +"This," he said, "was made centuries ago, and was intended as a refuge +from the persecutors of that day. The caves were then almost all +inhabited by hermits, and although many recked not of their lives, and +were quite ready to meet death through the knife of the infidel, others +clung to existence, and preferred to pass many years of penance on earth +for the sake of atoning for their sins before called upon to appear +before their Maker. If you are pursued it will be safer for you to take +up your abode here. I am known to all the inhabitants of this country, +who look upon me as mad, and respect me accordingly. None ever interfere +with me, or with the two or three other hermits, the remains of what was +once almost an army, who now alone survive. I can offer you no +hospitality beyond that of a refuge; but there is water in the river +below, fruits and berries in abundance on the shrubs. What would you +have more?" + +Cuthbert accepted the invitation with thanks; for he thought that even +at the worst the presence of this holy man would be a protection to him +from any Arabs who might discover him. + +For three or four days he resided with the hermit, who, although he +stretched his long lean body upon the hard stones of his bed, and passed +many hours of the night kneeling on the stone floor in front of his +altar, yet had no objection to Cuthbert making himself as comfortable as +he could under the circumstances. + +At the end of the fourth day Cuthbert asked him how long he had been +there, and how he came to take up his abode in so desolate and fearsome +a place. The hermit was silent for a time, and then said: + +"It is long indeed since my thoughts have gone back to the day when I +was of the world. I know not whether it would not be a sin to recall +them; but I will think the matter over to-night, and if it appears to me +that you may derive good from my narrative, I will relate it to you +to-morrow." + +The next day Cuthbert did not renew the request, leaving it to the +hermit to speak should he think fit. It was not until the evening that +he alluded to the subject; and then taking his seat on a bank near the +edge of the river, he motioned to Cuthbert to sit beside him, and began: + +"My father was a peer of France, and I was brought up at the court. +Although it may seem strange to you, looking upon this withered frame, +sixty-five years back I was as bold and comely a knight as rode in the +train of the king, for I am now past ninety, and for sixty years I have +resided here. I was a favorite of the king's, and he loaded me with +wealth and honor. He, too, was young, and I joined with him in the mad +carousals and feastings of the court. My father resided for the most +part at one of his castles in the country, and I, an only son, was left +much to myself. I need not tell you that I was as wild and as wicked as +all those around me; that I thought little of God, and feared neither +Him nor man. + +"It chanced that one of the nobles--I need not mention his name--whose +castle lay in the same province as that of my father, had a lovely +daughter, who, being an only child, would be his heiress. She was +considered one of the best matches in France, and reports of her +exceeding beauty had reached the court. Although my allowance from my +father, and from the estates which the king had given me personally, +should have been more than enough for my utmost wants, gambling and +riotous living swallowed up my revenue faster than it came in, and I was +constantly harassed by debt. + +"Talking one night at supper with a number of bold companions as to the +means we should take for restoring our wasted fortunes, some said in +jest that the best plan would be for one of us to marry the beauty of +Dauphiny. I at once said that I would be the man to do it; the idea was +a wild one, and a roar of laughter greeted my words. Her father was +known to be a stern and rigid man, and it was certain that he would not +consent to give his daughter to a spendthrift young noble like myself. +When the laughter had subsided I repeated my intention gravely, and +offered to wager large sums with all around the table that I would +succeed. + +"On the morrow I packed up a few of my belongings, put in my valise the +dress of a wandering troubadour, and taking with me only a trusty +servant, started for Dauphiny. It would be tedious to tell you the +means I resorted to to obtain the affections of the heiress. I had been +well instructed in music and could play on the lute, and knew by heart +large numbers of ballads, and could myself, in case of necessity, string +verses together with tolerable ease. As a troubadour I arrived at the +castle gate, and craved permission to enter to amuse its occupants. +Troubadours then, as now, were in high esteem in the south, and I was at +once made a welcome guest. + +"Days passed, and weeks; still I lingered at the castle, my heart being +now as much interested as my pride in the wager which I had undertaken. +Suffice it to say that my songs, and perhaps my appearance--for I cannot +be accused of vanity now in saying nature had been bountiful to me--won +my way to her heart. Troubadours were licensed folk, and even in her +father's presence there was naught unseemly in my singing songs of love. +While he took them as the mere compliments of a troubadour, the lady, I +saw, read them as serious effusions of my heart. + +"It was only occasionally that we met alone; but ere long she confessed +that she loved me. Without telling her my real name, I disclosed to her +that I was of her own rank and that I had entered upon the disguise I +wore in order to win her love. She was romantic, and was flattered by my +devotion. I owned to her that hitherto I had been wild and reckless; and +she told me at once that her father destined her for the son of an old +friend of his, to whom it appeared she had been affianced while still a +baby. She was positive that nothing would move her father. For the man +she was to marry she entertained no kind of affection, and indeed had +never seen him, as she had been brought up in a convent to the age of +fifteen; and just before she had returned thence he had gone to finish +his education at Padua. + +"She trembled when I proposed flight; but I assured her that I was +certain of the protection of the king, and that he would, I was sure, +when the marriage was once celebrated, use his influence with her father +to obtain his forgiveness. + +"The preparations for her flight were not long in making. I purchased a +fleet horse in addition to my own, and ordered my servant to bring it to +a point a short distance from the castle gate. I had procured a long +rope with which to lower her down from her lattice to the moat below, +which was at present dry, intending myself to slide after her. The night +chosen was one when I knew that the count was to have guests, and I +thought that they would probably, as is the custom, drink heavily, and +that there would be less fear of any watch being kept. + +"The guests arrived just at nightfall. I had feigned illness, and kept +my room. From time to time I heard through the windows of the banqueting +hall bursts of laughter. These gradually ceased; and at last when all +was still I, after waiting some time, stole from my room with a rope in +my hand to the apartment occupied by her. A slight tap at the door, as +arranged, was at once answered, and I found her ready cloaked and +prepared for the enterprise. She trembled from head to foot, but I +cheered her to the best of my power, and at last she was in readiness to +be lowered. The window was at a considerable height from the ground; but +the rope was a long one, and I had no fear of its reaching the bottom. +Fastening it round her waist, I began to lower her from the window. + +"The night was a windy one, and she swung backward and forward as she +went down. By what chance it was I know not--for I had examined the rope +and found it secure--but methinks in swaying backward and forward it +may have caught a sharp stone, maybe it was a punishment from Heaven +upon me for robbing a father of his child--but suddenly I felt there was +no longer a weight on my arms. A fearful shriek rang through the air, +and, looking out, I saw far below a white figure stretched senseless in +the mud! + +"For a minute I stood paralyzed. But the cry had aroused others, and, +turning round, I saw a man at the door with a drawn sword. Wild with +grief and despair, and thinking, not of making my escape, or of +concealing my part in what had happened, but rushing without an +instant's delay to the body of her I loved so well, I drew my sword, and +like a madman rushed upon him who barred the door. The combat was brief +but furious, and nerved by the madness of despair I broke down his guard +and ran him through the body. As he fell back, his face came in the full +light of the moon, which streamed through the open door of the passage, +and to my utter horror and bewilderment I saw that I had slain my +father. + +"What happened after that night I know not. I believe that I made my +escape from the castle and rushed round to the body of her whose life I +had destroyed, and that there finding her dead, I ran wildly across the +country. When I came to my senses months had passed, and I was the +inmate of an asylum for men bereaved of their senses, kept by noble +monks. Here for two years I remained, the world believing that I was +dead. None knew that the troubadour whose love had cost the lady her +life, who had slain the guest of her father, and had then disappeared, +was the unhappy son of that guest. My friends in Paris when they heard +of the tragedy of course associated it with me, but they all kept +silent. The monks, to whom I confessed the whole story, were shocked +indeed, but consoled me in my grief and despair by the assurance that +however greatly I had sinned, the death of the lady had been accidental, +and that if I were a parricide it was at least unintentionally. + +"My repentance was deep and sincere; and after awhile, under another +name, I joined the army of the Crusaders, to expiate my sin by warring +for the holy sepulcher. I fought as men fight who have no wish to live; +but while all around me fell by sword and disease, death kept aloof from +me. When the Crusade had failed I determined to turn forever from the +world, and to devote my life to prayer and penance; and so casting aside +my armor I made my way here, and took up my abode in a cave in this +valley, where at that time were many thousands of other hermits--for the +Saracens, while they gained much money from fines and exactions from +pilgrims who came to Jerusalem, and fought stoutly against those who +sought to capture that city, were in the main tolerant, and offered no +hindrance to the community of men whom they looked upon as mad. + +"Here, my son, for more than sixty years have I prayed, with much +fasting and penance. I trust now that the end is nearly at hand, and +that my long life of mortification may be deemed to have obliterated the +evil deeds which I did in my youth. Let my fate be a warning to you. +Walk steadily in the right way; indulge not in feasting and evil +companionship; and above all, do not enter upon evil deeds, the end of +which no man can see." + +The hermit was silent, and Cuthbert, seeing that his thoughts had again +referred to the past, wandered away, and left him sitting by the river +side. Some hours later he returned and found the hermit kneeling before +the altar; and the next morning the latter said: + +"I presume, my son, you do not wish to remain here as a hermit, as I +have done? Methinks it were well that we made our arrangements for your +return to the Christian host, who will, I hope, ere long be at the gates +of Jerusalem." + +"I should like nothing better," Cuthbert said. "But ignorant as I am of +the nature of the country, it seems to be nigh impossible to penetrate +through the hosts of the Saracens to reach the camp of King Richard." + +"The matter is difficult and not without danger," the hermit said. "As +to the nature of the country, I myself know but little, for my dealings +with the natives have been few and simple. There are, however, several +Christian communities dwelling among the heathen. They are poor, and are +forced to live in little-frequented localities. Their Christianity may +be suspected by their neighbors, but as they do no man harm, and carry +on their worship in secret, they are little interfered with. There is +one community among the hills between this and Jerusalem, and I can give +you instructions for reaching this, together with a token which will +secure you hospitality there, and they will no doubt do their best to +forward you to another station. When you approach the flat country where +the armies are maneuvering you must doubtless trust to yourself; but as +far as the slopes extend, methinks that our friends will be able to pass +you without great difficulty." + +Cuthbert's heart rose greatly at the prospect of once again entering +upon an active life, and the next evening, with many thanks for his +kindness, he knelt before the aged hermit to receive his blessing. + +With the instructions given him he had no difficulty in making his way +through the mountains, until after some five hours' walk he found +himself at a little village situated in a narrow valley. + +Going to the door of the principal hut he knocked, and upon entering +showed the owner--who opened the door--a rosette of peculiar beads and +repeated the name of Father Anselm. The peasant at once recognized it +and bade Cuthbert welcome. He knew but a few words of French, although +doubtless his ancestors had been of European extraction. In the morning +he furnished Cuthbert with the sheepskin and short tunic which formed +the dress of a shepherd, and dyeing his limbs and face a deep brown he +himself started with Cuthbert on his journey to the next Christian +community. + +This was a small one consisting of two huts only, built almost on the +summit of a mountain, the inhabitants living partly on the milk and +cheese of their goats and partly upon the scanty vegetables which grew +around the huts. + +His welcome was as cordial as that of the night before; and the next +morning, his former guide taking leave of him, the peasant in whose +house he had slept again conducted him forward to another community. +This was the last station and stood in a narrow gorge on the face of the +hills looking down over the plain, beyond which in the far distance a +faint line of blue sea was visible. + +This community was far more prosperous and well-to-do than those at +which the previous nights had been passed. The head of the village +appeared to be a personage of some importance; and although clinging in +secret to his Christian faith, he and his belongings had so far adopted +the usages of the Mussulmen that apparently no thought of their +Christianity entered into the minds of the authorities. He was the owner +of two or three horses and of some extensive vineyards and olive +grounds. He was also able to speak French with some degree of fluency. + +At considerable length he explained to Cuthbert the exact position of +the Christian army, which had moved some distance along the coast since +Cuthbert had left it. It was, he said, exposed to constant attacks by +the Saracens, who harassed it in every way, and permitted it no repose. +He said that the high hopes which had been raised by the defeat of the +Saracens at Azotus had now fallen, and that it was feared the Christians +would not be able to force their way forward to Jerusalem. The great +portion of their animals had died, and the country was so eaten up by +the Saracen hosts that an advance upon Jerusalem without a large baggage +train was next to impossible; and indeed if the Christians were to +arrive before that city, they could effect nothing without the aid of +the heavy machines necessary for battering the walls or effecting an +escalade. + +Cuthbert was vastly grieved when he heard of the probable failure of the +expedition, and he burned with eagerness to take his part again in the +dangers and difficulties which beset the Christian army. His host +pointed out to him the extreme difficulty and danger of his crossing the +enemy's lines, but at the same time offered to do all in his power to +assist him. After two days' stay at the village, and discussing the pros +and cons of all possible plans, it was decided that the best chance lay +in a bold effort. The host placed at his disposal one of his horses, +together with such clothes as would enable him to ride as an Arab chief +of rank and station; a long lance was furnished him, a short and heavy +mace, and scimitar; a bag of dates was hung at the saddlebow; and with +the sincerest thanks to his protector, and with a promise that should +the Christian host win their way to Jerusalem the steed should be +returned with ample payment, Cuthbert started on his journey. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +A FIGHT OF HEROES. + + +The horse was a good and spirited one, and when he had once descended to +the plains, Cuthbert rode gayly along, exulting in his freedom, and in +once again possessing arms to defend himself should it be needed. His +appearance was so exactly that of the horsemen who were continually +passing and repassing that no observation whatever was attracted by it. +Through villages, and even through camps, Cuthbert rode fearlessly, and +arrived, without having once been accosted, near the main camp of the +Saracens, which extended for miles parallel to the sea. But at a +distance of some three leagues beyond could be seen the white tents of +the Christian host, and Cuthbert felt that the time of trial was now at +hand. + +He dismounted for an hour to allow his steed to rest itself, fed it with +dates from his wallet, and gave it a drink of water at the stream. Then, +when he felt that it had thoroughly recovered its strength and +freshness, he remounted, and rode briskly on as before. He passed +unchallenged, attracting no more notice than a person nowadays would do +in walking along a crowded street. Without hesitation he passed through +the tents and started across the open country. Bands of horsemen were +seen here and there, some going, and some coming from the direction of +the Christian camp. As it was doubtless supposed that he was on his way +to join some band that had gone on in advance, the passage of the +solitary horseman excited no comment until he approached within about +two miles of the Christian camp. There were now, so far as he could see, +no enemies between him and the point he so longed to gain. But at this +minute a group of Arab horsemen, gathered, apparently on the lookout +against any movement of the Christians, shouted to him "Halt!" demanding +whither he was going. + +Up to this point Cuthbert had ridden at a gentle canter; but at the +challenge he put spurs into his steed and made across the plain at full +speed. With a wild yell the Arabs started in pursuit. They lay at first +some two hundred yards on his right, and he had therefore a considerable +start of them. His horse was fairly fresh, for the journey that he had +made had only been about fifteen miles--an inconsiderable distance to an +Arab steed. For half a mile he did not think that his pursuers gained +much upon him, riding as they had done sideways. They had now gathered +in his rear, and the nearest was some one hundred and fifty yards behind +him. A quarter of a mile further he again looked around, and found that +two of the Arabs, far better mounted than the others, had come within +half the distance which separated them from him when he last glanced +back. His horse was straining to the utmost, and he felt that it could +do no more; he therefore prepared himself for a desperate fight should +his pursuers overtake him. In another quarter of a mile they were but a +short distance behind, and an arrow whizzing by Cuthbert's ear told him +they had betaken themselves to their bows. + +Half a mile ahead he saw riding toward him a group of Christian knights; +but he felt that it was too late for him to hope to reach them, and that +his only chance now was to boldly encounter his pursuers. The main body +of the Arabs was fully two hundred yards behind--a short distance when +going at a gallop--which left him but little time to shake off the +pursuit of the two immediately behind him. + +A sharp stinging pain in his leg told him that it was time to make his +effort; and checking his horse, he wheeled suddenly round. The two Arabs +with a yell rode at him with pointed lance. With his right hand Cuthbert +grasped the short heavy mace which hung at his saddlebow, and being well +practiced in the hurling of this weapon--which formed part of the +education of a good knight--he cast it with all his force at the chest +of the Arab approaching on that side. The point of the spear was within +a few yards of his breast as he flung the mace; but his aim was true, +for it smote the Saracen full on the chest, and hurled him from his +horse as if struck with a thunderbolt. At the same instant Cuthbert +threw himself flat on the neck of his steed and the lance of the Arab +who came up on the other side passed harmlessly between his shoulders, +tearing his clothes as it went. In an instant Cuthbert had wheeled his +horse, and before the Arab could turn his steed Cuthbert, coming up from +behind, had run him through the body. + +Short as the delay had been, the main body of the pursuers were scarcely +fifty yards away; but Cuthbert now continued his flight toward the +knights, who were galloping forward at full speed; and a moment +afterward glancing back, he saw that his pursuers had turned and were in +full flight. + +With a shout of joy he rode forward to the party who had viewed with +astonishment this conflict between what appeared to be three of the +infidels. Even louder than his first shout of exultation was the cry of +joy which he raised at seeing among the party to whom he rode up the +Earl of Evesham, who reined in his horse in astonishment, and drew his +sword as the supposed enemy galloped toward him. + +"My lord, my lord!" Cuthbert said. "Thank Heaven I am safe with you +again." + +The earl lowered his sword in astonishment. + +"Am I mad," he said, "or dreaming, or is this really Sir Cuthbert?" + +"It is I, sure enough," Cuthbert exclaimed, "although truly I look more +like a Bedouin soldier than a Christian knight." + +"My dear boy!" exclaimed the earl, galloping forward and throwing his +arms around Cuthbert's neck, "we thought you were dead. But by what +wonderful fortune have you succeeded in escaping?" + +In a few words Cuthbert related the principal incidents of his +adventures, and he was heartily congratulated by the assembled knights. + +There was, however, no time for long explanations. Large bodies of the +Saracen horse were already sweeping down to capture, if possible, this +small band of knights who had ventured so far from the camp; and as King +Richard's orders were that none should venture upon conflicts except by +his orders, the party reluctantly turned their horses and galloped back +to the camp. + +Great as had been the earl's joy, it was, if possible, exceeded by that +of Cnut on discovering in the Arab chief who rode up alongside the earl +the lad he loved so well. Loud and hearty were the cheers which rang out +from the earl's camp as the news spread, and Cuthbert was compelled to +shake hands with the whole party before entering the earl's tent, to +refresh himself and give the narrative of what had happened. + +Cuthbert, retiring to his tent with the Earl of Evesham, inquired of him +what had taken place during his absence. + +"For," he said, "although but a short three days' march from here, I +have been as one of the dead, and have heard nothing whatever of what +has taken place." + +"Nothing could have gone worse," the earl said. "We have had nothing but +dissensions and quarrels. First, the king fell out with the Archduke of +Austria." + +"On what ground did this happen?" Cuthbert asked. + +"For once," the earl said, "the king our master was wholly in the wrong, +which is not generally the case. We had just taken Ascalon, and were +hard at work fortifying the place. King Richard with his usual zeal, in +order to encourage the army, seized heavy stones and himself bore them +into their place. The archduke stood near with some of his knights: and +it may be that the haughty Austrian looked somewhat superciliously at +our king thus laboring. + +"'Why do you not make a show of helping?' King Richard said, going up to +him. 'It would encourage the men, and show that the labor upon which we +are engaged can be undertaken by all without derogation.' + +"To this the archduke replied: + +"'I am not the son of a mason!' + +"Whereupon Richard, whose blood no doubt had been excited by the air of +the Austrian, struck him with his hand a fierce blow across the face. We +nearly betook ourselves to our swords on both sides; but King Richard +himself could have scattered half the Austrians, and these, knowing that +against his impetuous valor they could do nothing, simply withdrew from +our camp, and sailed the next day for home. Then the king, in order to +conciliate some at least of his allies, conferred the crown of Jerusalem +upon Conrad of Montferat. No sooner had he done this than Conrad was +mysteriously wounded. By whom it was done none knew. Some say that it +was by emissaries of the Old Man of the Mountain. Others affirm that it +was the jealousy of some of the knights of the holy orders. But be that +as it may, he died. Some of the French, ever jealous of the valor of our +king, ascribed it to his orders. This monstrous accusation coming to the +ears of King Richard, he had hot words with the Duke of Burgundy. In +this I blame him not, for it is beyond all reason that a man like the +king, whose faults, such as they are, arise from too much openness, and +from the want of concealment of such dislikes as he may have, should +resort to poison to free himself of a man whom he himself had but a day +or two before appointed King of Jerusalem. However it be, the +consequences were most unfortunate, for the result of the quarrel was +that the Duke of Burgundy and his Frenchmen followed the example of the +Austrians, and we were left alone. Before this we had marched upon +Jerusalem. But the weather had been so bad, and our train was so +insufficient to carry the engines of war, that we had been forced to +fall back again. King Richard again advanced, and with much toil we went +as far as the village of Bethany." + +"Why," Cuthbert exclaimed, "I passed through that village, and it is but +three miles from the holy city." + +"That is so," the earl said; "and many of us, ascending the hill in +front, saw Jerusalem. But even then it was certain that we must again +retrace our steps; and when we asked King Richard to come to the crest +of the hill to see the holy city, he refused to do so, saying, 'No; +those who are not worthy of conquering Jerusalem should not look at it!' +This was but a short time since, and we are now retracing our steps to +Acre, and are treating with Saladin for a peace." + +"Then," Cuthbert said sadly, "all our hopes and efforts are thrown away; +all this blood has been shed for nothing; and after the three great +powers of Europe have engaged themselves solemnly in the war, we are +baffled, and have to fall back before the hordes of the infidels." + +"Partly before them," the earl said, "partly as the result of our own +jealousies and passions. Had King Richard been a lesser man than he is, +we might have conquered Jerusalem. But he is so extraordinary a warrior +that his glory throws all others into the shade. He is a good general, +perhaps the best in Europe; and had he done nothing but lead, assuredly +we should have carried out our purpose. See how ably he maneuvered the +army at the fight of Azotus. Never was a more complete defeat than that +which he inflicted there upon the Saracens; and although the fact that +his generalship achieved this, might have caused some jealousy to the +other commanders, this might have died away could he between the battles +have been a general, and nothing more. But, alas! he is in addition a +knight-errant--and such a knight-errant as Europe has never seen before. +Wherever there is danger, Richard will plunge into the midst. There are +brave men in all the three armies; but the strongest and bravest are as +children to King Richard. Alone he can dart into ranks of the infidels, +and cut a lane for himself by the strength of his right arm. More than +this, when danger has threatened he has snatched up his battle-ax and +dashed into the fray without helm or cuirass, performing such prodigies +of valor and strength that it has been to his prowess alone that victory +was to be ascribed. Hence he is the idol of all the soldiers, whatever +their nationality; for he is as ready to rush to the rescue of a French +or Austrian knight when pressed as to that of his own men. But the +devotion which the whole army felt for him was as gall and wormwood to +the haughty Austrian and the indolent Frenchman; and the retirement of +the King of France, which left Richard in supreme command, was in every +way unfortunate." + +Upon the following day the army again marched, and Cuthbert could not +but notice the difference, not only in number but in demeanor, from the +splendid array which had left Acre a few months before. There was little +now of the glory of pennon and banner; the bright helms and cuirasses +were rusted and dinted, and none seemed to care aught for bravery of +show. The knights and men-at-arms were sunburnt and thin, and seemed but +half the weight that they had been when they landed. Fatigue, hardship, +and the heat had done their work; disease had swept off vast numbers. +But the remains of the army were so formidable in their fighting powers +that the Saracens, although following them at a distance in vast +numbers, did not venture an attack upon them. + +A few days after their arrival at Acre, the king gave orders for the +embarkation of the troops. Just as they were preparing to enter the +ships a small vessel was seen entering the harbor. It drew up to the +shore, and a knight leaped from it, and, inquiring where King Richard +was to be found, made his way to the king, who was standing +superintending the embarkation of some of the horses. + +"The Saracens, sire!" he exclaimed. "The Saracens are besieging Jaffa, +and the place must be lost unless assistance arrives in a day or two." + +The king leaped on board the nearest ship, shouted to his leading +officers to follow him, and gave orders to others to bring down the +troops with all possible speed, to waste not a moment, and to see that +all was done, and then, in five minutes after the receipt of the news he +started for Jaffa. The Earl of Evesham and Cuthbert had been standing +near the king when the order was given, and followed him at once on +board the bark which he had chosen. + +"Ah, my gallant young knight," the king exclaimed, "I am right glad to +see you with me. We shall have more fighting before we have done, and I +know that that suits your mood as well as my own." + +The king's vessel was far in advance of any of the others, when early +the following morning it arrived at Jaffa. + +"Your eyes are better than mine," the king said to Cuthbert. "Tell me +what is that flag flying on the top of the town." + +Cuthbert looked at it earnestly. + +"I fear, sire, that it is the crescent. We have arrived too late." + +"By the holy cross," said King Richard, "that shall not be so; for if +the place be taken, we will retake it." + +As the vessel neared the shore a monk ran out into the water up to his +shoulders, and said to the king that the citadel still held out, and +that even now the Saracens might be driven back. Without delay the king +leaped into the water, followed by the knights and men-at-arms, and +entering the gate, threw himself upon the infidels within, who, busy +plundering, had not noticed the arrival of the ship. + +The war cry of "St. George! St. George!" which the king always shouted +in battle, struck panic among the infidels; and although the king was +followed but by five knights and a few men-at-arms, the Saracens, to the +number of three thousand, fled before him, and all who tarried were +smitten down. The king followed them out upon the plain, driving them +before him as a lion would drive a flock of sheep, and then returned +triumphant into the city. + +The next day, some more ships having arrived, King Richard found that in +all, including the garrison, he could muster two thousand combatants. +The enemy renewed the attack in great numbers, and the assaults upon +the walls were continuous and desperate. King Richard, who loved +fighting in the plain rather than behind walls, was impatient at this, +and at one time so fierce was the attack that he resolved to sally out. +Only ten horses remained in the town, and King Richard, mounting one, +called upon nine of the knights to mount and sally out with him. The +little band of ten warriors charged down upon the host of the Saracens +and swept them before them. It was a marvelous sight indeed to see so +small a group of horsemen dashing through a crowd of Saracen warriors. +These, although at first beaten back, yet rallied, and the ten knights +had great difficulty in fighting their way back to the town. When near +the walls the Christians again made a stand, and a few knights sallied +out from the town on foot and joined them. Among these was Cuthbert, the +Earl of Evesham having accompanied King Richard in his charge. In all, +seventeen knights were now rallied round the king. So fierce was the +charge of the Saracens that the king ordered those on horseback to +dismount, and with their horses in the center, the little body knelt +with their lances opposed to the Saracens. Again and again the wild +cavalry swept down upon this little force, but in vain did they attempt +to break their ranks. The scene was indeed an extraordinary one. At last +the king, seeing that the enemy were losing heart, again ordered the +knights to mount, and these dashing among the enemy, completed their +defeat. + +While this had been going on news came to the king that the Saracens +from another side had made their way into Jaffa, and were massacring the +Christians. Without, an instant's delay he flew to their succor, +followed only by two knights and a few archers, the rest being so worn +by their exertions as to be unable to move. The Mamelukes, the chosen +guard of Saladin, had headed the attack; but even these were driven out +from the town, and Richard dashed out from the city in their pursuit. +One Saracen emir, distinguished for his stature and strength, ventured +to match himself against the king, and rode boldly at him. But with one +blow Richard severed his head, and his right shoulder and arm, from his +body. Then having, by his single arm, put to rout the Saracens at this +point, he dashed through them to the aid of the little band of knights +who had remained on the defensive when he left them at the alarm of the +city being entered. These were almost sinking with fatigue and wounds; +but King Richard opened a way around them by slaying numbers of the +enemy, and then charged again alone into the midst of the Mussulman +host, and was lost to the sight of his companions. All thought that they +would never see him again. But he soon reappeared, his horse covered +with blood, but himself unwounded; and the attack of the enemy ceased. + +From the hour of daybreak, it is said, Richard had not ceased for a +moment to deal out his blows, and the skin of his hand adhered to the +handle of his battle-ax. This narration would appear almost fabulous, +were it not that it is attested in the chronicles of several +eye-witnesses, and for centuries afterward the Saracen women hushed +their babes when fractious by threatening them with Malek-Rik, the name +which they gave to King Richard. + +Glorious as was the success, it was a sad one, for several of the most +devoted of the followers of King Richard were wounded badly, some few to +death. Among these last, to the terrible grief of Cuthbert, was his +friend and patron, the Earl of Evesham. The king, on taking off his +armor, hurried to his tent. + +"The glory of this day is marred indeed," he said to the wounded knight, +"if I am to lose you, Sir Walter." + +"I fear that it must even be so, my lord," the dying earl said. "I am +glad that I have seen this day, for never did I think to witness such +feats as those which your majesty has performed; and though the Crusade +has failed, and the holy city remains in the hands of the infidel, yet +assuredly no shadow of disgrace has fallen upon the English arms, and, +indeed, great glory has accrued to us. Whatever may be said of the Great +Crusade, it will at least be allowed by all men, and for all time, that +had the princes and soldiers of other nations done as your majesty and +your followers have done, the holy city would have fallen into our hands +within a month of our putting foot upon the soil. Your majesty, I have a +boon to ask." + +"You have but to name it, Sir Walter, and it is yours." + +"Sir Cuthbert, here," he said, pointing to the young knight, who was +sorrowfully kneeling by his bedside, "is as a son to me. The +relationship by blood is but slight, but by affection it is as close as +though he were mine own. I have, as your majesty knows, no male heirs, +and my daughter is but young, and will now be a royal ward. I beseech +your majesty to bestow her in marriage, when the time comes, upon Sir +Cuthbert. They have known each other as children, and the union will +bring happiness, methinks, to both, as well as strength and protection +to her; and further, if it might be, I would fain that you should bestow +upon him my title and dignity." + +"It shall be so," the king said. "When your eyes are closed, Sir Walter, +Sir Cuthbert shall be Earl of Evesham, and, when the time comes, the +husband of your daughter." + +Cuthbert was too overwhelmed with grief to feel a shadow of exaltation +at the gracious intimation of the king; although, even then, a thought +of future happiness in the care of the fair young lady Marguerite passed +before his mind. For the last time the king gave his hand to his +faithful servant, who pressed it to his lips, and a few minutes +afterward breathed his last. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +AN ALPINE STORM. + + +The tremendous exertions which King Richard had made told upon him, and +attacks of fever succeeded each other at short intervals. This, however, +mattered the less, since negotiations were now proceeding between him +and Saladin. It was impossible, with the slight means at his disposal, +for Richard further to carry on the Crusade alone. Moreover, pressing +news had arrived from his mother in England, urging him to return, as +his brother John was intriguing against him, and had already assumed all +but the kingly title. Saladin was equally desirous of peace. His wild +troops were, for the most part, eager to return to their homes, and the +defeats which they had suffered, and the, to them, miraculous power of +King Richard's arm, had lowered their spirit and made them eager to be +away. Therefore he consented without difficulty to the terms proposed. +By these, the Christians were to surrender Ascalon, but were to keep +Jaffa, Tyre, and the fortresses along the coast. All hostilities were to +be suspended on both sides for the space of three years, three months, +three weeks, three days, and three hours, when Richard hoped to return +again and to recommence the struggle. + +Between the sultan and King Richard a feeling approaching that of +friendship had sprung up during the campaign. Saladin was himself brave +in the extreme, and exposed his life as fearlessly as did his Christian +rival, and the two valiant leaders recognized the great qualities of +each other. Several times during the campaign when Richard had been ill, +the emir had sent him presents of fruit and other matters, to which +Richard had responded in the same spirit. An interview had taken place +between them which further cemented their friendship; and when Richard +promised to return again at the end of the truce with a far larger army, +and to accomplish the rescue of the holy city, the sultan smiled, and +said that it appeared that valor alone was not sufficient to conquer in +the Holy Land, but that if Jerusalem were to fall into the hands of the +Christians, it could fall into no worthier hands than those of +Malek-Rik. + +So, with many mutual courtesies, the great rivals separated, and soon +after King Richard and the little remnant of his army embarked on board +ship, and set sail for England. + +It was on October 11, 1192, that Richard Coeur de Lion left Palestine. +Soon after they started a storm suddenly burst upon them, and dispersed +them in various directions. The ship in which Queen Berengaria was +carried arrived safely in Sicily; but that in which King Richard was +borne was missing, and none of his fellow-voyagers knew what had become +of him. Sir Cuthbert was in the same vessel as the king, and the bark +was driven upon the Island of Corfu. All reached shore in safety, and +King Richard then hired three small vessels, in which he sailed to the +port of Zara, whence he hoped to reach the domains of his nephew, Otho +of Saxony, the son of his sister Matilda. The king had with him now but +two of his knights, Baldwin of Bethune, and Cuthbert of Evesham. Cnut +was with his feudal chief--for such Cuthbert had now, by his accession +to the rank of Earl of Evesham, become--and three or four English +archers. + +"I fear, my lords," the king said to his knights as he sat in a little +room in an inn at Zara, "that my plight is a bad one. I am surrounded by +enemies, and, alas! I can no longer mount my steed and ride out as at +Jaffa to do battle with them. My brother, John Lackland, is scheming to +take my place upon the throne of England. Philip of France, whose mind +is far better at such matters than at setting armies in the field, is in +league with him. The Emperor Henry has laid claim to the throne of +Sicily. Leopold of Austria has not forgiven me the blow I struck him in +the face at Ascalon, and the friends of Conrad of Montferat are +spreading far and wide the lie that I was the instigator of his murder. +Sure never had a poor king so many enemies, and few have ever had so +small a following as I have now. What think you, my lords? What course +would you advise that I should adopt? If I can reach Saxony doubtless +Otho will aid me. But hence to Dresden is a long journey indeed. I have +neither credit nor funds to hire a ship to take us by sea. Nor would +such a voyage be a safe one, when so many of my enemies' ships are on +the main. I must needs, I think, go in disguise, for my way lies wholly +through the country of my enemies." + +"Surely," Cuthbert said, "no potentate could for very shame venture to +detain your majesty on your way from the Holy Land, where you have +wrought such great deeds. Were I in your place, I would at once proclaim +myself, mount my horse, have my banner carried before me, and ride +openly on. You have, too, another claim, namely, that of being +shipwrecked, and even in war-time nations respect those whom the force +of God has thrown upon their shores." + +"I fear me, Sir Cuthbert," Sir Baldwin said, "that you overrate the +chivalry of our master's enemies. Had we been thrown on the shores of +France, Philip perhaps would hesitate to lay hands upon the king; but +these petty German princelings have no idea of the observances of true +chivalry. They are coarse and brutal in their ways; and though in +outward form following the usage of knighthood, they have never been +penetrated with its spirit. If the friends of Conrad of Montferat lay +hands upon King Richard I fear that no scruples will prevent them from +using their advantage to the utmost. Even their emperor I would not +trust. The course which you advise would no doubt be in accordance with +the spirit of King Richard; but it would be madness for him to judge +other people's spirit by his own, and it would be rushing into the +lion's den to proclaim himself here. I should recommend, if I might +venture to do so, that his majesty should assume a false name, and that +we should travel in small parties so as to attract no attention, each +making his way to Saxony as best he may." + +There was silence for a minute or two, and then the king with a sigh +said: + +"I fear that you are right, Sir Baldwin, and that there is no chivalry +among these swinish German lords. You shall accompany me. Not, Sir +Cuthbert," he observed kindly, noticing a look of disappointment upon +the face of the young knight, "that I estimate your fidelity one whit +lower than that of my brave friend; but he is the elder and the more +versed in European travel, and may manage to bring matters through +better than you would do. You will have dangers enough to encounter +yourself, more even than I shall, for your brave follower, Cnut, can +speak no language but his own, and your archers will be hard to pass as +any other than what they are. You must be my messenger to England, +should you arrive there without me. Tell my mother and wife where you +left me, and that, if I do not come home I have fallen into the hands +of one or other of my bitter foes. Bid them bestir themselves to hold +England for me against my brother John, and, if needs be, to move the +sovereigns of Europe to free me from the hands of my enemies. Should a +ransom be needed, I think that my people of England will not grudge +their goods for their king." + +The following day the king bade farewell to his faithful followers, +giving his hand to kiss, not only to Sir Cuthbert, but to Cnut and his +archers. + +"You have done me brave service," he said, "and I trust may yet have +occasion to do it again. These are bad times when Richard of England has +naught wherewith to reward his friends. But," he said, taking a gold +chain from his neck and breaking it with his strong fingers into five +fragments, "that is for you, Cnut, and for your four archers, in +remembrance of King Richard." + +The men, albeit hardened by many scenes of warfare, yet shed tears +plenteously at parting with the king. + +"We had better," Cuthbert said to them when they were alone, "delay here +for a few days. If we are taken, the news that some Englishmen have been +captured making their way north from Zara will spread rapidly, and may +cause the enemies of Richard to be on the lookout for him, suspecting +that the ship which bore us may also have carried him; for the news that +he is missing will spread rapidly through Europe, and will set all his +enemies on the alert." + +In accordance with this plan they delayed for another ten days at Zara, +and then, hiring a small boat, were landed some thirty miles further +along the coast. Cuthbert had obtained for Cnut the dress of a palmer, +as in this he would pass almost unquestioned, and his silence might be +accounted for on the ground that he had taken a vow of silence. He +himself had placed on his coat armor a red cross, instead of the white +cross borne by the English knights, and would now pass as a French +knight. Similar changes were made in the dress of his followers, and he +determined to pass as a French noble who had been wrecked on his way +home, and who was returning through Germany to France. The difficulties +in his own case would not be serious, as his French would pass muster +anywhere in Germany. The greatest difficulty would be with his +attendants; but he saw no way of avoiding this. + +Cuthbert's object, when with his little party he separated from King +Richard, was to make his way to Verona, thence cross by Trent into +Bavaria, and so to journey to Saxony. Fortunately he had at the storming +of Acre become possessed of a valuable jewel, and this he now sold, and +purchased a charger for himself. He had little fear of any trouble in +passing through the north of Italy, for this was neutral ground, where +knights of all nations met, and where, neither as an English nor a +French Crusader, would he attract either comment or attention. + +It was a slow journey across the northern plains, as of course he had to +accommodate his pace to that of his men. Cnut and the archers had +grumbled much at the change of the color of the cross upon their +jerkins; and, as Cnut said, would have been willing to run greater +perils under their true colors than to affect to belong to any other +nationality. On their way they passed through Padua, and there stopped a +few days. Cuthbert could but feel, in looking at the splendor of this +Italian city, the courteous manner of its people, and the university, +which was even then famous, how far in advance were those stately cities +of Italy to Western Europe. His followers were as much surprised as +himself at the splendors of the city. Here they experienced no trouble +or annoyance whatever, for to the cities of Italy knights of all +nations resorted, learned men came to study, philosophers to dispute, +and as these brought their attendants with them, you might in the +streets of Padua and its sister cities hear every language in Europe +spoken. + +From Padua they journeyed to Verona, marveling greatly at the richness +of the country. The footmen, however, grumbled at the flatness of the +plain, and said that it was as bad as marching in the Holy Land. On +their right, however, the slopes of the Alps, thickly clad with forests, +reached down nearly to the road, and Cuthbert assured them that they +would have plenty of climbing before they had done. At Verona they +tarried again, and wondered much at the great amphitheater, then almost +perfect. Cuthbert related to Cnut and the archers how men had there been +set to fight while the great stone benches round were thronged with men +and women looking on at their death struggles, and said that not +unfrequently British captives were brought hither and made to contend in +the arena. The honest fellows were full of indignation and horror at the +thought of men killing themselves to give sport to others. They were +used to hard knocks, and thought but little of their life, and would +have betaken themselves to their bows and bills without hesitation in +case of a quarrel. But to fight in cold blood for amusement seemed to +them very terrible. + +Cuthbert would then have traveled on to Milan, at that time next to Rome +the richest city in Europe, but he longed to be back in England, and was +the more anxious as he knew that King Richard would be passing through +great dangers, and he hoped to meet him at the court of Saxony. His +money, too, was fast running out, and he found that it would be beyond +his slender means to extend his journey so far. At Verona, then, they +turned their back on the broad plains of Lombardy, and entered the +valley of the Trent. + +So far no observation whatever had been excited by the passage of the +English knight. So many Crusaders were upon their way home, many in +grievous plight, that the somewhat shabby retinue passed unnoticed. But +they were now leaving Italy, and entering a country where German was +spoken. Trent, in those days an important city, was then, and is still, +the meeting place of Italy and Germany. Both tongues are here spoken; +but while the Italian perhaps preponderates, the customs, manners, and +mode of thought of the people belong to those of the mountaineers of the +Tyrol rather than of the dwellers on the plains. + +"You are choosing a stormy time," the landlord of the hostelry where +they put up said to Cuthbert. "The winter is now at hand, and storms +sweep across the passes with terrible violence. You had better, at the +last village you come to in the valley, obtain the services of a guide, +for should a snowstorm come on when you are crossing, the path will be +lost, and nothing will remain but a miserable death. By daylight the +road is good. It has been cut with much trouble, and loaded mules can +pass over without difficulty. Poles have been erected at short distances +to mark the way when the snow covers it. But when the snowstorms sweep +across the mountains it is impossible to see ten paces before you, and +if the traveler leaves the path he is lost." + +"But I suppose," Cuthbert said, "that even in winter travelers pass +over?" + +"They do," the host said. "The road is as open in winter as in summer, +although, of course, the dangers are greater. Still, there is nothing to +prevent vigorous men from crossing over when the storms come on. Now, +too, with the snow already lying in the upper forests, the wolves are +abroad, and should you be attacked by one of those herds, you will find +it hard work to defend your lives. Much has been done to render the +road safe. At the distance of every league stone houses have been +erected, where travelers can find shelter either from the storm or from +the attacks of wolves or bears, for these, too, abound in the forests, +and in summer there is fine hunting among them. You are, as I see, +returning from the Holy Land, an are therefore used to heat rather than +cold, so I should advise you before you leave this city to buy some +rough cloaks to shield you from the cold. You can obtain them for your +followers very cheaply, made of the mountain goat or of sheepskins, and +even those of bearskin well dressed are by no means dear." + +Obtaining the address of a merchant who kept these things, Cuthbert +proceeded thither; and purchased five cloaks of goatskin with hoods to +pull over their heads for his followers while for himself he obtained +one of rather finer material. + +Another two days' journey brought them to the foot of the steep ascent, +and here they hired the services of a guide. The ascent was long and +difficult, and in spite of the praises which the host had bestowed upon +the road, it was so steep that Cuthbert was, for the most part, obliged +to walk, leading his steed, whose feet slipped on the smooth rock, and +as in many places a false step would have thrown them down many hundreds +of feet into the valley below, Cuthbert judged it safer to trust himself +to his own feet. He disincumbered himself of his helmet and gorget, and +placed these upon the horse's back. At nightfall they had attained a +very considerable height, and stopped at one of the small refuges of +which the landlord had spoken. + +"I like not the look of the weather," the guide said in the morning--at +least that was what Cuthbert judged him to say, for he could speak no +word of the man's language. His actions, however, as he looked toward +the sky, and shook his head, spoke for themselves, and Cuthbert, feeling +his own powerlessness in a situation so novel to him, felt serious +misgivings at the prospect. + +The scenery was now very wild. On all sides crags and mountain tops +covered with snow glistened in the sun. The woods near the path were +free of snow; but higher up they rose black above the white ground. The +wind blew keenly, and all rejoiced in the warm cloaks which they had +obtained; for even with the protection of these they had found the cold +bitter during the night. + +"I like not this country," Cnut said. "We grumbled at the heat of +Palestine, but I had rather march across the sand there than in this +inhospitable frozen region. The woods look as if they might contain +specters. There is a silence which seems to be unnatural, and my +courage, like the warmth of my body, is methinks oozing out from my +fingers." + +Cuthbert laughed. + +"I have no doubt that your courage would come again much quicker than +the warmth, Cnut, if there were any occasion for it. A brisk walk will +set you all right again, and banish these uneasy fancies. To-night we +shall be at the highest point, and to-morrow begin to descend toward +Germany." + +All day the men kept steadily on. The guide from time to time looked +apprehensively at the sky; and although in the earlier part of the day +Cuthbert's inexperienced eye saw nothing to cause the slightest +uneasiness, toward the afternoon the scene changed. Light clouds began +to gather on the top of all the hills and to shut the mountain peaks +entirely from view. The wind moaned between the gorges and occasionally +swept along in such sudden gusts that they could with difficulty retain +their feet. The sky became gradually overcast, and frequently light +specks of snow, so small as to be scarcely perceptible, were driven +along on the blast, making their faces smart by the force with which +they struck them. + +"It scarcely needs our guide's face," Cuthbert said, "to tell us that a +storm is at hand, and that our position is a dangerous one. As for me, I +own that I feel better pleased now that the wind is blowing, and the +silence is broken, than at the dead stillness which prevailed this +morning. After all, methinks that a snowstorm cannot be more dreaded +than a sandstorm, and we have faced those before now." + +Faster and faster the snow came down, until at last the whole air seemed +full of it, and it was with difficulty that they could stagger forward. +Where the path led across open places the wind swept away the snow as +fast as it fell, but in the hollows the track was already covered; and +feeling the difficulty of facing the blinding gale, Cuthbert now +understood the urgency with which his host had insisted upon the danger +of losing the track. Not a word was spoken among the party as they +plodded along. The guide kept ahead, using the greatest caution wherever +the path was obliterated by the snow, sometimes even sounding with his +iron-shod staff to be sure that they were upon the level rock. In spite +of his warm cloak Cuthbert felt that he was becoming chilled to the +bone. His horse could with difficulty keep his feet; and Cnut and the +archers lagged behind. + +"You must keep together, lads," he shouted. "I have heard that in these +mountains when sleepiness overpowers the traveler, death is at hand. +Therefore, come what may, we must struggle on." + +Many times the gale was so violent that they were obliged to pause and +take shelter under the side of a rock or precipice until the fury of the +blast had passed; and Cuthbert eagerly looked out for the next refuge. +At last they reached it, and the guide at once entered. It was not that +in which he had intended to pass the night, for this lay still higher; +but it would have been madness to attempt to go further in the face of +such a gale. He signed to Cuthbert that it was necessary at once to +collect firewood, and he himself proceeded to light some brands which +had been left by previous travelers. Cuthbert gave directions to Cnut +and the archers; and these, feeling that life depended upon a good fire +being kept up, set to with a will, cutting down shrubs and branches +growing in the vicinity of the hut. In half an hour a huge fire blazed +in the refuge; and as the warmth thawed their limbs, their tongues were +unloosened, and a feeling of comfort again prevailed. + +"If this be mountaineering, my lord," Cnut said, "I trust that never +again may it be my fortune to venture among the hills. How long, I +wonder, do the storms last here? I was grumbling all the way up the hill +at the load of provisions which the guide insisted that each of us +should bring with him. As it was to be but a three days' journey before +we reached a village on the other side, I wondered why he insisted upon +our taking food enough to last us at least for a week. But I understand +now, and thank him for his foresight; for if this storm goes on we are +assuredly prisoners here for so long as it may continue." + +The horse had to be brought into the hut, for it would have been death +for it to have remained outside. + +"What is that?" Cnut said presently, as a distant howl was heard between +the lulls of the storm. The guide muttered some word which Cuthbert did +not understand. But he said to Cnut, "I doubt not that it is wolves. +Thank God that we are safe within this refuge, for here not even the +most ravenous beasts could make their way." + +"Pooh!" Cnut said contemptuously. "Wolves are no bigger than dogs. I +have heard my grandfather say that he shot one in the forest, and that +it was no bigger than a hound. We should make short work of them." + +"I know not," Cuthbert said. "I have heard tales of these animals which +show that they must be formidable opponents. They hunt in great packs, +and are so furious that they will attack parties of travelers; many of +these have perished miserably, horses and men, and nothing but their +swords and portions of their saddles have remained to tell where the +battle was fought." + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +SENTENCED TO DEATH. + + +Just before arriving at the refuge they had passed along a very steep +and dangerous path. On one side the rock rose precipitously, ten feet +above their heads. On the other was a fall into the valley below. The +road at this point was far wider than usual. + +Presently the howl of a wolf was heard near, and soon the solitary call +was succeeded by the howling of great numbers of animals. These speedily +surrounded the hut, and so fierce were their cries that Cnut changed his +opinion as to the ease with which they could be defeated, and allowed +that he would rather face an army of Saracens than a troop of these +ill-conditioned animals. The horse trembled in every limb at the sound +of the howling of the wolves; and cold as was the night, in spite of the +great fire that blazed on the hearth, his coat became covered with the +lather of fear. Even upon the roof above the trampling of the animals +could be heard; and through the open slits of the windows which some +travelers before them had stuffed with straw, they could hear the fierce +breathing and snorting of the savage beasts, who scratched and tore to +make an entrance. + +"Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that we might launch a few arrows through +these loopholes. The roof appears not to be over strong; and should some +of them force an entrance, the whole pack might follow." + +Dark as was the night, the black bodies were visible against the white +snow, and the archers shot several arrows forth, each stretching a wolf +dead on the ground. Those killed were at once pounced upon by their +comrades and torn to pieces; and this mark of savageness added to the +horror which those within felt of the ferocious animals. Suddenly there +was a pause in the howling around the hut, and then Cnut, looking forth +from the loophole, declared that the whole body had gone off at full +speed along the path by which they had reached the refuge. Almost +immediately afterward a loud shout for help was heard, followed by the +renewed howling and yelping of the wolves. + +"Good heavens!" Cuthbert exclaimed. "Some traveler coming after us is +attacked by these horrible beasts. Let us sally out, Cnut. We cannot +hear a Christian torn to pieces by these beasts, without lending him a +hand." + +In spite of the angry shouts and entreaties of the guide, the door was +thrust open, and the party, armed with their axes and bows, at once +rushed out into the night. The storm had for the moment abated and they +had no difficulty in making their way along the track. In fifty yards +they came to a bend of the path, and saw, a little distance before them, +a black mass of animals covering the road, and congregated round a +figure who stood with his back to the rock. With a shout of +encouragement they sprang forward, and in a few moments were in the +midst of the savage animals, who turned their rage against them at once. +They had fired two or three arrows apiece, as they approached, into +them; and now throwing down their bows, the archers betook themselves to +their swords, while Cuthbert with his heavy battle-axe hewed and cut at +the wolves as they sprang toward him. In a minute they had cleared their +way to the figure, which was that of a knight in complete armor. He +leaned against the rock completely exhausted, could only mutter a word +of thanks through his closed visor. At a short distance off a number of +the wolves were gathered, rending and tearing the horse of the knight; +but the rest, soon recovering from their surprise, attacked with fury +the little party. The thick cloaks of the archers stood them in good +stead against the animal's teeth, and standing in a group with their +backs to the rock, they hewed and cut vigorously at their assailants. +The numbers of these, however, appeared almost innumerable, and fresh +stragglers continued to come along the road, and swell their body. As +fast as those in front fell, their heads cleft with the axes of the +party, fresh ones sprang forward; and Cuthbert saw that in spite of the +valor and strength of his men, the situation was well-nigh desperate. He +himself had been saved from injury by his harness, for he still had on +his greaves and leg pieces. + +"Keep together," he shouted to his men, "and each lend aid to the other +if he sees him pulled down. Strike lustily for life, and hurry not your +blows, but let each toll." This latter order he gave perceiving that +some of the archers, terrified by this furious army of assailants with +gaping mouths and glistening teeth, were striking wildly, and losing +their presence of mind. + +The combat, although it might have been prolonged, could yet have had +but one termination, and the whole party would have fallen. At this +moment, however, a gust of wind, more furious than any which they had +before experienced, swept along the gorge, and the very wolves had to +crouch on their stomachs to prevent themselves being hurled by its fury +into the ravine below. Then even above the storm a deep roar was heard. +It grew louder and louder. The wolves, as if struck with terror, leaped +to their feet, and scattered on either way along the path at full +speed. + +"What sound can this be?" Cnut exclaimed in an awe-struck voice. "It +sounds like thunder; but it is regular and unbroken; and, my lord, +surely the earth quakes under our feet!" + +Louder and louder grew the roar. + +"Throw yourselves down against the wall of rock," Cuthbert shouted, +himself setting the example. + +A moment afterward, from above a mighty mass of rock and snow poured +over like a cascade, with a roar and sound which nigh stunned them. For +minutes--it seemed for hours to them--the deluge of snow and rock +continued. Then, as suddenly as it had begun, it ceased, and a silence +as of death reigned over the place. + +"Arise," Cuthbert said; "the danger, methinks, is past. It was what men +call an avalanche--a torrent of snow slipping down from the higher +peaks. We have had a narrow escape indeed." + +By this time the knight whom they had rescued was able to speak, and +raising his visor, he returned his deepest thanks to those who had come +so opportunely to his aid. + +"I was well-nigh exhausted," he said, "and it was only my armor which +saved me from being torn to pieces. A score of them had hold of me; but +fortunately my mail was of Milan proof, and even the jaws and teeth of +these enormous beasts were unable to pierce it." + +"The refuge is near at hand," Cuthbert said. "It is but a few yards +round yonder point. It is well that we heard your voice. I fear that +your horse has fallen a victim." + +Assisting the knight, who in spite of his armor was sorely bruised and +exhausted, they made their way back to the refuge. Cnut and the archers +were all bleeding freely from various wounds inflicted upon them in the +struggle, breathless and exhausted from their exertions, and thoroughly +awe-struck by the tremendous phenomenon of which they had been +witnesses, and which they had only escaped from their good fortune in +happening to be in a place so formed that the force of the avalanche had +swept over their heads. The whole of the road, with the exception of a +narrow piece four feet in width, had been carried away. Looking upward, +they saw that the forest had been swept clear, not a tree remaining in a +wide track as far as they could see up the hill. The great bowlders +which had strewn the hillside, and many of which were as large as +houses, had been swept away like straws before the rush of snow, and for +a moment they feared that the refuge had also been carried away. Turning +the corner, however, they saw to their delight that the limits of the +avalanche had not extended so far, the refuges, as they afterward +learned, being so placed as to be sheltered by overhanging cliffs from +any catastrophe of this kind. + +They found the guide upon his knees, muttering his prayers before a +cross, which he had formed of two sticks laid crosswise on the ground +before him; and he could scarce believe his eyes when they entered, so +certain had he considered it that they were lost. There were no longer +any signs of the wolves. The greater portion, indeed, of the pack had +been overwhelmed by the avalanche, and the rest, frightened and scared, +had fled to their fastnesses in the woods. + +The knight now removed his helmet, and discovered a handsome young man +of some twenty-four or twenty-five years old. + +"I am," he said, "Baron Ernest of Kornstein. To whom do I owe my life?" + +"In spite of my red cross," Cuthbert said, "I am English. My name is Sir +Cuthbert, and I am Earl of Evesham. I am on my return from the Holy Land +with my followers; and as we are passing through countries where many +of the people are hostile to England, we have thought it as well for a +time to drop our nationality. But to you I do not hesitate to tell the +truth." + +"You do well," the young knight said, "for, truth to say, the people of +these parts bear but little love to your countrymen. You have saved my +life when I was in the sorest danger. I had given myself up for lost, +for even my armor could not have saved me long from these wretches; and +my sword and life are at your disposal. You are young indeed," he said, +looking with surprise at Cuthbert, who had now thrown back the hood of +his cloak, "to have gained the honor of knighthood. You scarce look +eighteen years of age, although, doubtless, you are older." + +"I am scarce seventeen," Cuthbert said; "but I have had the good fortune +to attract the notice of King Richard, and to have received the +knighthood from his sword." + +"None more worthy," said the young knight, "for although King Richard +may be fierce and proud, he is the worthiest knight in Christendom, and +resembles the heroes of romance rather than a Christian king." + +"He is my lord and master," Cuthbert said, "and I love him beyond all +men, and would give my life for his. He is the kindest and best of +masters; and although it be true that he brooks no opposition, yet is it +only because his own bravery and eagerness render hateful to him the +indolence and cowardice of others." + +They now took their seats round the fire. The archers, by the advice of +the guide, rubbed their wounds with snow, and then applied bandages to +them. The wallets were opened, and a hearty supper eaten; and all, +wrapping themselves in their fur cloaks, were soon asleep. + +For four days the gale continued, keeping the party prisoners in the +hut. On the fifth the force of the wind abated, and the snow ceased to +fall. They were forced to take the door off its hinges to open it, for +the snow had piled up so high that the chimney alone of the hut remained +above its surface. With great difficulty and labor they cleared a way +out, and then the guide again placing himself at their head, they +proceeded on their way. The air was still and cold, and the sky of a +deep, dark blue, which seemed even darker in contrast with the whiteness +of the snow. At times they had great difficulty in struggling through +the deep drifts; but for the most part the wind had swept the path +clear. Where it was deepest, the tops of the posts still showed above +the snow, and enabled the guide to direct their footsteps. They were, +however, obliged to travel slowly, and it was three days before they +gained the village on the northern slope of the mountains, having slept +at refuges by the road. + +"What are your plans?" the knight asked Sir Cuthbert that night, as they +sat by the fire of the hostelry. "I would warn you that the town which +you will first arrive at is specially hostile to your people, for the +baron, its master, is a relation of Conrad of Montferat, who is said to +have been killed by order of your king." + +"It is false," Cuthbert said. "King Richard had appointed him King of +Jerusalem; and, though he liked him not, thought him the fittest of +those there to exercise sovereignty. He was the last man who would have +had an enemy assassinated; for so open is he of disposition that he +would have fought hand to hand with the meanest soldier of his army had +he desired to kill him." + +"I doubt not that it is so, since you tell me," the knight said +courteously. "But the people here have taken that idea into their minds, +and it will be hard to disabuse them. You must therefore keep up your +disguise as a French knight while passing through this neighborhood. +Another week's journeying, and you will reach the confines of Saxony, +and there you will, as you anticipate, be safe. But I would not answer +for your life were you discovered here to be of English birth. And now +tell me if there is aught that I can do for you. I will myself accompany +you into the town, and will introduce you as a French knight, so that no +suspicion is likely to lie upon you, and will, further, ride with you to +the borders of Saxony. I am well known, and trust that my company will +avert all suspicion from you. You have told me that your purse is +ill-supplied; you must suffer me to replenish it. One knight need not +fear to borrow of another; and I know that when you have returned to +your home you will bestow the sum which I now give you upon some holy +shrine in my name, and thus settle matters between us." + +Cuthbert without hesitation accepted the offer, and was well pleased at +finding his purse replenished, for its emptiness had caused him serious +trouble. Cuthbert's steed was led by one of the archers, and he himself +walked gayly alongside of Sir Ernest, followed by his retainers. Another +long day's march brought them down to Innsbruck, where they remained +quietly for a week. Then they journeyed on until they emerged from the +mountains, crossed the Bavarian frontier, and arrived at Fussen, a +strong city, with well-built walls and defenses. + +They at once proceeded to the principal hostelry, where the young baron +was well known, and where great interest was excited by the news of the +narrow escape which he had had from the attack of the wolves. A journey +across the Alps was in those days regarded as a very perilous enterprise +in the winter season, and the fact that he should have been rescued from +such a strait appeared almost miraculous. They stayed for two days +quietly in the city, Cuthbert declining the invitation of the young +noble to accompany him to the houses of his friends, as he did not wish +that any suspicion should be excited as to his nationality, and +preferred remaining quiet to having forced upon him the necessity of +making false statements. As to his followers, there was no fear of the +people among whom they mixed detecting that they were English. To the +Bavarian inhabitants, all languages, save their native German, were +alike unintelligible; and even had French been commonly spoken, the +dialects of that tongue, such as would naturally be spoken by archers +and men-at-arms, would have been a Greek to those accustomed only to +Norman French. + +Upon the third day, however, an incident occurred which upset Cuthbert's +calculations, and nearly involved the whole party in ruin. The town was, +as the young baron had said, governed by a noble who was a near relation +of Conrad of Montferat, and who was the bitter enemy of the English. A +great _fete_ had been given in honor of the marriage of his daughter, +and upon this day the young pair were to ride in triumph through the +city. Great preparations had been made; masks and pageants of various +kinds manufactured; and the whole townspeople, dressed in their holiday +attire, were gathered in the streets. Cuthbert had gone out, followed by +his little band of retainers, and taken their station to see the passing +show. First came a large body of knights and men-at-arms, with gay +banners and trappings. Then rode the bridegroom, with the bride carried +in a litter by his side. After this came several allegorical +representations. Among these was the figure of a knight bearing the arms +of Austria. Underneath his feet, on the car, lay a figure clad in a +royal robe, across whom was thrown a banner with the leopards of +England. The knight stood with his foot on this figure. + +This representation of the dishonor of England at the hands of Austria +elicited great acclamations from the crowd. Cuthbert clinched his teeth +and grasped his sword angrily, but had the sense to see the folly of +taking any notice of the insult. Not so with Cnut. Furious it the insult +offered to the standard of his royal master, Cnut, with a bound, burst +through the ranks of the crowd, leaped on to the car, and with a buffet +smote the figure representing Austria into the road, and lifted the flag +of England from the ground. A yell of indignation and rage was heard. +The infuriated crowd rushed forward. Cnut, with a bound, sprang from the +car, and, joining his comrades, burst through those who attempted to +impede them, and darted down a by-street. + +Cuthbert, for the moment amazed at the action of his follower, had on +the instant drawn his sword and joined the archers. In the crowd, +however, he was for a second separated from them; and before he could +tear himself from the hands of the citizens who had seized him, the +men-at-arms accompanying the procession surrounded him, and he was led +away by them to the castle, the guards with difficulty protecting him +from the enraged populace. Even at this moment Cuthbert experienced a +deep sense of satisfaction at the thought that his followers had +escaped. But he feared that alone, and unacquainted with the language of +the country, they would find it difficult indeed to escape the search +which would be made for them, and to manage to find their way back to +their country. For himself, he had little hopes of liberty, and scarcely +more of life. The hatred of the baron toward the English would now be +heightened by the daring act of insult to the arms of Austria, and this +would give a pretext for any deed of violence which might be wrought. + +Cuthbert was, after a short confinement, brought before the lord baron +of the place, in the great hall of the castle. + +"Who art thou, sir," the noble exclaimed, "who darest to disturb the +marriage procession of my daughter, and to insult the standard of the +emperor my master?" + +"I am Sir Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham, a baron of England," Cuthbert said +fearlessly, "and am traveling homeward from the Holy Land. My garb as a +Crusader should protect me from all interruption; and the heedless +conduct of my retainer was amply justified by the insult offered to the +arms of England. There is not one of the knights assembled round you who +would not in like manner have avenged an insult offered to those of +Austria; and I am ready to do battle in the lists with any who choose to +say that the deed was a foul or improper one. In the Holy Land Austrians +and English fought side by side; and it is strange indeed to me that on +my return, journeying through the country of the emperor, I should find +myself treated as an enemy, and see the arms of King Richard exposed to +insult and derision by the burghers of this city." + +As Cuthbert had spoken he threw down his mailed glove, and several of +the knights present stepped forward to pick it up. The baron, however, +waved them back. + +"It is no question," he said, "of honorable fight. This is a follower of +the murderer of my good cousin of Montferat, who died under the hands of +assassins set upon him by Richard of England." + +"It is false!" Cuthbert shouted. "I denounce it as a foul lie, and will +maintain it with my life." + +"Your life is already forfeited," the baron said, "both by your past +connection with Richard of England and as the insulter of the arms of +Austria. You die, and to-morrow at noon your head shall be struck off in +the great square before my castle." + +Without another word Cuthbert was hurried off to his cell, and there +remained, thinking moodily over the events of the day, until nightfall. +He had no doubt that his sentence would be carried out, and his anxiety +was rather for his followers than for himself. He feared that they would +make some effort on his behalf, and would sacrifice their own lives in +doing so, without the possibility of assisting him. + +The next morning he was led out to the square before the castle. It was +a large flagged courtyard. Upon one side was the entrance to the castle, +one of whose wings also formed a second side to the square. The side +facing this was formed by the wall of the city, and the fourth opened +upon a street of the town. This side of the square was densely filled +with citizens, while the men-at-arms of the baron and a large number of +knights were gathered behind a scaffold erected in the center. Upon this +was a block, and by the side stood a headsman. As Cuthbert was led +forward a thrill of pleasure ran through him at perceiving no signs of +his followers, who he greatly feared might have been captured in the +night, and brought there to share his fate. + +As he was led forward the young noble whose life he had saved advanced +to the baron, and dropping on one knee before him, craved the life of +Cuthbert, relating the event by which he had saved his life in the +passage of the mountains. The baron frowned heavily. + +"Though he had saved the life of every noble in Bavaria," he said, "he +should die. I have sworn an oath that every Englishman who fell into my +hands should expiate the murder of my kinsman; and this fellow is, +moreover, guilty of an outrage to the arms of Austria." + +The young Sir Ernest drew himself up haughtily. + +"My lord baron," he said, "henceforth I renounce all allegiance to you, +and I will lay the case before the emperor, our common master, and will +cry before him at the outrage which has thus been passed upon a noble +gentleman. He has thrown down the glove, and challenged any of your +knights, and I myself am equally ready to do battle in his cause." + +The baron grew red with passion, and he would have ordered the instant +arrest of the young man, but as Sir Ernest was connected by blood with +many present, and was indeed one of the most popular among the nobles of +the province, the baron simply waved him aside, and ordered Cuthbert to +be led to the block. The young Englishman was by the executioner +divested of his armor and helmet, and stood in the simple attire worn by +men of rank at that time. He looked around, and holding up his hand, +conveying alike a farewell and a command to his followers to remain in +concealment, he gazed round the crowd, thinking that he might see among +them in some disguise or other the features of Cnut, whose tall figure +would have rendered him conspicuous in a crowd. He failed, however, to +see any signs of him, and turning to the executioner, signified by a +gesture that he was ready. + +At this instant an arrow from the wall above pierced the brain of the +man, and he fell dead in his tracks. A roar of astonishment burst from +the crowd. Upon the city wall at this point was a small turret, and on +this were five figures. The wall around was deserted, and for the moment +these men were masters of the position. + +"Seize those insolent varlets!" the baron shouted, shaking his sword +with a gesture of fury at them. + +His words, however, were arrested, for at the moment another arrow +struck him in the throat, and he fell back into the arms of those around +him. + +Quickly now the arrows of the English archers flew into the courtyard. +The confusion which reigned there was indescribable. The citizens with +shouts of alarm took to their heels. The men-at-arms were powerless +against this rain of missiles, and the knights, hastily closing their +visors, shouted contradictory orders, which no one obeyed. + +In the confusion no one noticed the prisoner. Seizing a moment when the +attention of all was fixed upon the wall, he leaped from the platform, +and making his way unnoticed through the excited crowd of men-at-arms, +darted down a narrow lane that divided the castle from the wall. He ran +along until, one hundred yards further, he came to a staircase by which +access to the battlements was obtained. Running lightly up this, he kept +along the wall until he reached the turret. + +"Thanks, my noble Cnut!" he exclaimed, "and you, my brave fellows. But I +fear you have forfeited your lives. There is no escape. In a minute the +whole force of the place will recover from their confusion, and be down +upon us from both sides." + +"We have prepared for that," Cnut said. "Here is a rope hanging down +into the moat." + +Glancing over, Cuthbert saw that the moat was dry; and after a final +discharge of arrows into the crowd, the six men slid one after another +down the rope and made their way at full speed across the country. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +DRESDEN. + + +It was some ten minutes before the men-at-arms rallied sufficiently from +their surprise to obey orders. Two bodies were then drawn up, and +proceeded at a rapid pace toward the staircases leading to the wall, one +on each side of the turret in which they believed that the little body +of audacious assailants were still lying. Having reached the wall, the +soldiers advanced, covering themselves with their shields, for they had +learned the force with which an English clothyard shaft drawn by a +strong hand flies. Many had been killed by these missiles passing +through and through the cuirass and backpiece. No reply being obtained +to the summons to surrender, they proceeded to break in with their +battle-axes the door of the little turret. Rushing in with ax and pike, +they were astonished to find the place empty. A glance over the wall +showed the rope still hanging, and the manner of the escape became +manifest. The fugitives were already out of sight, and the knights, +furious at the escape of the men who had bearded them in the heart of +the city with such audacity, and had slain the lord baron and several of +his knights, gave orders that an instant pursuit should be organized. It +was, however, a full half hour before the city gates were thrown open, +and a strong troop of knights and mounted men issued out. + +Cuthbert had been certain that an instant pursuit would be set on foot, +and the moment that he was out of sight of the battlements he changed +the direction in which he had started, and turning at right angles, +swept round the city, still keeping at a distance, until he reached the +side next the mountains, and then plunged into the woods on the lower +slopes of the hills. + +"They will," he said, as they halted breathless from their run, "follow +the road toward the south, and scour the country for awhile before it +occurs to their thick German skulls that we have doubled back on our +tracks. Why, what is it, Cnut?" + +This exclamation was provoked by the forester throwing himself on his +knees before Sir Cuthbert, and imploring his pardon for the dire strait +into which his imprudence had drawn him. + +"It was a dire strait, certainly, Cnut. But if you got me into it, at +least you have extricated me; and never say more about it, for I myself +was near committing the imprudence to which you gave way, and I can well +understand that your English blood boiled at the sight of the outrage to +the flag of England. Now, let us waste no time in talk, but, keeping to +the foot of this mountain, make along as far as we can to the west. We +must cling to the hills for many days' march before we venture again to +try to cross the plains. If possible, we will keep on this way until we +reach the confines of the country of the Swiss, who will assuredly give +us hospitality, and who will care little for any threats of these German +barons, should they hear that we have reached their asylum." + +By nightfall they had already traveled many leagues, and making a fire +in the wood, Cuthbert asked Cnut for an account of what had taken place +on the previous day. + +"We ran for life, Sir Cuthbert, and had not noticed that you had been +drawn into the fray. Had we done so, we would have remained, and sold +our lives with yours; but hoping that you had passed unnoticed in the +crowd, and that you would find some means to rejoin us we kept upon our +way. After running down three streets we passed a place where a +courtyard with stables ranged round it was open. There were none about, +and we entered, and taking refuge in a loft hid ourselves beneath some +provender. There we remained all night, and then borrowing some apparel +which some of the stablemen had hung upon the walls, we issued into the +town. As we neared the great square we saw some men employed in erecting +a platform in the midst, and a suspicion that all might not be right, +and that you might have fallen into the hands of these German dogs, +beset our minds. After much consultation we determined to see what the +affair meant, and making our way on to the walls which, indeed, were +entirely deserted, we took refuge in that turret where you saw us. +Seeing the crowd gather, and being still more convinced that some +misfortune was about to occur, I again went back to the stables, where I +had noticed a long rope used by the carters for fastening their loads to +the wagons. With this I returned, for it was clear that if we had to +mingle in this business it would be necessary to have a mode of escape. +Of the rest you are aware. We saw the knights coming out of the castle, +with that portly baron, their lord, at their head. We saw the block and +the headsman upon the platform, and were scarcely surprised when you +were led out, a prisoner, from the gates. We judged that what did happen +would ensue. Seeing that the confusion wrought by a sudden attack from +men perched up aloft as we were, commanding the courtyard, and being +each of us able to hit a silver mark at the distance of one hundred +yards, would be great indeed, we judged that you might be able to slip +away unobserved, and were sure that your quick wit would seize any +opportunity which might offer. Had you not been able to join us, we +should have remained in the turret and sold our lives to the last, as, +putting aside the question that we could never return to our homes, +having let our dear lord die here, we should not, in our ignorance of +the language and customs of the country, have ever been able to make our +way across it. We knew, however, that before this turret was carried we +could show these Germans how five Englishmen, when brought to bay, can +sell their lives." + +They had not much difficulty in obtaining food in the forest, for game +abounded, and they could kill as many deer as seemed fit to them. As +Cnut said, it was difficult to believe that they were not back again in +the forest near Evesham, so similar was their life to that which they +had led three years before. To Cnut and the archers, indeed, it was a +pleasanter time than any which they had passed since they had left the +shores of England, and they blithely marched along, fearing little any +pursuit which might be set on foot, and, indeed, hearing nothing of +their enemies. After six days' travel they came upon a rude village, and +here Cuthbert learned from the people--with much difficulty, however, +and pantomime, for neither could understand a word spoken by the +other--that they were now in one of the Swiss cantons, and therefore +secure from all pursuit by the Germans. Without much difficulty Cuthbert +engaged one of the young men of the village to act as their guide to +Basle, and here, after four days' traveling, they arrived safely. Asking +for the residence of the burgomaster, Cuthbert at once proceeded +thither, and stated that he was an English knight on the return from the +Crusades; that he had been foully entreated by the Lord of Fussen, who +had been killed in a fray by his followers; and that he besought +hospitality and refuge from the authorities of Basle. + +"We care little," the burgomaster said, "what quarrel you may have had +with your neighbors. All who come hither are free to come and go as they +list, and you, as a knight on the return from the Holy Land, have a +claim beyond that of an ordinary traveler." + +The burgomaster was himself able to speak French, and summoning several +of the councilors of the town, he requested Cuthbert to give a narrative +of his adventures; which he did. The councilors agreed with the +burgomaster that Cuthbert must be received hospitably; but the latter +saw that there was among many of them considerable doubt as to the +expediency of quarreling with a powerful neighbor. He therefore said to +the burgomaster: + +"I have no intention, honorable sir, of taking up any prolonged +residence here. I only ask to be furnished with a charger and arms, and +in payment of these I will leave this gold chain, the gift of King +Richard himself, as a gage, and will on my return to my country forward +to you the value of the arms and horse, trusting that you will return +the chain to me." + +The burgomaster, however, said that the city of Basle was not so poor +that it need take the gage of an honorable knight, but that the arms and +charger he required should be given him in a few hours, and that he +might pay the value in London to a Jew merchant there who had relations +with one at Basle. Full instructions were given to him, and he resolved +to travel down upon the left bank of the Rhine, until he reached +Lorraine, and thence to cross into Saxony. The same afternoon the +promised horse and arms were provided, and Cuthbert, delighted again to +be in harness, and thanking courteously the burgomaster and council for +their kindness, started with his followers on his journey north. These +latter had been provided with doublets and other garments suitable to +the retinue of a knight, and made a better show than they had done since +they first left England. + +Leaving Basle, they traveled along the left side of the Rhine by easy +stages. The country was much disturbed, owing to the return and +disbandment of so many of the troops employed in the Crusades. These, +their occupation being gone, scattered over the country, and France and +Germany alike were harassed by bands of military robbers. The wild +country between the borders of Switzerland and Lorraine was specially +vexed, as the mountains of the Vosges afforded shelter, into which the +freebooters could not be followed by the troops of the duke. + +Upon the evening of the third day they reached a small inn standing in a +lonely position near the foot of the mountains. + +"I like not the look of this place," Cuthbert said; "but as we hear that +there is no other within a distance of another ten miles, we must e'en +make the best of it." + +The host received them with extreme and even fawning civility, which by +no means raised him in the estimation of Cuthbert or Cnut. A rough meal +was taken, and they then ascended to the rude accommodation which had +been provided. It was one large room barely furnished. Upon one side +straw was thickly littered down--for in those days beds among the common +people were unknown. In a sort of alcove at the end was a couch with a +rough mattress and coverlet. This Cuthbert took possession of, while his +followers stretched themselves upon the straw. + +"Methinks," Cnut said, "that it were well that one should keep watch at +the door. I like not the look of our host, and we are near the spot +where the bands of the robbers are said to be busy." + +Toward morning the archer on guard reported that he could hear the sound +of many approaching footsteps. All at once sprang to their feet, and +betook themselves to their arms. Looking from the window they saw a +large party of rough men, whose appearance at once betokened that they +were disbanded soldiers--a title almost synonymous in those days with +that of robber. With the united strength of the party the truckle bed +was carried from the alcove and placed against the door. Cuthbert then +threw open the window, and asked in French what they wanted. One of the +party, who appeared to be the leader, said that the party had better +surrender immediately. He promised them good treatment, and said that +the knight would be put to ransom, should it be found that the valuables +upon his person were not sufficient to pay the worshipful company +present for the trouble which they had taken in waiting upon him. This +sally was received with shouts of laughter. Cuthbert replied quietly +that he had no valuables upon his person; that if they took him there +were none would pay as much as a silver mark for the ransom of them all; +and that the only things that they had to give were sharp arrows and +heavy blows. + +"You talk bravely, young sir," the man said. "But you have to do with +men versed in fight, and caring but little either for knocks or for +arrows. We have gone through the Crusades, and are therefore held to be +absolved from all sin, even that so great as would be incurred in the +cutting of your knightly throat." + +"But we have gone through the Crusades also," Cuthbert said, "and our +persons are sacred. The sin of slitting our weazands, which you speak +of, would therefore be so great that even the absolution on which you +rely would barely extend to it." + +"We know most of those who have served in the Holy Land," the man said +more respectfully than he had yet spoken, "and would fain know with whom +we speak." + +"I am an Englishman, and a follower of King Richard," Cuthbert said, +"and am known as Sir Cuthbert of Evesham. As I was the youngest among +the knights who fought for the holy sepulcher, it may be that my +appearance is known to you?" + +"Ah," the other said, "you are he whom they called the Boy Knight, and +who was often in the thick of the fray, near to Richard himself. How +comes it, Sir Cuthbert, that you are here?" + +"The fleet was scattered on its return," Cuthbert replied, "and I landed +with my followers, well-nigh penniless, at Zara, and have since made my +way across the Tyrol. I have, then, as you may well suppose, neither +silver nor gold about my person; and assuredly neither Philip of France +nor John of Austria would give a noble for my ransom; and it would be +long, methinks, to wait ere John of England would care to ransom one of +King Richard's followers." + +The brigands spoke for awhile among themselves, and then the leader +said: + +"You speak frankly and fairly, Sir Knight, and as you have proved +yourself indeed a doughty giver of hard blows, and as I doubt not that +the archers with you can shoot as straight and as fast as the rest of +the Saxon breed, we will e'en let you go on your way, for your position +is but little better than ours, and dog should not rob dog." + +"Thanks, good fellow," Cuthbert said. "We trust that in any case we +might have made a strong defense against you; but it would be hard if +those who have fought together in the Holy Land should slay each other +in this lonely corner of Lorraine." + +"Are you seeking adventures or employment, Sir Knight? For if so, +myself and comrades here would gladly take service with you; and it may +be that with a clump of spears you might obtain engagement, either under +the Duke of Lorraine or he of Cleves." + +"Thanks for your offer," Cuthbert replied; "but at present my face is +turned toward England. King Richard needs all his friends; and there is +so little chance of sack or spoil, even should we have--which God +forfend--civil war, that I fear I could ill reward the services which +you offer me." + +The leader and his men shouted an adieu to Cuthbert and departed for the +mountains, leaving the latter well pleased with his escape from a fight +of which the result was doubtful. + +Journeying on without further adventure, they came to Nancy, and were +there kindly received by the duke, who was not at that time upon good +terms with Philip of France, and was therefore well disposed toward the +English. Cuthbert inquired from him whether any news had been heard of +King Richard? but received as a reply that the duke had heard nothing of +him since he sailed from Palestine. + +"This is strange," Cuthbert said, "for I myself have journeyed but +slowly, and have met with many delays. King Richard should long ere this +have reached Saxony; and I fear much that some foul treatment has +befallen him. On our way we found how bitter was the feeling among those +related to Conrad of Montferat against him; and the Archduke John is +still smarting from the blow which King Richard struck him at Ascalon. +But surely they would not be so unknightly as to hinder so great a +champion of Christendom as King Richard on his homeward way?" + +"The Archduke John is crafty and treacherous," the duke said; "and the +emperor himself would, I think, be not sorry to lay hand upon the King +of England, were it only to do pleasure to Philip of France. Assuredly, +however the anger and indignation of all Christendom will be aroused +should the king's passage be interrupted, for it were indeed a gross +breach of hospitality to seize upon a man who has the double claim of +being a champion of Christendom and a shipwrecked man. However, it is +early yet to be uneasy, and it may be that in a few days we may have +news of the arrival of the king in Saxony. He may have encountered +difficulties similar to those which you yourself have met with. The +country is everywhere disturbed, and it is not only in my forests that +bands of outlawed men are to be met with. At present there is peace in +Europe. It may last indeed but a short time. But so long as it +continues, so long must the mountains and woods be full of desperate +men. Were war declared between any two princes these would flock to the +banners of him who would pay them highest, and a war which could end in +the entire destruction of the armies of both combatants would be a +blessing to Europe." + +After entertaining Cuthbert courteously for three days, the Duke of +Lorraine bade him adieu, and gave him an escort of men-at-arms to the +borders of the Rhine, where he would find the way open to the domains of +the Duke of Saxony. Without adventure Cuthbert and his followers arrived +at Dresden, and he immediately presented himself at the castle of the +duke. The instant that he sent in his name as Sir Cuthbert of Evesham, a +knight of King Richard, he was conducted to the presence of the duke and +of his wife, the sister of King Richard. + +"Are you bearer of news of my brother Richard?" the duke said, advancing +a step to meet the young knight as he entered the hall. + +"Alas! my lord duke, I am not," Cuthbert said; "but had hoped to gain +tidings from you." + +"From me?" the duke said in surprise. "What should lead you to believe +that I have any news of King Richard later than that which others have +received? The last I heard of him was upon the day of his departure from +the Holy Land, before the storm arose which scattered his fleet, and I +am ignorant whether he has foundered at sea, or whether, as some +suppose, his vessel may have been taken captive by the Moors." + +"I bear you later tidings," Cuthbert said, "than those you have +received. I was on board the ship with King Richard. We were wrecked +upon the Island of Corfu and there hiring a small ship, we proceeded to +Zara. King Richard determined to make his way across the Tyrol to this +place; but he thought that it would attract attention to him were he +accompanied by so large a party. Therefore he, with Sir Baldwin of +Bethune, and a few followers, started north, while I with my men kept +west through the north of Italy, and then crossed by the pass over +Trent." + +"How long is it since you left my brother?" the duchess asked anxiously. + +"It is now over a month since I bade him adieu," Cuthbert answered. + +"Then he should have been heard of long since," the duchess said. "What +fate can have befallen him?" + +"Judging from my own experience," Cuthbert said, "I fear that he may +have come to harm at the hands of the friends of Conrad of Montferat, +who falsely allege that the death of their kinsman was caused by King +Richard. The Archduke John, too, owes him no good-will; and even the +emperor is evilly disposed toward him. The king traveled under an +assumed name; but it might well be that he would be recognized upon the +way. His face was known to all who fought in the East; and his lordly +manner and majestic stature could ill be concealed beneath a merchant's +garb. Still, lady, as I have been so long in making my way across, it +may be that King Richard has been similarly delayed without danger +befalling him, and it could hardly be that so important a man as the +King of England would be detained, or come to any misfortune, without +the news being bruited abroad." + +In spite of Cuthbert's reassuring words, the duke and duchess were +greatly alarmed at the news of King Richard's disappearance, although +indeed consoled to find that their previous fears, that he had been +drowned in the storm or captured by the Moorish corsairs, were +unfounded. + +They now requested from Cuthbert the story of what had befallen him +since he left the king; and this he related at some length. The duke was +greatly interested, and begged Cuthbert at least to remain at his court +until some news might arrive of King Richard. + +For a month Cuthbert tarried at the castle of the Duke of Saxony, where +he was nobly entertained, and treated as a guest of much honor. Cnut and +the archers were delighted at the treatment they received, for never in +their lives had they been so royally entertained. Their Saxon tongue was +nigh enough akin to the language spoken here to be understood; and their +tales of adventure in the Holy Land rendered them as popular among the +retainers of the duke as their master became with the duke and duchess. + + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +UNDER THE GREENWOOD. + + +At the end of a month, news came from England that Sir Baldwin of +Bethune had returned there, bearing the news that the king had been +arrested at Gortz, only two days' journey north of the Adriatic--that he +had been recognized, and at once captured. He had offered no resistance, +finding indeed that it would be hopeless so to do. Sir Baldwin had been +permitted to depart without molestation. He believed that the folk into +whose hands he had fallen were retainers of the Archduke John. This +news, although sad in itself, was yet in some degree reassuring to the +duke and his wife; for they felt that while the followers of Conrad of +Montferat would not hesitate to put King Richard to death should he fall +into their hands, the Archduke John would not dare to bring upon himself +the indignation of Europe by such treatment of his royal captive. +Cuthbert at once determined to return to England to see Sir Baldwin, and +to ascertain what steps were being taken for the discovery of the prison +in which King Richard was confined, and for his release therefrom; and +also to establish himself in his new dignity as Earl of Evesham. +Therefore, bidding adieu to the duke and duchess, he started north. The +duke furnished him with letters of introduction to the princes through +whose countries he would travel; and again crossing the Rhine, he +journeyed through the territories of the Dukes of Cleves and Brabant, +and reached the mouth of Scheldt without interruption. There taking +ship, he sailed for London. + +It was a long and stormy passage between the mouth of the Scheldt and +London. The vessel in which Cuthbert had shipped was old and somewhat +unseaworthy, and several times in the force of the gale all on board +gave up hope for their lives. At last, however, they reached the mouth +of the Thames, and dropping up with the tide, reached London eight days +after their embarkation. The noble charger which the King of Saxony had +presented to Cuthbert had suffered greatly, and he feared at one time +that the poor animal would succumb to the effects of the tempest. +However, after entering into smooth water it recovered itself, and on +landing near the Tower he found that it was able to support his weight. +Cnut and the archers were, like Cuthbert, delighted to have their feet +again upon English soil; and although London did not now strike them +with the same wonder which it would have done had they first visited it +before starting on their journey--for in many respects it was greatly +behind some of the continental cities--yet the feeling of home, and the +pleasure of being able to understand the conversation of those around +them, made the poor fellows almost beside themselves with joy. Beyond +the main political incidents Cuthbert had heard little of what had +passed in England since his departure; and putting up at a hostelry, he +inquired of the host whether Sir Baldwin of Bethune was in London, or +whether he was away on his estates. The landlord did not know. There +were, he said, but few nobles at court, and London was never so dull as +at present. As Cuthbert did not wish his coming home to be known to John +until he had learned something of the position of affairs, he dispatched +Cnut to the Tower to inquire privately of some of the officials about +the place whether Sir Baldwin was there. Cnut soon returned with the +news that he had not been at the court since his return from the Holy +Land, and that he was living at his castle down in Dorsetshire. After +some hesitation Cuthbert resolved to set out to see his friend, and +after six days' travel he arrived at the castle of the knight. + +Sir Baldwin received him with immense joy. He had not heard of him since +they parted at Zara, and he feared that a fate similar to that which had +befallen King Richard had overtaken Cuthbert, even if he were still +alive. + +"Have you seen aught of the king, our master?" the good knight inquired. + +"Nothing," Cuthbert said. "I know no more than yourself. Indeed, I hoped +to have learned something from you as to the king." + +"I was separated from him at Gortz, and while he was taken a prisoner to +the archduke, I was allowed to pursue my way. I had many difficulties +and dangers, and was some weeks in finding my way back. Nothing was +known of the king when I returned. Indeed, I was the first bearer of any +definite news concerning him since the day when he sailed from Acre. +Three weeks ago, as you may have learned, the news came that he is now +detained in captivity by the emperor, who demanded his delivery by the +Archduke John, into whose hands he first fell. But where he is no one +exactly knows. The news has created an immense excitement in the +kingdom, and all are resolved to sacrifice any of their treasures which +may be demanded in order to satisfy the ransom which the recreant +emperor has placed upon the king. Shame is it indeed that a Christian +sovereign should hold another in captivity. Still more, when that other +was returning through his dominions as a Crusader coming from the Holy +Land, when his person should be safe, even to his deadliest enemy. It +has long been suspected that he was in the hands either of the emperor +or of the archduke, and throughout Europe the feeling of indignation has +been strong; and I doubt not, now that the truth is known, this feeling +will be stronger than ever." + +"But now that it is known," Cuthbert said, "I suppose there will be no +delay in ransoming the king." + +"There will be no delay in raising the ransom," Sir Baldwin said. "But +the kingdom is very impoverished by war, by the exactions of Prince +John, and by those of Langley, who held it for King Richard. He was a +loyal servant of the king, but an exacting and rapacious prelate. +However, I doubt not that the rents of the English nobles will soon be +charged with sums sufficient for the ransom; and if this avail not, not +one of them will grudge their silver flagons and vessels to melt down to +make the total required. But we must not flatter ourselves that he will +obtain his liberty so soon as the money is raised. Prince John has long +been yearning for sovereignty. He has long exercised the real, if not +the nominal, power, and he has been intriguing with the pope and Philip +of France for their support for his seizing the crown. He will throw +every obstacle in the way, as, we may be sure, will Philip of France, +Richard's deadly enemy. And now about yourself, Sir Cuthbert; tell me +what has befallen you since we last met." + +Cuthbert related the adventures which had befallen him, and heard those +of Sir Baldwin. + +"You have not, I suppose," the latter remarked, "as yet seen Prince +John?" + +"No," Cuthbert replied, "I thought it better to come down to ask you to +advise me on the position of affairs before I attempted to see him." + +"You did well," Sir Baldwin said. "When I arrived, I found that the +proper officials had, according to King Richard's instructions, draw up +the patent conferring upon you the lands and title of Earl of Evesham, +before leaving Acre, and had received the king's signature to it. This +was attested by several of the nobles who were with us and who returned +safely to England. Prince John, however, declared that he should not +give any heed to the document; that King Richard's power over this realm +had ceased before he made it; and that he should bestow the earldom upon +whomsoever he chose. As a matter of fact, it has been given to Sir +Rudolph Fleming, a Norman knight and a creature of the prince. The king +has also, I hear, promised to him the hand of the young Lady Margaret, +when she shall become of marriageable age. At present she is placed in a +convent in Worcester. The abbess is, I believe, a friend of the late +earl, and the girl had been with her for some time previously. Indeed +she went there, I think, when her father left England. This lady was +ordered to give up her charge to the guardianship of Sir Rudolph; but +she refused to do so, saying that it would not be convenable for a young +lady to be under the guardianship of a bachelor knight having no lady at +the head of his establishment, and that therefore she should retain her, +in spite of the orders of the prince. Prince John, I hear, flew into a +fury at this; but he did not dare to provoke the anger of the whole of +the clergy by ordering the convent to be violated. And indeed, not only +would the clergy have been indignant, but many of the great nobles would +also have taken their part, for there can be no doubt that the +contention of the abbess was reasonable; and there is among all the +friends of King Richard a very strong feeling of anger at your having +been deprived of the earldom. This, however, has so far not found much +vent in words, for as it was uncertain whether you would ever return to +claim your rights, it was worth no one's while to embroil himself +unnecessarily with the prince on such a subject. God knows that there +are subjects enough of dispute between John Lackland and the English +barons without any fresh ones arising. The kingdom is in a state of +disturbance. There have been several risings against Prince John's +authority; but those have been, so far, suppressed. Now that we know +where King Richard is, and hope for his return ere very long, it is +probable that peace will be maintained; but should treachery prevail, +and King Richard's return be prevented, you may be sure that John will +not be permitted to mount the throne without the determined resistance +of a large number of the nobles." + +"But," Cuthbert said, "John is not the successor to the throne. Prince +Arthur of Brittany was named by King Richard from the first as his +successor. He is so by blood and by right, and John can have no pretense +to the throne so long as he lives." + +"That is so," Sir Baldwin said. "But unhappily in England at present +might makes right, and you may be sure that at King Richard's death, be +it when it may, Prince John will make a bold throw for the throne, and, +aided as he will be by the pope and by Philip of France, methinks that +his chances are better than those of the young prince. A man's power, in +warlike times, is more than a boy's. He can intrigue and promise and +threaten, while a boy must be in the hands of partisans. I fear that +Prince Arthur will have troubled times indeed before he mounts the +throne of England. Should Richard survive until he becomes of age to +take the field himself and head armies, he may succeed, for all speak +well of him as a boy of singular sweetness of disposition, while Prince +John is detested by all save those who flatter and live by him. But +enough for the present of politics, Cuthbert; let us now to table. It is +long since we two feasted together; and, indeed, such meals as we took +in the Holy Land could scarcely have been called feasts. A boar's head +and a good roasted capon are worthy all the strange dishes that we had +there. I always misdoubted the meat, which seemed to me to smack in +flavor of the Saracens, and I never could bring myself to inquire whence +that strange food was obtained. A stoup of English ale, too, is worth +all the Cyprus wines, especially when the Cyprus wines are half-full of +the sand of the desert. Pah! it makes my throat dry to think of those +horrible meals. So you have brought Cnut and your four archers safely +back with you?" + +"Yes," Cuthbert said, smiling. "But they were, I can assure you, a heavy +weight on me, in spite of their faithfulness and fidelity. Their +ignorance of the language brought most of my troubles upon me, and Cnut +had something of the nature of a bull in him. There are certain things +which he cannot stomach, and when he seeth them he rageth like a wild +beast, regardless altogether of safety or convenience." + +In the evening the two knights again talked over the course which +Cuthbert should adopt. The elder knight's opinion was that his young +friend had best formally claim the title by writing to the king-at-arms, +and should also announce his return to Prince John, signing himself "Sir +Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham;" but that, in the present state of things, it +would be unwise for him to attempt to regain his position, should, as +was certain to be the case, Prince John refuse to recognize him. + +"You are very young yet," Sir Baldwin said, "not eighteen, I think, and +can afford to wait, at any rate, to see whether King Richard returns. +Should he come back, he will see all these wrongs are righted; and one +of his first cares would assuredly be to cast this usurper out of his +stolen dignities. How old is the Lady Margaret?" + +"She is fifteen," Cuthbert said. "She was three years younger than I." + +"I wish she had been younger," Sir Baldwin said. "At fifteen she is not +by custom fairly marriageable; but men can strain these points when they +choose; and I fear that the news of your coming will hasten both the +prince and Sir Rudolph in their determination to strengthen the claim of +this usurper by marriage with the heiress of Evesham. The Lady Margaret +and her friends can of course claim that she is a royal ward, and that +as such the king alone can dispose of her person and estates. But +unfortunately force overrides argument." + +"But surely," Cuthbert said, "they will never venture to take her by +force from the convent?" + +"They venture a great many strange things in England now," Sir Baldwin +said; "and Worcester is perilously near to Evesham. With a clump of +twenty spears, Sir Rudolph might break into the convent and carry off +the young lady, and marry her by force; and although the Church might +cry out, crying would be of little avail when the deed was done; and a +handsome present on the part of Sir Rudolph might go far to shut the +mouths of many of the complainants, especially as he will be able to say +that he has the king's sanction for what he did." + +"Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that if such be the case it would be +perilous indeed to wait for King Richard's return. Assuredly Sir Rudolph +would not tarry until she attained the age of seventeen, and it may well +be that two years may yet pass before King Richard comes back. It seems +to me the wiser part will be that I should give Prince John no notice +that I am in England. As you say, such notice would be of no avail in +recovering my lands and title, but it would put the prince upon his +guard; and assuredly he and his minions would press forward their +measures to obtain possession of the person of the Lady Margaret; +while, on the other hand, no harm can come of my maintaining silence." + +"I think that you are right, Sir Cuthbert. It were indeed best that your +enemies should suppose you either dead or in some dungeon in the Tyrol. +What would you then do?" + +"I would return to my old home," Cuthbert said. "My lady mother is, I +trust, still alive. But I will not appear at her house, but will take +refuge in the forest there. Cnut, and the archers with him, were all at +one time outlaws living there, and I doubt not that there are many good +men and true still to be found in the woods. Others will assuredly join +when they learn that Cnut is there, and that they are wanted to strike a +blow for my rights. I shall then bide my time. I will keep a strict +watch over the castle and over the convent. As the abbess is a friend +and relative of Lady Margaret's, I may obtain an interview with her, and +warn her of the dangers that await her, and ask if she be willing to +fulfill the promise of her father and King Richard's will, in accepting +me as her husband when due time shall arrive, and whether she will be +willing that I should take such steps as I may to deliver her from the +persecution of Sir Rudolph. If, as I trust, she assents to this, I will +keep a watch over the convent as well as the castle, and can then either +attack the latter or carry her off from the former, as the occasion may +appear to warrant. There are plenty of snug cottages round the forest, +where she can remain in concealment in the care of some good farmer's +wife for months, and we shall be close at hand to watch over her. With +the aid of the forest men, Sir Walter took the castle of Sir John of +Wortham; and although Evesham is a far grander pile than that, yet +methinks it could be carried by a sudden assault; and we know more of +war now than we did then. Prince John may deny me the right of being +the Earl of Evesham; but methinks before many months I can, if I choose, +become its master." + +"Be not too hasty in that matter," Sir Baldwin said. "You might capture +the castle with the aid of your outlaws; but you could scarcely hold it. +The prince has, ere now, with the aid of those faithful to him and his +foreign mercenaries, captured stronger holds than that of Evesham; and +if you turn his favorite out, you would have a swarm of hornets around +you such as the walls of Evesham could not keep out. It would therefore +be worse than useless for you to attempt what would be something like an +act of rebellion against Prince John's authority, and would give him +what now he has no excuse for, a ground for putting a price upon your +head--and cutting it off if he got the opportunity. You might now +present yourself boldly at court, and although he might refuse to +recognize your title of earl, yet, as a knight and a Crusader who has +distinguished himself greatly in the Holy Land, he dare not interfere +with your person, for this would be resented by the whole of the +chivalry of England. Still, I agree with you that your best course is to +keep your return a secret. You will then be unwatched and unnoticed, and +your enemies will take their time in carrying their designs into +effect." + +Two days later Cuthbert, attended by his faithful retainers, left Sir +Baldwin's castle, and traveled by easy stages through Wiltshire and the +confines of Gloucestershire up to Worcester. He had been supplied by Sir +Baldwin with suitable attire for himself and his followers, and now rode +as a simple knight, without arms or cognizance, journeying from one part +to another. All the crosses and other crusading signs were laid aside, +and there was nothing to attract any attention to him upon his passage. +Cuthbert had at first thought of going direct to the convent of +Worcester, and asking for an interview with Lady Margaret; but he +reflected that it might be possible that some of the myrmidons of Sir +Rudolph might be keeping a watch over that building to see that Lady +Margaret was not secretly removed to some other place of refuge, and +that the appearance of a knight before its doors would excite comment +and suspicion. He therefore avoided the town, and journeyed straight to +the forest, where he had so often roamed with Cnut and the outlaws. + +Here he found that matters had but little changed since he was last +there. Many of those who had fought with him in the Holy Land, and who +had returned by sea, had again taken to the forest, joined by many new +men whom the exactions of Sir Rudolph had already goaded into revolt. +Cnut was received with enthusiasm, and when he presented Cuthbert to +them as the rightful heir of Evesham and the well-known friend of the +foresters, their enthusiasm knew no bounds. They at once accepted him as +their lord and master, and promised to obey his orders, and to lay down +their lives, if necessary, in his cause, as they knew that it was he who +had formerly obtained the pardon of the forest band, and who had fought +with them in their attack on Wortham Castle. + +To Cuthbert's great delight he heard that his mother was in good health, +although she had for some months been grievously fretting over his +disappearance and supposed death. Cuthbert hesitated whether he should +proceed at once to see her; but he feared that the shock of his +appearance might be too much for her, and that her expressions of joy +might make the retainers and others aware of his arrival, and the news +might in some way reach the ears of those at the castle. He therefore +dispatched Cnut to see her, and break the news to her cautiously, and to +request her to arrange for a time when she would either see Cuthbert at +some place at a distance from the house, or would so arrange that the +domestics should be absent and that he would have an interview with her +there unobserved. + +Cnut was absent some hours, and on his return told Cuthbert that he had +seen Dame Editha, and that her joy on hearing of her son's safe arrival +had caused her no harm, but rather the reverse. The news that King +Richard had bestowed upon him the title and lands of Evesham was new to +her, and she was astonished indeed to hear of his elevation. Having +heard much of the character of the pretending earl, she had great fears +for the safety of Cuthbert, should his residence in the neighborhood get +to his ears; and although sure of the fidelity of all her retainers, she +feared that in their joy at their young master's return they might let +slip some incautious word which would come to the ears of some of those +at the castle. She therefore determined to meet him at a distance. She +had arranged that upon the following day she would give out that she +intended to make a pilgrimage to the shrine of St. Dunstan, which lay at +the edge of the forest, to thank him for her recovery from illness, and +to pray for the safety of her son. She would be carried thither in a +litter, and her journey would excite no comment whatever. She would take +with her four of her most trusted retainers, and would on her arrival at +the shrine send them to a distance, in order to pay her devotions +undisturbed. Cuthbert was to be near, and the moment he saw them depart, +to enter. + +This arrangement was carried out, and the joy of Dame Editha at again +meeting her son was deep indeed. He had left her a lad of fifteen. He +now returned a youth of nearly eighteen, stout and strong beyond his +age, and looking far older than he was, from the effect of the hot sun +of Syria and of the hardships through which he had gone. That he should +win his spurs upon the first opportunity the earl had promised her, and +she doubted not that he would soon attain the rank which his father had +held. But that he should return to her a belted earl was beyond her +wildest thoughts. This, however, was but little in her mind then. It was +her son, and not the Earl of Evesham, whom she clasped in her arms. + +As the interview must necessarily be a short one, Cuthbert gave her but +a slight outline of what had happened since they parted, and the +conversation then turned upon the present position, and upon the steps +which had best be taken. + +"Your peril is, I fear, as great here as when you were fighting the +infidels in the Holy Land," she said. "Sir Rudolph has not been here +long; but he has proved himself a cruel and ruthless master. He has +driven forth many of the old tenants and bestowed their lands upon his +own servants and retainers. The forest laws he carries out to the +fullest severity, and has hung several men who were caught infringing +them. He has laid such heavy burdens on all the tenants that remain that +they are fairly ruined, and if he stay here long he will rule over a +desert. Did he dream of your presence here, he would carry fire and +sword through the forest. It is sad indeed to think that so worthless a +knave as this should be a favorite of the ruler of England. But all men +say that he is so. Thus were you to attack him, even did you conquer and +kill him, you would have the enmity of Prince John to contend with; and +he spareth none, man or woman, who stand in his way. It will be a bad +day indeed for England should our good King Richard not return. I will, +as you wish me, write to my good cousin, the Lady Abbess of St. Anne's, +and will ask that you may have an interview with the Lady Margaret, to +hear her wishes and opinions concerning the future, and will pray her to +do all that she can to aid your suit with the fair young lady, and to +keep her at all events safe from the clutches of the tyrant of Evesham." + +Three days later a boy employed as a messenger by Dame Editha brought a +note to Cuthbert, saying that she had heard from the Abbess of St. +Anne's, who would be glad to receive a visit from Cuthbert. The abbess +had asked his mother to accompany him; but this she left for him to +decide. Cuthbert sent back a message in reply that he thought it would +be dangerous for her to accompany him, as any spy watching would report +her appearance, and inquiries were sure to be set on foot as to her +companion. He said that he himself would call at the convent on the +following evening after nightfall, and begged her to send word to the +abbess to that effect, in order that he might, when he presented +himself, be admitted at once. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +THE ATTEMPT ON THE CONVENT. + + +Upon the following evening Cuthbert proceeded to Worcester. He left his +horse some little distance outside the town, and entered on foot. Having +no apprehension of an attack, he had left all his pieces of armor +behind, and was in the quiet garb of a citizen. Cnut attended him--for +that worthy follower considered himself as responsible that no harm of +any sort should befall his young master. The consequences of his own +imprudence in the Tyrol were ever before his mind, and he determined +that from henceforth there should be no want of care on his part. He +accompanied Cuthbert to within a short distance of the convent, and took +up his position in the shade of a house, whence he could watch should +any one appear to be observing Cuthbert's entrance. + +Upon ringing the bell Cuthbert told the porteress, as had been arranged, +that he had called on a message from Dame Editha, and he was immediately +ushered into the parlor of the convent, where, a minute or two later, he +was joined by the lady abbess. He had when young been frequently to the +convent, and had always been kindly received. + +"I am indeed glad to see you, Sir Cuthbert," she said, "though I +certainly should not have recognized the lad who used to come here with +my cousin in the stalwart young knight I see before me. You are indeed +changed and improved. Who would think that my gossip Editha's son would +come to be the Earl of Evesham! The Lady Margaret is eager to see you; +but I think that you exaggerate the dangers of her residence here. I +cannot think that even a minion of Prince John would dare to violate the +sanctity of a convent." + +"I fear, good mother," Cuthbert said, "that when ambition and greed are +in one scale, reverence for the holy church will not weigh much in the +other. Had King Richard been killed upon his way home, or so long as +nothing was heard of him, Sir Rudolph might have been content to allow +matters to remain as they were, until at least Lady Margaret attained an +age which would justify him in demanding that the espousal should be +carried out. But the news which has now positively been ascertained, +that the king is in the hands of the emperor, and the knowledge that +sooner or later his freedom will be obtained, will hasten the friends of +the usurper to make the most of their advantage. He knows that the king +would at once upon his return annul the nomination of Sir Rudolph to the +earldom which had previously been bestowed upon me. But he may well +think that if before that time he can secure in marriage the person of +the late earl's daughter, no small share of the domains may be allotted +to him as her dowry, even if he be obliged to lay by his borrowed +honors. You will, unless I am greatly mistaken, hear from him before +long." + +The abbess looked grave. + +"There is much in what you say, Sir Cuthbert; and indeed a certain +confirmation is given to it by the fact that only yesterday I received a +letter from Sir Rudolph, urging that now the Lady Margaret is past the +age of fifteen, and may therefore be considered marriageable, the will +of the prince should be carried into effect, and that she should for the +present be committed to the charge of the Lady Clara Boulger, who is +the wife of a friend and associate of Sir Rudolph. He says that he +should not wish to press the marriage until she attains the age of +sixteen, but that it were well that his future wife should become +accustomed to the outside world, so as to take her place as Castellan of +Evesham with a dignity befitting the position. I wrote at once to him +saying that in another year it would, in my poor judgment, be quite time +to think about such worldly matters; that at the present the Lady +Margaret was receiving an education suitable to her rank; that she was +happy here; and that unless constrained by force--of which, I said, I +could not suppose that any possibility existed--I should not surrender +the Lady Margaret into any hands whatsoever, unless, indeed, I received +the commands of her lawful guardian, King Richard." + +"You said well, holy mother," Sir Cuthbert said. "But you see the hawks +scent the danger from afar, and are moving uneasily already. Whether +they consider it so pressing that they will dare to profane the convent, +I know not. But I am sure that should they do so, they will not hesitate +a moment at the thought of the anger of the church. Prince John has +already shown that he is ready, if need be, to oppose the authority of +the holy father, and he may well, therefore, despise any local wrath +that might be excited by an action which he can himself disavow, and for +which, even at the worst, he need only inflict some nominal punishment +upon his vassal. Bethink thee, lady, whether it would not be safer to +send the Lady Margaret to the care of some person, where she may be +concealed from the search of Sir Rudolph." + +"I would gladly do so," the abbess said, "did I know of such a person or +such a place. But it is difficult indeed, for a young lady of rank to be +concealed from such sharp searchers as Sir Rudolph would be certain to +place upon her track. Your proposal that she should take refuge in the +house of some small franklin near the forest, I cannot agree to. In the +first place, it would demean her to be so placed; and in the second, we +could never be sure that the report of her residence there might not +reach the ears of Sir Rudolph. As a last resource, of course, such a +step would be justifiable, but not until at least overt outrages have +been attempted. Now I will call Lady Margaret in." + +The young girl entered with an air of frank gladness, but was startled +at the alteration which had taken place in her former playfellow, and +paused and looked at the abbess, as if inquiring whether this could be +really the Cuthbert she had known. Lady Margaret was fifteen in years; +but she looked much younger. The quiet seclusion in which she had lived +in the convent had kept her from approaching that maturity which as an +earl's daughter, brought up in the stir and bustle of a castle, she +would doubtless have attained. + +"This is indeed Sir Cuthbert," the abbess said, "your old playfellow, +and the husband destined for you by your father and by the will of the +king." + +Struck with a new timidity, the girl advanced, and, according to the +custom of the times, held up her cheek to be kissed. Cuthbert was almost +as timid as herself. + +"I feel, Lady Margaret," he said, "a deep sense of my own unworthiness +of the kindness and honor which the dear lord your father bestowed upon +me; and were it not that many dangers threaten, and that it were +difficult under the circumstances to find one more worthy of you, I +would gladly resign you into the hands of such a one were it for your +happiness. But believe me that the recollection of your face has +animated me in many of the scenes of danger in which I have been placed; +and although even in fancy my thoughts scarcely ventured to rise so +high, yet I felt as a true knight might feel for the lady of his love." + +"I always liked you, Sir Cuthbert," the girl said frankly, "better than +any one else next to my father, and gladly submit myself to his will. My +own inclinations indeed, so far as is maidenly, go with his. These are +troubled times," she said anxiously, "and our holy mother tells me that +you fear some danger is overhanging me." + +"I trust that the danger may not be imminent," Cuthbert answered. "But +knowing the unscrupulous nature of the false Earl of Evesham, I fear +that the news that King Richard is found will bestir him to early +action. But you can rely, dear lady, on a careful watch being kept over +you night and day; and should any attempt be made to carry you away, or +to put force upon you, be assured that assistance will be at hand. Even +should any attempt succeed, do not lose heart, for rescue will certainly +be attempted; and I must be dead, and my faithful followers crushed, +before you can become the bride of Sir Rudolph." + +Then turning to other subjects, he talked to her of the life he had led +since he last saw her. He told her of the last moments of her father, +and of the gallant deeds he had done in the Holy Land. + +After waiting for two hours, the abbess judged that the time for +separation had arrived; and Cuthbert, taking a respectful adieu of his +young mistress, and receiving the benediction of the abbess, departed. + +He found Cnut on guard at the point where he had left him. + +"Have you seen aught to give rise to suspicion?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Yes," Cnut said, "the place is undoubtedly watched. Just after you had +entered a man came from that house yonder and went up to the gate, as if +he would fain learn by staring at its iron adornments the nature of him +who had passed in. Then he re-entered his house, and if I mistake not is +still on the watch at that casement. If we stand here for a minute or +two, perchance he may come out to see what delays you in this dark +corner, in which case I may well give him a clout with my ax which will +settle his prying." + +"Better not," Cuthbert said. "We can retire round this corner and so +avoid his observation; and were his body found slain here, suspicion +would be at once excited in the mind of his employer. At present he can +have no ground for any report which may make the knight uneasy, for he +can but know that a gentleman has entered, and remained for two hours at +the convent, and he will in no way connect my visit with the Lady +Margaret." + +They had just turned the corner which Cuthbert indicated, when a man +came up rapidly behind them and almost brushed them as he passed, +half-turning round and trying to gaze into their faces. Cnut at once +assumed the aspect of an intoxicated person, and stretching forth his +foot, with a dexterous shove pushed the stranger into the gutter. The +latter rose with a fierce cry of anger; but Cnut with a blow of his +heavy fist again stretched him on the ground, this time to remain quiet +until they had walked on and passed out of sight. + +"A meddling fool," Cnut grumbled. "He will not, methinks, have much to +report to Sir Rudolph this time. Had I thought that he had seen your +face, I would have cleft his skull with no more hesitation than I send +an arrow into the brain of a stag in the forest." + +As they journeyed along Cuthbert informed Cnut of what the abbess had +told him; and the latter agreed that a watch must be placed on the +convent, and that a force must be kept as near as possible at hand so +as to defeat any attempt which might be made. + +The next day one of the forest men who had been a peaceable citizen, but +who had been charged with using false weights and had been condemned to +lose his ears, repaired to Worcester. His person was unknown there, as +he had before lived at Gloucester. He hired a house in the square in +which the convent was situated, giving out that he desired to open a +house of business for the sale of silks, and for articles from the Low +Countries. As he paid down earnest-money for the rent no suspicion +whatever was excited. He at once took up his abode there, having with +him two stout serving-men, and a 'prentice boy; and from that time two +sets of watchers observed without ceasing what passed at the Convent of +St. Anne. + +At a distance of half a mile from the road leading between Worcester and +Evesham stood a grange, which had for some time been disused, the ground +belonging to it having been sequestrated and given to the lord of an +adjoining estate, who did not care to have the grange occupied. In this +ten men, headed by Cnut, took up their residence, blocking up the window +of the hall with hangings, so that the light of the fire kindled within +would not be observed. + +Two months passed on without any incident of importance. The feeling +between the outlaws in the forest and the retainers of the false Earl of +Evesham was becoming much imbittered. Several times the foresters of the +latter, attempting pursuit of men charged with breaking the game laws, +were roughly handled. These on making their report were sent back again, +supported by a force of footmen; but these, too, were driven back, and +the authority of Sir Rudolph was openly defied. + +Gradually it came to his ears that the outlaws were commanded by a man +who had been their leader in times gone by, but who had been pardoned, +and had, with a large number of his band, taken service in the army of +the Crusaders; also, that there was present a stranger, whose manner and +the deference paid to him by Cnut proclaimed him to be of gentle blood. +This news awakened grave uneasiness on the part of Sir Rudolph. The +knight caused inquiries to be made, and ascertained that Cnut had been +especially attached to the young Cuthbert, and that he had fought under +the Earl of Evesham's banner. It seemed possible then that with him had +returned the claimant for the earldom; and in that case Sir Rudolph felt +that danger menaced him, for the bravery of the Earl of Evesham's +adopted son had been widely spoken of by those who had returned from the +Holy Land. + +Sir Rudolph was a man of forty, tall and dark, with Norman features. He +held the Saxons in utter contempt, and treated them as beings solely +created to till the land for the benefit of their Norman lords. He was +brave and fearless, and altogether free from the superstition of the +times. Even the threats of the pope, which although Prince John defied +them yet terrified him at heart, were derided by his follower, who +feared no one thing in the world, save, perhaps, the return of King +Richard from captivity. + +No sooner had the suspicion that his rival was in the neighborhood +possessed him than he determined that one of two things must be carried +out: either Sir Cuthbert must be killed, or the Lady Margaret must be +carried off and forced to accept him as her husband. First he endeavored +to force Sir Cuthbert to declare himself and to trust to his own arm to +put an end to his rival. To that end he caused a proclamation to be +written, and to be affixed to the door of the village church at the fair +of Evesham. + +Cnut and several of his followers were there, all quietly dressed as +yeomen. Seeing a crowd round the door of the church, he pressed forward. +Being himself unable to read writing, he asked one of the burgesses what +was written upon the paper which caused such excitement. + +"It is," the burgess said, "in the nature of a cartel or challenge from +our present lord, Sir Rudolph. He says that it having come to his ears +that a Saxon serf, calling himself Sir Cuthbert, Earl of Evesham, is +lurking in the woods and consorting with outlaws and robbers, he +challenges him to appear, saying that he will himself, grievously +although he would demean himself by so doing, yet condescend to meet him +in the lists with sword and battle-ax, and to prove upon his body the +falseness of his averments. Men marvel much," the burgess continued, "at +this condescension on the earl's part. We have heard indeed that King +Richard, before he sailed for England, did, at the death of the late +good earl, bestow his rank and the domains of Evesham upon Sir Cuthbert, +the son of the Dame Editha. Whether it be true or not, we cannot say; +but it seems strange that such honor should have been bestowed upon one +so young. In birth indeed he might aspire to the rank, since his father, +Sir Walter, was a brave knight, and the mother, Dame Editha, was of good +Saxon blood, and descended from those who held Evesham before the +arrival of the Normans." + +Cnut's first impulse was to stride forward and to tear down the +proclamation. But the remembrance of his solemn determination not in +future to act rashly came across him, and he decided to take no steps +until he had reported the facts to his master, and taken his counsel +thereon. + +Cuthbert received the news with much indignation. + +"There is naught that I should like better," he said, "than to try my +strength against that of this false traitor. But although I have proved +my arm against the Saracens, I think not that it is yet strong enough to +cope against a man who, whatsoever be his faults, is said to be a +valiant knight. But that would not deter me from attempting the task. It +is craftily done on the part of Sir Rudolph. He reckons that if I appear +he will kill me; that if I do not appear, I shall be branded as a +coward, and my claims brought into disrepute. It may be, too, that it is +a mere ruse to discover if I be in the neighborhood. Some rumors thereof +may have reached him, and he has taken this course to determine upon +their truth. He has gone too far, and honest men will see in the cartel +itself a sign that he misdoubts him that my claims are just; for were I, +as he says, a Saxon serf, be sure that he would not condescend to meet +me in the lists as he proposes. I trust that the time will come when I +may do so. But at present I will submit to his insult rather than +imperil the success of our plans, and, what is of far greater +importance, the safety and happiness of the Lady Margaret, who, did +aught befall me, would assuredly fall into his hands." + +After some thought, however, Cuthbert drew up an answer to the knight's +proclamation. He did not in this speak in his own name, but wrote as if +the document were the work of Cnut. It was worded as follows: "I, Cnut, +a free Saxon and a leader of bowmen under King Richard in the Holy Land, +do hereby pronounce and declare the statements of Sir Rudolph, miscalled +the Earl of Evesham, to be false and calumnious. The earldom was, as +Rudolph well knows, and as can be proved by many nobles and gentlemen of +repute who were present with King Richard, granted to Sir Cuthbert, King +Richard's true and faithful follower. When the time shall come Sir +Cuthbert will doubtless be ready to prove his rights. But at present +right has no force in England, and until the coming of our good King +Richard must remain in abeyance. Until then, I support the title of Sir +Cuthbert, and do hereby declare Sir Rudolph a false and perjured knight; +and warn him that if he falls into my hands it will fare but badly with +him, as I know it will fare but badly with me should I come into his." + +At nightfall the cartel of Sir Rudolph was torn down from the church and +that of Cnut affixed in its place. The reading thereof caused great +astonishment in Evesham, and the rage of Sir Rudolph, when the news came +to his ears, was very great. Cuthbert was sure that this affair would +quicken the intentions of Sir Rudolph with regard to the Lady Margaret, +and he received confirmation of this in a letter which the abbess sent +him, saying that she had received another missive from Sir Rudolph, +authoritatively demanding in the king's name the instant surrender of +Lady Margaret to him. That night forty archers stole, one by one, +quietly into Worcester, entering the town before the gates were shut, +and so mingling with the citizens that they were unobserved. When it was +quite dark they quietly took their way, one by one, to the square in +which stood the convent, and were admitted into the shop of Master +Nicholas, the silk mercer. + +The house was a large one, with its floors overhanging each the one +beneath it, as was the custom of the time, and with large casements +running the whole width of the house. + +The mercer had laid by a goodly store of provisions, and for three days +the troop, large as it was, was accommodated there. Cuthbert himself was +with them, Cnut remaining at the grange with the ten men originally sent +there. + +On the third day Sir Rudolph, with a number of knights and men-at-arms, +arrived in the town, giving out that he was passing northward, but he +would abide that night at the hostelry. A great many of his men-at-arms +did, as those on the watch observed, enter one by one into the town. The +people of Worcester were somewhat surprised at this large accompaniment +of the earl, but thought no harm. The Abbess of St. Anne's, however, was +greatly terrified, as she feared that some evil design might be intended +against her. She was, however, reassured in the evening by a message +brought by a boy, to the effect that succor would be near, whatsoever +happened. + +At midnight a sudden uproar was heard in the streets of Worcester. + +A party of men fell upon the burgesses guarding the gate of the town, +disarmed them, and took possession of it. At the same time those who had +put up at the hostelry with Sir Rudolph suddenly mounted their horses, +and with a great clatter rode down the streets to the convent of St. +Anne. Numbers of men on foot also joined, and some sixty in all suddenly +appeared before the great gate of the convent. With a thundering noise +they knocked at the door, and upon the grating being opened Sir Rudolph +himself told the porteress who looked through it that she was to go at +once to the abbess and order her to surrender the body of the Lady +Margaret to him, in accordance with the order of Prince John; adding, +that if within the space of five minutes the order was not complied +with, he would burst in the gates of the convent and take her for +himself. In another minute a casement opened above, and the abbess +herself appeared. + +"Rash man," she said to Sir Rudolph, "I warn you against committing the +sin of sacrilege. Neither the orders of Prince John nor of any other +potentate can override the rights of the holy church; and should you +venture to lay the hand of force upon this convent you will be placed +under the anathema of the church, and its spiritual terrors will be +directed against you." + +"I am prepared to risk that, holy mother," Sir Rudolph said, with a +laugh. "So long as I am obeying the orders of my prince, I care naught +for those of any foreign potentate, be he pope or be he emperor. Three +minutes of the time I gave you have elapsed, and unless within two more +the Lady Margaret appears at the gate I will batter it down; and you may +think yourself lucky if I do not order my men to set light to it and to +smoke you out of your hole." + +The abbess closed the window, and as she did so the long row of +casements in the house of Master Nicholas were opened from top to +bottom, and a volley of sixty clothyard arrows was poured into the group +closely standing round the gate. Many fell, killed outright, and shouts +of rage and pain were heard arising. + +Furious at this unexpected attack, Sir Rudolph turned and commanded +those with him to attack the house whence this volley of missiles had +come. But even while he spoke another flight of arrows, even more deadly +than the last, was poured forth. One of the knights standing by the side +of Sir Rudolph fell, shot through the brain. Very many of the common +men, undefended by harness, fell shot through and through; and an arrow +piercing the joint of the armor of Sir Rudolph wounded him in the +shoulder. In vain the knight stormed and raged and ordered his men to +advance. The suddenness of the attack seemed to his superstitious +followers a direct answer from heaven to the words of the abbess. Their +number was already seriously lessened, and those who were in case to do +so at once took flight and scattered through the city, making for the +gate, which had already been seized by Sir Rudolph's men. + +Finding himself alone with only a few of his knights and principal +men-at-arms remaining, while the storm of arrows continued unabated, Sir +Rudolph was forced to order his men to retreat with many fierce threats +of the vengeance which he would hereafter take. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. + +A DASTARDLY STRATAGEM. + + +The return of Sir Rudolph's party to Evesham was not unmarked by +incident, for as they passed along the road, from an ambush in a wood +other archers, whose numbers they could not discover, shot hard upon +them, and many fell there who had escaped from the square at Worcester. +When the list was called upon the arrival at the castle, it was found +that no less than thirty of those who had set out were missing, while +many others were grievously wounded. + +The noise of the tumult in the square of the convent aroused the whole +town of Worcester. Alarm bells were rung; and the burgesses, hastily +arming themselves, poured into the streets. Directed by the sound, they +made their way to the square, and were astonished at finding it entirely +deserted, save for some twenty men, lying dead or dying in front of the +gate of the convent, pierced with long arrows. They speedily found that +Sir Rudolph and his troop had departed; and further inquiry revealed the +fact that the burgher guard at one of the gates had been overpowered and +were prisoners in the watchroom. These could only say that they were +suddenly seized, all being asleep save the one absolutely on guard. They +knew nothing more than that a few minutes later there was a great +clatter of horsemen and men on foot leaving the city. Unable to find any +solution to this singular circumstance, but satisfied that Sir Rudolph +had departed, and that no more disturbance was likely to arise that +night, the burgesses again betook themselves to their beds, having +closed the gates and placed a strong guard over them, determining next +morning to sift the affair to the bottom. + +In the morning the leading burgesses met in council, and finding none +who could give them any information, the mayor and two of the councilors +repaired to the convent, where they asked for an interview with the lady +abbess. Mightily indignant were they at hearing that Sir Rudolph had +attempted to break into the convent, and to carry off a boarder residing +there. But the abbess herself could give them no further news. She said +that after she retired from the window she heard great shouts and cries, +and that almost immediately afterward the whole of the party in front +hastily retired. + +That Sir Rudolph had been attacked by a party of archers was evident; +but whence they had shot, or how they had come upon the spot at the +time, or whither they had gone, were mysteries that could not be solved. +In the search which the authorities made, however, it was discovered +that the house of the draper, Master Nicholas, was closed. Finding that +summonses to open were unanswered, the door was broken in, and the +premises were found in confusion. No goods of any kind were discovered +there, but many bales filled with dried leaves, bark of trees, and other +worthless matters. Such goods as had been displayed in the window had +clearly been carried away. Searching the house, they found signs that a +considerable number of men had been concealed there, and although not +knowing whence the body of archers could have come, they concluded that +those who defeated the attempt of Sir Rudolph must have been hidden in +the draper's house. The singularity of this incident gave rise to great +excitement; but the indignation against Sir Rudolph was in no way +lessened by the fact that his attempt had been defeated, not by the +townsmen themselves, but by some unknown force. + +After much consultation on the part of the council, it was resolved that +a deputation, consisting of the mayor and the five senior councilors, +should resort to London, and there demand from the prince redress for +the injury put upon their town by Sir Rudolph. These worthy merchants +betook themselves to London by easy stages, and upon their arrival there +were kept for some days before they could obtain an interview with King +John. When they appeared before him and commenced telling their story +the prince fell into sudden rage. + +"I have heard of this matter before," he said, "and am mightily angry +with the people of Worcester, inasmuch as they have dared to interfere +to prevent the carrying out of my commands. The Earl of Evesham has +written to me, that thinking to scare the abbess of St. Anne's into a +compliance with the commands which I had laid upon her, and to secure +the delivery of a contumacious ward of the crown, he had pretended to +use force, having, however, no idea of carrying his threats into effect. +When, as he doubted not, the abbess was on the point of yielding up the +ward, the good knight was suddenly set upon by the rascals of the town, +who slew some of his companions and followers, and did grievously +ill-treat the remainder. This," said the prince, "you now pretend was +done by a party of men of whose presence in the town you had no +cognizance. Your good sense must be small, if you think that I should +believe such a tale as this. It is your rascaldom at Worcester which +interfered to prevent my will being carried out, and I have a goodly +mind to order the troop of Sir Charles Everest, which is now marching +toward Evesham, to sack the town, as a punishment for its rebellion. As, +however, I am willing to believe that you and the better class of +burgesses were in ignorance of the doings of the rougher kind, I will +extend mercy toward the city, and will merely inflict a fine of three +thousand golden marks upon it." + +The mayor attempted humbly to explain and to entreat; but the prince was +seized with a sudden passion, and threatened if he said more he would at +once cast him and his fellows into durance. Therefore, sadly crestfallen +at the result of their mission, the mayor and councilors returned to +Worcester, where their report caused great consternation. This was +heightened by the fact that upon the following day Sir Charles Everest, +with five hundred mercenaries of the prince, together with Sir Rudolph +and his following, and several other barons favorable to the cause of +the prince, were heard to be approaching the town. + +Worcester was capable of making a stout defense, but seeing that no help +was likely to be forthcoming, and fearing the utter ruin of the town +should it be taken by storm, the council, after sitting many hours in +deliberation, determined to raise the money required to pay the fine +inflicted by the prince. The bolder sort were greatly averse to this +decision, especially as a letter had been received, signed "Cuthbert, +Earl of Evesham," offering, should the townspeople decide to resist the +unjust demands of Prince John, to enter the town with one hundred and +fifty archers to take part in its defense. With this force, as the more +ardent spirits urged, the defeat of any attempt to carry it by storm +would be assured. But the graver men argued that even if defeated for +the first time further attempts would be made, and as it was likely that +King Richard would not return for a long time, and that Prince John +might become sovereign of England, sooner or later the town must be +taken, and, in any case, its trade would for a long time be destroyed, +and great suffering inflicted upon all; therefore, that it was better to +pay the fine now than to risk all these evils, and perhaps the +infliction of a heavier impost upon them. + +The abbess was kept informed by friends in the council of the course of +the proceedings. She had in the meantime had another interview with Sir +Cuthbert and had determined, seeing that Prince John openly supported +the doings of his minion, it would be better to remove the Lady Margaret +to some other place, as no one could say how the affair might terminate; +and with five hundred mercenaries at his back, Sir Rudolph would be so +completely master of the city that he would be able in broad daylight, +did he choose, to force the gates of the convent and carry off the +king's ward. + +Accordingly, two days before the arrival of the force before the walls +of Worcester, Lady Margaret left the convent by a postern gate in the +rear, late in the evening. She was attended by two of the sisters, both +of whom, as well as herself, were dressed as country women. Mules were +in readiness outside the city gates, and here Sir Cuthbert, with an +escort of archers, was ready to attend them. They traveled all night, +and arrived in the morning at a small convent situated five miles from +the city of Hereford. The abbess here was a cousin of the Superior of +St. Anne's, and had already consented to receive Lady Margaret. Leaving +her at the door, and promising that, as far as possible, he would keep +watch over her, and that even in the worst she need never despair, Sir +Cuthbert left her and returned to the forest. + +The band there assembled varied considerably in numbers, for provisions +could not be found continually for a large body of men. The forest was +indeed very extensive, and the number of deer therein large. Still, for +the feeding of one hundred and fifty men many animals are required, and +other food. The franklins in the neighborhood were all hostile to Sir +Rudolph, whom they regarded as a cruel tyrant, and did their utmost in +the way of supplies for those in the forest. Their resources, however, +were limited, and it was found necessary to scatter the force, and for a +number of them to take up their residence in places a short distance +away, forty only remaining permanently on guard. + +Sir Rudolph and his friends entered Worcester, and there received with +great hauteur the apologies of the mayor and council, and the assurance +that the townspeople were in nowise concerned in the attack made upon +him. To this he pretended disbelief. The fine demanded was paid, the +principal portion in gold, the rest in bills signed by the leading +merchants of the place; for after every effort it had been found +impossible to collect such a sum within the city. + +The day after he arrived he again renewed his demand to the abbess for +the surrender of the Lady Margaret; this time, however, coming to her +attended only by two squires, and by a pursuivant bearing the king's +order for the delivery of the damsel. The abbess met him at the gate, +and informed him that the Lady Margaret was no longer in her charge. + +"Finding," she said in a fearless tone, "that the holy walls of this +convent were insufficient to restrain lawless men, and fearing that +these might be tempted to acts of sacrilege, which might bring down upon +them the wrath of the church and the destruction of their souls, I have +sent her away." + +"Whither has she gone?" Sir Rudolph demanded, half-mad with passion. + +"That I decline to say," the lady abbess replied. "She is in good hands; +and when King Richard returns his ward shall be delivered to him at +once." + +"Will you take oath upon the Bible that she is not within these walls?" +Sir Rudolph exclaimed. + +"My word is sufficient," the lady abbess replied calmly. "But should it +be necessary, I should be ready to swear upon the relics that she is not +here." + +A few hours later Sir Rudolph, attended by his own party and by one +hundred of Sir Charles Everest's mercenaries, returned to his castle. + +Three days afterward, as Cuthbert was sitting at a rude but hearty meal +in the forest, surrounded by Cnut and his followers, a hind entered +breathless. Cuthbert at once recognized him as one of the servitors of +his mother. + +"What is it?" he exclaimed, leaping to his feet. + +"Terrible news, Master Cuthbert, terrible news!" exclaimed the man. "The +wicked earl came down this morning, with fifty of his men, set fire to +the house, and all its buildings and stacks, and has carried off the +lady, your mother, a prisoner to the castle, on a charge, as he said, of +harboring traitors." + +A cry of fury broke from Cnut and his men. + +"The false traitor shall bitterly regret this outrage," Cuthbert +exclaimed. + +He had in the first excitement seized his arms, and his followers +snatched up their bows, as if for instant warfare. A few moments' +reflection, however, showed to Cuthbert the impossibility of his +attacking a fortress like Evesham, garrisoned by a strong body of +well-armed men, with only the archers of the forest, without implements +necessary for such an assault. + +"Send at once, Cnut," he said, "and call in all the band. We cannot take +the castle; but we will carry fire and sword round its walls. We will +cut off all communication from within or from without. If attacked by +large forces, we will retire upon the wood, returning to our posts +without the walls as soon as the force is withdrawn. These heavily armed +men can move but slowly, while we can run at full speed. There cannot be +more than some twenty horsemen in the castle; and methinks with our +arrows and pikes we can drive these back if they attempt to fall upon +us." + +Cnut at once sent off swift-footed messengers to carry out Cuthbert's +orders, and on the following day the whole of the band were again +assembled in the woods. Just as Cuthbert was setting them in motion a +distant blast of a horn was heard. + +"It is," Cuthbert exclaimed, "the note calling for a parley. Do you, +Cnut, go forward, and see what is demanded. It is probably a messenger +from Sir Rudolph." + +After half an hour's absence Cnut returned, bringing with him a +pursuivant or herald. The latter advanced at once toward Cuthbert, who, +now in his full knightly armor, was evidently the leader of the party. + +"I bear to you, Sir Cuthbert, falsely calling yourself Earl of Evesham, +a message from Sir Rudolph. He bids me tell you that the traitress, Dame +Editha, your mother, is in his hands, and that she has been found guilty +of aiding and abetting you in your war against Prince John, the regent +of this kingdom. For that offense she has been condemned to die." + +Here he was interrupted by a cry of rage which broke from the assembled +foresters. Continuing unmoved, he said: + +"Sir Rudolph, being unwilling to take the life of a woman, however +justly forfeited by the law, commands me to say that if you will deliver +yourself up to him by to-morrow at twelve the Dame Editha shall be +allowed to go free. But that if by the time the dial points to noon you +have not delivered yourself up, he will hang her over the battlements of +the castle." + +Cuthbert was very pale, and he waved his hand to restrain the fury which +animated the outlaws. + +"This man," he said to them, "is a herald, and, as such, is protected by +all the laws of chivalry. Whatsoever his message, it is none of his. He +is merely the mouthpiece of him who sent him." Then, turning to the +herald, he said, "Tell the false knight, your master, on my part, that +he is a foul ruffian, perjured to all the vows of knighthood; that this +act of visiting upon a woman the enmity he bears her son will bring upon +him the execration of all men; and that the offer which he makes me is +as foul and villainous as himself. Nevertheless, knowing his character, +and believing that he is capable of keeping his word, tell him that by +to-morrow at noon I will be there; that the lady, my mother, is to leave +the castle gates as I enter them; and that though by his foul device he +may encompass my death, yet that the curse of every good man will light +upon him, that he will be shunned as the dog he is, and that assuredly +Heaven will not suffer that deeds so foul should bring with them the +prize he seeks to gain." + +The herald bowed, and, escorted by two archers to the edge of the +forest, returned to Evesham Castle. + +After his departure an animated council took place. Cnut and the +outlaws, burning with indignation, were ready to attempt anything. They +would, had Cuthbert given the word, have attacked the castle that very +night. But Cuthbert pointed out the absolute impossibility of their +carrying so strong a place by such an assault, unprovided with engines +for battering down the gates. He said that surprise would be impossible, +as the knight would be sure to take every precaution against it; and +that in the event of such an attack being attempted, he would possibly +carry his threat into execution, and murder Dame Editha before their +eyes. Cnut was like a madman, so transported with fury was he; and the +archers were also beside themselves. Cuthbert alone retained his +calmness. Retiring apart from the others, he paced slowly backward and +forward among the trees, deliberating upon the best course to be +pursued. The archers gathered round the fire and passed the night in +long and angry talk, each man agreeing that in the event of their +beloved leader being sacrificed by Sir Rudolph, they would one and all +give their lives to avenge him by slaying the oppressor whensoever he +ventured beyond the castle gates. + +After a time, Cuthbert called Cnut to him, and the two talked long and +earnestly. Cnut returned to his comrades with a face less despairing +than that he had before worn, and sent off at once a messenger with all +speed to a franklin near the forest to borrow a stout rope some fifty +feet in length, and without telling his comrades what the plans of Sir +Cuthbert were, bade them cheer up, for that desperate as the position +was, all hope was not yet lost. + +"Sir Cuthbert," he said, "has been in grievous straits before now, and +has gone through them. Sir Rudolph does not know the nature of the man +with whom he has to deal, and we may trick him yet." + +At eleven o'clock the next day from the walls of Evesham Castle a body +of archers one hundred and fifty strong were seen advancing in solid +array. + +"Think you, Sir Rudolph," one of his friends, Sir Hubert of Gloucester, +said to him, "that these varlets think of attacking the castle?" + +"They might as well think of scaling heaven," Sir Rudolph said. "Evesham +could resist a month's siege by a force well equipped for the purpose; +and were it not that good men are wanted for the king's service, and +that these villains shoot straight and hard, I would open the gates of +the castle and launch our force against them. We are two to one as +strong as they, and our knights and mounted men-at-arms could alone +scatter that rabble." + +Conspicuous upon the battlements a gallows had been erected. + +The archers stopped at a distance of a few hundred yards from the +castle, and Sir Cuthbert advanced alone to the edge of the moat. + +"Sir Rudolph of Eresby, false knight and perjured gentleman," he shouted +in a loud voice, "I, Sir Cuthbert of Evesham, do denounce you as +foresworn and dishonored, and do challenge you to meet me here before +the castle in sight of your men and mine, and decide our quarrel as +Heaven may judge with sword and battle-ax." + +Sir Rudolph leaned over the battlements, and said: "It is too late, +varlet. I condescended to challenge you before, and you refused. You +cannot now claim what you then feared to accept. The sun on the dial +approaches noon, and unless you surrender yourself before it reaches the +mark, I will keep my word, and the traitress, your mother, shall swing +from that beam." + +Making a sign to two men-at-arms, these brought forward Dame Editha and +so placed her on the battlements that she could be seen from below. Dame +Editha was still a very fair woman, although nigh forty years had rolled +over her head. No sign of fear appeared upon her face, and in a firm +voice she cried to her son: + +"Cuthbert, I beg--nay, I order you to retire. If this unknightly lord +venture to carry out his foul threats against me, let him do so. England +will ring with the dastardly deed, and he will never dare show his face +again where Englishmen congregate. Let him do his worst. I am prepared +to die." + +A murmur rose from the knights and men-at-arms standing round Sir +Rudolph. Several of his companions had from the first, wild and +reckless as they were, protested against Sir Rudolph's course, and it +was only upon his solemn assurance that he intended but to frighten Sir +Cuthbert into surrender, and had no intention of carrying his threats +against the lady into effect, that they had consented to take part in +the transaction. Even now, at the fearless words of the Saxon lady +several of them hesitated, and Sir Hubert of Gloucester stepped forward +to Sir Rudolph. + +"Sir knight," he said, "you know that I am your true comrade and the +faithful servant of Prince John. Yet in faith would I not that my name +should be mixed up in so foul a deed. I repent me that I have for a +moment consented to it. But the shame shall not hang upon the escutcheon +of Hubert of Gloucester that he stood still when such foul means were +tried. I pray you, by our long friendship, and for the sake of your own +honor as a knight, to desist from this endeavor. If this lady be guilty, +as she well may be of aiding her son in his assaults upon the soldiers +of Prince John, then let her be tried, and doubtless the court will +confiscate her estates. But let her son be told that her life is in no +danger, and that he is free to go, being assured that harm will not come +to her." + +"And if I refuse to consent to allow my enemy, who is now almost within +my hand, to escape," Sir Rudolph said, "what then?" + +"Then," said the knight, "I and my following will at once leave your +walls, and will clear ourselves to the brave young knight yonder of all +hand in this foul business." + +A murmur of agreement from several of those standing round showed that +their sentiments were in accordance with those of Sir Hubert. + +"I refuse," said Rudolph passionately. "Go, if you will. I am master of +my actions, and of this castle." + +Without a word, Sir Hubert and two others of the knights present turned, +and briefly ordering their men-at-arms to follow them, descended the +staircase to the courtyard below. Their horses were brought out, the men +fell into rank, and the gates of the castle were thrown open. + +"Stand to arms!" Sir Cuthbert shouted to the archers. "They are going to +attempt a sortie." And hastily he retired to the main body of his men. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. + +THE FALSE AND PERJURED KNIGHT. + + +As the band of knights and their retainers issued from the gate a +trumpeter blew a parley, and the three knights advanced alone toward the +group of archers. + +"Sir Cuthbert de Lance," Sir Hubert said, "in the name of myself and my +two friends here we ask your pardon for having so far taken part in this +foul action. We did so believing only that Sir Rudolph intended the +capture of your lady mother as a threat. Now that we see he was in +earnest, we wash our hands of the business; and could we in any way +atone for our conduct in having joined him, we would gladly do so +consistently only with our allegiance to the prince regent." + +Cuthbert bowed courteously. + +"Thanks for your words, Sir Hubert. I had always heard yourself and the +knights here spoken of as brave and gallant gentlemen, whose sole fault +was that they chose to take part with a rebel prince rather than with +the King of England. I rejoice that you have cleared your name of so +foul a blot as this would have placed upon it, and I acknowledge that +your conduct now is knightly and courteous. But I can no more parley. +The sun is within a few minutes of twelve, and I must surrender, to meet +such fate as may befall me." + +So saying, with a bow he left them, and again advanced to the castle +gate. + +"Sir Rudolph," he shouted, "the hour is at hand. I call upon you to +deliver, outside the gate, the lady, my mother. Whether she wills it or +not, I call upon you to place her beyond the gate, and I give you my +knightly word that as she leaves it I enter it." + +Dame Editha would then have attempted resistance; but she saw that it +would be useless. With a pale face she descended the steps, accompanied +by the men-at-arms. She knew that any entreaty to Sir Rudolph would be +vain, and with the courage of her race she mentally vowed to devote the +rest of her life to vengeance for her son. + +As the gate opened and she was thrust forth, for a moment she found +herself in the arms of her son. + +"Courage, mother!" he whispered; "all may yet be well." + +Cnut was waiting a few paces behind, and offering his hand to Dame +Editha, he led her to the group of archers, while Cuthbert, alone, +crossed the drawbridge and entered the portal, the heavy portcullis +falling after him. + +Cnut, immediately ordering four of his men to escort Dame Editha to the +wood with all speed, advanced with his men toward the walls. All had +strung their bows and placed their arrows on the ground in front of them +in readiness for instant use. Cnut himself, with two others carrying the +rope, advanced to the edge of the moat. None observed their doings, for +all within the castle were intent upon the proceedings there. + +In the courtyard Sir Rudolph had taken his post, with the captain of the +mercenaries beside him, and the men-at-arms drawn up in order. He smiled +sardonically as Cuthbert entered. + +"So, at last," he said, "this farce is drawing to an end. You are in my +power, and for the means which I have taken to capture you, I will +account to the prince. You are a traitor to him; you have attacked and +slaughtered many of my friends; you are an outlaw defying the law; and +for each of these offenses your head is forfeited." + +"I deny," Cuthbert said, standing before him, "your right to be my +judge. By my peers only can I be tried. As a knight of England and as +rightful lord of this castle, I demand to be brought before a jury of my +equals." + +"I care nothing for rights or for juries," said Sir Rudolph. "I have the +royal order for your execution, and that order I shall put into effect, +although all the knights and barons in England objected." + +Cuthbert looked round to observe the exact position in which he was +standing. He knew, of course, every foot of the castle, and saw that but +a short distance behind a single row of armed men was the staircase +leading to the battlements. + +"False and perjured knight," he said, taking a step forward, "I may die; +but I would rather a thousand deaths than such a life as yours will be +when this deed is known in England. But I am not yet dead. For myself, I +could pardon you; but for the outrage to my mother--" and with a sudden +movement he struck Sir Rudolph in the face with all his strength with +his mailed hand. + +With the blood gushing from his nostrils, the knight fell backward, and +Sir Cuthbert, with a bound, before the assembly could recover from their +astonishment at the deed, burst through the line of men-at-arms, and +sprang up the narrow staircase. A score of men-at-arms started in +pursuit; but Sir Cuthbert gained the battlements first, and without a +moment's hesitation sprang upon them and plunged forward, falling into +the moat fifty feet below. Here he would have perished miserably, for in +his heavy armor he was of course unable to swim a stroke, and his +weight took him at once into the mud of the moat. At its margin, +however, Cnut stood awaiting him, with one end of the rope in his hand. +In an instant he plunged in, and diving to the bottom grasped Cuthbert +by the body, and twisted the rope round him. The two archers on the bank +at once hauled upon it, and in a minute Sir Cuthbert was dragged to the +bank. + +By this time a crowd of men-at-arms appeared upon the battlements. But +as they did so the archers opened a storm of arrows upon them, and +quickly compelled them to find shelter. Carried by Cnut and the men with +him--for he was insensible--Sir Cuthbert was quickly conveyed to the +center of the outlaws, and these at once in a compact body began their +retreat to the wood. Cuthbert quickly recovered consciousness, and was +soon able to walk. As he did so the gates of the castle were thrown +open, and a crowd of men-at-arms, consisting of the retainers of the +castle and the mercenaries of Prince John, sallied forth. So soon as +Cuthbert was able to move the archers started at a brisk run, several of +them carrying Cuthbert's casque and sword, and others assisting him to +hurry along. The rear ranks turned as they ran and discharged flights of +arrows at the enemy, who, more heavily armed and weighted, gained but +slowly upon them. + +Had not Sir Rudolph been stunned by the blow dealt him by Cuthbert he +would himself have headed the pursuit, and in that case the foresters +would have had to fight hard to make their retreat to their fastness. +The officer in command of the mercenaries, however, had no great stomach +for the matter. Men were hard to get, and Prince John would not have +been pleased to hear that a number of the men whom he had brought with +such expense from foreign parts had been killed in a petty fray. +Therefore after following for a short time he called them off, and the +archers fell back into the forest. + +Here they found Dame Editha, and for three days she abode among them, +living in a small hut in the center of the forest. Then she left, to +take up her abode until the troubles were past with some kin who lived +in the south of Gloucestershire. + +Although the lady abbess had assured Cuthbert that the retreat of Lady +Margaret was not likely to be found out, he himself, knowing how great a +stake Sir Rudolph had in the matter, was still far from being easy. It +would not be difficult for the latter to learn through his agents that +the lady superior of the little convent near Hereford was of kin to her +of St. Anne's, and, close as a convent is, yet the gossiping of the +servants who go to market was certain to let out an affair so important +as the arrival of a young lady to reside under the charge of the +superior. Cuthbert was not mistaken as to the acuteness of his enemy. +The relationship between the two lady superiors was no secret, and after +having searched all the farmhouses and granges near the forest, and +being convinced that the lady abbess would have sent her charge rather +to a religious house than to that of a franklin, Sir Rudolph sought +which of those within the circuit of a few miles would be likely to be +the one selected. It was not long before he was enabled to fix upon that +near Hereford, and spies going to the spot soon found out from the +country people that it was a matter of talk that a young lady of rank +had been admitted by the superior. Sir Rudolph hesitated whether to go +himself at the head of a strong body of men and openly to take her, or +to employ some sort of device. It was not that he himself feared the +anathema of the church; but he knew Prince John to be weak and +vacillating, at one time ready to defy the thunder of the pope, the next +cringing before the spiritual authority. He therefore determined to +employ some of his men to burst into the convent and carry off the +heiress, arranging that he himself, with some of his men-at-arms, should +come upon them in the road, and make a feigned rescue of her, so that, +if the lady superior laid her complaint before the pope's legate he +could deny that he had any hand in the matter, and could even take +credit for having rescued her from the men who had profaned the convent. +That his story would be believed mattered but little. It would be +impossible to prove its falsity, and this was all that he cared for. + +This course was followed out. Late one evening the lady superior was +alarmed by a violent knocking at the door. In reply to questions asked +through the grill, the answer was given, "We are men of the forest, and +we are come to carry the Lady Margaret of Evesham off to a secure +hiding-place. The Lord of Evesham has discovered her whereabouts, and +will be here shortly, and we would fain remove her before he arrives." + +"From whom have you warrant?" the lady superior said. "I surrender her +to no one, save to the lady abbess of St. Anne's. But if you have a +written warrant from Sir Cuthbert, the rightful Lord of Evesham, I will +lay the matter before the Lady Margaret, and will act as it may seem fit +to her." + +"We have no time for parleying," a rough voice said. "Throw open the +gate at once, or we will break it down." + +"Ye be no outlaws," the lady superior said, "for the outlaws are men who +fear God and respect the church. Were ye what ye say, ye would be +provided with the warrants that I mention. I warn you, therefore, that +if you use force, you will be excommunicated, and placed under the ban +of the church." + +The only answer was a thundering assault upon the gate, which soon +yielded to the blows. The sisters and novices ran shrieking through the +corridors at this rude uproar. The lady superior, however, stood calmly +awaiting the giving way of the gate. + +"Where is the Lady Margaret?" the leader of the party, who were dressed +in rough garb, and had the seeming of a band of outlaws, demanded. + +"I will say nothing," she said, "nor do I own that she is here." + +"We will soon take means to find out," the man exclaimed. "Unless in +five minutes she is delivered to us, we will burn your place to the +ground." + +The lady abbess was insensible to the threat; but the men rushing in, +seized some sisters, who, terrified out of their wits by this irruption, +at once gave the information demanded, and the men made their way to the +cell where the Lady Margaret slept. + +The girl had at once risen when the tumult commenced, doubting not in +her mind that this was another attempt upon the part of her enemy to +carry her off. When, therefore, she heard heavy footsteps approaching +along the gallery--having already hastily attired herself--she opened +the door and presented herself. + +"If you seek the Lady Margaret of Evesham," she said calmly, "I am she. +Do not harm any of the sisters here. I am in your power, and will go +with you at once. But I beseech you add not to your other sins that of +violence against holy women." + +The men, abashed by the calm dignity of this young girl, abstained from +laying hands upon her, but merely motioned to her to accompany them. +Upon their way they met the man who appeared to be their leader, and he, +well pleased that the affair was over, led the way to the courtyard. + +"Farewell, my child," the abbess exclaimed. "God will deliver you from +the power of these wicked men. Trust in Him, and keep up your courage. +Wickedness will not be permitted to triumph upon the earth; and be +assured that the matter shall be brought to the ears of the pope's +legate, and of Prince John himself." + +She could say no more, for the men, closing round the weeping girl, +hurried her out from the convent. A litter awaited them without, and in +this the young lady was placed, and, borne upon the shoulders of four +stout men, she started at a fast pace, surrounded closely by the rest of +the band. + +It was a dark night, and the girl could not see the direction in which +she was being taken; but she judged from the turn taken upon leaving the +convent that it was toward Evesham. They had proceeded some miles, when +a trampling of horses was heard, and a body of armed men rode up. For a +moment Lady Margaret's heart gave a leap, for she thought that she had +been rescued by her friends. There was a loud and angry altercation, a +clashing of swords, and a sound of shouting and cries outside the +litter. Then it was placed roughly on the ground, and she heard the +sound of the footsteps of her first captors hurrying away. Then the +horsemen closed round the litter, and the leader dismounted. + +"I am happy indeed, Lady Margaret," he said, approaching the litter, "to +have been able to save you from the power of these villains. +Fortunately, word came to me that the outlaws in the forest were about +to carry you off, and that they would not hesitate even to desecrate the +walls of the convent. Assembling my men-at-arms, I at once rode to your +rescue, and am doubly happy to have saved you, first, as a gentleman, +secondly, as being the man to whom our gracious prince has assigned you +as a wife. I am Sir Rudolph, Earl of Evesham." + +As from the first the girl had been convinced that she had fallen into +the power of her lawless suitor, this came upon her as no surprise. + +"Whether your story is true, Sir Rudolph," she said, "or not, God knows, +and I, a poor weak girl, will not pretend to venture to say. It is +between you and your conscience. If, as you say, you have saved me from +the power of the outlaws, I demand that, as a knight and a gentleman, +you return with me at once to the convent from which I was taken by +force." + +"I cannot do that," Sir Rudolph said. "Fortune has placed you in my +hands, and has enabled me to carry out the commands of the prince. +Therefore, though I would fain yield to your wishes and so earn your +good-will, which above all things I wish to obtain, yet my duty toward +the prince commands me to utilize the advantage which fate has thrown in +my hands." + +"You must do as you will, Sir Rudolph," the girl said with dignity. "I +believe not your tale. You sought before, in person, to carry me off, +but failed, and you have now employed other means to do so. The tale of +your conduct to Dame Editha has reached my ears, and I hold you a +foresworn knight and a dishonored man, and as such I would rather die +than become your wife, although as yet I am but a child, and have no +need to talk of weddings for years to come." + +"We need not parley here," the knight said coldly. "We shall have plenty +of time when at my castle." + +The litter was now lifted, placed between two horses, and proceeded +rapidly on its journey. Although the hope was but faint, yet until the +gates of the castle closed upon them the Lady Margaret still hoped that +rescue might reach her. But the secret had been too well kept, and it +was not until the following day that the man who had been placed in a +cottage near the convent arrived in all haste in the forest, to say that +it was only in the morning that he had learned that the convent had been +broken open by men disguised as archers, and the Lady Margaret carried +off. + +Four days elapsed before Sir Rudolph presented himself before the girl +he had captured. So fearfully was his face bruised and disfigured by the +blow from the mailed hand of Cuthbert three weeks before, that he did +not wish to appear before her under such unfavorable circumstances, and +the captive passed the day gazing from her casement in one of the rooms +in the upper part of the keep, toward the forest whence she hoped rescue +would come. + +Within the forest hot discussions were going on as to the best course to +pursue. An open attack was out of the question, especially as upon the +day following the arrival there of Lady Margaret three hundred more +mercenaries had marched in from Worcester, so that the garrison was now +raised to five hundred men. + +"Is there no way," Cnut exclaimed furiously, "by which we might creep +into this den, since we cannot burst into it openly?" + +"There is a way from the castle," Cuthbert said, "for my dear lord told +me of it one day when we were riding together in the Holy Land. He said +then that it might be that he should never return, and that it were well +that I should know of the existence of this passage, which few besides +the earl himself knew of. It is approached by a very heavy slab of stone +in the great hall. This is bolted down, and as it stands under the great +table passes unnoticed, and appears part of the ordinary floor. He told +me the method in which, by touching a spring, the bolts were withdrawn +and the stone could be raised. Thence a passage a quarter of a mile +long leads to the little chapel standing in the hollow, and which, being +hidden among the trees, would be unobserved by any party besieging the +castle. This of course was contrived in order that the garrison, or any +messenger thereof, might make an exit in case of siege." + +"But if we could escape," Cnut asked, "why not enter by this way?" + +"The stone is of immense weight and strength," Cuthbert replied, "and +could not be loosed from below save with great labor and noise. There +are, moreover, several massive doors in the passage, all of which are +secured by heavy bolts within. It is therefore out of the question that +we could enter the castle by that way. But were we once in, we could +easily carry off the lady through this passage." + +The large force which Sir Rudolph had collected was not intended merely +for the defense of the castle, for the knight considered that with his +own garrison he could hold it against a force tenfold that which his +rival could collect. But he was determined if possible to crush out the +outlaws of the forest, for he felt that so long as this formidable body +remained under an enterprising leader like Sir Cuthbert, he would never +be safe for a moment, and would be a prisoner in his own castle. + +Cuthbert had foreseen that the attack was likely to be made, and had +strengthened his band to the utmost. He felt, however, that against so +large a force of regularly armed men, although he might oppose a stout +resistance and kill many, yet that in the end he must be conquered. +Cnut, however, suggested to him a happy idea, which he eagerly grasped. + +"It would be a rare sport," Cnut said, "when this armed force comes out +to attack us, if we could turn the tables by slipping in, and taking +their castle." + +"The very thing," Cuthbert exclaimed. "It is likely that he will use the +greater portion of his forces, and that he will not keep above fifty or +sixty men, at the outside, in the castle. When they sally out we will at +first oppose a stout resistance to them in the wood, gradually falling +back. Then, at a given signal, all save twenty men shall retire hastily, +and sweeping round make for the castle. Their absence will not be +noticed, for in this thick wood it is difficult to tell whether twenty +men or two hundred are opposing you among the bushes; and the twenty who +remain must shoot thick and fast to make believe that their numbers are +great, retiring sometimes, and leading the enemy on into the heart of +the wood." + +"But supposing, Sir Cuthbert, that they should have closed the gates and +lifted the drawbridge? We could not gain entrance by storming, even if +only twenty men held the walls, until long after the main body would +have returned." + +Cuthbert thought for some time, and then said, "Cnut, you shall +undertake this enterprise. You shall fill a cart high with faggots, and +in it shall conceal a dozen of your best men. You, dressed as a serf, +shall drive the oxen, and when you reach the castle shall say, in answer +to the hail of the sentry, that you are bringing in the tribute of wood +of your master the franklin of Hopeburn. They will then lower the +drawbridge and open the gates; and when you have crossed the bridge and +are under the portcullis, spring out suddenly, cut loose the oxen so +that they will not draw the cart further in, cut the chains of the +drawbridge so that it cannot be drawn off, and hold the gate for a +minute or two until we arrive." + +"The plan is capital," Cnut exclaimed. "We will do the proud Norman yet. +How he will storm when he finds us masters of his castle! What then +will you do, Sir Cuthbert?" + +"We can hold the castle for weeks," Cuthbert said, "and every day is in +our favor. If we find ourselves forced to yield to superior numbers, we +can at last retire through the passage I have spoken of, and must then +scatter and each shift for himself until these bad days be past." + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +THE SIEGE OF EVESHAM CASTLE. + + +Upon the day before starting out to head the expedition against the +outlaws, Sir Rudolph sent word to the Lady Margaret that she must +prepare to become his wife at the end of the week. He had provided two +tiring maids for her by ordering two of the franklins to send in their +daughters for that purpose, and these mingled their tears with +Margaret's at the situation in which they were placed. She replied +firmly to the messenger of the knight that no power on earth could +oblige her to marry him. He might drive her to the altar; but though he +killed her there, her lips should refuse to say the words which would +unite them. + +The following morning, early, the castle rang with the din of +preparation. The great portion of the mercenaries were encamped in tents +outside the walls, for, spacious as it was, Evesham could hardly contain +four hundred men in addition to its usual garrison. The men-at-arms were +provided with heavy axes to cut their way through the bushes. Some +carried bundles of straw, to fire the wood should it be found +practicable to do so; and as it was now summer and the wind was blowing +high, Sir Rudolph hoped that the dry grass and bushes would catch, and +would do more even than his men-at-arms in clearing the forest of those +whom he designated the villains infesting it. They had, too, with them +several fierce dogs trained to hunting the deer, and these, the knight +hoped, would do good service in tracking the outlaws. He and the knights +and the men-at-arms with him were all dismounted, for he felt that +horses would in the forest be an incumbrance, and he was determined +himself to lead the way to the men-at-arms. + +When they reached the forest they were saluted by a shower of arrows; +but as all were clad in mail, these at a distance effected but little +harm. As they came closer, however, the clothyard arrows began to pierce +the coarse and ill-made armor of the foot soldiers, although the finer +armor of the knights kept out the shafts which struck against it. Sir +Rudolph and his knights leading the way, they entered the forest and +gradually pressed their invisible foe backward through the trees. The +dogs did good service, going on ahead and attacking the archers; but, +one by one, they were soon shot, and the assailants left to their own +devices. Several attempts were made to fire the wood. But these failed, +the fire burning but a short time and then dying out of itself. In +addition to the fighting men, Sir Rudolph had impressed into the service +all the serfs of his domain, and these, armed with axes, were directed +to cut down the trees as the force proceeded, Sir Rudolph declaring that +he would not cease until he had leveled the whole forest, though it +might take him months to do so. + +The assailants gained ground steadily, the resistance being less severe +than Sir Rudolph had anticipated. Several small huts and clearings in +the forest which had been used by the outlaws, and round which small +crops had been planted, were destroyed, and all seemed to promise well +for the success of the enterprise. + +It was about two hours after they had left the castle, when a heavy cart +filled with fagots was seen approaching its gates. The garrison, who had +not the least fear of any attack, paid no attention to it until it +reached the edge of the moat. Then the warder, seeing that it contained +fagots, lowered the drawbridge without question, raised the portcullis, +and opened the gates. + +"From whom do you bring this wood?" he asked as the man driving the oxen +began to cross the bridge. + +"From the franklin of Hopeburn." + +"It is well," said the warder, "for he is in arrear now, and should have +sent in the firewood two months since. Take it to the woodhouse at the +other end of the court." + +The heavy wagon crossed the drawbridge, but as it was entering the gate +it came suddenly to a stop. With a blow of his ox goad Cnut leveled the +warder to the ground, and cutting the cords of the bullocks, drove them +into the yard ahead. As he did so the pile of fagots fell asunder, and +twelve men armed with bow and pike leaped out. The men-at-arms standing +near, lounging in the courtyard, gave a shout of alarm, and the +garrison, surprised at this sudden cry, ran to their arms. At first they +were completely panic-stricken. But seeing after a time how small was +the number of their assailants, they took heart and advanced against +them. The passage was narrow, and the twelve men formed a wall across +it. Six of them with their pikes advanced, the other six with bent bows +standing behind them and delivering their arrows between their heads. +The garrison fought stoutly, and although losing many, were pressing the +little band backward. In vain the assistant-warder tried to lower the +portcullis, or to close the gates. The former fell on to the top of the +wagon, and was there retained. The gates also were barred by the +obstacle. The chains of the drawbridge had at once been cut. Cnut +encouraged his followers by his shouts, and armed with a heavy ax, did +good service upon the assailants. But four of his party had fallen, and +the rest were giving way, when a shout was heard, and over the +drawbridge poured Cuthbert and one hundred and fifty of the outlaws of +the forest. Struck with terror at this attack, the garrison drew back, +and the foresters poured into the yard. For a few minutes there was a +fierce fight; but the defenders of the castle, disheartened and taken by +surprise, were either cut down or, throwing down their arms, cried for +quarter. + +Ten minutes after the wagon had crossed the drawbridge the castle was +safely in possession of Sir Cuthbert. The bridge was raised, the wagon +removed, the portcullis lowered, and to the external eye all remained as +before. + +Cuthbert at once made his way to the chamber where the Lady Margaret was +confined, and her joy at her deliverance was great indeed. So unlimited +was her faith in Sir Cuthbert that she had never lost confidence; and +although it did not seem possible that in the face of such disparity of +numbers he could rescue her from the power of Sir Rudolph, yet she had +not given up hope. The joy of the farmers' daughters who had been +carried off to act as her attendants was little inferior to her own; for +once in the power of this reckless baron, the girls had small hopes of +ever being allowed to return again to their parents. + +The flag of Sir Rudolph was thrown down from the keep, and that of the +late earl hoisted in its stead; for Cuthbert himself, although he had +assumed the cognizance which King Richard had granted him, had not yet +any flag or pennon emblazoned with it. + +No words can portray the stupefaction and rage of Sir Rudolph when a man +who had managed to slip unobserved from the castle at the time of its +capture bore the news to him in the forest. All opposition there had +ceased, and the whole of the troops were engaged in aiding the peasants +in cutting wide roads through the trees across the forest, so as to make +it penetrable by horsemen in every direction. It was supposed that the +outlaws had gradually stolen away through the thickets and taken to the +open country, intending to scatter to their homes, or other distant +hiding-places; and the news that they had by a ruse captured the castle +came as a thunder-clap. + +Sir Rudolph's first impulse was to call his men together and to march +toward the castle. The drawbridge was up and the walls bristled with +armed men. It was useless to attempt a parley; still more useless to +think of attacking the stronghold without the proper machines and +appliances. Foaming with rage, Sir Rudolph took possession of a cottage +near, camped his men around and prepared for a siege. + +There were among the mercenaries many men accustomed to the use of +engines of war. Many, too, had aided in making them; and these were at +once set to work to construct the various machines in use at that time. +Before the invention of gunpowder, castles such as those of the English +barons were able to defy any attack by an armed force for a long period. +Their walls were so thick that even the balistas, casting huge stones, +were unable to breach them except after a very long time. The moats +which surrounded them were wide and deep, and any attempt at storming by +ladders was therefore extremely difficult; and these buildings were +consequently more often captured by famine than by other means. Of +provisions, as Sir Rudolph knew, there was a considerable supply at +present in the castle, for he had collected a large number of bullocks +in order to feed the strong body who had been added to the garrison. The +granaries, too, were well stored; and with a groan Sir Rudolph thought +of the rich stores of French wines which he had collected in his +cellars. + +After much deliberation with the knights with him and the captain of the +mercenaries, it was agreed in the first instance to attempt to attack +the place by filling up a portion of the moat and ascending by scaling +ladders. Huge screens of wood were made, and these were placed on +wagons; the wagons themselves were filled with bags of earth, and a +large number of men getting beneath them shoved the ponderous machines +forward to the edge of the moat. The bags of stones and earth were then +thrown in, and the wagons pushed backward to obtain a fresh supply. This +operation was of course an exceedingly slow one, a whole day being +occupied with each trip of the wagons. They were not unmolested in their +advance, for, from the walls, mangonels and other machines hurled great +stones down upon the wooden screens, succeeding sometimes, in spite of +their thickness, in crashing through them, killing many of the men +beneath. The experiment was also tried of throwing balls of Greek fire +down upon the wood; but as this was green and freshly felled it would +not take fire, but the flames dropping through, with much boiling pitch +and other materials, did grievously burn and scald the soldiers working +below it. Upon both sides every device was tried. The crossbowmen among +the mercenaries kept up a fire upon the walls to hinder the defenders +from interfering with the operations, while the archers above shot +steadily, and killed many of those who ventured within range of their +bows. + +After ten days' labor a portion of the moat some twenty yards in length +was filled with bags of earth, and all was ready for the assault. The +besiegers had prepared great numbers of strong ladders, and these were +brought up under shelter of the screens. Then, all being ready, the +trumpets sounded for the assault, and the troops moved forward in a +close body, covering themselves with their shields so that no man's head +or body was visible, each protecting the one before him with his shield +held over him. Thus the body presented the appearance of a great +scale-covered animal. In many respects, indeed, the warfare of those +days was changed in no way from that of the time of the Romans. In the +twelve hundred years which had elapsed between the siege of Jerusalem +and the days of the Crusades there had been but little change in arms or +armor, and the operations which Titus undertook for the reduction of the +Jewish stronghold differed but little from those which a Norman baron +employed in besieging his neighbor's castle. + +Within Evesham Castle all was contentment and merriment during these +days. The garrison had no fear whatever of being unable to repel the +assault when it should be delivered. Huge stones had been collected in +numbers on the walls, caldrons of pitch, beneath which fires kept +simmering, stood there in readiness. Long poles with hooks with which to +seize the ladders and cut them down were laid there; and all that +precaution and science could do was prepared. + +Cuthbert passed much of the day, when not required upon the walls, +chatting with the Lady Margaret, who, attended by her maidens, sat +working in her bower. She had learned to read from the good nuns of the +convent--an accomplishment which was by no means general, even among the +daughters of nobles; but books were rare, and Evesham boasted but few +manuscripts. Here Margaret learned in full all the details of Cuthbert's +adventures since leaving England, and the fondness with which as a child +she had regarded the lad grew gradually into the affection of a woman. + +The courage of the garrison was high, for although they believed that +sooner or later the castle might be carried by the besiegers, they had +already been told by Cnut that there was a means of egress unknown to +the besiegers, and that when the time came they would be able to escape +unharmed. This, while it in no way detracted from their determination to +defend the castle to the last, yet rendered their task a far lighter and +more agreeable one than it would have been had they seen the gallows +standing before them as the end of the siege. + +As the testudo, as it was called in those days, advanced toward the +castle, the machines upon the walls--catapults, mangonels and +arbalasts--poured forth showers of stones and darts upon it, breaking up +the array of shields and killing many; and as these openings were made, +the archers, seizing their time, poured in volleys of arrows. The +mercenaries, however, accustomed to war, advanced steadily, and made +good their footing beneath the castle wall, and proceeded to rear their +ladders. Here, although free from the action of the machines, they were +exposed to the hand missiles, which were scarcely less destructive. In +good order, and with firmness, however, they reared the ladders, and +mounted to the assault, covering themselves as well as they could with +their shields. In vain, however, did they mount. The defenders poured +down showers of boiling pitch and oil, which penetrated the crevices of +their armor and caused intolerable torment. Great stones were toppled +over from the battlements upon them; and sometimes the ladders, seized +by the poles with hooks, were cast backward, with all upon them, on the +throng below. For half an hour, encouraged by the shouts of Sir Rudolph +and their leaders, the soldiers strove gallantly; but were at last +compelled to draw off, having lost nigh one hundred men, without one +gaining a footing upon the walls. + +That evening another council of war was held without. Already some large +machines for which Sir Rudolph had sent had arrived. In anticipation of +the possibility of failure, two castles upon wheels had been prepared, +and between these a huge beam with an iron head was hung. This was upon +the following day pushed forward on the newly-formed ground across the +moat. Upon the upper part of each tower were armed men who worked +machines casting sheaves of arrows and other missiles. Below were those +who worked the ram. To each side of the beam were attached numerous +cords, and with these it was swung backward and forward, giving heavy +blows each stroke upon the wall. The machines for casting stones, which +had arrived, were also brought in play, and day and night these +thundered against the walls; while the ram repeated its ceaseless blows +upon the same spot, until the stone crumbled before it. + +Very valiantly did the garrison oppose themselves to these efforts. But +each day showed the progress made by the besiegers. Their forces had +been increased, Prince John having ordered his captain at Gloucester to +send another one hundred men to the assistance of Sir Rudolph. Other +towers had now been prepared. These were larger than the first, and +overtopped the castle walls. From the upper story were drawbridges, so +formed as to drop from the structures upon the walls, and thus enable +the besiegers to rush upon them. The process was facilitated by the fact +that the battlements had been shot away by the great stones, and there +was a clear space on which the drawbridges could fall. The attack was +made with great vigor; but for a long time the besieged maintained their +post, and drove back the assailants as they poured out across the +drawbridges on to the wall. At last Cuthbert saw that the forces opposed +to him were too numerous to be resisted, and gave orders to his men to +fall back upon the inner keep. + +Making one rush, and clearing the wall of those who had gained a +footing, the garrison fell back hastily, and were safely within the +massive keep before the enemy had mustered in sufficient numbers upon +the wall to interfere with them. The drawbridge was now lowered, and the +whole of the assailants gained footing within the castle. They were +still far from having achieved a victory. The walls of the keep were +massive and strong, and its top far higher than the walls, so that from +above a storm of arrows poured down upon all who ventured to show +themselves. The keep had no windows low enough down for access to be +gained; and those on the floors above were so narrow, and protected by +bars, that it seemed by scaling the walls alone could an entry be +effected. This was far too desperate an enterprise to be attempted, for +the keep rose eighty feet above the courtyard. It was upon the door, +solid and studded with iron, that the attempt had to be made. + +Several efforts were made by Sir Rudolph, who fought with a bravery +worthy of a better cause, to assault and batter down the door. Protected +by wooden shields from the rain of missiles from above, he and his +knights hacked at the door with their battle-axes. But in vain. It had +been strengthened by beams behind, and by stones piled up against it. +Then fire was tried. Fagots were collected in the forest, and brought; +and a huge pile having been heaped against the door, it was lighted. "We +could doubtless prolong the siege for some days, Lady Margaret," said +Cuthbert, "but the castle is ours; and we wish not, when the time comes +that we shall again be masters of it, that it should be a mere heap of +ruins. Methinks we have done enough. With but small losses on our side, +we have killed great numbers of the enemy, and have held them at bay for +a month. Therefore, I think that to-night it will be well for us to +leave the place." + +Lady Margaret was rejoiced at the news that the time for escape had +come, for the perpetual clash of war, the rattling of arrows, the +ponderous thud of heavy stones caused a din very alarming to a young +girl; and although the room in which she sat, looking into the inner +court of the castle, was not exposed to missiles, she trembled at the +thought that brave men were being killed, and that at any moment a shot +might strike Cuthbert, and so leave her without a friend or protector. + +Content with having destroyed the door, the assailants made no further +effort that evening, but prepared in the morning to attack it, pull down +the stones filled behind it, and force their way into the keep. There +was, with the exception of the main entrance, but one means of exit, a +small postern door behind the castle, and throughout the siege a strong +body of troops had been posted here, to prevent the garrison making a +sortie. Feeling secure therefore that upon the following day his enemies +would fall into his power, Sir Rudolph retired to rest. + +An hour before midnight the garrison assembled in the hall. The table +was removed, and Cuthbert having pressed the spring, which was at a +distance from the stone and could not be discovered without a knowledge +of its existence, the stone turned aside by means of a counterpoise, and +a flight of steps was seen. Torches had been prepared. Cnut and a chosen +band went first; Cuthbert followed, with Lady Margaret and her +attendants; and the rest of the archers brought up the rear, a trusty +man being left in charge at last with orders to swing back the stone +into its place, having first hauled the table over the spot, so that +their means of escape should be unknown. + +The passage was long and dreary, the walls were damp with wet, and the +massive doors so swollen by moisture that it was with the greatest +difficulty they could be opened. At last, however, they emerged into +the little friary in the wood. It was deserted, the priest who usually +dwelt there having fled when the siege began. The stone which there, as +in the castle, concealed the exit, was carefully closed, and the party +then emerged into the open air. Here Cuthbert bade adieu to his +comrades. Cnut had very anxiously begged to be allowed to accompany him +and share his fortunes, and Cuthbert had promised him that if at any +time he should again take up arms in England, he would summon him to his +side, but that at present as he knew not whither his steps would be +turned, it would be better that he should be unattended. The archers had +all agreed to scatter far and wide through the country, many of them +proceeding to Nottingham and joining the bands in the forest of +Sherwood. + +Cuthbert himself had determined to make his way to the castle of his +friend, Sir Baldwin, and to leave the Lady Margaret in his charge. Cnut +hurried on at full speed to the house of a franklin, some three miles +distant. Here horses were obtained and saddled, and dresses prepared; +and when Cuthbert with Lady Margaret arrived there, no time was lost. +Dressed as a yeoman, with the Lady Margaret as his sister, he mounted a +horse, with her behind him on a pillion. The other damsels also mounted, +as it would not have been safe for them to remain near Evesham. They +therefore purposed taking refuge in a convent near Gloucester for the +present. Bidding a hearty adieu to Cnut, and with thanks to the franklin +who had aided them, they set forward on their journey. By morning they +had reached the convent, and here the two girls were left, and Cuthbert +continued his journey. He left his charge at a convent a day's ride +distant from the castle of Sir Baldwin, as he wished to consult the +knight first as to the best way of her entering the castle without +exciting talk or suspicion. + +Sir Baldwin received him with joy. He had heard something of his doings, +and the news of the siege of Evesham had been noised abroad. He told him +that he was in communication with many other barons, and that ere long +they hoped to rise against the tyranny of Prince John, but that at +present they were powerless, as many, hoping that King Richard would +return ere long, shrank from involving the country in a civil war. When +Cuthbert told him that the daughter of his old friend was at a convent +but a day's ride distant, and that he sought protection for her, Sir +Baldwin instantly offered her hospitality. + +"I will," he said, "send my good wife to fetch her. Some here know your +presence, and it would be better therefore that she did not arrive for +some days, as her coming will then seem to be unconnected with yourself. +My wife and I will, a week hence, give out that we are going to fetch a +cousin of my wife's to stay here with her; and when we return no +suspicion will be excited that she is other than she seems. Should it be +otherwise, I need not say that Sir Baldwin of Bethune will defend his +castle against any of the minions of Prince John. But I have no fear +that her presence here will be discovered. What think you of doing in +the meantime?" + +"I am thinking," Cuthbert said, "of going east. No news has been +obtained of our lord the king save that he is a prisoner in the hands of +the emperor; but where confined, or how, we know not. It is my intent to +travel to the Tyrol, and to trace his steps from the time that he was +captured. Then, when I obtain knowledge of the place where he is kept, I +will return, and consult upon the best steps to be taken. My presence in +England is now useless. Did the barons raise the standard of King +Richard against the prince, I should at once return and join them. But +without land or vassals, I can do nothing here, and shall be indeed like +a hunted hare, for I know that the false earl will move heaven and earth +to capture me." + +Sir Baldwin approved of the resolution; but recommended Cuthbert to take +every precaution not to fall himself into the hands of the emperor; +"for," he said, "if we cannot discover the prison of King Richard, I +fear that it would be hopeless indeed ever to attempt to find that in +which a simple knight is confined." + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +IN SEARCH OF THE KING. + + +The following day, with many thanks, Cuthbert started from the castle, +and in the first place visited the convent, and told Lady Margaret that +she would be fetched in a few days by Sir Baldwin and his wife. He took +a tender adieu of her, not without many forebodings and tears upon her +part; but promising blithely that he would return and lead her back in +triumph to her castle, he bade adieu and rode for London. + +He had attired himself as a merchant, and took up his abode at a +hostelry near Cheapside. Here he remained quietly for some days, and, +mixing among the people, learned that in London as elsewhere the +rapacity of Prince John had rendered him hateful to the people, and that +they would gladly embrace any opportunity of freeing themselves from his +yoke. He was preparing to leave for France, when the news came to him +that Prince John had summoned all the barons faithful to him to meet him +near London, and had recalled all his mercenaries from different parts +of the country, and was gathering a large army; also, that the barons +faithful to King Richard, alarmed by the prospect, had raised the royal +standard, and that true men were hurrying to their support. This +entirely destroyed the plans that he had formed. Taking horse again, and +avoiding the main road, by which he might meet the hostile barons on +their way to London, he journeyed down to Nottingham. Thence riding +boldly into the forest, he sought the outlaws, and was not long ere he +found them. At his request he was at once taken before their leader, a +man of great renown both for courage and bowmanship, one Robin Hood. +This bold outlaw had long held at defiance the sheriff of Nottingham, +and had routed him and all bodies of troops who had been sent against +him. With him Cuthbert found many of his own men; and upon hearing that +the royal standard had been raised, Robin Hood at once agreed to march +with all his men to join the royal force. Messengers were dispatched to +summon the rest of the forest band from their hiding-places, and a week +later Cuthbert, accompanied by Robin Hood and three hundred archers, set +out for the rendezvous. When they arrived there they found that Sir +Baldwin had already joined with his retainers, and was by him most +warmly received, and introduced to the other barons in the camp, by whom +Cuthbert was welcomed as a brother. The news that Prince John's army was +approaching was brought in a fortnight after Cuthbert had joined the +camp, and the army in good order moved out to meet the enemy. + +The forces were about equal. The battle began by a discharge of arrows; +but Robin Hood and his men shot so true and fast that they greatly +discomfited the enemy; and King John's mercenaries having but little +stomach for the fight, and knowing how unpopular they were in England, +and that if defeated small mercy was likely to be shown to them, refused +to advance against the ranks of the loyal barons, and falling back +declined to join in the fray. Seeing their numbers so weakened by this +defection, the barons on the prince's side hesitated, and surrounding +the prince advised him to make terms with the barons while there was yet +time. Prince John saw that the present was not a favorable time for him, +and concealing his fury under a mask of courtesy, he at once acceded to +the advice of his followers, and dispatched a messenger to the barons +with an inquiry as to what they wanted of him. A council was held, and +it was determined to demand the dismissal of the mercenaries and their +dispatch back to their own country; also that John would govern only as +his brother's representative; that the laws of the country should be +respected; that no taxes should be raised without the assent of the +barons; that all men who had taken up arms against his authority should +be held free; and that the barons on Prince John's side should return +peaceably home and disband their forces. Seeing, under the +circumstances, that there was no way before him but to yield to these +demands, Prince John accepted the terms. The mercenaries were ordered to +march direct to London, and orders were given that ships should be at +once prepared to take them across to Normandy, and the barons marched +for their homes. + +Satisfied, now that the mercenaries were gone, that they could +henceforth hold their ground against Prince John, the royal barons also +broke up their forces. Robin Hood with his foresters returned to +Sherwood; and Cuthbert, bidding adieu to Sir Baldwin, rode back to +London, determined to carry out the plan which he had formed. He was the +more strengthened in this resolution, inasmuch as in the royal camp he +had met a friend from whom he parted last in the Holy Land. This was +Blondel, the minstrel of King Richard, whose songs and joyous music had +often lightened the evening after days of fighting and toil in +Palestine. To him Cuthbert confided his intention, and the minstrel +instantly offered to accompany him. + +"I shall," he said, "be of assistance to you. Minstrels are like +heralds. They are of no nationality, and can pass free where a +man-at-arms would be closely watched and hindered. Moreover, it may be +that I might aid you greatly in discovering the prison of the king. So +great is the secrecy with which this has been surrounded that I question +if any inquiries you could make would enable you to trace him. My voice, +however, can penetrate into places where we cannot enter. I will take +with me my lute, and as we journey I will sing outside the walls of each +prison we come to one of the songs which I sang in Palestine. King +Richard is himself a singer and knows my songs as well as myself. If I +sing a verse of some song which I wrote there and which, therefore, +would be known only to him, if he hears it he may follow with the next +verse, and so enable us to know of his hiding-place." + +Cuthbert at once saw the advantages which such companionship would bring +him, and joyfully accepted the minstrel's offer, agreeing himself to go +as serving man to Blondel. The latter accompanied him to London. Here +their preparations were soon made, and taking ship in a merchantman +bound for the Netherlands, they started without delay upon their +adventure. + +The minstrels and troubadours were at that time a privileged race in +Europe, belonging generally to the south of France, although produced in +all lands. They traveled over Europe singing the lays which they +themselves had composed, and were treated with all honor at the castles +where they chose to alight. It would have been considered as foul a deed +to use discourtesy to a minstrel as to insult a herald. Their persons +were, indeed, regarded as sacred, and the knights and barons strove to +gain their good-will by hospitality and presents, as a large proportion +of their ballads related to deeds of war; and while they would write +lays in honor of those who courteously entertained them, they did not +hesitate to heap obloquy upon those who received them discourteously, +holding them up to the gibes and scoffs of their fellows. In no way, +therefore, would success be so likely to attend the mission of those who +set out to discover the hiding-place of King Richard as under the guise +of a minstrel and his attendant. No questions would be asked them; they +could halt where they would, in castle or town, secure of hospitality +and welcome. Blondel was himself a native of the south of France, +singing his songs in the soft language of Languedoc. Cuthbert's Norman +French would pass muster anywhere as being that of a native of France; +and although when dressed as a servitor attention might be attracted by +his bearing, his youth might render it probable that he was of noble +family, but that he had entered the service of the minstrel in order to +qualify himself some day for following that career. He carried a long +staff, a short sword, and at his back the lute or small harp played upon +by the troubadour. Blondel's attire was rich, and suitable to a person +of high rank. + +They crossed to the Scheldt, and thence traveled by the right bank of +the Rhine as far as Mannheim, sometimes journeying by boat, sometimes on +foot. They were also hospitably entertained, and were considered to more +than repay their hosts by the songs which Blondel sang. + +At Mannheim they purchased two horses, and then struck east for Vienna. + +The journey was not without danger, for a large portion of this part of +Europe was under no settled government, each petty baron living in his +own castle, and holding but slight allegiance to any feudal lord, making +war upon his neighbor on his own account, levying blackmail from +travelers, and perpetually at variance with the burghers of the towns. + +The hills were covered with immense forests, which stretched for many +leagues in all directions, and these were infested by wolves, bears, and +robbers. + +The latter, however, although men without pity or religion, yet held the +troubadours in high esteem, and the travelers without fear entered the +gloomy shades of the forest. + +They had not gone far when their way was barred by a number of armed +men. + +"I am a minstrel," Blondel said; "and as such doubt not that your +courtesy will be extended to me." + +"Of a surety," the leader said; "the gay science is as much loved and +respected in the greenwood as in the castle; and moreover, the purses of +those who follow it are too light to offer any temptation to us. We +would pray you, however, to accompany us to our leader, who will +mightily rejoice to see you, for he loves music, and will gladly be your +host so long as you will stay with him." + +Blondel, without objection, turned his horse's head and accompanied the +men, followed by Cuthbert. After half an hour's traveling they came to a +building which had formerly been a shrine, but which was now converted +to the robbers' headquarters. The robber chief, on hearing from his +followers the news that a minstrel had arrived, came forward to meet +him, and courteously bade him welcome. + +"I am Sir Adelbert, of Rotherheim," he said, "although you see me in so +poor a plight. My castle and lands have been taken by my neighbor, with +whom for generations my family have been at feud. I was in the Holy Land +with the emperor, and on my return found that the baron had taken the +opportunity of my absence, storming my castle and seizing my lands. In +vain I petitioned the emperor to dispossess this traitorous baron of my +lands, which by all the laws of Christendom should have been respected +during my absence. The emperor did indeed send a letter to the baron to +deliver them up to me; but his power here is but nominal, and the baron +contemptuously threw the royal proclamation into the fire and told the +messenger that what he had taken by the sword he would hold by the +sword; and the emperor having weightier matters on hand than to set +troops in motion to redress the grievances of a simple knight, gave the +matter no further thought. I have therefore been driven to the forest, +where I live as best I may with my followers, most of whom were +retainers upon my estate, and some my comrades in the Holy Land. I make +war upon the rich and powerful, and beyond that do harm to no man. But, +methinks," he continued, "I know your face, gentle sir." + +"It may well be so, Sir Adelbert," the minstrel said, "for I too was in +the Holy Land. I followed the train of King Richard, and mayhap at some +of the entertainments given by him you have seen my face. My name is +Blondel." + +"I remember now," the knight said. "It was at Acre that I first saw you, +and if I remember rightly you can wield the sword as well as the lute." + +"One cannot always be playing and singing," Blondel said, "and in lack +of amusement I was forced to do my best against the infidel, who indeed +would have but little respected my art had I fallen into his hands. The +followers of the prophet hold minstrels but in slight reverence." + +"What is the news of King Richard?" the knight said. "I have heard that +he was lost on the voyage homeward." + +"It is not so," Blondel said. "He landed safely on the coast, and was +journeying north with a view of joining his sister at the court of +Saxony, when he was foully seized and imprisoned by the Archduke John." + +"That were gross shame indeed," the knight said, "and black treachery on +the part of Duke John. And where is the noble king imprisoned?" + +"That," said Blondel, "no man knows. On my journey hither I have +gathered that the emperor claimed him from the hand of the archduke, and +that he is imprisoned in one of the royal fortresses, but which I know +not. And indeed, sir knight, since you are well disposed toward him, I +may tell you that the purport of my journey is to discover if I can the +place of his confinement. He was a kind and noble master, and however +long my search may be, I will yet obtain news of him." + +The knight warmly applauded the troubadour's resolution, and was turning +to lead him into his abode, when his eye fell upon Cuthbert. + +"Methinks I know the face of your attendant as well as your own; though +where I can have seen him I know not. Was he with you in the Holy Land?" + +"Yes," Blondel said, "the youth was also there; and doubtless you may +have noticed him, for he is indeed of distinguished and of good family." + +"Then let him share our repast," the knight said, "if it seems good to +you. In these woods there is no rank, and I myself have long dropped my +knightly title, and shall not reassume it until I can pay off my score +to the Baron of Rotherheim, and take my place again in my castle." + +The minstrel and Cuthbert were soon seated at the table with the knight +and one or two of his principal companions. A huge venison pasty formed +the staple of the repast, but hares and other small game were also upon +the table. Nor was the generous wine of the country wanting. + +The knight had several times glanced at Cuthbert, and at last exclaimed, +"I have it now. This is no attendant, sir minstrel, but that valiant +young knight who so often rode near King Richard in battle. He is, as I +guess, your companion in this quest; is it not so?" + +"It is," Cuthbert replied frankly. "I am, like yourself, a disinherited +knight, and my history resembles yours. Upon my return to England I +found another in possession of the land and titles that belonged to the +noble I followed, and which King Richard bestowed upon me. The Earl of +Evesham was doubtless known to you, and before his death King Richard, +at his request, bestowed upon me as his adopted son--although but a +distant connection--his title and lands and the hand of his daughter. +Prince John, who now rules in England, had however granted these things +to one of his favorites, and he having taken possession of the land and +title, though not, happily, of the lady, closed his door somewhat +roughly in my face. I found means, however, to make my mark upon him; +but as our quarrel could not be fought out to the end, and as the false +knight had the aid of Prince John, I am forced for awhile to postpone +our settlement, and meeting my good friend the minstrel, agreed to join +him in his enterprise to discover our lord the king." + +The knight warmly grasped Cuthbert's hand. + +"I am glad," he said, "to meet so true and valiant a knight. I have +often wondered at the valor with which you, although so young, bore +yourself; and there were tales afloat of strange adventures which you +had undergone in captivity for a time among the infidels." + +At Sir Adelbert's request Cuthbert related the story of his adventures +among the Saracens; and then Blondel, tuning his lute, sang several +canzonets which he had composed in the Holy Land, of feats of arms and +adventure. + +"How far are you," Cuthbert asked presently, when Blondel laid his lute +aside, "from the estates which were wrongfully wrested from you?" + +"But twenty leagues," the knight said. "My castle was on the Rhine, +between Coblentz and Mannheim." + +"Does the baron know that you are so near?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Methinks that he does not," the knight replied, "but that he deems me +to have gone to the court of the emperor to seek for redress--which, he +guesses, I shall certainly fail to obtain." + +"How many men have you with you?" Cuthbert asked. + +"Fifty men, all good and true," the knight said. + +"Has it never entered your thoughts to attempt a surprise upon his +castle?" Cuthbert said. + +The knight was silent for a minute. + +"At times," he said at length, "thoughts of so doing have occurred to +me; but the castle is strong, and a surprise would be difficult indeed." + +"If the baron is lulled in security at present," Cuthbert said, "and +deems you afar off, the watch is likely to be relaxed, and with a sudden +onslaught you might surely obtain possession. Blondel and myself are not +pressed for time, and the delay of a few days can make but little +difference. If, therefore, you think we could be of assistance to you in +such an attempt, my sword, and I am sure that of my friend, would be at +your disposal." + +The knight sat for some time in silence. + +"Thanks, generous knight," he said at last, "I am sorely tempted to +avail myself of your offer; but I fear that the enterprise is hopeless. +The aid, however, of your arm and knowledge of war would greatly add to +my chances, and if it pleases you we will ride to-morrow to a point +where we can obtain a sight of the baron's castle. When you see it you +shall judge yourself how far such an enterprise as you propose is +possible." + +"Is your own castle intact?" Cuthbert asked. + +"The walls are standing," he said; "but a breach has been made in them, +and at present it is wholly deserted." + +"Do you think," Cuthbert asked, "that if you succeeded in surprising and +defeating the garrison of the castle that you could then regain your +own, and hold it against your enemy?" + +"I think that I could," Sir Adelbert said. "The baron's domains are but +little larger than my own. Many of my retainers still live upon the +estate, and would, I am sure, gladly join me, if I were to raise my +flag. The baron, too, is hated by his neighbors, and could I inflict a +crushing blow upon him, methinks it would be so long a time before he +could assemble a force, that I might regain my castle and put it in an +attitude of defense before he could take the field against me." + +"If," Cuthbert said, "we could surprise the castle, it might well be +that the baron would fall into your hands, and in that case you might be +able to make your own terms with him. How strong a force is he likely to +have in his castle?" + +"Some fifty or sixty men," the knight replied; "for with such a force he +could hold the castle against an attack of ten times their number, and +he could in twelve hours call in his retainers, and raise the garrison +to three hundred or four hundred men." + +Blondel warmly assented to Cuthbert's scheme, and it was settled that at +daybreak they should start to view the Castle of Rotherheim. At early +dawn they were in the saddle, and the three rode all day, until toward +sunset they stood on the crest of a hill looking down into the valley of +the Rhine. + +The present aspect of that valley affords but a slight idea of its +beauty in those days. The slopes are now clad with vineyards, which, +although picturesque in idea, are really, to look at from a distance, no +better than so many turnip fields. The vines are planted in rows and +trained to short sticks, and as these rows follow the declivities of the +hillside, they are run in all directions, and the whole mountain side, +from the river far up, is cut up into little patches of green lines. In +those days the mountains were clad with forests, which descended nearly +to the riverside. Here and there, upon craggy points, were situate the +fortalices of the barons. Little villages nestled in the woods, or stood +by the river bank, and a fairer scene could not be witnessed in Europe. + +"That is Rotherheim," the knight said, pointing to a fortress standing +on a crag, which rose high above the woods around it; "and that," he +said, pointing to another some four miles away, similarly placed, "is my +own." + +Cuthbert examined closely the fortress of Rotherheim. It was a large +building, with towers at the angles, and seemed to rise almost abruptly +from the edge of the rock. Inside rose the gables and round turrets of +the dwelling-place of the baron, and the only access was by a steep +winding path on the riverside. + +"It is indeed a strong place," Cuthbert said, "and difficult to take by +surprise. A watch no doubt is always kept over the entrance, and there +we can hope for no success. The only plan will be to scale the wall by +means of a ladder; but how the ladder is to be got to so great a height, +I own at present passes my comprehension." After much thought, Cuthbert +went on, "It might, methinks, be practicable for an archer to approach +the walls, and to shoot an arrow over the angle of the castle so that it +would pass inside the turret there, and fall in the forest beyond. If to +this arrow were attached a light cord, it could be gained by one on the +other side, and a stronger cord hauled over. To this could be attached a +rope ladder, and so this could be raised to the top of the wall. If a +sentinel were anywhere near he might hear the rope pulled across the +battlements; but if, as we may hope, a watch is kept only over the +entrance, the operation might be performed without attracting notice." + +The knight was delighted with the project, which seemed perfectly +feasible, and it was agreed that the attempt should be made. + +"It will need," Sir Adelbert said, "an archer with a strong arm indeed +to shoot an arrow with a cord attached to it, however light, over the +corner of the castle." + +"Methinks," Cuthbert said, "that I can do that, for as a lad I was used +to the strong bows of my country. The first thing, however, will be to +obtain such a bow; but doubtless one can be purchased in one of the +towns, which, if not so strong as those to which I was accustomed, will +at any rate suffice for us." + +The party bivouacked in the woods for the night, for the horses had +already done a very long journey, and needed rest before starting back +for the Black Forest. At daybreak, however, they started, and at +nightfall rejoined their band. These were delighted when they heard the +scheme that had been set on foot, and all avowed their eagerness to join +in the attempt to restore their lord to his rights. + +Two days later they set out, having already procured from the nearest +town a strong bow, some arrows, a very light rope, and a stronger one +from a portion of which they manufactured a rope ladder capable of +reaching from the top of the wall to the rock below. The journey this +time occupied two days, as the men on foot were unable to march at the +pace at which the mounted party had traversed the ground. The evening +of the second day, however, saw them in sight of the castle. By +Cuthbert's advice, Sir Adelbert determined to give them twenty-four +hours of rest, in order that they might have their full strength for +undertaking the task before them. During the day Cuthbert, guided by the +knight, made his way through the woods to the foot of the rocks on which +the castle stood. They were extremely steep, but could be mounted by +active men if unopposed from above. Cuthbert measured the height with +his eye from the top of the castle wall to the place which he selected +as most fitting from which to shoot the arrow, and announced to the +knight that he thought there would be no difficulty in discharging an +arrow over the angle. + +At nightfall the whole party made their way silently through the woods. +Three men were sent round to the side of the castle opposite that from +which Cuthbert was to shoot. The length of light string was carefully +coiled on the ground, so as to unwind with the greatest facility, and so +offer as little resistance to the flight of the arrow as might be. Then, +all being in readiness, Cuthbert attached the end to an arrow, and +drawing the bow to its full compass, let fly the arrow. All held their +breath; but no sound followed the discharge. They were sure, therefore, +that the arrow had not struck the wall, but that it must have passed +clear over it. Half an hour elapsed before they felt that the cord was +pulled, and knew that the men upon the other side had succeeded in +finding the arrow and string attached. The stronger cord was now +fastened to that which the arrow had carried, and this gradually +disappeared in the darkness. A party now stole up the rock, and posted +themselves at the foot of the castle wall. They took with them the coil +of rope-ladder and the end of the rope. At length the rope tightened, +and to the end they attached the ladder. This again ascended until the +end only remained upon the ground, and they knew that it must have +reached the top of the wall. They now held fast, and knew that those on +the other side, following the instructions given them, would have +fastened the rope to a tree upon the opposite side. They were now joined +by the rest of the party, and Sir Adelbert leading the way, and followed +by Cuthbert and Blondel, began cautiously to ascend the rope ladder. + +All this time no sound from the castle proclaimed that their intention +was suspected, or that any alarm had been given, and in silence they +gained the top of the wall. Here they remained quiet until the whole +band were gathered there, and then made their way along until they +reached the stairs leading to the courtyard. These they descended, and +then, raising his war-cry, Sir Adelbert sprang upon the men who, round a +fire, were sitting by the gate. These were cut down before they could +leap to their feet, and the party then rushed at the entrance to the +dwelling-house. The retainers of the castle, aroused by the sudden din, +rushed from their sleeping places, but taken completely by surprise, +were unable to offer any resistance whatever to the strong force which +had, as if by magic, taken possession of the castle. The surprise was +complete, and with scarce a blow struck they found themselves in +possession. The baron himself was seized as he rose from his bed, and +his rage at finding himself in the power of his enemy was so great as +for some time to render him speechless. Sir Adelbert briefly dictated to +him the conditions upon which only he should desist from using his power +to hang him over his own gate. The baron was instantly to issue orders +to all his own retainers and tenantry to lend their aid to those of Sir +Adelbert in putting the castle of the latter into a state of defense and +mending the breach which existed. A sum of money, equal to the revenues +of which he had possessed himself, was to be paid at once, and the +knight was to retain possession of Rotherheim and of the baron's person +until these conditions were all faithfully carried out. The baron had no +resource but to assent to these terms, and upon the following day +Cuthbert and Blondel departed upon their way, overwhelmed with thanks by +Sir Adelbert, and confident that he would now be able to regain and hold +the possession of his estate. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +KING RICHARD'S RETURN TO ENGLAND. + + +Journeying onward, Blondel and his companion stopped at many castles, +and were everywhere hospitably entertained. Arriving at Vienna they +lingered for some time, hoping there to be able to obtain some +information of the whereabouts of King Richard. Blondel in his songs +artfully introduced allusions to the captive monarch and to the mourning +of all Christendom at the imprisonment of its champion. These allusions +were always well received, and he found that the great bulk of the +nobles of the empire were indignant and ashamed at the conduct of the +emperor in imprisoning his illustrious rival. The secret of his prison +place, however, appeared to have been so well kept that no information +whatever was obtainable. + +"We must carry out our original plan," he said at length, "and journey +into the Tyrol. In one of the fortresses there he is most likely to be +confined." + +Leaving the capital they wandered up into the mountains for weeks, +visiting one castle after another. It was no easy matter in all cases to +get so near to these prisons as to give a hope that their voice might be +heard within, or an answer received without. More than once crossbow +bolts were shot at them from the walls when they did not obey the +sentinel's challenge and move further away. Generally, however, it was +in the daytime that they sang. Wandering carelessly up, they would sit +down within earshot of the castle, open their wallets, and take out +provisions from their store, and then, having eaten and drunk, Blondel +would produce his lute and sing, as if for his own pleasure. It needed, +however, four visits to each castle before they could be sure that the +captive was not there; for the song had to be sung on each side. +Sometimes they would cheat themselves with the thought that they heard +an answering voice; but it was not until the end of the fourth week, +when singing outside the castle of Diernstein, that a full rich voice, +when Blondel ceased, sang out the second stanza of the poem. With +difficulty Blondel and Cuthbert restrained themselves from an +extravagant exhibition of joy. They knew, however, that men on the +prison wall were watching them as they sat singing, and Blondel, with a +final strain taken from a ballad of a knight who, having discovered the +hiding-place of his lady love, prepared to free her from her oppressors, +shouldered his lute, and they started on their homeward journey. + +There was no delay now. At times they sang indeed at castles; but only +when their store was exhausted, for upon these occasions Blondel would +be presented with a handsome goblet or other solid token of the owner's +approval, and the sale of this at the next city would take them far on +their way. They thought it better not to pass through France, as Philip, +they knew, was on the watch to prevent any news of King Richard reaching +England. They therefore again passed through Brabant, and so by ship to +England. + +Hearing that Longchamp, Bishop of Ely, one of Richard's vicegerents, was +over in Normandy, and rightly deeming him the most earnest of his +adherents, they at once recrossed the sea, and found the warlike prelate +at Rouen. Greatly delighted was he at hearing that Richard's +hiding-place had been discovered. He at once sent across the news to +England, and ordered it to be published far and wide, and himself +announced it to the barons of Normandy. Then with a gorgeous retinue, +including Cuthbert and Blondel, he started for Vienna, and arriving +there demanded an interview with the emperor. + +The news that it was now certain that Richard was imprisoned in a castle +of the emperor had already spread through Europe, and the bishop had +been received everywhere with tokens of sympathy; and so great was the +feeling shown by the counts and barons of the empire that the Emperor +Henry felt that he could no longer refuse to treat for the surrender of +his captive. Therefore he granted the interview which Longchamp +demanded. The English envoy was received by the emperor surrounded by +his nobles. The prelate advanced with great dignity. + +"I come," he said, "in the name of the people of England to demand the +restoration of King Richard, most unjustly and unknightly detained a +prisoner in his passage through your dominions." + +"King Richard was my foe," the emperor said, "open and secret, and I was +justified in detaining one who is alike my enemy and a scourge to Europe +as a prisoner, when fortune threw him in my hands. I am, however, +willing to put him to a ransom, and will upon the payment of one hundred +and fifty thousand marks allow him to go free." + +"I deny your right to detain him or to put him to ransom," the bishop +said. "But as you have the power, so my denial is useless. England is +poor, impoverished with war and by the efforts which she made in the +service of our holy religion. Nevertheless, poor as she is, she will +raise the sum you demand. There is not an Englishman who will not +furnish all he can afford for the rescue of our king. But once again, in +the presence of your nobles, I denounce your conduct as base and +unkingly." + +The emperor could with difficulty restrain his passion; but the sight of +the somber visages of his nobles showed that they shared in no slight +degree the feelings which the English envoy had so boldly announced. + +"Before, however," the emperor said, "I surrender King Richard, he must +be tried by my peers of many and various crimes of which he is accused. +Should he be found guilty of these, no gold can purchase his release. +Should he, however, be acquitted, then as my word is given so shall it +be." + +"Although," the prelate said, "I deny your right to try our king, and +believe that he himself will refuse to accept your jurisdiction, yet I +fear not the result if our lord be left in the hands of the nobles of +the empire and not in yours. I can trust their honor and courtesy." + +And turning upon his heel, without another word he quitted the +apartment. + +An hour later the bishop and his following took horse and rode with all +speed to the north coast, and thence sailed for England. The news of the +amount of ransom filled the people with consternation; but preparations +were at once made for collecting the sum demanded. Queen Eleanor was +unceasing in her efforts to raise the money for the release of her +favorite son. The nobles contributed their jewels and silver; the people +gave contributions of goods, for money was so scarce in England that few +had the wherewithal to pay in coin. Prince John placed every obstacle in +the way of the collection; but the barons had since their successful +stand obtained the upper hand, and it was by intrigue only that he could +hinder the collection. + +In the meantime, popular opinion throughout Europe was strong upon the +side of King Richard. The pope himself wrote to the emperor on his +behalf. The barons of the empire were indignant at the shame placed upon +their country; and the emperor, although he would fain have thrown +further delays in the way, was obliged at last to order the first step +to be taken. + +A solemn diet was ordered to assemble at Worms. Here were collected all +the nobles of the empire, and before them King Richard was brought. It +was a grand assembly. Upon a raised throne on the dais sat the emperor +himself, and beside him and near him were the great feudatories of the +empire, and along the sides of the walls were ranged in long rows the +lesser barons. When the doors were opened and King Richard entered, the +whole assembly, save the emperor, rose in respect to the captive +monarch. Although pale from his long confinement, the proud air of +Richard was in no way abated, and the eyes that had flashed so +fearlessly upon the Saracens looked as sternly down the long lines of +the barons of Germany. Of splendid stature and physique, King Richard +was unquestionably the finest man of his time. He was handsome, with a +frank face, but with a fierce and passionate eye. He wore his mustache +with a short beard and closely-cut whisker. His short curly hair was +cropped closely to his head, upon which he wore a velvet cap with gold +coronet, while a scarlet robe lined with fur fell over his coat of mail, +for the emperor had deemed it imprudent to excite the feeling of the +assembly in favor of the prisoner by depriving him of the symbols of his +rank. + +King Richard strode to the place prepared for him, and then turning to +the assembly he said, in a voice which rang through the hall: + +"Counts and lords of the Empire of Germany, I, Richard, King of +England, do deny your right to try me. I am a king, and can only be +tried by my peers and by the pope, who is the head of Christendom. I +might refuse to plead, refuse to take any part in this assembly, and +appeal to the pope, who alone has power to punish kings. But I will +waive my rights. I rely upon the honor and probity of the barons of +Germany. I have done no man wrong, and would appear as fearlessly before +an assembly of peasants as before a gathering of barons. Such faults as +I may have, and none are without them, are not such as those with which +I am charged. I have slain many men in anger, but none by treachery. +When Richard of England strikes he strikes in the light of day. He +leaves poison and treachery to his enemies, and I hurl back with +indignation and scorn in the teeth of him who makes them the charges +brought against me." + +So saying King Richard took his seat amid a murmur of applause from the +crowded hall. + +The trial then commenced. The accusations against Richard were of many +kinds. Chief among them was the murder of Conrad of Montferat; but there +were charges of having brought the Crusade to naught by thwarting the +general plans, by his arrogance in refusing to be bound by the decision +of the other leaders, and by having made a peace contrary to the +interests of the Crusaders. The list was a long one; but the evidence +produced was pitiably weak. Beyond the breath of suspicion, no word of +real evidence connecting him with the murder of Conrad of Montferat was +adduced, and the other charges were supported by no better evidence. +Many of the German barons who had been at the Crusades themselves came +forward to testify to the falsity of these charges, and the fact that +Richard had himself placed Conrad of Montferat upon the throne, and had +no possible interest in his death, was alone more than sufficient to +nullify the vague rumors brought against him. Richard himself in a few a +scornful words disposed of this accusation. The accusation that he, +Richard of England, would stoop to poison a man whom he could have +crushed in an instant was too absurd to be seriously treated. + +"I am sure," the king said, "that not one person here believes this idle +tale. That I did not always agree with the other leaders is true; but I +call upon every one here to say whether, had they listened to me and +followed my advice, the Crusade would not have had another ending. Even +after Philip of France had withdrawn; even after I had been deserted by +John of Austria, I led the troops of the Crusaders from every danger and +every difficulty to within sight of the walls of Jerusalem. Had I been +supported with zeal, the holy city would have been ours; but the apathy, +the folly, and the weakness of the leaders brought ruin upon the army. +They thought not of conquering Jerusalem, but of thwarting me; and I +retort upon them the charge of having sacrificed the success of the +Crusade. As to the terms of peace, how were they made? I, with some +fifty knights and one thousand followers, alone remained in the Holy +Land. Who else, I ask, so circumstanced, could have obtained any terms +whatever from Saladin? It was the weight of my arm alone which saved +Jaffa and Acre, and the line of seacoast, to the Cross. And had I +followed the example set me by him of Austria and the Frenchman, not one +foot of the Holy Land would now remain in Christian hands." + +The trial was soon over, and without a single dissentient the King of +England was acquitted of all the charges brought against him. But the +money was not yet raised, and King Richard was taken back into the +heart of Germany. At length, by prodigious exertions, half the amount +claimed was collected, and upon the solicitations of the pope and of the +counts of his own empire, the emperor consented to release Richard upon +receipt of this sum, and his royal promise that the remainder should be +made up. + +Not as yet, however, were the intrigues at an end. Prince John and King +Philip alike implored the emperor to retain his captive, and offered to +him a larger sum than the ransom if he would still hold him in his +hands. Popular opinion, was, however, too strong. When the news of these +negotiations became bruited abroad the counts of the empire, filled with +indignation, protested against this shame and dishonor being brought +upon the country. The pope threatened him with excommunication; and at +last the emperor, feeling that he would risk his throne did he further +insist, was forced to open the prison gates and let the king free. +Cuthbert, Blondel, and a few other trusty friends were at hand, and +their joy at receiving their long-lost sovereign was indeed intense. +Horses had been provided in readiness, and without a moment's delay the +king started, for even at the last moment it was feared that the emperor +might change his mind. This indeed was the case. The king had not +started many hours, when the arrival of fresh messengers from Philip and +John induced the emperor once more to change his intentions, and a body +of men were sent in pursuit of the king. The latter fortunately made no +stay on the way, but changing horses frequently--for everywhere he was +received with honor and attention--he pushed forward for the coast of +the North Sea, and arrived there two or three hours only before his +oppressors. Fortunately it was night, and taking a boat he embarked +without a moment's delay; and when the emissaries of the emperor arrived +the boat was already out of sight, and in the darkness pursuit was +hopeless. + +On landing at Dover, the first to present himself before him was Prince +John, who, in the most abject terms besought pardon for the injuries he +had inflicted. King Richard waved him contemptuously aside. + +"Go," he said, "and may I forget your injuries as speedily as you will +forget my pardon." + +Then taking horse, he rode on to London, where he was received with the +most lively acclamation by his subjects. + +The first step of King Richard was to dispossess all the minions of John +from the castles and lands which had been taken from his faithful +adherents. Some of these resisted; but their fortresses were speedily +stormed. Sir Rudolph was not one of these. Immediately the news of King +Richard's arrival in England reached him, feeling that all was now lost, +he rode to the seacoast, took ship, and passed into France, and +Cuthbert, on his arrival at Evesham, found himself undisputed lord of +the place. He found that the hiding-place of his mother had not been +discovered, and, after a short delay to put matters in train, he, +attended by a gallant retinue, rode into Wiltshire to the castle of Sir +Baldwin of Bethune. Here he found the Lady Margaret safe and sound, and +mightily pleased to see him. She was now seventeen, and offered no +objections whatever to the commands of King Richard that she should at +once bestow her hand upon the Earl of Evesham. By the king's order, the +wedding took place at London, the king himself bestowing the bride upon +his faithful follower, whom we may now leave to the enjoyment of the +fortune and wife he had so valiantly won. + + + + + +THE END. + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Boy Knight, by G.A. Henty + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BOY KNIGHT *** + +***** This file should be named 13354.txt or 13354.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/3/5/13354/ + +Produced by Ted Garvin, Annika Feilbach and PG Distributed Proofreaders + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/old/13354.zip b/old/13354.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cef932 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13354.zip |
